Page Range | 55351-56469 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 55444 - United States Trade Finance Advisory Council | |
81 FR 55457 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
81 FR 55496 - In the Matter of Imperial Plantation Corporation; Order of Suspension of Trading | |
81 FR 55436 - Hydrofluorocarbon Blends From the People's Republic of China: Antidumping Duty Order | |
81 FR 55471 - 60 Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection for Public Comment on the: ConnectHome Challenge Performance Reporting | |
81 FR 55477 - Implementation of the Privacy Act of 1974, as Amended; Amended System of Records Notice, Asset Disposition and Management System (ADAMS) | |
81 FR 55474 - User Fee Schedule for the Technical Suitability of Products Program-Revisions in the User Fees Assessed to Manufacturers of Materials and Products | |
81 FR 55431 - Certain New Pneumatic Off-the-Road Tires From India: Negative Preliminary Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Postponement of Final Determination | |
81 FR 55430 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 22-Chicago, Illinois, Authorization of Production Activity, Omron Automotive Electronics, Inc. (Automotive Electronic Components), St. Charles, Illinois | |
81 FR 55480 - Outer Continental Shelf (OCS), Gulf of Mexico (GOM), Oil and Gas Lease Sales for 2018 | |
81 FR 55473 - Announcement of Funding Awards; Capital Fund Emergency Safety and Security Grants; Fiscal Year 2016 | |
81 FR 55434 - Small Diameter Graphite Electrodes From the People's Republic of China: Rescission of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review in Part; 2015-2016 | |
81 FR 55435 - Ferrovanadium From the Republic of Korea: Postponement of Preliminary Determination of Antidumping Duty Investigation | |
81 FR 55351 - Special Conditions: The Boeing Company, Boeing Model 737-8 Airplane; Non-Rechargeable Lithium Battery Installations | |
81 FR 55510 - Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, et al., Notice of Application | |
81 FR 55457 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
81 FR 55429 - Census Scientific Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 55472 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Section 8 Management Assessment Program | |
81 FR 55456 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 55475 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Family Report, MTW Family Report | |
81 FR 55470 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Training Evaluation Form | |
81 FR 55461 - Medicare Program; Announcement of the Advisory Panel on Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests Meeting on September 12, 2016 | |
81 FR 55467 - Meeting of the National Vaccine Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 55374 - Safety Zone; Port Huron Float-Down, St. Clair River, Port Huron, MI | |
81 FR 55448 - Procurement List: Addition and Deletions | |
81 FR 55447 - Procurement List: Proposed Addition and Deletions | |
81 FR 55495 - Advisory Committee for Environmental Research and Education; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 55495 - Advisory Committee for Integrative Activities; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 55522 - Electronic Tax Administration Advisory Committee (ETAAC); Nominations | |
81 FR 55485 - Proposed Collection, Comment Request | |
81 FR 55485 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Operations Under Water | |
81 FR 55374 - Special Local Regulations; S.P.O.R.T. Boat Races, Sabine River, Orange, TX | |
81 FR 55372 - Temporary General License: Extension of Validity | |
81 FR 55428 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 55457 - Radio Broadcasting Services; AM or FM Proposals To Change the Community of License | |
81 FR 55429 - Missoula Resource Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 55430 - In the Matter of: Walter Anders, 10701 Huntersville Commons Drive, Suite C, Huntersville, NC 28078; Terand, Inc., 10701 Huntersville Commons Drive, Suite C, Huntersville, NC 28078, Respondents; Order Relating to Walter Anders and Terand, Inc. | |
81 FR 55479 - State of Arizona Resource Advisory Council Meeting | |
81 FR 55482 - Dioctyl Terephthalate (DOTP) From Korea; Determination | |
81 FR 55482 - Finished Carbon Steel Flanges From India, Italy, and Spain; Determinations | |
81 FR 55467 - Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 55466 - Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 55446 - Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 55446 - Fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meeting | |
81 FR 55449 - Collection of Information; Proposed Extension of Approval; Comment Request-Publicly Available Consumer Product Safety Information Database | |
81 FR 55463 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Mammography Quality Standards Act Requirements | |
81 FR 55462 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Export of Medical Devices; Foreign Letters of Approval | |
81 FR 55469 - Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee; Vacancies | |
81 FR 55479 - Announcement of National Earthquake Prediction Evaluation Council | |
81 FR 55487 - Petitions for Modification of Application of Existing Mandatory Safety Standards | |
81 FR 55492 - Petitions for Modification of Application of Existing Mandatory Safety Standards | |
81 FR 55494 - Notice of Instructions for Emergency Relief Grants | |
81 FR 55521 - Notice of Application for Approval of Discontinuance or Modification of a Railroad Signal System | |
81 FR 55513 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Nasdaq Rule 7047 | |
81 FR 55496 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule | |
81 FR 55376 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Archival Tag Management Measures | |
81 FR 55408 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Allow the Use of Longline Pot Gear in the Gulf of Alaska Sablefish Individual Fishing Quota Fishery; Amendment 101 | |
81 FR 55484 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; High-Voltage Continuous Mining Machines Standards for Underground Coal Mines | |
81 FR 55521 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Renewal; Submission for OMB Review; OCC Supplier Registration Form | |
81 FR 55457 - National Center for Health Statistics, Classifications and Public Health Data Standards Staff: Meeting | |
81 FR 55459 - Board of Scientific Counselors, National Center for Health Statistics: Meeting | |
81 FR 55458 - Board of Scientific Counselors, National Center for Environmental Health/Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (BSC, NCEH/ATSDR), Lead Poisoning Prevention (LPP) Subcommittee | |
81 FR 55459 - Advisory Board on Radiation and Worker Health Subcommittee for Dose Reconstruction Reviews, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Meeting | |
81 FR 55460 - Fees for Sanitation Inspections of Cruise Ships | |
81 FR 55522 - Unblocking of Specially Designated National and Blocked Person Pursuant to Executive Order 13288, as Amended by Executive Order 13469, and Executive Order 13391 | |
81 FR 55454 - Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 55520 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; The Boeing Company | |
81 FR 55517 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Delta Engineering | |
81 FR 55519 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; The Boeing Company | |
81 FR 55520 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Airbus | |
81 FR 55456 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-577); Comment Request; Extension | |
81 FR 55518 - Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Proposed Airfield Safety Enhancement Project at Tucson International Airport, Tucson, Pima County, Arizona | |
81 FR 55468 - Scientific Advisory Committee on Alternative Toxicological Methods; Announcement of Meeting; Request for Comments | |
81 FR 55500 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to FINRA Rule 2232 (Customer Confirmations) To Require Members To Disclose Additional Pricing Information on Retail Customer Confirmations Relating to Transactions in Fixed Income Securities | |
81 FR 55455 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education (FIPSE) Annual Performance Report | |
81 FR 55468 - National Human Genome Research Institute Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 55438 - Emulsion Styrene-Butadiene Rubber From Brazil, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, and Poland: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigations | |
81 FR 55444 - Quarterly Update to Annual Listing of Foreign Government Subsidies on Articles of Cheese Subject to an In-Quota Rate of Duty | |
81 FR 55402 - Approval and Limited Approval and Limited Disapproval of California State Implementation Plan Revisions; Butte County Air Quality Management District; Stationary Source Permits | |
81 FR 55495 - New Postal Products | |
81 FR 55405 - Agency for International Development Acquisition Regulation (AIDAR): Agency Warrant Program for Individual Cooperating Country National Personal Services Contractors (CCNPSCs) | |
81 FR 55483 - Notice of Receipt of Complaint; Solicitation of Comments Relating to the Public Interest | |
81 FR 55381 - Mandatory Contractual Stay Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts | |
81 FR 55371 - Airspace Designations; Incorporation by Reference | |
81 FR 55475 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
81 FR 55358 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
81 FR 55366 - Airworthiness Directives; Dassault Aviation Airplanes | |
81 FR 55362 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
81 FR 55353 - Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Airplanes | |
81 FR 55455 - Senior Executive Service Performance Review Board Memberships | |
81 FR 55525 - Programs and Activities Authorized by the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (Title II of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) | |
81 FR 55561 - Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, Miscellaneous Program Changes | |
81 FR 55629 - State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program; State Supported Employment Services Program; Limitations on Use of Subminimum Wage | |
81 FR 55791 - Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act; Joint Rule for Unified and Combined State Plans, Performance Accountability, and the One-Stop System Joint Provisions; Final Rule | |
81 FR 56071 - Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Forest Service
Census Bureau
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Air Force Department
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Geological Survey
Land Management Bureau
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Employment and Training Administration
Labor Statistics Bureau
Mine Safety and Health Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Comptroller of the Currency
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions.
These special conditions are issued for the Boeing Company (Boeing) Model 737-8 airplane. This airplane will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport-category airplanes. This design feature is associated with non-rechargeable lithium battery installations. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
Effective April 22, 2017.
Nazih Khaouly, Airplane and Flight Crew Interface Branch, ANM-111, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington, 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2432; facsimile 425-227-1149.
The FAA anticipates that non-rechargeable lithium batteries will be installed in other makes and models of airplanes. We have determined to require special conditions for all applications requesting non-rechargeable lithium battery installations, except the installations excluded in the Applicability section, until the airworthiness requirements can be revised to address this issue. Applying special conditions to these installations across the range of all transport-airplane makes and models ensures regulatory consistency among applicants.
The FAA issued special conditions no. 25-612-SC to Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation for their GVI airplane. Those are the first special conditions the FAA issued for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations. We explained in that document our determination to make those special conditions effective one year after publication of those special conditions in the
On January 27, 2012, Boeing applied for an amendment to type certificate no. A16WE to include a new Model 737-8 airplane. The Model 737-8 airplane is a twin-engine, transport-category airplane that is a derivative of the Model 737-800 airplane. The Model 737-8 has a maximum passenger capacity of 200 and a maximum takeoff weight of 181,200 lbs.
Under the provisions of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, Boeing must show that the Model 737-8 airplane meets the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in type certificate no. A16WE or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA. The regulations listed in the type certificate are commonly referred to as the “original type certification basis.” The regulations listed in type certificate no. A16WE are 14 CFR part 25 effective February 1, 1965 including Amendments 25-1 through 25-77 with exceptions listed in the type certificate. In addition, the certification basis includes other regulations, special conditions, and exemptions that are not relevant to these special conditions. Type certificate no. A16WE will be updated to include a complete description of the certification basis for this airplane model.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the airplane model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Model 737-8 airplane must comply with the fuel-vent and exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type-certification basis under § 21.101.
The Boeing Model 737-8 airplane will incorporate non-rechargeable lithium batteries.
A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging. For the purpose of these special conditions, a “battery” and “battery system” are referred to as a battery.
The FAA derived the current regulations governing installation of batteries in transport-category airplanes from Civil Air Regulations (CAR) 4b.625(d) as part of the re-codification of CAR 4b that established 14 CFR part 25 in February 1965. We basically reworded the battery requirements, which are currently in § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4), from the CAR requirements.
Recent events involving rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries prompted the FAA to initiate a broad evaluation of these energy-storage technologies. In January 2013, two independent events involving rechargeable lithium-ion batteries demonstrated unanticipated failure modes. A National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) letter to the FAA, dated May 22, 2014, which is available at
On July 12, 2013, an event involving a non-rechargeable lithium battery in an emergency-locator-transmitter installation demonstrated unanticipated failure modes. The United Kingdom's Air Accidents Investigation Branch Bulletin S5/2013 describes this event.
Some known uses of rechargeable and non-rechargeable lithium batteries on airplanes include:
• Flight deck and avionics systems such as displays, global positioning systems, cockpit voice recorders, flight data recorders, underwater locator beacons, navigation computers, integrated avionics computers, satellite network and communication systems, communication-management units, and remote-monitor electronic line-replaceable units;
• Cabin safety, entertainment, and communications equipment, including emergency-locator transmitters, life rafts, escape slides, seatbelt air bags, cabin management systems, Ethernet switches, routers and media servers, wireless systems, internet and in-flight entertainment systems, satellite televisions, remotes, and handsets;
• Systems in cargo areas including door controls, sensors, video surveillance equipment, and security systems.
Some known potential hazards and failure modes associated with non-rechargeable lithium batteries are:
• Internal failures: In general, these batteries are significantly more susceptible to internal failures that can result in self-sustaining increases in temperature and pressure (
• Fast or imbalanced discharging: Fast discharging or an imbalanced discharge of one cell of a multi-cell battery may create an overheating condition that results in an uncontrollable venting condition, which in turn leads to a thermal event or an explosion.
• Flammability: Unlike nickel-cadmium and lead-acid batteries, lithium batteries use higher energy and current in an electrochemical system that can be configured to maximize energy storage of lithium. They also use liquid electrolytes that can be extremely flammable. The electrolyte, as well as the electrodes, can serve as a source of fuel for an external fire if the battery casing is breached.
Special condition 1 requires that each individual cell within a non-rechargeable lithium battery be designed to maintain safe temperatures and pressures. Special condition 2 addresses these same issues but for the entire battery. Special condition 2 requires that the battery be designed to prevent propagation of a thermal event, such as self-sustained, uncontrolled increases in temperature or pressure from one cell to adjacent cells.
Special conditions 1 and 2 are intended to ensure that the non-rechargeable lithium battery and its cells are designed to eliminate the potential for uncontrolled failures. However, a certain number of failures will occur due to various factors beyond the control of the designer. Therefore, other special conditions are intended to protect the airplane and its occupants if failure occurs.
Special conditions 3, 7, and 8 are self-explanatory, and the FAA does not provide further explanation for them at this time.
Special condition 4 makes it clear that the flammable-fluid fire-protection requirements of § 25.863 apply to non-rechargeable lithium battery installations. Section 25.863 is applicable to areas of the airplane that could be exposed to flammable fluid leakage from airplane systems. Non-rechargeable lithium batteries contain electrolyte that is a flammable fluid.
Special condition 5 requires each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation to not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape. Special condition 6 requires each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation to have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat it can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells. The means of meeting these special conditions may be the same, but they are independent requirements addressing different hazards. Special condition 5 addresses corrosive fluids and gases, whereas special condition 6 addresses heat.
These special conditions will apply to all non-rechargeable lithium battery installations in lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123. Sections 25.1353(b)(1) through (4) at Amendment 25-123 will remain in effect for other battery installations.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
Notice of proposed special conditions no. 25-16-02-SC, for the Boeing 737-8 airplane, was published in the
The Aerospace Industries Association (AIA) provided several comments that were identical to their comments for special conditions no. 25-612-SC (81 FR 23573), which we issued to Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation for non-rechargeable lithium battery installations on Gulfstream GVI airplanes. The FAA responded to each of these comments in that final special conditions document. We incorporated the same revisions into this Boeing 737-8 special conditions that we incorporated into the Gulfstream GVI special conditions as a result of AIA's comments.
Boeing commented that they fully support AIA's comments.
Boeing requested that the FAA provide adequate time before non-rechargeable lithium battery special conditions become effective to support validation activities by foreign civil airworthiness authorities (FCAA) and to not adversely impact future airplane deliveries by all applicants. The FAA considered this same comment from Boeing for special conditions no. 25-612-SC and provided a detailed response in that document. We determined the effective date for these Boeing 737-8 special conditions based on Boeing's comment and other factors stated in special conditions no. 25-612-SC.
Boeing commented that the FAA needs to clearly define the applicability of these special conditions. The FAA concurs. Boeing's comment is similar to
• Increase the temperatures or pressures in a battery,
• Increase the electrical load on a battery,
• Increase potential for imbalance between battery cells,
• Modify protective circuitry for a lithium battery,
• Increase the airplane level risk due to the location of an existing lithium battery. An example is installation of a new oxygen line next to an existing part that has a lithium battery. The airplane level risk may increase due to the potential hazard of a lithium battery fire in the proximity of oxygen.
The FAA has determined that “uncontrolled” in special condition 2 should be “uncontrollable” to more accurately describe the concern. This revision does not change the intended meaning of this special condition.
Except as discussed above, the special conditions are adopted as proposed.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the Model 737-8 airplane. Should the applicant apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
These special conditions are only applicable to design changes applied for after the effective date of the special conditions. The existing airplane fleet and follow-on deliveries of airplanes with previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations are not affected.
These special conditions are not applicable to previously certified non-rechargeable lithium battery installations where the only change is either cosmetic or relocating the installation to improve the safety of the airplane and occupants. The FAA determined that this exclusion is in the public interest because the need to meet all of the special conditions might otherwise deter such design changes that involve relocating batteries. A cosmetic change is a change in appearance only, and does not change any function or safety characteristic of the battery installation.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, the following special conditions are part of the type certification basis for the Boeing Model 737-8 airplane.
In lieu of § 25.1353(b)(1) through (b)(4) at Amendment 25-123, each non-rechargeable lithium battery installation must:
1. Maintain safe cell temperatures and pressures under all foreseeable operating conditions to prevent fire and explosion.
2. Prevent the occurrence of self-sustaining, uncontrollable increases in temperature or pressure.
3. Not emit explosive or toxic gases, either in normal operation or as a result of its failure, that may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the airplane.
4. Meet the requirements of § 25.863.
5. Not damage surrounding structure or adjacent systems, equipment, or electrical wiring from corrosive fluids or gases that may escape in such a way as to cause a major or more-severe failure condition.
6. Have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on airplane structure or systems caused by the maximum amount of heat it can generate due to any failure of it or its individual cells.
7. Have a failure sensing and warning system to alert the flightcrew if its failure affects safe operation of the airplane.
8. Have a means for the flightcrew or maintenance personnel to determine the battery charge state if the battery's function is required for safe operation of the airplane.
A battery system consists of the battery and any protective, monitoring, and alerting circuitry or hardware inside or outside of the battery. It also includes vents (where necessary) and packaging. For the purpose of these special conditions, a “battery” and “battery system” are referred to as a battery.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of chafing damage due to insufficient clearance on the main landing gear (MLG) stabilizer brace, the nacelle A-frame structure, and the adjacent electrical wiring harnesses. An insufficient fillet radius may also exist on certain airplanes. This AD requires, depending on airplane configuration, an inspection of the nacelle A-frame structure for insufficient fillet radius; an inspection for cracking of affected structure, and rework or repair if necessary, and rework of the nacelle A-frame structure; repetitive inspections of the nacelle A-frame structure and the MLG stabilizer brace for insufficient clearance and damage, and repair if necessary, and rework of the nacelle A-frame structure, which would terminate the repetitive inspections; installation of new stop brackets and a shim on each MLG stabilizer brace assembly; and rework of the electrical wiring harnesses in the nacelle area. We are issuing this AD to
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of September 23, 2016.
For Bombardier service information identified in this final rule, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Aziz Ahmed, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office, 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone 516-228-7329; fax 516-794-5531.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes. The NPRM published in the
Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2014-45, dated December 23, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition on certain Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes. The MCAI states:
The aeroplane manufacturer has discovered that an insufficient fillet radius may exist on the flange of the nacelle A-frame structure on certain aeroplanes. There have also been several in-service reports of chafing damage on the main landing gear (MLG) stabilizer brace, the nacelle A-frame structure and its adjacent electrical wiring harnesses due to insufficient clearance.
An insufficient fillet radius and chafing damage on the nacelle A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace could lead to premature cracking. Fracture of the nacelle A-frame structure or failure of the MLG stabilizer brace could adversely affect the safe landing of the aeroplane. The damage to the electrical wiring harnesses could result in the loss of the MLG downlock indication.
This [Canadian] AD mandates the inspection and rework of the nacelle A-frame structure, and the rework of the forward MLG stabilizer brace assembly and the electrical harnesses in the nacelle area adjacent to the A-frame structure.
• A detailed inspection of the nacelle A-frame structure for insufficient fillet radius, an eddy current or fluorescent dye penetrant inspection for cracking of affected structure, and rework or repair if necessary.
• Rework of the left-hand (LH) side and right-hand (RH) side nacelle A-frame structure, including doing a measurement of the clearance between the fasteners/A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly and making sure no fouling condition exists, and repair if necessary.
• Repetitive detailed inspections of the nacelle A-frame structure and the MLG stabilizer brace for insufficient clearance and damage, and repair if necessary.
• Rework of the nacelle A-frame structure, including a measurement of the clearance between the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly, and a fluorescent dye penetrant inspection or high frequency eddy current inspection for cracking and repair if necessary, which would terminate the repetitive inspections.
• Installation of new stop brackets and a shim on each MLG stabilizer brace assembly.
• Rework of the electrical wiring harnesses in the nacelle area. The rework includes a detailed inspection of the conduit assembly for certain conditions and repair if any condition is found, replacement of damaged conduit, a measurement of the clearance between the stabilizer brace and electrical harness on both LH and RH nacelles to make sure there is 0.100 inch (2.54 millimeters (mm)) minimum clearance between the MLG stabilizer brace, and a check for damage on the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace and repair if necessary.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
Horizon Air asked that the following revised service information be included in the proposed AD for the applicable actions:
• Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision C, dated March 5, 2015.
• Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision C, dated April 2, 2015.
• Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015.
• Goodrich Service Bulletin 46400-32-102 R2, Revision 2, dated February 17, 2015.
Horizon Air pointed out that several of the service documents specified in the proposed AD have been updated, and asserted that the proposed AD should be revised to reference the updated service information. Horizon Air also asked that credit be given for actions done using the previous revisions of the revised service information.
We agree with the commenter's requests. No new work is specified by the revised service information; therefore, we have revised the “Related Service Information under 1 CFR part 51” section and the applicable requirements of this AD to refer to the updated service information. We have also revised paragraph (m) of this AD to provide credit for certain actions required by this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using earlier revisions of the service information identified previously.
Horizon Air asked that we not mandate the “Job Set-up” and “Close Out” sections of the Accomplishment Instructions of certain service information referenced in the NPRM. Horizon Air stated that these instructions do not directly correct the unsafe condition, but they do restrict an operator's ability to perform other maintenance in conjunction with the instructions that correct the unsafe condition. Horizon Air added that only the section in the Accomplishment Instructions that directly corrects the unsafe condition should be required.
We agree with the commenter's request to exclude the “Job Set-up” and “Close Out” sections of the Accomplishment Instructions of certain service information identified in this AD. Paragraphs (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this AD already identify the specific sections of the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable service information for doing only the actions that directly address the unsafe condition; therefore, there are no changes necessary in those paragraphs in this regard. However, we have revised paragraph (k) of this AD to specify doing only the actions provided in “Part B—Procedure,” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015, for the required actions specified in that paragraph.
Horizon Air asked that we revise the paragraph references in paragraph (l)(1) of the proposed AD for clarity. Horizon Air stated that paragraph (l)(1) of the proposed AD refers to Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012, as acceptable for compliance with the actions specified in paragraph (g) of the proposed AD. Horizon Air noted that for greater clarity, the reference should be to paragraph (g)(2) of the proposed AD.
We agree with the commenter's request for the reasons provided. We have changed paragraph (l)(1) of this AD to specify that installing specified fasteners on the MLG A-frame, in both LH and RH nacelles, in accordance with Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012, is acceptable for compliance with the actions specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this AD.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
Bombardier has issued the following service information.
• ModSum IS4Q2400028, Revision B, dated December 11, 2012; and ModSum IS4Q2400029, Revision A, dated July 6, 2012. These modsums describe procedures for rerouting certain electrical harnesses and installing grommets.
• ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012. This modsum describes procedures for installing specified fasteners on the MLG A-frame, in both the LH and RH nacelles.
• ModSum IS4Q5450003, Revision C, dated November 29, 2012. This modsum describes procedures for trimming the horizontal and vertical stiffeners on the MLG A frame in both the LH and RH nacelles.
• Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision C, dated April 2, 2015. This service information describes procedures for incorporating Bombardier ModSum 4-902416 by installing new stop brackets and new stop shims for all MLG stabilizer brace assemblies.
• Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015. This service information describes procedures for rework of the electrical wiring harnesses in the nacelle area. The rework includes a detailed inspection of the conduit assembly for certain conditions, and repair, replacement of damaged conduit, a measurement of the clearance to make sure there is 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) minimum clearance between the MLG stabilizer brace, and a check for damage on the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace and repair.
• Service Bulletin 84-54-19, dated April 18, 2013. This service information describes procedures for detailed inspections of the nacelle A-frame structure for insufficient fillet radius, an eddy current or fluorescent dye penetrant inspection for cracking of affected structure, and rework or repair.
• Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision C, dated March 5, 2015. This service information describes procedures for detailed inspections of the nacelle A-frame structure and the MLG stabilizer brace for insufficient clearance and damage, and repair. This service information also describes procedures for rework of the nacelle A-frame structure, including a measurement of the clearance between the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly, and a fluorescent dye penetrant inspection or high frequency eddy current inspection for cracking and repair, which would end the inspections.
• Service Bulletin 84-54-21, dated May 9, 2013. This service information describes procedures for rework of the LH side and RH side nacelle A-frame structure, including a measurement of the clearance between the fasteners/A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly and to make sure no fouling condition exists, and repair.
Goodrich has issued the following service information.
• Service Bulletin 46400-32-102 R2, Revision 2, dated February 17, 2015. This service information describes procedures for installing new stop brackets and new stop shims for all MLG stabilizer brace assemblies.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 80 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it takes up to 50 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts will cost $8,452 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be up to $1,016,160, or $12,702 per product.
We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
None.
This AD applies to Bombardier, Inc. Model DHC-8-400, -401, and -402 airplanes, certificated in any category, serial numbers (S/Ns) 4001 through 4431 inclusive.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 32, Landing Gear.
This AD was prompted by reports of chafing damage due to insufficient clearance on the main landing gear (MLG) stabilizer brace, the nacelle A-frame structure, and the adjacent electrical wiring harnesses. An insufficient fillet radius might also exist on certain airplanes. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct chafing damage and subsequent premature cracking and fracture of the nacelle A-frame structure, which could result in failure of the MLG stabilizer brace and loss of the MLG down-lock indication, which could adversely affect the safe landing of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
For airplanes having S/Ns 4001 through 4055 inclusive: Do the actions required by paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this AD.
(1) Within 600 flight hours or 100 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first: Do a detailed inspection of the left-hand (LH) side and right-hand (RH) side nacelle A-frame structure for insufficient fillet radius, in accordance with “Part A—Inspection” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-19, dated April 18, 2013. If an insufficient fillet radius exists, before further flight, do an eddy current or fluorescent dye penetrant inspection for cracking, in accordance with “Part A—Inspection” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-19, dated April 18, 2013.
(i) If any cracking is found: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), ANE-170, FAA; or Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA); or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA Design Approval Organization (DAO).
(ii) If no cracking is found: Before further flight, rework the structure, in accordance with “Part B—Rectification” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-19, dated April 18, 2013.
(2) Within 6,000 flight hours or 36 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first: Rework the LH side and RH side nacelle A-frame structure, including doing a measurement of the clearance between the fasteners/A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly and making sure no fouling condition exists, in accordance with paragraph 3.B., “Procedure,” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-21, dated May 9, 2013. If the clearance is found to be less than 0.100 inch (2.54 millimeters (mm)) between the fasteners/A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly after the rework is done, or a fouling condition exists during the extension of the MLG after rework is done, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
For airplanes having S/Ns 4056 through 4426 inclusive: Within 600 flight hours or 100 days after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, do a detailed inspection of the LH side and RH side nacelle A-frame structure and upper surface of the MLG stabilizer brace for insufficient clearance and damage (
(1) If a clearance less than 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) exists between the A-frame structure
(2) If any damage is found: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
For airplanes having S/Ns 4056 through 4426 inclusive: Within 6,000 flight hours or 36 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, rework the LH side and RH side nacelle A-frame structure, including doing a measurement of the clearance between the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace assembly and doing a fluorescent dye penetrant inspection or high frequency eddy current inspection for cracking, in accordance with “Part B—Rework” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision C, dated March 5, 2015. Accomplishment of the actions required by this paragraph terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (h) of this AD.
(1) If a clearance less than 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) exists between the A-frame structure and the MLG stabilizer brace assembly in the retracted position, after the rework is done, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
(2) If any cracking is found: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
For airplanes having S/Ns 4001 through 4431 inclusive with a MLG stabilizer brace assembly having part number (P/N) 46400-27 installed: Within 6,000 flight hours or 36 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, incorporate Bombardier ModSum 4-902416 by installing new stop brackets and a new shim on each MLG stabilizer brace assembly, in accordance with paragraph 3.B., “Procedure,” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision C, dated April 2, 2015; and Goodrich Service Bulletin 46400-32-102 R2, Revision 2, dated February 17, 2015.
For airplanes having S/Ns 4001 through 4411 inclusive: Within 6,000 flight hours or 36 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs first, rework the LH and RH sides of the electrical wiring harnesses in the nacelle area adjacent to the A-frame structure, including doing the actions specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(4) of this AD, in accordance with “Part B—Procedure” of the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015. If any damage is found on the A-frame structure or MLG stabilizer brace, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
(1) Doing a detailed inspection of the conduit assembly for the conditions specified in Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015, and, before further flight, repairing if any condition is found.
(2) Replacing damaged conduit.
(3) Measuring the clearance between the stabilizer brace and electrical harness on both LH and RH nacelles to make sure there is 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) minimum clearance between the MLG stabilizer brace.
(4) Checking for damage on the A-frame structure and MLG stabilizer brace.
(1) Installing specified fasteners on the MLG A-frame, in both LH and RH nacelles, in accordance with Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012, is acceptable for compliance with the actions specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this AD, provided the actions specified in Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450002 are done within the applicable compliance time specified in paragraph (g) of this AD, except where ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012, specifies to contact Bombardier for reduced clearances, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
(2) Trimming the horizontal and vertical stiffeners on the MLG A-frame in both LH and RH nacelles, in accordance with Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450003, Revision C, dated November 29, 2012, is acceptable for compliance with the actions specified in paragraph (i) of this AD, provided the actions specified in Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450003 are done within the compliance time specified in paragraph (i) of this AD, except where ModSum IS4Q5450003, Revision C, released November 29, 2012, specifies to contact Bombardier for reduced clearances, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
(3) Rerouting certain electrical harnesses and installing grommets, in accordance with Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400028, Revision B, dated December 11, 2012 (for S/Ns 4001 through 4098 inclusive); or Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400029, Revision A, dated July 6, 2012 (for S/Ns 4090 through 4411 inclusive); is acceptable for compliance with the actions specified in paragraph (k) of this AD, provided the actions specified in the applicable modsum are done within the compliance time specified in paragraph (k) of this AD, except where Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400028, Revision B, dated December 11, 2012; and Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400029, Revision A, dated July 6, 2012; specify to contact Bombardier to report stabilizer brace or structural damaged findings, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, New York ACO, ANE-170, FAA; or TCCA; or Bombardier, Inc.'s TCCA DAO.
(1) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (i) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the applicable service information specified in paragraph (m)(1)(i), (m)(1)(ii), or (m)(1)(iii) of this AD. This service information is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(i) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, dated April 25, 2013.
(ii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision A, dated April 9, 2014.
(iii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision B, dated October 2, 2014.
(2) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (j) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the applicable service information specified in paragraph (m)(2)(i), (m)(2)(ii), (m)(2)(iii), or (m)(2)(iv) of this AD. This service information is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(i) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, dated December 20, 2012.
(ii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision A, dated April 16, 2014.
(iii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision B, dated September 12, 2014.
(iv) Goodrich Service Bulletin 46400-32-102 R1, Revision 1, dated June 24, 2013.
(3) This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (k) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using the applicable service information specified in paragraph (m)(3)(i) or (m)(3)(ii) of this AD. This service information is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(i) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, dated June 6, 2013.
(ii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision A, dated September 18, 2013.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Canadian Airworthiness Directive CF-2014-45, dated December 23, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (p)(3), (p)(4), and (p)(5) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400028, Revision B, dated December 11, 2012. (This document has 33 pages; the first page of the modsum indicates that there are 32 pages.)
(ii) Bombardier ModSum IS4Q2400029, Revision A, dated July 6, 2012.
(iii) Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450002, Revision B, dated June 22, 2012.
(iv) Bombardier ModSum IS4Q5450003, Revision C, dated November 29, 2012.
(v) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-112, Revision C, dated April 2, 2015.
(vi) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-32-114, Revision B, dated February 3, 2015.
(vii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-19, dated April 18, 2013.
(viii) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-20, Revision C, dated March 5, 2015.
(ix) Bombardier Service Bulletin 84-54-21, dated May 9, 2013.
(x) Goodrich Service Bulletin 46400-32-102 R2, Revision 2, dated February 17, 2015.
(3) For Bombardier service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., Q-Series Technical Help Desk, 123 Garratt Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario M3K 1Y5, Canada; telephone 416-375-4000; fax 416-375-4539; email
(4) For Goodrich service information identified in this AD, contact Goodrich Corporation, Landing Gear, 1400 South Service Road, West Oakville, ON, Canada L6L 5Y7; phone: 905-825-1568; email:
(5) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(6) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2003-25-07 for certain Airbus Model A319 and A320 series airplanes, and AD 2005-13-39 for certain Airbus Model A321 series airplanes. AD 2003-25-07 required a revision to the airplane flight manual (AFM) and replacement of both elevator aileron computers (ELACs) having L80 standards with new ELACs having L81 standards. AD 2005-13-39 required a revision to the AFM, replacement of existing ELACs with ELACs having L83 or L91 standards, as applicable; and a concurrent action. Since we issued AD 2003-25-07 and AD 2005-13-39, we have determined that new ELAC standards must be incorporated. The ELAC standards have been upgraded to version L97+, which implements enhanced angle-of-attack (AOA) monitoring to better detect AOA blockage, including multiple AOA blockages. This AD requires replacing existing ELACs with new ELACs having L97+ standards or revising the software in an existing ELAC to the L97+ standards, as applicable, which terminates the requirements of AD 2003-25-07 and AD 2005-13-39. This AD also expands the applicability to include all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. We are issuing this AD to prevent inadvertent activation of the AOA protections. Inadvertent activation of the AOA protections could result in a continuous nose-down pitch rate that could result in reduced controllability of the airplane.
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of September 23, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of August 9, 2005 (70 FR 38580, July 5, 2005).
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of January 22, 2004 (68 FR 70431, December 18, 2003).
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1405; fax 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2003-25-07, Amendment 39-13390 (68 FR 70431, December 18, 2003) (“AD 2003-25-07”); and AD 2005-13-39, Amendment
AD 2003-25-07 applied to certain Airbus Model A319 and A320 series airplanes, and AD 2005-13-39 applied to certain Airbus Model A321 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The NPRM proposed to require replacing existing ELACs with new ELACs having L97+ standards or revising the software in an existing ELAC to the L97+ standards, as applicable, which would terminate the requirements of AD 2003-25-07 and AD 2005-13-39. We are issuing this AD to prevent inadvertent activation of the AOA protections. Inadvertent activation of the AOA protections could result in a continuous nose-down pitch rate that could result in reduced controllability of the airplane.
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2015-0088R1, including Appendix 01, dated June 2, 2015 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
The latest elevator aileron computer (ELAC) standard, L97+, implements enhanced Angle of Attack (AOA) monitoring in order to better detect cases of AOA blockage, including multiple AOA blockage.
Two ELAC L97+ versions are currently available, Part Number (P/N) 3945129109 with data loading capability, and P/N 3945128215 without the data loading capability. Three existing [EASA] ADs requiring installation of earlier ELAC (software) have been identified and taken into account for cancellation by this new [EASA] AD.
For the reasons described above, EASA issued AD 2015-0088, cancelling DGAC [Direction Générale de l'Aviation Civile] France AD 95-203-072 (no requirements retained) [which corresponds to FAA AD 98-09-18, Amendment 39-10499 (63 FR 23374, April 29, 1998)], and partially retaining the requirements of DGAC France AD 2001-508 [which corresponds to FAA AD 2003-25-07], and [DGAC France] AD F-2004-147 (EASA approval ref. 2004-8601) [which corresponds to FAA AD 2005-13-39], which were superseded, and to require replacement of all ELAC with ELAC L97+ standard.
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, some errors were detected in Appendix 1 of the [EASA] AD, and one P/N ELAC was inadvertently omitted. This [EASA] AD revises EASA AD 2015-0088 to correct these errors and to add clarification to paragraph (7) [of the EASA AD].
The required actions include either replacing existing ELACs with new ELACs having L97+ standards uploaded, or revising the software in the existing ELACs to L97+ standards. This AD also expands the applicability to include all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We considered the comment received. The commenter supported the NPRM.
We reviewed the available data, including the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
Airbus has issued Service Bulletin A320-27-1243, including Appendix 01, dated March 17, 2015. This service information describes procedures for replacing the existing ELACs with new ELACs having L97+ standards, and modifying existing ELACs into units with L97+ standards.
Airbus has also issued Service Bulletin A320-27-1244, dated March 5, 2015. This service information describes procedures for modification of an airplane by replacing any existing ELAC unit with an ELAC 97+ unit having P/N 3945128215.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 940 airplanes of U.S. registry.
The actions required by AD 2003-25-07 and retained in this AD take about 1 work-hour per product, at an average labor rate of $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, the estimated cost of the actions that were required by AD 2003-25-07 is $85 per product.
The actions required by AD 2005-13-39 and retained in this AD take about 1 work-hour per product, at an average labor rate of $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, the estimated cost of the actions that were required by AD 2005-13-39 is $85 per product.
We also estimate that it will take about 3 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts will cost about $7,230 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $7,035,900, or $7,485 per product.
According to the parts manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all costs in our cost estimate.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
This AD replaces the ADs identified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this AD.
(1) AD 2003-25-07, Amendment 39-13390 (68 FR 70431, December 18, 2003) (“AD 2003-25-07”).
(2) AD 2005-13-39, Amendment 39-14176 (70 FR 38580, July 5, 2005) (“AD 2005-13-39”).
This AD applies to the airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this AD, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers.
(1) Airbus Model A318-111, -112, -121, and -122 airplanes.
(2) Airbus Model A319-111, -112, -113, -114, -115, -131, -132, and -133 airplanes.
(3) Airbus Model A320-211, -212, -214, -231, -232, and -233 airplanes.
(4) Airbus Model A321-111, -112, -131, -211, -212, -213, -231, and -232 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27, Flight Controls.
This AD was prompted by a determination that new elevator aileron computer (ELAC) standards must be incorporated. The ELAC standards have been upgraded to version L97+, which implements enhanced angle-of-attack (AOA) monitoring to better detect AOA blockage, including multiple AOA blockages. We are issuing this AD to prevent inadvertent activation of the AOA protections. Inadvertent activation of the AOA protections could result in a continuous nose-down pitch rate that could result in reduced controllability of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
For Model A319 and A320 series airplanes, equipped with ELAC L80 standards having part numbers listed in Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1135, dated June 29, 2001: This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (b) of AD 2003-25-07, with no changes. Within 1 year after January 22, 2004 (the effective date of AD 2003-25-07): Replace both ELACs having L80 standards with new ELACs having L81 standards, by doing all the actions per paragraphs A., B., C., and D. of the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1135, dated June 29, 2001.
For Model A321-111, -112, -131, -211, and -231 airplanes, except those with Airbus Modification 34043 installed in production: This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2005-13-39, with no changes. Within 16 months after August 9, 2005 (the effective date of AD 2005-13-39): Replace existing ELACs with ELACs having L83 standards, by accomplishing all of the actions specified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1151, dated March 9, 2004, including Appendix 01, dated March 9, 2004; or with ELACs having L91 standards, by accomplishing all of the actions specified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1152, dated June 4, 2004, including Appendix 01, dated June 4, 2004; as applicable.
At the applicable times specified in table 1 to paragraphs (i) and (m)(3)(ii) of this AD: Replace each ELAC unit with an ELAC L97+ unit having part number (P/N) 3945129100 and software having P/N 3945129109, or modify existing ELAC units into ELAC L97+ units having P/N 3945129100 with L97+ operational software P/N 3945129109 loaded, as applicable, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1243, including Appendix 01, dated March 17, 2015. Accomplishing this replacement terminates the actions required by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD.
Modification of an airplane by replacing any existing ELAC unit with an ELAC 97+ unit having P/N 3945128215, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1244, dated March 5, 2015, is an acceptable method of compliance for the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD, for only that modified airplane. Accomplishing this modification terminates the actions required by paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD for that modified airplane.
ELAC unit P/N 3945128215 is not data-loadable,
Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 156546 (installation of ELAC L97+ with software P/N 3945129109) was installed in production are excluded from the requirements of paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this AD, and from the actions specified in paragraph (j) of this AD, provided it can be determined that no ELAC having a part number identified in table 2 to paragraphs (k) and (m) of this AD has been installed on that airplane since the date of issuance of the original airworthiness certificate or the date of issuance of the original export certificate of airworthiness.
Installation of an ELAC version (part number) approved after the effective date of this AD is an approved method of compliance with the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD, and the actions specified in paragraph (j) of this AD, provided the requirements specified in paragraphs (l)(1) and (l)(2) of this AD are met.
(1) The version (part number) must be approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
(2) The installation must be done using a method approved by the Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA; or the EASA; or Airbus's EASA DOA.
As of the applicable time specified in paragraph (m)(1) or (m)(2) of this AD, do not install on any airplane an ELAC unit having a part number identified in table 2 to paragraphs (k) and (m) of this AD, except as specified in paragraph (m)(3) of this AD.
(1) For an airplane that, as of the effective date of this AD, has any ELAC unit installed having a part number identified in table 2 to paragraphs (k) and (m) of this AD: After modification of that airplane as required by paragraph (i) of this AD, or as specified in paragraph (j) of this AD.
(2) For an airplane that, as of the effective date of this AD, does not have any ELAC unit installed having a part number identified in table 2 to paragraphs (k) and (m) of this AD: As of the effective date of this AD.
(3) As of the effective date of this AD, a data-loadable ELAC B unit having a part number identified in table 2 to paragraphs (k) and (m) of this AD can be installed on an airplane provided that L97+ software P/N 3945129109 is uploaded at the applicable time specified in paragraph (m)(3)(i) or (m)(3)(ii) of this AD.
(i) For all airplanes except those identified in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this AD: Before further flight after the ELAC B unit installation.
(ii) For airplanes that have not been modified as required by paragraph (i) of this AD: Within the applicable compliance time
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(i) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(ii) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2003-25-07 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of paragraph (g) of this AD.
(iii) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2005-13-39 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of paragraph (h) of this AD.
(2)
(3)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2015-0088R1, including Appendix 01, dated June 2, 2015, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on September 23, 2016.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1243, including Appendix 01, dated March 17, 2015.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1244, dated March 5, 2015.
(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on August 9, 2005 (70 FR 38580, July 5, 2005).
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1151, including Appendix 01, dated March 9, 2004.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1152, including Appendix 01, dated June 4, 2004.
(5) The following service information was approved for IBR on January 22, 2004 (68 FR 70431, December 18, 2003).
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1135, dated June 29, 2001.
(ii) Reserved.
(6) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
(7) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(8) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2013-20-11, for all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. AD 2013-20-11 required modifying the passenger emergency oxygen container assembly. This new AD expands the affected group of oxygen containers to include those labeled “DAe Systems.” This AD was prompted by a determination that the unsafe condition also affects oxygen containers labeled “DAe Systems.” We are issuing this AD to prevent a high temperature oxygen generator and mask from falling down and possibly resulting in an ignition source in the passenger compartment, injury to passengers, and reduced availability of supplemental oxygen.
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of December 2, 2013 (78 FR 64162, October 28, 2013).
For Airbus service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone: +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax: +33 5 61 93 44 51; email:
You may view this referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221. It is also available on the Internet at
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116,
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2013-20-11, Amendment 39-17617 (78 FR 64162, October 28, 2013) (“AD 2013-20-11”). AD 2013-20-11 applied to all Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2014-0207, dated September 16, 2014 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition. The MCAI states:
It was determined that oxygen generators, installed on a specific batch of Type 1 (22 min) passenger emergency oxygen container assemblies, may become detached by extreme pulling of the mask tube at the end of oxygen supply. Investigations revealed that such detachment can be caused by the increase in temperature towards the end of the generator operation, which may weaken the plastic housing in the attachment area of the bracket.
This condition, if not corrected, could make the rivets slip through the plastic housing, causing a `hot' oxygen generator and mask to fall down, possibly resulting in injury to passengers.
To address this potential unsafe condition, EASA issued AD 2012-0055 (later revised) [which corresponds to FAA AD 2013-20-11, Amendment 39-17617 (78 FR 64162, October 28, 2013)] to require modification of the affected oxygen container assemblies. That [EASA] AD also prohibited installation of unmodified containers on any aeroplane as replacement parts.
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, it was found that the affected containers have not only been marked with company name B/E Aerospace, as was specified, but also, for a brief period, with the former company name DAe Systems.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD retains the requirements of EASA AD 2012-0055R1, which is superseded, and expands the affected group of containers to include those that have the name “DAe Systems” on the identification plate.
This [EASA] AD also clearly separates the serial number (s/n) groups of containers into those manufactured by B/E Aerospace and those manufactured by DAe Systems, for which additional compliance time is provided.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We reviewed the available data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We estimate that this AD affects 4 airplanes of U.S. registry.
The actions required by AD 2013-20-11 and retained in this AD take about 2 work-hours per product, at an average labor rate of $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, the estimated cost of the actions that are required by AD 2013-20-11 is $170 per product.
We also estimate that it would take about 2 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $680, or $170 per product.
According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all available costs in our cost estimate.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective September 23, 2016.
This AD replaces AD 2013-20-11, Amendment 39-17617 (78 FR 64162, October 28, 2013) (“AD 2013-20-11”).
This AD applies to the Airbus airplanes, certificated in any category, specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this AD, all manufacturer serial numbers.
(1) Airbus Model A318-111, -112, -121, and -122 airplanes.
(2) Airbus Model A319-111, -112, -113, -114, -115, -131, -132, and -133 airplanes.
(3) Airbus Model A320-211, -212, -214, -231, -232, and -233 airplanes.
(4) Airbus Model A321-111, -112, -131, -211, -212, -213, -231, and -232 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 35, Oxygen.
This AD was prompted by a determination that oxygen generators installed on a certain batch of passenger emergency oxygen container assemblies might become detached by extreme pulling of the mask tube at the end of the oxygen supply causing a high temperature oxygen generator and mask to fall down. This AD was also prompted by a determination that the unsafe condition affects oxygen containers labeled “DAe Systems.” We are issuing this AD to prevent a high temperature oxygen generator and mask from falling down and possibly resulting in an ignition source in the passenger compartment, injury to passengers, and reduced availability of supplemental oxygen.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2013-20-11 with service information referenced in a new paragraph. Except as specified in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of this AD, within 5,000 flight cycles, or 7,500 flight hours, or 24 months, whichever occurs first, after December 2, 2013 (the effective date of AD 2013-20-11): Modify each type 1 (22 minute) passenger emergency oxygen container assembly installed on an airplane, having a part number (P/N) listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD and a serial number (S/N) listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD.
(1) An oxygen container that has a part number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD and a serial number as listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD, and that has been modified using the instructions of B/E Aerospace Service Bulletin 1XC22-0100-35-006, is compliant with the modification requirement of paragraph (g) of this AD.
(i) Oxygen container part numbers listed in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)(A) through (g)(1)(i)(D) of this AD, where xxxxx stands for an alphanumerical value.
(A) 13C22Lxxxxx0100.
(B) 13C22Rxxxxx0100.
(C) 14C22Lxxxxx0100.
(D) 14C22Rxxxxx0100.
(ii) Oxygen container serial numbers listed in paragraphs (g)(1)(ii)(A) through (g)(1)(ii)(H) of this AD.
(A) ARBC-0182 to ARBC-9999, inclusive.
(B) ARBD-0000 to ARBD-9999, inclusive.
(C) ARBE-0000 to ARBE-9999, inclusive.
(D) BEBF-0000 to BEBF-9999, inclusive.
(E) BEBH-0000 to BEBH-9999, inclusive.
(F) BEBK-0000 to BEBK-9999, inclusive.
(G) BEBL-0000 to BEBL-9999, inclusive.
(H) BEBM-0000 to BEBM-0454, inclusive.
(2) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 150704 has not been embodied in production are excluded from the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD, unless an oxygen container with a part number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD and a serial number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD is installed.
(3) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 150704 has been embodied in production and that are not listed by model and manufacturer serial number in the applicable Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD; are excluded from the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD, unless an oxygen container with a part number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD and a serial number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD is installed.
The oxygen container assemblies listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD and paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD are B/E Aerospace products with the mark “B/E AEROSPACE” on the identification plate.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (h) of AD 2013-20-11 with service information referenced in a new paragraph. As of December 2, 2013 (the effective date of AD 2013-20-11), no person may install, on any airplane, an oxygen container with a part number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this AD, and serial number listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this AD, unless the oxygen container has been modified according to the applicable Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD.
At the applicable times specified in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this AD: Modify each type 1 (22 minute) passenger emergency oxygen container assembly installed on an airplane, having a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j) of this AD, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD; except as specified in paragraph (l) of this AD.
(1) For units with “B/E AEROSPACE” on the identification plate and having a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD: Within 5,000 flight cycles, or 7,500 flight hours, or 24 months, whichever occurs first after the effective date of this AD.
(2) For units with “DAe Systems” on the identification plate and having a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Within 2,500 flight cycles, or 3,750 flight hours, or 12 months, whichever occurs first after the effective date of this AD.
Affected parts for the actions required by paragraph (i) of this AD are identified in paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this AD.
(1) For oxygen containers with “B/E AEROSPACE” on the identification plate: Units having a part number identified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) through (j)(1)(iv) of this AD, where part number “xxxxx” stands for any alphanumerical value, and a serial number of BEBM-0455 to BEBM-9999, inclusive.
(i) 13C22Lxxxxx0100.
(ii) 13C22Rxxxxx0100.
(iii) 14C22Lxxxxx0100.
(iv) 14C22Rxxxxx0100.
(2) For oxygen containers with “DAe Systems” on the identification plate: Units having a part number identified in paragraphs (j)(1)(i) through (j)(1)(iv) of this AD, where part number “xxxxx” stands for any alphanumerical value, and a serial number identified in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) through (j)(2)(iv) of this AD.
(i) ARBC-0000 to ARBC-9999 inclusive.
(ii) ARBD-0000 to ARBD-9999 inclusive.
(iii) ARBE-0000 to BEBE-9999 inclusive.
(iv) BEBE-0000 to BEBE-9999 inclusive.
Accomplish the requirements specified in paragraphs (g), (h), (i), and (m) of this AD in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable Airbus service information identified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD.
(1) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1049, dated June 15, 2011.
(2) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1053, dated June 15, 2011.
(3) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1054, dated June 15, 2011.
(4) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1055, dated June 15, 2011.
(5) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1056, dated June 15, 2011.
(6) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1057, dated June 15, 2011.
(7) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1058, dated June 15, 2011.
(1) An oxygen container that has a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j) of this AD, and that has been modified as specified in B/E Aerospace Service Bulletin 1XC22-0100-35-006, is compliant with the modification requirement of paragraph (i) of this AD.
(2) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 150704 has not been embodied in production are excluded from the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD, unless an oxygen container with a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j) of this AD is installed.
(3) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 150704 has been embodied in production and that are not listed by model and manufacturer serial number in the Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD, as applicable, are excluded from the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD, unless an oxygen container with a part and a serial number listed in paragraph (j) of this AD is installed.
(4) Airplanes on which the design of the passenger oxygen container is not Design A, as defined in figure 1 to paragraph (l)(4) of this AD, are excluded from the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD for that passenger oxygen container.
For “Design A,” the placard on the passenger oxygen container test button is as described in “Picture A” in figure 1 to paragraph (l)(4) of this AD. The mask configuration (“ZZ” in “Picture A”) is a number, and the test button is as shown in “Picture B.”
As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install, on any airplane, an oxygen container with a part number and a serial number listed in paragraph (j) of this AD, unless the oxygen container has been modified in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable Airbus service information specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(7) of this AD.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(i) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(ii) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2013-20-11 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD.
(2)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA AD 2014-0207, dated September 16, 2014, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on December 2, 2013 (78 FR 64162, October 28, 2013).
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1049, dated June 15, 2011.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1053, dated June 15, 2011.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1054, dated June 15, 2011.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1055, dated June 15, 2011.
(v) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1056, dated June 15, 2011.
(vi) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1057, dated June 15, 2011.
(vii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-35-1058, dated June 15, 2011.
(4) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone: +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax: +33 5 61 93 44 51; email:
(5) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(6) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Dassault Aviation Model FALCON 900EX and FALCON 2000EX airplanes. This AD requires revising the airplane flight manual (AFM) to include procedures to follow when an airplane is operating in icing conditions. This AD also provides optional terminating action for the AFM revision. This AD was prompted by a design review of in-production airplanes that identified a deficiency in certain wing anti-ice system ducting. A deficiency in the wing anti-ice system ducting could lead to undetected, reduced performance of the wing anti-ice system, with potential ice accretion and ingestion, possibly resulting in degraded engine power and degraded handling characteristics of the airplane. We are issuing this AD to ensure the flight crew has procedures for operating an airplane in icing conditions.
This AD becomes effective September 6, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of September 6, 2016.
We must receive comments on this AD by October 3, 2016.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Dassault Falcon Jet Corporation, Teterboro Airport, P.O. Box 2000, South Hackensack, NJ 07606; telephone 201-440-6700; Internet
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1137; fax 425-227-1149.
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Emergency Airworthiness Directive 2016-0130-E, dated July 5, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Dassault Aviation Model FALCON 900EX and FALCON 2000EX airplanes. The MCAI states:
A design review of in production aeroplanes identified a manufacturing deficiency of some wing anti-ice system ducting.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to an undetected reduced performance of the wing anti-ice system, with potential ice accretion and ingestion, possibly resulting in degraded engine power and degraded handling characteristics.
The Falcon 900EX EASY and Falcon * * * [2000EX] Aircraft Flight Manuals (AFM) contain a normal procedure 4-200-05A, “Operations in Icing Conditions”, addressing minimum fan speed rotation (N1) during combined operation of wing anti-ice and engine anti-ice systems. The subsequent investigation demonstrated that the wing anti-ice system performance for aeroplanes equipped with ducting affected by the manufacturing deficiency can be restored increasing N1 value. In addition, Dassault Aviation published Service Bulletin (SB) F900EX-464 (for Falcon 900EX aeroplanes) and SB F2000EX-393 (for Falcon 2000EX aeroplanes), providing instructions for wing anti-ice system ducting inspection.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires an AFM amendment and a one-time inspection of the wing anti-ice system ducting and, depending on findings, re-identification or replacement of the wing anti-ice system ducting.
We consider this AD interim action. We are currently considering requiring a detailed inspection of the wing anti-icing system ducting for the presence of a diaphragm and, as applicable, re-identification or replacement of the wing anti-icing system ducting (these actions are required by the MCAI). That inspection and applicable corrective actions would terminate the AFM revision required by this AD action. However, the planned compliance time for the detailed inspection would allow enough time to provide notice and opportunity for prior public comment on the merits of the inspection.
Dassault has issued Service Bulletin F900EX-464, dated June 20, 2016; and Service Bulletin F2000EX-393, dated June 20, 2016. The service information describes procedures for an inspection of the wing anti-ice system ducting and re-identification or replacement of the wing anti-ice system ducting. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of these same type designs.
An unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD. The FAA has found that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to adoption of this rule because a design review of in-production airplanes identified a deficiency in certain wing anti-ice system ducting that could lead to undetected, reduced performance of the wing anti-ice system, with potential ice accretion and ingestion, possibly resulting in degraded engine power and degraded handling characteristics of the airplane. Therefore, we determined that notice and opportunity for public comment before issuing this AD are impracticable and that good cause exists for making this amendment effective in fewer than 30 days.
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety, and we did not precede it by notice and opportunity for public comment. We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We estimate that this AD affects 52 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it will take about 1 work-hour per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $4,420, or $85 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD becomes effective September 6, 2016.
None.
This AD applies to the Dassault Aviation airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this AD, certificated in any category.
(1) Model FALCON 900EX airplanes, serial numbers (S/Ns) 270 through 291 inclusive and 294.
(2) Model FALCON 2000EX airplanes, S/Ns 263 through 305 inclusive, 307 through 313 inclusive, 315, 320, and 701 through 734 inclusive.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 30, Ice and Rain Protection.
This AD was prompted by a design review of in-production airplanes that identified a deficiency in certain wing anti-ice system ducting. A deficiency in the wing anti-ice system ducting could lead to undetected, reduced performance of the wing anti-ice system, with potential ice accretion and ingestion, possibly resulting in degraded engine power and degraded handling characteristics of the airplane. We are issuing this AD to ensure the flight crew has procedures for operating an airplane in icing conditions.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
(1) For Model FALCON 900EX airplanes on which the actions specified in Dassault Service Bulletin F900EX-464 have not been accomplished: Within 10 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, revise Section 4-200-05A, “OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS,” of the Model FALCON 900EX AFM to include the information in figure 1 to paragraph (g)(1) of this AD, and thereafter operate the airplane accordingly. The AFM revision may be done by inserting a copy of this AD into the AFM.
(2) For Model FALCON 2000EX airplanes on which the actions specified in Dassault Service Bulletin F2000EX-393 have not been accomplished: Within 10 flight cycles after the effective date of this AD, revise Section 4-200-05A, “OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS,” of the Model FALCON 2000EX AFM to include the information in figure 2 to paragraph (g)(2) of this AD, and thereafter operate the airplane accordingly. The AFM revision may be done by inserting a copy of this AD into the AFM.
A detailed inspection of the wing anti-ice system ducting for the presence of a diaphragm and, as applicable, a check of the part number, and re-identification of the wing anti-ice system ducting or replacement of the wing anti-ice system ducting, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Dassault Service Bulletin F900EX-464, dated June 20, 2016; or Service Bulletin F2000EX-393, dated June 20, 2016; as applicable; terminates the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD for that airplane only. After the applicable actions in the service information have been completed, the AFM revision required by paragraph (g) of this AD may be removed from the AFM for that airplane.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Emergency Airworthiness Directive 2016-0130-E, dated July 5, 2016, for related information. You may examine the MCAI on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Dassault Service Bulletin F900EX-464, dated June 20, 2016.
(ii) Dassault Service Bulletin F2000EX-393, dated June 20, 2016.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Dassault Falcon Jet Corporation, Teterboro Airport, P.O. Box 2000, South Hackensack, NJ 07606; telephone 201-440-6700; Internet
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This action amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 relating to airspace designations to reflect the approval by the Director of the Federal Register of the incorporation by reference of FAA Order 7400.11A, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points. This action also explains the procedures the FAA will use to amend the listings of Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas; air traffic service routes; and reporting points incorporated by reference.
These regulations are effective September 15, 2016, through September 15, 2017. The incorporation by reference of FAA Order 7400.11A is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of September 15, 2016, through September 15, 2017.
FAA Order 7400.11A, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed on line at
FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
Sarah A. Combs, Airspace Policy Group, Office of Airspace Services, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: (202) 267-8783.
FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, effective September 15, 2015, listed Class A, B, C, D and E airspace areas; air traffic service routes; and reporting points. Due to the length of these descriptions, the FAA requested approval from the Office of the Federal Register to incorporate the material by reference in the Federal Aviation Regulations section 71.1, effective September 15, 2015, through September 15, 2016. During the incorporation by reference period, the FAA processed all proposed changes of the airspace listings in FAA Order 7400.9Z in full text as proposed rule documents in the
This document incorporates by reference FAA Order 7400.11A, airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2016, and effective September 15, 2016, in section 71.1. FAA Order 7400.11A is publicly available as listed in the
This action amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 to reflect the approval by the Director of the Federal Register of the incorporation by reference of FAA Order 7400.11A,
The FAA has determined that this action: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. This action neither places any new restrictions or requirements on the public, nor changes the dimensions or operation requirements of the airspace listings incorporated by reference in part 71.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
A listing for Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas; air traffic service routes; and reporting points can be found in FAA Order 7400.11A, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2016. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552 (a) and 1 CFR part 51. The approval to incorporate by reference FAA Order 7400.11A is effective September 15, 2016, through September 15, 2017. During the incorporation by reference period, proposed changes to the listings of Class A, B, C, D, and E airspace areas; air traffic service routes; and reporting points will be published in full text as proposed rule documents in the
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Final rule.
On March 24, 2016, the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) published a final rule, Temporary General License. The March 24 final rule created a temporary general license that restored, for a specified time period, the licensing requirements and policies under the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) for exports, reexports, and transfers (in-country) as of March 7, 2016, to two entities (ZTE Corporation and ZTE Kangxun) that were added to the Entity List on March 8, 2016. At this time, the U.S. Government has decided to extend the temporary general license until November 28, 2016. In order to implement this decision, this final rule revises the temporary general license to
This rule is effective August 19, 2016 through November 28, 2016. The expiration date of the final rule published on March 24, 2016 (81 FR 15633) is extended until November 28, 2016.
Chair, End-User Review Committee, Office of the Assistant Secretary, Export Administration, Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of Commerce, Phone: (202) 482-5991, Email:
On March 24, 2016, the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) published a final rule, Temporary General License (81 FR 15633). The March 24 final rule amended the EAR by adding Supplement No. 7 to part 744 to create a Temporary General License that returned, until June 30, 2016, the licensing and other policies of the EAR regarding exports, reexports, and transfers (in-country) to Zhongxing Telecommunications Equipment (ZTE) Corporation and ZTE Kangxun to that which were in effect prior to their addition to the Entity List on March 8, 2016. On June 28, 2016, BIS published a final rule, Temporary General License: Extension of Validity (81 FR 41799), which extended the validity of the Temporary General License until August 30, 2016. Details regarding the scope of the listing are at 81 FR 12004 (Mar. 8, 2016), (“Additions to the Entity List”). Details regarding the Temporary General License can be found in the March 24 final rule and in Supplement No. 7 to Part 744—Temporary General License.
BIS issued the March 24 final rule, and the June 28 final rule, in connection with a request to remove or modify the listing. The March 24 final rule, and the June 28 final rule, specified that the temporary general license was renewable if the U.S. Government determined, in its sole discretion, that ZTE Corporation and ZTE Kangxun were timely performing their undertakings to the U.S. Government and otherwise cooperating with the U.S. Government in resolving the matter which led to the two entities' listing.
At this time, the U.S. Government has decided to extend the temporary general license until November 28, 2016. In order to implement this U.S. Government decision, this final rule revises the temporary general license to remove the date of August 30, 2016, and substitute the date of November 28, 2016. This final rule makes no other changes to the EAR.
Although the Export Administration Act expired on August 20, 2001, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013) and as extended by the Notice of August 4, 2016, 81 FR 52587 (August 8, 2016), has continued the Export Administration Regulations in effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. BIS continues to carry out the provisions of the Export Administration Act, as appropriate and to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to Executive Order 13222, as amended by Executive Order 13637.
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to nor be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined in Executive Order 13132.
4. The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public comment, and a delay in effective date are inapplicable because this regulation involves a military or foreign affairs function of the United States. (
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Terrorism.
Accordingly, part 744 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730 through 774) is amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations for the Southern Professional Outboard Racing Tour (S.P.O.R.T.) boat races to be held on the Sabine River in Orange, TX, September 16-18, 2016, to provide for the safety of life on navigable waterways during high speed boat races. Our regulation for Recurring Marine Events in Sector Houston-Galveston identifies the regulated area for this regatta. During the enforcement periods, no vessel may transit this regulated area without approval from the Captain of the Port or a designated representative.
The regulations in 33 CFR 100.801, Table 3, Line no. 5, will be enforced from 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on September 16, 2016; and from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on September 17 and 18, 2016.
If you have questions about this notice of enforcement, call or email Mr. Scott Whalen, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Unit, Port Arthur, TX; telephone 409-719-5086, email
The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations in 33 CFR 100.801, Table 3, Line no. 5 from 3:00 p.m. until 6:00 p.m. on September 16, 2016, and from 9:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on September 17 and 18, 2016, for the Southern Professional Outboard Racing Tour (S.P.O.R.T.) boat races. This action is being taken to provide for the safety of life on navigable waterways during the high speed boat races. Our regulation for Recurring Marine Events in Sector Houston-Galveston, § 100.801, Table 3, Line no. 5, specifies the location of the regulated area for this event. As specified in § 100.801, during the enforcement period, no vessel may transit this regulated area without approval from the Captain of the Port (COTP), Port Arthur or a COTP designated representative.
This notice of enforcement is issued under authority of 33 CFR 100.801 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). In addition to this notice of enforcement in the
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone for certain waters of the St. Clair River in the vicinity of Port Huron, Michigan. Though this is an unsanctioned, non-permitted marine event, this action is necessary to provide for the safety of life on these navigable waters near Port Huron, MI, during a float down event on August 21, 2016. This regulation prohibits persons and vessels from being in the safety zone unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Detroit or a designated representative.
This rule is effective from 12 p.m. through 8 p.m. on August 21, 2016.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this temporary final rule, call or email Lieutenant Selena Warnke, Prevention Department, Sector Detroit, Coast Guard; telephone 313-568-9508, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because doing so would be impracticable. The final details of this event were not known to the Coast Guard until there was insufficient time remaining before the event to publish an NPRM. Thus, delaying the effective date of this rule to wait for a comment period to run would be impracticable because it would inhibit the Coast Guard's ability to protect participants, mariners, and vessels from the hazards associated with this event. Furthermore, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this temporary rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
During the afternoon of August 21, 2016, a non-sanctioned public event, advertised over various social-media sites, in which a large number of persons float down a segment of the St. Clair River, using inner tubes and other similar floatation devices is scheduled to take place. The 2016 Float-Down event will occur between approximately 12 p.m. and 8 p.m. on August 21, 2016. This event has taken place in the month of August yearly from 2009 through 2015.
While no private or municipal entity has requested a marine event permit from the Coast Guard for this event, and although it has not received state or federal permits over these past years, the event has drawn over 3,000
During the 2014 Float-Down event, a 19-year-old participating in the event died. Despite this, promotional information for the event continues to be published, and more than 3,000 people are again anticipated to float down the river this year. However, since no public or private organization holds themselves responsible as the event sponsor, the Coast Guard does not receive full and final details regarding the event or the number of participants until the time of the event.
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231, 33 CFR 1.05-1 and 160.5; and Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. The Captain of the Port Detroit (COTP) has determined that the 2016 Float-Down poses significant risks to public safety and property. The likely combination of large numbers of participants, strong river currents, limited rescue resources, and difficult emergency response scenarios could easily result in serious injuries or fatalities to Float-Down participants and spectators.
This rule establishes a safety zone from 12 p.m. through 8 p.m. on August 21, 2016. The safety zone will begin at Lighthouse Beach and encompass all U.S. waters of the St. Clair River bound by a line starting at a point on land north of Coast Guard Station Port Huron at position 43°00′25″ N.; 082°25′20″ W., extending east to the international boundary to a point at position 43°00′25″ N.; 082°25′02″ W., following south along the international boundary to a point at position 42°54′30″ N.; 082°27′41″ W., extending west to a point on land just north of Stag Island at position 42°54′30″ N.; 082°27′58″ W., and following north along the U.S. shoreline to the point of origin (NAD 83).
Entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the COTP or a designated representative. Vessel operators must contact the COTP or his on-scene representative to obtain permission to transit through this safety zone. Additionally, no one under the age of 18 will be permitted to enter the safety zone if they are not wearing a Coast Guard-approved Personal Floatation Device (PFD). The COTP or his on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes or executive orders.
This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of Executive Order 12866 or under section 1 of Executive Order 13563. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed it under those Orders.
We conclude that this rule is not a significant regulatory action because we anticipate that it will have minimal impact on the economy, will not interfere with other agencies, will not adversely alter the budget of any grant or loan recipients, and will not raise any novel legal or policy issues. The safety zone created by this rule will be relatively small and enforced for relatively short duration, and it is designed to minimize the impact on navigation. Moreover, under certain conditions, vessels may still transit through the safety zone when permitted by the Captain of the Port.
As per the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, we have considered the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This rule will affect the following entities, some of which might be small entities: The owners or operators of vessels intending to transit or anchor in this portion of southern Lake Huron and the St. Clair River near Port Huron, MI on August 21, 2016, between the hours of 12 p.m. and 8 p.m.
This safety zone will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the reasons cited in the
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on them. If this rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and determined that this rule does not have implications for federalism.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This rule will not cause a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this rule under Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks. This rule is not an economically significant rule and does not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that may disproportionately affect children.
This rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
This action is not a “significant energy action” under Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use.
This rule does not use technical standards. Therefore, we did not consider the use of voluntary consensus standards.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA)(42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have concluded this action is one of a category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves the establishment of a safety zone and is therefore categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted on a case-by-case basis by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
(3) Additionally, no one under the age of 18 will be permitted to enter the safety zone if they are not wearing a Coast Guard-approved Personal Floatation Device (PFD).
(4) The “on-scene representative” of the COTP is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer designated by or assisting the COTP to act on his behalf.
(5) Vessel operators desiring to enter or operate within the safety zone shall contact the COTP or his on-scene representative to request permission to do so. The COTP or a designated representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16 or at 313-568-9464. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the safety zone must comply with all directions given to them by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
This final rule revises the regulations that currently require persons surgically implanting or externally affixing archival tags on Atlantic highly migratory species (HMS) to obtain written authorization from NMFS, and that require fishermen to report their catches of Atlantic HMS with such tags to NMFS. Archival tags are tags that record scientific information about the movement and behavior of a fish and include tags that are surgically implanted in a fish, as well as tags that are externally affixed, such as pop-up satellite archival tags (PSAT) and smart position and temperature tags (SPOT). Specifically, this final rule removes the requirement for researchers to obtain written authorization from NMFS to implant or affix an archival tag but would continue to allow persons who catch a fish with a surgically implanted archival tag to retain the fish only if they return the tag to the person indicated on the tag or to NMFS. Persons retaining such fish would no longer be required to submit to NMFS an archival tag landing report or make the fish available for inspection and tag recovery by a NMFS scientist, enforcement agent, or other person designated in writing by NMFS. Any persons who land an Atlantic HMS with an externally-affixed archival tag would be encouraged, but not required, to follow the instructions on the tag to return the tag to the appropriate research entity or to NMFS. This action will affect any researchers wishing to place archival tags on Atlantic HMS and any fishermen who might catch such a tagged fish.
Effective on September 19, 2016.
NMFS Highly Migratory Species Management Division, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Larry Redd, Craig Cockrell, Tobey Curtis or Karyl Brewster-Geisz by phone at 301-427-8503.
Atlantic HMS are managed under the 2006 Consolidated HMS Fishery Management Plan (FMP) and its amendments. Implementing regulations at 50 CFR part 635 are issued under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), 16 U.S.C. 1801
On April 14, 2016 (81 FR 22044), NMFS published a proposed rule regarding the regulatory requirements for the placement of “archival tags.” An “archival tag” is defined at § 635.2 as “a device that is implanted or affixed to a fish to electronically record scientific information about the migratory behavior of that fish.” The comment period on the proposed rule ended on May 16, 2016.
Researchers use archival tags because they are a powerful tool for tracking the movements, geolocation, and behavior of individual tunas, sharks, swordfish, and billfishes. Data recovery from some archival tags, particularly those that are surgically implanted into the fish, requires that fish be re-caught. Other archival tags, such as PSAT and SPOT, which are externally affixed to the fish, are able to transmit the information remotely and do not require the fish to be re-caught nor do researchers expect the tags to be returned, as generally no additional data are gained from their return. Data from archival tags are used to ascertain HMS life-history information, such as migratory patterns and spawning site fidelity.
In addition to archival tags, researchers may place conventional tags, such as spaghetti or roto tags, acoustic tags, or passive integrated transponder (PIT) tags on HMS. These types of tags do not record or store any information, and thus are not “archival” tags. Furthermore, there are some tags, such as some SPOTs, that may be archival or may be more acoustic in nature, depending on the needs of the researcher. For Atlantic HMS, NMFS does not regulate the placement or the collection of these non-archival tags, and this final rule does not affect any tags other than archival tags.
This final rule removes the requirement for researchers to obtain written authorization from NMFS to implant or affix an archival tag. Additionally, this final rule maintains the regulatory requirement that Atlantic HMS caught with a surgically implanted archival tag may be retained only on the condition that the surgically implanted tag is returned to either the originating researcher or to NMFS. Maintaining this regulatory provision creates an incentive to return the surgical tags, which need to be physically retrieved to retrieve the data. This would afford some assurance to researchers that they would be able to retrieve the surgically implanted tags and would not lose their investment due to discarded tags, and that the tags would continue to contribute to the collection of Atlantic HMS life history and biological data. In all other cases (
This final rule maintains appropriate management and conservation requirements, such as requiring the return of the surgically implanted archival tag if the fish is retained, for HMS while making the archival tagging process more efficient by reducing any time and delay cost to researchers associated with the applying for a permit to place archival tags on Atlantic HMS. This final rule would reduce the regulatory burden for researchers, and allow researchers the opportunity to place archival tags on Atlantic HMS during periods of time in which they usually would be waiting for NMFS to process their annual permits, typically in January or February. NMFS does not expect this action to result in increased fishing mortality or increased interactions with listed species.
During the proposed rule stage, NMFS received 31 written comments. The comments received on the proposed rule during the public comment period can be found at
In regard to continuing to ensure accountability of scientists and other researchers, most HMS research activities would likely still require authorization under an exempted fishing permit (EFP) or scientific research permit (SRP) because other research activities, such as sampling gear or possession of HMS, continue to require authorization (see 50 CFR 635.32). While researchers could place archival tags without written authorization, other research activities would likely still need written authorization. Furthermore, there is no evidence or apparent incentive for researchers or fishermen to circumvent established scientific or regulatory practices when tagging HMS or reporting recaptures.
The NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that the final rule is consistent with the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and its amendments, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable laws.
This final action is not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this action would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for the certification was published in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. No comments were received regarding this certification. As a result, a regulatory flexibility analysis was not required and none was prepared.
Fisheries, Fishing, Fishing vessels, Foreign relations, Imports, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Treaties.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, NMFS amends 50 CFR part 635 as follows:
16 U.S.C. 971
(a)
(b)
(a) * * *
(20) Fail to return a surgically implanted archival tag of a retained
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Treasury (OCC).
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The OCC is proposing to add a new part to its rules to enhance the resilience and the safety and soundness of federally chartered and licensed financial institutions by addressing concerns relating to the exercise of default rights of certain financial contracts that could interfere with the orderly resolution of certain systemically important financial firms. Under this proposed rule, a covered bank would be required to ensure that a covered qualified financial contract (1) contains a contractual stay-and-transfer provision analogous to the statutory stay-and-transfer provision imposed under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and (2) limits the exercise of default rights based on the insolvency of an affiliate of the covered bank. In addition, this proposed rule would make conforming amendments to the OCC's Capital Adequacy Standards and the Liquidity Risk Measurement Standards in its regulations. The requirements of this proposed rule are substantively identical to those contained in a notice of proposed rulemaking issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on May 3, 2016.
Comments must be received by October 18, 2016.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or email, if possible. Please use the title “Mandatory Contractual Stay Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts” to facilitate the organization and distribution of the comments. You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
• Click on the “Help” tab on the
•
•
•
•
You may review comments and other related materials that pertain to this rulemaking action by any of the following methods:
•
• Click on the “Help” tab on the
•
Valerie Song, Assistant Director, or Scott Burnett, Attorney, Bank Activities and Structure Division, (202) 649-5500; Rima Kundnani, Attorney, or Ron Shimabukuro, Senior Counsel, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, (202) 649-6282, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219.
In the wake of the financial crisis of 2007-08, U.S. and international financial regulators have placed increased focus on improving the resolvability of large, complex financial institutions that operate in multiple jurisdictions, often called global systemically important banking organizations (GSIBs).
In connection with these ongoing efforts, on May 3, 2016, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB or Board) issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) pursuant to section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) as part of its ongoing efforts to improve the resolvability of U.S. GSIBs and foreign GSIBs that operate in the United States (collectively, “covered entities”
The purpose of the Board's NPRM is to improve the resolvability of covered entities by “limiting disruptions to a failed GSIB through its financial contracts with other companies.”
As described more fully in the Board's NPRM and in the Background section of this preamble, this threat to financial stability arises because GSIBs are interconnected with other financial firms, including other GSIBs, through large volumes of QFCs. The failure of one entity within a GSIB can trigger disruptive terminations of these contracts if the counterparties of both the failed entity and its affiliates exercise their contractual rights to terminate the contracts and liquidate collateral.
As discussed in detail in the Section I.B., the OCC, as the primary regulator for national banks, Federal savings associations (FSAs), and Federal branches and agencies, has a strong safety and soundness interest in preventing such a disorderly termination of QFCs upon a GSIB's entry into resolution proceedings. QFCs are typically entered into by various operating entities in the GSIB group, which will often include a large depository institution that is subject to the OCC's supervision. These OCC-supervised entities are some of the largest entities by asset size in the GSIB group, and often a party to large volumes of QFCs, making these entities highly interconnected with other large financial firms.
Accordingly, OCC-supervised affiliates or branches of U.S. or foreign GSIBs are exposed, through the interconnectedness of their QFCs and their affiliates' QFCs, to destabilizing effects if their counterparties or the counterparties of their affiliates exercise default rights upon the entry into resolution of the covered bank itself or its GSIB affiliate. These potential destabilizing effects are best addressed by requiring all GSIB entities to amend their QFCs to include contractual provisions aimed at avoiding such destabilization. As the primary supervisor of covered banks, the OCC has a significant interest in preventing or mitigating these destabilizing effects; otherwise, the result will be adverse to safety and soundness of covered banks individually and collectively, with the potential for spill-over beyond GSIB-affiliated banks and Federal branches and agencies to the Federal banking system.
As described in the Board's NPRM, measures aimed at improving financial stability and the probability of a successful resolution of GSIBs likely will affect the operations of GSIB subsidiaries. In most cases, the largest GSIB subsidiary by asset size is a national bank supervised by the OCC. While the ultimate aim of the Board's NPRM and this proposed rule is focused on the resolution of a GSIB, the proposed preventative measures would be required to be implemented by GSIBs while they are going concerns. The OCC has an inherent supervisory interest in ensuring that measures aimed at improving resolvability in the event of a GSIB's failure are also consistent with
The following background discussion describes in detail the financial contracts that are the subject of this proposed rule, the default rights often contained in such contracts, and impacts on financial stability resulting from the exercise of such default rights. This section also provides background information on the resolution strategies for GSIBs and how they fit within the resolution frameworks in the United States.
The proposed rule covers QFCs, which include swaps, other derivative contracts, repurchase agreements (repos) and reverse repos, and securities lending and borrowing agreements. GSIB entities enter into QFCs to borrow money to finance their investments, to lend money, to manage risk, to attempt to profit from market movements, and to enable their clients and counterparties to perform these financial activities.
QFCs play a role in economically valuable financial intermediation when markets are functioning normally. But they are also a major source of financial interconnectedness, which may pose a threat to financial stability in times of stress. This proposed rule, along with the FRB NPRM, focuses on one of the most serious threats to both a global systemically important bank holding company (BHC) and its covered banks subsidiaries—the failure of a GSIB that is party to large volumes of QFCs, which are likely to involve QFCs with counterparties that are themselves systemically important.
By contract, a party to a QFC generally has the right to take certain actions if its counterparty defaults on the QFC (that is, if it fails to meet certain contractual obligations). Common default rights include the right to suspend performance of the non-defaulting party's obligations, the right to terminate or accelerate the contract, the right to set off amounts owed between the parties, the right to seize and liquidate the defaulting party's collateral. In general, default rights allow a party to a QFC to reduce the credit risk associated with the QFC by granting it the right to exit the QFC and thereby reduce its exposure to its counterparty upon the occurrence of a specified condition, such as its counterparty's entry into resolution proceedings.
This proposed rule focuses on two distinct scenarios in which a non-defaulting party to a QFC is commonly able to exercise default rights. These two scenarios involve a default that occurs when either the defaulting party to the QFC or an affiliate of that party enters a resolution proceeding.
The first scenario occurs when a legal entity that is itself a party to the QFC enters a resolution proceeding. This proposed rule refers to such a scenario as a “direct default” and refers to the contractual default rights that arise from a direct default as “direct default rights.”
The second scenario occurs when an affiliate of the legal entity that is a direct party to the QFC (such as the direct party's parent holding company) enters a resolution proceeding. This proposed rule refers to such a scenario as a “cross-default” and refers to contractual default rights that arise from a cross-default as “cross-default rights.” For example, a GSIB parent entity might guarantee the derivatives transactions of its subsidiaries and those derivatives contracts could contain cross-default rights against a subsidiary of the GSIB that would be triggered by the bankruptcy filing of the GSIB parent entity even though the subsidiary continues to meet all of its financial obligations.
Direct default rights and cross-default rights are referred to collectively in this proposed rule as “default rights.”
As noted in the FRB NPRM, if a significant number of QFC counterparties exercise their default rights precipitously and in a manner that would impede an orderly resolution of a GSIB, all QFC counterparties and the broader financial system, including institutions supervised by the OCC, may potentially be worse off and less stable.
The destabilization can occur in several ways. First, counterparties' exercise of default rights may drain liquidity from the troubled GSIB, forcing it to sell off assets at depressed prices, both because the sales must be done on a short timeframe and because the elevated supply will push prices down. These asset “fire sales” may cause or deepen balance-sheet insolvency at the GSIB, reducing the amount that its other creditors can recover and thereby imposing losses on those creditors and threatening their solvency (and, indirectly, the solvency of their own creditors, and so on). The GSIB may also respond by withdrawing liquidity that it had offered to other firms, forcing them to engage in asset fire sales. Alternatively, if the GSIB's QFC counterparty itself liquidates the QFC collateral at fire sale prices, the effect will again be to weaken the GSIB's balance sheet, because the debt satisfied by the liquidation would be less than what the value of the collateral would have been outside the fire sale context. The counterparty's setoff rights may allow it to further drain the GSIB's capital and liquidity by withholding payments owed to the GSIB. The GSIB may also have rehypothecated collateral that it received from QFC counterparties, for instance in back-to-back repo or securities lending transactions, in which case demands from those counterparties for the early return of their rehypothecated collateral could be especially disruptive.
The asset fire sales can also spread contagion throughout the financial system by increasing volatility and by lowering the value of similar assets held by other financial institutions, potentially causing them to suffer
Where there are significant simultaneous terminations and these effects occur contemporaneously, such as upon the failure of a GSIB that is party to a large volume of QFCs, they may pose a substantial risk to financial stability. In short, QFC continuity is important for the orderly resolution of a GSIB so that the instability caused by asset fire sales can be avoided.
As will be discussed further, the proposed rule is primarily concerned only with default rights that run
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, many complex GSIBs are required to submit resolution plans to the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), detailing how the company can be resolved in a rapid and orderly manner in the event of material financial distress or failure of the company. In response to these requirements, these firms have developed resolution strategies that, broadly speaking, fall into two categories: The single-point-of-entry (SPOE) strategy and the multiple-point-of-entry (MPOE) strategy. As noted in the Board's Proposal, cross-default rights in QFCs pose a potential obstacle to the implementation of either of these strategies.
In an SPOE resolution, only a single legal entity—the GSIB's top-tier BHC—would enter a resolution proceeding. The losses that led to the GSIB's failure would be passed up from the operating subsidiaries that incurred the losses to the holding company and would then be imposed on the equity holders and unsecured creditors of the holding company through the resolution process. This strategy is designed to help ensure that the GSIB's subsidiaries remain adequately capitalized. An SPOE resolution could thereby prevent those operating subsidiaries from failing or entering resolution themselves and allow them to instead continue normal operations. The expectation that the holding company's equity holders and unsecured creditors would absorb the GSIB's losses in the event of failure would help to maintain the confidence of the operating subsidiaries' creditors and counterparties (including QFC counterparties), reducing their incentive to engage in potentially destabilizing funding runs or margin calls and thus lowering the risk of asset fire sales.
An SPOE proceeding can avoid the need for covered banks to be placed into receivership or similar proceedings, as they would continue to operate as going concerns, only if the parent's entry into resolution proceedings does not trigger the exercise of cross-default rights. Accordingly, this proposed rule, by limiting such cross-default rights based on an affiliate's entry into resolution proceedings, enables the SPOE strategy, and in turn, would assist in stabilizing both the covered bank and the Federal banking system.
This proposed rule would also yield benefits for resolution under the MPOE strategy. Unlike the SPOE strategy, an MPOE strategy involves several entities in the GSIB group entering proceedings. For example, an MPOE strategy might involve a foreign GSIB's U.S. intermediate holding company going into resolution or a GSIB's U.S. insured depository institution entering resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Similar to the benefits associated with the SPOE strategy, this proposed rule would help support the continued operation of affiliates of an entity experiencing resolution to the extent the affiliate continues to perform on its QFCs.
In order to understand the connection between direct defaults, cross-defaults, the SPOE and MPOE resolution strategies, and the threats to financial stability discussed previously, it is necessary to understand how QFCs, and the default rights contained therein, are treated when an entity enters resolution. The following sections discuss the treatment of QFCs in greater detail under three U.S. resolution laws: the Bankruptcy Code, the Orderly Liquidation Authority, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. As discussed in these sections, each of these resolution laws has special provisions detailing the treatment of QFCs upon an entity's entry into such proceedings.
The Bankruptcy Code, however, largely exempts QFC counterparties from the automatic stay through special “safe harbor” provisions.
Where the failed firm is a GSIB's holding company with covered banks that are going concerns and are party to large volumes of QFCs, the mass exercise of default rights under the QFCs based on the affiliate default represents a significant impediment to the SPOE resolution strategy.
As noted, although a failed BHC would generally be resolved under the Bankruptcy Code, Congress recognized that a U.S. financial company might fail under extraordinary circumstances, in which an attempt to resolve it through the bankruptcy process would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States. Title II therefore authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, upon the recommendation of other government agencies and a determination that several preconditions are met, to place a U.S. financial company into a receivership conducted by the FDIC as an alternative to bankruptcy.
Title II empowers the FDIC, when it acts as receiver in an OLA resolution, to protect financial stability against the QFC-related threats discussed previously. Title II addresses direct default rights in a number of ways. First, Title II empowers the FDIC to transfer the QFCs to some other financial company that is not in a resolution proceeding.
Title II addresses cross-default rights through a similar procedure. It empowers the FDIC “to enforce contracts of subsidiaries or affiliates” of the failed company that are guaranteed or otherwise supported by or linked to the covered financial company, notwithstanding any contractual right to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of such contracts based solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or receivership of the failed company, so long as the FDIC takes certain steps to protect the QFC counterparty's interests by the end of the business day following the company's entry into OLA resolution.
These stay-and-transfer provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act go far to mitigate the threat posed by QFC default rights by preventing mass closeouts against the entity that has entered into OLA proceedings or its going concern affiliates. At the same time, they allow for appropriate protections for QFC counterparties of the failed financial company. They only stay the exercise of default rights based on the failed company's entry into resolution, the fact of its insolvency, or its financial condition. And the stay period is brief, unless the FDIC transfers the QFCs to another financial company that is not in resolution and should therefore be capable of performing under the QFCs.
As discussed previously, and in the Board's Proposal, the exercise of default rights by counterparties of a failed GSIB can have a significant impact on financial stability. This financial stability concern is necessarily intertwined with the safety and soundness of covered banks and the federal banking system—the disorderly exercise of default rights can produce a sudden, contemporaneous threat to the safety and soundness of individual institutions throughout the system, which in turn threatens the system as a whole. Accordingly, national banks, FSAs, and Federal branches and agencies are affected by financial instability—even if such instability is precipitated outside the Federal banking system—and can themselves also be sources of financial destabilization due to the interconnectedness of these institutions to each other and to other entities within the financial system. Thus, safety and soundness of individual national banks, FSAs, and Federal branches and agencies, the federal banking system, and financial stability of the system as a whole are interconnected.
The purpose of this proposed rule is to enhance the safety and soundness of covered banks and the federal banking system, thereby also bolstering financial stability generally, by addressing the two main issues raised by covered QFCs with the orderly resolution of these covered banks as generally described in the Board's Proposal.
While Title II and the FDIA empower the use of the QFC stay-and-transfer provisions, a court in a foreign jurisdiction may decline to enforce these important provisions. The proposed rule directly improves the safety and soundness of covered banks by clarifying the applicability of U.S. special resolution regimes to all counterparties, whether they are foreign or domestic. Although domestic entities are clearly subject to the temporary stay provisions of OLA and the FDIA, these stays may be difficult to enforce in a cross-border context. As a result, domestic counterparties of a failed U.S. financial institution may be disadvantaged relative to foreign counterparties, as the domestic counterparties would be subject to the stay, and accompanying potential market volatility, while if the stay was not enforced by foreign authorities, foreign counterparties could close out immediately. Furthermore, a mass close out by such foreign counterparties would likely exacerbate market volatility, which in turn would likely magnify harm to the stayed U.S. counterparties' positions, which are likely to include other national banks and FSAs. This proposed rule would eliminate the potential for these adverse consequences by requiring covered banks to condition the exercise of default rights in covered contracts on the stay provisions of OLA and the FDIA.
In spite of the QFC stay-and-transfer provisions in Title II and the FDIA, the affiliates of a global systemically important BHC that goes into resolution under the Bankruptcy Code may face disruptions to their QFCs as their counterparties exercise cross-default rights. Thus, a healthy covered bank whose parent BHC entered resolution proceedings could fail due to its counterparties exercising cross-default rights. This is clearly both a safety and soundness concern for the otherwise healthy covered bank, but it also has the additional negative effect of defeating the orderly resolution of the GSIB, since a key element of SPOE resolution in the United States is ensuring that critical operating subsidiaries—such as covered banks—continue to operate on a going concern basis. This proposed rule would address this issue by generally restricting the exercise of cross-default rights by counterparties against a covered bank.
Moreover, a disorderly resolution like that described previously could jeopardize not just the covered bank and the orderly resolution of its failed parent BHC, but all surviving counterparties, many of which are likely to be other national banks and other FSAs, regardless of size or interconnectedness, by harming the overall condition of the Federal banking system and the financial system as a whole. A disorderly resolution could result in additional defaults, fire sales of collateral, and other consequences likely to amplify the systemic fallout of the resolution of a covered bank.
The proposed rule is designed to minimize such disorder, and therefore enhance the safety and soundness of all individual national banks, FSAs, and Federal branches and agencies, the Federal banking system, and the broader financial system. This is particularly important because financial institutions are more sensitive than other firms to the overall health of the financial system.
The proposed rule covers the OCC-supervised operations of foreign banking organizations (FBOs) designated as systemically important, including national bank and FSA subsidiaries, as well as Federal branches and agencies, of these FBOs. As with a national bank or FSA subsidiary of a U.S. global systemically important BHC, the OCC believes that this proposed rule should apply to a national bank or FSA subsidiary of a global systematically important FBO for essentially the same reasons. While the national bank or FSA may not be considered systemically important itself, as part of a GSIB, the disorderly resolution of the covered national banks and FSAs could have a significant negative impact on the Federal banking system and on the U.S. financial system, in general.
Specifically, the proposed rule is designed to prevent the failure of a global systemically important FBO from disrupting the ongoing operations or orderly resolution of the covered bank by protecting the healthy national bank or FSA from the mass triggering of default rights by the QFC counterparties. Additionally, the application of this proposed rule to the QFCs of these national bank and FSA subsidiaries should avoid creating what may otherwise be an incentive for counterparties to concentrate QFCs in these firms because they are subject to fewer counterparty restrictions.
Similarly, it is important to cover any Federal branch or agency of a global systemically important FBO in order to ensure the orderly resolution of these entities if the parent FBO were to be placed into resolution in its home jurisdiction. However, to avoid unduly broad application of the proposed rule and imposing unnecessary restrictions on the QFCs of global systemically important FBOs, the proposed rule would exclude certain QFCs that do not have a clear nexus to its U.S. operations. Specifically, the proposed rule would exclude covered QFCs under multi-branch arrangements that either are not booked at the Federal branch or agency or do not provide for payment or delivery at the Federal branch or agency. The OCC believes that this provides a reasonable limitation on the scope of the proposed rule to those QFCs of covered Federal branches and agencies that have a direct effect on the Federal banking system and the general financial stability of the United States.
The OCC is issuing this proposed rule under its authorities under the National Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1
The proposed rule would apply to all “covered banks.” The term “covered bank” would be defined to include (i) any national bank or FSA that is a subsidiary of a global systemically important BHC that has been designated pursuant to subpart I of 12 CFR part 252 of this title (FRB Regulation YY); or (ii) is a national bank or FSA subsidiary, or Federal branch or agency of a global systemically important FBO that has
The proposed rule defines global systemically important BHC and global systemically important FBO by cross-reference to newly added subpart I of 12 CFR part 252 of the Board's Proposal. The list of banking organizations that meet the methodology proposed in the FRB NPRM is currently the same set of banking organizations that meet the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) definition of a GSIB.
This proposed rule covers national bank and FSA subsidiaries of global systemically important BHCs and FBOs, and Federal branches and agencies of global systemically important FBOs. In the United States, covered QFCs typically are entered into at the subsidiary level, which would include through the national bank, FSA or Federal branch or agency, rather than through the U.S. intermediate holding company.
The OCC believes if the orderly resolution of a covered entity as defined under the FRB's Proposal is to be successful, then it is necessary that all national banks, FSAs, and Federal branches and agencies of systemically important global systemically important BHCs and FBOs be subject to the mandatory contractual requirements in this proposed rule. Moreover, this proposed rule would make clear that the mandatory contractual stay requirements apply to the subsidiaries of any national bank, FSA, or Federal branch or agency that is a covered bank. Under the proposed rule, the term covered bank also includes any subsidiary of a national bank, FSA, or Federal branch or agency. The definition of “subsidiary of covered bank” in the proposed rule mirrors the definition of subsidiary in the FRB's Regulation YY (12 CFR 252.2), and it is intended to be substantially the same as the FRB's definition with respect to a subsidiary of a covered bank. Essentially, for the same reasons that it is necessary to cover all national banks, FSAs, and Federal branches and agencies of global systemically important BHCs and FBOs under the proposed rule, the OCC believes that it is necessary that all subsidiaries of those covered banks also be subject to the mandatory contractual stay requirements. As mentioned, unless all entities that are part of a GSIB are covered, counterparties might have incentives to migrate their covered QFCs to uncovered entities.
Question 1: While the exercise of mass closeout rights against any individual national bank, FSA or Federal branch or agency would raise concerns, the OCC is especially concerned about the potential spill-over effect such mass closeouts would have, either individually or collectively, on the Federal banking system if the entity itself is systemically important or part of a larger banking group that is systemically important. Are there alternative approaches for determining which national banks, FSAs and Federal branches and agencies should be considered systemically important?
Question 2: While the primary focus of this rule is on, covered banks—
Question 3: Conversely, is the scope of this proposed rule too broad? The proposed rule would apply to all covered QFCs of covered banks as well as all of their subsidiaries, regardless of size or volume of transactions. A key policy concern is that unless all subsidiaries of a covered bank are subject to the direct and cross-default restrictions of the proposed rule, covered banks and their counterparties would have the incentive to transfer their QFCs to unprotected subsidiaries of the covered bank. Could the scope of entities covered by the proposed rule be narrowed while still achieving its policy objectives? If so, what criteria could be used? For example, should a subsidiary of covered banks that only engages in some de minimis level of covered QFCs be safely excluded from the scope of this proposed rule? Are there alternative ways to define what will be considered subsidiaries for purposes of this rule?
Question 4: Some of the subsidiaries of covered banks under the proposed rule could be subject to additional supervision by another U.S. agency, such as the case of a broker-dealer subsidiary of a national bank. Does the issue of potentially conflicting jurisdiction need to be addressed? If so, how? For example, should the rule provide a carve out for a subsidiary of a covered bank that is subject to comparable requirements under the regulations of another agency?
Question 5: The scope of this proposed rule is designed to cover any national bank or FSA that is a subsidiary of a global systemically important BHC or FBO under the FRB NPRM. While this scope of coverage ensures that all national banks or FSAs under a global systemically important BHC or FBO would be subject to the same substantive contractual mandatory stay under the FRB NPRM, the proposed rule does not take into account the potential situation of a standalone national bank or FSA, not under a BHC, that might itself be considered systemically important. Although no such entity exists currently, the OCC is considering whether to amend the definition of covered bank to include any national bank or FSB that meets a certain asset threshold test. In this case, the OCC is considering using the $700 billion in total consolidated assets that is used in the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio.
General requirement. The proposed rule would require covered banks to ensure that each “covered QFC” conforms to the requirements of sections 47.4 and 47.5. These sections require that a covered QFC (1) contain contractual stay-and-transfer provisions similar to those imposed under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and the FDIA, and (2) limit the exercise of default rights based on the insolvency of an affiliate of the covered bank. A “covered QFC” is generally defined as any QFC that a covered bank enters, executes, or otherwise becomes party to. A party to a QFC includes a party acting as agent under the QFC. “Qualified financial contract” or “QFC” would be defined to have the same meaning as in section 210(c)(8)(D) of Title II of the Dodd-Frank
Except for certain QFCs under multi-branch master agreements, the definition of QFC would include a single QFC, but also all QFCs under a master agreement. Master agreements are contracts that contain general terms that the parties wish to apply to multiple transactions between them; having executed the master agreement, the parties can then include those terms in future contracts through reference to the master agreement. The proposed rule defines master agreement as defined by Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act or any master agreement designated by regulation by the FDIC. Under the definition, master agreements for QFCs, together with all supplements to the master agreement (including underlying transactions), would be treated as a single QFC.
The proposed definition of “QFC” is intended to cover those financial transactions whose disorderly unwind has substantial potential to frustrate, directly or indirectly, the orderly resolution of the covered bank or any affiliate of such covered bank. The Dodd-Frank Act uses its definition of “qualified financial contract” to determine the scope of the stay-and-transfer provisions that it applies to direct default and cross-default rights in an OLA resolution. By adopting the Dodd-Frank Act's definition, the proposed rule would track Congress's judgment as to which financial transactions could, if not subject to appropriate restrictions, pose an obstacle to the orderly resolution of a systemically important financial company.
Exclusion of cleared QFCs. The proposed rule would exclude from the definition of “covered QFC” all QFCs that are cleared through a central counterparty (CCP). The OCC continues to consider the appropriate treatment of centrally cleared QFCs, in light of differences between cleared and uncleared QFCs with respect to contractual arrangements, counterparty credit risk, default management, and supervision.
Exclusion of certain QFCs under foreign bank multi-branch master agreements. Under the proposed rule, the definition of a “QFC” would include a master agreement that covers other QFCs. In addition, under this definition those QFCs covered by the master agreement would be treated as a single QFC. By design, this definition of QFC is intended to ensure that the proposed rule would apply to all of the relevant QFCs entered into by a covered bank. However, as applied to the QFCs of Federal branches and agencies under a multi-branch master agreement, this definition may be too broad in its scope.
Foreign banks have multi-branch master agreements that permit transactions to be entered into both at a U.S. branch or agency of the foreign bank and at a foreign branch (located outside of the United States) of the foreign bank. Under this proposed rule, a QFC of a Federal branch or agency, as well as all of the QFCs entered into by foreign branches under the same multi-branch master agreement would be treated as a single QFC of the Federal branch or agency, and would therefore be subject to the requirements of this proposed rule. Where the QFC of the foreign branch has some U.S. nexus, such as permitting payment or delivery in the United States, the OCC believes that subjecting those QFCs to this proposed rule is reasonable and consistent with protecting the safety and soundness of the Federal banking system. However, where the QFC of the foreign branch does not permit any payment or delivery in the United States, the OCC believes that applying this proposed rule to such QFCs lacks a sufficient connection to the U.S. operations of the Federal branch or agency and may be unduly broad.
Absent the possibility under the QFC of payment or delivery in the United States, the OCC believes that the impact of such QFCs on the Federal branch or agency covered by this proposed rule, or on the Federal banking system and the United States as a whole, is indirect and relatively immaterial. For this reason, the proposed rule would exclude QFCs under such a “multi-branch master agreement” that are not booked at a Federal branch or agency covered by this proposed rule, and for which no payment or delivery may be made at the Federal branch or agency. Conversely, the multi-branch master agreement would be a covered QFC with respect to QFC transactions that are booked and permits payment and delivery at a Federal branch or agency covered by this proposed rule.
As discussed previously, a party to a QFC generally has a number of rights that it can exercise if its counterparty defaults on the QFC by failing to meet certain contractual obligations. These rights are generally, but not always, contractual in nature. One common default right is a setoff right which is the right to reduce the total amount that the non-defaulting party must pay by the amount that its defaulting counterparty owes. A second common default right is the right to liquidate pledged collateral and use the proceeds to pay the defaulting party's net obligation to the non-defaulting party. Other common rights include the ability to suspend or delay the non-defaulting party's performance under the contract or to accelerate the obligations of the defaulting party.
Finally, the non-defaulting party typically has the right to terminate the QFC, meaning that the parties would not make payments that would have been required under the QFC in the future. The phrase “default right” in the proposed rule text at § 47.2 is broadly defined to include these common rights as well as “any similar rights.” Additionally, the definition includes all
However, the proposed definition excludes two rights that are typically associated with the business-as-usual functioning of a QFC. First, same-day netting that occurs during the life of the QFC in order to reduce the number and amount of payments each party owes the other is excluded from the definition of “default right.”
However, certain QFCs are also commonly subject to rights that would increase the amount of collateral or margin that the defaulting party (or a guarantor) must provide upon an event of default. The financial impact of such default rights on a covered bank could be similar to the impact of the liquidation and acceleration rights discussed previously. Therefore, the proposed definition of “default right” includes such rights (with the exception discussed in the previous paragraph for margin requirements that depend solely on the value of collateral or the amount of an economic exposure).
Finally, contractual rights to terminate without the need to show cause, including rights to terminate on demand and rights to terminate at contractually specified intervals, are excluded from the definition of “default right” for purposes the proposed rule's restrictions on cross-default rights (section 47.5 of the proposed rule).
Under the proposed rule, a covered QFC would be required to explicitly provide both (a) that the transfer of the QFC (and any interest or obligation in or under it and any property collateralizing it) from the covered bank to a transferee would be effective to the same extent as it would be under the U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered QFC were governed by the laws of the United States or of a state of the United States and (b) that default rights with respect to the covered QFC that could be exercised against a covered bank could be exercised to no greater extent than they could be exercised under the U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered QFC were governed by the laws of the United States or of a state of the United States.
The proposed requirements are not intended to imply that a given covered QFC is not governed by the laws of the United States or of a state of the United States, or that the statutory stay-and-transfer provisions would not in fact apply to a given covered QFC. This section of the proposed rule would not have any substantive impact on those covered QFCs that are already subject to the U.S. special resolution regimes. Rather, the requirements are intended to provide certainty that all covered QFCs would be treated the same way in the context of a receivership of a covered bank under the Dodd-Frank Act or the FDIA. Thus, the purpose of this provision is to ensure that if a national bank or FSA covered by this proposed rule is placed into receivership under any U.S. special resolution regime, the stay-and-transfer provisions would extend to all foreign counterparties as a matter of contract law.
The stay-and-transfer provisions of the U.S. special resolution regimes should be enforced with respect to all contracts of any U.S. GSIB entity that enters resolution under a U.S. special resolution regime as well as all transactions of the subsidiaries of such an entity. Nonetheless, it is possible that a court in a foreign jurisdiction would decline to enforce those provisions in cases brought before it (such as a case regarding a covered QFC between a covered bank and a non-U.S. entity that is governed by non-U.S. law and secured by collateral located outside the United States). By requiring that the effect of the statutory stay-and-transfer provisions be incorporated directly into the QFC contractually, the proposed requirement would help ensure that a court in a foreign jurisdiction would enforce the effect of those provisions, regardless of whether the court would otherwise have decided to enforce the U.S. statutory provisions themselves.
The OCC believes that this proposed rule directly addresses a major QFC-related obstacle to the orderly resolution of covered banks. As discussed previously, restrictions on the exercise of QFC default rights are an important prerequisite for an orderly GSIB resolution. Congress recognized the importance of such restrictions when it enacted the stay-and-transfer provisions of the U.S. special resolution regimes. As demonstrated by the 2007-2009 financial crisis, the modern financial system is global in scope, and covered banks are party to large volumes of
Definitions. Section 47.5 of the proposed rule pertains to cross-default rights in QFCs between covered banks and their counterparties, many of which are subject to credit enhancements (such as guarantees) provided by an affiliate of the covered bank. Because credit enhancements on QFCs are themselves “qualified financial contracts” under the Dodd-Frank Act's definition of that term (which this proposed rule would adopt), the proposed rule includes the following additional definitions in order to precisely describe the relationships to which this section applies.
First, the proposed rule distinguishes between a credit enhancement and a “direct QFC,” which is defined as any QFC that is not a credit enhancement. The proposed rule also defines “direct party” to mean a covered bank that itself is a party to the direct QFC, as distinct from an entity that provide a credit enhancement. In addition, the proposed rule defines “affiliate credit enhancement” to mean “a credit enhancement that is provided by an affiliate of the party to the direct QFC that the credit enhancement supports,” as distinct from a credit enhancement provided by either the direct party itself or by an unaffiliated party. Moreover, the proposed rule defines “covered affiliate credit enhancement” to mean an affiliate credit enhancement provided by a covered bank, or a covered entity under the Board's proposal, and defines “covered affiliate support provider to mean the covered bank that provides the covered affiliate credit enhancement. Finally, the proposed rule defines the term “supported party” to mean any party that is the beneficiary of a covered affiliate credit enhancement (that is, the QFC counterparty of a direct party, assuming that the direct QFC is subject to a covered affiliate credit enhancement).
General Prohibition. Subject to the substantial exceptions to be discussed, the proposed rule would prohibit a covered bank from being a party to a covered QFC that allows for the exercise of any default right that is related, directly or indirectly, to the entry into resolution of an affiliate of the covered bank. The proposed rule also would generally prohibit a covered bank from being party to a covered QFC that would prohibit the transfer of any credit enhancement applicable to the QFC (such as another entity's guarantee of the covered bank's obligations under the QFC), along with associated obligations or collateral, upon the entry into resolution of an affiliate of the covered bank.
A primary purpose of the proposed restrictions is to facilitate the resolution of a GSIB outside of Title II, including under the Bankruptcy Code. As discussed in the background section, the potential for the mass exercise of QFC default rights is a major reason why the failure of a global systemically important BHC could have a severe negative impact on financial stability and on the Federal banking system. In the context of an SPOE resolution, if the global systemically important BHC's entry into resolution triggers the mass exercise of cross-default rights by the subsidiaries' QFC counterparties of the covered QFCs against the national bank or FSA subsidiary, then the national bank or FSA could themselves experience financial distress or failure. Moreover, the mass exercise of covered QFC default rights would entail asset fire sales, which could affect other U.S. financial companies and undermine financial stability of the U.S. financial system. Similar disruptive results can occur with an MPOE resolution of an affiliate of an otherwise performing entity triggers default rights on QFCs involving the performing covered bank.
In an SPOE resolution, this damage can be avoided if actions of the following two types are prevented: The exercise of direct default rights against the top-tier holding company that has entered resolution, and the exercise of cross-default rights against the national bank and FSA subsidiaries and other operating subsidiaries based on their parent's entry into resolution. Direct default rights against the national bank or FSA subsidiary would not be exercisable, because that subsidiary would continue normal operations and would not enter resolution. In an MPOE resolution, this damage occurs from the exercise of default rights against a performing entity based on the failure of an affiliate.
Under the OLA, the Dodd-Frank Act's stay-and-transfer provisions would address both direct default rights and cross-default rights. But, as explained in the Background section, no similar
The proposed rule is intended to enhance the potential for orderly resolution of a GSIB under the Bankruptcy Code, the FDIA, or similar resolution proceedings. In doing so, the proposed rule would advance the Dodd-Frank Act's goal of making orderly resolution of a workable covered bank under the Bankruptcy Code.
The proposed rule could also prevent the disorderly failure of the national bank or FSA subsidiary and allow it to continue normal operations. In addition, while it may be in the individual interest of any given counterparty to exercise any available contractual rights to run on the national bank or FSA subsidiary, the mass exercise of such rights could harm the collective interest of all the counterparties by causing the subsidiary to fail. Therefore, like the automatic stay in bankruptcy, which also serves to maximize creditors' ultimate recoveries by preventing a disorderly liquidation of the debtor, the proposed rule would mitigate this collective action problem to the benefit of the creditors and counterparties of covered banks by preventing a disorderly resolution. And because many of these counterparties and creditors are themselves covered banks, or other systemically important financial firms, improving outcomes for these creditors and counterparties would further protect the safety and soundness of the Federal banking system and financial stability of the United States.
General creditor protections. While the proposed restrictions would facilitate orderly resolution, they would also have the effect of diminishing the ability of the counterparties of the covered banks to include protections for themselves in covered QFCs. In order to reduce this effect, the proposed rule includes several significant exceptions to the proposed restrictions. These permitted creditor protections are intended to allow creditors to exercise cross-default rights outside of an orderly resolution of a GSIB (as described previously and in the Board's Proposal) and therefore would not be expected to undermine such a resolution.
First, to ensure that the proposed prohibitions would apply only to cross-default rights (and not direct default rights), the proposed rule would provide that a covered QFC may permit the exercise of default rights based on the direct party's entry into a resolution proceeding, other than a proceeding under a U.S. or foreign special resolution regime.
The proposed rule would also allow covered QFCs to permit the exercise of default rights based on the failure of (1) the direct party, (2) a covered affiliate support provider, or (3) a transferee that assumes a credit enhancement to satisfy its payment or delivery obligations under the direct QFC or credit enhancement. Moreover, the proposed rule would allow covered QFCs to permit the exercise of a default right in one QFC that is triggered by the direct party's failure to satisfy its payment or delivery obligations under another contract between the same parties. This exception takes appropriate account of the interdependence that exists among the contracts in effect between the same counterparties.
The proposed exceptions for the creditor protections described are intended to help ensure that the proposed rule permits a covered bank's QFC counterparties to protect themselves from imminent financial loss and does not create a risk of delivery gridlocks or daisy-chain effects, in which a covered bank's failure to make a payment or delivery when due leaves its counterparty unable to meet its own payment and delivery obligations (the daisy-chain effect would be prevented because the covered bank's counterparty would be permitted to exercise its default rights, such as by liquidating collateral). These exceptions are generally consistent with the treatment of payment and delivery obligations under the U.S. special resolution regimes.
These exceptions also help to ensure that a covered entity's QFC counterparty would not risk the delay and expense associated with becoming involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, since, unlike a typical creditor of an entity that enters bankruptcy, the QFC counterparty would retain its ability under the Bankruptcy Code's safe harbors to exercise direct default rights. This should further reduce the counterparty's incentive to run. Reducing incentives to run in the lead up to resolution promotes orderly resolution because a QFC creditor run (such as a mass withdrawal of repo funding) could lead to a disorderly resolution and pose a threat to financial stability.
Additional creditor protections for supported QFCs. The proposed rule would allow additional creditor protections for a non-defaulting counterparty that is the beneficiary of a credit enhancement from an affiliate of the covered bank that is also a covered bank under the proposed rule. The proposed rule would allow these creditor protections in recognition of the supported party's interest in receiving the benefit of its credit enhancement. The Board has concluded that these creditor protections would not undermine an SPOE resolution of a GSIB.
Where a covered QFC is supported by a covered affiliate credit enhancement,
Under the proposed rule, default rights could be exercised at the end of the stay period if the covered affiliate credit enhancement has not been transferred away from the covered affiliate support provider and that support provider becomes subject to a resolution proceeding other than a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Default rights could also be exercised at the end of the stay period if the original credit support provider does not remain, and no transferee becomes, obligated to the same (or substantially similar) extent as the original credit support provider was obligated immediately prior to entering a resolution proceeding (including a Chapter 11 proceeding) with respect to (a) the credit enhancement applicable to the covered QFC, (b) all other credit enhancements provided by the credit support provider on any other QFCs between the same parties, and (c) all credit enhancements provided by the credit support provider between the direct party and affiliates of the direct party's QFC counterparty. Such creditor protections would be permitted to prevent the support provider or the transferee from “cherry picking” by assuming only those QFCs of a given counterparty that are favorable to the support provider or transferee. Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and the FDIA contain similar provisions to prevent cherry picking.
Finally, if the covered affiliate credit enhancement is transferred to a transferee, then the non-defaulting counterparty could exercise default rights at the end of the stay period unless either (a) all of the support provider's ownership interests in the direct party are also transferred to the transferee or (b) reasonable assurance is provided that substantially all of the support provider's assets (or the net proceeds from the sale of those assets) will be transferred to the transferee in a timely manner. These conditions would help to assure the supported party that the transferee would be at least roughly as financially capable of providing the credit enhancement as the covered affiliate support provider.
Creditor protections related to FDIA proceedings. Moreover, in the case of a covered QFC that is supported by a covered affiliate credit enhancement, both the covered QFC and the credit enhancement would be permitted to allow the exercise of default rights related to the credit support provider's entry into resolution proceedings under the FDIA
Prohibited terminations. In case of a legal dispute as to a party's right to exercise a default right under a covered QFC, the proposed rule would require that a covered QFC must provide that, after an affiliate of the direct party has entered a resolution proceeding, (a) the party seeking to exercise the default right shall bear the burden of proof that the exercise of that right is indeed permitted by the covered QFC and (b) the party seeking to exercise the default right must meet a “clear and convincing evidence” standard,
The purpose of this proposed requirement is to prevent QFC counterparties from circumventing the limitations on resolution-related default rights in this proposal by exercising other contractual default rights in instances where such QFC counterparty cannot demonstrate that the exercise of such other contractual default rights is unrelated to the affiliate's entry into resolution.
Agency transactions. In addition to entering into QFCs as principal, GSIBs may engage in QFCs as agent for other principals. For example, a GSIB subsidiary may enter into a master securities lending arrangement with a foreign bank as agent for a U.S.-based pension fund. The GSIB would document its role as agent for the pension fund, often through an annex to the master agreement, and would generally provide to its customer (the principal party) a securities replacement guarantee or indemnification for any shortfall in collateral in the event of the default of the foreign bank.
This proposed rule would apply to a covered QFC regardless of whether the covered bank or the covered bank's direct counterparty is acting as a principal or as an agent. This proposed rule does not distinguish between agents and principals with respect to default rights or transfer restrictions applicable to covered QFCs. The proposed rule would limit default rights and transfer restrictions that the principal and its agent may have against a covered bank consistent with the U.S. special resolution regimes. This proposed rule would ensure that, subject to the enumerated creditor protections, neither the agent nor the
As discussed previously, the proposed restrictions would leave many creditor protections that are commonly included in QFCs unaffected. The proposed rule would also allow any covered bank to submit to the OCC a request to approve as compliant with the proposed rule one or more QFCs that contain additional creditor protections—that is, creditor protections that would be impermissible under the proposed restrictions set forth previously. A covered bank making such a request would be required to explain how its request is consistent with the purposes of this proposed rule, including an analysis of the contractual terms for which approval is requested in light of a range of factors that are laid out by the proposed rule and intended to facilitate the OCC's consideration of whether permitting the contractual terms would be consistent with the proposed restrictions. The OCC expects to consult with the FDIC and Board during its consideration of a request under this section.
The first two factors concern the potential impact of the requested creditor protections on GSIB resilience and resolvability. The next four concern the potential scope of the covered bank's request: A doption on an industry-wide basis, coverage of existing and future transactions, coverage of one or multiple QFCs, and coverage of some or all covered banks. Creditor protections that may be applied on an industry-wide basis may help to ensure that impediments to resolution are addressed on a uniform basis, which could increase market certainty, transparency, and equitable treatment. Creditor protections that apply broadly to a range of QFCs and covered banks would increase the chance that all of a GSIB's QFC counterparties would be treated the same way during a resolution of that GSIB and may improve the prospects for an orderly resolution of that GSIB. By contrast, covered bank requests that would expand counterparties' rights beyond those afforded under existing QFCs would conflict with the proposed rule's goal of reducing the risk of mass unwinds of GSIB QFCs. The proposed rule also includes three factors that focus on the creditor protections specific to supported parties. The OCC may weigh the appropriateness of additional protections for supported QFCs against the potential impact of such provisions on the orderly resolution of a GSIB.
In addition to analyzing the request under the enumerated factors, a covered bank requesting that the OCC approve enhanced creditor protections would be required to submit a legal opinion stating that the requested terms would be valid and enforceable under the applicable law of the relevant jurisdictions, along with any additional relevant information requested by the OCC.
Under the proposed rule, the OCC could approve a request for an alternative set of creditor protections if the terms of that QFC, as compared to a covered QFC containing only the limited exceptions discussed previously, would promote the orderly resolution of federally chartered or licensed institutions or their affiliates, prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States or the Federal banking system that could arise from the failure of a global systemically important BHC or global systemically important FBO, and protect the safety and soundness of covered banks to at least the same extent. The proposed request-and-approval process would improve flexibility by allowing for an industry-proposed alternative to the set of creditor protections permitted by the proposed rule while ensuring that any
Compliance with the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol. In lieu of the process for the approval of enhanced creditor protections that are described previously, a covered bank would be permitted to comply with the proposed rule by amending a covered QFC through adherence to the ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol (including immaterial amendments to the Protocol).
The Protocol has the same general objective as the proposed rule, which is to make GSIB entities more resolvable by amending their contracts to, in effect, contractually recognize the applicability of special resolution regimes (including the OLA and the FDIA) and to restrict cross-default provisions to facilitate orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The provisions of the Protocol largely track the requirements of the proposed rule.
The Protocol also includes a feature, not included in the proposed rule, that compensates for the Protocol's narrower scope and allowance for stronger creditor protections: When an entity (whether or not it is a covered bank) adheres to the Protocol, it necessarily adheres to the Protocol with respect to all covered entities that have also adhered to the Protocol.
Like section 47.5 of the proposed rule, section 2 of the Protocol was developed to increase GSIB resolvability under the Bankruptcy Code and other U.S. insolvency regimes. The Protocol does allow for somewhat broader creditor protections than would otherwise be permitted under the proposed rule, but, consistent with the Protocol's purpose, those additional creditor protections would not materially diminish the prospects for the orderly resolution of a GSIB. And the Protocol carries the desirable all-or-none feature, which would further increase a GSIB entity's resolvability and which the proposed rule otherwise lacks. For these reasons, and consistent with the broad policy objective of enhancing the stability of the U.S. financial system by increasing the resolvability of systemically important financial companies in the United States, the proposed rule would allow a covered bank to bring its covered QFCs into compliance by amending them through adherence to the Protocol (and, as relevant, the annexes to the Protocol).
Under this proposed rule, the final rule would take effect on the first day of the first calendar quarter that begins at least one year after the issuance of the final rule (effective date).
By permitting a covered bank to remain party to nonconforming QFCs entered into before the effective date unless the covered bank enters into new QFCs with the same counterparty or its affiliate, the proposed rule draws a balance between ensuring QFC continuity if a global systemically important BHC or FBO were to fail and ensuring that covered banks and their existing counterparties can avoid any compliance costs associated with conforming existing QFCs by refraining from entering into new QFCs and avoiding unnecessary disruption to existing QFCs. The requirement that a covered bank ensure that all existing QFCs are compliant before entering into a new QFC with the same counterparty or its affiliate will provide covered banks with an incentive to seek the modifications necessary to ensure that their QFCs with the most significant counterparties are compliant.
A covered bank would be required to bring a preexisting covered QFC entered into prior to the effective date into compliance with the rule no later than the first date on or after the effective date on which the covered bank or an affiliate (that is also a covered entity or covered bank) enters into a new covered QFC with the counterparty to the preexisting covered QFC or an affiliate of the counterparty. The OCC believes such an approach is warranted to ensure that adoption of the contractual provisions required by the proposed rule are consistent between a given counterparty, any affiliate of the counterparty, and the covered bank and all of the affiliates of the covered bank (which would essentially be all of the entities under a global systemically important BHC or FBO). The OCC is concerned that to allow counterparties to adopt the required contractual provisions with affiliated covered entities, but not the covered bank, poses a risk to the safety and soundness of the covered bank and would frustrate the goal of facilitating the orderly resolution of the covered bank (and its affiliate covered entities). Furthermore, the OCC expects that, as a practical matter, the decision of how to comply with this proposed rule and the FRB Proposal with respect to a given counterparty, and its affiliates, will be made in close coordination between the covered bank and its affiliated covered entities.
The OCC believes that adoption of the modifications required by the proposed rule should be consistent between a given counterparty and all entities under a global systemically important BHC or FBO, which necessitates allowing a trade by either a covered bank or a covered entity to trigger adoption of the required provisions. Moreover, the volume of nonconforming covered QFCs outstanding can be expected to decrease over time and eventually to reach zero. In light of these considerations, and to avoid creating potentially inappropriate compliance costs with respect to existing QFCs (which a covered bank would generally be unable to modify without its counterparty's consent), it may be appropriate to permit a limited number of nonconforming QFCs to remain outstanding, in keeping with the terms described previously. The OCC will monitor covered banks' levels of nonconforming QFCs and evaluate the risk, if any, that they pose to the safety and soundness of the covered banks or to the Federal banking system and to U.S. financial stability.
The Basel III Capital Framework, as implemented by the OCC and the other banking agencies, permits a bank to measure exposure from certain types of financial contracts on a net basis and recognize the risk-mitigating effect of financial collateral for other types of exposures, provided that the contracts are subject to a “qualifying master netting agreement,” a collateral agreement, eligible margin loan, or repo-style transaction (collectively referred to as netting agreements) that provides for certain rights upon a counterparty default. With limited exception, to qualify for netting treatment, a qualifying netting agreement must permit a bank to terminate, apply close-out netting, and promptly liquidate or set-off collateral upon an event of default of the counterparty (default rights), thereby reducing its counterparty exposure and market risks.
An exception to the immediate close-out requirement is made for the stay of default rights if the financial company is in receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act,
On December 30, 2014, the OCC and the FRB issued an interim final rule (effective January 1, 2015) that amended the definitions of “qualifying master netting agreement,” “collateral agreement,” “eligible margin loan,” and “repo-style transaction,” in the OCC and FRB regulatory capital rules, and “qualifying master netting agreement” in the OCC and FRB liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) rules to expand the exception to the immediate close-out requirement to ensure that the current netting treatment under the regulatory capital, liquidity, and lending limits rules for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, and other collateralized transactions would be unaffected by the adoption of various foreign special resolution regimes through the ISDA Protocol.
Section 47.4 of the proposed rule essentially limits the default rights exercisable against a covered bank to the same stay and transfer restrictions imposed under the U.S. special resolution regime against a direct counterparty. Section 47.4 of the proposed rule mirrors the contractual stay and transfer restrictions reflected in the ISDA Protocol with one notable difference. While adoption of the ISDA Protocol is voluntary, covered banks subject to the proposed rule must conform their covered QFCs to the stay and transfer restrictions in section 47.4.
With respect to limitations on cross-default rights in proposed section 47.5, the OCC is proposing amendments in order to maintain the existing netting treatment for covered QFCs for purposes of the regulatory capital, liquidity, and lending limits rules. Specifically, the OCC is proposing to amend the definition of “qualifying master netting agreement,” as well as to make conforming amendments to “collateral agreement, “eligible margin loan,” and “repo-style transaction,” in the regulatory capital rules in part 3, and “qualifying master netting agreement” in the LCR rules in part 50 to ensure that the regulatory capital, liquidity, and lending limits treatment of OTC derivatives, repo-style transactions, eligible margin loans, and other collateralized transactions would be unaffected by the adoption of proposed section 47.5. Without these proposed amendments, covered banks that amend their covered QFCs to comply with this proposed rule would no longer be permitted to recognize covered QFCs as subject to a qualifying master netting agreement or satisfying the criteria necessary for the current regulatory capital, liquidity, and lending limits treatment, and would be required to measure exposure from these contracts on a gross, rather than net, basis. This result would undermine the proposed requirements in section 47.5. The OCC does not believe that the disqualification of covered QFCs from master netting agreements would accurately reflect the risk posed by these OTC derivative transactions.
Although the proposed rule reformats some of the definitions in parts 3 and 50 to include the text from the interim final rule, the proposed amendments do not alter the substance or effect of the prior amendment adopted by the interim final rule.
The rule establishing margin and capital requirements for covered swap entities (swap margin rule) defines the term “eligible master netting agreement” in a manner similar to the definition of “qualifying master netting agreement.”
In addition to the specifically enumerated questions in the preamble, the OCC requests comment on all aspects of this proposed rule. The OCC requests that, for the specifically enumerated questions, commenters include the number of the question in their response to make review of the comments more efficient.
In accordance with section 3512 of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) (as amended), the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and a respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Certain provisions of the proposed rule contain “collection of information” requirements within the meaning of the PRA. In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently-valid OMB control number. The information collection requirements contained in this proposed rulemaking have been submitted to OMB for review and approval under section 3507(d) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) and section 1320.11 of the OMB's implementing regulations (5 CFR 1320).
Comments are invited on:
(a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the OCC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the information collections on respondents, including through the use
(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments on aspects of this notice that may affect reporting, recordkeeping, or disclosure requirements and burden estimates should be sent to the addresses listed in the
Reporting (§ 47.7): 40 hours.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
The OCC currently supervises approximately 1,032 small entities. The scope of the proposal is limited to large banks and their affiliates. Therefore, the proposed rule will not impact any OCC-supervised small entities. Accordingly, the proposal will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The OCC has analyzed the proposed rule under the factors in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA).
The OCC's estimated UMRA cost is less than $2 million. Therefore, the OCC finds that the proposed rule does not trigger the UMRA cost threshold. Accordingly, the OCC has not prepared the written statement described in section 202 of the UMRA.
Pursuant to section 302(a) of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (RCDRI Act),
Administrative practice and procedure; Capital; Federal savings associations; National banks; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Risk.
Administrative practice and procedure; Banks and banking; Bank resolution; Default rights; Federal savings associations, National banks, Qualified financial contracts; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Securities.
Administrative practice and procedure; Banks and banking; Liquidity; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; Savings associations.
For the reasons stated in the Supplementary Information, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency proposes to amend part 3, add a new part 47, and amend part 50 as follows:
12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, 1462, 1462a, 1463, 1464, 1818, 1828(n), 1828 note, 1831n note, 1835, 3907, 3909, and 5412(b)(2)(B).
The revisions are set forth below:
(3) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of part 47 of this title 12 or any similar requirements of another U.S. Federal banking agency, as applicable.
(iii) The extension of credit is conducted under an agreement that provides the national bank or Federal savings association the right to accelerate and terminate the extension of credit and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of receivership, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
(A) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under any similar insolvency law applicable to GSEs,
(B) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of part 47 of this title 12 or any similar requirements of another U.S. Federal banking agency, as applicable;
or
(2) * * *
(iii) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of part 47 of this title 12 or any similar requirements of another U.S. Federal banking agency, as applicable.
(3) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) The transaction is executed under an agreement that provides the national bank or Federal savings association the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out the transaction on a net basis and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of receivership, insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
(
(
12 U.S.C. 1, 93a, 481, 1462a, 1463, 1464, 1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p-1, 1831w, 1835, 3102(b), 3108(a), 5412(b)(2)(B), (D)-(F).
(a)
(b)
(i) Right of a party, whether contractual or otherwise (including, without limitation, rights incorporated by reference to any other contract, agreement, or document, and rights afforded by statute, civil code, regulation, and common law), to liquidate, terminate, cancel, rescind, or accelerate such agreement or transactions thereunder, set off or net amounts owing in respect thereto (except rights related to same-day payment netting), exercise remedies in respect of collateral or other credit support or property related thereto (including the purchase and sale of property), demand payment or delivery thereunder or in respect thereof (other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure), suspend, delay, or defer payment or performance thereunder, or modify the obligations of a party thereunder, or any similar rights; and
(ii) Right or contractual provision that alters the amount of collateral or margin that must be provided with respect to an exposure thereunder, including by altering any initial amount, threshold amount, variation margin, minimum transfer amount, the margin value of collateral, or any similar amount, that entitles a party to demand the return of any collateral or margin transferred by it to the other party or a custodian or that modifies a transferee's right to reuse collateral or margin (if such right previously existed), or any similar rights, in each case, other than a right or operation of a contractual provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure;
(2) With respect to section 47.5 of this part, does not include any right under a contract that allows a party to terminate the contract on demand, or at its option at a specified time, or from time to time, without the need to show cause.
(a)
(i) A national bank or Federal savings association (including any subsidiary of a national bank or a Federal savings association) that is a subsidiary of a global systemically important bank holding company that has been designated pursuant to section 252.82(a)(1) of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation YY (12 CFR 252.82(a)(1)); or
(ii) A national bank or Federal savings association (including any subsidiary of a national bank or a Federal savings association) that is a subsidiary of a global systemically important foreign banking organization that has been designated pursuant to section 252.87 of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation YY (12 CFR 252.87); or
(iii) A Federal branch or agency, as defined in the Subpart B of Part 28 of this Chapter (governing Federal branches and agencies), and any U.S. subsidiary of the Federal branch or agency, of a global systemically important foreign banking organization that has been designated pursuant to section 252.87 of the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation YY (12 CFR 252.87).
(b)
(c)
(1) The first day of the calendar quarter immediately following 365 days (1 year) after becoming a covered bank; or
(2) The date this subpart first becomes effective.
(d)
(a)
(2) For purposes of this section 47.4, a covered QFC means a QFC that the covered bank:
(i) Enters, executes, or otherwise becomes a party to; or
(ii) Entered, executed, or otherwise became a party to before the date this subpart first becomes effective, if the covered bank or any affiliate that is a covered bank or covered entity also enters, executes, or otherwise becomes a party to a QFC with the same person or affiliate of the same person on or after the date this subpart first becomes effective.
(3) To the extent that the covered bank is acting as agent with respect to a QFC, the requirements of this section apply to the extent the transfer of the QFC relates to the covered bank or the default rights relate to the covered bank or an affiliate of the covered bank.
(b)
(1) The transfer of the covered QFC (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, the covered QFC) from the covered bank will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered QFC (and any interest and obligation in or under, and any property securing, the covered QFC) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States and the covered bank were under the U.S. special resolution regime; and
(2) Default rights with respect to the covered QFC that may be exercised against the covered bank are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than the default rights could be exercised under the U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered QFC was governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States and the covered bank were under the U.S. special resolution regime.
(c)
(a)
(2) For purposes of this section 47.5, a covered QFC has the same definition as in paragraph (a)(2) of section 47.4.
(3) To the extent that the covered bank is acting as agent with respect to a QFC, the requirements of this section apply to the extent the transfer of the QFC relates to the covered bank or the default rights relate to an affiliate of the covered bank.
(b)
(2) A covered QFC may not prohibit the transfer of a covered affiliate credit enhancement, any interest or obligation in or under the covered affiliate credit enhancement, or any property securing the covered affiliate credit enhancement to a transferee upon an affiliate of the direct party becoming subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding unless the transfer would result in the supported party being the beneficiary of the credit enhancement in violation of any law applicable to the supported party.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(d)
(e)
(1) The direct party becoming subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding other than a receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or laws of foreign jurisdictions that are substantially similar to the U.S. laws referenced in this paragraph (e)(1) in order to facilitate the orderly resolution of the direct party;
(2) The direct party not satisfying a payment or delivery obligation pursuant to the covered QFC or another contract between the same parties that gives rise to a default right in the covered QFC; or
(3) The covered affiliate support provider or transferee not satisfying a payment or delivery obligation pursuant to a covered affiliate credit enhancement that supports the covered direct QFC.
(f)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(g)
(1) The covered affiliate support provider that remains obligated under the covered affiliate credit enhancement becomes subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding other than a Chapter 11 proceeding;
(2) Subject to paragraph (i) of this section, the transferee, if any, becomes subject to a receivership, insolvency,
(3) The covered affiliate support provider does not remain, and a transferee does not become, obligated to the same, or substantially similar, extent as the covered affiliate support provider was obligated immediately prior to entering the receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding with respect to:
(i) The covered affiliate credit enhancement,
(ii) All other covered affiliate credit enhancements provided by the covered affiliate support provider in support of other covered direct QFCs between the direct party and the supported party under the covered affiliate credit enhancement referenced in paragraph 47(g)(3)(i), and
(iii) All covered affiliate credit enhancements provided by the covered affiliate support provider in support of covered direct QFCs between the direct party and affiliates of the supported party referenced in paragraph 47.5(g)(3)(ii); or
(4) In the case of a transfer of the covered affiliate credit enhancement to a transferee:
(i) All of the ownership interests of the direct party directly or indirectly held by the covered affiliate support provider are not transferred to the transferee; or
(ii) Reasonable assurance has not been provided that all or substantially all of the assets of the covered affiliate support provider (or net proceeds therefrom), excluding any assets reserved for the payment of costs and expenses of administration in the receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding, will be transferred or sold to the transferee in a timely manner.
(h)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(1) After the FDIA stay period, if the covered affiliate credit enhancement is not transferred pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)-(e)(10) and any regulations promulgated thereunder; or
(2) During the FDIA stay period, if the default right may only be exercised so as to permit the supported party under the covered affiliate credit enhancement to suspend performance with respect to the supported party's obligations under the covered direct QFC to the same extent as the supported party would be entitled to do if the covered direct QFC were with the covered affiliate support provider and were treated in the same manner as the covered affiliate credit enhancement.
(j)
(1) The party seeking to exercise a default right to bear the burden of proof that the exercise is permitted under the covered QFC; and
(2) Clear and convincing evidence or a similar or higher burden of proof to exercise a default right.
(a)
(b)
(2) Enhanced creditor protection conditions means a set of limited exemptions to the requirements of section 47.5(b) of this part that are different than that of paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of section 46.5 of this part.
(3) A covered bank making a request under paragraph (b)(1) of this section must provide:
(i) An analysis of the proposal that addresses each consideration in paragraph (d) of this section;
(ii) A written legal opinion verifying that proposed provisions or amendments would be valid and enforceable under applicable law of the relevant jurisdictions, including, in the case of proposed amendments, the validity and enforceability of the proposal to amend the covered QFCs; and
(iii) Any other relevant information that the OCC requests.
(c)
(d)
(1) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would reduce the resiliency of such covered banks during distress or increase the impact of the failure of one or more of the covered banks;
(2) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would materially decrease the ability of a covered bank, or an affiliate of a covered bank, to be resolved in a rapid and orderly manner in the event of the financial distress or failure of the entity that is required to submit a resolution plan pursuant to Section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5635(d), and the implementing regulations in 12 CFR
(3) Whether, and the extent to which, the set of conditions or the mechanism in which they are applied facilitates, on an industry-wide basis, contractual modifications to remove impediments to resolution and increase market certainty, transparency, and equitable treatment with respect to the default rights of non-defaulting parties to a covered QFC;
(4) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal applies to existing and future transactions;
(5) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would apply to multiple forms of QFCs or multiple covered banks;
(6) Whether the proposal would permit a party to a covered QFC that is within the scope of the proposal to adhere to the proposal with respect to only one or a subset of covered banks;
(7) With respect to a supported party, the degree of assurance the proposal provides to the supported party that the material payment and delivery obligations of the covered affiliate credit enhancement and the covered direct QFC it supports will continue to be performed after the covered affiliate support provider enters a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding;
(8) The presence, nature, and extent of any provisions that require a covered affiliate support provider or transferee to meet conditions other than material payment or delivery obligations to its creditors;
(9) The extent to which the supported party's overall credit risk to the direct party may increase if the enhanced creditor protection conditions are not met and the likelihood that the supported party's credit risk to the direct party would decrease or remain the same if the enhanced creditor protection conditions are met; and
(10) Whether the proposal provides the counterparty with additional default rights or other rights.
(a) Exclusion of CCP-cleared QFCs. A covered bank is not required to conform a covered QFC to which a CCP is a party to the requirements of sections 47.4 and 47.5.
(b) Exclusion of covered entity QFCs. A covered bank is not required to conform a covered QFC to the requirements of sections 47.4 and 47.5 to the extent that a covered entity is required to conform the covered QFC to similar requirements of the Federal Reserve Board if the QFC is either a direct QFC to which a covered entity is a direct party or an affiliate credit enhancement to which a covered entity is the obligor.
(a)
(b)
12 U.S.C. 1
The revisions are set forth below:
(2) * * *
(iii) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of part 47 of this title 12 or any similar requirements of another U.S. Federal banking agency, as applicable.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing a limited approval and limited disapproval of revisions to the Butte County Air Quality Management District (BCAQMD) portion of the California State Implementation Plan (SIP). These revisions concern the District's New Source Review (NSR) permitting program for new and modified sources of air pollution. We are proposing action on these local rules under the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990 (CAA or the Act). We are taking comments on this proposal and plan to follow with a final action.
Any comments must arrive by September 19, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. [EPA-R09-OAR-2016-0332] at
Laura Yannayon, EPA Region IX, (415) 972-3534,
Throughout this document, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the EPA.
For the purpose of this document, we are giving meaning to certain words or initials as follows:
(i) The word or initials
(ii) The initials
(iii) The initials
(iv) The initials or words
(v) The initials
(vi) The word or initials BCAQMD or
(vii) The initials
(viii) The initials
(ix) The initials
(x) The initials
(xi) The initials
(xii) The initials
Table 1 lists the rules addressed by this proposal, including the dates they were adopted by BCAQMD and submitted by CARB, which is the governor's designee for California SIP submittals.
On December 18, 2014, EPA determined that the submittal of these rules met the completeness criteria in 40 CFR part 51 Appendix V, which must be met before formal EPA review.
There is no previous version of Rule 432 in the SIP; EPA approved previous versions of the rules to be replaced by Rules 400 and 401 into the SIP as indicated in Table 2.
EPA's approval of Rule 401 would have the effect of entirely superseding our prior approval of Rule 4-4 in the SIP. Likewise, approval of Rules 400 and 432 will have the effect of entirely superseding our prior SIP approval of Rules 401, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 420, 421 and 424.
Section 110(a) of the CAA requires states to submit regulations that include a pre-construction permit program for certain new or modified stationary sources of pollutants, including a permit program as required by Part D of Title I of the CAA.
The purpose of District Rule 400 (Permit Requirements), Rule 401 (Permit Exemptions) and Rule 432 (Federal New Source Review) is to implement a federal preconstruction permit program for all new and modified minor sources,
The submitted rules must meet the CAA's general requirements for SIPs and SIP revisions in CAA sections 110(a)(2), 110(l), and 193, as well as the applicable requirements contained in part D of title I of the Act (sections 172, 173, 182(a) and 189(e)) for a nonattainment NSR permit program. In addition, the submitted rules must contain the applicable regulatory provisions required by 40 CFR 51.160-51.165 and 40 CFR 51.307.
Among other things, section 110 of the Act requires that SIP rules be enforceable and provides that EPA may not approve a SIP revision if it would interfere with any applicable requirements concerning attainment and reasonable further progress or any other requirement of the CAA. In addition, section 110(a)(2) and section 110(l) of the Act require that each SIP or revision to a SIP submitted by a State must be adopted after reasonable notice and public hearing.
Section 110(a)(2)(C) of the Act requires each SIP to include a permit program to regulate the modification and construction of any stationary source within the areas covered by the SIP as necessary to assure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS. EPA's regulations at 40 CFR 51.160-51.164 provide general programmatic requirements to implement this statutory mandate commonly referred to as the “minor NSR” or “general NSR” permit program. These NSR program regulations impose requirements for SIP approval of State and local programs that are more general in nature as compared to the specific statutory and regulatory requirements for nonattainment NSR permitting programs under Part D of title I of the Act.
Part D of title I of the Act contains the general requirements for areas designated nonattainment for a NAAQS (section 172), including preconstruction permit requirements for new major sources and major modifications proposing to construct in nonattainment areas (section 173). Part D of title I of the Act also includes section 182(a), which contains the additional requirements for areas designated as a marginal ozone nonattainment area, and section 189(e), which requires the control of major stationary source of PM
The protection of visibility requirements that apply to NSR programs are contained in 40 CFR 51.307. This provision requires that certain actions be taken in consultation with the local Federal Land Manager if a new major source or major modification may have an impact on visibility in any mandatory Class I Federal Area.
Section 110(l) of the Act prohibits EPA from approving any SIP revisions that would interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment and reasonable further progress (RFP) or any other applicable requirement of the CAA. Section 193 of the Act, which only applies in nonattainment areas, prohibits the modification of a SIP-approved control requirement in effect before November 15, 1990, in any manner unless the modification insures equivalent or greater emission reductions of such air pollutant.
Our TSD, which can be found in the docket for this rule, contains a more detailed discussion of the approval criteria.
EPA has reviewed the submitted rules in accordance with the rule evaluation criteria described above. With respect to procedures, based on our review of the public process documentation included in the November 6, 2014 submittal, we are proposing to approve the submitted rules in part because we have determined that BCAQMD has provided sufficient evidence of public notice and opportunity for comment and public hearings prior to adoption and submittal of these rules, in accordance with the requirements of CAA sections 110(a)(2) and 110(l).
With respect to substantive requirements, we have reviewed the submitted rules in accordance with the evaluation criteria discussed above. We are proposing to approve Rules 400 and 401 as part of BCAQMD's general NSR permitting program because we have determined that these rules satisfy the substantive statutory and regulatory requirements for a general NSR permit program as contained in CAA section 110(a)(2)(C) and 40 CFR 51.160-51.164.
In addition, we are proposing a limited approval of Rule 432 because we have determined that Rule 432 satisfies all of the statutory and regulatory requirements for a nonattainment NSR permit program as set forth in the applicable provisions of part D of title I of the Act (sections 172, 173 and 182(a)) and in 40 CFR 51.165 and 40 CFR 51.307.
We are also proposing a limited disapproval of Rule 432 because we have determined that the rule does not fully satisfy CAA section 189(e) requirements for regulation of PM
EPA is also proposing to find that it is acceptable for BCAQMD to not incorporate the NSR Reform provisions of 40 CFR 51.165 into its NSR permit program because BCAQMD's permitting program will not be any less stringent than the federal permitting program. In addition, EPA is proposing to find that Rules 400, 401 and 432 meet the statutory requirements for SIP revisions as specified in sections 110(l) and 193 of the CAA.
Please see our TSD for more information regarding our evaluation of Rules 400, 401 and 432.
As authorized by CAA section 110(k)(3) and 301(a), we are proposing approval of Rule 400 (Permit Requirements) and Rule 401 (Permit Exemptions), and we are proposing limited approval and limited disapproval of Rule 432 (Federal New Source Review) into the BCAQMD portion of the California SIP. If finalized, this action will incorporate the submitted rules into the SIP, including those provisions identified as
Note that Rule 432 has been adopted by the BCAQMD, and the EPA's final limited disapproval would not prevent the local agency from enforcing it. The limited disapproval also would not prevent any portion of the rule from being incorporated by reference into the federally enforceable SIP as discussed in a July 9, 1992 EPA memo found at:
We will accept comments from the public on the proposed limited approval and limited disapproval for the next 30 days.
In this rule, the EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is proposing to finalize the incorporation by reference the BCAQMD rules described in Table 1 of this preamble. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these materials available electronically through
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was therefore not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA because this action does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities beyond those imposed by state law.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. Accordingly, no additional costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or to the private sector, will result from this action.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175, because the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction, and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
Section 12(d) of the NTTAA directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. The EPA believes that this action is not subject to the requirements of section 12(d) of the NTTAA because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA.
The EPA lacks the discretionary authority to address environmental justice in this rulemaking.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, New Source Review, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
42 U.S.C. 7401
U.S. Agency for International Development.
Proposed rule.
The U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) proposes to amend the Agency for International Development Acquisition Regulation (AIDAR) to incorporate a warrant program for cooperating
Comments must be received no later than October 18, 2016.
Address all comments concerning this notice to Lyudmila Bond, Bureau for Management, Office of Acquisition and Assistance, Policy Division (M/OAA/P), Room 867, SA-44, Washington, DC 20523-2052. Submit comments, identified by title of the action and Regulatory Information Number (RIN) by any of the following methods:
1. Through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
2.
Lyudmila Bond, Telephone: 202-567-4753 or Email:
All comments must be in writing and submitted through one of the methods specified in the Addresses section above. All submissions must include the title of the action and RIN for this rulemaking. Please include your name, title, organization, postal address, telephone number, and email address in the text of the message.
Please note that USAID recommends sending all comments to the Federal eRulemaking Portal because security screening precautions have slowed the delivery and dependability of surface mail to USAID/Washington.
After receipt of a comment and until finalization of the action, all comments will be made available at
USAID is seeking comments on the proposed rule as described below:
In response to numerous inquiries, USAID is proposing a revision of this section of the AIDAR to clarify that employment requirements for TCN and CCN employees of a contractor do not apply to consultants. It is the responsibility of a contractor to determine whether an individual being hired is an employee or a consultant.
In 2011, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) approved a two-year Worldwide CCN Administrative Contracting and Agreement Officer (ACO/AAO) Pilot Warrant Program. The purpose of this program was to address the shortage of USAID contracting officers and build long-term, host country technical capacity to materially assist the Missions with procurement responsibility.
USAID is located in offices in over 80 countries with programs in over 100 nations. USAID operates in a fluid environment responding to a myriad of crises such as war, natural disasters, epidemics, as well as its long term mission of ending extreme poverty, promoting resilient, democratic societies while advancing our security and prosperity. The warranted contracting force to manage this effort consists of 150 US direct hire foreign service contracting officers overseas, 105 direct hire civil service contract officers, 83 warranted foreign service executive officers, 3 warranted US personal service contractors managing mission's acquisition portfolio, and 4 warranted US personal service contractors serving as executive officers. In addition to, and perhaps partially because of having such a relatively small warranted work force to manage a portfolio that is large and varied with a global footprint, the foreign service contracting staff has one of the highest attrition rates in USAID's work force.
USAID made a strategic decision to create a cadre of highly qualified Cooperating Country Nationals, who have demonstrated high potential for assuming responsibilities to serve as administrative contracting officers within designated Missions. The purpose was to alleviate some of the workload of our contracting officer staff. During the two phases of the program, USAID added 6 warranted CCN administrative contracting officers. Currently, by the end of fiscal year 2016, we anticipate that there will be approximately 12 warranted CCN contracting officers. While a seemingly small number, that would represent an 8 percent increase of our overseas US direct hire warranted contracting officer staff.
When designing the CCN Pilot Warrant Program, USAID consulted with the Senior Procurement Executive at the State Department and the unions. The State Department's SPE advised that State conducted a similar pilot several years ago, to great success. They now have a permanent program that extends limited authority to their locally-employed staff in selected countries. The vice president of the American Foreign Service Association concurred with the Pilot, and was pleased by several of its protections.
Based on that two-year pilot program, revisions were made to the program structure to better suit the Agency's needs before the permanent program was launched in September 2014. USAID eliminated the portion of the program that allowed for third country nationals to receive warrants. A comprehensive review of the CCN Pilot Warrant Program underscored a need to broaden participation through among other things, revision of qualifications and inclusion of full obligation warrant authority up to $150,000 per transaction and an annual cumulative amount of $1 million at the CCN Grade 13 Level to assist the Missions' procurement function. A better understanding of CCN grades and the grading process allowed for better clarity of expectations for Missions and warrant applicants. To help mitigate CCN inexperience from leading to mistakes or malfeasance, the revised CCN Warrant Program includes several levels of obligation authority and non-monetary administrative responsibility correlating to CCN grade/experience within the acquisition backstop. Increasing degrees of responsibility and/or obligation authority, as applicable, are granted.
The permanent CCN Warrant Program currently establishes three levels of
At the first level, a CCN PSC may be delegated authority for select contract administration functions listed in (48 CFR) FAR 42.302(a), including, for example, conducting post-award orientation conferences, approving contractors' requests for payments under the progress payments or performance-based payments clauses.
At the second level, in addition to performing the administrative functions discussed above, a CCN PSC contracting officer may be delegated authority to obligate incremental funding of any amount within the scope and total estimated cost of a contract (to include task orders and purchase orders).
At the third and highest participating grade level, in addition to the incremental funding obligation authority and post-award administration duties described in levels one and two above, a CCN PSC contracting officer may be delegated authority to execute new awards for a total award amount not to exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). This authority is further subject to a new award cumulative obligation limit of one million dollars ($1 million) per Fiscal Year. No deviation from these limitations is authorized.
(48 CFR) FAR part 1 establishes the authority for Agency heads to select and appoint contracting officers and it does not specify that contracting officers must be U.S. citizen direct-hire employees of the Federal government. (48 CFR) FAR part 7.5 includes contracting officer duties in the list of inherently governmental functions or functions that must be treated as such, but does not exclude personal services contractors hired under a statutory authority from performing such functions.
(48 CFR) AIDAR 701.603-70 currently limits delegations of contracting officer authorities to U.S. citizen direct-hire employees of the U.S. Government as a matter of Agency policy. However, section 4(b)(3) of (48 CFR) AIDAR Appendix D and the corresponding section of Appendix J contain an exception for PSCs to be delegated contracting officer authority with approval from the Assistant Administrator for the Bureau of Management.
In September 2014, USAID issued a two-year class deviation from 48 CFR) AIDAR 701.603-70 to establish the permanent CCN PSC warrant program to allow a limited number of selected and qualified CCN PSCs to be delegated contracting officer authorities. In conjunction with the approval of the class deviation described above, the Assistant Administrator for the Bureau for Management approved a class exception to the limitations in (48 CFR) AIDAR Appendix J 4(b)(3). By this rule USAID is proposing to revise (48 CFR) AIDAR to permanently authorize delegation of contracting officer authorities to a limited number of selected and qualified CCN PSCs.
Prior to establishing the permanent CCN warrant program, the Agency reviewed the risks associated with issuing CO warrants to Non-U.S. citizens who are not direct-hire employees of USAID. In particular, such factors as proper accountability, adequate security considerations, conflicts of interest, and appropriate legal jurisdiction over the employee were considered. Adequate management controls and warrant limitations established under the CCN PSC warrant program, as discussed below, were established to mitigate such risks.
To address the risks associated with adequate accountability and conflict of interest, the warrant program requires candidates for the CCN PSC warrant program to show commitment to the profession by meeting stringent acquisition competencies, education and training requirements. In addition to meeting these requirements, potential candidates must have extensive experience in Direct U.S. Federal Government Contracting and clearly demonstrate professional and ethical behavior. When reviewing applications for a CCN PSC warrant, the agency contacts past performance references (typically, the candidate's last three Supervisory Contracting Officers) and any other sources deemed appropriate for signs of potential risks or cautions that may be detrimental to the responsibilities inherent in this Program. The candidate's supervisor must also attest to the candidate's education, training, experience, business acumen, judgment, character, reputation and ethical behavior.
Additionally, the Program requires the CCN contracting officer's supervisor to closely and frequently monitor the CCN PSC's work and review performance and progress every six months. This review is followed by periodic reviews conducted by the Bureau for Management, Office of Acquisition and Assistance, Evaluation Division, which is responsible for the program implementation.
CCN PSC contracting officers will support the functions of the overseas Mission's Office of Acquisition & Assistance (A&A), which typically include acquisition and assistance awards implementing the Agency's foreign assistance programs and activities. CCN PSC contracting officers are currently not delegated authority to award any personal services contracts. The program also limits delegated authority for select contract administration functions listed in (48 CFR) FAR 42.302(a), specifically, the contracting officer functions in which disputes or possible legal challenges may arise due to decisions of the contracting officer, functions related to novation and contractor name changes, which may be a result of changes in a contractor's business structure as governed under applicable U.S. state law and other functions based on U.S. state laws, functions related to small business contracting matters and those requiring extensive knowledge of specific U.S. laws and government-wide policies not specifically related to contracting. Accordingly, the functions specified in items 5-7, 9-12, 18, 21-26, 29, 32,50, 52-55, 62-63, 66 and 68-71 of (48 CFR) FAR 42.302(a) will not be redelegated to CCN PSC contracting officers.
To address conflict of interest concerns, the program relies on the standard clause entitled “Compliance with Laws and Regulations Applicable Abroad”, included in all personal services contracts with CCNs, that mandates compliance with the Standards of Conduct for Executive Branch Employees. These standards, available at
USAID is seeking public comments on the proposed changes to the AIDAR to implement the agency CCN PSC Warrant Program.
(1) Regulatory Planning and Review. Under E.O. 12866, USAID must determine whether a regulatory action is “significant” and therefore subject to the requirements of the E.O. and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). USAID has determined that this Rule is not an “economically significant regulatory action” under Section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866. This proposed rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
(2) Regulatory Flexibility Act. The rule will not have an impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
(3) Paperwork Reduction Act. The proposed rule does not establish a new collection of information that requires the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Government procurement.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, USAID amends 48 CFR Chapter 7 as set forth below:
Sec. 621, Pub. L. 87-195, 75 Stat. 445, (22 U.S.C. 2381) as amended; E.O. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 FR 56673; and 3 CFR 1979 Comp., p. 435.
* * * However, upon approval of an exception by the Assistant Administrator for the Bureau for Management (AA/M), in accordance with the limitations in AIDAR Appendix D, the Senior Procurement Executive may designate a USPSC as a Contracting Officer or delegate the USPSC authority to sign obligating and subobligating documents. The Senior Procurement Executive may also delegate limited contracting officer authority to Cooperating Country National personal service contractors (CCN PSCs) who meet the requirements in the Agency's warrant program for CCN PSCs, as specified in Appendix J.
(a) * * * This policy does not apply to consultants, as defined in AIDAR Clause 752.202-1(e), who are engaged to advise the contractor on a temporary or intermittent basis and do not receive standard benefits available to the contractor's employees. It is the contractor's responsibility to identify if the individual being hired is an employee or a consultant.
(b) Limitations on Personal Services Contracts.
(3) * * *
b. They may not be designated as Contracting Officers or delegated authority to sign obligating or subobligating documents, unless specifically delegated limited contracting officer authority by the Senior Procurement Executive. In order to be delegated limited contracting officer authority, Cooperating Country National PSCs (CCN PSCs) must meet the requirements in the Agency's warrant program for CCN PSCs.
(4) Exceptions. Exceptions to the limitations in (b)(3)(a), (c), (d) and (e) must be approved by the Assistant Administrator for Management (AA/M).
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS issues a proposed rule to implement Amendment 101 to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA FMP) for the sablefish individual fishing quota (IFQ) fisheries in the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This proposed rule would authorize the use of longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. This proposed rule would establish management measures to minimize potential conflicts between hook-and-line and longline pot gear used in the sablefish IFQ fisheries in the GOA. This proposed rule also includes proposed regulations developed under the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 (Halibut Act) to authorize harvest of halibut IFQ caught incidentally in longline pot gear used in the GOA
Submit comments on or before September 19, 2016.
You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2015-0126, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Electronic copies of Amendment 101 to the GOA FMP, the Environmental Assessment, Regulatory Impact Review (RIR), and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) (collectively, Analysis) prepared for this action are available from
Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this rule may be submitted by mail to NMFS at the above address; by email to
Rachel Baker, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages U.S. groundfish fisheries of the GOA under the GOA FMP. The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) prepared, and the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) approved, the GOA FMP under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), 16 U.S.C. 1801
The International Pacific Halibut Commission (IPHC) and NMFS manage fishing for Pacific halibut (
Under the authority of the GOA FMP and the Halibut Act, the Council has recommended and NMFS has established regulations that implement the IFQ Program. The IFQ Program allocates sablefish and halibut harvesting privileges among U.S. fishermen. NMFS manages the IFQ Program pursuant to regulations at 50 CFR part 679 and 50 CFR part 300 under the authority of section 773c of the Halibut Act and section 303(b) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The Council has recommended Amendment 101 to the GOA FMP (Amendment 101) to amend provisions of the GOA FMP applicable to the sablefish IFQ fishery and implementing regulations applicable to the sablefish IFQ fisheries. FMP amendments and regulations developed by the Council may be implemented by NMFS only after approval by the Secretary. This proposed rule also includes regulations developed by the Council under the Halibut Act to authorize harvest of halibut IFQ caught incidentally in longline pot gear used in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Halibut fishery regulations developed by the Council may by implemented by NMFS only after approval of the Secretary in consultation with the United States Coast Guard.
A notice of availability for Amendment 101 was published in the
NMFS proposes regulations to implement Amendment 101 for the sablefish IFQ fisheries in the GOA and regulations to authorize harvest of halibut IFQ caught incidentally in longline pot gear used in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. This proposed rule would make three types of changes to the sablefish and halibut IFQ Program. First, this proposed rule would authorize longline pot gear to harvest sablefish IFQ in the GOA. Under current regulations, only longline gear is authorized for the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Longline gear includes hook-and-line, jig, troll, and handline gear. Participants have used longline hook-and-line gear (hook-and-line gear) to harvest sablefish IFQ in the GOA because it is more efficient than jig, troll, or handline gear. However, various species of whales can remove or damage sablefish caught on hook-and-line gear (depredation). Depredation occurs with hook-and-line gear because sablefish are captured on hooks that lie on the ocean floor. Whales can completely remove or damage sablefish captured on these hooks before the gear is retrieved. Longline pot is an efficient gear and prevents depredation because whales cannot remove or damage sablefish enclosed in a pot. This proposed rule would authorize, but not require, vessel
Second, this proposed rule would implement several regulations to minimize potential interactions between hook-and-line gear and longline pot gear. These provisions include a pot limit, requirements for vessel operators to use pot tags issued by NMFS, requirements that longline pot gear be redeployed within a certain amount of time after being deployed, requirements that longline pot gear be removed from the fishing grounds when making a sablefish landing, and requirements to mark longline pot gear deployed on the fishing grounds.
Third, to minimize halibut discards in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery, this proposed rule would implement a requirement for halibut IFQ harvesters to retain halibut IFQ caught incidentally in longline pots.
This proposed rule would improve efficiency in harvesting sablefish IFQ and reduce adverse economic impacts on harvesters that occur from depredation. This proposed rule would mitigate impacts on sablefish IFQ harvesters using hook-and-line gear by minimizing the potential for interactions between hook-and-line gear and longline pot gear. Finally, this proposed rule would reduce whale and seabird interactions with fishing gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
The following sections of this preamble describe 1) the sablefish fishery in the GOA, 2), the need for Amendment 101 and this proposed rule, 3) the impacts of Amendment 101 and this proposed rule, and 4) the specific provisions that would be implemented by this proposed rule.
The commercial sablefish fisheries in the GOA and the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area (BSAI) are managed primarily under the IFQ Program. The Council and NMFS designed the IFQ Program to allocate harvest privileges among participants in the hook-and-line fishery to reduce fishing capacity that had led to an unsafe “race for fish” as vessels raced to harvest their allocation of the annual total allowable catch (TAC) of sablefish as quickly as possible before the TAC was reached. The IFQ Program design and subsequent amendments were intended to support the social and economic character of the fisheries and the coastal fishing communities where many of these fisheries are based. NMFS also allocates a small portion of the annual sablefish TAC to vessels using trawl gear. The trawl sablefish fishery is not managed under the IFQ Program, and this proposed rule does not modify regulations applicable to the trawl sablefish fishery.
The commercial halibut fisheries in the GOA and the BSAI are also managed under the IFQ Program. The halibut fisheries experienced overcapacity and short fishing seasons similar to the sablefish fisheries. In addition, many fishermen participate in both fisheries because the species overlap in some fishing areas and are harvested with the same type of fishing gear.
The IFQ Program was implemented in 1995 (58 FR 59375, November 9, 1993). Under the IFQ Program, access to the non-trawl sablefish and halibut fisheries is limited to those persons holding quota share. NMFS issued separate quota share for sablefish and halibut to qualified applicants based on their historical participation during a set of qualifying years in the sablefish and halibut fisheries. Quota share is an exclusive, revocable privilege that allows the holder to harvest a specific percentage of either the TAC in the sablefish fishery or the annual commercial catch limit in the halibut fishery. In addition to being specific to sablefish or halibut, quota share are designated for specific geographic areas of harvest, a specific vessel operation type (catcher vessel or catcher/processor), and for a specific range of vessel sizes that may be used to harvest the sablefish or halibut (vessel category).
Quota share allocation is given effect on an annual basis through the issuance of an IFQ permit. An annual IFQ permit authorizes the permit holder to harvest a specified amount of the IFQ species in a regulatory area from a specific operation type and vessel category. IFQ is expressed in pounds and is based on the amount of quota share held in relation to the total quota share pool for each regulatory area with an assigned catch limit.
Implementation of the IFQ Program ended the race for fish by providing IFQ permit holders with an exclusive portion of the sablefish TAC or annual commercial catch limit in the halibut fishery. This provided fishermen with flexibility to determine when and where they would fish sablefish and halibut IFQ. The fishing season for sablefish and halibut was expanded from a few days to nine months following implementation of the IFQ Program. Sections 3.1 and 4.5 of the Analysis (see
The IFQ fisheries are prosecuted in accordance with catch limits established by regulatory area. The sablefish IFQ regulatory areas defined for sablefish in the GOA are the Southeast Outside District of the GOA (SEO), West Yakutat District of the GOA (WY), Central GOA (CGOA), and Western GOA (WGOA). The sablefish regulatory areas are defined and shown in Figure 14 to part 679. This proposed rule preamble refers to these areas collectively as sablefish areas.
This proposed rule would implement provisions that affect halibut IFQ fisheries in the GOA. The halibut regulatory areas (halibut areas) are defined by the IPHC, described in Section 6 of the annual management measures (81 FR 14000, March 16, 2016), and shown in Figure 15 to part 679. The halibut areas are not separated into GOA or BSAI management areas like sablefish areas. The halibut areas encompass different geographic areas than the sablefish areas, and the boundary lines do not coincide except at the border between the United States and Canada.
The halibut areas in the GOA include Areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and part of Area 4A. All of these areas except Area 4A are completely contained in the GOA. The portion of Area 4A in waters south of the Aleutian Islands, west of Area 3B and east of 170° W. longitude, is included in the WGOA sablefish area. This affected area includes the western part of the WGOA sablefish area and a small strip along the eastern border (east of 170° W. longitude) of the Aleutian Islands sablefish area in the BSAI. Figure 1 and Figure 11 in the Analysis show the boundaries of the sablefish and halibut areas.
Sablefish IFQ fishermen who also hold halibut IFQ are required to retain halibut that are 32 inches or greater in length (legal size) harvested in the sablefish IFQ fishery, provided they have remaining halibut IFQ. This regulation was implemented with the IFQ Program in 1995 and is intended to promote full utilization of halibut by reducing discards of halibut caught incidentally in the sablefish IFQ fishery. Section 4.5 of the Analysis states that many IFQ fishermen hold sablefish and halibut IFQ, and the species can overlap in some fishing areas (58 FR 59375, November 9, 1993).
This proposed rule would revise regulations to add a new authorized gear
Longline pot gear was historically used to harvest sablefish in the GOA. However, under the open access management program that existed prior to the implementation of the IFQ Program, vessel operators sometimes deployed hook-and-line and pot gear in the same fishing areas. This resulted in gear conflicts and the loss of gear on the fishing grounds. The longline pot groundline (
Deployment of hook-and-line and pot gear in the same fishing areas also resulted in grounds preemption under the race for fish. Fishing grounds preemption occurs when a fisherman sets marked gear in an area and prevents other fishery participants from setting gear in the same area. Pot gear is generally soaked for multiple days so that smaller, less valuable fish are able to swim out of the pots. This optimizes fishing effort by allowing fishermen to use their knowledge of catch rates and fish size in a particular area to choose the amount of soak time that selects for larger fish, but allows them to keep rotating and re-baiting their pot longline gear. Fishing grounds can be preempted for an extended period of time by pot gear, for example, when a vessel hauls, re-baits, and redeploys the gear in the same area while they return to port to make a landing. Fishing grounds preemption has not occurred between hook-and-line gear because the gear is deployed for less than 24 hours before hauling. Section 2.1.1 of the Analysis provides additional information on interactions between hook-and-line and pot gear prior to implementation of the IFQ Program, and a brief summary follows.
In 1986, NMFS implemented a phased-in prohibition of pot gear in the GOA sablefish fishery (50 FR 43193, October 24, 1985) to eliminate gear conflicts between hook-and-line and pot gear. In 1992, the Council recommended, and NMFS approved, a prohibition on the use of longline pot gear in the sablefish fishery in the Bering Sea subarea (57 FR 37906, August 21, 1992). The Council recommended a prohibition against longline pot gear in the Bering Sea subarea to prevent longline pot gear from preempting access to fishing grounds by hook-and-line gear. The Council did not recommend a prohibition on longline pot gear in the Aleutian Islands subarea because the Council did not receive reports of gear conflicts in that sablefish area.
During the same period in the early 1990s, the Council developed and recommended the IFQ Program for a hook-and-line gear fishery for sablefish and halibut in the GOA and BSAI. Fishing under the IFQ Program began in 1995 (58 FR 59375, November 9, 1993). The IFQ Program extended the fishing season and allowed the sablefish and halibut fleets to spread out fishing operations over time. The IFQ Program reduced the possibility of gear conflicts and preemption of common fishing grounds that had previously affected the fisheries (73 FR 28733, May 19, 2008).
During the first IFQ season in 1995, fishing industry representatives reported to the Council that the Bering Sea sablefish TAC had not been fully harvested due, in part, to depredation on hook-and-line gear. Depredation negatively impacts the sablefish IFQ fleet through reduced catch rates and increased operating costs. Depredation also has negative consequences for whales through increased risk of vessel strike, gear entanglement, and altered foraging strategies. Based on this information, the Council determined that authorizing longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ fishery could reduce depredation. The Council also determined that implementation of the IFQ Program had substantially reduced the possibility of gear conflicts and a complete prohibition on longline pot gear was not necessary. The Council and NMFS recognized that the reintroduction of longline pot gear into the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ fishery posed less of a concern for fishing grounds preemption in 1996 than in 1992, when longline pot gear originally was prohibited. Authorizing the use of longline pot gear in the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ fishery allowed fishermen to use fishing gear that would reduce interactions with whales.
On September 18, 1996, NMFS published a final rule to replace the year-round longline pot gear prohibition with a regulation that allowed the use of longline pot gear except during the month of June (61 FR 49076). The Council and NMFS decided to retain the prohibition on longline pot gear in June because it generally has fair weather, and small vessels using hook-and-line gear that would otherwise be subject to pre-emption tend to operate primarily during June.
In October 2004, a representative for longline pot fishermen in the Bering Sea proposed that gear competition between the sablefish longline pot fleet and the hook-and-line fleet had not occurred in June, and asserted that the regulatory prohibition on the use of longline pot gear during June was unnecessary and burdensome. After review of an analysis and public testimony, the Council recommended, and NMFS implemented, a regulation to remove the prohibition on the use of longline pot gear during June in the Bering Sea sablefish IFQ fishery (73 FR 28733, May 19, 2008). Currently, both longline pot and hook-and-line gear is authorized during the entire year in both the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands sablefish fisheries.
Beginning in 2009, the Council and NMFS received reports from fishermen in the GOA that there have been numerous sperm whale and killer whale interactions with the sablefish fleet in the GOA. Sperm whale depredation is most common in the CGOA, WY, and SEO sablefish areas and killer whale depredation is most common in the WGOA and BSAI. Section 3.4.1.1 of the Analysis provides the most recent information on depredation in the sablefish IFQ fishery, and Figure 17 in the Analysis shows a map of observed depredation on sablefish longline surveys. While depredation events are difficult to observe because depredation occurs on the ocean floor in deep water, fishery participants have testified to the Council that depredation continues to be a major cost to the sablefish IFQ fishery, and appears to be occurring more frequently.
Depredation can result in lost catch, additional time waiting for whales to leave fishing grounds before hauling gear, and additional time and fuel spent
Industry groups have tested a variety of methods to deter whales from preying on fish caught on hook-and-line gear, such as gear modifications and acoustic decoys, but these methods have not substantially reduced the problem of depredation in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. A summary of efforts to mitigate whale depredation in Alaska and elsewhere is provided in Section 4.7 of the Analysis.
Participants in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery indicated to the Council and NMFS that authorizing longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery would reduce the adverse impacts of depredation for those vessel operators who choose to switch from hook-and-line gear. The Council and NMFS agree that interactions with whales throughout the GOA could affect the ability of sablefish IFQ permit holders to harvest sablefish by reducing catch per unit of effort and decreasing fishing costs. Section 1.2 of the Analysis provides additional information on the Council's development and recommendation of Amendment 101 and this proposed rule.
The following section describes the impacts of Amendment 101 and this proposed rule on affected fishery participants and on the environment.
Section 4.9.2 of the Analysis notes that vessel operators using longline pot gear would benefit from this proposed rule from reduced operating costs and reduced fishing time needed to harvest sablefish IFQ. This proposed rule would provide vessel operators with the option to use longline pot gear if they determine it is appropriate for their fishing operation.
The Analysis states that it is not possible to estimate how many vessel operators would switch to longline pot gear from hook-and-line gear under this proposed rule. The total number of vessels using longline pot gear likely would be limited by the costs of longline pot gear and vessel reconfiguration. The Analysis estimates that the cost to purchase longline pot gear and reconfigure a vessel could be $100,000 or more depending on the configuration of the vessel. For some vessel operators, the costs of reconfiguration likely would be prohibitive. The Analysis suggests that vessel operators who already use pot gear in other fisheries (
As described in Section 3.4.1.2 of the Analysis, no temporal or seasonal shift in sablefish IFQ fishing is expected to occur under this proposed rule. Harvest of sablefish IFQ would be authorized only during the sablefish fishing period specified at § 679.23(g)(1) and established by the Council and NMFS through the annual harvest specifications (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016). Harvest of sablefish IFQ would be limited to the TAC for the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery established by the Council and NMFS through the annual harvest specifications (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016).
If some portion of the sablefish IFQ fleet switches to longline pot gear, there would likely be decreased interactions between killer whales and sperm whales and the sablefish fishery. Unaccounted sablefish mortality due to depredation would be expected to decline as sablefish IFQ fishermen voluntarily switch from hook-and-line gear to longline pot gear. Because the amount of depredation is not known with certainty, the potential effects of reduced depredation from this proposed rule cannot be quantified. Section 3.1.1 of the Analysis notes that although hook-and-line and longline pot gear may catch slightly different sizes of sablefish, the best available information indicates that the use of pot longline gear would not have a significant impact on the sablefish resource.
During the development of this proposed rule, the Council and NMFS received public testimony from IFQ fishery participants who did not support the use of longline pot gear in the sablefish IFQ fishery. These fishermen indicated that use of longline pot gear could result in conflicts between hook-and-line and longline pot gear similar to those that occurred prior to implementation of the IFQ Program. These fishermen testified that longline pot gear is typically left unattended on the fishing grounds for several days before the pots are retrieved. The testimony expressed concerns that longline pot gear left on the sablefish fishing grounds could preempt the use of these fishing grounds by fishermen using hook-and-line gear as had occurred prior to implementation of the IFQ Program.
In recommending Amendment 101 and this proposed rule, the Council and NMFS recognize that longline pot gear had previously been authorized in the GOA sablefish fishery, but its use was prohibited prior to implementation of the IFQ Program. The Council and NMFS also recognize that the prohibition on pot gear was based on fishery data and scientific information on depredation that is not reflective of the present fishery. The Council determined, and NMFS agrees, that authorizing longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery under Amendment 101 and this proposed rule is appropriate because the IFQ Program provides fishermen with substantially more flexibility on when and where to harvest sablefish. The IFQ Program makes it much less likely that hook-and-line and longline pot gear conflicts would occur or that fishing grounds would be preempted for extended periods in the same manner previously analyzed by the Council and NMFS.
The Council and NMFS analyzed the extent to which this proposed rule, which would allow hook-and-line gear and pot gear to be used in the same areas, could result in gear conflicts and grounds preemption. Section 4.9.2 of the Analysis explains gear conflict and grounds preemption impose costs on fishermen that are unable to, or choose not to, deploy hook-and-line gear in an area because longline pot gear is used in that area. In the case of the sablefish IFQ fishery, the Council and NMFS received public testimony that vessel operators using hook-and-line gear could incur increased operating costs if their vessels would have to travel farther or to less productive fishing grounds to find an area unoccupied by longline pot gear. The testimony suggested that these costs could potentially be greater for participants in the SEO and WY sablefish areas. In these sablefish areas, fishing grounds are constrained to a narrow area on the edge of the continental shelf and fishing gear is concentrated into a relatively smaller area compared to the CGOA and WGOA sablefish areas. Section 4.9.4 of the Analysis notes that fishery data is not available at a sufficiently fine spatial scale to identify particular areas where competition for fishing grounds may
The Analysis explains that it is not possible to determine with certainty the extent to which gear conflicts and grounds preemption might occur under this proposed rule because it is unknown how many vessel operators will use longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. After reviewing the Analysis and receiving public testimony, the Council and NMFS determined the likelihood of gear conflicts and grounds preemption was low. However, the likelihood of gear conflicts and grounds preemption is not possible to determine with certainty. The Council received testimony from several stakeholders noting this uncertainty and expressing concern that this proposed rule would negatively impact fishermen who continue to use hook-and-line gear. These stakeholders requested specific measures to further minimize the likelihood of gear conflicts and grounds preemption. Therefore, this proposed rule addresses these stakeholder concerns by recommending a number of management measures that are intended to minimize the potential for gear conflicts and grounds preemption. These measures include (1) authorizing only the use of longline pot gear, (2) limiting the number of pots that may be deployed by a vessel in each sablefish area, (3) requiring all pots to be identified with a tag assigned to the vessel, (4) requiring a vessel operator to redeploy longline pot gear from the fishing grounds within a specified time period, (5) requiring a vessel operator to remove longline pot gear when leaving certain fishing grounds to make a landing, (6) requiring a vessel operator to mark longline pot gear to make it more visible on the fishing grounds, and (7) recordkeeping and reporting requirements to monitor and enforce provisions of this rule. The Council determined, and NMFS agrees, that these management measures would likely further reduce the likelihood of gear conflicts and grounds preemption in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery under this proposed rule.
Amendment 101 and this proposed rule would authorize the use of longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Vessel operators would be prohibited from using pot-and-line gear (
This proposed rule would implement different pot limits for different GOA sablefish areas. Section 4.9.3 of the Analysis notes that a pot limit would control vessel fishing effort and limit the total amount of fishing grounds that any single vessel could use at a given time. A vessel operator would be limited to deploying a specific amount of pots in each area in which they hold IFQ: 120 pots in the SEO and WY sablefish areas and 300 pots in the CGOA and WGOA sablefish areas.
The Council considered area-specific pot limits to account for the physical nature of the sablefish fishing grounds and the composition of the IFQ sablefish fleet in each sablefish area. The Council also considered testimony on the number of pots that vessels in the GOA could feasibly deploy in the sablefish IFQ fishery. The Council determined, and NMFS agrees, that smaller pot limits are appropriate in the SEO and WY fisheries because these sablefish areas have more spatially concentrated fishing grounds than the CGOA and WGOA sablefish areas.
This proposed rule would implement a requirement that all pots deployed in GOA sablefish areas have a pot tag that is (1) issued by NMFS and (2) assigned by NMFS to a vessel that is licensed by the State of Alaska. This proposed rule would require a vessel owner to request and receive pot tags by submitting an application to NMFS. NMFS would require a vessel owner to specify on the application for pot tags the vessel name and Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) vessel registration number. The State of Alaska requires the owner of a fishing vessel used in waters of the state to register with the State of Alaska and receive an ADF&G vessel registration number (AS 16.05.475). If the ADF&G vessel registration number is current at the time the application for pot tags is submitted, NMFS would consider the vessel eligible to participate in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery using longline pot gear and assign pot tags to that vessel. NMFS would assign the number of tags requested for each GOA sablefish area, not to exceed the pot limits for each sablefish area, to the vessel and issue the tags to the vessel owner. Vessel owners should allow up to 10 days from receipt of a pot tag application by NMFS for NMFS to issue pot tags. Each pot tag would have a unique number and be a color specific to the GOA sablefish area in which it may be deployed. This proposed rule would require the operator of the vessel to attach a pot tag that is assigned to the vessel to each pot before deploying the gear. Because the proposed pot tag requirements are intended to facilitate monitoring of the proposed pot limits on the fishing grounds, this proposed rule would make the vessel operator responsible for complying with the pot tag requirements and the pot limits in each GOA sablefish area.
Section 4.9.3.2 of the Analysis states that in instances where the vessel is leased by the owner, each vessel operator would need to obtain the pot tags from the vessel owner to ensure the proper use of the pot tags in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. In cases where multiple sablefish IFQ permit holders fish from the same vessel, the vessel operator would be responsible for ensuring that no more pots are deployed from a vessel than the pot limit for a specific sablefish area.
The Council and NMFS recognized that pot tags may be lost on the fishing grounds if a tag becomes unattached from the pot or if a pot becomes unattached from the longline and cannot be retrieved. Under this proposed rule, the vessel owner could request replacement pot tags from NMFS if pot tags are lost. The vessel owner would be required to provide NMFS with the pot tag numbers that were lost and provide a description of the circumstances under which the pot tags were lost. NMFS would issue the appropriate number of replacement tags, up to the pot limit specified for the sablefish area. Vessel owners should allow up to 10 days from receipt of a pot tag application by NMFS for NMFS to issue replacement pot tags.
The Council and NMFS anticipated that some vessel operators may want to share longline pot gear during the fishing season to help reduce operating costs. To minimize the potential for grounds preemption by multiple vessels using the same longline pot gear, this proposed rule would allow multiple vessels to use the same longline pot gear during one fishing season but would prohibit use of the same longline pot gear simultaneously. In order for more than one vessel to use the same longline pot gear, this proposed rule would require a vessel operator to remove longline pot gear from the fishing grounds, return the gear to port and remove the pot tags assigned to the vessel before pot tags assigned to another vessel could be attached to the pots and used on another vessel in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would require vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to redeploy or remove their gear within a specified time period after deployment or when leaving the fishing grounds to make a landing. The Council recommended area-specific requirements because vessel operations and fishing grounds vary by management areas. Section 4.9.4 and Section 4.10 of the Analysis note that this provision is intended to minimize the potential for vessels using longline pot gear to preempt fishing grounds for extended periods. These provisions were supported by sablefish IFQ holders who intend to use longline pot gear and sablefish IFQ holders who intend to continue to use hook-and-line gear under this proposed rule.
The Council based its recommendations on information on the use of pot gear in the BSAI sablefish IFQ fishery and on testimony from sablefish IFQ holders. Section 4.9.2 of the Analysis notes that pot gear typically remains deployed (“soaked”) on the fishing grounds for longer periods of time than hook-and-line gear. As described above in this preamble, pot gear is generally soaked for multiple days. Figure 8 in Section 3.1.1.2 of the Analysis shows that sablefish pot gear deployed by catcher vessels and catcher/processors in the BSAI was typically “soaked” for two to four days from 1995 through 2005, and 90 percent of the observed pot sets were soaked for seven or fewer days. Section 3.1.2.2 of the Analysis notes that hook-and-line fishermen tend to soak their gear for less than 24 hours before hauling, and are less apt to leave their gear on the grounds when returning to port.
In addition to the information on pot soak times in the BSAI sablefish fishery presented in Section 4.9.2 of the Analysis, the Council considered testimony from vessel operators. This testimony suggested it was unlikely that vessels using pot gear would preempt fishing grounds in the GOA by leaving pot gear deployed for extended periods of time because (1) longline pot gear likely would be deployed in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery from two to four days, similar to operations in the BSAI fisheries, (2) gear conflicts and grounds preemption has not occurred in the BSAI sablefish IFQ fishery, and (3) vessel operators have an incentive to optimize their pot gear fishing effort to maximize their sablefish IFQ harvest in the minimum amount of time.
Nevertheless, these vessel operators acknowledged to the Council that the likelihood of gear conflicts and grounds preemption cannot be determined with certainty. These vessel operators also noted that many GOA sablefish IFQ holders intending to continue to use hook-and-line gear were concerned about the potential for gear conflicts and grounds preemption under this proposed rule. These operators noted that these concerns likely were greater for the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery than the BSAI sablefish IFQ fishery because some GOA sablefish areas have more constrained fishing grounds due to a smaller overall area and a larger number of participating vessels than in the BSAI. To address this concern, several sablefish IFQ holders recommended that the Council establish area-specific requirements for catcher vessels and catcher/processors to redeploy or remove gear from the grounds in order to further reduce the likelihood that longline pot gear would be deployed on the GOA fishing grounds for extended periods of time and result in gear conflicts and grounds preemption.
The Council determined that establishing these gear redeployment or removal limits would provide an additional incentive for operators using longline pot gear to closely monitor the amount of time their gear is left on the grounds and further minimize potential for gear conflicts or grounds preemption. The Council recommended these provisions to balance its objective to provide economic benefits to fishermen using longline pot gear with its objective to minimize potential negative impacts on fishermen continuing to use hook-and-line gear.
In recommending Amendment 101 and this proposed rule, the Council indicated its intent to monitor interactions between longline pot and hook-and-line gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. The Council recommended that if Amendment 101 and this proposed rule are approved, NMFS would annually report to the Council the amount of longline pot gear effort in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery in addition to any reported gear conflicts or instances of grounds preemption. The Council also indicated its intent to conduct a review of Amendment 101 and this action three years following implementation of the final rule, if approved. The Council specified its intent to consider the impact of Amendment 101 and this proposed rule on GOA sablefish IFQ holders that continue to use hook-and-line gear in determining whether changes to regulatory provisions are needed in the future.
The Council determined, and NMFS agrees, that the following provisions of this proposed rule would minimize the potential for gear conflicts and grounds preemption. For each area of the GOA, this proposed rule would specify a maximum time limit for which longline pot gear could be left unattended on the fishing grounds. The Council determined, and NMFS agrees, that requiring vessel operators to tend the gear within a specified time period reduces the likelihood that longline pot gear will be left on the grounds unattended for an extended period of time.
In the SEO sablefish area, a catcher vessel operator would be required to remove longline pot gear from the fishing grounds when the vessel leaves the fishing grounds to make a landing. This would prohibit the vessel operator from preempting fishing grounds by retrieving pots and redeploying the gear in the same fishing location while the vessel made a landing. This restriction responds to concerns expressed by fishermen holding sablefish IFQ in the SEO sablefish area. These fishermen testified that a substantial portion of sablefish IFQ fishermen in SEO likely would continue to use hook-and-line gear under this proposed rule because the vessels are too small to feasibly use longline pot gear.
Section 4.9.8.1 in the Analysis notes that vessels ranging from between 55 feet (16.7 m) and 95 feet (28.9 m) length overall (LOA) participate in sablefish pot fisheries in Canada. The Analysis shows that the majority of the vessels that participate in sablefish fisheries in the GOA are greater than 50 feet (15.2 m) LOA, indicating that these vessels may be able to feasibly use longline pot gear. The Analysis also shows that approximately 30 percent of sablefish IFQ fishermen in SEO use vessels 50 feet (15.2 m) or less LOA. This is a
The Council did not recommend a specific redeployment or removal provision for catcher/processors in the SEO sablefish area because relatively few catcher/processors operate in the area and the Council did not receive testimony suggesting specific limitations for these vessels. However, NMFS has determined that this proposed rule should require operators of catcher/processors in SEO to haul and reset (redeploy) in the same location or remove longline pot gear from that location within a specified time period. This provision would be consistent with requirements for sablefish IFQ vessels in other GOA areas in order to minimize the potential for catcher/processors using longline pot gear in SEO to preempt fishing grounds for extended periods. The Council and NMFS determined that redeploying or removing longline pot gear from a specific location would meet the requirements to tend gear in this proposed rule (see Section 2.2 of the Analysis). This would provide sablefish IFQ permit holders with flexibility to harvest sablefish IFQ while still requiring vessel operators to tend gear within a maximum time period in order to minimize the potential for gear to be left unattended on the fishing grounds for an extended period of time. NMFS proposes to require a catcher/processor in the SEO sablefish area to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish sablefish IFQ within five days after deploying the gear. This proposed regulation would mirror the effect of the provision applicable to vessels in the WY and CGOA sablefish areas.
The Council and NMFS determined that five days was an appropriate period of time because the Council heard testimony from operators intending to use longline pot gear that this would accommodate sablefish vessel fishing plans to soak pots for two to four days, while allowing additional time to redeploy or remove gear in the event of poor weather or operational delays. The Council and NMFS determined that this requirement to redeploy or remove gear at least every five days would minimize the likelihood that one vessel would preempt the same fishing grounds for an extended period of time.
In the WY and CGOA sablefish areas, a catcher vessel and a catcher/processor operator would be required to redeploy or remove longline pot gear from the fishing grounds within five days after deploying the gear. The Council and NMFS received testimony that this would be an appropriate time period because it is unlikely that a vessel operator would leave fishing gear unattended for longer than five days in the WY and CGOA sablefish areas. The Council and NMFS determined that five days was an appropriate period of time because the Council heard testimony from operators intending to use longline pot gear that this would accommodate sablefish vessel fishing plans to soak pots for two to four days while allowing additional time to redeploy or remove gear in the event of poor weather or operational delays.
The Council and NMFS considered testimony indicating that, although the fishing grounds in WY are spatially constrained, similar to SEO, the likelihood of grounds preemption in WY is lower because there are fewer IFQ permit holders in that area than in SEO. Therefore, the Council and NMFS determined that it would not be necessary to require a vessel operator to remove longline pot gear from WY area grounds when the vessel made a landing. The Council and NMFS received testimony that fishing grounds are not as limited in the WY and CGOA sablefish areas, and grounds preemption likely would not occur under this proposed rule.
In the WGOA sablefish area, a catcher vessel and a catcher/processor operator would be required to redeploy or remove longline pot gear from the fishing grounds within seven days after deploying the gear. The Council and NMFS received testimony that this would be an appropriate time period because while it was unlikely that a vessel operator would leave fishing gear unattended for longer than seven days in the WGOA, this proposed rule would provide a maximum time limit for which longline pot gear could be left unattended on the fishing grounds. The Council provided a longer time period in the WGOA for operators to redeploy or remove longline pot gear relative to the other sablefish areas because the WGOA is the largest GOA sablefish area and there are substantially fewer sablefish IFQ holders in the WGOA than in SEO and the CGOA. The Council and NMFS received testimony that fishing grounds are not constrained in the WGOA and grounds preemption likely would not occur under this proposed rule.
This proposed rule would implement additional gear marking requirements for vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA. Current regulations at § 679.24(a) require all vessel operators using hook-and-line and pot gear to mark buoys carried on board or used by the vessel to be marked with the vessel's Federal fisheries permit number or ADF&G vessel registration number. This regulation also specifies that the markings must be a specified size, shall be visible above the water line, and shall be maintained so the markings are clearly visible.
Section 4.9.5 and Section 4.10 of the Analysis describe the impacts of the additional gear marking requirements that would be implemented by this proposed rule for a vessel operator using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. In addition to the current requirements at § 679.24(a), each vessel operator would be required to attach a cluster of four or more marker buoys, a flag mounted on a pole, and a radar reflector to each end of a longline pot set. The Council and NMFS received testimony that these marking requirements would enhance the visibility of the ends of a longline pot gear set to other vessels that are on the fishing grounds and would not impose a substantial cost on vessel operators using longline pot gear. The testimony indicated that these marking tools are commonly used by vessel operators that deploy pot gear in fisheries in Alaska.
This proposed rule would require a vessel operator to use four or more buoys to mark each end of a longline pot gear set. The Council and NMFS anticipate that multiple buoys would keep the gear marking above the water line in stronger currents and facilitate visibility from greater distances. Current regulations require any vessel fishing in the sablefish or halibut IFQ fisheries to mark all buoys carried on board or used with the vessel's Federal Fisheries Permit (FFP) number or Alaska Department of Fish & Game (ADF&G) vessel registration number. This provides enforcement agents and other fishermen on the grounds with information that identifies the vessel or the IFQ permit holder associated with that vessel. This proposed rule would require a vessel operator to add the initials “LP” for “Longline Pot” to one hard buoy in the buoy cluster in addition to the FFP number or ADF&G vessel registration number. This would
This proposed rule would require a vessel operator to use a flag mounted on a pole to mark each end of a longline pot gear set. Section 4.9.5 of the Analysis explains that flags are commonly used by vessel operators to mark pot gear in fisheries in Alaska.
This proposed rule would require a vessel operator to use a radar reflector to mark each end of a longline pot gear set. Fishing vessels use radar reflectors to help make the vessel or other objects identifiable by other vessels that use radar to scan for vessels and other obstructions. A radar reflector reflects a radar signal directly back to the radar antenna so that the object with the radar reflector is identifiable on the radar of the vessel deploying the radar. The Council and NMFS received public testimony that radar reflectors are commonly used by vessel operators to mark pot gear in fisheries in Alaska. This public testimony indicated that the requirement to mark longline pot gear with a radar reflector under this proposed rule would not impose a substantial cost on vessel operators.
This proposed rule would implement three additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements to monitor and enforce provisions that are intended to minimize gear conflicts and grounds preemption. First, NMFS would require all vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to report specific information in logbooks about fishing gear used and catch for all sablefish IFQ fishing trips. Most vessel operators in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery are currently required to complete logbooks for sablefish IFQ fishing trips. Second, NMFS would require all vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to have an operating Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) while fishing for sablefish IFQ. Third, NMFS would add additional required fields to the Prior Notice of Landing (PNOL) for vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
Section 4.9 of the Analysis notes that this proposed rule would require all vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to complete NMFS logbooks. NMFS uses logbooks to collect detailed information from vessel operators participating in the IFQ fisheries. Under current regulations, the operator of a catcher vessel 60 feet or greater (18.3 m) LOA using hook-and-line gear in the sablefish or halibut IFQ fisheries is required to maintain a Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL). The operator of a catcher/processor using hook-and-line gear in the sablefish or halibut IFQ fisheries must use a combination of a Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL) and the NMFS electronic reporting system for landings (eLandings). For each day during a fishing trip, vessel operators are required to record in a DFL or DCPL information on deployed, retrieved, and lost gear and catch information per unit of gear deployed.
This proposed rule would add a requirement for all operators of a vessel using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to report in a DFL (for catcher vessels) or DCPL (for catcher/processors) the number of pots and location of longline pot sets deployed on a fishing trip. Under current regulations, the operator of a vessel less than 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA is exempt from logbook reporting requirements. This proposed rule would remove this exemption for the operator of a vessel using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. While this would be a new regulatory requirement for these vessels, Section 4.9.3.2 of the Analysis explains that many operators of vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 m) in the sablefish IFQ fishery voluntarily complete and submit logbooks. Therefore, the Council and NMFS anticipate this additional reporting requirement would not negatively impact operators of vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 m) that choose to use longline pot gear.
Current regulations allow the operator of a vessel required to complete a DFL or a DCPL to use a NMFS-approved electronic logbook (ELB) instead of a DFL or DCPL. While NMFS does not currently have an approved ELB for vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA, NMFS anticipates that an ELB would be available for use by these vessel operators in the future. Under this proposed rule, vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery would be required to complete a DFL or a DCPL and eLandings to record and report sablefish information until a NMFS-approved ELB is available.
Section 4.10 of the Analysis notes that this proposed rule would require all vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to use VMS to track vessel activity in the GOA sablefish areas. VMS is used to monitor the location and movement of commercial fishing vessels in Federal fisheries in Alaska. NMFS would use the VMS to aid in determining compliance with requirements to redeploy or remove fishing gear from the grounds within a specified time period under this proposed rule.
Section 5.7 of the Analysis states that this proposed rule would add a requirement for vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to report the number of pots deployed, the number of pots lost, and the number of pots left deployed on the fishing grounds on the PNOL. NMFS requires vessel operators in the IFQ fisheries to submit a PNOL at least three hours before a landing occurs to alert enforcement personnel of the upcoming landing. The PNOL would be a declaration from the vessel operator that enforcement agents could compare with the gear on board while the vessel is making a landing.
Sections 4.9.3.2, 4.9.4.1, 4.9.5.1, and 4.9.6.1 of the Analysis describe enforcement considerations for the provisions of this proposed rule that are intended to minimize gear conflicts and grounds preemption. The Council and NMFS considered the methods that would be used to enforce the proposed restrictions on use of longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. The Council and NMFS determined that the requirements in this proposed rule would provide sufficient monitoring and enforcement information to meet the Council's objectives for Amendment 101 and this proposed rule.
Depredation by killer whales and sperm whales is common in the sablefish IFQ fisheries in the GOA and BSAI. Section 3.4.1 of the Analysis provides available information on the interactions of the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery with killer whales and sperm whales. The Analysis examined data from the commercial fisheries and sablefish survey data and concluded that the use of longline pot gear would support the objective of this proposed rule to reduce sablefish IFQ fishery interactions with whales in the GOA. Use of longline pot gear is expected to reduce fishing gear interactions with whales and have a positive effect on killer whales and sperm whales compared to the status quo.
Section 3.4.2 of the Analysis notes that this proposed rule could reduce the risk of whale entanglements in fishing gear. Although the likelihood of whale entanglements in hook-and-line gear is very low in Alaska fisheries, the Analysis states that neither killer whales nor sperm whales are known to depredate on pot fishing gear. Therefore, this proposed rule could reduce the risk of whale entanglements in fishing gear.
Many seabird species are attracted to fishing vessels to forage on bait, offal, discards, and other prey made available by fishing operations. These interactions can result in direct mortality for seabirds if they become entangled in fishing gear or strike the vessel or fishing gear while flying. In addition, seabirds are attracted to sinking baited hooks and can be hooked and drowned. Hook-and-line gear has the greatest impact on seabirds relative to other fishing gear. Since 1998, seabird avoidance measures have been required on vessels greater than or equal to 27 ft (7.9 m) LOA using hook-and-line gear in the groundfish and halibut fisheries in the GOA and BSAI (March 6, 1998, 63 FR 11161). Additional seabird avoidance measures have been adopted for the hook-and-line fishery since 1998 (72 FR 71601, December 18, 2007). These measures were intended to reduce seabird incidental catch and mortality and mitigate interactions with short-tailed albatross.
Section 3.5.1 of the Analysis examines the effect of hook-and-line gear on seabirds. Data from 1993 through 2012 indicate the annual incidental catch of seabirds in all hook-and-line fisheries constitutes about 91 percent of fisheries-related seabird mortality in Alaska. The GOA typically accounts for 10 percent to 20 percent of overall incidental seabird catch.
Section 3.5.1.2 of the Analysis compared the number of seabird mortalities by hook-and-line and pot gear in the GOA Pacific cod fishery and the BSAI sablefish IFQ fishery and determined that a higher level of seabird mortality occurred with hook-and-line gear. The Analysis compared seabird mortality by hook-and-line and pot gear in the GOA Pacific cod fishery because pot gear is not authorized for the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. The estimated seabird mortality in the GOA Pacific cod fishery from vessels using hook-and-line gear was 1,802 seabirds and the estimated mortality from vessels using pot gear was 458 seabirds. This comprises a very small portion of total estimated seabird mortality from fisheries in Alaska. This proposed rule would likely reduce the already small incidental catch of seabirds in the sablefish IFQ fishery because it would provide vessel operators with the opportunity to use longline pot gear, which has a lower rate of incidental catch of seabirds than hook-and-line gear.
The Council and NMFS also considered the impacts of this proposed rule on the halibut IFQ fishery. Section 3.2.1 of the Analysis notes that the overall impact of this proposed rule on the halibut IFQ fishery is likely to be small. This proposed rule would revise current regulations to authorize retention of halibut IFQ caught when using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery, provided a person on the vessel holds sufficient IFQ pounds to cover the retained halibut.
In developing this proposed rule, the Council recognized that the IPHC authorizes fishing gear for halibut in the GOA through its annual management measures. The IPHC meets annually to approve the regulations that apply to persons and vessels fishing for and retaining halibut IFQ. At its January 2016 Annual Meeting, the IPHC approved longline pot gear, as defined by the Council, as legal gear to retain halibut in Alaska if NMFS implements regulations that authorize longline pot gear in the sablefish IFQ fishery (81 FR 14000, March 16, 2016).
Section 19(1) of the 2016 annual management measures allows a person to retain and possess halibut IFQ taken with hook-and-line or longline pot gear in the sablefish IFQ fishery provided retention and possession is authorized by NMFS regulations published at 50 CFR part 679. Current NMFS regulations require vessel operators using hook-and-line gear and holding sufficient halibut IFQ to retain legal size halibut (32 inches or greater) caught incidentally in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. If the Secretary approves a final rule to implement Amendment 101, NMFS would implement a requirement in regulations for vessel operators using longline pot gear and holding sufficient halibut IFQ to retain legal size halibut in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery as recommended by the Council and the IPHC. The Council developed this regulation pursuant to section 773c(c) of the Halibut Act. The Secretary is publishing this regulation for public comment in this notice of proposed rulemaking.
Requiring the retention of incidentally caught halibut IFQ is intended to avoid the discard and associated discard mortality of halibut in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. The sablefish and halibut hook-and-line gear fisheries are prosecuted simultaneously. Vessels that fish sablefish IFQ typically also fish halibut IFQ. Section 4.5.6 of the Analysis notes that the majority of sablefish IFQ permit holders also hold a halibut IFQ permit. Section 4.9.6 of the Analysis concludes that replacing some amount of hook-and-line effort with longline pot gear effort could benefit permit holders in the halibut IFQ fishery because many of the sablefish IFQ fishery participants are also halibut IFQ fishery participants. This proposed rule would create efficiencies in the harvest of halibut and sablefish for these participants.
This proposed rule would require vessel operators that catch halibut in longline pot gear to comply with current retention requirements under the IFQ Program and the provisions recommended by the Council. Currently, halibut caught with hook-and-line gear must be retained if the halibut are of legal size and a person on the vessel holds a halibut IFQ permit with sufficient halibut IFQ pounds to cover the retained halibut. The Council recommended, and NMFS agrees, that a sablefish IFQ permit holder on board a vessel that catches halibut with longline pot gear in the GOA would be required to retain the halibut provided they hold a halibut IFQ permit with sufficient halibut IFQ pounds to cover the retained halibut. Regulations at § 679.7(f)(4) prohibit an IFQ holder from retaining legal size halibut if no person on board the vessel holds sufficient IFQ pounds to cover the retained halibut. In these instances, fishermen are required to discard the halibut with a minimum of injury consistent with regulations at § 679.7(a)(13) and Section 14 of the IPHC annual management measures (81 FR 14000, March 16, 2016).
This proposed rule would revise regulations at 50 CFR part 300 and 50 CFR part 679 to: (1) Authorize longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery, (2) minimize the potential for gear conflicts and fishing grounds preemption, and (3) require retention of halibut IFQ caught in longline pot gear used in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. NMFS also proposes additional regulatory revisions to facilitate the administration, monitoring, and enforcement of this proposed rule. This section describes the proposed changes to current regulations.
This proposed rule would revise §§ 300.61, 679.2, and 679.24 to authorize longline pot gear for use in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would revise regulations at § 300.61 that supplement the annual management measures adopted by the IPHC. These proposed revisions are necessary to implement the Council's recommendation to
This proposed rule would revise the definition of “Fixed gear” under the definition of “Authorized fishing gear” at § 679.2(4)(i) to include longline pot gear as an authorized gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Fixed gear is a general term that describes the multiple gear types allowed to fish sablefish IFQ and halibut IFQ under the IFQ Program and is referred to throughout 50 CFR part 679.
This proposed rule would add § 679.2(4)(iv) to the definition of “Fixed gear” under the definition of “Authorized fishing gear” to include longline pot gear as an authorized gear for halibut IFQ harvested in halibut areas in the GOA.
This proposed rule would revise the definition of “IFQ halibut” in § 679.2 to specify that halibut IFQ may be harvested with longline pot gear while commercial fishing in any halibut area in the GOA.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.24(b) and (c) to authorize the use of longline pot gear to harvest sablefish in GOA sablefish areas.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.42(b)(1) to specify that authorized fishing gear for sablefish and halibut IFQ is defined in § 679.2. NMFS proposes to add § 679.42(b)(1)(i) to further clarify that trawl gear is not authorized for use in the sablefish and halibut IFQ fisheries in the GOA and the BSAI. NMFS proposes to add § 679.42(b)(1)(ii) to clarify that pot-and-line gear is not authorized for use in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would add provisions at § 679.42(l) to minimize the potential for gear conflicts and grounds preemption. This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(1) and (2) to establish the general requirements for using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(3) to specify the requirements for vessel operators to request pot tags. This proposed rule would describe the process NMFS would use to issue pot tags and to annually register a vessel and assign pot tags for the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Section 679.42(l)(3)(i) would require a vessel operator to request pot tags from NMFS by submitting a complete IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear: Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags form that would be available on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site. NMFS would issue the number of requested tags up to the pot limit authorized in a sablefish area. The vessel owner requesting pot tags must specify the vessel to which NFMS would assign the pot tags. Under proposed § 679.42(l)(3)(ii), NMFS would assign pot tags to the registered vessel and issue them to the vessel owner upon receipt of a complete request for pot tags. Section 679.42(l)(3)(iii) would specify the process a vessel owner would use to submit a request for pot tag replacement to NMFS if one or more of the originally issued pot tags is lost or damaged such that the unique pot tag number is not legible.
Section 679.42(l)(3)(iv) would specify the process for annual vessel registration and assignment of pot tags. The vessel owner must annually register with NMFS the vessel that will be used to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA. The vessel owner also must specify whether he or she is requesting assignment of pot tags previously issued to the vessel owner or is requesting new pot tags to be assigned to the vessel. Pot tags must be assigned to only one vessel each year. To assign pot tags, the vessel owner must submit a complete IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags form and indicate the vessel to which NMFS will assign the pot tags for the current year. The vessel owner must indicate whether he or she is assigning pot tags that were previously assigned to the vessel or requesting new pot tags.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(4) to specify the requirements for a vessel operator to use pot tags in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. This proposed rule would require a valid pot tag that is assigned to the vessel be attached to each pot on board the vessel before the vessel departs port to fish in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(5) to specify restrictions on longline pot gear deployment and retrieval. Section 679.42(l)(5)(i)(A) would require a vessel operator to mark longline pot gear as specified in § 679.24(a). Section 679.24(a) would be revised to require a vessel operator to mark each end of a set of longline pot gear with a cluster of four or more marker buoys including one hard buoy marked with the capital letters “LP,” a flag mounted on a pole, and a radar reflector. These requirements would be in addition to current requirements at § 679.24(a) that require all hook-and-line, longline pot, and pot-and-line marker buoys to be marked with the vessel's FFP number or ADF&G vessel registration number.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(5)(i)(B) to require a vessel operator to deploy longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery only during the sablefish fishing period specified in § 679.23(g)(1). NMFS annually establishes the sablefish fishing period to correspond with the halibut fishing period established by the IPHC.
Current regulations at § 679.23(g)(2) authorize an IFQ permit holder to retain sablefish outside of the established fishing period if the permit holder has unused IFQ for the specified sablefish area. This proposed rule would revise § 679.23(g)(2) to specify that IFQ permit holders using longline pot gear in the GOA would not be authorized to retain sablefish outside of the established fishing period even if the IFQ permit holder has unused IFQ.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(5)(ii) to establish pot limits in each GOA sablefish area. This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(5)(iii) to establish gear redeployment and removal requirements for longline pot gear in each GOA sablefish area. As described in the section titled Impacts of Amendment 101 and this Proposed Rule, this proposed rule would require a vessel operator using longline pot gear to redeploy the gear within a certain amount of time after being deployed, or remove the gear from the fishing grounds when making a sablefish landing.
This proposed rule would allow multiple vessels to use the same longline pot gear during one fishing season but would prevent use of the same longline pot gear simultaneously. To prevent use of the same longline pot gear simultaneously, this proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(5)(iv) to require a vessel operator to (1) remove longline pot gear assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish sablefish IFQ from the fishing grounds, (2) return the gear to port, and (3) remove the pot tags that are
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(6) to require a vessel operator using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to retain legal sized halibut caught incidentally if any IFQ permit holder on board has sufficient halibut IFQ pounds for the retained halibut for that halibut area.
This proposed rule would add § 679.42(l)(7) to require a vessel operator using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to comply with logbook reporting requirements at § 679.5(c) and VMS requirements at § 679.42(k).
This proposed rule would revise § 679.5 to implement this proposed rule and clarify current logbook reporting requirements.
The following table describes the proposed revisions to § 679.5.
This proposed rule would revise and add provisions to § 679.7 that would be necessary to monitor and enforce this proposed rule.
This proposed rule would revise the prohibition on deployment of gear at § 679.7(a)(6) to include longline pot gear. This revision is necessary to prohibit deployment of longline pot gear in the GOA outside of the sablefish fishing period. This proposed rule would revise § 679.7(a)(6)(i) to clarify that vessels in the halibut IFQ fishery are subject to gear deployment requirements specified by the IPHC in the annual management measures pursuant to § 300.62.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.7(a)(13). Under current regulations, vessel operators in groundfish fisheries are required to discard halibut if the halibut is less than legal size and/or there are no IFQ permit holders on board with sufficient IFQ pounds for the retained halibut for that halibut area. If halibut must be discarded, current regulations at § 679.7(a)(13) specify handling and release requirements for halibut caught with hook-and-line gear in the sablefish fishery. This proposed rule would revise § 679.7(a)(13) to specify the current regulations describing handling and release methods that would apply to vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would add § 679.7(f)(17) through (24) to enforce compliance with proposed regulations at §§ 679.23, 679.24, and 679.42 to minimize gear conflicts and grounds preemption.
This proposed rule would add § 679.7(f)(25) to prohibit a vessel operator in the GOA from using longline pot gear to harvest sablefish IFQ or halibut IFQ in the GOA sablefish areas without having an operating VMS on board the vessel. This proposed rule would revise § 679.42(k)(1) and (2) to require a vessel operator using longline pot gear to possess a transmitting VMS transmitter on board the vessel while fishing for sablefish IFQ in the GOA. NMFS does not propose to change the VMS reporting requirements for vessels fishing for sablefish IFQ in the BSAI. This proposed rule would revise § 679.42(k)(2)(ii) to require a vessel operator fishing for sablefish IFQ in the GOA to comply with VMS requirements at § 679.28(f)(3) through (5), which explain the vessel owner's responsibilities to ensure a VMS is operating and transmitting. This proposed rule would revise § 679.42(k)(2)(ii) to require a vessel operator using longline pot gear to fish sablefish IFQ in the GOA to contact NMFS to confirm that VMS transmissions are being received from the vessel. The vessel operator would be required to receive a VMS confirmation number from NMFS before fishing in the sablefish IFQ fishery.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.20(a)(4) to replace the reference to the sablefish TAC allocation to hook-and-line gear with a reference to fixed gear, as defined at § 679.2, which would include hook-and-line and longline pot gear. This proposed rule would not change the percent of the TAC allocated to the sablefish IFQ fishery in the GOA. NMFS would continue to allocate 95 percent of the sablefish TAC in the EGOA sablefish area to vessels using fixed gear and allocate 80 percent of the sablefish TACs in each of the CGOA and WGOA sablefish areas to vessels using fixed gear.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.42(b)(2) to specify that an operator of a vessel using hook-and-line gear to harvest sablefish IFQ, halibut IFQ, or halibut Community Development Quota (CDQ) must comply with seabird avoidance measures set forth in § 679.24(e). Vessel operators using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery would not be required to comply with seabird avoidance measures under this proposed rule.
This proposed rule would revise § 679.51(a), which contains requirements for vessels in the partial observer coverage category, to remove specific reference to hook-and-line gear
This proposed rule would revise Table 15 to part 679 to identify longline pot gear as authorized gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. NMFS would revise the table to specify that authorized gear for sablefish IFQ harvested from any GOA reporting area would include longline pot gear in addition to all longline gear (
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) and 305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this proposed rule is consistent with the GOA FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the Halibut Act, and other applicable law, subject to further consideration of comments received during the public comment period.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866.
An RIR was prepared to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives. The RIR considers all quantitative and qualitative measures. A copy of this analysis is available from NMFS (see
An Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was prepared for this action, as required by Section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA). The IRFA describes the economic impact this proposed rule, if adopted, would have on small entities. The IRFA describes the action; the reasons why this action is proposed; the objectives and legal basis for this proposed rule; the number and description of directly regulated small entities to which this proposed rule would apply; the recordkeeping, reporting, and other compliance requirements of this proposed rule; and the relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this proposed rule. The IRFA also describes significant alternatives to this proposed rule that would accomplish the stated objectives of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and any other applicable statutes, and that would minimize any significant economic impact of this proposed rule on small entities. The description of the proposed action, its purpose, and the legal basis are explained in the preamble and are not repeated here. A summary of the IRFA follows. A copy of the IRFA is available from NMFS (see
For RFA purposes only, NMFS has established a small business size standard for businesses, including their affiliates, whose primary industry is commercial fishing (see 50 CFR 200.2). A business primarily engaged in commercial fishing (NAICS code 11411) is classified as a small business if it is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in its field of operation (including its affiliates), and has combined annual receipts not in excess of $11 million for all its affiliated operations worldwide.
NMFS estimates that there are a total of 310 small catcher vessels and 1 small catcher/processor that participate in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery using hook-and-line gear. These entities would be directly regulated by this proposed rule because they would be subject to the proposed requirements for using longline pot gear if they choose to use pot longline gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Thus, NMFS estimates that 311 small entities would be directly regulated by this proposed rule.
Several aspects of this rule directly regulate small entities. Small entities would be required to comply with the requirements for using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery, which include using only longline pot gear, pot limits, and gear retrieval and gear marking requirements. Authorizing longline pot gear in this proposed rule would provide an opportunity for small entities to choose whether to use longline pot gear to increase harvesting efficiencies and reduce operating costs in the sablefish IFQ fishery.
Based on public testimony to the Council and NMFS, and Section 4.9 of the Analysis, the proposed requirements for using pot gear are not expected to adversely impact small entities because each entity could choose to use longline pot gear or continue to use hook-and-line gear. In addition, the requirements for using longline pot gear would not be expected to unduly restrict sablefish harvesting operations. The Council and NMFS considered requirements that would impose larger costs on directly regulated small entities. These included requiring all vessels to remove gear from the fishing grounds each time the vessel made a landing and requiring more sophisticated and costly satellite-based gear marking systems. The Council and NMFS determined that these additional requirements were not necessary to meet the objectives of the action. This proposed rule would meet the objectives of the action while minimizing adverse impacts on fishery participants.
Small entities would be required to comply with additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements under this proposed rule if they choose to use longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery. Section 4.9 of the Analysis notes that directly regulated small entities using longline pot gear would be required to request pot tags from NMFS, maintain and submit logbooks to NMFS, have an operating VMS on board the vessel, and report additional information in a PNOL. The Analysis notes that these additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements would not be expected to adversely impact directly regulated small entities because the costs of complying with these requirements is de minimus relative to total gross fishing revenue. In addition, NMFS anticipates that many of the vessels that choose to use longline pot gear under this proposed rule currently comply with the logbook and VMS reporting requirements when participating in the sablefish IFQ fishery and in other fisheries. The Council and NMFS considered alternatives to implement additional requirements to report locations of deployed and lost gear in an electronic database. The Council and NMFS determined that these additional requirements were not necessary to meet the objectives of the action. This
Thus, there are no significant alternatives to this proposed rule that would accomplish the objectives to authorize longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery and minimize adverse economic impacts on small entities.
NMFS has not identified any duplication, overlap, or conflict between this proposed action and existing Federal rules.
The recordkeeping, reporting, and other compliance requirements would be increased slightly under this proposed rule. This proposed rule contains new requirements for vessels participating in the proposed longline pot fishery for sablefish IFQ in the GOA.
Presently, NMFS requires catcher vessel operators, catcher/processor operators, buying station operators, mothership operators, shoreside processor managers, and stationary floating processor managers to record and report all FMP species in logbooks, forms, eLandings, and eLogbooks. This proposed rule would revise regulations to require all vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to report information on fishery participation in logbooks, forms, and eLandings.
NMFS currently requires vessels in the BSAI to have an operating VMS on board the vessel while participating in the sablefish IFQ fishery. This proposed rule would revise regulations to extend this requirement to vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery.
NMFS currently requires all vessels in the sablefish and halibut IFQ fisheries to submit a PNOL to NMFS. This proposed rule would revise regulations to require vessels using longline pot gear in the GOA sablefish IFQ fishery to report the number of pots deployed, the number of pots lost, and the number of pots left deployed on the fishing grounds on the PNOL, in addition to other required information.
This proposed rule contains collection-of-information requirements subject to review and approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). These requirements have been submitted to OMB for approval. The collections are listed below by OMB control number.
Public reporting burden is estimated to average 35 minutes per individual response for Catcher Vessel Longline and Pot Gear Daily Fishing Logbook; and 50 minutes for Catcher/processor Longline and Pot Gear Daily Cumulative Production Logbook.
Public reporting burden is estimated to average 15 minutes per individual response for Prior Notice of Landing.
Public reporting burden is estimated to average 15 minutes per individual response to mark longline pot gear; 15 minutes for IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear: Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags; and 15 minutes for IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear: Request for Replacement of Longline Pot Gear Tags.
Public reporting burden is estimated to average 2 hours per individual response for VMS operation; and 12 minutes for VMS check-in report.
The cost recovery program is mentioned in this rule. The cost to implement and manage the sablefish IFQ longline pot gear fishery, including the cost of the pot tags, will be included in the annual calculation of NMFS' recoverable costs. These costs will be part of the total management and enforcement costs used in the calculation of the annual fee percentage. For example, when the pot gear tags are ordered, the payment of those tags is charged 100 percent to the IFQ Program for cost recovery purposes. This rule would not change the process that harvesters use to pay cost recovery fees.
The public reporting burden includes the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.
Public comment is sought regarding: Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the burden statements; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Send comments on these or any other aspects of the collection of information to NMFS (see
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number. All currently approved NOAA collections of information may be viewed at:
Administrative practice and procedure, Antarctica, Canada, Exports, Fish, Fisheries, Fishing, Imports, Indians, Labeling, Marine resources, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Russian Federation, Transportation, Treaties, Wildlife.
Alaska, Fisheries, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR parts 300 and 679 are proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 773-773k.
(1) The deployment of any amount or component part of setline gear anywhere in the maritime area; or
(2) The deployment of longline pot gear as defined in § 679.2 of this title, or component part of that gear in
16 U.S.C. 773
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(4) * * *
(i) For sablefish harvested from any GOA reporting area, all longline gear, longline pot gear, and, for purposes of determining initial IFQ allocation, all pot gear used to make a legal landing.
(iii) For halibut harvested from any IFQ regulatory area, all fishing gear composed of lines with hooks attached, including one or more stationary, buoyed, and anchored lines with hooks attached.
(iv) For halibut harvested from IFQ regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and that portion of Area 4A in the Gulf of Alaska west of Area 3B and east of 170°00′ W. long., all longline pot gear.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(i)
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(vi) * * *
(B) * * *
CP = catcher/processor; CV = catcher vessel; pot = longline pot or pot-and-line; lgl = longline; trw = trawl; MS = mothership.
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) If a catcher vessel, record vessel name, ADF&G vessel registration number, FFP number or Federal crab vessel permit number, operator printed name, operator signature, and page number.
(3) * * *
(i) * * *
(B)
(
(
(
(
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(B) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) * * *
(
(B) * * *
(
(v) * * *
(G)
(l) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) * * *
(F) IFQ regulatory area(s) in which the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish were harvested;
(G) IFQ permit number(s) that will be used to land the IFQ halibut, CDQ halibut, or IFQ sablefish;
(H) Gear type used to harvest the IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut (see Table 15 to this part); and
(I) If using longline pot gear in the GOA, report the number of pots set, the number of pots lost, and the number of pots left deployed on the fishing grounds.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(6)
(i) Deployment of fixed gear, as defined in § 679.2 under “Authorized fishing gear,” by an operator of a vessel fishing for IFQ halibut during the fishing period prescribed in the annual management measures published in the
(13)
(ii) Release halibut caught with longline gear by any method other than—
(iv) Allow halibut caught with longline gear to contact the vessel, if such contact causes, or is capable of causing, the halibut to be stripped from the hook.
(f) * * *
(17) Deploy, conduct fishing with, or retrieve longline pot gear in the GOA before the start or after the end of the IFQ sablefish fishing period specified in § 679.23(g)(1).
(18) Deploy, conduct fishing with, retrieve, or retain IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut from longline pot gear in the GOA:
(i) In excess of the pot limits specified in § 679.42(l)(5)(ii); and
(ii) Without a pot tag attached to each pot in accordance with § 679.42(l)(4).
(19) Deploy, conduct fishing with, or retain IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut in the GOA from a pot with an attached pot tag that has a serial number assigned to another vessel or has been reported lost, stolen, or mutilated to NMFS in a request for a replacement pot tag as described in § 679.42(l)(3)(iii).
(20) Deploy longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA without marking the gear in accordance with § 679.24(a).
(21) Fail to retrieve and remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel to fish IFQ sablefish in the Southeast Outside District of the GOA when the vessel makes an IFQ landing.
(22) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher/processor within five days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Southeast Outside District of the GOA.
(23) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor within five days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the West Yakutat District of the GOA and the Central GOA regulatory area.
(24) Fail to redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all deployed longline pot gear that is assigned to, and used by, a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor within seven days of deploying the gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the Western GOA regulatory area.
(25) Operate a catcher vessel or a catcher/processor using longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish or IFQ halibut in the GOA and fail to use functioning VMS equipment as required in § 679.42(k)(2).
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(i)
(B)
(ii)
(g) * * *
(2) Except for catches of sablefish with longline pot gear in the GOA, catches of sablefish by fixed gear during other periods may be retained up to the amounts provided for by the directed fishing standards specified at § 679.20 when made by an individual aboard the vessel who has a valid IFQ permit and unused IFQ in the account on which the permit was issued.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(3) Each end of a set of longline pot gear deployed to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA must have attached a cluster of four or more marker buoys including one hard buoy ball marked with the capital letters “LP” in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a flag mounted on a pole, and radar reflector floating on the sea surface.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) While directed fishing for IFQ sablefish in the GOA.
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) No person may use any gear other than hook-and-line, longline pot, and trawl gear when fishing for sablefish in the Eastern GOA regulatory area.
(B) No person may use any gear other than hook-and-line gear and longline pot gear to engage in directed fishing for IFQ sablefish.
(3)
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(b) * * *
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(k) * * *
(1)
(ii)
(B) The operator of the vessel must contact NMFS at 800-304-4846 (option 1) between 0600 and 0000 A.l.t. and receive a VMS confirmation number at least 72 hours prior to fishing for IFQ sablefish in the Bering Sea or Aleutian Islands.
(2)
(ii)
(B) The operator of the vessel must contact NMFS at 800-304-4846 (option 1) between 0600 and 0000 A.l.t. and receive a VMS confirmation number at least 72 hours prior to using longline pot gear to fish for IFQ sablefish in the Gulf of Alaska.
(l)
(1)
(2)
(i) Request and be issued pot tags from NMFS as specified in paragraph (l)(3);
(ii) Use pot tags as specified in paragraph (l)(4);
(iii) Deploy and retrieve longline pot gear as specified in paragraph (l)(5);
(iv) Retain IFQ halibut caught in longline pot gear if sufficient halibut IFQ is held by persons on board the vessel as specified in paragraph (l)(6); and
(v) Comply with other requirements as specified in paragraph (l)(7).
(3)
(B) The vessel owner must specify the number of requested pot tags for each vessel for each IFQ regulatory area in the GOA (up to the maximum number of pots specified in paragraph (l)(5)(ii) of this section) on the IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags form.
(ii)
(B) Each pot tag will be a unique color that is specific to the IFQ regulatory area in the GOA in which it must be deployed and imprinted with a unique serial number.
(C) NMFS will send the pot tags to the vessel owner at the address provided on the IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags form.
(iii)
(B) The vessel owner to whom the lost, stolen or mutilated pot tag was issued must submit a complete IFQ Sablefish Request for Replacement of Longline Pot Gear Tags form according to form instructions. The form is located on the NMFS Alaska Region Web site at
(C) A complete form must be signed by the vessel owner and is a sworn affidavit to NMFS indicating the reason for the request for a replacement pot tag or pot tags and the number of replacement pot tags requested by IFQ regulatory area.
(D) NMFS will review a request to replace a pot tag or tags and will issue the appropriate number of replacement pot tags. The total number of pot tags issued to a vessel owner for an IFQ regulatory area in the GOA cannot exceed the maximum number of pots authorized for use by a vessel in that IFQ regulatory area specified in paragraph (l)(5)(ii) of this section. The total number of pot tags issued to a vessel owner for an IFQ regulatory area in the GOA equals the sum of the number of pot tags issued for that IFQ regulatory area that have not been replaced plus the number of replacement pot tags issued for that IFQ regulatory area.
(iv)
(B) To register a vessel and assign pot tags, the vessel owner must annually submit a complete IFQ Sablefish Longline Pot Gear Vessel Registration and Request for Pot Gear Tags form to NMFS.
(
(
(4)
(A) Issued by NMFS according to paragraph (l)(3) of this section;
(B) The color specific to the regulatory area in which it will be used; and
(C) Inscribed with a legible unique serial number.
(ii) A valid pot tag must be attached to each pot on board the vessel to which the pot tags are assigned before the vessel departs port to fish.
(iii) A valid pot tag must be attached to a pot bridge or cross member such that the entire pot tag is visible and not obstructed.
(5)
(A) A vessel operator must mark longline pot gear used to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA as specified in § 679.24(a).
(B) A vessel operator must deploy and retrieve longline pot gear to fish IFQ sablefish in the GOA only during the sablefish fishing period specified in § 679.23(g)(1).
(ii)
(A) In the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 120 pots.
(B) In the West Yakutat District of the GOA, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 120 pots.
(C) In the Central GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 300 pots.
(D) In the Western GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator is limited to deploying a maximum of 300 pots.
(iii)
(B) In the Southeast Outside District of the GOA, a catcher/processor must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within five days of deploying the gear.
(C) In the West Yakutat District of the GOA and the Central GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within five days of deploying the gear.
(D) In the Western GOA regulatory area, a vessel operator must redeploy or remove from the fishing grounds all longline pot gear that is assigned to the vessel and deployed to fish IFQ sablefish within seven days of deploying the gear.
(iv)
(6)
(A) The IFQ halibut is caught in IFQ regulatory areas 2C, 3A, 3B, and that portion of Area 4A in the GOA west of Area 3B and east of 170°00' W. long.; and
(B) An IFQ permit holder on board the vessel has unused halibut IFQ for the IFQ regulatory area fished and IFQ vessel category.
(7)
(i) Complete a longline and pot gear Daily Fishing Logbook (DFL) or Daily Cumulative Production Logbook (DCPL) as specified in § 679.5(c); and
(ii) Comply with Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements specified in paragraph (k)(2) of this section.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i)
(B) A catcher vessel when fishing for halibut while carrying a person named on a permit issued under § 679.4(d)(1)(i), (d)(2)(i), or (e)(2), or for IFQ sablefish, as defined at § 679.2, while carrying a person named on a permit issued under § 679.4(d)(1)(i) or (d)(2)(i); or
The Department of Agriculture will submit the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the date of publication of this notice. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC; New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received by September 19, 2016. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8681.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The management of the NSIIC is vested in a Board of Directors (Board) that is appointed by the Secretary of Agriculture. The primary objective of the NSIIC is to assist U.S. sheep and goat industries by strengthening and enhancing the production and marketing of sheep, goats, and their products in the United States.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Missoula Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Missoula, Montana. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with Title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on Tuesday, September 6th, 2016, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Rocky Mountain Elk Foundation, 5705 Grant Creek Road Missoula, Montana.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Sari Lehl, RAC Coordinator by phone at 406-626-5201, or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to discuss, recommend, and vote on RAC projects.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by September 1, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Sari Lehl, RAC Coordinator, Ninemile Ranger District, 20325 Remount Road, Huson, Montana 59846; or by email to
All reasonable accommodation requests are managed on a case by case basis.
Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce.
Notice of public meeting.
The Bureau of the Census (Census Bureau) is giving notice of a meeting of the Census Scientific Advisory Committee (C-SAC). The Committee will address policy, research, and technical issues relating to a full range of Census Bureau programs and activities, including communications, decennial, demographic, economic, field operations, geographic, information technology, and statistics. The C-SAC will meet in a plenary session on September 15-16, 2016. Last minute changes to the schedule are possible, which could prevent giving advance public notice of schedule adjustments. Please visit the Census Advisory Committees Web site for the most current meeting agenda at:
September 15-16, 2016. On September 15, the meeting will begin at approximately 8:30 a.m. and end at approximately 5:00 p.m. On September 16, the meeting will begin at approximately 8:30 a.m. and end at approximately 4:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at the U.S. Census Bureau Auditorium, 4600 Silver Hill Road, Suitland, Maryland 20746.
Tara Dunlop Jackson, Branch Chief for Advisory Committees, Customer Liaison and Marketing Services Office,
The members of the C-SAC are appointed by the Director, U.S. Census Bureau. The Committee provides scientific and technical expertise, as appropriate, to address Census Bureau program needs and objectives. The Committee has been established in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Title 5, United States Code, Appendix 2, Section 10).
All meetings are open to the public. A brief period will be set aside at the meeting for public comment on September 16. However, individuals with extensive questions or statements must submit them in writing to:
If you plan to attend the meeting, please register by Monday, September 12, 2016. You may access the online registration from the following link:
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should also be directed to the Committee Liaison Officer as soon
Due to increased security and for access to the meeting, please call 301-763-9906 upon arrival at the Census Bureau on the day of the meeting. A photo ID must be presented in order to receive your visitor's badge. Visitors are not allowed beyond the first floor.
Topics of discussion will include the following items:
On April 14, 2016, Omron Automotive Electronics, Inc. submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board for its facility within FTZ 22—Site 41, in St. Charles, Illinois.
The notification was processed in accordance with the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR part 400), including notice in the
The Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce (“BIS”), has notified Walter Anders (“Anders”) and Terand, Inc. (“Terand”) (collectively, referred to as “Terand/Anders” or the “Respondents”) of its intention to initiate an administrative proceeding against Respondents pursuant to Section 766.3 of the Export Administration Regulations (the “Regulations”),
On at least eight occasions between on or about April 5, 2012, and on or about December 1, 2012, Terand/Anders caused, aided, and/or abetted the export of approximately 6,557 kg of U.S.-origin T300 carbon fiber to Singapore without the required BIS licenses. The T300 carbon fiber is subject to the Regulations, classified under Export Control Classification Number (“ECCN”) 1C210.a, and controlled for nuclear proliferation reasons, and was valued at approximately $288,736. Each of the eight exports required a license pursuant to Section 742.3 of the Regulations.
Terand/Anders' involvement in the transactions began soon after Performance Engineered Nonwovens, of Middletown, NY, was informed by BIS that its license to export T300 carbon fiber to Singapore was revoked based on concerns regarding the recipients of the items. Performance Engineered Nonwovens thereafter sought to camouflage its involvement in unlicensed exports of the carbon fiber to Singapore. Within weeks of the license revocation, Terand/Anders had agreed—following discussions between Anders, Terand's president and sole employee, and Performance Engineered Nonwovens' president, Peter Gromacki—that Terand would falsely act as the U.S. exporter of record for exports of the items to Singapore in return for a $1,400 commission for each successful export on Performance Engineered Nonwovens' behalf.
Aware of the license requirement, Terand/Anders took various actions to cause, aid, and abet unlicensed exports of the items to Singapore, while seeking to minimize the risk that the U.S. Government would learn of Performance Engineered Nonwovens' involvement in the transactions. Terand/Anders created and issued commercial invoices on Terand letterhead that falsely named Terand as the exporter and falsely stated that: “This commodity technology exported from the United States is in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations.”
Terand/Anders also acted as the intermediary between Performance Engineered Nonwovens/Gromacki and the freight forwarder, providing instructions to the forwarder, signing any required shipping documents, and receiving status reports on the progress of exports to Singapore. In addition, Terand's name appeared as the U.S. Principal Party in Interest on each of the Shippers Export Declarations filed with the U.S. Government in connection with the eight exports at issue, including after the customer in Singapore refused to place additional purchase orders through Terand after the first five of the exports. On or about September 28, 2012, Performance Engineered Nonwovens/Gromacki assured Terand/Anders that their crucial role in facilitating the unlawful exports, and their compensation for doing so, could nonetheless continue:
Starting with today's shipment, I accepted [the purchase order] under PEN [Performance Engineered Nonwovens] name but Terand can continue to serve as exporter of record as you have been doing. . . . You continue to play a crucial role. I cannot export without your help and hence the commission checks will continue to flow in your direction. I shall forward you a copy of each PO.
Terand/Anders did, in fact, continue to falsely act as the U.S. exporter of record for the remaining three exports at issue.
In so causing, aiding, and/or abetting eight exports of the items without the required BIS export licenses, Terand and Anders committed eight violations of Section 764.2(b) of the Regulations, for which they are jointly and severally liable.
WHEREAS, BIS and Respondents have entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to Section 766.18(a) of the Regulations, whereby they agreed to settle this matter in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein;
WHEREAS, I have approved of the terms of such Settlement Agreement;
IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED:
FIRST, for a period of eight (8) years from the date of this Order, Walter Anders, with last known address 10701 Huntersville Commons Drive, Suite C, Huntersville, NC 28078, and when acting for or on his behalf, his successors, assigns, employees, representatives, or agents, and Terand, Inc., with a last known address of 10701 Huntersville Commons Drive, Suite C, Huntersville, NC 28078, and when acting for or on its behalf, its successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees, representatives, or agents (each a “Denied Person” and collectively the “Denied Persons”), may not, directly or indirectly, participate in any way in any transaction involving any commodity, software or technology (hereinafter collectively referred to as “item”) exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or in any other activity subject to the Regulations, including, but not limited to:
A. Applying for, obtaining, or using any license, License Exception, or export control document;
B. Carrying on negotiations concerning, or ordering, buying, receiving, using, selling, delivering, storing, disposing of, forwarding, transporting, financing, or otherwise servicing in any way, any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or in any other activity subject to the Regulations; or
C. Benefitting in any way from any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or in any other activity subject to the Regulations.
SECOND, no person may, directly or indirectly, do any of the following:
A. Export or reexport to or on behalf of a Denied Person any item subject to the Regulations;
B. Take any action that facilitates the acquisition or attempted acquisition by a Denied Person of the ownership, possession, or control of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States, including financing or other support activities related to a transaction whereby a Denied Person acquires or attempts to acquire such ownership, possession or control;
C. Take any action to acquire from or to facilitate the acquisition or attempted acquisition from a Denied Person of any item subject to the Regulations that has been exported from the United States;
D. Obtain from a Denied Person in the United States any item subject to the Regulations with knowledge or reason to know that the item will be, or is intended to be, exported from the United States; or
E. Engage in any transaction to service any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States and which is owned, possessed or controlled by a Denied Person, or service any item, of whatever origin, that is owned, possessed or controlled by a Denied Person if such service involves the use of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States. For purposes of this paragraph, servicing means installation, maintenance, repair, modification or testing.
THIRD, after notice and opportunity for comment as provided in Section 766.23 of the Regulations, any person, firm, corporation, or business organization related to a Denied Person by affiliation, ownership, control, or position of responsibility in the conduct of trade or related services may also be made subject to the provisions of the Order.
FOURTH, Respondents shall not take any action or make or permit to be made any public statement, directly or indirectly, denying the allegations in the Proposed Charging Letter or the Order. The foregoing does not affect Respondents' testimonial obligations in any proceeding, nor does it affect their right to take legal or factual positions in civil litigation or other civil proceedings in which the U.S. Department of Commerce is not a party.
FIFTH, the Proposed Charging Letter, the Settlement Agreement, and this Order shall be made available to the public.
SIXTH, this Order shall be served on Respondents, and shall be published in the
This Order, which constitutes the final agency action in this matter, is effective immediately.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“Department”) preliminarily determines that certain new pneumatic off-the-road tires (“OTR tires”) from India are not being, or are not likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (“LTFV”). The period of investigation (“POI”) is January 1, 2015, through December 31, 2015. The estimated weighted-average dumping margins of sales at LTFV are shown in the “Preliminary Determination” section of this notice. Interested parties are invited to comment on this preliminary determination.
Effective August 19, 2016.
Lilit Astvatsatrian or Trisha Tran, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6412, or (202) 482-4852, respectively.
The Department published the notice of initiation of this investigation on February 10, 2016.
On June 6, 2016, the Department published a notice of postponement for the preliminary determination in this investigation in accordance with section 733(c)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”), and 19 CFR 351.205(f)(1).
The product covered by this investigation is OTR tires. For a full description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the preamble to the Department's regulations,
The Department is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Export prices or constructed export prices have been calculated in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Normal value (“NV”) is calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying our preliminary conclusions,
For this preliminary determination, we have calculated a zero dumping margin for each individually investigated producer/exporter of the subject merchandise. Consistent with section 733(b)(3) of the Act, we are disregarding these rates and preliminarily determine that the individually reviewed mandatory respondents have not made sales of subject merchandise at LTFV.
Consistent with section 733(d)(1)(A) of the Act, the Department has not calculated a weighted-average dumping margin for all other producers or exporters because it has not made an affirmative preliminary determination of sales at LTFV.
Because the Department has not made an affirmative preliminary determination of sales at LTFV, we are not directing U.S. Customs and Border Protection to suspend liquidation of any entries of OTR tires from India.
We will disclose the calculations performed to interested parties in this proceeding within five days of the date of announcement, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b). Interested parties are invited to comment on this preliminary determination. Case briefs or other written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the final verification report is issued in this proceeding, and rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case briefs.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce. All documents must be filed electronically using ACCESS. An electronically-filed request must be received successfully in its entirety by ACCESS by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice.
As provided in section 782(i) of the Act, we intend to verify information relied upon in making our final determination.
Section 735(a)(2)(B) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by Petitioners. On July 28, 2016, Petitioner requested that the Department postpone the final determination.
In accordance with section 735(a)(2)(B) of the Act, because our preliminary determination is negative, we are postponing the final determination. Accordingly, we will make our final determination by no later than 135 days after the date of publication of this preliminary determination, pursuant to section 735(a)(2) of the Act.
In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, we are notifying the ITC of our negative preliminary determination of sales at LTFV. If our final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination, or 45 days after our final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The scope of the investigation is certain new pneumatic off-the-road tires (OTR tires). OTR tires are tires with an off road tire size designation. The tires included in the scope may be either tube-type
Subject tires may have the following prefix or suffix designation, which appears on the sidewall of the tire:
Prefix designations:
DH—Identifies a tire intended for agricultural and logging service which must be mounted on a DH drop center rim.
VA—Identifies a tire intended for agricultural and logging service which must be mounted on a VA multipiece rim.
IF—Identifies an agricultural tire to operate at 20 percent higher rated load than standard metric tires at the same inflation pressure.
VF—Identifies an agricultural tire to operate at 40 percent higher rated load than standard metric tires at the same inflation pressure.
Suffix designations:
ML—Mining and logging tires used in intermittent highway service.
DT—Tires primarily designed for sand and paver service.
NHS—Not for Highway Service.
TG—Tractor Grader, off-the-road tire for use on rims having bead seats with nominal +0.188” diameter (not for highway service).
K—Compactor tire for use on 5° drop center or semi-drop center rims having bead seats with nominal minus 0.032 diameter.
IND—Drive wheel tractor tire used in industrial service.
SL—Service limited to agricultural usage.
FI—Implement tire for agricultural towed highway service.
CFO—Cyclic Field Operation.
SS—Differentiates tires for off-highway vehicles such as mini and skid-steer loaders from other tires which use similar size designations such as 7.00-15TR and 7.00-15NHS, but may use different rim bead seat configurations.
All tires marked with any of the prefixes or suffixes listed above in their sidewall markings are covered by the scope regardless of their intended use.
In addition, all tires that lack any of the prefixes or suffixes listed above in their sidewall markings are included in the scope, regardless of their intended use, as long as the tire is of a size that is among the numerical size designations listed in the following sections of the Tire and Rim Association Year Book, as updated annually, unless the tire falls within one of the specific exclusions set forth below. The sections of the Tire and Rim Association Year Book listing numerical size designations of covered OTR tires include:
The table of mining and logging tires included in the section on Truck-Bus tires;
The entire section on Off-the-Road tires;
The entire section on Agricultural tires; and
The following tables in the section on Industrial/ATV/Special Trailer tires:
• Industrial, Mining, Counterbalanced Lift Truck (Smooth Floors Only);
• Industrial and Mining (Other than Smooth Floors);
• Construction Equipment;
• Off-the-Road and Counterbalanced Lift Truck (Smooth Floors Only);
• Aerial Lift and Mobile Crane; and
• Utility Vehicle and Lawn and Garden Tractor.
OTR tires, whether or not mounted on wheels or rims, are included in the scope. However, if a subject tire is imported mounted on a wheel or rim, only the tire is covered by the scope. Subject merchandise includes OTR tires produced in the subject countries whether mounted on wheels or rims in a subject country or in a third country. OTR tires are covered whether or not they are accompanied by other parts,
In addition, specifically excluded from the scope are passenger vehicle and light truck tires, racing tires, mobile home tires, motorcycle tires, all-terrain vehicle tires, bicycle tires, on-road or on-highway trailer tires, and truck and bus tires. Such tires generally have in common that the symbol “DOT” must appear on the sidewall, certifying that the tire conforms to applicable motor vehicle safety standards. Such excluded tires may also have the following prefixes and suffixes included as part of the size designation on their sidewalls:
Prefix letter designations:
AT—Identifies a tire intended for service on All-Terrain Vehicles;
P—Identifies a tire intended primarily for service on passenger cars;
LT—Identifies a tire intended primarily for service on light trucks;
T—Identifies a tire intended for one-position “temporary use” as a spare only; and
ST—Identifies a special tire for trailers in highway service.
Suffix letter designations:
TR—Identifies a tire for service on trucks, buses, and other vehicles with rims having specified rim diameter of nominal plus 0.156” or plus 0.250”;
MH—Identifies tires for Mobile Homes;
HC—Identifies a heavy duty tire designated for use on “HC” 15” tapered rims used on trucks, buses, and other vehicles. This suffix is intended to differentiate among tires for light trucks, and other vehicles or other services, which use a similar designation.
Example: 8R17.5 LT, 8R17.5 HC;
LT—Identifies light truck tires for service on trucks, buses, trailers, and multipurpose passenger vehicles used in nominal highway service;
ST—Special tires for trailers in highway service; and
M/C—Identifies tires and rims for motorcycles.
The following types of tires are also excluded from the scope: Pneumatic tires that are not new, including recycled or retreaded tires and used tires; non-pneumatic tires, including solid rubber tires; aircraft tires; and turf, lawn and garden, and golf tires. Also excluded from the scope are mining and construction tires that have a rim diameter equal to or exceeding 39 inches. Such tires may be distinguished from other tires of similar size by the number of plies that the construction and mining tires contain (minimum of 16) and the weight of such tires (minimum 1500 pounds).
The subject merchandise is currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings: 4011.20.1025, 4011.20.1035, 4011.20.5030, 4011.20.5050, 4011.61.0000, 4011.62.0000, 4011.63.0000, 4011.69.0090, 4011.92.0000, 4011.93.4000, 4011.93.8000, 4011.94.4000, 4011.94.8000, 8431.49.9038, 8431.49.9090, 8709.90.0020, and 8716.90.1020. Tires meeting the scope description may also enter under the following HTSUS subheadings: 4011.99.4590, 4011.99.8590, 8424.90.9080, 8431.20.0000, 8431.39.0010, 8431.49.1090, 8431.49.9030, 8432.90.0005, 8432.90.0015, 8432.90.0030, 8432.90.0080, 8433.90.5010, 8503.00.9560, 8708.70.0500, 8708.70.2500, 8708.70.4530, 8716.90.5035 and 8716.90.5055. While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the subject merchandise is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) is rescinding its administrative review in part on small diameter graphite electrodes from the People's Republic of China (PRC) for the period of review (POR) February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016.
Effective August 19, 2016.
Dmitry Vladimirov or Michael Romani AD/CVD Operations Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0665 and (202) 482-0198, respectively.
On February 3, 2016, we published a notice of opportunity to request an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on small diameter graphite electrodes from the PRC for the POR February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), the Department will rescind an administrative review, “in whole or in part, if a party that requested a review withdraws the request within 90 days of the date of publication of notice of initiation of the requested review.” Because the petitioners timely withdrew their review request, and because no other party requested a review of the companies for which the petitioners requested a review, we are rescinding the administrative review, in part, with respect to 193 companies for which the petitioners originally sought a review.
The Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to assess antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. For the companies for which the review is rescinded, antidumping duties shall be assessed at rates equal to the cash deposit of estimated antidumping duties required at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(c)(1)(i). The Department intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions to CBP within 15 days after publication of this notice.
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of doubled antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4).
The 193 companies for which the petitioners have withdrawn their request for a review are as follows:
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Effective August 19, 2016.
Andrew Martinez at (202) 482-3627 or Karine Gziryan at (202) 482-4081; AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On April 25, 2016, the Department of Commerce (Department) published a notice of initiation of an antidumping duty investigation on ferrovanadium from the Republic of Korea.
Section 733(c)(1)(A) of the Act allows the Department to postpone the preliminary determination until no later than 190 days after the date on which the Department initiated the investigation if the petitioner makes a timely request for an extension of the period within which the determination must be made. On August 5, 2016, the Vanadium Producers and Reclaimers Association (VPRA) and VPRA members AMG Vanadium LLC (AMG V), Bear Metallurgical Company (Bear), Gulf Chemical & Metallurgical Corporation (Gulf), and Evraz Stratcor, Inc. (Stratcor) (collectively, Petitioners) made a timely request, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.205(e), for postponement of the preliminary determination, in order to provide the Department with sufficient time to develop the record in this proceeding. Because there are no compelling reasons to deny Petitioners' request, in accordance with section 733(c)(1)(A) of the Act, the Department is postponing the deadline for the preliminary determination by 50 days.
The new deadline for the preliminary determination is October 25, 2016. In accordance with section 735(a)(1) of the Act, the deadline for the final determination of this investigation will continue to be 75 days after the date of the preliminary determination, unless postponed at a later date.
This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 733(c)(2) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(f)(1).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Based on affirmative final determinations by the Department of Commerce (the Department) and the International Trade Commission (the ITC), the Department is issuing an antidumping duty order on hydrofluorocarbon blends from the People's Republic of China (PRC).
Effective August 19, 2016.
Elizabeth Eastwood or Dennis McClure, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3874 or (202) 482-5973.
In accordance with sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), and 19 CFR 351.210(c), on June 29, 2016, the Department published its affirmative final determination in the less-than-fair-value (LTFV) investigation of hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) blends and components thereof from the PRC.
The products subject to this order are HFC blends. HFC blends covered by the scope are R-404A, a zeotropic mixture consisting of 52 percent 1,1,1 Trifluoroethane, 44 percent Pentafluoroethane, and 4 percent 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane; R-407A, a zeotropic mixture of 20 percent Difluoromethane, 40 percent Pentafluoroethane, and 40 percent 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane; R-407C, a zeotropic mixture of 23 percent Difluoromethane, 25 percent Pentafluoroethane, and 52 percent 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane; R-410A, a zeotropic mixture of 50 percent Difluoromethane and 50 percent Pentafluoroethane; and R-507A, an azeotropic mixture of 50 percent Pentafluoroethane and 50 percent 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane also known as R-507. The foregoing percentages are nominal percentages by weight. Actual percentages of single component refrigerants by weight may vary by plus or minus two percent points from the nominal percentage identified above.
Any blend that includes an HFC component other than R-32, R-125, R-143a, or R-134a is excluded from the scope of this order.
Excluded from this order are blends of refrigerant chemicals that include products other than HFCs, such as blends including chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), hydrocarbons (HCs), or hydrofluoroolefins (HFOs).
Also excluded from this order are patented HFC blends, including, but not limited to, ISCEON® blends, including MO99
HFC blends covered by the scope of this order are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) at subheadings 3824.78.0020 and 3824.78.0050. Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope is dispositive.
As stated above, on August 5, 2016, in accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, the ITC notified the Department of its final determination in this investigation. In its determination, the ITC found two domestic like products: (1) HFC blends, and (2) HFC components. The ITC notified the Department of: Its affirmative determination that an industry in the United States is materially injured within the meaning of section 735(b)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, by reason of the LTFV imports of HFC blends from the PRC; its negative determination that an industry in the United States is not materially injured or threatened with material injury by reason of imports of HFC components from the PRC; and its determination that critical circumstances do not exist with respect to imports of HFC blends that are subject to the Department's affirmative critical circumstances finding.
Therefore, in accordance with section 736(a)(1) of the Act, the Department will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties equal to the amount by which the normal value of the merchandise exceeds the export price (or constructed export price) of the merchandise, for all relevant entries of HFC blends from the PRC. Antidumping duties will be assessed on unliquidated entries of HFC blends from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after February 1, 2016, the date of publication of the preliminary determination,
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, we will instruct CBP to continue to suspend liquidation on all relevant entries of HFC blends from the PRC. These instructions suspending liquidation will remain in effect until further notice.
We will also instruct CBP to require cash deposits equal to the amounts as indicated below. Accordingly, effective on the date of publication of the ITC's final affirmative injury determination,
With respect to the ITC's negative determination with respect to imports of HFC components from the PRC, we will instruct CBP to terminate the suspension of liquidation for entries of HFC components from the PRC and to refund any cash deposits made to secure the payment of estimated antidumping duties.
Section 733(d) of the Act states that instructions issued pursuant to an affirmative preliminary determination may not remain in effect for more than four months, except where exporters representing a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise request the Department to extend that four-month period to no more than six months. At the request of exporters that account for a significant proportion of HFC blends from the PRC, the Department extended the four-month period to six months in each case.
Furthermore, section 737(b) of the Act states that definitive duties are to begin on the date of publication of the ITC's final injury determination. Therefore, in accordance with section 733(d) of the Act and our practice,
With regard to the ITC's negative critical circumstances determination on imports of HFC blends from the PRC, we will instruct CBP to lift suspension and to refund any cash deposits made to secure the payment of estimated antidumping duties with respect to entries of HFC blends from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after November 3, 2015 (
The weighted-average antidumping duty margin percentages are as follows:
This notice
This order is published in accordance with section 736(a) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.211(b).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Effective August 10, 2016.
Drew Jackson at (202) 482-4406 (Brazil); Frances Veith at (202) 482-4295 (Republic of Korea); Julia Hancock or Javier Barrientos at (202) 482-1394 or (202) 482-2243, respectively (Mexico); and Stephen Bailey or William Horn at (202) 482-0193 or (202) 482-2615, respectively (Poland), AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230.
On July 21, 2016, the Department of Commerce (the Department) received antidumping duty (AD) petitions concerning imports of emulsion styrene-butadiene rubber (ESB rubber) from Brazil, the Republic of Korea (Korea), Mexico, and Poland, filed in proper form on behalf of Lion Elastomers LLC and East West Copolymer, LLC (Petitioners).
On July 25, 26, and August 2, 2016, the Department requested additional information and clarification of certain areas of the Petitions.
In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), Petitioners allege that imports of ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less-than-fair value within the meaning of section 731 of the Act, and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, an industry in the United States. Also, consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, Petitioners state that the Petitions are accompanied by information reasonably available to Petitioners supporting their allegations.
The Department finds that Petitioners filed these Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry because Petitioners are interested parties as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. The Department also finds that Petitioners demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the AD investigations that Petitioners are requesting.
Because the Petitions were filed on July 21, 2016, the period of investigation (POI) for each investigation is, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1), July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2016.
The product covered by these investigations is ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland. For a full description of the scope of these investigations,
During our review of the Petitions, the Department issued questions to, and received responses from, Petitioners pertaining to the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petitions would be an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
As discussed in the preamble to the Department's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (scope). The Department will consider all comments received from parties and, if necessary, will consult with parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determinations. If scope comments include factual information (
The Department requests that any factual information the parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigations be submitted during this time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigations may be relevant, the party may contact the Department and request permission to submit the additional information. As stated above, all such comments must be filed on the records of each of the concurrent AD investigations.
All submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS).
The Department will be giving interested parties an opportunity to provide comments on the appropriate physical characteristics of ESB rubber to
Interested parties may provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate list of physical characteristics. Specifically, they may provide comments as to which characteristics are appropriate to use as: (1) General product characteristics and (2) product-comparison criteria. We note that it is not always appropriate to use all product characteristics as product-comparison criteria. We base product-comparison criteria on meaningful commercial differences among products. In other words, although there may be some physical product characteristics utilized by manufacturers to describe ESB rubber, it may be that only a select few product characteristics take into account commercially meaningful physical characteristics. In addition, interested parties may comment on the order in which the physical characteristics should be used in matching products. Generally, the Department attempts to list the most important physical characteristics first and the least important characteristics last.
In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the AD questionnaires, all product characteristics comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. EDT on August 30, 2016, which is 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice. Any rebuttal comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. EDT on September 9, 2016. All comments and submissions to the Department must be filed electronically using ACCESS, as explained above, on the records of each of the concurrent AD investigations.
Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) At least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, the Department shall: (i) poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs the Department to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both the Department and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
With regard to the domestic like product, Petitioners do not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigations as described in Appendix I of this notice. Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that ESB rubber, as defined in the “Scope of the Investigations” in Appendix I of this notice, constitutes a single domestic like product and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
In determining whether Petitioners have standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petitions with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in Appendix I of this notice. To establish industry support, Petitioners provided their 2015 production of the domestic like product and estimated the 2015 production of Goodyear Chemical, the only other known ESB rubber producer in the United States.
Our review of the data provided in the Petitions, IUOE Letter, General Issues Supplement, Amended Petitions, and other information readily available to the Department indicates that Petitioners have established industry support.
The Department finds that Petitioners filed the Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry because they are interested parties as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act and they have demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the AD investigations that they are requesting the Department initiate.
Petitioners allege that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the individual and cumulated imports of the subject merchandise sold at less than normal value (NV).
In addition, with regard to Brazil, Korea, and Mexico, Petitioners allege that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
With regard to Poland, while the allegedly dumped imports from Poland do not exceed the statutory requirements for negligibility, Petitioners allege and provide supporting evidence that there is the potential that imports from Poland will imminently exceed the negligibility threshold and, therefore, are not negligible for purposes of a threat determination, pursuant to section 771(24)(A)(iv) of the Act.
Petitioners contend that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by reduced market share, underselling and price suppression or depression, lost sales and revenues, declines in production, capacity utilization, and U.S. shipments, negative impact on employment variables, and declines in financial performance, capital expenditures, and research and development expenditures.
The following is a description of the allegations of sales at less-than-fair value upon which the Department based its decision to initiate investigations of imports of ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland. The sources of data for the deductions and adjustments relating to U.S. price and NV are discussed in greater detail in the country-specific initiation checklists.
For Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland, Petitioners based export price (EP) on average unit values (AUVs) calculated using publicly available import statistics from the ITC's Dataweb for all imports from each subject country under the relevant Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheading for imports of ESB rubber into all U.S. ports during the POI.
Under both methodologies, to calculate ex-factory prices and to be conservative, Petitioners made no adjustments to U.S. price for movement expenses, consistent with the manner in which the data is reported in Dataweb.
For Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland, Petitioners were unable to obtain information regarding home market prices, such as price quotes for ESB rubber, or third-country prices, and therefore calculated NV based on constructed value (CV).
Based on the data provided by Petitioners, there is reason to believe that imports of ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland, are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less-than-fair value. Based on comparisons of EP to NV in accordance with sections 773(a) and (e) of the Act, the estimated dumping margin(s) for ESB rubber are as follows: (1) Brazil, 57.14 percent and 67.99 percent;
Based upon the examination of the AD Petitions on ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland, we find that the Petitions meet the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating AD investigations to determine whether imports of ESB rubber for Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less-than-fair value. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determinations no later than 140 days after the date of this initiation.
On June 29, 2015, the President of the United States signed into law the Trade Preferences Extension Act of 2015, which made numerous amendments to the AD and countervailing duty (CVD) law.
Based on shippers' manifest information from the Datamyne, Inc. U.S., Petitioners identified 11 companies in Korea as producers of ESB rubber.
With respect to Brazil, Mexico, and Poland, based on shippers' manifest information from the Datamyne, Inc. U.S., Petitioners identified: (1) One company as a producer/exporter of ESB in Brazil, Lanxess Elastomeros do Brasil S.A.; (2) one company as a producer/exporter of ESB in Mexico, Industrias Negromex S.A. de C.V.—Planta Altamira; and (3) one company as a producer/exporter of ESB in Poland, Synthos Dwory 7 Spolka Z Ograniczona Odpowiedzialnoscia Spolka Jawna (Sp. Z O.O.S.J.).
Comments for the above-referenced investigations must be filed electronically using ACCESS. An electronically-filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the Department's electronic records system, ACCESS, by 5:00 p.m. EDT by the dates noted above. We intend to finalize our decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this notice.
In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), copies of the public version of the Petitions have been provided to the governments of Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and Poland via ACCESS. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petitions to each exporter named in the Petitions, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).
We will notify the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.
The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petitions were filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of ESB rubber from Brazil, Korea, Mexico, and/or Poland are materially injuring or threatening material injury to a U.S. industry.
Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) Evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by the Department; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i) through (iv). Any party, when submitting factual information, must specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct. Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Please review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in these investigations.
Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under Part 351, or as otherwise specified by the Secretary. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under Part 351 expires. For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. on the due date. Under certain circumstances, we may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in the letter or memorandum setting forth the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, stand-alone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely-filed requests for the extension of time limits. Review
Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. On January 22, 2008, the Department published
This notice is issued and published pursuant to section 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.203(c).
For purposes of these investigations, the product covered is cold-polymerized emulsion styrene-butadiene rubber (ESB rubber). The scope of the investigations includes, but is not limited to, ESB rubber in primary forms, bales, granules, crumbs, pellets, powders, plates, sheets, strip, etc. ESB rubber consists of non-pigmented
ESB rubber is produced and sold in accordance with a generally accepted set of product specifications issued by the International Institute of Synthetic Rubber Producers (IISRP). The scope of the investigations covers grades of ESB rubber included in the IISRP 1500 and 1700 series of synthetic rubbers. The 1500 grades are light in color and are often described as “Clear” or “White Rubber.” The 1700 grades are oil-extended and thus darker in color, and are often called “Brown Rubber.”
Specifically excluded from the scope of these investigations are products which are manufactured by blending ESB rubber with other polymers, high styrene resin master batch, carbon black master batch (
The products subject to these investigations are currently classifiable under subheadings 4002.19.0015 and 4002.19.0019 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). ESB rubber is described by Chemical Abstract Services (CAS) Registry No. 9003-55-8. This CAS number also refers to other types of styrene butadiene rubber. Although the HTSUS subheadings and CAS registry number are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of these investigations is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Effective August 19, 2016.
Stephanie Moore, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230, telephone: (202) 482-3692.
Section 702 of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (as amended) (the Act) requires the Department of Commerce (the Department) to determine, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, whether any foreign government is providing a subsidy with respect to any article of cheese subject to an in-quota rate of duty, as defined in section 702(h) of the Act, and to publish quarterly updates to the type and amount of those subsidies. We hereby provide the Department's quarterly update of subsidies on articles of cheese that were imported during the periods January 1, 2016, through March 31, 2016.
The Department has developed, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, information on subsidies, as defined in section 702(h) of the Act, being provided either directly or indirectly by foreign governments on articles of cheese subject to an in-quota rate of duty. The appendix to this notice lists the country, the subsidy program or programs, and the gross and net amounts of each subsidy for which information is currently available. The Department will incorporate additional programs which are found to constitute subsidies, and additional information on the subsidy programs listed, as the information is developed.
The Department encourages any person having information on foreign government subsidy programs which benefit articles of cheese subject to an in-quota rate of duty to submit such information in writing to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20230.
This determination and notice are in accordance with section 702(a) of the Act.
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of an Opportunity To Apply for Membership on the U.S. Trade Finance Advisory Council.
The Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) has established the U.S. Trade Finance Advisory Council (TFAC) to solicit input regarding the challenges faced by U.S. exporters in accessing capital, innovative solutions that can
All applications for immediate consideration must be received by the Office of Finance and Insurance Industries by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) on Monday, August 29 2016. After that date, ITA will continue to accept applications under this notice for a period of up to two years from the deadline to fill any vacancies that may arise.
Please submit applications by email to
Office of Finance and Insurance Industries, U.S. Department of Commerce Trade Finance Advisory Council Executive Secretariat, Ericka Ukrow, Room 18002, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0405, email:
On July 25, 2016 (81 FR 48386), the Secretary of Commerce announced the establishment of the United States Trade Finance Advisory Council (the Council) in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, 5 U.S.C. App., to advise the Secretary on matters relating to private sector trade financing for U.S. exporters. As indicated in that notice, the Department of Commerce, Office of Finance and Insurance Industries, is accepting applications for membership on the TFAC. The TFAC functions solely as an advisory committee. The TFAC shall advise the Secretary in identifying effective ways to help expand access to finance for U.S. exporters, especially small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and their foreign buyers.
The TFAC shall provide a necessary forum to facilitate the discussion between a diverse group of stakeholders such as banks, non-bank financial institutions, other trade finance related organizations, and exporters to gain a better understanding regarding current challenges facing U.S. exporters in accessing finance.
The TFAC shall draw upon the experience of its members in order to obtain ideas and suggestions for innovative solutions to these challenges.
The TFAC shall develop recommendations on programs or activities that the Department of Commerce could incorporate as part of its export promotion and trade finance education efforts.
The TFAC shall report to the Secretary on its activities and recommendations. In creating its reports, the TFAC should: (1) Evaluate current credit conditions and specific financing challenges faced by U.S. exporters, especially SMEs, and their foreign buyers, (2) examine other noteworthy issues raised by stakeholders represented by the membership, (3) identify emerging financing sources that would address these gaps, and (4) recommend specific activities by which these recommendations could be incorporated and implemented.
The TFAC shall consist of no more than twenty members appointed by the Secretary. Members may be drawn from:
• U.S. companies that are exporters of goods and services;
• U.S. commercial banks that provide trade finance products, cross-border payment services, or foreign exchange solutions;
• Non-bank U.S. financial institutions that provide trade finance products, cross-border payment services, or foreign exchange solutions;
• Associations that represent: (a) U.S. exporters and SMEs; and (b) U.S. commercial banks or non-bank financial institutions or other professionals that facilitate international trade transactions;
• U.S. companies or entities whose business includes trade-finance-related activities or services;
• U.S. scholars, academic institutions, or public policy organizations with expertise in global business, trade finance, and international banking related subjects; and
• Economic development organizations and other U.S. regional, state and local governmental and non-governmental organizations whose missions or activities include the analysis, provision, or facilitation of trade finance products/services.
Membership shall include a broad range of companies and organizations in terms of products and services, company size, and geographic location of both the source and destination of trade finance. Members will be selected based on their ability to carry out the objectives of the TFAC, in accordance with applicable Department of Commerce guidelines, in a manner that ensures that the TFAC is balanced in terms of points of view and demographics. Priority may be given to candidates who have executive-level (Chief Executive Officer, Executive Chairman, President, or comparable level of responsibility) experience.
Members, with the exception of those from academia and public policy organizations, serve in a representative capacity, representing their own views and interests or those of their sponsoring entities, not as Special Government Employees. The members from academia and public policy organizations serve as experts and therefore are Special Government Employees (SGEs), pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 202, and will be required to comply with certain ethics laws and rules, including filing a Confidential Financial Disclosure form. Additionally, a member serving as an expert must not be a Federally Registered Lobbyist.
Prospective nominees should designate the capacity in which they are applying to serve and identify either their area of expertise or the U.S. industry sector they wish to represent.
Members of the TFAC will not be compensated for their services or reimbursed for their travel expenses. Appointments to the TFAC shall be made without regard to political affiliation.
Each member shall be appointed for a term of two years and will serve at the pleasure of the Secretary. The Secretary may at his/her discretion reappoint any member to an additional term or terms, provided that the member proves to work effectively on the TFAC and his/her knowledge and advice are still needed.
The TFAC chair and vice chair or vice chairs shall be selected from the members of the TFAC by the Assistant Secretary for Industry & Analysis after consulting with the members. Their term of service will not exceed the duration of the current charter term and they may be reselected for additional periods should the charter be renewed and should they remain on the TFAC.
The TFAC shall, to the extent practical, meet a minimum of two times a year. Additional meetings may be called at the discretion of the Secretary or his/her designee. The meetings will take place in Washington, DC, or elsewhere in the United States, or be held via teleconference. Members are required to attend a majority of the TFAC's meetings.
To be considered for membership, submit the following information to the email address listed in the
Applications for immediate consideration must be received by this deadline.
For all applicants, submit:
1. Name and title of the individual requesting consideration.
2. The applicant's personal resume and short biography (less than 300 words).
3. A brief statement describing how the applicant will contribute to the work of the TFAC based on his/her unique experience and perspective (not to exceed 100 words).
4. All relevant contact information, including mailing address, fax, email, phone number, and support staff information where relevant.
5. An affirmative statement that the applicant meets all eligibility criteria, including an affirmative statement that the applicant is not required to register as a foreign agent under the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938, as amended.
6. For applicants to serve in a representative capacity, also submit:
a. A sponsor letter on the sponsoring entity's letterhead containing a brief statement of why the applicant should be considered for membership on the TFAC. This sponsor letter should also address the applicant's experience and leadership related to trade finance;
b. A brief description of the company, institution, trade association, or organization to be represented and its business activities and export market(s) served, if applicable;
c. Information regarding the ownership and control of the sponsoring entity, including the stock holdings as appropriate; and
d. The sponsoring entity's size (number of employees and annual sales), place of incorporation, product or service line, major markets in which the entity operates, and the entity's export or import experience.
7. For applicants to serve as experts (
a. A statement that the applicant is not a Federally registered lobbyist and that the applicant understands that, if appointed, the applicant will not be allowed to continue to serve as a Committee member if the applicant becomes a Federally registered lobbyist.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The Pacific Fishery Management Council's (Pacific Council) Highly Migratory Species Management Team (HMSMT) will hold a webinar, which is open to the public.
The webinar will be held on Thursday, September 8, 2016, from 1:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m.
Dr. Kit Dahl, Pacific Council; telephone: (503) 820-2422; email:
The HMSMT will discuss preparation of reports for the September 12-20, 2016, Council meeting. HMS items on the Council agenda are: (1) Update on International Issues, (2) Exempted Fishing Permits, (3) Biennial Harvest Specifications and Management Measures, (4) Deep-Set Buoy Gear Exempted Fishing Permit Criteria to Advance Gear Authorization, and (5) Federal Drift Gillnet Permit Amendment.
There will be a public listening station at the Council office (see
Although non-emergency issues not contained in the meeting agenda may be discussed, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this document and any issues arising after publication of this document that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Mr. Kris Kleinschmidt at (503) 820-2425 at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 49 Assessment webinar III for Gulf of Mexico Data-limited Species.
The SEDAR 49 assessment of the Gulf of Mexico Data-limited Species will consist of a data workshop, a review workshop, and a series of assessment webinars. See
The SEDAR 49 Assessment webinar III will be held from 1 p.m. to 3 p.m. on September 14, 2016.
Julie A. Neer, SEDAR Coordinator; (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a multi-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report that compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report that describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, HMS Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and NGO's; International experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion in the Assessment Process webinars are as follows:
1. Using datasets and initial assessment analysis recommended from the Data Workshop, panelists will employ assessment models to evaluate stock status, estimate population benchmarks and management criteria, and project future conditions.
2. Participants will recommend the most appropriate methods and configurations for determining stock status and estimating population parameters.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed addition to and deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to add a product to the Procurement List that will be furnished by a nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and delete services previously furnished by such agencies.
Comments must be received on or before September 18, 2016..
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503(a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
If the Committee approves the proposed addition, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the product listed below from the nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
The following product is proposed for addition to the Procurement List for production by the nonprofit agency listed:
The following services are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Addition to and deletions from the Procurement List.
This action adds a product to the Procurement List that will be furnished by a nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products from the Procurement List previously furnished by such agencies.
Effective on September 18, 2016.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 7/15/2016 (81 FR 46061-46062), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notice of proposed addition to the Procurement List. After consideration of the material presented to it concerning capability of qualified nonprofit agency to provide the product and impact of the addition on the current or most recent contractors, the Committee has determined that the product listed below is suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in any additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities other than the small organization that will furnish the product to the Government.
2. The action will result in authorizing a small entity to furnish the product to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the product proposed for addition to the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following product is added to the Procurement List:
On 7/15/2016 (81 FR 46061-46062), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notice of proposed deletions from the Procurement List. After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the products listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products are deleted from the Procurement List:
Consumer Product Safety Commission.
Notice.
As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC or Commission) requests comments on a proposed extension of approval of a collection of information for the Publicly Available Consumer Product Safety Information Database. The Commission will consider all comments received in response to this notice before requesting an extension of approval of this collection of information from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
Submit written or electronic comments on the collection of information by October 18, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CPSC-2010-0041, by any of the following methods:
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CPSC-2010-0041, by any of the following methods:
For further information contact: Robert H. Squibb, Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814; (301) 504-7815, or by email to:
Section 212 of the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (CPSIA) added section 6A to the Consumer Product Safety Act (CPSA), which requires the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC or Commission) to establish and maintain a publicly available, searchable database on the safety of consumer products and other products or substances regulated by the Commission (Database). Among other things, section 6A of the CPSA requires the Commission to collect reports of harm from the public for potential publication in the publicly available Database, and to collect and publish comments about reports of harm from manufacturers.
The Commission announced that a proposed collection of information in conjunction with the Database, called the Publicly Available Consumer Product Safety Information Database, had been submitted to OMB for review and clearance under 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520 in a proposed rule published on May 24, 2010 (75 FR 29156). The Commission issued a final rule on the Database on December 9, 2010 (75 FR 76832). The final rule interprets various statutory requirements in section 6A of the CPSA pertaining to the information to be included in the Database and also establishes provisions regarding submitting reports of harm; providing notice of reports of harm to manufacturers; publishing reports of harm and manufacturer comments in the Database; and dealing with confidential and materially inaccurate information.
OMB approved the collection of information for the Database under control number 3041-0146. OMB's most recent extension of approval on December 2, 2013 will expire on December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the Commission now proposes to request an extension of approval of this collection of information.
The primary purpose of this information collection is to populate the publicly searchable Database of consumer product safety information mandated by section 6A of the CPSA. The Database information collection has four components: Reports of harm, manufacturer comments, branding information, and the Small Batch Manufacturer Registry (SBMR).
A manufacturer may request that the Commission designate information in a report of harm as confidential. Such a request may be made using the business portal, by email, by mail, or by fax. Additionally, any person or entity reviewing a report of harm or manufacturer comment, either before or after publication in the Database, may request that the report or comment, or portions of the report or comment, be excluded from the Database because it contains materially inaccurate information. Such a request may be made by manufacturers using the business portal, by email, mail or fax, and may be submitted by anyone else by email, mail, or fax.
We estimate the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Based
To estimate the costs for submitting reports of harm, we multiplied the estimated total burden hours associated with reports of harm (1,358 hours + 441 hours + 1,735 hours = 3,534 hours) by an estimated total compensation for all workers in private industry of $32.06 per hour,
To estimate the burden associated with submitting a general comment through the business portal regarding a report of harm, we averaged the burden provided by each company within each group and then calculated a weighted average from the three groups, weighting each group by the proportion of comments received from that group. We found that the average time to submit a general comment regarding a report of harm is 117 minutes based on the data in Table 3 (((15 minutes + 45 minutes + 30 minutes + 15 minutes)/4 companies) * .31 + ((105 minutes + 45 minutes + 150 minutes + 15 minutes)/4 companies) * .39 + ((240 minutes + 60 minutes + 480 minutes)/3 companies) * .30 = 117 minutes).
Registered businesses generally submit comments through our Web site. Unregistered businesses submit comments by mail, email, or fax. We estimate that for unregistered businesses, submitting comments takes a little longer because we often must ask the businesses to amend their submissions to include the required certifications. Thus, we estimated that on average, comments submitted by mail, email, or fax take 30 minutes longer than those submitted through our Web site (117 minutes + 30 minutes = 147 minutes).
The submission of a claim of materially inaccurate information is a relatively rare event for all respondents. Accordingly, we averaged all responses together. Eight of the businesses contacted had submitted claims of materially inaccurate information. We found that the average time to submit a claim that a report of harm contains a material inaccuracy is 165 minutes ((30 minutes + 90 minutes + 45 minutes + 90 minutes + 60 minutes + 660 minutes + 45 minutes + 300 minutes)/8 companies = 165 minutes).
Registered businesses generally submit claims through the business portal. Unregistered businesses submit claims by mail, email, or fax. We estimate that submitting claims by mail, email, or fax takes a little longer because we often must ask the businesses to amend their submission to include the required certifications. Thus, we estimated that on average, claims submitted by mail, email, or fax take 30 minutes longer than those submitted through our Web site (165 minutes + 30 minutes = 195 minutes).
The submission of a claim of confidential information is a relatively rare event for all respondents; accordingly, we averaged all responses together. Five of the businesses contacted had submitted claims of confidential information. We found that the average time to submit a claim that a report of harm contains confidential information is 42 minutes ((45 minutes + 15 minutes + 60 minutes + 30 minutes + 60 minutes)/5 companies = 42 minutes).
Registered businesses generally submit confidential information claims through the business portal. Unregistered businesses submit confidential information claims by mail, email, or fax. We estimate that submitting claims in this way takes a little longer because we often must ask the businesses to amend their submission to include the required certifications. Thus, we estimate that a confidential information claim submitted by mail, email, or fax would take 30 minutes longer than those submitted through our Web site (42 minutes + 30 minutes = 72 minutes).
For voluntary brand identification, we estimate that a response would take 10 minutes on average. Most responses consist only of the brand name and a product description. In many cases a business will submit multiple entries in a brief period of time and we can see from the date and time stamps on these records that an entry often takes less than two minutes. CPSC staff enters the same data in a similar form based on our own research, and that experience was also factored into our estimate.
For small batch manufacturer identification, we estimate that a response would take 10 minutes on average. The form consists of three check boxes and the information should be readily accessible to the respondent.
The responses summarized in Table 2 are generally submitted by manufacturers. To avoid underestimating the cost associated with the collection of this data, we assigned the higher hourly wage associated with a manager or professional in goods-producing industries to these tasks. To estimate the cost of manufacturer submissions we multiplied the estimated total burden hours in Table 2 (8,826 hours) by an estimated total compensation for a manager or professional in goods-producing industries of $68.67 per hour,
Therefore, the total estimated annual cost to respondents is $719,381 ($113,300 burden for reports of harm + $606,081 burden for manufacturer submissions = $719,381).
We estimate the annualized cost to the CPSC to be $954,531. This figure is based on the costs for four categories of work for the Database: Reports of Harm, Materially Inaccurate Information Claims, Manufacturer Comments, and Small Batch Identification. Each category is described below. No government cost is associated with Voluntary Brand Identification because this information is entered directly into the Database by the manufacturer with no processing required by the government. The information assists the government in directing reports of harm to the correct manufacturer. We did not attempt to calculate separately the government cost for claims of confidential information because the number of claims is so small. The time to process these claims is included with claims of materially inaccurate information.
The Reports of Harm category also includes sending consent requests for reports when necessary, processing that consent when received, determining whether a product is out of CPSC's jurisdiction, and confirming that pictures and attachments do not have any personally identifiable information. The Reports category also entails notifying manufacturers when one of their products is reported, completing a risk of harm determination form for every report eligible for publication, referring some reports to a Subject Matter Expert (SME) within the CPSC for a determination on whether the reports meet the requirement of having a risk of harm, and determining whether a report meets all the statutory and regulatory requirements for publication. Detailed costs are:
We estimate the annualized cost to the CPSC of $954,531 by adding the four categories of work related to the Database summarized in Tables 4 through 7 (Reports of Harm ($809,243) + MII Claims ($67,975) + Manufacturer Comments ($11,835) + Small Batch Identification ($65,478) = $954,531).
This information collection renewal request based on an estimated 12,360 burden hours per year for the Database is a decrease of 7,485 hours since this collection of information was last approved by OMB in 2013. The decrease in burden is due primarily to the fact that the number of incoming reports of harm has decreased, and the number of claims based on those reports has decreased as well. While comments did not decline significantly, they did shift to the more efficient online submissions. We note a large increase in small batch manufacturer activity, which has been rising steadily for years. However, this increase was not large enough to offset the decreases in other areas.
The Commission solicits written comments from all interested persons about the proposed collection of information. The Commission specifically solicits information relevant to the following topics:
• Whether the collection of information described above is necessary for the proper performance of the Commission's functions, including whether the information would have practical utility;
• Whether the estimated burden of the proposed collection of information is accurate;
• Whether the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected could be enhanced; and
• Whether the burden imposed by the collection of information could be minimized by use of automated, electronic or other technological collection techniques, or other forms of information technology.
U.S. Air Force Academy Board of Visitors, Department of Defense.
Meeting notice.
In accordance with 10 U.S.C. Section 9355, the U.S. Air Force Academy (USAFA) Board of Visitors (BoV) will hold a meeting at the Center for Character and Leadership Development Building, U.S. Air Force Academy, Colorado Springs, CO on Sept 7 & 8, 2016. On Wednesday, Sept 7, the meeting will begin at 1300 and conclude at 1600. On Thursday, Sept 8, the meeting will begin at 8:00 a.m. and conclude at 1515. The purpose of this meeting is to review morale and discipline, social climate, curriculum, instruction, infrastructure, fiscal affairs, academic methods, and other matters relating to the Academy. Specific topics for this meeting include a Superintendent's Update; USAFA Non-Profits Update; Religious Respect Update; USAFA Academics Update; USAFA's Climate Assessment Survey Results. Public attendance at this USAFA BoV meeting shall be accommodated on a first-come, first-served basis up to the reasonable and safe capacity of the meeting room. In addition, any member of the public wishing to provide input to the USAFA BoV should submit a written statement in accordance with 41 CFR Section 102-3.140(c) and section 10(a)(3) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act and the procedures described in this paragraph. Written statements must address the following details: The issue, discussion, and a recommended course of action. Supporting documentation may also be included as needed to establish the appropriate historical context and provide any necessary background information. Written statements can be submitted to the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) at the Air Force address detailed below at any time. However, if a written statement is not received at least 10 calendar days before the first day of the meeting which is the subject of this notice, then it may not be provided to or considered by the BoV until its next open meeting. The DFO will review all timely submissions with the BoV Chairman and ensure they are provided to members of the BoV before the meeting that is the subject of this notice. If after review of timely submitted written comments and the BoV Chairman and DFO deem appropriate, they may choose to invite the submitter of the written comments to orally present the issue during an open portion of the BoV meeting that is the subject of this notice. Members of the BoV may also petition the Chairman to allow specific personnel to make oral presentations before the BoV. In accordance with 41 CFR Section 102-3.140(d), any oral presentations before the BoV shall be in accordance with agency guidelines provided pursuant to a written invitation and this paragraph. Direct questioning of BoV members or meeting participants by the public is not permitted except with the approval of the DFO and Chairman. For the benefit of the public, rosters that list the names of BoV members and any releasable materials presented during the open portions of this BoV meeting shall be made available upon request.
For additional information or to attend this BoV meeting, contact Major James Kuchta, Accessions and Training Division, AF/A1PT, 1040 Air Force Pentagon, Washington, DC 20330, (703) 695-4066,
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board.
Notice.
This notice announces the membership of the Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (DNFSB) Senior Executive Service (SES) Performance Review Board (PRB).
August 19, 2016.
Send comments concerning this notice to: Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board, 625 Indiana Avenue NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC 20004-2001.
Deborah Biscieglia by telephone at (202) 694-7041.
5 U.S.C. 4314(c)(1) through (5) requires each agency to establish, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Office of Personnel Management, one or more performance review boards. The PRB shall review and evaluate the initial summary rating of a senior executive's performance, the executive's response, and the higher level official's comments on the initial summary rating. In addition, the PRB will review and recommend executive performance bonuses and pay increases.
The DNFSB is a small, independent Federal agency; therefore, the members of the DNFSB SES Performance Review Board listed in this notice are drawn from the SES ranks of other agencies. The following persons comprise a standing roster to serve as members of the Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board SES Performance Review Board:
Christopher E. Aiello, Special Advisor to the Deputy to the Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
David M. Capozzi, Executive Director, United States Access Board;
Cedric R. Hendricks, Associate Director for the Office of Legislative, Intergovernmental and Public Affairs, Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency;
Barry S. Socks, Chief Operating Officer, National Capital Planning Commission;
Dr. Michael L. Van Woert, Director, National Science Board Office, National Science Foundation.
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 19, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Stacey Slijepcevic, 202-453-6150.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy.
Notice of information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on the currently approved information collection, FERC-577 (Natural Gas Facilities: Environmental Review and Compliance).
Comments on the collection of information are due October 18, 2016.
You may submit comments (identified by Docket No. IC16-16-000) by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Revision to FR Notice Published 07/22/2016; Correct Comment Period from 9/05/2016 to 09/06/2016.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice.
The following applicants filed AM or FM proposals to change the community of License: Campo Elias Munera, Station NEW, Facility ID 198790, BNPH-20151013AIU, From Roaring Springs, TX, To Girard, TX; LLC Marble City Media, LLC, Station WFXO, Facility ID 704, BPH-20160802ACA, From Ashland, AL, To Stewartville, AL; Noalmark Broadcasting Corporation, Station KMLK, Facility ID 85169, BPH-20160809AAJ, From El Dorado, AR, To Junction City, AR; United Broadcasting Company, Inc., Station KTKK, Facility ID14890, BP-20140623AAZ, From Sandy, UT, To Kearns, UT.
Comments may be filed through October 18, 2016.
Federal Communications Commission, 445 Twelfth Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
Tung Bui, 202-418-2700.
The full text of these applications is available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the Commission's Reference Center, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554 or electronically via the Media Bureau's Consolidated Data Base System,
Federal Election Commission.
Tuesday, August 16, 2016 at 10:00 a.m.
999 E Street NW., Washington, DC (Ninth Floor).
This meeting will be open to the public.
Motion to Set Priorities and Scheduling on Pending Enforcement Matters Awaiting Reason-to-Believe Consideration.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than September 15, 2016.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of New York (Ivan Hurwitz, Vice President) 33 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10045-0001. Comments can also be sent electronically to
1.
Attendees who wish to attend the September 13-14, 2016 ICD-10-CM C&M meeting must submit their name and organization by September 2, 2016 for inclusion on the visitor list. This visitor list will be maintained at the front desk of the CMS building and used by the guards to admit visitors to the meeting.
Participants who attended previous Coordination and Maintenance meetings will no longer be automatically added to the visitor list. You must request inclusion of your name prior to each meeting you wish to attend.
Please register to attend the meeting on-line at:
September 13-14, 2016.
Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
CMS and National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) no longer provide paper copies of handouts for the meeting. Electronic copies of all meeting materials will be posted on the CMS and NCHS Web sites prior to the meeting at
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the CDC, National Center for Environmental Health/Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (NCEH/ATSDR) announces the following meeting of the aforementioned committee:
Individuals wishing to make a comment during the public comment period or to attend the meeting in person, please email your name, organization, and phone number by Thursday, September 15, 2016 to Amanda Malasky at
Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) announces the following meeting of the aforementioned committee.
Times and Dates: 11 a.m.-5:30 p.m., EDT, September 15, 2016. 8:30 a.m.-1 p.m., EDT, September 16, 2016.
Requests to make oral presentations should be submitted in writing to the contact person listed below. All requests must contain the name, address, telephone number, and organizational affiliation of the presenter.
Written comments should not exceed five single-spaced typed pages in length and must be received by September 6, 2016.
The agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), announces the following meeting for the aforementioned subcommittee:
Time and Date: 10:30 a.m.-5 p.m., EDT, September 13, 2016.
In December 2000, the President delegated responsibility for funding, staffing, and operating the Advisory Board to HHS, which subsequently delegated this authority to CDC. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) implements this responsibility for CDC. The charter was issued on August 3, 2001, renewed at appropriate intervals, rechartered on
The agenda is subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
General notice.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), located within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announces fees for vessel sanitation inspections for Fiscal Year (FY) 2017. These inspections are conducted by HHS/CDC's Vessel Sanitation Program (VSP). VSP helps the cruise line industry fulfill its responsibility for developing and implementing comprehensive sanitation programs to minimize the risk for acute gastroenteritis. Every vessel that has a foreign itinerary and carries 13 or more passengers is subject to twice-yearly unannounced inspections and, when necessary, reinspection.
These fees are effective October 1, 2016, through September 30, 2017.
CAPT Jaret T. Ames, Chief, Vessel Sanitation Program, National Center for Environmental Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 4770 Buford Highway NE., MS F-59, Atlanta, Georgia 30341-3717; phone: 800-323-2132, 770-488-3141, or 954-356-6650; email:
HHS/CDC established the Vessel Sanitation Program (VSP) in the 1970s as a cooperative activity with the cruise ship industry. VSP helps the cruise ship industry prevent and control the introduction, transmission, and spread of gastrointestinal illnesses on cruise ships. VSP operates under the authority of the Public Health Service Act (Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act;
The fee schedule for sanitation inspections of passenger cruise ships by VSP was first published in the
The following formula will be used to determine the fees:
Total cost of VSP = Total cost of operating the program, such as administration, travel, staffing, sanitation inspections, and outbreak response. Weighted number of annual inspections = Total number of ships and inspections per year accounting for vessel size, number of inspectors needed for vessel size, travel logistics to conduct inspections, and vessel location and arrivals in U.S. jurisdiction per year.
The fee schedule was originally established and published in the
The fee schedule (Appendix A) will be effective October 1, 2016, through September 30, 2017.
The fees will apply to all passenger cruise vessels for which inspections are conducted as part of HHS/CDC's VSP. Inspections and reinspections involve the same procedures, require the same amount of time, and are therefore charged at the same rates.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces the next meeting date of the Advisory Panel on Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests (the Panel) on Monday, September 12, 2016. The purpose of the Panel is to advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) (the Secretary) and the Acting Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) (the Acting Administrator) on issues related to clinical diagnostic laboratory tests. The Panel will address Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule issues relevant to the June 23, 2016 final rule entitled “Medicare Program; Medicare Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests Payment System” (81 FR 41035 through 41101), which are designated in the Panel's charter and outlined in the agenda.
• Name.
• Company name.
• Address.
• Email addresses.
Glenn C. McGuirk, Designated Federal Official (DFO), Center for Medicare, Division of Ambulatory Services, CMS, 7500 Security Boulevard, Mail Stop C4-01-26, Baltimore, MD 21244, 410-786-5723, email
The Advisory Panel on Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests is authorized by section 1834A(f)(1) of the Social Security Act (the Act) (42 U.S.C. 1395m-1), as established by section 216 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (PAMA) (Pub. L. 113-93, enacted April 1, 2014). The Panel is subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of advisory panels.
Section 1834A(f)(1) of the Act directs the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (Secretary) to consult with an expert outside advisory panel, established by the Secretary, composed of an appropriate selection of individuals with expertise in issues related to clinical diagnostic laboratory tests. Such individuals may include molecular pathologists, clinical laboratory researchers, and individuals with expertise in laboratory science or health economics.
The Panel will provide input and recommendations to the Secretary and the Acting Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), on the following:
• The establishment of payment rates under section 1834A of the Act for new clinical diagnostic laboratory tests, including whether to use crosswalking or gapfilling processes to determine payment for a specific new test;
• The factors used in determining coverage and payment processes for new clinical diagnostic laboratory tests; and
• Other aspects of the new payment system, to be based on private payor rates, under section 1834A of the Act.
A notice announcing the establishment of the Panel and soliciting nominations for members was published in the October 27, 2014
The Panel charter provides that panel meetings will be held up to four times annually. The Panel consists of 15 individuals and a Chair. The Panel Chair facilitates the meeting and the Designated Federal Official (DFO) or DFO's designee must be present at all meetings.
This meeting is open to the public. The on-site check-in for visitors will be held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. on Monday, September 12, 2016. Following the opening remarks, the Panel will hear oral presentations from the public for no more than 1 hour during each of two sessions, one session in the morning and one session in the afternoon. During session one, registered persons from the public may present recommendations on payment options for routine chemistry tests that are currently paid as Automated Test Panels (ATPs) following implementation of the new payment system for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests on January 1, 2018. During session two, registered persons from the public may present recommendations on the application process for Advanced Diagnostic Laboratory Tests (ADLTs).
The agenda for the September 12, 2016, meeting will provide for discussion and comment on specified CLFS issues relevant to the final rule, CMS-1621-F entitled, “Medicare Program; Medicare Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests Payment System,” which are designated in the Panel's charter. Specifically, the Panel will discuss the following issues:
• Payment for routine chemistry tests that are currently paid as ATPs following implementation of the new payment system for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests on January 1, 2018.
• The application process for ADLTs.
A detailed agenda will be posted approximately 2 weeks before the meeting, on the CMS Web site listed in the
The Panel's meeting on September 12, 2016, is open to the public. Priority will be given to those who pre-register and attendance may be limited based on the number of registrants and the space available.
Persons wishing to attend this meeting, which is located on federal property, must register by following the instructions in the
The following are the security, building, and parking guidelines:
• Persons attending the meeting, including presenters, must be pre-registered and on the attendance list by the prescribed date.
• Individuals who are not pre-registered in advance may not be permitted to enter the building and may be unable to attend the meeting.
• Attendees must present a government-issued photo identification to the Federal Protective Service or Guard Service personnel before entering the building. Without a current, valid photo ID, persons may not be permitted entry to the building.
• Security measures include inspection of vehicles, inside and out, at the entrance to the grounds.
• All persons entering the building must pass through a metal detector.
• All items brought into CMS including personal items, for example, laptops and cell phones are subject to physical inspection.
• The public may enter the building 30 to 45 minutes before the meeting convenes each day.
• All visitors must be escorted in areas other than the lower and first-floor levels in the Central Building.
• The main-entrance guards will issue parking permits and instructions upon arrival at the building.
Individuals requiring special accommodations must include the request for these services during registration.
The Panel's recommendations will be posted after the meeting on our Web site as specified in the
The Secretary's Charter for the Advisory Panel on Clinical Diagnostic Laboratory Tests is available on the CMS Web site as specified in the
This document does not impose information collection requirements, that is, reporting, recordkeeping or third-party disclosure requirements. Consequently, there is no need for review by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by September 19, 2016.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
Section 801(e)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act)
In the
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by September 19, 2016.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North,10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
The Mammography Quality Standards Act (Pub. L. 102-539) requires the establishment of a Federal certification and inspection program for mammography facilities; regulations and standards for accreditation and certification bodies for mammography facilities; and standards for mammography equipment, personnel, and practices, including quality assurance. The intent of these regulations is to assure safe, reliable, and accurate mammography on a nationwide level. Under the regulations, as a first step in becoming certified, mammography facilities must become accredited by an FDA-approved accreditation body (AB). This requires undergoing a review of their clinical images and providing the AB with information showing that they meet the equipment, personnel, quality assurance, and quality control standards, and have a medical reporting and recordkeeping program, a medical outcomes audit program, and a consumer complaint mechanism. On the basis of this accreditation, facilities are then certified by FDA or an FDA-approved State certification agency and must prominently display their certificate. These actions are taken to ensure safe, accurate, and reliable mammography on a nationwide basis.
The following sections of Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) are not included in the burden tables because they are considered usual and customary practice and were part of the standard of care prior to the implementation of the regulations. Therefore, they resulted in no additional burden: 21 CFR 900.12(c)(1) and (3) and 900.3(f)(1). Section 900.24(c) was also not included in the burden tables because if a certifying State had its approval withdrawn, FDA would take over certifying authority for the affected facilities. Because FDA already has all the certifying State's electronic records, there wouldn't be an additional reporting burden.
We have rounded numbers in the “Total Hours” column in all three burden tables. (Where the number was a portion of 1 hour, it has been rounded to 1 hour. All other “Total Hours” have been rounded to the nearest whole number.)
We do not expect any respondents for § 900.3(c) because all four ABs are approved until April 2020.
In the
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Public Law 92-463), notice is hereby given of the following meeting:
The purpose of the ACICBL meeting is to continue discussions on the ACICBL 16th report which is focused on enhancing community-based clinical training.
Requests to make oral comments or provide written comments to the ACICBL should be sent to Dr. Joan Weiss, Designated Federal Official, using the address and phone number below. Individuals who plan to participate on the conference call and webinar should notify Dr. Weiss at least 3 days prior to the meeting, using the address and phone number below. Members of the public will have the opportunity to provide comments. Interested parties should refer to the meeting subject as the HRSA Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages.
• The conference call-in number is 1-800-619-2521. The passcode is: 9271697.
• The webinar link is
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Public Law 92-463), notice is hereby given of the following meeting:
Requests by members of the public to make oral comments or provide written comments to the ACTPCMD should be sent to Dr. Joan Weiss, Designated Federal Official, using the address and phone number below. Individuals who plan to participate on the conference call and webinar should notify Dr. Weiss at least 3 days prior to the meeting, using the address and phone number below. Interested parties should refer to the meeting subject as the HRSA Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry or ACTPCMD.
• The conference call-in number is 1-800-619-2521. The passcode is 9271697.
• The webinar link is
National Vaccine Program Office, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
As stipulated by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Department of Health and Human Services is hereby giving notice that the National Vaccine Advisory Committee (NVAC) will hold a meeting September 20, 2016. The meeting is open to the public. However, pre-registration is required for both public attendance and public comment. Individuals who wish to attend the meeting and/or participate in the public comment session should register at
The meeting will be held on September 20, 2016. The meeting times and agenda will be posted on the NVAC Web site at
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, the Great Hall, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201.
The meeting can also be accessed through a live webcast the day of the meeting. For more information, visit
National Vaccine Program Office, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Room 715-H, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201. Phone: (202) 690-5566; email:
Pursuant to Section 2101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-1), the Secretary of Health and Human Services was mandated to establish the National Vaccine Program to achieve optimal prevention of human infectious diseases through immunization and to achieve optimal prevention against adverse reactions to vaccines. The NVAC was established to provide advice and make recommendations to the Director of the National Vaccine Program on matters related to the Program's responsibilities. The Assistant Secretary for Health serves as Director of the National Vaccine Program.
The September 2016 NVAC meeting will include a discussion of the 2010 National Vaccine Plan Mid-course Review. The NVAC's Mid-course Review Working Group and the Maternal Immunization Working Group will also present their findings and recommendations for deliberation and vote by the Committee. Members will also receive an update on the recently released CDC Strategic Framework for Global Immunizations. Please note that agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate. Information on the final meeting agenda will be posted prior to the meeting on the NVAC Web site:
Public attendance at the meeting is limited to the available space. Individuals who plan to attend in person and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the National Vaccine Program Office at the address/phone listed above at least one week prior to the meeting. For those unable to attend in person, a live webcast will be available. More information on registration and accessing the webcast can be found at
Members of the public will have the opportunity to provide comments at the NVAC meeting during the public comment periods designated on the agenda. Public comments made during the meeting will be limited to three minutes per person to ensure time is allotted for all those wishing to speak. Individuals are also welcome to submit their written comments. Written comments should not exceed three pages in length. Individuals submitting written comments should email their comments to the National Vaccine Program Office (
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors, National Human Genome Research Institute.
The meeting will be closed to the public as indicated below in accordance with the provisions set forth in section 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended for the review, discussion, and evaluation of individual intramural programs and projects conducted by the National Human Genome Research Institute, including consideration of personnel qualifications and performance, and the competence of individual investigators, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
This notice announces a meeting of the Scientific Advisory Committee on Alternative Toxicological Methods (SACATM). SACATM advises the Interagency Coordinating Committee on the Validation of Alternative Methods (ICCVAM), the National Toxicology Program (NTP) Interagency Center for the Evaluation of Alternative Toxicological Methods (NICEATM), and the Director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) and NTP regarding statutorily mandated duties of ICCVAM and activities of NICEATM. The meeting is open to the public, and registration is requested for both public attendance and oral comment and required to access the webcast. Information about the meeting and registration is available at
Dr. Lori White, Designated Federal Officer for SACATM, Office of Liaison, Policy, and Review, Division of NTP, NIEHS, P.O. Box 12233, K2-03, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709. Phone: 919-541-9834, fax: 301-480-3272, email:
Time is allotted during the meeting for the public to present oral comments on the agenda topics. Public comments can be presented in-person at the meeting or by teleconference line. There are 50 lines for this call; availability is on a first-come, first-served basis. The lines will be open from 8:30 a.m. until adjournment on September 27, although SACATM will receive public comments only during the formal public comment periods, as indicated on the preliminary agenda. Each organization is allowed one time slot per agenda topic. Each speaker is allotted at least 7 minutes, which if time permits, may be extended to 10 minutes at the discretion of the SACATM chair.
Persons wishing to present oral comments are encouraged to register using the SACATM meeting registration form (
NICEATM administers ICCVAM, provides scientific and operational support for ICCVAM-related activities, and conducts independent validation studies to assess the usefulness and limitations of new, revised, and alternative test methods and strategies. NICEATM and ICCVAM work collaboratively to evaluate new and improved test methods and strategies applicable to the needs of U.S. federal agencies. NICEATM and ICCVAM welcome the public nomination of new, revised, and alternative test methods and strategies for validation studies and technical evaluations. Additional information about ICCVAM and NICEATM can be found at
SACATM was established in response to the ICCVAM Authorization Act [Section 285
Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security.
Request for applications.
The Coast Guard seeks applications for membership on the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee. The Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee provides advice and makes recommendations to the Coast Guard and the Department of Homeland Security on various matters relating to the safe operation of commercial fishing industry vessels. Applicants selected for service on the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee via this solicitation will not begin their respective terms until May 2017.
Completed applications should reach the Coast Guard on or before October 18, 2016.
Applicants should send a cover letter expressing interest in an appointment to the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee that identifies which membership category the applicant is applying under, along with a resume detailing the applicant's related experience for that category via one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Mr. Jack Kemerer, Alternate Designated Federal Officer, telephone at 202-372-1249, fax at 202-372-8377, or email at
The Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee is a federal advisory committee established in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, (Title 5, U.S.C. Appendix). The Coast Guard chartered the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee to provide advice on issues related to the safety of commercial fishing industry vessels regulated under chapter 45 of title 46, United States Code, which includes uninspected fish catching vessels, fish processing vessels, and fish tender vessels. (
The Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee meets at least once a year. It may also meet for other extraordinary purposes. Its subcommittees or working groups may communicate throughout the year to prepare for meetings or develop proposals for the committee as a whole to address specific tasks.
Each member serves for a term of three years. An individual may be appointed to a term as a member more than once, but not more than two terms consecutively. All members serve at their own expense and receive no salary from the Federal Government, although travel reimbursement and per diem may be provided for called meetings.
The Coast Guard will consider applications for five (05) positions that expire or become vacant in May 2017 in the following categories:
(a) Individuals who represent the Commercial Fishing Industry (
(b) An individual who represents the General Public (
(c) An individual who represents education or training professionals related to fishing vessel, fish processing vessel, or fish tender vessel safety, or personnel qualifications (
(d) An individual who represents underwriters that insure commercial fishing industry vessels (
If you are selected as a member who represents the general public, you will be appointed and serve as a Special Government Employee as defined in section 202(a) of Title 18, U.S.C. As a candidate for appointment as a Special Government Employee, applicants are required to complete a Confidential Financial Disclosure Report (OGE Form 450). The Coast Guard may not release the reports or the information in them to the public except under an order issued by a Federal court or as otherwise provided under the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a). Only the Designated Coast Guard Ethics Official or his or her designee may release a Confidential Financial Disclosure Report. Applicants can obtain this form by going to the Web site of the Office of Government Ethics (
Registered lobbyists are not eligible to serve on federal advisory committees in an individual capacity. See “Revised Guidance on Appointment of Lobbyist to Federal Advisory Committees, Boards, and Commissions” (79 CFR 47482, August 13, 2014). The position we list for a member who represents the general public would be someone appointed in their individual capacity and would be designated as a Special Government Employee as defined in 202(a), Title 18, U.S.C. Registered lobbyists are lobbyists as defined in 2 U.S.C. 1602 who are required by 2 U.S.C 1603 to register with the Secretary of the Senate and Clerk of the House Representatives.
The Department of Homeland Security does not discriminate in selection of Committee members on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, political affiliation, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, disability and genetic information, age, membership in an employee organization, or any other non-merit factor. The Department of Homeland Security strives to achieve a widely diverse candidate pool for all of its recruitment actions.
If you are interested in applying to become a member of the Committee, send your cover letter and resume to Mr. Jack Kemerer, Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee Alternate Designated Federal Officer, via one of the transmittal methods in the
Office of the Assistance Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
To that end, the Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) will use a standardized training assessment instrument to evaluate learners' reactions to training or technical assistance programs. With the information collected, PIH will measure, evaluate, and compare the performance of its various training programs over time. The design of this form follows industry-accepted best practices, allowing additional comparisons to other training programs in business and government.
Examples of how the Training Evaluation Form is currently being used and will be used are: To inspect HUD insured and assisted properties, prospective contract inspectors are required to successfully complete HUD Uniform Physical Condition Standards (UPCS) inspection training. The training consists of a pre-requisite computer-based component followed by an instructor-led component, each of which is evaluated using the Training Evaluation Form. To become familiar with the UPCS inspection process and requirements, thereby facilitating and enhancing maintenance of properties and preparation for upcoming contract inspections, public housing agency (PHA) employees and multifamily property owners and agents (POAs) are able to take a computer-based UPCS training, which is also evaluated using the Training Evaluation Form.
PIH proposes to use the training form in the future to evaluate training offered to contract inspectors who will be conducting Uniform Physical Condition Standards-Voucher (UPCS-V) inspections of 2.2 million Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher units.
PIH also proposes to use the training form in the future for all other training offered to PIH program participants and stakeholders on major regulatory changes. These sessions may be held as technical assistance seminars, conferences, briefings, or online webinars.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of Policy Development and Research, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806.
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna Guido at
This notice informs the public that HUD has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the information collection described in Section A.
In signing on to The ConnectHome Challenge, a community is committing, among other things, to: (1) Establish (possibly in collaboration with their
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Arlette Mussington, Office of Policy, Programs and Legislative Initiatives, PIH, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., (L'Enfant Plaza, Room 2206), Washington, DC 20410; telephone 202-402-4109, (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Mussington.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, HUD.
Announcement of funding awards.
In accordance with Section 102(a)(4)(C) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Reform Act of 1989, this announcement notifies the public of funding decisions made by the Department. The public was notified of the availability of the Emergency Safety and Security funds with PIH Notice 2016-03 (Notice), which was issued March 9, 2016. Additionally, Public Housing Authorities (PHAs) were notified of funds availability via electronic mail and a posting to the HUD Web site. PHAs were funded in accordance with the terms of the Notice. This announcement contains the consolidated names and addresses of this year's award recipients under the Capital Fund Emergency Safety and Security grant program.
For questions concerning the Emergency Safety and Security awards, contact Ivan Pour, Director, Office of Capital Improvements, Office of Public Housing, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4130, Washington, DC 20410, telephone (202) 708-1640. Hearing or speech-impaired individuals may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
The Capital Fund Emergency Safety and Security program provides grants to PHAs for physical safety and security measures necessary to address crime and drug-related emergencies. More specifically, in accordance with Section 9 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437g) (1937 Act), and The Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113), (FY 2016 appropriations), Congress appropriated funding to provide assistance to “public housing agencies for emergency capital needs including safety and security measures necessary to address crime and drug-related activity as well as needs resulting from unforeseen or unpreventable emergencies and natural disasters excluding Presidentially declared disasters occurring in fiscal year [2016].”
The FY 2016 awards in this Announcement were evaluated for funding based on the criteria in the Notice. These awards are funded from the set-aside in the FY 2016 appropriations. In accordance with Section 102 (a)(4)(C) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Reform Act of 1989 (103 Stat.1987, 42 U.S.C. 3545), the Department is publishing the names, addresses, and amounts of the 24 awards made under the set aside in Appendix A to this document.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.
Notice.
This notice revises the User Fee Schedule for the Technical Suitability of Products program published as a notice along with a final rule on August 9, 1984, and later revised in notices published on January 22, 1985, August 1, 1990, and May 1, 1997. This revised schedule increases fees and amends the fee schedule stated in the May 1, 1997 notice.
Pamela Beck Danner, Administrator, Office of Manufactured Housing Programs, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Room 9168, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email
Under the authority of Section 7(j) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act (42 U.S.C. 3535(j)), which permits the Department to “establish fees and charges for inspection, project review and financing service, . . . and other beneficial rights, privileges, licenses, and services” it provides, the Department issued a final rule on August 9, 1984 (49 FR 31854), codified at 24 CFR 200.934, establishing a system of fees to be charged to manufacturers of products and materials used on structures approved for mortgages or loans insured under the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1701
Under the rule, manufacturers that seek HUD acceptance of their materials and products under the TSP program will be charged fees for initial applications, renewals, and revisions with respect to review of documentation demonstrating technical suitability. Paragraph (c) of 24 CFR 200.934 provides, in relevant part, that the Department will “establish and amend” the fee schedule by publication of a notice in the
The Department has not amended the present fee schedule since May 1, 1997 (62 FR 23783). Income received as a
Accordingly, notice is hereby given that the Department is revising the fee schedule published in the notice of May 1, 1997 (62 FR 23783), as set forth below. Note that the Department is discontinuing issuance of State Letters of Acceptance (SLA) and Mechanical Engineering Bulletins (MEB). This modification reflects a change in Departmental procedures which authorized the Department's State Offices to issue SLAs; MEBs, which covers separate utility cores or nonstandard mechanical systems,
The complete fee schedule, as revised, is as follows:
Structural Engineering Bulletins (SEBs)—$6,000.
Materials Releases (MRs)—$6,000.
Use of Materials Bulletins—Administrator Review for Acceptance (ARAs)—$4,400.
Structural Engineering Bulletins (SEBs)—$3,000.
Materials Releases (MRs)—$3,000.
The following fee schedule, as revised, will be assessed every three years for renewal without change:
Structural Engineering Bulletins (SEBs)—$1,200.
Materials Releases (MRs)—$1,200.
Sections 7 (d) and (j), Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, 42 U.S.C. 3535 (d) and (j), and 24 CFR 200.934(c).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for possible use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588 or send an email to
In accordance with the December 12, 1988 court order in
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Arlette Mussington, Office of Policy, Programs and Legislative Initiatives, PIH, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., (L'Enfant Plaza, Room 2206), Washington, DC 20410; telephone 202-402-4109, (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Mussington.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
Tenant data is collected to understand demographic, family profile, income, and housing information for participants in the Public Housing, Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher, Section 8 Project Based Certificate, Section 8 Moderate Rehabilitation, and Moving to Work Demonstration programs. This data also allows HUD to monitor the performance of programs and the performance of public housing agencies that administer the programs.
• MTW Agencies are providing housing assistance through a wide variety of interesting and creative programs that fall outside of sections 8 and 9 need to be able to report households served through these programs into PIC.
• The Moving to Work (MTW) PIC Module is currently unable to capture all of the households served through MTW activities because the HUD 50058 MTW Form in PIC does not have a code for reporting Local, Non-Traditional assisted families in the PIC system.
• Agencies have not been reporting these families into PIC and this makes it difficult to accurately account for the number of MTW families being served.
• The MTW statute (1996 Appropriations Act, Section 204) states that an agency may combine its funding as provided under Sections 8 and 9 to provide housing assistance and services for low-income families. At the outset of the demonstration, a number of MTW agencies used this flexibility to design activities that went outside the bounds of the eligible activities of Sections 8 and 9 of the 1937 Act. Though the Standard MTW Agreement did not contain this flexibility, HUD committed to MTW agencies during negotiations that any provision permitted under an agency's original MTW agreement that was legal could be retained under the Standard Agreement.
• On October 1, 2009, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development issued a letter to MTW agencies regarding the availability of the broader uses of funds authority, under the Moving to Work (MTW) program. The letter provided a brief description of the required steps that must be completed in order for agencies to access this additional MTW authorization.
• Create a Local, Non-Traditional Assistance “LN” program code categorization in Section 1.C Form 50058-MTW to track households that are provided assistance through local, non-traditional MTW programs in addition to public housing, tenant-based and project-based assistance.
• Add Local, Non-Traditional Assistance to the heading of Section 21 of Form 50058-MTW to allow detailed reporting on this type of assistance.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of Housing, HUD.
Amended system of records notice.
In accordance with the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a (e)(4)), as amended, the Department's Office of Housing propose to amend and reissue a current system of records notice (SORN): Asset Disposition and Management System (ADAMS). The notice amendment includes administrative updates to refine details published under the categories of individuals covered, categories of records, authority for maintenance, storage, safeguards, retention and disposal, system manager and address, notification procedures, records access, contesting records procedures, and records source categories. These sections are amended to refine previously published information about the system of records. The existing scope, objectives, and business processes in place for the program remain unchanged. The amended SORN deletes and supersedes the ADAMS SORN published in the
[
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice to the Rules Docket Clerk, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410. Communications should refer to the above docket number and title. Faxed comments are not accepted. A copy of each communication submitted will be available for public inspection and copying between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays at the above address.
Helen Goff Foster, Chief Privacy Officer/Senior Agency Official for Privacy, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number 202-402-6838 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals who are hearing- and speech-impaired may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339 (this is a toll-free number).
This notice updates and refines previously published information pertaining to ADAMs in a clear and easy to read format. The amended notice conveys administrative updates to the notice's categories of individuals covered, categories of records, routine uses, storage, safeguards, retention and disposal, system manager and address, notification procedures, records access and contesting procedures, and records source captions. The Privacy Act places on Federal agencies principal responsibility for compliance with its provisions, by requiring Federal agencies to safeguard an individual's records against an invasion of personal privacy; protect the records contained in an agency system of records from unauthorized disclosure; ensure that the records collected are relevant, necessary, current, and collected only for their intended use; and adequately safeguard the records to prevent misuse of such information. This notice demonstrates the Department's focus on industry best practices and laws that protect interest such as personal privacy and law enforcement records from inappropriate release. This notice states the name and location of the record system, the authority for and manner of its operations, the categories of individuals that it covers, the type of records that it contains, the sources of the information for the records, the routine uses made of the records, and the types of exemptions in place for the records. The notice also includes the business address of the HUD officials who will inform interested persons of how they may gain access to and/or request amendments to records pertaining to themselves.
The amended notice does not meet threshold requirements set forth by Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(r). Therefore, a report was not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform.
5 U.S.C. 552a; 88 Stat. 1896; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
HSNG.SF/HUF.01.
Asset Disposition and Management System (ADAMS)—P260.
The physical system is hosted at the contractor's primary and disaster recovery sites: Yardi Systems, Inc., 430 South Fairview Avenue, Santa Barbara, CA 93117, Sunguard, 1001 E. Campbell Road, Richardson, TX 75081, and CenturyLink, 200 N. Nash Street, El Segundo, CA 90245. The above locations host the Department's design and development, testing and production, and disaster recovery instances for ADAMS. ADAMS is accessible at workstations located at the following locations: Department of Housing and Urban Development Headquarters, 451 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20410, and at HUD field and regional office locations:
Individuals covered by ADAMS are: (1) Homebuyers (mortgagors) of REO properties, (2) successful bidders (purchasers) of HUD Real Estate Owned (REO) properties, (3) HUD Single Family Property Disposition Program Management and Marketing (M&M) contractors. Successful bidders are referred to as purchasers on the form HUD-2548, Sales Contract Property Disposition Program, and include the following groups: (1) FHA-approved real estate brokers, (2) Investors, (3) Registered, eligible non-profit organizations, (4) Public housing agencies, and (5) Other government agencies (State and local). The M&M
Categories of records in the system include:
In addition, ADAMS contains files on property appraisals, tax payments, purchase sales offer information, HUD-1, purchase contract information, vendor information, and property preservation and protection invoice information, FHA property listings, and property agent contact information.
National Housing Act as amended (12 U.S.C. 1702
ADAMS is a case management system for HUD owned and HUD managed single-family properties under HUD's Property Disposition and REO Discount Sales Programs. ADAMS was introduced into production in 2010. ADAMS supports HUD Headquarters and Homeownership Center (HOC) staff and HUD's Management and Marketing (M&M) contractors to track single-family properties from their acquisition by HUD through the steps necessary to resell the properties. In addition, M&M contractors manage the HUD Property Disposition Sales Program and the REO Discount Sales Programs (Good Neighbor Next Door (GNND), Asset Control Area (ACA) Sales, and $1 Homes). ADAMS is used to:
• Obtain, store, and display case-level information about properties acquired by or in custody of HUD.
• Track events and information describing the status of real property from the date of conveyance to the Department through several stages of management, marketing, and disposition, to final reconciliation of sale proceeds.
• Retain data relative to contracts, contractors, and vendors that support the property disposition program.
• Calculate property management, marketing, and incentive fees earned by M&M contractors, closing agents, and special property inspection (SPI) contractors, and generate disbursement transmittals.
• Calculate M&M contractor payment incentives and disincentives.
• Generate disbursement transmittals for payment of other property-related expenses such as pass-through expenses and property taxes.
• Verify eligibility to participate in the REO program.
• Validate that no conflicts of interest exist among non-profit/other government agencies' board members, employees, business partners, and homebuyers.
• Validate that discounted HUD-REO homes were sold to eligible buyers.
• Determine that participating agencies have not exceeded profit limits on the re-sale of HUD-REO homes purchased through the discount program.
• Support Good Neighbor Next Door Sales Programs (GNND) compliance control tasks for pre-sales/pre-registration, sales/pre-closing, and post-closing.
In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. Section 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, all or a portion of the records or information contained in this system may be disclosed outside HUD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
1. To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons to the extent such disclosures are compatible with the purpose for which the records in this system were collected, as set forth by Appendix I
2. To General Accounting Office (GAO) for audit purposes.
3. To Management and Marketing contractors for processing the sale of HUD Homes.
4. To Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) to investigate possible fraud revealed in the course of servicing efforts to allow HUD to protect the interest of the Secretary.
5. To Appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when:
a. HUD suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in a system of records has been compromised;
b. HUD has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of systems or programs (whether maintained by HUD or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information;
c. HUD determines that the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with HUD's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm for purposes of facilitating responses and remediation efforts in the event of a data breach.
6. To the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or to the General Services Administration for records management inspections conducted under 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
7. To a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from that congressional office
Records in this system are stored electronically in secure facilities. Electronic files are stored in case files on secure servers. Electronic files are replicated at a disaster recovery offsite location in case of loss of computing capability or other emergency at the primary facility. ADAMS does not have paper records.
Records are retrieved using computer search by the FHA case number, property address (including other geographical characteristics such as contract area, property state/city/county/zip code, Homeownership Center), or contractor ID or name, or non-profit/government agency name.
Records are maintained in a secured computer network. Access is limited to authorized personnel. ADAMS access requires two levels of logins to access the system. The first login uses HUD Siteminder system to verify that the user has active HUD authorization. The second login uses ADAMS internal security system to set permissions for data access and system functionality.
In accordance with General Records Schedule 1.1, Financial Management and Reporting Records, Items 010 and 011, the records are maintained for six years or when business use ceases. Paper records are not in use. Backup and Recovery digital media will be destroyed or otherwise rendered irrecoverable per NIST SP 800-88 “Guidelines for Media Sanitization” (September 2006).
Ivery Himes, Director, Office of Single Family Asset Management, Room 9178, 451 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20410.
For information, assistance, or inquiry about the existence of records, contact Helen Goff Foster, Chief Privacy Officer/Senior Agency Official for Privacy, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number (202) 402-6838. When seeking records about yourself from this system of records or any other HUD system of records, your request must conform with the Privacy Act regulations set forth in 24 CFR part 16. You must first verify your identity, meaning that you must provide your full name, current address, and date and place of birth. You must sign your request, and your signature must either be notarized or submitted under 28 U.S.C. 1746, a law that permits statements to be made under penalty of perjury as a substitute for notarization. In addition, your request should:
a. Explain why you believe HUD would have information on you.
b. Identify which Office of HUD you believe has the records about you.
c. Specify when you believe the records would have been created.
d. Provide any other information that will help the FOIA staff determine which HUD office may have responsive records.
If your request is seeking records pertaining to another living individual, you must include a statement from that individual certifying their agreement for you to access their records. Without the above information, the HUD FOIA Office may not be able to conduct an effective search, and your request may be denied due to lack of specificity or lack of compliance with applicable regulations.
The Department's rules for contesting contents of records and appealing initial denials appear in 24 CFR part 16, Procedures for Inquiries. Additional assistance may be obtained by contacting Helen Goff Foster, Chief Privacy Officer/Senior Agency Official for Privacy, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, or the HUD Departmental Privacy Appeals Officers, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20410.
Purchasers, Non-profit and State, local Government entities, M&M contractors, and HUD employees, HUD Form 9548.
None.
U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior.
Notice of meeting.
Pursuant to Public Law 106-503, the National Earthquake Prediction Evaluation Council (NEPEC) will hold its next meeting by phone. The Committee is comprised of members from academia and the Federal government. The Committee provides advice and recommendations to the Director of the USGS on earthquake predictions and related scientific research.
In this brief meeting by phone, the Council will receive updates on the status of pertinent activities of the Earthquake Hazards Program, and will deliver its recommendations on the testing of earthquake prediction hypotheses.
The meeting will be held from 12 Noon to 2:00 p.m. EDT on September 1, 2016.
Dr. Michael Blanpied, U.S. Geological Survey, MS 905, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, Reston, Virginia 20192, (703) 648-6696,
Meetings of the National Earthquake Prediction Evaluation Council are open to the public. Those wishing to attend may contact Dr. Blanpied for further information. Those wishing to provide a brief statement to the Council may do so with prior arrangement.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meetings.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management
The Arizona RAC business meeting will take place on September 15, 2016 from 8:30 a.m. until 4:30 p.m. The RAC working group meeting will take place on September 14, 2016 from 8:30 a.m. until 4:15 p.m. Both meetings are open to the public.
The meeting will be held at the BLM Arizona State Office located at One North Central Avenue, Suite 800, Phoenix, Arizona 85004.
Adam Eggers, Arizona RAC Coordinator at the Bureau of Land Management, Arizona State Office, One North Central Avenue, Suite 800, Phoenix, Arizona 85004-4427, 602-417-9500. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
The 15-member Council advises the Secretary of the Interior, through the BLM, on a variety of planning and management issues associated with public land management in Arizona. Planned agenda items include a welcome and introduction of Council members; BLM State Director's update on BLM programs and issues; commercial recreation leases outreach update; fire and aviation update; BLM “Balance Point: Managing the health, diversity, and productivity of America's public lands for the use and enjoyment of present and future generations” presentation; RAC committee reports; RAC questions on BLM District Manager reports and other items of interest to the RAC. Members of the public are welcome to attend the RAC meetings. A public comment period is scheduled for September 15 from 2:30-3:00 p.m. for any interested members of the public who wish to address the Council on BLM programs and business. Depending on the number of persons wishing to speak and time available, the time for individual comments may be limited. Written comments may also be submitted during the meeting for the RAC's consideration. The final meeting agenda will be available two weeks prior to the meeting and posted on the BLM Web site at:
Under the Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act, the RAC has been designated as the Recreation RAC and has the authority to review all BLM and Forest Service recreation fee proposals in Arizona. The Recreation RAC will review the Paria Canyon Business Plan at this meeting.
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of intent to prepare a Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement.
Consistent with the regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321
Section 18 of the OCS Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1344) requires the development of an OCS oil and gas leasing program every five years. The Program sets forth a schedule of lease sales designed to best meet the Nation's energy needs. The lease sales proposed in the GOM in the 2017-2022 Proposed Program are areawide sales encompassing both the Western and Central Planning Areas, and a portion of the Eastern Planning Area not subject to Congressional moratorium. These planning areas are located off the States of Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida. By proposing lease sales that offer all available GOM acreage, BOEM seeks to provide more opportunity for industry to bid on rejected, relinquished, or expired OCS lease blocks and facilitate better planning to explore resources that straddle the U.S./Mexico boundary. During the pre-lease sale process, the size of any individual lease sale could be reduced, and a smaller area offered for leasing, should circumstances warrant. For example, an individual lease sale could be focused on a single GOM Planning Area as in the 2012-2017 OCS Oil and Gas Leasing Program.
Regulations implementing NEPA encourage agencies to analyze similar or related proposals in one EIS (40 CFR 1508.25). Since both lease sales would be held in 2018 and the ensuing OCS activities are similar, BOEM will prepare a single Supplemental EIS for two lease sales proposed to be held in the GOM in 2018 (Lease Sales 250 and 251). The 2018 GOM Lease Sales 250 and 251 Supplemental EIS will tier from the 2017-2022 GOM Multisale EIS and focus on new information released since the publication of the 2017-2022 GOM Multisale EIS. This EIS approach allows for subsequent NEPA analyses to focus on changes in the proposed lease sales and on new issues and information. Analyzing two proposed lease sales within one Supplemental EIS will eliminate the repetition of annual Supplemental EISs for each proposed lease sale. The resource estimates and scenario information for the Supplemental EIS will include a range that encompasses the resources and activities estimated for either or both of the proposed lease sales. At the completion of this Supplemental EIS process, a decision will be made for Lease Sale 250. Thereafter, a separate decision will be made for Lease Sale 251. No final decision will be made on any individual lease sale until the end of the Supplemental EIS process to allow for full consultation with Federal agencies, affected states, and the public.
The 2018 GOM Lease Sales 250 and 251 Supplemental EIS analysis will focus on the potential environmental effects from oil and natural gas leasing, exploration, development, and
Pursuant to the regulations implementing the provisions of NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321
• Gulfport, Mississippi: Tuesday, September 6, 2016, Courtyard by Marriott, Gulfport Beachfront MS Hotel, 1600 East Beach Boulevard, Gulfport, Mississippi 39501; one meeting, beginning at 4:00 p.m. CDT and ending at 7:00 p.m. CDT;
• Mobile, Alabama: Wednesday, September 7, 2016, Renaissance Mobile Riverview Plaza Hotel, 64 South Water Street, Mobile, Alabama 36602; one meeting, beginning at 4:00 p.m. CDT and ending at 7:00 p.m. CDT;
• Houston, Texas: Tuesday, September 13, 2016, Houston Marriott North, 255 North Sam Houston Pkwy East, Houston, Texas 77060; one meeting, beginning at 4:00 p.m. CDT and ending at 7:00 p.m. CDT; and
• New Orleans, Louisiana: Thursday, September 15, 2016, Wyndham Garden New Orleans Airport, 6401 Veterans Memorial Blvd., Metairie, Louisiana 70003; one meeting, beginning at 4:00 p.m. CDT and ending at 7:00 p.m. CDT.
BOEM, as the lead agency, will not provide financial assistance to cooperating agencies. Even if an organization is not a cooperating agency, opportunities will exist to provide information and comments to BOEM during the normal public input stages of the NEPA process.
1. In written form enclosed in an envelope labeled “Comments on the 2018 GOM Lease Sales 250 and 251 Supplemental EIS” and mailed (or hand carried) to Mr. Gary D. Goeke, Chief, Environmental Assessment Section, Office of Environment (GM 623E), BOEM, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394; or
2. Through the regulations.gov web portal: Navigate to
BOEM does not consider anonymous comments. Please include your name and address as part of your submittal. BOEM makes all comments, including the names and addresses of respondents, available for public review during regular business hours. Individual respondents may request that BOEM withhold their names and/or addresses from the public record; however, BOEM cannot guarantee that it will be able to do so. If you wish your name and/or address to be withheld, you must state your preference prominently at the beginning of your comment. All submissions from organizations or businesses and from individuals identifying themselves as representatives or officials of organizations or businesses will be made available for public inspection in their entirety.
Comments should be submitted no later than September 19, 2016.
For information on the 2018 GOM Lease Sales 250 and 251 Supplemental EIS, the submission of comments, or BOEM's policies associated with this notice, please contact Mr. Gary D. Goeke, Chief, Environmental Assessment Section, Office of Environment (GM 623E), BOEM, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394, telephone 504-736-3233.
This NOI is published pursuant to the regulations (40 CFR 1501.7) implementing the provisions of NEPA.
On the basis of the record
Pursuant to section 207.18 of the Commission's rules, the Commission also gives notice of the commencement of the final phase of its investigation. The Commission will issue a final phase notice of scheduling, which will be published in the
On June 30, 2016, Eastman Chemical Company, Kingsport, Tennessee filed a petition with the Commission and Commerce, alleging that an industry in the United States is materially injured by reason of LTFV imports of DOTP from Korea. Accordingly, effective June 30, 2016, the Commission, pursuant to section 733(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1673b(a)), instituted antidumping duty investigation No. 731-TA-1330 (Preliminary).
Notice of the institution of the Commission's investigation and of a public conference to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the
The Commission made this determination pursuant to section 733(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1673b(a)). It completed and filed its determination in this investigation on August 15, 2016. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4630 (August 2016), entitled
By order of the Commission.
On the basis of the record
Pursuant to section 207.18 of the Commission's rules, the Commission also gives notice of the commencement of the final phase of its investigations. The Commission will issue a final phase notice of scheduling, which will be published in the
On June 30, 2016, Weldbend Corporation, Argo, Illinois and Boltex Mfg. Co., L.P., Houston, Texas filed petitions with the Commission and Commerce, alleging that an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury by reason of LTFV imports of finished carbon steel flanges from India, Italy, and Spain and subsidized imports of finished carbon steel flanges from India. Accordingly, effective June 30, 2016, the Commission, pursuant to sections 703(a) and 733(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671b(a) and 1673b(a)), instituted countervailing duty investigation No. 701-TA-563 and antidumping duty investigation Nos. 731-TA-1331-1333 (Preliminary).
Notice of the institution of the Commission's investigations and of a public conference to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the
The Commission made these determinations pursuant to sections 703(a) and 733(a) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1671b(a) and 1673b(a)). It completed and filed its determinations in these investigations on August 15, 2016. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4631 (August 2016), entitled
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has received a complaint entitled
Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. The public version of the complaint can be accessed on the Commission's Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) at
General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at United States International Trade Commission (USITC) at
The Commission has received a complaint and a submission pursuant to § 210.8(b) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure filed on behalf of Aker BioMarine Antarctic AS and Aker BioMarine Manufacturing, LLC on August 12, 2016. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1337) in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain krill oil products and krill meal for production of krill oil products. The complaint names as respondents Olympic Holding AS of Norway; Rimfrost AS of Norway; Emerald Fisheries AS of Norway; Avoca Inc. of Merry Hill, NC; Rimfrost USA, LLC of Merry Hill, NC; Rimfrost New Zealand Limited of New Zealand; and Bioriginal Food & Science Corp. of Canada. The complainant requests that the Commission issue a limited exclusion order, cease and desist orders and impose a bond upon respondents' alleged infringing articles during the 60-day Presidential review period pursuant to 19 U.S.C. 1337(j).
Proposed respondents, other interested parties, and members of the public are invited to file comments, not to exceed five (5) pages in length, inclusive of attachments, on any public interest issues raised by the complaint or § 210.8(b) filing. Comments should address whether issuance of the relief specifically requested by the complainant in this investigation would affect the public health and welfare in the United States, competitive conditions in the United States economy, the production of like or directly competitive articles in the United States, or United States consumers.
In particular, the Commission is interested in comments that:
(i) Explain how the articles potentially subject to the requested remedial orders are used in the United States;
(ii) identify any public health, safety, or welfare concerns in the United States relating to the requested remedial orders;
(iii) identify like or directly competitive articles that complainant, its licensees, or third parties make in the United States which could replace the subject articles if they were to be excluded;
(iv) indicate whether complainant, complainant's licensees, and/or third party suppliers have the capacity to replace the volume of articles potentially subject to the requested exclusion order and/or a cease and desist order within a commercially reasonable time; and
(v) explain how the requested remedial orders would impact United States consumers.
Written submissions must be filed no later than by close of business, eight calendar days after the date of publication of this notice in the
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit 8 true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to § 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the docket number (“Docket No. 3167”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
This action is taken under the authority of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and of §§ 201.10 and 210.8(c) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 201.10, 210.8(c)).
By order of the Commission.
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “High-Voltage Continuous Mining Machines Standards for Underground Coal Mines,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for continued use, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before September 19, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-MSHA, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
This ICR seeks to extend PRA authority for the High-Voltage Continuous Mining Machines Standards for Underground Coal Mines information collection requirements codified in regulations 30 CFR 75.829, 75.813, and 75.832. This information collection supports safe use of high-voltage continuous mining machines (HVCMM) in underground coal mines by requiring records of testing, examination and maintenance on machines to reduce fire, electrical shock, ignition, and operational hazards. Coal mine supervisors and employees, State mine inspectors, and Federal mine inspectors use the records required by the regulations to document whether mine operators have conducted examinations and tests and have given insight into hazardous conditions encountered or that may be encountered. The records of inspections greatly assist those who use them in making decisions that will ultimately affect the safety of miners working with HVCMM. Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 sections 101(a) and 103(h) authorize this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal, and the current approval for this collection is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2016. The DOL seeks to extend PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) more years, without any change to existing requirements. The DOL notes that existing information collection requirements submitted to the OMB receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review. For additional substantive information about this ICR, see the related notice published in the
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “Operations Under Water,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for continued use, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before September 19, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-MSHA, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
This ICR seeks to extend PRA authority for the Operations Under Water information collection requirements. Regulations 30 CFR 7516.1 and 7516.3 require a coal mine operator to obtain a permit to mine under a body of water that is sufficiently large enough to constitute a hazard to miners and outline the procedural requirements for obtaining the permit. Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 section 101(a) and section 103(h) authorize this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal, and the current approval for this collection is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2016. The DOL seeks to extend PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) more years, without any change to existing requirements. The DOL notes that existing information collection requirements submitted to the OMB receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review. For additional substantive information about this ICR, see the related notice published in the
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Notice.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden,
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the Addresses section below on or before October 18, 2016.
Send comments to Nora Kincaid, BLS Clearance Officer, Division of Management Systems, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Room 4080, 2 Massachusetts Avenue NE., Washington, DC 20212. Written comments also may be transmitted by fax to 202-691-5111 (this is not a toll free number).
Nora Kincaid, BLS Clearance Officer, 202-691-7628 (this is not a toll free number). (See
The National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997 (NLSY97) is a nationally representative sample of persons who were born in the years 1980 to 1984. These respondents were ages 12-17 when the first round of annual interviews began in 1997; starting with round sixteen, the NLSY97 is conducted on a biennial basis. Round eighteen interviews will occur from September 2017 to May 2018. The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) contracts with a vendor to conduct the NLSY97. The primary objective of the survey is to study the transition from schooling to the establishment of careers and families. The longitudinal focus of this survey requires information to be collected from the same individuals over many years in order to trace their education, training, work experience, fertility, income, and program participation.
One of the goals of the Department of Labor (DOL) is to produce and disseminate timely, accurate, and relevant information about the U.S. labor force. The BLS contributes to this goal by gathering information about the labor force and labor market and disseminating it to policymakers and the public so that participants in those markets can make more informed, and thus more efficient, choices. Research based on the NLSY97 contributes to the formation of national policy in the areas of education, training, work experience, fertility, income, and program participation. In addition to the reports that the BLS produces based on data from the NLSY97, members of the academic community publish articles and reports based on NLSY97 data for the DOL and other funding agencies. To date, approximately 497 articles examining NLSY97 data have been published in scholarly journals. The survey design provides data gathered from the same respondents over time to form the only dataset that contains this type of information for this important population group. Without the collection of these data, an accurate longitudinal dataset could not be provided to researchers and policymakers, thus adversely affecting the DOL's ability to perform its policy- and report-making activities.
The BLS seeks approval to conduct round 18 of biennial interviews of the NLSY97. Respondents of the NLSY97 will undergo an interview of approximately 72 minutes during which they will answer questions about schooling and labor market experiences, family relationships, and community background.
During the fielding period for the main round 18 interviews, about 2 percent of respondents will be asked to participate in a brief validation interview a few weeks after the initial interview. The purpose of the validation interview is to verify that the initial interview took place as the interviewer reported and to assess the data quality of selected questionnaire items.
For round 18, we propose to convert the NLSY97 to a predominantly telephone survey. We anticipate that approximately 75 percent of interviews will be completed by telephone.
The round 18 questionnaire will resemble the round 17 questionnaire with few modifications. New questions for the round 18 questionnaire include questions on job tasks. In addition, extensive minor edits have been made to adapt the round 18 instrument for predominantly telephone administration, including the removal of references to show cards, introductory statements, reduction of self-administered content, and shortening of code frames.
As in prior rounds of the NLSY97, round 18 will include a pretest conducted several months before the main fielding to test survey procedures and questions and resolve problems before the main fielding begins. Because of the transition to phone interviewing, the pretest for round 18 precedes main fielding by a longer period of time (an additional 2 months) to correct any problems encountered in the pretest.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they also will become a matter of public record.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Notice.
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 44 govern the application, processing, and disposition of petitions for modification. This notice is a summary of petitions for modification submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) by the parties listed below.
All comments on the petitions must be received by MSHA's Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances on or before September 19, 2016.
You may submit your comments, identified by “docket number” on the subject line, by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
MSHA will consider only comments postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service or proof of delivery from another delivery service such as UPS or Federal Express on or before the deadline for comments.
Barbara Barron, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances at 202-693-9447 (Voice),
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act) allows the mine operator or representative of miners to file a petition to modify the application of any mandatory safety standard to a coal or other mine if the Secretary of Labor determines that:
1. An alternative method of achieving the result of such standard exists which will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded the miners of such mine by such standard; or
2. That the application of such standard to such mine will result in a diminution of safety to the miners in such mine.
In addition, the regulations at 30 CFR 44.10 and 44.11 establish the requirements and procedures for filing petitions for modification.
(1) The purpose for amending the previously granted petition, docket number M-81-41-M, is to clarify any confusion relating to the location of fire sensors and the equipment used to alert miners to a fire. A strategic location for a fire sensor may change as the mine continues to expand, therefore the petitioner suggests that the consultant review the system and sensor locations every five years and make suggestions for any updates subject to MSHA's review and approval.
(a) Paragraph 1 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 1 to read as follows:
(2) The purpose of this amendment to the previously granted petition is to clarify the duties of miners once a fire has been detected. This language ensures that certain duties will be performed by trained miners regardless of the working shift or time of day.
(a) Paragraph 2 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 2 to read as follows:
The petitioner further states that MSHA investigators conducted a meeting at the mine site, reviewed the petitioner's proposed amendments to ensure that the proposed alternative method is in compliance with the standard and will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the standard.
(1) The purpose for amending the previously granted petition, docket number M-81-42-M, is to clarify any confusion relating to the location of fire sensors and the equipment used to alert miners to a fire. A strategic location for a fire sensor may change as the mine continues to expand, therefore the petitioner suggests that the consultant review the system and sensor locations every five years and make suggestions for any updates subject to MSHA's review and approval.
(a) Paragraph 1 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 1 to read as follows:
(2) The purpose of this amendment to the previously granted petition is to clarify the duties of miners once a fire has been detected. This language ensures that certain duties will be performed by trained miners regardless of the working shift or time of day.
(a) Paragraph 2 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 2 to read as follows:
The petitioner further states that MSHA investigators conducted a meeting at the mine site, reviewed the petitioner's proposed amendments to ensure that the proposed alternative method is in compliance with the standard and will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the standard.
(1) The purpose for amending the previously granted petition, docket number M-81-43-M, is to clarify any confusion relating to the location of fire sensors and the equipment used to alert miners to a fire. A strategic location for a fire sensor may change as the mine continues to expand, therefore the petitioner suggests that the consultant review the system and sensor locations every five years and make suggestions for any updates subject to MSHA's review and approval.
(a) Paragraph 1 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 1 to read as follows:
(2) The purpose of this amendment to the previously granted petition is to clarify the duties of miners once a fire has been detected. This language ensures that certain duties will be performed by trained miners regardless of the working shift or time of day.
(a) Paragraph 2 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 2 to read as follows:
The petitioner further states that MSHA investigators conducted a meeting at the mine site, reviewed the petitioner's proposed amendments to ensure that the proposed alternative method is in compliance with the standard and will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the standard.
(1) The purpose for amending the previously granted petition, docket number M-86-1-M, is to clarify what steps miners will follow in the event there is a loss of power underground. The amendment proposes an additional measure where a responsible person will be designated during each shift based on the mining position's job duties who will communicate via radio.
(a) Paragraph 4 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 4 to read as follows:
(2) The purpose of this amendment to the previously granted petition is to allow the evacuation plan to meet the needs of the current mine as old and new corridors are continuously being
(a) Paragraph 5 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 5 to read as follows:
(3) The purpose of this amendment to the previously granted petition is to clarify the miner responsible for certain emergency response activities by assigning these tasks to a mining position. This will ensure that a miner trained for these duties is on-site at all times when the mine is in operation.
(a) Paragraph 6 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 6 to read as follows:
(4) The purpose of the amendment to the previously granted petition is to establish communication protocol in the event of a loss of power.
(a) Paragraph 7 of the previously granted petition reads as follows:
(b) The petitioner proposes to amend Paragraph 7 to read as follows:
(5) The purpose for adding this amendment to the previously granted petition is to further reinforce the fire resistance of the mine fan duct.
(a) The petitioner proposes to add Paragraph 8 to the amended petition to read as follows:
The petitioner further states that MSHA investigators conducted a meeting at the mine site, reviewed the petitioner's proposed amendments to ensure that the proposed alternative method is in compliance with the standard and will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the standard.
(1) Stopping the fan for testing introduces contaminants into the mine atmosphere from the worked out area behind the longwall tailgate. In addition, any delay of a fan restart beyond 15 minutes after shutdown for testing could result in a lengthy restart of the mine operating systems. The petitioner's alternative method will result in the fan alarm signal being verified by a responsible person at a surface location where the responsible person is always on duty whenever anyone is underground. A report of all tests will be recorded.
(2) A valve would be installed in the system monitoring the water gauge of the fan pressure monitoring system. The water gauge installed at the mine is actually a Magnehelic gauge with electronic pickups, which are integrated into the atmospheric monitoring system (AMS). When the valve is closed, the AMS will detect zero fan pressure and activate the alarm.
(3) When the fan stoppage signal system is tested, an audible fan signal alarm sounds at the location where a responsible person is on duty, verifying the performance of the fan alarm signal system. The responsible person is provided with two-way communication to working sections and work stations.
(4) Every 5 to 7 months, each automatic fan signal device and signal alarm will be tested by stopping the fan to ensure that the automatic signal device causes the alarm to activate when the fan shuts down.
(5) The petitioner will notify the District Manager (DM) when the fan is equipped with the fan alarm signal system. This permits MSHA to make an inspection prior to testing the alarm in accordance with the Proposed Decision
(6) Until the fan is equipped in compliance with the PDO, the miners must be removed from the mine for the testing of any fan not yet equipped as required.
(7) By the end of the shift on which the test of the automatic fan signal devices is completed, the person(s) performing the test(s) will record the result of test(s) in a secure book. The record book will be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least one year and will be made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary and the representative of miners. The recordings will also indicate the general repair of the system.
(8) Within 60 days of this petition being granted, the petitioner will submit proposed revisions for its approved part 48 training plan to the DM. The revisions will include initial and refresher training regarding compliance with the PDO.
(9) Persons who are to perform the tests must be specifically trained on the proper method of testing upon initial assignment to these responsibilities and annually thereafter.
The petitioner asserts that the proposed alternative method will at all times guarantee no less the same measure of protection afforded by the standard.
(1) The three-phase, 480-volt alternating current electric power circuit for the pump will be designed and installed to:
(a) Contain either a direct or derived neutral wire that will be grounded through a suitable resistor at the source transformer or power center and through a grounding circuit originating at the ground side of the grounding resistor, which will extend along with the power conductor and serve as the grounding conductor for the frame of the pump and all associated electric equipment that may be supplied power from this circuit.
(b) Contain a grounding resistor that limits the ground-fault current to not more than 25 amperes.
(c) The grounding resistor(s) will be rated for the maximum fault current available and will be insulated from ground for a voltage equal to the phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
(2) The 480-volt pump circuit will have a suitable circuit interrupting device of adequate interrupting capacity, with devices to protect against under-voltage, grounded phase, short-circuit, and overload.
(3) The under-voltage protection device will operate on a loss-of-voltage to prevent automatic restarting of the equipment.
(4) The grounded phase protection device will be provided as follows:
(a) The grounded phase protection device will be set not to exceed 40 percent of the current rating of the neutral grounding resistor.
(b) The 480-volt circuit will also have an undercurrent relay device to prevent closing the breaker when a phase to ground fault condition exists on the system, and a test circuit that will inject a test current through the grounded phase current transformer.
(5) The short-circuit protection device will be set not to exceed the required short-circuit protection for the power cable or 75 percent of the minimum available phase-to-phase short-circuit current, whichever is less.
(6) The circuit will include a disconnecting device located on the surface and installed in conjunction with the circuit breaker to provide a means for visual evidence that the power is disconnected from the pump circuits, and a means to lock and tag-out the system.
(7) The pump power system will include a fail-safe ground check circuit, or other no less effective device approved by MSHA that will cause the circuit breaker to open when either the ground or pilot wire is broken. A manually operated test switch will be provided to verify the operation ground check device. The device will be installed and maintained operable to monitor the ground continuity from the starter box to the pump.
(8) The pump(s) electric control circuit(s) will be designed and installed so that the pump(s) cannot start and/or run in the automatic mode if the water is below the low-water probe level. The low-water probe will be positioned to maintain at least 12 inches above the inlet of the pump and electrical connections of the pump motor. The low-water probe will be suitable for submersible pump control application. All probe circuits will be intrinsically safe. A motor controller will be provided and used for pump startup and shutdown.
(9) The pump installation will be equipped with a water level indicator at the pump circuit controls such that a miner can determine the water level is above the pump inlet and electrical connectors.
(10) The surface pump(s) control and power circuits will be examined as required by 30 CFR 77.502, as follows:
(a) A record of the examinations will be kept in accordance with 30 CFR 77.502 and 77.502-2.
(b) The examinations will include a functional test of the grounded phase protective device(s) to determine proper operation.
(c) A record of the functional tests will be recorded in an electrical equipment record book.
(d) Prior to placing the pump into service an electrical examination will be performed.
(e) Methane checks will be made at the collar of the borehole prior to energizing the pump. The pump will not be energized if 1.0 percent or greater of methane is detected.
(11) The power cable to the submersible pump motor will be suitable for this application and have a current carrying capacity not less than 125 percent of the full load current of the submersible pump motor and an outer jacket suitable for a “wet location”.
(12) Splices and connections made in submersible pump cable will be made in a workmanlike manner and will meet the requirements of 30 CFR 75.604. The pump installations will comply with all other applicable 30 CFR requirements.
(13) The District Manager (DM) will be notified prior to dewatering any shaft using a nonpermissible submersible pump, and the required shaft plan will include this notification.
(14) Within 60 days after this petition for modification is granted, the petitioner will submit proposed revisions for their approved part 48 training plan to the DM. The proposed revisions will specify task training for all qualified electricians who perform electric work and monthly electric examinations as required by 30 CFR 77.502 and refresher training regarding the alternative method outlined in the petition and the terms and conditions stated in the Proposed Decision and
(a) The hazards that could exist if the water level falls below the pump inlet or the electric connections of the pump motor.
(b) The safe restart procedures, which will include the miner determining that the water level is above the pump inlet and pump motor prior to attempting to establish power and start the pump motor.
(15) The procedures of 30 CFR 48.3 for approval of proposed revisions to already approved training plans will apply.
The petitioner further states that:
1. Upon completion of excavation/construction of a shaft, the shaft begins to accumulate water and personnel are never required to go below the collar of the shaft for dewatering purposes.
2. In case there is a blind drilled shaft, the shaft is fully lined with steel casing and is grouted in place. This steel casing and grout seal isolates the completed blind drilled shaft from any coal seams, mitigating any possibility for methane to enter the blind drilled shaft.
3. In the case of a conventionally constructed shaft, ventilation devices are installed to ensure that potential methane accumulations are mitigated. Dewatering significantly minimizes the chance of these devices becoming compromised. The electric motor of any submersible pump is located below the pump intake making it impossible for the motor to be above the surface of the water.
4. Currently there are no electric submersible motor/pump assemblies manufactured that will effectively pump water at the current and future depths of mine workings that are permissible as required by 30 CFR 77.1914(a).
5. The alternative method outlined in this petition is consistent with prudent engineering design pursuant to 30 CFR 77.1900 since it minimizes the hazards to those employed in the initial or subsequent development of the shaft.
The petitioner asserts that the proposed alternative method will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded by the existing standard.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Notice.
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and Title 30 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 44 govern the application, processing, and disposition of petitions for modification. This notice is a summary of petitions for modification submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) by the parties listed below.
All comments on the petitions must be received by MSHA's Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances on or before September 19, 2016.
You may submit your comments, identified by “docket number” on the subject line, by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
MSHA will consider only comments postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service or proof of delivery from another delivery service such as UPS or Federal Express on or before the deadline for comments.
Barbara Barron, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances at 202-693-9447 (Voice),
Section 101(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (Mine Act) allows the mine operator or representative of miners to file a petition to modify the application of any mandatory safety standard to a coal or other mine if the Secretary of Labor determines that:
1. An alternative method of achieving the result of such standard exists which will at all times guarantee no less than the same measure of protection afforded the miners of such mine by such standard; or
2. That the application of such standard to such mine will result in a diminution of safety to the miners in such mine.
In addition, the regulations at 30 CFR 44.10 and 44.11 establish the requirements and procedures for filing petitions for modification.
(1) Coeur Alaska owns and operates the Kensington Mine, which is an underground gold mine located in Juneau County, Alaska. Kensington utilizes both transverse and longitudinal long-hole stoping. In both methods, a single development drift is driven through waste rock adjacent to the ore body. When this drift reaches planned elevation, level accesses are developed to provide entry points to the ore body for exploration and later ore production. Once the level development and exploration are completed at a planned elevation, the ore is extracted either perpendicular (transverse stoping) or parallel to the strike of the ore (longitudinal stoping).
(2) Coeur Alaska seeks a modification stating that during the exploration or development of an ore body within the mine, in order to comply with 30 CFR 57.11050(a), Coeur will not be required to continuously reposition a portable emergency refuge chamber (“refuge”) on the lowest decline within the mine or to continuously reposition the refuge to remain within 1,000 feet from the face of a development drift.
(3) Coeur Alaska seeks relief because Kensington already has secondary escapeways constructed to the lowest level of the mine, and is constructing and planning to develop additional secondary escapeways to future levels of the mine. Kensington's existing
(4) Installing and relocating refuge chambers to remain within 1,000 feet of each development drift face would subject miners to greater hazards than they are subjected to under current conditions. Like any underground mine, Kensington's underground operations take place in a dynamic environment, and its exploration and development areas are dominated by self-propelled mobile equipment and blasting activities. At desired development rates, Kensington typically advances its faces in development drifts twice per day, with each advance being a 12-foot length. If the portable emergency refuge chambers (`refuge”) were positioned at the safest distance away from the face while still being in compliance with MSHA's newly proposed 1,000 distance requirement, the refuge would have to be relocated twice each day (following each of the two advances) just to remain within that lateral boundary each time the face is advanced, or the Mine will be out of compliance.
In order to reduce the number of relocations to less than one per day, the refuge will need to be positioned well within the 1,000 foot range. If Coeur places the refuge at 50 percent of the maximum allowable distance at the beginning of a development cycle (
Not only is the structural integrity of the refuge chamber at risk if it is habitually located near the blasting activities, if the refuge chambers are require to “follow” the face in a development drift on the lowest level of the mine, the physical locations of these refuge chambers will be continually changing. This means that miners will not have reliable, fixed locations to which they can travel in an emergency. Instead, they will be searching for a moving target. The added difficulty for miners and mine rescue teams to know with certainty the exact location of each mine refuge chamber is more hazardous than a situation where each refuge chamber's location is fixed, will-known and depicted on historical and current versions the mines' map.
Because of Kensington's remote location, miners work long rotations and are away from site on Rest & Relaxation (“R&R”) for long periods of time. If refuge chambers must be moved as MSHA appears to require, it is highly likely that a miner could go home on R&R and return to a different refuge chamber location every rotation. The shifting locations will require each miner to continuously remember the current locations for the refuge chambers in his vicinity, as opposed to constant emergency egress routes that are more likely to be remembered during an emergency. This will undoubtedly lead to less familiarity with the location of the facilities and in times of an emergency people need to be “programmed” as to mitigate the risk of responding incorrectly. Not only will uncertainty arise from the change in physical location for the refuge chamber, but the maps and signs inside Kensington might have to be updated as well. To the extent there are more signs and maps than refuge chambers, the risk will increase that one or more of the maps or signs will not be updated to reflect a future change of location. This error could have a catastrophic effect for miners going to a location they believe has a chamber based on an obsolete map only to find that it had moved.
In addition, in the event of a mine accident, mine rescue teams will need to validate that the location of each refuge chamber in which injured miners might be located, was in fact the current location of each refuge chamber in which injured miners might be located, was in fact the current location for that chamber. This uncertainty will complicate if not delay rescue efforts.
Not only does MSHA's requirement that a refuge chamber be tethered to the location of the development drift's face add uncertainty regarding the chambers precise location, the movement of that chamber deeper into the mine increases the risk for miners working in the area in between the lowest level and the development and exploration activities. For example, miners on the 405 and 330 Level Access areas have a shorter travel time to reach the portable refuge installed on the 255 Decline than secondary escapeways at the 480 Level.
As the 255 Decline face advances towards the planned 255 Level, if the portable emergency refuge chamber must follow along 1,000 feet behind the decline face, the travel time and distance to that portable refuge will be increasing for the miners on the 405 and 330 Level Access areas. Also, miners are trained first to try and evacuate the mine through the portal if possible, as opposed to going deeper into the mine if there is an emergency. If there is thick smoke in the mine, and the miners don their self-rescue breathing devices, they are trained to seek the nearest refuge. Not only does the movement of the portable emergency refuge chamber result in longer travel times for these miners, they are moving further underground and farther away from the escapeway, and trying to find a moving target in thick smoke.
If MSHA's purported rationale for having the portable refuge within 1,000 feet of the face in the development and exploration area is that this area is the most likely source of hazards for miners, the miners on the 405 and 330 Levels who are traveling to the refuge are moving towards the likely source of hazards, not away from it. Hence, the frequent relocating of the portable emergency refuge chamber adds a greater risk of physical damage to the refuge and a greater level of uncertainty and risk for the mines working underground who need to navigate to the refuge. Conversely, keeping refuge chambers in fixed locations, compliant with the standard's travel time requirement, simplifies the miners' egress plans, which increases the probability of proper execution of these egress plans, and does not detract from their safety.
(10) The proposed action by Coeur would provide no lesser degree of safety than application of the § 57.11050. Another basis for permitting modification of the standard's application is that Coeur's proposed alternative method provides at least the same measure of safety contemplated by the standard.
Repeated movement of the refuge puts miners at risk for several reasons. First, damage to the refuge will put miners at risk as the refuge may not function as intended. Second, the potential to damage the refuge chambers increases
Taken to its logical conclusion, to ensure compliance, Kensington would be forced to have two refuges in place, and “leapfrog” them during exploration and development. However, the spacing and cost associated with that approach are untenable.
Each refuge chamber is roughly 15 feet long, and requires a cutout that is 30 feet deep. The development costs at Kensington are approximately $1500 per foot, meaning that each 30-foot cutout will cost $45,000 to create. Installing air, water and shotcrete will be in addition to the $45,000 figure. Moving the unit will take 2 miners approximately 12 hours, at a labor cost of $1136. In total, the average cost to relocate a portable refuge one time is almost $50,000. Assuming Kensington positioned the refuge at a distance that was 50 percent of the stated requirement, so that relocations were only required every ten days, the resulting 36 relocations per year will cost approximately $1.8 million for the 255 Decline alone.
For these reasons, not only does MSHA's current interpretation of 30 CFR 57.11050 add a new requirement to the standard without undergoing the rulemaking process, the interpretation will result in a diminution of safety to the miners at Kensington Mine. There is no peer-reviewed empirical data to support this additional requirement, and the plain language of 30 CFR 57.11050 does not support the requirement either.
The petitioner asserts that the proposed alternative method will provide the same or greater measure of safety as would be provided by application of the existing standard.
Legal Services Corporation
Notice—Instructions for emergency relief grants.
Generally, the Legal Services Corporation (LSC) has funds available to help meet the special needs of LSC grantees in areas experiencing emergencies recognized through government declarations. This Notice sets forth instructions for current LSC grantees with such needs affecting their offices or parts of their service area who wish to apply for emergency relief funding when such funds are available. This information is also posted to the LSC Web site at
These instructions are effective September 19, 2016.
Disaster Grants Coordinator, Office of Program Performance, Legal Services Corporation, 3333 K St. NW., Washington, DC 20007, (202) 295-1500,
Generally, the Legal Services Corporation (LSC) has funds available to help meet the special needs of LSC grantees in areas experiencing emergencies recognized through government declarations. When funding is available, current LSC grantees are eligible to apply for such emergency funds only if they provide services or have an office located in an area subject to an emergency declaration or similar determination by a government entity or equivalent, at any level, including tribal governments regardless of federal recognition. Such determinations could address disasters, public health emergencies, droughts, or other circumstances warranting emergency-response actions and services. This policy supersedes LSC's prior policy that limited these grants to Federally declared disaster areas. Information regarding this grant program is available at
Interested grantees should contact the LSC Office of Program Performance to discuss the application process, standards, and selection criteria. Information about the application forms and method of submission are available on
a. A description of the damage sustained by applicant and/or the surge in demand for services as a result of the emergency.
b. An estimate, in dollars, of lost property, including records, and equipment.
c. The amount of emergency funds requested.
d. A brief narrative stating the purpose of the requested funds.
e. The grantee's current annual budget of revenue and expenses including both LSC funds and non-LSC funds.
a. The anticipated length of time needed to restore operations from emergency status to normal and/or the anticipated length of time of the expected surge in demand.
b. The anticipated term of the emergency grant (
c. A description of the project, including criteria to be used for determining successful completion.
Given the nature of these emergency situations, LSC will process requests for assistance on a priority basis. The primary emphasis will be on restoring or expanding, as quickly as possible, the program's capacity to serve eligible clients.
The grant must be separately reported by natural line item in the grantee's annual audit(s). This reporting may be done either on the face of the financial statements, or in a schedule attached to the financial statements. The grant will provide additional instructions as needed.
In times of crisis, the immediate needs of victims supersede the need to adhere to the grantee's established priorities. Thus, grantees confronted by natural disasters or emergencies generally dispense with the stated priorities to respond to the most pressing needs of their clients. Depending on the extent of the disaster and the impact it has on case activities, the grantee may process a substantial
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended), the National Science Foundation announces the following meeting:
Advisory Committee for Environmental Research and Education (9487).
September 28, 2016: 9:00 a.m.-5:30 p.m.; September 29, 2016: 9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m.
National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22230.
Open.
Dr. Stephen Meacham, Senior Staff Associate, Office of Integrative Activities/Office of the Director/National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Room 935N, Arlington, V/A 22230 (Email:
May be obtained from
To provide advice, recommendations, and oversight concerning support for environmental research and education.
(Tentative) Approval of minutes from past meetings. Updates on agency support for environmental research and activities. Discussion with NSF Director and Assistant Directors. Discussion of emerging research topics in environmental science, engineering and education. Updated agenda will be available at
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended), the National Science Foundation announces the following meeting:
Advisory Committee for Integrative Activities—Major Research Infrastructure (MRI) Review (#1373).
September 22-23, 2016; 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m.
National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Blvd., Room II-575, Arlington, VA 22230.
Closed.
Randy Phelps, Staff Associate, Office of Integrative Activities, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22230, Telephone (703) 292-5049.
To review the Major Research Infrastructure program's process, including examination of decisions on proposals, reviewer comments, and other relevant materials.
Review and evaluate the Major Research Instrumentation Program and provide assessment of program level technical and managerial matters pertaining to proposal decisions and program operations.
The work being reviewed and evaluated includes information of a proprietary or confidential nature, including technical information; and information on personnel. These matters are exempt under 5 U.S.C. 552 b(c), (4) and (6) of the Government in the Sunshine Act.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing recent Postal Service filings for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
This notice will be published in the
It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Imperial Plantation Corporation because of questions regarding the accuracy of publicly available information about the company's business transactions and securities, including inconsistent disclosures about whether Imperial Plantation Corporation received $1 million in a private placement of one billion shares of its stock, and inaccurate disclosure that it cancelled the one billion shares when the shares remained outstanding as of June 22, 2016. Imperial Plantation Corporation (CIK No. 0001542934), is a Nevada corporation with its principal place of business listed as Tempe, Arizona with stock quoted on OTC Link (previously, “Pink Sheets”) operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. under the ticker symbol IMPC.
The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed company.
THEREFORE, IT IS ORDERED, pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that trading in the securities of the above-listed company is suspended for the period from 9:30 a.m. EDT, August 17, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. EDT, on August 30, 2016.
By the Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule at Section I titled “Rebates and Fees for Adding and Removing Liquidity in SPY” at Part A, relating to Simple Orders for SPY
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule at Section I titled “Rebates and Fees for Adding and Removing Liquidity in SPY” to increase the Simple Order Customer Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY to fund additional Simple Order Specialist and Market Maker Rebates for Adding Liquidity for options overlying SPY.
The purpose of the first fee change is to raise revenue for the Exchange by increasing the Simple Order Customer Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY from $0.43 to $0.45 per contract. Despite the increase to this fee for Customers removing liquidity, the Exchange believes that the fee remains competitive as compared to fees assessed to other market participants.
The purpose of the second fee change is to amend the Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity to incentivize Specialists and Market Makers to add more volume to Phlx in order to receive rebates. Today Specialists and Market Makers have the opportunity to earn rebates that range from $0.15 to $0.30 per contract,
The Exchange proposes to amend Section I to reorganize the Pricing Schedule and delete unnecessary rule text. The Exchange proposes to amend the current sentence above the Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity tiers which currently states, “*The Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity for Specialists and Market Makers will be paid as noted below:”. The Exchange intends to incorporate more language into the new sentence concerning the Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity tiers to make clear which market participants are being paid the rebate and what volume counts toward the monthly volume. The Exchange proposes to amend the sentence as follows: “*The Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity will be paid as noted below to Specialists and Market Makers adding the requisite amount of electronically executed Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order contracts per day in a month in SPY:”. This language is not intended to amend the manner in which the Exchange pays the Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity. The Exchange is proposing to include more clear and specific language above the tiers and then simply list the volume and rebate amount in the table, rather than repeating the language in the table several times. The Exchange believes that these non-substantive amendments will add clarity to the Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity by avoiding unnecessary repetition in the Pricing Schedule and simplifying the rebate table.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while
Likewise, in
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .”
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Customer Simple Order Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY is reasonable because despite the increase to the fee, Customers will continue to be assessed the lowest Simple Order Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY as compared to other market participants (Specialists, Market Makers, Firms,
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Customer Simple Order Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Simple Order Customer Fee for Removing Liquidity will continue to be lower as compared to other market participants ($0.45 vs. $0.47 per contract) and this lower fee will continue to encourage market participants to remove Customer liquidity in SPY on Phlx. Customer liquidity benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attracts market makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants. Pricing by symbol is a common practice on many U.S. options exchanges as a means to incentivize order flow to be sent to an exchange for execution in the most actively traded options classes. Other options exchanges price by symbol.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to amend the Tier 4 Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity in SPY and add two new Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity tiers is reasonable because it will attract more Specialist and Market Maker electronically executed Simple Order volume in SPY to Phlx. The Exchange is offering Specialists and Market Makers an opportunity to earn up to a $0.35 per contract Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity in SPY. Today, the highest Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity in SPY is $0.30 per contract. Specialists and Market Makers will be encouraged to add more electronically executed Simple Order liquidity in SPY on Phlx to obtain the proposed higher rebates.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to amend the Tier 4 Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity in SPY and add two new Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity tiers is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because Specialists and Market Makers have obligations to the market and regulatory requirements, which normally do not apply to other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to reorganize the Pricing Schedule and delete unnecessary rule text is reasonable because the Exchange believes the deletion of the unnecessary text and reorganization of the rule text will bring greater clarity to the Pricing Schedule. The Exchange's proposal to reorganize the Pricing Schedule and delete unnecessary rule text is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the amendment is non-substantive and only intended to provide clarity to the Pricing Schedule. The rule text will apply uniformly to all market participants.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
The fees and rebates proposed herein are intended to continue to incentivize market participants to send a greater amount of SPY order flow to Phlx and for this reason imposes no inter-market burden on competition. If the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.
The Exchange's proposal to increase the Customer Simple Order Fee for Removing Liquidity in SPY does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Simple Order Customer Fee for Removing Liquidity will continue to be lower as compared to other market participants ($0.45 vs. $0.47 per contract) and this lower fee will continue to encourage market participants to remove Customer liquidity in SPY on Phlx. Also, Customer liquidity benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attracts market makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants. Pricing by symbol is a common practice on many U.S. options exchanges as a means to incentivize order flow to be sent to an exchange for execution in the most actively traded options classes. Other options exchanges price by symbol.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to amend the Tier 4 Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity and add two new Specialist and Market Maker Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity tiers does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because Specialists and Market Makers have obligations to the market and regulatory requirements, which normally do not apply to other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to reorganize the Pricing Schedule and delete unnecessary rule text does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange believes the deletion of the unnecessary text and reorganization of the rule text will bring greater clarity to the Pricing Schedule and the revised language applies uniformly to all market participants.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act” or “SEA”)
FINRA is proposing to amend FINRA 2232 (Customer Confirmations) to require members to disclose additional pricing information on retail customer confirmations relating to transactions in fixed income securities.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on FINRA's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, FINRA included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. FINRA has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
FINRA is proposing to amend Rule 2232 to require members to provide additional pricing information on customer confirmations in connection with non-municipal fixed income transactions with retail customers. Specifically, if a member trades as principal with a non-institutional customer in a corporate debt or agency debt security, the member must disclose the member's mark-up or mark-down from the prevailing market price for the security on the customer confirmation, if the member also executes one or more offsetting principal transaction(s) on the same trading day on the same side as the customer trade, the aggregate size of which meets or exceeds the size of the customer trade.
While members are already required, pursuant to SEA Rule 10b-10, to provide customers with pricing information, including transaction cost information, in connection with transactions in equity securities where the member acted as principal, no comparable requirement currently exists for transactions in fixed income securities.
As described in greater detail in Item II.C. below, FINRA initially solicited comment on a related proposal in
Provided below is a more detailed description of each aspect of the proposed rule change.
The proposed rule applies where the member buys (or sells) a security on a principal basis from (or to) a non-institutional customer and engages in one or more offsetting principal trades on the same trading day in the same security, where the size of the member's offsetting principal trade(s), in the aggregate, equals or exceeds the size of the customer trade. A non-institutional customer is a customer account that is not an institutional account, as defined
FINRA believes that the proposed rule provides meaningful pricing information to individual investors that would most benefit from such disclosure, while not imposing unduly burdensome disclosure requirements on members. FINRA believes that requiring disclosure for retail customers,
FINRA believes that it is appropriate to require disclosure of the mark-up or mark-down where the firm's offsetting principal trade(s) equaled or exceeded the size of the customer trade on the same trading day. To the extent that a member will often use its contemporaneous cost or proceeds,
As is discussed in greater detail in Item II.C., a number of commenters stated that the window for triggering disclosure should be limited to two hours. Among other things, commenters argued that a two-hour window would be easier to implement, and would more closely capture riskless principal trades, which would align the proposed disclosure to the riskless principal disclosure requirements for equity securities under Rule 10b-10.
As is also discussed below, FINRA has generated statistics, based on trade data reported to the Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (“TRACE”), that indicate that the majority of firm principal/customer trades that occur within the same trading day occur within thirty minutes of one another. Nonetheless, FINRA believes that there are added benefits to requiring disclosure for trades that occur within the same trading day, rather than only trades that occur within two hours. First, the full-day window will ensure that more investors receive mark-up or mark-down disclosure, even where their trades occur more than two-hours from the firm principal trade (but still occur on the same trading day). Second, the full-day window may make members less likely to alter their trading patterns in response to the proposed rule, as members would be required to hold positions overnight to avoid the proposed disclosure.
Some commenters recommended that FINRA limit the disclosure obligation to riskless principal transactions involving retail investors, as this would more accurately reflect dealer compensation and transaction costs, and would be more consistent with the stated objectives of the SEC in this area. These commenters would apply the proposed rule to riskless principal transactions as previously defined in the equity context by the Commission, where the broker-dealer has an “order in hand” at the time of execution. However, FINRA believes that it may be difficult to objectively define, implement and monitor a riskless principal trigger standard for fixed income securities and also believes that using the riskless principal standard ultimately is too narrow and that customers will benefit from the disclosure irrespective of whether the firm's capacity on the transaction was riskless principal.
With respect to the offsetting principal trade(s), where a member buys from, or sells to, certain affiliates, the proposal would require the member to “look through” the member's transaction with the affiliate to the affiliate's transaction with a third party in determining when the security was acquired and whether the “same trading day” requirement has been triggered. Specifically, FINRA proposes to require members to apply the “look through” where a member's transaction with its affiliate was not at arms-length. For
The proposed rule also contains two exceptions from the proposed disclosure requirement. First, if the offsetting same day firm principal trade was executed by a trading desk that is functionally separate from the firm's trading desk that executed the transaction with the customer, the principal trade by that separate trading desk would not trigger the disclosure requirement. Firms must have in place policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the functionally separate principal trading desk through which the member purchase or member sale was executed had no knowledge of the customer transaction.
FINRA also believes that this exception is appropriate and consistent with the concept of functional and legal separation that exists in connection with other regulatory requirements, such as SEC Regulation SHO, and notes that some members already maintain functionally separate trading desks to comply with these requirements.
Second, the proposed rule would not apply if the member acquired the security in a fixed-price offering and sold the security to non-institutional customers at the same fixed-price offering price on the day the securities were acquired. In a fixed-price offering, the compensation paid to the firm, such as the underwriting fee, is paid for by the issuer and described in the prospectus. Given the availability of information in connection with a fixed-price offering, FINRA believes that the proposed disclosure is not warranted in those instances where the security is sold at the fixed-price offering price.
If the transaction meets the criteria described above, the member would be required to disclose the member's mark-up or mark-down from the prevailing market price for the security. The mark-up or mark-down would be calculated in compliance with Rule 2121 and the supplementary material thereunder, and would be expressed both as a total dollar amount and as a percentage of the prevailing market price.
FINRA believes that the proposal will provide retail customers with several important benefits. As discussed above, members are not required to provide customers who buy or sell fixed income securities with the same pricing information regarding mark-ups and mark-downs as customers who buy or sell equity securities. FINRA believes that requiring mark-up/mark-down disclosure will provide retail investors in non-municipal fixed income securities in transactions covered by the rule with comparable information to what retail investors in equity securities currently receive. FINRA believes that this disclosure will better assist fixed income investors in understanding and comparing the transaction costs associated with their purchases and sales.
If the Commission approves the proposed rule change, FINRA will announce the effective date of the proposed rule change no later than 90 days following Commission approval. The effective date will be no later than 365 days following Commission approval.
FINRA believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 15A(b)(6) of the Act,
FINRA believes that this proposed rule change is consistent with the Act because it will provide retail customers with meaningful and useful additional pricing information that retail customers cannot readily obtain through existing data sources such as TRACE. This belief is supported by investor testing, which indicates that investors find aspects of the proposed requirements useful, including disclosing the mark-up or mark-down both as a dollar amount and as a percentage of the prevailing market price. FINRA believes that some customers pay materially more for trades in fixed income securities than other customers in comparable trades. FINRA believes that the proposed rule will better enable customers to evaluate the cost of the services that members provide by helping customers understand mark-ups or mark-downs from the prevailing market prices in specific transactions. FINRA further believes that this type of information will promote transparency into members' pricing practices and encourage communications between members and their customers about the execution of their fixed income transactions. This proposal also will provide customers with additional information that may assist them in detecting practices that are possibly improper, which would supplement FINRA's own surveillance and enforcement program.
FINRA does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed changes will apply equally to all similarly situated members. Additionally, all members already have an obligation to calculate mark-ups to ensure compliance with Rule 2121.
FINRA is concerned that retail investors in fixed income securities currently are limited in their ability to understand and compare transaction costs associated with their purchases and sales. Investor testing conducted by FINRA and the MSRB reveals that investors lack a clear understanding of the concepts and definitions of mark-up and mark-down and their role in dealer compensation. The proposed disclosure is expected to provide retail investors with valuable pricing information, encourage investor participation in the fixed income markets, and foster price competition among dealers, which may lower transaction costs for retail transactions in fixed income securities.
The staff's analysis of TRACE data for 3Q15 finds a large difference between the estimated median mark-up/mark-down and the tail of the distribution, indicating that some customers paid considerably more than others in similar trades.
Some market participants suggested that the proposed disclosure might not be meaningful because the observed dispersion in mark-ups might be explained by bond- or execution-specific characteristics. The staff's analysis of TRACE data for 3Q15 does not find relationships between mark-ups and bond- or execution-specific characteristics that would fundamentally undermine the value of the proposed requirement.
Specifically, some market participants asserted that high mark-ups might be adequate compensation for enhanced execution price. For example, it was argued that a dealer might reasonably charge a high mark-up on a customer purchase if the transaction price was lower than the prevailing market price. To examine the relationship between mark-up and price, the staff compared the price of each retail size customer purchase (sale) of a bond to all prices of retail size customer purchases (sales) of the same bond in 3Q15 to measure relative execution price.
Some market participants asserted that high mark-ups and mark-downs might be caused by exceptionally low transaction quantities. For example, it was argued that a high mark-up on a customer purchase order of only three bonds might be justified by the high search cost. The analysis of TRACE data for 3Q15 finds no evidence that the highest estimated mark-ups were associated with unusually low quantities. For instance, for retail size customer purchases of investment grade corporate bonds, the median quantity of the trades with the highest estimated mark-ups (above the 95th percentile) was 20 bonds. Moreover, the median quantity did not change much for trades with different estimated mark-up levels.
As discussed above, the mark-up and mark-down estimation involves matching same-sized trades as well as trades of different sizes where there was no same-sized match (
The analysis of TRACE data for 3Q15 also shows that the observed differences in estimated mark-ups were unlikely to be solely driven by bond characteristics. The results for retail size customer purchases of investment grade corporate bonds serve as an example. Among the bonds that had the highest estimated mark-ups (above the 95th percentile), approximately 77 percent also had trades with estimated mark-ups below the median. Moreover, these 77 percent of bonds traded more frequently with estimated below-median mark-ups. Further, the staff's analysis finds that bonds with higher trading frequencies in 3Q15, and presumably higher liquidity, had higher estimated mark-ups.
In conclusion, the observed large dispersion in mark-ups and mark-downs do not appear to principally reflect bond or execution characteristics. The proposed disclosure is expected to provide customers with valuable and consistent information to understand, compare and evaluate transaction costs associated with their trades.
The proposal would impact broker-dealers in the retail market of corporate and agency debt securities by imposing confirmation disclosure requirements on certain customer transactions. In 3Q15, the average daily number of retail size customer trades was 18,330 in corporate debt securities and 676 in agency debt securities. The transactions were mainly concentrated among large firms. For example, the top 20 broker-dealers with the highest volumes accounted for roughly 70 percent of the transactions for both corporate and agency debt securities.
It is estimated that approximately 59 percent of the retail size customer trades in corporate debt securities in 3Q15 would have been subject to the disclosure requirement if the proposed rule had been in place.
FINRA believes that the proposal will provide retail customers with meaningful and useful pricing information that these customers cannot readily obtain through TRACE data. As evidenced by investor testing, investors consider it important to know how much firms charge for transactions in fixed income securities, yet they are unfamiliar with mark-ups and mark-downs. FINRA believes that the pricing information will better enable customers to evaluate the cost and quality of the services that members provide by helping customers understand mark-ups or mark-downs from the prevailing market prices in specific transactions. FINRA further believes that this type of information will promote transparency into members' pricing practices and encourage communications between members and their customers about the pricing of their fixed income transactions. By providing additional pricing information to customers, this proposal may encourage customers to seek out other dealers that might offer more competitive prices for the services offered, which may incentivize members to offer more competitive prices to their retail customers. Any resulting reduction in the differential between the prevailing market price and the price paid by the customer would reduce transaction costs paid by investors and enhance investor confidence in the alignment between transaction costs and the value of the services received, which may encourage wider participation by investors in the retail segments of the corporate and agency debt market.
FINRA recognizes that the proposal would impose burdens and costs on members. In both
Among other things, the proposal would require members to develop and deploy a methodology to satisfy the disclosure requirement, identify trades subject to the disclosure, convey the mark-up on the customer confirmation, and adopt policies and procedures to track and ensure compliance with the requirement. To apply the “look through” to non-arms-length transactions with affiliates, members would also need to obtain the price paid or proceeds received and the time of the affiliate's trade with the third party. FINRA is also aware, however, that some members already provide a form of mark-up disclosure for their customers, and may therefore incur fewer costs in complying with the proposed disclosure requirement.
The proposal would require firms to examine transactions occurring both before and after a customer trade execution to determine whether the trade is subject to the disclosure requirement. FINRA recognizes that the forward-looking approach (comparison to trades occurring after customer trades) may be difficult to implement in some current confirmation processing systems. Some firms with such systems stated that they would need to both maintain the current systems and build entirely new systems to comply with the proposed rule change. The operational impact of the proposal would be more material to these firms.
FINRA believes that the proposal would improve price transparency, enhance investor confidence, and promote price competition among dealers in the retail market of corporate and agency debt securities. Increased participation by retail investors and competitive pressure may lead to lower transaction costs.
In response to
For each dealer's retail size customer trades in corporate bonds in 3Q15, the staff estimated the percentage of trades with offsetting same-day principal transactions. While large firms had a lower average percentage of matched trades than small firms, the difference appeared to be much greater between firms that were more active in the retail corporate bond market and firms that were less active.
Large firms and firms that are more active in the retail corporate bond market may respond to this proposal differently than other firms. Market participants indicated to FINRA that the costs to altering the trade processing and reporting systems for instances where the triggering principal trade occurred after the customer trade would be substantial. FINRA anticipates that large and more active firms are more likely to provide the disclosure to all retail customers even where a triggering principal trade has not occurred at the time of the customer trade because it would likely be less expensive than other methods of ensuring compliance with the proposed rule. FINRA understands that it is unlikely for less active firms to trade with a retail customer without an offsetting transaction. In the cases that they do, they may choose not to provide the disclosure to all retail customers, but then incur the costs of providing the trade processing information at the end of the day, cancelling and correcting the confirmation trade report at the end of the day for any retail trade that subsequently met the reporting requirements of the proposed rule. It is also possible that firms may choose to avoid entering into any trade that would subsequently trigger a reporting obligation,
More generally, FINRA understands that some firms are considering providing the mark-up/mark-down disclosure on all retail trades, regardless of whether the dealers' offsetting trade is made within the same day or not. Similarly, some firms have proposed to provide mark-up/mark-down disclosure on both retail and non-retail transactions to lower the costs associated with identifying disclosure-eligible trades. Providing any additional disclosure would be voluntary to firms, and would likely only occur where the benefits, including reduced implementation costs, outweighed the costs imposed. For example, a firm that voluntarily provides disclosure on all retail principal transactions (regardless of whether there was an offsetting transaction on the same trading day) would be able to avoid the forward-looking aspect of the proposal and its associated costs. As well, providing additional disclosures may limit the differential impact on smaller firms. And, as discussed above, FINRA notes that any intentional delay of a customer execution to avoid the proposed rule would be contrary to a firm's duties to customers under Rules 2010 and 5310. If the proposed rule is approved, FINRA will monitor trading patterns to ensure firms are not purposely delaying a customer execution to avoid the disclosure.
The staff also analyzed TRACE data for 3Q15 to understand the relationship between mark-ups and firm characteristics. The analysis finds that large firms and firms that are more active in the retail corporate bond market tend not to be represented within the tail of the largest estimated mark-ups and mark-downs in the distribution in the sample examined. For example, large firms accounted for 85 percent of all retail size customer purchases of investment grade corporate bonds in 3Q15, but only 61 percent of the trades with the highest estimated mark-ups (above the 95th percentile).
However, it is important to note that small firms tend to be overrepresented within both the tail of the highest and the tail of the lowest mark-ups and mark-downs in the sample examined. In other words, while a disproportionate number of small firms charged relatively high mark-ups, there were also a disproportionate number of small firms that charged relatively low mark-ups. For example, small firms accounted for 8 percent of all retail size customer purchases of investment grade corporate bonds in 3Q15, but 18 percent of the trades with the lowest estimated mark-ups (below the 5th percentile). This implies that some small firms offering competitive prices may benefit from the proposed disclosure.
Moreover, small firms are more likely to have their customer confirmations generated by clearing firms. To the extent that clearing firms will not pass along the full implementation costs to each introducing firm, small firms may incur lower costs than large firms to comply with the proposed rule change.
Therefore, while it is possible that the costs associated with the proposal may lead small dealers to consolidate with large dealers or to exit the market, the effect may be limited. FINRA recognizes that increased concentration in the retail market for fixed income transactions could impact retail costs, by either increasing or decreasing those costs. FINRA also recognizes the potential for members to shift some of the compliance costs on to customers.
As initially proposed, FINRA would have required members to disclose a “reference price,” which used a baseline that is derived from the price that was actually paid by the firm for the bond that same day, and the differential between that reference price and the price to the customer. In response to both the initial proposal and the revised proposal, commenters raised concerns about the usefulness of reference price disclosure, and the potential burdens associated with implementing such disclosure. Based on concerns raised by commenters about the potential burdens associated with reference price disclosure, FINRA is now amending the proposal to require mark-up disclosure, as determined from the prevailing market price. FINRA believes that requiring mark-up disclosure rather than reference price disclosure may result in lower compliance costs, as members are already required under Rule 2121 to ensure that mark-ups and mark-downs are fair, and therefore should be calculating mark-ups to ensure compliance with Rule 2121. While FINRA notes that some members may generate customer confirmations on an intra-day basis, FINRA notes that the mark-up on the customer trade should generally be established at the time of that trade, which should reduce the impact of this proposal upon the confirmation generation process. While firms may still need to delay confirmation generation until the end of the day for at least some portion of disclosure-eligible trades due to the forward-looking aspect of the proposal, FINRA again notes that firms that voluntarily choose to provide disclosure on all retail trades could continue to provide confirmations intra-day, as the forward-looking aspect of the proposal would no longer be relevant.
FINRA recognizes that the determination of the prevailing market price may not be identical across firms and thus may result in a lack of comparability or consistency in disclosures, especially for thinly traded securities. FINRA expects that firms have reasonable policies and procedures in place to calculate the prevailing market price in a manner consistent with Rule 2121 and that such policies and procedures are applied consistently across customers.
FINRA believes that requiring disclosure for non-institutional accounts may lessen some of the costs and complexity associated with this proposal by allowing firms to use an existing distinction that already is integrated into their operations.
As discussed above and below, FINRA considered several alternative approaches and modified the proposal to reduce potential burdens and costs on member firms. For example, FINRA had proposed the disclosure of a “reference price,” but then amended the proposal to require the disclosure of the mark-up or mark-down from the prevailing market price. Similarly, a “qualifying size” requirement was replaced with an exclusion for transactions that involve an institutional account. In response to comments and concerns, FINRA also proposes to exclude from the proposed disclosure those transactions which are part of fixed-price offerings on their first trading day and which are sold at the fixed-price offering price, and firm-side transactions that are conducted by a department or desk that is functionally separate from the retail-side desk. Where the member's principal trade was executed with an affiliate of the member in a transaction that was not at arms-length, FINRA proposes to require a member to “look through” its trade with the affiliate to the affiliate's trade with the third party to determine whether disclosure is required.
This proposal was published for comment in
As proposed in
Of the 31 comments FINRA received on the proposal, 6 supported the proposal, while 25 commenters generally opposed the proposal or made recommendations on ways to narrow substantially the scope of the proposal. Generally, commenters that supported the proposal stated that the proposed confirmation disclosure would provide additional post-trade information to investors that would be otherwise difficult to ascertain.
Other commenters opposed the proposal on several grounds. Commenters questioned whether the proposed disclosure would provide investors with useful information,
Several commenters suggested ways to narrow the scope of the proposal. Some commenters recommended that FINRA limit the disclosure obligation to riskless principal transactions involving retail investors, as this would more accurately reflect dealer compensation
Rather than proposing reference price disclosure, several commenters suggested that FINRA instead enhance TRACE, in part by providing greater investor education about TRACE,
In response to the comments received on
Third, in response to concerns from commenters that having the disclosure requirements triggered by trades made by separate trading departments or desks would undermine the legal and operational separation of those desks, FINRA staff proposed to exclude firm-side transactions from the proposed disclosure that are conducted by a department or desk that is functionally separate from the retail-side desk,
Fourth, in response to concerns from commenters about having the disclosure requirements triggered by trades between affiliates, FINRA proposed to exclude trades where the member's principal trade was executed with an affiliate of the member and the affiliate's position that satisfied this trade was not acquired on the same trading day. Some commenters stated that acquiring a security through an affiliate was functionally similar to an inventory trade, and that using this trade as the basis for a reference price calculation would be of limited value, especially if the affiliate acquired its position over multiple trading days.
As discussed above, FINRA developed its initial proposal in consultation with the MSRB, and the initial FINRA and MSRB proposals were substantially similar. However, in response to comments, the MSRB proposed a different disclosure framework than FINRA. Specifically, the MSRB proposed requiring a firm to disclose the amount of the firm's mark-
Given the importance of achieving a coordinated approach with the MSRB, in
In response to the revised proposal, some commenters reiterated that retail investors would benefit from some form of enhanced price disclosure. For example, the CFA stated that increased price disclosure would provide investors with the opportunity to make more informed investment decisions, and would foster increased price competition in the fixed income markets.
A number of commenters supported disclosing the mark-up, as based on the prevailing market price, instead of the reference price.
Other commenters noted that the reference price proposal could negatively impact firms' efforts to generate timely confirmations.
Some commenters opposed requiring that the firm principal and customer trades occur closer in time to each other, such as two hours, as had relatedly been proposed by the MSRB. The CFA and the SEC Investor Advocate noted that a shorter timeframe would increase the possibility that firms would attempt to evade the disclosure requirement by holding onto positions.
Commenters generally supported the change of the scope of the proposal from the “qualifying size” standard (transactions involving 100 bonds or
Three commenters opposed the proposal to require firms to disclose the time of the execution of the customer transaction.
Other commenters, however, supported including the time of execution of the customer trade. Thomson Reuters stated that including the time of execution would allow retail investors to more easily identify relevant trade data on TRACE
Commenters also supported adding a general link to TRACE.
Commenters supported the proposed exclusion for transactions involving separate trading desks,
Some commenters supported the proposal, in cases of transactions between affiliates, to “look through” to the affiliate's principal transaction for purposes of determining whether disclosure is required.
With respect to the proposed exemption for fixed-price new issues, the two commenters that addressed this issue, CFA Institute and SIFMA, supported the proposed exemption.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”) for an exemption from certain requirements of rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) under the Act.
Applicant requests an order that would permit an issuer of asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that is not registered as an investment company under the Act in reliance on rule 3a-7 under the Act (an “Issuer”) to appoint any of the applicants to act as a trustee in connection with the Issuer's ABS when any such applicant is affiliated with an underwriter for the Issuer's ABS.
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association; Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association; and Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, National Association.
The application was filed on January 11, 2016 and amended on May 2, 2016, and August 2, 2016.
An order granting the application will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicant with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 6, 2016 and should be accompanied by proof of service on the applicant, in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Brent J. Fields, Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants: c/o Bradford E. Chatigny, Esq., Managing Counsel, Wells Fargo Law Department, 301 South College Street, 32nd Floor, Charlotte, NC 28202.
Laura J. Riegel, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-3038, or Mary Kay Frech, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. Each applicant is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company.
2. An ABS transaction typically involves the transfer of assets by a seller, usually by a “sponsor,” to a bankruptcy remote special purpose corporate or trust entity that is established for the sole purpose of holding the assets and issuing ABS to investors (an “ABS Transaction”). Payments of interest and principal on the ABS depend primarily on the cash flow generated by the pool of assets owned by the Issuer.
3. The parties to an ABS Transaction enter into several transaction agreements that provide for the holding of the assets by the Issuer and define the rights and responsibilities of the parties to the transaction (“Transaction Documents”). The operative Transaction Document governing the trustee is referred to herein as the “Agreement.”
4. The sponsor of an ABS Transaction assembles the pool of assets by purchasing or funding them, describes them in the offering materials, and retains the underwriter to sell interests in the assets to investors. The sponsor determines the structure of the ABS Transaction and drafts the Transaction Documents. The sponsor selects the other parties to the ABS Transaction, including the underwriter, the servicer, and the trustee.
5. The servicer, either directly or through subservicers, manages the assets that the Issuer holds. The servicer typically collects all the income from the assets and remits the income to the trustee. The trustee uses the income, as instructed by the servicer and/or as provided by the Agreement, to pay interest and principal on the ABS, to fund reserve accounts and purchases of additional assets, and to make other payments including fees owed to the trustee and other parties to the ABS Transaction.
6. The sponsor of an ABS Transaction selects the trustee and other participants in the transaction. In selecting a trustee, the sponsor generally seeks to obtain customary trust administrative and related services for the Issuer at minimal cost. In some instances, other parties to an ABS Transaction may provide recommendations to a sponsor about potential trustees. An underwriter for an ABS Transaction also may provide advice to the sponsor about trustee selection based on, among other things, the underwriter's knowledge of the pricing and expertise offered by a particular trustee in light of the contemplated transaction.
7. If an underwriter affiliated with an applicant recommends a trustee to a sponsor, both the underwriter's recommendation and any selection of an applicant by the sponsor will be based upon customary market considerations of pricing and expertise, among other things, and the selection will result from an arms-length negotiation between the sponsor and an applicant. An applicant will not price its services as a trustee in a manner designed to facilitate its affiliate being named underwriter.
8. The trustee's role in an ABS Transaction is specifically defined by the Agreement, and under the Agreement the trustee is not expected or required to perform discretionary functions. The responsibilities of the trustee as set forth in the Agreement are narrowly circumscribed and limited to those expressly accepted by the trustee. The trustee negotiates the provisions applicable to it directly with the sponsor and is then appointed by, and enters into the Agreement with, the Issuer.
9. The trustee usually becomes involved in an ABS Transaction after the substantive economic terms have been negotiated between the sponsor and the underwriters. The trustee does not monitor any service performed by, or obligation of, an underwriter, whether or not the underwriter is affiliated with the trustee. In the unlikely event that an applicant, in acting as trustee to an Issuer for which an affiliate acts as underwriter, becomes obligated to enforce any of the affiliated underwriter's obligations to the Issuer, an applicant will resign as trustee for the Issuer consistent with the requirements of rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i). In such an event, an applicant will incur the costs associated with the Issuer's procurement of a successor trustee.
10. The sponsor selects one or more underwriters to purchase the Issuer's ABS and resell them or to place them privately with buyers obtained by the underwriter. The sponsor enters into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter that sets forth the responsibilities of the underwriter with
11. The underwriter may assist the sponsor in the organization of an Issuer by providing advice, based on its expertise in ABS Transactions, on the structuring and marketing of the ABS. This advice may relate to the risk tolerance of investors, the type of collateral, the predictability of the payment stream, the process by which payments are allocated and down-streamed to investors, the way that credit losses may affect the trust and the return to investors, whether the collateral represents a fixed set of specific assets or accounts, and the use of forms of credit enhancements to transform the risk-return profile of the underlying collateral. Any involvement of an underwriter in the organization of an Issuer that occurs is limited to helping determine the assets to be pooled, helping establish the terms of the ABS to be underwritten, and providing the sponsor with a warehouse line of credit for the assets to be transferred to the Issuer in connection with, and prior to, the related securitization.
12. An underwriter may provide advice to a sponsor regarding the sponsor's selection of a trustee for the Issuer. However, an underwriter's role in structuring a transaction would not extend to determining the obligations of a trustee, and the underwriter is not a party to the Agreement or to any of the Transaction Documents. Except for arrangements involving credit or credit enhancement for an Issuer or remarketing agent activities, the underwriter typically has no role in the operation of the Issuer after its issuance of securities. Applicants represent that although an underwriter typically may provide credit or credit enhancement for an Issuer or engage in remarketing agent activities, an underwriter affiliated with an applicant will not provide or engage in such activities.
1. Rule 3a-7 excludes from the definition of investment company under section 3(a) of the Act an Issuer that meets the conditions of the rule. One of rule 3a-7's conditions, set forth in paragraph (a)(4)(i), requires that the Issuer appoint a trustee that is not affiliated with the Issuer or with any person involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer (the “Independent Trustee Requirement”). Rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) therefore prohibits an Issuer from appointing a trustee that is affiliated with an underwriter.
2. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions from any provision of the Act, or from any rule thereunder, if and to the extent such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act.
3. Applicants request exemptive relief under section 6(c) of the Act from rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i) under the Act to the extent necessary to permit an Issuer to appoint an applicant as a trustee to the Issuer when such applicant is affiliated with an underwriter involved in the organization of the Issuer. Applicants submit that the requested exemptive relief from the Independent Trustee Requirement is necessary and appropriate in the public interest and is consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act due to changes in the banking industry, due to the timing and nature of the roles of the trustee and the underwriter in ABS Transactions, and because the requested relief is consistent with the policies and purposes underlying the Independent Trustee Requirement and rule 3a-7 in general.
4. Applicants note that when rule 3a-7 was proposed in 1992, virtually all trustees were unaffiliated with the other parties involved in an ABS Transaction. Applicants state that consolidation within the banking industry, as well as economic and other business factors, has resulted in a significant decrease in the number of bank trustees providing services to Issuers. Applicants also state that bank consolidation has been accompanied by the expansion of banks into investment banking, including the underwriting of ABS Transactions. Applicants further state that due to these banking industry changes, most trustees that provide services to Issuers, including an applicant, have affiliations with underwriters to Issuers. Applicants state that, as a result, when an affiliate of an applicant is selected to underwrite ABS in an ABS Transaction, rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i)'s Independent Trustee Requirement generally prevents applicant from serving as trustee for the Issuer. Applicants state that the Independent Trustee Requirement imposes an unnecessary regulatory limitation on trustee selection and causes market distortions by leading to the selection of trustees for reasons other than customary market considerations of pricing and expertise. This result is disadvantageous to the ABS market and to ABS investors.
5. Applicants submit that due to the nature and timing of the roles of the trustee and the underwriter, an applicant's affiliation with an underwriter would not result in a conflict of interest or possibility of overreaching that could harm investors. Applicants state that the trustee's role begins with the Issuer's issuance of its securities, and the trustee performs its role over the life of the Issuer. Applicants state that, in contrast, the underwriter is chosen early in the ABS Transaction process, may help to structure the ABS Transaction, distributes the Issuer's securities to investors, and generally have no role subsequent to the distribution of the Issuer's securities. Applicants further state that an ABS trustee does not monitor the distribution of securities or any other activity performed by underwriters and there is no opportunity for a trustee and an affiliated underwriter to act in concert to benefit themselves at the expense of holders of the ABS either prior to or after the closing of the ABS Transaction.
6. Applicants state that the trustee's role is narrowly defined, and that the trustee is neither expected nor required to exercise discretion or judgment except after a default in the ABS transaction, which rarely occurs. Applicants state that the duties of a trustee after a default are limited to enforcing the terms of the Agreement for the benefit of debt holders as a “prudent person” would enforce such interests for his own benefit. Applicants further state that the trustee of the Issuer has virtually no discretion to pursue anyone in any regard other than preserving and realizing on the assets. In any event, applicants state that any role taken by the trustee in the event of a default would occur after the underwriter has terminated its role in the transaction.
7. Applicants submit that the concerns underlying the Independent Trustee Requirement are not implicated if the trustee for an Issuer is independent of the sponsor, servicer, and credit enhancer for the Issuer, but is affiliated with an underwriter for the Issuer, because in that situation no single entity would act in all capacities in the issuance of the ABS and the operation of an Issuer. Applicants state that each applicant would continue to act as an independent party safeguarding the assets of any Issuer regardless of an affiliation with an
8. Applicants state that the conditions set forth below provide additional protections against conflicts and overreaching. For example, the conditions ensure that an applicant will continue to act as an independent party safeguarding the assets of an Issuer regardless of an affiliation with an underwriter of the ABS and would not allow the underwriter any greater access to the assets, or cash flows derived from the assets, of the Issuer than if there were no affiliation.
Each applicant agrees that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the following conditions:
1. The applicant will not be affiliated with any person involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer in an ABS Transaction other than the underwriter.
2. The applicant's relationship to an affiliated underwriter will be disclosed in writing to all parties involved in an ABS Transaction, including the rating agencies and the ABS holders.
3. An underwriter affiliated with the applicant will not be involved in the operation of an Issuer, and its involvement in the organization of an Issuer will extend only to determining the assets to be pooled, assisting in establishing the terms of the ABS to be underwritten, and providing the sponsor with a warehouse line of credit for the assets to be transferred to the Issuer in connection with, and prior to, the related securitization.
4. An affiliated person of the applicant, including an affiliated underwriter, will not provide credit or credit enhancement to an Issuer if the applicant serves as trustee to the Issuer.
5. An underwriter affiliated with the applicant will not engage in any remarketing agent activities, including involvement in any auction process in which ABS interest rates, yields, or dividends are reset at designated intervals in any ABS Transaction for which the applicant serves as trustee to the Issuer.
6. All of an affiliated underwriter's contractual obligations pursuant to the underwriting agreement will be enforceable by the sponsor.
7. Consistent with the requirements of rule 3a-7(a)(4)(i), the applicant will resign as trustee for the Issuer if the applicant becomes obligated to enforce any of an affiliated underwriter's obligations to the Issuer.
8. The applicant will not price its services as trustee in a manner designed to facilitate its affiliate being named underwriter.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
Nasdaq is proposing to amend Rule 7047 (Nasdaq Basic)
While changes pursuant to this proposal are effective upon filing, the Exchange has designated these changes to be operative on September 1, 2016.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at
In its filing with the Commission, Nasdaq included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The purpose of this proposal is to amend Rule 7047(c) with language indicating that the Distributor fee for Nasdaq Basic will be uniformly applied to all Distributors, regardless of any user fees, immediately after approval to receive Nasdaq Basic, at the current fee of $1,500 per month.
Nasdaq Basic is a proprietary data product that provides a low cost alternative to the other Level 1 offerings. Nasdaq Basic provides the best bid and offer and last sale information for all U.S. exchange-listed securities based on liquidity within the Nasdaq market center, as well as trades reported to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility
NLS was approved by the Commission in June of 2008. NLS is a non-core market data product designed for distribution through internet portals and broadcast television, as well as distribution to individuals that access the data via a username/password-identified account and/or quote-counting mechanisms.
Nasdaq Basic, another non-core market data product, was approved by the Commission about a year later in March of 2009.
Nasdaq Basic, which is described in current Rule 7047, was expanded to three separate components, which may be purchased individually or in combination.
The fee structure for Nasdaq Basic features a fee for Professional Subscribers and a reduced fee for Non-Professional Subscribers.
There is also a separate Distributor fee for Nasdaq Basic.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable and proper. This is because Distributors will not be disadvantaged by the rule change because this would be applied to all Distributors after approval to receive Nasdaq Basic data. The credit was implemented in order to incentivize new firms to subscribe to Nasdaq Basic and grow the product. Due to strong product growth and continued overall industry cost savings with Nasdaq Basic compared to Level 1 data, as well as the administrative burden of maintaining the credit, the Exchange believes the change to remove the Distributor fee credit as described will not deter new subscribers or be unfairly discriminatory. Charging a monthly fixed fee without a credit available to all eligible Distributors makes this product similar to nearly all other Nasdaq data products and makes its administration less burdensome on the Exchange.
Nasdaq believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Nasdaq Basic product provides a subset of the data that is also provided by the Level 1 data feed available under the Nasdaq UTP Plan. Moreover, the current fees for Nasdaq Basic, similarly to the fees for NLS and NLS Plus, having been previously established, and the Commission has either specifically determined them to be consistent with the Act or has permitted them to become effective on an immediately effective basis.
The proposed credit elimination continues to reflect an equitable allocation and continues to be not unfairly discriminatory. Nasdaq Basic, like NLS and NLS Plus, are voluntary products for which market participants can readily substitute core data feeds that provide quotation and last sale information. Accordingly, Nasdaq is constrained from pricing such products in a manner that would be inequitable or unfairly discriminatory. The distinction between fees for professional and non-professional users, and between Distributors and other users, is consistent with the distinction made under Commission-approved fees for core data, and the applicable fees are lower than applicable fees for core data to reflect the lesser quantum of data made available. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory. This is because current Distributors will not be disadvantaged by the rule change, because even if the credit deletion could be seen in the nature of a fee increase, current Distributors have been able to take advantage of the credit under current Rule 7047. And, on a going forward basis the monthly Distributor fee would be applied uniformly to all Distributors after approval to receive Nasdaq Basic data, which would help with the administration of costs by the Exchange.
In adopting Regulation NMS, the Commission granted SROs and broker-dealers (“BDs”) increased authority and flexibility to offer new and unique market data to the public. It was believed that this authority would expand the amount of data available to consumers, and also spur innovation and competition for the provision of market data. Nasdaq believes that its Nasdaq Basic, as also NLS and NLS Plus, market data products are precisely the sort of market data product that the Commission envisioned when it adopted Regulation NMS. The Commission concluded that Regulation NMS—by deregulating the market in proprietary data—would itself further the Act's goals of facilitating efficiency and competition:
[E]fficiency is promoted when broker-dealers who do not need the data beyond the prices, sizes, market center identifications of the NBBO and consolidated last sale information are not required to receive (and pay for) such data. The Commission also believes that efficiency is promoted when broker-dealers may choose to receive (and pay for) additional market data based on their own internal analysis of the need for such data.
By removing unnecessary regulatory restrictions on the ability of exchanges to sell their own data, Regulation NMS advanced the goals of the Act and the principles reflected in its legislative history. If the free market should determine whether proprietary data is sold to BDs at all, it follows that the price at which such data is sold should be set by the market as well.
Moreover, fee liable data products such as Nasdaq Basic, and also NLS and NLS Plus, are a means by which exchanges compete to attract order flow, and this proposal simply codifies the relevant fee structure into an Exchange rule. To the extent that exchanges are successful in such competition, they earn trading revenues and also enhance the value of their data products by increasing the amount of data they are able to provide. Conversely, to the extent that exchanges are unsuccessful, the inputs needed to add value to data products are diminished. Accordingly, the need to compete for order flow places substantial pressure upon exchanges to keep their fees for both executions and data reasonable.
The Exchange believes that data products are a means by which exchanges compete to attract order flow. To the extent that exchanges are successful in such competition, they earn trading revenues and also enhance the value of their data products by increasing the amount of data they are able to provide. Conversely, to the extent that exchanges are unsuccessful, the inputs needed to add value to data products are diminished. Accordingly, the need to compete for order flow places substantial pressure upon exchanges to keep their fees for both executions and data reasonable.
The fee structure for Nasdaq Basic, similarly to NLS and NLS Plus, also continues to reflect an equitable allocation and continues not be unfairly discriminatory, because these are voluntary products which market participants can readily substitute (or put together themselves).
In summary, deletion of the Distributor credit so that the Distributor fee for Nasdaq Basic will be uniformly applied to all Distributors, regardless of any user fees, will help to protect a free and open market by continuing to provide additional non-core data (offered on an optional basis for a fee) to the marketplace and by providing investors with greater choices.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed fee structure is designed to ensure a fair and reasonable use of Exchange resources by allowing the Exchange to recoup costs while continuing to offer its data products at competitive rates to firms.
The market for data products is extremely competitive and firms may freely choose alternative venues and data vendors based on the aggregate fees assessed, the data offered, and the value provided. This rule proposal does not burden competition, which continues to offer alternative data products and, like the Exchange, set fees, but rather reflects the competition between data feed vendors and will further enhance such competition. Nasdaq Basic, like NLS and NLS Plus, compete directly with existing similar products and potential products of market data vendors. Nasdaq Basic, like NLS and NLS Plus, are part of the existing market for proprietary last sale data products that is currently competitive and inherently contestable because there is fierce competition for the inputs necessary to the creation of proprietary data and strict pricing discipline for the proprietary products themselves. Numerous exchanges compete with each other for listings, trades, and market data itself, providing virtually limitless opportunities for entrepreneurs who wish to produce and distribute their own market data. This proprietary data is produced by each individual exchange, as well as other entities, in a vigorously competitive market. Similarly, with respect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF data that is a component of Nasdaq Basic, NLS, and NLS Plus, allowing exchanges to operate TRFs has permitted them to earn revenues by providing technology and data in support of the non-exchange segment of the market. This revenue opportunity has also resulted in fierce competition between the two current TRF operators, with both TRFs charging extremely low trade reporting fees and rebating the majority of the revenues they receive from core market data to the parties reporting trades.
Transaction execution and proprietary data products are complementary in that market data is both an input and a byproduct of the execution service. In fact, market data and trade execution are a paradigmatic example of joint products with joint costs. The decision whether and on which platform to post an order will depend on the attributes of the platform where the order can be posted, including the execution fees, data quality and price, and distribution of its data products. Without trade executions, exchange data products cannot exist. Moreover, data products are valuable to many end users only insofar as they provide information that end users expect will assist them or their customers in making trading decisions.
The costs of producing market data include not only the costs of the data distribution infrastructure, but also the costs of designing, maintaining, and operating the exchange's transaction execution platform and the cost of regulating the exchange to ensure its fair operation and maintain investor confidence. The total return that a trading platform earns reflects the revenues it receives from both products and the joint costs it incurs. Moreover, the operation of the exchange is characterized by high fixed costs and low marginal costs. This cost structure is common in content and content distribution industries such as software, where developing new software typically requires a large initial investment (and continuing large investments to upgrade the software), but once the software is developed, the incremental cost of providing that software to an additional user is typically small, or even zero (
Competition among trading platforms can be expected to constrain the aggregate return each platform earns from the sale of its joint products, but different platforms may choose from a range of possible, and equally reasonable, pricing strategies as the means of recovering total costs. Nasdaq pays rebates and credits to attract orders, charges relatively low prices for market information and charges relatively high prices for accessing posted liquidity. Other platforms may choose a strategy of paying lower liquidity rebates to attract orders, setting relatively low prices for accessing posted liquidity, and setting relatively high prices for market information. Still others may provide most data free of charge and rely exclusively on transaction fees to recover their costs. Finally, some platforms may incentivize use by providing opportunities for equity ownership, which may allow them to charge lower direct fees for executions and data.
In this environment, there is no economic basis for regulating maximum prices for one of the joint products in an industry in which suppliers face
The proposed fee structure is designed to ensure a fair and reasonable use of Exchange resources by allowing the Exchange to recoup costs and ease administrative burden while continuing to offer its data products at competitive rates to firms.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
The foregoing change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before September 8, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-8687 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Deana Stedman, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration, (FAA), DOT.
Notice of intent to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement and request for scoping comments.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is issuing this notice under the provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as amended to advise the public that an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) will be prepared to assess the potential impacts of the proposed Airfield Safety Enhancement Project (ASEP) including real property transactions between the United States Air Force (USAF) and the Tucson Airport Authority (TAA); demolition of 12 Earth Covered Magazines (ECM); replacement of the ECMs elsewhere on USAF Plant 44; construction of a new parallel taxiway; relocation of Runway 11R-29L and other associated development at Tucson International Airport. The proposed project also includes transfer of land ultimately to the USAF, on behalf of the National Guard Bureau (NGB), for construction of a Munitions Storage Area and access road to support the 162nd Fighter Wing at Tucson Air National Guard Base. To ensure that all significant issues related to the proposed action are identified, one (1) public scoping meeting and one (1) governmental agency scoping meeting will be held.
FAA is the lead agency on the preparation of the EIS and has invited the Department of the Air Force (USAF) and the National Guard Bureau (NGB) to participate as cooperating agencies because the Tucson Airport Authority's proposed action requires federal actions by both U.S. Department of Defense agencies.
Mr. David B. Kessler, M.A., AICP, Federal Aviation Administration, Western-Pacific Region—Airports Division, AWP-610.1., P.O. Box 92007, Los Angeles, California 90009-2007. Telephone: 310-725-3615.
The purpose of this notice is to inform federal, state, and local government agencies, and the public of the intent to prepare an EIS and to conduct a public and agency scoping process. Information, data, opinions, and comments obtained throughout the scoping process will be considered in preparing the draft EIS.
The scoping process for this EIS will include a comment period for interested agencies and interested persons to submit oral and/or written comments representing the concerns and issues they believe should be addressed. Please submit any written comments to the FAA not later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Daylight Time, Monday, October 3, 2016.
The EIS will be prepared in accordance with the procedures described in FAA Order 5050.4B,
Within the EIS, FAA proposes to consider a range of alternatives that could potentially meet the purpose and need to enhance airfield safety at Tucson International Airport including, but not limited to, the following:
A governmental agency scoping meeting for all federal, state, and local regulatory agencies which have jurisdiction by law or have special expertise with respect to any potential environmental impacts associated with the proposed action will be held on Thursday, September 22, 2016. This meeting will take place at 1:00 p.m. Mountain Standard Time, on the first floor of the Tucson Executive Terminal, at the base of the old Airport Traffic Control Tower building with “TUCSON” on the side, 7081 South Plumer Avenue, Tucson, Arizona. A notification letter will be sent in advance of the meeting.
One public scoping meeting for the general public will be held. The public scoping meeting will be held from 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Mountain Standard Time on Thursday, September 22, 2016. The public scoping meeting will be conducted on the first floor of the Tucson Executive Terminal at the base of the old Airport Traffic Control Tower building with “TUCSON” on the side, 7081 South Plumer Avenue, Tucson, Arizona. To notify the general public of the scoping process, a legal notice will be placed in newspapers having general circulation in the study area. The newspaper notice will notify the public that scoping meetings will be held to gain their input concerning the proposed action, alternatives to be considered, and impacts to be evaluated.
The FAA is aware that there are Native American tribes with a historical interest in the area. The FAA will interact on a government-to-government basis, in accordance with all executive orders, laws, regulations, and other memoranda. The tribes will also be invited to participate in accordance with NEPA and Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before September 8, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-7855 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Deana Stedman, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before September 8, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-8059 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Deana Stedman, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before September 8, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-8326 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Deana Stedman, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
In accordance with part 235 of Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and 49 U.S.C. 20502(a), this document provides the public notice that by a document dated June 29, 2016, the Union Pacific Railroad (UP) petitioned the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) seeking approval for the discontinuance or modification of a signal system. FRA assigned the petition Docket Number FRA-2016-0068.
UP seeks approval of the modification of Control Point (CP) B002 on the Omaha Subdivision, at Milepost (MP) 2.00, in the State of Iowa, by dividing it into two CPs: CP B902 and CP B002.
The reason given for the proposed modification is to accommodate a U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) project to widen Interstate 29 as well as to facilitate yard operations and expedite train movements in the area. All existing signals at the present CP B002 will be removed and replaced with the proposed layout at the new CPs B002 and B902. Existing switches will be relocated to accommodate DOT's Interstate 29 widening project. An interface house will be installed at CP B003 to replace the line circuits currently in service across the Missouri River Bridge with coded track, and the signal aspect progression will be upgraded to four aspects from the current three. This modification will follow the completion of Phase 1 of the project, which was assigned Docket Number FRA-2015-0051, and was approved on October 5, 2015.
A copy of the petition, as well as any written communications concerning the petition, is available for review online at
Interested parties are invited to participate in these proceedings by submitting written views, data, or comments. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing in connection with these proceedings since the facts do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, they should notify FRA, in writing, before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for their request.
All communications concerning these proceedings should identify the appropriate docket number and may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Communications received by October 3, 2016 will be considered by FRA before final action is taken. Comments received after that date will be considered as far as practicable.
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its processes. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.
Notice and request for comment.
The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the renewal of an information collection as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
The OCC is soliciting comment concerning the renewal of its information collection titled, “OCC Supplier Registration Form.” The OCC also is giving notice that it has sent the collection to OMB for review.
Comments must be submitted on or before September 19, 2016.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. Comments may be sent to: Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0316, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219. In addition, comments may be sent by fax to (571) 465-4326 or by electronic mail to
All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your
Additionally, please send a copy of your comments by mail to: OCC Desk Officer, 1557-0316, U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC 20503 or by email to:
Shaquita Merritt, OCC Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490 or, for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, TTY, (202) 649-5597, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219.
The OCC is requesting that OMB extend its approval of the following information collection:
In order to comply with the Congressional mandate to develop standards for the fair inclusion and utilization of minority-and women-owned businesses and to provide effective technical assistance to these businesses, the OCC developed an on-going system to collect up-to-date contact information and capabilities statements from potential suppliers. This information allows the OCC to update and enhance its internal database of interested minority- and women-owned businesses. This information also allows the OCC to measure the effectiveness of its technical assistance and outreach efforts and to target areas where additional outreach efforts are necessary.
On May 31, 2016, the OCC issued a 60-day notice soliciting comment on the information collection, 81 FR 34435. No comments were received. Comments continue to be invited on:
(1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the OCC's estimate of the burden of the collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
(5) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is removing the name of one individual whose property and interests in property have been blocked pursuant to Executive Order 13288 of March 6, 2003, “Blocking Property of Persons Undermining Democratic Institutions in Zimbabwe,” as amended by Executive Order 13391, “Blocking Property of Additional Persons Undermining Democratic Processes or Institutions in Zimbabwe,” and Executive Order 13469 of July 25, 2008, “Blocking Property of Additional Persons Undermining Democratic Processes or Institutions in Zimbabwe.”
OFAC's action described in this notice are effective as of August 15, 2016.
Associate Director for Global Targeting, tel.: 202/622-2420, Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, tel.: 202/622-2490, Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202/622-2480, Office of Foreign Assets Control, or Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), tel.: 202/622-2410 (not toll free numbers).
The SDN List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available from OFAC's Web site (
On August 15, 2016, OFAC, in consultation with the State Department, determined that circumstances no longer warrant the inclusion of the following individual on OFAC's SDN list, and that this individual is no longer subject to the blocking provisions of Section 1(a) of E.O. 13288, as amended by E.O. 13469, and section 1(a) of E.O. 13991.
1. AL-Shanfari, Thamer Bin Said Ahmed (A.K.A. Al Shanfari, Sheikh Thamer; A.K.A. Al Shanfari, Thamer; A.K.A. Al Shanfari, Thamer Said Ahmed; A.K.A. Al-Shanfari, Thamer Bin Saeed; A.K.A. Al-Shanfari, Thamer Said Ahmed; A.K.A. Shanfari, Thamer), P.O. Box 18, Ruwi 112, Oman; DOB 03 Jan 1968; Alt. Nationality Oman; Alt. Citizen Oman; Passport 00000999 (Oman); Alt. Passport 3253 (Oman) (Individual) [Zimbabwe].
Internal Revenue Service, Department of Treasury.
Request for nominations.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is requesting applications from consumer advocates, as well as individuals with experience in cybersecurity and information security, tax software development, tax preparation, payroll and tax financial product processing, systems management and improvement, implementation of customer service initiatives, and public administration, to be considered for selection as members of the Electronic Tax Administration Advisory Committee (ETAAC). This is the second solicitation for ETAAC nominations. The IRS wants to ensure the committee's membership is properly balanced as required by the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA).
Nominations should describe and document the proposed member's qualification for ETAAC membership, including the applicant's knowledge of regulations and the applicant's past or current affiliations and dealings with the particular tax segment or segments of the community that the applicant wishes to represent on the council. Applications will be accepted for current vacancies from qualified individuals and from professional and public interest groups that wish to have representation on ETAAC. Submissions must include an application and resume.
ETAAC provides continuing input into the development and implementation of the IRS organizational strategy for electronic tax administration. The ETAAC will provide an organized public forum for discussion of electronic tax administration issues such as prevention of refund fraud identity theft in support of the overriding goal that paperless filing should be the preferred and most convenient method of filing tax and information returns. The ETAAC members will convey the public's perceptions of IRS electronic tax administration activities, offer constructive observations about current or proposed policies, programs and procedures, and suggest improvements.
This is a volunteer position and members will serve a one-, two-, or three-year term on the ETAAC to allow for a rotation in membership which ensures that different perspectives are represented. Travel expenses within government guidelines will be reimbursed. In accordance with Department of Treasury Directive 21-03, a clearance process including fingerprints, annual tax checks, a Federal Bureau of Investigation criminal check and a practitioner check with the Office of Professional Responsibility will be conducted.
Written nominations must be received on or before September 19, 2016.
Nominations should be sent to: Michael Deneroff, IRS National Public Liaison Office, CL:NPL:SRM, Room 7559, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, Attn: ETAAC Nominations. Applications may also be submitted via fax to 855-811-8020 or via email at
Michael Deneroff at (202) 317-6851, or send an email to
The establishment and operation of the Electronic Tax Administration Advisory Committee (ETAAC) is required by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 (RRA 98), Title II, Section 2001(b)(2). ETAAC follows a charter in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C., App. 2. The ETAAC provides continued input into the development and implementation of the IRS's strategy for electronic tax administration. The ETAAC will research, analyze, consider, and make recommendations on a wide range of electronic tax administration issues and will provide input into the development of the strategic plan for electronic tax administration. Members will provide an annual report to Congress by June 30th.
Applicants must complete the application form, which includes describing and documenting the applicant's qualifications for ETAAC membership. Applicants must submit a short one- or two-page statement including recent examples of specific skills and qualifications as they relate to: Cybersecurity and information security, tax software development, tax preparation, payroll and tax financial product processing, systems management and improvement, implementation of customer service initiatives, consumer advocacy and public administration. Examples of skill in critical thinking, strategic planning and oral and written communication are desirable.
An acknowledgement of receipt will be sent to all applicants.
Equal opportunity practices will be followed in all appointments to the ETAAC in accordance with Department of Treasury and IRS policies. The IRS has a special interest in assuring that women and men, members of all races and national origins, and individuals with disabilities have an opportunity to serve on advisory committees. Therefore, IRS extends particular encouragement to nominations from such appropriately qualified individuals.
Office of Career, Technical, and Adult Education, Department of Education.
Final regulations.
The Secretary establishes regulations to implement changes to the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) resulting from the enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 (WIOA or the Act). These final regulations clarify new provisions in AEFLA. The Secretary also updates the regulations that establish procedures for determining the suitability of tests used for measuring State performance on accountability measures that assess the effectiveness of AEFLA programs and activities. The Secretary also removes specific parts of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that are no longer in effect.
These final regulations are effective September 19, 2016.
Lekesha Campbell, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 11008, Potomac Center Plaza (PCP), Washington, DC 20202-2800.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
On July 22, 2014, President Obama signed into law WIOA (Pub. L. 113-128), which replaces the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA). As under WIA, AEFLA is title II of WIOA (title II). WIOA supports innovative strategies to keep pace with changing economic conditions and seeks to improve coordination across the primary Federal programs that support employment services, workforce development, adult education, and vocational rehabilitation activities. These final regulations further the Department of Education's (Department or ED) implementation of new provisions in AEFLA. Through these regulations, we explain the programs and activities authorized under AEFLA and assist State and local grantees in their implementation efforts.
We have limited the regulations to only those that we believe are absolutely necessary to clarify and reiterate key statutory provisions of WIOA, as well as to respond to public comments. In the regulations, we incorporate the relevant requirements from AEFLA to provide context and for reader convenience.
Summary of the Major Provisions of This Regulatory Action:
Through these final regulations the Secretary:
1. Removes specific parts of title 34 that are no longer in effect.
2. Updates and revises existing AEFLA regulations regarding the suitability of tests for use in the National Reporting System for Adult Education (NRS) to reflect new provisions of WIOA. The regulations also include procedures that States and local eligible providers must follow when using suitable tests for NRS reporting. The changes conform to statutory language in WIOA and clarify existing requirements.
3. Restates the purpose of AEFLA and the programs authorized by the Act, as well as clarifies the related Education Department General Administration Regulations (EDGAR) and definitions that apply to the program.
4. Describes the process and requirements for States to award grants or contracts to eligible providers and the activities that may be charged to local administrative costs. These regulations implement new requirements established by WIOA, including the requirement that local workforce development boards (Local WDBs) review applications for funds prepared by applicants for AEFLA funding, the requirement that entities have “demonstrated effectiveness” to be eligible providers, and the requirement that local administrative funds be used to promote the alignment of an eligible provider's activities with the local workforce development plan established under title I of WIOA.
5. Reiterates what constitutes an adult education and literacy activity or program and clarifies how funds may be used for activities that are newly authorized by WIOA.
6. Describes how AEFLA funds may be used to support programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals, including new activities authorized by WIOA.
7. Clarifies the use of funds for new and expanded activities under the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program.
On April 16, 2015, the Secretary published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM or proposed regulations) for these programs in the
We received a number of comments expressing general support for the proposed regulations. We thank the commenters for their support. We do not discuss comments that were beyond the scope of the changes we proposed in the NPRM.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20969 through 20971 the major changes proposed to part 462. These regulations are authorized under section 212 of WIOA, which makes adult education and literacy programs and activities subject to the performance accountability requirements of section 116 of WIOA. Through the proposed regulations, we sought to further formalize the process for determining the suitability of tests for use in the NRS. By creating a uniform review and approval process, the regulations would facilitate the submission process for test publishers and strengthen the integrity of the NRS as a critical tool for measuring State performance on accountability measures related to adult education and literacy activities under AEFLA, as required under section 116 of WIOA. The proposed process would also provide a means by which the Secretary would assess the continued validity of tests that have previously been determined suitable for use in the NRS.
There are three differences between the NPRM and these final regulations. In the final regulations:
• We use the term “English as a Second Language (ESL)” when referring to educational functioning levels of English language learners to maintain consistency with NRS information collection and guidelines.
• We update § 462.13(c) regarding the criteria that the Secretary uses to determine the suitability of tests for use in the NRS.
• We remove § 462.43 regarding how States may report educational functioning level gains for students. Educational functioning level gain is included in the WIOA joint final rule at 20 CFR 677.155(a)(1)(v) (and will be included in part 463, Subpart I) as one of five measures of documented progress that specify how to show a measurable skill gain for performance accountability under section 116 of WIOA, and it applies across all of the WIOA core programs. As such, the Department of Education and the Department of Labor agree that any further explanation regarding educational functioning level gains is best provided in the joint information collection request (ICR) for the WIOA Common Performance Reporting (WIOA Joint Performance ICR) and joint guidance. The Departments reiterate that States will be required to report on the measurable skill gains performance indicator, which may include educational functioning level gain, as set forth in § 677.155(a)(1)(v), consistent with the WIOA Joint Performance ICR and as explained in guidance.
In the NPRM we proposed to revise § 462.3 to align several terms with the language in WIOA. For example, to conform to section 203 of AEFLA, we proposed replacing the term “English as a second language (ESL)” with the term “English language acquisition (ELA).” We also proposed to remove the reference to a physical copy of the NRS Guidelines to provide an easier and immediate public access online.
In proposed § 462.10, the Department established two additional submission dates for the submission of tests in program years 2016 and 2017. Currently, tests must be submitted by October 1 of each year. The two additional dates of April 1, 2017 and April 1, 2018 would provide more opportunities for the Secretary to review and approve assessments and will increase the availability of new assessments to eligible providers in the first two years of implementing the performance accountability requirements under section 116 of WIOA.
We noted in the preamble of the NPRM that we proposed to update the reference to the
In § 462.40, we proposed adding one additional element to the information a State must include in its State assessment policy by requiring that the State specify a target for the percentage of all pre-tested students who both meet that threshold of instruction and take a matched post-test. The post-test score is used to determine whether the student has made educational functioning level gain. Under WIA, States were directed to specify this target by the information collection request,
Proposed § 462.42 revised the authority citation to conform to WIOA.
Proposed § 462.43(a) confirmed that educational functioning level gain is measured by testing students in reading and mathematics. We also proposed adding § 462.43(c) to allow States that offer adult high school programs, authorized by State law or regulations, to measure and report educational functioning level gain through the awarding of credits or Carnegie units. Additionally, as noted in § 462.41, we revised the title of this section to clarify that the measurement of educational gain as described in these regulations is for the purpose of applying the measurable skill gains performance indicator in section 116 of WIOA to programs and activities under AEFLA.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20971 through 20975 proposed new regulations to support State and local implementation of WIOA-related changes to the AEFLA program. We proposed regulations to reiterate the purpose of AEFLA and the programs authorized by the Act, as well as clarify the relationship of those programs and definitions to EDGAR. We also sought to describe the process and requirements for States to award grants or contracts to eligible providers and the activities that may be charged to local administrative costs. The proposed regulations included new requirements established by WIOA, such as: The requirement that Local WDBs review applications for funds prepared by applicants for AEFLA funding, the requirement that entities have “demonstrated effectiveness” to be eligible providers, and the requirement that local administrative funds be used to promote the alignment of an eligible provider's activities with the local workforce development plan established under title I of WIOA. The proposed regulations also sought to define what constitutes an adult education and literacy activity or program and clarify how funds may be used for activities that are newly authorized by WIOA. We also proposed to describe how AEFLA funds may be used to support programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals, including new activities authorized by WIOA. Finally, we proposed regulations to clarify the use of funds for new and expanded activities under the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program.
There are several important differences between the NPRM and these final regulations:
We clarified in these final regulations that attainment of a secondary school equivalency credential is inherently a part of the purpose of AEFLA.
We removed the limitation of the definition of “concurrent enrollment” to subpart F so that the definition now applies to all subparts in this Part 463. In the definition of “reentry initiatives and post release services” in § 463.3, we changed the phrase “release from prison” to “release from a correctional institution.”
We have revised § 463.21 to give States more flexibility for organizing and overseeing a process for Local WDBs to review eligible providers' applications for alignment with the local workforce development plan and to make recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with the local plan.
We have revised § 463.24 to clarify that an eligible provider that has not been previously funded under title II of WIOA may demonstrate effectiveness by providing performance data related to its record of improving the skills of eligible individuals, particularly eligible individuals who have low levels of literacy, in the content domains of reading, writing, mathematics, English language acquisition, and other subject areas relevant to the services contained in the State's application to award contracts or grants to eligible providers.
We have revised § 463.25 to clarify that the eligible agency may increase the amount that can be spent on local administration in cases where the cost limits are too restrictive to allow for specified activities.
We have revised § 463.32(a) to clarify that a State or eligible provider may use curriculum, lesson plans, or instructional materials to demonstrate that an English language acquisition program is implementing the State's content standards for adult education.
We have revised § 463.32(b) to more clearly state our intent for how eligible providers can demonstrate that an English language acquisition program is meeting the requirement of § 463.31(b) by offering educational and career counseling services that enable English language learners to transition to further education or employment.
We have revised § 463.37(a)(1) to more clearly state how, within the overall scope of the program, each of the three required components of an integrated education and training program must be of sufficient intensity and quality, and based on the most rigorous research available.
We have revised § 463.73 to more clearly reflect the statutory requirement to use funds provided under section 243 in combination with integrated education and training activities as defined in subpart D as well as to better clarify options for meeting the requirement.
WIOA retains and expands the purposes of AEFLA. Under WIA, AEFLA aimed to help adults improve their educational and employment outcomes, become self-sufficient, and support the educational development of their children. Under WIOA, AEFLA's purposes have been expanded to include assisting adults to transition to postsecondary education and training, including through career pathway programs. Further, WIOA formalizes the role of adult education in assisting English language learners to acquire the skills needed to succeed in the 21st-century economy.
Several of these commenters suggested that the Department consider including family literacy-relevant performance measures in the performance accountability system. One commenter suggested that the Department allow State plans to include additional performance indicators relevant to improving family literacy. Another commenter suggested that the Department convene an expert group to assist with the development of such measures.
(A) Are necessary to becoming full partners in the educational development of their children; and
(B) Lead to sustainable improvements in the economic opportunities for their family.
We believe this statutory language clearly and sufficiently establishes the continued importance of family literacy within the Act. Moreover, we do not believe we have the authority to emphasize any one of the four statutory purposes over others. We are aware of the concern over the continued ability to serve individuals not in the labor force. Again, as we noted above, we believe that the Act, as well as these final regulations, provide States the flexibility to continue to provide adult education services to eligible individuals both in and out of the labor force.
In terms of commenters' requests that we add family literacy measures to the performance accountability system for WIOA, the Act specifies six primary indicators of performance and does not give the Department the authority to create additional indicators of performance. However, section 116(b)(2)(B) provides States with the flexibility to identify in the State plan additional performance accountability indicators. Additionally, based upon these comments we have decided to retain the optional family literacy reporting table within the NRS, thereby supporting States' flexibility to report these measures should they opt to use them. We note that this optional reporting table was created with input from adult education administrators and practitioners and is maintained through a process that includes consultation with a technical work group comprised of State directors of adult education.
Proposed § 463.3 identified 31 terms used in WIOA that pertain to AEFLA. In some instances, the terms, as defined in titles I and II, apply across all six of the programs authorized or amended under WIOA, including the Adult, Dislocated Worker, and Youth programs (title I of WIOA); AEFLA (title II of WIOA); the Employment Service program under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933 (title III of WIOA); and the Vocational Rehabilitation program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (title IV of WIOA) (together, “core programs”). In other instances, the terms are specific to AEFLA, title II of WIOA. Proposed § 463.3 is intended to assist AEFLA grantees by centralizing relevant definitions into one section. Proposed § 463.3 also identifies terms found in EDGAR that apply to State grant programs and that are relevant to AEFLA. Seven additional terms used in WIOA are not explicitly defined elsewhere. We have listed and defined these terms under “other definitions” to clarify their meaning for purposes of the AEFLA program.
Through the definition of concurrent enrollment, we clarify that postsecondary education is not an allowable use of AEFLA funds under § 463.60(b)(6). Finally, we agree with the commenter who suggested that we not limit the definition of concurrent enrollment only to this subpart F.
Proposed § 463.20 describes the process that an eligible agency must follow when awarding grants or contracts to eligible providers. WIOA retains the WIA requirement that an eligible agency award multiyear grants or contracts on a competitive basis to eligible providers for the purpose of developing, implementing, and improving adult education within the State or outlying area. WIOA also retains the WIA requirement that an eligible agency ensure that all eligible providers have direct and equitable access to apply and compete for grants and contracts under AEFLA. Title II of WIOA further requires an eligible agency to use the same grant or contract announcement and application processes for all eligible providers in the State or outlying area. Under WIA, when awarding grants under AEFLA, State eligible agencies were required to consider 12 factors. WIOA revises these 12 factors and adds one additional factor relating to the alignment between proposed activities and services and the strategy and goals of the local plan, and the activities and services of the one-stop partners. Eligible agencies must also consider under WIOA the coordination of the local education program with available education, training, and other support services in the community.
WIOA promotes coordination between the Local WDBs and adult education providers by requiring in section 107(d)(11)(B)(i) that the local WDB review applications for AEFLA funds submitted to the eligible agency by eligible providers to determine whether the application is consistent with the local workforce plan, and to make recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with the local workforce plan. Proposed § 463.21 required an eligible agency to establish procedures for the Local Board review in its grant or contract application process and also established the type of documentation that must accompany the application. The proposed regulations also required the eligible agency to consider the results of the local WDB review in determining the extent to which the application addresses the requirements of the local plan developed in accordance with section 108 of WIOA. The purpose of the proposed regulation is to establish uniform procedures within the State and outlying area for a local WDB to review an application and to ensure that the eligible agency considers the review in its award of grants and contracts for adult education and literacy activities.
We also received comments expressing concerns over the Local WDB's ability to avoid conflicts of interest and remain impartial in the conduct of the review of eligible providers' applications for alignment with local workforce development plans. To avoid such conflicts of interest at the local level, one commenter suggested that the final rule require that the State workforce board has a right to review eligible providers' applications prior to the State eligible agency issuing awards.
Some commenters expressed concerns regarding expertise of the local WDB in adult education, and questioned its ability to adequately review eligible providers' applications. One of these commenters suggested that independent adult education experts be invited to assist Local WDBs in conducting their reviews of eligible providers' applications. The commenter suggested that we expand the proposed rule text to explicitly encourage this practice.
Proposed § 463.22 identifies what an eligible provider must include in its application for a grant or contract under AEFLA. An eligible provider must provide the information and assurances required by the eligible agency. The eligible provider must also describe how it will: Spend funds consistent with the requirements of AEFLA; provide services in alignment with the local plan required under section 108 of WIOA, including promotion of concurrent enrollment with title I services; fulfill one-stop partner responsibilities; meet adjusted levels of performance based on the newly-established primary indicators of
We are unable to add language to § 463.22(a)(4) that would establish additional indicators of performance because the primary indicators of performance are specified in section 116 of WIOA. A State may identify additional indicators of performance in the State plan, but these additional indicators are not subject to negotiation with the Department. In cases where a State has identified additional indicators of performance in its State plan, section 232 of the Act provides the State with the flexibility to include in its application for funds a requirement for eligible providers to describe how they will meet such additional performance indicators.
Proposed § 463.23 lists the organizations that are eligible to apply for a grant or contract to provide adult education and literacy activities, as well as the 10 organization types that may be eligible providers, two of which are a consortium or coalition of organization types and a partnership between an employer and eligible entities. Proposed § 463.24 further permits other organization types, even if not specifically listed, to apply as eligible providers if they meet the demonstrated effectiveness requirement.
To ensure that programs are of high quality, proposed § 463.24 would further clarify how an organization previously funded under title II of WIOA, as well as an organization not previously funded under title II of WIOA, could demonstrate effectiveness by providing performance data in its application. This clarification would help States conduct fair and equitable grant competitions for all eligible providers.
One of these commenters stated that proposed § 463.24 limited a State's ability to cultivate or develop new eligible providers of adult education and literacy services. According to this commenter, the requirement in proposed § 463.24 that an eligible provider establish that it has demonstrated effectiveness based upon its past performance data did not allow for States to consider new providers with qualified staff but no past performance data. The commenter suggested that there may be circumstances in which States may want the flexibility to consider the past performance data of individual members of an eligible provider's proposed staff rather than the organization as a whole.
Another commenter stated employers, in particular, as potential eligible providers might have a difficult time meeting the past performance data requirements set forth in proposed § 463.24 and suggested we consider the postsecondary education practice of establishing demonstrated capacity to provide effective education and occupational training services.
One commenter suggested that we revise proposed § 463.24 to allow flexibility for equivalent past performance data with similar subpopulations and institute a provisional year for funding eligible providers able to present adequate equivalent past performance data until more relevant past performance data on actual adult education and literacy services with particular subpopulations becomes available.
We appreciate the commenter's request for guidance on contributions to the infrastructure costs of the one-stop delivery system. We are working with our partners at the U.S. Department of Labor to develop joint guidance and technical assistance to states on the implementation of the infrastructure cost provisions.
Proposed § 463.31 restates the statutory requirement in section 203(6) of WIOA that an English language acquisition program under the Act be designed to help English language learners achieve competence in reading, writing, speaking, and comprehension of the English language. It also clarifies a new requirement under WIOA that the program must lead to the attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and transition to postsecondary education or training, or lead to employment.
Proposed § 463.32 seeks to establish how an English language acquisition program must meet the new requirement that it lead to secondary school completion (attainment of a diploma or its recognized equivalent) and transition to postsecondary education and training or employment. Section 463.32 proposes that a program may satisfy the requirement by using rigorous and challenging adult education standards that meet the requirements in the Unified or Combined State Plan, providing supportive services that assist an individual to transition to postsecondary education or training, or designing the program to be a part of a career pathway. These programs or services have been identified as having a positive impact on the successful transition of adults to postsecondary education and training and employment. We invited public input on these proposals and requested suggestions regarding other methods that may be used to meet the requirement.
WIOA includes among the authorized adult education and literacy activities a set of services that were previously authorized through annual appropriations acts, rather than through title II of WIA. These services are integrated English literacy and civics education services, which WIOA defines in section 203(12) as educational services that include both literacy and English language instruction integrated with civics education. Under WIOA, these services may be provided to adults who are English language learners, including those who are professionals with degrees or credentials in their native countries, and may include workforce training. Proposed § 463.33 restates AEFLA's statutory language pertaining to integrated English literacy and civics education services.
First, integrated English literacy and civics education may be provided by an eligible provider as a “required local activity” under section 231(b), in accordance with its grant or contract with the State to provide adult education and literacy activities. An eligible provider that provides integrated English literacy and civics education as a local activity under section 231(b) is not required to provide the services in combination with integrated education and training.
Second, integrated English literacy and civics education must also be implemented as a program under section 243 of the Act with funds allocated as described in section 243. The integrated English literacy and civics education program under section 243 (see subpart G) carries additional requirements beyond those that an eligible provider must meet in implementing integrated English literacy and civics education as a local activity under section 231(b).
Services provided through section 243 (see subpart G) must include education services that enable adult English language learners to achieve competency in the English language and to acquire the basic and more advanced skills needed to function effectively as parents, workers, and citizens in the United States. It must include instruction in literacy and English language acquisition and instruction on the rights and responsibilities of citizenship and civic participation, and may include workforce training. Additionally, the section 243 integrated English literacy and civics education program must be provided in combination with integrated education and training activities.
As part of the integrated English literacy and civics education program requirements, each program that receives funding under section 243 must be designed to (1) prepare adults who are English language learners for, and place such adults in, unsubsidized employment in in-demand industries and occupations that lead to economic self-sufficiency; and (2) integrate with the local workforce development system and its functions to carry out the activities of the program.
Proposed § 463.34 restated statutory language in WIOA that establishes workforce preparation activities as activities, programs, or services that are designed to help an individual acquire a combination of basic academic skills, critical thinking, digital literacy, and self-management skills. While adult education and literacy instruction has traditionally supported the development of basic academic and critical thinking skills, the addition of workforce preparation activities under WIOA will now also enable eligible providers to support the development of self-management skills and digital literacy. WIOA further states that workforce preparation includes developing competencies in using resources and information, working with others, understanding systems, and obtaining skills necessary to successfully transition to and complete postsecondary education, training, and employment. These competencies are commonly incorporated into definitions of employability skills. Proposed § 463.34 added employability skills to the list of competencies described in WIOA to further clarify the definition of workforce preparation.
One commenter expressed support for inclusion of workforce preparation activities among adult education and literacy activities but expressed concern regarding the adequacy of the accountability framework to assess workforce preparation activities. Another commenter suggested that Local WDBs and adult educators work together to achieve a common ground for measuring the workforce preparation skills of individuals exiting core programs.
Proposed § 463.35 restated the statutory definition of integrated education and training from section 203(11) of WIOA.
Proposed § 463.36 described the three components that would be required in an integrated education and training program. These components are adult education and literacy activities, workforce preparation activities, and workforce training. Two of the components, adult education and literacy activities and workforce preparation activities, are explained in § 463.30 and § 463.34, respectively. Proposed § 463.36 further clarified the third remaining component, the workforce training component, by referencing section 134(c)(3)(D) of the Act, which identifies the activities that constitute training within the employment and training services authorized by title I-B of WIOA.
Additionally, as we noted in our discussion in § 463.35, above, we do not anticipate that all eligible individuals served by an eligible provider will immediately be ready for or need integrated education and training. Some eligible individuals—depending upon local economic conditions or individual characteristics—may be best served first through other adult education and literacy activities prior to, and in preparation for, subsequent enrollment in an integrated education and training program. Again, we believe that eligible agencies and eligible providers need maximum flexibility to determine how to best address the needs and goals for job seekers and employers identified in the State and local workforce development plans.
Proposed § 463.37 sought to establish how the three components of integrated education and training must be integrated. The proposed regulation required that an integrated education and training program balance the proportion of instruction across the three components, deliver the components simultaneously, and use occupationally relevant instructional materials. Proposed § 463.37 would also require a program to have a single set of learning objectives that identifies specific adult education content, workforce preparation activities, and workforce training competencies. These proposed requirements were intended to facilitate the design of high-quality integrated education and training programs that focus on improving the academic skills of low-skilled adults while advancing their occupational competencies. We sought public input on the proposed requirements and other suggested requirements that may support the provision of integrated education and training services to eligible adults at all skill levels.
Under proposed § 463.38, we required the educational component of a program to be aligned with the State's content standards for adult education as described in the State's Unified or Combined State Plan and that the program be part of a career pathway as defined in section 3(7) of WIOA, in order to meet the WIOA requirement that the integrated education and training program be for the purpose of educational and career advancement. The use of rigorous and challenging academic standards and career pathways that contextualize learning are recognized strategies to promote readiness for postsecondary education and work.
A few commenters expressed some reservation regarding the requirement in proposed § 463.38(b) that the integrated education and training program be part of a career pathway. According to these commenters, some jobs in some regional economies (
One commenter stated that integrated education and training should address the long-term needs of the workforce as well as the immediate needs of employers. According to the commenter, integrated education and training should be defined as both education for transferrable skills, and knowledge and job related training for immediate job placement. The commenter suggested that the Department strengthen proposed § 463.38 to reinforce these two goals.
Proposed § 463.60 described programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals.
In terms of clarifying what career pathway services should be provided to eligible individuals served in corrections programs, we believe that eligible providers should provide career pathway services that support achievement of the vision and goals articulated in State and local workforce development plans. We seek to maintain State and local flexibility to achieve their respective visions and goals and therefore decline to limit the services that may be provided through regulation. Finally, we note that AEFLA funds for corrections education and education of other institutionalized individuals may be used to provide special education services to eligible individuals regardless of disability status.
WIOA emphasizes the importance of educational and career advancement for incarcerated individuals by increasing the cap on funds that States may use for programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals from 10 percent (under WIA) to 20 percent. Proposed § 463.61 restated this new statutory provision and clarified that any awards made by the eligible agency for programs for corrections education and education programs for other institutionalized individuals must be made in accordance with the applicable regulation in subpart C.
Proposed § 463.63 sought to establish how funds may support transition to re-entry initiatives and other post-release services. This regulation was intended to clarify that re-entry and other post-release services must support the educational needs of the individual.
In addition to the new integrated English literacy and civics education services described in § 463.33—one of several authorized “adult education and literacy activities” in AEFLA—WIOA authorized a new, specific Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program that replaces the English literacy and civics education (EL/Civics) program previously authorized through annual appropriations. The authorization of the program in WIOA eliminates the need for it to be authorized and separately funded annually through the appropriations process. The new program retains the focus on English language proficiency and civics education instruction, but there are new requirements to support stronger ties to employment and the workforce system.
Proposed § 463.70 described the program's statutory requirements related to participants for whom this program is intended and the types of services that are required in the program. It also sought to clarify that the educational services provided under the program must meet the requirements established in § 463.33 pertaining to integrated English literacy and civics education services.
Other commenters expressed concern that the definition of the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program in proposed § 463.70 was more restrictive than the definition of “integrated English literacy and civics education” in section 203(12) of the Act and restated in proposed § 463.33. These commenters suggested that we replace the word “must” in proposed § 463.70(c) with “may” so that § 463.70(c) would read as follows: “Such educational service may be delivered in combination with integrated education and training services as described in § 463.36.”
Two commenters sharing this concern expressed the additional concern that the definition of the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program in proposed § 463.70 would limit States' ability to provide services that can address all the needs of English language learners seeking English language proficiency and civics education services. These commenters further stated that not all English language learners seeking English language proficiency and civics education services seek or require workforce training. Some, for example, are already gainfully self-employed and interested primarily in improving their language skills and obtaining citizenship. For those learners for whom workforce training might be appropriate, the commenter encouraged workforce development providers to partner with adult education providers to leverage their respective expertise and resources in support of efficiently helping such learners to be placed in unsubsidized employment.
Proposed § 463.72 described the statutory requirements to be used by eligible agencies in awarding funds, including a requirement that States must follow the provisions governing the award of funds established in subpart C.
Proposed § 463.73 reiterated statutory language regarding Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program services and design, including requirements for the program to facilitate job placement, economic self-sufficiency, and integration with the workforce development system.
Proposed § 463.74 was intended to clarify an important distinction between integrated English literacy and civics education services that may be provided under section 231 of the Act, and integrated English literacy and civics education programs funded under section 243 of the Act. The Act requires that funds made available for integrated English literacy and civics education be used in combination with integrated education and training activities. The proposed regulation provided two options that an eligible provider funded under section 243 of the Act may use to provide integrated English literacy and civics education in combination with integrated education and training activities.
Proposed § 463.75 described those eligible under the Act to receive services under the integrated English literacy and civics education program.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on page 20969 those regulations that we proposed to remove. The Department proposed to remove 34 CFR parts 460 and 461 because these regulations are no longer applicable to the Federal AEFLA program. These regulations were promulgated under the National Literacy Act (P.L. 102-73) in 1992, which has since been superseded. We also proposed to remove regulations for six discretionary grant programs that are no longer authorized by statute: the State Literacy Resource Centers Program (part 464), the National Workplace Literacy Program (part 472), the State Program Analysis Assistance and Policy Studies Program (part 477), the Functional Literacy for State and Local Prisoners Program (part 489), the Life Skills for State and Local Prisoners Program (part 490), and the Adult Education for the Homeless Program (part 491).
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This regulatory action is a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We have also determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
We are issuing these final regulations only on a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected those approaches that maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that these final regulations are consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.
We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
In accordance with both Executive orders, the Department has assessed the potential costs and benefits, both quantitative and qualitative, of this regulatory action. The potential costs associated with this regulatory action are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering the Department's programs and activities.
Under Executive Order 12866, we have assessed the potential costs and benefits of this regulatory action and have determined that these regulations do not impose additional costs to State eligible agencies under title II, local eligible providers of adult education, or the Federal government. We make this determination based upon analysis of the particular requirements in parts 462 and 463.
The regulations in part 462 primarily represent conforming changes and updates to current regulations so as to make an orderly transition from WIA to WIOA. For example, we revised the title of § 462.41 to conform to the joint WIOA rule to implement the measurable skill gains performance indicator by requiring the documentation of achievement of academic, technical, occupational, or other forms of progress.
A second example of changes in part 462 is one in which States are provided more flexibility in reporting outcomes for adult learners. Section 462.43(c) recognizes the fact that several States offer adult high school programs, sanctioned by State law or regulation, which lead to a secondary school diploma or its equivalent. The rule now allows these States to measure and report educational gain through the awarding of credits or Carnegie Units, but does not require States to implement changes at an additional cost. Thus, from a cost perspective, the regulations in part 462 do not impose substantively new requirements on State eligible agencies or local eligible providers of adult education. Additionally, the benefits of clarifying the conforming changes from WIA to WIOA and
The regulations in part 462 also update and revise existing AEFLA regulations established under WIA that determine the suitability of tests for use in the NRS to reflect new WIOA provisions. We expect that these final regulations will result in a more uniform test review and approval process. For example, § 462.10 establishes new dates by which tests must be submitted for review each year. The revised submission dates provide more opportunities for publishers to submit assessments to the Secretary for review and may increase the availability of new assessments to providers. Section 462.11(a)(4) increases the number of application copies that a publisher must submit to the Secretary from three to four. The additional cost to test publishers of providing another copy of an application is negligible. Accordingly, we conclude that the regulations in part 462 provide test publishers with greater flexibility in the overall submission process, and as such, anticipate that the benefits of this additional flexibility outweigh any potential minimal costs for test publishers. Moreover, we believe that the benefits of this change outweigh the potential costs as it strengthens the integrity of the NRS as a critical tool for measuring State performance on accountability measures while reducing costs to the Federal government.
The regulations in part 463 largely clarify administrative and programmatic changes made by WIOA to the provisions regarding general adult education (
The regulations in subpart C of part 463 describe the process and requirements for States and outlying areas to award grants or contracts to eligible providers as well as the activities allowed for local administrative costs. New application requirements include those aimed at alignment with local workforce plans and promotion of concurrent enrollment with title I services, fulfillment of one-stop partner responsibilities, performance against the newly established primary indicators of performance, improving services to meet the needs of eligible individuals, and other information that addresses the 13 considerations outlined in § 463.20. The changes and new requirements in subpart C pose no costs to eligible State agencies, eligible providers, or the Federal government that are additional to the costs imposed by statutory requirements.
Section 463.21 requires an eligible agency to establish procedures for local WDB review in its grant or contract application process. The regulation further establishes that the local WDB must have an opportunity to make recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with the local plan and that the eligible agency must consider the results of the review by the local WDB in determining the extent to which the application addresses the required considerations in § 463.20. While this is a new requirement under WIOA, we conclude that it does not impose significant additional costs to eligible State agencies, eligible providers, or the Federal government as it minimally extends requirements already in place to compete for AEFLA funds.
The regulations in subparts D, F, and G generally restate statutory definitions of adult education and literacy activities and clarify new allowable uses of funds. As such, we conclude that these new regulations add no additional costs and provide the added benefit of clarifying the flexibility that eligible State agencies and eligible providers have in using funds provided under the Act for adult education and literacy activities as set forth in WIOA. Thus, we have determined that the regulations in part 463 do not impose additional costs to State eligible agencies under title II of WIOA, eligible providers of adult education, or the Federal government.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 does not require you to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. We display the valid OMB control numbers assigned to the collections of information in these final regulations at the end of the affected sections of the regulations.
This program is subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for this program.
In the NPRM, we requested comments on whether the proposed regulations would require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available. We received no comments, and we do not believe that these regulations would require transmission of this sort of information.
Executive Order 13132 requires us to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local elected officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. “Federalism implications” means substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In the NPRM we stated that the regulations covered in that document may have federalism implications and encouraged State and local elected officials to review and provide comments on the proposed regulations. In the
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Adult Education—Basic Grants to States)
Adult education, Grant programs—education.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Adult education, Grant programs—education.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Adult education, Grant programs—education.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, under the authority of 29 U.S.C. 3271
29 U.S.C. 3292,
The following regulations apply to this part:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs).
(2) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(3) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(4) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(5) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(6) 34 CFR part 84 (Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance)).
(7) 34 CFR part 86 (Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention).
(8) 34 CFR part 97 (Protection of Human Subjects).
(9) 34 CFR part 98 (Student Rights in Research, Experimental Programs, and Testing).
(10) 34 CFR part 99 (Family Educational Rights and Privacy).
(b) The regulations in this part 462.
(c)(1) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485; and
(2) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
The revisions read as follows:
(a)
(b) * * *
(1) Who have attained 16 years of age;
(3) * * *
(i) Are basic skills deficient;
(iii) Are English language learners.
A State or an eligible provider may continue to measure educational gain for the NRS using tests that the Secretary has identified in the most recent notice published in the
(b) A test publisher that wishes to have the suitability of its test determined by the Secretary under this part must submit an application to the Secretary, in the manner the Secretary may prescribe, by October 1, 2016, April 1, 2017, October 1, 2017, April 1, 2018, October 1, 2018, and by October 1 of each year thereafter.
(a) * * *
(4) Submit to the Secretary four copies of its application.
(b)
(e)
(f)
(j) * * *
(4) If a test has been substantially revised—for example by changing its mode of administration, administration procedures, structure, number of items, content specifications, item types, forms, sub-tests, or number of hours between pre- and post-testing from the most recent edition reviewed by the Secretary under this part—the test publisher must provide an analysis of the revisions, including the reasons for the revisions, the implications of the revisions for the comparability of scores on the current test to scores on the previous test, and results from validity, reliability, and equating or standard-setting studies undertaken subsequent to the revisions.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(iv) Includes a test that samples one or more of the major content domains of the NRS educational functioning levels of ABE, ASE or ESL with sufficient numbers of questions to represent adequately the domain or domains; and
(c) * * *
(2) Annually publishes in the
(d) * * *
(2) The test publisher may resubmit an application to have the suitability of its test determined by the Secretary under this part on October 1 in the year immediately following the year in which the Secretary notifies the publisher.
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) A test has been substantially revised—for example, by changing its mode of administration, administration procedures, structure, number of items, content specifications, item types, forms or sub-tests, or number of hours between pre- and post-testing.
(5) If the Secretary revokes the determination regarding the suitability of a test, the Secretary publishes in the
(b) The test must sample one or more of the major content domains of the NRS educational functioning levels of ABE, ASE or ESL with sufficient numbers of questions to adequately represent the domain or domains.
(b) If a test that the Secretary has determined is suitable for use in the NRS is substantially revised—for example, by changing its mode of administration, administration procedures, structure, number of items, content specifications, item types, forms, sub-tests, or number of hours between pre- and post-testing—and the test publisher wants the test to continue to be used in the NRS, the test publisher must submit, as provided in § 462.11(j)(4), the substantially revised test or version of the test to the Secretary for review so that the Secretary can determine whether the test continues to be suitable for use in the NRS.
(c) * * *
(2) Identify the pre- and post-tests that the State requires eligible providers to use to measure the educational functioning level gain of ABE, ASE, and ESL students;
(3)(i) Indicate when, in calendar days or instructional hours, eligible providers must administer pre- and post-tests to students;
(ii) Ensure that the time for administering the post-test is long enough after the pre-test to allow the test to measure educational functioning level gains according to the test publisher's guidelines; and
(iii) Specify a standard for the percentage of students to be pre- and post-tested.
(b) * * *
(2) Administer the pre-test to students at a uniform time, according to the State's assessment policy; and
(3) Administer pre-tests to students in the skill areas identified in the State's assessment policy.
(c) * * *
(2) Administer the post-test to students at a uniform time, according to the State's assessment policy;
29 U.S.C. 102 and 103, unless otherwise noted.
The purpose of the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) is to create a partnership among the Federal Government, States, and localities to provide, on a voluntary basis, adult education and literacy activities, in order to—
(a) Assist adults to become literate and obtain the knowledge and skills necessary for employment and economic self-sufficiency;
(b) Assist adults who are parents or family members to obtain the education and skills that—
(1) Are necessary to becoming full partners in the educational development of their children; and
(2) Lead to sustainable improvements in the economic opportunities for their family;
(c) Assist adults in attaining a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent and in the transition to postsecondary education and training, through career pathways; and
(d) Assist immigrants and other individuals who are English language learners in—
(1) Improving their—
(i) Reading, writing, speaking, and comprehension skills in English; and
(ii) Mathematics skills; and
(2) Acquiring an understanding of the American system of Government, individual freedom, and the responsibilities of citizenship.
The following regulations apply to the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act programs:
(a) The following Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR):
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs), except that 34 CFR 75.720(b), regarding the frequency of certain reports, does not apply.
(2) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs), except that 34 CFR 76.101 (The general State application) does not apply.
(3) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(4) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(5) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(6) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(7) 34 CFR part 86 (Drug and Alcohol Prevention).
(8) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(b) The regulations in 34 CFR part 462.
(c) The regulations in 34 CFR part 463.
(a) From grant funds made available under section 222(a)(1) of the Act, each eligible agency must award competitive multiyear grants or contracts to eligible providers within the State or outlying area to enable the eligible providers to develop, implement, and improve adult education and literacy activities within the State or outlying area.
(b) The eligible agency must require that each eligible provider receiving a grant or contract use the funding to establish or operate programs that provide adult education and literacy activities, including programs that provide such activities concurrently.
(c) In conducting the competitive grant process, the eligible agency must ensure that—
(1) All eligible providers have direct and equitable access to apply and compete for grants or contracts;
(2) The same grant or contract announcement and application processes are used for all eligible providers in the State or outlying area; and
(3) In awarding grants or contracts to eligible providers for adult education
(d) In awarding grants or contracts for adult education and literacy activities to eligible providers, the eligible agency must consider the following:
(1) The degree to which the eligible provider would be responsive to—
(i) Regional needs as identified in the local workforce development plan; and
(ii) Serving individuals in the community who were identified in such plan as most in need of adult education and literacy activities, including individuals who—
(A) Have low levels of literacy skills; or
(B) Are English language learners;
(2) The ability of the eligible provider to serve eligible individuals with disabilities, including eligible individuals with learning disabilities;
(3) The past effectiveness of the eligible provider in improving the literacy of eligible individuals, especially those individuals who have low levels of literacy, and the degree to which those improvements contribute to the eligible agency meeting its State-adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance described in § 677.155;
(4) The extent to which the eligible provider demonstrates alignment between proposed activities and services and the strategy and goals of the local plan under section 108 of the Act, as well as the activities and services of the one-stop partners;
(5) Whether the eligible provider's program—
(i) Is of sufficient intensity and quality, and based on the most rigorous research available so that participants achieve substantial learning gains; and
(ii) Uses instructional practices that include the essential components of reading instruction;
(6) Whether the eligible provider's activities, including whether reading, writing, speaking, mathematics, and English language acquisition instruction delivered by the eligible provider, are based on the best practices derived from the most rigorous research available, including scientifically valid research and effective educational practice;
(7) Whether the eligible provider's activities effectively use technology, services and delivery systems, including distance education, in a manner sufficient to increase the amount and quality of learning, and how such technology, services, and systems lead to improved performance;
(8) Whether the eligible provider's activities provide learning in context, including through integrated education and training, so that an individual acquires the skills needed to transition to and complete postsecondary education and training programs, obtain and advance in employment leading to economic self-sufficiency, and to exercise the rights and responsibilities of citizenship;
(9) Whether the eligible provider's activities are delivered by instructors, counselors, and administrators who meet any minimum qualifications established by the State, where applicable, and who have access to high-quality professional development, including through electronic means;
(10) Whether the eligible provider coordinates with other available education, training, and social service resources in the community, such as by establishing strong links with elementary schools and secondary schools, postsecondary educational institutions, institutions of higher education, Local WDBs, one-stop centers, job training programs, and social service agencies, business, industry, labor organizations, community-based organizations, nonprofit organizations, and intermediaries, in the development of career pathways;
(11) Whether the eligible provider's activities offer the flexible schedules and coordination with Federal, State, and local support services (such as child care, transportation, mental health services, and career planning) that are necessary to enable individuals, including individuals with disabilities or other special needs, to attend and complete programs;
(12) Whether the eligible provider maintains a high-quality information management system that has the capacity to report measurable participant outcomes (consistent with section § 666.100) and to monitor program performance; and
(13) Whether the local area in which the eligible provider is located has a demonstrated need for additional English language acquisition programs and civics education programs.
(a) An eligible agency must establish, within its grant or contract competition, a process that provides for the submission of all applications for funds under AEFLA to the appropriate Local Boards.
(b) The process must include—
(1) Submission of the applications to the appropriate Local Board for its review for consistency with the local plan within the appropriate timeframe; and
(2) An opportunity for the local board to make recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with the local plan.
(c) The eligible agency must consider the results of the review by the Local Board in determining the extent to which the application addresses the required considerations in § 463.20.
(a) Each eligible provider seeking a grant or contract must submit an application to the eligible agency containing the information and assurances listed below, as well as any additional information required by the eligible agency, including:
(1) A description of how funds awarded under this title will be spent consistent with the requirements of title II of AEFLA;
(2) A description of any cooperative arrangements the eligible provider has with other agencies, institutions, or organizations for the delivery of adult education and literacy activities;
(3) A description of how the eligible provider will provide services in alignment with the local workforce development plan, including how such provider will promote concurrent enrollment in programs and activities under title I, as appropriate;
(4) A description of how the eligible provider will meet the State-adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance identified in the State's Unified or Combined State Plan, including how such provider will collect data to report on such performance indicators;
(5) A description of how the eligible provider will fulfill, as appropriate, required one-stop partner responsibilities to—
(i) Provide access through the one-stop delivery system to adult education and literacy activities;
(ii) Use a portion of the funds made available under the Act to maintain the one-stop delivery system, including payment of the infrastructure costs for the one-stop centers, in accordance with the methods agreed upon by the Local Board and described in the memorandum of understanding or the determination of the Governor regarding State one-stop infrastructure funding;
(iii) Enter into a local memorandum of understanding with the Local Board, relating to the operations of the one-stop system;
(iv) Participate in the operation of the one-stop system consistent with the terms of the memorandum of understanding, and the requirements of the Act; and
(v) Provide representation to the State board;
(6) A description of how the eligible provider will provide services in a manner that meets the needs of eligible individuals;
(7) Information that addresses the 13 considerations listed in § 463.20; and
(8) Documentation of the activities required by § 463.21(b).
(b) [Reserved]
An organization that has demonstrated effectiveness in providing adult education and literacy activities is eligible to apply for a grant or contract. These organizations may include, but are not limited to:
(a) A local educational agency;
(b) A community-based organization or faith-based organization;
(c) A volunteer literacy organization;
(d) An institution of higher education;
(e) A public or private nonprofit agency;
(f) A library;
(g) A public housing authority;
(h) A nonprofit institution that is not described in any of paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section and has the ability to provide adult education and literacy activities to eligible individuals;
(i) A consortium or coalition of the agencies, organizations, institutions, libraries, or authorities described in any of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section; and
(j) A partnership between an employer and an entity described in any of paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section.
(a) For the purposes of this section, an eligible provider must demonstrate past effectiveness by providing performance data on its record of improving the skills of eligible individuals, particularly eligible individuals who have low levels of literacy, in the content domains of reading, writing, mathematics, English language acquisition, and other subject areas relevant to the services contained in the State's application for funds. An eligible provider must also provide information regarding its outcomes for participants related to employment, attainment of secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and transition to postsecondary education and training.
(b) There are two ways in which an eligible provider may meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) An eligible provider that has been funded under title II of the Act must provide performance data required under section 116 to demonstrate past effectiveness.
(2) An eligible provider that has not been previously funded under title II of the Act must provide performance data to demonstrate its past effectiveness in serving basic skills deficient eligible individuals, including evidence of its success in achieving outcomes listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
Not more than five percent of a local grant to an eligible provider can be expended to administer a grant or contract under title II. In cases where five percent is too restrictive to allow for administrative activities, the eligible agency may increase the amount that can be spent on local administration. In such cases, the eligible provider must negotiate with the eligible agency to determine an adequate level of funds to be used for non-instructional purposes.
An eligible provider receiving a grant or contract under this part may consider costs incurred in connection with the following activities to be administrative costs:
(a) Planning;
(b) Administration, including carrying out performance accountability requirements;
(c) Professional development;
(d) Providing adult education and literacy services in alignment with local workforce plans, including promoting co-enrollment in programs and activities under title I, as appropriate; and
(e) Carrying out the one-stop partner responsibilities described in § 678.420, including contributing to the infrastructure costs of the one-stop delivery system.
The term “adult education and literacy activities” means programs, activities, and services that include:
(a) Adult education,
(b) Literacy,
(c) Workplace adult education and literacy activities,
(d) Family literacy activities,
(e) English language acquisition activities,
(f) Integrated English literacy and civics education,
(g) Workforce preparation activities, or
(h) Integrated education and training.
The term “English language acquisition program” means a program of instruction—
(a) That is designed to help eligible individuals who are English language learners achieve competence in reading, writing, speaking, and comprehension of the English language; and
(b) That leads to—
(1) Attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent; and
(2) Transition to postsecondary education and training; or
(3) Employment.
To meet the requirement in § 463.31(b) a program of instruction must:
(a) Have implemented State adult education content standards that are aligned with State-adopted challenging academic content standards, as adopted under the Elementary and Secondary
(b) Offer educational and career counseling services that assist an eligible individual to transition to postsecondary education or employment; or
(c) Be part of a career pathway.
(a) Integrated English literacy and civics education services are education services provided to English language learners who are adults, including professionals with degrees or credentials in their native countries, that enable such adults to achieve competency in the English language and acquire the basic and more advanced skills needed to function effectively as parents, workers, and citizens in the United States.
(b) Integrated English literacy and civics education services must include instruction in literacy and English language acquisition and instruction on the rights and responsibilities of citizenship and civic participation and may include workforce training.
Workforce preparation activities include activities, programs, or services designed to help an individual acquire a combination of basic academic skills, critical thinking skills, digital literacy skills, and self-management skills, including competencies in:
(a) Utilizing resources;
(b) Using information;
(c) Working with others;
(d) Understanding systems;
(e) Skills necessary for successful transition into and completion of postsecondary education or training, or employment; and
(f) Other employability skills that increase an individual's preparation for the workforce.
The term “integrated education and training” refers to a service approach that provides adult education and literacy activities concurrently and contextually with workforce preparation activities and workforce training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster for the purpose of educational and career advancement.
An integrated education and training program must include three components:
(a) Adult education and literacy activities as described in § 463.30.
(b) Workforce preparation activities as described in § 463.34.
(c) Workforce training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster which can be any one of the training services defined in section 134(c)(3)(D) of the Act.
In order to meet the requirement that the adult education and literacy activities, workforce preparation activities, and workforce training be integrated, services must be provided concurrently and contextually such that—
(a) Within the overall scope of a particular integrated education and training program, the adult education and literacy activities, workforce preparation activities, and workforce training:
(1) Are each of sufficient intensity and quality, and based on the most rigorous research available, particularly with respect to improving reading, writing, mathematics, and English proficiency of eligible individuals;
(2) Occur simultaneously; and
(3) Use occupationally relevant instructional materials.
(b) The integrated education and training program has a single set of learning objectives that identifies specific adult education content, workforce preparation activities, and workforce training competencies, and the program activities are organized to function cooperatively.
A provider meets the requirement that the integrated education and training program provided is for the purpose of educational and career advancement if:
(a) The adult education component of the program is aligned with the State's content standards for adult education as described in the State's Unified or Combined State Plan; and
(b) The integrated education and training program is part of a career pathway.
(a) Authorized under section 225 of the Act, programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals require each eligible agency to carry out corrections education and education for other institutionalized individuals using funds provided under section 222 of the Act.
(b) The funds described in paragraph (a) of this section must be used for the cost of educational programs for criminal offenders in correctional institutions and other institutionalized individuals, including academic programs for—
(1) Adult education and literacy activities;
(2) Special education, as determined by the eligible agency;
(3) Secondary school credit;
(4) Integrated education and training;
(5) Career pathways;
(6) Concurrent enrollment;
(7) Peer tutoring; and
(8) Transition to re-entry initiatives and other post-release-services with the goal of reducing recidivism.
(a) States may award up to 20 percent of the 82.5 percent of the funds made available by the Secretary for local grants and contracts under section 231 of the Act for programs for corrections education and the education of other institutionalized individuals.
(b) The State must make awards to eligible providers in accordance with subpart C.
Each eligible agency using funds provided under Programs for Corrections Education and Education of Other Institutionalized Individuals to carry out a program for criminal offenders within a correctional institution must give priority to programs serving individuals who are likely to leave the correctional institution within five years of participation in the program.
Funds under Programs for Corrections Education and the Education of Other Institutionalized Individuals may be used to support educational programs for transition to re-entry initiatives and other post-release services with the goal of reducing recidivism. Such use of funds may include educational counseling or case work to support incarcerated individuals' transition to re-entry and other post-release services. Examples include assisting incarcerated individuals to develop plans for post-release education program participation, assisting students in identifying and applying for participation in post-release programs, and performing direct outreach to community-based program providers on behalf of re-entering students. Such funds may not be used for costs for participation in post-release programs or services.
(a) The Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program refers to the use of funds provided under section 243 of the Act for education services for English language learners who are adults, including professionals with degrees and credentials in their native countries.
(b) The Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program delivers educational services as described in § 463.33.
(c) Such educational services must be delivered in combination with integrated education and training activities as described in § 463.36.
(a) The Secretary awards grants under the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program to States that have an approved Unified State Plan in accordance with § 463.90 through § 463.145, or an approved Combined State Plan in accordance with § 463.90 through § 463.145.
(b) The Secretary allocates funds to States following the formula described in section 243(b) of the Act.
(1) Sixty-five percent is allocated on the basis of a State's need for integrated English literacy and civics education, as determined by calculating each State's share of a 10-year average of the data of the Office of Immigration Statistics of the Department of Homeland Security for immigrants admitted for legal permanent residence for the 10 most recent years; and
(2) Thirty-five percent is allocated on the basis of whether the State experienced growth, as measured by the average of the three most recent years for which the data of the Office of Immigration Statistics of the Department of Homeland Security for immigrants admitted for legal permanent residence are available.
(3) No State receives an allotment less than $60,000.
States must award funds for the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program to eligible providers in accordance with subpart C.
Eligible providers receiving funds through the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program must provide services that—
(a) Include instruction in literacy and English language acquisition and instruction on the rights and responsibilities of citizenship and civic participation; and
(b) Are designed to:
(1) Prepare adults who are English language learners for, and place such adults in, unsubsidized employment in in-demand industries and occupations that lead to economic self-sufficiency; and
(2) Integrate with the local workforce development system and its functions to carry out the activities of the program.
An eligible provider that receives funds through the Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education program may meet the requirement to use funds for integrated English literacy and civics education in combination with integrated education and training activities by:
(a) Co-enrolling participants in integrated education and training as described in subpart D of this part that is provided within the local or regional workforce development area from sources other than section 243 of the Act; or
(b) Using funds provided under section 243 of the Act to support integrated education and training activities as described in subpart D of this part.
Individuals who otherwise meet the definition of “eligible individual” and are English language learners, including professionals with degrees and credentials obtained in their native countries, may receive Integrated English Literacy and Civics Education services.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Department of Education.
Final Regulations.
The Secretary amends the regulations governing a number of programs administered by the Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA) to implement changes to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Act) made by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, signed on July 22, 2014.
The Secretary also implements changes to the Act made by the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, signed on August 7, 1998, that have not previously been implemented in regulations, and otherwise updates, clarifies, and improves RSA's current regulations.
This final rule is effective September 19, 2016, except the removal of part 388, amendatory instruction 13, is effective on October 1, 2016.
Ed Anthony, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5086 PCP, Washington, DC 20202-2800.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free at 1-800-877-8339.
The Secretary amends the regulations governing a number of programs administered by the Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA) to implement changes to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Act) made by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), signed on July 22, 2014 (Pub. L. 113-128). These programs and their corresponding regulations are:
• The Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind (OIB) program, 34 CFR part 367;
• The Client Assistance Program (CAP), 34 CFR part 370;
• The American Indian Vocational Rehabilitation Services (AIVRS) program, 34 CFR part 371 (formerly known as “Vocational Rehabilitation Service Projects for American Indians with Disabilities”);
• The Rehabilitation National Activities program, 34 CFR part 373 (formerly known as “Special Demonstration Projects”);
• The Protection and Advocacy of Individual Rights (PAIR) program, 34 CFR part 381;
• The Rehabilitation Training program, 34 CFR part 385;
• The Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program, 34 CFR part 386;
• The Innovative Rehabilitation Training program, 34 CFR part 387 (formerly known as the “Experimental and Innovative Training”);
• The Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who are Deaf or Hard of Hearing and Individuals who are Deaf-Blind program, 34 CFR part 396 (formerly known as the “Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who are Deaf and Individuals who are Deaf-Blind program”).
WIOA also repealed the statutory authority for four programs, and the Secretary, therefore, removes their corresponding regulations. These programs and regulations are:
• Vocational Rehabilitation Service Projects for Migratory Agricultural Workers and Seasonal Farmworkers with Disabilities (Migrant Workers) program, portions of 34 CFR part 369;
• Projects for Initiating Special Recreation Programs for Individuals with Disabilities (Recreational programs), portions of 34 CFR part 369;
• Projects with Industry, 34 CFR part 379 and portions of part 369; and
• The State Vocational Rehabilitation Unit In-Service Training program, 34 CFR part 388.
In addition, the Secretary implements changes to the Act made by the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA), signed into law August 7, 1998 (Pub. L. 105-220). These changes were not previously implemented in the OIB, CAP, AIVRS, and PAIR program regulations, and the Secretary now makes these changes in the applicable regulations.
Separate and apart from amendments to the Act made by WIOA and WIA, the Secretary updates and clarifies the regulations governing the various rehabilitation training programs—34 CFR parts 373, 385, 386, 387, and 396—and 34 CFR part 390, which governs the Rehabilitation Short-Term Training program. These regulations have not been updated in some time, and updating them now is intended to improve how these programs function.
Finally, as part of this update, the Secretary removes regulations that are superseded or obsolete and consolidates regulations, where appropriate. In addition to removing portions of 34 CFR part 369 pertaining to specific programs whose statutory authority was repealed under WIOA (
On April 16, 2015, the Secretary published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) for these programs in the
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20989 through 20991 the major changes proposed to part 367 implementing the amendments to the OIB program made by WIOA. These included a requirement that not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds for this program be reserved to provide training and technical assistance to designated State agencies (DSA) or other providers of independent living services for older individuals who are blind.
In addition, we proposed to incorporate into part 367 the text of relevant provisions of parts 364 and 365 regarding general independent living and State independent living services that were previously incorporated only by reference.
There are five differences between the NPRM and these final regulations. As a result of our further review, we add the
In response to our invitation in the NPRM, eight parties submitted comments on the proposed regulations amending the OIB program. One commenter agreed with all of the proposed regulations as written. Another expressed specific support for incorporating into part 367 the independent living (IL) services from section 7(17) of the Act, including the requisite supports and services that facilitate the transition of individuals from nursing homes and other institutions to home- and community-based residences and services to assist older individuals who are blind and who are at risk of entering institutions to remain in their communities. We address those commenters that requested clarifications or proposed additions to the regulations. Because we made a number of structural and numbering revisions to part 367, we provide an analysis of public comment by subpart and, within each subpart, by subject or section. We do not address areas about which we did not receive public comments,
We acknowledge the commenter's concerns about relieving the OIB program of the costs of eligibility and assessments; however, to require that all individuals presumed eligible for the OIB program be referred first to the VR program for assessment of employment potential is not appropriate, as it shifts those costs to the VR program for individuals for whom competitive employment may not be likely.
Additionally, commenters stated that vision rehabilitation specialists would require extensive training to gain the qualifications needed to provide all services and that providing the full array of services would affect the quality of vision services provided to clients by an already overstretched staff.
In addition, nothing prohibits older individuals who are blind or visually impaired from participating in the development of the SPIL. In fact, for the periodic review and revision of the SPIL, section 704(a)(3)(C)(ii)(II) of the Act requires collaboration and working relationships with, among others, entities carrying out programs that provide independent living services and that serve older individuals. Furthermore, some State OIB programs have developed advisory committees to provide input into determining the needs of the older blind population and developing the services required to meet those needs.
While we appreciate the recommendation to add an OIB section to the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, section 101(a) of the Act dictates its required components, which do not include the OIB program. We encourage OIB consumers to make their views known to the DSA and other service providers, and we encourage State OIB programs to develop strategies to coordinate and link OIB programs with other disability and aging-related activities and programs within each State to maximize collaboration and availability of services.
Upon closer examination of the grant formula set forth in the statute, we have concluded that the use of the deduction method would, in effect, result in a reduction of an OIB program grantee's allotment. Absent specific statutory authority, these reductions would be inconsistent with the statute and general appropriations law principles. In reviewing the grantees' financial reports, we have found that very few, if any, OIB programs elect to use the deduction method. Instead, most, if not all, grantees elect to use the addition method, which is still permissible and, in fact, will be the only permissible use of program income under the OIB final regulations. We do not believe this change will negatively affect any grantee.
There has been a long-standing, government-wide requirement under the common rule implementing former OMB Circular A-102 and the former OMB guidance in Circular A-110, as codified by the Department of Education at former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2) and
The new 2 CFR 200.305(a) specifies the payment procedures that States must use to draw down Federal funds; however, these procedures appear, on the surface, to apply only to funds included in a Treasury-State Agreement (TSA), and not all Federal program funds made available to States are subject to TSAs. For this reason, 2 CFR 200.305(a) has created an ambiguity about how States should draw Federal funds under non-TSA programs.
Moreover, TSAs do not cover program income earned by State grantees, and 2 CFR 200.305(a) does not address whether States should expend available program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash, which had been the long-standing government-wide requirement in OMB Circular A-102 and codified for Department grantees at 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2). This silence creates concern because, for all other non-Federal entities, 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5) requires them to expend available program income funds before requesting payments of Federal funds.
While the silence in 2 CFR 200.305(a) creates an unintended ambiguity, we do not believe that it should be construed to change the prior rule and remove the requirement that States must expend program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash. No such policy change was discussed in the preambles to either the final guidance in 2 CFR part 200, which was published on December 26, 2013 (78 FR 78589), or in the Interim Final Guidance published on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 75867).
Further, § 361.63(c)(2) permits the transfer of VR Social Security reimbursement program income to carry out programs under title VII, Chapter 2 of the Act (Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind). For this reason, we believe it is essential that we resolve this unintended ambiguity for the OIB program.
We proposed in the NPRM to incorporate the requirement to expend program income before requesting payment of funds by referencing 2 CFR 200.305(a). Given the ambiguity in that section, however, the proposed rule did not clearly state the requirement. We resolve the ambiguity by revising § 367.66(c) to explicitly require States to expend available program income funds before requesting additional cash payments, as was the long-standing requirement under former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2).
We believe this change is essential to protect the Federal interest by using program income to increase the funds devoted to this program, to which VR Social Security reimbursement program income may also be transferred, keeping to a minimum the interest costs to the Federal government of making grant funds available to the States. This change should not negatively affect States because it merely maintains the status quo that existed under 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2).
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20991 through 20994 the major changes proposed to part 370 that would implement the amendments to the CAP made by WIOA and WIA. To implement those changes made by WIA, the Secretary proposed amending the regulations governing the redesignation of a designated CAP
The Secretary also proposed making three substantive changes to incorporate statutory changes made to section 112 by WIOA. First, we proposed adding the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium as an entity eligible to receive a CAP grant. Second, we proposed requiring the Secretary to reserve funds from the CAP appropriation, once it reaches a specified level, to award a grant for the provision of training and technical assistance to designated CAP agencies. Finally, we proposed clarifying that authorized activities under the CAP include assisting client and client-applicants who are receiving services under sections 113 and 511 of the Act.
In addition to substantive changes required by statutory amendments, the Secretary proposed making other changes to update part 370 so that it, among other things, conforms with RSA practice (
There are no differences between the NPRM and these final regulations, except that, as a result of our further review, we clarify in final § 370.47 requirements related to the use of program income and make other minor technical changes.
We also appreciate the commenter's concerns about the payment of subminimum wages to youth with disabilities. However, we disagree that we should prohibit the provision of CAP services to youth with disabilities seeking subminimum wage employment. Section 112(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, specifically establishes CAPs to assist clients and client-applicants with all benefits and services available under the Act, including those required by section 511. Given this mandate, there is no authority under the Act for the Secretary to prohibit the provision of CAP services to youth with disabilities seeking subminimum wage employment, regardless of the setting. We believe that the final regulation is consistent with the statute.
Rather, section 112(a) of the Act establishes CAPs to: (1) Advise and inform clients and client-applicants of all services and benefits available to them under the Act; (2) upon the request of these clients and client-applicants, assist and advocate for these individuals in their relationships with projects, programs, and services provided under the Act; and (3) inform individuals with disabilities of the services and benefits available to them under the Act and under Title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act.
In assisting and advocating for clients and client-applicants upon their request, section 112(a) of the Act authorizes the CAP to pursue legal, administrative, or other appropriate remedies to ensure the protection of their rights under the Act and to facilitate access to, and services funded under, the Act through individual and systemic advocacy, as defined at § 370.6(b). This advocacy, whether individual or systemic, must be at the request of the client or client-applicant and must be solely for the purpose of protecting the rights of clients and client-applicants under the Act or to facilitate their access to services under the Act. In this situation alone, the CAPs could access relevant records so long as they follow the requirements of the holder of those records, which typically would require the informed written consent of the client or client-applicant. There is no authority under section 112 for the CAP to engage in advocacy for the sole purpose of gaining general access to records or conducting monitoring.
For these reasons, section 112 of the Act does not provide a basis on which to amend these regulations, as recommended by commenters, to include the same general authorities as those established in part C of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 for mandatory components of the protection and advocacy system, which the CAP is not.
There has been a long-standing government-wide requirement under the common rule implementing former OMB Circular A-102 and the former OMB guidance in Circular A-110, as codified by the Department at former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2) and 74.22(g), respectively, that non-Federal grantees must expend program income prior to drawing down Federal grant funds. The Uniform Guidance, codified at 2 CFR part 200, was adopted by the Department at 2 CFR part 3474 on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 76091) and applies to all new and continuing awards made after December 26, 2014.
The new 2 CFR 200.305 specifies the payment procedures that non-Federal entities must use to draw down Federal funds; however, 2 CFR 200.305(a), which applies to State agencies, does not address whether designated agencies that are State agencies should expend available program income funds before drawing down Federal funds, as had been the long-standing government-wide requirement under OMB Circulars A-102 and A-110.
This silence creates concern because 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5), which appears to apply to non-Federal entities other than States, requires that those entities expend available program income funds before requesting payments of Federal funds. While the silence in 2 CFR 200.305(a) creates an unintended ambiguity, we do not believe that this ambiguity should be construed to change the prior rule and remove the requirement that State agencies must expend program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash. No such policy change was discussed in the preambles to either the OMB final guidance in 2 CFR part 200, which was published on December 26, 2013 (78 FR 78589), or in the Interim Final Guidance published on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 75867).
Therefore, we believe it is essential that we resolve this unintended ambiguity here. To that end, we have amended § 370.47 in these final regulations to make clear that all designated CAP agencies, regardless of their organizational structure, must expend program income before drawing down Federal funds. In so doing, we have revised final § 370.47(b)(2)(ii) to explicitly require CAP grantees to expend available program income funds before requesting additional cash payments, as was the long-standing requirement under former 34 CFR 74.22(g) and 80.21(f)(2).
We believe the change is essential to protect the Federal interest by using program income to increase the funds devoted to the CAP program and keeping to a minimum the interest costs to the Federal government of making grant funds available to the designated agencies. This change should not negatively affect designated CAP agencies that are State agencies because it merely maintains the status quo that existed under 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2).
We also have revised final § 370.47(b)(2) by requiring CAP grantees to use program income only to supplement the CAP grant. Upon closer examination of the grant formula set forth in the statute, we have concluded that the use of the deduction method would, in effect, result in a reduction of a CAP's grant allotment. Absent specific statutory authority, such reductions would be inconsistent with the statute and general appropriations law principles. In reviewing the grantees' financial reports, we have found that very few, if any, designated CAP agencies elect to use the deduction method. Instead, most, if not all, grantees elect to use the addition method, which is still permissible and, in fact, will be the only permissible use of program income under these CAP final regulations. We do not believe this change will negatively affect any grantee.
Consistent with Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments,” in addition to seeking input from Indian tribal governments through the public comment process, the Department conducted tribal consultations to obtain input on the proposed changes in the AIVRS program. We hosted a webinar on June 9, 2015, and invited written comments from tribal officials, tribal governments, tribal organizations, and affected tribal members. We provided an overview of the AIVRS NPRM and the proposed changes to the regulations governing the program as a result of WIOA and WIA, and we asked for tribal input regarding those proposed changes.
When announcing the tribal consultation, the Department acknowledged that it was somewhat unusual to ask for tribal input after an NPRM was published, but WIOA's requirement to publish an NPRM within six months for all the programs contained in the Rehabilitation Act, including regulations with the Department of Labor implementing the requirements for a joint state plan for the State Vocational Rehabilitation program, precluded the Department from engaging in a tribal consultation process before it needed to publish the NPRM. The consultation process also had to proceed quickly so that the Department could receive the comments before the public comment period for the NPRM ended in order for those
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20994 through 20998 the major changes proposed to part 371 implementing the amendments to the AIVRS program made by WIOA. These included (1) the expansion of the definition of “Indian” to include natives and descendants of natives under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, (2) the amendment of the definition of “Indian tribe” to include a “tribal organization,” and (3) amendments to subpart B to require the reservation of not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds for the AIVRS program for the provision of training and technical assistance to the governing bodies of Indian tribes and consortia of those governing bodies eligible for a grant under this program.
The amendments to part 371 also implement changes made by WIA in 1998 that have not previously been incorporated, such as the expansion of services to American Indians with disabilities living “near” a reservation, as well as “on” a reservation, and the change of the project period from up to three to up to five years. Additionally, we incorporate relevant sections of part 369, which the Department proposed in the NPRM to repeal, and relevant sections of part 361, particularly definitions found in each of those parts.
There are a few differences between the NPRM and these final regulations. Section 371.2(a)(2) now explicitly requires approval of the tribal government before a tribal organization may apply for an AIVRS grant and provide services to tribal members. We made a minor change in § 371.2(a)(3) to make the language consistent with § 371.2(a)(1). We modified the definition of “supported employment” in § 371.6 to reflect changes we made to the definition in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(53) so that the term is used identically in both the State VR program and the AIVRS program. We revised § 371.14 to give the Secretary the discretion to conduct the application process and make the subsequent award in accordance with 34 CFR part 75, but not require it. As a means of implementing the statutory requirement that the Secretary give priority consideration to applications for the continuation of programs that have been funded under section 121, we added paragraph (b) to § 371.32 to authorize the Secretary to provide a competitive preference to applicants who previously received an AIVRS grant. Finally, after further departmental review, we revised § 371.44 by requiring that Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation units enter into written agreements with organizations and entities when sharing personal information for the purposes of evaluations, audits, research and other program purposes.
As for annual cost-of-living increases, there are no provisions in the statute that permit the Commissioner to provide automatic cost-of-living increases to all grantees. A grantee may request a cost-of-living increase when filing its annual performance report and budget, and the request must provide a justification for the increase. The Commissioner will review and approve or disapprove requests for a cost-of-living increase case-by-case.
Many other commenters requested that, while tribal organizations may be eligible for AIVRS grants, we should require an application from any tribal organization to have the approval of the tribe or tribes it plans to serve. A few
1. The recognized governing body of any Indian tribe; or
2. Any legally established organization of Indians that is controlled, sanctioned, or chartered by the governing body of an Indian tribe; or
3. Any legally established organization of Indians that is democratically elected by the adult members of the Indian community to be served by the organization and that includes the maximum participation of Indians in all phases of its activities.
As such, if the organization is not the actual governing body of the tribe, it nevertheless has close ties to the governing body because the body has created it, authorized it, or is actually controlling it, or the organization has close ties to the tribal members because they have elected the membership of the tribal organization. Therefore, we do not believe that the concern expressed about “urban” tribal organizations that are unaffiliated with tribes competing with existing AIVRS projects, perhaps by creating pretextual vocational rehabilitation programs, is a likely outcome of this regulatory change. We also note that the tribal organization must also meet the other eligibility requirements under § 371.2(a), including that they be located on Federal or State reservations. If the tribal organization is not a tribal governing body, then the tribes that make up the tribal organization have to meet the reservation requirement, again creating a close connection with the tribes themselves.
Although we believe that the definition of “tribal organization” already requires a close connection with an Indian tribe, we agree with the commenters that applications from tribal organizations should have the approval of the tribal governments the organizations seek to serve. In part, the proposed regulations already required this.
If a tribal organization serves more than one tribe, § 371.2(a)(3) requires the organization to obtain the approval of each of the tribes it seeks to serve. This requirement already applies to a consortium and a tribal government seeking to serve more tribes than its own. However, the proposed regulations did not explicitly require a tribal organization that is not a tribal government and seeks to serve only one tribe, to obtain approval to apply for an AIVRS grant from that tribal government.
We are, therefore, adding this requirement as § 371.2(a)(2)(ii). This will ensure that it is the tribal governments that ultimately have the authority to determine the services provided to their members and the entity authorized to provide those services.
Approval must be a formal action taken by the tribal government. It will often come in the form of a resolution from the tribal council. However, as the forms of government among the tribes are so many and varied, we cannot make an exhaustive list of the entity that must issue the approval or specify what form the approval must take. It may be sufficient for the tribal council to authorize a tribal organization to apply for any health or social service grant on its behalf and provide those services to its members. The council may not have to pass resolutions for each grant application. However, these are matters dictated by tribal law, as is the decision regarding the entity that will provide tribal vocational rehabilitation services to its members.
As for the difficulty of securing approvals when multiple tribes are to be served, this change merely applies the existing approval requirement for consortia and inter-tribal agreements to tribal organizations, and our experience suggests that there is no great difficulty in securing the necessary approvals. The number of approvals may, in fact, be smaller than commenters suggested. The tribal organization needs approvals only from those tribes on (or near) whose reservations the tribal organization plans to provide services. The tribal organization is under no obligation to identify the tribal affiliation of all residents of those service areas who the AIVRS project may serve and who may have a different tribal affiliation, nor must it seek approval from those tribes.
“Native” is defined in subsection (b) of section 3 of ANCSA as a citizen of the United States who is a person of one-fourth degree or more Alaska Indian (including Tsimshian Indians not enrolled in the Metlakatla Indian Community) Eskimo, or Aleut blood, or combination thereof. The term includes any Native as so defined either or both of whose adoptive parents are not Natives. It also includes, in the absence of proof of a minimum blood quantum, any citizen of the United States who is regarded as an Alaska Native by the Native village or Native group of which he claims to be a member and whose father or mother is (or, if deceased, was) regarded as Native by any village or group. Alaska native villages and regional village corporations are included in the Rehabilitation Act's definition of “Indian tribe,” and Alaska Natives are their members.
“Descendant of a Native” is defined in subsection (r) in section 3 of ANCSA as—
(1) A lineal descendant of a Native or of an individual who would have been a Native if such individual were alive on December 18, 1971, or
(2) An adoptee of a Native or of a descendant of a Native, whose adoption—
(A) Occurred prior to his or her majority,
and
(B) Is recognized at law or in equity.
We understand the essence of the commenters' concern to be that the Act makes descendants of natives eligible for services under AIVRS, but not all descendants of natives are members of their parents' native corporations or tribes, potentially resulting in AIVRS projects providing services to non-tribal members. However, the Act does not require tribes to make any determination about the membership status of those eligible; it merely prescribes the pool of individuals eligible for services funded by Federal money. While this change in the American Indians with disabilities eligible for services may increase the number of consumers seeking services, we do not believe it will be such a substantial increase that the affected AIVRS projects cannot absorb it.
Alternatively, a few commenters suggested that we include homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes within the definition of “subsistence.” One commenter recommended that we include a note in the definition of “employment outcome” that subsistence occupations are approved employment outcomes. Another commenter asked if we intend that the definition of “subsistence” apply only to individuals served through the AIVRS program or if it applies to all individuals served through the VR program, including those individuals who live in rural areas where few opportunities for competitive integrated employment exist. This commenter also asked if we propose any limits on hobby-type activities as self-employment outcomes.
One commenter requested that we clarify the meaning of “culturally appropriate” as used in the definition of “subsistence” and the preamble to the NPRM covering the VR program regulations by providing examples.
Finally, one commenter recommended that we standardize the definition of “competitive integrated employment” in § 371.6 with the definition of that term in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(9) for the State Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) Services program, noting that the two definitions vary in some technical respects.
In light of the interrelationship between the terms “competitive integrated employment,” “employment outcome,” and “subsistence,” we address the comments on these definitions together.
This is imperative for the definition of “employment outcome,” which is the basis for services provided by both programs. As explained in more detail in the final regulations governing the VR program published elsewhere in this issue of the
Because of the extensive emphasis on competitive integrated employment throughout the Act, as amended by WIOA, it is no longer consistent with the Act to include uncompensated outcomes within the scope of the definition of “employment outcome.” Because we believe it is necessary to implement the term consistently under both the VR and AIVRS programs, we cannot include homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes within the scope of the definition of “employment outcome” solely for the purposes of the AIVRS program as the commenters requested. For these reasons also, we disagree with the recommendation to include homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes within the definition of “subsistence” in § 371.6, which is defined as a form of self-employment and, thus, considered an allowable employment outcome under both the AIVRS and VR programs.
We define “subsistence” in § 371.6 for purposes of the AIVRS program to mean a form of self-employment in which individuals use culturally relevant or traditional methods to produce goods or services for household consumption or non-commercial barter and trade that constitute an important basis for the individual's livelihood. The definition of “employment outcome” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(15) encompasses all forms of competitive integrated employment and specifically mentions self-employment. Because we consider subsistence occupations to be a form of self-employment, these occupations are already within the scope of the definition of “employment outcome,” and it is not necessary to revise the definition to refer specifically to subsistence as recommended by the commenters.
To ensure consistency in the interpretation of “competitive integrated employment” under both the VR and the AIVRS programs, we stated in the preamble to the NPRM for the VR program that we understand subsistence employment as a form of self-employment common to cultures of many American Indian tribes (see NPRM, State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program, Supported Employment Services Program, and
In addition, while we believe that subsistence occupations are most culturally relevant to American Indian and Alaskan Native tribes, we recognize that individuals may engage in traditional occupations in other native cultures. Thus, DSUs may find it appropriate to assist individuals from cultures other than American Indian and Alaskan Native tribes, such as individuals living in the Territories, to achieve self-employment in subsistence occupations. However, because the definition of “subsistence” in § 371.6 requires that the subsistence occupation be culturally relevant to the individual, we decline to extend the applicability of subsistence occupations to other individuals solely on the basis of their location in rural areas, even though there may be few opportunities for competitive integrated employment in those areas. Examples of subsistence occupations that are culturally relevant to American Indian or Alaskan Native tribes can include the exchange of fish caught, or grain raised, by the individual with the disability for other goods produced by other members of the tribe that are needed by the individual to live and maintain his or her home. Given, however, the large number of American Indian tribes, including Alaskan Native villages and regional corporations, and their widely varying cultural practices, any list of further examples of culturally relevant practices would also be incomplete and may exclude cultural practices that are unique to some tribes.
Since the definition of “subsistence” in § 371.6 requires that the activity be important to the individual's livelihood, AIVRS grantees cannot provide services to enable individuals to engage in mere hobbies, as hobbies do not meet the criteria for self-employment as an employment outcome.
Finally, to avoid any misperception that the definitions of “competitive integrated employment” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(9) pertaining to the VR program and that in § 371.6 applicable to the AIVRS program differ based on the lack of technical consistency, we have made the definitions identical.
We do think, however, that this regulatory section should include a provision implementing the statutory requirement to give priority consideration to applications for the continuation of programs that have been funded under section 121. Although the Department has implemented this statutory requirement through its notices inviting applications, we believe it is appropriate to have a corresponding regulatory provision for the statutory requirement.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20998 through 20999 the major changes proposed to part 373 implementing the amendments to the Rehabilitation National Activities Program made by WIOA. These include: (1) A new name for the program—the Rehabilitation National Activities Program—that better describes the broad nature of the types of activities that may be funded under this authority; (2) as appropriate, the addition of a definition of “vocational rehabilitation services” and the replacement of the term “rehabilitation services” with “vocational rehabilitation services;” (3) the addition of two new statutory priorities pertaining to transition from education to employment and competitive integrated employment; and (4) the addition of four priorities to address the technical assistance and training needs of State vocational rehabilitation agencies and their personnel.
In addition to minor editorial and technical revisions, there is one difference between the NPRM and these final regulations. In final § 373.4, we added a paragraph (3) to the definition of “early intervention” that lists individuals receiving disability benefits from an employer's disability insurance policy.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 20999 through 21001 the major changes proposed to part 381 that would implement the amendments to the PAIR program made by WIOA and WIA. With regard to the statutory changes made to section 509 by WIA, we proposed adding the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium as an entity eligible to receive a PAIR grant.
With regard to statutory changes made to section 509 by WIOA, we proposed: (1) Clarifying that PAIR grantees have the same general authorities, including to access records and program income, as the protection and advocacy system established under the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000; and (2) clarifying that the Secretary may award funds for the provision of training and technical assistance for PAIR grantees through a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement.
There are no differences between the NPRM and these final regulations, except that, as a result of further Departmental review, we clarify in final § 381.33(e) requirements governing the use of program income.
Therefore, we believe the proposed regulation was clear that PAIR grantees, as part of the protection and advocacy system, have the same authority to access records provided for under the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000. For this reason, we believe these final regulations are consistent with the statute and no further change is warranted.
There has been a long-standing government-wide requirement under the common rule implementing former OMB Circular A-102, and the former OMB guidance in Circular A-110, as codified by the Department at former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2) and 74.22(g), respectively, that non-Federal grantees must expend program income prior to drawing down Federal grant funds. The Uniform Guidance, codified at 2 CFR part 200, was adopted by the Department at 2 CFR part 3474 on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 76091) and applies to all new and continuing awards made after December 26, 2014.
The new 2 CFR 200.305 specifies the payment procedures that non-Federal entities must use to draw down Federal funds; however, 2 CFR 200.305(a), which applies to State agencies, does not address whether designated
This silence creates concern because 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5), which appears to apply to non-Federal entities other than States, requires that those entities expend available program income funds before requesting payments of Federal funds. While the silence in 2 CFR 200.305(a) creates an unintended ambiguity, we do not believe that this ambiguity should be construed to change the prior rule and remove the requirement that State agencies must expend program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash. No such policy change was discussed in the preambles to either the OMB final guidance in 2 CFR part 200, which was published on December 26, 2013 (78 FR 78589), or in the Interim Final Guidance published on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 75867).
Therefore, we believe it is essential that we resolve this unintended ambiguity here. To that end, we have amended § 381.33(e) in these final regulations to make clear that all designated agencies, regardless of their organizational structure, must expend program income before drawing down Federal funds. In so doing, we have revised final § 381.33(e)(2)(ii) to explicitly require PAIR grantees to expend available program income funds before requesting additional cash payments, as was the long-standing requirement under former 34 CFR 74.22(g) and 80.21(f)(2).
We believe this change is essential to protect the Federal interest by using program income to increase the funds devoted to the PAIR program and keeping to a minimum the interest costs to the Federal government of making grant funds available to the designated agencies. This change should not negatively affect designated agencies that are State agencies because this change merely maintains the status quo that existed under 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2).
We also have revised final § 381.33(e)(2) by requiring PAIR grantees to use program income only to supplement the PAIR grant. Upon closer examination of the grant formula set forth in the statute, we have concluded that the use of the deduction method would, in effect, result in a reduction of a PAIR's grant allotment. Absent specific statutory authority, such reductions would be inconsistent with the statute and general appropriations law principles. In reviewing the grantees' financial reports, we have found that very few, if any, designated agencies elect to use the deduction method. Instead, most, if not all, grantees elect to use the addition method, which is still permissible and, in fact, will be the only permissible use of program income under the PAIR program final regulations. We do not believe this change will negatively affect any grantee.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 21001 through 21002 the major changes proposed to part 385 implementing the amendments to the Rehabilitation Training Program made by WIOA. These include: (1) Adding supported employment and economic and business development programs to the list of programs that may benefit individuals with disabilities; (2) emphasizing the importance of maintaining and upgrading the skills of personnel who provide supported employment services and customized employment services to individuals with the most significant disabilities, as well as personnel assisting individuals with disabilities whose employment outcome is self-employment, business ownership, or telecommuting; (3) adding a definition of “vocational rehabilitation services” and replacing the term “rehabilitation services” with “vocational rehabilitation services” as appropriate; and (4) adding definitions of “supported employment” and “assistive technology” consistent with definitions in title I of the Act.
Except for minor editorial and technical revisions, there are no differences between the NPRM and these final regulations.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 21002 through 21006 the major changes proposed to part 386 implementing the amendments to the Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program made by WIOA, as well as those changes needed to update and improve the regulations. We proposed: (1) adding two areas to the training areas supported by this program (assisting and supporting individuals with disabilities pursuing self-employment, business ownership, and telecommuting; and supported employment services and customized employment services to individuals with the most significant disabilities); (2) reducing from 75 percent to 65 percent the required percentage of the total award that grantees must spend on financial assistance to scholars; (3) prohibiting scholars from concurrently
We also proposed a number of changes to the exit processes that will help scholars be more aware of the requirements of their service obligation, including: (1) setting out the consequences for a grantee that has failed to request or maintain the required documentation for a scholar who does not meet the service obligation; (2) allowing some scholars to start satisfying the service obligation before completion of the program of study but to prohibit other scholars who do not complete the program of study from performing the service obligation; and (3) disallowing internships, practicums, or any other work-related requirement necessary to complete the educational program as qualifying employment for the service obligation.
Finally, we proposed some changes regarding deferrals and exceptions. For an exception based on disability, the scholar must have a disability either that did not exist at the time the scholar entered the program or that has worsened since the scholar entered the program. The documentation of disability must be less than three months old. With regard to deferrals, the proposed changes included: (1) allowing for up to four years deferral for a member on active duty in the Armed Forces, an increase from the three years in prior regulations; and (2) restricting a deferral based on a scholar's pursuing higher education only to advanced education that is in the rehabilitation field.
There are four differences between the NPRM and these final regulations.
• We clarify in final § 386.20(b)(2)(iii) that the selection criterion applies only to those programs that require practica and field experiences as part of their curricula.
• To clarify allowable travel costs, we conform the language about student travel in final § 386.32(d) to the language of student travel in the definition of “scholarship” in final § 386.4.
• In final § 386.31(c), we clarify the prohibition on concurrent scholarships by setting out the grantee's obligation to make a good-faith effort to avoid awarding a scholarship to any scholar who is currently receiving another scholarship under this program.
• We further clarify the prohibition on concurrent scholarships by adding a new § 386.40(a)(4) stating that scholars are prohibited from receiving concurrent scholarships under this program.
The provision at final 386.31(c) does not prohibit a scholar from receiving a scholarship for a summer certificate program while that scholar is in a master's degree supported by a scholarship under this program, so long as the scholar is not also enrolled in the master's degree program during the summer.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 21006 through 21007 the major changes proposed to part 387 implementing the amendments to the Innovative Rehabilitation Training program made by WIOA. These include: (1) Adopting a new name for the program—Innovative Rehabilitation Training—that better describes the nature of activities to be funded under this authority; (2) clarifying that the Secretary may award grants to develop new and improved methods of training not only for the rehabilitation personnel of State vocational rehabilitation agencies, but also for rehabilitation personnel of other public or non-profit rehabilitation service agencies or organizations; and (3) addressing new statutory language in section 101(a)(7) of the Act related to rehabilitation personnel having a 21st century understanding of the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals with disabilities so they can more effectively provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities.
There are no differences between the NPRM and these final regulations.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on page 21007 the major change proposed to part 390 needed to improve the Rehabilitation Short-Term Training program. In the NPRM, we proposed to add an additional selection criterion for grant competitions under this program—evidence of training needs as identified through training needs assessment.
There are no differences between the NPRM and these final regulations.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on pages 21007 through 21009 the major changes proposed in part 396 implementing the amendments to the Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing and Individuals Who Are Deaf-Blind program, as well as changes needed to improve the program. These included: (1) Adding individuals who are hard of hearing to the individuals served by this program; (2) amending the regulations to ensure that the program accurately reflects the training needs of qualified interpreters in order to effectively meet the communication needs of individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind; (3) amending the definition of a qualified professional in order to ensure that the highest level of competency is incorporated into the training of interpreters; (4) adding selection criteria for the program to encourage evidence-based and promising practices; and (5) adding priorities for increasing the skill level of interpreters in unserved or underserved geographic areas, existing programs that have demonstrated their ability to raise the skill level of interpreters to meet the highest standards approved by certifying associations, and specialized topical training.
There are a number of changes between the NRPM and these final regulations:
• In final § 396.1(a), we modified the description of the interpreter training program to more accurately describe what interpreters for the deaf, hard of hearing, and deaf-blind do.
• In final § 396.4(c), we modified the definitions of
• In § 396.4(c), we added a definition of
• In final § 396.31(c), we clarified that the selection criterion applies to any curricula submitted by an applicant.
• In final § 396.33(b), and with a conforming change in final § 396.20(b), we added a priority for serving unserved or underserved deaf, hard of hearing, and deaf-blind populations that are not defined by geographic area.
The commenter also stated that the term “transliterate” is not always the correct term when describing the
However, the definition of “individual who is deaf-blind,” which also contains the phrase “hearing impairment,” is, in our experience, one that is more widely accepted. Therefore, we have not made changes to this definition.
We proposed this change to ensure that the highest level of competency is incorporated into the training of interpreters in interpreter training programs funded by RSA. Since 2000, the Department has funded national and regional interpreter education centers that train qualified interpreters to meet the competencies equivalent to the highest standards approved by certifying associations. Thus, this standard has been in effect for 15 years, and we proposed to change the definition to reflect this reality.
The updated definition of “novice interpreter” complements the update to the definition of “qualified professional,” and we are making the update to the definition of “novice interpreter” for the same reasons. This definition of “novice interpreter” is also consistent with the update suggested in the comment we received.
Further, § 396.33(b)(2) already encompasses the accreditation priority the commenter described. The phrase “existing programs” refers to any program, including those at postsecondary institutions that offer and have awarded at least a bachelor's degree in interpreter education. While we will not give preference to CCIE or other certifying organizations, the phrase “highest standards approved by certifying associations” already includes them.
In the preamble of the NPRM, we discussed on page 21009 those regulations that we proposed to remove as required by WIOA, which deauthorized the Projects with Industry program (part 379), the State Vocational Rehabilitation Unit In-Service Training program (part 388), the Migrants and Seasonal Farmworkers program (§ 369.1(b)(3) and § 369.2(c)), and the Recreation Programs for Individuals with Disabilities program (§ 369.1(b)(5) and § 369.2(d)).
We also proposed to remove, as duplicative or superseded, the balance of part 369 pertaining to three other kinds of vocational rehabilitation (VR) service projects: VR service projects for American Indians with disabilities, special projects and demonstrations for providing VR services to individuals with disabilities, and special projects and demonstrations for providing transitional rehabilitation services to youth with disabilities.
We proposed to remove as outdated part 376 governing the Special Projects and Demonstrations for Providing Transitional Rehabilitation Services to Youth with Disabilities program and part 377 governing the Demonstration Projects to Increase Client Choice program.
We proposed to remove as duplicative and outdated part 389 governing the Rehabilitation Continuing Education programs.
Because the Department's administration of grants under the State Vocational Rehabilitation Unit In-Service Training program and the Migrants and Seasonal Farmworkers Program will be complete on September 30, 2016, we proposed to make the removal of part 369 and part 388 effective on September 30, 2016.
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We have also determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
In accordance with both Executive orders, the Department has assessed the potential costs and benefits, both quantitative and qualitative, of this regulatory action. The potential costs associated with this regulatory action are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering the Department's programs and activities. In assessing the potential costs and benefits—both quantitative and qualitative—of these regulations, we have determined that the benefits would justify the costs.
In general, unless expressly noted below, we do not estimate that changes to this part will result in any additional costs to grantees.
New Subpart B of Part 367 implements the WIOA amendment requiring the Department to reserve from 1.8 to 2 percent of appropriated funds for training and technical assistance to grantees. While this reservation will result in a reduction in funding available to grantees, we believe that these training and technical assistance projects will increase the efficiency of the program and provide substantial benefits to both grantees and the older individuals who are blind that they serve.
To ensure that grantees receive the maximum amount of funds available for the provision of services to individuals, we will initially provide funding for training and technical assistance at the minimum allowable level of 1.8 percent. Prior to this regulation, grantees have been largely responsible for meeting the training needs of their program staff. This may have contributed to duplicative training and technical assistance efforts across grantees that could have easily been coordinated nationally. The coordination of these efforts by RSA will generate efficiencies across the entire program, thus providing more benefits to grantees than they would have realized if the funds had been directly provided to them.
Based on the FY 2016 authorized appropriation of $33,317,000 for the OIB program under WIOA, the estimated set-aside is $599,706, calculated from the minimum percentage established by the Act. Therefore, if grantees were to receive no benefit from the training and technical assistance supported by the Department, the 56 grantees would experience a collective loss in benefits of $599,706. However, since the Department will sponsor training and technical assistance services directly for this group in the amount of $599,706, we expect there to be no net loss of benefits. Additionally, as noted above, the efficiencies realized by this centralization of training and technical assistance efforts may actually result in a net increase in benefits for grantees.
Under this Subpart, we have removed the requirement for States to seek to incorporate into the State Plan for Independent Living (SPIL) any new methods and approaches relating to independent living services for older individuals who are blind. Incorporating this information into the SPIL required minimal time (approximately 15 minutes) every three years upon submission of the SPIL; therefore, any savings realized from this change will be negligible.
Under Subpart E, we have clarified that OIB grantees are to inform the Secretary 45 days prior to the end of the fiscal year whether funds will be available for reallotment. We do not believe that this requirement will generate additional costs to grantees, as the change only provides a timeline for an action that is already occurring and does not, therefore, generate any new burden on grantees.
WIOA requires that the set-aside for training and technical assistance for CAP take effect in any fiscal year in which the appropriation equals or exceeds $14,000,000. Section 112(e)(1)(F) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires the Secretary to reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2.2 percent of the CAP appropriation for this purpose. In FY 2016, the appropriation for CAP is $13,000,000, and so the set-aside for training and technical assistance would not take effect. An increase of 7.7 percent in the program's appropriation would be required before the set-aside would become effective. Thus, the set-aside will not have a substantial impact on the activities of grantees for some time. Assuming the Department sets aside a minimum of 1.8 percent to ensure that grantees receive the maximum amount of funds available for
New Subpart B of Part 371 implements the WIOA amendment requiring the Department to reserve from 1.8 to 2 percent of appropriated funds for training and technical assistance to grantees. While this reservation will result in a reduction in funding available to grantees, we believe that these training and technical assistance projects will increase the efficiency of the program and provide substantial benefits to both grantees and American Indians with disabilities.
Based on the FY 2016 amount set aside by the Department from the State VR program for the AIVRS program (approximately $43,000,000), the estimated reservation of funds for training and technical assistance is $774,000. As noted above, since these funds are being used to provide services and support to grantees, we do not anticipate any net loss of benefit. However, if efficiencies are realized due to centralized coordination of these activities, grantees may experience a net gain in benefits.
We do not anticipate any changes to this section resulting in increased burden or costs for grantees.
As it had in prior regulations, § 381.20(a)(1) requires the Secretary, when the PAIR appropriation equals or exceeds $5,500,000, to set aside between 1.8 and 2.2 percent of these funds for training and technical assistance. The amendments made by WIOA simply clarify that the funding mechanism for the training and technical assistance may include a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, all of which had been available to the Secretary previously. We amended § 381.20(a)(1) to clarify explicitly the availability of these funding mechanisms for training and technical assistance. Since the requirement to provide training and technical assistance was triggered in FY 1994, the Department has historically funded the training and technical assistance at the 1.8 percent level to ensure that grantees receive the maximum amount of funds available for the provision of services to individuals. Therefore, the revision to § 381.20(a)(1) in these final regulations will have no impact on PAIR grantees since the amendment was primarily technical in nature.
We do not anticipate any changes to this section resulting in increased burden or costs for grantees.
Except as detailed below, we do not anticipate changes to this section to result in increased burden or costs for grantees.
Section 386.31 requires that program grantees dedicate 65 percent to scholarships rather than 75 percent as required by prior regulations. This requirement will apply to both the federal award and the non-federal share. This change acknowledges the fact that grantees incur costs in administering these programs, particularly in terms of staff time needed to track scholar progress in completing their program of study and their service obligation. This decrease in the cost to grantees brought about by changes in § 386.31 balances some of the increased costs created by changes made in other sections of the regulations. In FY 2014, the Department made approximately $17,075,000 in new or continuation awards under the Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program. Assuming all grantees made the minimum match of 10 percent of the project cost, the reduction in the scholarship requirement will free up approximately $1,897,000 in project funding to be used for activities other than scholarship support. While this does not represent any additional funding for grantees, it does represent additional flexibility provided by the regulation.
Changes to this section require grantees to document that scholars will seek employment in the field of study in which the scholar was provided training or employment where it can be demonstrated that the field of study is directly relevant to the job functions being performed. Currently, grantees obtain sufficient documentation of other requirements that we do not believe this new requirement will represent a substantial burden on grantees. However, if we assume that obtaining this additional documentation will take, on average, 10 minutes per scholar, and using a wage rate of $17.69 (the mean hourly wage for office and administrative support staff at colleges, universities, and professional schools) and the 1,367 scholars receiving support in FY 2014, we estimate this provision will cost $4,030.37.
Changes to this section require grantees to annually obtain signed executed agreements with scholars containing the terms and conditions outlined in this section. It has been the Department's policy to encourage annual updating of scholar information; these regulations simply formalize this policy. As such, we estimate that these changes to the regulation will have little actual impact on grantees or scholars. However, if grantees were previously only collecting these agreements once per scholar rather than every year that support is received, there will be additional costs. Of all scholars reported in qualifying employment in FY 2014, 88.4 percent received support for more than one year. If we assumed that this change required an additional half hour of time each year beyond the first year of support to update their information with their program, and using an average wage rate of $17.69, we estimate an additional cost of $10,641 (given that we estimate that 1,203 of the 1,367 scholars receiving support in FY 2014 were multi-year scholars). We emphasize that this is an overestimate, as this change simply conforms the regulations to current practice.
In § 386.40(a)(7), we clarify the type of employment a scholar must obtain to complete the service obligation in order to ensure that the funds used for scholarships will benefit individuals with disabilities served through the State vocational rehabilitation program and related agencies. This change largely reflects current policy and should not result in an increased burden on grantees or scholars. Changes to § 386.40(b) establishes a new policy addressing when scholars may begin qualifying employment while § 386.40(c) affirms the longstanding RSA practice that scholars who pursued coursework on a part-time basis should have their service obligations calculated on a full-time equivalent basis. As noted above, 88.4 percent of the scholars completing their service obligations in
Sections 386.41 and 386.42 contain stricter regulations around exceptions and deferrals, particularly for individuals with disabilities, in order to assure that individuals who benefit from scholarships funded by this program are more likely to complete their service obligation. While these changes may have impacts on the specific decisions made by scholars, they will not have a financial impact on the costs or benefits for grantees, and will likely increase the benefits to individuals with disabilities served by State VR agencies and related agencies by ensuring that training is aligned with practice and that a greater percentage of scholars complete their service obligations rather than just repaying the cost of their scholarships.
We do not anticipate any changes to this section resulting in increased burden or costs for grantees.
Changes to § 390.30 adds a selection criterion that the Secretary will review each application for evidence of training needs as identified through training needs assessments. While conducting a training needs assessment prior to application may result in increased costs for applicants, because the regulation simply adds this as one selection criterion among several and allows applicants to use needs assessments conducted by other entities, we do not anticipate that applicants will realize any actual increased costs associated with this provision.
Changes to § 396.34 require grantees to provide matching funds to support projects in an amount determined by the Secretary at the time of the grant award. While this matching requirement did not previously exist in the regulations, it was a statutory requirement and, while the Department did not require grantees to document the match, we do not believe that any prior grantees did not contribute any funds to the project, either in cash or in kind. As such, we do not believe this provision will result in any increased costs for grantees.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 does not require you to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. We display the valid OMB control numbers assigned to the collections of information in these final regulations at the end of the affected sections of the regulations.
These programs, except for the American Indian Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program, are subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for these programs.
In the NPRM we requested comments on whether the proposed regulations would require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available. We received no comments, and we do not believe that these final regulations would require transmission of this sort of information.
Executive Order 13132 requires us to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local elected officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. “Federalism implications” means substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In the NPRM, we stated that the proposed regulations may have federalism implications and encouraged State and local elected officials to review and provide comments on the proposed regulations. We received no comments on this subject.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Aged, Blind, Grant programs-education, Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-Indians, Grant programs-social programs, Indians, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation, Youth
Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Business and industry, Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Grant programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation
Education of individuals with disabilities, Grant programs-education, Individuals with disabilities, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, under the authority of section 503(f) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (Pub. L. 113-128) and section 12(c) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA (29 U.S.C. 709(c)), the Secretary of Education amends chapter III of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
Sections 751-753 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 796j-796l, unless otherwise noted.
This program supports projects that—
(a) Provide any of the independent living (IL) services to older individuals who are blind that are described in § 367.3(b);
(b) Conduct activities that will improve or expand services for these individuals; and
(c) Conduct activities to help improve public understanding of the challenges of these individuals.
Any designated State agency (DSA) is eligible for an award under this program if the DSA—
(a) Is authorized to provide rehabilitation services to individuals who are blind; and
(b) Submits to and obtains approval from the Secretary of an application that meets the requirements of section 752(h) of the Act and §§ 367.30-367.31.
(a) The DSA may use funds awarded under this part for the activities described in § 367.1 and paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) For purposes of § 367.1(a), IL services for older individuals who are blind include—
(1) Services to help correct blindness, such as—
(i) Outreach services;
(ii) Visual screening;
(iii) Surgical or therapeutic treatment to prevent, correct, or modify disabling eye conditions; and
(iv) Hospitalization related to these services;
(2) The provision of eyeglasses and other visual aids;
(3) The provision of services and equipment to assist an older individual who is blind to become more mobile and more self-sufficient;
(4) Mobility training, Braille instruction, and other services and equipment to help an older individual who is blind adjust to blindness;
(5) Guide services, reader services, and transportation;
(6) Any other appropriate service designed to assist an older individual who is blind in coping with daily living activities, including supportive services and rehabilitation teaching services;
(7) IL skills training, information and referral services, peer counseling, individual advocacy training, facilitating the transition from nursing homes and other institutions to home and community-based residences with the requisite supports and services, and providing assistance to older individuals who are blind who are at risk of entering institutions so that the individuals may remain in the community; and
(8) Other IL services, as defined in § 367.5.
The following regulations apply to the Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs), with respect to grants under subpart B and D.
(2) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs), with respect to grants under subpart E.
(3) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions That Apply to Department Regulations).
(4) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(5) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(6) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(7) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485.
(8) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(b) The regulations in this part 367.
(a) The definitions of terms used in this part that are included in the regulations identified in § 367.4 as applying to this program.
(b) In addition, the following definitions also apply to this part:
(1)
(2)
(i) Involve representing an individual—
(A) Before private entities or organizations, government agencies (whether State, local, or Federal), or in a court of law (whether State or Federal); or
(B) In negotiations or mediation, in formal or informal administrative proceedings before government agencies (whether State, local, or Federal), or in legal proceedings in a court of law; and
(ii) Be on behalf of—
(A) A single individual, in which case it is individual advocacy;
(B) A group or class of individuals, in which case it is systems (or systemic) advocacy; or
(C) Oneself, in which case it is self advocacy.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(i) Counseling services, including psychological, psychotherapeutic, and related services;
(ii) Services related to securing housing or shelter, including services
(iii) Rehabilitation technology;
(iv) Services and training for older individuals who are blind who also have cognitive and sensory disabilities, including life skills training and interpreter services;
(v) Personal assistance services, including attendant care and the training of personnel providing these services;
(vi) Surveys, directories, and other activities to identify appropriate housing, recreation opportunities, and accessible transportation, and other support services;
(vii) Consumer information programs on rehabilitation and IL services available under the Act, especially for minorities and other older individuals who are blind who have traditionally been unserved or underserved by programs under the Act;
(viii) Education and training necessary for living in a community and participating in community activities;
(ix) Supported living;
(x) Transportation, including referral and assistance for transportation;
(xi) Physical rehabilitation;
(xii) Therapeutic treatment;
(xiii) Provision of needed prostheses and other appliances and devices;
(xiv) Individual and group social and recreational services;
(xv) Services under other Federal, State, or local programs designed to provide resources, training, counseling, or other assistance of substantial benefit in enhancing the independence, productivity, and quality of life of older individuals who are blind;
(xvi) Appropriate preventive services to decrease the need of older individuals who are blind who are assisted under the Act for similar services in the future;
(xvii) Community awareness programs to enhance the understanding and integration into society of older individuals who are blind; and
(xviii) Any other services that may be necessary to improve the ability of an older individual who is blind to function, continue functioning, or move toward functioning independently in the family or community or to continue in employment and that are not inconsistent with any other provisions of the Act.
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(i) The DSA that directly provides services authorized under § 367.3; or
(ii) Any other entity that receives a subaward or contract from the DSA to provide services authorized under § 367.3.
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(i) Have cognitive and sensory impairments;
(ii) Are members of racial and ethnic minority groups;
(iii) Live in rural areas; or
(iv) Have been identified by the DSA as unserved or underserved.
For any fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year 2015, the Secretary shall first reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of funds appropriated and made available to carry out this chapter to provide training and technical assistance to DSAs, or other providers of independent living services for older individuals who are blind, that are funded under this chapter for such fiscal year.
(a) The Secretary uses these funds to provide training and technical assistance, either directly or through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements with State and public or non-profit agencies and organizations and institutions of higher education that have the capacity to provide technical assistance and training in the provision of independent living services for older individuals who are blind.
(b) An entity receiving assistance in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall provide training and technical assistance to DSAs or other service providers to assist them in improving the operation and performance of programs and services for older individuals who are blind resulting in their enhanced independence and self-sufficiency.
(a) To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under section 751A of the Act and this subpart, an applicant shall submit an application to the Secretary containing a proposal to provide training and technical assistance to DSAs or other service providers of IL services to older individuals who are blind and any additional information at the time and in the manner that the Secretary may require.
(b) The Secretary shall provide for peer review of applications by panels that include persons who are not Federal or State government employees and who have experience in the provision of services to older individuals who are blind.
The Secretary shall conduct a survey of DSAs that receive grants under section 752 regarding training and technical assistance needs in order to inform funding priorities for such training and technical assistance.
(a) The Secretary evaluates each application for a grant, cooperative agreement or contract under this subpart on the basis of the selection criteria chosen from the general selection criteria found in EDGAR regulations at 34 CFR 75.210.
(b) If using a contract to award funds under this subpart, the Secretary may conduct the application process and make the subsequent award in accordance with 34 CFR part 75.
To receive a grant under section 752(h) or a reallotment grant under section 752(i)(4) of the Act, a DSA must submit to and obtain approval from the Secretary of an application for assistance under this program at the time, in the form and manner, and containing the agreements, assurances, and information, that the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this program.
An application for a grant under section 752(h) or a reallotment grant under section 752(i)(4) of the Act must contain an assurance that—
(a) Grant funds will be expended only for the purposes described in § 367.1;
(b) With respect to the costs of the program to be carried out by the State pursuant to this part, the State will make available, directly or through donations from public or private entities, non-Federal contributions toward these costs in an amount that is not less than $1 for each $9 of Federal funds provided in the grant;
(c) At the end of each fiscal year, the DSA will prepare and submit to the Secretary a report, with respect to each project or program the DSA operates or administers under this part, whether directly or through a grant or contract, that contains information that the Secretary determines necessary for the proper and efficient administration of this program, including—
(1) The number and demographics of older individuals who are blind, including older individuals who are blind from minority backgrounds, and are receiving services;
(2) The types of services provided and the number of older individuals who are blind and are receiving each type of service;
(3) The sources and amounts of funding for the operation of each project or program;
(4) The amounts and percentages of resources committed to each type of service provided;
(5) Data on actions taken to employ, and advance in employment, qualified—
(i) Individuals with significant disabilities; and
(ii) Older individuals with significant disabilities who are blind;
(6) A comparison, if appropriate, of prior year activities with the activities of the most recent year; and
(7) Any new methods and approaches relating to IL services for older individuals who are blind that are developed by projects funded under this part;
(d) The DSA will—
(1) Provide services that contribute to the maintenance of, or the increased independence of, older individuals who are blind; and
(2) Engage in—
(i) Capacity-building activities, including collaboration with other agencies and organizations;
(ii) Activities to promote community awareness, involvement, and assistance; and
(iii) Outreach efforts; and
(e) The applicant has been designated by the State as the sole State agency authorized to provide rehabilitation services to individuals who are blind.
(a) In the case of a fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under section 753 of the Act is less than $13,000,000, the Secretary awards discretionary grants under this part on a competitive basis to States in accordance with section 752(b) of the Act and EDGAR regulations at 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs).
(b) The Secretary awards noncompetitive continuation grants for a multi-year project to pay for the costs of activities for which a grant was awarded under this part—as long as the grantee satisfies the applicable requirements in this part, the terms of the grant, and 34 CFR 75.250 through 75.253 (Approval of Multi-year Projects).
(c) Subparts A, C, D, and F of this part govern the award of competitive grants under this part.
(a) The Secretary evaluates an application for a discretionary grant based on the selection criteria chosen from the general selection criteria found in EDGAR regulations at 34 CFR 75.210.
(b) In addition to the selection criteria, the Secretary considers the geographic distribution of projects in making an award.
(a) In the case of a fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under section 753 of the Act is equal to or greater than $13,000,000, grants under this part are made to States from allotments under section 752(c)(2) of the Act.
(b) Subparts A, C, E, and F of this part govern the award of formula grants under this part.
(a) For purposes of making grants under section 752(c) of the Act and this subpart, the Secretary makes an allotment to each State in an amount determined in accordance with section 752(i) of the Act.
(b) The Secretary makes a grant to a DSA in the amount of the allotment to the State under section 752(i) of the Act if the DSA submits to and obtains approval from the Secretary of an application for assistance under this program that meets the requirements of section 752(h) of the Act and §§ 367.30 and 367.31.
(a) From the amounts specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Secretary may make reallotment grants to States, as determined by the Secretary, whose population of older individuals who are blind has a substantial need for the services specified in section 752(d) of the Act and § 367.3(b), relative to the populations in other States of older individuals who are blind.
(b) The amounts referred to in paragraph (a) of this section are any amounts that are not paid to States under section 752(c)(2) of the Act and § 367.51 as a result of—
(1) The failure of a DSA to prepare, submit, and receive approval of an application under section 752(h) of the Act and in accordance with §§ 367.30 and 367.31; or
(2) Information received by the Secretary from the DSA that the DSA does not intend to expend the full amount of the State's allotment under section 752(c) of the Act and this subpart.
(c) A reallotment grant to a State under paragraph (a) of this section is subject to the same conditions as grants made under section 752(a) of the Act and this part.
(d) Any funds made available to a State for any fiscal year pursuant to this section are regarded as an increase in the allotment of the State under § 367.51 for that fiscal year only.
(e) A State that does not intend to expend the full amount of its allotment must notify RSA at least 45 days prior to the end of the fiscal year that its grant, or a portion of it, is available for reallotment.
A DSA may operate or administer the program or projects under this part to carry out the purposes specified in § 367.1, either directly or through—
(a) Subawards to public or private nonprofit agencies or organizations; or
(b) Contracts with individuals, entities, or organizations that are not public or private nonprofit agencies or organizations.
Non-Federal contributions required by § 367.31(b) must meet the requirements in 2 CFR 200.306 (Cost sharing or matching).
(a) Expenditures that meet the non-Federal share requirements of 2 CFR 200.306 may be used to meet the non-Federal share matching requirement. Expenditures used as non-Federal share must also meet the following requirements:
(1) The expenditures are made with funds made available by appropriation directly to the DSA or with funds made available by allotment or transfer from any other unit of State or local government;
(2) The expenditures are made with cash contributions from a donor that are deposited in the account of the DSA in accordance with State law for expenditure by, and at the sole discretion of, the DSA for activities authorized by § 367.3; or
(3) The expenditures are made with cash contributions from a donor that are earmarked for meeting the State's share for activities listed in § 367.3;
(b) Cash contributions are permissible under paragraph (a)(3) of this section only if the cash contributions are not used for expenditures that benefit or will benefit in any way the donor, an individual to whom the donor is related by blood or marriage or with whom the donor has a close personal relationship, or an individual, entity, or organization with whom the donor shares a financial interest.
(c) The receipt of a subaward or contract under section 752(g) of the Act from the DSA is not considered a benefit to the donor of a cash contribution for purposes of paragraph (b) of this section if the subaward or contract was awarded under the State's regular competitive procedures. The State may not exempt the awarding of the subaward or contract from its regular competitive procedures.
(d) For purposes of this section, a donor may be a private agency, a profit-making or nonprofit organization, or an individual.
In-kind contributions may be—
(a) Used to meet the matching requirement under section 752(f) of the Act if the in-kind contributions meet the requirements and are allowable under 2 CFR 200.306; and
(b) Made to the program or project by the State or by a third party (
(a) A State may not condition the making of a subaward or contract under section 752(g) of the Act on the requirement that the applicant for the subaward or contract make a cash or in-
(b) An individual, entity, or organization that is a subrecipient or contractor of the State, may not condition the award of a subcontract on the requirement that the applicant for the subcontract make a cash or in-kind contribution of any particular amount or value to the State or to the subrecipient or contractor of the State.
(a)
(1) Program income received through the transfer of Social Security Administration program income from the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services program (Title I) in accordance with 34 CFR 361.63(c)(2) will be treated as program income received under this part.
(2) Payments received by the State agency, subrecipients, or contractors from insurers, consumers, or other for IL services provided under the Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind program to defray part or all of the costs of services provided to individual consumers will be treated as program income received under this part.
(b)
(2) Program income must be added to the Federal Award in accordance with 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2).
(3) Program income may not be used to meet the non-Federal share requirement under § 367.31(b).
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any Federal funds, including reallotted funds, that are appropriated for a fiscal year to carry out a program under this part that are not obligated or expended by the DSA prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year, and any program income received during a fiscal year that is not obligated or expended by the DSA prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year in which the program income was received, remain available for obligation and expenditure by the DSA during that succeeding fiscal year.
(b) Federal funds appropriated for a fiscal year under this part remain available for obligation in the succeeding fiscal year only to the extent that the DSA complied with its matching requirement by obligating, in accordance with 34 CFR 76.707, the non-Federal share in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated.
(c) Program income is considered earned in the fiscal year in which it is received. Program income earned during the fiscal year must be disbursed during the time in which new obligations may be incurred to carry out the work authorized under the award, and prior to requesting additional cash payments.
(a)
(2) If a State charges consumers or allows other service providers to charge for the cost of IL services provided under the Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind program, a State is neither required to nor prohibited from considering the ability of individual consumers to pay for the cost of these services in determining how much a particular consumer must contribute to the costs of a particular service.
(b)
(1) Specify the type of IL services for which costs may be charged and the type of IL services for which a financial need test may be applied;
(2) Explain the method for determining the amount charged for the IL services and how any financial need test will be applied;
(3) Ensure costs are charged uniformly so that all individuals are treated equally;
(4) Ensure that if costs are charged or financial need is considered, the consumer's required participation is not so high that it effectively denies the individual a necessary service;
(5) Require documentation of an individual's participation in the cost of any IL services provided, including the determination of an individual's financial need; and
(6) Provide that individuals who have been determined eligible for Social Security benefits under Titles II and XVI of the Social Security Act may not be charged any cost to receive IL services under this program.
(c)
The DSA and all other service providers under this part shall use formats that are accessible to notify individuals seeking or receiving services under this part about—
(a) The availability of CAP authorized by section 112 of the Act;
(b) The purposes of the services provided under the CAP; and
(c) How to contact the CAP.
(a)
(1) Specific safeguards protect current and stored personal information, including a requirement that data only
(2) All applicants for, or recipients of, services under this part and, as appropriate, those individuals' legally authorized representatives, service providers, cooperating agencies, and interested persons are informed of the confidentiality of personal information and the conditions for gaining access to and releasing this information;
(3) All applicants or their legally authorized representatives are informed about the service provider's need to collect personal information and the policies governing its use, including—
(i) Identification of the authority under which information is collected;
(ii) Explanation of the principal purposes for which the service provider intends to use or release the information;
(iii) Explanation of whether providing requested information to the service provider is mandatory or voluntary and the effects to the individual of not providing requested information;
(iv) Identification of those situations in which the service provider requires or does not require informed written consent of the individual or his or her legally authorized representative before information may be released; and
(v) Identification of other agencies to which information is routinely released;
(4) Persons who do not speak, listen, read, or write English proficiently or who rely on alternative modes of communication must be provided an explanation of service provider policies and procedures affecting personal information through methods that can be meaningfully understood by them;
(5) At least the same protections are provided to individuals served under this part as provided by State laws and regulations; and
(6) Access to records is governed by rules established by the service provider and any fees charged for copies of records are reasonable and cover only extraordinary costs of duplication or making extensive searches.
(b)
(c)
(2) Medical, psychological, or other information that the service provider determines may be harmful to the individual may not be released directly to the individual, but must be provided through a qualified medical or psychological professional or the individual's legally authorized representative.
(3) If personal information has been obtained from another agency or organization, it may be released only by, or under the conditions established by, the other agency or organization.
(d)
(1) The information will be used only for the purposes for which it is being provided;
(2) The information will be released only to persons officially connected with the audit, evaluation, or research;
(3) The information will not be released to the involved individual;
(4) The information will be managed in a manner to safeguard confidentiality; and
(5) The final product will not reveal any personally identifying information without the informed written consent of the involved individual or the individual's legally authorized representative.
(e)
(2) Medical or psychological information may be released pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section if the other agency or organization assures the service provider that the information will be used only for the purpose for which it is being provided and will not be further released to the individual.
(3) The service provider shall release personal information if required by Federal laws or regulations.
(4) The service provider shall release personal information in response to investigations in connection with law enforcement, fraud, or abuse, unless expressly prohibited by Federal or State laws or regulations, and in response to judicial order.
(5) The service provider also may release personal information to protect the individual or others if the individual poses a threat to his or her safety or to the safety of others.
For the purpose of conducting audits, examinations, and compliance reviews, the DSA and all other service providers shall provide access to the Secretary and the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, to—
(a) The records maintained under this part;
(b) Any other books, documents, papers, and records of the recipients that are pertinent to the financial assistance received under this part; and
(c) All individual case records or files or consumer service records of individuals served under this part, including names, addresses, photographs, and records of evaluation included in those individual case records or files or consumer service records.
The DSA and all other service providers shall maintain—
(a) Records that fully disclose and document—
(1) The amount and disposition by the recipient of that financial assistance;
(2) The total cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which the financial assistance is given or used;
(3) The amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources; and
(4) Compliance with the requirements of this part; and
(b) Other records that the Secretary determines to be appropriate to facilitate an effective audit.
Section 112 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 732, unless otherwise noted.
The purpose of this program is to establish and carry out CAPs that—
(a) Advise and inform clients and client-applicants of all services and benefits available to them through programs authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (Act), including activities carried out under sections 113 and 511;
(b) Assist and advocate for clients and client-applicants in their relationships with projects, programs, and community rehabilitation programs providing services under the Act; and
(c) Inform individuals with disabilities in the State, especially individuals with disabilities who have traditionally been unserved or underserved by vocational rehabilitation programs, of the services and benefits available to them under the Act and under title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) (42 U.S.C. 12111
(a)(1) Any State, through its Governor, and the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium are eligible for an award under this part if the State or eligible protection and advocacy system submits, and receives approval of, an application in accordance with § 370.20.
(2) For purposes of this part, the terms—
(i) “American Indian Consortium” has the meaning given the term in section 102 of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 (DD Act) (42 U.S.C. 15002); and
(ii) “Protection and advocacy system” means a protection and advocacy system established under subtitle C of title I of the DD Act (42 U.S.C. 15041
(b) Notwithstanding the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, the Governor of each State shall designate a public or private agency to conduct the State's CAP under this part.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the Governor shall designate an agency that is independent of any agency that provides treatment, services, or rehabilitation to individuals under the Act.
(d) The Governor may, in the initial designation, designate an agency that provides treatment, services, or rehabilitation to individuals with disabilities under the Act if, at any time before February 22, 1984, there was an agency in the State that both—
(1) Was a grantee under section 112 of the Act by serving as a client assistance agency and directly carrying out a CAP; and
(2) Was, at the same time, a grantee under any other provision of the Act.
(e) An agency designated by the Governor of a State to conduct the State's CAP or the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium under this part may not make a subaward to or enter into a contract with an agency that provides services under this Act either to carry out the CAP or to provide services under the CAP.
(f) A designated agency, including the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, that contracts to provide CAP services with another entity or individual remains responsible for—
(1) The conduct of a CAP that meets all of the requirements of this part;
(2) Ensuring that the entity or individual expends CAP funds in accordance with—
(i) The regulations in this part; and
(ii) The regulations at 2 CFR part 200 applicable to the designated agency identified in paragraph (b) or the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, as
(3) The direct day-to-day supervision of the CAP services being carried out by the contractor. This day-to-day supervision must include the direct supervision of the individuals who are employed or used by the contractor to provide CAP services.
(a) Any client or client-applicant is eligible for the services described in § 370.4.
(b) Any individual with a disability is eligible to receive information on the services and benefits available to individuals with disabilities under the Act and title I of the ADA.
(a) Funds made available under this part must be used for activities consistent with the purposes of this program, including—
(1) Advising and informing clients, client-applicants, and individuals with disabilities in the State, especially individuals with disabilities who have traditionally been unserved or underserved by vocational rehabilitation programs, of—
(i) All services and benefits available to them through programs authorized under the Act; and
(ii) Their rights in connection with those services and benefits;
(2) Informing individuals with disabilities in the State, especially individuals with disabilities who have traditionally been unserved or underserved by vocational rehabilitation programs, of the services and benefits available to them under title I of the ADA;
(3) Upon the request of the client or client-applicant, assisting and advocating on behalf of the client or client-applicant in his or her relationship with projects, programs, and community rehabilitation programs that provide services under the Act by engaging in individual or systemic advocacy and pursuing, or assisting and advocating on behalf of the client or client-applicant to pursue, legal, administrative, and other available remedies, if necessary—
(i) To ensure the protection of the rights of a client or client-applicant under the Act; and
(ii) To facilitate access by individuals with disabilities, including students and youth with disabilities who are making the transition from school programs, to services funded under the Act; and
(4) Providing information to the public concerning the CAP.
(b) In providing assistance and advocacy services under this part with respect to services under title I of the Act, a designated agency may provide assistance and advocacy services to a client or client-applicant to facilitate the individual's employment, including assistance and advocacy services with respect to the individual's claims under title I of the ADA, if those claims under title I of the ADA are directly related to services under title I of the Act that the individual is receiving or seeking.
The following regulations apply to the expenditure of funds and the administration of the program under this part:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs) for purposes of an award made under § 370.30(d)(1) when the CAP appropriation equals or exceeds $14,000,000.
(2) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs) applies to the State and, if the designated agency is a State or local government agency, to the designated agency, except for—
(i) Section 76.103;
(ii) Sections 76.125 through 76.137;
(iii) Sections 76.300 through 76.401;
(iv) Section 76.708;
(v) Section 76.734; and
(vi) Section 76.740.
(3) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions That Apply to Department Regulations).
(4) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(5) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement) applies to both the State and the designated agency, whether or not the designated agency is the actual recipient of the CAP grant. As the entity that eventually, if not directly, receives the CAP grant funds, the designated agency is considered a recipient for purposes of Part 81.
(6) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(b) Other regulations as follows:
(1) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485.
(2) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(c) The regulations in this part 370.
Any funds made available to a State under this program that are transferred by a State to a designated agency do not make a subaward as that term is defined in 2 CFR 200.330. The designated agency is not, therefore, in these circumstances a subrecipient, as that term is defined in 2 CFR 200.330.
(a) Definitions in EDGAR at 34 CFR part 77.
(b) Definitions in 2 CFR part 200, subpart A.
(c) Other definitions. The following definitions also apply to this part:
(1) A single individual, in which case it is individual advocacy;
(2) More than one individual or a group of individuals, in which case it is systems (or systemic) advocacy, but systems or systemic advocacy, for the purposes of this part, does not include class actions, or
(3) Oneself, in which case it is self advocacy.
The designated agency shall provide, as appropriate, the CAP services described in § 370.4 in formats that are accessible to clients or client-applicants who seek or receive CAP services.
(a) The Governor shall redesignate the designated agency for carrying out the CAP to an agency that is independent of any agency that provides treatment, services, or rehabilitation to individuals under the Act if, after August 7, 1998—
(1) The designated State agency undergoes any change in the organizational structure of the agency that results in one or more new State agencies or departments, or results in the merger with one or more other State agencies or departments, and
(2) The designated State agency contains an office or unit conducting the CAP.
(3) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the designated State agency has the meaning given to that term at 34 CFR 361.5(c)(12) and described at 34 CFR 361.13.
(b) The Governor may not redesignate the agency designated pursuant to section 112(c) of the Act and § 370.2(b) without good cause and without complying with the requirements of §§ 370.10 through 370.17.
(c) For purposes of §§ 370.10 through 370.17, a “redesignation of” or “to redesignate” a designated agency means any change in or transfer of the designation of an agency previously designated by the Governor to conduct the State's CAP to a new or different agency, unit, or organization, including—
(1) A decision by a designated agency to cancel its existing contract with another entity with which it has previously contracted to carry out and operate all or part of its responsibilities under the CAP (including providing advisory, assistance, or advocacy services to eligible clients and client-applicants); or
(2) A decision by a designated agency not to renew its existing contract with another entity with which it has previously contracted. Therefore, an agency that is carrying out a State's CAP under a contract with a designated agency is considered a designated agency for purposes of §§ 370.10 through 370.17.
(d) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, a designated agency that does not renew a contract for CAP services because it is following State procurement laws that require contracts to be awarded through a competitive bidding process is presumed to have good cause for not renewing an existing contract. However, this presumption may be rebutted.
(e) If State procurement laws require a designated agency to award a contract through a competitive bidding process, the designated agency must hold public hearings on the request for proposal before awarding the new contract.
(a) Prior to any redesignation of the agency that conducts the CAP, the Governor shall give written notice of the proposed redesignation to the designated agency, the State Rehabilitation Council (SRC), and the State Independent Living Council (SILC) and publish a public notice of the Governor's intention to redesignate. Both the notice to the designated agency, the SRC, and the SILC and the public notice must include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) The Federal requirements for the CAP (section 112 of the Act).
(2) The goals and function of the CAP.
(3) The name of the current designated agency.
(4) A description of the current CAP and how it is administered.
(5) The reason or reasons for proposing the redesignation, including why the Governor believes good cause exists for the proposed redesignation.
(6) The effective date of the proposed redesignation.
(7) The name of the agency the Governor proposes to administer the CAP.
(8) A description of the system that the redesignated (
(b) The notice to the designated agency must—
(1) Be given at least 30 days in advance of the Governor's written decision to redesignate; and
(2) Advise the designated agency that it has at least 30 days from receipt of the notice of proposed redesignation to respond to the Governor and that the response must be in writing.
(c) The notice of proposed redesignation must be published in a place and manner that provides the SRC, the SILC, individuals with disabilities or their representatives, and the public with at least 30 days to submit oral or written comments to the Governor.
(d) Following public notice, public hearings concerning the proposed redesignation must be conducted in an accessible format that provides individuals with disabilities or their representatives an opportunity for comment. The Governor shall maintain
(e) The Governor shall fully consider any public comments before issuing a written decision to redesignate.
(a) To preserve its right to appeal a Governor's written decision to redesignate (see § 370.13), a designated agency must respond in writing to the Governor within 30 days after it receives the Governor's notice of proposed redesignation.
(b) The designated agency shall send its response to the Governor by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or other means that provides a record that the Governor received the designated agency's response.
(a) If, after complying with the requirements of § 370.11, the Governor decides to redesignate the designated agency, the Governor shall provide to the designated agency a written decision to redesignate that includes the rationale for the redesignation. The Governor shall send the written decision to redesignate to the designated agency by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or other means that provides a record that the designated agency received the Governor's written decision to redesignate.
(b) If the designated agency submitted to the Governor a timely response to the Governor's notice of proposed redesignation, the Governor shall inform the designated agency that it has at least 15 days from receipt of the Governor's written decision to redesignate to file a formal written appeal with the Secretary.
(a) A designated agency may appeal to the Secretary a Governor's written decision to redesignate only if the designated agency submitted to the Governor a timely written response to the Governor's notice of proposed redesignation in accordance with § 370.12.
(b) To appeal to the Secretary a Governor's written decision to redesignate, a designated agency shall file a formal written appeal with the Secretary within 15 days after the designated agency's receipt of the Governor's written decision to redesignate. The date of filing of the designated agency's written appeal with the Secretary will be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of 34 CFR 81.12.
(c) If the designated agency files a written appeal with the Secretary, the designated agency shall send a separate copy of this appeal to the Governor by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or other means that provides a record that the Governor received a copy of the designated agency's appeal to the Secretary.
(d) The designated agency's written appeal to the Secretary must state why the Governor has not met the burden of showing that good cause for the redesignation exists or has not met the procedural requirements under §§ 370.11 and 370.13.
(e) The designated agency's written appeal must be accompanied by the designated agency's written response to the Governor's notice of proposed redesignation and may be accompanied by any other written submissions or documentation the designated agency wishes the Secretary to consider.
(f) As part of its submissions under this section, the designated agency may request an informal meeting with the Secretary at which representatives of both parties will have an opportunity to present their views on the issues raised in the appeal.
(a) If the designated agency files a formal written appeal in accordance with § 370.14, the Governor shall, within 15 days of receipt of the designated agency's appeal, submit to the Secretary copies of the following:
(1) The written notice of proposed redesignation sent to the designated agency.
(2) The public notice of proposed redesignation.
(3) Transcripts of all public hearings held on the proposed redesignation.
(4) Written comments received by the Governor in response to the public notice of proposed redesignation.
(5) The Governor's written decision to redesignate, including the rationale for the decision.
(6) Any other written documentation or submissions the Governor wishes the Secretary to consider.
(7) Any other information requested by the Secretary.
(b) As part of the submissions under this section, the Governor may request an informal meeting with the Secretary at which representatives of both parties will have an opportunity to present their views on the issues raised in the appeal.
(a) If either party requests a meeting under § 370.14(f) or § 370.15(b), the meeting is to be held within 30 days of the submissions by the Governor under § 370.15, unless both parties agree to waive this requirement. The Secretary promptly notifies the parties of the date and place of the meeting.
(b) Within 30 days of the informal meeting permitted under paragraph (a) of this section or, if neither party has requested an informal meeting, within 60 days of the submissions required from the Governor under § 370.15, the Secretary issues to the parties a final written decision on whether the redesignation was for good cause.
(c) The Secretary reviews a Governor's decision based on the record submitted under §§ 370.14 and 370.15 and any other relevant submissions of other interested parties. The Secretary may affirm or, if the Secretary finds that the redesignation is not for good cause, remand for further findings or reverse a Governor's redesignation.
(d) The Secretary sends copies of the decision to the parties by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or other means that provide a record of receipt by both parties.
A redesignation does not take effect for at least 15 days following the
(a) Each State and the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium seeking assistance under this part shall submit to the Secretary, in writing, at the time and in the manner determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, an application that includes, at a minimum—
(1) The name of the designated agency; and
(2) An assurance that the designated agency meets the independence requirement of section 112(c)(1)(A) of the Act and § 370.2(c), or that the State is exempted from that requirement under section 112(c)(1)(A) of the Act and § 370.2(d).
(b)(1) Each State and the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium also shall submit to the Secretary an assurance that the designated agency has the authority to pursue legal, administrative, and other appropriate remedies to ensure the protection of the rights of clients or client-applicants within the State or American Indian Consortium.
(2) The authority to pursue remedies described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must include the authority to pursue those remedies against the State vocational rehabilitation agency and other appropriate State agencies. The designated agency meets this requirement if it has the authority to pursue those remedies either on its own behalf or by obtaining necessary services, such as legal representation, from outside sources.
(c) Each State and the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium also shall submit to the Secretary assurances that—
(1) All entities conducting, administering, operating, or carrying out programs within the State that provide services under the Act to individuals with disabilities in the State will advise all clients and client-applicants of the existence of the CAP, the services provided under the program, and how to contact the designated agency;
(2) The designated agency will meet each of the requirements in this part; and
(3) The designated agency will provide the Secretary with the annual report required by section 112(g)(4) of the Act and § 370.44.
(d) To allow a designated agency to receive direct payment of funds under this part, a State or the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium must provide to the Secretary, as part of its application for assistance, an assurance that direct payment to the designated agency is not prohibited by or inconsistent with State or tribal law, regulation, or policy.
(a) After reserving funds required under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the Secretary shall allot the remainder of the sums appropriated for each fiscal year under this section among the States on the basis of relative population of each State, except that no such entity shall receive less than $50,000.
(b) The Secretary allocates $30,000 each, unless the provisions of section 112(e)(1)(D) of the Act are applicable, to American Samoa, Guam, the Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands.
(c) The Secretary shall reserve funds, from the amount appropriated to carry out this part, to make a grant to the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium to provide services in accordance with this part. The amount of the grant to the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium shall be the same amount as is provided to a territory under paragraph (b) of this section.
(d)(1) For any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated equals or exceeds $14,000,000, the Secretary may reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2.2 percent of such amount to provide a grant for training and technical assistance for the programs established under this part.
(2) All training and technical assistance shall be coordinated with activities provided under 34 CFR 381.22.
(3) The Secretary shall make a grant pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section to an entity that has experience in or knowledge related to the provision of services authorized under this part.
(4) An entity receiving a grant under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall provide training and technical assistance to the designated agencies or entities carrying out the CAP to assist them in improving the provision of services authorized under this part and the administration of the program.
(e)(1) Unless prohibited or otherwise provided by State or tribal law, regulation, or policy, the Secretary pays to the designated agency, from the State allotment under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, the amount specified in the State's or the eligible protection and advocacy system's approved request. Because the designated agency, including the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, is the eventual, if not the direct, recipient of the CAP funds, 34 CFR part 81 and 2 CFR part 200 apply to the designated agency, whether or not the designated agency is the actual recipient of the CAP grant.
(2) Notwithstanding the grant made to the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium under paragraph (c) of this section, the State remains the grantee for purposes of 34 CFR part 76 and 2 CFR part 200 because it is the State that submits an application for and receives the CAP grant. In addition, both the State and the designated agency are considered recipients for purposes of 34 CFR part 81.
(a) The Secretary reallocates funds in accordance with section 112(e)(2) of the Act.
(b) A designated agency shall inform the Secretary at least 45 days before the end of the fiscal year for which CAP funds were received whether the designated agency is making available for reallotment any of those CAP funds that it will be unable to obligate in that fiscal year or the succeeding fiscal year.
(a) The designated agency, including the eligible protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, shall apply the regulations at 2 CFR part 200.
(b) Consistent with the program activities listed in § 370.4, the cost of travel in connection with the provision to a client or client-applicant of assistance under this program is allowable, in accordance with 2 CFR part 200. The cost of travel includes the cost of travel for an attendant if the attendant must accompany the client or client-applicant.
(c)(1) The State and the designated agency are accountable, both jointly and severally, to the Secretary for the proper use of funds made available under this part. However, the Secretary may choose to recover funds under the procedures in 34 CFR part 81 from either the State or the designated agency, or both, depending on the circumstances of each case.
(2) For purposes of the grant made under this part to the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium, such entity will be solely accountable to the Secretary for the proper use of funds made available under this part. If the Secretary determines it necessary, the Secretary may recover funds from the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium pursuant to the procedures in 34 CFR part 81.
(a) Except as permitted by paragraph (b) of this section, an employee of a designated agency, or of an entity or individual under contract with a designated agency, who carries out any CAP duties or responsibilities, while so employed, may not—
(1) Serve concurrently as a staff member of, consultant to, or in any other capacity within, any other rehabilitation project, program, or community rehabilitation program receiving assistance under the Act in the State; or
(2) Provide any services under the Act, other than CAP and PAIR services.
(b) An employee of a designated agency under contract with a designated agency, may—
(1) Receive a traineeship under section 302 of the Act;
(2) Provide services under the PAIR program;
(3) Represent the CAP on any board or council (such as the SRC) if CAP representation on the board or council is specifically permitted or mandated by the Act; and
(4) Consult with policymaking and administrative personnel in State and local rehabilitation programs, projects, and community rehabilitation programs, if consultation with the designated agency is specifically permitted or mandated by the Act.
The CAP must be afforded reasonable access to policymaking and administrative personnel in State and local rehabilitation programs, projects, and community rehabilitation programs. One way in which the CAP may be provided that access would be to include the director of the designated agency among the individuals to be consulted on matters of general policy development and implementation, as required by section 101(a)(16) of the Act.
(a) Each designated agency shall implement procedures designed to ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, good faith negotiations and mediation procedures are used before resorting to formal administrative or legal remedies. In designing these procedures, the designated agency may take into account its level of resources.
(b) For purposes of this section, mediation may involve the use of professional mediators, other independent third parties mutually agreed to by the parties to the dispute, or an employee of the designated agency who—
(1) Is not assigned to advocate for or otherwise represent or is not involved with advocating for or otherwise representing the client or client-applicant who is a party to the mediation; and
(2) Has not previously advocated for or otherwise represented or been involved with advocating for or otherwise representing that same client or client-applicant.
In addition to the program and fiscal reporting requirements in 34 CFR 76.720 and 2 CFR 200.327
(a) The number of requests received by the designated agency for information on services and benefits under the Act and title I of the ADA;
(b) The number of referrals to other agencies made by the designated agency and the reason or reasons for those referrals;
(c) The number of requests for advocacy services received by the designated agency from clients or client-applicants;
(d) The number of requests for advocacy services from clients or client-applicants that the designated agency was unable to serve;
(e) The reasons that the designated agency was unable to serve all of the requests for advocacy services from clients or client-applicants; and
(f) Any other information that the Secretary may require.
A designated agency may not bring any class action in carrying out its responsibilities under this part.
In designating a client assistance agency under § 370.2, redesignating a client assistance agency under § 370.10, and carrying out the other provisions of this part, the Governor shall consult with the director of the State vocational rehabilitation agency (or, in States with both a general agency and an agency for the blind, the directors of both agencies), the head of the developmental disability protection and
(a)
(2) Funds received through the transfer of Social Security Administration payments from the designated State unit, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(13), in accordance with 34 CFR 361.63(c)(2) will be treated as program income received under this part.
(b)
(2)(i) The designated agency must use program income to supplement Federal funds that support program activities that are subject to this part. See, for example 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2).
(ii) Notwithstanding 2 CFR 200.305(a) and consistent with 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5), and to the extent that program income funds are available, a designated agency, regardless of whether it is a State agency, must disburse those funds (including repayments to a revolving fund), rebates, refunds, contract settlements, audit recoveries, and interest earned on such funds before requesting additional funds from the Department.
Any Federal funds, including reallotted funds, that are appropriated for a fiscal year to carry out the activities under this part that are not obligated or expended by the designated agency prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year, and any program income received during a fiscal year that is not obligated or expended by the designated agency prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year in which the program income was received, remain available for obligation and expenditure by the designated agency during that succeeding fiscal year in accordance with section 19 of the Act.
(a) All personal information about individuals served by any designated agency under this part, including lists of names, addresses, photographs, and records of evaluation, must be held strictly confidential.
(b) The designated agency's use of information and records concerning individuals must be limited only to purposes directly connected with the CAP, including program evaluation activities. Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section, this information may not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, other than in the administration of the CAP, unless the consent of the individual to whom the information applies, or his or her parent, legal guardian, or other legally authorized representative or advocate (including the individual's advocate from the designated agency), has been obtained in writing. A designated agency may not produce any report, evaluation, or study that reveals any personally identifying information without the written consent of the individual or his or her representative.
(c) Except as limited in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the Secretary or other Federal or State officials responsible for enforcing legal requirements are to have complete access to all—
(1) Records of the designated agency that receives funds under this program; and
(2) All individual case records of clients served under this part without the consent of the client.
(d) For purposes of conducting any periodic audit, preparing or producing any report, or conducting any evaluation of the performance of the CAP established or assisted under this part, the Secretary does not require the designated agency to disclose the identity of, or any other personally identifiable information related to, any individual requesting assistance under the CAP.
(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of this section and consistent with paragraph (f) of this section, a designated agency shall disclose to the Secretary, if the Secretary so requests, the identity of, or any other personally identifiable information (
(1) An audit, evaluation, monitoring review, State plan assurance review, or other investigation produces reliable evidence that there is probable cause to believe that the designated agency has violated its legislative mandate or misused Federal funds; or
(2) The Secretary determines that this information may reasonably lead to further evidence that is directly related to alleged misconduct of the designated agency.
(f) In addition to the protection afforded by paragraph (d) of this section, the right of a person or designated agency not to produce documents or disclose information to the Secretary is governed by the common law of privileges, as interpreted by the courts of the United States.
Sections 12(c) and 121 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c) and 741, unless otherwise noted.
This program is designed to provide vocational rehabilitation services, including culturally appropriate services, to American Indians with disabilities who reside on or near Federal or State reservations, consistent with such eligible individual's strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice, so that such individual may prepare for, and engage in, high-quality employment that will increase opportunities for economic self-sufficiency.
(a) Applications may be made only by Indian tribes and consortia of those Indian tribes located on Federal and State reservations.
(1) The applicant for the grant must be
(i) The governing body of an Indian tribe, either on behalf the Indian tribe or on behalf of a consortium of Indian tribes; or
(ii) A tribal organization that is a separate legal organization from an Indian tribe.
(2) In order to receive a grant under this section, a tribal organization that is not a governing body of an Indian tribe must:
(i) Have as one of its functions the vocational rehabilitation of American Indians with disabilities; and
(ii) Have the approval of the tribe to be served by such organization.
(3) If a grant is made to the governing body of an Indian tribe, either on its own behalf or on behalf of a consortium, or to a tribal organization to perform services benefiting more than one Indian tribe, the approval of each such Indian tribe shall be a prerequisite to the making of such a grant.
(b) Applications for awards under Subpart B may be made by State, local or tribal governments, non-profit organizations, or institutions of higher education.
The American Indian Vocational Rehabilitation Services program provides financial assistance for the establishment and operation of tribal vocational rehabilitation services programs for American Indians with disabilities who reside on or near Federal or State reservations.
The Secretary approves a project period of up to sixty months.
The following regulations apply to this program—
(a) The regulations in this part 371.
(b) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485;
(c) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards) as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(d) 34 CFR part 75 Direct Grant Programs
(e) 34 CFR part 77 Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations
(f) 34 CFR part 81 General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement
(g) 34 CFR part 82 New Restrictions on Lobbying
(h) 34 CFR part 84 Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace
(a) The definitions of terms included in the applicable regulations listed in § 371.5;
(b) The following definitions also apply to this program—
(i)(A) A review of existing data—
(
(
(B) To the extent necessary, the provision of appropriate assessment activities to obtain necessary additional data to make the eligibility determination and assignment;
(ii) To the extent additional data are necessary to make a determination of the employment outcomes, and the nature and scope of vocational rehabilitation services, to be included in the individualized plan for employment of an eligible individual, a comprehensive assessment to determine the unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice, including the need for supported employment, of the eligible individual, this comprehensive assessment—
(A) Is limited to information that is necessary to identify the rehabilitation needs of the individual and to develop the individualized plan for employment of the eligible individual;
(B) Uses as a primary source of information, to the maximum extent possible and appropriate and in accordance with confidentiality requirements—
(
(
(C) May include, to the degree needed to make such a determination, an assessment of the personality, interests, interpersonal skills, intelligence and related functional capacities, educational achievements, work experience, vocational aptitudes, personal and social adjustments, and employment opportunities of the individual, and the medical, psychiatric, psychological, and other pertinent vocational, educational, cultural, social, recreational, and environmental factors, that affect the
(D) May include, to the degree needed, an appraisal of the patterns of work behavior of the individual and services needed for the individual to acquire occupational skills, and to develop work attitudes, work habits, work tolerance, and social and behavior patterns necessary for successful job performance, including the use of work in real job situations to assess and develop the capacities of the individual to perform adequately in a work environment; and
(E) To the maximum extent possible, relies on information obtained from experiences in integrated employment settings in the community, and other integrated community settings;
(iii) Referral, for the provision of rehabilitation technology services to the individual, to assess and develop the capacities of the individual to perform in a work environment; and
(iv) An exploration of the individual's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in work situations, which must be assessed periodically during trial work experiences, including experiences in which the individual is provided appropriate supports and training.
(i) Medical, psychiatric, psychological, social, and vocational services that are provided under one management;
(ii) Testing, fitting, or training in the use of prosthetic and orthotic devices;
(iii) Recreational therapy;
(iv) Physical and occupational therapy;
(v) Speech, language, and hearing therapy;
(vi) Psychiatric, psychological, and social services, including positive behavior management;
(vii) Assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs;
(viii) Rehabilitation technology;
(ix) Job development, placement, and retention services;
(x) Evaluation or control of specific disabilities;
(xi) Orientation and mobility services for individuals who are blind;
(xii) Extended employment;
(xiii) Psychosocial rehabilitation services;
(xiv) Supported employment services and extended services;
(xv) Customized employment;
(xvi) Services to family members if necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome;
(xvii) Personal assistance services; or
(xviii) Services similar to the services described in paragraphs (i) through (xvii) of this definition.
(i) Services and benefits, including accommodations and auxiliary aids and services, that are—
(A) Provided or paid for, in whole or in part, by other Federal, State, or local public agencies, by health insurance, or by employee benefits;
(B) Available to the individual at the time needed to ensure the progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome in the individual's individualized plan for employment; and
(C) Commensurate to the services that the individual would otherwise receive from the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit.
(ii) For the purposes of this definition, comparable benefits do not include awards and scholarships based on merit.
(i) Is performed on a full-time or part-time basis (including self-employment) and for which an individual is compensated at a rate that—
(A) Is not less than the higher of the rate specified in section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) or the rate required under the applicable State or local minimum wage law;
(B) Is not less than the customary rate paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by other employees who are not individuals with disabilities and who are similarly situated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
(C) In the case of an individual who is self-employed, yields an income that is comparable to the income received by other individuals who are not individuals with disabilities and who are self-employed in similar occupations or on similar tasks and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
(D) Is eligible for the level of benefits provided to other employees; and
(ii) Is at a location—
(A) Typically found in the community; and
(B) Where the employee with a disability interacts for the purpose of performing the duties of the position with other employees within the particular work unit and the entire work site, and, as appropriate to the work performed, other persons (
(C) Presents, as appropriate, opportunities for advancement that are similar to those for other employees who are not individuals with disabilities and who have similar positions.
(i) Designating one governing body to apply for the grant; or
(ii) Establishing and designating a tribal organization to apply for a grant.
(i) Job exploration by the individual;
(ii) Working with an employer to facilitate placement, including—
(A) Customizing a job description based on current employer needs or on previously unidentified and unmet employer needs; and
(B) Developing a set of job duties, a work schedule and job arrangement, and specifics of supervision (including performance evaluation and review), and determining a job location;
(iii) Using a professional representative chosen by the individual, or if elected self-representation, to work with an employer to facilitate placement; and
(iv) Providing services and supports at the job location.
(i) Who either—
(A) Is a relative or guardian of an applicant or eligible individual; or
(B) Lives in the same household as an applicant or eligible individual;
(ii) Who has a substantial interest in the well-being of that individual; and
(iii) Whose receipt of vocational rehabilitation services is necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(i)
(ii)
In general any individual—
(i) Who has a physical or mental impairment;
(ii) Whose impairment constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment; and
(iii) Who can benefit in terms of an employment outcome from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services.
In general an individual with a disability—
(i) Who has a severe physical or mental impairment that seriously limits one or more functional capacities (such as mobility, communication, self-care, self-direction, interpersonal skills, work tolerance, or work skills) in terms of an employment outcome;
(ii) Whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require multiple vocational rehabilitation services over an extended period of time; and
(iii) Who has one or more physical or mental disabilities resulting from amputation, arthritis, autism, blindness, burn injury, cancer, cerebral palsy, cystic fibrosis, deafness, head injury, heart disease, hemiplegia, hemophilia, respiratory or pulmonary dysfunction, intellectual disability, mental illness, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, musculo-skeletal disorders, neurological disorders (including stroke and epilepsy), spinal cord conditions (including paraplegia and quadriplegia), sickle cell anemia, specific learning disability, end-stage renal disease, or another disability or combination of disabilities determined on the basis of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs to cause comparable substantial functional limitation.
The cost of a uniform or other suitable clothing that is required for an individual's job placement or job-seeking activities.
The cost of short-term shelter that is required in order for an individual to participate in assessment activities or vocational training at a site that is not within commuting distance of an individual's home.
The initial one-time costs, such as a security deposit or charges for the initiation of utilities, that are required in order for an individual to relocate for a job placement.
(i) Corrective surgery or therapeutic treatment that is likely, within a reasonable period of time, to correct or modify substantially a stable or slowly progressive physical or mental impairment that constitutes a substantial impediment to employment;
(ii) Diagnosis of and treatment for mental or emotional disorders by qualified personnel in accordance with State licensure laws;
(iii) Dentistry;
(iv) Nursing services;
(v) Necessary hospitalization (either inpatient or outpatient care) in connection with surgery or treatment and clinic services;
(vi) Drugs and supplies;
(vii) Prosthetic and orthotic devices;
(viii) Eyeglasses and visual services, including visual training, and the examination and services necessary for the prescription and provision of eyeglasses, contact lenses, microscopic lenses, telescopic lenses, and other special visual aids prescribed by
(ix) Podiatry;
(x) Physical therapy;
(xi) Occupational therapy;
(xii) Speech or hearing therapy;
(xiii) Mental health services;
(xiv) Treatment of either acute or chronic medical complications and emergencies that are associated with or arise out of the provision of physical and mental restoration services, or that are inherent in the condition under treatment;
(xv) Special services for the treatment of individuals with end-stage renal disease, including transplantation, dialysis, artificial kidneys, and supplies; and
(xvi) Other medical or medically related rehabilitation services.
(xvii) Services reflecting the cultural background of the American Indian being served, including treatment provided by native healing practitioners in accordance with 34 CFR 371.41(a)(2).
(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological, musculo-skeletal, special sense organs, respiratory (including speech organs), cardiovascular, reproductive, digestive, genitourinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine; or
(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder such as intellectual or developmental disability, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities.
Post-employment services are intended to ensure that the employment outcome remains consistent with the individual's unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice. These services are available to meet rehabilitation needs that do not require a complex and comprehensive provision of services and, thus, should be limited in scope and duration. If more comprehensive services are required, then a new rehabilitation effort should be considered. Post-employment services are to be provided under an amended individualized plan for employment; thus, a re-determination of eligibility is not required. The provision of post-employment services is subject to the same requirements in this part as the provision of any other vocational rehabilitation service. Post-employment services are available to assist an individual to maintain employment,
(A) For whom competitive integrated employment has not historically occurred, or for whom competitive integrated employment has been interrupted or intermittent as a result of a significant disability; and
(B) Who, because of the nature and severity of their disability, need intensive supported employment services and extended services after the transition from support provided by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation Unit, in order to perform this work.
(ii) For purposes of this part, an individual with the most significant disabilities, whose supported employment in an integrated setting does not satisfy the criteria of competitive integrated employment is considered to be working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment so long as the individual can reasonably anticipate achieving competitive integrated employment:
(A) Within six months of achieving a supported employment outcome; or
(B) Within a period not to exceed 12 months from the achievement of the supported employment outcome, if a longer period is necessary based on the needs of the individual, and the individual has demonstrated progress toward competitive earnings based on information contained in the service record.
(i) Organized and made available, singly or in combination, in such a way as to assist an eligible individual to achieve competitive integrated employment;
(ii) Based on a determination of the needs of an eligible individual, as specified in an individualized plan for employment;
(iii) Provided by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation Unit for a period of time not to exceed 24 months, unless under special circumstances the eligible individual and the rehabilitation counselor or coordinator jointly agree to extend the time to achieve the employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment; and
(iv) Following transition, as post-employment services that are unavailable from an extended services provider and that are necessary to maintain or regain the job placement or advance in employment.
(i) Designed within an outcome-oriented process that promotes movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational training, competitive integrated employment, supported employment, continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Based upon the individual student's or youth's needs, taking into account the student's or youth's preferences and interests;
(iii) That includes instruction, community experiences, the development of employment and other post-school adult living objectives, and, if appropriate, acquisition of daily living skills and functional vocational evaluation;
(iv) That promotes or facilitates the achievement of the employment outcome identified in the student's or youth's individualized plan for employment; and
(v) That includes outreach to and engagement of the parents, or, as appropriate, the representative of such a student or youth with a disability.
(i) An assessment for determining eligibility, priority for services, and vocational rehabilitation needs by qualified personnel, including, if appropriate, an assessment by personnel skilled in rehabilitation technology.
(ii) Vocational rehabilitation counseling and guidance, including information and support services to assist an individual in exercising informed choice.
(iii) Referral and other services necessary to assist applicants and eligible individuals to secure needed services from other agencies and to advise those individuals about client assistance programs established under 34 CFR part 370.
(iv) Physical and mental restoration services, to the extent that financial support is not readily available from a source other than the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit (such as through health insurance or a comparable service or benefit).
(v) Vocational and other training services, including personal and vocational adjustment training, advanced training (particularly advanced training in a field of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (including computer science), medicine, law or business); books, tools, and other training materials, except that no training or training services in an institution of higher education (universities, colleges, community or junior colleges, vocational schools, technical institutes, or hospital schools of nursing or any other postsecondary education institution) may be paid for with funds under this part unless maximum efforts have been made by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit and the individual to secure grant assistance in whole or in part from other sources to pay for that training.
(vi) Maintenance.
(vii) Transportation in connection with the provision of any vocational rehabilitation service.
(viii) Vocational rehabilitation services to family members of an applicant or eligible individual if necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(ix) Interpreter services, including sign language and oral interpreter services, for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and tactile interpreting services for individuals who are deaf-blind provided by qualified personnel.
(x) Reader services, rehabilitation teaching services, and orientation and mobility services for individuals who are blind.
(xi) Job-related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services.
(xii) Supported employment services.
(xiii) Personal assistance services.
(xiv) Post-employment services.
(xv) Occupational licenses, tools, equipment, initial stocks, and supplies.
(xvi) Rehabilitation technology, including vehicular modification, telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices.
(xvii) Transition services for students and youth with disabilities that facilitate the transition from school to postsecondary life, such as achievement of an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment.
(xviii) Technical assistance and other consultation services to conduct market analyses, develop business plans, and otherwise provide resources to eligible individuals who are pursuing self-employment or telecommuting or establishing a small business operation as an employment outcome.
(xix) Customized employment.
(x) Other goods and services determined necessary for the individual with a disability to achieve an employment outcome.
(i) May be provided by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation Unit and may include the following:
(A) In the case of any small business enterprise operated by individuals with significant disabilities under the supervision of the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit, management services and supervision provided by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit, along with the acquisition by the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit of vending facilities or other equipment and initial stocks and supplies in accordance with the following requirements:
(
(
(
(
(
(B) The establishment, development, or improvement of a community rehabilitation program that is used to provide vocational rehabilitation services that promote integration into the community and prepare individuals with disabilities for competitive integrated employment, including supported employment and customized employment, and under special circumstances, the construction of a community rehabilitation facility. Examples of “special circumstances” include the destruction by natural disaster of the only available center serving an area or a Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit determination that construction is necessary in a rural area because no other public agencies or private nonprofit organizations are currently able to provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals.
(C) Telecommunications systems (that have the potential for substantially improving vocational rehabilitation service delivery methods and developing appropriate programming to meet the particular needs of individuals with disabilities including telephone, television, video description services, satellite, tactile-vibratory devices, and similar systems, as appropriate.
(D) Special services to provide nonvisual access to information for individuals who are blind, including the use of telecommunications, Braille, sound recordings, or other appropriate media; captioned television, films, or video cassettes for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing; tactile materials for individuals who are deaf-blind; and other special services that provide information through tactile, vibratory, auditory, and visual media.
(E) Technical assistance to businesses that are seeking to employ individuals with disabilities.
(F) Consultation and technical assistance services to assist State educational agencies and local educational agencies, and, where appropriate, Tribal Educational agencies, in planning for the transition of students with disabilities from school to postsecondary life, including employment.
(G) Transition services to youth with disabilities and students with disabilities, for which a vocational rehabilitation counselor works in concert with educational agencies, providers of job training programs, providers of services under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396
(H) The establishment, development, or improvement of assistive technology demonstration, loan, reutilization, or financing programs in coordination with activities authorized under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3001
(I) Support (including, as appropriate, tuition) for advanced training in a field of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (including computer science), medicine, law, or business, provided after an individual eligible to receive services under this title, demonstrates:
(
(
(
(
(
(ii) If the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation Unit provides for vocational rehabilitation services for groups of individuals it must —
(A) Develop and maintain written policies covering the nature and scope of each of the vocational rehabilitation services it provides and the criteria under which each service is provided; and
(B) Maintain information to ensure the proper and efficient administration of those services in the form and detail and at the time required by the Secretary, including the types of services provided, the costs of those services, and to the extent feasible, estimates of the numbers of individuals benefiting from those services.
The Secretary shall first reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of funds appropriated and made available to carry out this program to provide training and technical assistance to the governing bodies of Indian tribes and consortia of those governing bodies awarded a grant under this program.
(a) The Secretary uses these funds to make grants to, or enter into contracts or other cooperative agreements with, entities that have staff with experience in the operation of vocational rehabilitation services programs under this part.
(b) An entity receiving assistance in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall provide training and technical assistance with respect to developing, conducting, administering, and evaluating tribal vocational rehabilitation programs funded under this part.
(a) To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under section 121(c) of the Act and this subpart, an applicant shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing a proposal to provide such training and technical assistance, and any additional information as the Secretary may require.
(b) The Secretary shall provide for peer review of applications by panels that include persons who are not Federal or State government employees and who have experience in the operation of vocational rehabilitation services programs under this part.
The Secretary shall conduct a survey of the governing bodies of Indian tribes funded under this part regarding training and technical assistance needs in order to determine funding priorities for such training and technical assistance.
(a) The Secretary evaluates each application for a grant, cooperative agreement or contract under this subpart on the basis of the selection criteria chosen from the general selection criteria found in EDGAR regulations at 34 CFR 75.210.
(b) The Secretary may award a competitive preference consistent with 34 CFR 75.102(c)(2) to applications that include as project personnel in a substantive role, individuals that have been employed as a project director or VR counselor by a Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit funded under this part.
(c) If using a contract to award funds under this subpart, the Secretary may conduct the application process and make the subsequent award in accordance with 34 CFR part 75.
(a) In the development of an application, the applicant is required to consult with the designated State unit (DSU) for the state vocational rehabilitation program in the State or States in which vocational rehabilitation services are to be provided.
(b) The procedures for the review and comment by the DSU or the DSUs of the State or States in which vocational rehabilitation services are to be provided on applications submitted from within the State that the DSU or DSUs serve are in 34 CFR 75.155-75.159.
Each applicant under this program must provide evidence that—
(a) Effort will be made to provide a broad scope of vocational rehabilitation services in a manner and at a level of quality at least comparable to those services provided by the designated State unit.
(b) All decisions affecting eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services, the nature and scope of available vocational rehabilitation services and the provision of such services will be made by a representative of the tribal vocational rehabilitation program funded through this grant and such decisions will not be delegated to another agency or individual.
(c) Priority in the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services will be given to those American Indians with disabilities who are the most significantly disabled.
(d) An order of selection of individuals with disabilities to be served under the program will be specified if services cannot be provided to all eligible American Indians with disabilities who apply.
(e) All vocational rehabilitation services will be provided according to an individualized plan for employment which has been developed jointly by the representative of the tribal vocational rehabilitation program and each American Indian with disabilities being served.
(f) American Indians with disabilities living on or near Federal or State reservations where tribal vocational rehabilitation service programs are being carried out under this part will have an opportunity to participate in matters of general policy development and implementation affecting vocational rehabilitation service delivery by the tribal vocational rehabilitation program.
(g) Cooperative working arrangements will be developed with the DSU, or DSUs, as appropriate, which are providing vocational rehabilitation services to other individuals with disabilities who reside in the State or States being served.
(h) Any comparable services and benefits available to American Indians with disabilities under any other program, which might meet in whole or in part the cost of any vocational rehabilitation service, will be fully considered in the provision of vocational rehabilitation services.
(i) Any American Indian with disabilities who is an applicant or recipient of services, and who is dissatisfied with a determination made by a representative of the tribal vocational rehabilitation program and files a request for a review, will be afforded a review under procedures developed by the grantee comparable to those under the provisions of section 102(c)(1)-(5) and (7) of the Act.
(j) The tribal vocational rehabilitation program funded under this part must assure that any facility used in connection with the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services meets facility and program accessibility requirements consistent with the requirements, as applicable, of the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, section 504 of the Act, and the regulations implementing these laws.
(k) The tribal vocational rehabilitation program funded under this part must ensure that providers of vocational rehabilitation services are able to communicate in the native language of, or by using an appropriate mode of communication with, applicants and eligible individuals who have limited English proficiency, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so.
To the extent that funds have been appropriated under this program, the Secretary approves all applications which meet acceptable standards of program quality. If any application is not approved because of deficiencies in proposed program standards, the Secretary provides technical assistance to the applicant Indian tribe with respect to any areas of the proposal which were judged to be deficient.
(a) In addition to the selection criteria used in accordance with the procedures in 34 CFR part 75, the Secretary, in making an award under this program, considers the past performance of the applicant in carrying out similar activities under previously awarded grants, as indicated by such factors as compliance with grant conditions, soundness of programmatic and financial management practices and attainment of established project objectives.
(b) The Secretary may award a competitive preference consistent with 34 CFR 75.102(c)(2) to applications for the continuation of programs which have been funded under this program.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) In addition to those allowable cost established in 2 CFR 200.400—200.475, the following items are allowable costs under this program—
(1) Expenditures for the provision of vocational rehabilitation services and for the administration, including staff development, of a program of vocational rehabilitation services.
(2) Expenditures for services reflecting the cultural background of the American Indians being served, including treatment provided by native healing practitioners who are recognized as such by the tribal vocational rehabilitation program when the services are necessary to assist an individual with disabilities to achieve his or her vocational rehabilitation objective.
(b) Expenditures may not be made under this program to cover the costs of providing vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities not residing on or near Federal or State reservations.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Any American Indian with disabilities who is eligible for services under this program but who wishes to be provided services by the DSU must be referred to the DSU for such services.
(b) Preference in employment in connection with the provision of vocational rehabilitation services under this section must be given to American Indians, with a special priority being given to American Indians with disabilities.
(c) The provisions of sections 5, 6, 7, and 102(a) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act also apply under this program (25 U.S.C. 450c, 450d, 450e, and 450f(a)). These provisions relate to grant reporting and audit requirements, maintenance of records, access to records, availability of required reports and information to Indian people served or represented, repayment of unexpended Federal funds, criminal activities involving grants, penalties, wage and labor standards, preference requirements for American Indians in the conduct and administration of the grant, and requirements affecting requests of tribal organizations to enter into contracts. For purposes of applying these requirements to this program, the Secretary carries out those responsibilities assigned to the Secretary of Interior.
(d) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit must develop and maintain written policies regarding the provision of vocational rehabilitation services that ensure that the provision of services is based on the vocational rehabilitation needs of each individual as identified in that individual's IPE and is consistent with the individual's informed choice. The written policies may not establish any arbitrary limits on the nature and scope of vocational rehabilitation services to be provided to the individual to achieve an employment outcome. The policies must be developed in accordance with the following provisions:
(1)
(ii) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may not establish policies that effectively prohibit the provision of off-reservation services.
(2)
(ii) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may establish a fee schedule designed to ensure the program pays a reasonable cost for each service, as long as the fee schedule—
(A) Is not so low as effectively to deny an individual a necessary service; and
(B) permits exceptions so that individual needs can be addressed.
(C) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may not place absolute dollar limits on the amount it will pay for specific service categories or on the total services provided to an individual.
(3)
(A) Are not so short as effectively to deny an individual a necessary service; and
(B) Permit exceptions so that individual needs can be addressed.
(ii) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may not place time limits on the provision of specific services or on the provision of services to an individual. The duration of each service needed by an individual must be determined on the basis of that individual's needs and reflected in that individual's individualized plan for employment.
(4)
(e)
(1) To inform each applicant and eligible individual, through appropriate modes of communication, about the availability of, and opportunities to exercise, informed choice, including the availability of support services for individuals with cognitive or other disabilities who require assistance in exercising informed choice, throughout the vocational rehabilitation process;
(2) To assist applicants and eligible individuals in exercising informed choice in decisions related to the provision of assessment services;
(3) To develop and implement flexible procurement policies and methods that facilitate the provision of vocational rehabilitation services, and that afford eligible individuals meaningful choices among the methods used to procure vocational rehabilitation services;
(4) To provide or assist eligible individuals in acquiring information that enables them to exercise informed choice in the development of their IPEs and selection of—
(i) The employment outcome;
(ii) The specific vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome;
(iii) The entity that will provide the services;
(iv) The employment setting and the settings in which the services will be provided; and
(v) The methods available for procuring the services; and
(5) To ensure that the availability and scope of informed choice is consistent with the obligations of the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit.
(6) Information and assistance in the selection of vocational rehabilitation services and service providers: In assisting an applicant and eligible individual in exercising informed choice during the assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs and during development of the IPE, the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit must provide the individual or the individual's representative, or assist the individual or the individual's representative in acquiring, information necessary to make an informed choice about the specific vocational rehabilitation services, including the providers of those services, that are needed to achieve the individual's employment outcome. This information must include, at a minimum, information relating to the—
(i) Cost, accessibility, and duration of potential services;
(ii) Consumer satisfaction with those services to the extent that information relating to consumer satisfaction is available;
(iii) Qualifications of potential service providers;
(iv) Types of services offered by the potential providers;
(v) Degree to which services are provided in integrated settings; and
(vi) Outcomes achieved by individuals working with service providers, to the extent that such information is available.
(7) Methods or sources of information: In providing or assisting the individual or the individual's representative in acquiring the information required under paragraph (c) of this section, the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may use, but is not limited to, the following methods or sources of information:
(i) Lists of services and service providers.
(ii) Periodic consumer satisfaction surveys and reports.
(iii) Referrals to other consumers, consumer groups, or disability advisory councils qualified to discuss the services or service providers.
(iv) Relevant accreditation, certification, or other information relating to the qualifications of service providers.
(v) Opportunities for individuals to visit or experience various work and service provider settings.
(a)
(i) Specific safeguards are established to protect current and stored personal information, including a requirement that data only be released when governed by a written agreement between the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit and receiving entity under paragraphs (d) and (e)(1) of this section, which addresses the requirements in this section;
(ii) All applicants and eligible individuals and, as appropriate, those individuals' representatives, service providers, cooperating agencies, and interested persons are informed through appropriate modes of communication of the confidentiality of personal information and the conditions for accessing and releasing this information;
(iii) All applicants or their representatives are informed about the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit's need to collect personal information and the policies governing its use, including—
(A) Identification of the authority under which information is collected;
(B) Explanation of the principal purposes for which the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit intends to use or release the information;
(C) Explanation of whether providing requested information to the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit is mandatory or voluntary and the effects of not providing requested information;
(D) Identification of those situations in which the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit requires or does not require informed written consent of the individual before information may be released; and
(E) Identification of other agencies to which information is routinely released;
(iv) An explanation of the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit's policies and procedures affecting personal information will be provided to each individual in that individual's native language or through the appropriate mode of communication; and
(v) These policies and procedures provide no fewer protections for individuals than State laws and regulations.
(2) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit may establish reasonable fees to cover extraordinary costs of duplicating records or making extensive searches and must establish policies and procedures governing access to records.
(b)
(c)
(2) Medical, psychological, or other information that the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit determines may be harmful to the individual may not be released directly to the individual, but must be provided to the individual through a third party chosen by the individual, which may include, among others, an advocate, a family member, or a qualified medical or mental health professional, unless a representative has been appointed by a court to represent the individual, in which case the information must be released to the court-appointed representative.
(3) If personal information has been obtained from another agency or organization, it may be released only by, or under the conditions established by, the other agency or organization.
(4) An applicant or eligible individual who believes that information in the individual's record of services is inaccurate or misleading may request
(d)
(1) The information will be used only for the purposes for which it is being provided;
(2) The information will be released only to persons officially connected with the audit, evaluation, or research;
(3) The information will not be released to the involved individual;
(4) The information will be managed in a manner to safeguard confidentiality; and
(5) The final product will not reveal any personal identifying information without the informed written consent of the involved individual or the individual's representative.
(e)
(2) Medical or psychological information that the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit determines may be harmful to the individual may be released if the other agency or organization assures the Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit that the information will be used only for the purpose for which it is being provided and will not be further released to the individual.
(3) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit must release personal information if required by Federal law or regulations.
(4) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit must release personal information in response to investigations in connection with law enforcement, fraud, or abuse, unless expressly prohibited by Federal or State laws or regulations, and in response to an order issued by a judge, magistrate, or other authorized judicial officer.
(5) The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit also may release personal information in order to protect the individual or others if the individual poses a threat to his or her safety or to the safety of others.
The Tribal Vocational Rehabilitation unit shall use formats that are accessible to notify individuals seeking or receiving services under this part, or as appropriate, the parents, family members, guardians, advocates, or authorized representatives of those individuals, about—
(a) The availability of CAP authorized by section 112 of the Act;
(b) The purposes of the services provided under the CAP; and
(c) How to contact the CAP.
Section 303(b) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 773(b), unless otherwise noted.
The purpose of this program is to provide competitive grants, including cooperative agreements, to, or enter into contracts with, eligible entities to expand and improve the provision of vocational rehabilitation and other services authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (Act), or to further the purposes and policies in sections 2(b) and (c) of the Act by supporting activities that increase the provision, extent, availability, scope, and quality of rehabilitation services under the Act, including related research and evaluation activities.
(a) The following types of organizations are eligible for assistance under this program:
(1) State vocational rehabilitation agencies.
(2) Community rehabilitation programs.
(3) Indian tribes or tribal organizations.
(4) Other public or nonprofit agencies or organizations, including institutions of higher education.
(5) For-profit organizations, if the Secretary considers them to be appropriate.
(6) Consortia that meet the requirements of 34 CFR 75.128 and 75.129.
(7) Other organizations identified by the Secretary and published in the
(b) In competitions held under this program, the Secretary may limit competitions to one or more types of these organizations.
The following regulations apply to this program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs).
(2) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(3) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(4) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(5) 35 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(6) 34 CFR part 84 (Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance).
(7) 34 CFR part 86 (Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention).
(8) 34 CFR part 97 (Protection of Human Subjects).
(9) 34 CFR part 98 (Student Rights in Research, Experimental Programs, and Testing.
(10) 34 CFR part 99 (Family Educational Rights and Privacy).
(b) The regulations in this part 373.
(c) The regulations in 48 CFR part 31 (Contracts Cost Principles and Procedures).
(d)(1) 2 CFR part 180 (Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485; and
(2) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards) as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
The following definitions apply to this part:
(1) Individuals with chronic and progressive diseases that may become more disabling, such as multiple sclerosis, progressive visual disabilities, or HIV.
(2) Individuals in the acute stages of injury or illness, including, but not limited to, diabetes, traumatic brain injury, stroke, burns, or amputation.
(3) Individuals receiving an employer's short-term or long-term disability insurance benefits.
(1) For an individual who will receive rehabilitation services under this part, an individual with a disability means an individual—
(i) Who has a physical or mental impairment which, for that individual, constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment; and
(ii) Who can benefit in terms of an employment outcome from vocational rehabilitation services.
(2) For all other purposes of this part, an individual with a disability means an individual—
(i) Who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities;
(ii) Who has a record of such an impairment; or
(iii) Who is regarded as having such an impairment.
(3) For purposes of paragraph (2) of this definition, projects that carry out services or activities pertaining to Title V of the Act must also meet the requirements for “an individual with a disability” in section 7(20)(c) through (e) of the Act, as applicable.
(1) Who has a severe physical or mental impairment that seriously limits one or more functional capacities (such as mobility, communication, self-care, self-direction, interpersonal skills, work tolerance, or work skills) in terms of an employment outcome;
(2) Whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require multiple vocational rehabilitation services over an extended period of time; and
(3) Who has one or more physical or mental disabilities resulting from amputation, arthritis, autism, blindness, burn injury, cancer, cerebral palsy, cystic fibrosis, deafness, head injury, heart disease, hemiplegia, hemophilia, intellectual disability, respiratory or pulmonary dysfunction, mental illness, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, musculo-skeletal disorders, neurological disorders (including stroke and epilepsy), paraplegia, quadriplegia and other spinal cord conditions, sickle-cell anemia, specific learning disabilities, end-stage renal disease, or another disability or combination of disabilities determined on the basis of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs to cause comparable substantial functional limitation.
(1) During assessments of eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs.
(2) In the selection of employment outcomes, services needed to achieve the outcomes, entities providing these services, and the methods used to secure these services.
(1) An assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs by qualified personnel, including, if appropriate, an assessment by personnel skilled in rehabilitation technology;
(2) Counseling and guidance, including information and support services to assist an individual in exercising informed choice;
(3) Referral and other services to secure needed services from other agencies;
(4) Job-related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services;
(5) Vocational and other training services, including the provision of personal and vocational adjustment services, books, tools, and other training materials;
(6) Diagnosis and treatment of physical and mental impairments;
(7) Maintenance for additional costs incurred while the individual is receiving services;
(8) Transportation;
(9) On-the-job or other related personal assistance services;
(10) Interpreter and reader services;
(11) Rehabilitation teaching services, and orientation and mobility services;
(12) Occupational licenses, tools, equipment, and initial stocks and supplies;
(13) Technical assistance and other consultation services to conduct market analysis, develop business plans, and otherwise provide resources to eligible individuals who are pursuing self-employment or telecommuting or establishing a small business operation as an employment outcome;
(14) Rehabilitation technology, including telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices;
(15) Transition services for individuals with disabilities that facilitate the achievement of employment outcomes;
(16) Supported employment services;
(17) Services to the family of an individual with a disability necessary to assist the individual to achieve an employment outcome;
(18) Post-employment services necessary to assist an individual with a disability to retain, regain, or advance in employment; and
(19) Expansion of employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities, which includes, but is not limited to—
(i) Self-employment, business ownership, and entreprenuership;
(ii) Non-traditional jobs, professional employment, and work settings;
(iii) Collaborating with employers, Economic Development Councils, and others in creating new jobs and career advancement options in local job markets through the use of job restructuring and other methods; and
(iv) Other services as identified by the Secretary and published in the
(a)(1) For projects that provide rehabilitation services or activities to expand and improve the provision of rehabilitation services and other services authorized under Titles I, III, and VI of the Act, individuals are eligible who meet the definition in paragraph (a) of an “individual with a disability” as stated in § 373.4.
(2) For projects that provide independent living services or activities, individuals are eligible who meet the definition in paragraph (b) of an “individual with a disability” as stated in § 373.4.
(3) For projects that provide other services or activities that further the purposes of the Act, individuals are eligible who meet the definition in paragraph (b) of an “individual with a disability” as stated in § 373.4.
(b) By publishing a notice in the
The Secretary may fund the following types of projects under this program:
(a) Special projects of service delivery.
(b) Model demonstration.
(c) Technical assistance.
(d) Systems change.
(e) Special studies, research, or evaluations.
(f) Dissemination and utilization.
(a) In announcing competitions for grants and contracts, the Secretary gives priority consideration to—
(1) Initiatives focused on improving transition from education, including postsecondary education, to employment, particularly in competitive integrated employment, for youth who are individuals with significant disabilities.
(2) Supported employment, including community-based supported employment programs to meet the needs of individuals with the most significant disabilities or to provide technical assistance to States and community organizations to improve and expand the provision of supported employment services.
(3) Increasing competitive integrated employment for individuals with significant disabilities.
(b) In announcing competitions for grants and contracts, the Secretary may also identify one or more of the following as priorities—
(1) Expansion of employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities, as authorized in paragraph(s) of the definition of “vocational rehabilitation services” as stated in § 373.4.
(2) System change projects to promote meaningful access of individuals with disabilities to employment-related services under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and under other Federal laws.
(3) Innovative methods of promoting achievement of high-quality employment outcomes.
(4) The demonstration of the effectiveness of early intervention activities in improving employment outcomes.
(5) Projects to find alternative methods of providing affordable transportation services to individuals with disabilities.
(6) Technical assistance to designated State units and their personnel in working with employers to identify competitive integrated employment opportunities and career exploration opportunities in order to facilitate the provision of vocational rehabilitation services and transition services for youth with disabilities and students with disabilities.
(7) Consultation, training and technical assistance to businesses that have hired or are interested in hiring individuals with disabilities.
(8) Technical assistance and training to designated State units and their personnel on establishment and maintenance of education and experience requirements, to ensure that the personnel have a 21st century understanding of the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals with disabilities.
(9) Technical assistance to State vocational rehabilitation agencies or State vocational rehabilitation units to improve management practices that will improve the provision of vocational rehabilitation services and increase competitive employment outcomes for individuals with disabilities.
(10) Other projects that will expand and improve the provision, extent, availability, scope, and quality of rehabilitation and other services under the Act or that further the purpose and policy of the Act as stated in sections 2(b) and (c) of the Act.
(c) In announcing competitions of grants and contract the Secretary may limit the priorities listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to address one or more of the following factors:
(1) Age ranges.
(2) Types of disabilities.
(3) Types of services.
(4) Models of service delivery.
(5) Stages of the vocational rehabilitation process;
(6) Unserved and underserved populations.
(7) Unserved and underserved geographical areas.
(8) Individuals with significant disabilities.
(9) Low-incidence disability populations.
(10) Individuals residing in federally designated Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities.
(d) The Secretary may require that an applicant certify that the project does not include building upon or expanding activities that have previously been conducted or funded, for that applicant or in that service area.
(e) The Secretary may require that the project widely disseminate the methods of vocational rehabilitation service delivery or model proven to be effective, so that they may be adapted, replicated, or purchased under fee-for-service arrangements by State vocational rehabilitation agencies and other disability organizations in the project's targeted service area or other locations.
The Secretary publishes in the
(a) Selection criteria established under 34 CFR 75.209.
(b) Selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210.
(c) Any combination of selection criteria from paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) The Secretary funds only those applications submitted in response to competitions announced in the
(b) The Secretary may consider the past performance of the applicant in carrying out activities under previously awarded grants.
(c) The Secretary awards bonus points if identified and published in the
The Secretary may make grants to pay all or part of the cost of activities covered under this program. If the Secretary determines that the grantee is required to pay part of the costs, the amount of grantee participation is specified in the application notice, and the Secretary will not require grantee participation to be more than 10 percent of the total cost of the project.
(a) In addition to the program and fiscal reporting requirements in 34 CFR 75.720 and 2 CFR 200.327 that are applicable to projects funded under this program, the Secretary may require that recipients of grants under this part submit information determined by the Secretary to be necessary to measure project outcomes and performance, including any data needed to comply with the Government Performance and Results Act.
(b) Specific reporting requirements for competitions will be identified by the Secretary and published in the
(a) Indirect cost reimbursement for grants under this program is limited to the recipient's actual indirect costs, as determined by its negotiated indirect cost rate agreement, or 10 percent of the total direct cost base, whichever amount is less.
(b) Indirect costs in excess of the 10 percent limit may be used to satisfy matching or cost-sharing requirements.
(c) The 10 percent limit does not apply to federally recognized Indian tribal governments and their tribal representatives.
(a) Each grantee must do the following:
(1) Ensure equal access and treatment for eligible project participants who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disabilities.
(2) Encourage applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disabilities.
(3) Advise individuals with disabilities who are applicants for or recipients of the services, or the applicants' representatives or the individuals' representatives, of the availability and purposes of the Client Assistance Program, including information on means of seeking assistance under that program.
(4) Provide, through a careful appraisal and study, an assessment and evaluation of the project that indicates the significance or worth of processes, methodologies, and practices implemented by the project.
(b) A grantee may not make a subgrant under this part. However, a grantee may
(a) All personal information about individuals served by any project under this part, including lists of names, addresses, photographs, and records of evaluation, must be confidential.
(b) The use of information and records concerning individuals must be limited only to purposes directly connected with the project, including project reporting and evaluation activities. This information may not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, other than in the administration of the project unless the consent of the agency providing the information and the individual to whom the information applies, or his or her representative, has been obtained in writing. The Secretary or other Federal officials responsible for enforcing legal requirements have access to this information without written consent being obtained. The final products of the project may not reveal any personal identifying information without written consent of the individual or his or her representative.
Section 509 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 794e, unless otherwise noted.
This program is designed to support a system in each State to protect the legal and human rights of eligible individuals with disabilities.
(a)(1) A protection and advocacy system that is established under part C of title I of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 (DD Act), 42 U.S.C. 15041
(2)(i) For any fiscal year in which the appropriation to carry out the activities of this part equals or exceeds $10,500,000, the eligible system serving the American Indian Consortium is eligible to apply for a grant award under this part.
(ii) For purposes of this part, an eligible system is defined at § 381.5(c).
(iii) For purposes of this part, the American Indian Consortium means a consortium established as described in section 102 of the DD Act (42 U.S.C. 15002).
(b) In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to carry out this part is less than $5,500,000, a protection and advocacy system from any State or from Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, may apply for a grant under the Protection and Advocacy of Individual Rights (PAIR) program to plan for, develop outreach strategies for, and carry out a protection and advocacy program authorized under this part.
(c) In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to carry out this part is equal to or greater than $5,500,000, an eligible system from any State and from any of the jurisdictions named in paragraph (b) of this section may apply to receive the amount allotted pursuant to section 509(c)-(e) of the Act.
(a) Funds made available under this part must be used for the following activities:
(1) Establishing a system to protect, and advocate for, the rights of individuals with disabilities.
(2) Pursuing legal, administrative, and other appropriate remedies or approaches to ensure the protection of, and advocacy for, the rights of eligible individuals with disabilities within the State or the American Indian Consortium.
(3) Providing information on and making referrals to programs and services addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities in the State or American Indian Consortium, including individuals with disabilities who are exiting from school programs.
(4) Coordinating the protection and advocacy program provided through an eligible system with the advocacy programs under—
(i) Section 112 of the Act (the Client Assistance Program (CAP));
(ii) The Older Americans Act of 1965 (the State long-term care ombudsman program) (42 U.S.C. 3001
(iii) Part C of the DD Act; and
(iv) The Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act of 2000 (PAIMI) (42 U.S.C. 10801-10807).
(5) Developing a statement of objectives and priorities on an annual basis and a plan for achieving these objectives and priorities.
(6) Providing to the public, including individuals with disabilities and, as appropriate, their representatives, an opportunity to comment on the objectives and priorities described in § 381.10(a)(6).
(7) Establishing a grievance procedure for clients or prospective clients of the eligible system to ensure that individuals with disabilities are afforded equal access to the services of the eligible system.
(b) Funds made available under this part also may be used to carry out any other activities consistent with the purpose of this part and the activities listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
The following regulations apply to the PAIR program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs) for purposes of an award made under
(2) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs), if the appropriation for the PAIR program is equal to or greater than $5,500,000 and the eligible system is a State or local government agency, except for—
(i) Section 76.103;
(ii) Sections 76.125 through 76.137;
(iii) Sections 76.300 through 76.401;
(iv) Section 76.704;
(v) Section 76.734; and
(vi) Section 76.740.
(3) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(4) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(5) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(6) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(b) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485.
(c) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(d) The regulations in this part 381.
(a) Definitions in EDGAR at 34 CFR part 77.
(b) Definitions in 2 CFR part 200 subpart A.
(c)
(i) A single individual, in which case it is individual advocacy;
(ii) More than one individual or a group or class of individuals, in which case it is systems (or systemic) advocacy; or
(iii) Oneself, in which case it is self advocacy.
(i) Needs protection and advocacy services that are beyond the scope of services authorized to be provided by the CAP under section 112 of the Act; and
(ii) Is ineligible for—
(A) Protection and advocacy programs under part C of the DD Act; and
(B) Protection and advocacy programs under the PAIMI.
(a) Regardless of the amount of funds appropriated for the PAIR program in a fiscal year, an eligible system shall submit to the Secretary an application for assistance under this part at the time and in the form and manner determined by the Secretary that contains all information that the Secretary determines necessary, including assurances that the eligible system will—
(1) Have in effect a system to protect, and advocate for, the rights of eligible individuals with disabilities;
(2) Have the same general authorities, including the authority to access records and program income, as in part C of title I of the DD Act;
(3) Have the authority to pursue legal, administrative, and other appropriate remedies or approaches to ensure the protection of, and advocacy for, the rights of eligible individuals with disabilities within the State and the American Indian Consortium;
(4) Provide information on and make referrals to programs and services addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities in the State and the American Indian Consortium, including individuals with disabilities who are exiting from school programs;
(5) Develop a statement of objectives and priorities on an annual basis and a plan for achieving these objectives and priorities;
(6) Provide to the public, including individuals with disabilities and, as appropriate, their representatives, an opportunity to comment on the objectives and priorities established by, and activities of, the eligible system including—
(i) The objectives and priorities for the activities of the eligible system for each year and the rationale for the establishment of those objectives and priorities; and
(ii) The coordination of the PAIR program provided through eligible systems with the advocacy programs under—
(A) Section 112 of the Act (CAP);
(B) The Older Americans Act of 1965 (the State long-term care ombudsman program);
(C) Part C of the DD Act; and
(D) The PAIMI;
(7) Establish a grievance procedure for clients or prospective clients of the
(8) Use funds made available under this part to supplement and not supplant the non-Federal funds that would otherwise be made available for the purpose for which Federal funds are provided; and
(9) Implement procedures designed to ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, mediation (and other alternative dispute resolution) procedures, which include good faith negotiation, are used before resorting to formal administrative or legal remedies.
(b) To receive direct payment of funds under this part, an eligible system must provide to the Secretary, as part of its application for assistance, an assurance that direct payment is not prohibited by or inconsistent with tribal or State law, regulation, or policy.
In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated for the PAIR program is less than $5,500,000, the Secretary evaluates applications under the procedures in 34 CFR part 75.
(a) In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated for this program is equal to or greater than $5,500,000—
(1) The Secretary sets aside not less than 1.8 percent but not more than 2.2 percent of the amount appropriated to provide a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for training and technical assistance to eligible systems carrying out activities under this part.
(2) After the reservation required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Secretary makes allotments from the remainder of the amount appropriated in accordance with section 509(c)(2)-(d) of the Act.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated for this program is equal to or greater than $5,500,000, the Secretary pays directly to an eligible system that submits an application that meets the requirements of § 381.10 the amount of the allotment to the State pursuant to section 509 of the Act, unless the State provides otherwise.
(c) For any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to carry out this program equals or exceeds $10,500,000, the Secretary shall reserve a portion, and use the portion to make a grant for the eligible system serving the American Indian Consortium. The Secretary shall make the grant in an amount of not less than $50,000 for the fiscal year.
(d) Reallotment:
(1) For any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated to carry out this program equals or exceeds $5,500,000 and if the Secretary determines that any amount of an allotment to an eligible system within a State will not be expended by such system in carrying out the provisions of this part, the Secretary shall make such amount available to one or more of the eligible systems that the Secretary determines will be able to use additional amounts during such year for carrying out this part.
(2) Any reallotment amount made available to an eligible system for any fiscal year shall, for the purposes of this section, be regarded as an increase in the eligible system's allotment under this part for that fiscal year.
(a) Each eligible system shall carry out the protection and advocacy program authorized under this part.
(b) An eligible system may not award a grant or make a subaward to another entity to carry out, in whole or in part, the protection and advocacy program authorized under this part.
(c) An eligible system may contract with another agency, entity, or individual to carry out the PAIR program in whole or in part, but only if the agency, entity, or individual with whom the eligible system has contracted—
(1) Does not provide services under the Act or does not provide treatment, services, or habilitation to persons with disabilities; and
(2) Is independent of, and not connected financially or through a board of directors to, an entity or individual that provides services under the Act or that provides treatment, services, or habilitation to persons with disabilities.
(d) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, “services under the Act” and “treatment, services, or habilitation” does not include client assistance services under CAP, protection and advocacy services authorized under the protection and advocacy programs under part C of the DD Act and the PAIMI, or any other protection and advocacy services.
(a) All personal information about individuals served by any eligible system under this part, including lists of names, addresses, photographs, and records of evaluation, must be held confidential.
(b) The eligible system's use of information and records concerning individuals must be limited only to purposes directly connected with the protection and advocacy program, including program evaluation activities. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an eligible system may not disclose personal information about an individual, directly or indirectly, other than in the administration of the protection and advocacy program, unless the consent of the individual to whom the information applies, or his or her guardian, parent, or other authorized representative or advocate (including the individual's advocate from the eligible system), has been obtained in writing. An eligible system may not produce any report, evaluation, or study that reveals any personally identifying information without the written consent of the individual or his or her representative.
(c) Except as limited in paragraph (d) of this section, the Secretary or other Federal or State officials responsible for enforcing legal requirements must be given complete access to all—
(1) Records of the eligible system receiving funds under this program; and
(2) All individual case records of clients served under this part without the consent of the client.
(d)(1) The privilege of a person or eligible system not to produce documents or provide information pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section is governed by the principles of common law as interpreted by the courts of the United States, except that, for purposes of any periodic audit, report, or evaluation of the performance of the eligible system established or
(2) However, notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section, if an audit, monitoring review, State plan assurance review, evaluation, or other investigation has already produced independent and reliable evidence that there is probable cause to believe that the eligible system has violated its legislative mandate or misused Federal funds, the eligible system shall disclose, if the Secretary so requests, the identity of, or any other personally identifiable information (
Each eligible system shall provide to the Secretary, no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual report that includes information on the following:
(a) The types of services and activities undertaken by the eligible system and how these services and activities addressed the objectives and priorities developed pursuant to § 381.10(a)(6).
(b) The total number of individuals, by race, color, national origin, gender, age, and disabling condition, who requested services from the eligible system and the total number of individuals, by race, color, national origin, gender, age, and disabling condition, who were served by the eligible system.
(c) The types of disabilities represented by individuals served by the eligible system.
(d) The types of issues being addressed on behalf of individuals served by the eligible system.
(e) Any other information that the Secretary may require.
(a) Funds made available under this part must be used to supplement and not supplant the non-Federal funds that would otherwise be made available for the purpose for which Federal funds are provided under this part.
(b) In any State in which an eligible system is located within a State agency, that State or State agency may not use more than five percent of any allotment for the costs of administration of the eligible system supported under this part. For purposes of this paragraph, “costs of administration” include, but are not limited to, administrative salaries (including salaries for clerical and support staff), supplies, depreciation, the cost of operating and maintaining facilities, equipment, and grounds (
(c) Funds paid to an eligible system within a State for a fiscal year, including reallotment funds, to carry out this program that are not expended or obligated prior to the end of that fiscal year remain available to the eligible system within a State for obligation during the succeeding fiscal year in accordance with sections 19 and 509(g) of the Act.
(d) For determining when an eligible system makes an obligation for various kinds of property or services, 34 CFR 75.707 and 76.707, as appropriate, apply to this program. If the appropriation for the PAIR program is less than $5,500,000, § 75.707 applies. If the appropriation for the PAIR program is equal to or greater than $5,500,000, § 76.707 applies. An eligible system is considered a State for purposes of § 76.707.
(e) Program income:
(1) Consistent with 2 CFR 200.80 and for purposes of this part,
(2)(i) The designated agency must use program income to supplement Federal funds that support program activities that are subject to this part. See, for example 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2).
(ii) Notwithstanding 2 CFR 200.305(a) and consistent with 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5), and to the extent that program income funds are available, all designated agencies, regardless of whether they are a State agency, must disburse those funds (including repayments to a revolving fund), rebates, refunds, contract settlements, audit recoveries, and interest earned on such funds before requesting additional funds from the Department.
(3) Any program income received during a fiscal year that is not obligated or expended prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year in which the program income was received, remain available for obligation and expenditure by the grantee during that succeeding fiscal year.
Sections 12(c), 301, and 302 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended;
(a)
(1) Ensure that skilled personnel are available to provide rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities through vocational, medical, social, and psychological rehabilitation programs (including supported employment programs), through economic and business development programs, through independent living services programs, and through client assistance programs;
(2) Maintain and upgrade basic skills and knowledge of personnel employed, including personnel specifically trained to deliver rehabilitation services, including supported employment services and customized employment services, to individuals with the most significant disabilities, and personnel specifically trained to deliver services to individuals with disabilities whose employment outcome is self-employment, business ownership, or telecommuting, to provide state-of-the-art service delivery and rehabilitation technology services; and
(3) Provide training and information to individuals with disabilities, the parents, families, guardians, advocates, and authorized representatives of the individuals, and other appropriate parties to develop the skills necessary for individuals with disabilities to access the rehabilitation system and to become active decision makers in the vocational rehabilitation process.
(b) The Secretary awards grants and contracts on a competitive basis to pay part of the costs of projects for training, traineeships or scholarships, and related activities, including the provision of technical assistance, to assist in increasing the numbers of qualified personnel trained in providing vocational rehabilitation services and other services provided under the Act, to individuals with disabilities. Financial assistance is provided through multiple training programs, including:
(1) Rehabilitation Long-Term Training (34 CFR part 386).
(2) Innovative Rehabilitation Training (34 CFR part 387).
(3) Rehabilitation Short-Term Training (34 CFR part 390).
(4) Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who Are Deaf and Hard of Hearing and Individuals Who Are Deaf-Blind (34 CFR part 396).
States and public or private nonprofit agencies and organizations, including Indian tribes and institutions of higher education, are eligible for assistance under the Rehabilitation Training program.
The following regulations apply to the Rehabilitation Training program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 75 (Direct Grant Programs).
(2) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions That Apply to Department Regulations).
(3) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(4) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(5) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(6) 34 CFR part 84 (Governmentwide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance).
(7) 34 CFR part 86 (Drug-Free Schools and Campuses).
(8) 34 CFR part 97 (Protection of Human Subjects).
(9) 34 CFR part 98 (Student Rights in Research, Experimental Programs, and Testing.
(10) 34 CFR part 99 (Family Educational Rights and Privacy).
(b) The regulations in this part 385.
(c) [Reserved]
(d)(1) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted at 2 CFR part 3485; and
(2) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards) as adopted at 2 CFR part 3474.
(a) The following definitions in 34 CFR part 77 apply to the programs under the Rehabilitation Training Program—
(b) The following definitions also apply to programs under the Rehabilitation Training program:
(i) The evaluation of the needs of an individual with a disability, including a functional evaluation of the individual in the individual's customary environment;
(ii) Purchasing, leasing, or otherwise providing for the acquisition of assistive technology devices by individuals with disabilities;
(iii) Selecting, designing, fitting, customizing, adapting, applying, maintaining, repairing, or replacing of assistive technology devices;
(iv) Coordinating and using other therapies, interventions, or services with assistive technology devices, such as those associated with existing education and rehabilitation plans and programs;
(v) Training or technical assistance for an individual with disabilities, or, if appropriate, the family of an individual with disabilities;
(vi) Training or technical assistance for professionals (including individuals providing education and rehabilitation services), employers, or other individuals who provide services to, employ, or are otherwise substantially involved in the major life functions of individuals with disabilities; and
(vii) A service consisting of expanding the availability of access to technology, including electronic and information technology, to individuals with disabilities.
(i) Medical, psychiatric, psychological, social, and vocational services that are provided under one management;
(ii) Testing, fitting, or training in the use of prosthetic and orthotic devices;
(iii) Recreational therapy;
(iv) Physical and occupational therapy;
(v) Speech, language, and hearing therapy;
(vi) Psychiatric, psychological, and social services, including positive behavior management;
(vii) Assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs;
(viii) Rehabilitation technology;
(ix) Job development, placement, and retention services;
(x) Evaluation or control of specific disabilities;
(xi) Orientation and mobility services for individuals who are blind;
(xii) Extended employment;
(xiii) Psychosocial rehabilitation services;
(xiv) Supported employment services and extended services;
(xv) Services to family members when necessary to the vocational rehabilitation of the individual;
(xvi) Personal assistance services; or
(xvii) Services similar to the services described in paragraphs (i) through (xvi) of this definition.
(i) Any State agency unit required under section 7(8) and 101(a)(2)(B) of the Act, or
(ii) In cases in which no State agency unit is required, the State agency described in section 101(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act.
(i) Information and referral services;
(ii) Independent living skills training;
(iii) Peer counseling, including cross-disability peer counseling; and
(iv) Individual and systems advocacy.
(i) Independent living core services; and
(ii)(A) Counseling services, including psychological, psychotherapeutic, and related services;
(B) Services related to securing housing or shelter, including services related to community group living, and supportive of the purposes of this Act and of the titles of this Act, and adaptive housing services (including appropriate accommodations to and modifications of any space used to serve, or occupied by, individuals with disabilities);
(C) Rehabilitation technology;
(D) Mobility training;
(E) Services and training for individuals with cognitive and sensory disabilities, including life skills training, and interpreter and reader services;
(F) Personal assistance services, including attendant care and the training of personnel providing these services;
(G) Surveys, directories, and other activities to identify appropriate housing, recreation opportunities, and accessible transportation, and other support services;
(H) Consumer information programs on rehabilitation and independent living services available under this Act, especially for minorities and other individuals with disabilities who have traditionally been unserved or underserved by programs under this Act;
(I) Education and training necessary for living in the community and participating in community activities;
(J) Supported living;
(K) Transportation, including referral and assistance for transportation;
(L) Physical rehabilitation;
(M) Therapeutic treatment;
(N) Provision of needed prostheses and other appliances and devices;
(O) Individual and group social and recreational services;
(P) Training to develop skills specifically designed for youths who are individuals with disabilities to promote self-awareness and esteem, develop advocacy and self-empowerment skills, and explore career options;
(Q) Services for children;
(R) Services under other Federal, State, or local programs designed to provide resources, training, counseling, or other assistance of substantial benefit in enhancing the independence, productivity, and quality of life of individuals with disabilities;
(S) Appropriate preventive services to decrease the need of individuals assisted under this Act for similar services in the future;
(T) Community awareness programs to enhance the understanding and integration of individuals with disabilities; and
(U) Such other services as may be necessary and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act.
(i) Has a physical or mental impairment, which for that individual constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment;
(ii) Can benefit in terms of an employment outcome from vocational rehabilitation services provided pursuant to title I, III, or VI of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; and
(iii) Has a disability as defined in section 7(20)(B) of the Act.
(i) Who has a severe physical or mental impairment that seriously limits one or more functional capacities (such as mobility, communication, self-care, self-direction, interpersonal skills, work tolerance, or work skills) in terms of an employment outcome;
(ii) Whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require multiple vocational rehabilitation services over an extended period of time; and
(iii) Who has one or more physical or mental disabilities resulting from amputation, arthritis, autism, blindness, burn injury, cancer, cerebral palsy, cystic fibrosis, deafness, head injury, heart disease, hemiplegia, hemophilia, intellectual disability, respiratory or pulmonary dysfunction, mental illness, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, musculo-skeletal disorders, neurological disorders (including stroke and epilepsy), paraplegia, quadriplegia and other spinal cord conditions, sickle-cell anemia, specific learning disabilities, end-stage renal disease, or another disability or combination of disabilities determined on the basis of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs.
(ii) For other than designated State agencies or designated State units, means personnel who have met existing State certification or licensure requirements, or, in the absence of State requirements, have met professionally accepted requirements established by national certification boards.
(i)(A) For whom competitive integrated employment has not traditionally occurred; or
(B) For whom competitive employment has been interrupted or intermittent as a result of a severe disability; and
(ii) Who, because of the nature and severity of their disability, need intensive supported employment services from the designated State unit and extended services after transition in order to perform the work involved.
(i) Provided singly or in combination and are organized and made available in such a way as to assist an eligible individual in entering or maintaining integrated, competitive employment;
(ii) Based on a determination of the needs of an eligible individual, as specified in an individualized written rehabilitation program; and
(iii) Provided by the designated State unit for a period of time not more than 24 months, unless under special circumstances the eligible individual and the rehabilitation counselor or coordinator jointly agree to extend the time in order to achieve the rehabilitation objectives identified in the individualized plan for employment.
(i) An assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs by qualified personnel, including, if appropriate, an assessment by personnel skilled in rehabilitation technology;
(ii) Counseling and guidance, including information and support services to assist an individual in exercising informed choice;
(iii) Referral and other services to secure needed services from other agencies;
(iv) Job-related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services;
(v) Vocational and other training services, including the provision of personal and vocational adjustment services, books, tools, and other training materials;
(vi) Diagnosis and treatment of physical and mental impairments;
(vii) Maintenance for additional costs incurred while the individual is receiving services;
(viii) Transportation;
(ix) On-the-job or other related personal assistance services;
(x) Interpreter and reader services;
(xi) Rehabilitation teaching services, and orientation and mobility services;
(xii) Occupational licenses, tools, equipment, and initial stocks and supplies;
(xiii) Technical assistance and other consultation services to conduct market analysis, develop business plans, and otherwise provide resources to eligible individuals who are pursuing self-employment or telecommuting or establishing a small business operation as an employment outcome;
(xiv) Rehabilitation technology, including telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices;
(xv) Transition services for individuals with disabilities that facilitate the achievement of employment outcomes;
(xvi) Supported employment services;
(xvii) Services to the family of an individual with a disability necessary to assist the individual to achieve an employment outcome;
(xviii) Post-employment services necessary to assist an individual with a disability to retain, regain, or advance in employment; and
(xix) Expansion of employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities, which includes, but is not limited to—
(A) Self-employment, business ownership, and entrepreneurship;
(B) Non-traditional jobs, professional employment, and work settings;
(C) Collaborating with employers, Economic Development Councils, and others in creating new jobs and career advancement options in local job markets through the use of job restructuring and other methods; and
(D) Other services as identified by the Secretary and published in the
The Secretary gives the designated State agency an opportunity to review and comment on applications submitted from within the State that it serves. The procedures to be followed by the applicant and the State are in 34 CFR 75.155 through 75.159.
(a) The Secretary evaluates applications under the procedures in 34 CFR part 75.
(b) The Secretary evaluates each application using selection criteria identified in parts 386, 387, and 390, as appropriate.
(c) In addition to the selection criteria described in paragraph (b) of this section, the Secretary evaluates each application using—
(1) Selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210;
(2) Selection criteria established under 34 CFR 75.209; or
(3) A combination of selection criteria established under 34 CFR 75.209 and selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210.
In addition to the selection criteria listed in § 75.210 and parts 386, 387, and 390, the Secretary, in making awards under this program, considers such factors as—
(a) The geographical distribution of projects in each Rehabilitation Training Program category throughout the country; and
(b) The past performance of the applicant in carrying out similar training activities under previously awarded grants, as indicated by such factors as compliance with grant conditions, soundness of programmatic and financial management practices and attainment of established project objectives.
If a project establishes an advisory committee, its membership must include individuals with disabilities or parents, family members, guardians, advocates, or other authorized representatives of the individuals; members of minority groups; trainees; and providers of vocational rehabilitation and independent living rehabilitation services.
If the collection of data is necessary from individuals with disabilities being served by two or more designated State agencies or from employees of two or more of these agencies, the project director must submit requests for the data to appropriate representatives of the affected agencies, as determined by the Secretary. This requirement also applies to employed project staff and individuals enrolled in courses of study supported under these programs.
A set of any training materials developed under the Rehabilitation Training Program must be submitted to any information clearinghouse designated by the Secretary.
Any grantee who provides training of rehabilitation counselors or other rehabilitation personnel must train those counselors and personnel on the services provided under this Act, and, in particular, services provided in accordance with amendments made to the Rehabilitation Act by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014. The grantee must also furnish training to these counselors and personnel regarding applications of rehabilitation technology in vocational rehabilitation services, the applicability of section 504 of this Act, title I of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the provisions of titles II and XVI of the Social Security Act that are related to work incentives for individuals with disabilities.
Any grantee or contractor who provides training shall give due regard to the training of individuals with disabilities as part of its effort to increase the number of qualified personnel available to provide rehabilitation services.
(a) All applicants for a grant or contract to provide training shall demonstrate how the training they plan to provide will prepare rehabilitation professionals to address the needs of individuals with disabilities from minority backgrounds.
(b) All applicants for a grant shall include a detailed description of strategies that will be utilized to recruit and train persons so as to reflect the diverse populations of the United States, as part of the effort to increase the number of individuals with disabilities, individuals who are members of minority groups, who are available to provide rehabilitation services.
An expert or consultant appointed or serving under contract pursuant to this section shall be compensated at a rate subject to approval of the Commissioner which shall not exceed the daily equivalent of the rate of pay for level 4 of the Senior Executive Service Schedule under section 5382 of title 5, United States Code. Such an expert or consultant may be allowed travel and transportation expenses in accordance with section 5703 of title 5, United States Code.
Sections 12(c) and 302 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c) and 772, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program provides financial assistance for—
(1) Projects that provide basic or advanced training leading to an academic degree in one of those fields of study identified in paragraph (b) of this section;
(2) Projects that provide a specified series of courses or program of study leading to award of a certificate in one of those fields of study identified in paragraph (b) of this section; and
(3) Projects that provide support for medical residents enrolled in residency training programs in the specialty of physical medicine and rehabilitation.
(b) The Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program is designed to provide academic training that leads to an academic degree or academic certificate in areas of personnel shortages identified by the Secretary and published in a notice in the
(1) Assisting and supporting individuals with disabilities pursuing self-employment, business ownership, and telecommuting;
(2) Vocational rehabilitation counseling;
(3) Rehabilitation technology, including training on its use, applications, and benefits;
(4) Rehabilitation medicine;
(5) Rehabilitation nursing;
(6) Rehabilitation social work;
(7) Rehabilitation psychiatry;
(8) Rehabilitation psychology;
(9) Rehabilitation dentistry;
(10) Physical therapy;
(11) Occupational therapy;
(12) Speech pathology and audiology;
(13) Physical education;
(14) Therapeutic recreation;
(15) Community rehabilitation program personnel;
(16) Prosthetics and orthotics;
(17) Rehabilitation of individuals who are blind or visually impaired, including rehabilitation teaching and orientation and mobility;
(18) Rehabilitation of individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing;
(19) Rehabilitation of individuals who are mentally ill;
(20) Undergraduate education in the rehabilitation services;
(21) Independent living;
(22) Client assistance;
(23) Administration of community rehabilitation programs;
(24) Rehabilitation administration;
(25) Vocational evaluation and work adjustment;
(26) Services to individuals with specific disabilities or specific impediments to rehabilitation, including individuals who are members of populations that are unserved or underserved by programs under this Act;
(27) Job development and job placement services to individuals with disabilities;
(28) Supported employment services and customized employment services for individuals with the most significant disabilities;
(29) Specialized services for individuals with significant disabilities;
(30) Other fields contributing to the rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities.
Those agencies and organizations eligible for assistance under this program are described in 34 CFR 385.2.
The following regulations apply to the Rehabilitation Training: Rehabilitation Long-Term Training program:
(a) The regulations in this part 386.
(b) The regulations in 34 CFR part 385.
The following definitions apply to this program:
(a) Definitions in 34 CFR 385.4.
(b)
(i) Taken for a period totaling at least nine months; or
(ii) Taken for the equivalent of at least two semesters, two trimesters, or three quarters.
(i) A professional service corporation or practice formed by one or more individuals duly authorized to render the same professional service, for the purpose of rendering that service; and
(ii) The corporation or practice and its members are subject to the same supervision by appropriate State regulatory agencies as individual practitioners.
(i) An American Indian rehabilitation program; or
(ii) Any of the following agencies that provide services to individuals with disabilities under an agreement or other arrangement with a designated State
(A) A Federal, State, or local agency.
(B) A nonprofit organization.
(C) A professional corporation or professional practice group.
In addition to the criteria in 34 CFR 385.31(c), the Secretary uses the following additional selection criteria to evaluate an application:
(a)
(2) The Secretary looks for information that shows that the project can be expected either—
(i) To increase the supply of trained personnel available to State and other public or nonprofit agencies involved in the rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities through degree or certificate granting programs; or
(ii) To improve the skills and quality of professional personnel in the rehabilitation field in which the training is to be provided through the granting of a degree or certificate.
(b)
(2) The Secretary looks for information that shows—
(i) The scope and nature of the coursework reflect content that can be expected to enable the achievement of the established project objectives;
(ii) The curriculum and teaching methods provide for an integration of theory and practice relevant to the educational objectives of the program;
(iii) For programs whose curricula require them, there is evidence of educationally focused practical and other field experiences in settings that ensure student involvement in the provision of vocational rehabilitation, supported employment, customized employment, pre-employment transition services, transition services, or independent living rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with significant disabilities;
(iv) The coursework includes student exposure to vocational rehabilitation, supported employment, customized employment, employer engagement, and independent living rehabilitation processes, concepts, programs, and services; and
(v) If applicable, there is evidence of current professional accreditation by the designated accrediting agency in the professional field in which grant support is being requested.
(a)
(1) A description of how the designated State unit or units will participate in the project to be funded under the grant or contract, including, as appropriate, participation on advisory committees, as practicum sites, in curriculum development, and in other ways so as to build closer relationships between the applicant and the designated State unit and to encourage students to pursue careers in public vocational rehabilitation programs;
(2) The identification of potential employers that provide employment that meets the requirements in § 386.33(c); and
(3) An assurance that data on the employment of graduates or trainees who participate in the project is accurate.
(b) The Secretary gives the designated State agency an opportunity to review and comment on applications submitted from within the State that it serves. The procedures to be followed by the applicant and the State are in 34 CFR 75.155-75.159.
The grantee is required to contribute at least ten percent of the total cost of a project under this program. However, if the grantee can demonstrate that it has insufficient resources to contribute the entire match but that it can fulfill all other requirements for receiving an award, the Secretary may waive part of the non-Federal share of the cost of the project after negotiations with Department staff.
(a) A grantee must use at least 65 percent of the total cost of a project under this program for scholarships as defined in § 386.4.
(b) The Secretary may waive the requirement in (a) and award grants that use less than 65 percent of the total cost of the project for scholarships based upon the unique nature of the project, such as the establishment of a new training program or long-term training in an emerging field that does not award degrees or certificates.
(c) Before providing a scholarship to a scholar, a grantee must make good faith efforts to determine that the scholar is not concurrently receiving more than one scholarship under this program for the same academic term.
In addition to those allowable costs established in the Education Department General Administrative Regulations in 34 CFR 75.530 through 75.562, the following items are allowable under long-term training projects:
(a) Student stipends.
(b) Tuition and fees.
(c) Books and supplies.
(d) Student travel in conjunction with training assignments.
Before disbursement of scholarship assistance to an individual, a grantee—
(a)(1) Must obtain documentation that the individual is—
(i) A U.S. citizen or national; or
(ii) A permanent resident of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands;
(2) Must confirm from documentation issued to the individual by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that he or she—
(i) Is a lawful permanent resident of the United States; or
(ii) Is in the United States for other than a temporary purpose with the intention of becoming a citizen or permanent resident; and
(b) Must confirm that the applicant has expressed interest in a career in clinical practice, administration, supervision, teaching, or research in the vocational rehabilitation, supported employment, or independent living rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with significant disabilities;
(c) Must obtain documentation, as described in § 386.40(a)(7), that the individual expects to seek and maintain employment in a designated State agency or in a related agency as defined in § 386.4 where
(1) The employment is in the field of study in which the training was received or
(2) Where the job functions are directly relevant to the field of study in which the training was received.
(d) Must ensure that the scholarship, when added to the amount of financial aid the scholar receives for the same academic year under title IV of the Higher Education Act, does not exceed the scholar's cost of attendance;
(e) Must limit scholarship assistance to no more than four academic years, unless the grantee provides an extension consistent with the institution's accommodations under section 504 of the Act; and
(f) Must obtain a Certification of Eligibility for Federal Assistance from each scholar as prescribed in 34 CFR 75.60, 75.61, and 75.62.
A grantee under this part that intends to grant scholarships for any academic year must provide the following assurances before an award is made:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) Conform with the standards of satisfactory progress of the nationally recognized accrediting agency that accredits the institution's program of study, if the institution's program of study is accredited by such an agency, and if the agency has those standards;
(2) For a scholar enrolled in an eligible program who is to receive assistance under the Rehabilitation Act, are the same as or stricter than the institution's standards for a student enrolled in the same academic program who is not receiving assistance under the Rehabilitation Act; and
(3) Include the following elements:
(i) Grades, work projects completed, or comparable factors that are measurable against a norm.
(ii) A maximum timeframe in which the scholar must complete the scholar's educational objective, degree, or certificate.
(iii) Consistent application of standards to all scholars within categories of students;
(iv) Specific policies defining the effect of course incompletes, withdrawals, repetitions, and noncredit remedial courses on satisfactory progress.
(v) Specific procedures for appeal of a determination that a scholar is not making satisfactory progress and for reinstatement of aid.
(f)
(i) The name of the institution and the number of the Federal grant that provided the scholarship.
(ii) the total amount of scholarship assistance received subject to § 386.40(a)(7).
(iii) The scholar's field of study and the obligation of the scholar to perform the service obligation with employment that meets the requirements in § 386.40(a)(7)(i).
(iv) The number of years the scholar needs to work to satisfy the work requirements in § 386.40(a)(7)(ii).
(v) The time period during which the scholar must satisfy the work requirements in § 386.40(a)(8).
(vi) As applicable, all other obligations of the scholar in § 386.40.
(2) Upon receipt of this information from the grantee, the scholar must provide written and signed certification to the grantee that the information is correct.
(g)
(1) Documentation of the employer's name, address, dates of the scholar's employment, name of supervisor, position title, a description of the duties the scholar performed, and whether the employment is full- or part-time;
(2) Documentation of how the employment meets the requirements in § 386.40(a)(7); and
(3) In the event a grantee is experiencing difficulty locating a scholar, documentation that the grantee has checked with existing tracking systems operated by alumni organizations.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(1) Have completed their service obligation or
(2) Have entered into repayment status pursuant to § 386.43(e).
A grantee that is an institution of higher education provided assistance under this part must cooperate with the following requests for information from a designated State agency:
(a) Information required by section 101(a)(7) of the Act which may include, but is not limited to—
(1) The number of students enrolled by the grantee in rehabilitation training programs; and
(2) The number of rehabilitation professionals trained by the grantee who graduated with certification or licensure, or with credentials to qualify for certification or licensure, during the past year.
(b) Information on the availability of rehabilitation courses leading to certification or licensure, or the credentials to qualify for certification or licensure, to assist State agencies in the planning of a program of staff development for all classes of positions that are involved in the administration and operation of the State vocational rehabilitation program.
The Department may recover, in whole or in part, from the grantee the debt amount and any collection costs described in §§ 386.40(d) and 386.43, if the Department:
(a) Is unable to collect, or improperly collected, some or all of these amounts or costs from a scholar and
(b) Determines that the grantee failed to provide to the Department accurate and complete documentation described in § 386.34.
(a) A scholar must—
(1) Be enrolled in a course of study leading to a certificate or degree in one of the fields designated in § 386.1(b);
(2) Receive the training at the educational institution or agency designated in the scholarship;
(3) Not accept payment of educational allowances from any other entity if that allowance conflicts with the scholar's obligation under section 302 of the Act and this part;
(4) Not receive concurrent scholarships for the same academic term from more than one project under this program;
(5) Enter into a signed written agreement with the grantee, prior to the receipt of scholarship funds, as required in § 386.34(c);
(6) Maintain satisfactory progress toward the certificate or degree as determined by the grantee;
(7) Upon exiting the training program under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, subsequently maintain employment on a full- or part-time basis subject to the provisions in paragraph (b) of this section—
(i)(A) In a State vocational rehabilitation agency or related agency as defined in § 386.4; and
(B)(
(
(ii) For a period of at least the full-time equivalent of two years for every academic year for which assistance under this section was received subject to the provisions in paragraph (c) of this section for part-time coursework;
(8) Complete the service obligation within a period, beginning after the recipient exits the training program for which the scholarship was awarded, of not more than the sum of the number of years in the period described in paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section and two additional years;
(9) Repay all or part of any scholarship received, plus interest, if the individual does not fulfill the requirements of this section, except as provided for in § 386.41 for exceptions and deferrals; and
(10) Provide the grantee all requested information necessary for the grantee to meet the exit certification requirements in § 386.34(f) and, as necessary, thereafter for any changes necessary for the grantee to monitor the scholar's service obligation under this section.
(b)(1) The period of qualifying employment that meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(7) of this section may begin—
(i) For courses of study of at least one year, only subsequent to the completion of one academic year of the training for which the scholarship assistance was received.
(ii) For courses of study of less than one year, only upon completion of the training for which the scholarship assistance was received.
(2) The work completed as part of an internship, practicum, or any other work-related requirement necessary to complete the educational program is not considered qualifying employment.
(c) If the scholar is pursuing coursework on a part-time basis, the service obligation for these part-time courses is based on the equivalent total of actual academic years of training received.
(d) If a scholar fails to provide the information in paragraph (a)(10) of this section or otherwise maintain contact with the grantee pursuant to the terms of the signed payback agreement and enters into repayment status pursuant to § 386.43, the scholar will be held responsible for any costs assessed in the collection process under that section even if that information is subsequently provided.
Based upon sufficient evidence to substantiate the grounds as detailed in § 386.42, a repayment exception to or deferral of the requirements of § 386.40(a)(7) may be granted, in whole or in part, by the Secretary as follows:
(a) Repayment is not required if the scholar—
(1) Is unable to continue the course of study or perform the work obligation because of a permanent disability that meets one of the following conditions:
(i) The disability had not been diagnosed at the time the scholar signed the agreement in § 386.34(c); or
(ii) The disability did not prevent the scholar from performing the requirements of the course of study or the work obligation at the time the scholar signed the agreement in § 386.34(c) but subsequently worsened; or
(2) Has died.
(b) Repayment of a scholarship may be deferred during the time the scholar is—
(1) Engaging in a full-time course of study in the field of rehabilitation at an institution of higher education;
(2) Serving on active duty as a member of the armed services of the United States for a period not in excess of four years;
(3) Serving as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act;
(4) Serving as a full-time volunteer under title I of the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973;
(5) Experiencing a temporary disability that affects the scholar's ability to continue the course of study or perform the work obligation, for a period not to exceed three years; or
(c) Under limited circumstances as determined by the Secretary and based upon credible evidence submitted on behalf of the scholar, the Secretary may grant an exception to, or deferral of, the requirement to repay a scholarship in instances not specified in this section. These instances could include, but are not limited to, the care of a disabled spouse, partner, or child or the need to accompany a spouse or partner on active duty in the Armed Forces.
To obtain an exception or a deferral to performance or repayment under a scholarship agreement under § 386.41, a scholar must provide the following:
(a)
(b)
(1) Documentation necessary to substantiate an exception under § 386.41(a)(1) or a deferral under § 386.41(b)(5) must include a letter from a qualified physician or other medical professional, on official stationery, attesting how the disability affects the scholar in completing the course of study or performing the work obligation. The documentation must be less than three months old and include the scholar's diagnosis and prognosis and ability to complete the course of study or work with accommodations.
(2) Documentation to substantiate an exception under § 386.41(a)(2) must include a death certificate or other evidence conclusive under State law.
(3) Documentation necessary to substantiate a deferral or exception under 386.41(c) based upon the disability of a spouse, partner, or child must meet the criteria, as relevant, in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
In the event of a failure to meet the terms and conditions of a scholarship agreement or to obtain a deferral or an exception as provided in § 386.41, the scholar must repay all or part of the scholarship as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) Any accrued interest is capitalized at the time the scholar's repayment schedule is established.
(3) No interest is charged for the period of time during which repayment has been deferred under § 386.41.
(d)
(e)
(1) The date the scholar informs the Secretary he or she does not plan to fulfill the employment obligation under the agreement.
(2) Any date when the scholar's failure to begin or maintain employment makes it impossible for that individual to complete the employment obligation within the number of years required in § 386.40(a)(8).
(f)
Sections 12(c) and 302 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c), and 772, unless otherwise noted.
This program is designed—
(a) To develop new types of training programs for rehabilitation personnel and to demonstrate the effectiveness of these new types of training programs for rehabilitation personnel in providing rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities;
(b) To develop new and improved methods of training rehabilitation personnel so that there may be a more effective delivery of rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities by designated State rehabilitation agencies and designated State rehabilitation units or other public or non-profit rehabilitation service agencies or organizations; and
(c) To develop new innovative training programs for vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals to have a 21st century understanding of the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals with disabilities so they can more effectively provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities.
Those agencies and organizations eligible for assistance under this program are described in 34 CFR 385.2.
(a) 34 CFR part 385 (Rehabilitation Training); and
(b) The regulations in this part 387.
The definitions in 34 CFR part 385 apply to this program.
The Innovative Rehabilitation Training Program supports time-limited pilot projects through which new types of rehabilitation workers may be trained or through which innovative methods of training rehabilitation personnel may be demonstrated.
In addition to the criteria in 34 CFR 385.31(c), the Secretary uses the following additional selection criteria to evaluate an application:
(a)
(2) The Secretary looks for information that shows that the project can be expected either—
(i) To increase the supply of trained personnel available to public and private agencies involved in the rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities; or
(ii) To maintain and improve the skills and quality of rehabilitation personnel.
(b)
(2) The Secretary looks for information that shows that—
(i) The scope and nature of the training content can be expected to enable the achievement of the established project objectives of the training project;
(ii) The curriculum and teaching methods provide for an integration of theory and practice relevant to the educational objectives of the program;
(iii) There is evidence of educationally focused practicum or other field experiences in settings that assure student involvement in the provision of vocational rehabilitation or independent living rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities, especially individuals with significant disabilities; and
(iv) The didactic coursework includes student exposure to vocational rehabilitation processes, concepts, programs, and services.
A grantee must contribute to the cost of a project under this program in an amount satisfactory to the Secretary. The part of the costs to be borne by the grantee is determined by the Secretary at the time of the grant award.
In addition to those allowable costs established under 34 CFR 75.530-75.562, the following items are allowable under Innovative Rehabilitation training projects—
(a) Student stipends;
(b) Tuition and fees; and
(c) Student travel in conjunction with training assignments.
Sections 12(a) and (c) and 302 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(a) and (c) and 772, unless otherwise noted.
This program is designed for the support of special seminars, institutes, workshops, and other short-term courses in technical matters relating to the vocational, medical, social, and psychological rehabilitation programs, independent living services programs, and client assistance programs.
Those agencies and organizations eligible for assistance under this program are described in 34 CFR 385.2.
(a) 34 CFR part 385 (Rehabilitation Training); and
(b) The regulations in this part 390.
The definitions in 34 CFR part 385 apply to this program.
(a) Projects under this program are designed to provide short-term training and technical instruction in areas of special significance to the vocational, medical, social, and psychological rehabilitation programs, supported employment programs, independent living services programs, and client assistance programs.
(b) Short-term training projects may be of regional or national scope.
(c) Conferences and meetings in which training is not the primary focus may not be supported under this program.
In addition to the criteria in 34 CFR 385.31(c), the Secretary uses the following additional selection criterion to evaluate an application:
(a)
(2) The Secretary looks for information that shows that the proposed project can be expected to improve the skills and competence of—
(i) Personnel engaged in the administration or delivery of rehabilitation services; and
(ii) Others with an interest in the delivery of rehabilitation services.
(b)
A grantee must contribute to the cost of a project under this program in an amount satisfactory to the Secretary. The part of the costs to be borne by the grantee is determined by the Secretary at the time of the award.
(a) In addition to those allowable costs established in 34 CFR 75.530-75.562, the following items are allowable under short-term training projects:
(1) Trainee per diem costs;
(2) Trainee travel in connection with a training course;
(3) Trainee registration fees; and
(4) Special accommodations for trainees with handicaps.
(b) The preparation of training materials may not be supported under a short-term training grant unless the materials are essential for the conduct of the seminar, institute, workshop or other short course for which the grant support has been provided.
Sections 12(c) and 302(a) and (f) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c) and 772(a) and (f), unless otherwise noted.
The Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing and Individuals Who Are Deaf-Blind program is designed to establish interpreter training programs or to provide financial assistance for ongoing interpreter programs to train a sufficient number of qualified interpreters throughout the country in order to meet the communication needs of individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind by—
(a) Training interpreters to effectively interpret and transliterate between spoken language and sign language and to transliterate between spoken language and oral or tactile modes of communication;
(b) Ensuring the maintenance of the interpreting skills of qualified interpreters; and
(c) Providing opportunities for interpreters to raise their skill level competence in order to meet the highest
Public and private nonprofit agencies and organizations, including institutions of higher education, are eligible for assistance under this program.
The following regulations apply to the Training of Interpreters for Individuals Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing and Individuals Who Are Deaf-Blind program:
(a) 34 CFR part 385 (Rehabilitation Training), sections—
(1) 385.3(a) and (d);
(2) 385.40 through 385.46; and
(b) The regulations under this part 396.
(a)
(b)
Individual With a Disability
Institution of Higher Education
(c)
(i) A record of training qualified interpreters who are serving the deaf, hard of hearing, and deaf-blind communities; and
(ii) An established curriculum that uses evidence-based practices in the training of interpreters and promising practices when evidence-based practices are not available.
(i)(A) Who has a central visual acuity of 20/200 or less in the better eye with corrective lenses, or a field defect such that the peripheral diameter of visual field subtends an angular distance no greater than 20 degrees, or a progressive visual loss having a prognosis leading to one or both of these conditions;
(B) Who has a chronic hearing impairment so severe that most speech cannot be understood with optimum amplification, or a progressive hearing loss having a prognosis leading to this condition; and
(C) For whom the combination of impairments described in paragraphs (i)(A) and (B) of this definition causes extreme difficulty in attaining independence in daily life activities, achieving psychosocial adjustment, or obtaining a vocation;
(ii) Who, despite the inability to be measured accurately for hearing and vision loss due to cognitive or behavioral constraints, or both, can be determined through functional and performance assessment to have severe hearing and visual disabilities that cause extreme difficulty in attaining independence in daily life activities, achieving psychosocial adjustment, or obtaining vocational objectives; or
(iii) Who meets any other requirements that the Secretary may prescribe.
(i) Met existing certification or evaluation requirements equivalent to the highest standards approved by certifying associations; and
(ii) Successfully demonstrated interpreting skills that reflect the highest standards approved by certifying associations through prior work experience.
(i) An American Indian rehabilitation program; or
(ii) Any of the following agencies that provide services to individuals with disabilities under an agreement or other arrangement with a designated State agency in the area of specialty for which training is provided:
(A) A Federal, State, or local agency.
(B) A nonprofit organization.
(C) A professional corporation or professional practice group.
The Secretary may award grants to public or private nonprofit agencies or organizations, including institutions of higher educations, to provide assistance for establishment of interpreter training programs or for projects that provide training in interpreting skills for persons preparing to serve, and persons who are already serving, as interpreters for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing, and as interpreters for individuals who are deaf-blind in public and private agencies, schools, and other service-providing institutions.
Each applicant shall include in the application—
(a) A description of the manner in which the proposed interpreter training program will be developed and operated during the five-year period following the award of the grant;
(b) A description of the communication needs for training interpreters for the population(s) or in the geographical area(s) to be served by the project;
(c) A description of the applicant's capacity or potential for providing training of interpreters for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and interpreters for individuals who are deaf-blind that is evidence-based, and based on promising practices when evidence-based practices are not available;
(d) An assurance that any interpreter trained or retrained under this program shall meet those standards of competency for a qualified professional, that the Secretary may establish;
(e) An assurance that the project shall cooperate or coordinate its activities, as appropriate, with the activities of other projects funded under this program;
(f) The descriptions required in 34 CFR 385.45 with regard to the training of individuals with disabilities, including those from minority groups, for rehabilitation careers; and
(g) Such other information as the Secretary may require.
(a) The Secretary evaluates applications under the procedures in 34 CFR part 75.
(b) The Secretary evaluates each application using selection criteria in § 396.31.
(c) In addition to the selection criteria described in paragraph (b) of this section, the Secretary evaluates each application using—
(1) Selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210;
(2) Selection criteria established under 34 CFR 75.209; or
(3) A combination of selection criteria established under 34 CFR 75.209 and selection criteria in 34 CFR 75.210.
In addition to the criteria in 34 CFR 396.30(c), the Secretary uses the following additional selection criterion to evaluate an application. The Secretary reviews each application to determine the extent to which—
(a) The proposed interpreter training project was developed in consultation with State Vocational Rehabilitation agencies and their related agencies and consumers;
(b) The training is appropriate to the needs of both individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind and to the needs of public and private agencies that provide services to either individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing or individuals who are deaf-blind in the geographical area to be served by the training project;
(c) Any curricula for the training of interpreters includes evidence-based practices and promising practices when evidence-based practices are not available;
(d) There is a working relationship between the interpreter training project and State Vocational Rehabilitation agencies and their related agencies, and consumers; and
(e) There are opportunities for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind to provide input regarding the design and management of the training project.
In addition to the selection criteria listed in § 396.31 and 34 CFR 75.210, the Secretary, in making awards under this part, considers the geographical distribution of projects throughout the country, as appropriate, in order to best carry out the purposes of this program. To accomplish this, the Secretary may in any fiscal year make awards of regional or national scope.
(a) The Secretary, in making awards under this part, gives priority to public or private nonprofit agencies or organizations, including institutions of higher education, with existing programs that have demonstrated their capacity for providing interpreter training.
(b) In announcing competitions for grants and contracts, the Secretary may give priority consideration to—
(1) Increasing the skill level of interpreters for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind in unserved or underserved populations or in unserved or underserved geographic areas;
(2) Existing programs that have demonstrated their capacity for providing interpreter training services that raise the skill level of interpreters in order to meet the highest standards approved by certifying associations; and
(3) Specialized topical training based on the communication needs of individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and individuals who are deaf-blind.
A grantee must contribute to the cost of a project under this program in an amount satisfactory to the Secretary. The part of the costs to be borne by the grantee is determined by the Secretary at the time of the grant award.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Department of Education.
Final regulations.
The Secretary amends the regulations governing the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services program and the State Supported Employment Services program to implement changes to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) signed into law on July 22, 2014. The Secretary also updates, clarifies, and improves the prior regulations.
Finally, the Secretary issues new regulations regarding limitations on the use of subminimum wages that are added by WIOA and under the purview of the Department.
These regulations are effective on September 19, 2016, except for amendatory instructions 2, 3, and 4 amending 34 CFR 361.10, 361.23, and 361.40, which are effective October 18, 2016.
Ed Anthony, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5086, Potomac Center Plaza (PCP), Washington, DC 20202-2800. Telephone: (202) 245-7488 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Purpose of This Regulatory Action: Individuals with disabilities represent a vital and integral part of our society, and we are committed to ensuring that individuals with disabilities have opportunities to compete for and enjoy high quality employment in the 21st century global economy. Some individuals with disabilities face particular barriers to employment in integrated settings that pays competitive wages, provides opportunities for advancement, and leads to economic self-sufficiency. Ensuring workers with disabilities have the supports and the opportunities to acquire the skills that they need to pursue in-demand jobs and careers is critical to growing our economy, assuring that everyone who works hard is rewarded, and building a strong middle class. To help achieve this priority for individuals with disabilities, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Act), as amended by the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (P.L. 113-128), signed into law on July 22, 2014, seeks to empower individuals with disabilities to maximize employment, economic self-sufficiency, independence, and inclusion in and integration into society.
To implement the changes to the Act made by WIOA, the Secretary amends the regulations governing the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services program (VR program) (34 CFR part 361) and State Supported Employment Services program (Supported Employment program) (34 CFR part 363), administered by the Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA), within the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services. In addition, the Secretary updates and clarifies prior regulations to improve the operation of the program. Finally, the Secretary promulgates regulations in new 34 CFR part 397 that implement the limitations on the payment of subminimum wages to individuals with disabilities in section 511 of the Act that fall under the purview of the Secretary.
WIOA makes significant changes to title I of the Act that affect the VR program. First, WIOA strengthens the alignment of the VR program with other core components of the workforce development system by imposing requirements governing unified strategic planning, common performance accountability measures, and the one-stop delivery system. This alignment brings together entities responsible for administering separate workforce and employment, educational, and other human resource programs to collaborate in the creation of a seamless customer-focused service delivery network that integrates service delivery across programs, enhances access to the programs' services, and improves long-term employment outcomes for individuals receiving assistance. In so doing, WIOA places heightened emphasis on coordination and collaboration at the Federal, State, and local levels to ensure a streamlined and coordinated service delivery system for job-seekers, including those with disabilities, and employers. Therefore, the Departments of Education and Labor are issuing joint final regulations to implement jointly administered activities under title I of WIOA (
To implement WIOA's corresponding major changes to title I of the Act, we:
• Amend § 361.10 to require that all assurances and descriptive information previously submitted through the stand-alone VR State Plan and supported employment supplement be submitted through the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under section 102 or section 103, respectively, of WIOA.
• Clarify in § 361.29 that States report to the Secretary updates to the statewide needs assessment and goals and priorities, estimates of the numbers of individuals with disabilities served through the VR program and the costs of serving them, and reports of progress on goals and priorities at such time and in such manner determined by the Secretary to align the reporting of this information with the submission of the Unified or Combined State Plans and their modifications.
• Clarify in § 361.20 when designated State agencies must conduct public hearings to obtain comment on substantive changes to policies and procedures governing the VR program.
• Remove § 361.80 through § 361.89 and replace with § 361.40 to cross-reference the joint regulations for the common performance accountability measures for the core programs of the workforce development system.
• Provide a cross-reference in § 361.23, regarding the roles and responsibilities of the VR program in the one-stop delivery system to the joint regulations implementing requirements for the one-stop delivery system.
Second, the Act, as amended by WIOA, emphasizes the achievement of competitive integrated employment. The foundation of the VR program is the principle that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, are capable of achieving high quality, competitive integrated employment when provided the necessary services and supports. To increase the employment of individuals with disabilities in the competitive integrated labor market, the workforce system must provide individuals with disabilities opportunities to participate in job-driven training and to pursue high quality employment outcomes. The amendments to the Act—from the stated purpose of the Act, to the expansion of services designed to maximize the potential of individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, to achieve competitive integrated employment, and, finally, to the inclusion of limitations on the payment of subminimum wages to individuals with disabilities—reinforce the congressional intent that individuals with disabilities, with appropriate supports and services, are able to achieve the same kinds of competitive integrated employment as non-disabled individuals. Consequently, we make extensive changes to part 361, including:
• The inclusion of a new definition of “competitive integrated employment” in § 361.5(c)(9) that combines, clarifies, and enhances the two separate definitions of “competitive employment” and “integrated setting” for the purpose of employment under the VR program in prior § 361.5(b)(11) and (b)(33)(ii).
• The incorporation of the principle that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, are capable of achieving high quality competitive integrated employment, when provided the necessary services and support, throughout part 361, from the statement of program purpose in § 361.1 to the requirement in § 361.46(a) that the individualized plan for employment include a specific employment goal consistent with the general goal of competitive integrated employment.
• The revision of the definition of “employment outcome” in § 361.5(c)(15) that specifically identifies customized employment as an employment outcome under the VR program, and requires that all employment outcomes achieved through the VR program be in competitive integrated employment or supported employment, thereby eliminating uncompensated outcomes, such as homemakers and unpaid family workers, from the scope of the definition for purposes of the VR program.
To assist designated State units (DSUs) to implement the change in the definition of “employment outcome” and to ensure that individuals with disabilities did not experience a disruption in services, the Department proposed in the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) published on April 16, 2015 (80 FR 21059), a transition period of six months following the effective date of the final regulations, during which period DSUs would complete the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to, and close the service records of, individuals pursuing uncompensated outcomes, such as homemakers and unpaid family workers, in accordance with individualized plans for employment that were approved prior to the effective date of these final regulations. In consideration of the comments received, the Secretary has extended the transition period in these final regulations. DSUs may continue to provide services to individuals with uncompensated employment goals on their individualized plans for employment, approved prior to the effective date of these final regulations, until June 30, 2017, unless a longer period of time is required based on the needs of the individual with the disability as determined by the vocational rehabilitation counselor and the individual with a disability, as documented in the individual's service record.
We also amend numerous other provisions throughout part 361 to address the expansion of available services, requirements related to the development of the individualized plan for employment, and order of selection for services, all of which are intended to maximize the potential for individuals with disabilities to prepare for, obtain, retain, and advance in the same high quality jobs and high-demand careers as persons without disabilities.
Third, WIOA emphasizes the provision of services to students and youth with disabilities to ensure that they have meaningful opportunities to receive the services, including training and other supports, they need to achieve employment outcomes in competitive integrated employment. The Act, as amended by WIOA, expands not only the population of students with disabilities who may receive vocational rehabilitation services but also the breadth of services that the VR agencies may provide to youth and students with disabilities who are transitioning from school to postsecondary education and employment. We implement the emphasis on serving students and youth with disabilities contained in the amendments to the Act made by WIOA in many regulatory changes to part 361 by:
• Including in § 361.5(c)(51) and (c)(58), respectively, new definitions of “student with a disability” and “youth with a disability.” After further analysis of the comments received, the Department has determined that the definition of “student with a disability” applies to all students enrolled in educational programs, including postsecondary education programs, so long as they satisfy the age requirements set forth in final § 361.5(c)(51). The definition is also inclusive of secondary students who are homeschooled, as well as students in other non-traditional secondary educational programs. We have incorporated this broader interpretation of the definition in final § 361.5(c)(51), which we believe will increase the potential for DSUs to maximize the use of funds reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services by increasing the number of students who may receive these services.
• Implementing in § 361.48(a) the requirements of new sections 110(d) and 113 of the Act requiring States to reserve at least 15 percent of their Federal allotment to provide and arrange for, in coordination with local educational agencies, the provision of pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities. We have maintained our interpretation of “potentially eligible,” for purposes of pre-employment transition services, as meaning all students with disabilities, regardless of whether they have applied for or been determined eligible for the VR program. The Department believes this is the broadest legally supportable interpretation and is consistent with the congressional intent.
• Amending § 361.29(a) to require that the comprehensive statewide needs assessment include an assessment of the needs of students and youth with disabilities for vocational rehabilitation services, including the needs of students with disabilities for pre-employment transition services.
• Clarifying in § 361.49 the technical assistance DSUs may provide to educational agencies and permitting the provision of transition services for the benefit of groups of students and youth with disabilities.
• Clarifying in § 361.22(c) that nothing in this part is to be construed as reducing the responsibility of the local educational agencies or any other
In addition to the preceding changes implementing the three major goals of the Act, as amended by WIOA, we have made changes to the regulations governing the comprehensive system of personnel development and the fiscal administration of the VR program. In order for DSUs to recruit qualified personnel to provide services to individuals with disabilities, including students and youth with disabilities, and carry out their responsibilities under the Act, we have made changes by:
• Amending § 361.18 governing the comprehensive system of personnel development by establishing minimum educational and experience requirements and eliminating the requirement to retrain staff not meeting the DSU's personnel standard for qualified staff.
• Revising proposed § 361.18(c)(2)(ii) in these final regulations to provide a more complete list of the skills and knowledge needed to meet the needs of employers and individuals with disabilities in the 21st century evolving labor market.
Finally, we make changes to part 361 to improve the fiscal administration of the VR program by:
• Clarifying in § 361.5(b) the applicability to the VR program of the definitions contained in 2 CFR part 200, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements and making numerous other conforming changes to align this part with 2 CFR part 200 to ensure consistency.
• Adding a new paragraph (a)(3) to § 361.65 requiring the State to reserve not less than 15 percent of its allotment for the provision of pre-employment transition services.
• Amending § 361.65(b)(2) to clarify that reallotment occurs in the fiscal year the funds were appropriated and the funds may be obligated or expended during the period of performance, provided that matching requirements are met.
• Adding a new paragraph (b)(3) to § 361.65 establishing the Secretary's authority to determine the criteria to be used to reallot funds when the amount requested exceeds the amount of funds available for reallotment.
Since publication of the NPRM, as a result of further Departmental review, we clarify in § 361.63 the requirements for the use of program income.
Under the State Supported Employment Services program (Supported Employment program) authorized under title VI of the Act (29 U.S.C. 795g
WIOA makes several significant changes to title VI of the Act, which governs the Supported Employment program. All of the amendments to title VI are consistent with those made throughout the Act, namely to maximize the potential of individuals with disabilities, especially those with the most significant disabilities, to achieve competitive integrated employment and to expand services for youth with the most significant disabilities. We implement the changes made to the Supported Employment program by WIOA in these final regulations by:
• Requiring in § 363.1 that supported employment be in competitive integrated employment or, if not, in an integrated setting in which the individual is working toward competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis. As a result of comments received, we revised the proposed short-term basis period to allow for an extension of the six-month period for up to a total of 12 months based on the needs of the individual, and the individual has demonstrated progress toward competitive earnings based on information contained in the service record.
• Extending in § 363.50(b)(1) the time from 18 months to 24 months for the provision of supported employment services.
• Requiring in § 363.22 a reservation of 50 percent of a State's allotment under this part for the provision of supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities.
• Requiring in § 363.23 not less than a 10 percent match for the amount of funds reserved to serve youth with the most significant disabilities.
• Reducing in § 363.51 the amount of funds that may be spent on administrative costs.
In response to comments received, we revised §§ 363.53, 363.54, and 363.55 to clarify the requirements for the transition of individuals with the most significant disabilities from supported employment services to extended services, the achievement of a supported employment outcome, and the closure of service records. We have redesignated proposed § 363.55 as final § 363.56.
Section 511 of the Act, as added by WIOA, imposes requirements on employers who hold special wage certificates under the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) that must be satisfied before the employers may hire youth with disabilities at subminimum wages or continue to employ individuals with disabilities of any age at the subminimum wage level. Section 511 also establishes the roles and responsibilities of the DSUs for the VR program and State and local educational agencies in assisting individuals with disabilities, including youth with disabilities, to maximize opportunities to achieve competitive integrated employment through services provided by VR and local educational agencies.
The addition of section 511 to the Act is consistent with all other amendments to the Act made by WIOA. Throughout the Act, Congress emphasizes that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, can achieve competitive integrated employment if provided the necessary supports and services. The limitations imposed by section 511 reinforce this belief by requiring individuals with disabilities, including youth with disabilities, to satisfy certain service-related requirements in order to start or maintain, as applicable, subminimum wage employment. To implement the requirements of section 511 that fall under the purview of the Department, we are issuing new regulations in part 397, including:
• Section 397.1, describing the purpose of this part and § 397.2 setting forth the Department's jurisdiction.
• Section 397.10, requiring the DSU, in consultation with the State educational agency, to develop a process that ensures students and youth with disabilities receive documentation demonstrating completion of the various activities required by section 511 of the Act, such as, to name a few, the receipt of transition services under the IDEA
• Sections 397.20 and 397.30, establishing the activities that must be completed by youth with disabilities prior to obtaining employment at subminimum wage and the documentation that the DSUs and local educational agencies, as appropriate, must provide to demonstrate completion of those activities, required by section 511(a)(2) of the Act. These include completing pre-employment transition services in final § 361.48(a) and the determination of eligibility or ineligibility for vocational rehabilitation services in final §§ 361.42 and 361.43.
• Section 397.40, establishing the documentation that DSUs must provide to individuals with disabilities of any age who are employed at a subminimum wage upon the completion of certain information and career counseling-related services, as required by section 511(c) of the Act.
• Section 397.31, prohibiting a local educational agency or a State educational agency from entering into a contract with an entity that employs individuals at subminimum wages for the purpose of operating a program under which a youth with a disability is engaged in work compensated at a subminimum wage.
• Section 397.50 authorizing a DSU to review individual documentation, required by this part, for all individuals with disabilities who are employed at the subminimum wage level, that is maintained by employers who hold special wage certificates under the FLSA.
In response to comments received, we made revisions to the final regulations to specify that intervals for providing career counseling and information and referral services to individuals of any age employed by section 14(c) entities will be calculated based upon the date the individual becomes known to the DSU starting July 22, 2016. Additionally, we included a time frame in the final regulations of 45 days but, in the case of extenuating circumstances, no later than 90 days, for the DSU to provide documentation of completed activities to individuals with disabilities. We also added provisions that establish minimal information that must be contained in the documentation required by part 397, as well as other administrative requirements related to the documentation process. Finally, we determined that section 14(c) entities have a potential financial interest in providing some of the services and activities required in the final regulations. Consequently, we inserted language prohibiting the use of these entities in providing these required services or activities, stating that a contractor may not be an entity holding a special wage certificate under section 14(c) of the FLSA and that a DSU's contractor, for the purpose of conducting the review of documentation authorized under the final regulations, may not be an entity holding a special wage certificate under section 14(c) of the FLSA.
We fully explain the regulations described in this
Following a description of the organizational changes to part 361 in these final regulations, we present the
Due to extensive changes, we published the entire part 361 in the NPRM, which included conforming and technical changes. We did not propose substantive changes to all sections of this part. Thus, we did not intend to make all regulations within this part available for public comment. Consequently, we do not address the comments we received on the following sections: §§ 361.5(c)(18), 361.5(c)(24), 361.5(c)(27), 361.5(c)(28), 361.5(c)(29), 361.5(c)(30), 361.5(c)(34), 361.5(c)(40), 361.5(c)(43), 361.5(c)(57), 361.47, 361.52, 361.56, and 361.57. Finally, we generally do not discuss differences between the NPRM and these final regulations that are technical or conforming in nature.
Although the regulations maintain subparts A, B, and C of part 361, we make organizational changes to other subparts within this part. First, we incorporate new subparts D, E, and F, where we place the three subparts discussed in a separate, but related, regulatory action (the joint regulations issued by the Departments of Education and Labor implementing jointly administered requirements governing all six core programs of the workforce development system, including the VR program, contained in title I of WIOA) published elsewhere in this issue of the
Section A includes the
Section 102(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not include economic self-sufficiency among the eligibility criteria. Inclusion of the term in final § 361.1(b) does not alter the eligibility criteria for the program in final § 361.42(a)(1). We encourage DSUs to conduct outreach to individuals with disabilities and service providers to clarify any misperception that the use of this term implies that individuals with disabilities may no longer receive vocational rehabilitation services for the purpose of achieving an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment or supported employment if they wish to maintain their public benefits. We also encourage DSUs to provide vocational counseling and guidance and benefits planning services to these individuals to assist them in better understanding the impact of participation in the VR program and employment on their public benefits.
Economic self-sufficiency is not a component of the definitions of “competitive integrated employment” and “employment outcome” in sections 7(5) and 7(11), respectively, of the Act, as amended by WIOA. We disagree that the implementing regulations for the definitions of these terms in final §§ 361.5(c)(9) and 361.5(c)(15) should be revised to incorporate criteria related to the achievement of economic self-sufficiency as suggested by the commenter. We believe the wages and benefits criteria, especially as contained in the definition for “competitive integrated employment” in final § 361.5(c)(9), are consistent with those set forth in the statutory definition in section 7(5) of the Act.
One commenter recommended we clarify that grantees may consider travel costs incurred in the provision of vocational rehabilitation services as a service-related cost, rather than an administrative cost. Specifically, the commenter requested that the final regulations clarify that travel costs incurred in the provision of pre-employment transition services may be paid from the funds reserved for that purpose. This commenter also suggested that the Department update reporting instructions accordingly.
We agree that travel costs incurred directly as a result of providing vocational rehabilitation services constitute service-related costs, not “administrative costs” for purposes of the VR program. Therefore, DSUs may pay for travel costs incurred as a direct result of providing pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities, including travel to individualized education program meetings, from the funds reserved for the provision of those services. Travel costs incurred as a result of providing other vocational rehabilitation services to students with disabilities may not be paid from the funds reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services because such travel would be beyond the scope of section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.48(a). While travel costs incurred as a result of providing other vocational rehabilitation services to students with disabilities who have been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services may not be paid from the funds reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services, they still would be service-related, not administrative, costs. Staff travel costs incurred for other purposes, such as attending regional meetings or trainings, satisfy the definition of “administrative costs” and must be reported as such on the RSA-2. DSUs must have an established system of internal controls sufficient to record and track administrative expenditures associated with authorized activities so they can be distinguished from authorized service-related costs. In this way, DSUs are able to satisfy accounting and reporting requirements set forth in final § 361.12 and Uniform Guidance on financial management in 2 CFR 200.302.
Additionally, we made a change to final § 361.5(c)(2)(viii) to conform to the Uniform Guidance in 2 CFR part 200. In accordance with 2 CFR 200.439(b)(3), capital expenditures for improvements to land, buildings, or equipment which materially increase their value or useful life are unallowable as a direct cost, except with the prior written approval of the Department. Therefore, we have revised final § 361.5(c)(2)(viii) to delete a clause that had excluded capital
In addition, we have deleted the reference to “not including capital expenditures as defined in 2 CFR 200.13” from final § 361.5(c)(2)(viii).
The overarching principle of the Act, as amended by WIOA, that individuals with disabilities are capable of achieving full integration into all aspects of life, including employment, is most evident in the definition of “competitive integrated employment” in section 7(5) of the Act and the interweaving of the term throughout the many provisions of the statute. Because of its central importance to the purpose of the VR program, we received extensive comments on the definition in proposed § 361.5(c)(9), expressing both strong support for, and opposition to, the proposed definition. The vast majority of public comment on the definition focused on the criteria that an employment location must satisfy if it is to be considered integrated. Some commenters expressed support for the definition in general, and the criteria for an integrated location specifically, for several reasons, including the definition's specificity that the commenters believe will ensure individuals with disabilities are working in integrated employment settings, and the impact the definition can have in curtailing the low expectations for individuals with disabilities who are relegated to segregated employment with little opportunity for advancement. However, many commenters opposed the definition, expressing concern that it would restrict or eliminate subminimum wage and sheltered employment for individuals with disabilities, or limit the ability of these individuals to choose among these options. We appreciate the support for the definition, and discuss the detailed comments in opposition to, and requests for clarification of, the proposed definition under the topical headings that follow.
Many commenters opposed the definition because it would limit an individual's choice of subminimum wage and sheltered employment options. Some of these commenters asked that we create an exception from the criteria for individuals who choose to work in a segregated or sheltered setting if all other criteria regarding competitive earnings and opportunities for advancement are satisfied.
Furthermore, while the Act, as amended by WIOA, places a premium on the ability of individuals with disabilities to exercise informed choice throughout the vocational rehabilitation process, we do not agree that the final regulations in part 361 generally and the definition specifically are inconsistent with that emphasis. In fact, an individual with a disability may pursue any form of employment he or she chooses. However, if the individual wishes to receive vocational rehabilitation services, he or she must intend to achieve an “employment outcome,” which is defined in final § 361.5(c)(15) for purposes of the VR program as employment in competitive integrated employment or supported employment. If the individual chooses to pursue work that does not satisfy the definition of “employment outcome” for purposes of the VR program, such as sheltered employment, the individual must seek services from another agency or provider. In such circumstances, these final regulations require the DSU to refer that individual to local extended employment providers or other Federal, State, or local programs (
The Secretary believes these final regulations ensure that the VR program promotes to the maximum extent possible opportunities for individuals with disabilities, particularly those with significant disabilities, to pursue competitive integrated employment options. Moreover, final § 361.52 requires each DSU to preserve individual choice in the manner in which the Act intends for individuals who choose to pursue employment outcomes within the scope of the VR program.
Finally, section 7(5) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not permit an exception to the definition's requirements for individuals who choose subminimum wage and or sheltered employment. In fact, such an exception would be inconsistent with the plain meaning of the criteria contained in the statutory definition in section 7(5) of the Act. Therefore, we lack the statutory authority to create such an exception in final § 361.5(c)(9).
Furthermore, individuals who receive services through the VR program to assist with the achievement of self-employment outcomes are considered “participants” as that term is defined under the joint final regulations implementing the jointly administered performance accountability system requirements of section 116 of title I of WIOA, published elsewhere in this issue of the
The Secretary does not intend the statement in the NPRM covering the proposed regulations in part 361, or the inclusion of the definition of “subsistence” only in 34 CFR 371.6, to limit the provision of services designed to assist individuals to achieve subsistence occupations to those served through the AIVRS program. DSUs may assist American Indians and Alaska Natives served through the VR program to achieve subsistence occupations as a form of self-employment under the limited circumstances set forth in the definition in 34 CFR 371.6, which the Department applies in the same manner to the VR program.
While the Secretary believes that, as the statement in the NPRM indicates, subsistence occupations are most culturally relevant to American Indian and Alaska Native tribes, the Secretary recognizes that they may also be culturally relevant to other small groups of individuals who may traditionally engage in these occupations, such as those in the outlying areas. Thus, DSUs may find it appropriate to assist individuals from cultures other than American Indian and Alaska Native tribes to achieve self-employment in
Examples of subsistence occupations that are culturally relevant to American Indians or Alaska Natives include the exchange of fish caught, or grain raised, by the individual with the disability for other goods produced by other members of the tribe that are needed by the individual to live and maintain his or her home. Given, however, the large number of American Indian tribes, including Alaska Native villages and regional corporations, and their widely varying cultural practices, any list of further examples of culturally relevant practices would also be incomplete and may exclude cultural practices that are unique to some tribes. Since the definition of “subsistence” in final 34 CFR 371.6 requires that the activity constitute an important basis of the individual's livelihood, DSUs cannot provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals to enable them to engage in mere hobbies that do not serve this same purpose.
Finally, the definition of “employment outcome” in final § 361.5(c)(15) encompasses all forms of competitive integrated employment, including self-employment. Because we consider subsistence occupations to be a form of self-employment, these occupations are already within the scope of the definition of “employment outcome” and it is not necessary to revise the definition to include a specific reference to subsistence.
Of the commenters who strongly supported the criteria, several requested that we make additional changes to this particular component of the definition by: (1) Adding language that the criteria should not be used to exclude individuals from the VR program due to concerns about their ability to meet the standard, and emphasizing that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, are capable of achieving high quality competitive integrated employment when provided the necessary skills and supports; (2) specifically excluding from the scope of the definition employment in businesses owned by community rehabilitation providers, group or enclave settings, affirmative industries, social enterprises, or any other form of non-traditional work unit; and (3) changing the term “competitive integrated employment” to “competitive integrated individualized employment” to be clear that employment through the VR program is individualized.
Many of the commenters who opposed the integrated location criteria in proposed § 361.5(c)(9)(ii) requested that we replace them with those in the statutory definition because they believe that: (1) Some of the proposed criteria are not mandated by WIOA; (2) some of the proposed criteria are too strict and would result in the loss of employment opportunities that pay good wages and benefits; and (3) the statutory language would maintain work options and choice for consumers.
Some commenters inquired about the impact of the definition on the employment, by community rehabilitation programs, of individuals with disabilities, particularly those who are blind and visually impaired, in managerial and other positions. These commenters stated that employment in these positions was in an integrated location under prior guidance issued by the Department, specifically technical assistance circular 06-01 entitled “Factors State Vocational Rehabilitation Agencies Should Consider When Determining Whether a Job Position Within a Community Rehabilitation Program is Deemed to be in an Integrated Setting for Purposes of the Vocational Rehabilitation Program” and dated November 21, 2005. One commenter requested that we clarify whether the employment of individuals with disabilities in call centers operated by community rehabilitation providers occurs in an integrated location.
Another commenter requested that we clarify the impact of the criteria on employment in the business enterprise (vending) program for individuals who are blind under the Randolph-Sheppard Act, as well as State industries programs for the blind.
The Secretary believes that final § 361.5(c)(9)(ii) and the explanation in the following paragraphs provide sufficient guidance to enable DSUs to determine whether a particular work location satisfies the definition of “competitive integrated employment.” The Secretary does not believe it necessary to revise the definition by adding language emphasizing that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, are capable of achieving high quality competitive integrated employment when provided the necessary services and supports. This principle is clearly expressed in final § 361.1 describing the purpose of the VR program, thereby forming the foundation for all provisions of final part 361, including the definition of “competitive integrated employment.” Therefore, there is no need to restate the principle in the definition.
We do not believe that it is possible to identify all types of non-integrated employment settings in the definition, as the specific exclusion of one type of non-integrated employment setting from the definition could result in a misperception that settings not mentioned are within the scope of the
In addition, we disagree with the recommendation to change the term “competitive integrated employment” to “competitive integrated individualized employment.” Section 7(5) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, defines “competitive integrated employment,” and that definition forms the basis for the definition in final § 361.5(c)(9). Moreover, the many provisions of the Act and the final regulations in final part 361, including those governing the selection of an employment outcome, the vocational rehabilitation services provided, the exercise of informed choice, and the closure of an individual's service record, underscore the individualized nature of the VR program, thereby making it unnecessary to add the word “individualized” to the term “competitive integrated employment” in these final regulations.
Furthermore, the Secretary disagrees with the commenters' recommendation that we replace the regulatory criteria in proposed § 361.5(c)(9)(ii) with the statutory criteria, verbatim, in section 7(5)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA. As stated in the NPRM, the integrated setting criteria in proposed § 361.5(c)(9)(ii), although not verbatim, are nevertheless consistent with the statutory definition in section 7(5)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, with respect to the integrated nature of the employment setting, and, in turn, are consistent with the definition of “integrated setting” in prior § 361.5(b)(33)(ii). Also in light of the consistency of section 7(5)(B) of the Act with the prior regulatory definition of “integrated setting,” as well as the Department's long-standing interpretation of that definition, the Secretary does not believe that the criteria in the statutory definition of “competitive integrated employment” would permit within its scope work options that would not have satisfied the criteria in prior § 361.5(b)(32)(ii). There is no indication in the Act, as amended by WIOA, or the limited legislative history, that Congress intended to narrow the scope of the integrated setting criterion of the definition of “competitive integrated employment.” Therefore, the Secretary believes the definition of “competitive integrated employment” in final § 361.5(c)(9)(ii), while not verbatim, is nonetheless consistent with the Act, prior regulations, and long-standing Department policy. This means employment that would have satisfied the definition of “integrated settings” in prior regulations and Department guidance would satisfy the definition of “competitive integrated employment” in these final regulations.
We emphasize that it is the DSU's responsibility to apply final § 361.5(c)(9)(ii) in a manner consistent with long-standing Departmental policy. The DSU must apply the criteria equally to any position, whether it involves the management or administration of, or the production and delivery of goods and services by, the organization, and without regard to the type of business operation, such as, but not limited to, a call center within a community rehabilitation program, the manufacture of office supplies by a State industries program for individuals who are blind, or a contract for landscaping services. The criteria contained in final §§ 361.5(c)(9)(ii) and 361.5(c)(32)(ii) provide important clarifications that are necessary to better enable a DSU to determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether a particular position in an organization's specific work unit is in an integrated location.
The Randolph-Sheppard Act provides opportunities for self-employment and entrepreneurship in the community to individuals who are blind. As a form of self-employment and business ownership, the outcomes of individuals in the vending facilities established under the Randolph-Sheppard Act are deemed to be in integrated settings and specifically within the definition of “employment outcome” in final § 361.5(c)(15).
A few commenters asked whether the criteria would prohibit the employment of individuals with disabilities in work settings operated by community rehabilitation providers that exclusively serve other persons with disabilities (
One commenter specifically addressed the criterion requiring the work location to be a setting typically found in the community, stating that the criterion does not exist in the statutory definition and it would limit opportunities for individuals with disabilities to participate in new and innovative employment models and businesses that are not yet typical. The commenter recommended that we remove this requirement.
As we made clear in the discussion of
With respect to the comment specifically about proposed § 361.5(c)(9)(ii)(A), which requires that the location be a setting typically found in the community, the Secretary disagrees with the commenter's request to remove the criterion from the definition. The criterion does not exclude from competitive integrated employment any innovative or unique business models that otherwise satisfy the definition's criteria. Instead, the Secretary interprets the criterion to be more narrowly focused on the purpose for which the business is formed. As explained earlier, businesses established by community rehabilitation programs or any other entity for the primary purpose of employing individuals with disabilities do not satisfy this criterion, and, therefore, are not considered integrated settings, because these settings are not within the competitive labor market. The Department has long considered several factors to typically distinguish positions in these types of businesses from those that satisfy the criterion. The factors that generally would result in a business being considered “not typically found in the community,” include: (1) The funding of positions through Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (JWOD) contracts; (2) allowances under the FLSA for compensatory subminimum wages; and (3) compliance with a mandated direct labor-hour ratio of persons with disabilities. It is the responsibility of the DSU to take these factors into account when determining if a position in a particular work location is an integrated setting.
One commenter suggested that we define “integrated location” as a ratio of individuals with disabilities and individuals without disabilities, stating that true integrated employment consists of a mix of workers with and without disabilities.
Another commenter recommended that we adopt the prior Departmental guidance in technical assistance circular 06-01 mentioned in the
The Secretary appreciates the commenter's recommendation that we revise this criterion and define an integrated setting as being comprised of a ratio (not specified by the commenter) of employees with disabilities in comparison to individuals without disabilities. Since “integrated setting” was first defined in VR program regulations, we have considered how best to capture the intent of Congress and long-standing Department policy in its criteria. In doing so, we considered whether to establish a numerical ratio and have rejected this as impractical and unworkable. Given the many and varied types of employment settings in today's economy, we cannot determine a single ratio that could be used to satisfactorily determine the level of interaction required to meet the intent underlying the definition. Rather than using a numerical standard, we believe that an “integrated setting” is best viewed in light of the quality of the interaction among employees with disabilities and persons without disabilities when compared to that of employees without disabilities in similar positions, and have not added a numerical ratio to final § 361.5(c)(9).
The Secretary disagrees with the commenter's interpretation of the prior guidance provided in technical assistance circular 06-01 and the assertion that factors such as the level of interaction of employees with disabilities with other employees in the work unit and across the work site, as well as with customers and vendors, should be weighted equally. As stated in the NPRM, the Secretary believes the focus of whether the setting is integrated should be on the interaction between employees with and without disabilities, and not solely on the interaction of employees with disabilities with people outside of the work unit. For example, the interaction of individuals with disabilities employed in a customer service center with other persons over the telephone, regardless of whether these persons have disabilities, would be insufficient by itself to satisfy the definition. Instead, the interaction of primary consideration should be that between the employee with the disability and his or her colleagues without disabilities in similar positions.
A few commenters asked whether “work unit” refers to all employees in a certain job category or program, or to groups of employees working together to accomplish tasks. These commenters stated that certain categories of employees (such as temporary office workers and certain kinds of contract workers) regularly interact with others within the work site (including other employees, customers, or vendors), but do not work side by side or in collaboration with others within the same job category. Similarly, a few commenters requested that we clarify the effect of the criteria on employment in scattered work sites.
Of those in opposition, some requested that we remove “work unit” from the definition because they were concerned that its use prohibits mobile work crews and enclaves unless very restrictive criteria are met, and that if Congress had intended to eliminate group work opportunities, it would have done so in the law. Other commenters requested clarification of the effect of the term on group employment under the JWOD Act commonly used in Ability One and long-term commercial contracts, stating that these settings provide well-paying jobs for persons with the most significant disabilities.
As stated earlier in this section, the Department has long considered the funding of positions through JWOD contracts to be a distinguishing characteristic when determining if a business is typically found in the community. Likewise, the use of the term “work unit” in the definition does not change its application with respect to the required interaction among employees with and without disabilities in the work setting. Entities that are set up specifically for the purpose of providing employment to individuals with disabilities will likely not satisfy the definition's criteria. The high percentage of individuals with disabilities employed with these entities most likely would result in little to no opportunities for interaction between individuals with disabilities and non-disabled individuals. These entities, therefore, likely would be considered sheltered or non-integrated employment sites. Nonetheless, DSUs must apply these criteria on a case-by-case basis when determining if an individual's employment is in an integrated location and satisfies the definition of “competitive integrated employment.”
The Secretary recognizes that the application of the integrated location criteria in the manner explained in the preceding paragraphs will restrict the types of employment options available to individuals with disabilities through the VR program. However, these restrictions have been in effect since the definition of “employment outcome” was last revised in 2001 and, therefore, do not reflect new Departmental policy. Specifically, through application of the criteria, individuals with disabilities hired by community rehabilitation programs to perform work under service contracts, either alone, in mobile work crews, or in other group settings (
In summary, the DSU must determine, on a case-by-case basis, that a work location is in an integrated setting, meaning it is typically found in the community, and it is one in which the employee with the disability interacts with employees and other persons, as appropriate to the position, who do not
We disagree with the recommendation that we define “ongoing maintenance” in part 361. Final § 361.5(c)(2)(viii) specifies such costs, when incurred for operating and maintaining DSU facilities, may be allowable administrative costs under the VR program. However, ongoing costs of any kind, including ongoing maintenance costs, are not allowable expenditures when establishing, developing, or improving a community rehabilitation program (see final § 361.5(c)(16)(iii)).
We disagree with the commenter that DSUs should use customized employment as a last resort when assisting an individual with a disability to achieve an employment outcome. We believe that customized employment may be an option for some individuals with significant disabilities, while, for other individuals, it may not be a viable path to competitive integrated employment. We strongly encourage DSUs to tailor customized employment services, like all of the services in final § 361.48(b) provided to eligible individuals under an individualized plan for employment, to meet the unique strengths, needs, interests, and informed choice of the individual, so that he or she can achieve an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment. We understand that some may have referred to customized employment in the past as “job carving;” however, the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not use that term. Therefore, we have not incorporated the term “job carving” into these final regulations.
We believe it is possible for individuals with disabilities in customized employment to advance in their careers. Individuals who achieve competitive integrated employment through customized employment could advance in their career with their original employers or by seeking advancement with other employers. The definition of “customized employment” in section 7(7) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.5(c)(11) do not include any criteria requiring an individual with a significant disability to remain in customized employment; rather, these individuals may seek additional vocational rehabilitation services for the purpose of advancing in their careers through other forms of competitive integrated employment. Customized employment is an alternative that enables individuals with disabilities and employers the opportunity to negotiate job tasks and/or reassign basic job duties to improve overall production in the workplace. For employers, customized employment allows an employer to examine its specific workforce needs and fulfill those needs with a well-matched employee. We encourage DSUs to work with employers, particularly those employers that have not been open to employing individuals with significant
We disagree with the commenter that customized employment is an unfunded mandate. Customized employment services are included in the list of allowable vocational rehabilitation services in final § 361.48(b). DSUs may expend their resources, including program funds, on supporting individuals in customized employment when appropriate.
Customized employment, as we have discussed, must lead to competitive integrated employment. Section 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(III) of title I of WIOA establishes a primary performance accountability indicator for all core programs of the workforce development system, including the VR program, that measures the median earnings of all participants who have exited the program in the second quarter after exit. As such, earnings from customized employment will affect the VR program's performance, in the same manner that other earnings will do so. We cannot assume, as the commenter suggests, that individuals in customized employment will earn low wages.
Some commenters supported the definition of “employment outcome” in proposed § 361.5(c)(15) because it is consistent with the overall purpose of the Act, as amended by WIOA, to promote the achievement of competitive integrated employment and self-sufficiency by individuals with disabilities. As proposed, an “employment outcome” would mean full- or part-time employment in competitive integrated employment, or supported employment. As such, uncompensated employment outcomes (
In addition, recognizing that WIOA amends section 102(b)(4) of the Act to require that the individualized plan for employment contain a specific employment goal consistent with competitive integrated employment, a few commenters presented two arguments to support the retention of uncompensated outcomes as an employment outcome. First, the commenters argued that the phrase “consistent with the Act,” as used in the statutory definition, does not require that all components of the term “competitive integrated employment” be satisfied. In the alternative, these commenters suggested that homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes satisfy the criteria for competitive integrated employment because they are typically found in the community and the earnings of individuals with disabilities who obtain these outcomes are commensurate with those of non-disabled persons in similar positions.
We agree with commenters that the change eliminating uncompensated outcomes was not explicitly required on the basis of an amendment to the statutory definition in section 7(11) of the Act, which remained unchanged, in pertinent part, by WIOA. Nonetheless, we believe that the Act as amended by WIOA, when read in its entirety, provides a strong justification for the change.
We agree with the commenters that section 7(11)(C) of the Act permits the Secretary to use his discretion to include other vocational outcomes within the scope of the definition of “employment outcome.” This provision is purely discretionary, and there is no requirement that the Secretary exercise this discretion, either to incorporate new outcomes or to retain previously permitted outcomes. However, if the Secretary chooses to exercise this discretion, the Secretary must do so in a manner that is consistent with the Act.
As noted throughout the preambles to the NPRM and these final regulations, WIOA amended the Act by emphasizing the achievement of competitive integrated employment by individuals with disabilities, including individuals with the most significant disabilities. The Act, as amended by WIOA, refers extensively to competitive integrated employment, including in the statement of the purpose for the VR program, requirements for developing individualized plans for employment and providing services to students and youth with disabilities, and the limitations on the payment of subminimum wages in new section 511. In particular, section 102(b)(4) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.46(a) require that the specific employment goal identified in the individualized plan for employment be consistent with the general goal of competitive integrated employment.
The changes made by WIOA provide a marked contrast to the Act, as amended by the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA). Under WIA, the emphasis in the Act was on achieving integrated employment. Consequently, in 2001, the Secretary amended the definition of “employment outcome” and required that all employment outcomes in the VR program be in integrated settings, under prior § 361.5(b)(16). In so doing, the Secretary eliminated sheltered employment as an employment outcome. At that time, because we considered homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes to occur in integrated settings, these outcomes continued to constitute an “employment outcome,” for purposes of the VR program.
By contrast, given the pervasive emphasis on achieving competitive integrated employment—not just integrated employment—throughout the Act, as amended by WIOA, the Secretary has determined that uncompensated employment outcomes, including homemaker and unpaid family worker outcomes, are no longer consistent with the Act. For this reason, the Secretary believes it is no longer an appropriate exercise of the Secretary's discretion under section 7(11)(C) of the Act to include uncompensated outcomes within employment outcomes in final § 361.5(c)(15).
We disagree with the commenters' argument that an “employment outcome” need not satisfy all criteria of the definition of “competitive integrated employment,” with one narrow exception. Section 7(11)(B) of the Act and final § 361.5(c)(15) include supported employment within the employment outcomes available to individuals with disabilities through the VR program. Under section 7(38) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final
We disagree with the first of the commenters' arguments that all criteria of “competitive integrated employment” need not be satisfied for employment to be considered competitive integrated employment. To interpret the Act's definition of “employment outcome” this way would ignore one of the three major components of the definition of “competitive integrated employment”—competitive wages.
While we agree with the assertion that individuals with disabilities who achieve homemaker or unpaid family worker outcomes perform their work in settings typically found in the community and receive no wages, as would a non-disabled homemaker or unpaid family worker, these similarities are not sufficient to satisfy the definition of “competitive integrated employment.” “Competitive integrated employment” requires the payment of wages at or above the applicable Federal, State, or local minimum wage. Neither homemakers nor unpaid family workers earn a wage. Therefore, individuals achieving uncompensated outcomes, such as homemakers and unpaid family workers cannot have achieved an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment.
If an individual makes an informed choice to pursue uncompensated employment (
We believe the definition of “employment outcome” in final § 361.5(c)(15) ensures that the VR program promotes maximum opportunities for individuals with disabilities, particularly those with significant disabilities, to pursue competitive integrated employment or supported employment options. Individuals with disabilities can achieve competitive integrated employment or supported employment if given appropriate services and supports and, therefore, should be informed that they are not limited to pursuing uncompensated outcomes no matter how significant their disabilities. Nevertheless, we recognize that some individuals will choose to pursue such outcomes. These final regulations require each DSU to preserve individual choice by referring any individual who decides to pursue uncompensated outcomes, or any other outcome that does not meet the definition of an “employment outcome” in final § 361.5(c)(15), to other appropriate resources for assistance.
We understand, from anecdotal evidence, that it has been the practice of some DSUs to provide individuals who are newly blind or experiencing significant vision loss with services designed to help them attain homemaker outcomes, with the expectation that the individuals will return to the VR program when they are ready to pursue additional training and the achievement of an employment outcome. However, DSUs must provide the vocational counseling and guidance to help individuals pursue an employment outcome consistent with competitive integrated employment, as required by section 102(b)(4) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.46(a)(1) at the outset or refer individuals to the independent living programs under final § 361.37 depending on their individual goals. DSUs are encouraged to deliver services such as Braille and mobility training throughout the vocational rehabilitation process, in combination with the other education, training, and equipment needed to achieve the identified employment goal. In this way, DSUs can more effectively engage individuals in the VR program and better assist them to achieve the ultimate goal of competitive integrated employment or supported employment.
Nonetheless, we recognize that some DSUs, particularly those serving individuals who are blind and visually impaired, report a greater percentage of homemaker outcomes than others. For example, VR agencies serving individuals who are blind and visually impaired reported that 618 individuals obtained homemaker outcomes in FY 2014, representing 9.8 percent of all employment outcomes for these agencies. In comparison, all other VR agencies reported that 2,436 individuals obtained homemaker outcomes in FY 2014, representing 1.4 percent of all employment outcomes for these agencies. Consequently, we proposed in the NPRM a transition period of six months following the effective date of these final regulations to allow DSUs to complete the VR process for individuals already pursuing homemaker outcomes under individualized plans for employment. See the discussion on “Transition Period” later in this section regarding the comments received on the proposed transition period.
Neither section 7(11) nor any other provision of the Act, as amended by WIOA, permits the Secretary to make an exception when implementing the definition of “employment outcome” to allow DSUs serving individuals who are blind and visually impaired to continue assisting individuals to achieve uncompensated outcomes, such as homemaker outcomes, when that employment is not consistent with the Act. Therefore, there is no statutory authority to make the exception recommended by commenters.
One commenter asked if the Department would create a separate homemaker program not directly connected to the VR program. One commenter stated that many DSUs have entered into long-term contractual arrangements for providing services to individuals pursuing homemaker outcomes and requested that we exempt these arrangements from the application of the new rule. Another commenter requested that the Client Assistance Program (CAP) and other advocacy groups conduct outreach to the community of individuals who are blind and visually impaired who otherwise would have chosen homemaker outcomes.
Under final § 361.37(b), the circumstances when the DSU must provide referrals to other programs and service providers for individuals who choose not to pursue an employment outcome under the VR program has been expanded. Similarly, final § 361.43(d) expands the requirement for the referral of individuals found ineligible for vocational rehabilitation services, or determined ineligible subsequent to the receipt of such services, to include appropriate State, Federal, and local programs, and community service providers (
Those programs designed to meet the needs of individuals who choose to pursue homemaker outcomes include the OIB program, the only program authorized under title VII of the Act, as amended by WIOA, which remains under the administration of the Department. There is no authority, in either title I or VII, to permit DSUs to use VR program funds to provide OIB program services in order to alleviate any deficiencies in OIB funding, which may result from an increase in the number of individuals seeking services from the OIB program following the change in the employment outcome definition for purposes of the VR program. However, the Administration has requested a $2.0 million increase over the 2016 level for the OIB program in the fiscal year 2017 President's Budget to assist States in meeting an anticipated increase in the demand for OIB services. The Department will consider increases in the demand for OIB program services resulting from this rule change in future budget requests.
We recognize that some CIL staff may not possess the skills necessary to provide individuals who are blind and visually impaired the specialized training and services that will enable them to remain in their homes and care for themselves, such as training in Braille and orientation and mobility. Therefore, we strongly encourage DSUs to strengthen their relationships with the CILs in their States by providing training and technical assistance necessary to build the capacity of the staff that will afford them the option to deliver these services in accordance with the State Plan for Independent Living developed in the State. The Department will support these efforts through technical assistance in collaboration with the Department of Health and Human Services, which is now responsible for the administration of the Centers for Independent Living program under title VII of the Act, as amended by WIOA.
We disagree that the change in the definition necessarily will result in a loss of funding for community rehabilitation programs to provide homemaker services. Although DSUs may no longer use VR program funds to purchase these services from community providers, they may use other program funds to do so, such as those for the OIB programs.
In response to the comment requesting an exemption for existing contractual relationships between the DSUs and other entities to assist individuals with disabilities to achieve outcomes in uncompensated employment, once final § 361.5(c)(15) takes effect a DSU cannot contract with another entity to assist an individual with a disability to achieve an uncompensated outcome, such as homemaker or unpaid family worker. There is no statutory authority that would permit an exemption to the prohibition. However, as discussed in more detail in the
While we understand the concern raised by the commenter who requested a lower eligibility age for the OIB program, title VII of the Act, as amended by WIOA, retains the eligible age of 55 for OIB program services in the statute; therefore, the Department is not authorized to change the age of eligibility. Nor does the Act, as amended by WIOA, authorize the creation of a homemaker program separate from the VR program.
While we appreciate the commenter's recommendation that the CAP should provide outreach services to individuals affected by the implementation of the revised definition of “employment outcome,” section 112 of the Act requires, as it always has, the CAP to provide information and advocacy services to individuals who are applicants or consumers of the VR program or any other program under the Act. The CAP may provide information and advocacy services for those individuals pursuing uncompensated outcomes who are served by the VR program during the transition period or served by the OIB or independent living programs after the transition period. However, no authority exists in section 112 of the Act to permit the CAP to conduct outreach to, or to serve, individuals pursuing uncompensated outcomes under programs not authorized by the Act. Although the Department is no longer responsible for the administration of the CIL and SILS programs, these programs continue to be authorized under title VII of the Act, and therefore the CAP can provide assistance to individuals receiving independent living services.
One commenter asked whether the Department had conducted a feasibility study to determine if the referral of individuals from VR to other service providers would reasonably result in the provision of services.
However, we intend to monitor State implementation of the final regulations during our annual review and periodic on-site monitoring of State VR agencies to ensure that persons with significant disabilities, including those who are blind and visually impaired, receive vocational rehabilitation services in pursuit of competitive integrated employment or supported employment. Additionally, we will review the steps DSUs are taking to ensure that individuals are appropriately referred under final §§ 361.37(b) and 361.43(d), to other Federal, State, and local programs and providers (
Some commenters stated that six months would not be long enough to finish providing services and close these service records or to develop relationships with providers of independent living services to which the DSUs could refer these individuals. Of these commenters, some recommended that the Department extend the proposed transition period to 12 months following the effective date of the final regulations, while some others recommended 18 or 24 months.
However, most commenters who commented on the proposed transition period recommended that we adopt a flexible period that DSUs would determine case by case, taking into account the needs of the individual. Finally, one commenter recommended that we permit DSUs to provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with the goal of homemaker on their individualized plans for employment without regard to the duration of the services, but that we not allow DSUs to implement new individualized plans for employment with the goal of homemaker following the effective date of the final regulations.
However, we do agree with commenters that DSUs may need longer than six months following the effective date to finish providing services to some individuals who are already pursuing homemaker or other uncompensated outcomes on individualized plans for employment that were developed and executed prior to the effective date. Data obtained through the RSA-911 case service report show that, on average, individuals with disabilities take approximately 24 months to complete the vocational rehabilitation process from the time they apply for services until their service records are closed. These data also demonstrate that individuals who are 55 years and older and blind take approximately 21.5 months to complete the vocational rehabilitation process from the time that they apply for services.
Therefore, the Secretary has concluded that DSUs may continue to provide services to individuals with uncompensated employment goals on their individualized plans for employment that were approved prior to the effective date of the final regulations through June 30, 2017, unless a longer period of time is required based on the needs of the individual, as documented in the individual's service record.
The Secretary believes that DSUs can finish providing services to, and close the service records of, most individuals pursuing homemaker and other uncompensated outcomes during this transition period. However, a DSU can determine on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the unique needs of each individual, that the DSU cannot complete the provision of services within that time frame and, therefore, may continue the services until the individual no longer needs them. For example, services may be interrupted and, consequently, the DSU cannot complete the services prior to June 30, 2017. For this and other reasons, the DSU may extend the provision of services beyond June 30, 2017, until they are completed and the individual's service record is closed.
By extending the transition period, DSUs will have sufficient time to develop and strengthen their relationships with other governmental and nonprofit providers of independent living services so that DSUs may make appropriate referrals to these providers and individuals with disabilities can receive the services they need to maintain their homes and independence. The Department plans to provide guidance and technical assistance to: (1) Facilitate the transition to the new definition of employment outcome; and (2) minimize the potential disruption of services to VR program consumers currently receiving services and who do not have a competitive integrated employment or supported employment goal reflected in their individualized plan for employment.
Finally, all participants who exit the VR program after July 1, 2016, including those exiting in uncompensated employment, such as homemakers and unpaid family workers, must be included in the calculations of the performance accountability measures established in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i) of title I of WIOA and explained more fully in the joint performance information collection request. The performance accountability requirements of section 116 of WIOA take effect July 1, 2016.
One commenter requested that we clarify the meaning of “The VR services portion of the State Plan” and asked whether this is in fact a separate program-specific component of the Unified or Combined State Plan. This commenter previously submitted a Unified State Plan in which the vocational rehabilitation components of the plan were interspersed throughout the overall plan. One commenter asked whether the proposed joint regulation in 34 CFR 676.130(f), which requires the RSA Commissioner to approve the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Unified or Combined State Plans, means that DSUs will have separate timelines for the submission of the VR program-specific components of the plan.
The “Required Elements for Submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications Under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,” recently approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1205-0522, presents the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan as a distinct component of the plan. The timelines for submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan, and, hence, the VR services portion of that plan, are governed by sections 102 and 103 of title I of WIOA, and the joint final regulations published elsewhere in this issue of the
In order to align the VR program with the other core programs to the extent practicable, DSUs must submit the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan and report the data required under final § 361.40 in a manner consistent with the jointly administered requirements set forth in the joint regulations governing Unified or Combined State Plan requirements published elsewhere in this issue of the
We also received comments regarding the determination of eligibility for individuals with autism and on the significance of disability.
We address the comments regarding the determination of eligibility for individuals with autism and the significance of disability in the
This long-standing Department interpretation is consistent with section 105(b)(6) of the Act, which limits a term to no more than three years; however, there is no requirement that each member be appointed for a three-year term. Under section 105(b)(6)(A)(i) of the Act, an individual who is appointed to complete a predecessor's unfinished term is appointed for the remainder of that term. This appointment constitutes one full term for that individual. Section 105(b)(6)(B) of the Act prohibits an individual from serving more than two consecutive full terms. Therefore, if an individual is appointed to complete one year remaining of a predecessor's term and is then reappointed for a second full three-year term, this individual has served two full terms even though the total number of years served is four.
Similarly, many commenters urged that the training and education received in a master's degree program in rehabilitation counseling relate in a necessary, direct, and practical way to the work vocational rehabilitation counselors do each day. These commenters asserted that rehabilitation counseling is a professional career that requires extensive knowledge in a very broad arena. In addition, several commenters stressed that the educational requirements applied to vocational rehabilitation counselors must be sufficient to ensure that they have the following knowledge: medical and psychological aspects of disability, counseling and guidance strategies, vocational assessment, person-centered planning, cultural competency, career services, and building relationships with businesses who would like to hire or retain individuals with disabilities. These commenters maintained that all of these skills are available to individuals pursuing a master's degree in a program accredited by the Council on Rehabilitation Education.
Several commenters maintained that section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and proposed § 361.18(c)(1)(ii), which set education and experience requirements of a baccalaureate degree in an additional field of study such as business administration, human resources, and economics, do not apply to vocational rehabilitation counselors. These commenters strongly believe that since a national certification exists for certified rehabilitation counselors this provision is inapplicable for vocational rehabilitation counselors. Some commenters stated that because there was no legislative report accompanying WIOA, the Department cannot be certain that Congress intended that the lower education and experience requirements in section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, apply to vocational rehabilitation counselors. One commenter stated that including a business degree in the credentials required for vocational rehabilitation personnel, with respect to qualified vocational rehabilitation counselors, was intended to be supplemental to a Master's degree in rehabilitation counseling and does not supplant the highest standard in the State, which in many States is the master's degree in rehabilitation counseling. Another commenter stated that since individuals with less experience could be paid less, they potentially could make up a larger portion of the DSU staff. If done correctly, the commenter stated that this could be a great opportunity to add individuals with business and marketing backgrounds to the DSU staff. This could also potentially help reduce caseloads, since recipients who need assistance only with placement could go straight to the marketing/business staff. Some commenters observed that the new requirements appear to be based on an assumption that a counselor should be able to work with both consumers and employers, as opposed to a team approach where experts in counseling work with consumers and business experts work with employers.
One commenter supported the education and experience requirements in proposed § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) because of the heightened emphasis on employer engagement and competitive integrated employment outcomes. This commenter stated that the proposed changes will provide an opportunity for DSUs to adjust the level of expertise and commitment of its personnel. The commenter also stated that establishing these educational requirements and work experiences will ensure that program participants are receiving quality services.
As stated in the NPRM, proposed § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) mirrors section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, with regard to minimum education and experience requirements for vocational rehabilitation personnel. In so doing, § 361.18(c)(1)(i), both proposed and final: (1) Retains language in prior § 361.18(c)(1)(i) regarding national and State-approved
We agree with commenters that the higher standard in section 101(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Act and final § 361.18(c)(1)(i), which had been the only personnel standard for vocational rehabilitation personnel prior to the enactment of WIOA, has served a critical role in ensuring that well-qualified staff are available to provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities. We understand other lower education or experience requirements may not prepare DSU staff in the same manner as a national or State-approved certification or licensure for vocational rehabilitation counseling could. As commenters indicated, programs leading to such national or State-approved certification or licensure in vocational rehabilitation provide vocational rehabilitation counselors with critical knowledge and understanding of medical and psychological aspects of disability, counseling and guidance strategies, vocational assessment, person-centered planning, cultural competency, career services, and building relationships with businesses who would like to hire or retain individuals with disabilities. However, section 101(a)(7)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires that States establish and maintain personnel standards, which apply to all vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals employed by the DSU, including both national or State-approved certification and licensure requirements in section 101(a)(7)(B)(i) and the education and experience requirements in section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii). This means that the personnel standards apply to vocational rehabilitation counselors and all other vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals. There is nothing in the statute that limits the higher standard to vocational rehabilitation counselors. Nor is there any statutory basis to preclude a DSU from hiring a vocational rehabilitation counselor who meets the education and experience requirements of section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) but not a national or State-approved certification or licensure requirement. Final § 361.18(c)(1) is consistent with the Act as amended by WIOA.
We also agree with the commenters who supported the proposal, and believe that the new education and experience requirements set forth in section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) are beneficial to the VR program and the individuals they serve.
Similarly, we would agree that the VR program director or administrator would be covered by the CSPD requirements of section 101(a)(7)(B) because that position would be considered a vocational rehabilitation professional or paraprofessional. The Secretary believes that the individual who oversees vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals should satisfy at least the minimum education and experience requirements applicable to all vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals.
We appreciate the comment regarding the personnel standards and their applicability to vocational rehabilitation paraprofessionals. Neither the Act nor these final regulations distinguish between vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals. By the same token, neither the Act nor these final regulations define what constitutes a vocational rehabilitation professional or paraprofessional as opposed to an administrative staff position providing clerical or other support to rehabilitation personnel.
The distinction among vocational rehabilitation professionals, paraprofessionals, and administrative (
As such, if a national or State-approved standard—or, in the absence of such standards, other comparable requirements (
Further, at least one commenter expressed concern that the flexibility offered by the new education and experience requirements could lead to the unintended diminution of a vocational rehabilitation workforce able to meet the needs of a consumer population with significant disabilities, which is its major focus, especially as public resources diminish. The commenter encouraged the Department to work with DSUs and academic institutions to ensure this diminution does not occur. The commenter stated that some of the degrees listed under these personnel standards would be appropriate for specialized titles such as “business relations specialists” but may not be appropriate for vocational rehabilitation counselors.
We believe the education and experience requirements set forth in section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) enable DSUs to hire personnel in such a manner that results in an expansion of qualifications of staff available to provide vocational rehabilitation services. For example, the new education and experience requirements could enable DSUs to expand the number of staff trained to provide certain services critical to meeting the employment needs of individuals with disabilities and employers, such as employment specialists or job placement specialists, thereby increasing opportunities for employer engagement and the achievement of competitive integrated employment outcomes by individuals with disabilities. This broader range of acceptable education and experience could lead to a more diverse workforce in VR agencies.
Looking at the new personnel standard requirements in this way, they could be viewed as a means of enabling DSUs to expand the range of qualified personnel available to provide certain services in-house rather than having to contract for those services. DSUs could employ sufficient qualified personnel to work in teams to meet the holistic needs of the individuals served by the VR program, ranging from specific disability-related services to employment-related services. We believe this interpretation is consistent with the plain meaning of the statutory requirements in section 101(a)(7)(B) of the Act, and the heightened emphasis throughout WIOA on employer engagement and the achievement of competitive integrated employment outcomes.
Some commenters stated that the standards in proposed § 361.18(c)(1) should be sufficient for recruitment of vocational rehabilitation counselors, but that the use of “and” between proposed §§ 361.18(c)(1)(i) and 361.18(c)(1)(ii) seems to imply that additional standards must be used. They expressed concern that requiring at least one year's paid or unpaid work in the field would make it challenging for DSUs to recruit qualified counselors directly from long-term training programs.
The education and experience requirements of section 101(a)(7)(B)(ii) of the Act apply only in those circumstances when the DSU is not able to hire vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals who satisfy a national- or State-approved certification or licensure standard. Vocational rehabilitation counselors graduating from long-term training programs would meet a national or State-approved standard and could be hired in accordance with personnel standards established under section 101(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Act, which does not require that the individual satisfy minimum experience requirements.
Many commenters requested the proposed regulations be revised to include a new provision in § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) to allow a complement of work experience, in addition to specialized training or certification through either advanced higher education or through a legitimately recognized association that provides specialized training when working specifically with individuals who possess unique barriers to independence and require unique training, such as individuals who are blind.
Another commenter recommended that proposed § 361.18(c)(1)(ii) be revised to allow years of experience to substitute for the identified degree(s) for paraprofessionals, which could create reasonable flexibility. A requirement of years of experience, coupled with staff development required by the regulations, would assure that paraprofessionals are highly qualified to provide appropriate services to individuals with disabilities.
While we agree work experience can be valuable, section 101(a)(7)(B) sets forth explicit requirements for a DSU's personnel standards, including requirements related to minimum educational and experiential requirements. Given the explicit nature of these requirements, there is no statutory basis to require different or additional personnel standards in final § 361.18(c)(1).
Further, if a vocational rehabilitation counselor is hired under the standard set forth in final § 361.18(c)(1)(i) (
Many commenters who thought the list of examples was incomplete suggested additions. Some were suggested because the commenters stated that customary, but critical, skills for vocational rehabilitation counselors had been left out of the list. Some brought a more modern focus to the traditional topic, refining knowledge of medical and psychological aspects of disability to include more employment-focused use of such knowledge to determine functional limitations and the vocational implications of these functional limitations on employment planning and workplace accommodations.
Other commenters provided lists of skills that represented areas in which the focus is on greater knowledge of the world of work, including labor market trends and various sources of labor market information and its use in selecting vocational goals and developing individualized plans for employment. Some commenters suggested that using information about job requirements, labor market trends, and other labor market information would help build relationships with employers through greater knowledge of their businesses and their employment requirements and would also help in job development and job placement efforts.
One group of commenters suggested that a recent U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) study, which identified gaps in the knowledge of vocational counselors employed by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, could serve as a starting point for developing a list of skills needed for the 21st century vocational rehabilitation counselor employed by the DSU. Some skills included familiarity with Bureau of Labor Statistics data, the Dictionary of Occupational Titles, and the Department of Labor's O*NET occupational system; vocational testing and assessment; job accommodations; training in the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and other employment discrimination laws; vocational implications of various disabilities, including traumatic brain injury, post-traumatic stress syndrome, mental illnesses, and autism; employment plan development; Social Security work incentives, and the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency program; and knowledge of disability programs in the State and local area, including independent living programs.
One commenter suggested that the six areas of knowledge and skills in proposed § 361.18(c)(2)(ii) could be used to ensure vocational rehabilitation personnel have a 21st century understanding. The commenter stated the examples focused on critical knowledge domains and closely mirror the knowledge domains required for accreditation by a vocational rehabilitation counseling program. However, the commenter expressed concern that the process of evaluating whether candidates have the necessary knowledge and skills would be insufficient without the assurance that the candidate graduates from an accredited vocational rehabilitation counseling program. The commenter recommended that the Department recognize graduates from accredited programs as having the knowledge, skill, and experience requirements that are necessary to provide high quality services to individuals with disabilities.
In considering what changes to make in the examples, we first recognized that the requirements for a 21st century understanding apply to knowledge and skills relevant to working with both employers and individuals with disabilities. We also believe that “21st century” refers to maintaining a cutting edge, state-of-the-art approach to whatever topic is included in the list, not merely maintaining activities at traditional, established levels. These underlying principles governed the review, selection, and wording of the examples.
We looked at traditional topic areas that are still necessary for working with individuals with disabilities and employers, with the intent to add language that suggests use of contemporary practices or that adds emphasis on an employment focus. For example, we replaced the previous language about knowledge of medical and psychological aspects of disability with language about knowledge of the functional limitations of various disabilities and the vocational implications of these functional limitations for employment.
We considered new approaches to learn about the world of work, large-scale employer needs (
In response to commenters asking whether the “21st century understanding” requirement applies only to vocational rehabilitation counselors, section 101(a)(7)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.18(c) require the DSU to develop personnel standards that apply to all vocational rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals, not just vocational rehabilitation counselors. The revised list of examples set forth in final § 361.18(c)(2)(ii) provides a comprehensive, but not exhaustive, list of skills necessary for achieving employment outcomes in the 21st century. Because we realize that States may choose to employ staff in a variety of positions, the skills listed may be applicable to various positions in differing ways.
Finally, as we described earlier in the
Many commenters expressed concerns about insufficient training funds to meet the training needs of vocational rehabilitation personnel and requested that the Department require DSUs to allocate training funds for any required CSPD training. The commenters were further concerned that the potential hiring of staff at the baccalaureate or higher degree in a discipline other than vocational rehabilitation counseling would increase the need for training in order to ensure these personnel have solid knowledge of the VR program. Despite this expected increased need for training, DSUs will face reduced financial resources because of the elimination of the In-Service Training Grant program by WIOA. Therefore, these commenters were concerned that DSUs would allocate less funding for staff development training, certification fees, and other related expenses. One commenter requested that the Department provide training funds to each DSU to assist in providing staff development and personnel training in the areas mandated by WIOA. Still another commenter recommended that the Department offer regional training rather than onsite training through its monitoring or technical assistance process. The commenter said the regional trainings could benefit a larger group of personnel.
A few commenters recommended that proposed § 361.18(d) be revised to require specific training areas for staff development. For example, one commenter stated that many vocational rehabilitation counselors struggle to identify appropriate service providers for individuals with autism. The commenter requested further guidance from the Department on providing vocational rehabilitation services to this population in order to increase opportunities for competitive integrated employment.
Another commenter asked the Department to require DSUs to include in their agency planning and oversight the substantial involvement of mental health advocates, including individuals who have personally experienced mental illness, treatment, and recovery. Similarly, another commenter recommended that DSUs be required to hire and train peer service providers experienced in working with individuals with mental illness who are seeking vocational rehabilitation services, thereby increasing the DSU's effectiveness in serving this population. Still another commenter recommended that staff development include caseload management training, including implementation standards, measures, techniques, and strategies.
Another commenter stressed the importance of coordinating personnel development activities under the Act and the IDEA. The commenter
Further, it is beyond the scope of the Act and these regulations to mandate that an entity, authorized under a separate Federal law, such as the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, perform any action, including providing the training described here. There is also no separate Federal program from which money may be given to DSUs to pay for this training, as in-service training funds were eliminated from the Act by WIOA. However, the Act does not prohibit DSUs from using title I VR program funds to provide the training directly or through a contract with the entity providing assistive technology services in the State.
There are many possible sources of training on assistive technology and several ways in which the DSUs may coordinate with the State assistive technology program entity. For example, the DSU may select a trainer with input from the State's assistive technology program entity, or the DSU and the State assistive technology program entity may jointly train DSU staff. Final § 361.18(d)(1)(i) provides the DSU with maximum flexibility to coordinate with the assistive technology program entity in the manner it deems appropriate.
While we understand the limited financial resources available to DSUs, there is no authority under the Act to provide funding to DSUs for any of the trainings required by section 101(a)(7) of the Act and final § 361.18(d)(1)(i). As the commenters noted, WIOA eliminated the In-Service Training Grant program, which had been used by many DSUs to provide staff development training. Nonetheless, the Act has, and continues to, permit DSUs to use title I VR program funds to provide staff development and training. Given the availability of VR program funds for this purpose, we disagree that DSUs necessarily will allocate fewer resources for this effort.
Finally, the Department will explore options for providing staff development trainings on a broader scale, including regional training.
As section 101(a)(7) of the Act is specific about the training areas that may be included for staff development, there is no statutory basis for imposing additional training requirements. However, final § 361.18(d)(2) is consistent with the Act in that it gives DSUs maximum flexibility to use staff development trainings that are specific to each DSU's needs. Nevertheless, we understand the concerns raised by commenters requesting training on specific topics. We agree that serving individuals with autism may raise many complex issues, some of which are addressed in an Institute on Rehabilitation Issues Monograph on rehabilitation of individuals with autism spectrum disorders, which may be found at:
While there is statutory authority under section 101(a)(21)(A)(i)(III) to require DSUs to involve mental health advocates in the agency's planning and oversight activities when the DSU has an independent commission or council, there is no specific statutory requirement under section 101(a)(7) that DSUs hire mental health peer service providers. Moreover, there is no statutory basis under section 101(a)(7)(A)(v) of the Act to require caseload management be included in staff development training. However, there is nothing to preclude a DSU from doing these things under § 361.18(d)(2) if a need is identified by the DSU.
Finally, we agree with the commenter regarding the need for coordinating staff development between DSUs and State and local education agencies. The Act, as amended by WIOA, places heightened emphasis on providing vocational rehabilitation services to students and youth with disabilities. Although section 101(a)(7) of the Act does not require DSUs to enter into memoranda of understanding with educational agencies, final § 361.18(f) continues to mandate this coordination as it has for many years in prior regulations. We also agree that staff development should emphasize the evolving skills needed to provide vocational rehabilitation services so that individuals with disabilities may achieve competitive integrated employment in the evolving 21st century labor market. Only with these evolving skills will vocational rehabilitation personnel be able to engage effectively with employers in the evolving labor market of the 21st century. We believe the staff development requirement set forth in final § 361.18(d)(1) and (2) covers these skills needed in the 21st century evolving labor market.
Nonetheless, several commenters requested further clarification. One commenter asked if a DSU must conduct a public meeting every time it opens or closes a priority category under an order of selection.
Final § 361.20(a)(2)(v) states that adopting or amending policies implementing an order of selection constitutes a substantive change that requires public input. However, it is the Department's long-standing policy that a DSU need not conduct a public meeting each time it opens or closes a priority category if doing so is consistent with the information describing the implementation of the order of selection in that agency's currently approved State Plan (now the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan).
By contrast, we believe that closing one or more priority categories would be a substantive change in the administration of the VR program, and would consequently trigger the requirement to conduct a public meeting if such change represents a departure from the manner in which the DSU has implemented the order of selection under the approved State Plan. For example, if a DSU implements an order of selection and closes one or more priority categories after one or more years without closing priority categories, we believe this action would constitute a substantive change in the administration of the VR program and would require a public meeting.
In addition, the Act, as amended by WIOA, and these final regulations provide significant flexibility to the States in the manner in which they administer the VR program and deliver vocational rehabilitation services, and States may adopt rules, policies, and procedures governing the administration of the program that best suit their particular circumstances. As a result, States may adopt rules, policies, and procedures that vary widely from one another, and we do not believe that it is practicable to further clarify, or add to, the examples listed in final § 361.20(a)(2) and (a)(3). While we believe that final § 361.20 provides States with the guidance necessary to determine if a potential change in rules, policies, and procedures constitutes a substantive change requiring a public meeting, we encourage States to seek guidance from the Department about State specific changes.
We appreciate the concern regarding the availability of services at the one-stop centers for individuals who are blind or visually-impaired. While we understand that there have been some issues with respect to accessibility and availability of services for individuals with significant disabilities in the past, section 121(b)(1)(B)(iv) of WIOA identifies the VR program as a core partner of the workforce development system. As such, DSUs and other core partners of the workforce development system are required to ensure the programmatic and physical accessibility of the services provided through the one-stop centers. For further information, see the joint regulations governing the one-stop delivery system published elsewhere in this issue of the
A few commenters expressed concern that proposed § 361.24 contained limited language regarding the contents of agreements and the delineation of issues that should be addressed. For example, a few commenters remarked that there was no requirement for an agreement between the DSU and Medicaid, and mental health agencies, for people with psychiatric disabilities needing long-term employment supports funded by Medicaid. The commenters suggested that cooperative agreements include identification of individuals needing extended supports, referral mechanisms, the use of Medicaid funds in providing extended supports, how funds will be braided between the DSU and agencies with primary responsibilities to serve individuals with specific disabilities, and sources and criteria for providers of extended supports. A similar comment about waivers for home and community based settings stressed that all parties must work cooperatively at both the policy and individual levels; however, the commenter noted that the proposed regulations merely require there to be an agreement, without specifying minimum contents of those agreements.
We also appreciate the concerns that proposed § 361.24 contained limited language regarding the contents of agreements and the delineation of issues that should be addressed. While section 101(a)(11) specifies the content requirements for only some of the cooperative agreements, nothing in the Act or final § 361.24 precludes DSUs from including specific content to clarify the responsibility of collaborating entities through these agreements, and we strongly encourage DSUs to do so. For example, DSUs may enter into cooperative agreements with Medicaid and mental health agencies for people with psychiatric disabilities needing long-term employment support funded by Medicaid. Cooperative agreements may include identification of individuals needing extended supports, referral mechanisms, the use of Medicaid funds in providing extended support, how funds will be braided between DSUs and agencies with primary responsibilities to serve individuals with specific disabilities, and sources and criteria for providers of extended services.
One commenter especially supported the coordination with employers. Other commenters supported the requirement for cooperative agreements with the State Medicaid agency and the State agency primarily serving people with intellectual and developmental disabilities; however, several commenters noted that the State agency responsible for providing mental health services was not included in this requirement and recommended its inclusion.
Many commenters strongly recommended that DSUs be required to enter into formal interagency agreements with AIVRS grant recipients and with Tribal Education Agencies (TEAs) located in the State.
One commenter recommended that the assurance in the VR portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan specify that the DSU coordinate activities with other State agencies functioning as an employer network under the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency Program established under section 1148 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b-19), and that the network be expanded to include other agencies acting as employer networks. A related comment inquired whether there should be a Federal Partnership Plus agreement instead of individual State agreements.
A few commenters suggested that in the development of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, the Department require the DSU to collaborate with the lead entity
However, we agree with commenters that it could be beneficial to individuals with disabilities to formalize coordination of services between the DSUs and the State agencies providing mental health services. While final § 361.24(f) does not require a formal cooperative agreement, as the commenters suggest, there is nothing in the Act or in this section that prohibits a DSU from entering into a formal cooperative agreement with the State agencies providing mental health services. Furthermore, section 101(a)(11)(K) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.24(g) stress the importance of the relationship between the DSU and the State agencies providing mental health services and requires collaboration between them.
Similarly, while we agree with commenters that coordination and collaboration between DSUs and entities holding section 14(c) certificates under the FLSA and Tribal Education Agencies could be beneficial for different reasons and we encourage such coordination and collaboration, there is no basis under section 101(a)(11) of the Act to require this. However, Section 101(a)(11)(H) of the Act and final § 361.24(d) do require the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan to include an assurance that the State has entered into a formal cooperative agreement with each AIVRS grant recipient in the State.
Additionally, the Department does not have the authority under section 101(a)(11)(J) of the Act to expand the requirement in final § 361.24(i) to include non-State agencies acting as employer networks. The Act only requires the DSU to coordinate with State agencies serving as employment networks under the Ticket to Work program. While final § 361.24(i) does not impose the requirement on the DSUs for non-State agencies serving this function, there is nothing in the Act or these final regulations that would prohibit a DSU from doing so. Similarly, the statute does not provide the authority to develop a Federal Partnership Plus agreement in lieu of individual State agreements.
Section 101(a)(11)(I) of the Act and final § 361.24(h) require an assurance in the VR portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan that the DSU and the lead agency and the entity, if any, implementing programs under section 4 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 have developed working relationships and will enter into agreements for the coordination of their activities, including the referral of individuals with disabilities to programs and activities described in that section. However, the Act does not require that the DSU collaborate with the Assistive Technology Act program in developing the VR portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan. Therefore, to add this requirement in final § 361.24(h), as recommended, is not supported by the Act. Also, nothing in the Act precludes a DSU from seeking input from the Assistive Technology Act program in the development of the VR portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan.
One commenter requested that the regulations maintain flexibility for States to use in-kind funding contributions from partners to augment a State's match and leverage State funding. Another commenter expressed concern that as a result of the proposed changes, services for students and clients in one program would cease, and that school district employees would lose their jobs.
Contrary to what some commenters appear to believe, third-party in-kind contributions have never been an allowable source of match under the VR program, including for purposes of third-party cooperative arrangements. Final § 361.60(b)(2), which remains unchanged, prohibits the use of third-party in-kind contributions as a source of match for the VR program and this prohibition would apply to third-party cooperative arrangements under the VR program as well. However, during monitoring of the VR program, the Department has found that many DSUs seem to be unaware of this prohibition, especially in the context of third-party cooperative arrangements. For this reason, the Department proposed revisions to § 361.28(c), which are maintained in these final regulations, to remind DSUs of the allowable sources of match for third-party cooperative arrangements. Specifically, these sources include cash transfers from the cooperating agency to the DSU and certified personnel expenditures of cooperating agency staff who directly provide vocational rehabilitation services under the third-party cooperative arrangement, both of which were proposed in the NPRM. In final § 361.28, we have added a new paragraph (c)(3) to specify that other direct expenditures incurred under the contract with the cooperating agency only for the direct provision of services under the third-party cooperative arrangement may be an allowable source of match. These expenditures are distinguished from in-kind contributions because the expenditures were incurred specifically for the purpose of the third-party cooperative arrangement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract and within the contract period, all of which can be verified by supporting documentation from the cooperating agency. For example, if it was necessary for a cooperating agency to purchase instructional materials to provide new or expanded services authorized under the third-party cooperative arrangement contract, and if those materials were not already available to the cooperating agency, the expenditures for those materials may be an allowable source of match. On the other hand, expenditures for costs incurred by the third-party cooperating agency not directly for the provision of vocational rehabilitation services, such as, indirect costs, depreciation, existing utilities, space and supplies are not an allowable source of match because they are third-party in-kind contributions as defined in 2 CFR 200.96.
Several commenters suggested that we revise § 361.29(a) to require that the comprehensive statewide needs assessment be conducted independently, thereby helping to ensure that the needs assessment is more objective and comprehensive.
Another commenter requested that we add a requirement to proposed §§ 361.29(a)(1)(i) and 361.29(b) that the statewide assessment include individuals who are working in subminimum wage and sheltered employment for employers using section 14(c) certificates issued by the Department of Labor under the FLSA. The commenter recommended that because States are required to conduct annual reviews of individuals in subminimum wage and sheltered employment, the needs of these individuals should be added to the assessment requirements under § 361.29(a).
Additionally, the commenter stated that States should be required to review the quality of supported employment services provided to individuals with the most significant disabilities and ensure that any employer holding subminimum wage certificates under section 14(c) of the FLSA should be able to provide supported employment services. Lastly, the same commenter asserted that States should include data on individuals working in segregated employment in any reports to RSA.
Specifically, section 105(c)(3) and final § 361.17(h)(3) authorize the Council to advise the DSU on activities carried out under title I of the Act and part 361 and to assist with the preparation of the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, applications, reports, needs assessments, and evaluations required to be carried out under title I and part 361.
We disagree with the recommendation to require that the comprehensive statewide needs assessment be conducted independently. Final § 361.29(a) mirrors section 101(a)(15)(A) of the Act, which does not require that the assessment be carried out independently. On the contrary, that provision requires that the DSU and Council jointly conduct the assessment every three years. Therefore, there is no authority to revise § 361.29(a) as the commenters recommend.
The contents of the comprehensive statewide needs assessment are outlined in section 101(a)(15)(A) of the Act and final § 361.29(a) is consistent with the statute. However, nothing in the Act and these final regulations prohibits a DSU and Council from conducting a needs assessment that includes additional elements, such as the needs of individuals in subminimum wage and sheltered employment.
Another commenter stated that the requirement under WIOA for the increased collection of data would offer evidence of successes and challenges across the Nation but would also impose some additional costs on the DSUs, which are already struggling under budget constraints.
Additionally, one commenter expressed concerns about the apparent lack of annual reporting of progress toward achieving goals and priorities, and that once the WIOA system is fully implemented, annual reporting should not be such a burden. The commenter requested guidance on how best to use data collected under the newly aligned systems to maximize fiscal and staff resources.
One commenter expressed concern that the lack of annual reporting to the Department regarding flaws in the delivery system for persons with significant disabilities, including those receiving supported employment services, could preclude making timely adjustments to maximize the opportunity for successful, integrated employment in accordance with Section 109 of the Act, as amended by WIOA,
Although collected data are to be submitted at a time and in a manner to be determined by the Secretary, DSUs still must gather and analyze required data annually as required by the Act and these final regulations. This will allow the agency to respond in a timely manner to the needs of all consumers, including those with the most significant disabilities who may need supported employment services in order to achieve their vocational goals.
Section 106 of the Act requires that the standards and indicators for the VR program must be consistent with the performance accountability measures required by section 116 of title I of WIOA for all core programs, including the VR program. Therefore, all references to standards and indicators throughout the Act and these final regulations refer to the performance accountability measures under WIOA and the phrase cannot be removed from final § 361.29.
We address comments associated with any burden resulting from the data reporting requirements under section 101(a)(10) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, in the
Some commenters acknowledged the importance and need for training employers about their obligations under the ADA and about vocational rehabilitation services provided through the VR program, such as work-based learning experiences, pre-employment transition services, disability awareness and the needs of individuals with disabilities in the workplace.
A few commenters suggested that the Department recommend some actions to engage employers, such as encouraging States to establish employer advisory councils at the State, regional, or local level.
One commenter suggested that proposed § 361.32 was not strong enough to prioritize the activities under this section because it authorizes, but does not require, an allocation of funding for services. The commenter recommended that the Department more heavily emphasize the importance of activities under this section.
Finally, one commenter recommended aligning allowable activities under this section with WIOA performance measures regarding effectiveness in serving employers and requested guidance on tracking data related to services provided to employers and the effectiveness of such services.
Section 109 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.32 clearly recognize the important role that DSUs can play in increasing opportunities for competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities through the provision of technical assistance and training to employers and specify a wide variety of these activities. For example, the statute and regulation describe the areas in which DSUs may work with employers to provide opportunities for work-based learning experiences and pre-employment transition services to recruit qualified applicants who are individuals with disabilities, to train employees who are individuals with disabilities, and to promote awareness of disability-related obstacles to continued employment. Furthermore, the Act and final regulation provide that the DSU may assist employers through consultation, technical assistance, and support related to workplace accommodations, assistive technology, facilities and workplace access, and using available financial support for hiring or accommodating individuals with disabilities. Given these and other examples, we do not believe that it is necessary to include additional language in final § 361.32 to further emphasize the importance of this technical assistance and training. However, we clarify here that the use of the term “apprenticeships” in final § 361.32 does not include Registered Apprenticeships.
Although we recognize the value of the DSUs engaging employers through activities such as establishing Statewide or regional/local level employer advisory councils, section 109 of the Act
We agree that the provision of training and services for employers by DSUs is important in accomplishing the purposes of the Act, as amended by WIOA; however, final § 361.32 mirrors section 109 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, which authorizes, but does not require, the expenditure of funds for activities under this section. Therefore, we have no authority to require DSUs to incur expenditures under this section.
The Departments of Education and Labor appreciate the comment regarding the potential interplay between the activities authorized under section 109 of the Act and final § 361.32, and the performance indicator for the effectiveness of serving employers required by 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(VI) of title I of WIOA. Because the measures apply to all core programs in the workforce development system, not just the VR program, we have addressed this comment in the joint final regulations implementing the performance accountability measures under section 116 of WIOA, and published elsewhere in this issue of the
A few commenters requested clarification as to when the DSU uses I&E funds to support the SILC. Of these, one commenter indicated that the DSU, in the commenter's State, has supported the SILC with innovation and expansion funds and would likely continue to do so unless there is a change in the designated State entity (DSE), the State agency responsible for the administration of the independent living programs authorized under title VII of the Act, as amended by WIOA.
Our data shows that States and SILCs have been using innovation and expansion funds to support SILC resource plans in this way for many years. Based upon an analysis of the data from all of the State Plans for Independent Living for the period FY 2014 through FY 2016, we found that innovation and expansion funds account for 38 percent of the roughly $8.7 million contributed by States to SILC resource plans. We found that only 32 States contributed innovation and expansion funds to the SILC resource plan. Of these 32 States, 13 States used only innovation and expansion funds to support the SILC.
However, because the innovation and expansion section of the Act remained unchanged by WIOA and our proposed regulation sparked confusion among many commenters, we have decided to return to the current regulation which mirrors the statutory language requiring that the reservation and use of the innovation and expansion funds to support the funding of the SILC be consistent with the SILC resource plan. We continue to interpret the current regulation, as we always have, that the State and the SILC determine in the SILC resource plan which sources and amounts of available funding, including innovation and expansion funding, will be used in the SILC resource plan, and then the State reserves and uses the innovation and expansion funding to support funding of the SILC, consistent with the SILC resource plan.
A few commenters expressed concern that proposed § 361.36(a)(3)(v) would allow individuals with less significant disabilities to be served before individuals with significant or the most significant disabilities. A few commenters also questioned whether this new provision applies only to
Conversely, a few commenters suggested that the DSU should not be required to use this authority at all. One commenter suggested that a DSU should not be required to state its intent to use the authority in the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan. One commenter requested clarification of the term “immediate need,” which the Department used in explaining the proposed provision in the preamble of the NPRM.
Final § 361.36(a)(3)(v), which implements section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Act, applies to those specific services or equipment that an individual needs to maintain current employment. The regulation does not apply to other services an individual may need for other purposes. In other words, if an individual is receiving services and equipment from a DSU under this exemption, the individual is within the order of selection for the purpose of receiving any other vocational rehabilitation services not covered by the exemption. This means that if the individual needs services that are not directly tied to maintaining current employment, the individual's ability to receive those services from the VR program depends on the individual's placement in the State's order of selection.
As to whether and how the DSU may exercise its authority under final § 361.36(a)(3)(v), that section applies to all eligible individuals, not just those with the most significant disabilities. It is possible that individuals with less significant disabilities would receive vocational rehabilitation services before individuals with significant or the most significant disabilities. The Act, as amended by WIOA, gives the DSU the option to provide services and equipment to individuals at immediate risk of losing employment outside the established order, and the DSU should consider doing so if financial and staff resources are sufficient. If the DSU elects to do so—again, the exercise of the authority is not mandatory—section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Act requires that it indicate this in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan.
The term “immediate need” in the
However, neither section 101(a)(5)(E) nor 101(a)(20) requires the DSU to follow up with the programs to which the individuals are referred, and we have no authority to do so either. While we agree this is a best practice, we also recognize the administrative burden the requirement would impose on the DSU.
However, under section 105(c)(1)(A) of the Act and final § 361.17(h)(1)(i), the SRC is tasked with reviewing, analyzing, and advising the DSU about the order of selection and the discretion to exercise the authority set forth in section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Act and final § 361.36(a)(3)(v). In addition, the SRC has the opportunity to review and comment on the DSU's intent to use the authority under § 361.36(a)(3)(v) when the SRC reviews the DSU's order of selection policies under final § 361.36(f) and when the SRC advises and assists the DSU in the preparation of the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under final § 361.17(h)(3).
If referral options are not available in a geographic location or if a referral will not result in the individual with a disability receiving services, we encourage DSUs to continue to build partnerships with a broader set of appropriate Federal and State programs, including other components of the statewide workforce development system, to ensure effective referral options are available in the State. DSUs should not make referrals to other programs unless there is an expectation that the individual with a disability will benefit from the referral.
We received numerous comments on proposed reporting requirements under § 361.40, including the collection and reporting of data on students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services, evaluation standards and performance indicators under section 106 of the Act, common performance accountability measures under section 116 of WIOA, and the timeframe for implementation of reporting requirements. We also received comments on burden estimates that were included in the
A few commenters requested guidance about the specific data elements that will be required for students who are receiving pre-employment transition services and are applicants, or potentially eligible, for vocational rehabilitation services. Another commenter asked what additional data will be needed for purposes of performance accountability reporting pursuant to section 116 of WIOA once the student becomes a participant under the VR program.
Finally, one commenter requested clarification and guidance about the interplay between the data required to be reported under § 361.40(a), collected through the Case Service Report (RSA-911), and the content of the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan regarding the number of students who are receiving pre-employment transition services.
Students with disabilities who are not yet served under an individualized plan for employment and who receive pre-employment transition services are not considered “participants” as that term is defined under the joint final regulations for performance accountability purposes published elsewhere in this issue of the
We have identified and defined the specific data elements needed for all students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services in the RSA-911 instructions. We believe this will reduce collection and reporting burden to the maximum extent possible, and prevent a requirement for collecting specific information that would otherwise result in an application for services for students with disabilities who have not intended to apply for these services.
In addition to the tracking necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirement to reserve at least 15 percent of the State's VR allotment for providing pre-employment transition services, under section 110(d) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.65(a)(3), section 101(a)(10) of the Act requires DSUs to have a mechanism to report the number of students with disabilities receiving these services. We recognize the burden this will place on DSUs and we have included a specific, but limited, set of data elements in the RSA-911 to enable DSUs to report the number of students with disabilities receiving these services, including both those who have been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services and those who have not applied for vocational rehabilitation services. For further information regarding the specific data elements DSUs are required to report regarding students receiving pre-employment transition services, see the RSA-911 data collection instrument published elsewhere in this issue of the
Section 106 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not provide additional VR program-specific performance accountability measures. However, consistent with section 116(b)(1)(A)(ii) of title I of WIOA, section 106(a)(2) permits States, but not the Department, to establish and provide information on additional performance accountability indicators. States must identify any additional performance indicators in the Unified or Combined State Plan. Under this section, States could opt to include additional performance indicators, including any or all of the additional performance measures recommended by commenters or the evaluation standards and performance indicators set forth in prior §§ 361.80 through 361.89.
In addition, section 101(a)(10)(A) of the Act requires that, in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, the State assures that it will submit certain reports in the form and level of detail and at the time required by the Secretary. Regarding applicants for, and eligible individuals receiving, services, these reports must provide the wide variety of data specified in section 101(a)(10)(C), as well as data related to the evaluation standards and indicators in section 106 of the Act, which are the performance accountability indicators in section 116(b) of title I of WIOA. Therefore, there is no statutory authority to limit the data reported by DSUs through the RSA-911 to those data needed for the performance accountability indicators applicable to the core programs under WIOA, as recommended.
In response to the comments regarding the burden associated with the reporting of data under final § 361.40 and as a result of further Departmental review, we have adjusted the burden estimates as described in the
Some commenters expressed concern that the term “advance in employment” was too vague and that it would be difficult to know when an individual has achieved his or her goal since one can always advance in employment to some degree. These commenters also expressed concerns that serving more individuals who want to advance in employment could force a DSU to implement an order of selection. Some commenters suggested that the regulations should clarify that advancement in employment should be explicitly linked to the individual's impairment, rather than broader developmental needs.
A few commenters inquired whether the proposed changes in § 361.1, which establishes the purpose of the VR program, affect the determination of eligibility under § 361.42. These commenters expressed concern that the deletion of the term “gainful employment” in proposed § 361.1 could be misconstrued as disallowing entry level employment as a vocational goal. A few commenters asked whether the new emphasis on self-sufficiency and competitive integrated employment means that those who apply for vocational rehabilitation services intending only to work part-time will be a lower priority for the purpose of determining eligibility.
Section 102(a)(1)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, allows for an individual with a disability, whose physical or mental impairment constitutes a substantial impediment to employment, to be determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services if he or she requires services to prepare for, secure, retain, advance in, or regain employment. By adding the phrase “advance in,” section 102(a)(1)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, reinforces the Department's long-standing commitment that the VR program must provide comprehensive services to assist individuals with disabilities to achieve their maximum vocational potential. The VR program is not intended solely to place individuals with disabilities in entry-level jobs but rather to assist them to obtain appropriate employment, given their unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, and informed choice. The VR program's purpose is the same regardless of whether an individual wants to advance in employment or obtain employment. We disagree with the commenter that the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to assist an individual to advance in employment should be limited to disability needs rather than other needs or desires. The extent to which DSUs should assist eligible individuals to advance in their careers by providing vocational rehabilitation services depends upon whether the individual has achieved employment that is consistent with this standard. The DSU's assistance could include, as appropriate for the individual, graduate-level postsecondary education, if necessary to achieve the advancement in employment specified in the vocational goal on the individual's approved individualized plan for employment. All other eligibility criteria still apply to applicants seeking to advance in employment.
Consistent with long-standing Department policy, we interpret the phrase “advance in employment,” as used in section 102(a)(1)(B) of the Act and final § 361.42(a)(1)(iii), broadly to include advancement within an individual's current employment or advancement into new employment. In this way, the VR program ensures that individuals with disabilities obtain the services necessary so they can pursue and engage in high-demand jobs available in today's economy.
The addition of the phrase “advance in” in § 361.42(a)(1)(iii), both proposed and final, underscores long-standing policy. Because DSUs have been assisting individuals to advance in employment prior to this statutory and regulatory revision, we do not anticipate that the change will result in a DSU implementing an order of selection due to an increased number of individuals seeking to advance in employment. As stated, although the phrase “advance in” employment is new in both the statute and these final regulations, its inclusion merely mirrors long-standing Departmental policy as set forth in RSA-PD-97-04, dated August 19, 1997.
As discussed in more detail in the
Other commenters expressed concern that proposed § 361.42(c)(2), which precludes the consideration of an applicant's employment history, current employment status, level of education, or educational credentials when determining eligibility for services, contradicts the definition of “assessment” in § 361.5(c)(5)(ii)(E), which states that the vocational rehabilitation counselor must rely on information obtained from the eligible individual's experience in integrated
Some of these commenters requested that we remove the requirement that a DSU must not consider an applicant's employment history, current employment status, level of education, or educational credentials when determining eligibility for services. A commenter requested that criminal records be added to the list of prohibited factors when determining eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services, except when the criminal background is related to the employment outcome.
Although final § 361.42(c)(2) does not specifically prohibit a DSU from considering an applicant's criminal background when determining an individual's eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services, the Act and these final regulations require that a DSU base the determination of eligibility only on those factors identified in section 102(a)(1) of the Act and final § 361.42(a)(1). However, the DSU may develop policy and issue guidance to its vocational rehabilitation counselors about managing an individual's criminal background when developing the individualized plan for employment to ensure that the vocational goal is appropriate and that any necessary vocational rehabilitation services to address this background are provided in a manner that is consistent with limitations that might be imposed by Federal, State, and local law and regulations due to that criminal history. For further information regarding Federal law and guidance in this area, see:
Nonetheless in response to the requests for clarification, as stated in Technical Assistance Circular 12-04, titled “Provision of Vocational Rehabilitation Services to An Individual by More Than One Agency” and dated June 11, 2012, we clarify here in this Discussion that an individual may receive vocational rehabilitation services from more than one DSU simultaneously, including those in different States, when appropriate, and in accordance with the implementation of an order of selection, as applicable, in each State. In this way, the individual can receive the services that best support his or her vocational needs and the achievement of an employment outcome.
We appreciate the recommendations made by commenters for a mechanism to ensure compliance. Section 106(a)(1) of the Act requires States to comply with the common performance accountability system requirements imposed on all core programs of the workforce development system, including the VR program, established by section 116 of title I of WIOA. Section 116(b)(1)(A) requires a State to comply with the six primary performance indicators set forth in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i), as well as any other additional performance indicators developed by the State. While there is no statutory authority for the Department to impose a performance accountability measure, such as that recommended by commenters, there is nothing to preclude a State from developing such a measure for itself. We will continue to assess the compliance
Some commenters asked whether the term “clear and convincing evidence” was removed from proposed § 361.42(e)(2)(iii) by mistake and recommended retaining this standard. The proposed language required that “sufficient evidence” be obtained through trial work experiences to determine if an individual cannot benefit from vocational rehabilitation services to achieve a vocational goal. These commenters believed sufficient evidence is not a strong enough standard and that individuals with significant disabilities may be inappropriately determined ineligible as a result.
One commenter recommended that we revise § 361.42(e)(2)(i) to require that all trial work experiences take place in integrated settings by deleting the phrase “to the maximum extent possible.” One commenter requested that we add examples of supports for individuals with serious mental illness to § 361.42(e)(2)(iv), such as individual placement and supported employment services.
We appreciate the comment recommending that all trial work experiences be conducted in competitive integrated employment settings. While we agree that these experiences should be provided in competitive integrated employment settings, to the maximum extent possible, as stated in both proposed and final § 361.42(e)(2)(i), there is no statutory authority to do as the commenter recommends. Section 102(a)(2)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires a DSU to explore an individual with a disability's ability to work through trial work experiences prior to determining that the individual is not eligible for the VR program due to the severity of his or her disability. The trial work experiences must be of “sufficient variety” and must provide the individual with the opportunity to “try different employment experiences” and “become employed in competitive integrated employment.” There is no mandate in section 102(a)(2) that all trial work experiences be in competitive integrated employment. In fact, the use of the phrases “sufficient variety” and “different employment opportunities” suggest the congressional understanding that some trial work experiences may need to be provided in a setting other than competitive integrated employment. However, given the Act's heightened emphasis on the achievement of employment outcomes in competitive integrated employment, as well as the fact that section 102(a)(2)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, specifically mandates that trial work experiences provide individuals with the opportunity to become employed in competitive integrated employment, we believe that final § 361.42(e)(2)(i) is consistent with the statute. Proposed and final § 361.42(e)(2)(i), are both consistent with prior § 361.42(e)(2)(i), with only minor wording changes to conform to terms used in the Act, as amended by WIOA. The Department also believes that trial work experiences in integrated settings, rather than simulated or mock experiences in sheltered environments, provide the DSU with the best and most comprehensive evidence of an individual's capacity to achieve competitive integrated employment. Therefore, consistent with the intent of the Act to provide individuals with disabilities the opportunity to achieve competitive integrated employment, we strongly recommend that DSUs exhaust all opportunities to provide trial work experiences through actual work experiences in integrated community environments to obtain the evidence necessary for making the determination of an individual's eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services.
We do not expect that individuals with significant disabilities will be determined ineligible in greater numbers as a result of this change. Rather, we expect that more individuals, including those with the most significant disabilities, and those who may require supported employment services, will achieve competitive integrated employment outcomes.
We appreciate the comments regarding the inadvertent deletion of prior regulatory provisions regarding clear and convincing evidence from proposed § 361.42(e)(2)(iii) and appreciate the strong support that this provision be retained in these final regulations. We agree with commenters that “sufficient evidence” is insufficient for a determination of ineligibility and that some individuals with significant disabilities may be inappropriately determined ineligible as a result. The deletion of the provision related to clear and convincing evidence was indeed an error and we have revised final § 361.42(e)(2)(iii) to read exactly as it had in prior regulations, thus resulting
We believe retaining prior regulatory text in these final regulations is consistent with the statutory requirements of section 102 of the Act, as amended by WIOA. Specifically, section 102(a) of the Act, read in its entirety, establishes the information that is sufficient to make a determination of eligibility for an individual with a disability for purposes of the VR program. There is no, and never has been, a statutory requirement that clear and convincing evidence be used to make an eligibility determination. This long-standing statutory interpretation is consistent with use of the phrase “sufficient evidence” in § 361.42(e)(2)(iii)(A), both prior and final, with respect to eligibility determinations. However, when making a determination of ineligibility due to the severity of an individual's disability, section 102(a)(5)(C)(i) of the Act, which remained unchanged by WIOA, requires the DSU to inform the individual in writing of the reason for the ineligibility determination, including the clear and convincing evidence that formed the basis for that determination. This long-standing statutory requirement is consistent with use of the phrase “clear and convincing evidence” in § 361.42(e)(2)(iii)(B), both prior and final, with respect to determinations of ineligibility. Therefore, given the error noted by commenters, the Department has retained prior § 361.42(e)(2)(iii) in these final regulations.
In addition, prior to WIOA, section 102(a)(2)(B) of the Act required that trial work experiences be of sufficient variety and provided over a sufficient period of time to enable the DSU to determine the eligibility of the individual, or to obtain clear and convincing evidence of the individual's inability to achieve an employment outcome due to the severity of his or her disability.
Section 102(a)(2)(A) and section 102(a)(2)(B) now state only that the trial work experiences must be of sufficient variety and over a sufficient period of time to determine the eligibility of the individual. Section 102 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, no longer makes reference to the need for clear and convincing evidence for the purpose of determining an individual's ineligibility for vocational rehabilitation services. Consistent with these amendments, we proposed to revise §§ 361.42(e)(1) and 361.42(e)(2)(iii) to require that trial work experiences be of sufficient variety and over a sufficient period of time for the DSU to obtain sufficient evidence that the individual cannot benefit from participation in the VR program.
In proposing this change, we believe that the Act, as amended by WIOA, did not intend, to weaken the evidentiary standard required for this determination. It remains our long-standing policy that individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities, must be afforded every opportunity to obtain the vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve high quality employment and that a DSU should only deny an individual this opportunity in limited circumstances, and based on the highest level of proof.
Therefore, we have revised final § 361.42(e)(2)(iii) to clarify that the trial work experiences must yield clear and convincing evidence before a DSU may determine an individual is incapable of benefiting from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services, and, thus, is ineligible for the program.
We agree with the commenter that individuals with serious mental illness should be afforded the necessary supports, such as—but not limited to—individual placement or supported employment services, to ensure trial work experiences are beneficial. The same is true for any individual with significant disabilities participating in trial work experiences. Proposed § 361.42(e)(2)(iv) remained unchanged from prior regulations. While we disagree with the commenter that specific examples pertinent to mental illness should be included in final § 361.42(e)(2)(iv) because to do so could cause more confusion as to why other examples were not added. However, assistive technology services and personal assistance services are not the only support that should be provided during a trial work experience. Although we believe the provision was clear that the two examples given were just two examples of many given the use of the word “including,” we have nonetheless made a small change to § 361.42(e)(2)(iv) to add further clarity.
In addition, the change to § 361.45(e) is necessary to implement the statutory requirement in section 102(b)(3)(F) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, that specifically mandates DSUs to develop the individualized plan for employment for each individual within 90 days following the determination of eligibility, unless the DSU and the individual agree to an extension of that time frame. Therefore, we do not have the statutory authority to shorten the time frame because to do so would be inconsistent with the statute.
DSUs must comply with the requirements of section 102(b)(3)(F) of the Act and final § 361.45(e) when developing the individualized plans for employment for each eligible individual. We will assess the DSUs' compliance with the requirement during the monitoring and review we conduct under section 107 of the Act. We do not believe that it is necessary, therefore, to include a 90 percent compliance standard in this regulation to strengthen the adherence to the time frame.
Section 102(b)(3)(F) of the Act and final § 361.45(e) permit the DSU and individual to agree to a specific extension of the 90-day time limit without imposing a limitation on the length of that extension. DSUs should ensure that the extension is warranted based on the particular circumstances and needs of the individual and that the extensions are not so long as to cause unnecessary delays in providing services.
The individualized plan for employment is an evolving document and may be amended to effect changes of goal, services, providers, and time frames. If the individual disagrees with the vocational rehabilitation counselor's request to extend the time for developing the plan, the counselor should determine whether the plan, as written at that time, addresses the mandatory components of section 102(b) of the Act and final § 361.46, and whether the information in the plan is sufficient to allow the DSU and individual to proceed with the delivery of services, with the understanding that the plan may be amended. If the counselor determines that the plan does not contain sufficient information on which to base the provision of services and the individual still disagrees with the request to extend the development of the plan beyond 90 days after further vocational guidance and counseling, the counselor should refer the individual to the CAP for help in resolving the disagreement, and must, in accordance with section 102(c)(2)(B)(ii), inform the individual of the due process rights set forth in section 102(c) of the Act and final § 361.57.
All commenters supported our inclusion of benefits planning in proposed § 361.45(c)(3). A few commenters requested that we define that term. One commenter asked whether we would support the development of additional benefit planning resources and what documentation would be required to verify the individual's completion of benefits planning.
Consistent with section 102(b)(2) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, final § 361.45(c) requires DSUs to provide certain information in writing to eligible individuals when developing the individualized plan for employment. Specifically, final § 361.45(c)(2) and (3) require DSUs to provide general information on additional supports and assistance for individuals with disabilities desiring to enter the workforce, including assistance with benefits planning, to individuals receiving Supplemental Security Income or Social Security Disability Insurance benefits. We recommend that DSUs retain a copy of this written information and guidance in the individual's service record, as they would be documents pertinent to the development of the individualized plan for employment.
In addition, we understand that benefits planning may take many different forms over a course of time. Furthermore, benefits planning and the individuals certified to provide these types of support services are determined by the SSA's work incentive program. We believe it is important that States retain sufficient flexibility to work with providers appropriately certified or defined by SSA. Therefore, we disagree with the recommendation to define “benefits planning” in these final VR program regulations.
Furthermore, although DSUs must provide information about benefits planning and available resources, they are not required to document the completion of these services. However, if benefits planning is included and the services in the individualized plan for employment, it should be documented upon completion.
A few commenters recommended adding to or clarifying the requirement in proposed § 361.46(a)(7)(iii) that the individualized plan for employment contain a description of how the responsibilities for service delivery will be divided between the employment network and the DSU under section 102(b)(4)(H) of the Act.
We received comments about eliminating uncompensated employment outcomes through the individualized plan for employment, and we address them in the discussion on the definition of “employment outcome” in final § 361.5(c)(15) under the Applicable Definitions section elsewhere in this
By contrast, a few commenters expressed concern about the potential cost burden upon VR agencies that would result from individuals pursuing advanced training under proposed § 361.48(b)(6). These commenters suggested that comparable benefits are typically limited for graduate students; as a result, DSUs would need to cover all or a substantial portion of the cost of advanced degrees.
Additionally, one commenter requested that we clarify in § 361.48(b) that vocational rehabilitation services are not intended to assist individuals to obtain employment in only entry-level careers.
While section 103(a)(18) of the Act specifically mentions advanced education in certain fields, that does not exclude advanced training in other fields under section 103(a)(5) of the Act. In reviewing proposed § 361.48(b)(6), the Department recognizes that it could be interpreted as allowing advanced training in only certain fields. This was not our intent, and that restriction would not be consistent with section 103(a) of the Act or long-standing Department policy. Therefore, we have revised final § 361.48(b)(6) to clarify that DSUs may provide advanced training in any field, not just the specific fields listed in section 103(a)(18) of the Act.
We do not believe that a definition of “advanced training” is necessary. Neither section 7, nor section 103(a), of the Act, as amended by WIOA, defines “advanced training.” We understand that “advanced training” may have multiple meanings, such as degrees conferred by institutions of higher education and advanced certifications in certain fields, all of which may be permissible under the VR program. Therefore, we will not define this term in final § 361.48(b)(6) or elsewhere in final part 361 to avoid limiting the meaning of “advanced training.”
As stated earlier, final § 361.48(b)(6) continues the long-standing availability of financial support for advanced training through the VR program. Therefore, though comparable benefits for graduate-level education may be limited, we anticipate that DSUs will experience little, if any, increase in the costs of providing this existing service.
The Secretary agrees that providing vocational rehabilitation services is not limited only to helping an individual with a disability obtain entry-level employment. Under section 102(a)(1) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.48(b), DSUs are to provide vocational rehabilitation services to help eligible individuals advance in employment, consistent with each individual's approved individualized plan for employment and his or her unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.
Finally, one commenter requested that we clarify the difference between job retention services and follow-along services in § 361.48(b)(12).
Finally, job-retention services and follow-along services are both types of job-related services. Job-retention services may include any vocational rehabilitation service (
After further review, we recognize that limiting these generalized assistive technology services to applicants and eligible individuals of the VR program, as we did in proposed § 361.49(a)(8), may have created an unintended barrier for these individuals in accessing generalized assistive technology services. Our intention of limiting this service to applicants and eligible individuals of the VR program in proposed § 361.49(a)(8) was to be consistent with the establishment authority in section 103(b)(2) of the Act
However, we acknowledge that the nature of the services provided under the new establishment authority of section 103(b)(8) of the Act and proposed § 361.49(a)(8) is quite different. We also acknowledge that neither section 103(b) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, nor proposed § 361.49 mandates the DSU to provide any one of these services, including the assistive technology related services in section 103(b)(8) of the Act and proposed § 361.49(a)(8). Furthermore, consistent with section 103(b) of the Act, under final § 361.49(a), some of the services to groups are available to individuals who may not have applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services.
We acknowledge that some individuals with disabilities may require generalized assistive technology services before they are able to apply for vocational rehabilitation services, or that, through the receipt of generalized assistive technology services, individuals with disabilities may realize their potential to achieve competitive integrated employment and subsequently apply for vocational rehabilitation services. Therefore, the final regulations do not limit assistive technology services to applicants and eligible individuals of the VR program.
Finally, the assistive technology services provided under this authority are more generalized in nature and for the benefit of a group of individuals; they are not tied to the individualized plan for employment of any one individual. Individualized assistive technology services and devices may only be provided, under section 103(a)(14) of the Act and final § 361.48(b)(17) and in accordance with an agreed upon individualized plan for employment.
Final § 361.49(a)(9), which mirrors section 103(b)(9) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, is not intended, and must not be used, to replace the authority of the DSU to provide advanced training to eligible individuals on their individualized plans for employment under section 103(a)(5) and (18) of the Act and final § 361.48(b).
A few commenters noted a technical error in proposed § 361.53(b), which cross-referenced the vocational rehabilitation services exempt from a determination of the availability of comparable services and benefits in proposed § 361.48(a) instead of proposed § 361.48(b), the correct citation. These commenters also recommended revising the regulation to specify that a comparable service review is not required prior to providing an accommodation or auxiliary aid or service if it is necessary for an individual to receive one of the exempt services listed in proposed § 361.48(b).
We agree that there was an error in the cross-reference to proposed § 361.48(a), as noted by several commenters. We have made the correction.
One commenter suggested that personally-prescribed devices, such as eyeglasses, hearing aids, and wheelchairs, be added as an exempt service under proposed § 361.53(b). The commenter based this recommendation on a statement in the preamble of the NPRM about identifying agency financial responsibilities in interagency agreements under proposed § 361.53(d) that personally prescribed devices are not included in accommodations or auxiliary aids and services for the purposes of these regulations.
A few commenters objected to one example in the NPRM describing agency financial responsibilities in interagency agreements with public institutions of higher education. Specifically, the commenters thought the example of a DSU providing interpreters or readers both in and out of a classroom in a State where tuition is free for deaf or blind students could be misinterpreted as guidance or direction from the Department about how to assign financial responsibilities rather than as an example of negotiating financial responsibilities.
Although some commenters suggested that accommodations and auxiliary aids and services should be the responsibility of the agency providing the service requiring the accommodations, section 101(a)(8)(B) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, mandates that State-level interagency agreements identify who is financially responsible for providing vocational rehabilitation services, including accommodations or auxiliary aids and services.
There is no statutory authority for the Department to define these financial responsibilities at the national level. While the statute and these final regulations establish some parameters, both permit States to develop interagency agreements appropriate to their unique needs, thereby ensuring maximum flexibility. For example, States may choose to explicitly identify the financial responsibilities of each party to the interagency agreement as suggested by the commenter.
Additionally, there is no statutory authority for the Department to impose a deadline of six months from the publication of the final regulations to complete interagency agreements. Moreover, we do not believe such a deadline is necessary because the requirement to enter into interagency agreements, set forth in section 101(a)(8)(B) of the Act and final § 361.53, existed prior to the enactment of WIOA. The requirement to enter into an interagency agreement is long-standing, with the only change being the explicit inclusion of accommodations or auxiliary aids and services. However, as noted in the preamble to the NPRM, we believe that these services were always included in the search for comparable services and benefits, as is any vocational rehabilitation service that is not explicitly exempt. For this reason, the changes made to the interagency agreements pursuant to the amendments made by WIOA are technical—not substantive—in nature, and additional time to implement the requirement is not necessary.
Finally, in response to comments expressing concern about one of the examples provided in the preamble to the NPRM, that example is one of several in a non-exhaustive list. Determination of agency financial responsibilities in interagency agreements is a State matter and should be developed appropriately to meet each State's unique circumstances. We provided the examples only to demonstrate how some States have resolved financial responsibilities in interagency agreements. However, these examples do not necessarily represent best practices or the complete universe of how such issues may be resolved.
In response to the comments seeking clarification of the effective date of the requirements in final § 361.55, most provisions of the Act, as amended by WIOA (with only a few exceptions not applicable here), took effect on July 22, 2014, the date WIOA was signed into law. This includes section 101(a)(14), which requires the semi-annual review and reevaluation for the first two years following the beginning of employment, and annually thereafter, for individuals with a disability who have received services under the VR program and who are employed in an extended employment setting in a community
Final § 361.47(b) requires the DSU, in consultation with the SRC, if the State has a Council, to determine the type of documentation that the DSU will maintain in order to meet service record requirements, including those in final § 361.55(b)(2). We encourage the DSU to document the interests, priorities, and needs discussed in final § 361.55(b)(1) and the maximum efforts made under final § 361.55(b)(3) to assist the individual in achieving competitive, integrated employment.
This section presents the analysis of comments we received on proposed regulations regarding the provision of transition and other vocational rehabilitation services to students and youth with disabilities to ensure that they have meaningful opportunities to move from school to post-school activities, including competitive integrated employment. The analysis is presented by topical headings relevant to sections of the regulations in the order they appear in part 361 as listed. We discussed some of these regulatory sections, such as §§ 361.24, 361.46, 361.48(b), and 361.49, under section A as they also pertain to the general administration of the VR program and the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities of any age.
We also disagree with the recommendation to include pre-
We also do not believe it is necessary to define the term “potentially eligible,” either within the definition of “pre-employment transition services” or separately in final § 361.5(c). Because this term is unique to implementing pre-employment transition services and is not applicable to any other vocational rehabilitation service, we interpret the phrase “potentially eligible” in § 361.48(a)(1) as meaning all students with disabilities, regardless of whether they have applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services. In so doing, the term is applicable only when implementing the requirements governing pre-employment transition services in final § 361.48(a).
We agree with the comment that, by not defining the required activities, we maintain flexibility for States and enable the use of creative and innovative strategies that are State specific and tailored to meet the needs of students with disabilities. We also considered the comment about defining career counseling. DSUs must provide career counseling, or job exploration counseling as the term is used in section 113 of the Act, in a manner that most effectively meets the needs of the student with a disability in an individual or group setting, as they would any other vocational rehabilitation service. By providing job exploration counseling in group settings, DSUs can prepare students with disabilities for one-on-one counseling.
Some commenters disagreed with the regulatory definition because it did not mirror the statutory definition. Specifically, they believed the addition of the phrase “a student who is” to the phrase “an individual with a disability for the purposes of section 504” in proposed § 361.5(c)(51)(i)(C)(
A few commenters recommended that the Department adjust the age range of a “student with a disability,” while other commenters recommended that the definition require a consistent age range across the Nation.
The definitions of “student with a disability” in section 7(37) of the Act and final § 361.5(c)(51) allow for a certain degree of flexibility in the age range of students with disabilities. States may elect to use a lower minimum age for receipt of pre-employment transition services than the earliest age for the provision of transition services under section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII) of the IDEA. The section applies beginning with the first individualized education program (IEP) to be in effect when a child with a disability turns 16, or younger if determined appropriate by the IEP Team, and updated annually thereafter. Pursuant to 34 CFR 300.320(b) of the the IDEA regulations, transition services may be provided for students with disabilities younger than age 16, if determined appropriate by the IEP Team. Furthermore, a “student with a disability” may not be older than 21, unless a State law provides for a higher maximum age for the receipt of special education and related services under the IDEA. Therefore, there is no statutory authority to revise the definition of a “student with a disability,” for purposes of the VR program, by adjusting the specified age range or creating a standard age range to be applied across the Nation because to do so would be inconsistent with the age criteria contained in the statutory definition.
Some commenters expressed concern about the impact of the Department's interpretation of the definition of “student with a disability” on the use of funds reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services. These commenters believed the definition of a “student with a disability” should be broader in order for States to maximize use of the funds reserved for pre-employment transition services.
Nonetheless, we agree that section 7(37) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, is silent on the educational setting for a student with a disability. After much consideration of the potential effects for such change in interpretation, the Secretary agrees that the definition of a “student with a disability” in final § 361.5(c)(51), for purposes of the VR program, should be interpreted as applying to students also enrolled in educational programs outside secondary school, including postsecondary education programs, so long as the students satisfy the age requirements set forth in final § 361.5(c)(51). We believe this change will eliminate the concern expressed by commenters regarding the potential negative effect a different interpretation would have on a DSU providing and maximizing postsecondary education opportunities to eligible individuals with disabilities needing such services under an approved individualized plan for employment. Furthermore, as was set forth in the NPRM, the Secretary believes that the definition applies to secondary students who are homeschooled, as well as students in other non-traditional secondary educational programs. This interpretation is not affected by this discussion, and these individuals remain covered by the definition of a “student with a disability” in final § 361.5(c)(51).
We also agree with commenters that postsecondary education students may benefit from certain pre-employment transition services set forth in section 113 of the Act, as amended, and final § 361.48(a), all of which are limited to “students with disabilities.” We believe this broader interpretation of the definition will increase the potential for DSUs to maximize the use of funds reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services by increasing the number of students who can receive these services. Therefore, we have revised the definition of “student with a disability” in final § 361.5(c)(51) to include students in secondary, postsecondary, and other recognized education programs.
However, this broader interpretation does not expand the list of required or authorized activities in section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.48(a). A DSU can use the reserved funds to provide pre-employment transition services, as set forth in final § 361.48(a), to students with disabilities in postsecondary education or other educational programs who meet the age requirements of the definition. For example, a DSU may provide work-based learning activities such as internships to an individual with a disability in a postsecondary education program who otherwise satisfies the definition of a “student with a disability,” but may not use the reserved funds (dedicated to the provision of pre-employment transition services under final § 361.48(a)) to provide services and activities not specifically included in section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a). In other words, a DSU may not use the funds reserved for pre-employment transition services to pay for tuition and other costs of attending postsecondary education, since this is not among those activities that are required or authorized under section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a). These and other necessary services, however, may be provided with VR funds not reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services so long as they are provided pursuant to an approved individualized plan for employment under section 103(a) of the Act and final § 361.48(b) of these final regulations.
Section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires DSUs to coordinate pre-employment transition services with local educational agencies. This applies to students with disabilities in educational programs administered by local educational agencies. DSUs should coordinate the pre-employment transition services provided to students who are not participating in programs administered by local educational agencies with the public entities administering those educational programs, as described in section 101(a)(11)(C) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.24.
Upon further Departmental review of this issue, the Secretary has determined that other conforming changes are needed throughout final part 361 to ensure these students, who may not have applied or been determined eligible for the VR program, would still be protected by fundamental rights under the VR program, namely the protection of their personal information under final § 361.38 and the right to exercise informed choice under final § 361.52. We have revised these provisions to refer to “recipients of services” rather than “eligible individuals.”
Pre-employment transition services, authorized by section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and implemented by final § 361.48(a), are designed to help students with disabilities to begin to identify career interests that will be further explored through additional vocational rehabilitation services, such as transition services. Furthermore, pre-employment transition services are only those services and activities listed in section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.48(a). Job placement assistance is not included among the listed pre-employment transition services, but it could constitute a transition service under section 103(a)(15) of the Act and final § 361.48(b). Finally, pre-employment transition services are available only to students with disabilities, whereas transition services may be provided to a broader population—both students and youth with disabilities.
Following the continuum, transition services represent the next set of vocational rehabilitation services available to students and youth with disabilities. They are outcome-oriented and promote movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational training, and competitive integrated employment. As such, transition services may include job-related services, such as job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services, based on the needs of the individual.
Individualized transition services under section 103(a)(15) of the Act and final § 361.48(b) must be provided to students who have been determined eligible for the VR program and in accordance with an approved individualized plan for employment. Transition services also may be provided in group settings to students and youth with disabilities under section 103(b)(7) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.49(a)(7). Although these group services are not individualized, they can still be beneficial for job exploration, including presentations from employers in the community and group mentoring activities.
The age range in the definition of “youth with a disability” in final § 361.5(c)(58) is broader than that for “student with a disability” in final § 361.5(c)(51). Therefore, a student with a disability always meets the definition of a “youth with a disability” because a student with a disability has an age range that fits within the age range prescribed by the definition of a “youth with a disability.”
However, a youth with a disability may not necessarily meet the definition of a “student with a disability.” A youth with a disability could also be a student with a disability if the individual meets the age range in the definition of “student with a disability” and participates in an educational program (see the earlier discussion of educational programming under
A few commenters recommended that we consider including in proposed § 361.22 a reference to technical assistance circular 14-03 (RSA-TAC-14-03), which discusses transition-related principles.
We disagree with the request to add a reference in final § 361.22(b) to technical assistance circular 14-03 because the content of technical assistance circular 14-03 has been significantly affected by the amendments to the Act made by WIOA. As a result, we will be revising this particular technical assistance circular accordingly.
Many commenters stated that additional guidance is needed to determine which entity, the school or the DSU, is financially responsible for providing transition services to students with disabilities. Many requested that we revise proposed § 361.22 to explicitly identify the financial roles and responsibilities of each entity, stating that the interagency agreement cannot be effective if it is broad, general or abstract. Other commenters recommended that the formal interagency agreement provide clear direction about agencies' responsibilities for services under particular circumstances, stating that specificity is essential to coordinating shared responsibilities and funding.
A few commenters expressed concern that major problems and delays in implementing transition planning services occur because neither WIOA nor the IDEA state explicitly which entity is responsible for providing transition services. These commenters stated that the financial responsibilities must be made clear so that neither the local educational agency nor the DSU may shift the burden for providing a
A few commenters also noted that while many of these decisions can be resolved at the State and local level, there are still instances where it is difficult to determine the responsible entity, such as in the determination of which entity is responsible for job placement assistance and related work supports. Conversely, one commenter, representing school officials, stated that decisions about providing and assuming financial responsibility for transition services must be made at the State and local level through interagency collaboration and coordination, cannot be wholly dictated by regulation, and must be made based on the circumstances of the situation and the eligibility of the student.
One commenter expressed the concern that the budget for the VR program is not as significant as the budget for special education, and vocational rehabilitation funds may be quickly exhausted if the VR program were to provide pre-employment transition services to every student with a disability. Another commenter noted that the schools and DSUs need to collaborate with other entities that have shared responsibilities and funding. Similarly, one commenter stated that the IDEA, WIOA, and the Americans with Disabilities Act seem to be in a competitive relationship, since the entities covered by these statutes are responsible for providing and funding some of the same services.
Section 113(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires the DSU to provide, or arrange for the provision of, pre-employment transition services in collaboration with local educational agencies. Therefore, decisions as to which entity will be responsible for providing services that are both special education services and vocational rehabilitation services must be made at the State and, as appropriate, local level as part of the collaboration between the DSU, State educational agencies, and, as appropriate, the local educational agencies.
We agree that the formal interagency agreement should facilitate the transition of students with disabilities receiving special education services to receiving vocational rehabilitation services without delay or disruption. Since the decisions about financial responsibility for providing pre-employment transition services and transition services must be made at the State and local level during collaboration and coordination of services, a formal interagency agreement or other mechanism for interagency coordination can explicitly address all aspects of these issues. As suggested in the NPRM, the agreement criteria could address criteria such as:
1. The purpose of the service. Is it related more to an employment outcome or education? That is, is the service usually considered a special education or related service, such as transition planning necessary for the provision of a free appropriate public education?
2. Customary Services. Is the service one that the school customarily provides under part B of the IDEA? For example, if the school ordinarily provides job exploration counseling or work experiences to its eligible students with disabilities, the mere fact that those services are now authorized under the Act as pre-employment transition services does not mean the school should cease providing them and refer those students to the VR program. However, if summer work experiences are not customarily provided by a local educational agency, the DSU and local educational agency may collaborate to coordinate and provide summer work-based learning experiences.
3. Eligibility. Is the student with a disability eligible for transition services under the IDEA? The definition of a “student with a disability” under the Act and these final regulations is broader than under the IDEA because the definition in the Act includes those students who are individuals with disabilities under section 504 of the Act. It is possible that students receiving services under section 504 do not have individualized education programs under the IDEA because they are not eligible to receive special education and related services under the IDEA. As a result, DSUs are authorized to provide transition services under the VR program to a broader population under WIOA than local educational agencies are authorized to provide under the IDEA.
The Secretary believes that these criteria may assist DSUs, State educational agencies, and local educational agencies as they collaborate and coordinate the provision of transition services, including pre-employment transition services, to students with disabilities. We strongly encourage that formal interagency agreements have clearly defined parameters for collaborating and coordinating the delivery of pre-employment transition services and transition services and clearly defined responsibilities for each entity. However, there is no statutory basis for the Department to establish service delivery or financial responsibilities. Those decisions must be made at the State level while developing an interagency agreement and considering the population, available resources, and needs of the students and youth. Consequently, States have maximum flexibility to develop these interagency agreements in a manner that best meets the unique needs and capacities of both the DSUs and educational agencies.
Under section 615(m) of the IDEA and 34 CFR 300.520, a State may transfer all rights accorded to parents under Part B of the IDEA to the student when he or she reaches the age of majority under State law that applies to all children. If rights under the IDEA transfer to the student, a student may have the right to make his or her own education, employment, and independent living decisions under the IDEA. DSUs may conduct outreach directly to these students. Parental consent to participate in pre-employment transition services and transition services should be obtained pursuant to State law, as well as policies of the educational programs and the DSU. We further emphasize here that the Department funds programs and projects that advise and assist parents and representatives of students and youth with disabilities as their children prepare for adult life. The Department awarded grants to more than 65 Parent Training and Information Centers funded by the Office of Special Education Programs and seven Parent Information and Training Programs funded by RSA during FY 2015. Individuals will find additional resources regarding age of majority at
Section 20 of the Act requires all programs providing services under the Act, including the VR program, to inform applicants and recipients of services of the availability and purpose of the CAP. Therefore, regardless of whether the formal interagency agreement between the DSU and the State educational agency addresses the CAP, all students and youth with disabilities receiving vocational rehabilitation services, including pre-employment transition services and transition services, will be informed about it. In addition, an applicant for, or eligible individual under, the VR program who is dissatisfied with a decision made by vocational rehabilitation personnel, including those about pre-employment transition services and transition services, may request a review of that decision under section 102(c) of the Act. Upon further Departmental review, the Secretary has realized that the statute has created an unintended inconsistency among sections 20, 102(c), 103(b)(7), 12(a), and 113. Specifically, section 20 requires programs funded under the Act to inform applicants for and recipients of those services about the CAP. There is no requirement that the recipients be
The student or youth with a disability, or the individual's parent, as appropriate, will be informed of the CAP. Disputes or disagreements between parents and educational personnel are beyond the scope of the Act and these final regulations.
Some commenters recommended that we require DSUs to include in their formal interagency agreements with AIVRS projects and to address in their agreements with Tribal Education Agencies in the State how the State VR agency plans to provide equitable pre-employment transition services to American Indian students with disabilities, particularly those that attend schools on Indian reservations. The commenters also recommended that we require State VR agencies to address how services to American Indian students with disabilities will be incorporated into the budgeting and spending plans for the funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services for students with disabilities.
One commenter encouraged the Department to consider using Impact Aid funds for youth in transition.
Final § 361.24, as it did when proposed, addresses the need for coordination among these entities and for providing transition services to American Indians living on or near a reservation. Section 361.24(d)(1) requires the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan to assure that DSUs have entered into formal cooperative agreements with AIVRS programs in their States. Section 361.24(d)(2) sets out requirements for cooperative agreements with AIVRS programs, and those include strategies for providing transition planning under § 361.24(d)(2)(iii). Furthermore, the Federal funds reserved in accordance with § 361.65, and any funds made available from State, local, or private funding sources, are to be used to provide pre-employment transition services to all students with disabilities, including American Indian students with disabilities, in need of such services, regardless of whether an application for services has been submitted. Finally, § 361.30 requires that the DSU assure in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan that it will provide services to American Indians with disabilities to the same extent that it provides services to other populations with disabilities in the State.
Final § 361.22 provides for a formal interagency agreement with the State Educational Agency that would include educational services, including transition services and pre-employment transition services, provided by local educational agencies for Indian students with disabilities living on reservations. DSUs coordinate with schools on reservations that provide services through the Bureau of Indian Education or TEAs under the requirement in § 361.24(a) that the DSU cooperate with Federal and local agencies and programs. Because the final regulations provide appropriate mechanisms for coordination with the Federal, State and Tribal agencies that provide educational services to Indian students with disabilities on reservations, we do not believe a change in the regulations is necessary.
As for using funds for transition services provided under the Impact Aid law (formerly Title VIII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) and now in Title VII as a result of the Every Student Succeeds Act reauthorization), the comment is beyond the scope of these regulations. That said, however, the Impact Aid provides assistance to local school districts with concentrations of children residing on Indian lands, military bases, low-rent housing properties, or other Federal properties and, to a lesser extent, concentrations of children who have parents in the uniformed services or employed on eligible Federal properties who do not live on Federal property. The majority of Impact Aid funds is general aid to the school district recipients and may be used in whatever manner the districts choose, as long as it is consistent with State and local requirements. The Department does not have the statutory authority to direct Impact Aid general aid money, including for the use suggested by the commenter.
We agree with the commenter that proposed § 361.48(a) should be revised to clarify that pre-employment transition coordination services provided under § 361.48(a)(4) may be paid with funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services, because coordination activities are essential for arranging and providing those services, as required by section 113(a) of the Act and § 361.48(a).
Of those commenters, a few suggested that the term should be interpreted as meaning students with disabilities who have at least applied for vocational rehabilitation services, with one commenter suggesting this would both allow for providing individualized services and ensure parental consent for students with disabilities to work with a vocational rehabilitation counselor. Other commenters stated that serving applicants for vocational rehabilitation services would allow the counselor not only to gather sufficient information to meet the specific needs of the student with a disability but also to track and report the provision of services and expenditure of funds. One commenter recommended revising proposed § 361.48(a)(1) to limit the “potentially eligible” population to those individuals who have both applied for and been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services.
Furthermore, some commenters provided alternate interpretations for limiting or expanding the population to students or youth based upon age-range, or enrollment in secondary, postsecondary, or dual enrollment educational programs. One commenter recommended that “potentially eligible” be defined to ensure consistent implementation across States. A few commenters expressed concerns that the regulations significantly limit the resources for students who have applied for and been determined eligible for the full scope of vocational rehabilitation services, as well as individuals with most significant disabilities. A few commenters expressed concerns that spending funds required to be reserved for providing pre-employment transition services on students who are potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services may force DSUs to implement an order of selection or close priority categories under an existing order of selection. One commenter raised concerns that DSUs may have limited fiscal and human resources required to address the needs of potentially eligible students. One commenter requested clarification as to how students would be identified.
Another commenter suggested that proposed § 361.48(a) does not conform to section 112 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, because the CAP is unable to provide assistance or advocacy services to individuals who are not vocational rehabilitation clients or client-applicants. A few commenters also expressed concerns about students being able to make informed choices, as well as obtaining parental consent for potentially eligible students who are minors and participating in pre-employment transition services, prior to submitting an application for vocational rehabilitation services.
Most notably, section 113 of the Act is the only statutory section that references “potentially eligible” students with disabilities. All other sections of title I of the Act refer to “applicants” or individuals determined eligible for services. Given the stark
The broader interpretation means all students with disabilities will be able to obtain much-needed pre-employment transition services and begin the early phase of job exploration without the potential delays, and the administrative burden on DSU personnel and resources, caused by application processing, eligibility determinations, assignment to an order of selection category, and development of an individualized plan for employment. However, there is nothing that precludes a DSU from taking an application as soon as a student expresses an interest in pre-employment transition services or other vocational rehabilitation services and making a timely determination of eligibility.
We want to emphasize that the phrase “potentially eligible” applies only in the context of pre-employment transition services. This means that students with disabilities who need individualized services beyond the scope of pre-employment transition services (
This recommendation is especially pertinent for those States that have implemented an order of selection. A student's position on the wait list for services other than pre-employment transition services, in the event the student is placed in a closed category, is based on the date of application, not the date of referral or the receipt of pre-employment transition services. To provide students with disabilities an opportunity to apply for services as early as possible in the transition process and ensure a smooth transition into the VR program, it is imperative that DSUs collaborate with educational programs to identify students who may be eligible or potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services and engage parents and representatives. The earlier a student is placed on a wait list, the sooner his or her turn will open in the State's order in the event a State is on an order of selection.
We want to make clear that neither the Act nor these final regulations exempt these students with disabilities from the State's order of selection, if one has been implemented, or VR program requirements once they apply and are determined eligible for services. While under the order of selection regulations at § 361.36, the student could continue to receive pre-employment transition services if such services have begun, a student could not begin to receive pre-employment transition services if such services had not begun prior to applying and being determined eligible. To permit such would create an exemption from the order of selection requirements and the statute does not provide such authority. However, we recognize the benefit early services can have for students. Therefore, we want to make clear that these students could receive transition services offered to groups of students and youth with disabilities under § 361.49. While not identical to pre-employment transition services, many similar services could be provided under the services to groups authority.
A detailed discussion regarding comments related to the continuation of pre-employment transition services under an order of selection is provided in the
In response to the concern related to the availability of services from the CAP, section 112(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, specifically authorizes CAP grantees to assist individuals receiving services under sections 113 and 511 of the Act. Therefore, these individuals are clients and client-applicants for purposes of the CAP.
Finally, as discussed previously under “Coordination with Education Officials,” parental consent to participate in pre-employment transition services is governed by State law, as well as policies of the educational programs and the DSU. Furthermore, informed choice, as outlined in final § 361.52, applies throughout the vocational rehabilitation process; therefore, students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services under final § 361.48(a) must be given the opportunity to exercise their informed choice.
A few commenters requested clarification about, or criteria for, making a determination of need. One commenter also recommended that the regulations promote client choice about participating in pre-employment transition services to ensure that students are not coerced into participating in these services. Finally, one commenter expressed concern that DSUs may require students with disabilities to participate in pre-employment transition services as readiness or preparatory activities before applying for vocational rehabilitation services, thereby delaying the transition from school to post-school activities.
Under final § 361.50, DSUs are responsible for developing policies, in consultation with the SRC, for determining the need for pre-employment transition services. These policies must include clear and consistent criteria based on the needs of students identified in the comprehensive statewide needs assessment. The policies will guide the DSU, in consultation with school personnel, family members, and students with a disability, in determining which pre-employment transition services each student needs, consistent with his or her interests and informed choice.
Finally, pre-employment transition services are designed to be an early start at job exploration for students with disabilities and should enrich, not delay, transition planning, application to the VR program, and the continuum of vocational rehabilitation services necessary for movement from school to post-school activities. Neither section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, nor final § 361.48(a) requires students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services to apply for, or be determined eligible for, the VR program or to receive other vocational rehabilitation services. The Act and these final regulations maximize opportunities for achieving competitive integrated employment by imposing no requirement that would delay or hinder the student's ability to access these crucial early services or that would permit a DSU to coerce an individual to participate in any of them. However, should the student with a disability need additional vocational rehabilitation services, he or she must apply for and be determined eligible for those services. See the more detailed discussion of comments related to “Potentially Eligible” earlier in this section.
Section 101(a)(5) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not exempt students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services prior to the determination of eligibility from a State's order of selection; therefore, we do not have the statutory authority to include such an exemption in final § 361.36. Nonetheless, consistent with the policy underlying prior § 361.36(e)(3), which requires a DSU to continue providing vocational rehabilitation services to individuals who had begun receiving these services under an individualized plan for employment prior to the implementation of an order of selection, it is imperative that students with disabilities not experience a disruption in the pre-employment transition services that they are receiving and that are so critical to their transition to postsecondary education and employment. Thus, we have revised final § 361.36(e)(3) by requiring DSUs implementing an order of selection to continue the provision of pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities who were receiving these services prior to the determination of eligibility and assignment to a priority category. DSUs may use the funds reserved under section 110(d) and final § 361.65(a)(3)
As for ceasing to satisfy the definition of “student with a disability,” pre-employment transition services under section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a) are available only to students with disabilities. Therefore, if an individual no longer meets the definition of a “student with a disability,” despite the fact that he or she has received or is receiving pre-employment transition services, he or she is no longer able to receive these services under section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a). However, if the individual has been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services and has been assigned to an open category in the State's order of selection, if the State has implemented one, he or she may continue to receive the same types of pre-employment transition services under section 103(a) of the Act and final § 361.48(b), in accordance with an approved individualized plan for employment. The DSU would pay for these services with VR funds, other than those reserved for the provision of pre-employment transition services under section 113 of the Act because the reserved funds must be used solely for the provision of pre-employment transition services to individuals who satisfy the definition of a “student with a disability.”
A few commenters suggested that we revise proposed 361.48(a)(2) to conform to similar language in the Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 by replacing “or” with “and” in the language that governs counseling on opportunities for enrollment in comprehensive transition or postsecondary educational programs at institutions of higher education. In addition, these commenters recommended language specific to counseling on opportunities for enrollment of students with intellectual disabilities in postsecondary educational programs at institutions of higher education. A few other commenters proposed revising the focus of workplace readiness training to replace the development of social skills and independent living with a focus on soft skills, financial literacy, mobility skills, and other skills necessary for employment. Another few commenters recommended that the regulations require instruction in self-advocacy to be provided by a recognized self-advocacy group of the individual's choosing and that peer mentoring occur during work experiences. A few commenters recommended that the required activities include outreach to and engagement of parents of students with disabilities in conjunction with parent centers and parent training information centers.
We disagree with the commenters' request to revise § 361.48(a)(2)(iii) to conform to similar language in the Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 and specifically includes programs and services for students with intellectual disabilities. Final § 361.48(a)(2)(iii) mirrors section 113(b)(3) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and we do not believe the replacement of “or” with “and” helps to better describe the manner in which DSUs are to provide this service. In addition, Section 113(b)(3)of the Act and final § 361.48(a)(2)(iii) encompass counseling on the broad range of comprehensive transition or postsecondary education programs available to all students with disabilities, including students with intellectual disabilities. Therefore, we do not believe it is necessary to revise final § 361.48(a)(2)(iii).
Moreover, there is no statutory basis for States to develop their own menu of pre-employment transition services. Rather, under section 113(b) of the Act and final § 361.48(a)(2), each State must make all “required” pre-employment transition services available to students with disabilities who need such services.
Similarly, contrary to recommendations made by commenters, we do not have the authority to remove, by regulation, statutory requirements. Accordingly, § 361.48(a)(2)(ii) must be consistent with section 113(b)(2) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, which requires that work-based learning experiences occur in integrated settings to the maximum extent possible. While we agree with commenters that work-based learning experiences in integrated settings are optimal, the Act's use of the phrase “to the maximum extent possible” leaves open the possibility for work-based learning experiences in non-integrated settings. Consequently, we cannot require that all work-based learning experiences occur in integrated settings. However, DSUs should exhaust all opportunities for work-based learning experiences in competitive integrated employment settings before considering provision of these services in non-integrated work settings, as appropriate for the needs, and consistent with the informed choice, of the individual student with a disability,
Having said this, the Department agrees that actual work experiences in integrated settings, rather than simulated or mock experiences in sheltered environments, provide students with disabilities with the most beneficial opportunities for job exploration, work-based learning, work readiness, and peer mentoring. The Secretary believes that DSUs, to the maximum extent possible, should provide work-based learning experiences, which may be paid or unpaid, through actual work experiences in integrated community environments to prepare students with disabilities for community-based competitive integrated employment, instead of using classrooms and educational facilities as settings for work-based learning experiences that segregate, replicate the tasks performed in adult sheltered employment, and often result in referrals to segregated employment settings following exit from school.
If these are paid work-based learning experiences, students with disabilities must be paid competitive wages to the extent competitive wages are paid to students without disabilities. Training stipends are also permissible for students with disabilities to the same extent that they are provided to students without disabilities participating in these experiences. Similarly, nothing in the Act prohibits States from coordinating the provision of pre-employment transition services with entities that hold certificates issued by the Department of Labor under section 14(c) of the FLSA. However, the Department strongly encourages training in competitive integrated settings to prepare students for competitive integrated employment. In addition, there is no statutory basis here to require that self-advocacy instruction be provided by a specific entity.
We agree that engaging students' parents or representatives is essential to their participation in pre-employment transition services and vital to their success. Since DSUs will be delivering pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities at a much younger age, parents must be involved, as required by State law and the policies of educational agencies and the DSU. We encourage DSUs to provide information regarding the application process and availability of services to all students with disabilities, and their parents or representatives, early in the transition process. As such, parent centers funded through the Rehabilitation Act and the IDEA may serve as mechanisms for outreach to, and engagement of, parents.
Finally, section 113 requires that DSUs use the funds reserved under section 110(d) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, to provide pre-employment transition services not only to students with disabilities who are eligible for vocational rehabilitation services but also to students with disabilities who are potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, which includes all students with disabilities regardless of whether they have submitted an application for these services.
Examples of the five “required” activities and how they may be provided in either a group or individualized setting include, but are not limited to, the following:
One, general job exploration counseling may be provided in a classroom or community setting and include information regarding in-demand industry sectors and occupations, as well as non-traditional employment, labor market composition, administration of vocational interest inventories, and identification of career pathways of interest to the students. Job exploration counseling provided on an individual basis might be provided in school or the community and include discussion of the student's vocational interest inventory results, in-demand occupations, career pathways, and local labor market information that applies to those particular interests.
Two, work-based learning experiences in a group setting may include coordinating a school-based program of job training and informational interviews to research employers, work-site tours to learn about necessary job skills, job shadowing, or mentoring opportunities in the community. Work-based learning experiences on an individual basis could include work experiences to explore the student's area of interest through paid and unpaid internships, apprenticeships (not including pre-apprenticeships and Registered Apprenticeships), short-term employment, fellowships, or on-the-job trainings located in the community. These services are those that would be most beneficial to an individual in the early stages of employment exploration during the transition process from school to post-school activities, including employment. Should a student need more individualized services (
Three, counseling on opportunities for enrollment in comprehensive transition or postsecondary educational programs at institutions of higher education in a group setting may include information on course offerings, career options, the types of academic and occupational training needed to succeed in the workplace, and postsecondary opportunities associated with career fields or pathways. This information may also be provided on an individual basis and may include advising students and parents or representatives on academic curricula, college application and admissions processes, completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), and resources that may be used to support individual student success in education and training, which could include disability support services.
Four, workplace readiness training may include programming to develop social skills and independent living, such as communication and interpersonal skills, financial literacy, orientation and mobility skills, job-seeking skills, understanding employer expectations for punctuality and performance, as well as other “soft” skills necessary for employment. These services may include instruction, as well as opportunities to acquire and apply knowledge. These services may be provided in a generalized manner in a classroom setting or be tailored to an individual's needs in a training program provided in an educational or community setting.
Five, instruction in self-advocacy in a group setting may include generalized classroom lessons in which students learn about their rights, responsibilities, and how to request accommodations or services and supports needed during the transition from secondary to postsecondary education and employment. During these lessons, students may share their thoughts, concerns, and needs, in order to prepare them for peer mentoring opportunities with individuals working in their area(s) of interest. Further individual opportunities may be arranged for students to conduct informational interviews or mentor with educational staff such as principals, nurses, teachers, or office staff; or they may mentor with individuals employed by or volunteering for employers, boards, associations, or organizations in integrated community settings. Students may also participate in youth leadership activities offered in educational or community settings.
The wide variety of pre-employment transition services described in these examples is designed to be an early start at job exploration for students with disabilities. DSUs are not to use these activities as assessment services for the purpose of determining whether additional vocational rehabilitation services are needed, or if the individual will be successful in employment. In response to commenters' requests for clarification of the difference between employment assistance under pre-employment transition services and transition services, see more detailed descriptions of the distinctions between the two types of services in the
A few commenters stated that pre-employment transition coordination activities must occur between DSUs and parent training and information centers funded by the Office of Special Education Programs and RSA to ensure that parental outreach concerning the benefits of pre-employment transition services is coordinated among these federally funded centers.
Decisions on how to conduct meetings is a matter of agency administration. Conducting these meetings via alternate means would be consistent with the explicit authority to conduct alternate format meetings under section 101(a)(11)(D)(i) of the Act and final § 361.22(b)(1). Additionally, section 614(f) of the IDEA and its implementing regulations in 34 CFR 300.328 allow the parent of a child with a disability and a public agency to agree to use alternative means of meeting participation requirements, such as video conferences and conference calls, when conducting individualized education program team meetings and placement meetings under the IDEA, as well as carrying out administrative matters under section 615 of the IDEA (such as scheduling, exchange of witness lists, and status conferences). Since the Act and the IDEA provide for alternate means for conducting meetings very similar to those required by section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a), DSUs may use alternate means to conduct these meetings as well. We do not believe a regulatory change is necessary to accomplish this.
We agree that coordinating with federally funded parent centers is a mechanism that would help parents of students with disabilities understand the benefits of pre-employment transition services. Section 113(d) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, however, does not require this. The statute is clear that the funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services must only be spent on the activities specified in section 113 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.48(a). Given the Act's specificity of the activities that constitute pre-employment transition services, there is no statutory authority for final § 361.48(a)(4) to include any additional required coordination responsibilities.
A few commenters requested flexibility in the reporting of pre-employment transition services because it is burdensome for DSUs to develop and implement tracking systems for a large potentially eligible population. These commenters also stated this tracking could be difficult because DSUs may not have access to the personal identifying information, including Social Security numbers, typically used to document and report vocational rehabilitation services provided. A few commenters suggested that the Department establish reporting requirements for pre-employment transition services that are similar to the child count reporting requirements under the IDEA. One commenter requested clarification regarding reporting requirements for the funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services and whether expenditures are only to be reported during the time period for which an individual meets the definition of a student with a disability or during the entire fiscal year in which the individual was served.
Although the Department recognizes the burden placed on DSUs to develop procedures for tracking pre-employment transition services and related expenditures for students who have not yet applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, DSUs are required by section 101(a)(10)(C) of the Act to do so in order to properly account for, and report, the provision of pre-employment transition services and the reserved funds spent on those services. Moreover, the State's accounting procedures must be such that the DSU will be able to complete accurately all required forms, including financial reports, that show the reservation and use of these funds for this purpose, as required by final § 361.12 and 2 CFR 200.302.
The Department does not have the authority to grant exceptions from, or waivers of, these reporting requirements. Regardless of whether students with disabilities are receiving pre-employment transition services without having applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services,
As they have been required to do for many years, DSUs must submit completed SF-425 reports semi-annually. The end dates for each reporting period in a fiscal year are March 31 and September 30. Semi-annual reports must be submitted no later than 45 days after the end of the reporting period. Final reports must be submitted no later than 90 days after the period of performance. “Period of performance” means the time during which the non-Federal entity may incur new obligations to carry out the work authorized under the Federal award.
Some commenters requested that we identify the services, including transition services, that would be allowable if provided by community rehabilitation programs that hold section 14(c) certificates under the FLSA. A few commenters recommended that the regulations prohibit DSUs from contracting with section 14(c) certificate holders to provide transition services. One commenter requested that we clarify if entities holding section 14(c) certificates may provide transition services and proposed alternatives for providing these services if they may not.
One commenter requested that incentives be added for providing transition services or supported employment services.
We acknowledge that the heightened emphasis on providing services to students and youth with disabilities may cause some DSUs concern about their ability to serve all individuals. We believe that the process for implementing an order of selection established within section 101(a)(5) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, is adequate to address these concerns in the event that vocational rehabilitation services cannot be provided to all eligible individuals.
We acknowledge the commenters' support and concerns about section 14(c) certificate holders providing transition and other vocational rehabilitation services. While the Act does not prohibit community rehabilitation programs that are section 14(c) certificate holders from providing transition or other vocational rehabilitation services or training in sheltered settings, section 511 of the Act prohibits local and State educational agencies from entering into a contract or other arrangement with section 14(c) entities for the purpose of operating a program for youth with disabilities under which work is compensated at a subminimum wage. The Department strongly encourages training in competitive integrated settings to prepare students for competitive integrated employment, as stated in the discussion of “required” activities in final § 361.48(a) and discussed in more detail in
One other commenter suggested that we add the term “competitive integrated employment” to proposed § 361.49(a)(7) to emphasize that transition services for groups of students and youth with disabilities are to support the achievement of competitive integrated employment. The same commenter recommended that we add outreach to and engagement of parents to § 361.49(a)(7) as an allowable service to groups. Finally, one commenter requested clarification of how informed choice of both the individual and the individual's representative would be provided and documented if transition services are provided to groups of youth and students with disabilities.
Pre-employment transition services may be provided in a group setting to students with disabilities who have not applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, as discussed in the examples in final § 361.48(a). Contrary to the assumption in some comments, pre-employment transition services cannot be provided to students with disabilities as a service for groups under section 103(b)(7) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, or final § 361.49(a)(7). Pre-employment transition services must only be provided under section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a).
The intent of these generalized transition services when provided under final § 361.49(a)(7) is to benefit groups of students and youth with disabilities. We understand the concern that these services are limited to only students and youth with disabilities. Transition services provided under final § 361.48(b) under an individualized plan for employment are more individualized in nature, and the settings in which they are delivered are typically more diverse.
We agree that the purpose of transition services to groups should ultimately be achieving competitive integrated employment for students and youth with disabilities consistent with the purpose of the VR program set forth in final § 361.1. Nonetheless, the transition services provided under final § 361.49(a)(7) are not limited to those individuals who have been determined eligible for the VR program and who are pursuing an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment or supported employment. Therefore, we cannot require that the transition services authorized in final section 361.49(a)(7) be provided only for the purpose of assisting students and youth with disabilities to obtain competitive integrated employment.
We also agree that the families of students and youth with disabilities should be involved in all transition services, even though section 103(b) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not specifically include outreach to and engagement of parents within its requirements. Neither the Act nor these final regulations prohibit a DSU from providing outreach to, and engaging parents in, the provision of transition services under final § 361.49(a)(7).
Finally, informed choice, as outlined in final § 361.52, applies throughout the vocational rehabilitation process; therefore, students and youth with disabilities receiving transition services under final § 361.49(a)(7) must be given the opportunity to exercise their informed choice.
Section C includes the
For more than two decades, the Department has excluded third-party in-kind contributions from the allowable sources of match for the VR program. Neither the NPRM nor these final regulations reflect any substantive changes to this prohibition.
In addition, we do not agree that § 361.60 is inconsistent with 2 CFR part 200 with regard to third-party in-kind contributions. Specifically, 2 CFR 200.306 states that for all Federal awards, any shared costs or matching funds and all contributions, including cash and third-party in-kind contributions, must be accepted as part of the non-Federal entity's cost sharing or matching when specific criteria are met. However, 2 CFR 200.102(c) states that “the Federal awarding agency may apply more restrictive requirements to a class of Federal awards or non-Federal entities when approved by OMB, or when required by Federal statutes or regulations. . . .”
Section 361.60(b)(2) has prohibited, and continues to prohibit, DSUs from considering third-party in-kind contributions as a permissible source of match under the VR program. The Department is within its authority to continue to exclude third-party in-kind contributions as an allowable source of match under the VR program, as it has done for more than two decades, and thus the VR program regulations are consistent with 2 CFR part 200. Nevertheless, given the comments questioning the relationship between the prohibition against using third-party in-kind contributions for match purposes under the VR program in § 361.60(b)(2) and the permissibility of these contributions under 2 CFR 200.306(b), we have revised final § 361.4(d) to reduce confusion. These revisions are purely technical and do not affect the long-standing prohibition against using third-party in-kind contributions as a source of match under the VR program.
Similarly, the 1997 final regulations (62 FR 6307 (Feb. 11, 1997)) simplified the requirements by removing the list of permissible sources of expenditures to meet the non-Federal share. Instead, it referred to former 34 CFR 80.24 for a list of allowable match sources, to the extent that provision was not inconsistent with § 361.60(b), which prohibited third-party in-kind contributions from being used for match purposes under the VR program. We emphasized in the preamble to the 1995 NPRM (60 FR 64475 (Dec. 15, 1995)) that the proposed regulation would not prohibit the use of any funding sources that had been allowable for match purposes under the VR program, but third-party in-kind contributions were not among them. Although we do not believe the list of permissible match sources should be re-inserted into final § 361.60, we provide here the still-effective permissible match sources that had been contained in prior § 361.76, which existed until the 1997 regulations took effect and subsequently was replaced by prior § 361.60.
The old regulations in 34 CFR 361.76, which formed the basis for both prior and final § 361.60, indicated that the allowable sources of match were:
1. Direct State appropriation to the VR agency,
2. Transfers or allotments from other public agencies,
3. Expenditures incurred by other public agencies pursuant to a cooperative agreement in accordance with 34 CFR 361.13 (which formed the basis for both prior and final § 361.28),
4. Funds set aside from Business Enterprise Programs, established under the Randolph-Sheppard Act, for which the DSU provides supervision and management services, and
5. Private contributions deposited into the VR agency's account.
Section 361.60 has remained substantively unchanged from 1997 through these final regulations.
We agree that section 19(a)(2) of the Act allows program income to remain available for obligation and expenditure in the year following the year in which the program income was earned. However, we also believe that final § 361.63(c)(3) is consistent with both section 19(a)(2) of the Act and 2 CFR 200.305. In the event that a DSU receives program income at the end of a fiscal year and is unable to disburse it prior to the end of that year, the DSU may carry over that program income for use in the following Federal fiscal year; however, that DSU must spend that program income prior to drawing down Federal funds.
The Department reminded DSUs of this requirement—program income must be disbursed prior to drawing down Federal funds—in PD-11-03 (dated October 26, 2010), as well as in PD-12-06 and PD-15-05 (dated February 13, 2012 and February 5, 2015, respectively). The Department also reminded DSUs of this requirement in a PowerPoint presentation at the FY 2011 Fiscal Conference, held in Washington, DC, in August 2011.
Prior to developing proposed § 361.63, the Department reviewed the legislative and regulatory history about program income. Our review found that, while the Act has not addressed this issue specifically, EDGAR has long done so. The Federal government has had a long-standing requirement under the common rule implementing former OMB Circular A-102, codified by the Department of Education in former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2), that States must expend program income prior to drawing down Federal grant funds. The Uniform Guidance, codified in 2 CFR part 200, was adopted by the Department in 2 CFR 3474 on December 19, 2014, in 79 FR 76091. The Uniform Guidance in 2 CFR 200.305(a) specifies the payment procedures that States must use to draw down Federal funds; however, these procedures appear, on the surface, to apply only to funds included in a Treasury-State Agreement (TSA), and not all Federal program funds made available to States are subject to TSAs.
For this reason, the Uniform Guidance in 2 CFR 200.305(a) has created an ambiguity about how States should draw Federal funds under non-TSA programs. Moreover, TSAs do not cover program income earned by State grantees. Thus, in addition to the ambiguity regarding non-TSA programs, 2 CFR 200.305(a) does not address whether States must expend available program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash, as had been the long-standing government-wide requirement in OMB Circular A-102 and codified for Department grantees in former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2). This silence creates concern because, for all other non-Federal entities, § 200.305(b)(5) clearly requires those entities to expend available program income funds before requesting payments of Federal funds.
While the § 200.305(a) silence creates an ambiguity, we do not believe that this ambiguity should be construed to no longer require States to expend program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash because no such policy change was discussed in the preambles to either the final guidance in 2 CFR part 200, which was published on December 26, 2013 (78 FR 78589), or in the Interim Final Guidance published on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 75867). This issue is critical to the Department because DSUs earn more than $100 million in program income annually under the VR program—an amount that far exceeds amounts earned under any other program administered by the Department. For this reason, the Secretary believes it is essential that we resolve this ambiguity in these regulations. Therefore, we proposed in the NPRM to incorporate the requirement to expend program income before requesting payment of funds by referencing 2 CFR 200.305(a).
Upon further review of that proposed change, and in consideration of one comment, we have determined that the proposed amendment, as presented in the NPRM, would not achieve the needed objective because it referenced the wrong citation from 2 CFR part 200. We resolved the ambiguity by revising final § 361.63(c)(3) to explicitly require States to expend available program income funds before requesting additional cash payments, maintaining the long-standing requirement that applied to VR program grantees under 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2). The Secretary believes this change is essential to protect the Federal interest by using program income to increase the funds devoted to the VR program and keep to a minimum the interest costs to the Federal government of making grant funds available to the States. There is no legal basis to exempt DSUs from this long-standing government-wide requirement.
Two commenters stated that the requirement to reserve at least 15 percent is too high. One commenter recommended that we consider DSUs to have satisfied the requirement if they demonstrate progress toward the minimum 15 percent requirement in the first 2 years of implementation, based upon the amount of funds spent in the previous fiscal year for pre-employment transition services. One commenter recommended that we allow States to negotiate the reservation requirement based upon populations of students with disabilities in the States. One commenter expressed concern that requiring at least 15 percent of the VR award to be used for pre-employment transition services will reduce the Federal VR funds available to support the Randolph-Sheppard program.
We appreciate the many recommendations for alternative ways for DSUs to meet the pre-employment transition services reservation requirement under proposed § 361.65(a)(3)(i). We also appreciate the concerns that the reservation of funds for the sole purpose of providing pre-employment transition services will reduce the amount of funds available for other VR program purposes, including services for individuals who are blind or visually impaired who wish to start a vending facility under the Randolph-Sheppard program. Nevertheless, the Act requires States to reserve at least 15 percent of their VR program allotment for providing pre-employment transition services. The Act provides no exceptions to this requirement and, therefore, we do not have the authority to make the changes suggested by the commenters because to do so would be inconsistent with the statute.
The State allotment, from which funds must be reserved, refers to the Federal funds awarded pursuant to section 110(a) of the Act, not State funds appropriated to the DSUs by State legislatures.
Section 19 of the Act, which governs the carryover of grant funds, applies to all VR program funds, including funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services. Section 19(b) of the Act permits grantees to carry over Federal funds for obligation and expenditure in the subsequent Federal fiscal year only to the extent that the DSU has provided sufficient non-Federal expenditures to match those funds. This means that grantees may carry over Federal funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services into the subsequent Federal fiscal year only to the extent that they have provided the requisite 21.3 percent non-Federal share by the end of the Federal fiscal year in which the funds were awarded. In addition, because they have been matched in the fiscal year for which they were appropriated, the funds reserved for providing pre-employment transition services that are eligible for carryover into the succeeding Federal fiscal year may only be obligated in that succeeding Federal fiscal year and expended for providing pre-employment transition services.
By contrast, supervisory costs, rent, utilities, indirect costs, and other similar associated costs are administrative costs—not service costs—and, as such, cannot be paid with the reserved funds. In considering the various pre-employment transition services specified in section 113 of the Act and final § 361.48(a) in this way, we do not believe there are actual conflicts between final § 361.48(a) and § 361.65.
However, we have revised final § 361.65(a)(3)(ii)(B) to add a cross-reference to the definition of “administrative costs” in final § 361.5(c)(2), to clarify that these costs are still allowable under the VR program and may be paid for with VR program
The discussion of comments on part 363 is presented by topic in the order that the relevant sections appear in this part.
Other commenters pointed out discrepancies in the definition of “supported employment” between proposed 34 CFR 361.5(c)(53) and proposed §§ 363.1(b) and (c) and urged that these be made consistent.
One commenter suggested adding other approaches or evidence-based models such as Individual Placement and Support (IPS) to supported employment and customized employment. This commenter also asked whether funds could be used to train new or existing providers in various models of supported employment.
Many commenters responded to the short-term basis provisions in proposed § 363.1(c) and proposed 34 CFR 361.5(c)(53) under which individuals with the most significant disabilities working in an integrated setting are working toward competitive integrated employment and can reasonably anticipate achieving competitive integrated employment within six months of entering supported employment. A few commenters endorsed the six-month period, indicating that the six-month period would not allow individuals to linger for long periods in subminimum wage employment.
A few commenters considered six months to be too long and even recommended eliminating the short-term basis period altogether, indicating that under no circumstance should any individual with a disability be employed at a subminimum wage. However, most commenters considered six months to be arbitrary, too restrictive, or not sufficient, especially for individuals with the most significant disabilities, such as individuals who are blind who, as indicated by multiple commenters, might require additional training or specialized services in order
Some commenters suggested adding unpaid internships, apprenticeships, and transitional employment as examples of “working on a short term basis.” These commenters also recommended emphasizing that employment in sheltered workshops and enclaves and group employment settings does not constitute supported employment. A few commenters stated that individuals working on a short-term basis should be only in integrated settings as they work toward competitive integrated employment. Other commenters, however, referenced competitive, but non-integrated, settings when commenting on the short-term basis provision. One commenter asked for clarification to ensure that AbilityOne contracts with non-profit agencies that employ individuals with disabilities remain a viable option for individuals with the most significant disabilities to achieve employment outcomes in supported employment.
We also agree with the commenter who suggested that supported employment should not be considered automatically as the first choice for individuals with significant disabilities or the most significant disabilities. The State Supported Employment Services program (Supported Employment program) and supported employment services exist to support individuals with the most significant disabilities who need intensive services and supports to achieve an employment outcome. Supported employment should be considered when determining an individual's employment goal, consistent with his or her unique strengths, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.
The Act, as amended by WIOA, specifically mentions customized employment and supported employment. We do not believe that including examples of additional approaches or models of supported employment, such as Individual Placement and Supports, is necessary. However, we support developing and implementing evidence-based models of supported employment, so long as they are consistent with the Act, as amended by WIOA, and the implementing regulations. Furthermore, administrative funds under this part, subject to the 2.5 percent administrative cost limitation, and funds under 34 CFR part 361, as appropriate, may be used to support training of providers and others on various models of supported employment.
Although the tracking of all individuals working in segregated settings and at subminimum wage would be useful to designated State units (DSUs) in identifying and assessing the need for supported employment, we do not have the authority under the Act to require this unless the individuals have been served through the VR program (see 34 CFR 361.55, which requires the DSU to conduct semi-annual or annual reviews, as applicable, of individuals in extended employment and other employment under special wage certificate provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act), or the individuals have become known to the DSU through the activities required in section 511 of the Act.
We agree with commenters who noted discrepancies in the definition of “supported employment” in proposed 34 CFR 361.5(c)(53) and proposed § 363.1(b) and (c), and we have made the definitions consistent in these final regulations.
We also appreciate the many comments about “short-term basis.” As proposed, § 363.1(c) is consistent with the requirement in the Act, as amended by WIOA, that supported employment be in competitive integrated employment or in an integrated work setting in which the individual is working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment. Therefore, despite the payment of competitive wages, employment in a non-integrated work setting does not meet the requirement under the Act, as amended by WIOA, for an employment outcome in supported employment.
The Secretary acknowledges the diverse views, concerns, and recommendations of the commenters about the variables that should be considered in determining the short-term basis period but believes six months is consistent with the intent of the Act. The Secretary agrees with the commenters, however, that, in limited circumstances, an extended period of time may be appropriate based upon the needs of the individual and upon demonstrated progress toward competitive earnings documented in his or her service record. Therefore, an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, may, in limited circumstances, have up to 12 months from achieving a supported employment outcome, as appropriate, to address fully his or her individualized needs to secure competitive earnings in supported employment.
In response to the concerns about the availability of sufficient time to help individuals achieve an employment outcome, particularly in relation to the short-term basis, we want to clarify when the six-month short-term basis period, and the additional six months that may be available in limited circumstances, begins. This period begins only after an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, has completed up to 24 months of supported employment services (unless a longer period of time is necessary based upon the individual's needs) and the individual is stable in the supported employment placement for a minimum period of 90 days following the transition to extended services. At this point, the individual has achieved a supported employment outcome in accordance with the criteria set forth in final § 363.54. We believe that this provides sufficient time, considering both the time allowed for providing supported employment services and the short-term basis period, if needed, to address fully the needs of an individual in supported employment and to enable that individual to achieve competitive integrated employment. Our data support this belief and show that most supported employment outcomes are achieved in less than 24 months.
In response to multiple commenters' concerns about individuals with the most significant disabilities, such as individuals who are blind who may require additional training or specialized services to achieve competitive integrated employment, we want to clarify that vocational rehabilitation services, as well as supported employment services, are available to them. The vocational rehabilitation services generally occur prior to placement in supported employment as part of the individual's approved individualized plan for employment.
Again, because the definition of “employment outcome,” which includes supported employment, requires achieving competitive integrated employment as defined in
We appreciate the recommendations regarding activities that commenters stated should constitute employment during the short-term basis period, including unpaid internships, apprenticeships, and transitional employment; however, we want to emphasize that the short-term basis period begins following the achievement of the supported employment outcome. Unpaid internships, pre-apprenticeships, apprenticeships (including Registered Apprenticeships), and transitional employment are vocational rehabilitation services that lead to employment outcomes, but they do not constitute supported employment outcomes within the meaning of the definition of “supported employment” in final 34 CFR 361.5(c)(53) and § 363.1(b) and (c). Therefore, they would not be appropriate placements for employment on a short-term basis.
Finally, we agree with commenters that employment in sheltered workshops and enclaves and group employment settings does not constitute supported employment under this part because an individual achieves a supported employment outcome only if, at a minimum, the supported employment is in an integrated setting. There is a full discussion about why non-integrated employment does not meet the definition of “competitive integrated employment” in the responses to comments on the definition of competitive integrated employment in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(9). That discussion also addresses whether entities that are set up specifically for providing employment to individuals with disabilities, such as AbilityOne non-profit agencies, will be able to place individuals with the most significant disabilities in competitive integrated employment and achieve employment outcomes in supported employment.
We have also revised final § 363.1(c) by adding a limited circumstance in which an individual can extend the short term basis up to a 12-month period from the achievement of the supported employment outcome to demonstrate progress toward competitive earnings based on information contained in the service record.
Some commenters sought clarification about the definition of “extended services” in proposed 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19)(v) related to youth with the most significant disabilities.
We discuss the commenters' request for clarification about the definition of “extended services” in proposed 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19)(v) for youth with the most significant disabilities in this
The definition of “extended services” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19)(v) has been revised as discussed in § 363.4(a)(2) of this
Additionally, commenters requested clarification regarding the point at which the DSU would be required to terminate its provision of extended services for a youth who turns 25 years of age and no longer meets the definition of a “youth with a disability” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58).
With respect to the use of funds allotted under the Supported Employment program for extended services, a few commenters recommended changing the word “may” in proposed § 363.4(a) to “shall” or “will” to establish that it is mandatory for DSUs to provide extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities.
A few commenters asked for clarification whether providing extended services is mandatory or optional, citing discrepancy between the language in proposed § 363.22, which appears to indicate that the reserve must be used for extended services, and proposed § 363.4(a)(2), which uses the word “may” when referring to the use of funds allotted under this part.
Other commenters also proposed making the DSU either the initial payer or the payer of last resort for extended services for youth with the most significant disabilities. Still other commenters raised questions about providing extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities who have not been served by the DSU as an applicant or eligible individual.
While the DSU cannot “opt out” of any of the activities authorized under § 363.4 by refusing to fund them, DSUs determine the need for and fund services on a case-by-case basis dependent upon each individual's need for services. Therefore, it is not appropriate to change the “may” in 34 CFR 363.4(a) to “shall” or “will,” and doing so would not be consistent with the authorizing language in section 604 of the Act. In light of the responsibility to make available funds for extended services for youth with the most significant disabilities, DSUs should continue to explore the availability of funding from other sources, as is done for other individuals with the most significant disabilities transitioning from supported employment services to extended services.
Regarding the point at which the DSU may no longer provide extended services to a youth with the most significant disabilities, in no case may a DSU provide more than four years of extended services. Also, once a youth with the most significant disabilities reaches 25 years of age, he or she no longer meets the definition of “youth with a disability” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58), and the DSU must discontinue funding extended services. We appreciate the commenters bringing this last scenario to our attention. Final § 363.4(a)(2) now states that at the age of 25, a youth with a most significant disability is no longer eligible to receive extended services, even if he or she has not yet received services for four years. Nevertheless, under final § 363.53(b)(2)(ii), the DSU must identify another source of extended services to ensure that there will be no interruption of services.
As indicated by a few commenters, section 606(b)(7)(D) of the Act provides that the State shall use supported employment funds only to supplement, and not to supplant, title I VR program funds in providing supported employment services. A few commenters suggested that this provision means that the Supported Employment program or VR program funds should be the payer of last resort (others suggested the payer of first resort) for extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities. The “supplement, not supplant clause,” as it is known, addresses only the relationship between the Supported Employment program and the VR program when providing supported employment services, which now includes extended services. It does not affect at all the relationship of the Supported Employment program or VR program to sources of funds that have historically been the providers of extended services to individuals after they have transitioned from supported employment services provided by the DSU. We expect those State and other sources of funding to coordinate with the Supported Employment and VR programs to provide the extended services needed by youth with the most significant disabilities. One of the purposes of the Supported Employment program is to assist States in developing collaborative programs with appropriate public and private nonprofit organizations to provide supported employment services for individuals with the most significant disabilities.
As to whether the DSU can provide extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities who have not been served by the DSU as an applicant or eligible individual, we emphasize that in order to be eligible for supported employment services, including extended services, provided by the DSU, youth with the most significant disabilities must meet the requirements of § 363.3, which include being determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services. The DSU therefore may not provide extended services to a youth with the most significant disabilities who has not received services from the DSU through an individualized plan for employment simply because he or she meets the definition of a youth with a disability and is in need of extended services.
Of the commenters that expressed concern regarding the requirement for reserving 50 percent of supported employment funds for supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities, most requested an exemption to ensure that adults with the most significant disabilities, particularly those with adult onset visual impairment or blindness, are able to be served.
Other commenters requested that in-kind match, such as those used and tracked in the Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind program, be allowed to meet the match requirements under this section. A few commenters requested examples of match and asked whether certified personnel expenditures are permitted as a third-party contribution.
WIOA mandates the match requirement for supported employment and does not provide any exceptions to it or authorize the Secretary to grant a waiver. The activities and internal processes necessary for States to track and expend the non-Federal share for the reserve should not be burdensome because they may be modeled after those used for the part 361 match requirements.
In addressing what may be used as match, allowable sources of match for the supported employment program follow the same guidelines for those sources allowable under the VR program. Under final 34 CFR 361.28(b)(2), which addresses third-party cooperative arrangements for providing vocational rehabilitation services, which in turn include supported employment services under final 34 CFR 361.48(b)(13), certified personnel expenditures for time cooperating agency staff spent providing direct vocational rehabilitation services pursuant to a third-party cooperative arrangement are allowable. Certified personnel expenditures include staff salary and fringe benefits allocable to the third-party cooperative arrangement. To ensure consistency with part 361, third-party in-kind contributions are not permitted as match.
In reviewing proposed § 363.23 further, we determined that it did not effectively describe the calculation of the 10 percent match, which must be based upon the total expenditures, made up of the Federal funds reserved and the non-Federal share, incurred for providing supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities.
This silence creates concern because, for all other non-Federal entities, 2 CFR 200.305(b)(5) requires those entities to expend available program income funds before requesting payments of Federal funds. We do not believe, however, that this ambiguity should be construed to lift the requirement that States expend program income funds before requesting additional Federal cash because no such policy change was discussed in the preambles to either the final guidance in 2 CFR part 200, which was published on December 26, 2013 (78 FR 78589), or in the Interim Final Guidance published on December 19, 2014 (79 FR 75867).
Here, 34 CFR 361.63(c)(2) permits the transfer of VR Social Security reimbursement program income to carryout programs under title VI of the Rehabilitation Act (Supported Employment). Historically, some State VR agencies have transferred a portion of VR Social Security reimbursement program income to the Supported Employment programs for use by those programs. For this reason, we believe it is essential that we resolve this ambiguity via these regulations.
Thus, we proposed in the NPRM to incorporate the requirement to expend program income before requesting payment of funds by referencing 2 CFR 200.305(a), but that provision is ambiguous. These final regulations now resolve the ambiguity by revising § 363.24(b)(1) to require States to expend available program income funds before requesting additional cash payments from their Federal Supported Employment grant. We believe this change is essential to protect the Federal interest by using program income to increase the funds devoted to this program to which VR Social Security reimbursement program income may be transferred, keeping to a minimum potential interest costs to the Federal government of making grant funds available to the States. These final regulations should not negatively impact States because this change merely maintains the status quo that existed under former 34 CFR 80.21(f)(2).
In addition, upon further review of the proposed program income regulation, we determined that it was necessary to address the relationship between program income and match. Just as with program income in the VR
First, an individual receiving supported employment services can now receive those services for up to 24 months, instead of the previous 18, and, under special circumstances, may receive an extension based upon the individual's need as described in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(54)(iii). The transition to extended services begins after all supported employment services are complete. Second, the DSU may now provide extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities in accordance with § 363.4(a) and 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19)(v). The DSU's responsibilities necessitated by both of those changes have been outlined more comprehensively in a revised section 363.53.
By including the requirement to achieve competitive integrated employment into the definition of “supported employment” in Section 7(38) of WIOA, Congress stated its expectation that all individuals with disabilities, even those with the most significant disabilities, could achieve competitive integrated employment. Recognizing, however, that those individuals with the most significant disabilities may need more time and supports to reach that goal, Congress permitted those individuals to be employed in an integrated setting with non-competitive wages on a short-term basis, as long as they were working toward competitive integrated employment. The definition of “employment outcome” in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(15) addresses the achievement of competitive integrated employment in supported employment. Therefore, final § 363.54 explains when an individual with a most significant disability is considered to have achieved an employment outcome in supported employment, either in competitive integrated employment or when he or she is working on a short-term basis toward competitive employment in an integrated work setting.
When the DSU closes the service record of an individual with a most significant disability now depends on whether the DSU is providing services during the short-term basis period or providing extended services for youth. A new final § 361.55 describes how the new statutory requirements for employment on a short-term basis working toward competitive integrated employment, extended services for youth, and achieving an employment outcome relate to closing the service record.
We have reformatted and revised final § 363.54 to better identify the considerations that the DSU must take into account when determining when an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, who is employed in competitive integrated employment or in an integrated setting and is working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment, will be considered to have achieved an employment outcome in supported employment.
We have removed the cross-reference from proposed § 363.54(b) to the closure of the service record requirement in 34
Final § 363.54 sets forth four requirements that must be satisfied for an employment outcome. First, the individual must have completed supported employment services under this part and 34 CFR part 361, meaning the individual has received services for up to 24 months, or longer if the counselor and the individual have determined that such services are needed to support and maintain the individual in supported employment. Any other vocational rehabilitation services listed on the individualized plan for employment provided to individuals who are working on a short-term basis toward the achievement of competitive integrated employment in supported employment need not be completed prior to satisfying the achievement of an employment outcome.
Second, the individual has transitioned to extended services provided either by the DSU for youth with the most significant disabilities, or another provider, consistent with the provisions of §§ 363.4(a)(2) and 363.22.
Third, the individual has maintained employment and achieved stability in the work setting for a minimum of 90 days after transitioning to extended services, and, finally, the employment must be individualized and customized consistent with the strengths, abilities, interests, and informed choice of the individual.
New final § 363.55 addresses when the service record of an individual who has achieved an employment outcome in supported employment may be closed. Separate requirements are specified for different scenarios, depending on whether individuals with a most significant disability, including youth with a most significant disability, achieve competitive integrated employment or work toward competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis and whether they are receiving extended services and any other vocational rehabilitation services from the DSU or from other service providers.
The Analysis of Comments and Changes of part 397 is presented in the order in which relevant subjects and sections appear in this part.
Some commenters remarked that section 511 of the Act and the implementing regulations in part 397 will help to eliminate practices that have not worked to benefit individuals with disabilities, such as the overuse of employment at subminimum wages, years of extended evaluation, and cycles of performance evaluations that result in low wages based upon an individual's productivity without necessary supports and services. In addition, a few commenters suggested that supporting subminimum wage employment appeared to be inconsistent with the purpose of the VR program and that resources should not be used to provide services or activities that result in individuals being employed in segregated settings at subminimum wages.
Generally, however, supporters of proposed part 397 regarded the regulations as helping individuals who are considering subminimum wage employment, or those already employed at subminimum wage, access opportunities for competitive integrated employment.
Multiple commenters voiced opposition to, or concerns about, proposed part 397. These commenters expressed concern that proposed part 397 would eliminate or phase out section 14(c) certificates and subminimum wages, close sheltered workshops, and cause individuals employed at subminimum wages to lose their jobs. Some of these commenters stated that individuals employed in sheltered employment were mostly incapable of working in competitive integrated employment, enjoyed a supportive and safe environment and social network in sheltered employment, and would lose income-based financial and medical benefits if they were paid minimum wages. Additionally, many of these commenters expressed concern that employers in the community would not hire individuals with low productivity who are unable to perform at expected levels and that it was unrealistic to believe that there are enough jobs for them in competitive employment. As a result, these individuals with disabilities would remain at home or need increased support from day programs.
Many commenters suggested that there should be a continuum of employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities, including sheltered workshops, and that the proposed regulations do not consider the choices that individuals and families make among these options.
In addition, neither section 511 of the Act nor final part 397 restricts or eliminates sheltered employment. Individuals with disabilities continue to have a continuum of choices and options for employment ranging from competitive integrated employment to employment in sheltered workshops. Therefore, individuals with disabilities choosing to pursue or continue in sheltered employment may do so; however, certain requirements must be satisfied before the employer hires or continues to employ them at subminimum wages. While we recognize that many subminimum wage jobs for individuals with disabilities are in sheltered settings, section 511 of the Act and final part 397 focus exclusively on the requirements that must be satisfied before an entity holding a section 14(c) certificate may hire or continue to employ an individual with a disability at subminimum wages, not on the setting in which those wages are paid.
While we encourage the DSUs and State and local educational agencies to work together to identify these students and youth with disabilities as early as possible, any referrals by educational agencies that are subject to the confidentiality requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. 1232g(b) and 34 CFR 99.30 and 99.31) and/or the IDEA (20 U.S.C. 1417(c) and 34 CFR 300.622) would need to comply with the applicable confidentiality standards. Although we are not revising the final regulations as recommended, the Department will consider ways to incorporate some of the suggestions into technical assistance to the DSUs.
The Secretary understands the recommendation to require the DSU to ensure that youth with disabilities actually complete certain services, in addition to providing documentation. However, the Secretary disagrees that this is necessary. Under section 511(c)(1)(A) of the Act and final § 397.40(a), DSUs must provide certain information and career counselling services to all individuals with disabilities, known by the DSUs, who want to continue employment at subminimum wage. Upon the completion of those services, the DSU must provide the individual with documentation that the services were provided. As such, the documentation “ensures,” as the commenter desired, that the services were actually completed. Similarly, a youth with a disability must complete certain services, such as transition and, as appropriate, pre-employment transition services, prior to beginning work in subminimum wage employment. Again, the DSUs and local educational agencies must provide documentation that the youth has completed these services, thus ensuring that the services were completed.
Finally, the Secretary agrees that nothing in this part supersedes the requirements of final 34 CFR 361.55 regarding semi-annual and annual review of individuals in extended employment or other employment under special wage certificate provisions in section 14(c) of the FLSA. We received similar suggestions to cross-reference and reconcile the requirements under final 34 CFR 361.55 and final § 397.40 to ensure consistency
The same commenter agreed with proposed § 397.2(b), which states that nothing in this part will be construed to grant the Department or its grantees jurisdiction over requirements set forth in the FLSA. The commenter added that, although the Department of Labor has the authority to grant entities section 14(c) certificates allowing subminimum wage employment to individuals with disabilities, the Department has the authority to regulate, and thus restrict, the placement of individuals with disabilities in subminimum wage employment as it relates to public schools.
Another commenter stated that the Department has express legal authority to administer funding for the VR program under the Act and to oversee services by local school districts under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). The commenter urged the Department to assume a central enforcement role over programs that facilitate employment outcomes for youth with disabilities, something which, according to the commenter, was lacking in the proposed regulations.
Other commenters stated that the Department should take a more proactive and vigorous role in enforcement, working collaboratively with the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division to enforce fully and meaningfully the requirements of section 511 of the Act, including provisions under which both Departments have overlapping jurisdiction. Similarly, several commenters viewed the enforcement of section 511 of the Act as a shared responsibility between the Departments of Education and Labor.
Several commenters expressed concerns about the enforcement of section 511, including the concern that entities holding section 14(c) certificates would continue their current practices and not comply with requirements under the Act. Some commenters suggested the Department require entities holding special wage certificates to refer youth and other individuals with disabilities to the DSU or educational agency. Many commenters recognized that these entities are subject to enforcement action from the Department of Labor and may have their certificates revoked under 29 CFR 525.17.
Similarly, since section 511 of the Act is entitled “limitations on the use of subminimum wage,” one commenter suggested that there is a legal basis under WIOA for the Department of Labor to revoke section 14(c) certificates for violations of section 511 of the Act, which these final regulations should require. The same commenter stated that after the effective date of section 511 on July 22, 2016, when an entity holding a section 14(c) certificate hires a person with a disability who is age 24 or younger without completing the required steps in section 511(a)(2)(B) of the Act, the entity should face enforcement action from the Departments of Labor and Education under both the FLSA and the Act, as amended by WIOA. Without vigorous enforcement by both Departments, particularly the Department of Education, the commenter suggested that entities holding section 14(c) certificates would view the responsibility for meeting the requirements under section 511 of the Act as resting with the DSUs.
The Secretary agrees with commenters who called for greater collaboration between the Department and the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division to ensure that the requirements of section 511 of the Act are enforced fully and meaningfully. Additionally, the Secretary agrees that the provisions of section 511 are dependent on the DSUs and educational agencies knowing the identities of individuals seeking employment or who are already employed at subminimum wage. However, despite the recommendations made by commenters, there is no statutory authority for the Department to require entities holding special wage certificates to refer youth and other individuals with disabilities to the DSU or educational agency. Section 511 of the Act does not grant the Department the authority to impose this or any other requirement on entities holding special wage certificates under the FLSA. Recognizing the importance of these requirements, the Secretary proposed part 397, taking the initiative to regulate on those provisions for which the Department is solely responsible. Under section 511 of the Act, the Department has the authority to
Contrary to the opinion of some commenters, the Department of Labor rather than the Department has enforcement authority and jurisdiction over entities holding special wage certificates, including the suspension or revocation of these certificates. Despite recommendations that we require the Department of Labor to revoke violators' section 14(c) certificates if entities are found to be in violation of section 511, the statute does not authorize the Department of Education to do so; any suspension or revocation and any related regulations must be undertaken and promulgated by the Department of Labor.
Section 511, on the other hand, imposes requirements on State and local educational agencies and DSUs administered by the Department, that are separate and distinct from the restrictions imposed on entities holding section 14(c) certificates that fall under the exclusive purview of the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division. There is nothing in section 511 of the Act that shifts the responsibility for enforcement under the FLSA either to the Department exclusively or to the Department jointly with the Department of Labor. In fact, section 511(b)(3) of the Act requires that section 511 be construed in a manner that is consistent with the FLSA. Therefore, the Department of Labor retains the authority to enforce all minimum wage and subminimum wage requirements for entities holding special wage certificates.
Second, the Department of Labor's program-specific NPRM focuses solely on program-specific requirements imposed by titles I and III of WIOA. Section 511, on the other hand, is contained in title V of the Act, which is contained in title IV of WIOA. As such, the provisions of section 511 would not have been appropriate for the Department of Labor's program-specific NPRM. Moreover, the enforcement authority in section 511 that belongs to the Department of Labor resides with a different division, specifically the Wage and Hour Division, than that covered by the Department of Labor's program-specific NPRM. Rules required under the FLSA related to the provisions of section 511 are the responsibility of the Department of Labor.
Several commenters emphasized the importance of enforcing the document review process. They suggested that the DSU or its contractor authorized to review individual documentation maintained by entities holding section 14(c) certificates have an enforcement mechanism to address deficiencies and violations. These commenters urged the Department to take a stronger stand to ensure that corrective actions can be taken by the DSU or its contractor. Another commenter requested that the final regulations define the consequences for non-compliance. One commenter suggested that the DSU should be required to report deficiencies to the Department of Labor or the Client Assistance Program (CAP).
Some commenters stated that DSUs are not enforcement or compliance agencies and requested clarification regarding enforcement authority in the documentation review process. One commenter agreed that while it was clear in the proposed regulations that the Department of Labor oversees entities holding section 14(c) certificates and the payment of subminimum wages to individuals with disabilities, further clarification of the DSU's role and scope was required. Without it, the DSU might become the “de facto” organization responsible for policing subminimum wage certificates rather than providing guidance and technical assistance.
One commenter urged that the final regulations task the Department of Labor with enforcing provisions related to the review of documentation since it already monitors entities holding special wage certificates and reviews employee documentation, unlike DSUs. If the final regulations also include the remedy of revoking an entity's 14(c) certificate for failure to maintain the required documentation for individuals employed at subminimum wage, the Department of Labor has the capacity to implement that remedy. In the view of the commenter, imposing an
Although some commenters requested that we provide the DSU or its contractor an enforcement mechanism for addressing documentation deficiencies and violations by entities holding section 14(c) certificates, the Secretary lacks the statutory authority to do as the commenters suggest. Likewise, the Secretary lacks the statutory authority to define the consequences for non-compliance by entities holding special wage certificates under the FLSA, which rests with the Department of Labor, or to require the DSU to report non-compliance by these entities to the Department of Labor or to the CAP. Having said this, nothing in section 511 prohibits a DSU from informing the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division of non-compliance it finds during any documentation review and doing so may assist in supporting the Department of Labor's efforts in monitoring compliance. A more detailed discussion of this issue is presented in the
We acknowledge that reviewing individual documentation held by the entities holding special wage certificates, as authorized by section 511(e)(2)(B) of the Act, may be regarded as burdensome to DSUs. Section 511 does not require that DSUs conduct these reviews. Rather section 511(e)(2)(B) merely subjects entities holding section 14(c) certificates to these reviews in an effort to ensure that the intent of section 511 is being fulfilled. These reviews may be conducted in a manner and at such time as is deemed necessary, consistent with a DSU's or the Department of Labor's regulations. While the Secretary agrees with the comment that the Department of Labor is experienced with conducting these reviews, the Secretary does not have the statutory authority to require that the Department of Labor be solely responsible for the documentation reviews. Section 511(e)(2)(B) of the Act clearly grants authority to the DSUs to conduct these reviews as well.
One commenter requested that we require that the protection and advocacy systems have access to any entity covered under sections 113 and 511 of the Act to monitor for rights and safety compliance, which includes the ability to speak with individuals with disabilities privately and to access records with the consent of an individual service recipient, parent, or guardian. Additionally, the commenter suggested that we require CAP staff with similar access to advise individuals employed by an entity holding a section 14(c) certificate of their rights and, with consent, to access their records.
Although several commenters expressed concerns that the proposed regulations did not provide CAP and PAIR programs with the authority to access records and conduct monitoring, the Secretary does not agree that CAP or PAIR programs have the authority to access records in the manner the commenter suggests. The advocacy provided by CAPs, whether individual or systemic, must be at the request of clients or client-applicants and must be solely for the purpose of protecting their rights or to facilitate their access to services under the Act. In representing the client or client-applicant upon that individual's request, CAPs could access relevant records of individuals with disabilities under section 511 of the Act, so long as they follow the requirements of the holder of those records, which typically require the informed written consent of the client or client-applicant.
PAIR programs have limited monitoring authority. PAIR programs provide advocacy and legal services to protect the rights of individuals with disabilities who are not eligible for services from other components of the protection and advocacy system and whose concerns are beyond the scope of the CAP. Since section 112 of the Act specifically authorizes the CAP to assist individuals with disabilities receiving services under section 511, such activities would fall outside the scope of the PAIR programs.
Despite the suggestion that independent advocates ensure that DSUs and entities adhere to the requirements of section 511 to make the most of the opportunity presented in the Act to improve the employment of individuals with disabilities, there is no statutory basis to require independent advocates to take on this role. There is no mention of independent advocates in section 511 of the Act, and these entities are not within the purview of the Department. Having said this, there is nothing in section 511 to preclude a DSU or the Department of Labor from contracting with an independent advocate to conduct reviews of documentation.
On the other hand, section 112 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, does not authorize CAPs to engage in advocacy for the sole purpose of gaining general access to records or conducting monitoring. Since section 112 of the
Section 511 gives individuals every opportunity possible to obtain competitive integrated employment by requiring that youth with disabilities receive certain services before beginning employment at subminimum wages and that individuals with disabilities of any age receive certain services every six months for the first year of subminimum wage employment and annually thereafter as long as subminimum wage employment continues.
Moreover, under section 511(b)(1) of the Act, nothing in section 511 is to be construed as changing the purpose of the Act, which is to empower individuals with disabilities to maximize their opportunities to achieve competitive integrated employment, nor is section 511 to be construed as promoting subminimum wage. Final § 397.3 sets forth the “rules of construction” consistent with those set forth in section 511(b) of the Act. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of final § 397.3 promote opportunities for competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities. Therefore, the Secretary declines to make the suggested revision.
In addition, we received comments asking whether the DSU could provide documentation to a family member of an individual with a disability. A DSU must protect all personal information regarding an individual in its possession, pursuant to final 34 CFR 361.38. To highlight this requirement, we have revised final § 397.4(b) to specifically mention the confidentiality requirements of final 34 CFR 361.38.
In addition to these specific changes in final part 397, we also made conforming changes in final 34 CFR part 361 to make clear that final 34 CFR 361.38 and 361.52 apply to applicants and recipients of services. In so doing, we ensure that individuals receiving services required by part 397, regardless of whether they have applied for or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, are still protected by the confidentiality and informed choice requirements. These changes were discussed in the preamble to final part 361 in Part B of the
As commonly understood, “peer mentoring” generally involves individuals with disabilities providing guidance, counseling, and advice to other individuals with disabilities based upon their own experiences and training and the experiences of others they know. “Self-advocacy” generally involves developing the skills, knowledge, and confidence to stand up for oneself and using appropriate means to obtain one's goals. Finally, “self-determination” generally means having the abilities, attitudes, skills, and opportunities to play an active and prominent role in living and planning one's life and future. Neither final part 397 nor section 511 of the Act includes the phrase “certain information.”
Next, “special wage certificate” applies to all entities holding section 14(c) certificates, including work centers (also known as community rehabilitation programs), hospital/residential care centers (facilities that employ patient workers), business establishments that are not a work center or an employer of patient workers, and School Work Experience Programs (SWEP). All must comply with section 511 of the Act, which provides for no exceptions and refers simply to entities holding special wage certificates issued under section 14(c) of the FLSA.
Whether “entity,” as defined in final § 397.5(d), includes associated businesses affiliated with a section 14(c) certificate holder depends upon individual circumstances. As defined, “entity” refers to any employer who holds a special wage certificate issued under section 14(c) of the FLSA.
Several commenters recommended that the Department provide guidance detailing the documentation and collaboration requirements of DSUs, educational agencies, and other entities under section 511. Similarly, one commenter requested that we include more specific language in the regulations regarding the types of documentation that would be acceptable, emphasizing that guidance should be sufficient to ensure that documentation is complete and meets the intent of section 511 of the Act. Some stated that proposed § 397.10 focused heavily on compliance with the documentation requirements, and not the congressional intent of limiting the use of subminimum wages.
Many commenters expressed concerns about the 90-day time frame for providing documentation to youth with disabilities in proposed § 397.10(c)(2) and recommended shorter time frames, such as 30 or 45 days. They noted that allowing the DSU up to 90 days to provide documentation to youth with disabilities after completing each of the required activities, which may or may not take place concurrently, could result in prolonged delays for such youth seeking to enter subminimum wage employment since there are several steps and multiple activities in the process that the youth must complete.
One commenter asked the Department to define “completed” in proposed § 397.10(b)(2)(i), stating that transition services are typically ongoing and may continue until a student graduates from high school. The same commenter posed a series of additional questions about proposed § 397.10(b)(2)(ii). The commenter asked about what constitutes documentation; the level of detail required; requirements for the rigor and quality of the activities; the need for signatures, dates, descriptions and settings of activities; information about the location or setting of activities; and the DSU's obligations if the educational agency fails to provide documentation of transition activities or such activities are deemed substandard.
One commenter urged the Department to include a new paragraph in § 397.10 or, alternatively, in § 397.50, to require the DSU to retain copies of documentation required by this part and to provide this documentation for review by the CAP or a protection and advocacy agency.
One commenter remarked that documentation of required activities denotes completion of these activities without regard to consumer choice to participate, whereas other commenters requested clarification of what documentation would be required if an individual, exercising informed choice, refuses vocational rehabilitation services.
Finally, one commenter asked for clarification regarding whether a documentation process between the DSU and the State educational agency must be developed and what documentation is required in those States that prohibit subminimum wages for individuals with disabilities. Alternatively, the commenter suggested that emphasis should be placed upon tracking services in the regulations regardless of whether a subminimum wage prohibition exists.
While the Secretary agrees that students and parents or guardians can benefit from training about subminimum wage employment, the Act does not require the formal interagency agreement to include such a requirement. To add it would be inconsistent with the statutorily required actions that must be taken by either the DSU or the State educational agency with regard to the documentation process. Nonetheless, nothing in the Act precludes the DSU and State educational agency from including a training requirement in the formal interagency agreement.
Similarly, we do not believe it necessary to require, in final part 397, the DSU to enter into interagency agreements with local educational
The Secretary agrees that further operational guidance regarding the requirements for collaboration, development, and implementation of the documentation process is warranted. Therefore, the Department's Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services intends to collaborate with the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division in issuing guidance about implementing the requirements in final part 397, particularly the documentation process. This guidance will help to ensure that the documentation process works smoothly within already-established procedures for the DSUs and State and local educational agencies, especially with regard to the protection of personally identifiable information, while also enabling efficient and effective reviews of any such documentation by the Department of Labor.
Final §§ 397.10 and 397.30 specify the documentation requirements. Final § 397.20 describes the activities for which documentation must be provided, all of which are familiar to DSUs and local educational agencies and should pose no additional administrative burden. Each DSU has case management practices for documenting various steps in the vocational rehabilitation process, such as eligibility and ineligibility determinations, the individualized plan for employment, the provision of vocational rehabilitation services (including pre-employment transition services), and case closure. State educational agencies also have methods for documenting transition services provided to students under the IDEA. In developing the documentation process, each DSU, in coordination with the State educational agency, has flexibility to determine the most appropriate procedures for documenting required activities and for timely provision of the documentation to youth with disabilities upon their completion of the required activities.
As proposed, § 397.10(c)(2) required the DSU to provide the documentation of the completion of each of the required actions in §§ 397.20 and 397.30 to a youth as soon as possible, but no later than 90 days, following the completion of each of the actions. We understand the concerns raised by commenters, and we want to emphasize that we anticipate DSUs and State educational agencies will develop a process whereby the documentation in most instances will be provided either concurrently with the completion of the activity or very shortly thereafter, and we encourage them to do so.
For example, DSUs typically provide documentation of eligibility or ineligibility determinations to the individual within a very short time after the decision is made. Similarly, DSUs typically provide a copy of the individualized plan for employment to the individual at the time both parties sign the document. With regard to providing services, such as pre-employment transition services or transition services, we anticipate that the DSUs and schools will develop a streamlined approach for transmittal of the documentation by the DSU to the youth.
We proposed a period of up to 90 days to be consistent with other time frames in the vocational rehabilitation process and to enable DSUs to obtain documentation from local educational agency personnel who may not be available due to extenuating circumstances. It was never the Department's intent to delay the provision of the required documentation to any individual seeking subminimum wage employment. After considerable deliberation and balancing competing interests while not imposing undue burden on the DSUs or schools, the Secretary has modified the time frame in these final regulations. Final § 397.10(c)(2) requires the DSU to provide the requisite documentation, including documentation received from the local educational agency, to the youth within 45 calendar days of completion of the activity.
For example, if a student completes a required activity provided by the local educational agency, the documentation must be transmitted to the DSU and provided to the youth all within 45 calendar days. However, if, due to extenuating circumstances additional time is needed, documentation must be provided to the youth within 90 calendar days after completion of the activity. As provided in final § 397.10(c)(2)(i)(B), this exception for extenuating circumstances is a limited exception that would cover circumstances such as, the unexpected absence of the individual necessary to provide the documentation, or a natural disaster. That said, DSUs and State educational agencies could establish a shorter time frame in their documentation processes.
We recognize that providing transition services, as well as pre-employment transition services, may be ongoing for students with disabilities. For example, under the IDEA, a student with a disability may receive transition services until the student graduates from high school with a regular diploma or exceeds the age of eligibility for a free appropriate public education. Similarly, students with disabilities may receive pre-employment transition services under the Act for as long as the student remains in an educational program and meets the definition of a “student with a disability” under final 34 CFR 361.5(c)(51). For purposes of final § 397.10(b)(2)(i), the local educational agency must, consistent with confidentiality requirements of FERPA and/or the IDEA, provide the DSU documentation of transition services when a student has completed all transition services in the individualized education program. The final regulations do not contain a definition of “completion,” as suggested by commenters, because the definition would vary widely depending on the activity. The Secretary will provide more guidance in the general operational guidance for the documentation process required by section 511 and final part 397.
Section 511 of the Act does not address what constitutes documentation, the level of detail required, requirements related to the rigor and quality of the activities, the need for signatures, dates, descriptions and settings of activities, information about the location or setting of activities, and the DSU's obligations if the education agency fails to provide documentation of transition activities or such activities are deemed substandard. Some of these issues are best left to the DSU and State educational agency to negotiate when developing the interagency agreement or the documentation process to maximize State flexibility and accommodate the unique needs within a State. However, the Secretary agrees that some guidance would be helpful. Therefore, the Secretary has revised final § 397.10(a) to state that the documentation process must address both the actual production and transmittal of documentation.
In addition, the Secretary has revised final § 397.10(a) by adding three new paragraphs. Final § 397.10(a)(1) establishes minimum requirements for information to be contained in the documentation of determinations made or the completion of an activity. Final § 397.10(a)(2) establishes minimum requirements for information that must be contained in documentation in the event that a youth, or his or her parent or guardian, exercises informed choice and refuses to participate in an activity required by section 511 of the Act or final part 397. Final § 397.10(a)(3) requires the DSU to retain a copy of all required documentation provided to the youth. The DSU must retain this documentation just as it would any other documentation in its case management system, and the documentation must be retained in accordance with the requirements of 2 CFR 200.333, which governs record retention for all Federal grantees.
In using an existing process or developing a new documentation process, the DSU and the State educational agency may wish to consider questions such as those posed by the commenter but not addressed in these final regulations. In addition, the Secretary has revised final § 397.10(b)(2)(i) to require the educational agency to provide the documentation to the DSU. The Secretary has also added a new requirement in final § 397.10(c)(3) that the DSU provide, when transmitting documentation of the last determination made or activity completed, a cover sheet that itemizes all documentation provided to the youth. The Secretary hopes that these additions will assist DSUs and State educational agencies in developing a streamlined documentation process that will enable the expedient completion and transmittal of the documentation to the youth, and allow for the expedient review of the documentation, if a review is conducted by the DSU or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor.
Additionally, for the reasons discussed in the section titled
Although section 511 of the Act and final part 397 establish prerequisites for a youth with a disability to work in subminimum wage employment, as with any vocational rehabilitation service, the youth with a disability, or his or her parent or guardian, as applicable, may exercise informed choice and refuse to participate. If a youth chooses not to participate in the activities required by section 511 of the Act and final part 397, or chooses to opt out of the vocational rehabilitation process entirely, such a choice will impact the permissibility of the youth to work at subminimum wage and preclude him or her from obtaining subminimum wage employment given the limitations imposed by section 511 of the Act and final part 397. Accordingly, DSUs should inform youth with disabilities and/or their guardians of the youth's ineligibility for subminimum wage employment if he or she refuses to participate in the required activities. As discussed previously, final § 397.10(a)(2) establishes documentation requirements for when a youth refuses to participate in the required activities. Meeting these requirements demonstrates the DSU's compliance under section 511 and final part 397. The Secretary believes it is appropriate to establish an even shorter time frame for the transmittal of documentation demonstrating the youth's refusal to participate in required activities under final part 397 because there should be few administrative reasons for delay. Thus, in this circumstance, final § 397.10(b)(2)(ii) requires that the documentation be provided to the youth, within 10 calendar days of the youth's refusal.
In a State that prohibits the payment of subminimum wages to individuals with disabilities, the DSU and the State educational agency still must develop a documentation process in accordance with final § 397.10, although it may be used infrequently. This documentation would be necessary if a youth with a disability seeks subminimum wage employment in another State that does not prohibit subminimum wages.
Finally, the Department, upon further review, notes that the documentation of pre-employment transition services in final § 397.10(b)(1) refers to a “student with a disability” rather than a “youth with a disability” because only a student with a disability may receive pre-employment transition services. Further, the section states more directly that the appropriate school official responsible for providing transition services will provide the DSU documentation of completion of appropriate transition services under the IDEA.
Second, we revised final § 397.10(a) by adding three paragraphs. Final § 397.10(a)(1) establishes minimum information that must be contained in documentation of a youth's completion of required activities. Final § 397.10(a)(2) establishes the minimum information that must be contained in documentation when a youth refuses to participate in the required activities. Final § 397.10(a)(3) requires the DSU to retain copies of all documentation required by final part 397.
We revised final § 397.10(b)(1) to clarify that we are referring to a “student with a disability” with regard to the documentation of the completion of appropriate pre-employment transition services. We also revised § 397.10(b)(2)(i) to clarify that the appropriate school official responsible for the provision of transition services must provide the DSU documentation of completion of appropriate transition services under the IDEA. We revised final § 397.10(c)(2) by adding two new paragraphs. Final § 397.10(c)(2)(i) requires the DSU to provide all requisite documentation to the youth within 45 calendar days of the determination or the completion of the required activities, unless extenuating circumstances make additional time necessary. In that case, the documentation must be provided to the youth within 90 calendar days of the determination or completion of the activity or service. The final regulations also provide examples of what could constitute extenuating circumstances necessitating the additional time. Final § 397.10(c)(2)(ii) requires the DSU to provide documentation of the youth's refusal to participate in required activities within 10 calendar days of the refusal. Lastly, final § 397.10(c)(3) was added to require the DSU to provide a coversheet that itemizes all documentation provided to the youth when transmitting documentation of the last determination made or activity completed.
Suggesting that the distinctions in “reasonable period of time” between those youth with supported employment goals and those with other employment goals prove more confusing than helpful, a few commenters supported language that reflects an individualized approach for defining “reasonable period of time” for all youth, including those individuals in supported employment. One commenter stated that, without uniform time frames for both youth with disabilities seeking supported employment outcomes and youth seeking other competitive integrated employment outcomes, DSUs may circumvent the necessary level of effort needed in working with individuals by simply writing an individualized plan for employment that does not include the goal of supported employment.
Although many commenters requested a specified time frame—of anywhere from 24 months, to coincide with that for the provision of supported employment services, to up to four years to coincide with the amount of time allowed for the provision of extended services for a youth with a disability—we believe that a “reasonable period of time” must take into account the disability-related and vocational needs of the individual, as well as the anticipated length of time required to complete the services identified in the individualized plan for employment to achieve an employment outcome. The time frame for providing supported employment services is prescribed in section 7(39) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final 34 CFR 361.5(c)(54), but the Act does not limit the amount of time for providing any other vocational rehabilitation service. Therefore, we believe that it is not in the best interest of individuals with disabilities to limit the time for providing vocational rehabilitation services other than supported employment services. To do so might unnecessarily restrict the amount of time an individual may need to complete the services necessary to achieve an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment.
We understand the concerns expressed by many of the commenters about limitations on the amount of time the DSU may devote to assisting youth with disabilities to achieve competitive integrated employment, especially if someone is not seeking supported employment. We also understand the desire to provide a minimum time, rather than a maximum time, during which the DSU may help youth with disabilities attain employment outcomes, including supported employment. However, we believe that with allowable extensions, and based upon the needs of the individual and the individual's disability, DSUs have the flexibility to provide all services and supports necessary for an individual to achieve competitive integrated employment in a reasonable time prior to closing the individual's service record as unsuccessful.
One commenter was concerned that proposed § 397.20 served as a loophole for the education system to continue to view subminimum wage employment as a viable alternative and suggested that the final regulations be strengthened by specifying that youth must be provided exposure to, and opportunities for, experiences such as integrated work-based learning programs, summer jobs, summer volunteering, and summer internships to enable them to make an informed choice to pursue subminimum wage employment.
We understand the confusion created by proposed § 397.20(a)(1), which covered the documentation of completed pre-employment transition services that must be provided to youth by the DSU, when, in fact, pre-employment transition services are provided to students with disabilities, not to all youth with disabilities. We have revised this paragraph to clarify that documentation for the completion of pre-employment transition services applies to students with disabilities. We have made further revisions for the documentation of the completion of transition services under the IDEA, which the DSU is also responsible for providing to youth once the local educational agency has provided such documentation to the DSU.
We disagree with the commenter's alternative suggestion of making an exception to the definition of “pre-employment transition services” in final 34 CFR 361.5(c)(42) to include all youth for purposes of this part, as that would be inconsistent with section 113 of the Act.
We understand that a DSU would find it challenging to obtain documentation of services after a youth has left the education system; however, educational systems must maintain records of the provision of transition services to students provided through an individualized education program.
We appreciate the commenter's concern about the burden of tracking individuals receiving pre-employment transition services and their activities in order to provide documentation to a few individuals that might seek subminimum wage employment. The commenter recommended removing the requirement from final § 397.20(a)(1). However, this would be inconsistent with section 511(d)(2)(a) of the Act.
We agree that youth with disabilities may find integrated work based learning programs, summer jobs, summer volunteering, and summer internships valuable and these experiences could better enable them to make an informed choice of whether to pursue subminimum wage employment. However, we do not believe that embedding this language in the regulations in part 397 would strengthen the final regulations, as they already incorporate the requirements to document the completion of pre-employment transition services and/or transition services for youth with disabilities, which include these activities.
Finally, we made a technical change in the title of this section, replacing “considering” with “seeking” to be consistent with § 397.30. “Seeking” more appropriately describes those youth who have determined that they would like to pursue subminimum wage employment.
Other commenters asked whether the employment goal specified in the individualized plan for employment needs to be consistent with competitive integrated employment when considering the individual's strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests and informed choice. Also, they asked what the expectations are around the determination of ineligibility, including how many work experiences must be provided and how long to pursue supported employment after the 24-month period or customized employment when resources for long-term supports are not available. Finally, commenters asked how to consider an individual's geographic area when providing referrals to Federal and State programs and other resources that offer employment-related services and supports designed to enable the individual to explore, discover, experience, and attain competitive integrated employment.
The specified employment goal must be consistent with the general goal of competitive integrated employment when considering the individual's strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice in accordance with section 102(b)(4) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final 34 CFR 361.46(a). The answers to the other questions posed by the commenter are dependent upon circumstances and require the judgment of the DSU and the vocational rehabilitation counselor in consideration of the consumer's choice and needs.
In addition, final § 397.30(c)(2) requires educational personnel, when transmitting documentation of the last service or activity completed by the youth to the DSU, to provide a coversheet that itemizes all documentation transmitted to the DSU regarding that youth. In so doing, the DSU will have a checklist to ensure receipt of each documentation, thereby ensuring the youth obtains all necessary documentation. These additional provisions are necessary to ensure consistency between the DSU and the local educational agencies in the documentation process. All of these changes are consistent with those made in final § 397.10.
As previously discussed in other sections of this part, the CAP and protection and advocacy systems already have access to records in accordance with their governing statutes and regulations and section 511 of the Act does not expand this access.
We disagree with the recommendation to remove the phrase “who are known to be seeking subminimum wage employment” or, alternatively, “who are known to be” from the title in final § 397.30. The provisions relate directly to youth who are contemplating or seeking subminimum wage employment, and local educational agencies have knowledge of these individuals in meeting the IDEA requirements for transition services in the individualized education program in 20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII)(aa)-(bb).
In considering the commenter who recommended making it mandatory for the local educational agency to provide documentation of the completion of required activities to the student, upon further review, the Department has determined that providing documentation of completed activities by the local educational agency directly to a youth with a disability seeking subminimum wage employment is not mandatory, and we are removing this language in the final regulation to be more consistent with the statute and final § 397.10. The documentation must be provided by the local education agency to the DSU in accordance with section 511(d)(2)(ii) and (iii).
The local educational agency, in accordance with the requirements in section 511(d)(2) and the documentation process developed by the DSU in consultation with the State educational agency, must provide documentation to the DSU. The DSU is then responsible under section 511(d)(2)(A)(iii) to provide this documentation to the student with a disability. Final §§ 397.10 and 397.30 make this requirement clear and ensure
While we agree that it is in the best interest of a student with a disability considering subminimum wage employment to be referred by a local educational agency to the DSU in order to complete the requirements under final § 397.20, we believe that this is best left to the DSU and the State educational agency to negotiate when developing the interagency agreement required by 34 CFR 361.22. Nevertheless, we believe that this practice represents the type of coordination and cooperation that should exist between DSUs and local educational agencies and enables collaboration with the student with a disability to provide a complete program of services that may result in an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment. See a more detailed discussion of this issue earlier in this preamble. Regardless, once the DSU receives documentation of completed transition activities from the local educational agency, then the individual will become known to the DSU, and thus “referred.”
Most commenters expressed concern that the proposed regulation was being interpreted by educational agencies and DSUs to mean that an entity that holds a section 14(c) certificate is automatically prohibited from providing any service paid for by local and State educational agencies and that this was not the intent of section 511(b)(2) of the Act. The commenters requested that we clarify that State and local educational agencies may contract with entities holding section 14(c) certificates such as community rehabilitation programs for other purposes, including transition and pre-employment transition services that are beneficial to students with disabilities and supported by parents of these individuals. One commenter asked whether proposed § 397.31 eliminates the ability of local educational agencies to contract with holders of section 14(c) certificates for the provision of internships and work-based tryouts, among other services.
One commenter mentioned that in rural States or areas, the availability of services may be limited to providers who hold special wage certificates, thus provisions in part 397 should not preclude students from accessing the expertise section 14(c) certificate holders have in assisting people into competitive integrated employment.
Additionally, a commenter strongly emphasized the desire to sustain a wide range of quality rehabilitation services for youth with disabilities and believed that restricting the legitimate engagement of State educational agencies with section 14(c) certificate holders would result in a reduction of service availability, and curtail learning opportunities and services available to youth with disabilities.
A commenter asked whether schools may contract with providers that offer subminimum wage and minimum wage services when the only service being contracted for would be opportunities paid at minimum wage.
A few commenters suggested that the regulatory language as proposed should not be modified to suggest that some types of contracts between an educational agency and an entity using section 14(c) certificates are permissible. A few others expressed support for the regulation but suggested that the language should clearly indicate that States cannot engage at all in any contracts for any vocational rehabilitation services with agencies that pay subminimum wages.
One commenter emphasized that the types of jobs students with disabilities are introduced to during high school correlate to the types of jobs they will obtain following graduation. They therefore supported proposed § 397.31, which reduces students' exposure to subminimum wage employment and increases students' opportunities for obtaining competitive integrated employment. Similarly, another commenter stated that limiting the opportunity for inadvertent slotting into subminimum wage employment is a step in the right direction for students with disabilities toward achieving competitive integrated employment. One commenter, citing research predicting post-school employment, suggested that all work-related activities to prepare individuals with disabilities for jobs and careers should happen in realistic integrated environments, not in segregated workplaces or where an individual is paid a subminimum wage.
A few commenters suggested that the formal interagency agreement between the DSU and the State educational agency in proposed 34 CFR 361.22 prohibit contracts or arrangements with, or referrals to, programs in which youth with disabilities are employed at subminimum wages. Commenters also recommended inserting the requirement for referrals in proposed § 397.31.
Other commenters suggested inserting the word “sub-contract” between “contract” and “other arrangements” to align proposed § 397.31 with the language in section 511(a) of the Act regarding entities, including contractors and subcontractors of entities. Additionally, many of these commenters also requested that the prohibition be extended to local and State educational agencies that operate a program where a youth with a disability is engaged in subminimum wage employment. A few commenters were unclear about the term “other arrangement” and interpreted this as not specifically prohibiting referrals to programs employing youth with disabilities at subminimum wages.
A number of commenters requested either that the Department issue guidance to local and State educational agencies clarifying that the contracting prohibitions only apply to contracts for the purposes of operating a program under which a youth with disabilities is
We appreciate the significance of the contracting prohibition in section 511(b)(2) of the Act and the comments received in response to proposed § 397.31 seeking clarification and making recommendations. We agree with the substantial number of commenters that this section does not preclude State and local educational agencies from contracting with entities holding section 14(c) certificates, such as community rehabilitation programs, for purposes other than operating a program for youth under which work is compensated at a subminimum wage. In other words, nothing in section 511(b)(2) of the Act or final § 397.31 precludes a State or local educational agency from contracting with an entity, even if that entity holds a special wage certificate under section 14(c) of the FLSA, for another purpose, including the provision of transition and pre-employment transition services that are beneficial to students with disabilities, so long as they are not paid subminimum wage if compensation is provided. Pre-employment transition services under final 34 CFR 361.48(a) and assessment services provided to vocational rehabilitation consumers must be provided in integrated settings to the maximum extent possible. Further, nothing in section 511(b)(2) of the Act or final § 397.31 prohibits a State or local educational agency from contracting with an entity holding a special wage certificate for the purpose of operating a program in which the youth is paid at or above minimum wage. A State or local educational agency, prior to entering into such a contract, must ensure that the youth will be paid at least minimum wage. Only in doing this can the local or State educational agency ensure its compliance with section 511(b)(2) and final § 397.31. It is not necessary to revise final § 397.31 because the regulation mirrors the statute and states that the prohibition is against contracting for “the purpose” of operating a program for youth under which work is compensated at a subminimum wage.
The Department also agrees with commenters who regard the contracting prohibition as a step toward limiting the progression of students and transition-age youth into subminimum wage employment, since it seeks to limit the exposure of these individuals to settings that pay subminimum wages. Final § 397.31 raises expectations for both youth with disabilities and their families, and redirects them toward experiences leading to competitive integrated employment in the community.
While we understand the commenters' desire to align the language in final § 397.31 with section 511(a) of the Act, which references entities holding special wage certificates as well as their contractors and subcontractors, we disagree that it is necessary to specifically mention “subcontractors” in these final regulations. Final § 397.31 prohibits the State or local educational agency from entering into a contract or other arrangement with an “entity, as defined in § 397.5(d)” for the purpose of operating a program in which the youth is engaged in work compensated at a subminimum wage. Final § 397.5(d) defines “entity” as an employer, or a contractor or subcontractor of that employer, that holds a special wage certificate described in section 14(c) of the FLSA. Therefore, contractors and subcontractors of the employer holding the special wage certificate are already included in that definition, making specific reference to contractors and subcontractors unnecessary. The reference to “other arrangements” in both section 511(b)(2) and final § 397.31 refers to any other type of agreement (other than a contract), such as a memorandum of understanding or subcontract, through which the State or local educational agency makes arrangements with entities operating programs in which youth with disabilities are paid subminimum wages under section 14(c) of the FLSA. The term allows for a broad interpretation of the relationships that might exist between a local or State educational agency and an entity, as well as the types of agreements they may enter into to establish those relationships, including sub-contracts. For purposes of the requirements and limitations in final part 397 (including the contracting prohibition in final § 397.31), a local or State educational agency that holds a section 14(c) certificate to operate a program in which a youth with a disability is engaged in work compensated at a subminimum wage is treated in the same manner as any other entity holding a special wage certificate under section 14(c) of the FLSA.
We agree that the interagency agreement between the DSU and State educational agency, as described in 34 CFR 361.22, should include reference to the prohibition in final § 397.31. Therefore, 34 CFR 361.22(b)(6), both proposed and final, requires the interagency agreement to include an assurance that neither the State or local educational agency will enter into a contract or other arrangement for the purpose of operating a program in which youth with disabilities are engaged in work compensated at a subminimum wage. Thus, final 34 CFR 361.22(b)(6) ensures consistency between the interagency agreement required under that part and the requirements of final § 397.31.
The Secretary disagrees with the recommendation to revise final § 397.31 to prohibit local or State educational agencies from making referrals to entities holding special wage certificates. As discussed previously, as well as in detail in the preamble to final 34 CFR part 361, the Act does not prohibit services such as assessments, pre-employment transition services, and other services from being provided by
With regard to the request that final § 397.31 be revised to specify that the State educational agency is responsible for enforcing final § 397.31, the Secretary disagrees that such change is necessary. First, the Department will be enforcing this provision through its regular monitoring activities. Second, the prohibition applies to both the State and local educational agencies; therefore, it would not be appropriate for the State educational agency to enforce a requirement against itself. As stated above, the Department intends to issue operating guidance to the States regarding the implementation of the requirements of final part 397, including the prohibition contained in final § 397.31.
A few commenters expressed concerns related to the requirement to provide information and career counseling-related services to adults working in subminimum wage jobs, suggesting that the requirement places pressure on DSU staff and fiscal resources due to the sheer numbers of these individuals, and could impact the ability to serve all eligible individuals in the State through the VR program without implementing an order of selection.
Another commenter asked whether the services described in proposed § 397.40 were for all individuals or just those individuals that have been served by the DSU.
Regarding required intervals for providing information and referral and career counseling, many commenters provided requests for clarification and recommendations related to the semi-annual and annual intervals for providing these services to individuals in subminimum wage employment. Several recommended referencing and reconciling the requirements under proposed § 397.40 with those under proposed 34 CFR 361.55 related to semi-annual and annual reviews for individuals in extended employment or subminimum wage employment.
A few commenters sought clarification regarding the individuals to be served and whether there were differences in the requirements for youth and other individuals with disabilities. One commenter asked whether entities were to refer every subminimum wage employee for career counseling by January of 2017 or whether this section only applies to individuals who become employed in subminimum wage after the effective date of section 511, July 22, 2016, citing that, either way, the workload would be significant.
Another commenter questioned why these services were available every six months for the first year of employment only, suggesting that the more often individuals received career counseling and information and referral services, the more likely that the individual would become comfortable with the idea of future competitive integrated employment.
We agree with commenters that income-based benefits counseling would be beneficial to individuals with disabilities who are employed at subminimum wage. There is no prohibition in section 511 against providing benefits counseling as a part of information and referral or career counseling. The Secretary believes that information provided as part of benefits counseling could enable individuals with disabilities to have the information they need to understand the full opportunities provided by competitive integrated employment. For this reason, the Secretary has revised final § 397.40(a) by adding paragraph (4) to specify that career counseling and information and referral services may include benefits counseling, particularly with regard to the interplay between earned income and income-based financial, medical, and other benefits.
We understand the concerns and challenges with meeting the requirements under this section due to the potentially large numbers of individuals to be served on an annual or semi-annual basis. DSUs may contract these services to help mitigate the demands upon the DSU staff and resources. We also recognize these additional activities could impact a State's needs and decisions regarding order of selection. However, section 511 is explicit about the activities that must be performed by the DSU with regard to individuals with disabilities employed
To clarify, the services under this section are for any individual in subminimum wage employment, not just individuals who have been applicants or recipients of services under the VR program or who have been served by the DSU under another program administered by that agency.
With respect to career counseling, and whether requirements for information and referral and career counseling differ between youth and other individuals with disabilities, all are required. The timing for the semi-annual provision of career counseling and information and referral services applies only for an individual with a disability who begins employment at subminimum wage on or after the effective date of section 511 (July 22, 2016). This means, for example, that an individual who begins employment at subminimum wage on July 30, 2016, must receive the first provision of the semi-annual career counselling and information and referral services no later than January 30, 2017, and the second provision of the semi-annual services no later than July 30, 2017, and the annual set of services no later than July 30, of each year thereafter for as long as the individual maintains subminimum wage employment. For individuals who were already employed at subminimum wage when section 511 takes effect (July 22, 2016), the individual must receive career counseling and information and referral services at least once a year. Neither the statute nor these final regulations dictate when those annual reviews must be done. This is a matter for the entity holding the special wage certificate and/or the DSU to determine in terms of what works best within their operations. However, the Secretary clarifies here that all individuals employed at subminimum wage must have received the requisite first annual career counseling and information and referral services no later than July 22, 2017, and annually thereafter by that date. Consistent with the Act, all individuals employed at subminimum wage, regardless of date of employment, must receive career counseling by at least one year after the effective date of section 511.
We agree that frequent career counseling and guidance activities may assist individuals in subminimum wage employment to consider competitive integrated employment. Although the Act requires DSUs to provide these career counseling and information and referral services on a semi-annual basis for the first year of employment and annually thereafter, nothing in the Act prohibits a DSU from providing these services on a more frequent basis. The specific requirements for youth, and the semi-annual and annual counseling and information and referral requirements, along with the documentation requirements, as required by the statute become effective on July 22, 2016. The Secretary has revised final § 397.40(c) to make these requirements related to the required intervals more clear.
A few commenters suggested that language be added mandating interagency agreements with the State educational agency, the State intellectual and developmental disabilities agency, and any other appropriate agency serving individuals who may be in subminimum wage employment to identify and refer individuals considering, or currently in, subminimum wage employment to the DSU. This suggestion aligned with other commenters who advocated a more expansive and proactive strategy by the DSU to identify all individuals who are contemplating or are currently in subminimum wage, which one commenter described as similar to “child find” under the IDEA. One commenter urged that a subsection be added to final 34 CFR 361.29(a)(1)(i) and (b) requiring the comprehensive statewide assessment under the VR program include information about individuals who are working in segregated and subminimum wage jobs for employers using section 14(c) certificates.
One commenter asked whether the DSU was required to track an individual working in a sheltered workshop setting who contacted the agency for independent living services.
Another commenter asked whether proposed § 397.40 establishes an affirmative requirement or expectation that DSUs or their contractors seek out individuals in subminimum wage employment, noting the potential issue of confidentiality between the individual and the employer.
A commenter suggested adding language that would require that any entity holding a section 14(c) certificate failing to refer an individual to the DSU have its section 14(c) certificate suspended until it has been documented that all employees working at subminimum wage have been referred to the DSU.
Some commenters suggested that coordination and guidance from the Federal Departments on the identification issues would be helpful.
Furthermore, there is no statutory mandate for entities holding section 14(c) certificates to refer to the DSU employees or individuals with disabilities seeking to enter subminimum wage employment.
We considered using the words “who are referred” instead of “who are known,” but that phrase implied an active referral process required by other entities, all of whom are outside of the Department's purview. The phrase “who are known” allows for any method of identifying individuals to the DSU and clarifies there is no mandate that the DSU seek out or solicit individuals with disabilities employed at subminimum wage. In final § 397.40(a)(2), we are including “self-referred” in the list detailing examples of how the DSU knows of an individual. The Secretary has also added a paragraph in final § 397.40(c)(3)(ii) to clarify when an individual with a disability becomes “known” to the DSU.
While we agree that there is benefit in identifying individuals with disabilities in subminimum wage employment or those potentially seeking such employment, through interagency agreements with other State agencies such as the State educational agency, the State intellectual and developmental disabilities agency, and any other appropriate agency, we cannot require other agencies to make these referrals because section 511 does not impose any requirements on most of the agencies suggested by the commenters. State and local educational agencies will be providing, in effect, a referral when they transmit documentation to the DSU demonstrating the completion of transition and other services by students with disabilities. As stated in an earlier section of this preamble, we have encouraged DSUs and various other State and local agencies with whom they have relationships for cooperation and coordination of services, to include provisions in their interagency agreements related to the referral of individuals employed at subminimum wage. We do not believe it is appropriate to amend these final regulations to require such provisions because these matters are best left to the States to determine what meets their unique needs and circumstances. We expect that DSUs will use the opportunity as they develop relationships and agreements through the coordination and cooperative agreements set out in final 34 CFR 361.24 to seek cross-agency referrals.
With regard to entities holding 14(c) certificates under the FLSA, all authority to impose requirements (
We appreciate the question from the commenter who asked whether the DSU is required to track an individual who is employed in a sheltered workshop setting at subminimum wage, and who contacted the agency for independent living services. While such is not specifically required by statute, section 511 of the Act requires the DSU to provide certain services and/or documentation to individuals with disabilities, including youth with disabilities, who are seeking (for purposes of youth with disabilities only) or maintaining subminimum wage employment (for individuals with disabilities of any age). The Secretary has interpreted, for purposes of final part 397, and stated throughout this preamble, that the DSU must provide these required services or documentation to any individual with a disability whom it knows is seeking or maintaining employment at subminimum wage, not only individuals who have participated in the VR program or been referred by the CAP. As stated above, the DSU can know of these individuals in a variety of ways, including through the programs it administers, such as the VR program or the independent living programs. Therefore, if the DSU knows of an individual through the independent living program and knows that individual is seeking or maintaining subminimum wage employment, the DSU must provide the services and documentation required by section 511 of the Act and final part 397, including the requirements of final § 397.40.
We address the comment that we add requirements to the comprehensive statewide assessment to include information about individuals who are working in segregated and subminimum wage jobs for employers using section 14(c) certificates in the
It is anticipated that joint guidance from the Departments of Education and Labor is forthcoming and will address, among other aspects of WIOA, the limitations on use of subminimum wage if the required services and documentation have not been provided. In the meantime, the expectation is that, at every opportunity, DSUs will identify individuals with disabilities seeking employment or who are currently employed at a subminimum wage.
A few commenters recommended that the Department further clarify that an entity that holds a section 14(c) certificate, but does not have a financial interest in the outcome of the individual, may provide the services required under section 511(c)(1). Some of those commenters expressed concern that an overly restrictive interpretation would have a detrimental impact on rural areas with few providers.
Several commenters regarded section 14(c) certificate holders as clearly having a “financial interest” and therefore, should be precluded from providing services required under this section. Although these entities may not have an immediate financial interest in the employment outcome of the individual, some commenters viewed them as having a definite interest in encouraging the individual to apply for vocational rehabilitation services in anticipation of being selected at a later time to provide employment or supported employment services.
Several commenters suggested that if the DSU contracts with public and private service providers to provide the services required for individuals who are currently in subminimum wage employment, rather than provide the services directly, language be added to proposed § 397.40 in the final regulations that explicitly and specifically prohibits section 14(c) certificate holders from providing these
We agree with the several commenters who suggested that if the DSU contracts with public and private service providers to provide the services required for individuals who are currently in subminimum wage employment, rather than provide the services directly itself, then the services may be provided, so long as the service providers are not section 14(c) certificate holders. We have added language in final § 397.40, therefore, that prohibits section 14(c) certificate holders from providing these services.
Clarification was sought by a few commenters regarding how proposed part 397 would impact clients of the DSU who are being paid subminimum wages in a community rehabilitation program as part of their training under an individualized plan for employment. Additionally, a commenter asked if the DSU may contract with businesses to perform a service in a workshop, for a limited time, as part of the individual's individualized plan for employment.
The Secretary does not believe that final part 397 would impact clients of the DSU who receive a training stipend that is below minimum wage for work performed in a community rehabilitation program as part of their training under an individualized plan for employment. That being said, we encourage that all training and assessment take place in an integrated setting to the maximum extent possible to reinforce the expectation under the Act that all individuals with disabilities, given the proper training and supports, can achieve competitive integrated employment. However, neither section 511 of the Act nor final part 397 prohibits a DSU from entering into a contract with a business in which clients in training receive a training stipend that is below minimum wage. Unlike the prohibition against these contracts for State and local educational agencies, such a prohibition for DSUs would go beyond the scope of section 511 of the Act and these final regulations. We wish to emphasize, however, that section 511(b)(2) of the Act and final § 397.31 address contracting prohibitions for State and local educational agencies entering into contracts with entities holding section 14(c) certificates for the purpose of operating a program for youth in which work is compensated at a subminimum wage. In this case, work associated with a work experience, work adjustment training and extended employment, or other activities for which work is
Most commenters responding to proposed § 397.50 regarding the role of the DSU in the review of individual documentation maintained by entities, as defined in proposed § 397.5(d) under this part, stated that the proposed regulation did not include sufficient language to provide for any enforcement mechanism, should the DSU discover that documentation does not exist or is not sufficient. Some commenters asked that an enforcement mechanism be included, reflecting, at a minimum, the requirement that the DSU report documentation deficiencies to the Department of Labor for action, or to the CAP. Some commenters suggested that, although the proposed regulation establishes a much needed opportunity to review individual documentation, it does not indicate what actions, including authorized corrective actions or revocation of section 14(c) certificates, may be taken if deficiencies are identified by the DSU or its contractor.
Several commenters recommended that we remove the proposed language that allows a contractor working for the DSU to conduct documentation reviews of section 14(c) certificate holders, viewing this as conflicting with section 511. They suggested that if the final regulations continue to allow contractors to conduct documentation reviews, that additional language be added that specifies parameters for such contractors, including a prohibition of the use of organizations that are section 14(c) certificate holders to conduct such reviews.
Several commenters requested that specified timelines for the review of documentation be added to enhance enforcement, and that language be added to specify that the CAP and protection and advocacy system have jurisdiction in reviewing compliance with Section 511 requirements.
A few commenters requested that we clarify whether the review of documentation by the DSU is a requirement, and if so, noted that the DSUs do not have the resources or expertise to conduct such reviews, suggesting that the reviews are best conducted by the agency responsible for the administration of the special wage certificate.
Another commenter shared concerns about the record-keeping responsibilities and the supporting documentation for monitoring purposes. Other commenters had questions and concerns pertaining to whether the DSU can make a blanket documentation of an entity, or if requests to review documentation must be made on an individual basis. Commenters recommended that the final regulations task the Department of Labor with the responsibility for documentation reviews based upon its experience with reviewing and monitoring entities for compliance with section 14(c) of the FLSA.
Because there is no requirement that these reviews be done, neither the statute nor these final regulations establish a time frame for the reviews. Section 511(e)(B) of the Act provides that the reviews are to be done “at such a time” as may be necessary to fulfill the intent of section 511. Therefore, the timing of any such reviews must be determined by the DSU or the Department of Labor as either deems necessary.
We disagree with commenters that the DSU should report violations discovered during a review of documentation to the CAP. As previously discussed, the applicability of final part 397 to CAPs and protection and advocacy systems must be consistent with their responsibilities under their respective authorizing statutes and regulations. Monitoring and oversight activities are beyond the scope of the CAP's authority under section 112 of the Act. Therefore, we do not believe it is appropriate to include any specific language regarding their authority or jurisdiction in these final regulations.
We also appreciate the many comments and suggested regulatory language submitted by a variety of commenters related to the DSU's role in the review of documentation. We agree that enforcement measures and consequences for non-compliance are important; however, section 511 of the Act does not include specific enforcement authority for DSUs and to include such measures in the final regulations would be inconsistent with the Act. Enforcement of section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act rests with the Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division. Additionally, consequences for non-compliance with the requirements for documentation prior to hiring youth with disabilities or continuing to employ individuals with disabilities of any age and the retention of documentation records by entities under section 511 also rests with the Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division. Although section 511 does not require DSUs to report documentation
Similarly, if a parent or an individual with a disability brings an instance of non-compliance with the documentation or other requirements of section 511 to the attention of the DSU, we would encourage the DSU to report this to the Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division as well. Therefore, the Secretary has revised final § 397.50 by adding a new paragraph (b) to specify that DSUs should report deficiencies to the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division. The Secretary has intentionally used “should” rather than “must” because there is no requirement that the DSUs conduct reviews and, there is no mechanism for enforcement for failing to report deficiencies. We also want to emphasize that the Secretary purposely used “should” rather than “may” to signal that the Department strongly encourages DSUs to report such deficiencies whenever they are found.
We disagree with commenters that the use of a contractor working for the DSU to conduct documentation reviews of section 14(c) certificate holders is inconsistent with section 511. In fact, section 511(e)(2)(B) refers to “representatives working directly for” the DSU or Department of Labor. If the authority to conduct reviews were limited to DSU or Department of labor personnel, the statute would have used such wording. Use of the words “representative working directly for” the DSU or Department of labor implies that it could be agency staff or contractors for those agencies. We agree, however, that if a contractor is working on behalf of the DSU to review documentation, the contractor may not be an entity holding a special wage certificate under section 14(c) of the FLSA. We believe that this is consistent with the intent of section 511 of the Act and, therefore, we include this language in final § 397.50(a).
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by OMB. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This regulatory action is a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
We have assessed the potential costs and benefits of this regulatory action. The potential costs associated with the regulations are those resulting from statutory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering these programs effectively and efficiently. Elsewhere in this section under the
In assessing the potential costs and benefits—both quantitative and qualitative—of these final regulations, we have determined that the benefits would justify the costs.
Executive Order 12866 emphasizes that “Federal agencies should promulgate only such regulations as are required by law, are necessary to interpret the law, or are made necessary by compelling public need, such as material failures of private markets to protect or improve the health and safety of the public, the environment, or the well-being of the American people.” The Department's goal in regulating is to incorporate the provisions of the Act, as amended by WIOA, into the Department's regulations governing the VR program and Supported Employment program in parts 361 and 363, respectively, as well as to clarify, update, and improve these final regulations. This final regulatory action is also necessary to establish a new part 397 to implement specific provisions of section 511 of the Act, as added by WIOA, which fall under the purview of the Secretary. Section 511 of the Act, in general, places limitations on the use of
The Department received numerous comments on the burden associated with new data collection and reporting requirements under this rule and the joint rule implementing the performance accountability system for the core programs under section 116 of WIOA. Most of these commenters stated that we underestimated the costs of new data collection and reporting requirements in the
The Secretary believes the changes made by WIOA implemented through these final regulations will improve the programs covered in this final regulatory action and will yield substantial benefits in terms of program management, efficiency, and effectiveness. The Secretary believes that the final regulations represent the least burdensome way to implement the amendments to the Act made by WIOA. Due to the number of regulatory changes, our analysis focuses solely on new requirements imposed by WIOA, organized in the following manner. First, we discuss the potential costs and benefits related to implementing changes to the VR program under section A that specifically relate to: competitive integrated employment and employment outcomes, pre-employment transition services and transition services, and additional VR program provisions. Second, we discuss the potential costs and benefits related to implementing changes to the Supported Employment program under section B. Finally, we discuss the costs and benefits pertaining to implementing requirements of section 511 of the Act that fall under the purview of the Department under section C.
Where possible, the Department derived estimates by comparing the costs and benefits incurred under existing program regulations against the benefits and costs associated with implementing requirements contained in these final regulations. The Department also made an effort, when feasible, to quantify and monetize the benefits and costs of the final regulations. When unable to quantify benefits and costs—for example, due to data limitations—we describe them qualitatively. In accordance with the regulatory analysis guidance contained in OMB Circular A-4 and consistent with the Department's practices in previous rulemakings, this regulatory analysis focuses on the likely consequences (benefits and costs that accrue to individuals with disabilities) of these final regulations. In this analysis, the Department also considers the transfer of benefits from one group to another that do not affect total resources available to the VR program and Supported Employment program. However, in a number of instances, the Department is unable to quantify these transfers due to limitations of the data it currently collects.
This
The Department calculated this value using data from Table 3. “Employer Costs per Hour Worked for Employee Compensation and Costs as a Percent of Total Compensation: State and Local Government Workers, by Major Occupational and Industry Group.” Wages and salaries for all workers. Average Series ID CMU3020000000000D, CMU3020000000000P. To calculate the average wage and salary in 2014-2015 of $21,2228.41, we averaged the wage and salaries for all workers provided in March, June, September, and December releases.
For Federal employees we use wage rates from the Office of Personnel
The Act, as amended by WIOA, emphasizes the achievement of competitive integrated employment by individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities. Congress added a new term and accompanying definition to the Act—“competitive integrated employment,” which represents, in general, a consolidation of two existing regulatory terms and their definitions—“competitive employment” and “integrated setting.” In implementing the new term and its definition in these final regulations, we replaced the existing regulatory term and definition of “competitive employment” with the new term “competitive integrated employment,” by mirroring the statute and incorporating relevant critical criteria from the existing regulatory definition of “integrated setting.” Because this change is more technical than substantive, and given that the substance of the definition already existed in two separate definitions, we believe this particular change will have no significant impact on the VR program, thereby resulting in no added cost burden to DSUs.
In addition to implementing the new term and definition of “competitive integrated employment” in these final regulations, we also have revised the regulatory definition of “employment outcome.” While the Act, as amended by WIOA, made only technical changes to the statutory definition of “employment outcome,” the Secretary believes a regulatory change is necessary in light of other amendments made by WIOA throughout the Act that emphasize the achievement of competitive integrated employment under the VR program and Supported Employment program. Consequently, the Secretary defines “employment outcome” in these final regulations as an outcome in competitive integrated employment or supported employment, thereby eliminating uncompensated employment (
It is difficult to quantify the extent to which the change to the definition of “employment outcome” in these final regulations, which has the effect of eliminating homemakers and unpaid family workers from its scope, will affect VR program costs nationally due to a number of highly variable factors. For example, it is not known whether individuals who previously had achieved homemaker outcomes or would seek such outcomes will choose to pursue competitive integrated employment through the VR program in the future, or seek services from other resources, such as those available from independent living, aging, or other programs serving individuals with disabilities. Based on data reported by DSUs through the RSA-911 for the period beginning in fiscal year (FY) 1980 and ending in FY 2015, the percentage of individuals exiting the VR program as homemakers nationally declined significantly from 15 percent of all individuals achieving an employment outcome in FY 1980 to 1.7 percent in FY 2015 (representing 3,257 of the 186,209 total employment outcomes that year). While the national percentage of homemaker outcomes compared to all employment outcomes is small, some DSUs have a greater percentage of homemaker outcomes than others, particularly those serving only individuals who are blind and visually impaired. In FY 2015, the 24 DSUs that only provided services to individuals who are blind and visually impaired reported that 885 of the 6,442 employment outcomes in that year, or about 13.7 percent, were homemaker outcomes. DSUs that serve individuals with disabilities other than those with blindness and visual impairments reported 480 homemaker outcomes in that year, or 0.5 percent of the 96,404 employment outcomes. In addition, the 32 DSUs that serve individuals with all disabilities reported 1,892 homemaker outcomes in FY 2015, representing 2.3 percent of their total 83,362 employment outcomes.
The average cost per employment outcome, including the average cost per homemaker outcome, can be calculated based on data reported by DSUs in the RSA-911 on the cost of purchased services for individuals exiting the VR program with an employment outcome. In FY 2015, the average cost per homemaker outcome for the VR program was $6,574, while the comparable average cost per employment outcome for all individuals exiting the VR program with an employment outcome that year was $5,627. It is possible that this higher average cost is because individuals obtaining a homemaker outcome generally require more intensive services or costly equipment because the nature or severity of their disabilities have prevented them from pursuing competitive integrated employment. However, there may be other factors that increase the average cost of these outcomes. For example, it may be that some of these individuals originally had a goal of competitive employment, but after receiving services for an intensive or long period of time without obtaining such an outcome, they may have chosen to change their goal. Further analysis is needed to identify the factors that contribute to the average higher cost of homemaker closures.
Given current information reported to the Department by DSUs, we are not able to predict how many individuals who would have possibly had a homemaker outcome might now choose to seek competitive integrated employment. However, for the purpose of providing a gross estimate of these costs, we assume that approximately one-fourth (814) of the number of individuals who exited the VR program with a homemaker outcome will choose a goal of competitive integrated employment and continue to seek services through the VR program. We also assume that obtaining competitive integrated employment for these individuals may be more expensive than the current cost for obtaining a homemaker outcome, but also assume it is unlikely that the average costs for providing services to these individuals would exceed more than 150 percent of their current costs (or approximately 175 percent of the average cost per employment outcome for all agencies in FY 2015). As such, we estimate that the additional cost to DSUs to provide VR services to those individuals who previously would have exited the program with homemaker outcomes will not exceed $3,287 per outcome, or about
We recognize that the change in the definition of “employment outcome” could potentially increase the demand for services from independent living and other programs, such as the Independent Living Services for Older Individuals Who Are Blind (OIB) program and other programs for aging individuals or persons with disabilities, that can provide services similar to those that such individuals would have previously sought from the VR program. We also recognize that meeting this potential increase in demand may result in a cost transfer to other Federal, State, and local programs. However, without additional information, such as the likelihood of how many consumers would access which programs, we cannot provide sound quantifiable estimates of potential cost transfers at this time.
For illustrative purposes we provide a quantitative description of the potential cost transfer to the OIB program resulting from the change in the definition of “employment outcome” in these final regulations. RSA-911 data show that 75.6 percent of individuals with a homemaker outcome in FY 2015 were individuals with blindness and visual impairments. In addition, 49 percent (1,208) of such individuals with a homemaker outcome were age 55 or older at application. We expect many of the individuals in the upper age range of this subgroup will be referred to and receive services through the OIB program. However, considering the differences in the focus of the VR and OIB programs and that a number of individuals with homemaker outcomes may have received employment-related services for a long period of time without obtaining a competitive integrated employment outcome, we expect the average cost per individual served for this population under the OIB program will be significantly lower than the average cost under the VR program. Assuming 75 percent of such individuals were to receive services from the OIB program at an average annual cost of $1,500 per individual, the annual cost transfer would be approximately $1.4 million. To assist States in meeting the increased demand for OIB services, including assistance in reducing the impact of the change in the definition of “employment outcome” in these final regulations for those States that have typically reported higher numbers of homemaker outcomes, the Administration's FY 2017 Budget Request includes a $2 million increase for the OIB program.
The Act, as amended by WIOA, places heightened emphasis on the provision of pre-employment transition services and other transition services to students and youth with disabilities, as applicable. As a result, the Secretary makes numerous amendments in these final VR program regulations to implement new statutory requirements. A few of those changes are relevant to this discussion.
Final § 361.65(a)(3) requires DSUs to reserve at least 15 percent of the State's VR allotment for the provision of pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities who are eligible or potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services. Based on a total of $3.024 billion in VR grant funds awarded to States from FY 2015 appropriations, the total amount of funds required to be reserved for pre-employment transition services is $453.6 million. Overall, this reservation of funds will decrease the amounts available to support other authorized activities that State agencies provide through the VR program and result in a transfer of benefits from the VR eligible individuals a State agency may have historically served to students with disabilities in need of pre-employment transition services. Additionally, under final § 361.65(a)(3)(ii)(B), States may not include administrative costs associated with the provision of pre-employment transition services in the calculation or use of that reserved amount. We are unable to estimate the potential increase in DSU administrative costs that may arise from implementation of new section 113 of the Act or the required reservation of funds at this time. However, to implement these requirements, DSUs will need to dedicate resources to: (1) Ensure that the 15 percent minimum is reserved from the State's VR program allotment; (2) track the provision of pre-employment transition services to ensure the reserved funds were spent solely on allowable services specified in section 113 of the Act, as added by WIOA, and its implementing regulation in final § 361.48(a) and not on administrative costs; and (3) provide for administrative costs related to pre-employment transition services with non-reserved VR program funds.
Second, section 113 of the Act, as added by WIOA, requires DSUs to provide pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities who are eligible or potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services. In final § 361.48(a), “potentially eligible” means all students with disabilities who satisfy the definition in final § 361.5(c)(51), regardless of whether they have applied, and been determined eligible, for the VR program. The Secretary believes this interpretation is consistent with congressional intent and the stated desires of some DSUs and other stakeholders expressed through comments.
Although pre-employment transition services are a new category of services identified in the Act, many of these services historically were provided under the broader category of transition services. Therefore, the provision of these services is not new to DSUs. However, until the enactment of WIOA, all such services were provided only to those students with disabilities who had been determined eligible for the VR program. Consequently, providing pre-employment transition services to all students with disabilities under final § 361.48(a) will likely increase staff time and resources spent on the provision of these services.
We are unable to provide a quantitative estimate of the impact of this requirement on DSUs at this time because we do not currently have data on the number of students with disabilities that will be referred for such services or adequate data on the cost of providing pre-employment transition services. In the future, information provided by the State in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan and RSA data collections, such as the revised RSA-911, should assist the Department in assessing the impact of the pre-employment transition service requirements.
In general, the extent of the impact of the reservation on a particular State will likely depend on the extent to which it has been providing transition services that are now specified under section 113 as pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities. DSUs that have provided extensive transition services to students with disabilities, including services that would meet the definition of pre-employment transition services, are likely to see less transfer of benefits among individuals served. For State agencies that have not provided these services or have only provided these services to a small extent, there may be more extensive transfers of
Under the current RSA-911, DSUs report individual level data in the year in which the service record is closed and the information reported on services and service costs are cumulative over the duration of the service record. In addition, while DSUs may directly provide many of the pre-employment transition services with VR staff, only the cost of services purchased by the agency on behalf of an individual are reported under the current RSA-911. Further, the pre-employment transition services that States are required to provide to students with disabilities are not specifically reported in the service categories of the currently approved RSA-911.
However, for illustrative purposes, FY 2015 data on closed service records reported in the RSA-911 (the most recent year for which full data are available) for youth who were between the ages of 16 and 21 at the time of application do provide some limited insight into the amount spent on purchased services for the service categories that DSUs would have most likely reported the receipt of services similar to pre-employment transition services. Although, the reservation requirement went into effect in FY 2015, we believe that it is still an appropriate base year since youth whose service records were closed in that year were not likely to have been affected by the new requirement.
DSUs reported service record closures in the FY 2015 RSA-911 for 98,454 youth who were between the ages of 16 and 21 at application and total purchase service costs of about $526.5 million (including about $11.6 million in title VI Supported Employment funds) for such youth. Because reporting is limited to closed cases, we are unable to determine the amount of the purchased services actually expended in FY 2015. However, at least 85 percent of these purchases were for categories of service that would not include pre-employment transition services as defined in final § 361.5(c)(42) (
While it is important to note that RSA data show significant variation in the number and amount of funds spent for this age group among State agencies, available information indicates that many State agencies will experience challenges in meeting the new reservation requirement and will need to develop and implement aggressive strategies in order to expend these funds in the initial years of implementation.
Further, we recognize that the FY 2015 data include only those students with disabilities who had applied and been determined eligible for VR services and that under these final regulations DSUs will provide pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities who may not have applied or been determined eligible for the VR program. These final regulations also clarify that, in addition to secondary education, the term “students with disabilities” includes students in postsecondary or other recognized education programs that meet the age and other requirements contained in final § 361.5(c)(51).
Therefore, we anticipate that many DSUs will need to serve a larger number of students with disabilities in order to expend the reserved funds than they had prior to the passage of WIOA, thereby increasing the potential total value of the benefits transferred as a result of final § 361.48(a).
Fiscal reports submitted by DSUs appear to confirm the early challenges DSUs are having in spending these funds. FY 2015 fourth quarter Federal Financial (SF-425) reports document that in total, DSUs expended 33.6 percent of the $453.6 million that were required to be reserved for pre-employment transition services based on final FY 2015 State VR grant awards. Provided that States matched their Federal VR grant funds, the remaining amount of the required reservation would have been carried over for obligation and liquidation in FY 2016.
Despite these challenges, we are optimistic that as States implement the strategies described in the VR services portion of their Unified or Combined State plans to address the needs of students with disabilities for pre-employment transition services consistent with § 361.29 (a)(4) (
Third, section 103(b)(7) of the Act, as added by WIOA, and in its implementing regulation in final § 361.49(a)(7) permit DSUs to provide transition services to groups of youth and students with disabilities regardless of whether they have applied, and been determined eligible, for the VR program. Such services to groups were not permitted prior to the passage of WIOA. The regulation benefits DSUs in two significant ways by: (1) Giving them the ability to serve groups of youth and students with disabilities simultaneously, who may need only basic generalized services (
Section 101(a)(1) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires the VR State plan, which has been a stand-alone State plan, to be submitted as a VR services portion of a Unified or Combined State plan for all six core programs of the workforce development system, including the VR program.
In preparing for the transition to the submission of Unified or Combined State plans every four years, with modifications submitted every two years of the four-year plan, the final regulations no longer require DSUs to submit particular reports and updates annually, but, rather, at such time and in such manner as determined by the Secretary as required in final § 361.29. This flexibility allows for VR program-specific reporting to be done in a manner consistent with those for the Unified or Combined State plan under section 102 or 103 of WIOA, thus avoiding additional burden or costs to DSUs through the submission of separate reports annually or whenever updates are made.
Section 101(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, requires DSUs to include additional descriptive information in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan. Therefore, final § 361.29 requires DSUs to describe in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan: (1) The results of the comprehensive statewide needs assessment with respect to the needs of students and youth with disabilities for pre-employment transition services and other transition services, as appropriate; (2) goals and priorities to address these needs; and (3) strategies for the achievement of these goals. Final § 361.24(c) also requires that the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan include a description of how the DSU will work with employers to identify competitive integrated employment and career exploration opportunities, in order to facilitate the provision of VR services, including pre-employment transition services and transition services for youth and students with disabilities, as applicable. Final § 361.24(g) further requires that the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan contain a description of collaboration with the State agency responsible for administering the State Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act, the State agency responsible for providing services for individuals with developmental disabilities, and the State agency responsible for providing mental health services, to develop opportunities for community-based employment in integrated settings, to the greatest extent practicable. As a result, DSUs will be required to expend additional effort in the development of these descriptions in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan beyond the 25 hours previously estimated for the development and submission of the entire stand-alone VR State plan, now the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan. We estimate that DSUs will require an additional five hours for the development of these descriptions, for a total of 30 hours (25 hours previous burden plus 5 hours new additional burden) per DSU, or 2,400 hours for all 80 DSUs. The average hourly compensation rate of $54.21—based on data obtained from the Bureau of Labor Statistics for State social and community service managers (
Final § 361.36(a)(3)(v) implements section 101(a)(5) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, by permitting DSUs, at their discretion, to serve eligible individuals who require specific services or equipment to maintain employment, regardless of whether they are receiving VR services under an order of selection. DSUs implementing an order of selection are not required to use this authority; rather, they may choose to do so based on agency policy, or the availability of financial and staff resources. Under final § 361.36(a)(3)(v), DSUs implementing an order of selection must state in the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State plan that they have elected to exercise this discretion, thereby signaling a decision to serve eligible individuals who otherwise might have been placed on a waiting list under the State's order of selection, and who are at risk of losing their employment. This change will increase flexibility for a State managing its resources. While a State that elects to implement this authority could prevent an individual from losing employment by avoiding a delay in services, DSUs doing so would potentially need to reallocate resources to cover expenditures for services or equipment for individuals who meet the qualifications of this provision and fall outside an open priority category of the DSU's order of selection.
For FY 2015, the VR State plans of 35 of the 80 DSUs (44 percent) documented that the agency had established an order of selection, one agency more than in FY 2014. This total includes two of the 24 DSUs serving only individuals who are blind and visually impaired and 33 of the 56 other DSUs. Based on data reported through the RSA-911 in FY 2015, nationwide, 20.4 percent of the individuals whose service records were closed and who received services were employed at application, with an average cost of purchased services of $4,617. In addition, according to data reported through the VR program Cumulative Caseload (RSA-113) report, 30,311 individuals nationwide were on a waiting list for VR services at the beginning of FY 2015 due to the implementation of an order of selection. Assuming that 20.4 percent of the 30,311 individuals on the waiting list could potentially benefit from the provision of services and equipment to maintain employment (which assumes individuals on a waiting list are just as likely to be employed at the time of application as individuals whose records were closed and received services), a possible 6,183 individuals could benefit from this regulatory change, for a total cost of $28,546,911 across all 80 DSUs. This figure represents the potential reallocation of resources to cover the cost of services for individuals who, prior to enactment of WIOA, may not have received them, and away from eligible individuals who would have received services based on a DSU's order of selection policy.
However, the implementation of an order of selection by a DSU may differ from year to year, as well as within a given fiscal year. In fact, not all DSUs that indicate they have established order of selections as part of their State plans actually implement those orders or report that they had individuals on waiting lists during the year. For example, 63 percent of such agencies (22 of 35) reported that they had individuals on a waiting list in FY 2015. In addition, we are unable to predict which DSUs that have implemented an order of selection will choose this option. The degree to which individuals will be referred for this service could vary widely among DSUs, as could the level of services or equipment that an individual may need to maintain employment.
Final § 361.40 implements changes to reporting requirements in section 116(b) in title I of WIOA and section 101(a)(10) of the Act, as amended by WIOA. Final § 361.40 does not list the actual data to be reported, rather, it requires the collection and reporting of the information specified in sections 13, 14, and 101(a)(10) of the Act. New requirements under section 101(a)(10) include the reporting of data on the number of: Individuals with open service records and the types of services these individuals are receiving (including supported employment services); students with disabilities receiving pre-employment transition services; and individuals referred to the State VR program by one-stop operators and individuals referred to such one-stop operators by DSUs. The RSA-911 is revised as described in the information collection published for a 30-day public comment period at FR Document 2016-09713 consistent with the requirements in final § 361.40.
Final § 361.40 also requires States to report the data necessary to assess DSU performance on the standards and indicators subject to the performance accountability provisions described in section 116 of WIOA. The common performance accountability measures apply to all core programs of the workforce development system, including the VR program, and are implemented in part 677 of the joint regulations and set forth in subpart E of part 361. The impact and analysis of the joint regulations governing the common performance accountability system are addressed in the regulatory action for the joint regulations published elsewhere in this issue of the
In response to the comments regarding the burden associated with the collection of data under final § 361.40, described in the Comments section of this
We have increased the estimated burden for the collection of the new data required by section 101(a)(10), including data required to assess State agency performance under section 106 of the Act by recalculating the estimates using the time DSUs will spend collecting these additional data elements. We estimate that on average it will take DSU staff one minute per data element to collect the new required data.
For the first year of data collection, DSUs will incur greater data collection burden than in subsequent years. As required by statute, the WIOA performance accountability system goes into effect July 1, 2016. All participants who are still receiving services (have not exited) by the start of program year (PY) 2016 become WIOA participants and will be counted and tracked in accordance with the WIOA performance requirements set forth in section 116 of WIOA. The final RSA-911 Information Collection Request (ICR) will include new and/or revised data elements and definitions as necessary to provide alignment with the WIOA Participant Individual Record Layout (PIRL) and comply with new requirements under the Act as amended by WIOA.
In order to meet the requirements in final § 361.40, DSUs will need to collect additional information for new applicants and VR consumers as well as current eligible individuals who, as of the effective date of section 116 of title I (July 1, 2016), met the definition of “participant,” as that term is defined under the joint final regulations implementing the jointly administered performance accountability system requirements of section 116 of title I of WIOA published elsewhere in this issue of the
DSUs are at varying stages of revising their case management systems consistent with the new joint data specifications described in the PIRL and the new elements required under title I of the Act as proposed in the ICR, published in the
Based on data reported by DSUs through the Quarterly Caseload Report (RSA 113) for FYs 2014 and 2015, we estimate that in the first year of data collection DSUs will in total incur a minimum of about 800,000 hours of additional burden to collect new data for VR consumers (an average of 10,000 to 11,250 per DSU), including participants and reportable individuals in the VR system at the beginning of FY 2016, individuals who will be determined eligible during the first year of data collection, students with disabilities who are receiving pre-employment transition services and data needed for subminimum wage determinations under section 511 of the Act.
Based on data reported through the RSA-113 for FY 2015 and the proportion of new VR-specific data elements to all new data elements required by WIOA (64 percent), we estimate that DSUs will spend a total of approximately 512,000 hours collecting the new VR-specific data elements, or an average of 6,400 hours per DSU in the first year of data collection. We further estimate that vocational rehabilitation counselors will complete 50 percent of data collection activities for new VR-specific data elements, and that vocational rehabilitation technicians or similar personnel will complete the remaining 50 percent.
Using an hourly compensation rate of $36.66 for vocational rehabilitation counselors (wage rate based on State-employed rehabilitation counselors), the estimated cost for 50 percent of the data collection burden (256,000 hours) is $9,384,960. Using an hourly compensation rate of $28.29 for vocational rehabilitation assistants or equivalent positions (wage rate based on State-employed social and human service assistants
For the second and subsequent years of data collection under these final regulations, we estimate that in total DSUs will incur about 200,000 hours of additional burden per year under WIOA. For new VR-specific data elements, we estimate 128,000 hours, or an average of 1,600 hours of additional annual burden per DSU, in the second and subsequent years of data collection. Using the same strategy to calculate the costs for the first year of data collection, we estimate that the total additional
As described in the discussion of comments on this
The total additional VR-specific burden hours for both collection and submission of required data will be 6,470 hours per DSU (6,400 data collection hours and 70 data submission hours), or a total of 517,600 hours for all 80 DSUs. The estimated total additional VR program-specific cost for both collection and submission per DSU is $211,831, with a total additional burden cost of $16,946,512 for all 80 DSUs.
DSUs will also incur additional costs related to programming and modifications of their case management systems to collect and report new VR program-specific data required under section 101(a)(10) of the Act. Additional burden related to the programming of case management systems as a result of the redesigned RSA-911 will vary widely because DSUs range in size and the sophistication of their information technology systems.
Upon further Departmental review since the publication of the NPRM, including the review of comments summarized in the Comments section of this
Although we estimate that each DSU will require computer systems analysts for this one-time task, the related burden for changing a State's case management system has been broken down to reflect the variation among the 80 DSUs with respect to their size and updated information regarding the number of DSUs that modify and maintain their case management and reporting systems and those that contract for these services. Roughly 30 of the 80 DSUs use case management and reporting systems purchased from software providers who are responsible for maintaining and updating the software. We estimate these 30 DSUs will require two computer systems analysts to spend 150 hours integrating the software changes into their own State systems, resulting in 300 hours per DSU, or a total of 9,000 hours in additional burden for all 30 DSUs. Of the remaining 50 DSUs that do not have agreements with a software provider to maintain and update software, five of these agencies are categorized as large agencies (more than 5,000 employment outcomes) and 45 of these agencies are categorized as small to medium-sized agencies (less than 1,000 employment outcomes, and between 1,000 and 5,000 employment outcomes, respectively). We estimate the five large agencies will require five computer systems analysts to spend 1,000 hours each to maintain and update agency software (for a total of 5,000 hours per agency), while the 45 small to medium-sized agencies will require two staff members to spend 1,000 hours each to maintain and update the software (for a total of 2,000 hours per agency) in order to make the necessary software changes. As a result, we estimate that the large agencies will need a total of 25,000 total hours and the small to medium-size agencies will need 90,000 hours, for a total of 115,000 hours for the 50 agencies to maintain and update computer software. Combining these estimates with the 9,000 hours for the 30 agencies that we believe will only have to integrate the software changes their providers are contracted to make, the total burden estimate for all 80 agencies is 124,000 hours. The VR program-specific burden (prorated at 64 percent of total burden) is estimated at 79,360 hours. We estimate that the cost burden for all 80 agencies to maintain and update their computer software based on a total of 79,360 VR-specific hours and an hourly compensation rate of $56.17 for State-employed computer systems analysts, will be $4,457,651. The balance of the burden in modifying agency data systems associated with the common data reporting requirements under title I of WIOA (36 percent) is included in the
In addition to maintaining and updating software, 48 agencies that utilize vendor supplied case management software will incur additional software licensing or user fees. Our discussions with case management software vendors informed our revised estimate of the average cost of $700.00 per user annually for software licensing or user fees, which will include a 20 percent increase due to new WIOA requirements, resulting in $140 of additional costs per user. Information obtained in discussions with case management software vendors also resulted in an estimate of approximately 6,600 users in States served by vendor systems. We estimate an additional total software licensing or user costs related to new WIOA requirements of $924,000. After adjusting this cost to reflect only the VR program-specific burden (64 percent), we estimate that the 48 States will incur an additional $591,360 in licensing or user fees, or $12,320 per agency.
Finally, the 80 DSUs will be required to train vocational rehabilitation counselors regarding the new data reporting requirements. To estimate this labor cost, we assume an average of 62 vocational rehabilitation counselors per agency and 8 hours of training per counselor. Using an hourly compensation rate of $36.66 per vocational rehabilitation counselor, the estimated labor costs for vocational rehabilitation counselors to receive training on collecting the new data is $1,454,669 for all 80 agencies, or $18,183 per agency. We estimate that development of the training materials and methodologies will require 1 staff trainer 8 hours per agency. Using the social and community service manager hourly compensation rate ($54.21) as a proxy for the staff trainer, the total cost for development of the training is $34,694, or $434 per agency. The total cost for development of the training and vocational rehabilitation counselor participation in the training is $1,489,363. Since we are estimating that approximately 64 percent of the burden related to performance accountability is VR-specific burden, the estimated cost
Including all of the associated costs with the maintenance and updating of software ($4,457,651), licensing fees ($591,360), and agency staff training ($953,192), the estimated aggregate VR program-specific burden for all 80 agencies is $6,002,203, which does not include the additional initial year combined RSA-911 data collection and submission burden of $16,946,512 because that burden estimate was described separately above.
At the Federal level, RSA will develop its performance accountability and data analysis capacity using new staff positions. We estimate that it will take two full-time data management specialist positions, one at a GS-13 Step 5 and one at a GS-14 Step 5, to complete the necessary database programming requirements. With an hourly compensation rate of $64.71 for the GS-13 position and $76.48 for the GS-14 position, the total cost for software development is $293,675. Since we are estimating that approximately 64 percent of the burden related to performance accountability is VR-specific burden, the estimated cost will be $187,952.
We believe that these data collection and reporting costs are outweighed by the benefits to the VR program because the new information to be reported and having access to more timely information on individuals currently participating in the VR program will better enable the Department and its Federal partners to assess the performance of the program and monitor the implementation of WIOA, particularly as it relates to key policy changes, such as the provision of pre-employment transition services and the integration of the VR program in the workforce development system.
Final §§ 361.41 and 361.42 remove requirements related to extended evaluation because the Act, as amended by WIOA, no longer includes references to such evaluations. Instead, a DSU must use trial work experiences when conducting an exploration of an individual with a significant disability's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in work situations. These revisions streamline the eligibility determination process for all applicants whose ability to benefit from VR services is in question.
VR program data collected by the Department do not distinguish between individuals who had a trial work experience and those that had an extended evaluation. However, RSA-911 data show that 4,924 individuals exited from the VR program during or after trial work experiences or extended evaluations in FY 2015. DSUs expended a total of $4,126,785 on the provision of services to these individuals for an average cost of $838 per individual. Because we are unable to estimate how many of the 4,924 individuals were in extended evaluation, as opposed to trial work experiences, we cannot quantify either the current costs or the potential change in costs for this specific group of individuals. Based on the monitoring of DSUs, we note that the use of these services varies among DSUs, mainly due to variations in opportunities for individuals to participate in trial work experiences, and the extent to which DSUs historically utilized extended evaluation. We believe that the benefits of streamlining the eligibility determination process for applicants whose ability to benefit from VR services is in question and ensuring that ineligibility determinations are based on a full assessment of the capacity of an applicant to perform in realistic work settings outweighs the costs of removing the limited exception to trial work experiences.
Final § 361.45 implements section 102(b) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, by requiring DSUs to develop individualized plans for employment as soon as possible, but not later than 90 days after the date of determination of eligibility, unless the DSU and the eligible individual agree to the extension of that deadline to a specific date by which the individualized plan for employment must be completed. Due to variations in current DSU timelines for the development of the individualized plan for employment, the establishment of a 90-day timeframe by WIOA will ensure consistency across the VR program nationally and the timely delivery of services, thereby improving DSU performance and the achievement of successful employment outcomes by individuals with disabilities.
We are unable to quantify potential additional costs to DSUs to develop individualized plans for employment within 90 days of an eligibility determination due to the variance in timelines currently in place. It is likely that DSUs that have had prolonged timelines beyond 90 days prior to the enactment of WIOA could experience a change in annual expenditure patterns. For example, if larger numbers of individuals, with approved individualized plans for employment, begin to receive VR services at an earlier time than had historically been the case, an agency will expend its funds at a faster rate. However, while the overall cost per individual served is not likely to be affected by this provision, the average time before some DSUs incur expenses related to the development of, and provision of VR services under, individualized plans for employment could be shortened, resulting in a shift in the outlay of program funds for services sooner than in previous years. Therefore, in any given fiscal year, the outlay of program funds for these DSUs could be higher. While costs over the life of the service record should not be affected, some DSUs could find it necessary to implement an order of selection due to the transfer of costs that would have been incurred in a subsequent fiscal year to the current fiscal year. As always, DSUs are encouraged to conduct planning that incorporates programmatic and fiscal elements to make projections and assessments of VR program resources and the number of individuals served, using management tools including order of selection, as appropriate.
Section 103(b)(8) of the Act, as added by WIOA, permits a DSU to establish, develop, or improve assistive technology demonstration, loan, reutilization, or financing programs. Thus, final § 361.49(a)(8) permits DSUs to establish, develop, or improve these assistive technology programs in coordination with activities authorized under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, to promote access to assistive technology for individuals with disabilities and employers. This regulation reflects the integral role assistive technology plays in the vocational rehabilitation and employment of individuals with disabilities. We are not able to quantify additional costs associated with this provision due to the variable nature of the specific assistive technology needs of individuals with disabilities, and the availability of assistive technology demonstration, loan, reutilization, or financing programs within each State.
Section 111(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.62(a) require the Secretary to reduce a State's annual VR program award to satisfy a maintenance of effort (MOE) deficit in any prior year. Before the enactment of WIOA, the Secretary could only reduce
Because the Secretary is now able to reduce any subsequent year's VR program grant for any prior year's MOE deficit, DSUs benefit as they are no longer required to repay MOE shortfalls with non-Federal funds, thereby increasing the availability of non-Federal funds, in those instances, for obligation as match under the VR program. Since FY 2010, two States were required to pay a total of $791,342 in non-Federal funds for MOE penalties because their MOE shortfall was not known prior to the awarding of Federal funds in the year after the MOE deficit. Consequently, these funds were unavailable to be used as matching funds for the VR program in the year they were paid. On the other hand, the new authority could have resulted in the deduction of the $791,342 MOE penalties from a Federal award that was not limited to the year immediately following the year with the MOE deficit.
Section 603(d) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 363.22 require DSUs to reserve 50 percent of their State Supported Employment Services Program grant allotment to provide supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities. This new requirement is consistent with the heightened emphasis throughout the Act on the provision of services to youth with disabilities, especially those with the most significant disabilities, and is consistent with the final VR program regulations in part 361, since the Supported Employment program is supplemental to that program.
In addition, section 606(b) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 363.23 require States to provide a 10 percent match for the 50 percent of the Supported Employment allotment reserved for the provision of supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities. Prior to the enactment of WIOA, there was no match requirement under the Supported Employment program.
Finally, section 604 of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 363.4(b) permit DSUs to provide extended services, for a period not to exceed four years, to youth with the most significant disabilities. DSUs may use the reserved funds to provide these extended services, as well as supported employment services, to youth with the most significant disabilities. Prior to the enactment of WIOA, DSUs were not permitted to provide extended services to any individual, including youth with the most significant disabilities.
After setting aside funds to assist in carrying out section 21 of the Act, the FY 2015 Federal appropriation provided $27,272,520 for distribution to DSUs under the Supported Employment State Grants program. Assuming States were able to provide the required 10 percent non-Federal match for the available Supported Employment formula grant funds in FY 2015, the 50 percent reservation would result in the dedication of $13,636,260 for supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities. Conversely, the reserved funds would not be available for the provision of supported employment services to individuals who are not youth with the most significant disabilities, and may be viewed as a transfer of title VI funds from these individuals to youth with the most significant disabilities. The 10 percent match requirement would generate $1,515,140 in non-Federal funds for supported employment services, including extended services, for youth with the most significant disabilities. The match requirement represents additional non-Federal funds that States must expend in order to obligate and expend the Federal funds reserved for youth with the most significant disabilities. If the appropriation increases in future years, the match requirement would result in additional supported employment resources for youth with the most significant disabilities. However, States will have to identify additional non-Federal resources in order to match the Federal funds reserved for this purpose.
Finally, as stated above, DSUs may provide extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities, whereas prior to the enactment of WIOA such services were not permitted for individuals of any age. Under the Act, as amended by WIOA, DSUs still may not provide extended services to individuals with the most significant disabilities who are not also youth with the most significant disabilities. Since extended services have not previously been an authorized activity with the use of VR program or supported employment program funds, this change could have a significant impact on States by creating a funding source for these services that previously was not available. However, because this is not a service that was previously permitted under either the VR program or the Supported Employment program, the Department has no data on which to quantify the impact this new requirement will have on States.
Section 7(39) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 361.5(c)(54) amend the definition of “supported employment” to permit the provision of supported employment services for a period up to 24 months, rather than the previous 18 months. Although contained in part 361, the definition of supported employment services applies to both the VR program and Supported Employment program. DSUs have the authority to exceed this time period under special circumstances if jointly agreed to by the individual and the vocational rehabilitation counselor.
The change will benefit individuals with the most significant disabilities who require ongoing support services for a longer period of time to achieve stability in the employment setting, prior to full transition to extended services. This provision could result in DSUs using more resources under both the VR program and Supported Employment program to provide ongoing services.
DSUs typically have not provided ongoing support services for a full 18 months for a majority of their consumers. In FY 2015, 13,652 individuals achieved supported employment outcomes within 21 months following the development of the individualized plans for employment, which period we assume could include the provision of supported employment services for a full 18 months and a minimum period of 90 days prior to program closure. Of these individuals, 9,592, or approximately 70.2 percent, achieved supported employment outcomes within 12 months. While we anticipate that most individuals may not need supported employment services for the full 24 months, in FY 2015, 1,783 individuals achieved supported employment outcomes within a period ranging from 21 months to 27 months of the development of the individualized plan for employment. DSUs in total expended $13,237,902 on purchased services for these individuals, or an average of $7,425 per individual.
Section 603(c) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, and final § 363.51(b) reduce the maximum amount of a State's grant allotment under the Supported Employment program that can be used for administrative costs from 5 percent of the State's grant allotment to 2.5 percent. As a result, a larger portion of Federal Supported Employment funds must be spent on the provision of supported employment services, including extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities, rather than administrative costs. However, any administrative costs incurred beyond the 2.5 percent limit on the use of Supported Employment funds may be paid for with VR program funds.
Based upon the $27,272,520 allotted to States under the Supported Employment program in FY 2015, the total allowable amount of these Federal funds that could be used to support administrative costs would be reduced by half, from $1,363,626 to $681,813. Thus, for those DSUs that have typically used more than 2.5 percent of their Supported Employment program allotment to cover administrative costs, the change would provide a small increase in the amount of funds available for the provision of services to individuals with the most significant disabilities pursuing a supported employment outcome. DSUs may shift these excess costs to the VR program since it does not have a cap on the amount of funds that can be spent on administrative costs under that program. We cannot estimate the impact of this shift on the VR program because DSUs do not report data showing the amount of VR program funds spent on administrative costs for the Supported Employment program.
Section 511 of the Act, as added by WIOA, imposes limitations on the payment of subminimum wages by employers who hold special wage certificates under the Fair Labor Standards Act. These statutory requirements take effect on July 22, 2016.
Pursuant to section 511 of the Act, as added by WIOA, final § 397.10 requires the DSU, in consultation with the State educational agency, to develop a process, or utilize an existing process, that ensures individuals with disabilities, including youth with disabilities, receive documentation demonstrating completion of the various activities required by section 511. Final §§ 397.20 and 397.30 establish the documentation that the DSUs and local educational agencies, as appropriate, must provide to demonstrate an individual's completion of the various activities required by section 511(a)(2) of the Act. These include completing pre-employment transition services under final § 361.48(a) and the determination under an application for VR services under final §§ 361.42 and 361.43. Final § 397.40 establishes the documentation that the DSUs must provide to individuals with disabilities upon the completion of certain information and career counseling-related services, as required by section 511(c) of the Act. We are not able to quantify the costs to the DSUs related to the provision of this required documentation because the number of youth and other individuals who potentially could receive services under part 397 will vary widely from State to State. In addition, there exists no reliable national data on which to base a calculation of costs. However, DSUs generate documentation throughout the vocational rehabilitation process that may meet the requirements of final §§ 397.20 and 397.30, including written notification of a consumer's eligibility or ineligibility, copies of individualized plans for employment and subsequent amendments, and written notification when the consumer's record is closed. As a result, the use of this documentation to meet section 511 requirements should not result in significant additional burden to DSUs.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 does not require the public to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numbers assigned to collections of information in these final regulations are: 1205-0522 (Required Elements for Submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act), 1820-0013 (Cumulative Case Report), 1820-0017 (Annual Vocational Rehabilitation Program/Cost Report), 1820-0508 (VR Case Service Report), 1820-0563 (Annual Report of Appeals), 1820-0693 (Program Improvement Plan), and 1820-0694 (VR Program Corrective Action Plan). WIOA made several significant changes that affect the VR program collections of information. These substantive changes will be submitted to OMB with the final regulations.
Section 101(a) of the Act, as amended by WIOA, adds new content requirements to the State plan, which is now submitted as the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under section 102 or 103 of title I of WIOA. As a result, these information collection requirements are contained in the Required Elements for Submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications, and we will discontinue the VR State Plan (OMB 1820-0500). In the NPRM, we described the substantive changes to the content of the VR State Plan, now collected under the VR services portion and supported employment supplement of the Unified or Combined State Plan (OMB control number 1205-0522), caused by final §§ 361.10, 361.18, 361.24, 361.29, and 361.36, along with final §§ 363.10 and 363.11. In addition, the form includes previously approved information collection requirements related to a number of regulations that remained unchanged as a result of the amendments to the Act, including §§ 361.12, 361.13, 361.15, 361.16, 361.17, 361.19, 361.20, 361.21, 361.22, 361.23, 361.25, 361.26, 361.27, 361.30, 361.31, 361.34, 361.35, 361.37, 361.40, 361.46, 361.51, 361.52, 361.53, and 361.55. We have made no changes in the content of the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan and supported employment supplement since publication of the NPRM.
In the NPRM, we increased the estimated time for each DSU to prepare and submit the VR services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan and its supported employment supplement from 25 to 30 hours annually.
In addition, the total cost of this data collection increased due to the proposed adjustment to the average hourly wage rate of State personnel used to estimate the annual burden for this data collection from $22.00 to $39.78, so that wage rates are consistent with data reported by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. As a result of these changes, we estimated in the NPRM a total annual burden of 2,400 hours (30 hours for each of the 80 respondents), at
The VR Case Service Report is used to collect annual individual level data on the individuals that have exited the VR program, including individuals receiving services with funds provided under the Supported Employment program. Sections 101(a)(10) and 607 of the Act contain data reporting requirements under the VR program and Supported Employment program, respectively. WIOA amends these sections to require States to report additional data describing the individuals served and the services provided through these programs. In addition, WIOA amends section 106 of the Act by requiring that the standards and indicators used to assess the performance of the VR program be consistent with the performance accountability measures for the core programs of the workforce development system established under section 116 of WIOA. We described in the NPRM the substantive changes made to final §§ 361.40 and 363.52 that cause substantive changes to the active and OMB-approved data collection under 1820-0508—the VR Case Service Report (RSA-911). Since publication of the NPRM, we have made no substantive changes to the RSA-911 as a result of changes in these final regulations or the joint final regulations governing the performance accountability system published elsewhere in this issue of the
In the NPRM, we increased the estimated burden for the submission of the RSA-911 caused by the reporting of the data for both open and closed cases on a quarterly basis. We estimated the total annual reporting burden to be 8,000 hours at $33.63 per hour (a rate more consistent with the rate reported through the Bureau of Labor Statistics for State-employed database administrators), for a total annual cost of $269,040.
As described in the
These programs are subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for these programs.
In the NPRM we requested comments on whether the proposed regulations would require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available. We received no comments.
Executive Order 13132 requires us to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local elected officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. “Federalism implications” means substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In the NPRM we stated that parts 361, 363, and 397 may have federalism implications and encouraged State and local elected officials to review and provide comments on the proposed regulations. In the
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs-education, Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation.
Grant programs-education, Grant programs-social programs, Manpower training programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation.
Individuals with disabilities, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Students, Vocational rehabilitation, Youth.
The Secretary of Education amends 34 CFR chapter III as follows:
Section 12(c) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c), unless otherwise noted.
Under the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program, the Secretary provides grants to assist States in operating statewide comprehensive, coordinated, effective, efficient, and accountable vocational rehabilitation programs, each of which is—
(a) An integral part of a statewide workforce development system; and
(b) Designed to assess, plan, develop, and provide vocational rehabilitation services for individuals with disabilities, consistent with their unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice so that they may prepare for and engage in competitive integrated employment and achieve economic self-sufficiency.
Any State that submits to the Secretary a vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan that meets the requirements of section 101(a) of the Act and this part is eligible for a grant under this program.
The Secretary makes payments to a State to assist in—
(a) The costs of providing vocational rehabilitation services under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan; and
(b) Administrative costs under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, including one-stop infrastructure costs.
The following regulations apply to this program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs).
(2) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(3) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(4) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(5) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(b) The regulations in this part 361.
(c) 2 CFR part 190 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)) as adopted in 2 CFR part 3485.
(d) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards) as adopted in 2 CFR part 3474, except the requirements to accept third-party in-kind contributions to meet cost-sharing or matching requirements, as otherwise authorized under 2 CFR 200.306(b).
The following definitions apply to this part:
(a) Definitions in EDGAR 77.1.
(b) Definitions in 2 CFR part 200, subpart A.
(c) The following definitions:
(1)
(2)
(i) Quality assurance;
(ii) Budgeting, accounting, financial management, information systems, and related data processing;
(iii) Providing information about the program to the public;
(iv) Technical assistance and support services to other State agencies, private nonprofit organizations, and businesses and industries, except for technical assistance and support services described in § 361.49(a)(4);
(v) The State Rehabilitation Council and other advisory committees;
(vi) Professional organization membership dues for designated State unit employees;
(vii) The removal of architectural barriers in State vocational rehabilitation agency offices and State-operated rehabilitation facilities;
(viii) Operating and maintaining designated State unit facilities, equipment, and grounds, as well as the infrastructure of the one-stop system;
(ix) Supplies;
(x) Administration of the comprehensive system of personnel development described in § 361.18, including personnel administration, administration of affirmative action plans, and training and staff development;
(xi) Administrative salaries, including clerical and other support staff salaries, in support of these administrative functions;
(xii) Travel costs related to carrying out the program, other than travel costs related to the provision of services;
(xiii) Costs incurred in conducting reviews of determinations made by personnel of the designated State unit, including costs associated with mediation and impartial due process hearings under § 361.57; and
(xiv) Legal expenses required in the administration of the program.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i)(A) A review of existing data—
(
(
(B) To the extent necessary, the provision of appropriate assessment activities to obtain necessary additional data to make the eligibility determination and assignment;
(ii) To the extent additional data are necessary to make a determination of the employment outcomes and the nature and scope of vocational rehabilitation services to be included in the individualized plan for employment of an eligible individual, a comprehensive assessment to determine the unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice, including the need for supported employment, of the eligible individual. This comprehensive assessment—
(A) Is limited to information that is necessary to identify the rehabilitation needs of the individual and to develop the individualized plan for employment of the eligible individual;
(B) Uses as a primary source of information, to the maximum extent possible and appropriate and in accordance with confidentiality requirements—
(
(
(C) May include, to the degree needed to make such a determination, an assessment of the personality, interests, interpersonal skills, intelligence and related functional capacities, educational achievements, work experience, vocational aptitudes, personal and social adjustments, and employment opportunities of the individual and the medical, psychiatric, psychological, and other pertinent vocational, educational, cultural, social, recreational, and environmental factors that affect the employment and rehabilitation needs of the individual;
(D) May include, to the degree needed, an appraisal of the patterns of work behavior of the individual and services needed for the individual to acquire occupational skills and to develop work attitudes, work habits, work tolerance, and social and behavior patterns necessary for successful job performance, including the use of work in real job situations to assess and develop the capacities of the individual to perform adequately in a work environment; and
(E) To the maximum extent possible, relies on information obtained from experiences in integrated employment settings in the community and in other integrated community settings;
(iii) Referral, for the provision of rehabilitation technology services to the individual, to assess and develop the
(iv) An exploration of the individual's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in work situations, which must be assessed periodically during trial work experiences, including experiences in which the individual is provided appropriate supports and training.
(6)
(ii)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(7)
(A) Medical, psychiatric, psychological, social, and vocational services that are provided under one management.
(B) Testing, fitting, or training in the use of prosthetic and orthotic devices.
(C) Recreational therapy.
(D) Physical and occupational therapy.
(E) Speech, language, and hearing therapy.
(F) Psychiatric, psychological, and social services, including positive behavior management.
(G) Assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs.
(H) Rehabilitation technology.
(I) Job development, placement, and retention services.
(J) Evaluation or control of specific disabilities.
(K) Orientation and mobility services for individuals who are blind.
(L) Extended employment.
(M) Psychosocial rehabilitation services.
(N) Supported employment services and extended services.
(O) Customized employment.
(P) Services to family members if necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(Q) Personal assistance services.
(R) Services similar to the services described in paragraphs (c)(7)(i)(A) through (Q) of this section.
(ii) For the purposes of this definition,
(8)
(A) Provided or paid for, in whole or in part, by other Federal, State, or local public agencies, by health insurance, or by employee benefits;
(B) Available to the individual at the time needed to ensure the progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome in the individual's individualized plan for employment in accordance with § 361.53; and
(C) Commensurate to the services that the individual would otherwise receive from the designated State vocational rehabilitation agency.
(ii) For the purposes of this definition, comparable services and benefits do not include awards and scholarships based on merit.
(9)
(i) Is performed on a full-time or part-time basis (including self-employment) and for which an individual is compensated at a rate that-
(A) Is not less than the higher of the rate specified in section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) or the rate required under the applicable State or local minimum wage law for the place of employment;
(B) Is not less than the customary rate paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by other employees who are not individuals with disabilities and who are similarly situated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
(C) In the case of an individual who is self-employed, yields an income that is comparable to the income received by other individuals who are not individuals with disabilities and who are self-employed in similar occupations or on similar tasks and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
(D) Is eligible for the level of benefits provided to other employees; and
(ii) Is at a location—
(A) Typically found in the community; and
(B) Where the employee with a disability interacts for the purpose of performing the duties of the position with other employees within the particular work unit and the entire work site, and, as appropriate to the work performed, other persons (
(iii) Presents, as appropriate, opportunities for advancement that are similar to those for other employees who are not individuals with disabilities and who have similar positions.
(10)
(i) The acquisition of land in connection with the construction of a new building for a community rehabilitation program;
(ii) The construction of new buildings;
(iii) The acquisition of existing buildings;
(iv) The expansion, remodeling, alteration, or renovation of existing buildings;
(v) Architect's fees, site surveys, and soil investigation, if necessary, in
(vi) The acquisition of initial fixed or movable equipment of any new, newly acquired, newly expanded, newly remodeled, newly altered, or newly renovated buildings that are to be used for community rehabilitation program purposes; and
(vii) Other direct expenditures appropriate to the construction project, except costs of off-site improvements.
(11)
(i) Based on an individualized determination of the unique strengths, needs, and interests of the individual with a significant disability;
(ii) Designed to meet the specific abilities of the individual with a significant disability and the business needs of the employer; and
(iii) Carried out through flexible strategies, such as—
(A) Job exploration by the individual; and
(B) Working with an employer to facilitate placement, including—
(
(
(
(
(12)
(13)
(i) The State vocational rehabilitation bureau, division, or other organizational unit that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation or vocational and other rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities and that is responsible for the administration of the vocational rehabilitation program of the State agency, as required under § 361.13(b); or
(ii) The State agency that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation or vocational and other rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities.
(14)
(15)
A designated State unit may continue services to individuals with uncompensated employment goals on their approved individualized plans for employment prior to September 19, 2016 until June 30, 2017, unless a longer period of time is required based on the needs of the individual with the disability, as documented in the individual's service record.
(16)
(i) The establishment of a facility for a public or nonprofit community rehabilitation program, as defined in paragraph (c)(17) of this section, to provide vocational rehabilitation services to applicants or eligible individuals;
(ii) Staffing, if necessary to establish, develop, or improve a public or nonprofit community rehabilitation program for the purpose of providing vocational rehabilitation services to applicants or eligible individuals, for a maximum period of four years, with Federal financial participation available at the applicable matching rate for the following levels of staffing costs:
(A) 100 percent of staffing costs for the first year;
(B) 75 percent of staffing costs for the second year;
(C) 60 percent of staffing costs for the third year; and
(D) 45 percent of staffing costs for the fourth year; and
(iii) Other expenditures and activities related to the establishment, development, or improvement of a public or nonprofit community rehabilitation program that are necessary to make the program functional or increase its effectiveness in providing vocational rehabilitation services to applicants or eligible individuals, but are not ongoing operating expenses of the program.
(17)
(i) The acquisition of an existing building and, if necessary, the land in connection with the acquisition, if the building has been completed in all respects for at least one year prior to the date of acquisition and the Federal share of the cost of acquisition is not more than $300,000;
(ii) The remodeling or alteration of an existing building, provided the estimated cost of remodeling or alteration does not exceed the appraised value of the existing building;
(iii) The expansion of an existing building, provided that—
(A) The existing building is complete in all respects;
(B) The total size in square footage of the expanded building, notwithstanding the number of expansions, is not greater than twice the size of the existing building;
(C) The expansion is joined structurally to the existing building and does not constitute a separate building; and
(D) The costs of the expansion do not exceed the appraised value of the existing building;
(iv) Architect's fees, site survey, and soil investigation, if necessary in
(v) The acquisition of fixed or movable equipment, including the costs of installation of the equipment, if necessary to establish, develop, or improve a community rehabilitation program.
(18)
(19)
(i) Needed to support and maintain an individual with a most significant disability including a youth with a most significant disability, in supported employment;
(ii) Organized or made available, singly or in combination, in such a way as to assist an eligible individual in maintaining supported employment;
(iii) Based on the needs of an eligible individual, as specified in an individualized plan for employment;
(iv) Provided by a State agency, a private nonprofit organization, employer, or any other appropriate resource, after an individual has made the transition from support from the designated State unit; and
(v) Provided to a youth with a most significant disability by the designated State unit in accordance with requirements set forth in this part and part 363 for a period not to exceed four years, or at such time that a youth reaches age 25 and no longer meets the definition of a youth with a disability under paragraph (c)(58) of this section, whichever occurs first. The designated State unit may not provide extended services to an individual with a most significant disability who is not a youth with a most significant disability.
(20)
(21)
(i) Is authorized under State law to review determinations made by personnel of the designated State unit that affect the provision of vocational rehabilitation services; and
(ii) Carries out the responsibilities of the impartial hearing officer in accordance with the requirements in § 361.57(j).
(22)
(i) Who either—
(A) Is a relative or guardian of an applicant or eligible individual; or
(B) Lives in the same household as an applicant or eligible individual;
(ii) Who has a substantial interest in the well-being of that individual; and
(iii) Whose receipt of vocational rehabilitation services is necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(23)
(24)
(A) Is not an employee of a public agency (other than an administrative law judge, hearing examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education);
(B) Is not a member of the State Rehabilitation Council for the designated State unit;
(C) Has not been involved previously in the vocational rehabilitation of the applicant or recipient of services;
(D) Has knowledge of the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, and the Federal and State regulations governing the provision of services;
(E) Has received training with respect to the performance of official duties; and
(F) Has no personal, professional, or financial interest that could affect the objectivity of the individual.
(ii) An individual is not considered to be an employee of a public agency for the purposes of this definition solely because the individual is paid by the agency to serve as a hearing officer.
(25)
(ii)
(26)
(27)
(i) Who has a physical or mental impairment;
(ii) Whose impairment constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment; and
(iii) Who can benefit in terms of an employment outcome from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services.
(28)
(i) Who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities;
(ii) Who has a record of such an impairment; or
(iii) Who is regarded as having such an impairment.
(29)
(30)
(i) Who has a severe physical or mental impairment that seriously limits one or more functional capacities (such as mobility, communication, self-care, self-direction, interpersonal skills, work tolerance, or work skills) in terms of an employment outcome;
(ii) Whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require multiple vocational rehabilitation services over an extended period of time; and
(iii) Who has one or more physical or mental disabilities resulting from amputation, arthritis, autism, blindness, burn injury, cancer, cerebral palsy, cystic fibrosis, deafness, head injury, heart disease, hemiplegia, hemophilia, respiratory or pulmonary dysfunction, mental illness, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, musculo-skeletal disorders, neurological disorders (including stroke and epilepsy), spinal cord conditions (including paraplegia and quadriplegia), sickle cell anemia, intellectual disability, specific learning disability, end-stage renal disease, or another disability or combination of disabilities determined on the basis of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs to cause comparable substantial functional limitation.
(31)
(32)
(i) With respect to the provision of services, a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those applicants or eligible individuals; and
(ii) With respect to an employment outcome, means a setting—
(A) Typically found in the community; and
(B) Where the employee with a disability interacts, for the purpose of performing the duties of the position, with other employees within the particular work unit and the entire work site, and, as appropriate to the work performed, other persons (
(33)
(34)
(i)
The cost of a uniform or other suitable clothing that is required for an individual's job placement or job-seeking activities.
The cost of short-term shelter that is required in order for an individual to participate in assessment activities or vocational training at a site that is not within commuting distance of an individual's home.
The initial one-time costs, such as a security deposit or charges for the initiation of utilities, that are required in order for an individual to relocate for a job placement.
(ii) [Reserved]
(35)
(36)
(37)
(i) Are needed to support and maintain an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, in supported employment;
(ii) Are identified based on a determination by the designated State unit of the individual's need as specified in an individualized plan for employment;
(iii) Are furnished by the designated State unit from the time of job placement until transition to extended services, unless post-employment services are provided following transition, and thereafter by one or more extended services providers throughout the individual's term of employment in a particular job placement;
(iv) Include an assessment of employment stability and provision of specific services or the coordination of services at or away from the worksite that are needed to maintain stability based on—
(A) At a minimum, twice-monthly monitoring at the worksite of each individual in supported employment; or
(B) If under specific circumstances, especially at the request of the individual, the individualized plan for employment provides for off-site monitoring, twice monthly meetings with the individual;
(v) Consist of—
(A) Any particularized assessment supplementary to the comprehensive assessment of rehabilitation needs described in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section;
(B) The provision of skilled job trainers who accompany the individual for intensive job skill training at the work site;
(C) Job development and training;
(D) Social skills training;
(E) Regular observation or supervision of the individual;
(F) Follow-up services including regular contact with the employers, the individuals, the parents, family members, guardians, advocates or authorized representatives of the individuals, and other suitable professional and informed advisors, in order to reinforce and stabilize the job placement;
(G) Facilitation of natural supports at the worksite;
(H) Any other service identified in the scope of vocational rehabilitation services for individuals, described in § 361.48(b); or
(I) Any service similar to the foregoing services.
(38)
(i) Designed to assist an individual with a disability to perform daily living activities on or off the job that the individual would typically perform without assistance if the individual did not have a disability;
(ii) Designed to increase the individual's control in life and ability to perform everyday activities on or off the job;
(iii) Necessary to the achievement of an employment outcome; and
(iv) Provided only while the individual is receiving other vocational rehabilitation services. The services may include training in managing, supervising, and directing personal assistance services.
(39)
(i) Corrective surgery or therapeutic treatment that is likely, within a reasonable period of time, to correct or modify substantially a stable or slowly progressive physical or mental impairment that constitutes a substantial impediment to employment;
(ii) Diagnosis of and treatment for mental or emotional disorders by qualified personnel in accordance with State licensure laws;
(iii) Dentistry;
(iv) Nursing services;
(v) Necessary hospitalization (either inpatient or outpatient care) in connection with surgery or treatment and clinic services;
(vi) Drugs and supplies;
(vii) Prosthetic and orthotic devices;
(viii) Eyeglasses and visual services, including visual training, and the examination and services necessary for the prescription and provision of eyeglasses, contact lenses, microscopic lenses, telescopic lenses, and other special visual aids prescribed by personnel who are qualified in accordance with State licensure laws;
(ix) Podiatry;
(x) Physical therapy;
(xi) Occupational therapy;
(xii) Speech or hearing therapy;
(xiii) Mental health services;
(xiv) Treatment of either acute or chronic medical complications and emergencies that are associated with or arise out of the provision of physical and mental restoration services, or that are inherent in the condition under treatment;
(xv) Special services for the treatment of individuals with end-stage renal disease, including transplantation, dialysis, artificial kidneys, and supplies; and
(xvi) Other medical or medically related rehabilitation services.
(40)
(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: neurological, musculo-skeletal, special sense organs, respiratory (including speech organs), cardiovascular, reproductive, digestive, genitourinary, hemic and lymphatic, skin, and endocrine; or
(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder such as intellectual disability, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities.
(41)
Post-employment services are intended to ensure that the employment outcome remains consistent with the individual's unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice. These services are available to meet rehabilitation needs that do not require a complex and comprehensive provision of services and, thus, should be limited in scope and duration. If more comprehensive services are required, then a new rehabilitation effort should be considered. Post-employment services are to be provided under an amended individualized plan for employment; thus, a re-determination of eligibility is not required. The provision of post-employment services is subject to the same requirements in this part as the provision of any other vocational rehabilitation service. Post-employment services are available to assist an individual to maintain employment,
(42)
(43)
(A) Is not an employee of a public agency (other than an administrative law judge, hearing examiner, employee
(B) Is not a member of the State Rehabilitation Council for the designated State unit;
(C) Has not been involved previously in the vocational rehabilitation of the applicant or recipient of services;
(D) Is knowledgeable of the vocational rehabilitation program and the applicable Federal and State laws, regulations, and policies governing the provision of vocational rehabilitation services;
(E) Has been trained in effective mediation techniques consistent with any State-approved or -recognized certification, licensing, registration, or other requirements; and
(F) Has no personal, professional, or financial interest that could affect the individual's objectivity during the mediation proceedings.
(ii) An individual is not considered to be an employee of the designated State agency or designated State unit for the purposes of this definition solely because the individual is paid by the designated State agency or designated State unit to serve as a mediator.
(44)
(45)
(46)
(47)
(48)
(49)
(50)
(51)
(A)(
(
(B)(
(
(C)(
(
(ii)
(52)
(53)
(A) For whom competitive integrated employment has not historically occurred, or for whom competitive integrated employment has been interrupted or intermittent as a result of a significant disability; and
(B) Who, because of the nature and severity of their disabilities, need intensive supported employment services and extended services after the transition from support provided by the designated State unit, in order to perform this work.
(ii) For purposes of this part, an individual with a most significant disability, whose supported employment in an integrated setting does not satisfy the criteria of competitive integrated employment, as defined in paragraph (c)(9) of this section is considered to be working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment so long as the individual can reasonably anticipate achieving competitive integrated employment—
(A) Within six months of achieving a supported employment outcome; or
(B) In limited circumstances, within a period not to exceed 12 months from the achievement of the supported employment outcome, if a longer period is necessary based on the needs of the individual, and the individual has demonstrated progress toward competitive earnings based on information contained in the service record.
(54)
(i) Organized and made available, singly or in combination, in such a way as to assist an eligible individual to achieve competitive integrated employment;
(ii) Based on a determination of the needs of an eligible individual, as specified in an individualized plan for employment;
(iii) Provided by the designated State unit for a period of time not to exceed 24 months, unless under special circumstances the eligible individual and the rehabilitation counselor jointly agree to extend the time to achieve the employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment; and
(iv) Following transition, as post-employment services that are unavailable from an extended services provider and that are necessary to maintain or regain the job placement or advance in employment.
(55)
(i) Designed within an outcome-oriented process that promotes movement from school to post-school activities, including postsecondary education, vocational training, competitive integrated employment, supported employment, continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation;
(ii) Based upon the individual student's or youth's needs, taking into account the student's or youth's preferences and interests;
(iii) That includes instruction, community experiences, the development of employment and other post-school adult living objectives, and, if appropriate, acquisition of daily living skills and functional vocational evaluation;
(iv) That promotes or facilitates the achievement of the employment outcome identified in the student's or youth's individualized plan for employment; and
(v) That includes outreach to and engagement of the parents, or, as appropriate, the representative of such a student or youth with a disability.
(56)
(i)
Travel and related expenses for a personal care attendant or aide if the services of that person are necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to travel to participate in any vocational rehabilitation service.
The purchase and repair of vehicles, including vans, but not the modification of these vehicles, as modification would be considered a rehabilitation technology service.
Relocation expenses incurred by an eligible individual in connection with a job placement that is a significant distance from the eligible individual's current residence.
(ii) [Reserved]
(57)
(ii) If provided for the benefit of groups of individuals, means those services listed in § 361.49.
(58)
(A) Younger than 14 years of age; and
(B) Older than 24 years of age.
(ii)
(a)
(2) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must satisfy all requirements set forth in this part.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(a)
(1) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, including the supported employment supplement, has been so changed that it no longer conforms with the requirements of this part or part 363; or
(2) In the administration of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan there is a failure to comply substantially with any provision of such plan or with an evaluation standard or performance indicator established under section 106 of the Act.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the State agency, and the designated State unit if applicable, employs methods of administration found necessary by the Secretary for the proper and efficient administration of the plan and for carrying out all functions for which the State is responsible under the plan and this part. These methods must include procedures to ensure accurate data collection and financial accountability.
(a)
(1)
(i) A State agency that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation or vocational and other rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities; or
(ii) A State agency that includes a vocational rehabilitation unit as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
(2)
(3)
(b)
(i) Is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation or vocational and other rehabilitation of individuals with disabilities and is responsible for the administration of the State agency's vocational rehabilitation program under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan;
(ii) Has a full-time director who is responsible for the day-to-day operations of the vocational rehabilitation program;
(iii) Has a staff, at least 90 percent of whom are employed full time on the rehabilitation work of the organizational unit;
(iv) Is located at an organizational level and has an organizational status within the State agency comparable to that of other major organizational units of the agency; and
(v) Has the sole authority and responsibility described within the designated State agency in paragraph (a) of this section to expend funds made available under the Act in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of the Act.
(2) In the case of a State that has not designated a separate State agency for individuals who are blind, as provided for in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the State may assign responsibility for the part of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under which vocational rehabilitation services are provided to individuals who are blind to one organizational unit of the designated State agency and may assign responsibility for the rest of the plan to another organizational unit of the designated State agency, with the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section applying separately to each of these units.
(c)
(i) All decisions affecting eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services, the nature and scope of available services, and the provision of these services.
(ii) The determination to close the record of services of an individual who has achieved an employment outcome in accordance with § 361.56.
(iii) Policy formulation and implementation.
(iv) The allocation and expenditure of vocational rehabilitation funds.
(v) Participation as a partner in the one-stop service delivery system established under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, in accordance with 20 CFR part 678.
(2)
(a)
(2) Any public or nonprofit private organization or agency within the State or any political subdivision of the State is eligible to be a substitute agency.
(3) The substitute agency must submit a vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan that meets the requirements of this part.
(4) The Secretary makes no grant to a substitute agency until the Secretary approves its plan.
(b)
(a) If the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan provides for the administration of the plan by a local agency, the designated State agency must—
(1) Ensure that each local agency is under the supervision of the designated State unit and is the sole local agency as defined in § 361.5(c)(47) that is responsible for the administration of the program within the political subdivision that it serves; and
(2) Develop methods that each local agency will use to administer the vocational rehabilitation program, in accordance with the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan.
(b) A separate local agency serving individuals who are blind may administer that part of the plan relating to vocational rehabilitation of individuals who are blind, under the supervision of the designated State unit for individuals who are blind.
(a)
(1) An assurance that the designated State agency is an independent State commission that—
(i) Is responsible under State law for operating, or overseeing the operation of, the vocational rehabilitation program in the State and is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation or vocational and other rehabilitation services, in accordance with § 361.13(a)(1)(i);
(ii) Is consumer-controlled by persons who—
(A) Are individuals with physical or mental impairments that substantially limit major life activities; and
(B) Represent individuals with a broad range of disabilities, unless the designated State unit under the direction of the commission is the State agency for individuals who are blind;
(iii) Includes family members, advocates, or other representatives of individuals with mental impairments; and
(iv) Conducts the functions identified in § 361.17(h)(4).
(2) An assurance that—
(i) The State has established a State Rehabilitation Council (Council) that meets the requirements of § 361.17;
(ii) The designated State unit, in accordance with § 361.29, jointly develops, agrees to, and reviews annually State goals and priorities and jointly submits to the Secretary annual reports of progress with the Council;
(iii) The designated State unit regularly consults with the Council regarding the development, implementation, and revision of State policies and procedures of general applicability pertaining to the provision of vocational rehabilitation services;
(iv) The designated State unit transmits to the Council—
(A) All plans, reports, and other information required under this part to be submitted to the Secretary;
(B) All policies and information on all practices and procedures of general applicability provided to or used by rehabilitation personnel providing vocational rehabilitation services under this part; and
(C) Copies of due process hearing decisions issued under this part and transmitted in a manner to ensure that the identity of the participants in the hearings is kept confidential; and
(v) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, and any revision to the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, includes a summary of input provided by the Council, including recommendations from the annual report of the Council, the review and analysis of consumer satisfaction described in § 361.17(h)(4), and other reports prepared by the Council, and the designated State unit's response to the input and recommendations, including its reasons for rejecting any input or recommendation of the Council.
(b)
If the State has established a Council under § 361.16(a)(2) or (b), the Council must meet the following requirements:
(a)
(2) The appointing authority must select members of the Council after soliciting recommendations from representatives of organizations representing a broad range of individuals with disabilities and organizations interested in individuals with disabilities. In selecting members, the appointing authority must consider, to the greatest extent practicable, the extent to which minority populations are represented on the Council.
(b)
(i) At least one representative of the Statewide Independent Living Council, who must be the chairperson or other designee of the Statewide Independent Living Council;
(ii) At least one representative of a parent training and information center established pursuant to section 682(a) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;
(iii) At least one representative of the Client Assistance Program established under part 370 of this chapter, who must be the director of or other individual recommended by the Client Assistance Program;
(iv) At least one qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor with knowledge of and experience with vocational rehabilitation programs who serves as an ex officio, nonvoting member of the Council if employed by the designated State agency;
(v) At least one representative of community rehabilitation program service providers;
(vi) Four representatives of business, industry, and labor;
(vii) Representatives of disability groups that include a cross section of—
(A) Individuals with physical, cognitive, sensory, and mental disabilities; and
(B) Representatives of individuals with disabilities who have difficulty representing themselves or are unable due to their disabilities to represent themselves;
(viii) Current or former applicants for, or recipients of, vocational rehabilitation services;
(ix) In a State in which one or more projects are funded under section 121 of the Act (American Indian Vocational Rehabilitation Services), at least one representative of the directors of the projects in such State;
(x) At least one representative of the State educational agency responsible for the public education of students with disabilities who are eligible to receive services under this part and part B of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;
(xi) At least one representative of the State workforce development board; and
(xii) The director of the designated State unit as an ex officio, nonvoting member of the Council.
(2)
(3)
(i) Conform with all of the composition requirements for a Council under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except the requirements in paragraph (b)(1)(vii), unless the exception in paragraph (b)(4) of this section applies; and
(ii) Include—
(A) At least one representative of a disability advocacy group representing individuals who are blind; and
(B) At least one representative of an individual who is blind, has multiple disabilities, and has difficulty representing himself or herself or is unable due to disabilities to represent himself or herself.
(4)
(c)
(2) In the case of a separate Council established under § 361.16(b), a majority of the Council members must be individuals who are blind and are not employed by the designated State unit.
(d)
(2) In States in which the Governor does not have veto power pursuant to State law, the appointing authority described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must designate a member of the Council to serve as the chairperson of the Council or must require the Council to designate a member to serve as chairperson.
(e)
(2) A member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the end of the term for which the predecessor was appointed must be appointed for the remainder of the predecessor's term.
(3) The terms of service of the members initially appointed must be, as specified by the appointing authority as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, for varied numbers of years to ensure that terms expire on a staggered basis.
(f)
(2) No vacancy affects the power of the remaining members to execute the duties of the Council.
(g)
(h)
(1) Review, analyze, and advise the designated State unit regarding the performance of the State unit's responsibilities under this part, particularly responsibilities related to—
(i) Eligibility, including order of selection;
(ii) The extent, scope, and effectiveness of services provided; and
(iii) Functions performed by State agencies that affect or potentially affect the ability of individuals with disabilities in achieving employment outcomes under this part;
(2) In partnership with the designated State unit—
(i) Develop, agree to, and review State goals and priorities in accordance with § 361.29(c); and
(ii) Evaluate the effectiveness of the vocational rehabilitation program and submit reports of progress to the Secretary in accordance with § 361.29(e);
(3) Advise the designated State agency and the designated State unit regarding activities carried out under this part and assist in the preparation of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan and amendments to the plan, applications, reports, needs assessments, and evaluations required by this part;
(4) To the extent feasible, conduct a review and analysis of the effectiveness of, and consumer satisfaction with—
(i) The functions performed by the designated State agency;
(ii) The vocational rehabilitation services provided by State agencies and other public and private entities responsible for providing vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities under the Act; and
(iii) The employment outcomes achieved by eligible individuals receiving services under this part, including the availability of health and other employment benefits in connection with those employment outcomes;
(5) Prepare and submit to the Governor and to the Secretary no later than 90 days after the end of the Federal fiscal year an annual report on the status of vocational rehabilitation programs operated within the State and make the report available to the public through appropriate modes of communication;
(6) To avoid duplication of efforts and enhance the number of individuals served, coordinate activities with the activities of other councils within the State, including the Statewide Independent Living Council established under chapter 1, title VII of the Act, the advisory panel established under section 612(a)(21) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, the State Developmental Disabilities Planning Council described in section 124 of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act, the State mental health planning council established under section 1914(a) of the Public Health Service Act, and the State workforce development board, and with the activities of entities carrying out programs under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998;
(7) Provide for coordination and the establishment of working relationships between the designated State agency and the Statewide Independent Living Council and centers for independent living within the State; and
(8) Perform other comparable functions, consistent with the purpose of this part, as the Council determines to be appropriate, that are comparable to the other functions performed by the Council.
(i)
(2) The resource plan must, to the maximum extent possible, rely on the use of resources in existence during the period of implementation of the plan.
(3) Any disagreements between the designated State unit and the Council regarding the amount of resources necessary to carry out the functions of the Council must be resolved by the Governor, consistent with paragraphs (i)(1) and (2) of this section.
(4) The Council must, consistent with State law, supervise and evaluate the staff and personnel that are necessary to carry out its functions.
(5) Those staff and personnel that are assisting the Council in carrying out its functions may not be assigned duties by the designated State unit or any other agency or office of the State that would create a conflict of interest.
(j)
(1) Convene at least four meetings a year in locations determined by the Council to be necessary to conduct Council business. The meetings must be publicly announced, open, and accessible to the general public, including individuals with disabilities, unless there is a valid reason for an executive session; and
(2) Conduct forums or hearings, as appropriate, that are publicly announced, open, and accessible to the public, including individuals with disabilities.
(k)
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must describe the procedures and activities the State agency will undertake to establish and maintain a comprehensive system of personnel development designed to ensure an adequate supply of qualified rehabilitation personnel, including professionals and paraprofessionals, for the designated State unit. If the State agency has a State Rehabilitation Council, this description must, at a minimum, specify that the Council has an opportunity to review and comment on the development of plans, policies, and procedures necessary to meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section. This description must also conform with the following requirements:
(a)
(1) Data on qualified personnel needs must include—
(i) The number of personnel who are employed by the State agency in the provision of vocational rehabilitation services in relation to the number of individuals served, broken down by personnel category;
(ii) The number of personnel currently needed by the State agency to provide vocational rehabilitation services, broken down by personnel category; and
(iii) Projections of the number of personnel, broken down by personnel category, who will be needed by the State agency to provide vocational rehabilitation services in the State in five years based on projections of the number of individuals to be served, including individuals with significant disabilities, the number of personnel expected to retire or leave the field, and other relevant factors.
(2) Data on personnel development must include—
(i) A list of the institutions of higher education in the State that are preparing vocational rehabilitation professionals, by type of program;
(ii) The number of students enrolled at each of those institutions, broken down by type of program; and
(iii) The number of students who graduated during the prior year from each of those institutions with certification or licensure, or with the credentials for certification or licensure, broken down by the personnel category for which they have received, or have the credentials to receive, certification or licensure.
(b)
(c)
(i) Standards that are consistent with any national or State-approved or recognized certification, licensing, or registration requirements, or, in the absence of these requirements, other comparable requirements (including State personnel requirements) that apply to the profession or discipline in which that category of personnel is providing vocational rehabilitation services; and
(ii) The establishment and maintenance of education and experience requirements, to ensure that the personnel have a 21st-century understanding of the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals with disabilities, including requirements for—
(A)(
(
(
(
(
(B) Attainment of a master's or doctoral degree in a field of study such as vocational rehabilitation counseling, law, social work, psychology, disability studies, business administration, human resources, special education, management, public administration, or another field that reasonably provides competence in the employment sector, in a disability field, or in both business-related and rehabilitation-related fields; and
(2) As used in this section—
(i)
(A) Provides rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities;
(B) Has been established or designated by the State unit; and
(C) Has a specified scope of responsibility.
(ii) Ensuring that personnel have a 21st-century understanding of the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals with disabilities means that personnel have specialized training and experience that enables them to work effectively with individuals with disabilities to assist them to achieve competitive integrated employment and with employers who hire such individuals. Relevant personnel skills include, but are not limited to—
(A) Understanding the functional limitations of various disabilities and the vocational implications of functional limitations on employment, especially with regard to individuals whose disabilities may require specialized services or groups of individuals with disabilities who
(B) Vocational assessment tools and strategies and the interpretation of vocational assessment results, including, when appropriate, situational and work-based assessments and analysis of transferrable work skills;
(C) Counseling and guidance skills, including individual and group counseling and career guidance;
(D) Effective use of practices leading to competitive integrated employment, such as supported employment, customized employment, internships, apprenticeships, paid work experiences, etc.;
(E) Case management and employment services planning, including familiarity and use of the broad range of disability, employment, and social services programs in the state and local area, such as independent living programs, Social Security work incentives, and the Social Security Administration`s Ticket-to-Work program;
(F) Caseload management, including familiarity with effective caseload management practices and the use of any available automated or information technology resources;
(G) In-depth knowledge of labor market trends, occupational requirements, and other labor market information that provides information about employers, business practices, and employer personnel needs, such as data provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Department of Labor's O*NET occupational system;
(H) The use of labor market information for vocational rehabilitation counseling, vocational planning, and the provision of information to consumers for the purposes of making informed choices, business engagement and business relationships, and job development and job placement;
(I) The use of labor market information to support building and maintaining relationships with employers and to inform delivery of job development and job placement activities that respond to today's labor market;
(J) Understanding the effective utilization of rehabilitation technology and job accommodations;
(K) Training in understanding the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act and other employment discrimination and employment-related laws;
(L) Advocacy skills to modify attitudinal and environmental barriers to employment for individuals with disabilities, including those with the most significant disabilities;
(M) Skills to address cultural diversity among consumers, particularly affecting workplace settings, including racial and ethnic diversity and generational differences; and
(N) Understanding confidentiality and ethical standards and practices, especially related to new challenges in use of social media, new partnerships, and data sharing.
(d)
(i) A system of staff development for rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals within the State unit, particularly with respect to assessment, vocational counseling, job placement, and rehabilitation technology, including training implemented in coordination with entities carrying out State programs under section 4 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003);
(ii) Procedures for acquiring and disseminating to rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals within the designated State unit significant knowledge from research and other sources; and
(iii) Policies and procedures relating to the establishment and maintenance of standards to ensure that personnel, including rehabilitation professionals and paraprofessionals, needed within the designated State unit to carry out this part are appropriately and adequately prepared and trained.
(2) The specific training areas for staff development must be based on the needs of each State unit and may include, but are not limited to—
(i) Training regarding the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and the amendments it made to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
(ii) Training with respect to the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, and Social Security work incentive programs, including programs under the Ticket to Work and Work Incentives Improvement Act of 1999, training to facilitate informed choice under this program, and training to improve the provision of services to culturally diverse populations; and
(iii) Activities related to—
(A) Recruitment and retention of qualified rehabilitation personnel;
(B) Succession planning; and
(C) Leadership development and capacity building.
(e)
(1) Individuals able to communicate in the native languages of applicants, recipients of services, and eligible individuals who have limited English proficiency; and
(2) Individuals able to communicate with applicants, recipients of services, and eligible individuals in appropriate modes of communication.
(f)
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the State agency takes affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified individuals with disabilities covered under and on the same terms and conditions as stated in section 503 of the Act.
(a)
(2) For purposes of this section, substantive changes to the policies or procedures governing the provision of vocational rehabilitation services that would require the conduct of public meetings are those that directly impact the nature and scope of the services provided to individuals with disabilities, or the manner in which individuals interact with the designated State agency or in matters related to the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services. Examples of substantive changes include, but are not limited to—
(i) Any changes to policies or procedures that fundamentally alter the rights and responsibilities of individuals with disabilities in the vocational rehabilitation process;
(ii) Organizational changes to the designated State agency or unit that would likely affect the manner in which services are delivered;
(iii) Any changes that affect the nature and scope of vocational rehabilitation services provided by the designated State agency or unit;
(iv) Changes in formal or informal dispute procedures;
(v) The adoption or amendment of policies instituting an order of selection; and
(vi) Changes to policies and procedures regarding the financial participation of eligible individuals.
(3) Non-substantive,
(i) Internal procedures that do not directly affect individuals receiving vocational rehabilitation services, such as payment processing or personnel procedures;
(ii) Changes to the case management system that only affect vocational rehabilitation personnel;
(iii) Changes in indirect cost allocations, internal fiscal review procedures, or routine reporting requirements;
(iv) Minor revisions to vocational rehabilitation procedures or policies to correct production errors, such as typographical and grammatical mistakes; and
(v) Changes to contract procedures that do not affect the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services.
(b)
(1) State law governing public meetings; or
(2) In the absence of State law governing public meetings, procedures developed by the designated State agency in consultation with the State Rehabilitation Council.
(c)
(d)
(e)
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that, in connection with matters of general policy arising in the administration of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, the designated State agency takes into account the views of—
(a) Individuals and groups of individuals who are recipients of vocational rehabilitation services or, as appropriate, the individuals' representatives;
(b) Personnel working in programs that provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities;
(c) Providers of vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities;
(d) The director of the Client Assistance Program; and
(e) The State Rehabilitation Council, if the State has a Council.
(a)
(2) These plans, policies, and procedures in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must provide for the development and approval of an individualized plan for employment in accordance with § 361.45 as early as possible during the transition planning process and not later than the time a student with a disability determined to be eligible for vocational rehabilitation services leaves the school setting or, if the designated State unit is operating under an order of selection, before each eligible student with a disability able to be served under the order leaves the school setting.
(b)
(1) Consultation and technical assistance, which may be provided
(2) Transition planning by personnel of the designated State agency and educational agency personnel for students with disabilities that facilitates the development and implementation of their individualized education programs (IEPs) under section 614(d) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;
(3) The roles and responsibilities, including financial responsibilities, of each agency, including provisions for determining State lead agencies and qualified personnel responsible for transition services and pre-employment transition services;
(4) Procedures for outreach to and identification of students with disabilities who are in need of transition services and pre-employment transition services. Outreach to these students should occur as early as possible during the transition planning process and must include, at a minimum, a description of the purpose of the vocational rehabilitation program, eligibility requirements, application procedures, and scope of services that may be provided to eligible individuals;
(5) Coordination necessary to satisfy documentation requirements set forth in 34 CFR part 397 with regard to students and youth with disabilities who are seeking subminimum wage employment; and
(6) Assurance that, in accordance with 34 CFR 397.31, neither the State educational agency nor the local educational agency will enter into a contract or other arrangement with an entity, as defined in 34 CFR 397.5(d), for the purpose of operating a program under which a youth with a disability is engaged in work compensated at a subminimum wage.
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Vocational rehabilitation services; and
(2) Transition services for youth with disabilities and students with disabilities, such as pre-employment transition services.
(d)
(2)
(i) Strategies for interagency referral and information sharing that will assist in eligibility determinations and the development of individualized plans for employment;
(ii) Procedures for ensuring that American Indians who are individuals with disabilities and are living on or near a reservation or tribal service area are provided vocational rehabilitation services;
(iii) Strategies for the provision of transition planning by personnel of the designated State unit, the State educational agency, and the recipient of funds under part C of the Act, that will facilitate the development and approval of the individualized plan for employment under § 361.45; and
(iv) Provisions for sharing resources in cooperative studies and assessments, joint training activities, and other collaborative activities designed to improve the provision of services to American Indians who are individuals with disabilities.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that services provided under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan will be available in all political subdivisions of the State, unless a waiver of statewideness is requested and approved in accordance with § 361.26.
(a)
(1) The non-Federal share of the cost of these services is met from funds provided by a local public agency, including funds contributed to a local public agency by a private agency, organization, or individual;
(2) The services are likely to promote the vocational rehabilitation of substantially larger numbers of individuals with disabilities or of individuals with disabilities with particular types of impairments; and
(3) For purposes other than those specified in § 361.60(b)(3)(i) and consistent with the requirements in § 361.60(b)(3)(ii), the State includes in its vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, and the Secretary approves, a waiver of the statewideness requirement, in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
(b)
(1) Identify the types of services to be provided;
(2) Contain a written assurance from the local public agency that it will make available to the State unit the non-Federal share of funds;
(3) Contain a written assurance that State unit approval will be obtained for each proposed service before it is put into effect; and
(4) Contain a written assurance that all other requirements of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, including a State's order of selection requirements, will apply to all services approved under the waiver.
(a) If the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan provides for the designated State agency to share funding and administrative responsibility with another State agency or local public agency to carry out a joint program to provide services to individuals with disabilities, the State must submit to the Secretary for approval a plan that describes its shared funding and administrative arrangement.
(b) The plan under paragraph (a) of this section must include—
(1) A description of the nature and scope of the joint program;
(2) The services to be provided under the joint program;
(3) The respective roles of each participating agency in the administration and provision of services; and
(4) The share of the costs to be assumed by each agency.
(c) If a proposed joint program does not comply with the statewideness requirement in § 361.25, the State unit must obtain a waiver of statewideness, in accordance with § 361.26.
(a) The designated State unit may enter into a third-party cooperative arrangement for providing or contracting for the provision of vocational rehabilitation services with another State agency or a local public agency that is providing part or all of the non-Federal share in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, if the designated State unit ensures that—
(1) The services provided by the cooperating agency are not the customary or typical services provided by that agency but are new services that have a vocational rehabilitation focus or existing services that have been modified, adapted, expanded, or reconfigured to have a vocational rehabilitation focus;
(2) The services provided by the cooperating agency are only available to applicants for, or recipients of, services from the designated State unit;
(3) Program expenditures and staff providing services under the cooperative arrangement are under the administrative supervision of the designated State unit; and
(4) All requirements of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, including a State's order of selection,
(b) If a third party cooperative arrangement does not comply with the statewideness requirement in § 361.25, the State unit must obtain a waiver of statewideness, in accordance with § 361.26.
(c) The cooperating agency's contribution toward the non-Federal share required under the arrangement, as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, may be made through:
(1) Cash transfers to the designated State unit;
(2) Certified personnel expenditures for the time cooperating agency staff spent providing direct vocational rehabilitation services pursuant to a third-party cooperative arrangement that meets the requirements of this section. Certified personnel expenditures may include the allocable portion of staff salary and fringe benefits based upon the amount of time cooperating agency staff directly spent providing services under the arrangement; and
(3) other direct expenditures incurred by the cooperating agency for the sole purpose of providing services under this section pursuant to a third-party cooperative arrangement that—
(i) Meets the requirements of this section;
(ii) Are verifiable as being incurred under the third-party cooperative arrangement; and
(iii) Do not meet the definition of third-party in-kind contributions under 2 CFR 200.96.
(a)
(i) The results of a comprehensive, statewide assessment, jointly conducted by the designated State unit and the State Rehabilitation Council (if the State unit has a Council) every three years. Results of the assessment are to be included in the vocational rehabilitation portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, submitted in accordance with the requirements of § 361.10(a) and the joint regulations of this part. The comprehensive needs assessment must describe the rehabilitation needs of individuals with disabilities residing within the State, particularly the vocational rehabilitation services needs of—
(A) Individuals with the most significant disabilities, including their need for supported employment services;
(B) Individuals with disabilities who are minorities and individuals with disabilities who have been unserved or underserved by the vocational rehabilitation program carried out under this part;
(C) Individuals with disabilities served through other components of the statewide workforce development system as identified by those individuals and personnel assisting those individuals through the components of the system; and
(D) Youth with disabilities, and students with disabilities, including
(
(
(ii) An assessment of the need to establish, develop, or improve community rehabilitation programs within the State.
(2) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the State will submit to the Secretary a report containing information regarding updates to the assessments under paragraph (a) of this section for any year in which the State updates the assessments at such time and in such manner as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(b)
(1) The number of individuals in the State who are eligible for services under this part;
(2) The number of eligible individuals who will receive services provided with funds provided under this part and under part § 363, including, if the designated State agency uses an order of selection in accordance with § 361.36, estimates of the number of individuals to be served under each priority category within the order;
(3) The number of individuals who are eligible for services under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, but are not receiving such services due to an order of selection; and
(4) The costs of the services described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, including, if the designated State agency uses an order of selection, the service costs for each priority category within the order.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(i) The comprehensive statewide assessment described in paragraph (a) of this section, including any updates to the assessment;
(ii) The performance of the State on the standards and indicators established under section 106 of the Act; and
(iii) Other available information on the operation and the effectiveness of the vocational rehabilitation program carried out in the State, including any reports received from the State Rehabilitation Council under § 361.17(h) and the findings and recommendations from monitoring activities conducted under section 107 of the Act.
(5)
(d)
(1) The methods to be used to expand and improve services to individuals with disabilities, including how a broad range of assistive technology services and assistive technology devices will be provided to those individuals at each stage of the rehabilitation process and how those services and devices will be provided to individuals with disabilities on a statewide basis;
(2) The methods to be used to improve and expand vocational rehabilitation services for students with disabilities, including the coordination of services designed to facilitate the transition of such students from the receipt of educational services in school to postsecondary life, including the receipt of vocational rehabilitation services under the Act, postsecondary education, employment, and pre-employment transition services;
(3) Strategies developed and implemented by the State to address the needs of students and youth with disabilities identified in the assessments described in paragraph (a) of this section and strategies to achieve the goals and priorities identified by the State to improve and expand vocational rehabilitation services for students and youth with disabilities on a statewide basis;
(4) Strategies to provide pre-employment transition services;
(5) Outreach procedures to identify and serve individuals with disabilities who are minorities and individuals with disabilities who have been unserved or underserved by the vocational rehabilitation program;
(6) As applicable, the plan of the State for establishing, developing, or improving community rehabilitation programs;
(7) Strategies to improve the performance of the State with respect to the evaluation standards and performance indicators established pursuant to section 106 of the Act and section 116 of Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act; and
(8) Strategies for assisting other components of the statewide workforce development system in assisting individuals with disabilities.
(e)
(i) The results of an evaluation of the effectiveness of the vocational rehabilitation program; and
(ii) A joint report by the designated State unit and the State Rehabilitation Council, if the State unit has a Council, to the Secretary on the progress made in improving the effectiveness of the program from the previous year. This evaluation and joint report must include—
(A) An evaluation of the extent to which the goals and priorities identified in paragraph (c) of this section were achieved;
(B) A description of the strategies that contributed to the achievement of the goals and priorities;
(C) To the extent to which the goals and priorities were not achieved, a description of the factors that impeded that achievement; and
(D) An assessment of the performance of the State on the standards and indicators established pursuant to section 106 of the Act.
(2) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the designated State unit and the State Rehabilitation Council, if the State unit has a Council, will jointly submit to the Secretary a report that contains the information described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section at such time and in such manner the Secretary determines appropriate.
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the designated State agency provides vocational rehabilitation services to American Indians who are individuals with disabilities residing in the State to the same extent as the designated State agency provides vocational rehabilitation services to other significant populations of individuals with disabilities residing in the State.
The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must describe the manner in which cooperative agreements with private nonprofit vocational rehabilitation service providers will be established.
The designated State unit may expend payments received under this part to educate and provide services to employers who have hired or are interested in hiring individuals with disabilities under the vocational rehabilitation program, including—
(a) Providing training and technical assistance to employers regarding the employment of individuals with disabilities, including disability awareness, and the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101
(b) Working with employers to—
(1) Provide opportunities for work-based learning experiences (including internships, short-term employment, apprenticeships, and fellowships);
(2) Provide opportunities for pre-employment transition services, in accordance with the requirements under § 361.48(a);
(3) Recruit qualified applicants who are individuals with disabilities;
(4) Train employees who are individuals with disabilities; and
(5) Promote awareness of disability-related obstacles to continued employment.
(c) Providing consultation, technical assistance, and support to employers on workplace accommodations, assistive technology, and facilities and workplace access through collaboration with community partners and employers, across States and nationally, to enable the employers to recruit, job match, hire, and retain qualified individuals with disabilities who are recipients of vocational rehabilitation services under this part, or who are applicants for such services; and
(d) Assisting employers with utilizing available financial support for hiring or accommodating individuals with disabilities.
(a) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the State has an acceptable plan under
(b) The supported employment plan, including any needed revisions, must be submitted as a supplement to the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan submitted under this part.
(a) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the State will reserve and use a portion of the funds allotted to the State under section 110 of the Act—
(1) For the development and implementation of innovative approaches to expand and improve the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities, particularly individuals with the most significant disabilities, including transition services for students and youth with disabilities and pre-employment transition services for students with disabilities, consistent with the findings of the comprehensive statewide assessment of the rehabilitation needs of individuals with disabilities under § 361.29(a) and the State's goals and priorities under § 361.29(c);
(2) To support the funding of the State Rehabilitation Council, if the State has a Council, consistent with the resource plan identified in § 361.17(i); and
(3) To support the funding of the Statewide Independent Living Council, consistent with the Statewide Independent Living Council resource plan prepared under Section 705(e)(1) of the Act.
(b) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must—
(1) Describe how the reserved funds will be used; and
(2) Include a report describing how the reserved funds were used.
(a)
(2) The ability of the designated State unit to provide the full range of vocational rehabilitation services to all eligible individuals must be supported by a determination that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and a determination that, on the basis of the designated State unit's projected fiscal and personnel resources and its assessment of the rehabilitation needs of individuals with significant disabilities within the State, it can—
(i) Continue to provide services to all individuals currently receiving services;
(ii) Provide assessment services to all individuals expected to apply for services in the next fiscal year;
(iii) Provide services to all individuals who are expected to be determined eligible in the next fiscal year; and
(iv) Meet all program requirements.
(3) If the designated State unit is unable to provide the full range of vocational rehabilitation services to all eligible individuals in the State who apply for the services, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must—
(i) Show the order to be followed in selecting eligible individuals to be provided vocational rehabilitation services;
(ii) Provide a justification for the order of selection;
(iii) Identify service and outcome goals and the time within which the goals may be achieved for individuals in each priority category within the order, as required under § 361.29(c)(5);
(iv) Assure that—
(A) In accordance with criteria established by the State for the order of selection, individuals with the most significant disabilities will be selected first for the provision of vocational rehabilitation services; and
(B) Individuals who do not meet the order of selection criteria will have access to services provided through the information and referral system established under § 361.37; and
(v) State whether the designated State unit will elect to serve, in its discretion, eligible individuals (whether or not the individuals are receiving vocational rehabilitation services under the order of selection) who require specific services or equipment to maintain employment, notwithstanding the assurance provided pursuant to paragraph (3)(iv)(A) of this section.
(b)
(i) Provided assessment services to all applicants and the full range of services, as appropriate, to all eligible individuals;
(ii) Made referral forms widely available throughout the State;
(iii) Conducted outreach efforts to identify and serve individuals with disabilities who have been unserved or underserved by the vocational rehabilitation system; and
(iv) Not delayed, through waiting lists or other means, determinations of eligibility, the development of individualized plans for employment for individuals determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, or the provision of services for eligible individuals for whom individualized plans for employment have been developed.
(2) For a designated State unit that was unable to provide the full range of services to all eligible individuals during the current or preceding fiscal year or that has not met the requirements in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the determination that the designated State unit is able to provide the full range of vocational rehabilitation services to all eligible individuals in the next fiscal year must be based on—
(i) A demonstration that circumstances have changed that will allow the designated State unit to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section in the next fiscal year, including—
(A) An estimate of the number of and projected costs of serving, in the next fiscal year, individuals with existing individualized plans for employment;
(B) The projected number of individuals with disabilities who will apply for services and will be determined eligible in the next fiscal year and the projected costs of serving those individuals;
(C) The projected costs of administering the program in the next fiscal year, including, but not limited to, costs of staff salaries and benefits,
(D) The projected revenues and projected number of qualified personnel for the program in the next fiscal year.
(ii) Comparable data, as relevant, for the current or preceding fiscal year, or for both years, of the costs listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section and the resources identified in paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section and an explanation of any projected increases or decreases in these costs and resources; and
(iii) A determination that the projected revenues and the projected number of qualified personnel for the program in the next fiscal year are adequate to cover the costs identified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section to ensure the provision of the full range of services, as appropriate, to all eligible individuals.
(c)
(2) If the designated State unit determines that it does not need to establish an order of selection, it must reevaluate this determination whenever changed circumstances during the course of a fiscal year, such as a decrease in its fiscal or personnel resources or an increase in its program costs, indicate that it may no longer be able to provide the full range of services, as appropriate, to all eligible individuals, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(3) If a designated State unit establishes an order of selection, but determines that it does not need to implement that order at the beginning of the fiscal year, it must continue to meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or it must implement the order of selection by closing one or more priority categories.
(d)
(2)
(i) Any duration of residency requirement, provided the individual is present in the State;
(ii) Type of disability;
(iii) Age, sex, race, color, or national origin;
(iv) Source of referral;
(v) Type of expected employment outcome;
(vi) The need for specific services except those services provided in accordance with 361.36(a)(3)(v), or anticipated cost of services required by an individual; or
(vii) The income level of an individual or an individual's family.
(e)
(1) Implement the order of selection on a statewide basis;
(2) Notify all eligible individuals of the priority categories in a State's order of selection, their assignment to a particular category, and their right to appeal their category assignment;
(3) Continue to provide services to any recipient who has begun to receive services irrespective of the severity of the individual's disability as follows—
(i) The designated State unit must continue to provide pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities who were receiving such services prior to being determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services; and
(ii) The designated State unit must continue to provide to an eligible individual all needed services listed on the individualized plan for employment if the individual had begun receiving such services prior to the effective date of the State's order of selection; and
(4) Ensure that its funding arrangements for providing services under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, including third-party arrangements and awards under the establishment authority, are consistent with the order of selection. If any funding arrangements are inconsistent with the order of selection, the designated State unit must renegotiate these funding arrangements so that they are consistent with the order of selection.
(f)
(1) Need to establish an order of selection, including any reevaluation of the need under paragraph (c)(2) of this section;
(2) Priority categories of the particular order of selection;
(3) Criteria for determining individuals with the most significant disabilities; and
(4) Administration of the order of selection.
(a)
(1) The designated State agency will implement an information and referral system adequate to ensure that individuals with disabilities, including eligible individuals who do not meet the agency's order of selection criteria for receiving vocational rehabilitation services if the agency is operating on an order of selection, are provided accurate vocational rehabilitation information and guidance (which may include counseling and referral for job placement) using appropriate modes of communication to assist them in preparing for, securing, retaining, advancing in, or regaining employment; and
(2) The designated State agency will refer individuals with disabilities to other appropriate Federal and State programs, including other components of the statewide workforce development system.
(b) The designated State unit must refer to appropriate programs and service providers best suited to address the specific rehabilitation, independent living and employment needs of an individual with a disability who makes an informed choice not to pursue an employment outcome under the vocational rehabilitation program, as defined in § 361.5(c)(15). Before making the referral required by this paragraph, the State unit must—
(1) Consistent with § 361.42(a)(4)(i), explain to the individual that the purpose of the vocational rehabilitation program is to assist individuals to achieve an employment outcome as defined in § 361.5(c)(15);
(2) Consistent with § 361.52, provide the individual with information concerning the availability of employment options, and of vocational rehabilitation services, to assist the individual to achieve an appropriate employment outcome;
(3) Inform the individual that services under the vocational rehabilitation program can be provided to eligible individuals in an extended employment setting if necessary for purposes of training or otherwise preparing for employment in an integrated setting;
(4) Inform the individual that, if he or she initially chooses not to pursue an employment outcome as defined in § 361.5(c)(15), he or she can seek services from the designated State unit at a later date if, at that time, he or she chooses to pursue an employment outcome; and
(5) Refer the individual, as appropriate, to the Social Security Administration in order to obtain information concerning the ability of individuals with disabilities to work while receiving benefits from the Social Security Administration.
(c)
(1) Refer the individual to Federal or State programs, including programs carried out by other components of the statewide workforce development system, best suited to address the specific employment needs of an individual with a disability; and
(2) Provide the individual who is being referred—
(i) A notice of the referral by the designated State agency to the agency carrying out the program;
(ii) Information identifying a specific point of contact within the agency to which the individual is being referred; and
(iii) Information and advice regarding the most suitable services to assist the individual to prepare for, secure, retain, or regain employment.
(d)
(a)
(i) Specific safeguards are established to protect current and stored personal information, including a requirement that data only be released when governed by a written agreement between the designated State unit and receiving entity under paragraphs (d) and (e)(1) of this section, which addresses the requirements in this section;
(ii) All applicants and recipients of services and, as appropriate, those individuals' representatives, service providers, cooperating agencies, and interested persons are informed through appropriate modes of communication of the confidentiality of personal information and the conditions for accessing and releasing this information;
(iii) All applicants and recipients of services or their representatives are informed about the State unit's need to collect personal information and the policies governing its use, including—
(A) Identification of the authority under which information is collected;
(B) Explanation of the principal purposes for which the State unit intends to use or release the information;
(C) Explanation of whether providing requested information to the State unit is mandatory or voluntary and the effects of not providing requested information;
(D) Identification of those situations in which the State unit requires or does not require informed written consent of the individual before information may be released; and
(E) Identification of other agencies to which information is routinely released;
(iv) An explanation of State policies and procedures affecting personal information will be provided to each individual in that individual's native language or through the appropriate mode of communication; and
(v) These policies and procedures provide no fewer protections for individuals than State laws and regulations.
(2) The State unit may establish reasonable fees to cover extraordinary costs of duplicating records or making extensive searches and must establish policies and procedures governing access to records.
(b)
(c)
(2) Medical, psychological, or other information that the State unit determines may be harmful to the individual may not be released directly to the individual, but must be provided to the individual through a third party chosen by the individual, which may include, among others, an advocate, a family member, or a qualified medical or mental health professional, unless a representative has been appointed by a court to represent the individual, in which case the information must be released to the court-appointed representative.
(3) If personal information has been obtained from another agency or organization, it may be released only by, or under the conditions established by, the other agency or organization.
(4) An applicant or recipient of services who believes that information in the individual's record of services is inaccurate or misleading may request that the designated State unit amend the information. If the information is not amended, the request for an amendment must be documented in the record of services, consistent with § 361.47(a)(12).
(d)
(1) The information will be used only for the purposes for which it is being provided;
(2) The information will be released only to persons officially connected with the audit, evaluation, or research;
(3) The information will not be released to the involved individual;
(4) The information will be managed in a manner to safeguard confidentiality; and
(5) The final product will not reveal any personal identifying information without the informed written consent of the involved individual or the individual's representative.
(e)
(2) Medical or psychological information that the State unit determines may be harmful to the individual may be released if the other agency or organization assures the State unit that the information will be used only for the purpose for which it is being provided and will not be further released to the individual.
(3) The State unit must release personal information if required by Federal law or regulations.
(4) The State unit must release personal information in response to investigations in connection with law enforcement, fraud, or abuse, unless expressly prohibited by Federal or State laws or regulations, and in response to an order issued by a judge, magistrate, or other authorized judicial officer.
(5) The State unit also may release personal information in order to protect the individual or others if the individual poses a threat to his or her safety or to the safety of others.
The designated State unit must, upon request, identify those regulations and policies relating to the administration or operation of its vocational rehabilitation program that are State-imposed, including any regulations or policy based on State interpretation of any Federal law, regulation, or guideline.
(a)
(i) In the form and level of detail and at the time required by the Secretary regarding applicants for and eligible individuals receiving services, including students receiving pre-employment transition services in accordance with § 361.48(a); and
(ii) In a manner that provides a complete count (other than the information obtained through sampling consistent with section 101(a)(10)(E) of the Act) of the applicants and eligible individuals to—
(A) Permit the greatest possible cross-classification of data; and
(B) Protect the confidentiality of the identity of each individual.
(2) The designated State agency must comply with any requirements necessary to ensure the accuracy and verification of those reports.
(b)
(a)
(b)
(i) Exceptional and unforeseen circumstances beyond the control of the designated State unit preclude making an eligibility determination within 60 days and the designated State unit and the individual agree to a specific extension of time; or
(ii) An exploration of the individual's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in work situations is carried out in accordance with § 361.42(e).
(2) An individual is considered to have submitted an application when the individual or the individual's representative, as appropriate—
(i)(A) Has completed and signed an agency application form;
(B) Has completed a common intake application form in a one-stop center requesting vocational rehabilitation services; or
(C) Has otherwise requested services from the designated State unit;
(ii) Has provided to the designated State unit information necessary to initiate an assessment to determine eligibility and priority for services; and
(iii) Is available to complete the assessment process.
(3) The designated State unit must ensure that its application forms are widely available throughout the State, particularly in the one-stop centers under section 121 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.
In order to determine whether an individual is eligible for vocational rehabilitation services and the individual's priority under an order of selection for services (if the State is operating under an order of selection), the designated State unit must conduct an assessment for determining eligibility and priority for services. The assessment must be conducted in the most integrated setting possible, consistent with the individual's needs and informed choice, and in accordance with the following provisions:
(a)
(i) A determination by qualified personnel that the applicant has a physical or mental impairment;
(ii) A determination by qualified personnel that the applicant's physical or mental impairment constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment for the applicant; and
(iii) A determination by a qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor
(2)
(3)
(A) Presumed eligible for vocational rehabilitation services under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section; and
(B) Considered an individual with a significant disability as defined in § 361.5(c)(29).
(ii) If an applicant for vocational rehabilitation services asserts that he or she is eligible for Social Security benefits under title II or title XVI of the Social Security Act (and, therefore, is presumed eligible for vocational rehabilitation services under paragraph (a)(3)(i)(A) of this section), but is unable to provide appropriate evidence, such as an award letter, to support that assertion, the State unit must verify the applicant's eligibility under title II or title XVI of the Social Security Act by contacting the Social Security Administration. This verification must be made within a reasonable period of time that enables the State unit to determine the applicant's eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services within 60 days of the individual submitting an application for services in accordance with § 361.41(b)(2).
(4)
(i) The State unit is responsible for informing individuals, through its application process for vocational rehabilitation services, that individuals who receive services under the program must intend to achieve an employment outcome.
(ii) The applicant's completion of the application process for vocational rehabilitation services is sufficient evidence of the individual's intent to achieve an employment outcome, and no additional demonstration on the part of the applicant is required for purposes of satisfying paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
(5)
(b)
(2) If a State chooses to make interim determinations of eligibility, the designated State unit must—
(i) Establish criteria and conditions for making those determinations;
(ii) Develop and implement procedures for making the determinations; and
(iii) Determine the scope of services that may be provided pending the final determination of eligibility.
(3) If a State elects to use an interim eligibility determination, the designated State unit must make a final determination of eligibility within 60 days of the individual submitting an application for services in accordance with § 361.41(b)(2).
(c)
(2) In making a determination of eligibility under this section, the designated State unit also must ensure that—
(i) No applicant or group of applicants is excluded or found ineligible solely on the basis of the type of disability; and
(ii) The eligibility requirements are applied without regard to the—
(A) Age, sex, race, color, or national origin of the applicant;
(B) Type of expected employment outcome;
(C) Source of referral for vocational rehabilitation services;
(D) Particular service needs or anticipated cost of services required by an applicant or the income level of an applicant or applicant's family;
(E) Applicants' employment history or current employment status; and
(F) Applicants' educational status or current educational credential.
(d)
(1) Must base its determination of each of the basic eligibility requirements in paragraph (a) of this section on—
(i) A review and assessment of existing data, including counselor observations, education records, information provided by the individual or the individual's family, particularly information used by education officials, and determinations made by officials of other agencies; and
(ii) To the extent existing data do not describe the current functioning of the individual or are unavailable, insufficient, or inappropriate to make an eligibility determination, an assessment of additional data resulting from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services, including trial work experiences, assistive technology devices and services, personal assistance services, and any other support services that are necessary to determine whether an individual is eligible; and
(2) Must base its presumption under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section that an applicant who has been determined eligible for Social Security benefits under title II or title XVI of the Social Security Act satisfies each of the basic eligibility requirements in paragraph (a) of this section on determinations made by the Social Security Administration.
(e)
(2)(i) The designated State unit must develop a written plan to assess periodically the individual's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in competitive integrated work situations
(ii) Trial work experiences include supported employment, on-the-job training, and other experiences using realistic integrated work settings.
(iii) Trial work experiences must be of sufficient variety and over a sufficient period of time for the designated State unit to determine that—
(A) There is sufficient evidence to conclude that the individual can benefit from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services in terms of an employment outcome; or
(B) There is clear and convincing evidence that due to the severity of the individual's disability, the individual is incapable of benefitting from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services in terms of an employment outcome; and
(iv) The designated State unit must provide appropriate supports, including, but not limited to, assistive technology devices and services and personal assistance services, to accommodate the rehabilitation needs of the individual during the trial work experiences.
(f)
(1) A review of the data that was developed under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section to make the eligibility determination; and
(2) An assessment of additional data, to the extent necessary.
If the State unit determines that an applicant is ineligible for vocational rehabilitation services or determines that an individual receiving services under an individualized plan for employment is no longer eligible for services, the State unit must—
(a) Make the determination only after providing an opportunity for full consultation with the individual or, as appropriate, with the individual's representative;
(b) Inform the individual in writing, supplemented as necessary by other appropriate modes of communication consistent with the informed choice of the individual, of the ineligibility determination, including the reasons for that determination, the requirements under this section, and the means by which the individual may express and seek remedy for any dissatisfaction, including the procedures for review of State unit personnel determinations in accordance with § 361.57;
(c) Provide the individual with a description of services available from a client assistance program established under 34 CFR part 370 and information on how to contact that program;
(d) Refer the individual—
(1) To other programs that are part of the one-stop service delivery system under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act that can address the individual's training or employment-related needs; or
(2) To Federal, State, or local programs or service providers, including, as appropriate, independent living programs and extended employment providers, best suited to meet their rehabilitation needs, if the ineligibility determination is based on a finding that the individual has chosen not to pursue, or is incapable of achieving, an employment outcome as defined in § 361.5(c)(15).
(e) Review within 12 months and annually thereafter if requested by the individual or, if appropriate, by the individual's representative any ineligibility determination that is based on a finding that the individual is incapable of achieving an employment outcome. This review need not be conducted in situations in which the individual has refused it, the individual is no longer present in the State, the individual's whereabouts are unknown, or the individual's medical condition is rapidly progressive or terminal.
The designated State unit may not close an applicant's record of services prior to making an eligibility determination unless the applicant declines to participate in, or is unavailable to complete, an assessment for determining eligibility and priority for services, and the State unit has made a reasonable number of attempts to contact the applicant or, if appropriate, the applicant's representative to encourage the applicant's participation.
(a)
(1) An individualized plan for employment meeting the requirements of this section and § 361.46 is developed and implemented in a timely manner for each individual determined to be eligible for vocational rehabilitation services or, if the designated State unit is operating under an order of selection in accordance with § 361.36, for each eligible individual to whom the State unit is able to provide services; and
(2) Services will be provided in accordance with the provisions of the individualized plan for employment.
(b)
(2) The individualized plan for employment must be designed to achieve a specific employment outcome, as defined in § 361.5(c)(15), that is selected by the individual consistent with the individual's unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities,
(c)
(1)
(i) Without assistance from the State unit or other entity; or
(ii) With assistance from—
(A) A qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor employed by the State unit;
(B) A qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor who is not employed by the State unit;
(C) A disability advocacy organization; or
(D) Resources other than those in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.
(2)
(i) Information describing the full range of components that must be included in an individualized plan for employment;
(ii) As appropriate to each eligible individual—
(A) An explanation of agency guidelines and criteria for determining an eligible individual's financial commitments under an individualized plan for employment;
(B) Information on the availability of assistance in completing State unit forms required as part of the individualized plan for employment; and
(C) Additional information that the eligible individual requests or the State unit determines to be necessary to the development of the individualized plan for employment;
(iii) A description of the rights and remedies available to the individual, including, if appropriate, recourse to the processes described in § 361.57; and
(iv) A description of the availability of a client assistance program established under part 370 of this chapter and information on how to contact the client assistance program.
(3)
(d)
(1) The individualized plan for employment is a written document prepared on forms provided by the State unit;
(2) The individualized plan for employment is developed and implemented in a manner that gives eligible individuals the opportunity to exercise informed choice, consistent with § 361.52, in selecting—
(i) The employment outcome, including the employment setting;
(ii) The specific vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome, including the settings in which services will be provided;
(iii) The entity or entities that will provide the vocational rehabilitation services; and
(iv) The methods available for procuring the services;
(3) The individualized plan for employment is—
(i) Agreed to and signed by the eligible individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative; and
(ii) Approved and signed by a qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor employed by the designated State unit;
(4) A copy of the individualized plan for employment and a copy of any amendments to the individualized plan for employment are provided to the eligible individual or, as appropriate, to the individual's representative, in writing and, if appropriate, in the native language or mode of communication of the individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative;
(5) The individualized plan for employment is reviewed at least annually by a qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor and the eligible individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative to assess the eligible individual's progress in achieving the identified employment outcome;
(6) The individualized plan for employment is amended, as necessary, by the individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative, in collaboration with a representative of the State unit or a qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor (to the extent determined to be appropriate by the individual), if there are substantive changes in the employment outcome, the vocational rehabilitation services to be provided, or the providers of the vocational rehabilitation services;
(7) Amendments to the individualized plan for employment do not take effect until agreed to and signed by the eligible individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative and by a qualified vocational rehabilitation counselor employed by the designated State unit;
(8) The individualized plan for employment is amended, as necessary, to include the postemployment services and service providers that are necessary for the individual to maintain, advance in or regain employment, consistent with the individual's unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice; and
(9) An individualized plan for employment for a student with a disability is developed—
(i) In consideration of the student's individualized education program or 504 services, as applicable; and
(ii) In accordance with the plans, policies, procedures, and terms of the interagency agreement required under § 361.22.
(e)
(f)
(2)
(i) If additional data are necessary to determine the employment outcome and the nature and scope of services to be included in the individualized plan for employment of an eligible individual, the State unit must conduct a comprehensive assessment of the unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities,
(ii) In preparing the comprehensive assessment, the State unit must use, to the maximum extent possible and appropriate and in accordance with confidentiality requirements, existing information that is current as of the date of the development of the individualized plan for employment, including information—
(A) Available from other programs and providers, particularly information used by education officials and the Social Security Administration;
(B) Provided by the individual and the individual's family; and
(C) Obtained under the assessment for determining the individual's eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs.
(a)
(1) Include a description of the specific employment outcome, as defined in § 361.5(c)(15), that is chosen by the eligible individual and is consistent with the individual's unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, career interests, and informed choice consistent with the general goal of competitive integrated employment (except that in the case of an eligible individual who is a student or a youth with a disability, the description may be a description of the individual's projected post-school employment outcome);
(2) Include a description under § 361.48 of—
(i) These specific rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome, including, as appropriate, the provision of assistive technology devices, assistive technology services, and personal assistance services, including training in the management of those services; and
(ii) In the case of a plan for an eligible individual that is a student or youth with a disability, the specific transition services and supports needed to achieve the individual's employment outcome or projected post-school employment outcome.
(3) Provide for services in the most integrated setting that is appropriate for the services involved and is consistent with the informed choice of the eligible individual;
(4) Include timelines for the achievement of the employment outcome and for the initiation of services;
(5) Include a description of the entity or entities chosen by the eligible individual or, as appropriate, the individual's representative that will provide the vocational rehabilitation services and the methods used to procure those services;
(6) Include a description of the criteria that will be used to evaluate progress toward achievement of the employment outcome; and
(7) Include the terms and conditions of the individualized plan for employment, including, as appropriate, information describing—
(i) The responsibilities of the designated State unit;
(ii) The responsibilities of the eligible individual, including—
(A) The responsibilities the individual will assume in relation to achieving the employment outcome;
(B) If applicable, the extent of the individual's participation in paying for the cost of services; and
(C) The responsibility of the individual with regard to applying for and securing comparable services and benefits as described in § 361.53; and
(iii) The responsibilities of other entities as the result of arrangements made pursuant to the comparable services or benefits requirements in § 361.53.
(b)
(1) Specify the supported employment services to be provided by the designated State unit;
(2) Specify the expected extended services needed, which may include natural supports;
(3) Identify the source of extended services or, to the extent that it is not possible to identify the source of extended services at the time the individualized plan for employment is developed, include a description of the basis for concluding that there is a reasonable expectation that those sources will become available;
(4) Provide for periodic monitoring to ensure that the individual is making satisfactory progress toward meeting the weekly work requirement established in the individualized plan for employment by the time of transition to extended services;
(5) Provide for the coordination of services provided under an individualized plan for employment with services provided under other individualized plans established under other Federal or State programs;
(6) To the extent that job skills training is provided, identify that the training will be provided on site; and
(7) Include placement in an integrated setting for the maximum number of hours possible based on the unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice of individuals with the most significant disabilities.
(c)
(1) The expected need for post-employment services prior to closing the record of services of an individual who has achieved an employment outcome;
(2) A description of the terms and conditions for the provision of any post-employment services; and
(3) If appropriate, a statement of how post-employment services will be provided or arranged through other entities as the result of arrangements made pursuant to the comparable services or benefits requirements in § 361.53.
(d)
(a) The designated State unit must maintain for each applicant and eligible individual a record of services that includes, to the extent pertinent, the following documentation:
(1) If an applicant has been determined to be an eligible individual, documentation supporting that
(2) If an applicant or eligible individual receiving services under an individualized plan for employment has been determined to be ineligible, documentation supporting that determination in accordance with the requirements under § 361.43.
(3) Documentation that describes the justification for closing an applicant's or eligible individual's record of services if that closure is based on reasons other than ineligibility, including, as appropriate, documentation indicating that the State unit has satisfied the requirements in § 361.44.
(4) If an individual has been determined to be an individual with a significant disability or an individual with a most significant disability, documentation supporting that determination.
(5) If an individual with a significant disability requires an exploration of abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in realistic work situations through the use of trial work experiences to determine whether the individual is an eligible individual, documentation supporting the need for, and the plan relating to, that exploration and documentation regarding the periodic assessments carried out during the trial work experiences in accordance with the requirements under § 361.42(e).
(6) The individualized plan for employment, and any amendments to the individualized plan for employment, consistent with the requirements under § 361.46.
(7) Documentation describing the extent to which the applicant or eligible individual exercised informed choice regarding the provision of assessment services and the extent to which the eligible individual exercised informed choice in the development of the individualized plan for employment with respect to the selection of the specific employment outcome, the specific vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome, the entity to provide the services, the employment setting, the settings in which the services will be provided, and the methods to procure the services.
(8) In the event that an individual's individualized plan for employment provides for vocational rehabilitation services in a non-integrated setting, a justification to support the need for the non-integrated setting.
(9) In the event that an individual obtains competitive employment, verification that the individual is compensated at or above the minimum wage and that the individual's wage and level of benefits are not less than that customarily paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by non-disabled individuals in accordance with § 361.5(c)(9)(i).
(10) In the event an individual achieves an employment outcome in which the individual is compensated in accordance with section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act or the designated State unit closes the record of services of an individual in extended employment on the basis that the individual is unable to achieve an employment outcome consistent with § 361.5(c)(15) or that an eligible individual through informed choice chooses to remain in extended employment, documentation of the results of the semi-annual and annual reviews required under § 361.55, of the individual's input into those reviews, and of the individual's or, if appropriate, the individual's representative's acknowledgment that those reviews were conducted.
(11) Documentation concerning any action or decision resulting from a request by an individual under § 361.57 for a review of determinations made by designated State unit personnel.
(12) In the event that an applicant or eligible individual requests under § 361.38(c)(4) that documentation in the record of services be amended and the documentation is not amended, documentation of the request.
(13) In the event an individual is referred to another program through the State unit's information and referral system under § 361.37, including other components of the statewide workforce development system, documentation on the nature and scope of services provided by the designated State unit to the individual and on the referral itself, consistent with the requirements of § 361.37.
(14) In the event an individual's record of service is closed under § 361.56, documentation that demonstrates the services provided under the individual's individualized plan for employment contributed to the achievement of the employment outcome.
(15) In the event an individual's record of service is closed under § 361.56, documentation verifying that the provisions of § 361.56 have been satisfied.
(b) The State unit, in consultation with the State Rehabilitation Council if the State has a Council, must determine the type of documentation that the State unit must maintain for each applicant and eligible individual in order to meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(i) Job exploration counseling;
(ii) Work-based learning experiences, which may include in-school or after school opportunities, or experience outside the traditional school setting (including internships), that is provided in an integrated environment in the community to the maximum extent possible;
(iii) Counseling on opportunities for enrollment in comprehensive transition or postsecondary educational programs at institutions of higher education;
(iv) Workplace readiness training to develop social skills and independent living; and
(v) Instruction in self-advocacy (including instruction in person-centered planning), which may include peer mentoring (including peer mentoring from individuals with disabilities working in competitive integrated employment).
(3)
(i) Implementing effective strategies to increase the likelihood of independent
(ii) Developing and improving strategies for individuals with intellectual disabilities and individuals with significant disabilities to live independently; participate in postsecondary education experiences; and obtain, advance in and retain competitive integrated employment;
(iii) Providing instruction to vocational rehabilitation counselors, school transition personnel, and other persons supporting students with disabilities;
(iv) Disseminating information about innovative, effective, and efficient approaches to achieve the goals of this section;
(v) Coordinating activities with transition services provided by local educational agencies under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400
(vi) Applying evidence-based findings to improve policy, procedure, practice, and the preparation of personnel, in order to better achieve the goals of this section;
(vii) Developing model transition demonstration projects;
(viii) Establishing or supporting multistate or regional partnerships involving States, local educational agencies, designated State units, developmental disability agencies, private businesses, or other participants to achieve the goals of this section; and
(ix) Disseminating information and strategies to improve the transition to postsecondary activities of individuals who are members of traditionally unserved and underserved populations.
(4)
(i) Attending individualized education program meetings for students with disabilities, when invited;
(ii) Working with the local workforce development boards, one-stop centers, and employers to develop work opportunities for students with disabilities, including internships, summer employment and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year, and apprenticeships;
(iii) Working with schools, including those carrying out activities under section 614(d) of the IDEA, to coordinate and ensure the provision of pre-employment transition services under this section;
(iv) When invited, attending person-centered planning meetings for individuals receiving services under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396
(b)
(1) Assessment for determining eligibility and priority for services by qualified personnel, including, if appropriate, an assessment by personnel skilled in rehabilitation technology, in accordance with § 361.42.
(2) Assessment for determining vocational rehabilitation needs by qualified personnel, including, if appropriate, an assessment by personnel skilled in rehabilitation technology, in accordance with § 361.45.
(3) Vocational rehabilitation counseling and guidance, including information and support services to assist an individual in exercising informed choice in accordance with § 361.52.
(4) Referral and other services necessary to assist applicants and eligible individuals to secure needed services from other agencies, including other components of the statewide workforce development system, in accordance with §§ 361.23, 361.24, and 361.37, and to advise those individuals about client assistance programs established under 34 CFR part 370.
(5) In accordance with the definition in § 361.5(c)(39), physical and mental restoration services, to the extent that financial support is not readily available from a source other than the designated State unit (such as through health insurance or a comparable service or benefit as defined in § 361.5(c)(10)).
(6) Vocational and other training services, including personal and vocational adjustment training, advanced training in, but not limited to, a field of science, technology, engineering, mathematics (including computer science), medicine, law, or business); books, tools, and other training materials, except that no training or training services in an institution of higher education (universities, colleges, community or junior colleges, vocational schools, technical institutes, or hospital schools of nursing or any other postsecondary education institution) may be paid for with funds under this part unless maximum efforts have been made by the State unit and the individual to secure grant assistance in whole or in part from other sources to pay for that training.
(7) Maintenance, in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(34).
(8) Transportation in connection with the provision of any vocational rehabilitation service and in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(57).
(9) Vocational rehabilitation services to family members, as defined in § 361.5(c)(23), of an applicant or eligible individual if necessary to enable the applicant or eligible individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(10) Interpreter services, including sign language and oral interpreter services, for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing and tactile interpreting services for individuals who are deaf-blind provided by qualified personnel.
(11) Reader services, rehabilitation teaching services, and orientation and mobility services for individuals who are blind.
(12) Job-related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services.
(13) Supported employment services in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(54).
(14) Personal assistance services in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(39).
(15) Post-employment services in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(42).
(16) Occupational licenses, tools, equipment, initial stocks, and supplies.
(17) Rehabilitation technology in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(45), including vehicular modification, telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices.
(18) Transition services for students and youth with disabilities, that facilitate the transition from school to postsecondary life, such as achievement of an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment, or pre-employment transition services for students.
(19) Technical assistance and other consultation services to conduct market analyses, develop business plans, and otherwise provide resources, to the extent those resources are authorized to be provided through the statewide workforce development system, to eligible individuals who are pursuing
(20) Customized employment in accordance with the definition of that term in § 361.5(c)(11).
(21) Other goods and services determined necessary for the individual with a disability to achieve an employment outcome.
(a) The designated State unit may provide for the following vocational rehabilitation services for the benefit of groups of individuals with disabilities:
(1) The establishment, development, or improvement of a public or other nonprofit community rehabilitation program that is used to provide vocational rehabilitation services that promote integration into the community and prepare individuals with disabilities for competitive integrated employment, including supported employment and customized employment, and under special circumstances, the construction of a facility for a public or nonprofit community rehabilitation program as defined in §§ 361.5(c)(10), 361.5(c)(16) and 361.5(c)(17). Examples of special circumstances include the destruction by natural disaster of the only available center serving an area or a State determination that construction is necessary in a rural area because no other public agencies or private nonprofit organizations are currently able to provide vocational rehabilitation services to individuals.
(2) Telecommunications systems that have the potential for substantially improving vocational rehabilitation service delivery methods and developing appropriate programming to meet the particular needs of individuals with disabilities, including telephone, television, video description services, satellite, tactile-vibratory devices, and similar systems, as appropriate.
(3) Special services to provide nonvisual access to information for individuals who are blind, including the use of telecommunications, Braille, sound recordings, or other appropriate media; captioned television, films, or video cassettes for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing; tactile materials for individuals who are deaf-blind; and other special services that provide information through tactile, vibratory, auditory, and visual media.
(4) Technical assistance to businesses that are seeking to employ individuals with disabilities.
(5) In the case of any small business enterprise operated by individuals with significant disabilities under the supervision of the designated State unit, including enterprises established under the Randolph-Sheppard program, management services and supervision provided by the State unit along with the acquisition by the State unit of vending facilities or other equipment, initial stocks and supplies, and initial operating expenses, in accordance with the following requirements:
(i)
(ii)
(iii) Costs of establishing a small business enterprise may include operational costs during the initial establishment period, which may not exceed six months.
(iv) If the designated State unit provides for these services, it must ensure that only individuals with significant disabilities will be selected to participate in this supervised program.
(v) If the designated State unit provides for these services and chooses to set aside funds from the proceeds of the operation of the small business enterprises, the State unit must maintain a description of the methods used in setting aside funds and the purposes for which funds are set aside. Funds may be used only for small business enterprises purposes, and benefits that are provided to operators from set-aside funds must be provided on an equitable basis.
(6) Consultation and technical assistance services to assist State educational agencies and local educational agencies in planning for the transition of students and youth with disabilities from school to postsecondary life, including employment.
(7) Transition services to youth with disabilities and students with disabilities who may not have yet applied or been determined eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, for which a vocational rehabilitation counselor works in concert with educational agencies, providers of job training programs, providers of services under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396
(8) The establishment, development, or improvement of assistive technology demonstration, loan, reutilization, or financing programs in coordination with activities authorized under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3001
(9) Support (including, as appropriate, tuition) for advanced training in a field of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (including computer science), medicine, law, or business, provided after an individual eligible to receive services under this title demonstrates—
(i) Such eligibility;
(ii) Previous completion of a bachelor's degree program at an institution of higher education or scheduled completion of such a degree program prior to matriculating in the program for which the individual proposes to use the support; and
(iii) Acceptance by a program at an institution of higher education in the United States that confers a master's degree in a field of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (including computer science), a juris doctor degree, a master of business administration degree, or a doctor of medicine degree, except that—
(A) No training provided at an institution of higher education may be paid for with funds under this program
(B) Nothing in this paragraph prevents any designated State unit from providing similar support to individuals with disabilities within the State who are eligible to receive support under this title and who are not served under this section.
(b) If the designated State unit provides for vocational rehabilitation services for groups of individuals, it must—
(1) Develop and maintain written policies covering the nature and scope of each of the vocational rehabilitation services it provides and the criteria under which each service is provided; and
(2) Maintain information to ensure the proper and efficient administration of those services in the form and detail and at the time required by the Secretary, including the types of services provided, the costs of those services, and, to the extent feasible, estimates of the numbers of individuals benefiting from those services.
(a)
(b)
(2) The State unit may not establish policies that effectively prohibit the provision of out-of-State services.
(c)
(2) The State unit may establish a fee schedule designed to ensure a reasonable cost to the program for each service, if the schedule is—
(i) Not so low as to effectively deny an individual a necessary service; and
(ii) Not absolute and permits exceptions so that individual needs can be addressed.
(3) The State unit may not place absolute dollar limits on specific service categories or on the total services provided to an individual.
(d)
(i) Not so short as to effectively deny an individual a necessary service; and
(ii) Not absolute and permit exceptions so that individual needs can be addressed.
(2) The State unit may not establish absolute time limits on the provision of specific services or on the provision of services to an individual. The duration of each service needed by an individual must be determined on an individual basis and reflected in that individual's individualized plan for employment.
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) In the native language of applicants and eligible individuals who have limited English proficiency; and
(2) By using appropriate modes of communication used by applicants and eligible individuals.
(a)
(b)
(1) Informing each applicant and recipient of services (including students with disabilities who are making the transition from programs under the responsibility of an educational agency to programs under the responsibility of the designated State unit and including youth with disabilities), through appropriate modes of communication, about the availability of and opportunities to exercise informed choice, including the availability of support services for individuals with cognitive or other disabilities who require assistance in exercising informed choice throughout the vocational rehabilitation process;
(2) Assisting applicants and recipients of services in exercising informed
(3) Developing and implementing flexible procurement policies and methods that facilitate the provision of vocational rehabilitation services and that afford recipients of services meaningful choices among the methods used to procure vocational rehabilitation services;
(4) Assisting eligible individuals or, as appropriate, the individuals' representatives, in acquiring information that enables them to exercise informed choice in the development of their individualized plans for employment with respect to the selection of the—
(i) Employment outcome;
(ii) Specific vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome;
(iii) Entity that will provide the services;
(iv) Employment setting and the settings in which the services will be provided; and
(v) Methods available for procuring the services; and
(5) Ensuring that the availability and scope of informed choice is consistent with the obligations of the designated State agency under this part.
(c)
(1) Cost, accessibility, and duration of potential services;
(2) Consumer satisfaction with those services to the extent that information relating to consumer satisfaction is available;
(3) Qualifications of potential service providers;
(4) Types of services offered by the potential providers;
(5) Degree to which services are provided in integrated settings; and
(6) Outcomes achieved by individuals working with service providers, to the extent that such information is available.
(d)
(1) Lists of services and service providers.
(2) Periodic consumer satisfaction surveys and reports.
(3) Referrals to other consumers, consumer groups, or disability advisory councils qualified to discuss the services or service providers.
(4) Relevant accreditation, certification, or other information relating to the qualifications of service providers.
(5) Opportunities for individuals to visit or experience various work and service provider settings.
(a)
(1) The progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment;
(2) An immediate job placement; or
(3) The provision of vocational rehabilitation services to any individual who is determined to be at extreme medical risk, based on medical evidence provided by an appropriate qualified medical professional.
(b)
(1) Assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs.
(2) Counseling and guidance, including information and support services to assist an individual in exercising informed choice.
(3) Referral and other services to secure needed services from other agencies, including other components of the statewide workforce development system, if those services are not available under this part.
(4) Job-related services, including job search and placement assistance, job retention services, follow-up services, and follow-along services.
(5) Rehabilitation technology, including telecommunications, sensory, and other technological aids and devices.
(6) Post-employment services consisting of the services listed under paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.
(c)
(2) If comparable services or benefits exist under any other program, but are not available to the individual at the time needed to ensure the progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome specified in the individualized plan for employment, the designated State unit must provide vocational rehabilitation services until those comparable services and benefits become available.
(d)
(2) The Governor may meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1) of this section through—
(i) A State statute or regulation;
(ii) A signed agreement between the respective officials of the public entities that clearly identifies the responsibilities of each public entity for the provision of the services; or
(iii) Another appropriate mechanism as determined by the designated State vocational rehabilitation unit.
(3) The interagency agreement or other mechanism for interagency coordination must include the following:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(e)
(i) The terms of the interagency agreement or other requirements of this section;
(ii) Providing or paying for the service directly or by contract; or
(iii) Other arrangement.
(2) If a public entity other than the designated State unit fails to provide or pay for vocational rehabilitation services, and, if appropriate, accommodations or auxiliary aids and services for an eligible individual as established under this section, the designated State unit must provide or pay for those services to the individual and may claim reimbursement for the services from the public entity that failed to provide or pay for those services. The public entity must reimburse the designated State unit pursuant to the terms of the interagency agreement or other mechanism described in paragraph (d) of this section in accordance with the procedures established in the agreement or mechanism pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(a)
(b)
(2) If the State unit chooses to consider financial need—
(i) It must maintain written policies—
(A) Explaining the method for determining the financial need of an eligible individual; and
(B) Specifying the types of vocational rehabilitation services for which the unit has established a financial needs test;
(ii) The policies must be applied uniformly to all individuals in similar circumstances;
(iii) The policies may require different levels of need for different geographic regions in the State, but must be applied uniformly to all individuals within each geographic region; and
(iv) The policies must ensure that the level of an individual's participation in the cost of vocational rehabilitation services is—
(A) Reasonable;
(B) Based on the individual's financial need, including consideration of any disability-related expenses paid by the individual; and
(C) Not so high as to effectively deny the individual a necessary service.
(3) The designated State unit may not apply a financial needs test, or require the financial participation of the individual—
(i) As a condition for furnishing the following vocational rehabilitation services:
(A) Assessment for determining eligibility and priority for services under § 361.48(b)(1), except those non-assessment services that are provided to an individual with a significant disability during either an exploration of the individual's abilities, capabilities, and capacity to perform in work situations through the use of trial work experiences under § 361.42(e).
(B) Assessment for determining vocational rehabilitation needs under § 361.48(b)(2).
(C) Vocational rehabilitation counseling and guidance under § 361.48(b)(3).
(D) Referral and other services under § 361.48(b)(4).
(E) Job-related services under § 361.48(b)(12).
(F) Personal assistance services under § 361.48(b)(14).
(G) Any auxiliary aid or service (
(ii) As a condition for furnishing any vocational rehabilitation service if the individual in need of the service has been determined eligible for Social Security benefits under titles II or XVI of the Social Security Act.
(a) The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan must assure that the designated State unit conducts a semi-annual review and reevaluation for the first two years of such employment and annually thereafter, in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section for an individual with a disability served under this part—
(1) Who has a record of service, as described in § 361.47, as either an applicant or eligible individual under the vocational rehabilitation program; and
(2)(i) Who has achieved employment in which the individual is compensated in accordance with section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act; or
(ii) Who is in extended employment, including those individuals whose record of service is closed while the individual is in extended employment on the basis that the individual is unable to achieve an employment outcome consistent with § 361.5(c)(15) or that the individual made an informed choice to remain in extended employment.
(b) For each individual with a disability who meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section, the designated State unit must—
(1) Semi-annually review and reevaluate the status of each individual for two years after the individual's record of services is closed (and annually thereafter) to determine the interests, priorities, and needs of the individual with respect to competitive integrated employment or training for competitive integrated employment;
(2) Enable the individual or, if appropriate, the individual's representative to provide input into the review and reevaluation and must document that input in the record of services, consistent with § 361.47(a)(10), with the individual's or, as appropriate, the individual's representative's signed acknowledgment that the review and reevaluation have been conducted; and
(3) Make maximum efforts, including identifying and providing vocational rehabilitation services, reasonable accommodations, and other necessary support services, to assist the individual in engaging in competitive integrated employment as defined in § 361.5(c)(9).
The record of services of an individual who has achieved an employment outcome may be closed only if all of the following requirements are met:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(i) The right to obtain review of State unit determinations that affect the provision of vocational rehabilitation services through an impartial due process hearing under paragraph (e) of this section;
(ii) The right to pursue mediation under paragraph (d) of this section with respect to determinations made by designated State unit personnel that affect the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to an applicant or recipient;
(iii) The names and addresses of individuals with whom requests for mediation or due process hearings may be filed;
(iv) The manner in which a mediator or impartial hearing officer may be selected consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (f) of this section; and
(v) The availability of the client assistance program, established under 34 CFR part 370, to assist the applicant or recipient during mediation sessions or impartial due process hearings.
(2)
(i) At the time the individual applies for vocational rehabilitation services under this part;
(ii) At the time the individual is assigned to a category in the State's order of selection, if the State has established an order of selection under § 361.36;
(iii) At the time the individualized plan for employment is developed; and
(iv) Whenever vocational rehabilitation services for an individual are reduced, suspended, or terminated.
(3)
(i) Provide an applicant or recipient or, as appropriate, the individual's representative with an opportunity to submit during mediation sessions or due process hearings evidence and other information that supports the applicant's or recipient's position; and
(ii) Allow an applicant or recipient to be represented during mediation sessions or due process hearings by counsel or other advocate selected by the applicant or recipient.
(4)
(i) The individual or, in appropriate cases, the individual's representative requests a suspension, reduction, or termination of services; or
(ii) The State agency has evidence that the services have been obtained through misrepresentation, fraud, collusion, or criminal conduct on the part of the individual or the individual's representative.
(5)
(c)
(d)
(2) Mediation procedures established by the State unit under paragraph (d) of this section must ensure that—
(i) Participation in the mediation process is voluntary on the part of the applicant or recipient, as appropriate, and on the part of the State unit;
(ii) Use of the mediation process is not used to deny or delay the applicant's or recipient's right to pursue resolution of the dispute through an impartial hearing held within the time period specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section or any other rights provided under this part. At any point during the mediation process, either party or the mediator may elect to terminate the mediation. In the event mediation is terminated, either party may pursue resolution through an impartial hearing;
(iii) The mediation process is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator, as defined in § 361.5(c)(43), who must be selected from a list of qualified and impartial mediators maintained by the State—
(A) On a random basis;
(B) By agreement between the director of the designated State unit and the applicant or recipient or, as appropriate, the recipient's representative; or
(C) In accordance with a procedure established in the State for assigning mediators, provided this procedure ensures the neutrality of the mediator assigned; and
(iv) Mediation sessions are scheduled and conducted in a timely manner and are held in a location and manner that is convenient to the parties to the dispute.
(3) Discussions that occur during the mediation process must be kept confidential and may not be used as evidence in any subsequent due process hearings or civil proceedings, and the parties to the mediation process may be required to sign a confidentiality pledge prior to the commencement of the process.
(4) An agreement reached by the parties to the dispute in the mediation process must be described in a written mediation agreement that is developed by the parties with the assistance of the qualified and impartial mediator and signed by both parties. Copies of the agreement must be sent to both parties.
(5) The costs of the mediation process must be paid by the State. The State is not required to pay for any costs related to the representation of an applicant or recipient authorized under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
(e)
(1) Hearing conducted by an impartial hearing officer, selected in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, must be held within 60 days of an applicant's or recipient 's request for review of a determination made by personnel of the State unit that affects the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to the individual, unless informal resolution or a mediation agreement is achieved prior to the 60th day or the parties agree to a specific extension of time;
(2) In addition to the rights described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the applicant or recipient or, if appropriate, the individual's representative must be given the opportunity to present witnesses during the hearing and to examine all witnesses and other relevant sources of information and evidence;
(3) The impartial hearing officer must—
(i) Make a decision based on the provisions of the approved vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, the Act, Federal vocational rehabilitation regulations, and State regulations and policies that are consistent with Federal requirements; and
(ii) Provide to the individual or, if appropriate, the individual's representative and to the State unit a full written report of the findings and grounds for the decision within 30 days of the completion of the hearing; and
(4) The hearing officer's decision is final, except that a party may request an impartial review under paragraph (g)(1) of this section if the State has established procedures for that review, and a party involved in a hearing may bring a civil action under paragraph (i) of this section.
(f)
(1) From a list of qualified impartial hearing officers maintained by the State unit. Impartial hearing officers included on the list must be—
(i) Identified by the State unit if the State unit is an independent commission; or
(ii) Jointly identified by the State unit and the State Rehabilitation Council if the State has a Council; and
(2)(i) On a random basis; or
(ii) By agreement between the director of the designated State unit and the applicant or recipient or, as appropriate, the individual's representative.
(g)
(1) A request for administrative review under paragraph (g) of this section must be made within 20 days of the mailing of the impartial hearing officer's decision.
(2) Administrative review of the hearing officer's decision must be conducted by—
(i) The chief official of the designated State agency if the State has established both a designated State agency and a designated State unit under § 361.13(b); or
(ii) An official from the office of the Governor.
(3) The reviewing official described in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section—
(i) Provides both parties with an opportunity to submit additional evidence and information relevant to a final decision concerning the matter under review;
(ii) May not overturn or modify the hearing officer's decision, or any part of that decision, that supports the position of the applicant or recipient unless the reviewing official concludes, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the decision of the impartial hearing officer is clearly erroneous on the basis of being contrary to the approved vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, the Act, Federal vocational rehabilitation regulations, or State regulations and policies that are consistent with Federal requirements;
(iii) Makes an independent, final decision following a review of the entire hearing record and provides the decision in writing, including a full report of the findings and the statutory, regulatory, or policy grounds for the decision, to the applicant or recipient or, as appropriate, the individual's representative and to the State unit within 30 days of the request for administrative review under paragraph (g)(1) of this section; and
(iv) May not delegate the responsibility for making the final decision under paragraph (g) of this section to any officer or employee of the designated State unit.
(4) The reviewing official's decision under paragraph (g) of this section is final unless either party brings a civil action under paragraph (i) of this section.
(h)
(i)
(2) In any action brought under paragraph (i) of this section, the court—
(i) Receives the records related to the impartial due process hearing and the records related to the administrative review process, if applicable;
(ii) Hears additional evidence at the request of a party; and
(iii) Basing its decision on the preponderance of the evidence, grants the relief that the court determines to be appropriate.
(j)
(1) The fair hearing board may conduct due process hearings either collectively or by assigning responsibility for conducting the hearing to one or more members of the fair hearing board.
(2) The final decision issued by the fair hearing board following a hearing under paragraph (j)(1) of this section must be made collectively by, or by a majority vote of, the fair hearing board.
(3) The provisions of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (3) of this section that relate to due process hearings and of paragraphs (e), (f), (g), and (h) of this section do not apply to fair hearing boards under this paragraph (j).
(k)
(i) A copy of the standards used by State reviewing officials for reviewing decisions made by impartial hearing officers under this section.
(ii) The number of mediations held, including the number of mediation agreements reached.
(iii) The number of hearings and reviews sought from impartial hearing officers and State reviewing officials, including the type of complaints and the issues involved.
(iv) The number of hearing officer decisions that were not reviewed by administrative reviewing officials.
(v) The number of hearing decisions that were reviewed by State reviewing officials and, based on these reviews, the number of hearing decisions that were—
(A) Sustained in favor of an applicant or recipient;
(B) Sustained in favor of the designated State unit;
(C) Reversed in whole or in part in favor of the applicant or recipient; and
(D) Reversed in whole or in part in favor of the State unit.
(2) The State unit director also must collect and submit to the Secretary copies of all final decisions issued by impartial hearing officers under paragraph (e) of this section and by State review officials under paragraph (g) of this section.
(3) The confidentiality of records of applicants and recipients maintained by the State unit may not preclude the access of the Secretary to those records for the purposes described in this section.
(a)
(2)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(i) Meeting in whole or in part the State's share for establishing a community rehabilitation program or constructing a particular facility for community rehabilitation program purposes;
(ii) Particular geographic areas within the State for any purpose under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, other than those described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, in accordance with the following criteria:
(A) Before funds that are earmarked for a particular geographic area may be used as part of the non-Federal share, the State must notify the Secretary that the State cannot provide the full non-Federal share without using these funds.
(B) Funds that are earmarked for a particular geographic area may be used as part of the non-Federal share without requesting a waiver of statewideness under § 361.26.
(C) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, all Federal funds must be used on a statewide basis consistent with § 361.25, unless a waiver of statewideness is obtained under § 361.26; and
(iii) Any other purpose under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan, provided the expenditures do not benefit in any way the donor, employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, an individual with whom the donor has a close personal relationship, or an individual, entity, or organization with whom the donor shares a financial or other interest. The Secretary does not consider a donor's receipt from the State unit of a subaward or contract with funds allotted under this part to be a benefit for the purposes of this paragraph if the subaward or contract is awarded under the State's regular competitive procedures.
Contributions may be earmarked in accordance with § 361.60(b)(3)(iii) for providing particular services (
No more than 10 percent of a State's allotment for any fiscal year under section 110 of the Act may be spent on the construction of facilities for community rehabilitation program purposes.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Satisfaction of the maintenance of effort requirements under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section is determined based on the total amount of a State's non-Federal expenditures under both parts of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan; and
(2) If a State fails to meet any maintenance of effort requirement, the Secretary reduces the amount otherwise payable to the State for a fiscal year under each part of the plan in direct proportion to the amount by which non-Federal expenditures under each part of the plan in any previous fiscal year were less than they were for that part of the plan for the fiscal year 2 years prior to that previous fiscal year.
(d)
(i) Cause significant unanticipated expenditures or reductions in revenue that result in a general reduction of programs within the State; or
(ii) Require the State to make substantial expenditures in the vocational rehabilitation program for long-term purposes due to the one-time costs associated with the construction of a facility for community rehabilitation program purposes, the establishment of a facility for community rehabilitation program purposes, or the acquisition of equipment.
(2) The Secretary may waive or modify the maintenance of effort requirement in paragraph (b) of this section or the 10 percent allotment limitation in § 361.61 if the Secretary determines that a waiver or modification is necessary to permit the State to respond to exceptional or
(3) A written request for waiver or modification, including supporting justification, must be submitted to the Secretary for consideration as soon as the State has determined that it has failed to satisfy its maintenance of effort requirement due to an exceptional or uncontrollable circumstance, as described in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(i) Is considered earned in the fiscal year in which it is received; and
(ii) Must be disbursed during the period of performance of the award.
(2) Payments provided to a State from the Social Security Administration for assisting Social Security beneficiaries and recipients to achieve employment outcomes may also be used to carry out programs under part B of title I of the Act (client assistance), title VI of the Act (supported employment), and title VII of the Act (independent living).
(3)(i) The State must use program income to supplement Federal funds that support program activities that are subject to this part. See, for example, 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2).
(ii) Notwithstanding 2 CFR 200.305(a) and to the extent that program income funds are available, a State must disburse those funds (including repayments to a revolving fund), rebates, refunds, contract settlements, audit recoveries, and interest earned on such funds before requesting additional funds from the Department.
(4) Program income cannot be used to meet the non-Federal share requirement under § 361.60.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any Federal award funds, including reallotted funds, that are appropriated for a fiscal year to carry out a program under this part that are not obligated by the State by the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year remain available for obligation by the State during that succeeding fiscal year.
(b) Federal funds appropriated for a fiscal year remain available for obligation in the succeeding fiscal year only to the extent that the State met the matching requirement for those Federal funds by obligating, in accordance with 34 CFR 76.707, the non-Federal share in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated.
(a)
(2) If the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan designates one State agency to administer, or supervise the administration of, the part of the plan under which vocational rehabilitation services are provided for individuals who are blind and another State agency to administer the rest of the plan, the division of the State's allotment is a matter for State determination.
(3)
(ii) The funds reserved in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section—
(A) Must only be used for pre-employment transition services specified in § 361.48(a); and
(B) Must not be used to pay for administrative costs, (as defined in § 361.5(c)(2)) associated with the provision of such services or any other vocational rehabilitation services.
(b)
(2) As soon as possible, but not later than the end of the fiscal year, the Secretary reallots these funds to other States that can use those additional funds during the period of performance of the award, provided the State can meet the matching requirement by obligating the non-Federal share of any reallotted funds in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated.
(3) In the event more funds are requested by agencies than are available, the Secretary will determine the process for allocating funds available for reallotment.
(4) Funds reallotted to another State are considered to be an increase in the recipient State's allotment for the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated.
(d)
As a required partner in the one-stop service delivery system (which is part of
(b)
(2)
Sections 602-608 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 795g-795m, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Under the State supported employment services program, the Secretary provides grants to assist States in developing and implementing collaborative programs with appropriate entities to provide programs of supported employment services for individuals with the most significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities, to enable them to achieve an employment outcome of supported employment in competitive integrated employment. Grants made under the State supported employment services program supplement a State's vocational rehabilitation program grants under 34 CFR part 361.
(b) For purposes of this part and 34 CFR part 361, “supported employment” means competitive integrated employment, including customized employment, or employment in an integrated work setting in which an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, is working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment, that is individualized and customized, consistent with the unique strengths, abilities, interests, and informed choice of the individual, including with ongoing support services for individuals with the most significant disabilities—
(1)(i) For whom competitive integrated employment has not historically occurred; or
(ii) For whom competitive integrated employment has been interrupted or intermittent as a result of a significant disability; and
(2) Who, because of the nature and severity of the disability, need intensive supported employment services, and extended services after the transition from support provided by the designated State unit in order to perform the work.
(c)
(1) Within six months of achieving a supported employment outcome; or,
(2) In limited circumstances, within a period not to exceed 12 months from the achievement of the supported employment outcome, if a longer period is necessary based on the needs of the individual, and the individual has demonstrated progress toward competitive earnings based on information contained in the service record.
Any State that submits the documentation required by § 363.10, as part of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under 34 CFR part 361, is eligible for an award under this part.
A State may provide services under this part to any individual, including a youth with a disability, if—
(a) The individual has been determined to be—
(1) Eligible for vocational rehabilitation services in accordance with 34 CFR 361.42; and
(2) An individual with a most significant disability;
(b) For purposes of activities carried out under § 363.4(a)(2), the individual is a youth with a disability, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(59), who satisfies the requirements of this section; and
(c) Supported employment has been identified as the appropriate employment outcome for the individual on the basis of a comprehensive assessment of rehabilitation needs, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(5), including an evaluation of rehabilitation, career, and job needs.
(a) The State may use funds allotted under this part to—
(1) Provide supported employment services, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(54);
(2) Provide extended services, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19), to youth with the most significant disabilities, in accordance with § 363.11(f), for a period of time not to exceed four years, or until such time that a youth reaches the age of 25 and no longer meets the definition of a youth with a disability under 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58), whichever occurs first; and
(3) With funds reserved, in accordance with § 363.22 for the provision of supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities, leverage other public and private funds to increase resources for extended services and expand supported employment opportunities.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a State may not use funds under this part to provide extended services to individuals with the most significant disabilities.
(c) Nothing in this part will be construed to prohibit a State from providing—
(1) Supported employment services in accordance with the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan submitted under 34 CFR part 361 by using funds made available through a State allotment under that part.
(2) Discrete postemployment services in accordance with 34 CFR 361.48(b) by using funds made available under 34 CFR part 361 to an individual who is eligible under this part.
(d) A State must coordinate with the entities described in § 363.50(a) regarding the services provided to individuals with the most significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities, under this part and under 34 CFR part 361 to ensure that the services are complementary and not duplicative.
The following regulations apply to the State supported employment services program:
(a) The Education Department General Administrative Regulations (EDGAR) as follows:
(1) 34 CFR part 76 (State-Administered Programs).
(2) 34 CFR part 77 (Definitions that Apply to Department Regulations).
(3) 34 CFR part 79 (Intergovernmental Review of Department of Education Programs and Activities).
(4) 34 CFR part 81 (General Education Provisions Act—Enforcement).
(5) 34 CFR part 82 (New Restrictions on Lobbying).
(b) The regulations in this part 363.
(c) The following regulations in 34 CFR part 361 (The State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program): §§ 361.5, 361.31, 361.32, 361.34, 361.35, 361.39, 361.40, 361.41, 361.42, 361.47(a), 361.48, 361.49, and 361.53.
(d) 2 CFR part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards), as adopted in 2 CFR part 3474.
(e) 2 CFR part 180 (OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)), as adopted in 2 CFR part 3485.
The following definitions apply to this part:
(a) Definitions in 34 CFR part 361.
(b) Definitions in 34 CFR part 77.
(c) Definitions in 2 CFR part 200, subpart A.
(a) To be eligible to receive a grant under this part, a State must submit to the Secretary, as part of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan under 34 CFR part 361, a State plan supplement that meets the requirements of § 363.11.
(b) A State must submit revisions to the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan supplement submitted under this part as may be necessary.
Each State plan supplement, submitted in accordance with § 363.10, must—
(a) Designate a designated State unit or, as applicable, units, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(13), as the State agency or agencies to administer the Supported Employment program under this part;
(b) Summarize the results of the needs assessment of individuals with most significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities, conducted under 34 CFR 361.29(a), with respect to the rehabilitation and career needs of individuals with most significant disabilities and their need for supported employment services. The results of the needs assessment must also address needs relating to coordination;
(c) Describe the quality, scope, and extent of supported employment services to be provided to eligible individuals with the most significant disabilities under this part, including youth with the most significant disabilities;
(d) Describe the State's goals and plans with respect to the distribution of funds received under § 363.20;
(e) Demonstrate evidence of the designated State unit's efforts to identify and make arrangements, including entering into cooperative agreements, with—
(1) Other State agencies and other appropriate entities to assist in the provision of supported employment services; and
(2) Other public or non-profit agencies or organizations within the State, employers, natural supports, and other entities with respect to the provision of extended services;
(f) Describe the activities to be conducted for youth with the most significant disabilities with the funds reserved in accordance with § 363.22, including—
(1) The provision of extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities for a period not to exceed
(2) How the State will use supported employment funds reserved under § 363.22 to leverage other public and private funds to increase resources for extended services and expand supported employment opportunities for youth with the most significant disabilities;
(g) Assure that—
(1) Funds made available under this part will only be used to provide authorized supported employment services to individuals who are eligible under this part to receive such services;
(2) The comprehensive assessments of individuals with significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities, conducted under 34 CFR part 361 will include consideration of supported employment as an appropriate employment outcome;
(3) An individualized plan for employment, as described in 34 CFR 361.45 and 361.46, will be developed and updated, using funds received under 34 CFR part 361, in order to—
(i) Specify the supported employment services to be provided, including, as appropriate, transition services and pre-employment transition services to be provided for youth with the most significant disabilities;
(ii) Specify the expected extended services needed, including the extended services that may be provided under this part to youth with the most significant disabilities in accordance with an approved individualized plan for employment for a period not to exceed four years; and
(iii) Identify, as appropriate, the source of extended services, which may include natural supports, programs, or other entities, or an indication that it is not possible to identify the source of extended services at the time the individualized plan for employment is developed;
(4) The State will use funds provided under this part only to supplement, and not supplant, the funds received under 34 CFR part 361, in providing supported employment services specified in the individualized plan for employment;
(5) Services provided under an individualized plan for employment will be coordinated with services provided under other individualized plans established under other Federal or State programs;
(6) To the extent job skills training is provided, the training will be provided onsite;
(7) Supported employment services will include placement in an integrated setting based on the unique strengths, resources, interests, concerns, abilities, and capabilities of individuals with the most significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities;
(8) The designated State agency or agencies, as described in paragraph (a) of this section, will expend no more than 2.5 percent of the State's allotment under this part for administrative costs of carrying out this program; and
(9) The designated State agency or agencies will provide, directly or indirectly through public or private entities, non-Federal contributions in an amount that is not less than 10 percent of the costs of carrying out supported employment services provided to youth with the most significant disabilities with the funds reserved for such purpose under § 363.22; and
(h) Contain any other information and be submitted in the form and in accordance with the procedures that the Secretary may require.
(a)
(1) No State will receive less than $250,000, or
(2) If the sums appropriated to carry out this part for the fiscal year exceed the sums appropriated to carry out this part (as in effect on September 30, 1992) in fiscal year 1992 by $1,000,000 or more, no State will receive less than $300,000, or
(b)
(2) Each jurisdiction described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be allotted not less than
(a) Whenever the Secretary determines that any amount of an allotment to a State under § 363.20 for any fiscal year will not be expended by such State for carrying out the provisions of this part, the Secretary will make such amount available for carrying out the provisions of this part to one or more of the States that the Secretary determines will be able to use additional amounts during such year for carrying out such provisions.
(b) Any amount made available to a State for any fiscal year in accordance with paragraph (a) will be regarded as an increase in the State's allotment under this part for such year.
A State that receives an allotment under this part must reserve and expend 50 percent of such allotment for the provision of supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities in order to assist those youth in achieving an employment outcome in supported employment.
(a)
(2)(i) For funds allotted under § 363.20 and reserved under § 363.22 for the provision of supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities, a designated State agency must provide non-Federal expenditures in an amount that is not less than 10 percent of the total expenditures, including the Federal reserved funds and the non-Federal share, incurred for the provision of supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities, including extended services.
(ii) In the event that a designated State agency uses more than 50 percent of its allotment under this part to provide supported employment services to
(3) Except as provided under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, non-Federal expenditures made under the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan supplement to meet the non-Federal share requirement under this section must be consistent with the provision of 2 CFR 200.306.
(b)
(c)(1)
(2) The Secretary does not consider a donor's receipt from the State unit of a contract or subaward with funds allotted under this part to be a benefit for the purpose of this paragraph if the contract or subaward is awarded under the State's regular competitive procedures.
(a)
(2) Program income received through the transfer of Social Security Administration payments from the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services program, in accordance with 34 CFR 361.63(c)(2), will be treated as program income received under this part.
(b)
(2) States are authorized to treat program income as an addition to the grant funds to be used for additional allowable program expenditures, in accordance with 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2).
(3) Program income cannot be used to meet the non-Federal share requirement under § 363.23.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, any Federal award funds, including reallotted funds, that are appropriated for a fiscal year to carry out a program under this part that are not obligated by the State by the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year, and any program income received during a fiscal year that is not obligated or expended by the State prior to the beginning of the succeeding fiscal year in which the program income was received, remain available for obligation by the State during that succeeding fiscal year.
(b) Federal funds appropriated for a fiscal year and reserved for the provision of supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities, in accordance with § 363.22 of this part, remain available for obligation in the succeeding fiscal year only to the extent that the State met the matching requirement, as described in § 363.23, for those Federal funds by obligating, in accordance with 34 CFR 76.707, the non-Federal share in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated. Any reserved funds carried over may only be obligated and expended in that succeeding Federal fiscal year for the provision of supported employment services to youth with the most significant disabilities.
(a) A designated State unit must enter into one or more written collaborative agreements, memoranda of understanding, or other appropriate mechanisms with other public agencies, private nonprofit organizations, and other available funding sources, including employers and other natural supports, as appropriate, to assist with the provision of supported employment services and extended services to individuals with the most significant disabilities in the State, including youth with the most significant disabilities, to enable them to achieve an employment outcome of supported employment in competitive integrated employment.
(b) These agreements provide the mechanism for collaboration at the State level that is necessary to ensure the smooth transition from supported employment services to extended services, the transition of which is inherent to the definition of “supported employment” in § 363.1(b). The agreement may contain information regarding the—
(1) Supported employment services to be provided, for a period not to exceed 24 months, by the designated State unit with funds received under this part;
(2) Extended services to be provided to youth with the most significant disabilities, for a period not to exceed four years, by the designated State unit with the funds reserved under § 363.22 of this part;
(3) Extended services to be provided by other public agencies, private nonprofit organizations, or other sources, including employers and other natural supports, following the provision of authorized supported employment services, or extended services as appropriate for youth with the most significant disabilities, under this part; and
(4) Collaborative efforts that will be undertaken by all relevant entities to increase opportunities for competitive integrated employment in the State for individuals with the most significant disabilities, especially youth with the most significant disabilities.
(a) A State may use funds under this part to pay for expenditures incurred in the administration of activities carried out under this part, consistent with the definition of administrative costs in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(2).
(b) A designated State agency may not expend more than 2.5 percent of a State's allotment under this part for administrative costs for carrying out the State supported employment program.
Each State agency designated in § 363.11(a) must collect and report separately the information required under 34 CFR 361.40 for—
(a) Eligible individuals receiving supported employment services under this part;
(b) Eligible individuals receiving supported employment services under 34 CFR part 361;
(c) Eligible youth receiving supported employment services and extended services under this part; and
(d) Eligible youth receiving supported employment services under 34 CFR part 361 and extended services.
(a) A designated State unit must provide for the transition of an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, to extended services, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19), no later than 24 months after the individual enters supported employment, unless a longer period is established in the individualized plan for employment.
(b) Prior to assisting the individual in transitioning from supported employment services to extended services, the designated State unit must ensure—
(1) The counselor and individual have considered extending the provision of supported employment services beyond 24 months, as appropriate, and have determined that no further supported employment services are necessary to support and maintain the individual in supported employment before the individual transitions to extended services; and
(2) The source of extended services for the individual has been identified in order to ensure there will be no interruption of services. The providers of extended services may include—
(i) A State agency, a private nonprofit organization, employer, or any other appropriate resource, after an individual has made the transition from support from the designated State unit; or,
(ii) The designated State unit, in the case of a youth with a most significant disability, in accordance with requirements set forth in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(19) and this part for a period not to exceed four years, or at such time that a youth reaches the age of 25 and no longer meets the definition of a youth with a disability under 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58), whichever occurs first. For youth who still require extended services after they can no longer receive them from the designated State unit, the designated State unit must identify another source of extended services for those youth in order to ensure there will be no interruption of services. The designated State unit may not provide extended services to individuals with the most significant disabilities who are not youth with the most significant disabilities.
An individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, who is employed in competitive integrated employment or who is employed in an integrated setting working on a short-term basis to achieve competitive integrated employment will be considered to have achieved an employment outcome, including customized employment, in supported employment when—
(a) The individual has completed supported employment services provided under this part and 34 CFR part 361, except for any other vocational rehabilitation services listed on the individualized plan for employment provided to individuals who are working on a short-term basis toward the achievement of competitive integrated employment in supported employment. An individual has completed supported employment services when—
(1) The individual has received up to 24 months of supported employment services; or
(2) The counselor and individual have determined that an extension of time to provide supported employment services beyond 24 months is necessary to support and maintain the individual in supported employment before the individual transitions to extended services and that extension of time has concluded; and
(b) The individual has transitioned to extended services provided by either the designated State unit for youth with the most significant disabilities, or another provider, consistent with the provisions of §§ 363.4(a)(2) and 363.22; and
(c) The individual has maintained employment and achieved stability in the work setting for at least 90 days after transitioning to extended services; and
(d) The employment is individualized and customized consistent with the strengths, abilities, interests, and informed choice of the individual.
(a) The service record of an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability, who has achieved an employment outcome in supported employment in competitive integrated employment will be closed concurrently with the achievement of the employment outcome in supported employment when the individual—
(1) Satisfies requirements for case closure, as set forth in 34 CFR 361.56; and
(2) Is not receiving extended services or any other vocational rehabilitation service provided by the designated State unit with funds under this part or 34 CFR part 361.
(b) The service record of an individual with a most significant disability, including a youth with a most significant disability who is working toward competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis and is receiving extended services from funds other than those allotted under this part and 34 CFR part 361 will be closed when the individual—
(1) Achieves competitive integrated employment within the short-term basis period established pursuant to § 363.1(c); and the individual—
(i) Satisfies requirements for case closure, as set forth in 34 CFR 361.56; and
(ii) Is no longer receiving vocational rehabilitation services provided by the designated State unit with funds under 34 CFR part 361; or
(2) Does not achieve competitive integrated employment within the short-term basis period established pursuant to § 363.1(c).
(c) The service record of a youth with a most significant disability who is receiving extended services provided by the designated State unit from funds under this part or 34 CFR part 361 will be closed when—
(1) The youth with a most significant disability achieves an employment
(i) Is no longer eligible to receive extended services provided by the designated State unit with funds allotted under this part and 34 CFR part 361 because the individual—
(A) No longer meets age requirements established in the definition of a youth with a disability pursuant to 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58); or
(B) Has received extended services for a period of four years; or
(C) Has transitioned to extended services provided with funds other than those allotted under this part or part 361 prior to meeting the age or time restrictions established under paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, respectively; and
(ii) Satisfies requirements for case closure, as set forth in 34 CFR 361.56; and
(iii) The individual is no longer receiving any other vocational rehabilitation service from the designated State unit provided with funds under 34 CFR part 361; or
(2) The youth with a most significant disability who is working toward competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis—
(i) Achieves competitive integrated employment within the short-term basis period established pursuant to § 363.1(c);
(ii) Is no longer eligible to receive extended services provided by the designated State unit with funds allotted under this part and 34 CFR part 361 because the individual—
(A) No longer meets age requirements established in the definition of a youth with a disability pursuant to 34 CFR 361.5(c)(58); or
(B) Has received extended services for a period of four years; or
(C) Has transitioned to extended services provided with funds other than those allotted under this part or 34 CFR part 361 prior to meeting the age or time restrictions established under paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, respectively; and
(iii) Satisfies requirements for case closure, as set forth in 34 CFR 361.56; or
(3) The youth with a most significant disability working toward competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis does not achieve competitive integrated employment within the short-term basis period established pursuant to § 363.1(c).
Each grantee must advise applicants for or recipients of services under this part, or as appropriate, the parents, family members, guardians, advocates, or authorized representatives of those individuals, including youth with the most significant disabilities, of the availability and purposes of the Client Assistance Program, including information on seeking assistance from that program.
Section 511 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 794g, unless otherwise noted.
(a) The purpose of this part is to set forth requirements the designated State units and State and local educational agencies must satisfy to ensure that individuals with disabilities, especially youth with disabilities, have a meaningful opportunity to prepare for, obtain, maintain, advance in, or regain competitive integrated employment, including supported or customized employment.
(b) This part requires—
(1) A designated State unit to provide youth with disabilities documentation demonstrating that they have completed certain requirements, as described in this part, prior to starting subminimum wage employment with entities (as defined in § 397.5(d)) holding special wage certificates under section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 214(c));
(2) A designated State unit to provide, at certain prescribed intervals for the duration of such employment, career counseling and information and referral services, designed to promote opportunities for competitive integrated employment, to individuals with disabilities, regardless of age, who are known to be employed at subminimum wage; and
(3) A designated State unit, in consultation with the State educational agency, to develop a process or utilize an existing process, to document completion of required activities under this part by a youth with a disability known to be seeking employment at subminimum wage.
(c) This part authorizes a designated State unit, or a representative of a designated State unit, to review individual documentation required to be maintained by these entities under this part.
(d) The provisions in this part work in concert with requirements in 34 CFR parts 300, 361, and 363, and do not alter any requirements under those parts.
(a) The Department of Education has jurisdiction under this part to implement guidelines for—
(1) Documentation requirements imposed on designated State units and local educational agencies, including the documentation process that the
(2) Requirements related to the services that designated State units must provide to individuals regardless of age who are employed at subminimum wage; and
(3) Requirements under § 397.31.
(b) Nothing in this part will be construed to grant to the Department of Education, or its grantees, jurisdiction over requirements set forth in the Fair Labor Standards Act, including those imposed on entities holding special wage certificates under section 14(c) of that Act, which is administered by the Department of Labor.
Nothing in this part will be construed to—
(a) Change the purpose of the Rehabilitation Act, which is to empower individuals with disabilities to maximize opportunities for achieving competitive integrated employment;
(b) Promote subminimum wage employment as a vocational rehabilitation strategy or employment outcome, as defined in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(15); or
(c) Be inconsistent with the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended before or after July 22, 2014.
(a) The regulations in 34 CFR part 300 governing the definition of transition services, and the Individualized Education Program requirements related to the development of postsecondary goals and the transition services needed to assist the eligible child in reaching those goals (§§ 300.320(b), 300.321(b), 300.324(c), and 300.43).
(b) The regulations in 34 CFR part 361 governing the vocational rehabilitation program, especially those regarding protection and use of personal information in 34 CFR 361.38; eligibility determinations in 34 CFR 361.42; individualized plans for employment in 34 CFR 361.45 and 34 CFR 361.46; provision of vocational rehabilitation services, including pre-employment transition services, transition services, and supported employment services in 34 CFR 361.48; ineligibility determinations in 34 CFR 361.43; informed choice in 34 CFR 361.52; and case closures in 34 CFR 361.56.
(c) The regulations in 29 CFR part 525 governing the employment of individuals with disabilities at subminimum wage rates pursuant to a certificate issued by the Secretary of Labor.
(d) The regulations in this part 397.
(a) The following terms have the meanings given to them in 34 CFR 361.5(c):
(1) Act;
(2) Competitive integrated employment;
(3) Customized employment;
(4) Designated State unit;
(5) Extended services;
(6) Individual with a disability;
(7) Individual with a most significant disability;
(8) Individual's representative;
(9) Individualized plan for employment;
(10) Pre-employment transition services;
(11) Student with a disability;
(12) Supported employment;
(13) Vocational rehabilitation services; and
(14) Youth with a disability.
(b) The following terms have the meanings given to them in 34 CFR part 300:
(1) Local educational agency (§ 300.28);
(2) State educational agency (§ 300.41); and
(3) Transition services (§ 300.43).
(c) The following terms have the meanings given to them in 29 CFR 525.3 and section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)):
(1)
(2)
(d)
(a) The designated State unit, in consultation with the State educational agency, must develop a new process, or utilize an existing process, to document the completion of the actions described in § 397.20 and § 397.30 by a youth with a disability, as well as a process for the transmittal of that documentation from the educational agency to the designated State unit, consistent with confidentiality requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g(b) and 34 CFR 99.30 and 99.31) and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1417(c) and 34 CFR 300.622).
(1) Such documentation must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Youth's name;
(ii) Determination made, including a summary of the reason for the determination, or description of the service or activity completed;
(iii) Name of the individual making the determination or the provider of the required service or activity;
(iv) Date determination made or required service or activity completed;
(v) Signature of the designated State unit or educational personnel making the determination or documenting completion of the required services or activity;
(vi) Date of signature described in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section;
(vii) Signature of designated State unit personnel transmitting documentation to the youth with a disability; and
(viii) Date and method (
(2) In the event a youth with a disability or, as applicable, the youth's parent or guardian, refuses, through informed choice, to participate in the activities required by this part, such documentation must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Youth's name;
(ii) Description of the refusal and the reason for such refusal;
(iii) Signature of the youth or, as applicable, the youth's parent or guardian;
(iv) Signature of the designated State unit or educational personnel documenting the youth's refusal;
(v) Date of signatures; and
(vi) Date and method (
(3) The documentation process must include procedures for the designated State unit to retain a copy of all documentation required by this part in a manner consistent with the designated State unit's case management system and the requirements of 2 CFR 200.333.
(b) The documentation process must ensure that—
(1) A designated State unit provides, in the case of a student with a disability, documentation of completion of appropriate pre-employment transition services, in accordance with § 361.48(a) of this chapter and as required by § 397.20(a)(1);
(2) In the case of a student with a disability, for actions described in § 397.30—
(i) The appropriate school official, responsible for the provision of transition services, must provide the designated State unit documentation of completion of appropriate transition services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, including those provided under section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII) (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII));
(ii) The designated State unit must provide documentation of completion of the transition services, as documented and provided by the appropriate school official in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, to the youth with a disability.
(c) The designated State unit must provide—
(1) Documentation required by this part in a form and manner consistent with this part and in an accessible format for the youth; and
(2)(i) Documentation required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section to a youth as soon as possible upon the completion of each of the required actions, but no later than—
(A) 45 calendar days after the determination or completion of the required activity or service; or
(B) 90 calendar days, if additional time is necessary due to extenuating circumstances, after the determination or completion of each of the required actions in § 397.20 and § 397.30(a). Extenuating circumstances should be interpreted narrowly to include circumstances such as the unexpected lengthy absence of the educational or designated State unit personnel necessary for the production of the documentation or the transmittal of that documentation due to illness or family emergency, or a natural disaster.
(ii) Documentation required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, when a youth has refused to participate in an action required by this part, must be provided to the youth within 10 calendar days of the youth's refusal to participate.
(3) When transmitting documentation of the final determination or activity completed, as required by § 397.20 and § 397.30(a), the designated State unit must provide a coversheet that itemizes each of the documents that have been provided to the youth.
(a) A designated State unit must provide youth with disabilities documentation upon the completion of the following actions:
(1)(i) Pre-employment transition services that are available to a student with a disability under 34 CFR 361.48; or
(ii) Transition services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400
(2) Application for vocational rehabilitation services, in accordance with 34 CFR 361.41(b), with the result that the individual was determined—
(i) Ineligible for vocational rehabilitation services, in accordance with 34 CFR 361.43; or
(ii) Eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, in accordance with 34 CFR 361.42; and
(A) The youth with a disability had an approved individualized plan for employment, in accordance with 34 CFR 361.46;
(B) The youth with a disability was unable to achieve the employment outcome specified in the individualized plan for employment, as described in 34 CFR 361.5(c)(15) and 361.46, despite working toward the employment outcome with reasonable accommodations and appropriate supports and services, including supported employment services and customized employment services, for a reasonable period of time; and
(C) The youth with a disability's case record, which meets all of the requirements of 34 CFR 361.47, is closed.
(3)(i) Regardless of the determination made under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the youth with a disability has received career counseling, and information and referrals from the designated State unit to Federal and State programs and other resources in the individual's geographic area that offer employment-related services and supports designed to enable the individual to explore, discover, experience, and attain competitive integrated employment.
(ii) The career counseling and information and referral services provided in accordance with paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section must—
(A) Be provided by the designated State unit in a manner that facilitates informed choice and decision-making by the youth, or the youth's representative as appropriate;
(B) Not be for subminimum wage employment by an entity defined in § 397.5(d), and such employment-related services are not compensated at a subminimum wage and do not directly result in employment compensated at a subminimum wage provided by such an entity; and
(C) Be provided within 30 calendar days of a determination under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii)(C) of this section for a youth known by the designated State unit to be seeking employment at subminimum wage.
(b) The following special requirements apply—
(1) For purposes of this part, all documentation provided by a designated State unit must satisfy the requirements for such documentation, as applicable, under 34 CFR part 361.
(2) The individualized plan for employment, required in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, must include a specific employment goal consistent with competitive integrated employment, including supported or customized employment.
(3)(i) For purposes of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a determination as to what constitutes a “reasonable period of time” must be consistent with the disability-related and vocational needs of the individual, as well as the anticipated length of time required to complete the services identified in the individualized plan for employment.
(ii) For an individual whose specified employment goal is in supported employment, such reasonable period of time is up to 24 months, unless under special circumstances the individual and the rehabilitation counselor jointly agree to extend the time to achieve the employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment.
(a) Of the documentation to demonstrate a youth with a disability's completion of the actions described in § 397.20(a), a local educational agency, as defined in § 397.5(b)(1), must provide the designated State unit with documentation that the youth has received transition services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400
(b)(1) The documentation of completed services or activities required by paragraph (a) of this section must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Youth's name;
(ii) Description of the service or activity completed;
(iii) Name of the provider of the required service or activity;
(iv) Date required service or activity completed;
(v) Signature of educational personnel documenting completion of the required service or activity;
(vi) Date of signature described in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section; and
(vii) Signature of educational personnel transmitting documentation to the designated State unit; and
(viii) Date and method (
(2) In the event a youth with a disability or, as applicable, the youth's parent or guardian, refuses, through informed choice, to participate in the activities required by this part, such documentation must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Youth's name;
(ii) Description of the refusal and the reason for such refusal;
(iii) Signature of the youth or, as applicable, the youth's parent or guardian;
(iv) Signature of the educational personnel documenting the youth's refusal;
(v) Date of signatures required by paragraphs (b)(2)(iii) and (iv) of this section;
(vi) Signature of educational personnel transmitting documentation of the refusal to the designated State unit; and
(vii) Date and method (
(c)(1)(i) The educational personnel must transmit the documentation required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section to the designated State unit as soon as possible upon the completion of each of the required actions, but no later than—
(A) 30 calendar days after the completion of the required activity or service; or
(B) 60 calendar days, if additional time is necessary due to extenuating circumstances, after the completion of each of the required actions in paragraph (a) of this section. Extenuating circumstances should be interpreted narrowly to include the unexpected lengthy absence due to illness or family emergency of the educational personnel necessary to produce or transmit the documentation, or a natural disaster.
(ii) Documentation required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when a youth has refused to participate in an action required by this part, must be provided to the DSU within 5 calendar days of the youth's refusal to participate.
(2) When the educational personnel transmits the last documentation to the designated State unit regarding the services provided to the youth under paragraph (a) of this section, the educational personnel must provide a cover sheet that itemizes the documentation that has been provided to the designated State unit regarding that youth.
(d) The educational agency must retain a copy of all documentation provided to the designated State unit under this section in a manner consistent with the requirements of 2 CFR 200.333.
Neither a local educational agency, as defined in § 397.5(b)(1), nor a State educational agency, as defined in § 397.5(b)(2), may enter into a contract or other arrangement with an entity, as defined in § 397.5(d), for the purpose of operating a program for a youth under which work is compensated at a subminimum wage.
(a)
(2) A designated State unit may know of an individual with a disability described in this paragraph through the vocational rehabilitation process, self-referral, or by referral from the client assistance program, another agency, or an entity, as defined in § 397.5(d).
(3) The career counseling and information and referral services must be provided in a manner that—
(i) Is understandable to the individual with a disability; and
(ii) Facilitates independent decision-making and informed choice as the individual makes decisions regarding opportunities for competitive integrated employment and career advancement, particularly with respect to supported employment, including customized employment.
(4) The career counseling and information and referral services provided under this section may include benefits counseling, particularly with regard to the interplay between
(b)
(2) The services described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must not be provided by an
(c)
(2) For individuals already employed at subminimum wage prior to July 22, 2016, the services required by this section must be carried out once by July 22, 2017, and annually thereafter for the duration of such employment.
(3)(i) With regard to the intervals required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section for purposes of the designated State unit's responsibilities to provide certain services to individuals employed at subminimum wage, the applicable intervals will be calculated based upon the date the individual becomes known to the designated State unit.
(ii) An individual with a disability may become “known” to the designated State unit through self-identification by the individual with a disability, referral by a third-party (including an
(d)
(A) 45 calendar days after completion of the activities required under this section; or
(B) 90 calendar days, if additional time is necessary due to extenuating circumstances, after the completion of the required actions in this section. Extenuating circumstances should be interpreted narrowly to include circumstances such as the unexpected lengthy absence of the designated State unit personnel, due to illness or other family emergency, who is responsible for producing or transmitting the documentation to the individual with a disability, or a natural disaster.
(ii) Documentation required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section, when an individual has refused to participate in an activity required by this section, must be provided to the individual within 10 calendar days of the individual's refusal to participate.
(2) Such documentation must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Name of the individual;
(ii) Description of the service or activity completed;
(iii) Name of the provider of the required service or activity;
(iv) Date required service or activity completed;
(v) Signature of individual documenting completion of the required service or activity;
(vi) Date of signature described in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section;
(vii) Signature of designated State unit personnel (if different from that in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section) transmitting documentation to the individual with a disability; and
(viii) Date and method (
(3) In the event an individual with a disability or, as applicable, the individual's representative, refuses, through informed choice, to participate in the activities required by this section, such documentation must, at a minimum, contain the—
(i) Name of the individual;
(ii) Description of the refusal and the reason for such refusal;
(iii) Signature of the individual or, as applicable, the individual's representative;
(iv) Signature of the designated State unit personnel documenting the individual's refusal;
(v) Date of signatures; and
(vi) Date and method (
(4) The designated State unit must retain a copy of all documentation required by this part in a manner consistent with the designated State unit's case management system and the requirements of 2 CFR 200.333.
(e)
(a) The designated State unit, or a contractor working directly for the designated State unit, is authorized to engage in the review of individual documentation required under this part that is maintained by an
(b) If deficiencies are noted during a documentation review conducted under paragraph (a) of this section, the designated State unit should report the deficiency to the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division.
Office of Career, Technical, and Adult Education (OCTAE), Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA), Education; Employment and Training Administration (ETA), Labor.
Final rule.
The Departments of Education (ED) and Labor (DOL) (or, collectively, Departments) issue this Joint Final Rule to implement jointly administered activities authorized by title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) signed into law on July 22, 2014 (hereafter “Joint WIOA Final Rule”). Through these regulations, the Departments implement workforce education and employment system reforms and strengthen the nation's public workforce development system to provide increased economic opportunity and make the United States more competitive in the 21st century evolving labor market. This Joint WIOA Final Rule provides guidance for State and local workforce development systems that increase the skill and credential attainment, employment, retention, and earnings of participants, especially those with significant barriers to employment, thereby improving the quality of the workforce, reducing dependency on public benefits, increasing economic opportunity, and enhancing the productivity and competitiveness of the nation.
This final rule is effective October 18, 2016.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
This Joint WIOA Final Rule reflects changes made as a result of public comments received to the joint Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that was published on April 16, 2015, at 80 FR 20574.
WIOA strengthens the alignment of the public workforce development system's six core programs by compelling unified strategic planning requirements, common performance accountability measures, and requirements governing the one-stop delivery system. In so doing, WIOA placed heightened emphasis on coordination and collaboration at the Federal, State, local, and tribal levels to ensure a streamlined and coordinated service delivery system for job seekers, including those with disabilities, and employers. These regulations lay the foundation, through coordination and collaboration at the Federal level, for implementing the Departments' vision and goals of WIOA.
In addition to this Joint WIOA Final Rule, the Departments are issuing separate final rules to implement program-specific requirements of WIOA that fall under each Department's purview. The DOL is issuing a Final Rule governing program-specific requirements under titles I and III of WIOA (hereinafter “DOL WIOA Final Rule”). The ED is issuing three final rules: One implementing program-specific requirements of the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA), as reauthorized by title II of WIOA; and two final rules implementing all program-specific requirements for programs authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA. The Department-specific final rules are published elsewhere in this issue of the
WIOA supports innovative strategies to improve coordination among the six core programs and other Federal programs that support employment services, workforce development, adult education and literacy, and vocational rehabilitation (VR) activities.
In WIOA, Congress directed the Departments to issue regulations implementing statutory requirements to ensure that the public workforce system operates as a comprehensive, integrated, and streamlined system to provide pathways to prosperity and continuously improve the quality and performance of its services to job seekers and to employers. Therefore, the Departments are issuing this Joint WIOA Final Rule to implement jointly administered activities authorized under WIOA, specifically those related to the Unified and Combined State Plans, performance accountability, and the one-stop delivery system. In an effort to promote collaboration and coordination at the State and local levels among the core programs and other Federal partner programs, the Departments have collaborated extensively with the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and other Federal agencies in developing this Final Rule.
The Departments are publishing this Joint WIOA Final Rule to implement those provisions of WIOA that affect all of the six core programs, specifically the: Adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under title I and administered by DOL; AEFLA program authorized under title II and administered by ED; Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by title III, and administered by DOL (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program); and VR program, authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV, and administered by ED. The requirements in these joint final regulations will be jointly administered by both Departments. The regulations contained in this Final Rule also impact other Federal programs that participate in the one-stop system and/or are identified as partner programs in a State's Combined State Plan if a State elects to submit such Plan rather than a Unified State Plan.
A critical part of the implementation of WIOA is the collection and reporting of accurate, timely information about individuals who receive services through the programs authorized under the law. Such information is critical to inform public policy and support analysis of effective strategies. In keeping with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), the methods for collecting such information are provided to the public for comment through information collection requests (ICRs). The Joint WIOA Final Rule had two accompanying requests to support the performance and planning aspects of these rules. Soon after publication of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) (80 FR 20574, April 16, 2015), the Departments published a notice in the
On August 6, 2015, the Departments, together with the Departments of Health and Human Services, Agriculture, and Housing and Urban Development (HUD), proposed a new information collection regarding required elements for submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan modifications under WIOA (hereinafter “State Plan ICR”) (80 FR 47003) (see
Section V. Rulemaking Analysis and Notices, D. Paperwork Reduction Act provides summary information about the public comments on the Joint Performance ICR and the State Plan ICR.
In addition to this Joint WIOA Final Rule, the Departments are publishing, in separate regulatory actions published in the
To implement those provisions of WIOA that affect the WIOA programs and which will be jointly administered by both Departments, these regulations implement a number of improvements that WIOA makes to the public workforce system. These include improvements to:
• Ensure that workforce education and employment services are coordinated and complementary by requiring a single, 4-year strategic State Plan for achieving the workforce goals of the State. Additionally, States may conduct, along with the core programs, collaborative planning with other Federal education and training programs specified in WIOA;
• Ensure that Federal investments in education, employment, and training are evidence-based, data-driven, and accountable to participants and taxpayers by establishing a common performance accountability system for the core programs, requiring other authorized programs to report on the common performance indicators, and providing easy-to-understand information to consumers and the public about training providers and
• Enhance services provided to all job seekers and employers through the one-stop delivery system, also known as the American Job Center system, by: Requiring the colocation of the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program; adding the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program as a required partner; providing for State-established certification to ensure high-quality American Job Centers; requiring partners to dedicate funding for allowable infrastructure and other shared costs that are commensurate to the partner's proportionate use and relative benefit received by the program; and promoting the development of integrated intake, case management, and reporting systems.
The Departments published a Joint WIOA NPRM on April 16, 2015 at 80 FR 20574. The Final Rule supports the tenets expressed in the NPRM. In response to comments received and to strengthen the intent of the law, the Departments have made numerous revisions, including but not limited to changes to the following areas:
•
•
•
As noted throughout this Final Rule, the Departments will be issuing guidance to help our regulated communities understand their rights and responsibilities under WIOA and these regulations. Consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act's exemption from its notice and comment requirement for general statements of policy, interpretations and procedural instructions, this guidance will provide interpretations of many of the terms and provisions of these regulations and more detailed procedural instructions that would not be appropriate to set out in regulations. The Departments will also be issuing guidance to provide information on current priorities and initiatives, suggested best practices, and in response to stakeholder questions.
The Departments also made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
The Departments published five NPRMs related to WIOA on April 16, 2015. The first NPRM is the Joint Rule for Unified and Combined State Plans, Performance Accountability, and the One-Stop System Joint Provisions (80 FR 20574) (hereinafter “the Joint WIOA NPRM”); the second NPRM is the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (80 FR 20690); the third NPRM is the Programs and Activities Authorized by the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (Title II of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) (80 FR 20668); the fourth is the State Vocational Rehabilitation Services program; State Supported Employment Services program; Limitations on Use of Subminimum Wage (80 FR 21059); and the fifth is the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, Miscellaneous Program Changes (80 FR 20688).
During the 60-day public comment period, the Departments received a total of 546 public comments on the Joint WIOA NPRM. In addition to these comments, the Departments also considered relevant public comments on the DOL and ED program-specific NPRMs.
A few commenters generally opposed the rulemaking, in part because they disagreed with the role WIOA assigns to the Federal government concerning covered programs. Others suggested that the NPRM itself was excessive, overly cumbersome, and not understandable to the layperson, needed clarification, and was inconsistent with the plain and simple language of WIOA.
The Department has published a Final Rule to implement sec. 188 of WIOA, which prohibits discrimination against WIOA participants, by making technical changes only to its existing regulation implementing WIA (
In addition, on January 26, 2016, DOL proposed updating these regulations to better align with the Americans with Disabilities Act Amendments Act of 2008, Public Law 110-325, sec. 2(b)(1), 122 Stat. 3553 (2008) and the relevant implementing regulations and guidance issued by the Department of Justice (28 CFR parts 35 and 36), as well as the final regulations and guidance issued by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (29 CFR part 1630, 76 FR 16978 (Mar. 25, 2011) (Equal Employment Opportunity Commission regulations implementing Americans with Disabilities Act title I)).
With respect to the commenter's concerns about pre-employment transition services, the Departments acknowledge that the provision of these services is a new requirement imposed on the VR program under sec. 113 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA. States must reserve at least 15 percent of their VR allotment to provide these services to students with disabilities. The ED provides detailed discussions regarding this requirement in the VR program-specific final regulations published elsewhere in this issue of the
These final regulations provide the critical framework for the implementation of WIOA. However, achieving the goals of WIOA will take visionary leadership and coordination at the State, regional, and local levels, and partnerships across many programs. It will require investment and innovation to develop new information technology that supports this important work, and make the most of this investment of public funds. The Departments will support these activities through program funding, on-going technical assistance and the provision of guidance to all levels of the American Job Center system.
WIOA requires the Governor of each State to submit a Unified or Combined State Plan to the Secretary of Labor that outlines a 4-year strategy for the State's workforce development system. States must have approved State Plans in place to receive funding for the six core programs under WIOA—the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs (WIOA title I); the AEFLA program (WIOA title II); the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service); and the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program). States must submit, at a minimum, a Unified State Plan, which encompasses the six core programs under WIOA. However, States are encouraged to submit a Combined State Plan, which must include the six core programs of the Unified State Plan, plus one or more Combined State Plan partner programs, as described at § 676.140(d): (1) Career and Technical Education (CTE) programs authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
This part describes the submission process and content requirements for the Unified and Combined State Plans under WIOA. The major content areas of the Unified or Combined State Plan include strategic and operational planning elements. Strategic planning elements include State analyses of economic and workforce factors, an assessment of workforce development activities, formulation of the State's vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce that meets the needs of employers, and a strategy to achieve the vision and goals. Operational planning elements include State strategy implementation, State operating systems and policies, program-specific requirements, assurances, and additional requirements imposed by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, or other Secretaries, as appropriate.
State WDBs are responsible for the development, implementation, and modification of the plan, and for convening all relevant programs, partners, and stakeholders. The Governor must ensure that the Unified or Combined State Plan is developed in a transparent manner and in consultation with representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials (CEOs), businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based
As noted in the NPRM, the Departments have chosen not to include all of the specific planning elements in the regulation. Instead, comprehensive State Plan requirements for both Unified and Combined State Plans are detailed in the WIOA Unified and Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications ICR, entitled “
In the section-by-section discussions of each Unified and Combined State Plan provision below, the heading references the DOL CFR part and section number. However, ED has identical provisions at 34 CFR part 361, subpart D (under its State VR program regulations) and at 34 CFR part 463, subpart H (under a new CFR part for AEFLA regulations). For purposes of brevity, the section-by-section discussions for each Department's provisions appear only once—in conjunction with the DOL section number—and constitute the Departments' collective explanation and rationale for each provision. When the regulations are published in the CFR, these joint performance regulations will appear in each of the CFR parts identified above.
Section 676.100 describes the principal purposes of the Unified and Combined State Plans, which communicate the State's vision for the State public workforce system and serve as vehicles for developing, aligning, and integrating the State public workforce system across Federal programs. Section 676.100(b) explains how the strategies articulated in the plan support the State's vision and overarching goals. The goals of the 4-year Unified and Combined State Plans are to align and integrate Federal education, employment, and training programs; direct investments to ensure that training and services are meeting the needs of employers and job seekers; apply consistent job-driven training strategies across all relevant Federal programs; and engage economic, education, and workforce partners in improving the workforce development system. The Departments received a few comments on this section, none of which necessitated substantive changes to the regulatory text. Section 676.100, as discussed below, remains unchanged from the NPRM except for minor technical edits.
Section 676.105 describes the general requirements for the Unified State Plan that apply to all six core programs. These requirements set the foundation
Section 676.105(a) explains that Unified State Plans must be submitted in accordance with § 676.130 and sec. 102(c) of WIOA as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, with instructions to States on how to submit Unified State Plans.
Section 676.105(b) implements WIOA's statutory requirements in sec. 102(a), and requires that the State submit the Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor to receive funding for the workforce development system's six core programs. The Departments made an editorial change under § 676.105(b) to clarify that at a minimum States must satisfy the requirements of a Unified State Plan to be eligible to receive funding for the workforce development system's six core programs. However, if a State submits a Combined State Plan then it will, by including all the requirements of a Unified State Plan as mandated by the regulation, also satisfy the requirements of a Unified State Plan. WIOA sec. 103(b)(1) and § 676.140(e)(1) of this regulation state that a Combined State Plan must include all of the requirements of a Unified State Plan. Therefore, if a State submits a complete Combined State Plan, it also will satisfy all the requirements of a Unified State Plan.
Section 676.105(c) requires, in accordance with sec. 102(a) of WIOA, that the State outline its 4-year strategy for WIOA's core programs and meet the requirements of WIOA sec. 102(b). Paragraph (c) of § 676.105 remains unchanged from that proposed in the NPRM.
Section 676.105(d), which implements sec. 102(b) of WIOA, describes the strategic and operational planning elements that must be included in the Unified State Plan. The final regulation, consistent with that proposed in the NPRM, concerns major structural elements rather than enumerating all the statutory State planning requirements. States still must comply with each of the statutory requirements, regardless of whether they are repeated in regulation. In addition to minor technical edits throughout, the Departments made two substantive changes to § 676.105(d)(3). First, in § 676.105(d)(3)(iv), the Departments specifically mention the assurance that the lead State agencies responsible for administering the core programs reviewed and commented on the appropriate operational planning of the Unified State Plan and approved those elements as serving the needs of the individuals served by the programs. Second, the Departments added a new paragraph (d)(3)(v) that requires the Unified State Plan to include a description of the joint planning and coordination across the core programs and other required one-stop partners and other programs in the workforce development system. While these provisions are new in these final regulations, they do not represent new requirements on the States because each of these requirements are contained in sec. 102(b) of WIOA and were applicable to the States regardless of whether they were mentioned in the NPRM.
In these final regulations, the Departments have added § 676.105(e) to make clear that all of the requirements of part 676 (which implements the Unified or Combined State Plan requirements of secs. 102 and 103 of WIOA) apply to the outlying areas. As a result, the outlying areas must submit a Unified or Combined State Plan to receive funding for all of the core programs. This regulatory change is discussed at greater length below.
While supporting the approach that would require outlying areas to submit a Unified or Combined State Plan as a prerequisite to receive funding for all core programs, one commenter expressed concern that ED permits outlying areas to receive adult education program funds under title II through the Consolidated Grant to Insular Areas application process (Consolidated Grant process). The commenter recommended that if ED continues to permit the award of adult education funds through the Consolidated Grant process, the Departments should require that outlying areas choosing to go through the Consolidated Grant process include title II activities as part of the planning process for the Unified or Combined State Plan, even though their funding is awarded through the Consolidated Grant.
Another commenter expressed concern that, if the outlying areas were not required to submit Unified or Combined State Plans for all core programs, a situation could exist in which the VR program would be the only component of such a plan if any of the outlying areas opted to include adult education program funds in its Consolidated Grant application process. The commenter suggested that, in such a situation, the Departments should ensure that outlying areas are not penalized and denied funding for the VR program, which is one of the six core programs under WIOA.
Other commenters expressed general support for requiring outlying areas to submit Unified or Combined State Plans, and one commenter noted that the inconsistency in the definitions of “State” and “outlying areas” in WIOA raised questions as to congressional intent on the issue of whether the Unified or Combined State Plan requirements should be applicable to the outlying areas. A commenter suggested, if the intent of differing definitions was to treat outlying areas differently than States, a more comprehensive delineation should be provided. In particular, the delineation should specify more than just a “competitive process” for the title I programs since outlying areas have historically received funding for these programs on a formula basis. The commenter suggested that the requirement for competitions is inconsistent with the need for a Unified or Combined State Plan because, under
The Departments want to make clear that the State Plan requirements in WIOA secs. 102 and 103 apply to outlying areas, not just to States. To that end, the Departments have added clarifying language in § 676.105(e) of these final regulations. The Departments have concluded that requiring the outlying areas to submit Unified or Combined State Plans that incorporate all of the core programs as a prerequisite to receive funding under any of the core programs is most consistent with the plain meaning of WIOA's planning and allocation of funds requirements when both are read together. Further, it is the only interpretation that gives full meaning to the unified strategic planning required across all core programs.
In resolving the apparent inconsistency and potential for confusion regarding the definitions of “State” and “outlying area,” as it was explained in the NPRM preamble, the Final Rule relies on the Secretary of Labor's general authority to regulate at sec. 189 of WIOA, and applicable provisions of titles II and IV of WIOA. In so doing, the Departments ensure that all core programs—and all grantees under each of those programs—are treated similarly, thereby achieving the vision of WIOA as an integrated and coordinated one-stop delivery system and a unified, strategic planning process encompassing all core programs.
The Departments also agree with the commenter that the option, which has existed for ED, for outlying areas to include the adult education program as part of a Consolidated Grant application, raises some unique concerns with regard to the Unified or Combined State Plan requirements of WIOA. When an outlying area submits a Consolidated Grant application, pursuant to 48 U.S.C. 1469a, the application is submitted in lieu of any other State Plan required by any of the programs included in the Consolidated Grant application. The Departments have considered the suggestion made by the commenter; however, resolution of this particular concern goes beyond the scope of these joint regulations. The ED will take the recommendation under advisement and will address this issue more fully in its administration of the Consolidated Grant to Insular Areas.
The Departments recognize that this interpretation raises additional questions with regard to the competition provisions that apply to the title I core programs in WIOA sec. 127(b)(1)(B). The DOL will address this issue in guidance.
Regarding comments in support of including additional programs in the Unified State Plan, sec. 102(a) of WIOA and § 676.105(b) make clear that only the core programs (as defined in sec. 3(12) and (13) of WIOA) are to be included in such plan. Paragraph (b) of § 676.105 is consistent with the six core programs identified throughout WIOA. States may submit a Combined State Plan that could include the programs mentioned by commenters. If a State chooses to submit a Combined State Plan, the plan must include the six core programs and one or more of the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA, and § 676.140(d). The JVSG is a Combined State Plan partner program which States may include in a Combined State Plan as described under WIOA sec. 103 and § 676.140(d). Foreign Labor Certification is not a Combined Plan partner program under WIOA sec. 103; however, a State may include a description of Foreign Labor Certification in its State Plan among its description of other programs and activities.
Regarding the inclusion of non-WIOA core program partners in the strategic portion of the planning process, WIOA sec. 102(b)(2) requires State Plans to discuss alignment
Some commenters asserted that the regulation should require that States address priority of service for covered veterans, and for those veterans with service connected and non-service-connected (condition not as a result of military service) disabilities.
Consistent with sec. 102(b)(1)(B) of WIOA and these final regulations, the WIOA State Plan ICR requires that State analysis related to individuals with barriers to employment include employment and unemployment, labor market trends, education, and skill levels of the workforce and any apparent gaps between the skills in demand by employers and the skill levels of the workforce. State and local planning efforts are informed by this analysis. Based on this analysis of workforce and labor market information required under sec. 102(b)(1)(B) of WIOA, § 676.105(d) and the WIOA State Plan ICR require State Plans to describe State's strategic vision and goals for developing its workforce and meeting employer needs in order to support economic growth and economic self-sufficiency. To that end, the State must describe its goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce, including preparing youth and individuals with barriers to employment and other populations. Further, the WIOA State Plan ICR requires the State to assure that the State obtained input into the development of the Unified or Combined State Plan and provided an opportunity for comment on the plan by primary stakeholders, including organizations that provide services to individuals with barriers to employment and that the Unified or Combined State Plan is available and accessible to the general public.
Additionally, the Departments agree that the number of individuals employed under 14(c) special wage certificates may be helpful as part of the analysis by the State of workforce needs. However, the benefit of requiring the collection of sufficient data elements to satisfy the needs of every program must be balanced with the burden such a requirement would impose on State program operators and participants. For this reason, the Departments are not regulating such a requirement. While the collection of this data element will not be required of States, comparable data is publicly available. When an employer applies for a sec. 14(c) certificate from the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division, the employer is required to report on their application the number of workers with disabilities they employed at subminimum wages during their most recently completed fiscal year. The Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division posts on its Web site (
Finally, the Departments agree that the strategic planning elements requirements present a valuable opportunity to gather information on employment statistics for individuals with disabilities, so long as States are mindful of Federal and State law protecting personally identifiable information (PII).
The Departments agree with the importance of ensuring that States address the needs of the specific populations mentioned by the commenters. As noted above, States must address, in developing their Unified or Combined State Plans, the needs of individuals with barriers to employment in their workforce analysis, goals for the public workforce system, and in stakeholder input and public comment assurances. It also should be noted that WIOA grant recipients are subject to all of the requirements of the sec. 188 WIOA Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Regulations (29 CFR part 38).
Section 676.105(d)(3)(i) through (v) lists the operational planning elements that must be included in a Unified or Combined State Plan. Section 676.105(d)(3)(ii) states that operational planning elements must include State operating systems, including data systems, and policies that will support the implementation of the State's strategy.
A few commenters encouraged the Departments to use a forthcoming Career Pathways and Credentials Toolkit to amplify and build awareness of States' and localities' requirements for career pathways under WIOA.
Another commenter encouraged the Departments to expand the use of career pathways, especially for racial minorities and women, and to provide support to States and localities as they implement plans to improve career pathways available locally and regionally.
One commenter said the Departments should offer more specific guidance for operationalizing career pathways, such as acceptable strategies for braiding funding streams from titles I and II of WIOA and ways to identify and improve career pathways programs, with a particular focus on how to integrate wraparound services successfully into career pathways programs.
One commenter provided the following recommendations:
• Unified State Plans should be required to demonstrate how to track career pathway participants whose service happens across Federal program and funding streams through co-enrollment.
• The required elements for the Unified State Plan should specify the need to identify co-enrolled participants across the WIOA titles and in the CTE and human service partner systems.
• Unified State Plans should illustrate roles for CTE partners in development and implementation of career pathways, including strategies for co-enrollment.
• The Joint WIOA Final Rule should provide guidance to title I and title II providers on working with CTE in the design and implementation of career pathways, and should promote shared decision-making.
• Unified State Plans should be required to address strategies for serving TANF recipients through career pathway programming, as part of the plan's description of how career
Paragraph (d)(2) of § 676.105 specifically requires that Unified State Plans include strategies for aligning the core programs with Combined State Plan partner programs and other resources to support the State's vision and goals (WIOA sec. 102(b)(1)).
Similarly, a commenter said the rule's strategic approach will require constant collaboration between Federal, State, and local governments, as well as other community partners, but the willingness to collaborate among these actors must be present. This commenter said other challenges include resistance to change within the workforce system, procurement requirements in a single State area, and conflicting performance requirements from different funding streams.
Another commenter said research has shown that bundling multiple services leads to more successful outcomes in the workforce development field, and the workforce system provides an ideal platform to integrate financial capability services because they both are focused on ensuring individuals have the tools to participate in, contribute to, and benefit from the mainstream economy.
Lastly, the Departments note that some of the stated challenges, such as procurement requirements, are not relevant to the regulation of State Plans. Regarding the challenges cited by commenters regarding differing reporting requirements, WIOA has addressed this challenge by requiring the six core programs to report performance outcomes against the primary indicators of performance. The core programs will all use the same definitions and data elements. The Departments agree that aligning performance outcomes is a significant step toward aligning programs. WIOA sec. 116's performance requirements are addressed in the WIOA State Plan ICR Appendix 1, as well as the WIOA Joint Performance ICR and part 677 of this Joint WIOA Final Rule.
Section 676.110 indicates that program-specific requirements for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth workforce investment activities in the Unified State Plan are described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(i) of WIOA. Additional planning requirements may be explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
Section 676.115 explains the additional planning requirements to which the AEFLA program is subject. Section 676.115 contains three specific program requirements. First, § 676.115(a) restates the statutory requirement that the eligible agency must explain in its Unified or Combined State Plan how it will align its adult education content standards with its State-adopted challenging academic content standards under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act by July 1, 2016. Second, § 676.115(b)(1) addresses the requirement that States describe the methods and factors the State will use to award multi-year grants on a competitive basis to eligible providers. Third, § 676.115(b)(2) requires that States describe the methods and factors used to provide direct and equitable access to funds using the same grant or contract announcement or application procedure. Based on comments, and as discussed further below, the Departments have deleted proposed regulatory text at § 676.115(c) concerning a requirement to describe the interoperability of data systems. Deletion of paragraph (c) is the only substantive change made to this regulatory provision from that proposed in the NPRM.
Commenters stated that, due to the variety in State data systems, regulations that attempt to implement a “one size fits all” approach are impractical. These commenters recommended that the Departments convey expectations for interoperability via non-regulatory guidance (including guidance highlighting existing solutions and offering States options for reporting this data). A commenter recommended that DOL work with other Federal agencies to establish minimum national standards for how integrated data systems should be designed and interface with existing public systems to support the employment needs of adults and youth facing barriers to employment. The commenter also urged DOL to work with other Federal agencies to ensure that integrated data systems align with existing data being collected on employment, education, and training services across Federal programs.
A commenter said the requirement for a description of how the State will ensure interoperability of data systems in the reporting on core indicators of performance and performance reports is listed only under the AEFLA title II specific section (§ 676.115); however, in the law, the requirement for such information is listed under sec. 102(b)(2)(C) State Operating Systems and Policies of WIOA. Therefore, the commenter suggested § 676.115(c) should be moved to § 676.105, General Requirements. Another commenter said the regulations place the responsibility of ensuring interoperability of data systems on the title II adult education programs, which is not feasible because the various data systems are governed under different programs and frequently by different agencies. The commenter also said the rule seems to place the burden of supporting the cost of interoperability on title II adult education programs, which is not equitable because there will likely be a significant cost to creating such interoperability. The commenter recommended that the Departments restate this in regulation as a joint requirement of core programs and any programs included in a Combined State Plan.
As a result of these concerns, the Departments have removed the language proposed in § 676.115(c), and instead have included in the WIOA State Plan ICR, consistent with sec. 102(b)(2)(C) of WIOA, a general requirement that States address fiscal and management accountability information system planning across all of the programs included in a Unified or Combined State Plan, as required by sec. 116(i)(1) of WIOA.
Section 676.120 states that Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs are subject to the requirements in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, including any additional requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor under secs. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) and 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) of WIOA. This section requires States to include any information the Secretary of Labor determines is necessary to administer the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Services programs. The Departments have provided additional information through jointly issued planning guidance and the WIOA State Plan ICR. Except for the addition of a reference to WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) and other minor technical edits, this provision remains substantively the same as that proposed in the NPRM. WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) refers to Wagner-Peyser Act program-specific requirements.
Section 676.125 requires States to submit a VR services portion as part of the Unified State Plan that complies with all State Plan requirements set forth in sec. 101(a) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA. All submission requirements of the VR Services portion of the Unified State Plan are in addition to the jointly developed strategic and operational content requirements prescribed by sec. 102(b) of WIOA. Except for minor technical edits, this provision remains substantively the same as that proposed in the NPRM.
Some commenters stated that there should be greater emphasis on the VR program in the State Plans. The commenters encouraged Governor-mandated appointment of disability service providers on State WDBs to ensure proper representation for the development of this section of the plan. Similarly, other commenters urged the Departments to encourage greater inclusion of stakeholders within the disability community in the development, review, and implementation of the plans. One commenter further encouraged the Departments to issue guidance that will ensure that State executives will not ignore or under-represent the workforce development needs of people with disabilities in the strategic and operational planning outline in either the Unified or Combined State Plan.
In order to facilitate the State strategic planning process, and concurrent review by the relevant Federal program offices, this section requires the Unified State Plan to be submitted to the Secretary of Labor, according to the procedures established in sec. 102(c) of WIOA, which are clarified and explained through joint planning guidelines. Likewise, the Departments, upon receipt of a Unified State Plan, follow procedures established by this section. Section 676.130 also explains requirements for transparency, public comment, and submission, as well as the terms for approval of plans by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
Section 676.130(a) requires that the Unified State Plan be submitted in accordance with the procedures set out in the joint planning guidelines, issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, which explains the submission and approval process described in sec. 102(c) of WIOA.
Sections 676.130(b)(1) and (2) reiterate the requirement at sec. 102(c)(1) of WIOA regarding the deadlines for submitting the initial and subsequent Unified State Plans to the Departments. The Departments developed a process for submission of Unified State Plans to ensure that ED receives the entire Unified State Plan submission concurrently. WIOA secs. 102(c)(1)(A) and 103(b)(1) require States to submit the initial Unified or Combined State Plan no later than 120 days prior to the commencement of the second full program year after the date of enactment (
Section 102(c)(1)(B) of WIOA requires subsequent Unified State Plans to be submitted not later than 120 days prior to the end of the 4-year period covered by the preceding Unified State Plan. In other words, WIOA Unified State Plans cover 4-year periods, and the subsequent plan must be submitted no later than 120 days before existing plan's 4-year period ends. The Departments have made clarifying edits to the regulatory text in § 676.130(b)(2) to more clearly align it with these statutory requirements. The Departments anticipate that the second Unified State Plans will need to be submitted in the spring of 2020. The official submission dates for the plans will be announced in the joint planning guidelines.
Section 676.130(b)(3) clarifies that, consistent with current practice for many of the core programs, a program year runs from July 1 through June 30 of any year. This clarification is particularly important, in this context, for the VR program since that program operates on a Federal fiscal year basis and will continue to do so, in accordance with title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, despite the fact that the VR services portion of the Unified State Plan will align, for submission and performance purposes, with the other partners on a program year basis.
In order to more accurately reflect the content of § 676.130, the Departments have made a change to the title to include the word “development.” Additionally, in response to comments, described below, requesting clarity regarding the role of the State WDB, core program administrators and required one-stop partners, the Departments have added § 676.130(c). This additional paragraph explains the statutory requirement that the Unified State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners. The term “optimum policy-making authority” is defined in 20 CFR 679.120 as “an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action.”
A commenter remarked that performance data and plans will be on the program year basis and that Federal awards and reporting will remain on the fiscal year basis. The commenter sought clarification as to how reporting and performance timeframes will be integrated.
The renumbered § 676.130(g) states that before the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education approve the Unified State Plan, the VR portion of the Unified State Plan must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA).
Numerous commenters requested that any guidance from the Departments that provides further details on the submission of the State Plans be released as early as possible. A few commenters said States may be waiting for guidance from the agencies before beginning their planning processes in earnest, which may cause some States to bypass key opportunities for stakeholder engagement or forgo pursuing a Combined State Plan in an effort to meet the statutory deadlines for plan submission.
A commenter said it would be useful if the Departments provided a template for the Unified and Combined State Plans, ideally several months before the plan is due. The commenter also said ensuring that the templates are available at least several months ahead of the submission deadline would make the process of completing the plan much more efficient for States.
Given the multi-year life of the Unified State Plan, States must revisit regularly State Plan strategies and recalibrate these strategies to respond to the changing economic conditions and workforce needs of the State. At a minimum, a State is required to submit modifications to its Unified State Plan at the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year plan and also under other specific circumstances, examples of which have been included in this section. States may choose to submit a State Plan modification at any time during the life of the plan. Section 676.135 further describes the requirements for submission and approval of Unified State Plan modifications, which are subject to the same public review and comment requirements and approval process as the full Unified State Plan submissions.
Except for minor technical edits, such as corrections to cross-references to other sections that have been renumbered and edits to conform with changes to part 677 on the performance accountability system, this section remains substantively the same as that proposed in the NPRM.
States have the option to submit a Combined State Plan that goes beyond the core programs of a Unified State Plan to include at least one additional Federal workforce, educational, or social service program from the programs identified in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA. Generally, the requirements for a Combined State Plan include the requirements for the Unified State Plan as well as the program-specific requirements for any Combined State Plan partner programs that are included in the Combined State Plan. To expand the benefits of cross-program strategic planning, increase alignment among State programs, and improve service integration, the Departments strongly encourage States to submit Combined State Plans.
Section 676.140 specifies the general requirements for submitting a Combined State Plan. Paragraph (a) of § 676.140 states that a State may choose to develop and submit a 4-year Combined State Plan in lieu of the Unified State Plan. The Departments have edited § 676.140(a), as well as § 676.140(e)(1), to correctly cite references to Unified State Plan requirements that must be included in a Combined State Plan. Paragraph (e) of § 676.140 specifies the information that a Combined Plan must contain. Paragraph (e)(2) of § 676.140 has been edited to include the words “and activities,” to clarify that the Combined Plan must provide the required information for any programs and activities included in the State Plan. Section 676.140(e)(3), consistent with WIOA, has been revised to expand the required description of joint planning and coordination to include core programs, required one-stop partner programs and other programs and activities included in the State Plan. Section 676.140(i) is a new paragraph that requires States that submit employment and training activities carried out by HUD under a Combined State Plan to submit any other required planning documents for HUD programs directly to HUD, according to the requirements of Federal law and regulations. Except for the changes described here, this section remains unchanged from that proposed in the NPRM.
Section 676.140(a) allows States to choose to develop and submit a 4-year Combined State Plan in lieu of the Unified State Plan. In the NPRM, the Departments note that the Combined Plan's 4-year plan development and implementation cycle, with a 2-year modification deadline, is inconsistent with the planning cycles governing many Combined State Plan partner programs. The Departments sought comment on how to reconcile differing planning cycles across Combined State Plan partner programs that do not align with the 4-year planning required by WIOA. In response, commenters provided various recommendations.
States that include, in their Combined State Plan, UI programs (UI Federal-State programs administered under State unemployment compensation laws in accordance with applicable Federal law) carried out under title III, sec. 302, of the Social Security Act including secs. 303(a)(8) and (9) which govern the expenditure of funds, should submit their UI State Quality Service Plan following the cycle, according to UI State Quality Service Plan Planning and Reporting Guidelines.
The JVSG programs, carried out under chapter 41 of title 38 of the U.S. Code, require both a JVSG State Plan and a separate annual application for funding. States that include the JVSG programs in their Combined State Plan must submit the JVSG State Plan information in their Combined State Plan, and submit their funding applications annually as required by current Veterans' Employment and Training Service guidance.
Section 676.140(d)(2) specifies that TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act, is a Combined State Plan partner program that may be included in the Combined State Plan.
Another commenter stated that schools should have the ability to develop programs that align with each other and the resources to support
In addition, under WIOA, Local WDBs cannot dictate course offerings or curricula. Local recipients retain the ability to develop programs and align resources to meet students' needs. Finally, as discussed above, WIOA sec. 103 does not require the Combined Plan partner programs to report on the WIOA sec. 116 primary indicators of performance. WIOA sec. 103(b)(1) only requires the Combined State Plan partner programs to include the requirements, if any, applicable to that program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity.
• The NPRMs do not address a reconciliation of the two separate and distinct submission requirements (2-year versus annual).
• If a State submits the annual Perkins Plan separate from the Combined State Plan, the rules are not clear if the Perkins Plan must be approved by the State WDB.
• The rules require two agencies to negotiate the level of performance on the core indicators of WIOA but do not indicate if the two agencies must negotiate the level of performance on the Perkins indicators.
• The Perkins State levels of performance are dependent on local negotiations and levels of performance but the NPRMs do not indicate how the integrity, validity, and reliability of the local Perkins negotiations can be retained.
If a State chooses to include Perkins as part of its Combined State Plan, the State will submit Perkins State Plan modifications annually, consistent with the Perkins annual State Plan cycle. If the Perkins State Plan modifications affect only the administration of Perkins and have no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and Combined State Plan partner programs, then such modifications may be submitted only to the Secretary of Education consistent with § 676.145(c)(2). Modifications to a Perkins State plan that impact the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and Combined State Plan partner programs are subject to the same public review and comment requirements that apply to the development of the original Combined State Plan. Under the Perkins-specific procedures, hearings may or may not be required depending on the specific facts presented.
In response to the commenters who raised concerns regarding performance negotiations, the Departments are clarifying that sec. 103 of WIOA does not require Combined State Plan partner programs to report on the primary indicators of performance in sec. 116 of WIOA. Section 103(b)(1) of WIOA only requires the Combined State Plan partner programs, which include Perkins, to include the requirements, if any, applicable to that program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity. Perkins program inclusion in a State's Combined State Plan will not impact the annual Perkins performance indicator negotiation process. See sec. 676.143(i). The WIOA State Plan ICR Appendix 1 clarifies what performance information States must include in the State Plan. The Departments provided further instructions through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR, the WIOA State Plan ICR, and related joint guidance. The Departments issued operational guidance on both performance and State Plan submission guidelines following the finalized Performance and WIOA State Plan ICRs.
Section 676.140(e)(4) requires States to provide assurance that all of the entities responsible for planning or administering an eligible program described in a Combined State Plan have a “meaningful opportunity to review and comment” on all portions of the plan.
One commenter stated that, based on sec. 121 of the Perkins Act, the Perkins eligible agency should have the authority to determine whether CTE programs authorized under the Perkins Act are included in a State's Combined Plan. Section 121 of the Perkins Act states, in relevant part, that each “eligible agency . . . shall prepare and submit to the Secretary a State plan . . .” As mentioned above, the Perkins eligible agency maintains authority to carry out the responsibilities under sec. 121 of the Perkins Act under a Combined State Plan.
A few commenters said the Joint WIOA Final Rule should state the intent that the TANF program should have a meaningful influence in all stages of plan development and be a voting member of the State WDB.
For employment and training programs and work programs authorized under the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008, including those under secs. 6(d)(4) and 6(o), the State would similarly submit to the Departments of Labor and Education only the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program Employment and Training programs (SNAP E&T). The Departments declined to regulate an exception for SNAP E&T because State Plans for SNAP E&T, as described under 7 CFR 273.7(c)(8), are generally not comingled with the State Plans for the remaining activities under SNAP.
Section 676.143 implements WIOA's statutory requirements for submitting a Combined State Plan. These are similar to the requirements for submitting a Unified State Plan at § 676.130, with added considerations for review and approval by the Federal agencies that oversee the Combined State Plan partner
Section 676.143(d) requires a State to submit to the Secretaries of Labor and Education and, if applicable, to the Secretary of the agency with responsibility for approving the program's plan or for deeming it complete under the law governing the program, as part of its Combined State Plan, any plan, application, form, or any other similar document that is required as a condition for the approval of Federal funding under the applicable program or activity.
Section 676.143(e) stipulates the timelines for review and approval by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education, or another appropriate Secretary.
Section 676.143(f) provides specifics on the approval process for Combined State Plans.
Section 676.145 specifies requirements for modifying a Combined State Plan. Sections 676.145(a)(1) through (3) have been added to mirror the core program modification requirements specified for Unified State Plans in § 676.135(b). Section 676.145(a)(1) through (3) outline three instances in which a modification for the core programs is required. These instances include: (1) At the conclusion of the first 2-year period of a 4-year State Plan, (2) when changes in Federal or State law substantially affect the plan's implementation, and (3) when there are substantial changes to the State's workforce investment system. The Departments revised § 676.145(a)(3) to clarify that modifications to the Combined State Plans are required when States modify their negotiated levels of performance. This clarification was made for consistency with the changes to part 677 on the performance accountability system. The Departments have added a clarifying edit to § 676.145(c)(1) to explain that States have discretion to apply the plan modification requirements for core programs to Combined State Plan partner programs so long as it is consistent with any other modification requirements for that program. The Departments have incorporated proposed § 676.145(f) into § 676.145(c)(2) to clarify these provisions to address commenters' confusion in this area, and deleted paragraph (f). The Departments also have made technical edits at § 676.145(d). Except for the changes described here, this section remains substantively the same as that proposed in the NPRM.
Unlike § 676.135, which addresses modifications of Unified State Plans, proposed § 676.145, which addressed modifications for Combined State Plans, did not require modification of a plan when there are “substantial changes” to a State's workforce investment system.
In the NPRM, the Departments sought comments on how to streamline the public review and comment process for Combined State Plan modifications. The Departments further sought comments in the NPRM on whether it is advisable to limit the requirement for public comment on plan modifications to significant or substantial modifications to the common planning elements and, if so, how the Departments might define “significant” or “substantial changes.”
Some commenters said the Departments should limit the comment process under § 676.145 to significant or substantial modifications, such as substantive change to service delivery or participating partners, adding or removing a Combined State Plan partner program, or discretionary changes within a program that would directly affect the provision of services and its collaboration with other programs (excluding programmatic changes required due to audit findings or sanctions). One commenter said the Departments should allow public comment on the shared planning elements to streamline this process significantly, particularly for States in which core program agencies have different governance and review processes.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity that have not been necessary to note elsewhere.
Section 116 of WIOA establishes performance accountability indicators and performance reporting requirements to assess the effectiveness of States and local areas in achieving positive outcomes for individuals served by the workforce development system's six core programs described in sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii) of WIOA. These six core programs are the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs under title I of WIOA; AEFLA program under WIOA title II; Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program); and VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
The performance accountability system established in WIOA subtitle A (“System Alignment”) in sec. 116 requires that the performance accountability requirements apply across all six core programs with few exceptions. As such, the six core programs have an historic opportunity to align performance-related definitions, streamline performance indicators, integrate reporting, and ensure comparable data collection and reporting across all the core programs, while also implementing program-specific requirements.
Through this Joint WIOA Final Rule, the Departments are laying the foundation for a performance accountability system that serves all core programs and their targeted populations in a manner that is customer-focused and that supports an integrated service design and delivery model. In addition, WIOA requires additional DOL-administered title I programs, specifically Job Corps, Native American programs, the Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs, and the YouthBuild program, to comply with the same primary indicators as the core programs (see 20 CFR part 686 and 20 CFR part 684 of the DOL WIOA Final Rule published elsewhere in this issue of the
In the section-by-section discussions of each performance accountability regulatory provision below, the heading references the DOL CFR section number. The ED is establishing in this Joint WIOA Final Rule identical provisions at 34 CFR part 361, subpart E (under its State VR program regulations) and at 34 CFR part 463, subpart I (under a new CFR part for AEFLA regulations). Although for purposes of brevity, the section-by-section discussions for each provision appear only once—in conjunction with the DOL section number—the discussions nevertheless constitute the Departments' collective explanation and rationale for each regulatory provision. When the
Commenters also suggested additional terms and concepts that could be defined, including providing definitions for “qualifying services,” “facilitated self-service,” and “career and training services.” One commenter asserted that the Departments should issue timely guidance with additional definitions and clarifications or allow States to continue using definitions contained in WIA.
The Departments considered each of the suggested revisions to the proposed definition of “participant” and have modified § 677.150 to clarify the application of this definition to requirements under WIOA. The Departments made the following changes to the definition of “participant” in § 677.150(a).
In § 677.150(a), the Departments replaced the phrase “staff-assisted services” with “services other than those described in § 677.150(a)(3).” In so doing, the Departments eliminate the confusion of what is meant by “staff-assisted services” and make clear that individuals who receive the services described in § 677.150(a)(3) will not be deemed to be “participants” for purposes of the performance accountability system requirements under part 677, but rather will constitute a “reportable individual” under § 677.150(b).
The Departments provided additional clarification in renumbered § 677.150(a)(3) to describe what does and does not constitute self-service and information-only services and activities. In so doing, the Departments have eliminated the confusion noted by commenters. Specifically, the revisions contained in § 677.150(a)(3) clarify that the difference between reportable individual and participant is the point when a reportable individual uses services other than those identified in renumbered § 677.150(a)(3). The Departments clarify what is meant by self-service and information-only services and activities, thereby avoiding use of the term “staff-assisted services” in this regulation, which raised concerns among commenters.
Because the Departments appreciate the concerns raised by commenters and recognize the changing landscape and advances in service delivery and design, the Departments added § 677.150(a)(3)(ii)(A) to describe self-service. The Departments recognize that not all electronic technologies are self-service and that individuals engaged in this type of service could potentially meet the definition of “participant.” For example, there may be some services that provide robust levels of assistance in assessing a person's skills and matching that person to a job that are provided using electronic technologies that involve one-on-one interaction with a one-stop center staff member, such as an Internet chat room, or interactive technology, such as video conferencing, that would result in the individual becoming a participant. Additionally, the Departments acknowledge how fast technology evolves and new technology emerges that could be used by States and local areas to maximize available resources and better serve job seekers, workers, and employers. The Departments will continue to assess the field and emerging innovative technologies that may provide more cost-effective services and inform the workforce system of such developments, and their allowable uses, through program guidance.
The Departments are continuing to examine staff-assisted virtual service
The Departments have concluded that the following revisions to § 677.150(a)(3), described in more detail below, add the clarity requested by commenters:
Importantly, if a service is virtual service it is not automatically a self-service. As many commenters pointed out, there have been great strides made in the area of virtual service design and delivery allowing for staff to provide support and services through a variety of in-person and virtual platforms. For example, there may be some services that are provided using electronic technologies that involve one-on-one interaction with a one-stop center staff member or interactive technology, such as video conferencing, that would trigger participation. Furthermore, individuals who receive self-service or information-only services and activities can still be participants if they receive services other than self-service or information-only activities.
Applying the above guidance to determining when a reportable individual satisfies the definition of a “participant,” an individual is a reportable individual, but not a participant, when a staff member provides the individual with readily available information that does not require an assessment of the individual's skills, education, or career objectives, because the individual is a recipient of information-only services or activities. Such information could include labor market trends, the unemployment rate, businesses that are hiring or reducing their workforce, information on high growth industries, occupations that are in demand, and referrals other than referrals to employment. Information-only services or activities also occur when a staff member provides the individual with information and instructions on how to access the variety of other services available in the one-stop center, including tools in the resource room.
Significant staff involvement that would result in an individual qualifying as a participant includes a staff member's assessment of an individual's skills, education, or career objectives in order to achieve any of the following:
• Assist individuals in deciding on appropriate next steps in the search for employment, training, and related services, including job referral;
• Assist individuals in assessing their personal barriers to employment; or
• Assist individuals in accessing other related services necessary to enhance their employability and individual employment related needs.
The Departments also added a new § 677.150(a)(2) to align the regulatory text definition of “participant,” for purposes of the title I youth program, with the intent expressed in the NPRM. New § 677.150(a)(2) clarifies the definition of a “participant” for purposes of the WIOA title I youth program.
The Departments did not add a definition of “staff-assisted service,” as suggested by commenters, because the revisions to § 677.150(a) described above resulted in the removal of the term from the regulatory text. In addition, the Departments declined to add the recommended definitions of “qualifying services” or “facilitated self-services,” because the modifications made to the definition of “participant”—particularly at § 677.150(a)(3) regarding clarifications of self-service and information-only services or activities—will address the needs of commenters. In addition, the Departments consider additional recommended definitions to fall within the scope of either the WIOA Joint Performance ICR (which identify performance calculations, definitions, and reporting parameters) or operating and programmatic guidance.
The Departments did not add definitions of “career services” and “training services” because WIOA sec. 134(c)(2) and (3) define “career services” and “training services,” respectively, and these terms are further defined at § 678.430 (“What are career services?”) in the Joint WIOA Final Rule and 20 CFR 680.200 (“What are training services for adult and dislocated workers?”), in the DOL WIOA Final Rule, both of which are published in this issue of the
The Departments expect that because information about reportable individuals, including those who access self-service and information-only services or activities, will be included in the State annual performance reports and associated WIOA Joint Performance ICR or Department-specific ICRs, such investments by States and local areas will be recognized. The Departments note that the changes in the regulatory text maintain the policy expressed by
Conversely, a number of other commenters stated that individuals receiving self-service and information-only services should not be considered participants for performance purposes, stating that participation should not begin until an individual receives a staff-assisted service. A commenter agreed that self-service individuals should be excluded from the definition of “participant,” but suggested that a performance analysis be conducted to assess the impact of exclusion of self-service results on performance.
With regard to the recommendation that a performance analysis be conducted to assess the impact of exclusion of self-service and information-only services or activities, the Departments analyzed a number of factors before proposing the definition of participant, including the relative impact of self-service exclusion and inclusion, and concluded that exclusion of such services had little to no impact on performance outcomes. Therefore, as stated above, the Departments decline to change the regulation's definition of participants based on these comments.
With regard to the recommendation that participation begin only when an individual receives a staff-assisted service, the Departments have concluded that to define such a precise attachment point in regulation would prevent the performance accountability system from being able to adapt and account for all the services that the programs are providing. For example, an individual could receive staff-assisted services in the form of an assessment in the WIOA youth program, or in the form of fewer than 12 contact hours of AEFLA services, yet still appropriately be excluded from the definition of a participant.
However, the Departments have concluded there is no need for revision to the regulations to address these comments since WIOA sec. 116(d)(2)(I)
These calculations, as proposed under the WIOA Joint Performance ICR, would be done independent of the participant's participation in another core program unless a State opted to implement such policies for co-enrollment that allows for a common participation or exit date based on entering any of the core programs. Under WIA title I, some States maintained similar policies. For example, under WIA title I, in those cases where an individual was initially enrolled in the Wagner-Peyser Act program and subsequently received services under another DOL-administered program, the participation date for each program was the same and the receipt of a program's service was recorded as the date of receipt for first service as named. Such practices are allowed to continue under WIOA. Irrespective of the dates for participation and exit, each program would account for the participants in its program, and would be accountable for the outcomes of such participants in their reporting. For example, a title I youth participant who is co-enrolled in a title II AEFLA program and who also meets the definition of participant under title II, would be included in the State performance report for both title I youth and the AEFLA program under title II. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
With respect to performance calculations, the three employment-related indicators measure the percentage of participants who are employed in the second and fourth quarters after exit, as well as their median earnings in the second quarter after exit. The Departments provide further guidance regarding the performance calculations in the WIOA Joint Performance ICR.
The Departments also agree that students with disabilities who receive pre-employment transition services without having applied, or been determined eligible, for the VR program would not satisfy the definition of “participant” as set forth in § 677.150(a)(1), but rather would be tracked and reported as “reportable individuals,” as defined in § 677.150(b). However, if a student with a disability applies and is determined eligible for the VR program and develops an IPE that includes the provision of pre-employment transition services or any other VR service, such student would satisfy the definition of “participant” as
Because of WIOA sec. 134's unique eligibility requirements, the Departments do not consider individuals who receive incumbent worker training to be participants required for inclusion in the WIOA performance indicator calculations. WIOA sec. 134(d)(4) requires the Local WDB to determine if an employer is eligible to have its employees receive incumbent worker training; there is no separate determination of the eligibility of any particular employee to receive incumbent worker training.
Section 677.150(b) defines “reportable individual” as an individual who has
A key difference between “reportable individuals” and “participants” is that reportable individuals are not included in performance calculations for primary indicators of performance. Furthermore, there currently is no requirement for the collection and reporting of outcome data for reportable individuals, but the Departments may propose an amended ICR through an additional PRA notice and comment period, to require such collections and reporting in the future if determined to be appropriate. The Departments intend to issue more detailed guidance on the tracking and reporting of reportable individuals under WIOA through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR, Department-specific ICRs, guidance, and technical assistance.
The Departments revised § 677.150(b) by deleting the word “core” to clarify that the definition of a “reportable individual” is not limited to core programs, as had appeared in proposed § 677.150(b). With this change, a “reportable individual” is one who has taken action that demonstrates intent to use program services and who meets specific reporting criteria of the program. The Departments also revised § 677.150(b) to emphasize that the listed examples of actions taken by a reporting individual (
Section 677.150(c) defines the term “exit” for purposes of the performance accountability system for the core programs under WIOA, as well as applicable non-core programs as described through regulation or guidance. Several of the primary indicators of performance require measuring participants' progress after they have exited from the program.
Generally for core programs, except for the VR program, “exit” is the last date of service. The last date of service means the individual has not received any services for 90 days and no future services are planned. For the purpose of this definition, “services” do not include self-service, information-only services or activities, or follow-up services. Therefore, as set forth in § 677.150(c)(1)(i), in order to determine whether an individual has exited, States will retroactively determine if 90 days have passed with no further services provided and no further services scheduled.
The definition of “exit” at § 677.150(c)(2) for the VR program is similar to that in § 677.150(c)(1) in that it marks the point at which the individual is no longer engaged with the program and there is no ongoing relationship between the individual and the program. However, because of specific programmatic requirements between the VR program and other core programs, it was essential that the definition of “exit” clarify when the individual's relationship with the VR program ends. Under the VR program, an individual is determined to have exited the program on the date the individual's case is closed in accordance with VR program requirements.
Even with this programmatic distinction, the calculations are essentially the same as with the other core programs because in all instances the “exit” count captures all persons who are no longer active participants in any of the core programs. In addition, for purposes of the VR program, the Departments exclude from the definition of “exit” those individuals who have achieved supported employment outcomes at subminimum wages. This provision is necessary to implement WIOA's heightened emphasis on competitive integrated employment. There are no substantive changes to § 677.150(c)(2).
The NPRM was silent as to whether “participants” and “exits” should count more than once in the same program year. However, the Departments proposed a different approach in the proposed WIOA Joint Performance ICR published on July 22, 2015 at 80 FR 43474. In the proposed WIOA Joint Performance ICR, the Departments proposed counting each individual once per program year regardless of how many times an individual met the definitions of “participant” and “exit” in § 677.150 within that same program year.
After consideration, the Departments agree with the concerns raised by commenters. In response to those comments, the Departments will include in the performance calculations each time a participant exits from a program during a program year, even though this could result in such a person being counted as more than one participant. This calculation method for performance accountability purposes maintains the reporting approach historically used by some programs, as discussed above, and by linking a set of services or interventions to outcomes for each exit during a program year, strengthens accountability.
However, the Departments will require States to provide unique identifiers for each individual “participant” so that the Departments will be able to calculate the number of unique participants in each core program during a program year. The Departments will provide technical assistance and guidance to States, including the WIOA Joint Performance ICR, as they take the necessary steps to modify their systems and processes to comply with these instructions.
The Departments have concluded that continuing common exit policies would emphasize the importance of an individual receiving and completing all program services necessary to ensure a successful attachment to the labor market. The Departments also recognize that the use of a common exit is dependent on the ability of States to exchange data effectively and efficiently across core programs in order to determine outcomes for each of the programs. The Departments considered each of the commenters' concerns and suggestions with regard to the proposed definition of exit and have revised the definition by adding § 677.150(c)(3) to allow WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (title III) programs to utilize a common exit policy. The decision to allow a common exit date for WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs—and not for the AEFLA and VR programs under WIOA titles II and IV, respectively—was based on a number of factors. In particular, under WIA and continuing under WIOA, DOL encouraged co-enrollment between the title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs resulting in many states developing a common exit policy or co-enrollment strategies which DOL does not seek to disrupt. The ED will explore the feasibility of the use of a common exit policy for its title II and VR programs.
The concept of integrated case management and common exit has extended beyond WIOA title I core programs and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs to their DOL partner programs, such as the TAA program and the JVSG program. Paragraph (c)(3)(i) of § 677.150 provides that where a State has implemented a common exit policy, the policy may extend to those required partner programs administered by DOL. As such, DOL encourages States to implement common exit policies consistent with these joint regulations.
Since 2009, co-enrolling TAA participants with WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs has continued to provide participants supportive services, such as childcare and local transportation costs, that are not available under TAA. Further, due to the variable geography of TAA certified worker groups, WIOA title I program services and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service are often essential in providing prompt assessments and follow up services that complement the more substantial training and other services funded under TAA.
Similarly, the Veterans Employment and Training Service worked to align its programs with WIOA as a key partner program. Currently, JVSG and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service have a common exit in multiple States. This ensures that program participants who may be co-enrolled exit all programs at the same point, and are measured and tracked for employment outcomes based on the same point. This approach is aligned with the idea that DOL's one-stop center programs offer seamless services to participants and that, despite referral to or from partner programs, employment outcomes are not measured until services are complete. The modifications to the definition of exit in this Joint WIOA Final Rule allow for these practices to continue and also allow States the flexibility to implement and move forward with existing common exit policies for programs administered by DOL.
With WIOA's focus on integration, common exit is a natural progression where appropriate infrastructure, and integrated data systems exist across programs. The DOL envisions full implementation of a common exit across the States for the DOL core programs. The DOL understands this is a long-term goal and intends to support States from where they are at in terms of capacity and structure towards achieving this goal. With this in mind, the Departments will require the States to develop a plan for implementing a common exit policy and will require States to share that plan with the Departments. The Departments anticipate modifying the requirements for State Plans through the information collection request process and will require the States to share their plans for implementing a common exit policy through the State Plan and will also require the States to conduct an examination and analysis of their capacity and structures that would support a common exit policy for the DOL core programs under title I and the
The Departments will continue to work with State and Local WDBs, one-stop center operators, and partners to achieve an integrated data system for the core programs and other programs to ensure interoperability and standardized collection of program and participant information, particularly for those States that have a common exit policy. Paragraph (c)(3) of § 677.150 allows for the use and implementation of common exit policies for DOL administered-programs. The Departments encourage the use of common exit for DOL-administered programs, but do not currently require its immediate implementation, due partially to the commenters' concerns about potential difficulties and costs in implementing common exit. The Departments have concluded that this approach is responsive to both commenters who supported common exit as well as to commenters who supported program exits and appropriately allows States flexibility to choose to continue their use of common exit or to plan for the full implementation of common exit as a policy for WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service programs. Additionally the Departments will seek to collect information through the appropriate information collection vehicles on existing common exit policies, the programs included in those common exit policies, and their impacts on program design and outcomes.
Conversely, § 677.150(c)(3) adds flexibility for States that have or are pursuing common exit policies and strategies for their programs under WIOA titles I and III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service) as well as other required partner programs that are administered by DOL. The clarification in this Final Rule that self-service and follow-up services do not delay exit should allay the commenters' concerns regarding delayed reporting. By definition, follow-up services are provided to youth following exit and as a result, title I youth funds may be spent on participants once they exit in order to provide such follow-up services.
For the sake of clarification, such expenditures of title I youth funds on participants for follow up services after exit do not result in delaying an individual's exit from the program. Section 681.580 (
The Departments have not revised the definition of “exit” at § 677.150(c) since lengthening the timeframe would delay outcomes for indicators that are already lagged behind the actual time period of exit, such as employment-related primary indicators that measure a participant's employment at the second and fourth quarters after exit and the median earnings of a participant in the second quarter after exit. The Departments have concluded that the 90-day period of no service strikes the appropriate balance for knowing how the programs are performing while providing enough time to account for sporadic participation. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
A “neutral” exit, as it relates to the performance accountability provisions, allows the State to exclude certain participants from the calculation of the primary indicators. The Departments have concluded that there is sufficient statutory authority to permit certain exclusions, as appropriate, from the performance calculations for the primary indicators of performance. The Departments have implemented these exclusions through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR. The Departments have concluded that it is important to account for premature exits from the program and that modifying the definition of “exit” to allow neutral exits would undermine program accountability intended by WIOA. The Departments intend to provide guidance on how to calculate the primary
The Departments have added a definition of “State” as § 677.150(d) to specify that the outlying areas are subject to the performance accountability provisions of part 677. This provides that, for purposes of part 677 other than in regard to sanctions or the statistical adjustment model, “State” includes the outlying areas of American Samoa, Guam, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and, as applicable, the Republic of Palau. In so doing, as discussed in detail immediately below regarding outlying areas, the Departments ensure that the performance accountability requirements apply to the outlying areas as well. This regulatory change is essential to ensuring consistency with the Departments' decision to require outlying areas to submit Unified or Combined State Plans which, pursuant to sec. 102 of WIOA must include expected levels of performance, thereby making the performance accountability system applicable to the outlying areas.
In the NPRM, the Departments specifically requested comments about the applicability of WIOA sec. 116 performance accountability system requirements to the core programs administered by the outlying areas, namely American Samoa, Guam, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and, as applicable, the Republic of Palau (80 FR 20574, 20583-20584 (April 16, 2015)). The Departments explained the ambiguity that was created by differing terms and definitions for outlying areas and States, for purposes of the title I core programs, but made clear that titles II and IV specifically subject adult education and VR grantees, including outlying areas, to the common performance accountability system set forth in sec. 116 of WIOA.
Sections 189(a) and (c) of WIOA provide the authority to impose planning and performance reporting requirements on outlying areas, which is being accomplished through this definition. The decision to treat outlying areas as States for purposes of the common performance accountability system dovetails, and is consistent with, the Departments' decision to treat outlying areas the same as States for purposes of the Unified and Combined State Plan requirements, as discussed elsewhere in this preamble with respect to part 676 of this Joint WIOA Final Rule.
Although the Departments will hold the outlying areas accountable for complying with the performance accountability system requirements of sec. 116 of WIOA and part 677, the Departments will not impose monetary sanctions against the outlying areas pursuant to sec. 116(f)(1)(B) of WIOA for two reasons. First, the sanctions are imposed against the Governor's Reserve under sec. 128(a) of WIOA, which the outlying areas do not receive. Second, the sanctions are imposed when a State fails to satisfy the adjusted levels of performance or fails to report. The adjusted performance level is based on several required factors set forth in sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(v) of WIOA, including, among other things, the use of a statistical adjustment model. The performance output data provided by the core programs in the outlying areas yield too small a sample size; thus, applying an adjustment model to the outlying areas will not yield a valid result. In addition, there are cases in the outlying areas where required data are not available to run the statistical adjustment model. Despite the fact that the Departments will not impose monetary sanctions against the outlying areas in accordance with sec. 116(f)(1)(B) of WIOA, the Departments want to make clear that the Departments will hold outlying areas accountable for poor performance or failure to report through technical assistance and the development of performance improvement plans in accordance with sec. 116(f)(1)(A) of WIOA.
Section 677.155 implements the primary indicators of performance as set forth in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i). These primary performance indicators apply to the core programs described in sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii) of WIOA, and administered by ED's OCTAE and RSA, and DOL's ETA. These primary indicators of performance create a common language shared across the programs' performance metrics, which the Departments anticipate will support system alignment, enhance programmatic decision-making, and facilitate consumer choice. The Departments implement the requirements of sec. 116 of WIOA through this Joint WIOA Final Rule, as revised and described in this preamble.
The Departments have concluded that system integration will, in the long-term, reduce administrative and reporting burden while supporting alignment and comprehensive accountability across all of the core programs. The Departments will work with State and Local WDBs, one-stop center operators, and partners to achieve an integrated data system for the programs covered by WIOA to ensure interoperability and the accurate and
However, sec. 116(b)(1)(A)(ii) of WIOA and § 677.165 permit States to develop additional indicators of performance. If a State were to do so, the State could implement skills-based indicators or indicators that measure self-sufficiency or services to veterans with disabilities as suggested by commenters. The Departments encourage State and Local WDBs to work in collaboration to identify and implement additional indicators of performance that aid in the management of workforce programs in their State. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to this comment.
With regard to requests for State flexibility in developing data sharing agreements and additional performance measures, sec. 116(b)(1)(A)(ii) of WIOA and § 677.165 permit States to implement, through their State Plans, additional indicators of performance and encourage States to also leverage their program collection and reporting to analyze and manage performance of their programs. With regard to data sharing agreements States have the flexibility to enter into data sharing agreements, ensuring that such
However, such entered employment rate calculations will not be possible at the Federal level for the AEFLA program under title II, because States report AEFLA program data only in an aggregate manner. Therefore, for the Departments to receive the data necessary to perform the entered employment rate calculation for the AEFLA program—and to produce such outcome data—would place an undue burden on title II programs.
Several other commenters, however, supported calculation of an entered employment rate, particularly for youth programs.
The Departments also received numerous comments in reference to calculating the second quarter after exit employment indicator as an “entered
Nevertheless, the use of quarterly wage records is essential to achieve full accountability under the WIOA performance accountability system to identify high performing States and localities, and, if necessary, to provide technical assistance to help improve performance or sanction low performing States and localities. Matching participant SSNs against quarterly wage record information is the most cost-effective means by which timely and accurate data can be made available to the system.
In consideration of the circumstances articulated by commenters in responses to both the Joint WIOA NPRM and the proposed WIOA Joint Performance ICR, the Departments will allow the collection and verification of non-UI wage data in the absence of available UI wage data obtained through wage record matching, as discussed more fully in the preamble to § 677.175 below. The Departments also intend to issue guidance and technical assistance regarding the collection and reporting of both quarterly wage record data and supplemental information. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to this comment.
The Departments have considered the comments regarding the VR program and “unsubsidized employment.” Section 116 of WIOA describes the primary performance indicators for all core programs, including the VR program. Three of the performance indicators pertain to the employment status or median earnings of participants who exit a program in unsubsidized employment. In response to the commenter regarding supported employment and unsubsidized employment, the Departments want to clarify that supported employment means, in general for purposes of the VR program, employment in competitive integrated employment or in an integrated setting in which the individual is working towards competitive integrated employment on a short-term basis. Once an individual achieves supported employment as an employment outcome under the VR program and exits that program (in other words, his or her VR record of service is closed), the individual typically receives extended services from another provider. Receipt of extended services after the VR record of service is closed does not affect the nature of the employment. Supported employment is considered unsubsidized employment because the wages are not subsidized by another entity. Individuals in supported employment at subminimum wage who are working on a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment would not satisfy the definition of “exit” for performance accountability purposes.
Under WIA, the common measures included a retention measure based on individuals who were employed in the first quarter after exiting from WIA services, and who were also employed in the second and third quarters. WIOA does not have an equivalent to the WIA retention measure. Instead, WIOA requires a second—separate and distinct—employment indicator for the fourth quarter after exit, which measures the employment rate in that quarter, regardless of whether those participants also were employed in the second quarter after exit from the program. In other words, a participant would be counted as a positive outcome for this indicator if he or she was employed in the fourth quarter after exit regardless of whether he or she was also employed in the second quarter after exit.
There were a few commenters who articulated a preference for the requirement under WIA. Commenters stated that employee retention is based on market conditions and dependent on factors such as company working conditions. Commenters also asserted that a retention measure should take into account a change or advancement
Nevertheless, the Departments want to make clear that neither WIOA nor this Joint WIOA Final Rule allows or requires States to request or require SSNs as a condition of program participation or for receipt of any form of financial assistance. As such, program eligibility under WIOA is not contingent on the provision of a SSN. Additionally, depriving such an individual of service would be in violation of the Privacy Act of 1974, which establishes a code of fair information practices that govern the collection, use, dissemination, and maintenance of information about individuals contained in systems of Federal records. Specifically, sec. 7(a)(1) of the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a Note, Disclosure of Social Security Number) provides that unless the disclosure is required by Federal statute, “It shall be unlawful for any Federal, State, or Local government agency to deny to any individual any right, benefit, or privilege provided by law because of such individual's refusal to disclose his social security account number.” In consideration of the circumstances articulated by the commenters in public comments received on both the Joint WIOA NPRM and the WIOA Joint Performance ICR, the Departments are allowing the use of supplemental information to augment the performance information obtained through wage record matching when necessary because critical information (such as a SSN) is not available. More information can be found in the preamble to § 677.175 discussed in more detail below. The WIOA Joint Performance ICR also will provide for the collection of such supplemental wage information in those circumstances where quarterly wage records are not available or may not apply. The Departments also intend to issue guidance and technical assistance regarding the collection and reporting of both quarterly wage record data and supplemental information on employment-based outcomes.
With regard to inclusion of all earnings and not just those earnings related to employment goals on the IPE for customers of VR services, the individual records collected under the RSA-911 can be used to determine median wages at exit. The Departments acknowledge that wages may vary over time and that median earnings at exit may not reflect median wages in the second and fourth quarters after exit. With regard to baseline data for median earnings, the Departments recognize that some programs may not have the historical data necessary to establish a baseline for median earnings while other programs can review the data collected under WIA to establish an approximate baseline for this indicator. The Departments acknowledge the concerns raised regarding such employment outcomes that would not be captured through a pure match against State UI wage records, such as self-employment. The Departments will promulgate guidance regarding the collection and verification of supplemental employment information, as noted in the preamble to § 677.155(a)(1)(iii) and more fully discussed in the preamble to § 677.175. The Departments recognize there is a need to further clarify and provide guidance regarding transitioning to the WIOA performance indicators and intend to provide further clarification and guidance on the establishment of baseline data. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
During the review period leading to this Joint WIOA Final Rule, the Departments noted an error in the NPRM related to the statutory requirement that participants receiving a secondary school diploma or its equivalent be included in the percentage of participants meeting the performance indicator only if the participant is employed or enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year of exit from the program. The NPRM incorrectly stated that a participant who has
With respect to one comment, the Departments note that this definition includes completion of an apprenticeship. In addition, the statutory language of the credential attainment indicator in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(IV) includes participants' attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent in performance calculations, subject to the requirement that those participants also are employed or in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program. The credential attainment indicator applies to all core programs, including the VR program, except for the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program, as
The Departments will issue joint guidance that further illustrates what constitutes a recognized postsecondary credential for the credential rate indicator, including definitions for each type of credential. The Departments recognize burden concerns for tracking credential attainment. However, as noted, WIOA requires the collection of data for purposes of reporting on the credential attainment indicator for all core programs, except for the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program. The Departments also will provide joint guidance and technical assistance for tracking and reporting with respect to this performance indicator.
There is no basis for a blanket exclusion from all performance indicators except the measurable skill gains indicator for participants functioning below the ninth grade level. Such participants have the potential to receive services under a program, be included in performance calculations, and be counted as having met one of the other indicators. Therefore, unless a student functioning below the ninth grade level is otherwise appropriately excluded from participants included in the performance calculations for a particular indicator under § 677.155(a)(2), the Departments will not categorically exclude such students functioning below the ninth grade level from the other five indicators of performance. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
The Departments will define, through program guidance, the types of services and trainings that constitute “an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment,” applicable for each of the core programs. All participants who enrolled during a program year in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment are counted each time the participant exits the program during a program year.
The second approach to define this indicator would measure the repeated use rate for employers' use of the core programs. Many commenters did not support this approach because some employers may not have many hiring needs during a program year, or an employer may have a need but the program has no students who are ready to graduate and go to work. Also, this approach would encourage programs to protect their individual employer relationships rather than working collaboratively through sector partnerships. Several commenters recommended use of this measure along with the number of workers employed by businesses participating in sector partnerships. Other commenters supported the approach because it represents increased use, retention, or growth of business engagement, although some commenters would use the number of workers employed, not the number of businesses served. The preamble to the NPRM specifically sought comments on how States could capture this data, the feasibility of capturing and reporting this data, and queried whether this indicator would measure the efficacy of services provided to employers. The Departments received both positive and negative comments regarding this approach.
The third approach would use the number or percent of employers that are using the core program services out of all employers represented in an area or State served by the system (
The Departments have included these approaches in the WIOA Joint Performance ICR and will require each State to choose two of the three approaches set out in the NPRM as well as any additional measure that the Governor may establish related to services to employers, with results to be included in the first WIOA annual report due in October 2017. This approach provides States flexibility in selecting the measures that best suit their needs, while providing partner Agencies the opportunity to evaluate States' experiences in using these measures during PY 2016 and PY 2017, and additionally allows the Departments to obtain employer feedback regarding the extent to which these indicators measure effectiveness in serving employers. The Departments will evaluate State experiences with the various indicator approaches and plan to use the results of that evaluation to identify a standardized indicator that we anticipate will be implemented no later than the beginning of PY 2019. In this process, the Departments intend to engage the National Association of State Workforce Agencies (NASWA) and the States to inform the evaluation design; communicate how States fare in operationalizing the measures; and contribute to the development of technical assistance activities and tools.
The Departments acknowledge the dissatisfaction expressed by commenters with using each of the NPRM proposed measures as a sole indicator of successful service to employers and agree with comments discussing the utility of piloting multiple alternative measures to ensure that States are being required to report on employer satisfaction in the most effective manner. As such, the Departments will work to implement a pilot program, the details of which will be further delineated in joint Departmental guidance. The Departments have opted to implement a pilot program using all of the approaches in order to assess the States' experiences with these and evaluate the efficacy of such approaches in measuring this construct. Further guidance regarding the pilot program will be provided.
One commenter developed a novel approach for measuring effectiveness and provided details in a concept paper, which was expressly supported by some commenters. The approach includes a customizable point-menu system that would award varying levels of points to WDBs based on the degree of intensity and the value of services provided. Services earning high points would clearly reflect deeper relationships with employers and activities that are the result of longer-term relationships. The Departments will consider this approach in the course of the pilot program. A separate commenter suggested using tiers to measure employer engagement with concrete examples. The Departments also will further consider this suggestion of a tiered approach.
The preamble to the NPRM also requested feedback regarding whether a single metric for this indicator would sufficiently capture effectiveness in serving employers or if this indicator should encompass a combination of metrics, as well as how these metrics could most effectively be combined. A number of commenters expressed concern or disinterest with using a single metric to measure effectiveness in serving employers.
A few other commenters who expressed support for using multiple metrics for this indicator recommended a list of core functions to indicate the effectiveness in serving employers, with the list of core functions including strategic planning with business to identify business needs; outreach and recruitment; hiring; retention; training, consultation services, and other customized services; and business customer satisfaction with services provided. One commenter added preparing workers for in-demand industries and occupations and the percentage of participants who earn an industry credential. Some commenters also mentioned fill rate—the number of job seekers placed against the number of open job orders in the system—and employer referrals. A few commenters stated that there is insufficient clarity on the employer satisfaction indicator and the meaning of effectiveness.
In addition, through the implementation of the previously mentioned pilot program, the Departments will seek to discover the best methods for assessing how well workforce development aligns with business needs. There were a number of noteworthy measures suggested by State workforce agencies and nonprofit organizations, some of which will be included in the pilot, giving the Departments an opportunity to review some of the alternative methods that would help States to improve current relationships and establish strong future relationships with local employers, such as using the fill rate, employer referrals, the level of employer engagement, allowing any additional measure that the Governor may establish relating to services for employers, participation in targeted sector partnerships, the inclusion of recruitment, training, and other pre-hire services as part of the performance metric, using tiers to measure employer engagement, and the use of already existing electronic, or wage record data along with a myriad of other valuable recommendations. The Departments acknowledge the value of using a combination of metrics as pointed out by a number of commenters and will seek to delve further into the benefits of such an option through the use of the upcoming pilot program. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
In response to the comment requesting that the measurement of effectiveness of serving employers be eliminated as an indicator for the AEFLA program, the Departments have no authority to exempt AEFLA programs from the indicator regarding effectiveness in serving employers. WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A) explicitly requires that the State primary indicators of performance for the AEFLA activities authorized under title II, as well as for other specified programs and activities, shall include indicators of effectiveness in serving employers. In response to concerns about programs being required to account for factors beyond their control, the Departments refer to § 677.170 and the associated discussions regarding factors to be considered when coming to agreement on negotiated levels of performance, including the objective statistical model. The Departments have provided a summary of comments raised at stakeholder meetings and during the regulatory process above. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
As previously stated, a great deal of discussion regarding these and other proposed methods for measuring this indicator took place during previous webinars and town halls with State workforce agencies, members of the employer community, and other stakeholders. The outcome of these discussions was the three options listed within the NPRM. Understanding the importance of receiving extensive feedback on this issue, the Departments requested further input via the NPRM and the proposed WIOA Joint Performance ICR, the responses for which can be found on regulations.gov. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
The Departments have added language in the Joint WIOA Final Rule at § 677.150(a)(2)(i) to exclude individuals receiving services under sec. 225 of WIOA from all primary performance indicators for purposes of performance accountability, except the measurable skill gains indicator (§ 677.155(a)(1)(v)). This is because the measurable skill gains indicator is the only performance indicator applicable to this population. In so doing, the Departments ensure programs serving these individuals will not be inadvertently subject to low performance levels with regard to those indicators not applicable to sec. 225 participants.
Section 677.150(a)(2)(ii) allows the Secretaries of Labor and Education to make further decisions as to the participants to be included in calculating program performance levels for other purposes that are necessary with regard to any of the primary performance indicators. Further information about those exclusions is provided through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR and related guidance.
Paragraph (b) of § 677.155 remains unchanged from that proposed in the NPRM. The Departments did not receive any comments regarding this provision.
Paragraph (c) of § 677.155 implements the primary indicators for the WIOA title I youth program, as described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to public comments.
The fourth primary indicator for youth measures attainment of a recognized postsecondary credential, or secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, by participants who are enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in on-the-job training or incumbent worker training), subject to the caveat that such participants only are measured as successes if the participant is also employed or enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year from program exit. The language of this indicator is the same as the indicator in § 677.155(a)(1)(iv). The Departments have provided an in-depth explanation of this in the preamble for § 677.155(a)(1)(iv) above and refer readers to this section for more information on this indicator. No particular comments were received regarding the implementation of the fourth primary youth indicator, other than discussed above. The Departments are implementing § 677.155(c)(4) as revised.
The fifth primary indicator documents measurable skill gains. The language of this indicator is the same as the indicator in § 677.155(a)(1)(v). The Departments have provided an in-depth explanation of these changes in the preamble for § 677.155(a)(1)(v) above. No particular comments were received regarding the implementation of the fifth primary youth indicator, other than discussed above. The Departments are implementing § 677.155(c)(5) as revised and discussed in more detail above with respect to § 677.155(a)(1)(v).
The sixth primary indicator measures effectiveness in serving employers. The Departments' approach for measuring this indicator and the resulting changes to the regulatory text are discussed in significant detail in the preamble discussion for § 677.155(a)(1)(vi) above and that approach is applicable for this indicator for purposes of calculating performance under the title I youth program.
The Departments understand that the VR program pays for training and education needed for individuals, including youth, to obtain employment. Because the youth indicators in § 677.155(c) are not applicable to the VR program, State VR programs are not required to report outcomes under the youth indicators. Adult and youth performance outcomes can be differentiated in the RSA-911 data, as has always been the case, with no need for additional reporting burden.
Section 677.160, which implements sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA, identifies the information States are statutorily required to report in the State performance report, including levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance. No substantive changes have been made to this section.
Paragraph (a)(1) of § 677.160 requires the total number of participants served and total number of participants exited, disaggregated by the number of individuals with barriers to employment and by numbers of participants co-enrolled in core programs. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
With regard to the discrete disability categories, RSA currently collects a number of data elements, including the primary and secondary disability type, for individuals who have been determined eligible for VR services and would be considered a “reportable individual.” The data can be disaggregated in different categories, including by disability type. The final RSA-911, which is published concurrently with this Joint WIOA Final Rule, has been revised to align with the additional WIOA requirements. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
With respect to § 677.160(a)(3) (4), (6), and (7), the Departments have revised the regulatory text to address commenter requests for clarity. The previous language at § 677.160(a)(3) referred to “the total number of participants and exiters who received career and training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program.” This has been revised to refer to “the total number of participants who received career services and the total number of participants who exited from career services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, and the total number of participants who received training services and the total number of participants who exited from training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years as applicable to the program.” In so doing, the Departments make clear that career services and training services are two different types of services, not one type of service. The revised language is also more consistent with the statutory provision by referring to “participants who exited” rather than “exiters” since these final regulations define “exit,” not “exiter.” A similar revision was made to § 677.160(a)(4). Likewise, proposed § 677.160(a)(6) previously referred to “the amount of funds spent on each type of career and training service for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years.” This language has been revised to refer to “the amount of funds spent on career services and the amount of funds spent on training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program.” A similar revision was made to § 677.160(a)(7). These changes clarify that the Departments interpret sec. 116(d)(2)(D) to require the collection and reporting on participants who receive career services and participants who receive training services, as well as participants who exited from career services and training services, as a single point of collection and thus does not require an itemized collection and reporting on each of the various career services or each of the various training services that a program provides. Instead, the amount to be reported is the total amount spent on career services and the total amount spent on training services.
No particular comments were received in regard to § 677.160(a)(4).
Paragraph (a)(5) of § 677.160 requires reporting on the percentage of participants who obtained training-related employment through WIOA title I, subtitle B programs.
Paragraphs (a)(6) and (a)(7) of § 677.160 require reporting on the amount of funds spent on career services and training services, and the average cost per participant for participants receiving career services and training services.
Paragraph (a)(8) of § 677.160 requires that States report on the percent of the State's annual WIOA allotment expended on administrative costs.
Paragraph (a)(9) of § 677.160 requires information that facilitates comparisons with programs in other States.
A few commenters warned that obtaining the data would be difficult and suggested that the measure should be left to the discretion of the State or local government. Commenters recommended that the provision should be part of the continuous improvement process at the local level. In addition to the approach described above, the Departments also are interested in the work that has been developed and used at the State and local levels with regard to customer satisfaction, as well as what actions States and Local areas have and will take in response to such feedback.
Paragraph (b) of § 677.160 prohibits the disaggregation of data for a category in the State performance report if the number of participants in that category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information.
The Departments did not impose a minimum disaggregation level in this section of the NPRM or this Joint WIOA Final Rule and will provide additional clarity through guidance regarding aggregation that is statistically significant and reliable yet protects the identity of individuals served through the programs. In developing such guidelines and guidance, the Departments have considered industry standards such as those established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the confidentiality regulations for the VR program at 34 CFR 361.38, the UC confidentiality regulations found at 20 CFR part 603, the Social Security Act sec. 1137(a)(5) as well as State laws that govern aggregation levels and factors that can be used to affect the level of suppression required to maintain the privacy and confidentiality of participant data. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments. Furthermore, the Departments reiterate their interpretation of this statutory provision of WIOA, as noted in the NPRM at 80 FR 20474, 20589 (April. 16, 2015). As written, WIOA sec. 116(d)(2) requires the performance report to be subject to WIOA sec. 116(d)(5)(C). However, this section refers to Data Validation, and the Departments interpret this reference to requires States to comply with sec. 116(d)(6)(C), which ensures the Departments receive statistically reliable information and protects participants' privacy. The Departments are implementing this regulation as proposed.
Paragraph (c) of § 677.160 requires that the State performance report include a mechanism of electronic access to the State's local area and ETP performance reports. This provision does not require a State to submit the actual local area and ETP performance reports with its State report. Failure to provide a mechanism of electronic access to the State's local area and ETP performance reports will constitute an incomplete State performance report submission, and thus trigger sanctions. No comments were received regarding this electronic access reporting requirement. This section remains unchanged from that proposed in the NPRM.
Paragraph (d) of § 677.160 states that States and local areas must comply with the requirements in sec. 116 of WIOA as explained through joint guidance that the Departments will promulgate. This section remains unchanged from that proposed in the NPRM.
Section 677.165 reflects the WIOA provisions in sec. 116(b)(2)(B) that a State may identify in the Unified or Combined State Plan additional performance accountability indicators. For example, a State could add an indicator for attaining U.S. citizenship, work readiness, completion of work-based learning, or any other indicator of State significance. This provision of additional performance indicators proposed by the State remains
Section 677.170 outlines the process that will be followed and the factors that will be considered in determining adjusted levels of performance. WIOA uses the term “adjusted levels” to refer to both the levels agreed to prior to the start of a program year, as well as the adjustment done using the objective statistical model at the close of the program year. In order to distinguish between the two adjustment processes described in statute, this section was revised to use two different terms for each process, specifically “negotiated levels of performance” and “adjusted levels of performance.” Section 677.170 was revised to provide specific distinctions among expected levels, negotiated levels, and adjusted levels of performance. The section explains the process under which levels of performance are negotiated, adjusted, and then calculated.
The Departments sought comments on whether any additional factors, beyond those identified in the proposed regulation, should be considered in developing the statistical adjustment model, and the best approach to updating the model as necessary.
The regulation reflects the statutory requirement that the objective statistical model consider certain factors. The differences among States in actual economic conditions, as set forth in § 677.170(c)(1) for required inclusion in the statistical adjustment model, include the same economic conditions identified in WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(v)(II)(aa). The characteristics of participants, as set forth in § 677.170(c)(2) for required inclusion in the statistical adjustment
Section 677.175 implements the requirement that States must, consistent with State laws, use quarterly wage record information to measure progress on State and local performance accountability measures, as required by sec. 116(i)(2) of WIOA. Such information includes the intrastate and interstate wages paid to an individual, the individual's SSN, and information about the employer paying the wages to the individual.
After further review of this provision, the Departments recognize that some participants may not be included in quarterly wage records held by the State, such as those participants who refuse to provide a SSN to the program or who may be self-employed. In light of this fact, the Departments have revised § 677.175(a) to make clear that States must use quarterly wage records to the extent they are available; however, States may use other information when such records are not available. In so doing, the Departments ensure that programs may track the participants for performance accountability purposes even if their information is not contained in the State's quarterly wage record system.
The Departments have revised § 677.175(c) to provide that the State agency or appropriate State entity designated to assist in carrying out the performance requirements is responsible for preventing disaggregation that would violate applicable privacy standards. The Departments added the words “applicable” and “standards” to § 677.175(c)(3) to require that the States must consider the privacy standards that apply to them.
With regard to acceptable forms of SSN validation, the Departments note
In the NPRM, the Departments expressed the intent to engage in a renegotiation of the WRIS data sharing agreements with States, which will allow States to conduct interstate wage matches for all WIOA core programs. Like WIA, WIOA similarly provides authority for the Departments to facilitate data matching between the States.
The Departments also refer these commenters to the UC Confidentiality and Disclosure regulations at 20 CFR part 603, which govern the confidentiality and disclosure of, wage record information. It should be noted that the confidentiality provisions apply to PII contained within a wage record and this extends to the absence of data for an individual level as well. The tracking of employment outcomes through wage record matching is subject to 20 CFR part 603 and any applicable Federal and State laws; therefore, there may be some variation in the mechanisms for matching wage record data via the State UC agencies and the process through which any core program enters into and engages under those agreements. Furthermore, regulating access to wage record information is beyond the scope of this part. No change to the regulatory text is being made in response to these comments.
Under WIOA, the WRIS, WRIS2, and CRIS are being reviewed and renegotiated to establish the mechanisms for programs, including those under the jurisdiction of ED, where applicable, to access the quarterly wage data necessary for grantees to fulfill their WIOA performance reporting requirements.
The Departments considered these comments and made no changes to the regulatory text. First, WIOA sec. 116(i)(2) already requires that the wage records of any State receiving program funds are available to any other State to the extent that such wage records are required by the other State in carrying out performance accountability for its State Plan. While the Departments are working to facilitate applicable programs' access to intra- and interstate UI data, the Departments have determined that the conditions and availability of the records outlined within these agreements are not appropriately included in this regulation.
Section 677.180 outlines performance and reporting requirements that are subject to sanctions under sec. 116(f) of WIOA. Section 677.180 provides that the failure to submit the State annual performance report required under sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA is sanctionable, and that sanctions for performance failure are based on the primary indicators of performance. The Departments have revised § 677.180 to correct a statutory citation error in the introductory paragraph (to change WIOA sec. 116(d) to sec. 116(f)). WIOA sec. 116(d) outlines the requirements for performance reports. The correct reference should be to sec. 116(f), which governs sanctions for State failure to meet State performance accountability indicators. No other substantive changes were made to this section.
A few commenters stated that funding and sanctions should be tied to individual programs to ensure that a core program's poor performance does not negatively impact the funding of other core programs.
Section 677.185 outlines the circumstances under which a State may be sanctioned for failure to report under sec. 116(f)(1)(B) of WIOA. No substantive changes were made to this section.
A few other commenters requested clarification regarding what the Departments consider exceptional circumstances under which a State would be exempt from sanctions for failure to report.
Section 677.190 governs how States will be assessed for performance failure and when such failure will result in a financial sanction. Although the Departments have referenced other non-core programs in previous sections of this preamble for part 677, consistent with WIOA sec. 116(b)(2) and 116(f)(1)(B), performance success or failure will be based solely on the performance of the six core programs of WIOA—not other partner programs in the public workforce development system. The Departments have added two new provisions to § 677.190(c) to reflect a phased-in approach for applying sanctions for failure to achieve adjusted levels of performance. In addition, the Departments reiterate that WIOA uses the term “adjusted levels” to refer to both the levels agreed to prior to the start of a program year, as well as the adjustment done using the objective statistical model at the close of the program year. Paragraph (c) was revised to make clear that performance accountability will be based on a comparison of the State's performance with that determined to be the “adjusted levels of performance,” as appropriate. These revisions resulted in renumbering the subsequent paragraphs. Section 677.190(c)(2) provides that, until at least 2 years of complete data are available
The Departments acknowledge that, given the lag in reporting data and the amount of time needed for each indicator to be measured, 2 program years' worth of data for each of the indicators will occur at different times. However, the Departments consider it vital that performance accountability take effect as soon as possible to align with the vision and requirements of WIOA. These revisions provide for an assessment of the overall State program and indicator score when the States have reported at least 2 years of complete data for the indicators. For performance accountability determinations, including the determination of failure to achieve adjusted levels of performance, the Departments will not use data reported prior to July 1, 2016. The Departments note that where historical data that were reported under WIA provide a proxy for the new indicators (at least 2 years of data), it is possible to establish a statistical adjustment model for negotiation of those indicators. Such indicators will be included in the overall State program or overall State indicator score for performance assessment when States have reported 2 years of outcomes under WIOA. The States are still subject to a performance risk plan under § 677.200(b).
Section 677.195 governs what will occur when a sanction is applied to the Governor's Reserve for failure to report or failure to meet adjusted levels of performance. It clarifies that the sanction will be five percent of the amount that could otherwise be reserved by the Governor.
Section 677.195(a)(3) was added so that this section contains the causes of failure as defined in § 677.190(e) by noting that States also are subject to a 5 percent reduction of the Governor's Reserve Allotment for the immediately succeeding program year if the State's score for the same indicator in the same program falls below 50 percent for the second consecutive year. A conforming edit was made to § 677.195(b).
The Departments considered the comments regarding the sanctions to WIOA title I programs being based on
Section 677.200 outlines the circumstances under which a State will be subject to additional administrative actions when determined to be at risk due to low performance on an individual primary indicator, the overall State indicator score, and the overall State program score. No substantive change was made to this section.
Regarding comments about DOL and WDBs setting measurable objectives, defining activities to meet objectives, and determining if objectives were achieved for purposes of the DOL-administered core programs, this will be communicated generally. WIOA articulates certain performance
This section governs which performance indicators apply to local areas and the information that must be included in the local area performance reports. While the arrangement of this section was revised no substantive changes were made to the regulatory text.
Proposed § 677.205(a), (b), and (c) are implemented as proposed.
The Departments made a technical edit to proposed § 677.205(f) to state that States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(3) of WIOA as explained in guidance. The Departments made this revision to clarify our expectations that, to the extent that either Department's guidance merely explains in plain terms the requirements that stem directly from WIOA, the Departments expect States to comply with those statutory requirements.
The Departments recognize that Local WDBs and CEOs are critical partners in the establishment of additional indicators of performance and strongly encourage States to engage and consult with Local WDBs and CEOs in their development. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
Section 677.210 explains how the local performance levels are established. This section has been revised and renumbered in accordance with the distinctions among expected, negotiated, and adjusted levels of performance as described in the preamble to § 677.170. This has resulted in the introduction of the terms “negotiated levels” and “adjusted levels” as it applies appropriately within the process. Additionally, the Departments have added language to mirror provisions in § 677.190 that require 2 years of complete data for any local core program before applying the objective statistical model and establishing adjusted levels of performance.
WIOA sec. 116(c)(2) requires the Local WDB, CEO, and the Governor to negotiate and reach agreement on local levels of performance. The Local WDBs are not included in the process outlined in sec. 116(b) because that process pertains to State accountability, with negotiations occurring between the State and the cognizant Federal agency for the core program. The Departments agree that WIOA requires a meaningful negotiation. The Departments encourage the parties to negotiate which the Departments interpret as requiring open-communication between the parties for the purpose of reaching an agreement on the local performance targets. The Departments emphasize that the purpose of the statistical adjustment model required under sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii) is to enhance objectivity in the development of performance targets as part of the negotiations process. However, because the Departments have concluded that the requirement to negotiate is already conveyed through WIOA and the regulation, the Departments do not consider additional regulatory text necessary to ensure States comply with the requirements contained in sec. 116(c) that pertain to inclusion in the negotiations process. Therefore, no change to the regulatory text has been made in response to this comment.
The Departments also agree that the statistical adjustment model may not adequately account for all of the economic and demographic variables that may affect a local area's performance. Section 677.210(c) requires the negotiations between the Governor, Local WDB, and CEO to include a discussion of the circumstances not accounted for in the model. Because this is already required by the regulation, the Departments did not make a change to the regulatory text in response to this comment.
This section of the regulation governs when local areas are eligible for incentive grants.
The Departments have chosen not to regulate under what specific circumstances a local area be eligible for incentive grants using WIOA funds given that this is at the discretion of the Governor. However, the Departments are considering providing guidance on this topic. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to this comment.
This section explains when a corrective action plan or sanction may be applied to a local area. This section has been revised and renumbered in accordance with the distinctions among expected, negotiated, and adjusted levels of performance as described in the preamble to § 677.170. This has resulted in the introduction of the terms “negotiated levels” and “adjusted levels” as it applies appropriately within the process. Additionally, the Departments have added language to mirror provisions in § 677.190 that require 2 years of complete data for any local core program before applying the objective statistical model and establishing adjusted levels of performance. The Departments also have revised § 677.220(b) to specify that failure occurs when a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance for the same indicator for the same core program authorized under WIOA title I for the third consecutive program year.
This section of the regulation governs the process for an appeal if the local area wishes to appeal a reorganization plan. The Departments received few comments on the proposed text for this paragraph of the regulations. The Departments are implementing this regulation as proposed, except for a revision to § 677.225(d) which is described below.
The Departments revised paragraph (d) of § 677.225, replacing “to impose a reorganization plan” with “on the appeal” for consistency with the relevant WIOA provision. WIOA sec. 116(g) governs the consequences for a local area's failure to meet local performance accountability indicators for the youth, adult, or dislocated worker programs. WIOA sec. 116(g)(2) requires the Governor to develop a corrective action plan if the local area's failure continues for a third consecutive year. The local area and CEO of the local area may appeal this decision to the Governor. The Local WDB and CEO may appeal the Governor's decision on the appeal to the Secretary of Labor. The proposed version of this paragraph stated that the Governor's decision to impose a reorganization plan becomes effective at the time it is issued. However, WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(C) provides that it is the Governor's decision on the appeal, not the reorganization plan, that becomes effective unless the Secretary of Labor rescinds or revises the plan.
Section 677.230 implements the requirements of sec. 116(d)(4) of WIOA, which requires annual ETP performance reports. The ETP performance reports provide critical information, including the employment, earnings, and credentials obtained by individuals in the program of study eligible to receive funding under the adult and dislocated worker formula programs under title I of WIOA. This information will be of significant benefit in assisting WIOA participants and members of the general public in identifying effective training programs and providers. The information will also benefit providers by widely disseminating information about their programs increasing awareness of the program and potentially as a tool to enhance their programs.
Section 677.230(b) has been revised to specify that the registered apprenticeships programs referred to are those registered under the National Apprenticeship Act. This section, in conjunction with 20 CFR 680.400 through 680.530, establishes the minimum requirements for performance information to be provided in the ETP performance reports. Additional information on these requirements and the data to be collected is provided through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR. The Departments inserted “mechanism of” into § 677.230(c) to clarify that the State must provide a mechanism of electronic access to the public ETP performance report in its annual State performance report. This edit was made for consistency with § 677.160(c).
However, other comments suggested the Departments avoid being too prescriptive in order to maximize the accessibility of the reported data. A few commenters suggested that the increased volume of data collection necessitates technical assistance and funding support from DOL.
Under 20 CFR 681.550, DOL allows the use of individual training accounts (ITAs) for out-of-school youth ages 16 to 24. The parameters for this allowance are discussed in the preamble to that section. The Departments clarify here how youth are reported on in the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) eligible training provider performance reports. The Departments clarify that such out-of-school youth are reported on in both the eligible training provider performance report as well as in the State and Local annual reports. Because WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) does not describe such youth, the Departments are clarifying here as well as in the WIOA Joint Performance ICR how these youth program participants are reported on in these reports. When such youth are reported on in the eligible training provider performance reports, their performance is reported using the same performance indicators as prescribed for WIOA adult and dislocated worker participants. Using the same metrics minimizes the burden on ETPs. The Departments note that such youth are excluded from the required reporting identified at § 677.230(a)(1)(i) through (iii) but are included in the counts required by § 677.230(a)(2) through (a)(4). The Departments further note that such youth are additionally reported on in the State and Local annual reports in accordance with §§ 677.155(d), 677.160, and 677.205, as described in those sections. The Departments will provide additional guidance on the treatment of these individuals through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR and in guidance.
• A commenter asserted that many small training providers, particularly those in rural areas, would be unable to comply with ETP performance reporting requirements, which would limit available trainings.
• A commenter expressed concern regarding the burden associated with collecting data reliant on SSNs, stating that many community colleges do not collect student SSNs.
• A commenter described the increased data collection burden associated with obtaining the SSNs for all enrolled students, and, if deemed necessary, establishing data sharing agreements with each of the individual ETPs.
• A commenter asserted that the costs associated with collecting, maintaining, and reporting out data are unknown and will vary depending on the entity responsible for these processes.
• This commenter also suggested that entities applying for inclusion on the State ETPL may not capture the required demographic and programmatic data that would allow for the production of the performance report.
• A few commenters suggested that many of the reporting elements would not be valuable and would impose a significant burden at the State and local level.
Multiple commenters suggested that many training providers do not have the capability or desire to report the proposed level of data on a regular basis, and this will lead to a decrease in training provider participation.
This section of the regulations requires all of the core programs—except for the title II program—to report using individual records, as opposed to aggregate data. While the NPRM would have required that records submitted to DOL must be submitted in one record that is integrated across all core DOL-administered programs, the regulatory text has been revised to read that such records “may” be submitted in an integrated format.
Section 677.240 provides the requirements for data validation of State annual performance reports. It has been revised to specify that performance reports should be consistent with the requirement for data validation in WIOA sec. 116(d)(5).
The “five percent rule” referenced in the comment pertains to an accuracy standard utilized under WIA by DOL for its programs whereby critical data elements with an error rate exceeding five percent were flagged as potentially symptomatic of larger reporting and data quality issues. This will be addressed in guidance.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity that have not been necessary to note elsewhere.
In the section-by-section discussions of each one-stop system provision below, the heading references the DOL CFR part and section number. However, ED has identical provisions at 34 CFR part 361, subpart F (under its State VR program regulations) and at 34 CFR part 463, subpart J (under a new CFR part for AEFLA regulations). For purposes of brevity, the section-by-section discussions for each Department's provisions appear only once—in conjunction with the DOL section number—and constitute the Departments' collective explanation and rationale for each provision. When the regulations are published in the CFR, these joint one-stop regulations will
WIOA reaffirms the role of the one-stop delivery system, a cornerstone of the public workforce development system, and subpart A describes the one-stop delivery system. Although there are many similarities to the system established under WIA, there are also significant changes under WIOA. This subpart, therefore, restates WIA requirements governing one-stop centers, to the extent they are still applicable under WIOA, and embodies a set of reforms that, when implemented effectively, are intended to make significant improvements to the public workforce delivery system. These regulations set forth requirements of the one-stop delivery system as established under WIOA, requiring partners to collaborate to support a seamless customer-focused service delivery network. The regulations require that programs and providers colocate, coordinate, and integrate activities and information, so that the system as a whole is cohesive and accessible for individuals and employers alike. These regulations provide a detailed framework for implementation; however, the Departments acknowledge additional written guidance and technical assistance to the public workforce system is needed to implement the provisions and intentions of WIOA fully. Such guidance and technical assistance was provided during PY 2015 and will continue to be provided and updated with the future development of policies regarding the one-stop delivery system. The ultimate goal is to increase the long-term employment outcomes for individuals seeking services, especially those with significant barriers to employment, and to improve services to employers.
Subpart A describes the one-stop delivery system. It establishes the different types of one-stop centers allowable in each local area, the need for both physical and programmatic accessibility in the one-stop delivery system, and also addresses the use of technology to provide services through the one-stop delivery system. As discussed in §§ 678.305 and 678.310, a local area's one-stop delivery system may be made up of a combination of a comprehensive one-stop center and a network of affiliated sites. When designing the one-stop delivery system, States and Local WDBs must ensure that information on the availability of career services is available at all one-stop center physical locations and access points, including electronic access points, regardless of where individuals initially enter the local one-stop delivery system. The Departments acknowledge that some comments of support were included among comments in this subpart. No changes to the regulatory text were made in response to these comments.
The Departments made several changes to regulatory text in response to comments on subpart A. Most notably, changes were made to § 678.305(d) that clarify what it means to make available a “direct linkage” through technology to provide access to program services and information for those partner programs not physically located in a comprehensive one-stop center.
This section provides that there are responsibilities at the local, State, and Federal levels relative to the establishment and maintenance of the one-stop delivery system.
Providing one-stop center participants with access to program activities and services is the keystone of the one-stop delivery system. “Access” is defined in § 678.305(d), which provides three ways each partner program may meet this requirement: (1) Having a program staff member physically present at the one-stop center; (2) having a staff member from a different partner program physically present at the one-stop center appropriately trained to provide information to customers about the programs, services, and activities available through partner programs; or (3) making available a direct linkage through technology to program staff who can provide meaningful information or services. Options two and three offer a wide range of possibilities to partners. Option two could require varying levels of assistance depending on the program's needs, but this could be as simple as providing a hardcopy TANF benefit application to a participant or directing them to an online form. Direct linkage can take many forms as well, and the Departments received many comments on the definition of this term, as discussed below.
No such requirement exists for the physical presence of a title II staff person at the one-stop center. However, such physical presence may be appropriate as a means to provide access to the title II program, depending upon the particular local area's needs.
Lastly, as long as there is a physical presence of at least one title I program staff member at all times of operation, all other programs have the option to provide “access” through a “direct linkage” that leverages available technologies according to the definitions provided in this section. The Departments, however, encourage partners to strive for a physical presence at one-stop centers to serve customers' needs better.
In addition to the requirement for a physical center in each local area where all required one-stop partners must provide access to their programs, services and activities, consistent with sec. 121(e)(2)(B) of WIOA,,§§ 678.310 and 678.320 provide that the one-stop delivery system may also provide partner programs, services, and activities through affiliated sites or through a network of eligible one-stop partners that provide at least one or more of the programs, services, and activities at a physical location or through an electronically or technologically linked access point, such as a library. The Departments added a reference to 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
This section sets forth the prohibition against standalone Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Services offices. WIOA requires that the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program be colocated with one-stop centers. A Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service office cannot, by itself, constitute an affiliated site. In those cases where the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program is located in an affiliated site, there must be staff of at least one other partner in that affiliated site that is physically present more than 50 percent of the time the center is open.
If there is only one qualifying partner program (
The Departments received no comments for this section and made no substantive changes to the regulatory text. However, the Departments have rephrased the first sentence of the paragraph to improve clarity and readability. The phrase “such as having in place processes to make referrals to” was stricken from its original position; “one-stop center” was added after “comprehensive;” and the phrase “for example, by having processes in place to make referrals to these centers and the partner programs located in them” was inserted at the end of the first sentence. The new sentence reads as follows: “Any network of one-stop partner or specialized centers must be connected to the comprehensive one-stop center and any appropriate affiliate one-stop centers, for example, by having processes in place to make referrals to these centers and the partner programs located in them.” The Departments have made these changes to make this sentence more understandable than originally phrased and do not intend to change the meaning of the sentence or paragraph.
The public workforce system envisioned by WIOA seeks to provide all participants with access to high-quality one-stop centers that connect them with the full range of services available in their communities, whether they are looking to find jobs, build educational or occupational skills, earn a postsecondary certificate or degree, obtain guidance on how to chart careers, or are employers seeking skilled workers. A genuinely seamless, one-stop experience requires strong partnerships across programs that are able to streamline service delivery and align program requirements. In this subpart of the regulation, the Departments describe requirements relating to such one-stop partnerships. Specifically, this subpart identifies the programs that are required partners and their roles and responsibilities, the other entities that may serve as partners, and the types of services provided.
The Departments changed several sections of this subpart in response to comments. While small changes to the regulatory text were made in § 678.410, much more significant changes were made to § 678.415(e), which changed the default one-stop partner under the Perkins Act from the State agency administering that program to a local postsecondary recipient of Perkins funds. Changes to the requirements for local TANF partners have also been made in § 678.430(a)(2) and (d). Two additions were also made to the human services that may be provided as business services in § 678.435(b)(4).
This section lists the one-stop partners required under sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA. Beyond the partners previously required under WIA, WIOA adds the TANF program, administered by HHS, and the Ex-Offender program, administered by DOL under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007, to the list of required partners.
This section provides further clarification that the Governor may determine that TANF will not be a required one-stop partner in a local area(s), but must notify the Secretaries of Labor and HHS in writing of this determination. This implements sec. 121(b)(1)(C) of WIOA. It should be noted that the Governor's decision to exclude TANF from being a required one-stop partner is distinct and separate from the decision to include or not to include TANF in a Combined State Plan. TANF remains one of the many options of programs to be included in a Combined State Plan. Its status as a required one-stop partner does not mean it is required to be included in a Combined State Plan. For all sections regarding TANF, the HHS, which administers the program, was consulted extensively.
Partnerships across programs are critical to supporting the one-stop vision for service delivery. Section 678.410 reinforces sec. 121(b)(2)(B)(vii) of WIOA, which states that other Federal, State, local, or private sector entities that carry out workforce development programs may serve as additional one-stop partners if the Local WDB and CEOs approve.
This section provides a general definition of the entities that carry out the programs identified in §§ 678.400 and 678.410 and serve as the one-stop partners. The regulation defines an entity as the grant recipient, administrative entity, or other organization responsible for administering the funds of the specified program in the local area. The term “entity” does not include service providers that contract with, or are subrecipients of, the local administrative entity. The regulation notes that for programs that do not have local administrative entities, the responsible State agency should be the one-stop partner.
Section 678.410(d) lists the entity that acts as the WIOA title I one-stop partner for national programs in any particular local area. While YouthBuild was listed in the NPRM as one of these national programs, the paragraph failed to list which entity would serve as the one-stop partner. Just as for the Indian and Native American and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs, the grantee of the YouthBuild program is the entity that will serve as the one-stop partner in a local area. The regulatory text has been amended to convey this and correct the omission in the NPRM.
This section describes and elaborates upon the statutory responsibilities of the one-stop partners. These responsibilities and corresponding WIOA provisions are identified and summarized in paragraphs (a) through (e) of § 678.420. Jointly funding services is a necessary foundation for an integrated service delivery system. All partner contributions to the costs of operating and providing services within the one-stop delivery system must be proportionate to the benefits received and also must adhere to the partner program's Federal authorizing statute and to Federal cost principles requiring that costs are reasonable, necessary, and allocable. The requirement in § 678.420(e), to provide representation on State and Local WDBs, is new in WIOA and is required only of core programs; WIA only required one-stop partner representation on Local WDBs, and required it for all one-stop partner programs. The Departments have begun issuing guidance and providing the system with technical assistance on matters related to this section and will continue to do so.
A few commenters recommended rewording this section to state that not all one-stop partners are required to be members of the State and Local WDBs.
WIOA requires one-stop partners to deliver applicable program-specific career services. This regulation clarifies that an applicable career service is a service identified in § 678.430 and is an authorized program activity.
In response to the comments regarding concerns that the “meaningful assistance” requirement to help individuals file UI claims is overly burdensome, the Departments note that § 678.430(a)(10)(i) provides flexibility to States regarding implementation by providing a menu of options for States to meet the requirement. The regulation does not mandate the service delivery methodology. Options include the ability to provide the service remotely as long as it is provided by trained and available staff within a reasonable time. The Departments also note that this requirement is targeted to individuals who need assistance and is not intended to replace State processes for taking claims remotely, either online or by phone. The Departments have not provided a definition of reasonable time because that varies by circumstances. The Departments have made no changes to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
Another commenter asked for guidance on defining “and assistance” in the requirement to provide “information and assistance regarding filing claims for unemployment compensation.” Another commenter expressed support for the proposed expanded definition of “enhanced career services” including UI claims filing assistance and eligibility assessments.
The Departments have determined that allowing customers in need of career services to have the opportunity to initiate an application for TANF benefits at one-stop centers is not counterproductive or unhelpful. On the contrary, providing for a family's unmet needs via a TANF benefit is crucial to ensuring progress and success in meeting career service objectives.
The Departments affirm the NPRM preamble explanation on the identification and delivery of career services (restated below) absent a definition of career services in the TANF statute.
The TANF statute does not include a definition for career services. Accordingly, the TANF State grantees must identify any employment and related support services that the TANF program provides (within the particular local area) that are comparable with the career services as described in this section.
The one-stop delivery system is intended to serve both job seekers and businesses. Similar to job seekers, businesses should have access to a truly one-stop experience in which high quality and professional services are provided across partner programs in a seamless manner. Labor markets are typically regional, but programs often design service delivery strategies around State and local geographic boundaries. Effective business services must be developed in a manner that supports engagement of employers of all sizes in the context of both regional and local economies, but should avoid burdening employers, for example, with multiple uncoordinated points of contact. Section 678.435(a) lists required business services. Section 678.435(b) States that local areas have flexibility to provide services that meet the needs of area businesses and must carry out these activities in accordance with relevant statutory provisions.
Business services related to job accommodations and assistive technology for individuals with disabilities have been included at § 678.435(b)(4)(vi) to encourage not only these specific practices, but also the provision of other disability hiring services and general disability awareness. Information on local, State, and Federal tax credits is already listed as a possible business service to be provided under § 678.435(c)(6). The Departments do not consider information on work experience options, suggested by the commenter, as a business service and have not added this to § 678.435(c).
WIOA allows customized employer-related services to be provided on a fee-for-service basis. Section 678.440 clarifies that there is no requirement that a fee-for-service be charged to employers. The Local WDBs, however, should examine available resources and assets to determine an appropriate cost structure. These Boards may also provide such services for no fee. The regulatory text was revised to add paragraph (d) to explain that fees earned are program income.
This subpart describes the requirements for the MOU between the Local WDB, CEO, and the one-stop partners relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area. The Local WDB acts as the convener of MOU negotiations and shapes how local one-stop services are delivered. One comment concerning the extension of existing MOUs to cover one-stop operations in PY 2016 was very pertinent and, as explained below, helped inform the Departments' decision on the implementation of the State funding mechanism, although this decision did not affect the regulatory language in subpart C. As explained in greater detail below, the Departments promulgate this subpart with no substantive changes.
Section 678.500 describes what must be included in the MOU executed between the Local WDB, with the agreement of the CEO, and the one-stop partners relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area.
Section 678.505 establishes that a Local WDB and one-stop partners may develop a single “umbrella” MOU that applies to all partners, or develop separate agreements between the Local WDB and each partner or groups of partners. Under either approach, the MOU requirements described in § 678.500 apply. The Departments encourage States and local areas to use “umbrella” MOUs to facilitate transparent, flexible agreements that are not burdensome so that partners may focus upon service delivery.
Section 678.510 describes the collaborative and good-faith approach Local WDBs and partners are expected to use to negotiate MOUs. “Good-faith” negotiations may include fully and repeatedly engaging partners, transparently sharing information, and maintaining a shared focus on the needs of the customer. Section 678.510(a) allows Local WDBs, CEOs, and partners to request assistance from a State agency responsible for the program, the Governor, State WDB, or other appropriate parties when negotiating the MOU. The Departments acknowledge that additional guidance and technical assistance will be needed on MOU requirements and negotiating infrastructure funding agreements. The Departments will issue guidance on this topic. Ongoing technical assistance will be made available to the public workforce system as well.
This subpart addresses the role and selection of one-stop operators. Unlike the other subparts in this Joint WIOA Final Rule, this subpart is administered primarily by DOL. DOL and ED agreed that the subpart should remain in this part of the Joint Rule, so that all of the subparts having to do with one-stop requirements are together. However, unlike the rest of part 678, this portion of the preamble refers mainly to DOL. For this reason, any reference to “the
Section 121(d)(2)(A) of WIOA only allows for selection of a one-stop operator through a competitive process. This subpart uses the term “selection” of one-stop operator through a competitive process, rather than “designation” or “certification” to avoid confusion. The competitive process established by this subpart requires States to follow the same policies and procedures they use for procurement from non-Federal funds as allowed under the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 200.317. All other non-Federal entities, including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas), are required to use a competitive process based on the procurement standards in the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326.
Unlike under WIA, there is no “designation” or “certification,” separate from the competitive selection requirements, of any entity as a one-stop operator, including a Local WDB. For Local WDBs, WIOA imposes an additional step beyond the competitive selection. Section 107(g)(2) of WIOA states that a Local WDB may be designated or certified as a one-stop operator only with the agreement of the CEO in the local area and the Governor. DOL interprets this provision to create an additional requirement for situations in which a Local WDB is selected to be a one-stop operator through the competitive process as required under WIOA sec. 121(d)(2)(A) and as described in this subpart at § 678.605(c). In situations in which the outcome of the competitive selection process is the selection of the Local WDB itself as the one-stop operator, WIOA sec.107(g)(2) requires that the Governor and CEO approve the selection.
The DOL received many public comments regarding the impact of competition on local services. In response to these comments, changes were made to § 678.605, simplifying the language regarding the procedures to be followed in conducting a one-stop operator selection competition. Some minor changes were also made to §§ 678.620 and 678.635 for clarity and consistency.
Sections 678.600(a) through (d) describe who may operate a one-stop center. As stated in paragraph (a), WIOA allows a one-stop operator to be a single eligible entity or a consortium of entities. Consortia, like single entities, must be selected through a competitive process. Eligible entities identified in WIOA sec. 121(d)(2)(B). Section 678.600(c)(6) clarifies that a Local WDB, with the approval of the chief elected official and the Governor, may serve as the one-stop operator. Section 678.600(c)(7) clarifies that another interested organization or entity, which is capable of carrying out the duties of the one-stop operator, may serve as the one-stop operator. Section 678.600(d) repeats the requirement in sec. 121(d)(3) of WIOA that elementary schools and secondary schools are not eligible to be one-stop operators; however, nontraditional public secondary schools such as night schools, adult schools, or area career and technical education schools are eligible to be operators.
Section 678.600 states that a one-stop operator may be a single entity or a consortium of entities, and that if a consortium consists of one-stop partners, it must include a minimum of three of the one-stop partners described in § 678.400.
Private for-profit entities also are required to adhere to the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200. DOL's adoption of the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 2900.2 expands the definition of `non-Federal entity' to include `for-profit' and `foreign' entities. As such, any private for-profit entity that is a direct grant recipient or subrecipient of a DOL award must adhere to the Uniform Guidance.
Regarding the role of a one-stop operator, § 678.620(a) only requires that the one-stop operator must coordinate the service delivery of required one-stop partners and service providers. A nonexclusive list of other roles that can be assigned to the one-stop operator also exists in paragraph (a) of § 678.620, but the assignment of these or other roles is always at the discretion of the Local WDB.
As stated above, the competitive process applies to both State and locally operated one-stop delivery systems; WIOA is clear that neither Governors nor State WDBs have the sole authority to designate one-stop operators, except under the conditions of a sole source method of procurement as stated in WIOA sec. 123(b). States are expected to conduct a competitive process for the selection of a one-stop operator, with appropriate protections from conflict of interest, per the State's own procurement policies and procedures.
DOL examined the comments received and reviewed the statutory provisions upon which this section is based. WIOA made significant changes to the requirements regarding the selection of one-stop operators. As noted in the preamble to the NPRM, unlike the situation under WIA, WIOA sec. 121(d)(2)(A) only allows selection of a one-stop operation to be made through a competitive process.
The competitive selection process permits more than one method of procurement, and procurement options are outlined in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 300.320. Discussions based on comments made evident that there are many different methods of procurement used appropriately throughout the public workforce system. Moreover, such methods are generally based on the Uniform Guidance when Federal funds are involved. The Department has determined that it is unnecessary to be overly prescriptive in defining the methods of procurement in these regulations. It is the intention of the Department to provide extensive guidance and technical assistance on acceptable methods of procurement, using the Uniform Guidance as a basis. The Department responds to specific substantive public comments on this topic in the remainder of this Final Rule preamble section.
The relationship between these two provisions of WIOA was duly noted and considered by the Departments. After extensive consideration, the Departments have not changed their interpretation of the relationship between WIOA secs. 107(g)(2) and 121(d)(2)(A) as providing that a Local WDB may be designated or certified as a one-stop operator, with the agreement of the CEO and the Governor, only after being selected through a competitive process for the one-stop operator. In the Departments' view, the two provisions read together implement Congress' emphasis on increasing competition among the publicly funded WIOA programs, while also giving the CEO and the Governor the flexibility to approve the competitive selection of a Local WDB as a one-stop operator. The Departments read sec. 121(d)(2)(A) as establishing the governing requirement for competitive selection of one-stop operators with sec. 107(g)(2) imposing an additional requirement when the competitive process results in the selection of the Local WDB. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
The Department has determined that this approach provides sufficient flexibility to enable a range of operators, including current one-stop operators, State agencies, Local WDBs, or consortia of required partners to be selected under a competitive process as one-stop operators.
Section 678.610 explains when and how sole-source selection of one-stop operators is appropriate as a part of a competitive procurement process. The text has been changed from the NPRM to delete the references to the specific acceptable processes in proposed § 678.605(d)(3) and to indicate that State and local entities must follow their own procurement rules in addition to the Uniform Guidance, as appropriate. It also includes requirements about maintaining written documentation regarding the entire selection process, and developing appropriate conflict of interest policies. It states that a Local WDB may be selected as one-stop operator through sole source procurement only with the agreement of the CEO in the local area and the Governor. The Governor must approve the conflict of interest policies and procedures the Local WDB has in place when also serving as the one-stop operator. This is consistent with the Departments' interpretation of sec. 107(g)(2) of WIOA—the section adds an additional check in situations where a Local WDB is selected to be operator.
The Department notes that this section is particularly relevant to the
Section 678.615(a) states that Local Boards may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. Section 678.615(b) allows State or local agencies to compete for, and be selected as, one-stop operators. However, there must also be strong firewalls, internal controls, and conflict of interest policies and procedures in place.
The Department wants to make clear that this approach provides sufficient flexibility to enable a range of operators to compete and be selected, including current one-stop operators, State agencies, Local WDBs, or consortia of required partners.
Section 678.620(a) describes the role of the one-stop operator without prescribing a specific and uniform role across the system. The minimum role that an operator must perform is coordination of all one-stop partners and service providers.
A change was made to this section for clarity. The regulatory text was revised to modify the list of potential roles for the one-stop operator, as chosen by the Local WDB, changing it from “coordinating service providers within the center and across the one-stop system . . .” to “coordinating service providers across the one-stop delivery system.”
Furthermore, WIOA does not permit CEOs to be solely responsible for selecting who carries out each function of a one-stop center; this is something to be set forth in the MOU, as agreed upon by all the local partners and the Local WDB. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
Section 678.625 allows a one-stop operator to also be a service provider. However, the section clarifies that there
Section 678.630 addresses the concern about whether State merit staff can continue to work in a one-stop center where the operator is an entity other than the State. State merit staff support numerous programs at the one-stop center, including Wagner-Peyser Act programs, VR, UI, and the JVSG program. Section 678.630 clarifies that State merit staff may continue to work in the one-stop center so long as a system for the management of merit staff in accordance with State policies and procedures is established. Similar to State merit staff, nothing would prevent local government staff from being employees in the one-stop center, although the Department recognizes that local government employees are not equivalent to the State merit staff, as State merit staff are governed by the requirements attached to specific programs that must be in the one-stop center regardless of operator.
In response to concerns about staffing, the last sentence of § 678.630 has been revised to clarify that continued use of State merit staff for the provision of Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements must be included in the competition for and final contract with the one-stop operator when Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements are being provided.
This section does not circumvent the requirements governing the State VR Program at 34 CFR part 361. In particular, if State VR personnel are
Contrary to the commenter's suggestion, neither the State WDB nor the one-stop operator would assume sole management of State VR personnel employed by the designated State unit responsible for the administration of the VR services program, because such responsibility rests fully with the designated State unit for the VR program. Rather, the State WDB and the one-stop operator would establish a system for management of State VR personnel in accordance with State policies and procedures, consistent with program specific requirements such as that described in 34 CFR 361.13(c).
While no significant policy changes have been made to this section, the date by which Local WDBs must demonstrate they are preparing for the one-stop operator competition process has been changed from June 30, 2016 to [90 days from publication of this Final Rule], in order to give Local WDBs an adequate amount of time to actively respond to the requirements of these regulations.
The regulations governing one-stop partner funding of infrastructure costs and other shared costs are intended to:
(1) Maintain the one-stop delivery system to meet the needs of the local areas;
(2) Reduce duplication by improving program effectiveness through the sharing of services, resources and technologies among partners;
(3) Reduce overhead by streamlining and sharing financial, procurement, and facilities costs;
(4) Encourage efficient use of information technology to include, where possible, the use of machine readable forms and shared management systems;
(5) Ensure that costs are appropriately shared by one-stop partners by basing contributions on proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received, and requiring that all funds are spent solely for allowable purposes in a manner consistent with the applicable authorizing statute and all other applicable legal requirements, including the OMB's Uniform Guidance set forth in 2 CFR chapter II, part 200 (Uniform Guidance); and
(6) Ensure that services provided by the one-stop partners to reduce duplication or to increase financial efficiency at the one-stop centers are allowable under the partner's program.
Infrastructure costs are the responsibility of all one-stop partner programs, whether they are physically located in the one-stop center or not. Each partner's contribution to these costs, however, may vary, as these contributions are to be based on the proportionate use and relative benefit received by each program, consistent with the partner programs' authorizing laws and regulations and the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200. Section 121(h)(1)(A) of WIOA establishes two funding mechanisms—a local funding mechanism and a State funding mechanism. Under WIOA sec. 121(c), the Local WDBs must enter into MOUs that cover, in part, the amount each partner will contribute toward the one-stop center's infrastructure costs. The Departments strongly encourage Local WDBs to reach agreement. If the Local WDB fails to reach agreement with each of the partners with regard to the amount each partner will contribute to the one-stop delivery system's infrastructure costs pursuant to WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(i)(I), the local area is considered to be at an impasse. When a local area fails to reach such agreement, the State funding mechanism is triggered pursuant to WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(ii).
As discussed in more detail in the analysis of comments regarding § 678.725, the State funding mechanism, in the event a local area fails to reach agreement with the one-stop partners, will not be triggered prior to PY 2017. In other words, the failure of a local area to reach an agreement with regard to the funding of the one-stop centers' infrastructure costs for PY 2017 (which begins July 1, 2017), would trigger the State funding mechanism, in order to provide that funds are available to pay for the one-stop delivery system's infrastructure costs in PY 2017. In specific instances, the triggering of the State funding mechanism will be based on the guidance developed by the Governor under § 678.705(b)(3) as to the timeline for notifying the Governor that the local area was unable to reach agreement. The same would be true for each subsequent program year. States and local areas may continue to negotiate local funding agreements as they have under WIA for the purposes of PY 2016.
The Departments have determined this interpretation is most consistent with the plain meaning of the statutory provision, because all negotiations for purposes of the one-stop delivery system's infrastructure costs for PY 2016, which begins on July 1, 2016, as well as the implementation of a State funding mechanism, would need to occur well before the start of PY 2016 in order to provide funding for the one-stop delivery system in PY 2016. However, sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(ii) makes clear that the State funding mechanism does not apply until negotiations fail to result in an agreement after the start of PY 2016, which, by necessity, would make it applicable beginning with PY 2017, and then for all subsequent program years.
For PY 2017 and all subsequent program years, when a local area fails to reach an agreement, thereby triggering the implementation of the State funding mechanism pursuant to sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(ii), the Governor, or in some cases other officials as described in § 678.730(c)(2) and in more detail below, after consultation with State and Local WDBs and CEOs, will determine the amount each partner must contribute to assist in paying the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers. The Governor, or other official in consultation with the Governor, as appropriate, must calculate amounts based on the proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received by each partner and other factors stated in § 678.737(b). The amounts contributed by each one-stop partner in a local area will be based on an infrastructure cost budget determined either by local agreement, as stated in § 678.735(a), or by formula, as stated in § 678.735(b)(3) and in accordance with the remainder of § 678.745 and sec. 121(h)(3)(B) of WIOA. Section 678.738(c) sets forth the limitation for one-stop partners' contributions under the State funding mechanism, based on a percentage of their statewide funding allocation, in accordance with WIOA sec.121(h)(2)(D)(ii).
Section 678.700 provides the definition for infrastructure costs based on sec. 121(h)(4) of WIOA. In addition, the section adds common one-stop delivery system identifier costs. These costs are those associated with signage and other expenses related to the one-stop common identifier, as required by subpart G of this part.
Jointly funding services is a necessary foundation for an integrated service delivery system. Section 678.700(c) explains that a partner's contributions to the costs of operating and providing services within the one-stop delivery system must adhere to the partner program's Federal authorizing statute, and to all other applicable legal requirements, including the Federal cost principles that require that costs must be allowable, reasonable, necessary and allocable. These requirements and principles will help one-stop partners identify an appropriate cost allocation methodology for determining partner contributions. There are a variety of methods to allocate costs, for instance: based on the proportion of a partner program's occupancy percentage of the one-stop center (square footage); the proportion of a partner program's customers compared to all customers served by the one-stop; the proportion of partner program's staff compared to all staff at the one-stop; or based on a partner program's use of equipment or other items that support the local one-stop delivery system. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on this section follows immediately below.
Furthermore, an additional section of regulatory text on this subject was added to the DOL WIOA Final Rule at 20 CFR 680.350. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
WIOA allocates equitably the cost responsibility for operating the one-stop delivery system across partner programs; therefore, it is not the intention that any one partner bear a disproportionate share of the costs. The Departments do not agree with the conclusion that if the costs identified by the commenters are not included in infrastructure costs they will fall on WIOA title I funds. Costs that are related to services shared by partners that do not fall into the definition of infrastructure costs should be treated as other shared costs according to WIOA sec. 121(i)(2) and § 678.760 of these regulations.
Section 678.705 includes certain requirements for the Governor's guidance, including establishing roles, defining equitable and efficient methods for negotiating around infrastructure costs, and establishing timelines for local areas. These requirements are essential to ensuring a consistent approach to the Governors' guidance across States. This allows for one-stop certification, competition of the one-stop operator, and inclusion of infrastructure funding agreement terms into the local State Plan in appropriate timeframes. Based on comments received, the Departments have concluded that the Governor's guidance and technical assistance will be of greatest value to the public workforce system in implementing the provisions
The DOL's previous Financial Management Technical Assistance Guide published for WIA remains useful for an overview of cost allocation methodologies. See
Section 678.710 indicates that sec. 121(h)(1)(A) of WIOA establishes two methods for funding the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers: A local funding mechanism and a State funding mechanism. Both methods utilize the funds provided to one-stop partners by their authorizing statutes. There is no separate funding source for one-stop infrastructure costs. The Departments received no comments on this section and made no changes to the regulatory text.
To use the local funding mechanism, Local WDBs, in consultation with CEOs, must engage one-stop partners early in discussions about one-stop center locations, costs, and other services, so that all parties can make decisions cooperatively and reach consensus about funding infrastructure costs. WIOA does not place any limitations on contributions under the local mechanism; however, partner programs' contributions must be in compliance with their Federal authorizing statutes and other applicable legal requirements, including administrative cost limitations, and represent each partner's proportionate share, consistent with the Uniform Guidance. Under this section, agreement is achieved when all of the one-stop partners sign an MOU with the Local WDB, which includes a final agreement regarding funding of infrastructure that includes the elements listed in § 678.755, or an interim funding agreement that includes as many of these elements as possible. A detailed discussion of the Departments'
The regulatory text in § 678.715 has been revised to clarify that cash, non-cash, and third-party in-kind contributions may be provided by, or on behalf of, one-stop partners to cover their proportionate share of infrastructure costs and to provide further agreement on the terms with definitions provided in the Uniform Guidance. These terms are further defined in § 678.720(c).
Non-cash contributions, which are separate from third-party in-kind contributions, are comprised of receipts for current expenditures incurred by one-stop partners on behalf of the one-stop center and non-cash resources such as goods or services, or the documentation of supporting costs for items owned by the partner's program and used by the one-stop center.
For example, imagine a partner's proportionate share of the one-stop operating costs is $15,000. The partner does not have sufficient cash or other resources to fund its share fully, and wishes to donate (not for its own individual use) gently used surplus computer equipment. The computers at the time of the donation have a value determined in accordance with the requirements of 2 CFR 200.306 of $10,000. The partner would be able to use the $10,000 value as part of the resources provided to fund the shared costs.
Third-party in-kind contributions are contributions of space, equipment, technology, nonpersonnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop center operations, by a non-one-stop partner to support the one-stop center in general (rather than a specific partner), or contributions by a non-one-stop partner of space, equipment, technology, nonpersonnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop center operations, to a one-stop partner to support its proportionate share of one-stop infrastructure costs.
There are two types of third-party in-kind contributions: General contributions to one-stop operations (
For example, a general in-kind contribution could be a city government allowing the one-stop to use city space rent-free. These in-kind contributions would not be associated with one specific partner, but rather would go to support the one-stop generally and would be factored into the underlying budget and cost pools used to determine proportionate share. The result would be a decrease in amount of funds each partner contributes, as the overall budget will have been reduced.
The second type of in-kind contribution could be a third-party contribution to a specific partner to support one-stop infrastructure. For example, an employer partner provides assistive technology to a VR program that then gives it to the one-stop center. So long as assistive technology was in the one-stop operating budget's infrastructure costs, the partner could then value the assistive technology in accordance with the Uniform Guidance and use the value to count towards its proportionate share. Prior to accepting in-kind contributions from a partner (via a third-party donor), there would need to be agreement among the partners on cost allocation methodology to ensure that other infrastructure operating costs are sufficiently covered through cash and noncash contributions.
Both non-cash and in-kind contributions must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 and reconciled on a regular basis to ensure that they are fairly evaluated and meeting the partners' proportionate share.
All partner contributions, regardless of the type, must be reconciled on a regular basis (
Section 678.720 explains the funds that one-stop partners may use to pay for one-stop infrastructure costs. In funding the one-stop infrastructure costs, partner programs must satisfy the requirements of their authorizing statutes and regulations. Further, all one-stop partners must work together to administer the partner programs and the one-stop and other activities of the core programs under WIOA as efficiently and effectively as possible. This will ensure that, as recipients and stewards of Federal funds for all of these programs, the partners and their subrecipients, when allowable under a partner program's authorizing statute, administer these programs and activities to meet all applicable legal requirements and goals. It is important to note that the different Federal statutes and regulations of partner programs define administrative costs slightly differently. Some programs' statutes and regulations define all of the infrastructure costs listed in § 678.700 as administrative costs, while other programs' statutes and regulations define some of the infrastructure costs as administrative costs, and some as program costs. Under § 678.720 of these final regulations, one-stop partner programs must adhere to the administrative and program cost limitations and requirements to which they are subject.
Several changes were made to this section in response to public comments received by the Departments on the NPRM. In § 678.720(a), language was added clarifying that, for WIOA title I programs, infrastructure costs may be considered program costs. Also in paragraph (a), a distinction was made between title II programs and programs authorized under the Perkins Act. Because the proposed Joint Final Rule had designated the State eligible agency under the Perkins Act as the required one-stop partner, it consequently required that infrastructure costs be paid from the funds reserved by the State eligible agency for State administrative expenses. The joint Final Rule, instead, designates that the Perkins one-stop partner is the eligible recipient at the postsecondary level, or a consortium of eligible recipients at the postsecondary level in a local area. Consequently, the joint Final Rule requires that infrastructure costs under the Perkins Act be paid from funds available for Perkins postsecondary recipients' local administrative expenses, or from other funds made available by the State. The Joint Final Rule also changes the source of infrastructure funding for the title II program, specifying that these costs be paid from the funds available for local administrative expenses or from non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions.
Also the Departments added a new paragraph (c) and associated subparagraphs to § 678.720 in response to requests for further clarification, which cover the distinctions between and definitions of cash, non-cash, and third-party in-kind contributions to meet partner programs' infrastructure costs contribution obligations. In addition, the Departments provided operating guidance and technical assistance to the public workforce system, and will continue to provide such assistance, as needed. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on this section follows immediately below.
The NPRM permitted the State eligible agency to use non-Federal funds that it contributes to meeting the program's matching or maintenance of effort requirements for infrastructure costs under both the local and State-level infrastructure funding mechanisms. Upon further review, the Departments have determined that providing States and local entities even greater flexibility to leverage non-Federal resources to pay infrastructure costs is appropriate.
The text of §§ 678.720 and 678.740 have been revised to provide that funds for infrastructure costs for the adult education programs under the local funding mechanism and State funding mechanisms, respectively, must include Federal funds available for local administration of the programs and non-Federal resources that are cash, non-cash, or in-kind or third-party contributions.
The Departments have concluded that WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(i) requires that consensus agreement on the methods of sufficiently funding the costs of infrastructure be reached in negotiations, beginning July 1, 2016. The Departments informed the public and all relevant parties that this section of the WIOA regulations will not be implemented for PY 2016. The workforce development system was informed of this decision through the issuance of a Frequently Asked Question (FAQ) that was posted on agency Web sites on January 28, 2016 (see
Section 678.725 states that failure to sign the MOU containing the final infrastructure funding agreement or interim agreement by the beginning of each program year would trigger the State funding mechanism. This section states that Local WDBs must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor's infrastructure guidance developed under § 678.705(b)(3) if the local partners cannot reach consensus. The State will monitor the local areas to address violations of the Governor's guidance. The Governor's guidance might establish an earlier date for notification of a lack of consensus to the State, or of milestones or decision points in the negotiation process, to ensure the uninterrupted services of the one-stop services in the local area. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on this section follows immediately below.
The framework used to determine contributions, however, would be the same for all contributors statewide (see § 678.730). It also should be noted that, while under the local funding mechanism partner programs may contribute through any funds allowed by their authorizing statutes, under the State funding mechanism, infrastructure funds must come from administrative funds for the majority of partner programs.
This section—as well as §§ 678.735 and 678.740—has undergone significant changes from the NPRM in both content and structure, although the core principles of the State funding mechanism remain the same. Several sections have been added to both break the previous section into more concise parts and to provide further clarity and structure to the State funding mechanism regulations, including § 678.731, which outlines the steps to implement the State mechanism. The Departments recognize that the State
As outlined in § 678.730(b)(1) through (3) of this section, the framework for the State funding mechanism consists of three essential steps to be performed by the Governor once the State mechanism has been triggered by the submission of a notice by the Local WDB that no consensus could be reached in the MOU negotiations:
(1) A budget must be determined for the infrastructure costs for one-stop centers in the local area (§ 678.735).
(2) Each partner's proportionate share must be determined (§§ 678.736 and 678.737).
(3) The calculation of the required funding caps must be made, along with any associated reconsiderations and adjustments to the budget or partner's proportionate share (§ 678.738).
These steps are detailed in §§ 678.731 and 678.735 through 678.738 of the regulatory text and the associated discussion sections below, which include an example scenario. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on this section follows immediately below. Minor changes were made to NPRM § 678.735(b), which covered instances in which the Governor does not determine the infrastructure funding contribution for certain partners, and this section was moved to § 678.730(c) of the Final Rule.
As to the collecting and accounting for funds, the Governor never actually takes possession of any funds, but instead determines a local budget in accordance with § 678.735, as well as partner contributions, and directs partners to pay for their share of infrastructure costs from the individual partner program's funds, as is specified by §§ 678.736 and 678.737. Furthermore, the Governor will not be managing the local plans; the Local WDB and one-stop operator will carry on their duties as under any locally reached agreement. The only difference in the State funding mechanism is that the Governor determines what the infrastructure funding agreement portion of the MOU looks like.
This section was not in the NPRM; and therefore, the Departments did not receive any comments on it directly, but it was created in response to comments that said the State funding mechanism was confusing and overly complex. This section lists the individual steps that must be taken by the Local WDB and the Governor in order to implement the State funding mechanism in order to clarify this process.
In response to comments pointing out the complexity of the State funding mechanism regulations, the original § 678.735 (“How are partner contributions determined in the State one-stop funding mechanism?”) was broken up into four separate sections and considerably expanded to provide more assistance in explaining how this process will work. Section 678.735 now covers the Governor's determination of the one-stop infrastructure budget under the State funding mechanism. This includes a requirement for the Local WDB to provide the Governor with all pertinent materials from the failed local negotiations (§ 678.735(a)), and provisions for a Governor adopting a budget that was agreed upon at the local level (§ 678.735(b)(1) and (2)), as well as for situations when the adoption of such a budget would not be appropriate or is impossible because one was never locally agreed upon (§ 678.735(b)(3)). In the case of the later situation, the Governor must use the formula created by the State WDB for determining the budget, as is described in § 678.745. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on proposed § 678.735 follows immediately below.
In this section of the NPRM preamble, the Departments stated that Native American programs must contribute to infrastructure funding as required one-stop partners and must negotiate with the Local WDB on that contribution amount. Upon further review, the Departments have determined that Native American programs are not required to contribute to infrastructure funding, but as required one-stop partners they are encouraged to contribute. Any agreement regarding the contribution or non-contribution to infrastructure funding by Native
A few commenters stated that the Wagner-Peyser Act and VR program do not distinguish between administrative and programmatic funds, resulting in Wagner-Peyser Act programs in particular providing a disproportionate share of infrastructure costs. The commenters recommended the Departments study the allocation percentages no later than WIOA reauthorization in 2020.
WIOA requires partner contributions determined through the State funding mechanism to come from administrative sources. The ED's Rehabilitation Services Administration (RSA) has revised 34 CFR 361.5(c)(2)(viii) to clarify that the definition of “administrative costs” includes those costs associated with the infrastructure of the one-stop delivery system, regardless of whether the VR partner contribution is determined through the local or State funding mechanism (see ED Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services Final Rule, RIN 1820-AB70, Docket No. ED-2015-OSERS-0001). Historically, infrastructure costs were considered administrative based upon the statutory and regulatory provisions of the VR program. This clarification will ensure one-stop costs are treated in accordance with long-standing practices in the VR program and will ensure that similar costs are not treated differently based upon which funding mechanism is utilized to determine the VR partner infrastructure contribution.
The Departments want to make clear, however, that each program may contribute only an amount that does not exceed its proportionate share in accordance with the Uniform Guidance set forth in 2 CFR part 200 and an agreed-upon cost allocation methodology developed by the one-stop partners. In so doing, neither partner should be paying a disproportionate share because it would not be an allowable cost under the Uniform Guidance and could not be allocable to the program. The question of studying the allocation percentages in advance of the WIOA reauthorization is not pertinent to these regulations.
In addition, cost principle guidance is provided in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200 on the use of Federal funds, and in the existing financial Technical Assistance Guide (TAG) handbooks previously issued by DOL, which are still applicable to WIOA (
This new section was created from portions of proposed § 678.735 in the NPRM in response to comments regarding the complexity of the State funding mechanism. The new § 678.736 details how the Governor is to establish a cost allocation methodology for determining partner programs' proportionate shares of one-stop infrastructure costs. The idea that partner programs should make contributions to infrastructure costs that are proportionate to the benefit they receive from one-stop centers is central to the funding of the one-stop delivery system under WIOA. There are a variety of methods that may be used—
This new section is another created from the NPRM's proposed § 678.735 in response to comments regarding the complexity of the State funding mechanism, and details the steps that should be taken by the Governor to determine partner programs' proportionate share of the one-stop infrastructure costs. In addition to the methodology determined in § 678.736, § 678.737(b)(2) states that the Governor must take into account a number of factors, including the costs of administration of the one-stop delivery system for purposes not related to one-stop centers for each partner, costs associated with maintaining the Local WDB or information technology systems, as well as the statutory requirements for each partner program, all other applicable legal requirements, and the partner program's ability to fulfill such requirements. The Governor may also take into account the extent to which proportionate shares were agreed upon in the failed local negotiations, as well as any other elements of the negotiation process provided to the Governor per § 678.735(a).
This is the final new section created from proposed § 678.735 in response to comments regarding the complexity of the State funding mechanism, covering the caps that apply to program funding that can be designated by the Governor as one-stop infrastructure funding. Paragraph (a) of § 678.738 is a step-by-step instruction on how the Governor is to calculate the cap for each program. First, the Governor determines the maximum potential cap amount in the State by determining the amount of Federal funds provided to the State to carry out a one-stop partner program for the applicable fiscal year multiplied by the cap percentage applicable to that program under paragraph (c) of § 678.738. Second, the Governor selects a factor or factors that reasonably indicates the use of one-stop centers in the State (such as the total population). The Governor then determines the percentage of that factor applicable to the local areas that reached consensus under the local funding mechanism (for example, 70 percent of the State population resides in those areas). This percentage is applied to the amount of the maximum potential cap. The resulting amount (70 percent of the maximum potential amount) is then deducted from the maximum potential cap amount to produce the applicable cap amount for the local areas subject to the State funding mechanism. This approach recognizes that the statewide caps only apply to those local areas that do not reach consensus, and are not applicable to the local areas that reach agreement. Therefore, the actual amounts of infrastructure agreed to in those local areas that reach agreement should not affect the cap amounts available to those local areas that do not reach agreement. Instead, the applicable cap is determined by selection and application of a factor or factors that would reflect the relative expected use of one-stop centers in the local areas subject to the cap.
Paragraph (b) details the requirement that, in aggregate, a program statewide does not exceed the caps, including only those local partner programs in areas under the State funding mechanism (§ 678.738(b)(1)), as well as the steps to be taken in the event that the proportionate share of a partner causes a program's aggregate infrastructure funding to exceed the cap (§ 678.738(b)(1) through (4)).
Paragraph (c) of § 678.738 sets out the specific limitations put on infrastructure funding from each program, and § 678.738(d) gives instructions on calculating the caps for programs for which it is not feasible to determine the amount of Federal funding used by the program until the end of the fiscal or programmatic year. While the methodologies of these programs somewhat differ in application, the methodologies for the CSBG and TANF programs are similar to that used for the Perkins program because in each case the State is asked to make a determination regarding the amount of administrative costs that are related to relevant education, employment, and training activities carried out within the respective program.
The following is an example scenario to determine one partner program's cap: Partner Program A (a WIOA formula program) receives [
The Governor then selects a factor [
Finally, the Governor subtracts this amount [
This means that the aggregate of the infrastructure contributions made by the two local partner programs in local areas operating under the State funding mechanism must not exceed $270,000. This calculation must then be done for all the other partner programs in those local areas.
For the VR program, WIOA sec. 121(h)(2)(D)(ii)(III) and § 678.738(c)(3) establishes the limitations for the amount the VR program can be required to contribute toward the funding of the one-stop delivery system's infrastructure costs. In the first year that the State funding mechanism could be applicable—
In determining the maximum amount that a VR program could contribute toward the one-stop infrastructure costs under the State funding mechanism, the Governor would first have to determine the amount of the VR allotment to the State for the applicable year as described above. Because the allotment amount to any given State could change throughout a Federal fiscal year due to reductions made for maintenance of effort deficits, funds returned for reallotment to other States, and additional funds received by a State in reallotment, a Governor should base the limitations for infrastructure costs on the final VR allotment amount for the State for the applicable Federal fiscal year (WIOA sec. 110 and 111 of the Rehabilitation Act, as amended by title IV of WIOA). The final VR allotment for any Federal fiscal year may not be determined until September 30 of that fiscal year. Prior to that time and for planning purposes, the Governor can use historical data to estimate or project its contributions. However, these fluctuations of the VR allotment in any particular Federal fiscal year should not affect the VR program's percentage that can be attributed to the infrastructure costs under the State funding mechanism because the final VR allotment for any year would be known well before the implementation of the State funding mechanism for any applicable program year.
It is important to note that WIOA sec. 121(h)(2)(D)(ii)(III) refers to a program year (July 1 through June 30), not a Federal fiscal year (October 1 through September 30). However, because the VR program funds are provided to a State on a Federal fiscal year basis, the Departments have interpreted “program year” in this context, for purposes of determining the VR program's funding limitations, as meaning the funds provided to the State to operate the VR program in a Federal fiscal year.
As this section did not exist in the NPRM, the Departments did not receive any comments that directly refer to it, but did receive comments referring to some of the contributing material, which are discussed under § 678.635 of the Final Rule part 678 discussion.
This section describes the funding sources that are used under the State funding mechanism by WIOA title I programs, adult education programs, the Carl D. Perkins program, and other WIOA authorized programs. Changes were made in response to comments to § 678.740(d), which addresses Carl D. Perkins program infrastructure funding sources. Because the State is no longer the default Perkins program partner, the Departments' modified this section to state that Perkins postsecondary recipient one-stop partners may use funds available for administrative expenses to pay infrastructure costs and that these funds may be supplemented by any additional funds the State chooses to make available. A detailed discussion of the Departments' responses to public comments received on this section follows immediately below.
This section also underwent significant changes in response to public comments received that stated that the State WDB formula provisions were confusing, overly complicated, and could violate authorizing statutes. In order to reduce the confusion centered around the formula, step-by-step instructions are provided on how to apply the formula when a locally negotiated budget does not exist. The new provisions only require the use of the formula in specific situations regarding the determination of the one-stop budget by the Governor (
The Departments added paragraph (c) to explain that contributions to the additional costs related to operation of the one-stop delivery system may be cash, non-cash, or third-party in-kind contributions. This addition is consistent with the changes made in § 678.720(c). As a result the remaining paragraphs were renumbered.
Subpart F of part 678 implements the requirements in WIOA sec. 121(g) that the Local WDB certify the one-stop center every 3 years. The certification process is important to setting a minimum level of quality and consistency of services in one-stop centers across a State. The certification criteria allow States to set standard expectations for customer-focused seamless services from a network of employment, training, and related services that help individuals overcome barriers to becoming and staying employed.
The one major change to this section from what was published in the NPRM was made in response to comments regarding the use of the provision of services beyond regular business hours as a certification factor for one-stop centers. While the Departments have retained this as a certification criterion, the language has been changed at § 678.800(b) to make the consideration of this factor conditional on the Local
The regulations in 20 CFR part 678, subpart G and 34 CFR 361.900 and 463.900 promote increased public identification of the one-stop delivery system through use of a common identifier across the nation, consistent with WIOA sec. 121(e)(4). Section 678.900 designates the name “American Job Center” as the common identifier for the one-stop delivery system. This designation was made by the Secretaries after consulting with the heads of other appropriate departments and agencies, representatives of State WDBs and Local WDBs, and other stakeholders in the one-stop delivery system through various means. This was a process started under WIA, and many one-stop centers are already incorporating use of either the “American Job Center” title or the associated tag line “proud partner of the American Job Center network” into their branding.
The major changes in this section in response to comments relate to the date by which rebranding of the one-stop centers is to be complete. The date by which one-stop centers are required to rebrand all of their primary electronic resources, such as Web sites has been changed to [90 days from the publication of this Final Rule] instead of July 1, 2016, which will provide a reasonable time to effectuate this provision. Additionally, any new products and materials printed, purchased or created after [90 days from the publication of this Final Rule] must comply with the new branding requirements. However the Departments have determined that extending the deadline to July 1, 2017 for other branding, including activities, physical products and signage, would allow an appropriate amount of time for the rebranding to be completed. Additionally, the Departments will not object if the one-stop centers continue to use materials not using the “American Job Center” branding which are created before [90 days from the publication of this Final Rule] until those supplies are exhausted.
One commenter expressed support for the proposed common identifier. A few commenters expressed support for the flexibility provided by the use of “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” alongside existing brands. Another commenter supported the use of a common identifier, but cautioned that improper use of the logo, brand, or tagline could dilute the brand or mislead the public. This commenter stated that American Job Center should be utilized only for comprehensive one-stop centers, with “A proud partner of the American Job Center Network” permitted to be used at other sites. The commenter also recommended that the Departments trademark the common identifier.
A few commenters requested clarification regarding the deadline for implementation. They stated that the NPRM regulatory text indicated one-stop centers must utilize the new identifier by July 1, 2016, but the NPRM preamble stated that the identifier be in place during PY 2016, or by June 30, 2017. The commenter requested the later date, reasoning that changing signage and materials by July 1, 2016 would be cost prohibitive.
While one-stop centers will be expected to provide the “American Job Center” or “proud partner of the American Job Center network” branding on any newly printed, purchased or created materials after [90 days from the publication of this Final Rule], this does not require one-stop centers to discard previously obtained materials. The Departments will not object to use of any materials lacking the branding that were printed, purchased, or created before this initial deadline until supplies are exhausted, regardless of the final implementation date of July 1, 2017. Paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 678.900 have been modified to reflect the revision of the date when this policy goes into effect.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity that have not been necessary to note elsewhere.
Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 directs agencies, in deciding whether and how to regulate, to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, including the alternative of not regulating. E.O. 13563 is supplemental to and reaffirms E.O. 12866. It emphasizes the importance of quantifying current and future costs and benefits; directs that regulations be developed with public participation; and, where relevant and feasible, directs that regulatory approaches be considered that reduce burdens, harmonize rules across agencies, and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public. Costs and benefits should include both quantifiable measures and qualitative assessments of possible impacts that are difficult to quantify. If regulation is necessary, agencies should select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. The OMB determines whether a regulatory action is significant and, therefore, is subject to review.
Section 3(f) of E.O. 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as any action that is likely to result in a rule that could:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising from legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in E.O. 12866.
The Final Rule is a significant regulatory action under sec. 3(f) of E.O. 12866. The economic effects of the costs that will result from the changes in this Final Rule are economically significant.
Section V.A.1 describes the need for the Joint WIOA Final Rule and section V.A.2 describes the alternatives that were considered in this rule's NPRM. Section V.A.3 summarizes the public comments received related to the NPRM, and comments received related to the VR program-specific requirements set forth in the NPRM on “State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program; State Supported Employment Services Program; Limitations on Use of Subminimum Wage.” Section V.A.3 also provides the Departments' responses to the comments. Section V.A.4 describes the process used to estimate the costs of this Final Rule and the general inputs used, such as wages and number of affected entities. Section V.A.5 explains updates made to the assumptions and inputs used in the analysis of this Final Rule relative to the assumptions and inputs used in the analysis of the NPRM. Section V.A.5 also describes how these changes affected the costs of this Final Rule. Section V.A.6 describes how the provisions of this Final Rule will result in quantifiable costs and presents the calculations the Departments used to estimate them. Finally, section V.A.7 summarizes the estimated first-year and 10-year total costs and describes the benefits and transfers that may result from this Final Rule.
The DOL and ED, hereafter collectively referred to as “the Departments,” provide the following summary of the Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA):
(1) This Final Rule is a “significant regulatory action” under sec. 3(f)(4) of E.O. 12866 and, accordingly, OMB has reviewed the Final Rule.
(2) This Final Rule is not expected to have a significant cost impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Departments estimate that this Final Rule will generate benefits (including some that take the form of cost reductions). Because of the nature of these benefits, the Departments are not able to quantify them, but rather describe them qualitatively in the “Regulatory Benefits” section. As shown in Exhibit 1, over the 10-year period, this Final Rule is estimated to have an undiscounted total cost of $626.8 million. This is equivalent to an estimated annual cost of $62.7 million. With 7-percent discounting over the 10-year period, the Final Rule will result in an estimated total cost of $495.2 million. This is equivalent to an
The largest contributor to the total cost of the rule is the implementation of performance accountability requirements contained in sec. 116 of WIOA. The largest of these costs include the development and updating of State performance accountability systems, followed by performance reporting requirements, and adjusting levels of performance. See section V.A.6 (Subject-by-Subject Cost-Benefit Analysis) for a detailed explanation.
The Departments were unable to quantify several important benefits to society due to data limitations and lack of existing data or evaluation findings. We qualitatively describe the benefits related to increased alignment of training with local labor markets using economic, education, and workforce data. In addition, based on a review of empirical studies (primarily studies published in peer-reviewed academic publications and studies we sponsored), we identified the following societal benefits: (1) Training services increase job placement rates; (2) participants in occupational training experience higher reemployment rates; (3) training is associated with higher earnings; and (4) State performance accountability measures, combined with the Board membership provision requiring employer/business representation, can be expected to improve the quality of the training and, ultimately, the number and caliber of job placements. We identified several channels through which these benefits might be achieved, including: (1) Better information about training providers enables workers to make more informed choices about programs to pursue; and (2) enhanced services for dislocated workers, self-employed individuals, and workers with disabilities will lead to the benefits discussed above.
In addition, the Departments qualitatively describe an ancillary benefit to the DOL-administered core programs that is expected to result from the integration of DOL program participant records. While the integration of these participant records is not required by WIOA or these implementing regulations, it is highly encouraged. For a detailed description of the regulatory and ancillary benefits of the Final Rule, see section V.A.7 (Summary of Analysis).
Section 503(f)(1) of WIOA requires publication of implementing regulations. These regulations will ensure that States implement requirements under WIOA efficiently and effectively. In addition, such regulations will provide Congress and others with uniform information necessary to evaluate the outcomes of WIOA.
OMB Circular A-4, which outlines best practices in regulatory analysis, directs agencies to analyze alternatives outside the scope of their current legal authority if such alternatives best satisfy the philosophy and principles of E.O. 12866. Although WIOA provides little regulatory discretion, the Departments assessed, to the extent feasible, alternatives to the regulations.
As described in the NPRM, the Departments considered alternatives to accomplish the objectives of WIOA, which also would minimize any significant economic impact on small entities. This analysis considered the extent to which WIOA's prescriptive language presented regulatory options that also would allow for achieving WIOA's programmatic goals. In many instances, we have reiterated WIOA's language in the regulatory text, and have expanded some language to provide clarification and guidance. The additional regulatory guidance should result in more efficient program administration by reducing ambiguities caused by unclear statutory language.
In addition, the Departments considered the issuance of sub-regulatory guidance in lieu of additional regulations. This policy option has two primary benefits to the regulated community. First, sub-regulatory guidance will be issued following publication of the Final Rule, thereby allowing States and local areas additional time to adhere to additional guidance. Second, sub-regulatory guidance is more flexible, allowing for faster modifications and any subsequent issuances, as necessary.
The Departments considered three possible alternatives in the NPRM:
(1) Implement the legislative changes prescribed in WIOA, as noted in this Final Rule, thereby satisfying the legislative mandate;
(2) Take no action, that is, attempt to implement WIOA using existing regulations promulgated under WIA; or
(3) Publish no regulation and rescind existing WIA regulations, which would result in non-compliance with the WIOA requirement to publish implementing regulations.
The Departments considered these three options in accordance with the provisions of E.O. 12866 and concluded that publishing the WIOA Final Rule—that is, the first alternative—was the only appropriate option. We considered the second alternative—retaining existing WIA regulations as the guide for WIOA implementation—but WIOA has changed WIA's requirements substantially enough that new implementing regulations are necessary for the public workforce system to achieve compliance. We considered, but rejected, the third alternative—not to publish implementing regulations and rescind existing WIA regulations—because this option, inherently, does not provide sufficient detailed guidance to implement the statutory requirements effectively.
In addition to the regulatory alternatives noted above, the Departments also considered phasing in certain elements of WIOA over time (different compliance dates), thereby allowing States and localities more time for planning and successful implementation. As a policy option, this alternative appears appealing in a broad theoretical sense and, where feasible, we have recognized and made allowances for different implementation schedules. However, with the exception of these allowances, we are not implementing an alternative that delays certain requirements for the following two reasons: (1) Implementation delays are not operationally feasible because many critical WIOA elements depend on the implementation of other provisions, and (2) the costs associated with additional implementation delays beyond those noted in this Final Rule could outweigh the benefits of alternative starting dates.
The Departments received several public comments regarding the economic analysis, presented RIA in the NPRM for this rule, and a few other comments regarding the economic analysis related to the VR program specifically as set forth in the NPRM on “State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program; State Supported Employment Services Program; Limitations on Use of Subminimum
To provide context for the costs of the NPRM in the RIA, the Departments expressed the annual cost of the NPRM relative to the average annual amount made available to the six core programs in Fiscal Years (FYs) 2012, 2013, and 2014 under WIA.
U.S. Department of Education. (2016). Department of Education Budget Tables. Retrieved from:
In the NPRM, the Departments sought public comments on the value of a cross-program definition of exit (
On the other hand, one commenter remarked that the lack of a common exit would result in the need for more information technology (IT) resources, such as increased storage space.
Although the Departments have concluded an integrated system that would track common exits for an individual is a vision for the workforce development system, an integrated system is not a requirement under WIOA or these final regulations. Furthermore, because the common exit approach is optional, we have not concluded that it would cause providers to extend the duration of program services artificially. In addition, we have no way to anticipate how many, if any, States will implement the common exit approach. For these reasons, no costs are included in this analysis related to the implementation of the optional common exit approach, including the cost of developing integrated systems or artificially extending the duration of services.
Several commenters addressed the costs of implementing proposed requirements related to some of the primary indicators of performance.
In response to public comments and based on additional information received, the Departments have also eliminated the estimated burden for the revision of existing CMSs to accommodate the collection of data to support additional State indicators. We have concluded that such indicators likely would not require the collection of additional new data. In addition, any changes needed to State CMSs for such measures already would be subsumed by the one-time costs of revising their existing systems to collect required data to support the primary indicators of performance, reported under the Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Systems subsection of provision (c) “Performance Accountability System” displayed in Exhibit 18.
One commenter expressed opposition to tracking and reporting the amount of funds spent on each type of career and training service. The commenter stated that the NPRM did not take into account the expense of doing so. Citing their own experiences, multiple commenters noted that costs incurred for programming in addition to the ongoing administrative costs related to IT systems would be prohibitive.
Another commenter stated that the existing CMSs do not track funds spent on each type of career and training service. The commenter indicated that this would require the costly and time-intensive integration of the State's CMS with the financial systems in place in each of the local areas.
A commenter expressed that, in addition to tracking specific payments to training providers, it would have to track indirect costs such as benefits paid to staff, building space, and the cost of devices used in delivering services (
The Departments agree with the commenters that such micro-level reporting would be burdensome to the States. Before publishing the NPRM, we consulted with States and concluded that this type of tracking would be extremely burdensome. Therefore, we have concluded that affected entities are likely to use a model that divides the total cost spent on career services or training services by the total number of participants who received career services or training services to determine the cost per participant.
In the NPRM, the Departments estimated that State WDBs would incur a one-time cost of $1.2 million and that State- and local-level AEFLA programs and VR agencies would incur annual costs of $35.5 million related to the development of strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs. This includes costs for design implementation of common intake, data collection, case management information, performance accountability measurement, reporting processes, and incorporation of local input into design and implementation to improve coordination of services across one-stop partner programs.
Concerning the comment about burden for integrated reporting belonging at the Federal level, as part of the implementation of this rule, DOL and ED jointly are proposing an Information Collection for the WIOA Performance Management, Information, and Reporting System (OMB Control Number 1205-0526). This ICR (WIOA Joint Performance ICR) and associated documents, including the WIOA Participant Individual Record Layout (PIRL), provides a standardized set of data elements, definitions, and reporting instructions that will be used to describe the characteristics, activities, and outcomes of WIOA participants.
In the NPRM, the Departments stated that they were unable to quantify the benefits associated with the NPRM because of data limitations and a lack of operational WIOA data or evaluation findings on the provisions of the NPRM. The Departments invited comments regarding how the benefits described qualitatively in the NPRM could be estimated.
The Departments estimated the additional costs, benefits, and transfers associated with implementing this WIOA-required Final Rule from the existing baseline, that is, the practices complying with, at a minimum, the 2000 WIA Final Rule (65 FR 49294, Aug. 11, 2000).
The Departments explain how the required actions of States, Local WDBs, employers and training entities, government agencies, and other related entities were linked to the estimated costs and expected benefits. We also consider, when appropriate, the unintended consequences of the regulations introduced by this Final Rule. We have made every effort to quantify and monetize the costs and benefits of the Final Rule. We were unable to quantify benefits associated with the Final Rule because of data limitations and a lack of operational data or evaluation findings on the provisions of the Final Rule or WIOA in general. Therefore, we describe some benefits qualitatively.
The Departments have made every effort to quantify all incremental costs associated with the implementation of WIOA's requirements as distinct from those that already exist under WIA, WIOA's predecessor statute. Despite our best efforts, however, we might be double counting some activities that occurred under WIA. Thus, the costs itemized below represent an upper bound for the potential cost of implementing WIOA.
In addition to this Final Rule, the Departments are publishing separate final rules to implement program-specific requirements of WIOA that fall under each Department's purview; see section I of this Joint WIOA Final Rule (Executive Summary). We acknowledge that these final rules and their associated impacts might not be fully independent from one another, but we are unaware of a reliable method to quantify the effects of this interdependence. Therefore, this analysis does not capture the correlated impacts of the costs and benefits of this Final Rule and those associated with the other Final Rules. We have made an effort to ensure no duplication of benefits and costs between this and the other Final Rules.
In accordance with the regulatory analysis guidance articulated in Circular A-4, and consistent with the Departments' practices in previous rulemakings, this regulatory analysis focuses on the likely consequences (
Exhibit 2 presents the estimated number of entities expected to experience a change in level of effort (workload) due to the regulations included in this Final Rule. The Departments provide these estimates and use them extensively throughout this analysis to estimate the cost of each provision, where feasible.
The Departments present the estimated average number of workers and the estimated average level of effort required per worker for each activity in the subject-by-subject analysis. Where possible, Federal program experts consulted with State programs to estimate the average levels of effort and the average number of workers needed for each activity to meet the requirements relative to the baseline (
In the subject-by-subject analysis, the Departments present the additional labor and other costs associated with the implementation of the provisions in this Final Rule. Exhibit 3 presents the compensation rates for the occupational categories expected to experience an increase in level of effort (workload) due to the Final Rule. We use the Bureau of Labor Statistics' (BLS) mean hourly wage rate for State and local employees.
The Departments use the hourly compensation rates presented in Exhibit 3 throughout this analysis to estimate the labor costs for each provision.
The subject-by-subject
The total cost of each provision is calculated as the sum of the total labor cost and total non-labor cost incurred each year over the 10-year period (see Exhibit 50 for a summary of the average annual cost of the Final Rule by provision). The total labor cost is the sum of the labor costs for each occupational category
The Departments provide an assessment of transfer payments associated with transitioning the Nation's public workforce system from the requirements of WIA to the new
One example of where impacts are discussed qualitatively, rather than quantified, is the expectation that available U.S. workers trained and hired who were previously unemployed will no longer seek new or continued UI benefits. Assuming other factors remain constant, the Departments expect State UI expenditures to decline because of the hiring of U.S. workers following WIOA implementation. We cannot quantify these transfer payments, however, due to a lack of adequate data.
In total, the Departments estimate that this Final Rule will result in a 10-year undiscounted cost of $626.8 million (in 2015 dollars). We estimated that the NPRM would result in $1.5 billion in undiscounted costs (in 2013 dollars). As discussed below, after reviewing public comments and with further consultation with program experts in the DOL and ED program areas, we updated the cost analysis and made changes to specific provisions in the NPRM that affected costs.
In the Final Rule economic analysis, the Departments update all costs to 2015 dollars from 2013 dollars in the NPRM. This update increases the estimated cost of the Final Rule relative to the cost presented in the NPRM.
In addition, the Departments have made several updates to the labor cost estimates. First, we use more appropriate occupational categories than those used in the NPRM (
Second, the Departments have updated labor costs, including wage rates and loaded wage factors, to reflect 2015 BLS data. Furthermore, instead of using State government employee wage rates for workers at both the State and local level as in the NPRM, we applied wage rates for State government employees and local government employees to workers at the State and local levels, respectively. Depending on the occupational category, the State-level wage rate could be higher or lower than the corresponding local-level wage rate; thus, it is unclear whether this had a positive or negative effect on costs as a whole.
Third, based on further discussion with DOL program experts, the Departments have increased the overall number of States affected by DOL program requirements from 56 to 57 in the Final Rule because we concluded that the WIOA requirements also will affect the Republic of Palau.
In the Final Rule, the Departments have made several changes to the provisions presented in the NPRM. Exhibit 4 presents a summary of the updates made to the NPRM provisions in the Final Rule. To simplify the analysis and combine related requirements, we merge the following provisions:
• Provision (b) “New Elements to State and Local Plans” and provision (f) “Unified or Combined State Plans” are combined to form provision (b) “Unified or Combined State Plan: Expanded Content, Biennial Development and Modification Process, and Submission Coordination Requirements.”
• Provision (c) “Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Measures,” provision (e) “Development of Strategies for Aligning Technology and Data Systems across One-Stop Partner Programs,” provision (h) “State Performance Accountability Measures,” provision (i) “Performance Reports,” and provision (j) “Evaluation of State Programs” are combined to form provision (c) “Performance Accountability System.”
In addition, the Departments have decided that the following two provisions are more appropriate in the DOL WIOA Final Rule RIA: Provision (d) “Identification and Dissemination of Best Practices” and provision (g) “Local Plan Revisions.” Although the updates made to each provision (
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (a) “Time to Review the New Rule.” In this Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, costs related to this provision are found in provision (a) “Time to Review the New Rule.” The cost of this provision reflects the cost for individuals in the regulated community to learn about the new regulations and plan for compliance. Each core program has different staffing and WIOA affects them differently, which would result in different labor categories and level of effort for them to read and understand the Joint WIOA Final Rule. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $17.7 million for the NPRM to $3.3 million for this Final Rule.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 5. Following additional discussions with program experts, we decreased the number of DOL management staff from two to one. We added four lawyers who will review the new requirements in the Final Rule. Finally, we replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of social and community service manager. Although the number of personnel in this last category was reduced from four to two, the level of effort was increased from 20 to 40 hours; hence, the overall level of effort (80 hours) remained the same.
Exhibit 6 presents the updates to the State-level AEFLA program. The Departments consulted with experts at the State-level AEFLA program and decided to reduce the number of managers from five to four after concluding that the number needed to reflect an average staffing level across all States and outlying areas was less than expected. Three of the four managers are categorized as social and community service managers and will have a level of effort of 20 hours rather than 40 hours because we concluded that associate staff will not spend as much time on this activity as the State director.
The Departments made the following updates to the State VR program, which are shown in Exhibit 7. We consulted with VR program experts and decided to increase the number of managers from three to four. Three of these four managers are categorized as social and community service managers. In addition, we increased the level of effort per manager from 20 to 40 hours to reflect the greater complexity of the new rule. We replaced the counsel and technical staff members with three rehabilitation counselors to review the new requirements of the Final Rule. This change was made to better reflect the VR agency staff who will be performing this task.
At the local level for the AEFLA program, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 8. We concluded that local involvement in reviewing the new rule generally will require participation in a statewide meeting convened by the State office to present the new rule and address questions raised by local staff. We added one social and community service manager who will review the new requirements of the Final Rule. Based on conversations with additional program experts, we excluded the technical and administrative staff included in our previous estimate, because those occupational categories generally are not involved in reviewing regulations. Note that, instead of presenting the costs at the State level as in the NPRM, we are presenting costs at the program, or local, level.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (b) “New Elements to State and Local Plans.” In this Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, this cost provision is included in provision (b) “Unified or Combined State Plans: Expanded Content, Biennial Development and Modification Process, and Submission Coordination Requirements” and it captures the cost of developing new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plans, performing a review of each State Plan, and modifying it 2 years after it is submitted. For this activity, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) decreased from $53.9 million in the NPRM to $1.9 million in the Final Rule.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 9. In the Final Rule, required compliance activities are measured biennially and instead of assuming a constant level of effort for each biennial activity, we assumed that the level of effort will be slightly higher for managers and management analysts to modify the first 4-year State Plan and develop the second State Plan than it will be to produce new State Plans and modifications in subsequent years. The Departments expect that more effort initially will be expended to build relationships between new partners and to acquire experience drafting State Plans in a format that might be new to some partners. In addition, we added managers and lawyers and we replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of management analyst.
Exhibit 10 presents the changes made by the Departments at the State level for the AEFLA program. The Departments considered the State office's historical level of effort for State Plan development. The Departments expect that it will take more effort initially to build relationships between new partners and to acquire experience drafting State Plans in a format that may be new to some partners. We concluded that the AEFLA State office could leverage economies of scale for the biennial State Plan development and modification process required under WIOA. That is, established procedures and experienced staff already will be in place from previous State Plan efforts to gather, refine, and incorporate input for modification of the new elements. In addition, we anticipate that the extent of necessary plan modifications will decrease over time as the elements are improved with each revision cycle. Burdens will be higher in the fifth and ninth years to account for the additional burden involved with developing new State Plans. Furthermore, we reduced the number of managers from five to four (three of which are categorized as social and community service managers). We removed technical and administrative staff because we concluded that those occupational categories are not typically involved in State Plan development. In addition, we removed the consultant cost because we concluded that consultants are not commonly engaged in State Plan development.
The Departments made the following updates to the State VR program, which are shown in Exhibit 11. Instead of assuming a constant level of effort for each biennial activity, we assumed the level of effort will be highest for modifying the first new 4-year State Plan in the third year, will decrease slightly for developing the second 4-year State Plan in the fifth year, and will remain at a slightly lower level for the subsequent development and modification process. Again, this decrease over time reflects the initial effort to build relationships between new partners and to acquire experience drafting State Plans in a format that might be new to some partners. In addition, we replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of social and community service manager.
For the AEFLA program at the local level, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 12. We have concluded that local AEFLA staff will not bear the burden for reviewing State and Local Plans because we have concluded that reviewing State and Local Plans is not the role of local AEFLA staff. Therefore, we removed all cost inputs at the local level related to this provision.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (c) “Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Measures.” In this Final Rule, this cost provision has been included in provision (c) “Performance Accountability System,” and it captures the cost of: (1) Developing and updating the State performance accountability system; (2) implementing measures for data collection and reporting on the effectiveness in serving employers; (3) negotiating levels of performance; (4) running the statistical adjustment model to adjust levels of performance based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants; (5) providing technical assistance to States; (6) obtaining UI wage data; and (7) purchasing data analytic software and performing training. For these activities, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) increased from $128.9 million in the NPRM to $320.0 million in this Final Rule.
At the Federal level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 13. We added a one-time Federal software and IT systems cost of $750,000 to upgrade the system to meet the requirements of WIOA. Following discussions with additional program experts, we accounted for the effort related to negotiating levels of performance and adjusting levels of performance based on economic
The Departments made the following updates to the Federal-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 14. We accounted for the additional burden for Federal staff to negotiate levels of performance for the new performance indicators under WIOA. We added four managers and four social community service managers to perform these activities. The biennial level of effort for each occupational category is estimated at 24 hours for each staff member.
The Departments also revised the estimates from the NPRM to include an important source of Federal burden for running the new statistical adjustment model. In the NPRM, we originally estimated no hours for this activity. After further review and consideration, however, we concluded that Federal staff hours will be required annually to account for running the statistical adjustment model twice per year as required under WIOA. We added two managers at 40 hours each and two management analysts at 80 hours each to perform these tasks annually.
In addition, the Departments added a one-time Federal consultant cost of $1 million in the second year to provide technical assistance to States in the collection of data to comply with the new requirements relating to the WIOA performance accountability indicators.
Exhibit 15 presents the following changes made by the Departments to the Federal level for the VR program. After consulting with additional program experts, we accounted for and revised the level of effort needed to develop and update State performance accountability systems, negotiate levels of performance, and run the statistical adjustment model to adjust levels of performance based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants.
For developing and updating State performance accountability systems, the Departments added two data management specialists positions, one of which will be General Schedule (GS)-level 14 and the other GS-level 13. Both specialists will devote 768.63 hours in the first year of the rule to program the database and perform related software development tasks. For negotiations, we added four managers to reflect the analysis and review of State and Federal data during the negotiation process. The level of effort for the managers is estimated at 12 hours each biennially. For adjusting levels of performance, we added two managers and two database administrators to review the State and Federal data relative to the adjustments made to the levels of performance by the final run of the model. The level of effort for managers is estimated at 52 hours each annually, while the level of effort for database administrators is estimated at 156 hours each annually.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following updates, which are presented in Exhibit 16. We replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of computer systems analyst. Following discussions with program experts, we increased the level of effort for each administrative staff member from 32 to 72 hours, and we decided that costs related to the work performed by staff and the software and IT systems will be incurred only once rather than annually. In addition, we accounted for the effort related to negotiating levels of performance and adjusting levels of performance. For negotiations, we added one manager and two office and administrative support staff members. The estimated level of effort for each staff member in both occupational categories is 8 hours biennially. For adjusting levels of performance, we added one manager, two computer systems analysts, and two office and administrative support staff members. These staff members will gather and input various data points to the tool, which then will create statewide levels of performance for each WIOA performance indicator. The estimated annual level of effort for each manager, computer systems analyst, and office and administrative support staff member is 10 hours, 40 hours, and 20 hours, respectively.
The Departments made the following updates to the State-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 17. For the costs related to developing and updating State performance accountability systems, we reduced the number of managers from five to four after determining that this number will reflect more accurately the staffing level needed across all States and outlying areas. Three of these staff members are categorized as social and community service managers, and we decreased the level of effort per staff member from 80 hours to 60 hours. We replaced the two technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational categories of database administrator and computer systems analyst. After consideration, we revised the calculation to exclude the five administrative staff members included in our previous estimate, because those occupational categories are generally not involved in these tasks. We eliminated a one-time consultant cost because we have concluded that consultants are typically not engaged in this task. We added an annual $350,000 software and IT systems cost for the State AEFLA data system. This annual $350,000 software and IT systems cost replaces one-time and annual State
These changes also are based on the review of public comments, which resulted in a decision by the Departments that each exit by a participant during a program year will count as a separate response to be used for data collection and outcome reporting for the performance indicators. Prior to WIOA, the AEFLA program reported only unduplicated counts of participant outcomes. Making the change to an accountability structure that is based on reporting outcomes for each exit by a participant during a program year represents a significant operational change for the AEFLA program and will require a commensurate increase in the level of effort needed for implementation.
In addition, after discussions with program experts, the Departments accounted for additional burden for State staff to negotiate levels of performance for the new indicators under WIOA. We added one manager and one social community service manager to perform these activities. The biennial level of effort per staff member is estimated at 12 hours.
The Departments eliminated the State burden for running the statistical adjustment model, after consulting with statistical experts and determining that the model will only be run in the Federal office using aggregate State data.
Exhibit 18 presents the updates to the State VR program. Based on public comment and further deliberation, the Departments significantly revised the estimated State-level burden associated with the development and updating of State VR agency performance accountability systems. First, to more appropriately account for the burden associated with the establishment of State performance goals and the State's evaluation and analysis of progress toward such goals, the Departments reduced the number of managers from six to four, three of which are categorized as social and community service managers, and replaced the four technical staff with two database administrators. However, this decrease in the number of staff is offset by the increase in the level of effort from 10 to 80 hours for managers and 10 to 100 hours for database administrators. We also included SRC members because they will need to play an advisory role in developing and updating levels of performance for the State VR agency. These costs will occur biennially.
Although the Departments estimate that each VR agency will require computer systems analysts for this one-time task, the related burden for changing a State's CMS has been broken down to reflect the variation among the 80 State VR agencies with respect to their size and whether they contract for outside assistance for developing and maintaining their CMS. For example, the level of effort for the 30 VR agencies that have a maintenance contract with a CMS vendor to make system updates will be less than the 50 agencies that are without vendor support. The burden hours shown in Exhibit 18 for tasks to be carried out by computer systems analysts has been adjusted to reflect only those hours we attribute to new requirements under sec. 116 in title I of WIOA. The remaining hours related to this new burden are accounted for in the RIA accompanying the final regulations for “State Vocational Rehabilitation Services Program; State Supported Employment Services Program; Limitations on Use of Subminimum Wage,” which is published in this edition of the
In addition, following discussions with program experts, the Departments accounted for and revised the level of effort needed to negotiate and adjust levels of performance and we are adding one manager, two social and community service managers, and two management analysts to accommodate the increased level of effort. Similarly, we used input from public comment and program experts to revise the level of effort needed to apply the statistical adjustment model and we are adding one manager, one computer systems analyst, one database administrator, and one management analyst to account for the effort needed to integrate the statistical adjustment model into the process of establishing expected levels of performance and negotiated levels of performance.
In response to public comment and discussions with program experts, the Departments have included the estimated burden for obtaining UI Wage Data by VR Agencies. The estimates reflect that VR agencies will incur new costs for obtaining UI wage data on participants that exit the program after receiving services and will incur different levels of annual data query costs related to obtaining UI wage data, depending on the size of the agency. State VR agencies operating under the increased data and performance requirements of WIOA will also need the capability to analyze their program performance data more effectively. In response to public comment, we added a new software and IT systems cost for data analytic software and related training. The amount of the software and IT systems costs varies, depending on the size of the agency.
At the local level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following updates, which are presented in Exhibit 19. Based on discussions with program experts, we added one manager and two office and administrative support staff members to account for the effort needed to negotiate levels of performance biennially. The biennial level of effort per staff member for both occupational categories is estimated at 8 hours. We also added one manager, two computer systems analysts, and two office and administrative support staff members to account for the effort needed to run the statistical adjustment model annually. The estimated annual level of effort per staff member for the manager, computer systems analysts, and administrative staff members is 10 hours, 40 hours, and 20 hours, respectively.
Exhibit 20 presents the updates to the local-level AEFLA program. The Departments considered the typical experience of local involvement and concluded that local staff will participate in statewide stakeholder meetings, convened by the State AEFLA office, to develop and update State performance accountability measures. We found that the level of effort for local AEFLA programs will be significantly less than previously expected because their role would be limited to those stakeholder meetings. Note that instead of presenting the costs at the State level as in the NPRM, we are presenting costs at the program, or local, level using the total number of local AEFLA programs reflected in actual program data submitted by States for the most recent reporting year.
After further consideration, the Departments decided that the costs associated with provision (d) “Identification and Dissemination of Best Practices” in the NPRM are more appropriate in the DOL WIOA Final Rule because the requirements affect only State WDBs. This provision now can be found as provision (c) in the DOL WIOA Final Rule. Therefore, this provision and its costs that result from the inputs presented in Exhibit 21 ($2.9 million) are no longer included in the economic analysis for this Final Rule.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (e) “Development of Strategies for Aligning Technology and Data Systems across One-Stop Partner Programs to Enhance Service Delivery and Improve Efficiencies.” In the Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, this cost provision is combined into provision (c) “Performance Accountability System,” and it captures the cost of aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs. For this activity, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) decreased from $356.6 million in the NPRM to $166.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 22 presents the changes made by the Departments for the State Workforce Agencies (SWAs) State-level program. After further consideration, we removed the manager and technical staff members and replaced them with consultant and software and IT systems costs. We estimated that the 23 SWAs that are farther in the process of aligning their technology and data systems will incur $100,000 in first-year consultant costs for designing the new systems, $200,000 in first-year software and IT systems costs for purchasing hardware and implementing the new systems, and $100,000 in software and IT systems costs in the following 2 years for system maintenance. We estimate that the 34 SWAs that use legacy systems will require more effort to align their technology and data systems. These SWAs will incur $200,000 in first-year consultant and software and IT system costs; $100,000 and $200,000 in second-year consultant and software and IT system costs, respectively; and $100,000 in software and IT systems costs for maintenance in the third through fifth years.
For the AEFLA State-level program, the Departments made the following updates, which are shown in Exhibit 23. We removed the labor costs because these occupational categories are not generally involved in aligning technology and data systems. The annual software and IT systems cost decreased from $150,000 to $100,000 because we were initially accounting for some costs that are now accounted for in the costs for performance reports under provision (c) of the Final Rule. As a result of the opportunities created for greater program coordination under WIOA, we estimate that AEFLA State agencies will enhance their participation in the SLDS Grant Program, which supports the design, development, implementation, and expansion of P-20W (early learning through the workforce) longitudinal data systems.
The Departments made the following changes to the VR program cost burden at the State level, which are presented in Exhibit 24. After further consideration, we removed the managers as well as the counsel and technical staff members and replaced them with consultant and software and IT systems costs. We estimated that the 32 VR agencies that are further in the process of aligning their technology and data systems will incur $100,000 in first-year consultant costs for designing the new systems, $200,000 in first-year software and IT systems costs for purchasing hardware and implementing the new systems, and $100,000 in software and IT systems costs in each of the following 2 years for system maintenance. We estimate that the 48 VR agencies that use legacy systems will require more effort to align their technology and data systems. These VR agencies will incur $200,000 in first-year consultant and software and IT system costs; $100,000 and $200,000 in second-year consultant and software and IT system costs, respectively; and $100,000 in software and IT systems costs for maintenance in each year from the third through fifth years.
For the AEFLA program at the local level, the Departments made the following changes, which are shown in Exhibit 25. We have concluded that local AEFLA staff will not bear the burden for aligning technology and data systems because AEFLA data are collected and maintained at the State level in each State and outlying area. Therefore, we removed all cost inputs at the local level related to this provision.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (f) “Unified or Combined State Plans.” In this Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, this cost provision has been included in provision (b) “Unified or Combined State Plans: Expanded Content, Biennial Development and Modification Process, and Submission Coordination Requirements,” and it captures the cost of (1) reviewing and developing new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plans to ensure they satisfy the new content requirements and (2) coordinating actions for developing new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plans among the core programs administered by the Departments. For these activities, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) decreased from $17.2 million in the NPRM to $9.6 million in this Final Rule.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the
The Departments made the following updates to the State-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 27. After consulting with additional program experts, we added a one-time cost to review and revise existing plans to ensure that they include the new elements. We concluded that the costs for coordinating submissions will be incurred biennially rather than only once. We reduced the number of managers from five to one, which is a more accurate reflection of typical staffing in a State adult education office, and reduced the level of effort because we have concluded that the process of coordinating the submission of the State Plan does not require the level of effort we initially estimated. We decreased the lawyer's level of effort from 8 to 4 hours because we have concluded that the process of coordinating the submission the State Plan does not require the level of effort we initially estimated. We clarified that the work done by the two technical staff will be done by three social and community service managers because we have concluded that technical staff members are typically not involved in the process of coordinating the submission of the State Plan. We also decreased the number of administrative staff from five to one, which is a more accurate reflection of typical staffing in a State adult education office, and halved the level of effort for the staff member because we have concluded that the process of coordinating the submission of the State Plan does not cumulatively require more than 1 full day of work for the administrative staff member. Finally, we removed the $25,000 consultant cost because we have concluded that a consultant is not required for the submission of the State Plan.
Exhibit 28 presents the changes made by the Departments to the State level for the VR program. After further consideration, we added a one-time cost to review and revise existing plans to ensure they include the new elements. We concluded that these costs for coordinating submissions will be incurred biennially rather than annually and we doubled the level of effort per manager and social and community service manager. We replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of social and community service manager.
The Departments made the following changes to the local-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 29. We considered the typical experience of local involvement and concluded that local staff will participate in statewide stakeholder meetings, convened by the State AEFLA office, to examine State Plan elements in need of modification and to gather input for those revisions. Therefore, we reduced the number of managers and removed the lawyers, technical and administrative staff, and local stakeholders and replaced them with social and community service managers. Note that instead of presenting the costs at the State level as in the NPRM, we are presenting costs at the program level.
After further consideration, the Departments decided that the costs associated with provision (g) “Local Plan Revisions” in the NPRM are more appropriate in the DOL WIOA Final Rule. The costs associated with this provision now can be found under provision (m) “Local and Regional Plan Modification” in the DOL WIOA Final Rule. Therefore, this provision and its costs that result from the inputs presented in Exhibit 30 ($22.6 million) are no longer included in this Final Rule economic analysis.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (h) “State Performance Accountability Measures,” which in this Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis is included in provision (c) “Performance Accountability System.” This provision captures the cost of collecting data to report on any additional State performance accountability indicators established by a State pursuant to WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(B). For this activity, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) decreased from $11.7 million in the NPRM to $170,000 in the Final Rule.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the
The Departments made the following updates at the State level for the AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 32. We increased the hours for all State staff and reduced the number of management staff members from five to four after determining the number needed to reflect a staffing level that is more representative of the States and outlying areas. Three of these managers are categorized as social and community service managers. We replaced the two technical staff members in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational categories of database administrators and computer systems analysts. We revised the calculation to exclude the five administrative staff members included in our previous estimate, because those occupational categories generally would not be involved in the development of additional State performance accountability measures.
Exhibit 33 presents the changes made by Departments for the State-level VR program. After additional discussion with our program experts, we became aware that the estimated burden for obtaining UI wage data in the NPRM was not related to the additional State performance indicators. In this Final Rule, the burden will be for 80 State VR agencies to obtain UI wage data for the reporting on the primary indicators of performance, which is included in Exhibit 18. In addition, due to public comment and additional consultation with program experts, we reduced the number of VR agencies that will incur costs related to the additional State performance accountability indicators
At the local level for the AEFLA program, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 34. We considered the typical experience of local involvement and concluded that local staff will participate in statewide stakeholder meetings, convened by the State AEFLA office, to develop and update the additional State performance accountability measures. Therefore, we reduced the level of effort from 7 to 4 hours. Note that instead of presenting the costs at the State level as in the NPRM, we are presenting costs at the program, or local, level.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (i) “Performance Reports.” In the Final Rule, this cost provision has been included in provision (c) “Performance Accountability System” and it captures the costs of developing a performance template that reports outcomes via the new WIOA performance accountability metrics; developing, updating, and submitting ETP reports; and collecting, analyzing, and reporting performance data. For this activity, the total 10-year cost (undiscounted) increased from $121.9 million in the NPRM to $295.4 million in the Final Rule.
At the Federal level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following updates, which are shown in Exhibit 35. After consultation with additional program experts, we added annual burden hours for one manager, one computer systems analyst, and one management analyst to implement and review the new ETP performance reporting template. We also added an estimated annual software and IT systems cost of $250,000 for ETP reporting.
The Departments made the following updates for the Federal-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 36. We concluded that updating and maintaining the Federal data system for compliance with the new requirements of WIOA will be performed annually rather than once because Federal data system costs have been historically incurred annually. We reduced the number of Federal staff members and clarified that the work will be performed by one manager, one social and community service manager, and one database administrator. We reduced the level of effort per manager from 60 to 8 hours, because most of this work will be performed by the database administrator. The managers will direct and oversee the modernization process and the database administrator will manage the new system. Finally, we revised our estimate to add a one-time Federal cost of $5 million for IT systems development, modernization, and enhancement to build the data infrastructure and increase the capacity of the adult education data collection system at the Federal, State, and local levels to comply with the new performance reporting requirements under WIOA. An annual software and IT cost of $250,000 also has been included to maintain the data infrastructure in steady state.
The Departments made the following updates for the Federal-level VR program, which are presented in Exhibit 37. We added a one-time software and IT cost of $68,925 to support the VR program's ability to compile quarterly
Exhibit 38 presents updates to the State-level DOL program. The Departments added one manager, one computer systems analyst, one management analyst, and one office and administrative support staff member to account for the annual effort related to ETP reporting.
The Departments made the following changes for the AEFLA program at the State level, which are presented in Exhibit 39. We concluded that the effort from all relevant staff members will occur on an annual basis rather than once. We reduced the number of managers from five to four after determining that this number will reflect more accurately the staffing level needed across all States and outlying areas. Three of these staff members are categorized as social and community service managers. We replaced the two technical staff members in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational categories of database administrator and computer systems analyst. We also revised the calculation to exclude the five administrative staff members included in our previous estimate because those occupational categories are generally not involved with performance reports. In addition, we moved the State data system costs to the subsection under provision (c) on “Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Systems” where more realistic costs will be captured that States will incur in establishing the capabilities to collect the data necessary to calculate the newly required performance measures (see Exhibit 17). We have concluded that the one-time cost estimate for the State-level software and IT systems cost needed to be aligned with actual funding patterns across all States and outlying areas and will occur annually. In addition, we eliminated the recurring licensing fee, since we accounted for such fees in the annual cost estimate for the State data system under the subsection “Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Systems.”
At the State level for the VR program, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 40. We added one manager, one computer systems analyst, two social and community service managers, and one database administrator to address the State-level effort involved in reviewing and verifying the annual performance report that RSA will assemble from the quarterly RSA-911 data the States have previously reported.
In response to comments, the Departments have included the burden associated with the training of VR staff on the collection of new data and related data collection requirements. Based on information from the RSA-2 Cost Report, we use an average of 62 rehabilitation counselors per VR agency in calculating this burden and have added labor burden of 6 hours for one staff trainer and 3 hours for each of the 62 rehabilitation counselors to participate in the training.
Finally, Exhibit 40 includes the annual labor for 62 rehabilitation counselors per VR agency to collect the new data. The data collection related labor burden included in this analysis is limited to the hours the Departments have attributed to the requirements under sec. 116 of title I of WIOA implemented in these joint regulations. We estimate that approximately 36 percent of all new data elements required by WIOA are related to requirements under sec. 116 of title I of WIOA and have prorated the total additional data collection burden accordingly. For the first year of data collection, VR agencies will incur a greater data collection burden than in subsequent years. All VR participants who are still receiving services (
At the local level for the AEFLA program, the Departments made the following updates, which are presented in Exhibit 41. We considered the extent of actual local involvement in performance reporting and additional burden under WIOA. Instead of presenting the costs at the State level as in the NPRM, we are presenting annual costs at the program, or local, level. As a result, we reduced the number of managers and the hours per local manager and increased the number of entities to reflect local programs for this provision. In addition, we added one database administrator for data collection, analysis, and entry.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (j) “Evaluation of State Programs.” In the Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, costs related to this provision can be found primarily in provision (d) “State Evaluation Responsibilities.”
At the Federal level for the DOL programs, the Departments made the following updates, which are presented in Exhibit 42. We added two managers, one computer system analyst, and two management analysts to account for Federal effort related to SWA evaluation activities under sec. 116(e) of WIOA. We added these Federal staff costs to support all aspects of State evaluation
Exhibit 43 presents the changes made by the Departments to reflect the cost of Federal AEFLA program staff in providing technical assistance and promoting State adult education agency participation in the coordination process, and possibly in the design and development of State evaluation activities under WIOA sec. 116(e). These Federal staff costs were added to support all aspects of State evaluation activities, including technical assistance, monitoring, and dissemination.
Exhibit 44 presents the changes made by the Departments to reflect the cost of Federal staff responsible for the VR program in providing technical assistance and promoting State VR agency participation and coordination in carrying out State evaluations under sec. 116(e) of WIOA, including possible involvement in the design and development of such evaluations. We added these Federal staff costs to support all aspects of State evaluation activities such as technical assistance, monitoring, and dissemination.
The Departments made the following updates to the State-level DOL programs, which are presented in Exhibit 45. After consultation with additional program experts, we made the following updates: (1) We replaced the manager in our previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of social and community service manager; (2) we replaced the two technical staff members in the previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of computer systems analyst and reduced the annual level of effort per staff member from 20 hours to 15 hours; (3) we added a management analyst with an annual level of effort of 10 hours; (4) we reduced the annual software and IT systems costs from $200,000 and $1 million for 20 “low-effort” States and 15 “high-effort” States, respectively, to $10,000 for all 57 SWAs; and (5) we added an annual consultant cost of $21,400. In the NPRM, we assumed that full cooperation would occur. Realistically, cooperation will be difficult to achieve because there is an overall lack of funding for evaluations; therefore, a reduced cost estimate is appropriate.
At the State level for the AEFLA program, the Departments made the following changes, which are presented in Exhibit 46. We reduced the number of managers from five to two after determining that the number needed to reflect an average staffing level for this activity across all States and outlying areas. One of these managers is categorized as a social and community service manager. We replaced the two technical staff members in the previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational categories of computer systems analysts and management analysts. We also revised the calculation to exclude the five administrative staff members included in the previous estimate, because those occupational categories are generally not involved in the evaluation of State programs. We reduced the level of effort for the staff because we have concluded that this work does not require the level of effort we initially estimated. In addition, we eliminated the annual IT systems costs from this provision and accounted for them under subsection “Development and Updating of State Performance Accountability Systems” in provision (c) of this Final Rule because they were more appropriately placed there (see Exhibit 17).
For the State VR program, the Departments replaced the technical staff member in the previous estimate with the more appropriate occupational category of computer systems analysts, as shown in Exhibit 47. In addition, we added one social community service manager and one management analyst.
The Departments made the following changes for the local-level AEFLA program, which are presented in Exhibit 48. We reconsidered the extent of local involvement in the evaluation of State programs. As a result, we concluded that hours for local staff should be eliminated for this provision.
This section describes the updates to the rule's cost analysis. In the NPRM, the Departments did not include costs for States to implement effectiveness in serving employer approaches because, at the time of the NPRM's publication, policy decisions had not yet been made on whether these measures would be added to the rule. In the Final Rule, the Departments estimated the cost of the pilot program and the implementation
The Departments' analysis below covers the expected costs of implementing the requirements of the Final Rule against the baseline cost under WIA, especially with regard to the following four expected costs: (a) “Time to Review the New Rule;” (b) “Unified or Combined State Plans: Expanded Content, Biennial Development and Modification Process, and Submission Coordination Requirements;” (c) “Performance Accountability System;” and (d) “State Evaluation Responsibilities.”
The Departments emphasize that many of the requirements in this Final Rule are not new, for DOL programs, but rather were requirements under WIA. For example, States were required to “prepare performance reports” under title I of WIA and other authorizing statutes amended by WIA required States to submit performance information. Similarly, many of the requirements governing the one-stop system's infrastructure and operations under WIA are carried forward under WIOA. Therefore, these and other such costs are not considered “new” cost burdens under this Final Rule for some of the core programs, but rather are included in the “baseline costs” used as a comparison for the new burden costs. Accordingly, this regulatory analysis focuses on new costs that can be attributed exclusively to new requirements under title I of WIOA as addressed in this Final Rule.
Upon publication of this Final Rule, the regulated community will need to learn about the new regulations and plan for compliance.
Affected entities will incur costs based primarily on the level of effort needed by relevant individuals to review and understand the Final Rule. This includes interpretation and learning how to navigate the Final Rule, but it does not include any steps beyond what is included in the baseline related to running a Federal program. Costs for developing a detailed action plan for compliance would not be included in the new cost burden because they will be accounted for in other burden estimate discussions. In addition, affected entities will incur relatively minor costs for the first steps needed to comply, such as notifying relevant personnel of the rule. The Departments estimate that learning about the new regulations and planning for compliance with those regulations will involve one-time labor costs for State-level DOL programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State VR agencies in the first analysis year. Local WDBs might incur limited costs under this provision, which are not accounted for below, because the costs for relevant individuals to comply are accounted for in the DOL, AEFLA, and VR agency estimates. DOL expects that the States will carefully review and interpret the Final Rule before passing along any necessary information to Local WDBs. Although Local WDBs are not required to review the Final Rule, those that do are likely to limit their review to a few paragraphs or sections most relevant to them.
At the State level for DOL's core programs (see Exhibit 5), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (4) by the time required to read and review the new rule (20 hours each), and then by the applicable hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 20 hours) and social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 40 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three categories ($10,883) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $620,331. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $62,033.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 6), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to read and review the new rule (20 hours) and then by the applicable hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 40 hours) and social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 20 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three categories ($7,178) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This calculation resulted in a one-time cost of $409,135, which is equal to an average annual cost of $40,913.
At the local level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 8), the Departments multiplied the estimated number of managers (1) by the time required to read and review the new rule (4 hours) and then by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We repeated the calculation for social and community service managers (1 manager at $61.01/hour for 4 hours). We did not estimate lawyer hours for local-level AEFLA programs because our experience indicates that this occupational category is typically engaged only at the State level. We summed the labor cost for both occupational categories ($499) and multiplied the result by the number of local AEFLA providers (2,396). This calculation yields $1.2 million ($1,194,550) in labor costs in the first year of the rule. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $119,455.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 7), the Departments multiplied the estimated number of managers per VR agency (1) by the time required to read and review the new rule (40 hours) and then by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 40 hours each) and rehabilitation counselors (3 counselors at $36.66/hour for 40 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three categories ($13,520) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80). This calculation resulted in a one-time labor cost of $1.1 million ($1,081,600), which is equal to an average annual cost of $108,160 over the 10-year period.
The sum of these costs yields a total one-time labor cost of $3.3 million ($3,305,615) for individuals from State-level DOL programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State VR agencies to read and review the new rule. Over the 10-year period of analysis, these one-time costs result in an average annual cost of $330,562.
Under WIOA title I, each State must develop and submit a 4-year Unified State Plan that covers the following six core programs: The adult, dislocated worker, and youth formula programs (WIOA title I); the AEFLA program (WIOA title II); the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title
Under WIA, States were required to submit separate State Plans that covered: (1) The title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service DOL programs; (2) the AEFLA program; and (3) the VR program. Because States, under WIOA, must integrate what had historically been stand-alone State Plans for the AEFLA and VR programs into a single Unified or Combined State Plan with the title I and Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service DOL programs, the Departments anticipate added cost burdens for the States as they work together to strategize alignment of all six core programs into one Unified or Combined State Plan. Thus, the requirement that the Unified or Combined State Plan must include the ED-administered programs is new under WIOA.
Affected entities will incur costs to (1) review and develop new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plans to ensure that they satisfy the new content requirements; (2) perform the development and modification process for the plans; and (3) coordinate on developing a Unified or Combined State Plan that covers all six core programs.
WIOA sec. 102(b) expands the content requirements for Unified and Combined State Plans, many of which are new to all core programs, such as strategic and operational planning elements. Strategic planning elements include State analyses of economic and workforce conditions, an assessment of workforce development activities (including education and training) in the State, and formulation of the State's vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce that meets the needs of employers and a strategy to achieve the vision and goals. Operational planning elements include State strategy implementation, State operating systems and policies, program-specific requirements, assurances, and additional requirements imposed by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, or other Secretaries (for Combined State Plan purposes), as appropriate. Most of the WIOA operational planning elements are functionally equivalent to State Plan content requirements that were required by DOL's core programs under WIA sec. 112(b). The WIOA strategic planning elements, however, constitute new or expanded State planning requirements for all core programs that were not required under WIA. For example, WIOA requires that more economic, education, and workforce data be included in the State Plan than was required under WIA.
(1) Strategic Planning Elements.—The Unified State Plan shall include strategic planning elements consisting of a strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce, that include—
(A) an analysis of the economic conditions in the State, including—
(i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations; and
(ii) the employment needs of employers, including a description of the knowledge, skills, and abilities, needed in those industries and occupations;
(B) an analysis of the current workforce, employment and unemployment data, labor market trends, and the educational and skill levels of the workforce, including individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabilities), in the State;
(C) an analysis of the workforce development activities (including education and training) in the State, including an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of such activities, and the capacity of State entities to provide such activities, in order to address the identified education and skill needs of the workforce and the employment needs of employers in the State;
(D) a description of the State's strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled work-force (including preparing youth and individuals with barriers to employment) and for meeting the skilled work-force needs of employers, including goals relating to performance accountability measures based on primary indicators of performance described in section 116(b)(2)(A), in order to support economic growth and economic self-sufficiency, and of how the State will assess the overall effectiveness of the workforce investment system in the State; and
(E) taking into account analyses described in subparagraphs (A) through (C), a strategy for aligning the core programs, as well as other resources available to the State, to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in subparagraph (D).
WIA sec. 112(b)(4) required:
(b) Contents.—The State plan shall include—
* * * * *
(4) information describing—
(A) the needs of the State with regard to current and projected employment opportunities, by occupation;
(B) the job skills necessary to obtain such employment opportunities;
(C) the skills and economic development needs of the State; and
(D) the type and availability of workforce investment activities in the State;
Therefore, this will be an expansion of a State planning requirement for DOL's core programs under WIOA and will be new requirements for the AEFLA and VR programs. Because DOL core programs were already analyzing and using economic, education, and workforce data under WIA, those programs will not experience as much in incremental costs associated with that particular requirement as will the AEFLA and VR programs. The Departments anticipate that any costs incurred by the States with regard to new or expanded State planning content requirements will constitute one-time incremental costs for all core programs to ensure that all Unified or Combined State Plans satisfy the new content requirements.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 26), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop new Unified or Combined State Plans to ensure that the new elements are included (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (4 managers at $65.39/hour for 20 hours each), social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 20 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 8 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($8,168) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $465,576. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $46,558.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 27), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop new Unified or Combined State Plans to ensure that the new elements are included (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 20 hours) and social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 20 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three occupational categories ($5,870) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This calculation yields $334,590 in one-time labor costs, which is equal to an average annual cost of $33,459 over the 10-year period.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 28), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number
The sum of these costs yields a total one-time cost of $1.2 million ($1,202,022) for individuals from the State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR agencies to review and develop new Unified or Combined State Plans to ensure that the new elements are included. Over the 10-year period of analysis, these one-time costs result in an average annual cost of $120,202.
Under WIA sec. 112(d), modifications to a State Plan covering the DOL core programs were permitted but not required. For the AEFLA program under WIA sec. 224, States submitted 5-year State Plans, and revisions to plans were required only if those revisions were substantial. Upon the expiration of authorization of the program, and pending reauthorization, States submitted annual State Plan extensions containing revisions that were updated sections of their original 5-year plans. For the VR program under title IV of WIA (sec. 101 of the Rehabilitation Act), States were required to update specified State Plan attachments annually and modifications to State Plan assurances and other attachments were required only if substantive changes occurred. Under WIOA sec. 102(c)(3)(A), States must submit modifications to the Unified or Combined State Plan, at a minimum, at the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year Plan. The modifications must reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting implementation of the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan. This mandatory biennial review and modification of a 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan is a new cost under WIOA for all six core programs.
State-level DOL programs, AEFLA programs, and VR agencies will incur biennial labor costs to review and modify the Unified or Combined State Plan at the end of the 2-year period after any 4-year plan. In the absence of significant economic or administration changes within a State, most costs resulting from the State Plan modification requirements will occur during the first and second submissions because the unified State planning process is new for all core programs and States will just be learning the new requirements of WIOA and how to coordinate among all core programs so that they become more aligned to promote an integrated workforce development system. The Departments anticipate that new Unified or Combined State Plans submitted in 2020 and thereafter, and the 2-year modifications of those Plans, will be easier for States to develop. For this reason, we present the costs by year of submission of either the development of a 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan or the 2-year modification of that Plan.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 9), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 12 hours), management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 12 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($2,270) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $129,390, occurring in 2018. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $12,939.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 10), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 10 hours) and social and community service managers (3 managers $54.21/hour for 10 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three occupational categories ($2,935) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This results in a one-time cost of $167,295, occurring in 2018. Over the 10-year period of the analysis, this one-time cost results in an average annual cost of $16,730.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 11), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (2) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (14 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 14 hours each). Summing the labor cost for both categories ($3,349) and multiplying the result by the number of VR agencies (80), we estimate this one-time cost at $267,904, occurring in 2018. This calculation yields an average annual cost of $26,790 over the 10-year period.
The sum of these costs yields a total one-time cost of $564,589, occurring in 2018, for individuals from the State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR agencies to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan. Over the 10-year period of analysis, these one-time costs result in an average annual cost of $56,459.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 9), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 12 hours), management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 12 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($2,270) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $129,390, occurring in 2020. This one-time cost results in an average annual cost of $12,939 over the 10-year period.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 10), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (15 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories:
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 11), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (2) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (10 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 10 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($2,392) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80). This calculation yields $191,360 in one-time labor costs, occurring in 2020. This one-time cost results in an average annual cost of $19,136 over the 10-year period.
The sum of these costs yields a total one-time cost of $571,693, occurring in 2020, for individuals from the State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR agencies to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan. Over the 10-year period of analysis, the sum of these one-time costs results in an average annual cost of $57,169.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 9), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 8 hours), management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 8 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($1,641) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this cost of $93,560, occurring in 2022. This is equal to an average annual cost of $9,356.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 10), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (5 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 5 hours) and social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 5 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three occupational categories ($1,468) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This results in a one-time cost of $83,648, occurring in 2022. This is equal to an average annual cost of $8,365.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 11), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (2) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (7 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 7 hours each). Summing the labor cost for both categories ($1,674) and multiplying the result by the number of VR agencies (80), we estimate this one-time cost of $133,952, occurring in 2022. This is equal to an average annual cost of $13,395.
The sum of these costs for the modification process occurring for new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plans yields a total cost of $311,159, occurring in 2022, for individuals from the State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR agencies. Over the 10-year period of analysis, this results in an average annual cost of $31,116.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 9), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 10 hours), management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 10 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($1,956) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $111,475, occurring in 2024. This one-time cost results in an average annual cost of $11,147 over the 10-year period.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 10), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 10 hours) and social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 10 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three occupational categories ($2,935) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This will result in a one-time cost of $167,295, occurring in 2024. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $16,730.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 11), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (2) by the time required to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan (7 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 7 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($1,674) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80). This calculation yields $133,952 in one-time labor costs, occurring in 2024. This one-time cost results in an average annual cost of $13,395 over the 10-year period.
The sum of these costs yields a total one-time cost of $412,722, occurring in 2024, for individuals from the State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR agencies to review and develop a new 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan. Over the 10-year period of analysis, the sum of these one-time costs results in an average annual cost of $41,272.
In total, the cost for the biennial development and modification process over the 10-year period is $1.9 million ($1,860,163). This estimated total 10-year cost results in an average annual cost of $186,016.
Affected entities will incur costs associated with coordinating actions among the core programs administered by DOL and ED because, as explained above, under WIA, only the DOL core programs were covered by a single State Plan; the AEFLA and VR programs each
The Departments estimate that the AEFLA and VR programs will incur one-time costs associated with coordinating and participating in statewide stakeholder meetings and other activities to coordinate, develop, and review their first-time State Plan submissions. We anticipate that the AEFLA and VR programs will incur a larger cost than the DOL core programs because, under WIA, neither the AEFLA nor VR program were required to coordinate with other partner programs in developing a State Plan. We also anticipate that the DOL core programs will experience an incremental increase in their coordination costs because this will be the first time that DOL core programs must coordinate with the AEFLA and VR programs for State planning purposes. Although the DOL core programs have had to coordinate with each other under WIA, because new relationships will need to be formed with the AEFLA and VR partners, their costs will increase.
In addition, in some States, different agencies that previously have not worked together will have to build infrastructure to form partnerships. Working together might take the form of “shaking hands” and following a “model agreement” involving State councils.
Compliance with this provision will increase biennial labor costs—in connection with the development of a 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan or the 2-year modifications of each of those plans—for State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State-level VR agencies.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 26), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to coordinate on developing a Unified or Combined State Plan among all six core programs (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 8 hours each) and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 8 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three categories ($1,502) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this biennial cost of $85,600. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $428,002, which is equal to an average annual cost of $42,800.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 27), the Departments estimated this labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to coordinate on developing the Unified or Combined State Plan submission (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Managers (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 8 hours), social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 8 hours each), and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 8 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($2,331) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This calculation yields a biennial cost of $132,846. Over the 10-year period, this calculation results in a total cost of $664,232, which is equal to an average annual cost of $66,423.
At the local level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 29), the Departments estimated this cost by multiplying the estimated number of managers per local AEFLA provider (1) by the time required to coordinate on developing the Unified or Combined State Plan submission (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We repeated the calculation for social and community service managers (1 manager at $61.01/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for the two occupational categories ($499) and multiplied the result by the number of local AEFLA providers (2,396). The biennial cost at the local level for the AEFLA program is estimated to be $1.2 million ($1,194,550). Over the 10-year period, this calculation results in a total cost of $6.0 million ($5,972,749), which is equal to an average annual cost of $597,275.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 28), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (2) by the time required to coordinate and develop the Unified or Combined State Plan submission (14 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 14 hours each). Summing the labor cost for both categories ($3,349) and multiplying the result by the number of VR agencies (80) results in a biennial cost of $267,904 for State VR agencies. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $1.3 million ($1,339,520), which is equal to an average annual cost of $133,952.
The sum of these costs yields a biennial cost of $1.7 million ($1,680,901). Over the 10-year period, this calculation results in a total cost of $8.4 million ($8,404,503), which is equal to an average annual cost of $840,450, for individuals from State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State-level VR agencies to coordinate actions among all six core programs.
The sum of the costs for the Unified or Combined State Plans: Expanded Content, Biennial Development and Modification Process, and Submission Coordination requirements, which includes the costs to expand content requirements, develop and modify State Plans, and coordinate the submission of State Plans results in a 10-year total cost of $11.5 million ($11,466,688), which results in an average annual cost of $1.1 million ($1,146,669).
WIOA sec. 116 establishes performance accountability indicators and performance reporting requirements to assess the effectiveness of States and local areas in achieving positive outcomes for individuals served by the six core programs (WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii)). With few exceptions, including the local accountability system under WIOA sec. 116(c), the performance accountability requirements apply across all six core programs.
Affected entities will incur costs to (1) develop and update their State performance accountability system; (2) implement measures for data collection and reporting on effectiveness of serving employers; (3) negotiate levels of performance; (4) run statistical adjustment model to adjust levels of performance based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants; (5) collect data to report on any additional State performance accountability indicators; (6) provide technical assistance to States; (7) develop a performance report template that reports outcomes via the new WIOA performance accountability metrics; develop, update, and submit ETP reports; and collect, analyze, and report performance data; (8) obtain UI wage data; and (9) purchase data analytic software and perform training.
Under WIOA sec. 101(d)(8), States must help Governors develop strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs to enhance service delivery and improve efficiencies in reporting on performance accountability measures. This WIOA provision specifies that such strategies must include design and implementation of common intake, data collection, case management information, and performance accountability measurement and reporting processes. The strategies also must incorporate local input to such design and implementation to improve coordination of services across one-stop partner programs.
Although this State WDB requirement is implemented in the DOL WIOA Final Rule, one-stop partner programs will have to contribute to the development of the data system alignment strategies required by WIOA. Moreover, the implementation of these data system alignment strategies developed by the State WDBs—the actual alignment of technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs—would impose costs on one-stop partners. For these reasons, the Departments consider the costs imposed on State WDBs and the potential future costs to one-stop partner programs by this WIOA requirement a cost of this Final Rule.
WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i) establishes six primary indicators of performance for measuring the effectiveness of activities provided for under each of the core programs:
(1) Percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) Percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) Median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) Percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program;
(5) Percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment; and
(6) Indicator(s) of effectiveness in serving employers.
Under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i), however, the fourth and fifth indicators are not applicable to the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program because that program provides no education or training services, which are measured by those performance indicators. Additionally, for youth activities authorized under WIOA title I, subtitle B, WIOA specifies slightly modified versions of the first two primary indicators of performance.
The Departments assume that the potential implementation of the strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs would involve consulting and software and IT systems for State-level DOL programs and VR agencies. There would be larger upfront consulting costs to design the system and software and IT systems costs to purchase hardware and implement the system. Subsequent software and IT systems costs would also be incurred for maintaining the systems. Some States are already working to better align technology and data systems where feasible and are at varying points in the alignment process. States that are farther in the process will require less effort for alignment than those using legacy systems. We estimate that 40 percent of State-level DOL programs (
The affected entities will incur costs to develop and update their performance accountability systems, which involves establishing the capabilities to collect and regularly update the relevant performance data. State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and Federal- and State-level VR agencies will incur labor costs related to complying with this provision's requirements in the first year of the Final Rule. Furthermore, compliance will result in a one-time non-labor cost for software and IT systems for the Federal DOL program. For State-level DOL core programs, compliance will result in one-time non-labor costs for software and IT systems and consultants and annual non-labor costs for licensing fees. In addition, compliance will result in annual software and IT systems costs for the AEFLA program at the State level.
For the future costs associated with implementing strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs (see Exhibit 22), the Departments estimated costs for “low-” and “high-effort” SWAs for DOL core programs. We estimated the consultant cost for “low-effort” SWAs by multiplying the one-time consultant cost ($100,000) by the number of “low-effort” SWAs (23). This calculation yields a one-time cost of $2.3 million ($2,300,000) in the first year of the Final Rule, which is equal to an average annual cost of $230,000 over the 10-year period.
The Departments estimated the consultant cost for “high-effort” SWAs
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for “low-effort” SWAs by multiplying the sum of the cost for the first year of the rule ($200,000) and the cost for the second and third years ($100,000 per year) by the number of “low-effort” SWAs (23). This calculation yields a total 10-year cost of $9.2 million ($9,200,000), which is equal to an average annual cost of $920,000.
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for “high-effort” SWAs by multiplying the sum of the cost for the first and second years of the rule ($200,000 per year) and the cost in for the third year through the fifth year ($100,000 per year) by the number of “high-effort” SWAs (34). This calculation results in an average annual cost of $2.4 million ($2,380,000), which is equal to a total cost of $23.8 million ($23,800,000) over the 10-year period.
For the State-level AEFLA program (see Exhibit 23), the Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for States to enhance their participation in the SLDS Grant Program by multiplying the annual software and IT cost ($100,000) by the number of States (57). This calculation results in a total 10-year cost of $57.0 million ($57,000,000), which is equal to an average annual cost of $5.7 million ($5,700,000).
The Departments estimated implementation and future alignment costs for “low-” and “high-effort” VR agencies (see Exhibit 24). We estimated the consultant cost for “low-effort” VR agencies by multiplying the one-time consultant cost ($100,000) by the number of “low-effort” VR agencies (32). This calculation yields a one-time cost of $3.2 million ($3,200,000) in the first year of the rule, which is equal to an average annual cost of $320,000 over the 10-year period.
The Departments estimated the consultant cost for “high-effort” VR agencies by multiplying the sum of the consultant cost for the first year of the rule ($200,000) and the second year ($100,000) by the number of “high-effort” VR agencies (48). This results in a total 10-year cost of $14.4 million ($14,400,000), which is equal to an average annual cost of $1.4 million ($1,440,000) over the 10-year period.
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for “low-effort” VR agencies by multiplying the sum of the cost for the first year of the rule ($200,000) and the cost for the second and third years ($100,000 per year) by the number of “low-effort” VR agencies (32). This calculation yields a total 10-year cost of $12.8 million ($12,800,000), which is equal to an average annual cost of $1.3 million ($1,280,000).
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for “high-effort” VR agencies by multiplying the sum of the cost for the first and second years of the rule ($200,000 per year) and the cost for the third year through the fifth year ($100,000 per year) by the number of “high-effort” VR agencies (48). This calculation results in a total 10-year cost of $33.6 million ($33,600,000), which is equal to an average annual cost of $3.4 million ($3,360,000).
The sum of these potential costs for aligning technologies and data systems across one-stop partner programs yields a total cost of $166.5 million ($166,500,000) in non-labor costs from the SWAs, the State-level AEFLA program, and VR agencies. Over the 10-year analysis, these costs result in an average annual cost of $16.7 million ($16,650,000).
For the costs related to developing and updating State performance accountability systems (see Exhibit 13), the Departments estimated the one-time Federal software and IT systems cost for DOL to be $750,000 in the first year of the Final Rule. This is equivalent to an average annual cost of $75,000.
At the State level for DOL core programs (
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for SWAs by multiplying the software and IT systems cost per SWA ($100,000) by the number of SWAs (57). This calculation yields a one-time cost of $5.7 million ($5,700,000) in the first year of the rule, which results in an average annual cost of $570,000 over the 10-year period.
The Departments estimated the licensing fees for SWAs by multiplying the annual licensing fee per SWA ($50,000) by the number of SWAs (57). This calculation results in an annual cost of $2.9 million ($2,850,000), which is equal to a 10-year total cost of $28.5 million.
The Departments estimated the consultant cost for SWAs by multiplying the consultant cost per SWA ($75,000) by the number of SWAs (57). This calculation yields a one-time cost of $4.3 million ($4,275,000) in the first year of the rule, which is equal to an average annual cost of $427,500 over the 10-year period.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 17), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to develop and update the performance accountability system (60 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 80 hours), social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 60 hours each), and database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 80 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($22,736) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57), resulting in an estimated one-time cost of $1.3 million ($1,295,975).
The Departments estimated the software and IT systems cost for the State-level AEFLA program by multiplying the software and IT systems cost per State ($350,000) by the number of States (57). This calculation yields an annual cost of $20.0 million ($19,950,000), which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $199.5 million ($199,500,000).
At the local level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 20), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per local AEFLA provider (1) by the time required to develop and update the performance accountability system (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We
At the Federal level for the VR program (see Exhibit 15), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 data management specialists (1) by the time required to program the database and perform related software development tasks (768.63 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for GS-13 level, Step 5 data management specialists (1 specialist at $64.71/hour for 768.63 hours). We summed the labor cost for both categories to estimate this one-time cost of $108,523, which is equal to an average annualized cost of $10,852.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 18), the Departments estimated the cost associated with the establishment of State performance goals and the State's evaluation and analysis of progress toward such goals by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (1) by the time required to develop and update the performance accountability system (80 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 80 hours each), database administrators (2 administrators at $57.02/hour for 100 hours each), and SRC Board members (12 members at $45.88/hour for 3 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the four categories ($31,297) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate the biennial cost as $2.5 million ($2,503,782). In addition, to estimate the cost of updating and modifying VR agency case management systems we multiplied the estimated number of computer systems analysts per large VR agency that is updating case management and reporting systems using in-house staff (5) by the time required to make system changes (360) and by the hourly compensation rate ($56.17/hour). We multiplied the result ($101,106) by the number of large VR agencies updating systems using in-house staff (5) to estimate this one-time cost of $505,530. We then multiplied the estimated number of computer systems analysts per small or medium VR agency that is updating case management and reporting systems using in-house staff (2) by the time required to make system changes (360 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($56.17/hour). We multiplied the result ($40,442) by the number of small and medium VR agencies updating systems using in-house staff (45) to estimate this one-time cost of $1.8 million ($1,819,908). Finally, we multiplied the estimated number of computer systems analysts per VR agency that has a maintenance contract with a single CMS vendor (2) by the time required to make system changes (54 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($56.17/hour). We multiplied the result ($6,066) by the number of VR agencies with a maintenance contract (30) to estimate this one-time cost of $181,991. In total, the sum of these calculations yields a total 10-year cost of $15.0 million ($15,026,341), which results in an average annual cost of $1.5 million ($1,502,634) over the 10-year period.
The Departments estimated the annual licensing fees cost for State VR agencies by multiplying the annual licensing fee per VR agency ($6,930) by the number of VR agencies that receive vendor-supplied CMS software (48). This calculation results in an annual cost of $332,640, which is equal to a 10-year total cost of $3.3 million ($3,326,400).
The sum of these costs for the development and updating of State performance accountability systems yields a total 10-year cost of $260.7 million ($260,676,411) in costs from the SWAs, AEFLA program, and VR program. Over the 10-year analysis period, these costs result in an average annual cost of $26.1 million ($26,067,641).
The sum of the costs for individuals from the Federal- and State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and Federal- and State-level VR agencies to implement strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partners and to develop and update the performance accountability measures yields a total 10-year cost of $427.2 million ($427,176,411) and an average annual cost of $42.7 million ($42,717,641).
WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(VI) provides that the sixth primary indicator of performance will be an indicator of effectiveness in serving employers, which will be established pursuant to WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv). This indicator will measure program effectiveness in serving employers. Under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv), the Departments must consult with stakeholders on proposed approaches to defining this indicator. The NPRM described three approaches to measure employer satisfaction. In the first approach, States would use wage records to identify whether a participant's identification matches the same FEIN in the second and fourth quarters. The second approach to define this performance indicator would use the number or percentage of employers that are using the core program services out of all employers represented in an area or State served by the system (
In this Final Rule, the Departments are initially implementing the performance indicator of effectiveness in serving employers in the form of a pilot program to test the rigor and feasibility of the three proposed approaches and to develop a standardized indicator. The performance indicator for effectiveness in serving employers will not be included in sanctions determinations until the standardized indicator is developed in accordance with rulemaking requirements. The WIOA Joint Performance ICR and the DOL Performance ICR include the data elements and specifications to calculate all three measures proposed in the NPRM (employee retention with the same employer, market penetration, and repeat business). States will be required to choose two of the three measures of effectiveness in serving employers for data collection and reporting for PYs 2016 and 2017 with results to be included in the WIOA annual reports due in October.
The Departments cannot anticipate which of the three approaches States will select, limiting our ability to estimate the cost of these activities. Due to this uncertainty, the Departments estimated the costs of the pilot program in 2016 and 2017 using the assumption that the realized cost will be the midpoint of the range of the total costs if on the low end, all States choose the
At the Federal level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated DOL's annual labor costs for the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the first approach's one-time labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for programming and data collection (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $20,921.
The Departments estimated the State-level DOL core programs' annual labor cost associated with the first approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours) and for Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $20,291.
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the first approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated AEFLA's annual labor cost for the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the first approach's one-time labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for programming and data collection (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time cost of $20,921.
The Departments estimated the State-level AEFLA program's annual labor cost associated with the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours) and for Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $20,921.
At the Federal level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the first approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated the annual labor costs for the VR program associated with the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the first approach's one-time labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for programming and data collection (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this one-time cost of $29,363.
The Departments estimated the State-level AEFLA program's annual labor cost associated with the first approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours) and for Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($367) by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this annual cost of $29,363.
In total, Approach 1 would result in one-time costs of $73,041 for individuals from the Federal- and State-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR program. In addition, Approach 1 would result in $72,123 in annual costs for these entities.
At the Federal level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the second approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated DOL's annual labor cost associated with the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the second approach's annual labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours), providing training and technical assistance to Local WDBs (3 hours), and Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($505) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $28,767.
For local-level DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the annual labor cost for the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for data collection (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($60.60/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($242) by the number of Local
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the second approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated AEFLA's annual labor cost associated with the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the second approach's annual labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours), providing training and technical assistance to local AEFLA providers (3 hours), and Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($505) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $28,767.
For the local-level AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the annual labor cost for the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for data collection (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($60.60/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($242) by the number of local AEFLA providers (2,396) to estimate this annual cost of $580,790.
At the Federal level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the second approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated the VR program's annual labor cost associated with the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the second approach's one-time labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of staff trainers (1) by the time required for training of rehabilitation counselors (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($54.21/hour). We repeated the calculation for the rehabilitation counselors (62 assistants at $36.66/hour for 1 hour each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($2,490) and multiplied it by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this one-time cost of $199,181.
The Departments estimated the State-level VR program's annual labor cost associated with the second approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). In addition, we added the estimated number of rehabilitation counselors (62 assistants) by the time required for data collection (1 hour each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($36.66/hour). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($2,456) and multiplied it by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this annual cost of $196,515.
In total, Approach 2 would result in one-time costs of $201,016 for individuals from the Federal-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR program and the State-level VR program. In addition, Approach 2 would result in $976,349 in annual costs for the Federal-, State-, and local-level DOL core programs and AEFLA program and the State-level VR program.
At the Federal level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the third approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated DOL's annual labor cost associated with the third approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the third approach's annual labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours), providing training and technical assistance to Local WDBs (3 hours), and Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($505) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $28,767.
For the local-level DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the annual labor cost for third approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for data collection (6 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($60.60/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($364) by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate this annual cost of $210,888.
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the one-time labor cost associated with the third approach in the pilot program by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance development (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in a one-time labor cost of $612.
The Departments estimated AEFLA's annual labor cost associated with the third approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the third approach's annual labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the sum of time required for data collection (4 hours), providing training and technical assistance to local AEFLA providers (3 hours), and Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($505) by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $28,767.
For the local-level AEFLA program, the Departments estimated the annual labor cost for the third approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for data collection (6 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($60.60/hour). We multiplied the labor cost ($364) by the number of local AEFLA providers (2,396) to estimate this annual cost of $871,186.
At the Federal level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the
The Departments estimate the VR program's annual labor cost associated with the third approach by multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 management analysts (1) by the time required for technical assistance delivery (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). This calculation would result in an annual labor cost of $306.
At the State level for the VR program, the Departments estimated the third approach's one-time labor cost by multiplying the estimated number of staff trainers (1) by the time required for training of rehabilitation counselors (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($54.21/hour). We repeated the calculation for the rehabilitation counselors (62 counselors at $36.66/hour for 1 hour each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($2,490) and multiplied it by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this one-time cost of $199,181.
The Departments estimated the State-level VR program annual labor cost associated with the third approach by multiplying the estimated number of management analysts (1) by the time required for Federal reporting (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($45.88/hour). In addition, we added the estimated number of rehabilitation counselors (62 counselors) by the time required for data collection (1 hour each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($36.66/hour). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($2,456) and multiplied it by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this annual cost of $196,515.
In total, Approach 3 would result in one-time costs of $201,016 for individuals from the Federal-level DOL core programs, AEFLA program, and VR program and the State-level VR program. In addition, Approach 3 would result in $1.3 million (1,337,040) in annual costs for the Federal-, State-, and local-level DOL core programs and AEFLA program and the State-level VR program.
As presented in Exhibit 49, Approach 1 is the lowest-cost approach with $73,041 in one-time costs and $72,124 in annual costs for Federal- and State-level costs for DOL, AEFLA, and the VR program. Approach 3 is the highest-cost approach with $201,016 in one-time costs and $1.3 million ($1,337,040) in annual costs for Federal-, State-, and local-level costs for DOL and AEFLA and Federal- and State-level costs for the VR program.
The Departments estimated the one-time labor cost for the pilot program to be incurred in 2016 and the annual labor cost to be incurred in 2017 by taking the average of the low-end range of costs (
The Departments estimated the one-time labor cost for implementation to be incurred in 2019 and the annual labor cost to be incurred annually starting in 2020 by taking the average of the low-end range of costs (
The sum of the costs for the pilot program and the implementation results in a total 10-year cost of $6.4 million ($6,383,497), which is equal to an average annual cost of $638,350 for the implementation.
WIOA sec. 116(b)(3) requires States to negotiate with DOL and ED and agree on levels of performance for each performance indicator for each core program every 2 years. States must establish expected levels of performance for each of the six core programs in the submitted Unified or Combined State Plan. Prior to approving the Unified or Combined State Plan, however, DOL and ED must negotiate with the States to agree on an adjusted performance level (referred to as a “negotiated level of performance” in § 677.170(b) of these final regulations). The negotiated level of performance must be incorporated into the Unified or Combined Plan prior to its approval. The negotiated levels of performance are based on factors including how the expected levels compare to other States, the statistical
Costs will be incurred by entities at Federal, State, and local levels to negotiate adjusted levels of performance. Specifically, biennial labor costs will be incurred at the Federal, State, and local levels for the DOL core programs, at the Federal and State levels for the AEFLA program, and at the Federal and State levels for the VR program.
At the Federal level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 13), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 managers (1) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for GS-12 level, Step 5 management analysts (2 analysts at $54.43/hour for 8 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories to estimate this biennial cost of $1,483. This calculation results in a total 10-year cost of $7,414, which is equal to an average annual cost of $741.
At the State level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 16), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for office and administrative support staff members (2 staff members at $30.57/hour for 8 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($1,012) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This calculation yields a biennial cost of $57,698. Over the 10-year period, this calculation results in a total cost of $288,488, which is equal to an average annual cost of $28,849.
At the local level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 19), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for office and administrative support staff members (2 staff members at $29.36/hour for 8 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($979) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580), which results in a biennial cost of $567,704. This calculation results in a total 10-year cost of $2.8 million ($2,838,520), which is equal to an average annual cost of $283,852.
At the Federal level for the AEFLA programs (see Exhibit 14), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 managers (4) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (24 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for GS-13 level, Step 5 social and community service managers (4 managers at $64.71/hour for 24 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories to estimate this biennial cost of $13,554. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $67,771, which is equal to an average annual cost of $6,777.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 17), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (12 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for social and community service managers (1 manager at $54.21/hour for 12 hours). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($1,435) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57). This calculation results in a biennial cost of $81,806. Over the 10-year period, this calculation results in a total cost of $409,032, which is equal to an average annual cost of $40,903.
At the Federal level for the VR program (see Exhibit 15), the Departments estimated this biennial labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 managers (4) by the time required to negotiate levels of performance (12 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour).
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 18), the Departments estimated the cost of negotiating levels of performance by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (1) by the time required to negotiate adjusted levels of performance (12 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 12 hours each) and management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 12 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three categories ($3,187) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this biennial cost as $254,947. This calculation results in a 10-year cost of $1.3 million ($1,274,736), which is equal to an average annual cost of $127,474 over the 10-year analysis period.
The sum of these calculations yields a biennial cost of $980,863 for individuals from the Federal, State, and local level for the DOL core programs, from the Federal- and State-levels for the AEFLA program, and from the Federal and State levels for the VR program to negotiate levels of performance. This results in a total 10-year cost of $4.9 million ($4,904,316), which is equal to an average annual cost of $490,432.
WIOA sec. 116(b)(3) requires DOL, ED, and States to ensure that negotiated levels of performance are adjusted using a statistical adjustment model—developed and disseminated by DOL and ED—based on the differences among States in (1) actual economic conditions (including differences in unemployment rates and job losses or gains in particular industries) and (2) the characteristics of participants when they entered the relevant program (including indicators of poor work history, lack of work experience, lack of education or occupational skills attainment, dislocation from high-wage and high-benefit employment, low levels of literacy or English proficiency, disability status, homelessness, ex-offender status, and welfare dependency). Regularly adjusting the levels of performance for each primary performance indicator for each core program will result in annual costs being incurred at the Federal, State, and local levels for the DOL core programs, at the Federal level for the AEFLA program, and at the Federal and State levels for the VR program to collect and update data on participants. Furthermore, DOL will experience costs related to annual licensing fees.
At the Federal level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 13), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number
The Departments estimated the annual licensing fee for DOL to be $10,000, or a total cost of $100,000 over the 10-year analysis period.
At the State level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 16), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to collect and update data on the programs' participants (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: computer systems analysts (2 analysts at $56.17/hour for 40 hours each) and office and administrative support staff members (2 staff members at $30.57/hour for 20 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the three categories ($6,370) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual cost of $363,107. This result is equal to a total 10-year cost of $3.6 million ($3,631,071).
At the local level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 19), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to collect and update data on the programs' participants (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: computer systems analysts (2 analysts at $60.76/hour for 40 hours each) and office and administrative support staff members (2 staff members at $29.36/hour for 20 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($6,672) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580). The annual cost is estimated to be $3.9 million ($3,869,470), which results in a 10-year total cost of $38.7 million ($38,694,700).
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 14), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 managers (2) by the time required to provide Federal oversight and technical assistance (40 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for GS-12 level, Step 5 management analysts (2 analysts at $54.43/hour for 80 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories to estimate this annual cost of $14,827, which results in a total 10-year cost of $148,272.
At the Federal level for the VR program (see Exhibit 15), the Departments estimated this biennial labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14 level, Step 5 managers (2) by the time required to collect and update data on its participants (52 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour).
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 18), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (1) by the time required to collect and update data on its participants (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 20 hours), computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 4 hours), and management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for the four categories ($1,810) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate this annual cost as $144,813, which results in a total 10-year cost of $1.4 million ($1,448,128).
The sum of these calculations yields an annual cost of $4.6 million ($4,578,901) for individuals from the Federal, State, and local levels for the DOL core programs, the Federal level for the AEFLA program, and the Federal and State levels for the VR program to collect and update data on their participants. This is equal to a 10-year total cost of $45.8 million ($45,789,005).
Under WIOA sec. 116(b), States must include levels of performance for the six primary performance indicators in their Unified or Combined State Plans. In addition, WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(B) permits States to identify in the State Plan additional performance accountability indicators for the core programs beyond the six required primary indicators. Although States had similar latitude under WIA, no State has ever established additional performance indicators. Therefore, the Departments do not expect any State to establish additional performance accountability indicators under WIOA. If a State chooses to do so, however, we have conservatively calculated a burden estimate based on five States establishing additional indicators of performance. The costs associated with this activity are those incurred by State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State VR agencies having to collect additional data to report on the additional performance indicators in the first year of the Final Rule.
At the State level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 31), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State providing additional data (1) by the time required to collect additional data (16 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for computer systems analysts (3 analysts at $56.17/hour for 40 hours each) and office and administrative support staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 36 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three categories ($8,887) and multiplied the result by the number of States providing additional data (5) to estimate this one-time cost of $44,436. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $4,444.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 32), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State providing additional data (1) by the time required to collect additional data (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 8 hours), computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/
At the local level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 34), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per local AEFLA provider proving additional data (1) by the time required to collect additional data (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for database administrators (1 administrator at $59.60/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for the two occupational categories ($493) and multiplied the result by the number of local AEFLA providers providing additional data (200) to estimate this one-time cost of $98,584. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $9,858.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 33), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency providing additional data (1) by the time required to collect additional data (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 8 hours), computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 8 hours), and social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 8 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the four categories ($2,730) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies providing additional data (5) to estimate this one-time cost as $13,648. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $1,365.
The sum of these calculations yields a total first-year cost of $170,317 from the State-level DOL core programs, State- and local-level AEFLA programs, and State VR agencies to collect additional data. This is equal to an average annual cost of $17,032.
The cost of this activity reflects the Federal cost for procuring a consultant to provide technical assistance to States in the collection of data to comply with the new performance accountability requirements of WIOA. The cost for this activity was not included in the NPRM, because the FY 2017 budget request was in the process of being developed. For FY 2017, the Administration requested funds to help meet WIOA performance requirements through improved data infrastructure along with $1 million for ED to provide technical assistance to help AEFLA grantees comply with the new requirements, including the collection of new WIOA data elements. The total 10-year cost (undiscounted) for this activity represents a one-time Federal consultant cost of $1 million in the second year of WIOA.
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 14), the Departments estimated the cost related to providing technical assistance to States to comply with the new WIOA performance accountability requirements, including the collection and reporting of new data as a one-time consultant cost ($1,000,000) in the second year of the rule. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $100,000.
Under WIOA sec. 116(d)(6), States must make available (including by electronic means) performance reports for local areas and for ETPs under title I of WIOA. WIA required DOL to make State performance reports publicly available but did not require States, themselves, to make their performance reports available (
The DOL and ED, for purposes of the DOL core programs and the AEFLA program, will incur annual Federal level costs to collect, analyze, and report performance data. Furthermore, both Federal agencies will experience annual costs for software and IT systems. The Departments do not anticipate an increase in annual Federal-level costs for the VR program compared to the baseline. However, ED will incur a one-time software and IT systems cost to support its ability to compile quarterly data reported by VR agencies into annual reports required under WIOA. At the State level for the DOL core programs, the AEFLA program, and the VR program, as well as at the local level for the AEFLA program, there will be annual costs to collect, analyze, and report performance data.
At the Federal level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 35), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of GS-14, Step 5 managers (1) by the time required to implement and review the new performance reporting template (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for GS-13, Step 5 computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $64.71/hour for 5 hours) and GS-12, Step 5 management analysts (1 analyst at $54.43/hour for 16 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three categories to estimate an annual cost of $1,806, which results in a total cost of $18,063 over the 10-year analysis period.
The Departments estimated the annual software and IT systems cost at the Federal level for the DOL core programs to be $250,000, which yields a total cost of $2.5 million ($2,500,000) over the 10-year analysis period.
At the State level for the DOL core programs (see Exhibit 38), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of managers per State (1) by the
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 36), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 managers (1) by the time required to collect, analyze, and report performance data (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We repeated the calculation for GS-13, Step 5 social and community service managers (1 manager at $64.71/hour for 16 hours) and GS-13, Step 5 database administrators (1 administrator at $64.71/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three categories to estimate an annual cost of $4,236. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $42,356.
The Departments estimated a one-time software and IT systems cost at the Federal level for the AEFLA program to be $5 million for development, modernization, and enhancement. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $500,000.
The Departments also estimated the annual software and IT systems cost for the AEFLA program at the Federal level to be $250,000 to maintain the steady state. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a cost of $2.5 million ($2,500,000).
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 39), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of managers per State (1) by the time required to collect, analyze, and report performance data (40 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 40 hours), social and community service managers (3 managers at $54.21/hour for 40 hours each), and database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($13,648) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate an annual cost of $777,959. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $7.8 million ($7,779,588).
At the local level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 41), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per local AEFLA provider (1) by the time required to collect, analyze, and report performance data (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for social and community service managers (1 manager at $61.01/hour for 8 hours) and database administrators (1 administrator at $59.60/hour for 8 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($1,474) and multiplied the result by the number of local AEFLA providers (2,396) to estimate an annual cost of $3.5 million ($3,531,512). Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields a total cost of $35.3 million ($35,315,123).
At the Federal level for the VR program (see Exhibit 37), the Departments estimated a one-time software and IT systems cost to be $68,925 to support ED's ability to compile quarterly data reported by VR agencies into annual reports required under WIOA. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $6,893.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 40), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per VR agency (1) by the time required to review and verify the annual performance report that RSA will assemble from the quarterly RSA-911 data that the States have previously reported (5 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the following occupational categories: Computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 5 hours), social and community service managers (2 managers at $54.21/hour for 10 hours each), and database administrators (1 administrator at $57.02/hour for 25 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($3,118) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate an annual cost as $249,400, which results in a total 10-year cost of $2.5 million ($2,494,000).
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 40), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of staff trainers per VR agency (1) by the time required to train staff on new data collection (6 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($54.21/hour). We repeated the calculation for rehabilitation counselors (62 counselors at $36.66/hour for 3 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($7,144) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate a one-time cost of $571,522, which results in an average annual cost of $57,152.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 40), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated number of rehabilitation counselors (62) by the time required to collect data in the first year (58 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($36.66/hour). We summed the labor cost ($131,829) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate a first year cost of $10.5 million ($10,546,349). We then multiplied the estimated number of rehabilitation counselors (62) by the time required to collect data in the second and subsequent years (15 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($36.66/hour). We summed the labor cost ($34,094) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate an annual cost of $2.7 million ($2,727,504). This results in a total 10-year cost of $35.1 million ($35,093,885), which is equivalent to an average annual cost of $3.5 million ($3,509,388).
The sum of these calculations yields an average annual cost of $9.6 million ($9,592,540) for individuals from the Federal- and State-level DOL core programs, the Federal-, State-, and local-level AEFLA programs, and the Federal- and State-level VR agencies, that will incur costs related to the performance reports. This is equal to a total 10-year cost of $95.9 million ($95,925,404).
WIOA core programs will need access to quarterly State UI wage data to efficiently identify exited participants who are employed in the second and fourth full quarters after exit to report on the employment performance indicators. These core programs also will need access to the State quarterly UI wage data to identify the individual quarterly wages in the second full quarter to calculate the median wage performance measure. Prior to WIOA, the AEFLA program obtained quarterly UI wage data on its participants and DOL's public workforce systems had costs associated with UI wage matches. This will be the first time, however, that
For State VR agencies (Exhibit 18), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the data query cost for large VR agencies ($20,000) by the number of large VR agencies (10). We then multiplied the data query cost for medium VR agencies ($8,000) by the number of medium VR agencies (42). Finally, we multiplied the data query cost for small VR agencies ($4,000) by the number of small VR agencies (28). We summed the annual data query cost for all VR agencies ($648,000), which results in a total 10-year cost of $6.5 million ($6,480,000).
VR agencies also will require data analytic and reporting software to extract the information required from their data collection systems necessary to match individual cases to the employment and quarterly earnings data contained in the UI wage data system. DOL and AEFLA, which have the software and perform the analytics, will experience no incremental costs related to this activity. This software also will be required to import the wage and earnings information to their information collection and reporting systems, and complete the calculations necessary to report on the second quarter employment and median-age performance indicators, and on the fourth-quarter employment indicator.
For State VR agencies (see Exhibit 18), the Departments estimated this cost by first multiplying the software and IT systems cost for large VR agencies ($25,000) by the number of large VR agencies (10). We then multiplied the software and IT systems cost for medium VR agencies ($15,000) by the number of medium VR agencies (42). Finally, we multiplied the software and IT systems cost for small VR agencies ($10,000) by the number of small VR agencies (28). We summed the one-time software and IT systems cost for all VR agencies, resulting in a total one-time cost of $1.2 million ($1,160,000), which is equivalent to an average annual cost of $116,000.
The sum of the costs for the Performance Accountability System, which includes the costs to:
• Develop and update State performance accountability systems (which includes the cost to align technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs);
• Implement measures for data collection and reporting on the effectiveness in serving employers;
• Negotiate levels of performance;
• Run a statistical adjustment model to adjust levels of performance;
• Obtain data to report on any additional State performance accountability indicators beyond required performance indicators;
• Provide technical assistance to States;
• Develop a performance report template;
• Develop, update and submit ETP reports;
• Collect, analyze, and report performance data; and provide training;
• Collect UI wage data; and
• Purchase data analytic software and provide training.
This calculation results in a 10-year total cost of $589.0 million ($588,988,950), which is equal to an average annual cost of $58.9 million ($58,898,895).
WIOA sec. 116(e)(1) requires States, in coordination with Local WDBs and agencies responsible for administering core programs, to conduct ongoing evaluations of title I activities carried out in the State under the core programs. Such program evaluations were required under WIA; however, WIOA specifies that SWAs and other State agencies must coordinate the evaluations with the evaluation and research conducted by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under the provisions of Federal law identified in WIOA secs. 169 and 242(c)(2)(D); secs. 12(a)(5), 14, and 107 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 709(a)(5), 711, 727) (applied with respect to the VR program); and the investigations provided for by the Secretary of Labor under sec. 10(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49i(b)). Additionally, WIOA sec. 116(e)(4) directs that SWAs and other State agencies must, to the extent practicable, cooperate in the evaluations (including related research projects) conducted under the provisions of Federal law identified in the preceding sentence. Specifically, such cooperation must include the provision of data and responses to surveys, as well as allowing timely site visits. These directives regarding coordination within States as well as coordination with and cooperation in Federal evaluations were not present in WIA. Finally, WIOA sec. 116(e)(3) requires States to prepare and submit annually to the State and Local WDBs within a State, and make available to the public (including by electronic means), any reports containing the results of evaluations conducted by the State under this section. Under WIA sec. 136(e)(3), States were required to prepare and submit periodically evaluation reports to the State and Local WDBs within the State and to DOL as part of their annual report, but were not required to make them electronically available to the public.
Requirements related to Federal coordination to support State evaluations will be new to the AEFLA and VR programs under WIOA; however, DOL core programs had evaluation-related requirements under WIA, as discussed above.
DOL will incur Federal-level costs for SWA evaluation activities under sec. 116(e) of WIOA. The Federal-level AEFLA and VR programs will incur costs for providing technical assistance and promoting State AEFLA and VR agency participation, respectively, in the coordination process (which may include the design and development of State evaluation activities). All Federal programs will incur costs for technical assistance, monitoring, and dissemination. Costs will be incurred by affected entities to coordinate any evaluations of activities carried out in the States and in cooperating in the provision of various forms of data for Federal evaluations. The Departments estimate that implementing these requirements will generate annual labor costs at the Federal and State level for DOL and ED programs. In addition, there will be some marginal software and IT systems and consultant costs for State-level DOL programs.
At the Federal level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 42), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 managers per State (2) by the time required to support State evaluation activities (25 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same
At the State level for DOL core programs (see Exhibit 45), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of computer systems analysts per State (2) by the time required to coordinate any evaluations of activities carried out in the States and to cooperate in the provision of various forms of data for Federal evaluations (15 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($56.17/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Social and community managers (1 manager at $54.21/hour for 20 hours), management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 10 hours), and office and administrative staff members (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 10 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($3,534) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate an annual cost of $201,427. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $2.0 million ($2,014,266).
At the State level for DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the software and IT systems costs. We first multiplied the software and IT systems cost ($10,000) by the number of States (57) to estimate an annual cost of $570,000. This estimate represents the cost associated with this Final Rule beyond the IT expenditures currently incurred by SWAs. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $5.7 million ($5,700,000).
At the State level for DOL core programs, the Departments estimated the consultant costs. We first multiplied the consultant costs ($21,400) by the number of States (57) to estimate an annual cost of $1.2 million ($1,219,800). This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $12.2 million ($12,198,000).
At the Federal level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 43), the Departments estimated the labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 managers per State (4) by the time required to support State adult education agency participation in the coordination process (10 hours each) and the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: GS-13, Step 5 computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $64.71/hour for 5 hours), and GS-12, Step 5 management analysts (2 analysts at $54.43/hour for 30 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three categories to estimate an annual cost of $6,649. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $66,486.
At the State level for the AEFLA program (see Exhibit 46), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to coordinate any evaluations of activities carried out in the States and in cooperating in the provision of various forms of data for Federal evaluations (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 20 hours), social and community managers (1 manager at $54.21/hour for 10 hours), and management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 20 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four categories ($3,237) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate an annual cost of $184,509. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $1.8 million ($1,845,090).
At the Federal level for the VR program (see Exhibit 44), the Departments estimated the labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of GS-14, Step 5 managers per State (2) by the time required to support State VR agency participation and coordination in carrying out State evaluations (5 hours each) and the hourly compensation rate ($76.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: GS-13, Step 5 social and community service managers (2 managers at $64.71/hour for 10 hours each) and GS-12, Step 5 management analysts (2 analysts at $54.43/hour for 15 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three categories to estimate an annual cost of $3,692. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $36,919.
At the State level for the VR program (see Exhibit 47), the Departments estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated number of managers per State (1) by the time required to coordinate any evaluations of activities carried out in the States and for cooperating in the provision of various forms of data for Federal evaluations (1 hour) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 13 hours), social and community service managers (1 manager at $54.21/hour for 5 hours), management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 5 hours), and office and administrative support staff (1 staff member at $30.57/hour for 2 hours). We summed the labor cost for all five categories ($1,357) and multiplied the result by the number of VR agencies (80) to estimate an annual cost of $108,575. This is equivalent to a 10-year cost of $1.1 million ($1,085,752).
The sum of these calculations yields a total 10-year cost of $23.0 million ($23,019,352) resulting in an average annual cost of $2.3 million ($2,301,935), for individuals from the Federal- and State-level DOL, AEFLA and VR programs related to State evaluation responsibilities.
Relative to the baseline of practice under WIA, the four provisions of the WIOA Final Rule described above are expected to result in costs of $626.8 million ($626,780,605) over the 10-year period. This is equivalent to an average annual cost of $62.7 million ($62,678,060). See section V.A.7 (Summary of Analysis) for a summary of these costs.
Exhibit 50 summarizes the estimated undiscounted average annual costs for each provision of this Final Rule. The exhibit also presents a high-level qualitative description of the benefits resulting from full WIOA implementation for each rule provision. These qualitative forecasts are predicated on program experience and are outcomes for which data will become available only after implementation. The Departments estimate the average annual cost of this Final Rule over the 10-year period of analysis to be $62.7 million. The largest contributor to this cost is the provision related to the development and updating of State performance accountability systems, which is estimated at $42.7 million per year. The next largest cost results from performance reports at an estimated $9.6 million per year, followed by the average cost of adjusting performance based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants at an estimated $4.6 million per year.
Exhibit 51 summarizes the first-year costs for each provision of this Final Rule. The Departments estimated the total first-year cost of this Final Rule to be $135.5 million. The largest contributor to the first-year cost is the provision related to developing and updating State performance accountability systems at $97.5 million. The next largest first-year cost results from performance reports, amounting to $21.7 million, followed by adjusting levels of performance based on actual economic conditions and characteristics at $4.6 million.
Exhibit 52 summarizes the estimated annual and total costs of this Final Rule. The estimated total (undiscounted) cost of the rule sums to $626.8 million over the 10-year analysis period, which is equal to an average annual cost of $62.7 million per year. In total, the estimated 10-year discounted costs of the Final Rule range from $495.2 million to $558.9 million (with 7- and 3-percent discounting, respectively).
To contextualize the cost of this Final Rule, the average annual budget for WIA implementation over FY 2012-2014 for the Departments of Labor and Education combined was $7.2 billion.
U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. (2015) State Statutory Formula Funding. Retrieved from:
U.S. Department of Education. (2016). Department of Education Budget Tables. Retrieved from:
The Departments were unable to quantify several important benefits to society due to data limitations and a lack of existing data or evaluation findings on particular items.
The Departments provide a qualitative description of the anticipated WIOA benefits below. The anticipated WIOA benefits are the results of expanded services to a larger number of people and/or improving services that are already being offered under WIA. These qualitative forecasts are predicated on program experience and are outcomes for which data will become available only after implementation. The studies discussed below are largely based on programs and their existing requirements under WIA and therefore they capture the benefits associated with WIA. However, they still can illustrate the types of benefits that are expected from this Final Rule.
This is expected to result in three potential benefits: (1) Improved employment outcomes in the local area, (2) higher wages, and (3) reduced costs associated with returning training participants. First, because training participants will primarily be trained for jobs with local demand, these individuals will have an increased likelihood of obtaining employment following their training due to their applicable skill set and the increased availability of local labor market positions. This could minimize the duration of unemployment in some local areas. Second, these individuals could be paid a higher wage because they will possess job-specific training for jobs in demand in the local area. Finally, under WIA, if an individual was not employed after exiting a training program, he or she was able to participate in some additional training programs, which resulted in greater costs for those training providers and one-stop partners. Under WIOA, the Departments expect costs for returning participants could decrease due to some participants' increased likelihood of obtaining employment. Overall, having better aligned training programs will have a positive effect on the economy from benefits such as reduced retraining
Participants in occupational training had a reemployment rate 5 percentage points higher than those who received no training, and reemployment rates were highest among recipients of on-the-job training, a difference of 10 to 11 percentage points.
Another DOL program, the Job Corps program for disadvantaged youth and young adults, produced sustained increases in earnings for participants in their early twenties. Students who completed Job Corps vocational training experienced average earnings increases by the fourth follow-up year over the comparison group, whereas those who
Those who completed training experienced a 15 percent increase in employment rates and an increase in hourly wages of $1.21 relative to participants without training.
National and international studies such as the recent Survey of Adult Skills
The following are channels through which the benefits discussed above might be achieved:
Consumers of educational services, including those with barriers to employment, such as disadvantaged and displaced workers, require reliable information on the value of different training options to make informed choices. Displaced workers tend to be farther removed from schooling and lack information about available courses and the fields with the highest economic return.
Implementation of follow-up measures, rather than termination-based measures, might improve long-term labor market outcomes, although some
Before-after earning metrics capture the contribution of training to earnings potential and minimize incentives to select only training participants with high initial earnings.
Pressure to meet performance levels could lead providers to focus on offering services to participants most likely to succeed. For example, current performance accountability measures might create incentives for training providers to screen participants for motivation, delay participation for those needing significant improvement, or discourage participation by those with high existing wages.
The following subsections present additional channels by which economic benefits may be associated with various aspects of this Final Rule:
In conclusion, after a review of the quantitative and qualitative analysis of the impacts of this Final Rule, the Departments have concluded that the societal benefits justify the anticipated costs.
The following section describes the ancillary benefit to the DOL program that may result from this Final Rule due to integrated DOL program participant records—an activity that is highly encouraged in the Final Rule, but is not required.
According to a recent report which sampled 28 local areas, career counselors reported that their high caseloads (approximately 50 to 100 cases per counselor) limited the amount of time they could spend providing individualized career services (individualized career services under WIOA) per client.
In addition, there are two important transfers that the Departments were unable to quantify. Below, we describe qualitatively the transfers that are expected to result from improved system alignment and the Reemployment and Eligibility Assessment Program.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 603, requires agencies to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis to determine whether a regulation will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule in lieu of preparing an analysis if the regulation is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Further, under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, 5 U.S.C. 801 (SBREFA), an agency is required to produce compliance guidance for small entities if the rule has a significant economic impact.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) defines a small business as one that is “independently owned and operated and which is not dominant in its field of operation.” The definition of small business varies from industry to industry to the extent necessary to reflect industry size differences properly. An agency must either use the SBA definition for a small entity or establish an alternative definition, in this instance, for the workforce industry. The Departments have adopted the SBA definition for purposes of this certification.
The Departments have notified the Chief Counsel for Advocacy, SBA, under the RFA at 5 U.S.C. 605(b), and certify that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This finding is supported, in very large measure, by the fact that small entities are already receiving financial assistance under the WIA program and will likely continue to do so under the WIOA program as articulated in this Final Rule.
The Final Rule can be expected to impact small one-stop center operators. One-stop operators can be a single entity (public, private, or nonprofit) or a consortium of entities. The types of entities that might be a one-stop operator include: (1) An institution of higher education; (2) an employment service State agency established under the Wagner-Peyser Act; (3) a community-based organization, nonprofit organization, or workforce intermediary; (4) a private for-profit entity; (5) a government agency; (6) a Local WDB, with the approval of the chief elected official and the Governor; or (7) another interested organization or entity that can carry out the duties of the one-stop operator. Examples include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
This Final Rule can also be expected to impact a variety of AEFLA local providers: (1) Local education agencies; (2) community-based organizations; (3) faith-based organizations; (4) libraries; community, junior, and technical colleges; (5) 4-year colleges and universities; (6) correctional institutions; and (7) other institutions, such as medical and special institutions not designed for criminal offenders.
The Departments indicate that transfer payments are a significant aspect of this analysis in that the majority of WIOA program cost burdens on State and Local WDBs will be fully financed through Federal transfer payments to States. We have highlighted costs that are new to WIOA implementation and this Final Rule. Therefore, we expect that this WIOA Final Rule will have no cost impact on small entities.
The Departments have concluded that this Joint WIOA Final Rule does not impose a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA; therefore, the Departments are not required to produce any Compliance Guides for Small Entities, as mandated by the SBREFA.
The purposes of the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501
As part of continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, the Departments conduct preclearance consultation activities to provide the public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and continuing collections of information in accordance with the PRA.
A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. The public is also not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person will be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently valid OMB Control Number (44 U.S.C. 3512).
In accordance with the PRA, the Departments submitted two ICRs—(1) Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Common Performance Reporting and (2) Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, Wagner-Peyser Act WIOA Title I Programs, and Vocational Rehabilitation Adult Education—to OMB when the NPRM was published. The NPRM provided an opportunity for the public to send comments on the two information collections directly to the Departments; commenters also were advised that comments under the PRA could be submitted directly to OMB. OMB issued a notice of action for each request asking the Departments to resubmit the ICRs, after considering public comments, at the Final Rule stage. Given that information collection instruments were not ready at the time the NPRM published, the Departments provided additional opportunities for the public to comment on the information collections through notices in the
It should be noted that the ICR review status reported in this section only relates to requests related directly to the Final Rule. Certain ICR packages that were previously approved are being updated to change references to those in the Joint WIOA Final Rule. As has been the practice throughout WIOA implementation, the agencies will continue to update stakeholders on the status of the joint ICRs related to State planning and performance accountability through other means.
The Required Elements for the Submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications Under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Information Collection, OMB 1205-0522 substantive requirements were approved via a notice of action dated February 19, 2016. As of the date of the drafting of this preamble, the information collection is being updated to reflect references in the Joint WIOA Final Rule. Also, the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Common Performance Reporting ICR review is pending as of the date this preamble was drafted. The substantive requirements will be approved through a notice of action by OMB, and will take effect as of that date. The Departments will announce this approval.
The information collections in this Final Rule are summarized as follows.
General comments focused on data collection and overall burden.
A “recognized postsecondary credential” is defined in WIOA sec. 3(52) as “a credential consisting of an industry-recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recognized by the State involved or Federal Government, or an associate or baccalaureate degree.” The Departments will issue joint guidance that further defines what constitutes an acceptable credential for the credential attainment rate numerator, including guidance regarding an acceptable industry-recognized certificate or certification and definitions for each type of credential. The Departments have not provided a threshold for participation in education or training programs for inclusion in the indicator. The Departments will provide further program-specific guidance on what constitutes education or training for inclusion in the credential attainment rate indicator, for purposes of the core programs. The credential obtained is not required to be WIOA-funded or based on services provided by an eligible training provider. There is no reason to capture the date training concluded. The credential indicator is calculated based on those in education or training at any point in the program or within 1 year after exiting the program, regardless of whether the training ended.
Because WIOA sec. 116(b)(2) specifies the percentage of participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential or secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent in a single indicator, the Departments will not separate secondary and postsecondary credential attainment into two separate indicators. Any acceptable credential attained during the program or within 1 year following program exit counts toward the credential attainment rate indicator. The PIRL records outcomes regarding this indicator in the following manner.
First, for participants enrolled in a postsecondary education or training program (other than OJT and customized training), PIRL 1811, Most Recent Date Enrolled in Education or Training Program Leading to a Recognized Postsecondary Credential or Employment During the Program, records enrollment. Participants enrolled in such a program are included in the denominator for calculating outcomes for this indicator. PIRL 1801, Date Attained Recognized Credential, records the date on which an individual attained a recognized credential, and PIRL 1800, Type of Recognized Credential, records the type of recognized credential attained. The Departments note that PIRL 1801 (formerly PIRL 1705) has been renamed as suggested by a commenter. Participants are included as successes in the numerator of this indicator if at least one recognized credential is earned either during participation in the program or within 1 year (
Second, for participants who attain a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, PIRL 1401, Enrolled in a Secondary Education Program, records enrollment. ABE participation in classes at the ninth grade equivalent or higher will count as enrollment in secondary education. Participants enrolled in such a program are included in the denominator for calculating outcomes regarding this indicator. As stated above, PIRL 1801, Date Attained Recognized Credential, records the date on which an individual attained a recognized credential, and PIRL 1800, Type of Recognized Credential, records the type of recognized credential attained, including high school diploma or equivalency. WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iii) requires that program participants who obtain a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent shall be included in the percentage counted as meeting the criterion only if such participants have obtained or retained employment or are in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program. To that end, PIRL 1406, Date Enrolled in a Post Exit Education or Training Program, records the date of post-exit enrollment in such a program. Participants are included as successes in the numerator of this indicator if, during the program or within 1 year after exit from the program, they are enrolled in a post-exit education or training program (PIRL 1406), attain a recognized postsecondary credential (PIRL 1800), or obtain or retain employment (PIRL 1600, PIRL 1602, PIRL 1604, PIRL 1606). In the final WIOA Joint Performance ICR, those participants who are receiving adult education services while incarcerated will not count in the employment retention, earnings, credential attainment, or effectiveness of serving employers indicators. These individuals will only be counted, for performance calculation purposes, in the measurable skill gains indicator. The Departments recognize burden concerns for tracking credential attainment. WIOA requires the collection and reporting of the credential attainment rate indicator for all core programs, except for the Employment Service program, authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act as amended by title III of WIOA (
The Departments will provide program-specific guidance and technical assistance to define the types of services and trainings that constitute “an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment”. Individuals not in the types of programs specified will not be included in the measurable skill gains indicator.
The Departments recognize the concern raised by commenters that the program year timeline may not provide participants with reasonable opportunity to achieve a gain, particularly when a participant enters the program late in a program year. Therefore, the Departments considered whether a minimum time threshold should be incorporated into the measurable skill gains indicator. However, the Departments have concluded that given the diversity of participant needs and program services, imposing a time period by which progress is to be documented would be somewhat arbitrary and difficult. Such practice could result in excluding a number of participants from performance accountability reporting requirements, even if those participants achieve a gain under one of the measures of progress. The Departments note that the negotiations process can and should take into account enrollment patterns and lower baseline data when establishing negotiated levels of performance for the measurable skill gains indicator.
All participant outcomes, regardless of whether achieved at the end of the reporting period in which a participant enrolled or in the next reporting period, will count as positive outcomes for the program. The Departments are concerned about incentivizing behavior that discourages service providers from enrolling disconnected youth, in particular, when they first approach programs, or that purposefully attempts to focus service on individuals who are more likely to obtain a positive outcome. The Departments emphasize that programs must not delay enrollment or prohibit participants from entering a program late in the program year.
It is not the Departments' intent to exclude incarcerated individuals from the measurable skill gains indicator. The PIRL includes a code value for incarcerated participants in PIRL 923, Other Reasons for Exit (formerly PIRL 971, Exclusionary Reasons). This element is used to exclude incarcerated participants who are enrolled in adult education from all performance indicators except for the measurable skill gains indicator if they remain incarcerated at program exit. The Departments recognize that some programs (
In order to address the various comments and questions received regarding the measurable skill gains indicator, the Departments will provide program guidance and technical assistance regarding each core program in WIOA titles I, II, and IV to further clarify the measurable skill gains indicator. The Departments have concluded, however, that additional types of documented progress for determining whether a participant has achieved measurable skill gains beyond the five types set forth in final § 677.155(a)(1)(v) will not be included. The Departments note the five gain types included in the regulation and the WIOA Joint Performance ICR share a level of rigor and provide enough flexibility to allow for the commenters' recommended option.
The Departments acknowledge the suggestion to use GPA as a method to measure skill gains. The Departments reiterate that, as stated above, both the Final Rule at § 677.155(a)(1)(v) and the WIOA Joint Performance ICR will define only five standardized ways States can measure and document participants' measurable skill gains. The Departments note, however, that GPA may be reflected in PIRL 1807 (former PIRL 1801) and PIRL 1808 (former PIRL 1801). Each of these elements records measurable skill gains as documented by a transcript or report card for either secondary or postsecondary education for a sufficient number of credit hours to show that a participant is meeting the State unit's academic standards.
Lastly, the Departments recognize concerns regarding credit hours for interim progress. In the NPRM, the Departments proposed a measure requiring a transcript or report card for 1 academic year or for 24 credit hours. The Departments agree with the concern that a transcript for 1 academic year or 24 credit hours is too onerous for part-time students and have changed this measure to require that the transcript or report card reflect a sufficient number of credit hours to show a participant is achieving the State unit's academic standards. This change will be reflected in the Joint WIOA Final Rule at § 677.155(a)(1)(v)(C), which will document progress through receipt of a secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is meeting the State unit's academic standards. The Departments anticipate that, for participants in postsecondary education, a sufficient number of credit hours would be at least 12 hours per semester or, for part-time students, a total of at least 12 hours over the course of two completed consecutive semesters during the program year that shows a participant is achieving the State unit's academic standards (or the equivalent for other than credit-hour programs).
However, for consistency purposes in reporting, the Departments will not implement additional exceptions to these final regulations. The Departments have provided rules to accommodate certain exceptional circumstances. For example, criminal offenders in correctional facilities are not included in employment and earnings indicators or the credential attainment rate indicator if they remain incarcerated at program exit, since they do not have the same opportunity to engage in unsubsidized employment or postsecondary education as do others in the general population. Likewise, participants who score at low levels of literacy are not included in credential attainment rate indicators unless they are enrolled in programs that provide instruction at or above the ninth grade level. These measures provide a reasonable approach to providing accountability while acknowledging the needs of vulnerable populations.
One commenter favored this approach because it would increase the likelihood that reporting would be consistent, which would facilitate analysis and comparison. Another commenter suggested that, because each State has different access rights to information, the burden on States could be drastically reduced if WIOA partners could submit their reports to their Federal reporting agency that is then responsible for consolidating the information. Another commenter requested that DOL not specify the manner in which ETP performance reports are filed, reasoning that it would be easier for State agencies to run data required by the template rather than requiring ETPs to modify their systems to capture all the information required by the report. A commenter agreed that much of the information in the ETP report could be more efficiently provided by State and local governments—notably one-stop caseworkers—rather than ETPs, which have little or no access to some of the data. Commenters in another State remarked that local areas collect and track information for the ETP performance report constantly and stated that transferring the data to a centralized point for display to the public seems unnecessary and burdensome. Some commenters supported flexibility and urged the Departments not to mandate a method for filing reports, allowing either of the two approaches: grantees complete the ETP performance reports using a template and provide the Departments with the appropriate location of the report, or grantees send the necessary aggregate data to the Departments where the data could be compiled, formatted and displayed in a standardized user-friendly template and made available as required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(B).
In addition, the Departments have concluded that States are permitted to use ITAs for out-of-school WIOA youth participants ages 18 to 24, as provided in the DOL WIOA Final Rule at 20 CFR 681.550. For the purpose of the annual ETP performance report, WIOA out-of-school youth, ages 18 to 24, participating in a program of study using an ITA are reported in both the ETP performance report as well as in the State and Local annual reports. Because WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) does not describe such youth, the Departments note that when such youth are reported in the ETP performance reports, their performance is reported using the same performance indicators as prescribed for WIOA adult and dislocated worker participants (
The Departments have concluded that the WIOA Joint Performance ICR is in line with WIOA sec. 116(d) and will not reduce the number of required elements in the ETP reporting template. The Departments recognize the contribution of ETPs that may serve smaller populations and acknowledge that suppression standards may limit data, but have concluded that the WIOA Joint Performance ICR aligns with WIOA sec. 116. The Departments also recognize the interest in establishing processes for accessing wage related data. The Departments will provide additional information on the parameters of the collection and reporting of this information through the associated ICR and program specific guidance.
The Departments also understand the increased administrative burden for follow up and the collection of new statutorily required data under WIOA, such as cost per WIOA participant served (
States may use existing databases to assist in obtaining the required data elements provided the data sharing meets the required statutory and regulatory privacy requirements. However, States remain responsible for ensuring the accuracy and timely submission of required data elements. States are not prohibited from developing a standardized form that would allow individuals to self-report data, apart from information that is necessary for the program to receive Federal funds.
Core programs administered by ETA already utilize a “rolling four quarter methodology” for quarterly reporting. In other words, for each data element, the most recent four quarters worth of data are reported (which will be different for different data elements due to the timing of the availability of the data). ETA will continue utilizing this approach, which adjusts for seasonality and which allows 1 year of data to be reported on any given quarterly report.
While each State, at a minimum, must submit a Unified State Plan covering the six core programs, sec. 103 of WIOA permits a State to submit a Combined State Plan that includes the six core programs plus one or more additional Combined State Plan partner programs listed in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA. If the State chooses to include one or more Combined State Plan partner programs, its Combined State Plan must include all of the common planning elements contained in the Unified State Plan and an additional element describing how the State will coordinate the additional Combined State Plan partner programs with the six core programs (WIOA sec. 103(b)(3)).
To see a more detailed view of the responses to public comments, refer to item 8 of the supporting statements of the information collections.
E.O. 13132 requires Federal agencies to ensure that the principles of Federalism established by the Framers of our Constitution guide the executive departments and agencies in the formulation and implementation of policies and to further the policies of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. Further, agencies must strictly adhere to constitutional principles. Agencies must closely examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policy-making discretion of the States and they must carefully assess the necessity for any such action. To the extent practicable, State and local officials must be consulted before any such action is implemented. Section 3(b) of the E.O. further provides that Federal agencies must implement regulations that have a substantial direct effect only if statutory authority permits the regulation and it is of national significance. The Departments have reviewed the Joint WIOA Final Rule in light of these requirements and have concluded that, with the enactment of WIOA and its clear requirement to publish national implementing regulations, E.O. sec. 3(b) has been reviewed and its requirement satisfied.
Accordingly, the Departments have reviewed this WIOA-required Joint Final Rule and have concluded that the rulemaking has no Federalism implications. The Joint WIOA Final Rule, as noted above, has no substantial direct effects on States, on the relationships between the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government as described by E.O. 13132. Therefore, the Departments have concluded that this Final Rule does not have a sufficient Federalism implication to warrant the preparation of a summary impact statement.
With respect to the comments pertaining to requirements under the VR program for the VR agencies to report data regarding individuals employed at subminimum wage and for States to reserve at least 15 percent of their VR allotment to provide pre-employment transition services to students with disabilities, ED provides descriptions of these cost burdens in the RIA of the VR program-specific Final Rule published elsewhere in this issue of the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 directs agencies to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector. A Federal mandate is any provision in a regulation that imposes an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments, or imposes a duty upon the private sector that is not voluntary.
WIOA contains specific language supporting employment and training activities for Indian, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiian individuals. These program requirements are supported, as is the WIOA workforce development system generally, by Federal formula grant funds and accordingly are not considered unfunded mandates. Similarly, Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker activities are authorized and funded under the WIOA program as was done under the WIA program. The States are mandated to perform certain activities for the Federal government under WIOA and will be reimbursed (grant funding) for the resources required to perform those activities. The same process and grant relationship exists between States and Local WDBs under the WIA program and must continue under the WIOA program as identified in this Final Rule.
WIOA contains language-establishing procedures regarding the eligibility of training providers to receive funds under the WIOA program and contains clear State information collection requirements for eligible training providers (
Following consideration of these factors, the Departments concluded that the Joint WIOA Final Rule contained no unfunded Federal mandates, which are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(6) to include either a “Federal intergovernmental mandate” or a “Federal private sector mandate.”
E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563 require regulations to be written in a manner that is easy to understand.
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681) requires the assessment of the impact of this rule on family well-being. A rule that is determined to have a negative effect on families must be supported with an adequate rationale. The Departments have assessed this Joint WIOA Final Rule in light of this requirement and concluded that the Joint Final Rule will not have a negative effect on families.
The Departments reviewed the Joint WIOA Final Rule under the terms of E.O. 13175 and DOL's Tribal Consultation Policy and have concluded the final regulation would have tribal implications as the final regulations have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, the relationship between the Federal government and Indian tribes, or the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian tribes. Therefore, as described in the preamble to the NPRM, the Departments carried out several consultations with tribal institutions, including tribal officials, which allowed the tribal officials to provide meaningful and timely input into the Departments' proposals. Additionally, through the Notice and Comment rulemaking process, the Departments received comments on the programs and provisions in WIOA that have tribal implications and the Departments have responded to these comments throughout the preamble to the Final Joint and DOL-only regulations.
In addition to the comments received through its Notice and Comment rulemaking process, the Department of Labor received feedback from the INA community and the public prior to the publication of the NPRM. This feedback was summarized in the NPRM at 80 FR 20626-28.
The Departments have concluded that this Joint WIOA Final Rule is not subject to E.O. 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, because it does not involve implementation of a policy with takings implications.
This Joint WIOA Final Rule was drafted and reviewed in accordance with E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform, and the Departments have concluded that the Joint Final Rule will not unduly burden the Federal court system. The Joint WIOA Final Rule was written to minimize litigation and, to the extent feasible, provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct. In addition, the Joint WIOA Final Rule has been reviewed to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguities.
This Joint WIOA Final Rule was drafted and reviewed in accordance with E.O. 13211, Energy Supply. The Departments have concluded the Joint WIOA Final Rule will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy and is not subject to E.O. 13211.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Administrative practice and procedure, Grant programs—education, Grant programs—social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation.
Adult education, Grant programs—education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, ETA amends 20 CFR chapter V as follows:
Secs. 102, 103, and 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The Unified and Combined State Plans provide the framework for States to outline a strategic vision of, and goals for, how their workforce development systems will achieve the purposes of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).
(b) The Unified and Combined State Plans serve as 4-year action plans to develop, align, and integrate the State's systems and provide a platform to achieve the State's vision and strategic and operational goals. A Unified or Combined State Plan is intended to:
(1) Align, in strategic coordination, the six core programs required in the Unified State Plan pursuant to § 676.105(b), and additional Combined State Plan partner programs that may be part of the Combined State Plan pursuant to § 676.140;
(2) Direct investments in economic, education, and workforce training programs to focus on providing relevant education and training to ensure that individuals, including youth and individuals with barriers to employment, have the skills to compete in the job market and that employers have a ready supply of skilled workers;
(3) Apply strategies for job-driven training consistently across Federal programs; and
(4) Enable economic, education, and workforce partners to build a skilled workforce through innovation in, and alignment of, employment, training, and education programs.
(a) The Unified State Plan must be submitted in accordance with § 676.130 and WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Governor of each State must submit, at a minimum, in accordance with § 676.130, a Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor to be eligible to receive funding for the workforce development system's six core programs:
(1) The adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under subtitle B of title I of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL);
(2) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED);
(3) The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III and administered by DOL; and
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA and administered by ED.
(c) The Unified State Plan must outline the State's 4-year strategy for the core programs described in paragraph (b) of this section and meet the requirements of sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(d) The Unified State Plan must include strategic and operational planning elements to facilitate the development of an aligned, coordinated, and comprehensive workforce development system. The Unified State Plan must include:
(1) Strategic planning elements that describe the State's strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce under sec. 102(b)(1) of WIOA. The strategic planning elements must be informed by and include an analysis of the State's economic conditions and employer and workforce needs, including education and skill needs.
(2) Strategies for aligning the core programs and Combined State Plan partner programs as described in § 676.140(d), as well as other resources available to the State, to achieve the strategic vision and goals in accordance with sec. 102(b)(1)(E) of WIOA.
(3) Operational planning elements in accordance with sec. 102(b)(2) of WIOA that support the strategies for aligning the core programs and other resources available to the State to achieve the State's vision and goals and a description of how the State Workforce Development Board (WDB) will implement its functions, in accordance with sec. 101(d) of WIOA. Operational planning elements must include:
(i) A description of how the State strategy will be implemented by each core program's lead State agency;
(ii) State operating systems, including data systems, and policies that will support the implementation of the State's strategy identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
(iii) Program-specific requirements for the core programs required by WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D);
(iv) Assurances required by sec. 102(b)(2)(E) of WIOA, including an assurance that the lead State agencies responsible for the administration of the core programs reviewed and commented on the appropriate operational planning of the Unified State Plan and approved the elements as serving the needs of the population served by such programs, and other assurances deemed necessary by the Secretaries of Labor and Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(E)(x) of WIOA;
(v) A description of joint planning and coordination across core programs, required one-stop partner programs, and other programs and activities in the Unified State Plan; and
(vi) Any additional operational planning requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) of WIOA.
(e) All of the requirements in this part that apply to States also apply to outlying areas.
The program-specific requirements for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D) of WIOA. Additional planning requirements may be explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program-specific requirements for the AEFLA program in title II that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in secs. 102(b)(2)(C) and 102(b)(2)(D)(ii) of WIOA.
(a) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(ii)(I) of WIOA pertaining to content standards, the Unified State Plan must describe how the eligible agency will, by July 1, 2016, align its content standards for adult education with State-adopted challenging academic content standards under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended.
(b) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(iv) of WIOA pertaining to the methods and
(1) How the eligible agency will award multi-year grants on a competitive basis to eligible providers in the State; and
(2) How the eligible agency will provide direct and equitable access to funds using the same grant or contract announcement and application procedure.
The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III, is subject to requirements in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, including any additional requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor under secs. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) and 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) of WIOA, as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program specific-requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are set forth in sec. 101(a) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. All submission requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are in addition to the jointly developed strategic and operational content requirements prescribed by sec. 102(b) of WIOA.
(a) The Unified State Plan described in § 676.105 must be submitted in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued jointly by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) A State must submit its Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor pursuant to a process identified by the Secretary.
(1) The initial Unified State Plan must be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the commencement of the second full program year of WIOA.
(2) Subsequent Unified State Plans must be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the end of the 4-year period covered by a preceding Unified State Plan.
(3) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, “program year” means July 1 through June 30 of any year.
(c) The Unified State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by § 679.130(a) of this chapter and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(d) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Unified State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Unified State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Unified State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment.
(e) Upon receipt of the Unified State Plan from the State, the Secretary of Labor will ensure that the entire Unified State Plan is submitted to the Secretary of Education pursuant to a process developed by the Secretaries.
(f) The Unified State Plan is subject to the approval of both the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education.
(g) Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Unified State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will review and approve the Unified State Plan within 90 days of receipt by the Secretary of Labor, unless the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education determines in writing within that period that:
(1) The plan is inconsistent with a core program's requirements;
(2) The Unified State Plan is inconsistent with any requirement of sec. 102 of WIOA; or
(3) The plan is incomplete or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements or other requirements of WIOA.
(i) If neither the Secretary of Labor nor the Secretary of Education makes the written determination described in paragraph (h) of this section within 90 days of the receipt by the Secretaries, the Unified State Plan will be considered approved.
(a) In addition to the required modification review set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, a Governor may submit a modification of its Unified State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(b) Modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) At the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan, wherein the State WDB must review the Unified State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Unified State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Unified State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 677.170(b) of this chapter, the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(c) Modifications to the Unified State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements in § 676.130(d) that apply to the development of the original Unified State Plan.
(d) Unified State Plan modifications must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Unified State Plan under § 676.130. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services
(a) A State may choose to develop and submit a 4-year Combined State Plan in lieu of the Unified State Plan described in §§ 676.105 through 676.125.
(b) A State that submits a Combined State Plan covering an activity or program described in paragraph (d) of this section that is, in accordance with WIOA sec. 103(c), approved or deemed complete under the law relating to the program will not be required to submit any other plan or application in order to receive Federal funds to carry out the core programs or the program or activities described under paragraph (d) of this section that are covered by the Combined State Plan.
(c) If a State develops a Combined State Plan, it must be submitted in accordance with the process described in § 676.143.
(d) If a State chooses to submit a Combined State Plan, the plan must include the six core programs and one or more of the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA. The Combined State Plan partner programs and activities that may be included in the Combined State Plan are:
(1) Career and technical education programs authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(2) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families or TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(3) Employment and training programs authorized under sec. 6(d)(4) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Work programs authorized under sec. 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(o));
(5) Trade adjustment assistance activities under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(6) Services for veterans authorized under chapter 41 of title 38 United States Code;
(7) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(8) Senior Community Service Employment Programs under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(9) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD);
(10) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
(11) Reintegration of offenders programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532).
(e) A Combined State Plan must contain:
(1) For the core programs, the information required by sec. 102(b) of WIOA and §§ 676.105 through 676.125, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(2) For the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities, except as described in paragraph (h) of this section, the information required by the law authorizing and governing that program to be submitted to the appropriate Secretary, any other applicable legal requirements, and any common planning requirements described in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(3) A description of the methods used for joint planning and coordination among the core programs, and with the required one-stop partner programs and other programs and activities included in the State Plan; and
(4) An assurance that all of the entities responsible for planning or administering the programs described in the Combined State Plan have had a meaningful opportunity to review and comment on all portions of the plan.
(f) Each Combined State Plan partner program included in the Combined State Plan remains subject to the applicable program-specific requirements of the Federal law and regulations, and any other applicable legal or program requirements, governing the implementation and operation of that program.
(g) For purposes of §§ 676.140 through 676.145 the term “appropriate Secretary” means the head of the Federal agency who exercises either plan or application approval authority for the program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity or, if there are no planning or application requirements, who exercises administrative authority over the program or activity under that Federal law.
(h) States that include employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (CSBG) Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
(i) States that submit employment and training activities carried out by HUD under a Combined State Plan would submit any other required planning documents for HUD programs directly to HUD, according to the requirements of Federal law and regulations.
(a) For purposes of § 676.140(a), if a State chooses to develop a Combined State Plan it must submit the Combined State Plan in accordance with the requirements described below and sec. 103 of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Combined State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by § 679.130(a) of this chapter and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(c) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Combined State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment for the portions of the Combined State Plan that cover the core programs must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Combined State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Combined State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment on the portions of the plan covering core programs.
(3) The portions of the plan that cover the Combined State Plan partner programs are subject to any public comment requirements applicable to those programs.
(d) The State must submit to the Secretaries of Labor and Education and to the Secretary of the agency with responsibility for approving the program's plan or deeming it complete under the law governing the program, as part of its Combined State Plan, any plan, application, form, or any other similar document that is required as a condition for the approval of Federal funding under the applicable program or activity. Such submission must occur in accordance with a process identified by the relevant Secretaries in paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The Combined State Plan will be approved or disapproved in accordance with the requirements of sec. 103(c) of WIOA.
(1) The portion of the Combined State Plan covering programs administered by the Departments of Labor and Education must be reviewed, and approved or disapproved, by the appropriate Secretary within 90 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section. Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Combined State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Combined State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration.
(2) If an appropriate Secretary other than the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education has authority to approve or deem complete a portion of the Combined State Plan for a program or activity described in § 676.140(d), that portion of the Combined State Plan must be reviewed, and approved, disapproved, or deemed complete, by the appropriate Secretary within 120 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State consistent with paragraph (f) of this section.
(f) The appropriate Secretaries will review and approve or deem complete the Combined State Plan within 90 or 120 days, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (e) of this section, unless the Secretaries of Labor and Education or appropriate Secretary have determined in writing within that period that:
(1) The Combined State Plan is inconsistent with the requirements of the six core programs or the Federal laws authorizing or applicable to the program or activity involved, including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, or deeming the plan complete, if any, under such law;
(2) The portion of the Combined State Plan describing the six core programs or the program or activity described in paragraph (a) of this section involved does not satisfy the criteria as provided in sec. 102 or 103 of WIOA, as applicable; or
(3) The Combined State Plan is incomplete, or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements, other requirements of WIOA, or the Federal laws authorizing, or applicable to, the program or activity described in § 676.140(d), including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, if any, under such law.
(g) If the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, or the appropriate Secretary does not make the written determination described in paragraph (f) of this section within the relevant period of time after submission of the Combined State Plan, that portion of the Combined State Plan over which the Secretary has jurisdiction will be considered approved.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education's written determination of approval or disapproval regarding the portion of the plan for the six core programs may be separate from the written determination of approval, disapproval, or completeness of the program-specific requirements of Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 676.140(d) and included in the Combined State Plan.
(i)
(a) For the core program portions of the Combined State Plan, modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) By the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan. The State WDB must review the Combined State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the Combined State Plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Combined State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Combined State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 677.170(b) of this chapter, the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(b) In addition to the required modification review described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a State may submit a modification of its Combined State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(c) For any Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 676.140(d) that are included in a State's Combined State Plan, the State—
(1) May decide if the modification requirements under WIOA sec. 102(c)(3) that apply to the core programs will apply to the Combined State Plan partner programs, as long as consistent with any other modification requirements for the programs, or may comply with the requirements applicable to only the particular program or activity; and
(2) Must submit, in accordance with the procedure described in § 676.143, any modification, amendment, or revision required by the Federal law authorizing, or applicable to, the Combined State Plan partner program or activity.
(i) If the underlying programmatic requirements change (
(ii) If the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of only that particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, modifications must be submitted for approval to only the appropriate
(3) A State also may amend its Combined State Plan to add a Combined State Plan partner program or activity described in § 676.140(d).
(d) Modifications of the Combined State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements that apply to the development of the original Combined State Plan as described in § 676.143(c) except that, if the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of a particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, a State may comply instead with the procedures and requirements applicable to the particular Combined State Plan partner program.
(e) Modifications for the core program portions of the Combined State Plan must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Combined State Plan under § 676.143. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration for modification of any portion of the Combined State Plan described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) of WIOA.
Secs. 116, 189, and 503 of Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a)
(1) For the Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program, a participant is a reportable individual who has an approved and signed Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE) and has begun to receive services.
(2) For the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) title I youth program, a participant is a reportable individual who has satisfied all applicable program requirements for the provision of services, including eligibility determination, an objective assessment, and development of an individual service strategy, and received 1 of the 14 WIOA youth program elements identified in sec. 129(c)(2) of WIOA.
(3) The following individuals are not participants:
(i) Individuals in an Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program who have not completed at least 12 contact hours;
(ii) Individuals who only use the self-service system.
(A) Subject to paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, self-service occurs when individuals independently access any workforce development system program's information and activities in either a physical location, such as a one-stop center resource room or partner agency, or remotely via the use of electronic technologies.
(B) Self-service does not uniformly apply to all virtually accessed services. For example, virtually accessed services that provide a level of support beyond independent job or information seeking on the part of an individual would not qualify as self-service.
(iii) Individuals who receive information-only services or activities, which provide readily available information that does not require an assessment by a staff member of the individual's skills, education, or career objectives.
(4) Programs must include participants in their performance calculations.
(b)
(1) Individuals who provide identifying information;
(2) Individuals who only use the self-service system; or
(3) Individuals who only receive information-only services or activities.
(c)
(1) For the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I, the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II, and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, exit date is the last date of service.
(i) The last day of service cannot be determined until at least 90 days have elapsed since the participant last received services; services do not include self-service, information-only services or activities, or follow-up services. This also requires that there are no plans to provide the participant with future services.
(ii) [Reserved].
(2)(i) For the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program):
(A) The participant's record of service is closed in accordance with 34 CFR 361.56 because the participant has achieved an employment outcome; or
(B) The participant's service record is closed because the individual has not achieved an employment outcome or the individual has been determined ineligible after receiving services in accordance with 34 CFR 361.43.
(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a participant will not be considered as meeting the definition of exit from the VR program if the participant's service record is closed because the participant has achieved a supported employment outcome in an integrated setting but not in competitive integrated employment.
(3)(i) A State may implement a common exit policy for all or some of the core programs in WIOA title I and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, and any additional required partner program(s) listed in sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA that is under the authority of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL).
(ii) If a State chooses to implement a common exit policy, the policy must require that a participant is exited only when all of the criteria in paragraph (c)(1) of this section are met for the WIOA title I core programs and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, as well as any additional required partner programs listed in sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA under the authority of DOL to which the common exit policy applies in which the participant is enrolled.
(d)
(a) All States submitting either a Unified or Combined State Plan under §§ 676.130 and 676.143 of this chapter, must propose expected levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I; the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II; the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; and the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
(1)
(i) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(ii) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(iii) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(iv)(A) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in on-the-job training [OJT] and customized training) who attained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program.
(B) A participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included in the percentage of participants who have attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant also is employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program;
(v) The percentage of participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational, or other forms of progress, towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(A) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(B) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(C) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is meeting the State unit's academic standards;
(D) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(E) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(vi) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(2)
(i) For purposes of determining program performance levels under indicators set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) and (vi) of this section, a “participant” does not include a participant who received services under sec. 225 of WIOA and exits such program while still in a correctional institution as defined in sec. 225(e)(1) of WIOA; and
(ii) The Secretaries of Labor and Education may, as needed and consistent with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), make further determinations as to the participants to be included in calculating program performance levels for purposes of any of the performance indicators set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(b) The primary indicators in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) and (vi) of this section apply to the Employment
(c) For the youth program authorized under WIOA title I, the primary indicators are:
(1) Percentage of participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) Percentage of participants in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in OJT and customized training) who obtained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program, except that a participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included as having attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant is also employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year from program exit;
(5) The percentage of participants who during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational or other forms of progress towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(i) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(ii) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(iii) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is achieving the State unit's academic standards;
(iv) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(v) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(6) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(a) The State performance report required by sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA must be submitted annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate, and must provide, at a minimum, information on the actual performance levels achieved consistent with § 677.175 with respect to:
(1) The total number of participants served, and the total number of participants who exited each of the core programs identified in sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii) of WIOA, including disaggregated counts of those who participated in and exited a core program, by:
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24); and
(ii) Co-enrollment in any of the programs in WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii).
(2) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance for all of the core programs identified in § 677.155 including disaggregated levels for:
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24);
(ii) Age;
(iii) Sex; and
(iv) Race and ethnicity.
(3) The total number of participants who received career services and the total number of participants who exited from career services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, and the total number of participants who received training services and the total number of participants who exited from training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(4) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance consistent with § 677.155 for career services and training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(5) The percentage of participants in a program who attained unsubsidized employment related to the training received (often referred to as training-related employment) through WIOA title I, subtitle B programs;
(6) The amount of funds spent on career services and the amount of funds spent on training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(7) The average cost per participant for those participants who received career services and training services, respectively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(8) The percentage of a State's annual allotment under WIOA sec. 132(b) that the State spent on administrative costs; and
(9) Information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other States.
(10) For WIOA title I programs, a State performance narrative, which, for States in which a local area is implementing a pay-for-performance contracting strategy, at a minimum provides:
(i) A description of pay-for-performance contract strategies being used for programs;
(ii) The performance of service providers entering into contracts for such strategies, measured against the levels of performance specified in the contracts for such strategies; and
(iii) An evaluation of the design of the programs and performance strategies and, when available, the satisfaction of employers and participants who received services under such strategies.
(b) The disaggregation of data for the State performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(c) The State performance reports must include a mechanism of electronic access to the State's local area and eligible training provider (ETP) performance reports.
(d) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education, which may include information on reportable individuals as determined by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
States may identify additional indicators of performance for the six core programs. If a State does so, these indicators must be included in the Unified or Combined State Plan.
(a) A State must submit in the State Plan expected levels of performance on the primary indicators of performance for each core program as required by sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iii) of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(1) The initial State Plan submitted under WIOA must contain expected levels of performance for the first 2 years of the State Plan.
(2) States must submit expected levels of performance for the third and fourth year of the State Plan before the third program year consistent with §§ 676.135 and 676.145 of this chapter.
(b) States must reach agreement on levels of performance with the Secretaries of Labor and Education for each indicator for each core program. These are the negotiated levels of performance. The negotiated levels must be based on the following factors:
(1) How the negotiated levels of performance compare with State levels of performance established for other States;
(2) The application of an objective statistical model established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, subject to paragraph (d) of this section;
(3) How the negotiated levels promote continuous improvement in performance based on the primary indicators and ensure optimal return on investment of Federal funds; and
(4) The extent to which the negotiated levels assist the State in meeting the performance goals established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education for the core programs in accordance with the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, as amended.
(c) An objective statistical adjustment model will be developed and disseminated by the Secretaries of Labor and Education. The model will be based on:
(1) Differences among States in actual economic conditions, including but not limited to unemployment rates and job losses or gains in particular industries; and
(2) The characteristics of participants, including but not limited to:
(i) Indicators of poor work history;
(ii) Lack of work experience;
(iii) Lack of educational or occupational skills attainment;
(iv) Dislocation from high-wage and high-benefit employment;
(v) Low levels of literacy;
(vi) Low levels of English proficiency;
(vii) Disability status;
(viii) Homelessness;
(ix) Ex-offender status; and
(x) Welfare dependency.
(d) The objective statistical adjustment model developed under paragraph (c) of this section will be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used before the beginning of a program year in order to reach agreement on State negotiated levels for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used to revise negotiated levels at the end of a program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants served, consistent with sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(vii) of WIOA.
(e) The negotiated levels revised at the end of the program year, based on the statistical adjustment model, are the adjusted levels of performance.
(f) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education.
(a)(1) States must, consistent with State laws, use quarterly wage record information in measuring a State's performance on the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 677.155 and a local area's performance on the primary indicators of performance identified in § 677.205.
(2) The use of social security numbers from participants and such other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through quarterly wage record information is authorized.
(3) To the extent that quarterly wage records are not available for a participant, States may use other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through methods other than quarterly wage record information.
(b) “Quarterly wage record information” means intrastate and interstate wages paid to an individual, the social security number (or numbers, if more than one) of the individual, and the name, address, State, and the Federal employer identification number of the employer paying the wages to the individual.
(c) The Governor may designate a State agency (or appropriate State entity) to assist in carrying out the performance reporting requirements for WIOA core programs and ETPs. The Governor or such agency (or appropriate State entity) is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches;
(2) Data quality reliability; and
(3) Protection against disaggregation that would violate applicable privacy standards.
A State will be subject to financial sanction under WIOA sec. 116(f) if it fails to:
(a) Submit the State annual performance report required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2); or
(b) Meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance in accordance with sec. 116(f) of WIOA.
(a) Sanctions will be applied when a State fails to submit the State annual performance report required under sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA. A State fails to report if the State either:
(1) Does not submit a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission set in performance reporting guidance; or
(2) Submits a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission, but the report is incomplete.
(b) Sanctions will not be applied if the reporting failure is due to exceptional circumstances outside of the State's control. Exceptional circumstances may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Natural disasters;
(2) Unexpected personnel transitions; and
(3) Unexpected technology related issues.
(c) In the event that a State may not be able to submit a complete and accurate performance report by the deadline for timely reporting:
(1) The State must notify the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education as soon as possible, but no later than 30 days prior to the established deadline for submission, of a potential impact on the State's ability to submit its State annual performance report in order to not be considered failing to report.
(2) In circumstances where unexpected events occur less than 30 days before the established deadline for submission of the State annual performance reports, the Secretaries of
(a) States' negotiated levels of performance will be adjusted through the application of the statistical adjustment model established under § 677.170 to account for actual economic conditions experienced during a program year and characteristics of participants, annually at the close of each program year.
(b) Any State that fails to meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 677.155 for any year will receive technical assistance, including assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan provided by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education.
(c) Whether a State has failed to meet adjusted levels of performance will be determined using the following three criteria:
(1) The overall State program score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by a core program on the primary indicators of performance to the adjusted levels of performance for that core program. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators by a core program will constitute the overall State program score.
(2) However, until all indicators for the core program have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State program score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data for that program;
(3) The overall State indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved on a primary indicator of performance by all core programs in a State to the adjusted levels of performance for that primary indicator. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance by all of the core programs on that indicator will constitute the overall State indicator score.
(4) However, until all indicators for the State have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State indicator score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data in a State.
(5) The individual indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by each core program on each of the individual primary indicators to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the program's primary indicators of performance.
(d) A performance failure occurs when:
(1) Any overall State program score or overall State indicator score falls below 90 percent for the program year; or
(2) Any of the States' individual indicator scores fall below 50 percent for the program year.
(e) Sanctions based on performance failure will be applied to States if, for 2 consecutive years, the State fails to meet:
(1) 90 percent of the overall State program score for the same core program;
(2) 90 percent of the overall State indicator score for the same primary indicator; or
(3) 50 percent of the same indicator score for the same program.
(a) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by five percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year if:
(1) The State fails to submit the State annual performance reports as required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2), as defined in § 677.185;
(2) The State fails to meet State adjusted levels of performance for the same primary performance indicator(s) under either § 677.190(d)(1) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 677.190; or
(3) The State's score on the same indicator for the same program falls below 50 percent under § 677.190(d)(2) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 677.190.
(b) If the State fails under paragraphs (a)(1) and either (a)(2) or (3) of this section in the same program year, the Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by 10 percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year.
(c) If a State's Governor's Reserve Allotment is reduced:
(1) The reduced amount will not be returned to the State in the event that the State later improves performance or submits its annual performance report; and
(2) The Governor's Reserve will continue to be set at the reduced level in each subsequent year until the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, depending on which program is impacted, determines that the State met the State adjusted levels of performance for the applicable primary performance indicators and has submitted all of the required performance reports.
(d) A State may request review of a sanction the Secretary of Labor imposes in accordance with the provisions of § 683.800 of this chapter.
(a) In addition to sanctions for failure to report or failure to meet adjusted levels of performance, States will be subject to administrative actions in the case of poor performance.
(b) States' performance achievement on the individual primary indicators will be assessed in addition to the overall State program score and overall State indicator score. Based on this assessment, as clarified and explained in guidance, for performance on any individual primary indicator, the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education will require the State to establish a performance risk plan to address continuous improvement on the individual primary indicator.
(a) Each local area in a State under WIOA title I is subject to the same primary indicators of performance for the core programs for WIOA title I under § 677.155(a)(1) and (c) that apply to the State.
(b) In addition to the indicators described in paragraph (a) of this section, under § 677.165, the Governor may apply additional indicators of performance to local areas in the State.
(c) States must annually make local area performance reports available to the public using a template that the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate in guidance, including by electronic means. The State must provide electronic access to the public local area performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) The local area performance report must include:
(1) The actual results achieved under § 677.155 and the information required under § 677.160(a);
(2) The percentage of a local area's allotment under WIOA secs. 128(b) and 133(b) that the local area spent on administrative costs; and
(3) Other information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other local areas (or planning regions if the local area is part of a planning region).
(e) The disaggregation of data for the local area performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(f) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(3) of WIOA as explained in guidance, including the use of the performance reporting template, issued by DOL.
(a) The objective statistical adjustment model required under sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii) of WIOA and described in § 677.170(c) must be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Used in order to reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Used to establish adjusted levels of performance at the end of a program year based on actual conditions, consistent with WIOA sec. 116(c)(3).
(b) Until all indicators for the core program in a local area have at least 2 years of complete data, the comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the primary indicators only will be applied where there are at least 2 years of complete data for that program.
(c) The Governor, Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), and chief elected official must reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance based on a negotiations process before the start of a program year with the use of the objective statistical model described in paragraph (a) of this section. The negotiations will include a discussion of circumstances not accounted for in the model and will take into account the extent to which the levels promote continuous improvement. The objective statistical model will be applied at the end of the program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of the participants served.
(d) The negotiations process described in paragraph (c) of this section must be developed by the Governor and disseminated to all Local WDBs and chief elected officials.
(e) The Local WDBs may apply performance measures to service providers that differ from the performance indicators that apply to the local area. These performance measures must be established after considering:
(1) The established local negotiated levels;
(2) The services provided by each provider; and
(3) The populations the service providers are intended to serve.
(a) The Governor is not required to award local incentive funds, but is authorized to provide incentive grants to local areas for performance on the primary indicators of performance consistent with WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(xi).
(b) The Governor may use non-Federal funds to create incentives for the Local WDBs to implement pay-for-performance contract strategies for the delivery of training services described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3) or activities described in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2) in the local areas served by the Local WDBs. Pay-for-performance contract strategies must be implemented in accordance with part 683, subpart E of this chapter and § 677.160.
(a) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 677.210 for the primary indicators of performance in the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I in any program year, technical assistance must be provided by the Governor or, upon the Governor's request, by the Secretary of Labor.
(1) A State must establish the threshold for failure to meet adjusted levels of performance for a local area before coming to agreement on the negotiated levels of performance for the local area.
(i) A State must establish the adjusted level of performance for a local area, using the statistical adjustment model described in § 677.170(c).
(ii) At least 2 years of complete data on any indicator for any local core program are required in order to establish adjusted levels of performance for a local area.
(2) The technical assistance may include:
(i) Assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan;
(ii) The development of a modified local or regional plan; or
(iii) Other actions designed to assist the local area in improving performance.
(b) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 677.210 for the same primary indicators of performance for the same core program authorized under WIOA title I for a third consecutive program year, the Governor must take corrective actions. The corrective actions must include the development of a reorganization plan under which the Governor:
(1) Requires the appointment and certification of a new Local WDB, consistent with the criteria established under § 679.350 of this chapter;
(2) Prohibits the use of eligible providers and one-stop partners that have been identified as achieving poor levels of performance; or
(3) Takes such other significant actions as the Governor determines are appropriate.
(a) The Local WDB and chief elected official for a local area that is subject to a reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(A) may appeal to the Governor to rescind or revise the reorganization plan not later than 30 days after receiving notice of the reorganization plan. The Governor must make a final decision within 30 days after receipt of the appeal.
(b) The Local WDB and chief elected official may appeal the final decision of the Governor to the Secretary of Labor not later than 30 days after receiving the decision from the Governor. Any appeal of the Governor's final decision must be:
(1) Appealed jointly by the Local WDB and chief elected official to the Secretary of Labor under § 683.650 of this chapter; and
(2) Must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the Governor.
(c) Upon receipt of the joint appeal from the Local WDB and chief elected
(d) The decision by the Governor on the appeal becomes effective at the time it is issued and remains effective unless the Secretary of Labor rescinds or revises the reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(C).
(a) States are required to make available and publish annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate including through electronic means, the ETP performance reports for ETPs who provide services under sec. 122 of WIOA that are described in §§ 680.400 through 680.530 of this chapter. These reports at a minimum must include, consistent with § 677.175 and with respect to each program of study that is eligible to receive funds under WIOA:
(1) The total number of participants as defined by § 677.150(a) who received training services under the adult and dislocated worker programs authorized under WIOA title I for the most recent year and the 3 preceding program years, including:
(i) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by barriers to employment;
(ii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by race, ethnicity, sex, and age;
(iii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by the type of training entity for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(2) The total number of participants who exit a program of study or its equivalent, including disaggregate counts by the type of training entity during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(3) The average cost-per-participant for participants who received training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years disaggregated by type of training entity;
(4) The total number of individuals exiting from the program of study (or the equivalent) with respect to all individuals engaging in the program of study (or the equivalent); and
(5) The levels of performance achieved for the primary indicators of performance identified in § 677.155(a)(1)(i) through (iv) with respect to all individuals engaging in a program of study (or the equivalent).
(b) Apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act are not required to submit ETP performance information. If a registered apprenticeship program voluntarily submits performance information to a State, the State must include this information in the report.
(c) The State must provide a mechanism of electronic access to the public ETP performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(4) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by DOL.
(e) The Governor may designate one or more State agencies such as a State Education Agency or other State Educational Authority to assist in overseeing ETP performance and facilitating the production and dissemination of ETP performance reports. These agencies may be the same agencies that are designated as responsible for administering the ETP list as provided under § 680.500 of this chapter. The Governor or such agencies, or authorities, is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches between ETP records and unemployment insurance (UI) wage data in order to produce the report;
(2) The creation and dissemination of the reports as described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section;
(3) Coordinating the dissemination of the performance reports with the ETP list and the information required to accompany the list, as provided in § 680.500 of this chapter.
(a) On a quarterly basis, each State must submit to the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, individual records that include demographic information, information on services received, and information on resulting outcomes, as appropriate, for each reportable individual in either of the following programs administered by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education: A WIOA title I core program; the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; or the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
(b) For individual records submitted to the Secretary of Labor, those records may be required to be integrated across all programs administered by the Secretary of Labor in one single file.
(c) States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education.
(a) States must establish procedures, consistent with guidelines issued by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, to ensure that they submit complete annual performance reports that contain information that is valid and reliable, as required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(5).
(b) If a State fails to meet standards in paragraph (a) of this section as determined by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, the appropriate Secretary will provide technical assistance and may require the State to develop and implement corrective actions, which may require the State to provide training for its subrecipients.
(c) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will provide training and technical assistance to States in order to implement this section. States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(5) of WIOA as explained in guidance.
Secs. 503, 107, 121, 134, 189, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The one-stop delivery system brings together workforce development, educational, and other human resource services in a seamless customer-focused service delivery network that enhances access to the programs' services and improves long-term employment outcomes for individuals receiving assistance. One-stop partners administer separately funded programs as a set of integrated streamlined services to customers.
(b) Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) assigns responsibilities at the local, State, and Federal level to ensure the creation and maintenance of a one-stop delivery system that enhances the range and quality of education and workforce development services that employers and individual customers can access.
(c) The system must include at least one comprehensive physical center in each local area as described in § 678.305.
(d) The system may also have additional arrangements to supplement the comprehensive center. These arrangements include:
(1) An affiliated site or a network of affiliated sites, where one or more partners make programs, services, and activities available, as described in § 678.310;
(2) A network of eligible one-stop partners, as described in §§ 678.400 through 678.410, through which each partner provides one or more of the programs, services, and activities that are linked, physically or technologically, to an affiliated site or access point that assures customers are provided information on the availability of career services, as well as other program services and activities, regardless of where they initially enter the public workforce system in the local area; and
(3) Specialized centers that address specific needs, including those of dislocated workers, youth, or key industry sectors, or clusters.
(e) Required one-stop partner programs must provide access to programs, services, and activities through electronic means if applicable and practicable. This is in addition to providing access to services through the mandatory comprehensive physical one-stop center and any affiliated sites or specialized centers. The provision of programs and services by electronic methods such as Web sites, telephones, or other means must improve the efficiency, coordination, and quality of one-stop partner services. Electronic delivery must not replace access to such services at a comprehensive one-stop center or be a substitute to making services available at an affiliated site if the partner is participating in an
(f) The design of the local area's one-stop delivery system must be described in the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) executed with the one-stop partners, described in § 678.500.
(a) A comprehensive one-stop center is a physical location where job seeker and employer customers can access the programs, services, and activities of all required one-stop partners. A comprehensive one-stop center must have at least one title I staff person physically present.
(b) The comprehensive one-stop center must provide:
(1) Career services, described in § 678.430;
(2) Access to training services described in § 680.200 of this chapter;
(3) Access to any employment and training activities carried out under sec. 134(d) of WIOA;
(4) Access to programs and activities carried out by one-stop partners listed in §§ 678.400 through 678.410, including the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program); and
(5) Workforce and labor market information.
(c) Customers must have access to these programs, services, and activities during regular business days at a comprehensive one-stop center. The Local Workforce Development Board (WDB) may establish other service hours at other times to accommodate the schedules of individuals who work on regular business days. The State WDB will evaluate the hours of access to service as part of the evaluation of effectiveness in the one-stop certification process described in § 678.800(b).
(d) “Access” to each partner program and its services means:
(1) Having a program staff member physically present at the one-stop center;
(2) Having a staff member from a different partner program physically present at the one-stop center appropriately trained to provide information to customers about the programs, services, and activities available through partner programs; or
(3) Making available a direct linkage through technology to program staff who can provide meaningful information or services.
(i) A “direct linkage” means providing direct connection at the one-stop center, within a reasonable time, by phone or through a real-time Web-based communication to a program staff member who can provide program information or services to the customer.
(ii) A “direct linkage” cannot exclusively be providing a phone number or computer Web site or providing information, pamphlets, or materials.
(e) All comprehensive one-stop centers must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) An affiliated site, or affiliate one-stop center, is a site that makes available to job seeker and employer customers one or more of the one-stop partners' programs, services, and activities. An affiliated site does not need to provide access to every required one-stop partner program. The frequency of program staff's physical presence in the affiliated site will be determined at the local level. Affiliated sites are access points in addition to the comprehensive one-stop center(s) in each local area. If used by local areas as a part of the service delivery strategy, affiliate sites must be implemented in a manner that supplements and enhances customer access to services.
(b) As described in § 678.315, Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot be a stand-alone affiliated site.
(c) States, in conjunction with the Local WDBs, must examine lease agreements and property holdings throughout the one-stop delivery system in order to use property in an efficient and effective way. Where necessary and appropriate, States and Local WDBs must take expeditious steps to align lease expiration dates with efforts to consolidate one-stop operations into service points where Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are colocated as soon as reasonably possible. These steps must be included in the State Plan.
(d) All affiliated sites must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) Separate stand-alone Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service offices are not permitted under WIOA, as also described in § 652.202 of this chapter.
(b) If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are provided at an affiliated site, there must be at least one or more other partners in the affiliated site with a physical presence of combined staff more than 50 percent of the time the center is open. Additionally, the other partner must not be the partner administering local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, or unemployment compensation programs. If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services and any of these 3 programs are provided at an affiliated site, an additional partner or partners must have a presence of combined staff in the center more than 50 percent of the time the center is open.
Any network of one-stop partners or specialized centers, as described in § 678.300(d)(3), must be connected to the comprehensive one-stop center and any appropriate affiliate one-stop centers, for example, by having processes in place to make referrals to these centers and the partner programs located in them. Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot stand alone in a specialized center. Just as described in § 678.315 for an affiliated site, a specialized center must include other programs besides Wagner-Peyser Act employment services, local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, and unemployment compensation.
(a) Section 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA identifies the entities that are required partners in the local one-stop delivery systems.
(b) The required partners are the entities responsible for administering the following programs and activities in the local area:
(1) Programs authorized under title I of WIOA, including:
(i) Adults;
(ii) Dislocated workers;
(iii) Youth;
(iv) Job Corps;
(v) YouthBuild;
(vi) Native American programs; and
(vii) Migrant and seasonal farmworker programs;
(2) The Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
(3) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA;
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720
(5) The Senior Community Service Employment Program authorized under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(6) Career and technical education programs at the postsecondary level authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(7) Trade Adjustment Assistance activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(8) Jobs for Veterans State Grants programs authorized under chapter 41 of title 38, U.S.C.;
(9) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (42 U.S.C. 9901
(10) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(11) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(12) Programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532); and
(13) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(a) Yes, TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(b) The Governor may determine that TANF will not be a required partner in the State, or within some specific local areas in the State. In this instance, the Governor must notify the Secretaries of the U.S. Departments of Labor and Health and Human Services in writing of this determination.
(c) In States, or local areas within a State, where the Governor has determined that TANF is not required to be a partner, local TANF programs may still work in collaboration or partnership with the local one-stop centers to deliver employment and training services to the TANF population unless inconsistent with the Governor's direction.
(a) Other entities that carry out a workforce development program, including Federal, State, or local programs and programs in the private sector, may serve as additional partners in the one-stop delivery system if the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) approve the entity's participation.
(b) Additional partners may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Employment and training programs administered by the Social Security Administration, including the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency Program established under sec. 1148 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b-19);
(2) Employment and training programs carried out by the Small Business Administration;
(3) Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) employment and training programs, authorized under secs. 6(d)(4) and 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Client Assistance Program authorized under sec. 112 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 732);
(5) Programs authorized under the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501
(6) Other appropriate Federal, State or local programs, including, but not limited to, employment, education, and training programs provided by public libraries or in the private sector.
(a) The entity that carries out the program and activities listed in § 678.400 or § 678.410, and therefore serves as the one-stop partner, is the grant recipient, administrative entity, or organization responsible for administering the funds of the specified program in the local area. The term “entity” does not include the service providers that contract with, or are subrecipients of, the local administrative entity. For programs that do not include local administrative entities, the responsible State agency must be the partner. Specific entities for particular programs are identified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. If a program or activity listed in § 678.400 is not carried out in a local area, the requirements relating to a required one-stop partner are not applicable to such program or activity in that local one-stop delivery system.
(b) For title II of WIOA, the entity or agency that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the sole entity or agency in the State or outlying area responsible for administering or supervising policy for adult education and literacy activities in the State or outlying area. The State eligible entity or agency may delegate its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section to one or more eligible providers or consortium of eligible providers.
(c) For the VR program, authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the designated State agencies or designated State units specified under sec. 101(a)(2) of the Rehabilitation Act that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation, or vocational and other rehabilitation, of individuals with disabilities.
(d) Under WIOA title I, the national programs, including Job Corps, the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs are required one-stop partners. The entity for the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs is the grantee of those respective programs. The entity for Job Corps is the Job Corps center.
(e) For the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the eligible recipient or recipients at the postsecondary level, or a consortium of eligible recipients at the postsecondary level in the local area. The eligible recipient at the postsecondary level may also request assistance from the State eligible agency in completing its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section.
Each required partner must:
(a) Provide access to its programs or activities through the one-stop delivery system, in addition to any other appropriate locations;
(b) Use a portion of funds made available to the partner's program, to the extent consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program and
(1) Provide applicable career services; and
(2) Work collaboratively with the State and Local WDBs to establish and maintain the one-stop delivery system. This includes jointly funding the one-stop infrastructure through partner contributions that are based upon:
(i) A reasonable cost allocation methodology by which infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on proportionate use and relative benefit received;
(ii) Federal cost principles; and
(iii) Any local administrative cost requirements in the Federal law authorizing the partner's program. (This is further described in § 678.700.)
(c) Enter into an MOU with the Local WDB relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system that meets the requirements of § 678.500(b);
(d) Participate in the operation of the one-stop delivery system consistent with the terms of the MOU, requirements of authorizing laws, the Federal cost principles, and all other applicable legal requirements; and
(e) Provide representation on the State and Local WDBs as required and participate in Board committees as needed.
(a) The applicable career services to be delivered by required one-stop partners are those services listed in § 678.430 that are authorized to be provided under each partner's program.
(b) One-stop centers provide services to individual customers based on individual needs, including the seamless delivery of multiple services to individual customers. There is no required sequence of services.
Career services, as identified in sec. 134(c)(2) of WIOA, consist of three types:
(a) Basic career services must be made available and, at a minimum, must include the following services, as consistent with allowable program activities and Federal cost principles:
(1) Determinations of whether the individual is eligible to receive assistance from the adult, dislocated worker, or youth programs;
(2) Outreach, intake (including worker profiling), and orientation to information and other services available through the one-stop delivery system. For the TANF program, States must provide individuals with the opportunity to initiate an application for TANF assistance and non-assistance benefits and services, which could be implemented through the provision of paper application forms or links to the application Web site;
(3) Initial assessment of skill levels including literacy, numeracy, and English language proficiency, as well as aptitudes, abilities (including skills gaps), and supportive services needs;
(4) Labor exchange services, including—
(i) Job search and placement assistance, and, when needed by an individual, career counseling, including—
(A) Provision of information on in-demand industry sectors and occupations (as defined in sec. 3(23) of WIOA); and
(B) Provision of information on nontraditional employment; and
(ii) Appropriate recruitment and other business services on behalf of employers, including information and referrals to specialized business services other than those traditionally offered through the one-stop delivery system;
(5) Provision of referrals to and coordination of activities with other programs and services, including programs and services within the one-stop delivery system and, when appropriate, other workforce development programs;
(6) Provision of workforce and labor market employment statistics information, including the provision of accurate information relating to local, regional, and national labor market areas, including—
(i) Job vacancy listings in labor market areas;
(ii) Information on job skills necessary to obtain the vacant jobs listed; and
(iii) Information relating to local occupations in demand and the earnings, skill requirements, and opportunities for advancement for those jobs;
(7) Provision of performance information and program cost information on eligible providers of education, training, and workforce services by program and type of providers;
(8) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, about how the local area is performing on local performance accountability measures, as well as any additional performance information relating to the area's one-stop delivery system;
(9) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, relating to the availability of supportive services or assistance, and appropriate referrals to those services and assistance, including: Child care; child support; medical or child health assistance available through the State's Medicaid program and Children's Health Insurance Program; benefits under SNAP; assistance through the earned income tax credit; and assistance under a State program for TANF, and other supportive services and transportation provided through that program;
(10) Provision of information and meaningful assistance to individuals seeking assistance in filing a claim for unemployment compensation.
(i) “Meaningful assistance” means:
(A) Providing assistance on-site using staff who are well-trained in unemployment compensation claims filing and the rights and responsibilities of claimants; or
(B) Providing assistance by phone or via other technology, as long as the assistance is provided by trained and available staff and within a reasonable time.
(ii) The costs associated in providing this assistance may be paid for by the State's unemployment insurance program, or the WIOA adult or dislocated worker programs, or some combination thereof.
(11) Assistance in establishing eligibility for programs of financial aid assistance for training and education programs not provided under WIOA.
(b) Individualized career services must be made available if determined to be appropriate in order for an individual to obtain or retain employment. These services include the following services, as consistent with program requirements and Federal cost principles:
(1) Comprehensive and specialized assessments of the skill levels and service needs of adults and dislocated workers, which may include—
(i) Diagnostic testing and use of other assessment tools; and
(ii) In-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and appropriate employment goals;
(2) Development of an individual employment plan, to identify the employment goals, appropriate achievement objectives, and appropriate combination of services for the participant to achieve his or her employment goals, including the list of, and information about, the eligible training providers (as described in § 680.180 of this chapter);
(3) Group counseling;
(4) Individual counseling;
(5) Career planning;
(6) Short-term pre-vocational services including development of learning skills, communication skills, interviewing skills, punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct services to prepare individuals for unsubsidized employment or training;
(7) Internships and work experiences that are linked to careers (as described in § 680.170 of this chapter);
(8) Workforce preparation activities;
(9) Financial literacy services as described in sec. 129(b)(2)(D) of WIOA and § 681.500 of this chapter;
(10) Out-of-area job search assistance and relocation assistance; and
(11) English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs.
(c) Follow-up services must be provided, as appropriate, including: Counseling regarding the workplace, for participants in adult or dislocated worker workforce investment activities who are placed in unsubsidized employment, for up to 12 months after the first day of employment.
(d) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, TANF agencies must identify employment services and related support being provided by the TANF program (within the local area) that qualify as career services and ensure access to them via the local one-stop delivery system.
(a) Certain career services must be made available to local employers, specifically labor exchange activities and labor market information described in § 678.430(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(6). Local areas must establish and develop relationships and networks with large and small employers and their intermediaries. Local areas also must develop, convene, or implement industry or sector partnerships.
(b) Customized business services may be provided to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations. These services are tailored for specific employers and may include:
(1) Customized screening and referral of qualified participants in training services to employers;
(2) Customized services to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations, on employment-related issues;
(3) Customized recruitment events and related services for employers including targeted job fairs;
(4) Human resource consultation services, including but not limited to assistance with:
(i) Writing/reviewing job descriptions and employee handbooks;
(ii) Developing performance evaluation and personnel policies;
(iii) Creating orientation sessions for new workers;
(iv) Honing job interview techniques for efficiency and compliance;
(v) Analyzing employee turnover;
(vi) Creating job accommodations and using assistive technologies; or
(vii) Explaining labor and employment laws to help employers comply with discrimination, wage/hour, and safety/health regulations;
(5) Customized labor market information for specific employers, sectors, industries or clusters; and
(6) Other similar customized services.
(c) Local areas may also provide other business services and strategies that meet the workforce investment needs of area employers, in accordance with partner programs' statutory requirements and consistent with Federal cost principles. These business services may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the Local WDB, or through the use of economic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner determined appropriate by the Local WDB and in cooperation with the State. Allowable activities, consistent with each partner's authorized activities, include, but are not limited to:
(1) Developing and implementing industry sector strategies (including strategies involving industry partnerships, regional skills alliances, industry skill panels, and sectoral skills partnerships);
(2) Customized assistance or referral for assistance in the development of a registered apprenticeship program;
(3) Developing and delivering innovative workforce investment services and strategies for area employers, which may include career pathways, skills upgrading, skill standard development and certification for recognized postsecondary credential or other employer use, and other effective initiatives for meeting the workforce investment needs of area employers and workers;
(4) Assistance to area employers in managing reductions in force in coordination with rapid response activities and with strategies for the aversion of layoffs, which may include strategies such as early identification of firms at risk of layoffs, use of feasibility studies to assess the needs of and options for at-risk firms, and the delivery of employment and training activities to address risk factors;
(5) The marketing of business services to appropriate area employers, including small and mid-sized employers; and
(6) Assisting employers with accessing local, State, and Federal tax credits.
(d) All business services and strategies must be reflected in the local plan, described in § 679.560(b)(3) of this chapter.
(a) There is no requirement that a fee-for-service be charged to employers.
(b) No fee may be charged for services provided in § 678.435(a).
(c) A fee may be charged for services provided under § 678.435(b) and (c). Services provided under § 678.435(c) may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the Local WDB and may also be provided on a fee-for-service basis or through the leveraging of economic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner determined appropriate by the Local WDB. The Local WDB may examine the services provided compared with the assets and resources available within the local one-stop delivery system and through its partners to determine an appropriate cost structure for services, if any.
(d) Any fees earned are recognized as program income and must be expended by the partner in accordance with the partner program's authorizing statute, implementing regulations, and Federal cost principles identified in Uniform Guidance.
(a) The MOU is the product of local discussion and negotiation, and is an agreement developed and executed between the Local WDB and the one-stop partners, with the agreement of the chief elected official and the one-stop partners, relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area. Two or more local areas in a region may develop a single joint MOU, if they are in a region that has submitted a regional plan under sec. 106 of WIOA.
(b) The MOU must include:
(1) A description of services to be provided through the one-stop delivery system, including the manner in which the services will be coordinated and delivered through the system;
(2) Agreement on funding the costs of the services and the operating costs of the system, including:
(i) Funding of infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in accordance with §§ 678.700 through 678.755; and
(ii) Funding of the shared services and operating costs of the one-stop delivery system described in § 678.760;
(3) Methods for referring individuals between the one-stop operators and partners for appropriate services and activities;
(4) Methods to ensure that the needs of workers, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, are addressed in providing access to services, including access to technology and materials that are available through the one-stop delivery system;
(5) The duration of the MOU and procedures for amending it; and
(6) Assurances that each MOU will be reviewed, and if substantial changes have occurred, renewed, not less than once every 3-year period to ensure appropriate funding and delivery of services.
(c) The MOU may contain any other provisions agreed to by the parties that are consistent with WIOA title I, the authorizing statutes and regulations of one-stop partner programs, and the WIOA regulations.
(d) When fully executed, the MOU must contain the signatures of the Local WDB, one-stop partners, the chief elected official(s), and the time period in which the agreement is effective. The MOU must be updated not less than every 3 years to reflect any changes in the signatory official of the Board, one-stop partners, and chief elected officials, or one-stop infrastructure funding.
(e) If a one-stop partner appeal to the State regarding infrastructure costs, using the process described in § 678.750, results in a change to the one-stop partner's infrastructure cost contributions, the MOU must be updated to reflect the final one-stop partner infrastructure cost contributions.
(a) A single “umbrella” MOU may be developed that addresses the issues relating to the local one-stop delivery system for the Local WDB, chief elected official and all partners. Alternatively, the Local WDB (with agreement of chief elected official) may enter into separate agreements between each partner or groups of partners.
(b) Under either approach, the requirements described in § 678.500 apply. Since funds are generally appropriated annually, the Local WDB may negotiate financial agreements with each partner annually to update funding of services and operating costs of the system under the MOU.
(a) WIOA emphasizes full and effective partnerships between Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners. Local WDBs and partners must enter into good-faith negotiations. Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners may also request assistance from a State agency responsible for administering the partner program, the Governor, State WDB, or other appropriate parties on other aspects of the MOU.
(b) Local WDBs and one-stop partners must establish, in the MOU, how they will fund the infrastructure costs and other shared costs of the one-stop centers. If agreement regarding infrastructure costs is not reached when other sections of the MOU are ready, an interim infrastructure funding agreement may be included instead, as described in § 678.715(c). Once agreement on infrastructure funding is reached, the Local WDB and one-stop partners must amend the MOU to include the infrastructure funding of the one-stop centers. Infrastructure funding is described in detail in subpart E of this part.
(c) The Local WDB must report to the State WDB, Governor, and relevant State agency when MOU negotiations with one-stop partners have reached an impasse.
(1) The Local WDB and partners must document the negotiations and efforts that have taken place in the MOU. The State WDB, one-stop partner programs, and the Governor may consult with the appropriate Federal agencies to address impasse situations related to issues other than infrastructure funding after attempting to address the impasse. Impasses related to infrastructure cost funding must be resolved using the State infrastructure cost funding mechanism described in § 678.730.
(2) The Local WDB must report failure to execute an MOU with a required partner to the Governor, State WDB, and the State agency responsible for administering the partner's program. Additionally, if the State cannot assist the Local WDB in resolving the impasse, the Governor or the State WDB must report the failure to the Secretary of Labor and to the head of any other Federal agency with responsibility for oversight of a partner's program.
(a) One-stop operators may be a single entity (public, private, or nonprofit) or a consortium of entities. If the consortium of entities is one of one-stop partners, it must include a minimum of three of the one-stop partners described in § 678.400.
(b) The one-stop operator may operate one or more one-stop centers. There may be more than one one-stop operator in a local area.
(c) The types of entities that may be a one-stop operator include:
(1) An institution of higher education;
(2) An Employment Service State agency established under the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(3) A community-based organization, nonprofit organization, or workforce intermediary;
(4) A private for-profit entity;
(5) A government agency;
(6) A Local WDB, with the approval of the chief elected official and the Governor; or
(7) Another interested organization or entity, which is capable of carrying out the duties of the one-stop operator. Examples may include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
(d) Elementary schools and secondary schools are not eligible as one-stop operators, except that a nontraditional public secondary school such as a night school, adult school, or an area career and technical education school may be selected.
(e) The State and Local WDBs must ensure that, in carrying out WIOA programs and activities, one-stop operators:
(1) Disclose any potential conflicts of interest arising from the relationships of the operators with particular training service providers or other service providers (further discussed in § 679.430 of this chapter);
(2) Do not establish practices that create disincentives to providing services to individuals with barriers to employment who may require longer-term career and training services; and
(3) Comply with Federal regulations and procurement policies relating to the calculation and use of profits, including those at § 683.295 of this chapter, the
(a) Consistent with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Local WDB must select the one-stop operator through a competitive process, as required by sec. 121(d)(2)(A) of WIOA, at least once every 4 years. A State may require, or a Local WDB may choose to implement, a competitive selection process more than once every 4 years.
(b) In instances in which a State is conducting the competitive process described in paragraph (a) of this section, the State must follow the same policies and procedures it uses for procurement with non-Federal funds.
(c) All other non-Federal entities, including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas), must use a competitive process based on local procurement policies and procedures and the principles of competitive procurement in the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326. All references to “noncompetitive proposals” in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 200.320(f) will be read as “sole source procurement” for the purposes of implementing this section.
(d) Entities must prepare written documentation explaining the determination concerning the nature of the competitive process to be followed in selecting a one-stop operator.
(a) States may select a one-stop operator through sole source selection when allowed under the same policies and procedures used for competitive procurement with non-Federal funds, while other non-Federal entities including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas) may select a one-stop operator through sole selection when consistent with local procurement policies and procedures and the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.320.
(b) In the event that sole source procurement is determined necessary and reasonable, in accordance with § 678.605(c), written documentation must be prepared and maintained concerning the entire process of making such a selection.
(c) Such sole source procurement must include appropriate conflict of interest policies and procedures. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(d) A Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator through sole source procurement only with agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor. The Local WDB must establish sufficient conflict of interest policies and procedures and these policies and procedures must be approved by the Governor.
(a) Local WDBs may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(b) State and local agencies may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators by the Local WDB, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(c) In the case of single-area States where the State WDB serves as the Local WDB, the State agency is eligible to compete for and be selected as operator as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies are in place and followed for the competition. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflicts of interest.
(a) At a minimum, the one-stop operator must coordinate the service delivery of required one-stop partners and service providers. Local WDBs may establish additional roles of one-stop operator, including, but not limited to: Coordinating service providers across the one-stop delivery system, being the primary provider of services within the center, providing some of the services within the center, or coordinating service delivery in a multi-center area, which may include affiliated sites. The competition for a one-stop operator must clearly articulate the role of the one-stop operator.
(b)(1) Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a one-stop operator may not perform the following functions: Convene system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan; prepare and submit local plans (as required under sec. 107 of WIOA); be responsible for oversight of itself; manage or significantly participate in the competitive selection process for one-stop operators; select or terminate one-stop operators, career services, and youth providers; negotiate local performance accountability measures; or develop and submit budget for activities of the Local WDB in the local area.
(2) An entity serving as a one-stop operator, that also serves a different role within the one-stop delivery system, may perform some or all of these functions when it is acting in its other role, if it has established sufficient firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures. The policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
Yes, but there must be appropriate firewalls in place in regards to the competition, and subsequent oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The operator cannot develop, manage, or conduct the competition of a service provider in which it intends to compete. In cases where an operator is also a service provider, there must be firewalls and internal controls within the operator-service provider entity, as well as specific policies and procedures at the Local WDB level regarding oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The firewalls must conform to the specifications in § 679.430 of this chapter for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflicts of interest.
Yes. State merit staff can continue to perform functions and activities in the one-stop center. The Local WDB and one-stop operator must establish a system for management of merit staff in accordance with State policies and procedures. Continued use of State merit staff for the provision of Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements must be included in the competition for and final contract with the one-stop operator when Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from
(a) No later than July 1, 2017, one-stop operators selected under the competitive process described in this subpart must be in place and operating the one-stop center.
(b) By November 17, 2016, every Local WDB must demonstrate it is taking steps to prepare for competition of its one-stop operator. This demonstration may include, but is not limited to, market research, requests for information, and conducting a cost and price analysis.
(a) Infrastructure costs of one-stop centers are nonpersonnel costs that are necessary for the general operation of the one-stop center, including:
(1) Rental of the facilities;
(2) Utilities and maintenance;
(3) Equipment (including assessment-related products and assistive technology for individuals with disabilities); and
(4) Technology to facilitate access to the one-stop center, including technology used for the center's planning and outreach activities.
(b) Local WDBs may consider common identifier costs as costs of one-stop infrastructure.
(c) Each entity that carries out a program or activities in a local one-stop center, described in §§ 678.400 through 678.410, must use a portion of the funds available for the program and activities to maintain the one-stop delivery system, including payment of the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers. These payments must be in accordance with this subpart; Federal cost principles, which require that all costs must be allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the program; and all other applicable legal requirements.
(a) The Governor, after consultation with chief elected officials, the State WDB, and Local WDBs, and consistent with guidance and policies provided by the State WDB, must develop and issue guidance for use by local areas, specifically:
(1) Guidelines for State-administered one-stop partner programs for determining such programs' contributions to a one-stop delivery system, based on such programs' proportionate use of such system, and relative benefit received, consistent with Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards in 2 CFR part 200, including determining funding for the costs of infrastructure; and
(2) Guidance to assist Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners in local areas in determining equitable and stable methods of funding the costs of infrastructure at one-stop centers based on proportionate use and relative benefit received, and consistent with Federal cost principles contained in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200.
(b) The guidance must include:
(1) The appropriate roles of the one-stop partner programs in identifying one-stop infrastructure costs;
(2) Approaches to facilitate equitable and efficient cost allocation that results in a reasonable cost allocation methodology where infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on its proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received, consistent with Federal cost principles at 2 CFR part 200; and
(3) The timelines regarding notification to the Governor for not reaching local agreement and triggering the State funding mechanism described in § 678.730, and timelines for a one-stop partner to submit an appeal in the State funding mechanism.
Infrastructure costs are funded either through the local funding mechanism described in § 678.715 or through the State funding mechanism described in § 678.730.
(a) In the local funding mechanism, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners agree to amounts and methods of calculating amounts each partner will contribute for one-stop infrastructure funding, include the infrastructure funding terms in the MOU, and sign the MOU. The local funding mechanism must meet all of the following requirements:
(1) The infrastructure costs are funded through cash and fairly evaluated non-cash and third-party in-kind partner contributions and include any funding from philanthropic organizations or other private entities, or through other alternative financing options, to provide a stable and equitable funding stream for ongoing one-stop delivery system operations;
(2) Contributions must be negotiated between one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and the Local WDB and the amount to be contributed must be included in the MOU;
(3) The one-stop partner program's proportionate share of funding must be calculated in accordance with the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards in 2 CFR part 200 based upon a reasonable cost allocation methodology whereby infrastructure costs are charged to each partner in proportion to its use of the one-stop center, relative to benefits received. Such costs must also be allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable;
(4) Partner shares must be periodically reviewed and reconciled against actual costs incurred, and adjusted to ensure that actual costs charged to any one-stop partners are proportionate to the use of the one-stop center and relative to the benefit received by the one-stop partners and their respective programs or activities.
(b) In developing the section of the MOU on one-stop infrastructure funding described in § 678.755, the Local WDB and chief elected officials will:
(1) Ensure that the one-stop partners adhere to the guidance identified in § 678.705 on one-stop delivery system infrastructure costs.
(2) Work with one-stop partners to achieve consensus and informally mediate any possible conflicts or disagreements among one-stop partners.
(3) Provide technical assistance to new one-stop partners and local grant recipients to ensure that those entities are informed and knowledgeable of the elements contained in the MOU and the one-stop infrastructure costs arrangement.
(c) The MOU may include an interim infrastructure funding agreement, including as much detail as the Local WDB has negotiated with one-stop partners, if all other parts of the MOU have been negotiated, in order to allow the partner programs to operate in the one-stop centers. The interim infrastructure funding agreement must be finalized within 6 months of when the MOU is signed. If the interim infrastructure funding agreement is not finalized within that timeframe, the Local WDB must notify the Governor, as described in § 678.725.
(a) In the local funding mechanism, one-stop partner programs may determine what funds they will use to pay for infrastructure costs. The use of these funds must be in accordance with the requirements in this subpart, and with the relevant partner's authorizing statutes and regulations, including, for example, prohibitions against supplanting non-Federal resources, statutory limitations on administrative costs, and all other applicable legal requirements. In the case of partners administering programs authorized by title I of WIOA, these infrastructure costs may be considered program costs. In the case of partners administering adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA, these funds must include Federal funds made available for the local administration of adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA. These funds may also include non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions. In the case of partners administering the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, funds used to pay for infrastructure costs may include funds available for local administrative expenses, non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions, and may include other funds made available by the State.
(b) There are no specific caps on the amount or percent of overall funding a one-stop partner may contribute to fund infrastructure costs under the local funding mechanism, except that contributions for administrative costs may not exceed the amount available for administrative costs under the authorizing statute of the partner program. However, amounts contributed for infrastructure costs must be allowable and based on proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received by the partner program, taking into account the total cost of the one-stop infrastructure as well as alternate financing options, and must be consistent with 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles.
(c) Cash, non-cash, and third-party in-kind contributions may be provided by one-stop partners to cover their proportionate share of infrastructure costs.
(1) Cash contributions are cash funds provided to the Local WDB or its designee by one-stop partners, either directly or by an interagency transfer.
(2) Non-cash contributions are comprised of—
(i) Expenditures incurred by one-stop partners on behalf of the one-stop center; and
(ii) Non-cash contributions or goods or services contributed by a partner program and used by the one-stop center.
(3) Non-cash contributions, especially those set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the partners' proportionate share.
(4) Third-party in-kind contributions are:
(i) Contributions of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, by a non-one-stop partner to support the one-stop center in general, not a specific partner; or
(ii) Contributions by a non-one-stop partner of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, to a one-stop partner to support its proportionate share of one-stop infrastructure costs.
(iii) In-kind contributions described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 and reconciled on a regular basis to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the proportionate share of the partner.
(5) All partner contributions, regardless of the type, must be reconciled on a regular basis (
With regard to negotiations for infrastructure funding for Program Year (PY) 2017 and for each subsequent program year thereafter, if the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners do not reach consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism in accordance with the Governor's guidance issued under § 678.705 and consistent with the regulations in §§ 678.715 and 678.720, and include that consensus agreement in the signed MOU, then the Local WDB must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 678.705(b)(3). Once notified, the Governor must administer funding through the State funding mechanism, as described in §§ 678.730 through 678.738, for the program year impacted by the local area's failure to reach consensus.
(a) Consistent with sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(i)(II) of WIOA, if the Local WDB, chief elected official, and one-stop partners in a local area do not reach consensus agreement on methods of sufficiently funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers for a program year, the State funding mechanism is applicable to the local area for that program year.
(b) In the State funding mechanism, the Governor, subject to the limitations in paragraph (c) of this section, determines one-stop partner contributions after consultation with the chief elected officials, Local WDBs, and the State WDB. This determination involves:
(1) The application of a budget for one-stop infrastructure costs as described in § 678.735, based on either agreement reached in the local area negotiations or the State WDB formula outlined in § 678.745;
(2) The determination of each local one-stop partner program's proportionate use of the one-stop delivery system and relative benefit received, consistent with the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles, the partner programs' authorizing laws and regulations, and other applicable legal requirements described in § 678.736; and
(3) The calculation of required statewide program caps on contributions to infrastructure costs from one-stop partner programs in areas operating under the State funding mechanism as described in § 678.738.
(c) In certain situations, the Governor does not determine the infrastructure cost contributions for some one-stop partner programs under the State funding mechanism.
(1) The Governor will not determine the contribution amounts for infrastructure funds for Native American program grantees described in part 684 of this chapter. The appropriate portion of funds to be provided by Native American program grantees to pay for one-stop infrastructure must be determined as part of the development of the MOU described in § 678.500 and specified in that MOU.
(2) In States in which the policy-making authority is placed in an entity or official that is independent of the
(d) Any duty, ability, choice, responsibility, or other action otherwise related to the determination of infrastructure costs contributions that is assigned to the Governor in §§ 678.730 through 678.745 also applies to this decision-making process performed by the official or chief officer described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(a) To initiate the State funding mechanism, a Local WDB that has not reached consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism as provided in § 678.725 must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 678.705(b)(3).
(b) Once a Local WDB has informed the Governor that no consensus has been reached:
(1) The Local WDB must provide the Governor with local negotiation materials in accordance with § 678.735(a).
(2) The Governor must determine the one-stop center budget by either:
(i) Accepting a budget previously agreed upon by partner programs in the local negotiations, in accordance with § 678.735(b)(1); or
(ii) Creating a budget for the one-stop center using the State WDB formula (described in § 678.745) in accordance with § 678.735(b)(3).
(3) The Governor then must establish a cost allocation methodology to determine the one-stop partner programs' proportionate shares of infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 678.736.
(4)(i) Using the methodology established under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, and taking into consideration the factors concerning individual partner programs listed in § 678.737(b)(2), the Governor must determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 678.737(b)(1), and
(ii) In accordance with § 678.730(c), in some instances, the Governor does not determine a partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funding costs, in which case it must be determined by the entities named in § 678.730(c)(1) and (2).
(5) The Governor must then calculate the statewide caps on the amounts that partner programs may be required to contribute toward infrastructure funding, according to the steps found at § 678.738(a)(1) through (4).
(6) The Governor must ensure that the aggregate total of the infrastructure contributions according to proportionate share required of all local partner programs in local areas under the State funding mechanism do not exceed the cap for that particular program, in accordance with § 678.738(b)(1). If the total does not exceed the cap, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the amount determined under § 678.737(a) toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center. If the total does exceed the cap, then to determine the amount to direct each one-stop program to pay, the Governor may:
(i) Ascertain, in accordance with § 678.738(b)(2)(i), whether the local partner or partners whose proportionate shares are calculated above the individual program caps are willing to voluntarily contribute above the capped amount to equal that program's proportionate share; or
(ii) Choose from the options provided in § 678.738(b)(2)(ii), including having the local area re-enter negotiations to reassess each one-stop partner's proportionate share and make adjustments or identify alternate sources of funding to make up the difference between the capped amount and the proportionate share of infrastructure funding of the one-stop partner.
(7) If none of the solutions given in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section prove to be viable, the Governor must reassess the proportionate shares of each one-stop partner so that the aggregate amount attributable to the local partners for each program is less than that program's cap amount. Upon such reassessment, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the reassessed amount toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center.
(a) Local WDBs must provide to the Governor appropriate and relevant materials and documents used in the negotiations under the local funding mechanism, including but not limited to: The local WIOA plan, the cost allocation method or methods proposed by the partners to be used in determining proportionate share, the proposed amounts or budget to fund infrastructure, the amount of total partner funds included, the type of funds or non-cash contributions, proposed one-stop center budgets, and any agreed upon or proposed MOUs.
(b)(1) If a local area has reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the local area, it must provide this budget to the Governor as required by paragraph (a) of this section. If, as a result of the agreed upon infrastructure budget, only the individual programmatic contributions to infrastructure funding based upon proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received are at issue, the Governor may accept the budget, from which the Governor must calculate each partner's contribution consistent with the cost allocation methodologies contained in the Uniform Guidance found in 2 CFR part 200, as described in § 678.736.
(2) The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other element or product of the negotiating process provided to the Governor as required by paragraph (a) of this section.
(3) If a local area has not reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the local area, or if the Governor determines that the agreed upon budget does not adequately meet the needs of the local area or does not reasonably work within the confines of the local area's resources in accordance with the Governor's one-stop budget guidance (which is required to be issued by WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(B) and under § 678.705), then, in accordance with § 678.745, the Governor must use the formula developed by the State WDB based on at least the factors required under § 678.745, and any associated weights to determine the local area budget.
Once the appropriate budget is determined for a local area through either method described in § 678.735 (by acceptance of a budget agreed upon in local negotiation or by the Governor applying the formula detailed in § 678.745), the Governor must determine the appropriate cost allocation methodology to be applied to the one-stop partners in such local area, consistent with the Federal cost principles permitted under 2 CFR part 200, to fund the infrastructure budget.
(a) The Governor must direct the one-stop partners in each local area that have not reached agreement under the local funding mechanism to pay what the Governor determines is each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funds for that area, subject to the application of the caps described in § 678.738.
(b)(1) The Governor must use the cost allocation methodology—as determined under § 678.736—to determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs under the State funding mechanism, subject to considering the factors described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) In determining each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure costs, the Governor must take into account the costs of administration of the one-stop delivery system for purposes not related to one-stop centers for each partner (such as costs associated with maintaining the Local WDB or information technology systems), as well as the statutory requirements for each partner program, the partner program's ability to fulfill such requirements, and all other applicable legal requirements. The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other materials or documents of the negotiating process, which must be provided to the Governor by the Local WDB and described in § 678.735(a).
(a) The Governor must calculate the statewide cap on the contributions for one-stop infrastructure funding required to be provided by each one-stop partner program for those local areas that have not reached agreement. The cap is the amount determined under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, which the Governor derives by:
(1) First, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage for the corresponding one-stop partner program provided in paragraph (d) of this section to the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out the one-stop partner program in the State for the applicable fiscal year;
(2) Second, selecting a factor (or factors) that reasonably indicates the use of one-stop centers in the State, applying such factor(s) to all local areas in the State, and determining the percentage of such factor(s) applicable to the local areas that reached agreement under the local funding mechanism in the State;
(3) Third, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage determined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the one-stop partner program; and
(4) Fourth, determining the amount that results from subtracting the amount determined under paragraph (a)(3) of this section from the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The outcome of this final calculation results in the partner program's cap.
(b)(1) The Governor must ensure that the funds required to be contributed by each partner program in the local areas in the State under the State funding mechanism, in aggregate, do not exceed the statewide cap for each program as determined under paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) If the contributions initially determined under § 678.737 would exceed the applicable cap determined under paragraph (a) of this section, the Governor may:
(i) Ascertain if the one-stop partner whose contribution would otherwise exceed the cap determined under paragraph (a) of this section will voluntarily contribute above the capped amount, so that the total contributions equal that partner's proportionate share. The one-stop partner's contribution must still be consistent with the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements; or
(ii) Direct or allow the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners to: Re-enter negotiations, as necessary; reduce the infrastructure costs to reflect the amount of funds that are available for such costs without exceeding the cap levels; reassess the proportionate share of each one-stop partner; or identify alternative sources of financing for one-stop infrastructure funding, consistent with the requirement that each one-stop partner pay an amount that is consistent with the proportionate use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received by the partner, the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements.
(3) If applicable under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners, after renegotiation, may come to agreement, sign an MOU, and proceed under the local funding mechanism. Such actions do not require the redetermination of the applicable caps under paragraph (a) of this section.
(4) If, after renegotiation, agreement among partners still cannot be reached or alternate financing cannot be identified, the Governor may adjust the specified allocation, in accordance with the amounts available and the limitations described in paragraph (d) of this section. In determining these adjustments, the Governor may take into account information relating to the renegotiation as well as the information described in § 678.735(a).
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(A) 0.75 percent of the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2016 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2017;
(B) 1.0 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2017 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2018;
(C) 1.25 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2018 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2019;
(D) 1.5 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2019 and following years for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2020 and subsequent years.
(ii) The limitations set forth in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section for any given fiscal year must be based on the final VR allotment to the State in the applicable Federal fiscal year.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(d) For programs for which it is not otherwise feasible to determine the amount of Federal funding used by the program until the end of that program's operational year—because, for example, the funding available for education, employment, and training activities is included within funding for the program that may also be used for other unrelated activities—the determination of the Federal funds provided to carry out the program for a fiscal year under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be determined by:
(1) The percentage of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program that were used by the one-stop partner program for education, employment, and training activities in the previous fiscal year for which data are available; and
(2) Applying the percentage determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the total amount of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program for the fiscal year for which the determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section applies.
(a) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for WIOA title I programs, including Native American Programs described in part 684 of this chapter, may be paid using program funds, administrative funds, or both. Infrastructure costs for the Senior Community Service Employment Program under title V of the Older Americans Act (42 U.S.C. 3056
(b) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for other required one-stop partner programs (listed in §§ 678.400 through 678.410) are limited to the program's administrative funds, as appropriate.
(c) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the adult education program authorized by title II of WIOA must be paid from the funds that are available for local administration and may be paid from funds made available by the State or non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind, or third-party contributions.
(d) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 must be paid from funds available for local administration of postsecondary level programs and activities to eligible recipients or consortia of eligible recipients and may be paid from funds made available by the State or non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind, or third-party contributions.
The State WDB must develop a formula, as described in WIOA sec. 121(h)(3)(B), to be used by the Governor under § 678.735(b)(3) in determining the appropriate budget for the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in the local areas that do not reach agreement under the local funding mechanism and are, therefore, subject to the State funding mechanism. The formula identifies the factors and corresponding weights for each factor that the Governor must use, which must include: The number of one-stop centers in a local area; the population served by such centers; the services provided by such centers; and any factors relating to the operations of such centers in the local area that the State WDB determines are appropriate. As indicated in § 678.735(b)(1), if the local area has agreed on such a budget,
(a) The Governor must establish a process, described under sec. 121(h)(2)(E) of WIOA, for a one-stop partner administering a program described in §§ 678.400 through 678.410 to appeal the Governor's determination regarding the one-stop partner's portion of funds to be provided for one-stop infrastructure costs. This appeal process must be described in the Unified State Plan.
(b) The appeal may be made on the ground that the Governor's determination is inconsistent with proportionate share requirements in § 678.735(a), the cost contribution limitations in § 678.735(b), the cost contribution caps in § 678.738, consistent with the process described in the State Plan.
(c) The process must ensure prompt resolution of the appeal in order to ensure the funds are distributed in a timely manner, consistent with the requirements of § 683.630 of this chapter.
(d) The one-stop partner must submit an appeal in accordance with State's deadlines for appeals specified in the guidance issued under § 678.705(b)(3), or if the State has not set a deadline, within 21 days from the Governor's determination.
The MOU, fully described in § 678.500, must contain the following information whether the local areas use either the local one-stop or the State funding method:
(a) The period of time in which this infrastructure funding agreement is effective. This may be a different time period than the duration of the MOU.
(b) Identification of an infrastructure and shared services budget that will be periodically reconciled against actual costs incurred and adjusted accordingly to ensure that it reflects a cost allocation methodology that demonstrates how infrastructure costs are charged to each partner in proportion to its use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received, and that complies with 2 CFR part 200 (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling).
(c) Identification of all one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and Local WDB participating in the infrastructure funding arrangement.
(d) Steps the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners used to reach consensus or an assurance that the local area followed the guidance for the State funding process.
(e) Description of the process to be used among partners to resolve issues during the MOU duration period when consensus cannot be reached.
(f) Description of the periodic modification and review process to ensure equitable benefit among one-stop partners.
(a) In addition to jointly funding infrastructure costs, one-stop partners listed in §§ 678.400 through 678.410 must use a portion of funds made available under their programs' authorizing Federal law (or fairly evaluated in-kind contributions) to pay the additional costs relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system. These other costs must include applicable career services and may include other costs, including shared services.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, shared services' costs may include the costs of shared services that are authorized for and may be commonly provided through the one-stop partner programs to any individual, such as initial intake, assessment of needs, appraisal of basic skills, identification of appropriate services to meet such needs, referrals to other one-stop partners, and business services. Shared operating costs may also include shared costs of the Local WDB's functions.
(c) Contributions to the additional costs related to operation of the one-stop delivery system may be cash, non-cash, or third-party in-kind contributions, consistent with how these are described in § 678.720(c).
(d) The shared costs described in paragraph (a) of this section must be allocated according to the proportion of benefit received by each of the partners, consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program, and consistent with all other applicable legal requirements, including Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200 (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling) requiring that costs are allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable.
(e) Any shared costs agreed upon by the one-stop partners must be included in the MOU.
(a) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must establish objective criteria and procedures for Local WDBs to use when certifying one-stop centers.
(1) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the review and modification of State Plans pursuant to § 676.135 of this chapter.
(2) The criteria must be consistent with the Governor's and State WDB's guidelines, guidance, and policies on infrastructure funding decisions, described in § 678.705. The criteria must evaluate the one-stop centers and one-stop delivery system for effectiveness, including customer satisfaction, physical and programmatic accessibility, and continuous improvement.
(3) When the Local WDB is the one-stop operator as described in § 679.410 of this chapter, the State WDB must certify the one-stop center.
(b) Evaluations of effectiveness must include how well the one-stop center integrates available services for participants and businesses, meets the workforce development needs of participants and the employment needs of local employers, operates in a cost-efficient manner, coordinates services among the one-stop partner programs, and provides access to partner program services to the maximum extent practicable, including providing services outside of regular business hours where there is a workforce need, as identified by the Local WDB. These evaluations must take into account feedback from one-stop customers. They must also include evaluations of how well the one-stop center ensures equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities to participate in or benefit from one-stop center services. These evaluations must include criteria evaluating how well the centers and delivery systems take actions to comply with the disability-related regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188, set forth at 29 CFR part 38. Such actions include, but are not limited to:
(1) Providing reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities;
(2) Making reasonable modifications to policies, practices, and procedures where necessary to avoid discrimination against persons with disabilities;
(3) Administering programs in the most integrated setting appropriate;
(4) Communicating with persons with disabilities as effectively as with others;
(5) Providing appropriate auxiliary aids and services, including assistive technology devices and services, where necessary to afford individuals with disabilities an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, the program or activity; and
(6) Providing for the physical accessibility of the one-stop center to individuals with disabilities.
(c) Evaluations of continuous improvement must include how well the one-stop center supports the achievement of the negotiated local levels of performance for the indicators of performance for the local area described in sec. 116(b)(2) of WIOA and part 677 of this chapter. Other continuous improvement factors may include a regular process for identifying and responding to technical assistance needs, a regular system of continuing professional staff development, and having systems in place to capture and respond to specific customer feedback.
(d) Local WDBs must assess at least once every 3 years the effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility, and continuous improvement of one-stop centers and the one-stop delivery systems using the criteria and procedures developed by the State WDB. The Local WDB may establish additional criteria, or set higher standards for service coordination, than those set by the State criteria. Local WDBs must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the Local Plan update process described in § 676.580 of this chapter. Local WDBs must certify one-stop centers in order to be eligible to use infrastructure funds in the State funding mechanism described in § 678.730.
(e) All one-stop centers must comply with applicable physical and programmatic accessibility requirements, as set forth in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) The common one-stop delivery system identifier is “American Job Center.”
(b) As of November 17, 2016, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all primary electronic resources used by the one-stop delivery system, and on any newly printed, purchased, or created materials.
(c) As of July 1, 2017, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all products, programs, activities, services, electronic resources, facilities, and related property and new materials used in the one-stop delivery system.
(d) One-stop partners, States, or local areas may use additional identifiers on their products, programs, activities, services, facilities, and related property and materials.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Department of Education amends 34 CFR chapters III and IV as follows:
29 U.S.C. 709(c), unless otherwise noted.
Secs. 102, 103, and 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The Unified and Combined State Plans provide the framework for States to outline a strategic vision of, and goals for, how their workforce development systems will achieve the purposes of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).
(b) The Unified and Combined State Plans serve as 4-year action plans to develop, align, and integrate the State's systems and provide a platform to achieve the State's vision and strategic and operational goals. A Unified or Combined State Plan is intended to:
(1) Align, in strategic coordination, the six core programs required in the Unified State Plan pursuant to § 361.105(b), and additional Combined State Plan partner programs that may be part of the Combined State Plan pursuant to § 361.140;
(2) Direct investments in economic, education, and workforce training programs to focus on providing relevant education and training to ensure that individuals, including youth and individuals with barriers to employment, have the skills to compete in the job market and that employers have a ready supply of skilled workers;
(3) Apply strategies for job-driven training consistently across Federal programs; and
(4) Enable economic, education, and workforce partners to build a skilled workforce through innovation in, and alignment of, employment, training, and education programs.
(a) The Unified State Plan must be submitted in accordance with § 361.130 and WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Governor of each State must submit, at a minimum, in accordance with § 361.130, a Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor to be eligible to receive funding for the workforce
(1) The adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under subtitle B of title I of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL);
(2) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED);
(3) The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III and administered by DOL; and
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA and administered by ED.
(c) The Unified State Plan must outline the State's 4-year strategy for the core programs described in paragraph (b) of this section and meet the requirements of sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(d) The Unified State Plan must include strategic and operational planning elements to facilitate the development of an aligned, coordinated, and comprehensive workforce development system. The Unified State Plan must include:
(1) Strategic planning elements that describe the State's strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce under sec. 102(b)(1) of WIOA. The strategic planning elements must be informed by and include an analysis of the State's economic conditions and employer and workforce needs, including education and skill needs.
(2) Strategies for aligning the core programs and Combined State Plan partner programs as described in § 361.140(d), as well as other resources available to the State, to achieve the strategic vision and goals in accordance with sec. 102(b)(1)(E) of WIOA.
(3) Operational planning elements in accordance with sec. 102(b)(2) of WIOA that support the strategies for aligning the core programs and other resources available to the State to achieve the State's vision and goals and a description of how the State Workforce Development Board (WDB) will implement its functions, in accordance with sec. 101(d) of WIOA. Operational planning elements must include:
(i) A description of how the State strategy will be implemented by each core program's lead State agency;
(ii) State operating systems, including data systems, and policies that will support the implementation of the State's strategy identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
(iii) Program-specific requirements for the core programs required by WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D);
(iv) Assurances required by sec. 102(b)(2)(E) of WIOA, including an assurance that the lead State agencies responsible for the administration of the core programs reviewed and commented on the appropriate operational planning of the Unified State Plan and approved the elements as serving the needs of the population served by such programs, and other assurances deemed necessary by the Secretaries of Labor and Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(E)(x) of WIOA;
(v) A description of joint planning and coordination across core programs, required one-stop partner programs, and other programs and activities in the Unified State Plan; and
(vi) Any additional operational planning requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) of WIOA.
(e) All of the requirements in this subpart that apply to States also apply to outlying areas.
The program-specific requirements for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D) of WIOA. Additional planning requirements may be explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program-specific requirements for the AEFLA program in title II that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in secs. 102(b)(2)(C) and 102(b)(2)(D)(ii) of WIOA.
(a) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(ii)(I) of WIOA pertaining to content standards, the Unified State Plan must describe how the eligible agency will, by July 1, 2016, align its content standards for adult education with State-adopted challenging academic content standards under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended.
(b) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(iv) of WIOA pertaining to the methods and factors the State will use to distribute funds under the core programs, for title II of WIOA, the Unified State Plan must include—
(1) How the eligible agency will award multi-year grants on a competitive basis to eligible providers in the State; and
(2) How the eligible agency will provide direct and equitable access to funds using the same grant or contract announcement and application procedure.
The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III, is subject to requirements in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, including any additional requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor under secs. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) and 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) of WIOA, as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program specific-requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are set forth in sec. 101(a) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. All submission requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are in addition to the jointly developed strategic and operational content requirements prescribed by sec. 102(b) of WIOA.
(a) The Unified State Plan described in § 361.105 must be submitted in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued jointly by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) A State must submit its Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor pursuant to a process identified by the Secretary.
(1) The initial Unified State Plan must be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the commencement of the second full program year of WIOA.
(2) Subsequent Unified State Plans must be submitted no later than 120
(3) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, “program year” means July 1 through June 30 of any year.
(c) The Unified State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by 20 CFR 679.130(a) and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(d) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Unified State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Unified State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Unified State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment.
(e) Upon receipt of the Unified State Plan from the State, the Secretary of Labor will ensure that the entire Unified State Plan is submitted to the Secretary of Education pursuant to a process developed by the Secretaries.
(f) The Unified State Plan is subject to the approval of both the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education.
(g) Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Unified State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will review and approve the Unified State Plan within 90 days of receipt by the Secretary of Labor, unless the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education determines in writing within that period that:
(1) The plan is inconsistent with a core program's requirements;
(2) The Unified State Plan is inconsistent with any requirement of sec. 102 of WIOA; or
(3) The plan is incomplete or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements or other requirements of WIOA.
(i) If neither the Secretary of Labor nor the Secretary of Education makes the written determination described in paragraph (h) of this section within 90 days of the receipt by the Secretaries, the Unified State Plan will be considered approved.
(a) In addition to the required modification review set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, a Governor may submit a modification of its Unified State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(b) Modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) At the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan, wherein the State WDB must review the Unified State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Unified State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Unified State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 361.170(b), the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(c) Modifications to the Unified State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements in § 361.130(d) that apply to the development of the original Unified State Plan.
(d) Unified State Plan modifications must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Unified State Plan under § 361.130. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration for modification of any portion of the plan described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) of WIOA.
(a) A State may choose to develop and submit a 4-year Combined State Plan in lieu of the Unified State Plan described in §§ 361.105 through 361.125.
(b) A State that submits a Combined State Plan covering an activity or program described in paragraph (d) of this section that is, in accordance with WIOA sec. 103(c), approved or deemed complete under the law relating to the program will not be required to submit any other plan or application in order to receive Federal funds to carry out the core programs or the program or activities described under paragraph (d) of this section that are covered by the Combined State Plan.
(c) If a State develops a Combined State Plan, it must be submitted in accordance with the process described in § 361.143.
(d) If a State chooses to submit a Combined State Plan, the plan must include the six core programs and one or more of the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA. The Combined State Plan partner programs and activities that may be included in the Combined State Plan are:
(1) Career and technical education programs authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(2) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families or TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(3) Employment and training programs authorized under sec. 6(d)(4) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Work programs authorized under sec. 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(o));
(5) Trade adjustment assistance activities under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(6) Services for veterans authorized under chapter 41 of title 38 United States Code;
(7) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(8) Senior Community Service Employment Programs under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(9) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD);
(10) Employment and training activities carried out under the
(11) Reintegration of offenders programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532).
(e) A Combined State Plan must contain:
(1) For the core programs, the information required by sec. 102(b) of WIOA and §§ 361.105 through 361.125, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(2) For the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities, except as described in paragraph (h) of this section, the information required by the law authorizing and governing that program to be submitted to the appropriate Secretary, any other applicable legal requirements, and any common planning requirements described in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(3) A description of the methods used for joint planning and coordination among the core programs, and with the required one-stop partner programs and other programs and activities included in the State Plan; and
(4) An assurance that all of the entities responsible for planning or administering the programs described in the Combined State Plan have had a meaningful opportunity to review and comment on all portions of the plan.
(f) Each Combined State Plan partner program included in the Combined State Plan remains subject to the applicable program-specific requirements of the Federal law and regulations, and any other applicable legal or program requirements, governing the implementation and operation of that program.
(g) For purposes of §§ 361.140 through 361.145 the term “appropriate Secretary” means the head of the Federal agency who exercises either plan or application approval authority for the program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity or, if there are no planning or application requirements, who exercises administrative authority over the program or activity under that Federal law.
(h) States that include employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (CSBG) Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
(i) States that submit employment and training activities carried out by HUD under a Combined State Plan would submit any other required planning documents for HUD programs directly to HUD, according to the requirements of Federal law and regulations.
(a) For purposes of § 361.140(a), if a State chooses to develop a Combined State Plan it must submit the Combined State Plan in accordance with the requirements described below and sec. 103 of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Combined State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by 20 CFR 679.130(a) and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(c) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Combined State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment for the portions of the Combined State Plan that cover the core programs must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Combined State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Combined State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment on the portions of the plan covering core programs.
(3) The portions of the plan that cover the Combined State Plan partner programs are subject to any public comment requirements applicable to those programs.
(d) The State must submit to the Secretaries of Labor and Education and to the Secretary of the agency with responsibility for approving the program's plan or deeming it complete under the law governing the program, as part of its Combined State Plan, any plan, application, form, or any other similar document that is required as a condition for the approval of Federal funding under the applicable program or activity. Such submission must occur in accordance with a process identified by the relevant Secretaries in paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The Combined State Plan will be approved or disapproved in accordance with the requirements of sec. 103(c) of WIOA.
(1) The portion of the Combined State Plan covering programs administered by the Departments of Labor and Education must be reviewed, and approved or disapproved, by the appropriate Secretary within 90 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section. Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Combined State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Combined State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration.
(2) If an appropriate Secretary other than the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education has authority to approve or deem complete a portion of the Combined State Plan for a program or activity described in § 361.140(d), that portion of the Combined State Plan must be reviewed, and approved, disapproved, or deemed complete, by the appropriate Secretary within 120 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State consistent with paragraph (f) of this section.
(f) The appropriate Secretaries will review and approve or deem complete the Combined State Plan within 90 or 120 days, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (e) of this section, unless the Secretaries of Labor and Education or appropriate Secretary have determined in writing within that period that:
(1) The Combined State Plan is inconsistent with the requirements of the six core programs or the Federal laws authorizing or applicable to the program or activity involved, including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, or deeming the plan complete, if any, under such law;
(2) The portion of the Combined State Plan describing the six core programs or the program or activity described in paragraph (a) of this section involved does not satisfy the criteria as provided
(3) The Combined State Plan is incomplete, or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements, other requirements of WIOA, or the Federal laws authorizing, or applicable to, the program or activity described in § 361.140(d), including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, if any, under such law.
(g) If the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, or the appropriate Secretary does not make the written determination described in paragraph (f) of this section within the relevant period of time after submission of the Combined State Plan, that portion of the Combined State Plan over which the Secretary has jurisdiction will be considered approved.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education's written determination of approval or disapproval regarding the portion of the plan for the six core programs may be separate from the written determination of approval, disapproval, or completeness of the program-specific requirements of Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 361.140(d) and included in the Combined State Plan.
(i)
(a) For the core program portions of the Combined State Plan, modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) By the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan. The State WDB must review the Combined State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the Combined State Plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Combined State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Combined State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 361.170(b), the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(b) In addition to the required modification review described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a State may submit a modification of its Combined State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(c) For any Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 361.140(d) that are included in a State's Combined State Plan, the State—
(1) May decide if the modification requirements under WIOA sec. 102(c)(3) that apply to the core programs will apply to the Combined State Plan partner programs, as long as consistent with any other modification requirements for the programs, or may comply with the requirements applicable to only the particular program or activity; and
(2) Must submit, in accordance with the procedure described in § 361.143, any modification, amendment, or revision required by the Federal law authorizing, or applicable to, the Combined State Plan partner program or activity.
(i) If the underlying programmatic requirements change (
(ii) If the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of only that particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, modifications must be submitted for approval to only the appropriate Secretary, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Combined State Plan under § 361.143, if the State elects, or in accordance with the procedures and requirements applicable to the particular Combined State Plan partner program.
(3) A State also may amend its Combined State Plan to add a Combined State Plan partner program or activity described in § 361.140(d).
(d) Modifications of the Combined State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements that apply to the development of the original Combined State Plan as described in § 361.143(c) except that, if the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of a particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, a State may comply instead with the procedures and requirements applicable to the particular Combined State Plan partner program.
(e) Modifications for the core program portions of the Combined State Plan must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Combined State Plan under § 361.143. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration for modification of any portion of the Combined State Plan described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) of WIOA.
Secs. 116, 189, and 503 of Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a)
(1) For the Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program, a participant is a reportable individual who has an approved and signed Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE) and has begun to receive services.
(2) For the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) title I youth program, a participant is a reportable individual who has satisfied all applicable program requirements for the provision of services, including eligibility determination, an objective assessment, and development of an individual service strategy, and received 1 of the 14 WIOA youth program elements identified in sec. 129(c)(2) of WIOA.
(3) The following individuals are not participants:
(i) Individuals in an Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program who have not completed at least 12 contact hours;
(ii) Individuals who only use the self-service system.
(A) Subject to paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, self-service occurs when individuals independently access any workforce development system program's information and activities in either a physical location, such as a one-stop center resource room or partner agency, or remotely via the use of electronic technologies.
(B) Self-service does not uniformly apply to all virtually accessed services. For example, virtually accessed services that provide a level of support beyond independent job or information seeking on the part of an individual would not qualify as self-service.
(iii) Individuals who receive information-only services or activities, which provide readily available information that does not require an assessment by a staff member of the individual's skills, education, or career objectives.
(4) Programs must include participants in their performance calculations.
(b)
(1) Individuals who provide identifying information;
(2) Individuals who only use the self-service system; or
(3) Individuals who only receive information-only services or activities.
(c)
(1) For the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I, the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II, and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, exit date is the last date of service.
(i) The last day of service cannot be determined until at least 90 days have elapsed since the participant last received services; services do not include self-service, information-only services or activities, or follow-up services. This also requires that there are no plans to provide the participant with future services.
(ii) [Reserved].
(2)(i) For the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program):
(A) The participant's record of service is closed in accordance with § 361.56 because the participant has achieved an employment outcome; or
(B) The participant's service record is closed because the individual has not achieved an employment outcome or the individual has been determined ineligible after receiving services in accordance with § 361.43.
(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a participant will not be considered as meeting the definition of exit from the VR program if the participant's service record is closed because the participant has achieved a supported employment outcome in an integrated setting but not in competitive integrated employment.
(3)(i) A State may implement a common exit policy for all or some of the core programs in WIOA title I and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, and any additional required partner program(s) listed in sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA that is under the authority of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL).
(ii) If a State chooses to implement a common exit policy, the policy must require that a participant is exited only when all of the criteria in paragraph (c)(1) of this section are met for the WIOA title I core programs and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, as well as any additional required partner programs listed in sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA under the authority of DOL to which the common exit policy applies in which the participant is enrolled.
(d)
(a) All States submitting either a Unified or Combined State Plan under §§ 361.130 and 361.143, must propose expected levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I; the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II; the Employment
(1)
(i) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(ii) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(iii) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(iv)(A) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in on-the-job training [OJT] and customized training) who attained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program.
(B) A participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included in the percentage of participants who have attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant also is employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program;
(v) The percentage of participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational, or other forms of progress, towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(A) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(B) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(C) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is meeting the State unit's academic standards;
(D) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(E) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(vi) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(2)
(i) For purposes of determining program performance levels under indicators set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) and (vi) of this section, a “participant” does not include a participant who received services under sec. 225 of WIOA and exits such program while still in a correctional institution as defined in sec. 225(e)(1) of WIOA; and
(ii) The Secretaries of Labor and Education may, as needed and consistent with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), make further determinations as to the participants to be included in calculating program performance levels for purposes of any of the performance indicators set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(b) The primary indicators in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) and (vi) of this section apply to the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III.
(c) For the youth program authorized under WIOA title I, the primary indicators are:
(1) Percentage of participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) Percentage of participants in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in OJT and customized training) who obtained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program, except that a participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included as having attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant is also employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year from program exit;
(5) The percentage of participants who during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational or other forms of progress towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(i) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(ii) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(iii) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is achieving the State unit's academic standards;
(iv) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(v) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(6) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(a) The State performance report required by sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA must be submitted annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate, and must provide, at a minimum, information on the actual performance levels achieved consistent with § 361.175 with respect to:
(1) The total number of participants served, and the total number of
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24); and
(ii) Co-enrollment in any of the programs in WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii).
(2) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance for all of the core programs identified in § 361.155 including disaggregated levels for:
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24);
(ii) Age;
(iii) Sex; and
(iv) Race and ethnicity.
(3) The total number of participants who received career services and the total number of participants who exited from career services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, and the total number of participants who received training services and the total number of participants who exited from training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(4) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance consistent with § 361.155 for career services and training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(5) The percentage of participants in a program who attained unsubsidized employment related to the training received (often referred to as training-related employment) through WIOA title I, subtitle B programs;
(6) The amount of funds spent on career services and the amount of funds spent on training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(7) The average cost per participant for those participants who received career services and training services, respectively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(8) The percentage of a State's annual allotment under WIOA sec. 132(b) that the State spent on administrative costs; and
(9) Information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other States.
(10) For WIOA title I programs, a State performance narrative, which, for States in which a local area is implementing a pay-for-performance contracting strategy, at a minimum provides:
(i) A description of pay-for-performance contract strategies being used for programs;
(ii) The performance of service providers entering into contracts for such strategies, measured against the levels of performance specified in the contracts for such strategies; and
(iii) An evaluation of the design of the programs and performance strategies and, when available, the satisfaction of employers and participants who received services under such strategies.
(b) The disaggregation of data for the State performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(c) The State performance reports must include a mechanism of electronic access to the State's local area and eligible training provider (ETP) performance reports.
(d) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education, which may include information on reportable individuals as determined by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
States may identify additional indicators of performance for the six core programs. If a State does so, these indicators must be included in the Unified or Combined State Plan.
(a) A State must submit in the State Plan expected levels of performance on the primary indicators of performance for each core program as required by sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iii) of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(1) The initial State Plan submitted under WIOA must contain expected levels of performance for the first 2 years of the State Plan.
(2) States must submit expected levels of performance for the third and fourth year of the State Plan before the third program year consistent with §§ 361.135 and 361.145.
(b) States must reach agreement on levels of performance with the Secretaries of Labor and Education for each indicator for each core program. These are the negotiated levels of performance. The negotiated levels must be based on the following factors:
(1) How the negotiated levels of performance compare with State levels of performance established for other States;
(2) The application of an objective statistical model established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, subject to paragraph (d) of this section;
(3) How the negotiated levels promote continuous improvement in performance based on the primary indicators and ensure optimal return on investment of Federal funds; and
(4) The extent to which the negotiated levels assist the State in meeting the performance goals established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education for the core programs in accordance with the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, as amended.
(c) An objective statistical adjustment model will be developed and disseminated by the Secretaries of Labor and Education. The model will be based on:
(1) Differences among States in actual economic conditions, including but not limited to unemployment rates and job losses or gains in particular industries; and
(2) The characteristics of participants, including but not limited to:
(i) Indicators of poor work history;
(ii) Lack of work experience;
(iii) Lack of educational or occupational skills attainment;
(iv) Dislocation from high-wage and high-benefit employment;
(v) Low levels of literacy;
(vi) Low levels of English proficiency;
(vii) Disability status;
(viii) Homelessness;
(ix) Ex-offender status; and
(x) Welfare dependency.
(d) The objective statistical adjustment model developed under paragraph (c) of this section will be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used before the beginning of a program year in order to reach agreement on State negotiated levels for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used to revise negotiated levels at the end of a program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants served, consistent with sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(vii) of WIOA.
(e) The negotiated levels revised at the end of the program year, based on the statistical adjustment model, are the adjusted levels of performance.
(f) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as
(a)(1) States must, consistent with State laws, use quarterly wage record information in measuring a State's performance on the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 361.155 and a local area's performance on the primary indicators of performance identified in § 361.205.
(2) The use of social security numbers from participants and such other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through quarterly wage record information is authorized.
(3) To the extent that quarterly wage records are not available for a participant, States may use other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through methods other than quarterly wage record information.
(b) “Quarterly wage record information” means intrastate and interstate wages paid to an individual, the social security number (or numbers, if more than one) of the individual, and the name, address, State, and the Federal employer identification number of the employer paying the wages to the individual.
(c) The Governor may designate a State agency (or appropriate State entity) to assist in carrying out the performance reporting requirements for WIOA core programs and ETPs. The Governor or such agency (or appropriate State entity) is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches;
(2) Data quality reliability; and
(3) Protection against disaggregation that would violate applicable privacy standards.
A State will be subject to financial sanction under WIOA sec. 116(f) if it fails to:
(a) Submit the State annual performance report required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2); or
(b) Meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance in accordance with sec. 116(f) of WIOA.
(a) Sanctions will be applied when a State fails to submit the State annual performance report required under sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA. A State fails to report if the State either:
(1) Does not submit a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission set in performance reporting guidance; or
(2) Submits a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission, but the report is incomplete.
(b) Sanctions will not be applied if the reporting failure is due to exceptional circumstances outside of the State's control. Exceptional circumstances may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Natural disasters;
(2) Unexpected personnel transitions; and
(3) Unexpected technology related issues.
(c) In the event that a State may not be able to submit a complete and accurate performance report by the deadline for timely reporting:
(1) The State must notify the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education as soon as possible, but no later than 30 days prior to the established deadline for submission, of a potential impact on the State's ability to submit its State annual performance report in order to not be considered failing to report.
(2) In circumstances where unexpected events occur less than 30 days before the established deadline for submission of the State annual performance reports, the Secretaries of Labor and Education will review requests for extending the reporting deadline in accordance with the Departments of Labor and Education's procedures that will be established in guidance.
(a) States' negotiated levels of performance will be adjusted through the application of the statistical adjustment model established under § 361.170 to account for actual economic conditions experienced during a program year and characteristics of participants, annually at the close of each program year.
(b) Any State that fails to meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 361.155 for any year will receive technical assistance, including assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan provided by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education.
(c) Whether a State has failed to meet adjusted levels of performance will be determined using the following three criteria:
(1) The overall State program score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by a core program on the primary indicators of performance to the adjusted levels of performance for that core program. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators by a core program will constitute the overall State program score.
(2) However, until all indicators for the core program have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State program score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data for that program;
(3) The overall State indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved on a primary indicator of performance by all core programs in a State to the adjusted levels of performance for that primary indicator. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance by all of the core programs on that indicator will constitute the overall State indicator score.
(4) However, until all indicators for the State have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State indicator score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data in a State.
(5) The individual indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by each core program on each of the individual primary indicators to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the program's primary indicators of performance.
(d) A performance failure occurs when:
(1) Any overall State program score or overall State indicator score falls below 90 percent for the program year; or
(2) Any of the States' individual indicator scores fall below 50 percent for the program year.
(e) Sanctions based on performance failure will be applied to States if, for 2 consecutive years, the State fails to meet:
(1) 90 percent of the overall State program score for the same core program;
(2) 90 percent of the overall State indicator score for the same primary indicator; or
(3) 50 percent of the same indicator score for the same program.
(a) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by five percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year if:
(1) The State fails to submit the State annual performance reports as required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2), as defined in § 361.185;
(2) The State fails to meet State adjusted levels of performance for the same primary performance indicator(s) under either § 361.190(d)(1) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 361.190; or
(3) The State's score on the same indicator for the same program falls below 50 percent under § 361.190(d)(2) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 361.190.
(b) If the State fails under paragraphs (a)(1) and either (a)(2) or (3) of this section in the same program year, the Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by 10 percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year.
(c) If a State's Governor's Reserve Allotment is reduced:
(1) The reduced amount will not be returned to the State in the event that the State later improves performance or submits its annual performance report; and
(2) The Governor's Reserve will continue to be set at the reduced level in each subsequent year until the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, depending on which program is impacted, determines that the State met the State adjusted levels of performance for the applicable primary performance indicators and has submitted all of the required performance reports.
(d) A State may request review of a sanction the Secretary of Labor imposes in accordance with the provisions of 20 CFR 683.800.
(a) In addition to sanctions for failure to report or failure to meet adjusted levels of performance, States will be subject to administrative actions in the case of poor performance.
(b) States' performance achievement on the individual primary indicators will be assessed in addition to the overall State program score and overall State indicator score. Based on this assessment, as clarified and explained in guidance, for performance on any individual primary indicator, the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education will require the State to establish a performance risk plan to address continuous improvement on the individual primary indicator.
(a) Each local area in a State under WIOA title I is subject to the same primary indicators of performance for the core programs for WIOA title I under § 361.155(a)(1) and (c) that apply to the State.
(b) In addition to the indicators described in paragraph (a) of this section, under § 361.165, the Governor may apply additional indicators of performance to local areas in the State.
(c) States must annually make local area performance reports available to the public using a template that the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate in guidance, including by electronic means. The State must provide electronic access to the public local area performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) The local area performance report must include:
(1) The actual results achieved under § 361.155 and the information required under § 361.160(a);
(2) The percentage of a local area's allotment under WIOA secs. 128(b) and 133(b) that the local area spent on administrative costs; and
(3) Other information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other local areas (or planning regions if the local area is part of a planning region).
(e) The disaggregation of data for the local area performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(f) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(3) of WIOA as explained in guidance, including the use of the performance reporting template, issued by DOL.
(a) The objective statistical adjustment model required under sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii) of WIOA and described in § 361.170(c) must be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Used in order to reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Used to establish adjusted levels of performance at the end of a program year based on actual conditions, consistent with WIOA sec. 116(c)(3).
(b) Until all indicators for the core program in a local area have at least 2 years of complete data, the comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the primary indicators only will be applied where there are at least 2 years of complete data for that program.
(c) The Governor, Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), and chief elected official must reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance based on a negotiations process before the start of a program year with the use of the objective statistical model described in paragraph (a) of this section. The negotiations will include a discussion of circumstances not accounted for in the model and will take into account the extent to which the levels promote continuous improvement. The objective statistical model will be applied at the end of the program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of the participants served.
(d) The negotiations process described in paragraph (c) of this section must be developed by the Governor and disseminated to all Local WDBs and chief elected officials.
(e) The Local WDBs may apply performance measures to service providers that differ from the performance indicators that apply to the local area. These performance measures must be established after considering:
(1) The established local negotiated levels;
(2) The services provided by each provider; and
(3) The populations the service providers are intended to serve.
(a) The Governor is not required to award local incentive funds, but is authorized to provide incentive grants to local areas for performance on the primary indicators of performance consistent with WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(xi).
(b) The Governor may use non-Federal funds to create incentives for the Local WDBs to implement pay-for-performance contract strategies for the delivery of training services described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3) or activities described in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2) in the
(a) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 361.210 for the primary indicators of performance in the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I in any program year, technical assistance must be provided by the Governor or, upon the Governor's request, by the Secretary of Labor.
(1) A State must establish the threshold for failure to meet adjusted levels of performance for a local area before coming to agreement on the negotiated levels of performance for the local area.
(i) A State must establish the adjusted level of performance for a local area, using the statistical adjustment model described in § 361.170(c).
(ii) At least 2 years of complete data on any indicator for any local core program are required in order to establish adjusted levels of performance for a local area.
(2) The technical assistance may include:
(i) Assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan;
(ii) The development of a modified local or regional plan; or
(iii) Other actions designed to assist the local area in improving performance.
(b) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 361.210 for the same primary indicators of performance for the same core program authorized under WIOA title I for a third consecutive program year, the Governor must take corrective actions. The corrective actions must include the development of a reorganization plan under which the Governor:
(1) Requires the appointment and certification of a new Local WDB, consistent with the criteria established under 20 CFR 679.350;
(2) Prohibits the use of eligible providers and one-stop partners that have been identified as achieving poor levels of performance; or
(3) Takes such other significant actions as the Governor determines are appropriate.
(a) The Local WDB and chief elected official for a local area that is subject to a reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(A) may appeal to the Governor to rescind or revise the reorganization plan not later than 30 days after receiving notice of the reorganization plan. The Governor must make a final decision within 30 days after receipt of the appeal.
(b) The Local WDB and chief elected official may appeal the final decision of the Governor to the Secretary of Labor not later than 30 days after receiving the decision from the Governor. Any appeal of the Governor's final decision must be:
(1) Appealed jointly by the Local WDB and chief elected official to the Secretary of Labor under 20 CFR 683.650; and
(2) Must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the Governor.
(c) Upon receipt of the joint appeal from the Local WDB and chief elected official, the Secretary of Labor must make a final decision within 30 days. In making this determination the Secretary of Labor may consider any comments submitted by the Governor in response to the appeals.
(d) The decision by the Governor on the appeal becomes effective at the time it is issued and remains effective unless the Secretary of Labor rescinds or revises the reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(C).
(a) States are required to make available and publish annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate including through electronic means, the ETP performance reports for ETPs who provide services under sec. 122 of WIOA that are described in 20 CFR 680.400 through 680.530. These reports at a minimum must include, consistent with § 361.175 and with respect to each program of study that is eligible to receive funds under WIOA:
(1) The total number of participants as defined by § 361.150(a) who received training services under the adult and dislocated worker programs authorized under WIOA title I for the most recent year and the 3 preceding program years, including:
(i) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by barriers to employment;
(ii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by race, ethnicity, sex, and age;
(iii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by the type of training entity for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(2) The total number of participants who exit a program of study or its equivalent, including disaggregate counts by the type of training entity during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(3) The average cost-per-participant for participants who received training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years disaggregated by type of training entity;
(4) The total number of individuals exiting from the program of study (or the equivalent) with respect to all individuals engaging in the program of study (or the equivalent); and
(5) The levels of performance achieved for the primary indicators of performance identified in § 361.155(a)(1)(i) through (iv) with respect to all individuals engaging in a program of study (or the equivalent).
(b) Apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act are not required to submit ETP performance information. If a registered apprenticeship program voluntarily submits performance information to a State, the State must include this information in the report.
(c) The State must provide a mechanism of electronic access to the public ETP performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(4) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by DOL.
(e) The Governor may designate one or more State agencies such as a State Education Agency or other State Educational Authority to assist in overseeing ETP performance and facilitating the production and dissemination of ETP performance reports. These agencies may be the same agencies that are designated as responsible for administering the ETP list as provided under 20 CFR 680.500. The Governor or such agencies, or authorities, is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches between ETP records and unemployment insurance (UI) wage data in order to produce the report;
(2) The creation and dissemination of the reports as described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section;
(3) Coordinating the dissemination of the performance reports with the ETP list and the information required to accompany the list, as provided in 20 CFR 680.500.
(a) On a quarterly basis, each State must submit to the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, individual records that include demographic information, information on services received, and information on resulting outcomes, as appropriate, for each reportable individual in either of the following programs administered by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education: A WIOA title I core program; the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; or the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
(b) For individual records submitted to the Secretary of Labor, those records may be required to be integrated across all programs administered by the Secretary of Labor in one single file.
(c) States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education.
(a) States must establish procedures, consistent with guidelines issued by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, to ensure that they submit complete annual performance reports that contain information that is valid and reliable, as required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(5).
(b) If a State fails to meet standards in paragraph (a) of this section as determined by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, the appropriate Secretary will provide technical assistance and may require the State to develop and implement corrective actions, which may require the State to provide training for its subrecipients.
(c) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will provide training and technical assistance to States in order to implement this section. States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(5) of WIOA as explained in guidance.
Secs. 503, 107, 121, 134, 189, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The one-stop delivery system brings together workforce development, educational, and other human resource services in a seamless customer-focused service delivery network that enhances access to the programs' services and improves long-term employment outcomes for individuals receiving assistance. One-stop partners administer separately funded programs as a set of integrated streamlined services to customers.
(b) Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) assigns responsibilities at the local, State, and Federal level to ensure the creation and maintenance of a one-stop delivery system that enhances the range and quality of education and workforce development services that employers and individual customers can access.
(c) The system must include at least one comprehensive physical center in each local area as described in § 361.305.
(d) The system may also have additional arrangements to supplement the comprehensive center. These arrangements include:
(1) An affiliated site or a network of affiliated sites, where one or more partners make programs, services, and activities available, as described in § 361.310;
(2) A network of eligible one-stop partners, as described in §§ 361.400 through 361.410, through which each partner provides one or more of the programs, services, and activities that are linked, physically or technologically, to an affiliated site or access point that assures customers are provided information on the availability of career services, as well as other program services and activities, regardless of where they initially enter the public workforce system in the local area; and
(3) Specialized centers that address specific needs, including those of dislocated workers, youth, or key industry sectors, or clusters.
(e) Required one-stop partner programs must provide access to programs, services, and activities through electronic means if applicable and practicable. This is in addition to providing access to services through the mandatory comprehensive physical one-stop center and any affiliated sites or specialized centers. The provision of programs and services by electronic methods such as Web sites, telephones, or other means must improve the efficiency, coordination, and quality of one-stop partner services. Electronic delivery must not replace access to such services at a comprehensive one-stop center or be a substitute to making services available at an affiliated site if the partner is participating in an affiliated site. Electronic delivery systems must be in compliance with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of WIOA sec. 188 and its implementing regulations at 29 CFR part 38.
(f) The design of the local area's one-stop delivery system must be described in the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) executed with the one-stop partners, described in § 361.500.
(a) A comprehensive one-stop center is a physical location where job seeker and employer customers can access the programs, services, and activities of all required one-stop partners. A comprehensive one-stop center must have at least one title I staff person physically present.
(b) The comprehensive one-stop center must provide:
(1) Career services, described in § 361.430;
(2) Access to training services described in 20 CFR 680.200;
(3) Access to any employment and training activities carried out under sec. 134(d) of WIOA;
(4) Access to programs and activities carried out by one-stop partners listed in §§ 361.400 through 361.410, including the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program); and
(5) Workforce and labor market information.
(c) Customers must have access to these programs, services, and activities during regular business days at a comprehensive one-stop center. The Local Workforce Development Board (WDB) may establish other service hours at other times to accommodate the schedules of individuals who work on regular business days. The State WDB will evaluate the hours of access to service as part of the evaluation of effectiveness in the one-stop certification process described in § 361.800(b).
(d) “Access” to each partner program and its services means:
(1) Having a program staff member physically present at the one-stop center;
(2) Having a staff member from a different partner program physically present at the one-stop center appropriately trained to provide information to customers about the programs, services, and activities available through partner programs; or
(3) Making available a direct linkage through technology to program staff who can provide meaningful information or services.
(i) A “direct linkage” means providing direct connection at the one-stop center, within a reasonable time, by phone or through a real-time Web-based communication to a program staff member who can provide program information or services to the customer.
(ii) A “direct linkage” cannot exclusively be providing a phone number or computer Web site or providing information, pamphlets, or materials.
(e) All comprehensive one-stop centers must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) An affiliated site, or affiliate one-stop center, is a site that makes available to job seeker and employer customers one or more of the one-stop partners' programs, services, and activities. An affiliated site does not need to provide access to every required one-stop partner program. The frequency of program staff's physical presence in the affiliated site will be determined at the local level. Affiliated sites are access points in addition to the comprehensive one-stop center(s) in each local area. If used by local areas as a part of the service delivery strategy, affiliate sites must be implemented in a manner that supplements and enhances customer access to services.
(b) As described in § 361.315, Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot be a stand-alone affiliated site.
(c) States, in conjunction with the Local WDBs, must examine lease agreements and property holdings throughout the one-stop delivery system in order to use property in an efficient and effective way. Where necessary and appropriate, States and Local WDBs must take expeditious steps to align lease expiration dates with efforts to consolidate one-stop operations into service points where Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are colocated as soon as reasonably possible. These steps must be included in the State Plan.
(d) All affiliated sites must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) Separate stand-alone Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service offices are not permitted under WIOA, as also described in 20 CFR 652.202.
(b) If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are provided at an affiliated site, there must be at least one or more other partners in the affiliated site with a physical presence of combined staff more than 50 percent of the time the center is open. Additionally, the other partner must not be the partner administering local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, or unemployment compensation programs. If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services and any of these 3 programs are provided at an affiliated site, an additional partner or partners must have a presence of combined staff in the center more than 50 percent of the time the center is open.
Any network of one-stop partners or specialized centers, as described in § 361.300(d)(3), must be connected to the comprehensive one-stop center and any appropriate affiliate one-stop centers, for example, by having processes in place to make referrals to these centers and the partner programs located in them. Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot stand alone in a specialized center. Just as described in § 361.315 for an affiliated site, a specialized center must include other programs besides Wagner-Peyser Act employment services, local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, and unemployment compensation.
(a) Section 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA identifies the entities that are required partners in the local one-stop delivery systems.
(b) The required partners are the entities responsible for administering the following programs and activities in the local area:
(1) Programs authorized under title I of WIOA, including:
(i) Adults;
(ii) Dislocated workers;
(iii) Youth;
(iv) Job Corps;
(v) YouthBuild;
(vi) Native American programs; and
(vii) Migrant and seasonal farmworker programs;
(2) The Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
(3) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA;
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720
(5) The Senior Community Service Employment Program authorized under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(6) Career and technical education programs at the postsecondary level authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(7) Trade Adjustment Assistance activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(8) Jobs for Veterans State Grants programs authorized under chapter 41 of title 38, U.S.C.;
(9) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (42 U.S.C. 9901
(10) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(11) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(12) Programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532); and
(13) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(a) Yes, TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(b) The Governor may determine that TANF will not be a required partner in the State, or within some specific local areas in the State. In this instance, the Governor must notify the Secretaries of the U.S. Departments of Labor and Health and Human Services in writing of this determination.
(c) In States, or local areas within a State, where the Governor has determined that TANF is not required to be a partner, local TANF programs may still work in collaboration or partnership with the local one-stop centers to deliver employment and training services to the TANF population unless inconsistent with the Governor's direction.
(a) Other entities that carry out a workforce development program, including Federal, State, or local programs and programs in the private sector, may serve as additional partners in the one-stop delivery system if the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) approve the entity's participation.
(b) Additional partners may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Employment and training programs administered by the Social Security Administration, including the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency Program established under sec. 1148 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b-19);
(2) Employment and training programs carried out by the Small Business Administration;
(3) Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) employment and training programs, authorized under secs. 6(d)(4) and 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Client Assistance Program authorized under sec. 112 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 732);
(5) Programs authorized under the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501
(6) Other appropriate Federal, State or local programs, including, but not limited to, employment, education, and training programs provided by public libraries or in the private sector.
(a) The entity that carries out the program and activities listed in § 361.400 or § 361.410, and therefore serves as the one-stop partner, is the grant recipient, administrative entity, or organization responsible for administering the funds of the specified program in the local area. The term “entity” does not include the service providers that contract with, or are subrecipients of, the local administrative entity. For programs that do not include local administrative entities, the responsible State agency
(b) For title II of WIOA, the entity or agency that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the sole entity or agency in the State or outlying area responsible for administering or supervising policy for adult education and literacy activities in the State or outlying area. The State eligible entity or agency may delegate its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section to one or more eligible providers or consortium of eligible providers.
(c) For the VR program, authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the designated State agencies or designated State units specified under sec. 101(a)(2) of the Rehabilitation Act that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation, or vocational and other rehabilitation, of individuals with disabilities.
(d) Under WIOA title I, the national programs, including Job Corps, the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs are required one-stop partners. The entity for the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs is the grantee of those respective programs. The entity for Job Corps is the Job Corps center.
(e) For the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the eligible recipient or recipients at the postsecondary level, or a consortium of eligible recipients at the postsecondary level in the local area. The eligible recipient at the postsecondary level may also request assistance from the State eligible agency in completing its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section.
Each required partner must:
(a) Provide access to its programs or activities through the one-stop delivery system, in addition to any other appropriate locations;
(b) Use a portion of funds made available to the partner's program, to the extent consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program and with Federal cost principles in 2 CFR parts 200 and 3474 (requiring, among other things, that costs are allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable), to:
(1) Provide applicable career services; and
(2) Work collaboratively with the State and Local WDBs to establish and maintain the one-stop delivery system. This includes jointly funding the one-stop infrastructure through partner contributions that are based upon:
(i) A reasonable cost allocation methodology by which infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on proportionate use and relative benefit received;
(ii) Federal cost principles; and
(iii) Any local administrative cost requirements in the Federal law authorizing the partner's program. (This is further described in § 361.700.)
(c) Enter into an MOU with the Local WDB relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system that meets the requirements of § 361.500(b);
(d) Participate in the operation of the one-stop delivery system consistent with the terms of the MOU, requirements of authorizing laws, the Federal cost principles, and all other applicable legal requirements; and
(e) Provide representation on the State and Local WDBs as required and participate in Board committees as needed.
(a) The applicable career services to be delivered by required one-stop partners are those services listed in § 361.430 that are authorized to be provided under each partner's program.
(b) One-stop centers provide services to individual customers based on individual needs, including the seamless delivery of multiple services to individual customers. There is no required sequence of services.
Career services, as identified in sec. 134(c)(2) of WIOA, consist of three types:
(a) Basic career services must be made available and, at a minimum, must include the following services, as consistent with allowable program activities and Federal cost principles:
(1) Determinations of whether the individual is eligible to receive assistance from the adult, dislocated worker, or youth programs;
(2) Outreach, intake (including worker profiling), and orientation to information and other services available through the one-stop delivery system. For the TANF program, States must provide individuals with the opportunity to initiate an application for TANF assistance and non-assistance benefits and services, which could be implemented through the provision of paper application forms or links to the application Web site;
(3) Initial assessment of skill levels including literacy, numeracy, and English language proficiency, as well as aptitudes, abilities (including skills gaps), and supportive services needs;
(4) Labor exchange services, including—
(i) Job search and placement assistance, and, when needed by an individual, career counseling, including—
(A) Provision of information on in-demand industry sectors and occupations (as defined in sec. 3(23) of WIOA); and
(B) Provision of information on nontraditional employment; and
(ii) Appropriate recruitment and other business services on behalf of employers, including information and referrals to specialized business services other than those traditionally offered through the one-stop delivery system;
(5) Provision of referrals to and coordination of activities with other programs and services, including programs and services within the one-stop delivery system and, when appropriate, other workforce development programs;
(6) Provision of workforce and labor market employment statistics information, including the provision of accurate information relating to local, regional, and national labor market areas, including—
(i) Job vacancy listings in labor market areas;
(ii) Information on job skills necessary to obtain the vacant jobs listed; and
(iii) Information relating to local occupations in demand and the earnings, skill requirements, and opportunities for advancement for those jobs;
(7) Provision of performance information and program cost information on eligible providers of education, training, and workforce services by program and type of providers;
(8) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, about how the local area is performing on local performance accountability measures, as well as any additional performance information
(9) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, relating to the availability of supportive services or assistance, and appropriate referrals to those services and assistance, including: Child care; child support; medical or child health assistance available through the State's Medicaid program and Children's Health Insurance Program; benefits under SNAP; assistance through the earned income tax credit; and assistance under a State program for TANF, and other supportive services and transportation provided through that program;
(10) Provision of information and meaningful assistance to individuals seeking assistance in filing a claim for unemployment compensation.
(i) “Meaningful assistance” means:
(A) Providing assistance on-site using staff who are well-trained in unemployment compensation claims filing and the rights and responsibilities of claimants; or
(B) Providing assistance by phone or via other technology, as long as the assistance is provided by trained and available staff and within a reasonable time.
(ii) The costs associated in providing this assistance may be paid for by the State's unemployment insurance program, or the WIOA adult or dislocated worker programs, or some combination thereof.
(11) Assistance in establishing eligibility for programs of financial aid assistance for training and education programs not provided under WIOA.
(b) Individualized career services must be made available if determined to be appropriate in order for an individual to obtain or retain employment. These services include the following services, as consistent with program requirements and Federal cost principles:
(1) Comprehensive and specialized assessments of the skill levels and service needs of adults and dislocated workers, which may include—
(i) Diagnostic testing and use of other assessment tools; and
(ii) In-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and appropriate employment goals;
(2) Development of an individual employment plan, to identify the employment goals, appropriate achievement objectives, and appropriate combination of services for the participant to achieve his or her employment goals, including the list of, and information about, the eligible training providers (as described in 20 CFR 680.180);
(3) Group counseling;
(4) Individual counseling;
(5) Career planning;
(6) Short-term pre-vocational services including development of learning skills, communication skills, interviewing skills, punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct services to prepare individuals for unsubsidized employment or training;
(7) Internships and work experiences that are linked to careers (as described in 20 CFR 680.170);
(8) Workforce preparation activities;
(9) Financial literacy services as described in sec. 129(b)(2)(D) of WIOA and 20 CFR 681.500;
(10) Out-of-area job search assistance and relocation assistance; and
(11) English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs.
(c) Follow-up services must be provided, as appropriate, including: Counseling regarding the workplace, for participants in adult or dislocated worker workforce investment activities who are placed in unsubsidized employment, for up to 12 months after the first day of employment.
(d) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, TANF agencies must identify employment services and related support being provided by the TANF program (within the local area) that qualify as career services and ensure access to them via the local one-stop delivery system.
(a) Certain career services must be made available to local employers, specifically labor exchange activities and labor market information described in § 361.430(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(6). Local areas must establish and develop relationships and networks with large and small employers and their intermediaries. Local areas also must develop, convene, or implement industry or sector partnerships.
(b) Customized business services may be provided to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations. These services are tailored for specific employers and may include:
(1) Customized screening and referral of qualified participants in training services to employers;
(2) Customized services to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations, on employment-related issues;
(3) Customized recruitment events and related services for employers including targeted job fairs;
(4) Human resource consultation services, including but not limited to assistance with:
(i) Writing/reviewing job descriptions and employee handbooks;
(ii) Developing performance evaluation and personnel policies;
(iii) Creating orientation sessions for new workers;
(iv) Honing job interview techniques for efficiency and compliance;
(v) Analyzing employee turnover;
(vi) Creating job accommodations and using assistive technologies; or
(vii) Explaining labor and employment laws to help employers comply with discrimination, wage/hour, and safety/health regulations;
(5) Customized labor market information for specific employers, sectors, industries or clusters; and
(6) Other similar customized services.
(c) Local areas may also provide other business services and strategies that meet the workforce investment needs of area employers, in accordance with partner programs' statutory requirements and consistent with Federal cost principles. These business services may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the Local WDB, or through the use of economic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner determined appropriate by the Local WDB and in cooperation with the State. Allowable activities, consistent with each partner's authorized activities, include, but are not limited to:
(1) Developing and implementing industry sector strategies (including strategies involving industry partnerships, regional skills alliances, industry skill panels, and sectoral skills partnerships);
(2) Customized assistance or referral for assistance in the development of a registered apprenticeship program;
(3) Developing and delivering innovative workforce investment services and strategies for area employers, which may include career pathways, skills upgrading, skill standard development and certification for recognized postsecondary credential or other employer use, and other effective initiatives for meeting the workforce investment needs of area employers and workers;
(4) Assistance to area employers in managing reductions in force in coordination with rapid response activities and with strategies for the aversion of layoffs, which may include
(5) The marketing of business services to appropriate area employers, including small and mid-sized employers; and
(6) Assisting employers with accessing local, State, and Federal tax credits.
(d) All business services and strategies must be reflected in the local plan, described in 20 CFR 679.560(b)(3).
(a) There is no requirement that a fee-for-service be charged to employers.
(b) No fee may be charged for services provided in § 361.435(a).
(c) A fee may be charged for services provided under § 361.435(b) and (c). Services provided under § 361.435(c) may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the Local WDB and may also be provided on a fee-for-service basis or through the leveraging of economic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner determined appropriate by the Local WDB. The Local WDB may examine the services provided compared with the assets and resources available within the local one-stop delivery system and through its partners to determine an appropriate cost structure for services, if any.
(d) Any fees earned are recognized as program income and must be expended by the partner in accordance with the partner program's authorizing statute, implementing regulations, and Federal cost principles identified in Uniform Guidance.
(a) The MOU is the product of local discussion and negotiation, and is an agreement developed and executed between the Local WDB and the one-stop partners, with the agreement of the chief elected official and the one-stop partners, relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area. Two or more local areas in a region may develop a single joint MOU, if they are in a region that has submitted a regional plan under sec. 106 of WIOA.
(b) The MOU must include:
(1) A description of services to be provided through the one-stop delivery system, including the manner in which the services will be coordinated and delivered through the system;
(2) Agreement on funding the costs of the services and the operating costs of the system, including:
(i) Funding of infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in accordance with §§ 361.700 through 361.755; and
(ii) Funding of the shared services and operating costs of the one-stop delivery system described in § 361.760;
(3) Methods for referring individuals between the one-stop operators and partners for appropriate services and activities;
(4) Methods to ensure that the needs of workers, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, are addressed in providing access to services, including access to technology and materials that are available through the one-stop delivery system;
(5) The duration of the MOU and procedures for amending it; and
(6) Assurances that each MOU will be reviewed, and if substantial changes have occurred, renewed, not less than once every 3-year period to ensure appropriate funding and delivery of services.
(c) The MOU may contain any other provisions agreed to by the parties that are consistent with WIOA title I, the authorizing statutes and regulations of one-stop partner programs, and the WIOA regulations.
(d) When fully executed, the MOU must contain the signatures of the Local WDB, one-stop partners, the chief elected official(s), and the time period in which the agreement is effective. The MOU must be updated not less than every 3 years to reflect any changes in the signatory official of the Board, one-stop partners, and chief elected officials, or one-stop infrastructure funding.
(e) If a one-stop partner appeal to the State regarding infrastructure costs, using the process described in § 361.750, results in a change to the one-stop partner's infrastructure cost contributions, the MOU must be updated to reflect the final one-stop partner infrastructure cost contributions.
(a) A single “umbrella” MOU may be developed that addresses the issues relating to the local one-stop delivery system for the Local WDB, chief elected official and all partners. Alternatively, the Local WDB (with agreement of chief elected official) may enter into separate agreements between each partner or groups of partners.
(b) Under either approach, the requirements described in § 361.500 apply. Since funds are generally appropriated annually, the Local WDB may negotiate financial agreements with each partner annually to update funding of services and operating costs of the system under the MOU.
(a) WIOA emphasizes full and effective partnerships between Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners. Local WDBs and partners must enter into good-faith negotiations. Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners may also request assistance from a State agency responsible for administering the partner program, the Governor, State WDB, or other appropriate parties on other aspects of the MOU.
(b) Local WDBs and one-stop partners must establish, in the MOU, how they will fund the infrastructure costs and other shared costs of the one-stop centers. If agreement regarding infrastructure costs is not reached when other sections of the MOU are ready, an interim infrastructure funding agreement may be included instead, as described in § 361.715(c). Once agreement on infrastructure funding is reached, the Local WDB and one-stop partners must amend the MOU to include the infrastructure funding of the one-stop centers. Infrastructure funding is described in detail in §§ 361.700 through 361.760.
(c) The Local WDB must report to the State WDB, Governor, and relevant State agency when MOU negotiations with one-stop partners have reached an impasse.
(1) The Local WDB and partners must document the negotiations and efforts that have taken place in the MOU. The State WDB, one-stop partner programs, and the Governor may consult with the appropriate Federal agencies to address impasse situations related to issues other than infrastructure funding after attempting to address the impasse. Impasses related to infrastructure cost funding must be resolved using the State infrastructure cost funding mechanism described in § 361.730.
(2) The Local WDB must report failure to execute an MOU with a required partner to the Governor, State WDB, and the State agency responsible for administering the partner's program. Additionally, if the State cannot assist the Local WDB in resolving the impasse,
(a) One-stop operators may be a single entity (public, private, or nonprofit) or a consortium of entities. If the consortium of entities is one of one-stop partners, it must include a minimum of three of the one-stop partners described in § 361.400.
(b) The one-stop operator may operate one or more one-stop centers. There may be more than one one-stop operator in a local area.
(c) The types of entities that may be a one-stop operator include:
(1) An institution of higher education;
(2) An Employment Service State agency established under the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(3) A community-based organization, nonprofit organization, or workforce intermediary;
(4) A private for-profit entity;
(5) A government agency;
(6) A Local WDB, with the approval of the chief elected official and the Governor; or
(7) Another interested organization or entity, which is capable of carrying out the duties of the one-stop operator. Examples may include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
(d) Elementary schools and secondary schools are not eligible as one-stop operators, except that a nontraditional public secondary school such as a night school, adult school, or an area career and technical education school may be selected.
(e) The State and Local WDBs must ensure that, in carrying out WIOA programs and activities, one-stop operators:
(1) Disclose any potential conflicts of interest arising from the relationships of the operators with particular training service providers or other service providers (further discussed in 20 CFR 679.430);
(2) Do not establish practices that create disincentives to providing services to individuals with barriers to employment who may require longer-term career and training services; and
(3) Comply with Federal regulations and procurement policies relating to the calculation and use of profits, including those at 20 CFR 683.295, the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable regulations and policies.
(a) Consistent with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Local WDB must select the one-stop operator through a competitive process, as required by sec. 121(d)(2)(A) of WIOA, at least once every 4 years. A State may require, or a Local WDB may choose to implement, a competitive selection process more than once every 4 years.
(b) In instances in which a State is conducting the competitive process described in paragraph (a) of this section, the State must follow the same policies and procedures it uses for procurement with non-Federal funds.
(c) All other non-Federal entities, including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas), must use a competitive process based on local procurement policies and procedures and the principles of competitive procurement in the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326. All references to “noncompetitive proposals” in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 200.320(f) will be read as “sole source procurement” for the purposes of implementing this section.
(d) Entities must prepare written documentation explaining the determination concerning the nature of the competitive process to be followed in selecting a one-stop operator.
(a) States may select a one-stop operator through sole source selection when allowed under the same policies and procedures used for competitive procurement with non-Federal funds, while other non-Federal entities including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas) may select a one-stop operator through sole selection when consistent with local procurement policies and procedures and the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.320.
(b) In the event that sole source procurement is determined necessary and reasonable, in accordance with § 361.605(c), written documentation must be prepared and maintained concerning the entire process of making such a selection.
(c) Such sole source procurement must include appropriate conflict of interest policies and procedures. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(d) A Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator through sole source procurement only with agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor. The Local WDB must establish sufficient conflict of interest policies and procedures and these policies and procedures must be approved by the Governor.
(a) Local WDBs may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(b) State and local agencies may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators by the Local WDB, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(c) In the case of single-area States where the State WDB serves as the Local WDB, the State agency is eligible to compete for and be selected as operator as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies are in place and followed for the competition. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflicts of interest.
(a) At a minimum, the one-stop operator must coordinate the service delivery of required one-stop partners and service providers. Local WDBs may establish additional roles of one-stop operator, including, but not limited to: Coordinating service providers across the one-stop delivery system, being the primary provider of services within the center, providing some of the services within the center, or coordinating service delivery in a multi-center area, which may include affiliated sites. The competition for a one-stop operator must clearly articulate the role of the one-stop operator.
(b)(1) Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a one-stop operator may not perform the following functions: Convene system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan; prepare and submit local plans (as required under sec. 107 of WIOA); be responsible for oversight of itself; manage or significantly participate in
(2) An entity serving as a one-stop operator, that also serves a different role within the one-stop delivery system, may perform some or all of these functions when it is acting in its other role, if it has established sufficient firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures. The policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
Yes, but there must be appropriate firewalls in place in regards to the competition, and subsequent oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The operator cannot develop, manage, or conduct the competition of a service provider in which it intends to compete. In cases where an operator is also a service provider, there must be firewalls and internal controls within the operator-service provider entity, as well as specific policies and procedures at the Local WDB level regarding oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The firewalls must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflicts of interest.
Yes. State merit staff can continue to perform functions and activities in the one-stop center. The Local WDB and one-stop operator must establish a system for management of merit staff in accordance with State policies and procedures. Continued use of State merit staff for the provision of Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements must be included in the competition for and final contract with the one-stop operator when Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements are being provided.
(a) No later than July 1, 2017, one-stop operators selected under the competitive process described in this subpart must be in place and operating the one-stop center.
(b) By November 17, 2016, every Local WDB must demonstrate it is taking steps to prepare for competition of its one-stop operator. This demonstration may include, but is not limited to, market research, requests for information, and conducting a cost and price analysis.
(a) Infrastructure costs of one-stop centers are nonpersonnel costs that are necessary for the general operation of the one-stop center, including:
(1) Rental of the facilities;
(2) Utilities and maintenance;
(3) Equipment (including assessment-related products and assistive technology for individuals with disabilities); and
(4) Technology to facilitate access to the one-stop center, including technology used for the center's planning and outreach activities.
(b) Local WDBs may consider common identifier costs as costs of one-stop infrastructure.
(c) Each entity that carries out a program or activities in a local one-stop center, described in §§ 361.400 through 361.410, must use a portion of the funds available for the program and activities to maintain the one-stop delivery system, including payment of the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers. These payments must be in accordance with this subpart; Federal cost principles, which require that all costs must be allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the program; and all other applicable legal requirements.
(a) The Governor, after consultation with chief elected officials, the State WDB, and Local WDBs, and consistent with guidance and policies provided by the State WDB, must develop and issue guidance for use by local areas, specifically:
(1) Guidelines for State-administered one-stop partner programs for determining such programs' contributions to a one-stop delivery system, based on such programs' proportionate use of such system, and relative benefit received, consistent with Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards in 2 CFR part 200, including determining funding for the costs of infrastructure; and
(2) Guidance to assist Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners in local areas in determining equitable and stable methods of funding the costs of infrastructure at one-stop centers based on proportionate use and relative benefit received, and consistent with Federal cost principles contained in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200.
(b) The guidance must include:
(1) The appropriate roles of the one-stop partner programs in identifying one-stop infrastructure costs;
(2) Approaches to facilitate equitable and efficient cost allocation that results in a reasonable cost allocation methodology where infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on its proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received, consistent with Federal cost principles at 2 CFR part 200; and
(3) The timelines regarding notification to the Governor for not reaching local agreement and triggering the State funding mechanism described in § 361.730, and timelines for a one-stop partner to submit an appeal in the State funding mechanism.
Infrastructure costs are funded either through the local funding mechanism described in § 361.715 or through the State funding mechanism described in § 361.730.
(a) In the local funding mechanism, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners agree to amounts and methods of calculating amounts each partner will contribute for one-stop infrastructure funding, include the infrastructure funding terms in the MOU, and sign the MOU. The local funding mechanism must meet all of the following requirements:
(1) The infrastructure costs are funded through cash and fairly evaluated non-cash and third-party in-kind partner contributions and include any funding from philanthropic organizations or other private entities, or through other alternative financing options, to provide a stable and equitable funding stream for ongoing one-stop delivery system operations;
(2) Contributions must be negotiated between one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and the Local WDB and the amount to be contributed must be included in the MOU;
(3) The one-stop partner program's proportionate share of funding must be calculated in accordance with the Uniform Administrative Requirements,
(4) Partner shares must be periodically reviewed and reconciled against actual costs incurred, and adjusted to ensure that actual costs charged to any one-stop partners are proportionate to the use of the one-stop center and relative to the benefit received by the one-stop partners and their respective programs or activities.
(b) In developing the section of the MOU on one-stop infrastructure funding described in § 361.755, the Local WDB and chief elected officials will:
(1) Ensure that the one-stop partners adhere to the guidance identified in § 361.705 on one-stop delivery system infrastructure costs.
(2) Work with one-stop partners to achieve consensus and informally mediate any possible conflicts or disagreements among one-stop partners.
(3) Provide technical assistance to new one-stop partners and local grant recipients to ensure that those entities are informed and knowledgeable of the elements contained in the MOU and the one-stop infrastructure costs arrangement.
(c) The MOU may include an interim infrastructure funding agreement, including as much detail as the Local WDB has negotiated with one-stop partners, if all other parts of the MOU have been negotiated, in order to allow the partner programs to operate in the one-stop centers. The interim infrastructure funding agreement must be finalized within 6 months of when the MOU is signed. If the interim infrastructure funding agreement is not finalized within that timeframe, the Local WDB must notify the Governor, as described in § 361.725.
(a) In the local funding mechanism, one-stop partner programs may determine what funds they will use to pay for infrastructure costs. The use of these funds must be in accordance with the requirements in this subpart, and with the relevant partner's authorizing statutes and regulations, including, for example, prohibitions against supplanting non-Federal resources, statutory limitations on administrative costs, and all other applicable legal requirements. In the case of partners administering programs authorized by title I of WIOA, these infrastructure costs may be considered program costs. In the case of partners administering adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA, these funds must include Federal funds made available for the local administration of adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA. These funds may also include non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions. In the case of partners administering the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, funds used to pay for infrastructure costs may include funds available for local administrative expenses, non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions, and may include other funds made available by the State.
(b) There are no specific caps on the amount or percent of overall funding a one-stop partner may contribute to fund infrastructure costs under the local funding mechanism, except that contributions for administrative costs may not exceed the amount available for administrative costs under the authorizing statute of the partner program. However, amounts contributed for infrastructure costs must be allowable and based on proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received by the partner program, taking into account the total cost of the one-stop infrastructure as well as alternate financing options, and must be consistent with 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles.
(c) Cash, non-cash, and third-party in-kind contributions may be provided by one-stop partners to cover their proportionate share of infrastructure costs.
(1) Cash contributions are cash funds provided to the Local WDB or its designee by one-stop partners, either directly or by an interagency transfer.
(2) Non-cash contributions are comprised of—
(i) Expenditures incurred by one-stop partners on behalf of the one-stop center; and
(ii) Non-cash contributions or goods or services contributed by a partner program and used by the one-stop center.
(3) Non-cash contributions, especially those set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the partners' proportionate share.
(4) Third-party in-kind contributions are:
(i) Contributions of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, by a non-one-stop partner to support the one-stop center in general, not a specific partner; or
(ii) Contributions by a non-one-stop partner of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, to a one-stop partner to support its proportionate share of one-stop infrastructure costs.
(iii) In-kind contributions described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 and reconciled on a regular basis to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the proportionate share of the partner.
(5) All partner contributions, regardless of the type, must be reconciled on a regular basis (
With regard to negotiations for infrastructure funding for Program Year (PY) 2017 and for each subsequent program year thereafter, if the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners do not reach consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism in accordance with the Governor's guidance issued under § 361.705 and consistent with the regulations in §§ 361.715 and 361.720, and include that consensus agreement in the signed MOU, then the Local WDB must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 361.705(b)(3). Once notified, the Governor must administer funding through the State funding mechanism, as described in §§ 361.730 through 361.738, for the program year impacted by the local area's failure to reach consensus.
(a) Consistent with sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(i)(II) of WIOA, if the Local WDB, chief elected official, and one-stop partners in a local area do not reach consensus agreement on methods of sufficiently funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers for a
(b) In the State funding mechanism, the Governor, subject to the limitations in paragraph (c) of this section, determines one-stop partner contributions after consultation with the chief elected officials, Local WDBs, and the State WDB. This determination involves:
(1) The application of a budget for one-stop infrastructure costs as described in § 361.735, based on either agreement reached in the local area negotiations or the State WDB formula outlined in § 361.745;
(2) The determination of each local one-stop partner program's proportionate use of the one-stop delivery system and relative benefit received, consistent with the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles, the partner programs' authorizing laws and regulations, and other applicable legal requirements described in § 361.736; and
(3) The calculation of required statewide program caps on contributions to infrastructure costs from one-stop partner programs in areas operating under the State funding mechanism as described in § 361.738.
(c) In certain situations, the Governor does not determine the infrastructure cost contributions for some one-stop partner programs under the State funding mechanism.
(1) The Governor will not determine the contribution amounts for infrastructure funds for Native American program grantees described in 20 CFR part 684. The appropriate portion of funds to be provided by Native American program grantees to pay for one-stop infrastructure must be determined as part of the development of the MOU described in § 361.500 and specified in that MOU.
(2) In States in which the policy-making authority is placed in an entity or official that is independent of the authority of the Governor with respect to the funds provided for adult education and literacy activities authorized under title II of WIOA, postsecondary career and technical education activities authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, or VR services authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (other than sec. 112 or part C), as amended by WIOA title IV, the determination of the amount each of the applicable partners must contribute to assist in paying the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers must be made by the official or chief officer of the entity with such authority, in consultation with the Governor.
(d) Any duty, ability, choice, responsibility, or other action otherwise related to the determination of infrastructure costs contributions that is assigned to the Governor in §§ 361.730 through 361.745 also applies to this decision-making process performed by the official or chief officer described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(a) To initiate the State funding mechanism, a Local WDB that has not reached consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism as provided in § 361.725 must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 361.705(b)(3).
(b) Once a Local WDB has informed the Governor that no consensus has been reached:
(1) The Local WDB must provide the Governor with local negotiation materials in accordance with § 361.735(a).
(2) The Governor must determine the one-stop center budget by either:
(i) Accepting a budget previously agreed upon by partner programs in the local negotiations, in accordance with § 361.735(b)(1); or
(ii) Creating a budget for the one-stop center using the State WDB formula (described in § 361.745) in accordance with § 361.735(b)(3).
(3) The Governor then must establish a cost allocation methodology to determine the one-stop partner programs' proportionate shares of infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 361.736.
(4)(i) Using the methodology established under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, and taking into consideration the factors concerning individual partner programs listed in § 361.737(b)(2), the Governor must determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 361.737(b)(1), and
(ii) In accordance with § 361.730(c), in some instances, the Governor does not determine a partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funding costs, in which case it must be determined by the entities named in § 361.730(c)(1) and (2).
(5) The Governor must then calculate the statewide caps on the amounts that partner programs may be required to contribute toward infrastructure funding, according to the steps found at § 361.738(a)(1) through (4).
(6) The Governor must ensure that the aggregate total of the infrastructure contributions according to proportionate share required of all local partner programs in local areas under the State funding mechanism do not exceed the cap for that particular program, in accordance with § 361.738(b)(1). If the total does not exceed the cap, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the amount determined under § 361.737(a) toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center. If the total does exceed the cap, then to determine the amount to direct each one-stop program to pay, the Governor may:
(i) Ascertain, in accordance with § 361.738(b)(2)(i), whether the local partner or partners whose proportionate shares are calculated above the individual program caps are willing to voluntarily contribute above the capped amount to equal that program's proportionate share; or
(ii) Choose from the options provided in § 361.738(b)(2)(ii), including having the local area re-enter negotiations to reassess each one-stop partner's proportionate share and make adjustments or identify alternate sources of funding to make up the difference between the capped amount and the proportionate share of infrastructure funding of the one-stop partner.
(7) If none of the solutions given in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section prove to be viable, the Governor must reassess the proportionate shares of each one-stop partner so that the aggregate amount attributable to the local partners for each program is less than that program's cap amount. Upon such reassessment, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the reassessed amount toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center.
(a) Local WDBs must provide to the Governor appropriate and relevant materials and documents used in the negotiations under the local funding mechanism, including but not limited to: the local WIOA plan, the cost allocation method or methods proposed by the partners to be used in determining proportionate share, the proposed amounts or budget to fund infrastructure, the amount of total partner funds included, the type of funds or non-cash contributions, proposed one-stop center budgets, and any agreed upon or proposed MOUs.
(b)(1) If a local area has reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the
(2) The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other element or product of the negotiating process provided to the Governor as required by paragraph (a) of this section.
(3) If a local area has not reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the local area, or if the Governor determines that the agreed upon budget does not adequately meet the needs of the local area or does not reasonably work within the confines of the local area's resources in accordance with the Governor's one-stop budget guidance (which is required to be issued by WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(B) and under § 361.705), then, in accordance with § 361.745, the Governor must use the formula developed by the State WDB based on at least the factors required under § 361.745, and any associated weights to determine the local area budget.
Once the appropriate budget is determined for a local area through either method described in § 361.735 (by acceptance of a budget agreed upon in local negotiation or by the Governor applying the formula detailed in § 361.745), the Governor must determine the appropriate cost allocation methodology to be applied to the one-stop partners in such local area, consistent with the Federal cost principles permitted under 2 CFR part 200, to fund the infrastructure budget.
(a) The Governor must direct the one-stop partners in each local area that have not reached agreement under the local funding mechanism to pay what the Governor determines is each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funds for that area, subject to the application of the caps described in § 361.738.
(b)(1) The Governor must use the cost allocation methodology—as determined under § 361.736—to determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs under the State funding mechanism, subject to considering the factors described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) In determining each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure costs, the Governor must take into account the costs of administration of the one-stop delivery system for purposes not related to one-stop centers for each partner (such as costs associated with maintaining the Local WDB or information technology systems), as well as the statutory requirements for each partner program, the partner program's ability to fulfill such requirements, and all other applicable legal requirements. The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other materials or documents of the negotiating process, which must be provided to the Governor by the Local WDB and described in § 361.735(a).
(a) The Governor must calculate the statewide cap on the contributions for one-stop infrastructure funding required to be provided by each one-stop partner program for those local areas that have not reached agreement. The cap is the amount determined under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, which the Governor derives by:
(1) First, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage for the corresponding one-stop partner program provided in paragraph (d) of this section to the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out the one-stop partner program in the State for the applicable fiscal year;
(2) Second, selecting a factor (or factors) that reasonably indicates the use of one-stop centers in the State, applying such factor(s) to all local areas in the State, and determining the percentage of such factor(s) applicable to the local areas that reached agreement under the local funding mechanism in the State;
(3) Third, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage determined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the one-stop partner program; and
(4) Fourth, determining the amount that results from subtracting the amount determined under paragraph (a)(3) of this section from the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The outcome of this final calculation results in the partner program's cap.
(b)(1) The Governor must ensure that the funds required to be contributed by each partner program in the local areas in the State under the State funding mechanism, in aggregate, do not exceed the statewide cap for each program as determined under paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) If the contributions initially determined under § 361.737 would exceed the applicable cap determined under paragraph (a) of this section, the Governor may:
(i) Ascertain if the one-stop partner whose contribution would otherwise exceed the cap determined under paragraph (a) of this section will voluntarily contribute above the capped amount, so that the total contributions equal that partner's proportionate share. The one-stop partner's contribution must still be consistent with the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements; or
(ii) Direct or allow the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners to: Re-enter negotiations, as necessary; reduce the infrastructure costs to reflect the amount of funds that are available for such costs without exceeding the cap levels; reassess the proportionate share of each one-stop partner; or identify alternative sources of financing for one-stop infrastructure funding, consistent with the requirement that each one-stop partner pay an amount that is consistent with the proportionate use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received by the partner, the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements.
(3) If applicable under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners, after renegotiation, may come to agreement, sign an MOU, and proceed under the local funding mechanism. Such actions do not require the redetermination of the applicable caps under paragraph (a) of this section.
(4) If, after renegotiation, agreement among partners still cannot be reached or alternate financing cannot be identified, the Governor may adjust the specified allocation, in accordance with the amounts available and the limitations described in paragraph (d) of this section. In determining these adjustments, the Governor may take into account information relating to the renegotiation as well as the information described in § 361.735(a).
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(A) 0.75 percent of the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2016 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2017;
(B) 1.0 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2017 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2018;
(C) 1.25 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2018 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2019;
(D) 1.5 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2019 and following years for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2020 and subsequent years.
(ii) The limitations set forth in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section for any given fiscal year must be based on the final VR allotment to the State in the applicable Federal fiscal year.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(d) For programs for which it is not otherwise feasible to determine the amount of Federal funding used by the program until the end of that program's operational year—because, for example, the funding available for education, employment, and training activities is included within funding for the program that may also be used for other unrelated activities—the determination of the Federal funds provided to carry out the program for a fiscal year under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be determined by:
(1) The percentage of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program that were used by the one-stop partner program for education, employment, and training activities in the previous fiscal year for which data are available; and
(2) Applying the percentage determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the total amount of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program for the fiscal year for which the determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section applies.
(a) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for WIOA title I programs, including Native American Programs described in 20 CFR part 684, may be paid using program funds, administrative funds, or both. Infrastructure costs for the Senior Community Service Employment Program under title V of the Older Americans Act (42 U.S.C. 3056
(b) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for other required one-stop partner programs (listed in §§ 361.400 through 361.410) are limited to the program's administrative funds, as appropriate.
(c) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the adult education program authorized by title II of WIOA must be paid from the funds that are available for local
(d) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 must be paid from funds available for local administration of postsecondary level programs and activities to eligible recipients or consortia of eligible recipients and may be paid from funds made available by the State or non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind, or third-party contributions.
The State WDB must develop a formula, as described in WIOA sec. 121(h)(3)(B), to be used by the Governor under § 361.735(b)(3) in determining the appropriate budget for the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in the local areas that do not reach agreement under the local funding mechanism and are, therefore, subject to the State funding mechanism. The formula identifies the factors and corresponding weights for each factor that the Governor must use, which must include: The number of one-stop centers in a local area; the population served by such centers; the services provided by such centers; and any factors relating to the operations of such centers in the local area that the State WDB determines are appropriate. As indicated in § 361.735(b)(1), if the local area has agreed on such a budget, the Governor may accept that budget in lieu of applying the formula factors.
(a) The Governor must establish a process, described under sec. 121(h)(2)(E) of WIOA, for a one-stop partner administering a program described in §§ 361.400 through 361.410 to appeal the Governor's determination regarding the one-stop partner's portion of funds to be provided for one-stop infrastructure costs. This appeal process must be described in the Unified State Plan.
(b) The appeal may be made on the ground that the Governor's determination is inconsistent with proportionate share requirements in § 361.735(a), the cost contribution limitations in § 361.735(b), the cost contribution caps in § 361.738, consistent with the process described in the State Plan.
(c) The process must ensure prompt resolution of the appeal in order to ensure the funds are distributed in a timely manner, consistent with the requirements of 20 CFR 683.630.
(d) The one-stop partner must submit an appeal in accordance with State's deadlines for appeals specified in the guidance issued under § 361.705(b)(3), or if the State has not set a deadline, within 21 days from the Governor's determination.
The MOU, fully described in § 361.500, must contain the following information whether the local areas use either the local one-stop or the State funding method:
(a) The period of time in which this infrastructure funding agreement is effective. This may be a different time period than the duration of the MOU.
(b) Identification of an infrastructure and shared services budget that will be periodically reconciled against actual costs incurred and adjusted accordingly to ensure that it reflects a cost allocation methodology that demonstrates how infrastructure costs are charged to each partner in proportion to its use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received, and that complies with 2 CFR part 200 (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling).
(c) Identification of all one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and Local WDB participating in the infrastructure funding arrangement.
(d) Steps the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners used to reach consensus or an assurance that the local area followed the guidance for the State funding process.
(e) Description of the process to be used among partners to resolve issues during the MOU duration period when consensus cannot be reached.
(f) Description of the periodic modification and review process to ensure equitable benefit among one-stop partners.
(a) In addition to jointly funding infrastructure costs, one-stop partners listed in §§ 361.400 through 361.410 must use a portion of funds made available under their programs' authorizing Federal law (or fairly evaluated in-kind contributions) to pay the additional costs relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system. These other costs must include applicable career services and may include other costs, including shared services.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, shared services' costs may include the costs of shared services that are authorized for and may be commonly provided through the one-stop partner programs to any individual, such as initial intake, assessment of needs, appraisal of basic skills, identification of appropriate services to meet such needs, referrals to other one-stop partners, and business services. Shared operating costs may also include shared costs of the Local WDB's functions.
(c) Contributions to the additional costs related to operation of the one-stop delivery system may be cash, non-cash, or third-party in-kind contributions, consistent with how these are described in § 361.720(c).
(d) The shared costs described in paragraph (a) of this section must be allocated according to the proportion of benefit received by each of the partners, consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program, and consistent with all other applicable legal requirements, including Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200 (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling) requiring that costs are allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable.
(e) Any shared costs agreed upon by the one-stop partners must be included in the MOU.
(a) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must establish objective criteria and procedures for Local WDBs to use when certifying one-stop centers.
(1) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the review and modification of State Plans pursuant to § 361.135.
(2) The criteria must be consistent with the Governor's and State WDB's guidelines, guidance, and policies on infrastructure funding decisions, described in § 361.705. The criteria must evaluate the one-stop centers and one-stop delivery system for effectiveness, including customer satisfaction, physical and programmatic
(3) When the Local WDB is the one-stop operator as described in 20 CFR 679.410, the State WDB must certify the one-stop center.
(b) Evaluations of effectiveness must include how well the one-stop center integrates available services for participants and businesses, meets the workforce development needs of participants and the employment needs of local employers, operates in a cost-efficient manner, coordinates services among the one-stop partner programs, and provides access to partner program services to the maximum extent practicable, including providing services outside of regular business hours where there is a workforce need, as identified by the Local WDB. These evaluations must take into account feedback from one-stop customers. They must also include evaluations of how well the one-stop center ensures equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities to participate in or benefit from one-stop center services. These evaluations must include criteria evaluating how well the centers and delivery systems take actions to comply with the disability-related regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188, set forth at 29 CFR part 38. Such actions include, but are not limited to:
(1) Providing reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities;
(2) Making reasonable modifications to policies, practices, and procedures where necessary to avoid discrimination against persons with disabilities;
(3) Administering programs in the most integrated setting appropriate;
(4) Communicating with persons with disabilities as effectively as with others;
(5) Providing appropriate auxiliary aids and services, including assistive technology devices and services, where necessary to afford individuals with disabilities an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, the program or activity; and
(6) Providing for the physical accessibility of the one-stop center to individuals with disabilities.
(c) Evaluations of continuous improvement must include how well the one-stop center supports the achievement of the negotiated local levels of performance for the indicators of performance for the local area described in sec. 116(b)(2) of WIOA and part 361. Other continuous improvement factors may include a regular process for identifying and responding to technical assistance needs, a regular system of continuing professional staff development, and having systems in place to capture and respond to specific customer feedback.
(d) Local WDBs must assess at least once every 3 years the effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility, and continuous improvement of one-stop centers and the one-stop delivery systems using the criteria and procedures developed by the State WDB. The Local WDB may establish additional criteria, or set higher standards for service coordination, than those set by the State criteria. Local WDBs must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the Local Plan update process described in § 361.580. Local WDBs must certify one-stop centers in order to be eligible to use infrastructure funds in the State funding mechanism described in § 361.730.
(e) All one-stop centers must comply with applicable physical and programmatic accessibility requirements, as set forth in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) The common one-stop delivery system identifier is “American Job Center.”
(b) As of November 17, 2016, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all primary electronic resources used by the one-stop delivery system, and on any newly printed, purchased, or created materials.
(c) As of July 1, 2017, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all products, programs, activities, services, electronic resources, facilities, and related property and new materials used in the one-stop delivery system.
(d) One-stop partners, States, or local areas may use additional identifiers on their products, programs, activities, services, facilities, and related property and materials.
29 U.S.C. 102 and 103, unless otherwise noted.
Secs. 102, 103, and 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The Unified and Combined State Plans provide the framework for States to outline a strategic vision of, and goals for, how their workforce development systems will achieve the purposes of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA).
(b) The Unified and Combined State Plans serve as 4-year action plans to develop, align, and integrate the State's systems and provide a platform to achieve the State's vision and strategic and operational goals. A Unified or Combined State Plan is intended to:
(1) Align, in strategic coordination, the six core programs required in the Unified State Plan pursuant to
(2) Direct investments in economic, education, and workforce training programs to focus on providing relevant education and training to ensure that individuals, including youth and individuals with barriers to employment, have the skills to compete in the job market and that employers have a ready supply of skilled workers;
(3) Apply strategies for job-driven training consistently across Federal programs; and
(4) Enable economic, education, and workforce partners to build a skilled workforce through innovation in, and alignment of, employment, training, and education programs.
(a) The Unified State Plan must be submitted in accordance with § 463.130 and WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Governor of each State must submit, at a minimum, in accordance with § 463.130, a Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor to be eligible to receive funding for the workforce development system's six core programs:
(1) The adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under subtitle B of title I of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL);
(2) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA and administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED);
(3) The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III and administered by DOL; and
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA and administered by ED.
(c) The Unified State Plan must outline the State's 4-year strategy for the core programs described in paragraph (b) of this section and meet the requirements of sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(d) The Unified State Plan must include strategic and operational planning elements to facilitate the development of an aligned, coordinated, and comprehensive workforce development system. The Unified State Plan must include:
(1) Strategic planning elements that describe the State's strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce under sec. 102(b)(1) of WIOA. The strategic planning elements must be informed by and include an analysis of the State's economic conditions and employer and workforce needs, including education and skill needs.
(2) Strategies for aligning the core programs and Combined State Plan partner programs as described in § 463.140(d), as well as other resources available to the State, to achieve the strategic vision and goals in accordance with sec. 102(b)(1)(E) of WIOA.
(3) Operational planning elements in accordance with sec. 102(b)(2) of WIOA that support the strategies for aligning the core programs and other resources available to the State to achieve the State's vision and goals and a description of how the State Workforce Development Board (WDB) will implement its functions, in accordance with sec. 101(d) of WIOA. Operational planning elements must include:
(i) A description of how the State strategy will be implemented by each core program's lead State agency;
(ii) State operating systems, including data systems, and policies that will support the implementation of the State's strategy identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section;
(iii) Program-specific requirements for the core programs required by WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D);
(iv) Assurances required by sec. 102(b)(2)(E) of WIOA, including an assurance that the lead State agencies responsible for the administration of the core programs reviewed and commented on the appropriate operational planning of the Unified State Plan and approved the elements as serving the needs of the population served by such programs, and other assurances deemed necessary by the Secretaries of Labor and Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(E)(x) of WIOA;
(v) A description of joint planning and coordination across core programs, required one-stop partner programs, and other programs and activities in the Unified State Plan; and
(vi) Any additional operational planning requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) of WIOA.
(e) All of the requirements in this subpart that apply to States also apply to outlying areas.
The program-specific requirements for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D) of WIOA. Additional planning requirements may be explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program-specific requirements for the AEFLA program in title II that must be included in the Unified State Plan are described in secs. 102(b)(2)(C) and 102(b)(2)(D)(ii) of WIOA.
(a) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(ii)(I) of WIOA pertaining to content standards, the Unified State Plan must describe how the eligible agency will, by July 1, 2016, align its content standards for adult education with State-adopted challenging academic content standards under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended.
(b) With regard to the description required in sec. 102(b)(2)(C)(iv) of WIOA pertaining to the methods and factors the State will use to distribute funds under the core programs, for title II of WIOA, the Unified State Plan must include—
(1) How the eligible agency will award multi-year grants on a competitive basis to eligible providers in the State; and
(2) How the eligible agency will provide direct and equitable access to funds using the same grant or contract announcement and application procedure.
The Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933, as amended by WIOA title III, is subject to requirements in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, including any additional requirements imposed by the Secretary of Labor under secs. 102(b)(2)(C)(viii) and 102(b)(2)(D)(iv) of WIOA, as explained in joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
The program specific-requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are set forth in sec. 101(a) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. All submission requirements for the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified or Combined State Plan are in addition to the jointly developed strategic and operational content requirements prescribed by sec. 102(b) of WIOA.
(a) The Unified State Plan described in § 463.105 must be submitted in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(c), as explained in joint planning guidelines issued jointly by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) A State must submit its Unified State Plan to the Secretary of Labor pursuant to a process identified by the Secretary.
(1) The initial Unified State Plan must be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the commencement of the second full program year of WIOA.
(2) Subsequent Unified State Plans must be submitted no later than 120 days prior to the end of the 4-year period covered by a preceding Unified State Plan.
(3) For purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, “program year” means July 1 through June 30 of any year.
(c) The Unified State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by 20 CFR 679.130(a) and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(d) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Unified State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Unified State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Unified State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment.
(e) Upon receipt of the Unified State Plan from the State, the Secretary of Labor will ensure that the entire Unified State Plan is submitted to the Secretary of Education pursuant to a process developed by the Secretaries.
(f) The Unified State Plan is subject to the approval of both the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education.
(g) Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Unified State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Unified State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will review and approve the Unified State Plan within 90 days of receipt by the Secretary of Labor, unless the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education determines in writing within that period that:
(1) The plan is inconsistent with a core program's requirements;
(2) The Unified State Plan is inconsistent with any requirement of sec. 102 of WIOA; or
(3) The plan is incomplete or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements or other requirements of WIOA.
(i) If neither the Secretary of Labor nor the Secretary of Education makes the written determination described in paragraph (h) of this section within 90 days of the receipt by the Secretaries, the Unified State Plan will be considered approved.
(a) In addition to the required modification review set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, a Governor may submit a modification of its Unified State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(b) Modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) At the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan, wherein the State WDB must review the Unified State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Unified State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Unified State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 463.170(b), the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(c) Modifications to the Unified State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements in § 463.130(d) that apply to the development of the original Unified State Plan.
(d) Unified State Plan modifications must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Unified State Plan under § 463.130. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration for modification of any portion of the plan described in sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) of WIOA.
(a) A State may choose to develop and submit a 4-year Combined State Plan in lieu of the Unified State Plan described in §§ 463.105 through 463.125.
(b) A State that submits a Combined State Plan covering an activity or program described in paragraph (d) of this section that is, in accordance with WIOA sec. 103(c), approved or deemed complete under the law relating to the program will not be required to submit any other plan or application in order to receive Federal funds to carry out the core programs or the program or activities described under paragraph (d) of this section that are covered by the Combined State Plan.
(c) If a State develops a Combined State Plan, it must be submitted in accordance with the process described in § 463.143.
(d) If a State chooses to submit a Combined State Plan, the plan must include the six core programs and one or more of the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in sec. 103(a)(2) of WIOA. The Combined State Plan partner programs
(1) Career and technical education programs authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(2) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families or TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(3) Employment and training programs authorized under sec. 6(d)(4) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Work programs authorized under sec. 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(o));
(5) Trade adjustment assistance activities under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(6) Services for veterans authorized under chapter 41 of title 38 United States Code;
(7) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(8) Senior Community Service Employment Programs under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(9) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD);
(10) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
(11) Reintegration of offenders programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532).
(e) A Combined State Plan must contain:
(1) For the core programs, the information required by sec. 102(b) of WIOA and §§ 463.105 through 463.125, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(2) For the Combined State Plan partner programs and activities, except as described in paragraph (h) of this section, the information required by the law authorizing and governing that program to be submitted to the appropriate Secretary, any other applicable legal requirements, and any common planning requirements described in sec. 102(b) of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries;
(3) A description of the methods used for joint planning and coordination among the core programs, and with the required one-stop partner programs and other programs and activities included in the State Plan; and
(4) An assurance that all of the entities responsible for planning or administering the programs described in the Combined State Plan have had a meaningful opportunity to review and comment on all portions of the plan.
(f) Each Combined State Plan partner program included in the Combined State Plan remains subject to the applicable program-specific requirements of the Federal law and regulations, and any other applicable legal or program requirements, governing the implementation and operation of that program.
(g) For purposes of §§ 463.140 through 463.145 the term “appropriate Secretary” means the head of the Federal agency who exercises either plan or application approval authority for the program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity or, if there are no planning or application requirements, who exercises administrative authority over the program or activity under that Federal law.
(h) States that include employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (CSBG) Act (42 U.S.C. 9901
(i) States that submit employment and training activities carried out by HUD under a Combined State Plan would submit any other required planning documents for HUD programs directly to HUD, according to the requirements of Federal law and regulations.
(a) For purposes of § 463.140(a), if a State chooses to develop a Combined State Plan it must submit the Combined State Plan in accordance with the requirements described below and sec. 103 of WIOA, as explained in the joint planning guidelines issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(b) The Combined State Plan must be developed with the assistance of the State WDB, as required by 20 CFR 679.130(a) and WIOA sec. 101(d), and must be developed in coordination with administrators with optimum policy-making authority for the core programs and required one-stop partners.
(c) The State must provide an opportunity for public comment on and input into the development of the Combined State Plan prior to its submission.
(1) The opportunity for public comment for the portions of the Combined State Plan that cover the core programs must include an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs and chief elected officials, businesses, representatives of labor organizations, community-based organizations, adult education providers, institutions of higher education, other stakeholders with an interest in the services provided by the six core programs, and the general public, including individuals with disabilities.
(2) Consistent with the “Sunshine Provision” of WIOA in sec. 101(g), the State WDB must make information regarding the Combined State Plan available to the public through electronic means and regularly occurring open meetings in accordance with State law. The Combined State Plan must describe the State's process and timeline for ensuring a meaningful opportunity for public comment on the portions of the plan covering core programs.
(3) The portions of the plan that cover the Combined State Plan partner programs are subject to any public comment requirements applicable to those programs.
(d) The State must submit to the Secretaries of Labor and Education and to the Secretary of the agency with responsibility for approving the program's plan or deeming it complete under the law governing the program, as part of its Combined State Plan, any plan, application, form, or any other similar document that is required as a condition for the approval of Federal funding under the applicable program or activity. Such submission must occur in accordance with a process identified by the relevant Secretaries in paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The Combined State Plan will be approved or disapproved in accordance with the requirements of sec. 103(c) of WIOA.
(1) The portion of the Combined State Plan covering programs administered by the Departments of Labor and Education must be reviewed, and approved or disapproved, by the appropriate Secretary within 90 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State, consistent with paragraph (f) of this section. Before the Secretaries of Labor and Education approve the Combined State Plan, the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the Combined State Plan described in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(iii) must be approved by the Commissioner
(2) If an appropriate Secretary other than the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education has authority to approve or deem complete a portion of the Combined State Plan for a program or activity described in § 463.140(d), that portion of the Combined State Plan must be reviewed, and approved, disapproved, or deemed complete, by the appropriate Secretary within 120 days beginning on the day the Combined State Plan is received by the appropriate Secretary from the State consistent with paragraph (f) of this section.
(f) The appropriate Secretaries will review and approve or deem complete the Combined State Plan within 90 or 120 days, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (e) of this section, unless the Secretaries of Labor and Education or appropriate Secretary have determined in writing within that period that:
(1) The Combined State Plan is inconsistent with the requirements of the six core programs or the Federal laws authorizing or applicable to the program or activity involved, including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, or deeming the plan complete, if any, under such law;
(2) The portion of the Combined State Plan describing the six core programs or the program or activity described in paragraph (a) of this section involved does not satisfy the criteria as provided in sec. 102 or 103 of WIOA, as applicable; or
(3) The Combined State Plan is incomplete, or otherwise insufficient to determine whether it is consistent with a core program's requirements, other requirements of WIOA, or the Federal laws authorizing, or applicable to, the program or activity described in § 463.140(d), including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, if any, under such law.
(g) If the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, or the appropriate Secretary does not make the written determination described in paragraph (f) of this section within the relevant period of time after submission of the Combined State Plan, that portion of the Combined State Plan over which the Secretary has jurisdiction will be considered approved.
(h) The Secretaries of Labor and Education's written determination of approval or disapproval regarding the portion of the plan for the six core programs may be separate from the written determination of approval, disapproval, or completeness of the program-specific requirements of Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 463.140(d) and included in the Combined State Plan.
(i)
(a) For the core program portions of the Combined State Plan, modifications are required, at a minimum:
(1) By the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year State Plan. The State WDB must review the Combined State Plan, and the Governor must submit modifications to the Combined State Plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or other factors affecting the implementation of the Combined State Plan;
(2) When changes in Federal or State law or policy substantially affect the strategies, goals, and priorities upon which the Combined State Plan is based;
(3) When there are changes in the statewide vision, strategies, policies, State negotiated levels of performance as described in § 463.170(b), the methodology used to determine local allocation of funds, reorganizations that change the working relationship with system employees, changes in organizational responsibilities, changes to the membership structure of the State WDB or alternative entity, and similar substantial changes to the State's workforce development system.
(b) In addition to the required modification review described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a State may submit a modification of its Combined State Plan at any time during the 4-year period of the plan.
(c) For any Combined State Plan partner programs and activities described in § 463.140(d) that are included in a State's Combined State Plan, the State—
(1) May decide if the modification requirements under WIOA sec. 102(c)(3) that apply to the core programs will apply to the Combined State Plan partner programs, as long as consistent with any other modification requirements for the programs, or may comply with the requirements applicable to only the particular program or activity; and
(2) Must submit, in accordance with the procedure described in § 463.143, any modification, amendment, or revision required by the Federal law authorizing, or applicable to, the Combined State Plan partner program or activity.
(i) If the underlying programmatic requirements change (
(ii) If the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of only that particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, modifications must be submitted for approval to only the appropriate Secretary, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Combined State Plan under § 463.143, if the State elects, or in accordance with the procedures and requirements applicable to the particular Combined State Plan partner program.
(3) A State also may amend its Combined State Plan to add a Combined State Plan partner program or activity described in § 463.140(d).
(d) Modifications of the Combined State Plan are subject to the same public review and comment requirements that apply to the development of the original Combined State Plan as described in § 463.143(c) except that, if the modification, amendment, or revision affects the administration of a particular Combined State Plan partner program and has no impact on the Combined State Plan as a whole or the integration and administration of the core and other Combined State Plan partner programs at the State level, a State may comply instead with the procedures and requirements applicable to the particular Combined State Plan partner program.
(e) Modifications for the core program portions of the Combined State Plan must be approved by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, based on the approval standards applicable to the original Combined State Plan under § 463.143. This approval must come after the approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services
Secs. 116, 189, and 503 of Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a)
(1) For the Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program, a participant is a reportable individual who has an approved and signed Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE) and has begun to receive services.
(2) For the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) title I youth program, a participant is a reportable individual who has satisfied all applicable program requirements for the provision of services, including eligibility determination, an objective assessment, and development of an individual service strategy, and received 1 of the 14 WIOA youth program elements identified in sec. 129(c)(2) of WIOA.
(3) The following individuals are not participants:
(i) Individuals in an Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program who have not completed at least 12 contact hours;
(ii) Individuals who only use the self-service system.
(A) Subject to paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, self-service occurs when individuals independently access any workforce development system program's information and activities in either a physical location, such as a one-stop center resource room or partner agency, or remotely via the use of electronic technologies.
(B) Self-service does not uniformly apply to all virtually accessed services. For example, virtually accessed services that provide a level of support beyond independent job or information seeking on the part of an individual would not qualify as self-service.
(iii) Individuals who receive information-only services or activities, which provide readily available information that does not require an assessment by a staff member of the individual's skills, education, or career objectives.
(4) Programs must include participants in their performance calculations.
(b)
(1) Individuals who provide identifying information;
(2) Individuals who only use the self-service system; or
(3) Individuals who only receive information-only services or activities.
(c)
(1) For the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I, the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II, and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, exit date is the last date of service.
(i) The last day of service cannot be determined until at least 90 days have elapsed since the participant last received services; services do not include self-service, information-only services or activities, or follow-up services. This also requires that there are no plans to provide the participant with future services.
(ii) [Reserved].
(2)(i) For the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program):
(A) The participant's record of service is closed in accordance with § 463.56 because the participant has achieved an employment outcome; or
(B) The participant's service record is closed because the individual has not achieved an employment outcome or the individual has been determined ineligible after receiving services in accordance with § 463.43.
(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a participant will not be considered as meeting the definition of exit from the VR program if the participant's service record is closed because the participant has achieved a supported employment outcome in an integrated setting but not in competitive integrated employment.
(3)(i) A State may implement a common exit policy for all or some of the core programs in WIOA title I and the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III, and any additional required partner program(s) listed in sec. 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA that is under the authority of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL).
(ii) If a State chooses to implement a common exit policy, the policy must require that a participant is exited only
(d)
(a) All States submitting either a Unified or Combined State Plan under §§ 463.130 and 463.143, must propose expected levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance for the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I; the AEFLA program authorized under WIOA title II; the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; and the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
(1)
(i) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(ii) The percentage of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(iii) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(iv)(A) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in on-the-job training [OJT] and customized training) who attained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program.
(B) A participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included in the percentage of participants who have attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant also is employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program;
(v) The percentage of participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational, or other forms of progress, towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(A) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(B) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(C) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is meeting the State unit's academic standards;
(D) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(E) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(vi) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(2)
(i) For purposes of determining program performance levels under indicators set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iv) and (vi) of this section, a “participant” does not include a participant who received services under sec. 225 of WIOA and exits such program while still in a correctional institution as defined in sec. 225(e)(1) of WIOA; and
(ii) The Secretaries of Labor and Education may, as needed and consistent with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), make further determinations as to the participants to be included in calculating program performance levels for purposes of any of the performance indicators set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(b) The primary indicators in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) and (vi) of this section apply to the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III.
(c) For the youth program authorized under WIOA title I, the primary indicators are:
(1) Percentage of participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) Percentage of participants in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) Median earnings of participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of those participants enrolled in an education or training program (excluding those in OJT and customized training) who obtained a recognized postsecondary credential or a secondary school diploma, or its recognized equivalent, during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program, except that a participant who has attained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent is included as having attained a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent only if the participant is also employed or is enrolled in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year from program exit;
(5) The percentage of participants who during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains, defined as documented academic, technical, occupational or other forms of progress towards such a credential or employment. Depending upon the type of education or training program, documented progress is defined as one of the following:
(i) Documented achievement of at least one educational functioning level of a participant who is receiving instruction below the postsecondary education level;
(ii) Documented attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(iii) Secondary or postsecondary transcript or report card for a sufficient number of credit hours that shows a participant is achieving the State unit's academic standards;
(iv) Satisfactory or better progress report, towards established milestones, such as completion of OJT or completion of 1 year of an apprenticeship program or similar milestones, from an employer or training provider who is providing training; or
(v) Successful passage of an exam that is required for a particular occupation or progress in attaining technical or occupational skills as evidenced by trade-related benchmarks such as knowledge-based exams.
(6) Effectiveness in serving employers.
(a) The State performance report required by sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA must be submitted annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate, and must provide, at a minimum, information on the actual performance levels achieved consistent with § 463.175 with respect to:
(1) The total number of participants served, and the total number of participants who exited each of the core programs identified in sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii) of WIOA, including disaggregated counts of those who participated in and exited a core program, by:
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24); and
(ii) Co-enrollment in any of the programs in WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(ii).
(2) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance for all of the core programs identified in § 463.155 including disaggregated levels for:
(i) Individuals with barriers to employment as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24);
(ii) Age;
(iii) Sex; and
(iv) Race and ethnicity.
(3) The total number of participants who received career services and the total number of participants who exited from career services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, and the total number of participants who received training services and the total number of participants who exited from training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(4) Information on the performance levels achieved for the primary indicators of performance consistent with § 463.155 for career services and training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(5) The percentage of participants in a program who attained unsubsidized employment related to the training received (often referred to as training-related employment) through WIOA title I, subtitle B programs;
(6) The amount of funds spent on career services and the amount of funds spent on training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(7) The average cost per participant for those participants who received career services and training services, respectively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, as applicable to the program;
(8) The percentage of a State's annual allotment under WIOA sec. 132(b) that the State spent on administrative costs; and
(9) Information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other States.
(10) For WIOA title I programs, a State performance narrative, which, for States in which a local area is implementing a pay-for-performance contracting strategy, at a minimum provides:
(i) A description of pay-for-performance contract strategies being used for programs;
(ii) The performance of service providers entering into contracts for such strategies, measured against the levels of performance specified in the contracts for such strategies; and
(iii) An evaluation of the design of the programs and performance strategies and, when available, the satisfaction of employers and participants who received services under such strategies.
(b) The disaggregation of data for the State performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(c) The State performance reports must include a mechanism of electronic access to the State's local area and eligible training provider (ETP) performance reports.
(d) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education, which may include information on reportable individuals as determined by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
States may identify additional indicators of performance for the six core programs. If a State does so, these indicators must be included in the Unified or Combined State Plan.
(a) A State must submit in the State Plan expected levels of performance on the primary indicators of performance for each core program as required by sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iii) of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Secretaries of Labor and Education.
(1) The initial State Plan submitted under WIOA must contain expected levels of performance for the first 2 years of the State Plan.
(2) States must submit expected levels of performance for the third and fourth year of the State Plan before the third program year consistent with §§ 463.135 and 463.145.
(b) States must reach agreement on levels of performance with the Secretaries of Labor and Education for each indicator for each core program. These are the negotiated levels of performance. The negotiated levels must be based on the following factors:
(1) How the negotiated levels of performance compare with State levels of performance established for other States;
(2) The application of an objective statistical model established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education, subject to paragraph (d) of this section;
(3) How the negotiated levels promote continuous improvement in performance based on the primary indicators and ensure optimal return on investment of Federal funds; and
(4) The extent to which the negotiated levels assist the State in meeting the performance goals established by the Secretaries of Labor and Education for the core programs in accordance with the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, as amended.
(c) An objective statistical adjustment model will be developed and disseminated by the Secretaries of Labor and Education. The model will be based on:
(1) Differences among States in actual economic conditions, including but not limited to unemployment rates and job losses or gains in particular industries; and
(2) The characteristics of participants, including but not limited to:
(i) Indicators of poor work history;
(ii) Lack of work experience;
(iii) Lack of educational or occupational skills attainment;
(iv) Dislocation from high-wage and high-benefit employment;
(v) Low levels of literacy;
(vi) Low levels of English proficiency;
(vii) Disability status;
(viii) Homelessness;
(ix) Ex-offender status; and
(x) Welfare dependency.
(d) The objective statistical adjustment model developed under paragraph (c) of this section will be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used before the beginning of a program year in order to reach agreement on State negotiated levels for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, used to revise negotiated levels at the end of a program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants served, consistent with sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(vii) of WIOA.
(e) The negotiated levels revised at the end of the program year, based on the statistical adjustment model, are the adjusted levels of performance.
(f) States must comply with these requirements from sec. 116 of WIOA as explained in joint guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education.
(a)(1) States must, consistent with State laws, use quarterly wage record information in measuring a State's performance on the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 463.155 and a local area's performance on the primary indicators of performance identified in § 463.205.
(2) The use of social security numbers from participants and such other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through quarterly wage record information is authorized.
(3) To the extent that quarterly wage records are not available for a participant, States may use other information as is necessary to measure the progress of those participants through methods other than quarterly wage record information.
(b) “Quarterly wage record information” means intrastate and interstate wages paid to an individual, the social security number (or numbers, if more than one) of the individual, and the name, address, State, and the Federal employer identification number of the employer paying the wages to the individual.
(c) The Governor may designate a State agency (or appropriate State entity) to assist in carrying out the performance reporting requirements for WIOA core programs and ETPs. The Governor or such agency (or appropriate State entity) is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches;
(2) Data quality reliability; and
(3) Protection against disaggregation that would violate applicable privacy standards.
A State will be subject to financial sanction under WIOA sec. 116(f) if it fails to:
(a) Submit the State annual performance report required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2); or
(b) Meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance in accordance with sec. 116(f) of WIOA.
(a) Sanctions will be applied when a State fails to submit the State annual performance report required under sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA. A State fails to report if the State either:
(1) Does not submit a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission set in performance reporting guidance; or
(2) Submits a State annual performance report by the date for timely submission, but the report is incomplete.
(b) Sanctions will not be applied if the reporting failure is due to exceptional circumstances outside of the State's control. Exceptional circumstances may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Natural disasters;
(2) Unexpected personnel transitions; and
(3) Unexpected technology related issues.
(c) In the event that a State may not be able to submit a complete and accurate performance report by the deadline for timely reporting:
(1) The State must notify the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education as soon as possible, but no later than 30 days prior to the established deadline for submission, of a potential impact on the State's ability to submit its State annual performance report in order to not be considered failing to report.
(2) In circumstances where unexpected events occur less than 30 days before the established deadline for submission of the State annual performance reports, the Secretaries of Labor and Education will review requests for extending the reporting deadline in accordance with the Departments of Labor and Education's procedures that will be established in guidance.
(a) States' negotiated levels of performance will be adjusted through the application of the statistical adjustment model established under § 463.170 to account for actual economic conditions experienced during a program year and characteristics of participants, annually at the close of each program year.
(b) Any State that fails to meet adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance outlined in § 463.155 for any year will receive technical assistance, including assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan provided by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education.
(c) Whether a State has failed to meet adjusted levels of performance will be determined using the following three criteria:
(1) The overall State program score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by a core program on the primary indicators of performance to the adjusted levels of performance for that core program. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators by a core program will constitute the overall State program score.
(2) However, until all indicators for the core program have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State program score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data for that program;
(3) The overall State indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved on a primary indicator of performance by all core programs in a State to the adjusted levels of performance for that primary indicator. The average of the percentages achieved of the adjusted level of performance by all of the core programs on that indicator will constitute the overall State indicator score.
(4) However, until all indicators for the State have at least 2 years of complete data, the overall State indicator score will be based on a comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted level of performance for each of the primary indicators that have at least 2 years of complete data in a State.
(5) The individual indicator score, which is expressed as the percent achieved, compares the actual results achieved by each core program on each of the individual primary indicators to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the program's primary indicators of performance.
(d) A performance failure occurs when:
(1) Any overall State program score or overall State indicator score falls below 90 percent for the program year; or
(2) Any of the States' individual indicator scores fall below 50 percent for the program year.
(e) Sanctions based on performance failure will be applied to States if, for 2 consecutive years, the State fails to meet:
(1) 90 percent of the overall State program score for the same core program;
(2) 90 percent of the overall State indicator score for the same primary indicator; or
(3) 50 percent of the same indicator score for the same program.
(a) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by five percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year if:
(1) The State fails to submit the State annual performance reports as required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(2), as defined in § 463.185;
(2) The State fails to meet State adjusted levels of performance for the same primary performance indicator(s) under either § 463.190(d)(1) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 463.190; or
(3) The State's score on the same indicator for the same program falls below 50 percent under § 463.190(d)(2) for the second consecutive year as defined in § 463.190.
(b) If the State fails under paragraphs (a)(1) and either (a)(2) or (3) of this section in the same program year, the Secretaries of Labor and Education will reduce the Governor's Reserve Allotment by 10 percent of the maximum available amount for the immediately succeeding program year.
(c) If a State's Governor's Reserve Allotment is reduced:
(1) The reduced amount will not be returned to the State in the event that the State later improves performance or submits its annual performance report; and
(2) The Governor's Reserve will continue to be set at the reduced level in each subsequent year until the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, depending on which program is impacted, determines that the State met the State adjusted levels of performance for the applicable primary performance indicators and has submitted all of the required performance reports.
(d) A State may request review of a sanction the Secretary of Labor imposes in accordance with the provisions of 20 CFR 683.800.
(a) In addition to sanctions for failure to report or failure to meet adjusted levels of performance, States will be subject to administrative actions in the case of poor performance.
(b) States' performance achievement on the individual primary indicators will be assessed in addition to the overall State program score and overall State indicator score. Based on this assessment, as clarified and explained in guidance, for performance on any individual primary indicator, the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education will require the State to establish a performance risk plan to address continuous improvement on the individual primary indicator.
(a) Each local area in a State under WIOA title I is subject to the same primary indicators of performance for the core programs for WIOA title I under § 463.155(a)(1) and (c) that apply to the State.
(b) In addition to the indicators described in paragraph (a) of this section, under § 463.165, the Governor may apply additional indicators of performance to local areas in the State.
(c) States must annually make local area performance reports available to the public using a template that the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate in guidance, including by electronic means. The State must provide electronic access to the public local area performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) The local area performance report must include:
(1) The actual results achieved under § 463.155 and the information required under § 463.160(a);
(2) The percentage of a local area's allotment under WIOA secs. 128(b) and 133(b) that the local area spent on administrative costs; and
(3) Other information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other local areas (or planning regions if the local area is part of a planning region).
(e) The disaggregation of data for the local area performance report must be done in compliance with WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C).
(f) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(3) of WIOA as explained in guidance, including the use of the performance reporting template, issued by DOL.
(a) The objective statistical adjustment model required under sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii) of WIOA and described in § 463.170(c) must be:
(1) Applied to the core programs' primary indicators upon availability of data which are necessary to populate the model and apply the model to the local core programs;
(2) Used in order to reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance for the upcoming program year; and
(3) Used to establish adjusted levels of performance at the end of a program year based on actual conditions, consistent with WIOA sec. 116(c)(3).
(b) Until all indicators for the core program in a local area have at least 2 years of complete data, the comparison of the actual results achieved to the adjusted levels of performance for each of the primary indicators only will be applied where there are at least 2 years of complete data for that program.
(c) The Governor, Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), and chief elected official must reach agreement on local negotiated levels of performance based on a negotiations process before the start of a program year with the use of the objective statistical model described in paragraph (a) of this section. The negotiations will include a discussion of circumstances not accounted for in the model and will take into account the extent to which the levels promote continuous improvement. The objective statistical model will be applied at the end of the program year based on actual economic conditions and characteristics of the participants served.
(d) The negotiations process described in paragraph (c) of this section must be developed by the Governor and disseminated to all Local WDBs and chief elected officials.
(e) The Local WDBs may apply performance measures to service providers that differ from the performance indicators that apply to the local area. These performance measures must be established after considering:
(1) The established local negotiated levels;
(2) The services provided by each provider; and
(3) The populations the service providers are intended to serve.
(a) The Governor is not required to award local incentive funds, but is authorized to provide incentive grants to local areas for performance on the primary indicators of performance consistent with WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(xi).
(b) The Governor may use non-Federal funds to create incentives for the Local WDBs to implement pay-for-performance contract strategies for the delivery of training services described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3) or activities described in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2) in the local areas served by the Local WDBs. Pay-for-performance contract strategies must be implemented in accordance with 20 CFR part 683, subpart E and § 463.160.
(a) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 463.210 for the primary indicators of performance in the adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs authorized under WIOA title I in any program year, technical assistance must be provided by the Governor or, upon the Governor's request, by the Secretary of Labor.
(1) A State must establish the threshold for failure to meet adjusted levels of performance for a local area before coming to agreement on the negotiated levels of performance for the local area.
(i) A State must establish the adjusted level of performance for a local area, using the statistical adjustment model described in § 463.170(c).
(ii) At least 2 years of complete data on any indicator for any local core program are required in order to establish adjusted levels of performance for a local area.
(2) The technical assistance may include:
(i) Assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan;
(ii) The development of a modified local or regional plan; or
(iii) Other actions designed to assist the local area in improving performance.
(b) If a local area fails to meet the adjusted levels of performance agreed to under § 463.210 for the same primary indicators of performance for the same core program authorized under WIOA title I for a third consecutive program year, the Governor must take corrective actions. The corrective actions must include the development of a reorganization plan under which the Governor:
(1) Requires the appointment and certification of a new Local WDB, consistent with the criteria established under 20 CFR 679.350;
(2) Prohibits the use of eligible providers and one-stop partners that have been identified as achieving poor levels of performance; or
(3) Takes such other significant actions as the Governor determines are appropriate.
(a) The Local WDB and chief elected official for a local area that is subject to a reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(A) may appeal to the Governor to rescind or revise the reorganization plan not later than 30 days after receiving notice of the reorganization plan. The Governor must make a final decision within 30 days after receipt of the appeal.
(b) The Local WDB and chief elected official may appeal the final decision of the Governor to the Secretary of Labor not later than 30 days after receiving the decision from the Governor. Any appeal of the Governor's final decision must be:
(1) Appealed jointly by the Local WDB and chief elected official to the Secretary of Labor under 20 CFR 683.650; and
(2) Must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the Governor.
(c) Upon receipt of the joint appeal from the Local WDB and chief elected official, the Secretary of Labor must make a final decision within 30 days. In making this determination the Secretary of Labor may consider any comments submitted by the Governor in response to the appeals.
(d) The decision by the Governor on the appeal becomes effective at the time it is issued and remains effective unless the Secretary of Labor rescinds or revises the reorganization plan under WIOA sec. 116(g)(2)(C).
(a) States are required to make available and publish annually using a template the Departments of Labor and Education will disseminate including through electronic means, the ETP performance reports for ETPs who provide services under sec. 122 of WIOA that are described in 20 CFR 680.400 through 680.530. These reports at a minimum must include, consistent with § 463.175 and with respect to each program of study that is eligible to receive funds under WIOA:
(1) The total number of participants as defined by § 463.150(a) who received training services under the adult and dislocated worker programs authorized under WIOA title I for the most recent year and the 3 preceding program years, including:
(i) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by barriers to employment;
(ii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by race, ethnicity, sex, and age;
(iii) The number of participants under the adult and dislocated worker programs disaggregated by the type of training entity for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(2) The total number of participants who exit a program of study or its equivalent, including disaggregate counts by the type of training entity during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(3) The average cost-per-participant for participants who received training services for the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years disaggregated by type of training entity;
(4) The total number of individuals exiting from the program of study (or the equivalent) with respect to all individuals engaging in the program of study (or the equivalent); and
(5) The levels of performance achieved for the primary indicators of performance identified in § 463.155(a)(1)(i) through (iv) with respect to all individuals engaging in a program of study (or the equivalent).
(b) Apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act are not required to
(c) The State must provide a mechanism of electronic access to the public ETP performance report in its annual State performance report.
(d) States must comply with any requirements from sec. 116(d)(4) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by DOL.
(e) The Governor may designate one or more State agencies such as a State Education Agency or other State Educational Authority to assist in overseeing ETP performance and facilitating the production and dissemination of ETP performance reports. These agencies may be the same agencies that are designated as responsible for administering the ETP list as provided under 20 CFR 680.500. The Governor or such agencies, or authorities, is responsible for:
(1) Facilitating data matches between ETP records and unemployment insurance (UI) wage data in order to produce the report;
(2) The creation and dissemination of the reports as described in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section;
(3) Coordinating the dissemination of the performance reports with the ETP list and the information required to accompany the list, as provided in 20 CFR 680.500.
(a) On a quarterly basis, each State must submit to the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, individual records that include demographic information, information on services received, and information on resulting outcomes, as appropriate, for each reportable individual in either of the following programs administered by the Secretary of Labor or Secretary of Education: A WIOA title I core program; the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; or the VR program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV.
(b) For individual records submitted to the Secretary of Labor, those records may be required to be integrated across all programs administered by the Secretary of Labor in one single file.
(c) States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(2) of WIOA as explained in guidance issued by the Departments of Labor and Education.
(a) States must establish procedures, consistent with guidelines issued by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, to ensure that they submit complete annual performance reports that contain information that is valid and reliable, as required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(5).
(b) If a State fails to meet standards in paragraph (a) of this section as determined by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, the appropriate Secretary will provide technical assistance and may require the State to develop and implement corrective actions, which may require the State to provide training for its subrecipients.
(c) The Secretaries of Labor and Education will provide training and technical assistance to States in order to implement this section. States must comply with the requirements of sec. 116(d)(5) of WIOA as explained in guidance.
Secs. 503, 107, 121, 134, 189, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The one-stop delivery system brings together workforce development, educational, and other human resource services in a seamless customer-focused service delivery network that enhances access to the programs' services and improves long-term employment outcomes for individuals receiving assistance. One-stop partners administer separately funded programs as a set of integrated streamlined services to customers.
(b) Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) assigns responsibilities at the local, State, and Federal level to ensure the creation and maintenance of a one-stop delivery system that enhances the range and quality of education and workforce development services that employers and individual customers can access.
(c) The system must include at least one comprehensive physical center in each local area as described in § 463.305.
(d) The system may also have additional arrangements to supplement the comprehensive center. These arrangements include:
(1) An affiliated site or a network of affiliated sites, where one or more partners make programs, services, and activities available, as described in § 463.310;
(2) A network of eligible one-stop partners, as described in §§ 463.400 through 463.410, through which each partner provides one or more of the programs, services, and activities that are linked, physically or technologically, to an affiliated site or access point that assures customers are provided information on the availability of career services, as well as other program services and activities, regardless of where they initially enter the public workforce system in the local area; and
(3) Specialized centers that address specific needs, including those of dislocated workers, youth, or key industry sectors, or clusters.
(e) Required one-stop partner programs must provide access to programs, services, and activities through electronic means if applicable and practicable. This is in addition to providing access to services through the mandatory comprehensive physical one-stop center and any affiliated sites or specialized centers. The provision of programs and services by electronic methods such as Web sites, telephones, or other means must improve the efficiency, coordination, and quality of one-stop partner services. Electronic delivery must not replace access to such services at a comprehensive one-stop center or be a substitute to making services available at an affiliated site if the partner is participating in an affiliated site. Electronic delivery systems must be in compliance with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of WIOA sec. 188 and its implementing regulations at 29 CFR part 38.
(f) The design of the local area's one-stop delivery system must be described in the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) executed with the one-stop partners, described in § 463.500.
(a) A comprehensive one-stop center is a physical location where job seeker and employer customers can access the programs, services, and activities of all required one-stop partners. A comprehensive one-stop center must have at least one title I staff person physically present.
(b) The comprehensive one-stop center must provide:
(1) Career services, described in § 463.430;
(2) Access to training services described in 20 CFR 680.200;
(3) Access to any employment and training activities carried out under sec. 134(d) of WIOA;
(4) Access to programs and activities carried out by one-stop partners listed in §§ 463.400 through 463.410, including the Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III (Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program); and
(5) Workforce and labor market information.
(c) Customers must have access to these programs, services, and activities during regular business days at a comprehensive one-stop center. The Local Workforce Development Board (WDB) may establish other service hours at other times to accommodate the schedules of individuals who work on regular business days. The State WDB will evaluate the hours of access to service as part of the evaluation of effectiveness in the one-stop certification process described in § 463.800(b).
(d) “Access” to each partner program and its services means:
(1) Having a program staff member physically present at the one-stop center;
(2) Having a staff member from a different partner program physically present at the one-stop center appropriately trained to provide information to customers about the programs, services, and activities available through partner programs; or
(3) Making available a direct linkage through technology to program staff who can provide meaningful information or services.
(i) A “direct linkage” means providing direct connection at the one-stop center, within a reasonable time, by phone or through a real-time Web-based communication to a program staff member who can provide program information or services to the customer.
(ii) A “direct linkage” cannot exclusively be providing a phone number or computer Web site or providing information, pamphlets, or materials.
(e) All comprehensive one-stop centers must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) An affiliated site, or affiliate one-stop center, is a site that makes available to job seeker and employer customers one or more of the one-stop partners' programs, services, and activities. An affiliated site does not need to provide access to every required one-stop partner program. The frequency of program staff's physical presence in the affiliated site will be determined at the local level. Affiliated sites are access points in addition to the comprehensive one-stop center(s) in each local area. If used by local areas as a part of the service delivery strategy, affiliate sites must be implemented in a manner that supplements and enhances customer access to services.
(b) As described in § 463.315, Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot be a stand-alone affiliated site.
(c) States, in conjunction with the Local WDBs, must examine lease agreements and property holdings throughout the one-stop delivery system in order to use property in an efficient and effective way. Where necessary and appropriate, States and Local WDBs must take expeditious steps to align lease expiration dates with efforts to consolidate one-stop operations into service points where Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are colocated as soon as reasonably possible. These steps must be included in the State Plan.
(d) All affiliated sites must be physically and programmatically accessible to individuals with disabilities, as described in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) Separate stand-alone Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service offices are not permitted under WIOA, as also described in 20 CFR 652.202.
(b) If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services are provided at an affiliated site, there must be at least one or more other partners in the affiliated site with a physical presence of combined staff more than 50 percent of the time the center is open. Additionally, the other partner must not be the partner administering local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, or unemployment compensation programs. If Wagner-Peyser Act employment services and any of these 3 programs are provided at an affiliated site, an additional partner or partners must have a presence of combined staff in the center more than 50 percent of the time the center is open.
Any network of one-stop partners or specialized centers, as described in § 463.300(d)(3), must be connected to the comprehensive one-stop center and any appropriate affiliate one-stop centers, for example, by having processes in place to make referrals to these centers and the partner programs located in them. Wagner-Peyser Act employment services cannot stand alone in a specialized center. Just as described in § 463.315 for an affiliated site, a specialized center must include other programs besides Wagner-Peyser Act employment services, local veterans' employment representatives, disabled veterans' outreach program specialists, and unemployment compensation.
(a) Section 121(b)(1)(B) of WIOA identifies the entities that are required partners in the local one-stop delivery systems.
(b) The required partners are the entities responsible for administering the following programs and activities in the local area:
(1) Programs authorized under title I of WIOA, including:
(i) Adults;
(ii) Dislocated workers;
(iii) Youth;
(iv) Job Corps;
(v) YouthBuild;
(vi) Native American programs; and
(vii) Migrant and seasonal farmworker programs;
(2) The Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service program authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
(3) The Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA) program authorized under title II of WIOA;
(4) The Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720
(5) The Senior Community Service Employment Program authorized under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056
(6) Career and technical education programs at the postsecondary level authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(7) Trade Adjustment Assistance activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271
(8) Jobs for Veterans State Grants programs authorized under chapter 41 of title 38, U.S.C.;
(9) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant (42 U.S.C. 9901
(10) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development;
(11) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(12) Programs authorized under sec. 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532); and
(13) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(a) Yes, TANF, authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
(b) The Governor may determine that TANF will not be a required partner in the State, or within some specific local areas in the State. In this instance, the Governor must notify the Secretaries of the U.S. Departments of Labor and Health and Human Services in writing of this determination.
(c) In States, or local areas within a State, where the Governor has determined that TANF is not required to be a partner, local TANF programs may still work in collaboration or partnership with the local one-stop centers to deliver employment and training services to the TANF population unless inconsistent with the Governor's direction.
(a) Other entities that carry out a workforce development program, including Federal, State, or local programs and programs in the private sector, may serve as additional partners in the one-stop delivery system if the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) approve the entity's participation.
(b) Additional partners may include, but are not limited to:
(1) Employment and training programs administered by the Social Security Administration, including the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency Program established under sec. 1148 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b-19);
(2) Employment and training programs carried out by the Small Business Administration;
(3) Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) employment and training programs, authorized under secs. 6(d)(4) and 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4));
(4) Client Assistance Program authorized under sec. 112 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 732);
(5) Programs authorized under the National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501
(6) Other appropriate Federal, State or local programs, including, but not limited to, employment, education, and training programs provided by public libraries or in the private sector.
(a) The entity that carries out the program and activities listed in § 463.400 or § 463.410, and therefore serves as the one-stop partner, is the grant recipient, administrative entity, or organization responsible for administering the funds of the specified program in the local area. The term “entity” does not include the service providers that contract with, or are subrecipients of, the local administrative entity. For programs that do not include local administrative entities, the responsible State agency must be the partner. Specific entities for particular programs are identified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. If a program or activity listed in § 463.400 is not carried out in a local area, the requirements relating to a required one-stop partner are not applicable to such program or activity in that local one-stop delivery system.
(b) For title II of WIOA, the entity or agency that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the sole entity or agency in the State or outlying area responsible for administering or supervising policy for adult education and literacy activities in the State or outlying area. The State eligible entity or agency may delegate its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section to one or more eligible providers or consortium of eligible providers.
(c) For the VR program, authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the designated State agencies or designated State units specified under sec. 101(a)(2) of the Rehabilitation Act that is primarily concerned with vocational rehabilitation, or vocational and other rehabilitation, of individuals with disabilities.
(d) Under WIOA title I, the national programs, including Job Corps, the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs are required one-stop partners. The entity for the Native American program, YouthBuild, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker programs is the grantee of those respective programs. The entity for Job Corps is the Job Corps center.
(e) For the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, the entity that carries out the program for the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section is the eligible recipient or recipients at the postsecondary level, or a consortium of eligible recipients at the postsecondary level in the local area. The eligible recipient at the postsecondary level may also request assistance from the State eligible agency in completing its responsibilities under paragraph (a) of this section.
Each required partner must:
(a) Provide access to its programs or activities through the one-stop delivery system, in addition to any other appropriate locations;
(b) Use a portion of funds made available to the partner's program, to the extent consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program and with Federal cost principles in 2 CFR parts 200 and 3474 (requiring, among other things, that costs are allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable), to:
(1) Provide applicable career services; and
(2) Work collaboratively with the State and Local WDBs to establish and maintain the one-stop delivery system. This includes jointly funding the one-stop infrastructure through partner contributions that are based upon:
(i) A reasonable cost allocation methodology by which infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on proportionate use and relative benefit received;
(ii) Federal cost principles; and
(iii) Any local administrative cost requirements in the Federal law authorizing the partner's program. (This is further described in § 463.700.)
(c) Enter into an MOU with the Local WDB relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system that meets the requirements of § 463.500(b);
(d) Participate in the operation of the one-stop delivery system consistent with the terms of the MOU, requirements of authorizing laws, the Federal cost principles, and all other applicable legal requirements; and
(e) Provide representation on the State and Local WDBs as required and participate in Board committees as needed.
(a) The applicable career services to be delivered by required one-stop partners are those services listed in § 463.430 that are authorized to be provided under each partner's program.
(b) One-stop centers provide services to individual customers based on individual needs, including the seamless delivery of multiple services to individual customers. There is no required sequence of services.
Career services, as identified in sec. 134(c)(2) of WIOA, consist of three types:
(a) Basic career services must be made available and, at a minimum, must include the following services, as consistent with allowable program activities and Federal cost principles:
(1) Determinations of whether the individual is eligible to receive assistance from the adult, dislocated worker, or youth programs;
(2) Outreach, intake (including worker profiling), and orientation to information and other services available through the one-stop delivery system. For the TANF program, States must provide individuals with the opportunity to initiate an application for TANF assistance and non-assistance benefits and services, which could be implemented through the provision of paper application forms or links to the application Web site;
(3) Initial assessment of skill levels including literacy, numeracy, and English language proficiency, as well as aptitudes, abilities (including skills gaps), and supportive services needs;
(4) Labor exchange services, including—
(i) Job search and placement assistance, and, when needed by an individual, career counseling, including—
(A) Provision of information on in-demand industry sectors and occupations (as defined in sec. 3(23) of WIOA); and
(B) Provision of information on nontraditional employment; and
(ii) Appropriate recruitment and other business services on behalf of
(5) Provision of referrals to and coordination of activities with other programs and services, including programs and services within the one-stop delivery system and, when appropriate, other workforce development programs;
(6) Provision of workforce and labor market employment statistics information, including the provision of accurate information relating to local, regional, and national labor market areas, including—
(i) Job vacancy listings in labor market areas;
(ii) Information on job skills necessary to obtain the vacant jobs listed; and
(iii) Information relating to local occupations in demand and the earnings, skill requirements, and opportunities for advancement for those jobs;
(7) Provision of performance information and program cost information on eligible providers of education, training, and workforce services by program and type of providers;
(8) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, about how the local area is performing on local performance accountability measures, as well as any additional performance information relating to the area's one-stop delivery system;
(9) Provision of information, in usable and understandable formats and languages, relating to the availability of supportive services or assistance, and appropriate referrals to those services and assistance, including: Child care; child support; medical or child health assistance available through the State's Medicaid program and Children's Health Insurance Program; benefits under SNAP; assistance through the earned income tax credit; and assistance under a State program for TANF, and other supportive services and transportation provided through that program;
(10) Provision of information and meaningful assistance to individuals seeking assistance in filing a claim for unemployment compensation.
(i) “Meaningful assistance” means:
(A) Providing assistance on-site using staff who are well-trained in unemployment compensation claims filing and the rights and responsibilities of claimants; or
(B) Providing assistance by phone or via other technology, as long as the assistance is provided by trained and available staff and within a reasonable time.
(ii) The costs associated in providing this assistance may be paid for by the State's unemployment insurance program, or the WIOA adult or dislocated worker programs, or some combination thereof.
(11) Assistance in establishing eligibility for programs of financial aid assistance for training and education programs not provided under WIOA.
(b) Individualized career services must be made available if determined to be appropriate in order for an individual to obtain or retain employment. These services include the following services, as consistent with program requirements and Federal cost principles:
(1) Comprehensive and specialized assessments of the skill levels and service needs of adults and dislocated workers, which may include—
(i) Diagnostic testing and use of other assessment tools; and
(ii) In-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and appropriate employment goals;
(2) Development of an individual employment plan, to identify the employment goals, appropriate achievement objectives, and appropriate combination of services for the participant to achieve his or her employment goals, including the list of, and information about, the eligible training providers (as described in 20 CFR 680.180);
(3) Group counseling;
(4) Individual counseling;
(5) Career planning;
(6) Short-term pre-vocational services including development of learning skills, communication skills, interviewing skills, punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct services to prepare individuals for unsubsidized employment or training;
(7) Internships and work experiences that are linked to careers (as described in 20 CFR 680.170);
(8) Workforce preparation activities;
(9) Financial literacy services as described in sec. 129(b)(2)(D) of WIOA and 20 CFR 681.500;
(10) Out-of-area job search assistance and relocation assistance; and
(11) English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs.
(c) Follow-up services must be provided, as appropriate, including: Counseling regarding the workplace, for participants in adult or dislocated worker workforce investment activities who are placed in unsubsidized employment, for up to 12 months after the first day of employment.
(d) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, TANF agencies must identify employment services and related support being provided by the TANF program (within the local area) that qualify as career services and ensure access to them via the local one-stop delivery system.
(a) Certain career services must be made available to local employers, specifically labor exchange activities and labor market information described in § 463.430(a)(4)(ii) and (a)(6). Local areas must establish and develop relationships and networks with large and small employers and their intermediaries. Local areas also must develop, convene, or implement industry or sector partnerships.
(b) Customized business services may be provided to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations. These services are tailored for specific employers and may include:
(1) Customized screening and referral of qualified participants in training services to employers;
(2) Customized services to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations, on employment-related issues;
(3) Customized recruitment events and related services for employers including targeted job fairs;
(4) Human resource consultation services, including but not limited to assistance with:
(i) Writing/reviewing job descriptions and employee handbooks;
(ii) Developing performance evaluation and personnel policies;
(iii) Creating orientation sessions for new workers;
(iv) Honing job interview techniques for efficiency and compliance;
(v) Analyzing employee turnover;
(vi) Creating job accommodations and using assistive technologies; or
(vii) Explaining labor and employment laws to help employers comply with discrimination, wage/hour, and safety/health regulations;
(5) Customized labor market information for specific employers, sectors, industries or clusters; and
(6) Other similar customized services.
(c) Local areas may also provide other business services and strategies that meet the workforce investment needs of area employers, in accordance with partner programs' statutory requirements and consistent with
(1) Developing and implementing industry sector strategies (including strategies involving industry partnerships, regional skills alliances, industry skill panels, and sectoral skills partnerships);
(2) Customized assistance or referral for assistance in the development of a registered apprenticeship program;
(3) Developing and delivering innovative workforce investment services and strategies for area employers, which may include career pathways, skills upgrading, skill standard development and certification for recognized postsecondary credential or other employer use, and other effective initiatives for meeting the workforce investment needs of area employers and workers;
(4) Assistance to area employers in managing reductions in force in coordination with rapid response activities and with strategies for the aversion of layoffs, which may include strategies such as early identification of firms at risk of layoffs, use of feasibility studies to assess the needs of and options for at-risk firms, and the delivery of employment and training activities to address risk factors;
(5) The marketing of business services to appropriate area employers, including small and mid-sized employers; and
(6) Assisting employers with accessing local, State, and Federal tax credits.
(d) All business services and strategies must be reflected in the local plan, described in 20 CFR 679.560(b)(3).
(a) There is no requirement that a fee-for-service be charged to employers.
(b) No fee may be charged for services provided in § 463.435(a).
(c) A fee may be charged for services provided under § 463.435(b) and (c). Services provided under § 463.435(c) may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the Local WDB and may also be provided on a fee-for-service basis or through the leveraging of economic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner determined appropriate by the Local WDB. The Local WDB may examine the services provided compared with the assets and resources available within the local one-stop delivery system and through its partners to determine an appropriate cost structure for services, if any.
(d) Any fees earned are recognized as program income and must be expended by the partner in accordance with the partner program's authorizing statute, implementing regulations, and Federal cost principles identified in Uniform Guidance.
(a) The MOU is the product of local discussion and negotiation, and is an agreement developed and executed between the Local WDB and the one-stop partners, with the agreement of the chief elected official and the one-stop partners, relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area. Two or more local areas in a region may develop a single joint MOU, if they are in a region that has submitted a regional plan under sec. 106 of WIOA.
(b) The MOU must include:
(1) A description of services to be provided through the one-stop delivery system, including the manner in which the services will be coordinated and delivered through the system;
(2) Agreement on funding the costs of the services and the operating costs of the system, including:
(i) Funding of infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in accordance with §§ 463.700 through 463.755; and
(ii) Funding of the shared services and operating costs of the one-stop delivery system described in § 463.760;
(3) Methods for referring individuals between the one-stop operators and partners for appropriate services and activities;
(4) Methods to ensure that the needs of workers, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, are addressed in providing access to services, including access to technology and materials that are available through the one-stop delivery system;
(5) The duration of the MOU and procedures for amending it; and
(6) Assurances that each MOU will be reviewed, and if substantial changes have occurred, renewed, not less than once every 3-year period to ensure appropriate funding and delivery of services.
(c) The MOU may contain any other provisions agreed to by the parties that are consistent with WIOA title I, the authorizing statutes and regulations of one-stop partner programs, and the WIOA regulations.
(d) When fully executed, the MOU must contain the signatures of the Local WDB, one-stop partners, the chief elected official(s), and the time period in which the agreement is effective. The MOU must be updated not less than every 3 years to reflect any changes in the signatory official of the Board, one-stop partners, and chief elected officials, or one-stop infrastructure funding.
(e) If a one-stop partner appeal to the State regarding infrastructure costs, using the process described in § 463.750, results in a change to the one-stop partner's infrastructure cost contributions, the MOU must be updated to reflect the final one-stop partner infrastructure cost contributions.
(a) A single “umbrella” MOU may be developed that addresses the issues relating to the local one-stop delivery system for the Local WDB, chief elected official and all partners. Alternatively, the Local WDB (with agreement of chief elected official) may enter into separate agreements between each partner or groups of partners.
(b) Under either approach, the requirements described in § 463.500 apply. Since funds are generally appropriated annually, the Local WDB may negotiate financial agreements with each partner annually to update funding of services and operating costs of the system under the MOU.
(a) WIOA emphasizes full and effective partnerships between Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners. Local WDBs and partners must enter into good-faith negotiations. Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners may also request assistance from a State agency responsible for administering the partner program, the Governor, State WDB, or other appropriate parties on other aspects of the MOU.
(b) Local WDBs and one-stop partners must establish, in the MOU, how they will fund the infrastructure costs and other shared costs of the one-stop centers. If agreement regarding infrastructure costs is not reached when
(c) The Local WDB must report to the State WDB, Governor, and relevant State agency when MOU negotiations with one-stop partners have reached an impasse.
(1) The Local WDB and partners must document the negotiations and efforts that have taken place in the MOU. The State WDB, one-stop partner programs, and the Governor may consult with the appropriate Federal agencies to address impasse situations related to issues other than infrastructure funding after attempting to address the impasse. Impasses related to infrastructure cost funding must be resolved using the State infrastructure cost funding mechanism described in § 463.730.
(2) The Local WDB must report failure to execute an MOU with a required partner to the Governor, State WDB, and the State agency responsible for administering the partner's program. Additionally, if the State cannot assist the Local WDB in resolving the impasse, the Governor or the State WDB must report the failure to the Secretary of Labor and to the head of any other Federal agency with responsibility for oversight of a partner's program.
(a) One-stop operators may be a single entity (public, private, or nonprofit) or a consortium of entities. If the consortium of entities is one of one-stop partners, it must include a minimum of three of the one-stop partners described in § 463.400.
(b) The one-stop operator may operate one or more one-stop centers. There may be more than one one-stop operator in a local area.
(c) The types of entities that may be a one-stop operator include:
(1) An institution of higher education;
(2) An Employment Service State agency established under the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(3) A community-based organization, nonprofit organization, or workforce intermediary;
(4) A private for-profit entity;
(5) A government agency;
(6) A Local WDB, with the approval of the chief elected official and the Governor; or
(7) Another interested organization or entity, which is capable of carrying out the duties of the one-stop operator. Examples may include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
(d) Elementary schools and secondary schools are not eligible as one-stop operators, except that a nontraditional public secondary school such as a night school, adult school, or an area career and technical education school may be selected.
(e) The State and Local WDBs must ensure that, in carrying out WIOA programs and activities, one-stop operators:
(1) Disclose any potential conflicts of interest arising from the relationships of the operators with particular training service providers or other service providers (further discussed in 20 CFR 679.430);
(2) Do not establish practices that create disincentives to providing services to individuals with barriers to employment who may require longer-term career and training services; and
(3) Comply with Federal regulations and procurement policies relating to the calculation and use of profits, including those at 20 CFR 683.295, the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable regulations and policies.
(a) Consistent with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Local WDB must select the one-stop operator through a competitive process, as required by sec. 121(d)(2)(A) of WIOA, at least once every 4 years. A State may require, or a Local WDB may choose to implement, a competitive selection process more than once every 4 years.
(b) In instances in which a State is conducting the competitive process described in paragraph (a) of this section, the State must follow the same policies and procedures it uses for procurement with non-Federal funds.
(c) All other non-Federal entities, including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas), must use a competitive process based on local procurement policies and procedures and the principles of competitive procurement in the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326. All references to “noncompetitive proposals” in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 200.320(f) will be read as “sole source procurement” for the purposes of implementing this section.
(d) Entities must prepare written documentation explaining the determination concerning the nature of the competitive process to be followed in selecting a one-stop operator.
(a) States may select a one-stop operator through sole source selection when allowed under the same policies and procedures used for competitive procurement with non-Federal funds, while other non-Federal entities including subrecipients of a State (such as local areas) may select a one-stop operator through sole selection when consistent with local procurement policies and procedures and the Uniform Guidance set out at 2 CFR 200.320.
(b) In the event that sole source procurement is determined necessary and reasonable, in accordance with § 463.605(c), written documentation must be prepared and maintained concerning the entire process of making such a selection.
(c) Such sole source procurement must include appropriate conflict of interest policies and procedures. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(d) A Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator through sole source procurement only with agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor. The Local WDB must establish sufficient conflict of interest policies and procedures and these policies and procedures must be approved by the Governor.
(a) Local WDBs may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(b) State and local agencies may compete for and be selected as one-stop operators by the Local WDB, as long as appropriate firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures are in place. These policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
(c) In the case of single-area States where the State WDB serves as the Local WDB, the State agency is eligible to compete for and be selected as operator
(a) At a minimum, the one-stop operator must coordinate the service delivery of required one-stop partners and service providers. Local WDBs may establish additional roles of one-stop operator, including, but not limited to: Coordinating service providers across the one-stop delivery system, being the primary provider of services within the center, providing some of the services within the center, or coordinating service delivery in a multi-center area, which may include affiliated sites. The competition for a one-stop operator must clearly articulate the role of the one-stop operator.
(b)(1) Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a one-stop operator may not perform the following functions: Convene system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan; prepare and submit local plans (as required under sec. 107 of WIOA); be responsible for oversight of itself; manage or significantly participate in the competitive selection process for one-stop operators; select or terminate one-stop operators, career services, and youth providers; negotiate local performance accountability measures; or develop and submit budget for activities of the Local WDB in the local area.
(2) An entity serving as a one-stop operator, that also serves a different role within the one-stop delivery system, may perform some or all of these functions when it is acting in its other role, if it has established sufficient firewalls and conflict of interest policies and procedures. The policies and procedures must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflict of interest.
Yes, but there must be appropriate firewalls in place in regards to the competition, and subsequent oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The operator cannot develop, manage, or conduct the competition of a service provider in which it intends to compete. In cases where an operator is also a service provider, there must be firewalls and internal controls within the operator-service provider entity, as well as specific policies and procedures at the Local WDB level regarding oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of performance of the service provider. The firewalls must conform to the specifications in 20 CFR 679.430 for demonstrating internal controls and preventing conflicts of interest.
Yes. State merit staff can continue to perform functions and activities in the one-stop center. The Local WDB and one-stop operator must establish a system for management of merit staff in accordance with State policies and procedures. Continued use of State merit staff for the provision of Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements must be included in the competition for and final contract with the one-stop operator when Wagner-Peyser Act services or services from other programs with merit staffing requirements are being provided.
(a) No later than July 1, 2017, one-stop operators selected under the competitive process described in this subpart must be in place and operating the one-stop center.
(b) By November 17, 2016, every Local WDB must demonstrate it is taking steps to prepare for competition of its one-stop operator. This demonstration may include, but is not limited to, market research, requests for information, and conducting a cost and price analysis.
(a) Infrastructure costs of one-stop centers are nonpersonnel costs that are necessary for the general operation of the one-stop center, including:
(1) Rental of the facilities;
(2) Utilities and maintenance;
(3) Equipment (including assessment-related products and assistive technology for individuals with disabilities); and
(4) Technology to facilitate access to the one-stop center, including technology used for the center's planning and outreach activities.
(b) Local WDBs may consider common identifier costs as costs of one-stop infrastructure.
(c) Each entity that carries out a program or activities in a local one-stop center, described in §§ 463.400 through 463.410, must use a portion of the funds available for the program and activities to maintain the one-stop delivery system, including payment of the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers. These payments must be in accordance with this subpart; Federal cost principles, which require that all costs must be allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the program; and all other applicable legal requirements.
(a) The Governor, after consultation with chief elected officials, the State WDB, and Local WDBs, and consistent with guidance and policies provided by the State WDB, must develop and issue guidance for use by local areas, specifically:
(1) Guidelines for State-administered one-stop partner programs for determining such programs' contributions to a one-stop delivery system, based on such programs' proportionate use of such system, and relative benefit received, consistent with Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards in 2 CFR part 200, including determining funding for the costs of infrastructure; and
(2) Guidance to assist Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners in local areas in determining equitable and stable methods of funding the costs of infrastructure at one-stop centers based on proportionate use and relative benefit received, and consistent with Federal cost principles contained in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200.
(b) The guidance must include:
(1) The appropriate roles of the one-stop partner programs in identifying one-stop infrastructure costs;
(2) Approaches to facilitate equitable and efficient cost allocation that results in a reasonable cost allocation methodology where infrastructure costs are charged to each partner based on its proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received, consistent with Federal cost principles at 2 CFR part 200; and
(3) The timelines regarding notification to the Governor for not reaching local agreement and triggering the State funding mechanism described in § 463.730, and timelines for a one-stop partner to submit an appeal in the State funding mechanism.
Infrastructure costs are funded either through the local funding mechanism
(a) In the local funding mechanism, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners agree to amounts and methods of calculating amounts each partner will contribute for one-stop infrastructure funding, include the infrastructure funding terms in the MOU, and sign the MOU. The local funding mechanism must meet all of the following requirements:
(1) The infrastructure costs are funded through cash and fairly evaluated non-cash and third-party in-kind partner contributions and include any funding from philanthropic organizations or other private entities, or through other alternative financing options, to provide a stable and equitable funding stream for ongoing one-stop delivery system operations;
(2) Contributions must be negotiated between one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and the Local WDB and the amount to be contributed must be included in the MOU;
(3) The one-stop partner program's proportionate share of funding must be calculated in accordance with the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards in 2 CFR part 200 based upon a reasonable cost allocation methodology whereby infrastructure costs are charged to each partner in proportion to its use of the one-stop center, relative to benefits received. Such costs must also be allowable, reasonable, necessary, and allocable;
(4) Partner shares must be periodically reviewed and reconciled against actual costs incurred, and adjusted to ensure that actual costs charged to any one-stop partners are proportionate to the use of the one-stop center and relative to the benefit received by the one-stop partners and their respective programs or activities.
(b) In developing the section of the MOU on one-stop infrastructure funding described in § 463.755, the Local WDB and chief elected officials will:
(1) Ensure that the one-stop partners adhere to the guidance identified in § 463.705 on one-stop delivery system infrastructure costs.
(2) Work with one-stop partners to achieve consensus and informally mediate any possible conflicts or disagreements among one-stop partners.
(3) Provide technical assistance to new one-stop partners and local grant recipients to ensure that those entities are informed and knowledgeable of the elements contained in the MOU and the one-stop infrastructure costs arrangement.
(c) The MOU may include an interim infrastructure funding agreement, including as much detail as the Local WDB has negotiated with one-stop partners, if all other parts of the MOU have been negotiated, in order to allow the partner programs to operate in the one-stop centers. The interim infrastructure funding agreement must be finalized within 6 months of when the MOU is signed. If the interim infrastructure funding agreement is not finalized within that timeframe, the Local WDB must notify the Governor, as described in § 463.725.
(a) In the local funding mechanism, one-stop partner programs may determine what funds they will use to pay for infrastructure costs. The use of these funds must be in accordance with the requirements in this subpart, and with the relevant partner's authorizing statutes and regulations, including, for example, prohibitions against supplanting non-Federal resources, statutory limitations on administrative costs, and all other applicable legal requirements. In the case of partners administering programs authorized by title I of WIOA, these infrastructure costs may be considered program costs. In the case of partners administering adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA, these funds must include Federal funds made available for the local administration of adult education and literacy programs authorized by title II of WIOA. These funds may also include non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions. In the case of partners administering the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, funds used to pay for infrastructure costs may include funds available for local administrative expenses, non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind or third-party contributions, and may include other funds made available by the State.
(b) There are no specific caps on the amount or percent of overall funding a one-stop partner may contribute to fund infrastructure costs under the local funding mechanism, except that contributions for administrative costs may not exceed the amount available for administrative costs under the authorizing statute of the partner program. However, amounts contributed for infrastructure costs must be allowable and based on proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received by the partner program, taking into account the total cost of the one-stop infrastructure as well as alternate financing options, and must be consistent with 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles.
(c) Cash, non-cash, and third-party in-kind contributions may be provided by one-stop partners to cover their proportionate share of infrastructure costs.
(1) Cash contributions are cash funds provided to the Local WDB or its designee by one-stop partners, either directly or by an interagency transfer.
(2) Non-cash contributions are comprised of—
(i) Expenditures incurred by one-stop partners on behalf of the one-stop center; and
(ii) Non-cash contributions or goods or services contributed by a partner program and used by the one-stop center.
(3) Non-cash contributions, especially those set forth in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the partners' proportionate share.
(4) Third-party in-kind contributions are:
(i) Contributions of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, by a non-one-stop partner to support the one-stop center in general, not a specific partner; or
(ii) Contributions by a non-one-stop partner of space, equipment, technology, non-personnel services, or other like items to support the infrastructure costs associated with one-stop operations, to a one-stop partner to support its proportionate share of one-stop infrastructure costs.
(iii) In-kind contributions described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section must be valued consistent with 2 CFR 200.306 and reconciled on a regular basis to ensure they are fairly evaluated and meet the proportionate share of the partner.
(5) All partner contributions, regardless of the type, must be reconciled on a regular basis (
With regard to negotiations for infrastructure funding for Program Year (PY) 2017 and for each subsequent program year thereafter, if the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners do not reach consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism in accordance with the Governor's guidance issued under § 463.705 and consistent with the regulations in §§ 463.715 and 463.720, and include that consensus agreement in the signed MOU, then the Local WDB must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 463.705(b)(3). Once notified, the Governor must administer funding through the State funding mechanism, as described in §§ 463.730 through 463.738, for the program year impacted by the local area's failure to reach consensus.
(a) Consistent with sec. 121(h)(1)(A)(i)(II) of WIOA, if the Local WDB, chief elected official, and one-stop partners in a local area do not reach consensus agreement on methods of sufficiently funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers for a program year, the State funding mechanism is applicable to the local area for that program year.
(b) In the State funding mechanism, the Governor, subject to the limitations in paragraph (c) of this section, determines one-stop partner contributions after consultation with the chief elected officials, Local WDBs, and the State WDB. This determination involves:
(1) The application of a budget for one-stop infrastructure costs as described in § 463.735, based on either agreement reached in the local area negotiations or the State WDB formula outlined in § 463.745;
(2) The determination of each local one-stop partner program's proportionate use of the one-stop delivery system and relative benefit received, consistent with the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200, including the Federal cost principles, the partner programs' authorizing laws and regulations, and other applicable legal requirements described in § 463.736; and
(3) The calculation of required statewide program caps on contributions to infrastructure costs from one-stop partner programs in areas operating under the State funding mechanism as described in § 463.738.
(c) In certain situations, the Governor does not determine the infrastructure cost contributions for some one-stop partner programs under the State funding mechanism.
(1) The Governor will not determine the contribution amounts for infrastructure funds for Native American program grantees described in 20 CFR part 684. The appropriate portion of funds to be provided by Native American program grantees to pay for one-stop infrastructure must be determined as part of the development of the MOU described in § 463.500 and specified in that MOU.
(2) In States in which the policy-making authority is placed in an entity or official that is independent of the authority of the Governor with respect to the funds provided for adult education and literacy activities authorized under title II of WIOA, postsecondary career and technical education activities authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006, or VR services authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (other than sec. 112 or part C), as amended by WIOA title IV, the determination of the amount each of the applicable partners must contribute to assist in paying the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers must be made by the official or chief officer of the entity with such authority, in consultation with the Governor.
(d) Any duty, ability, choice, responsibility, or other action otherwise related to the determination of infrastructure costs contributions that is assigned to the Governor in §§ 463.730 through 463.745 also applies to this decision-making process performed by the official or chief officer described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(a) To initiate the State funding mechanism, a Local WDB that has not reached consensus on methods of sufficiently funding local infrastructure through the local funding mechanism as provided in § 463.725 must notify the Governor by the deadline established by the Governor under § 463.705(b)(3).
(b) Once a Local WDB has informed the Governor that no consensus has been reached:
(1) The Local WDB must provide the Governor with local negotiation materials in accordance with § 463.735(a).
(2) The Governor must determine the one-stop center budget by either:
(i) Accepting a budget previously agreed upon by partner programs in the local negotiations, in accordance with § 463.735(b)(1); or
(ii) Creating a budget for the one-stop center using the State WDB formula (described in § 463.745) in accordance with § 463.735(b)(3).
(3) The Governor then must establish a cost allocation methodology to determine the one-stop partner programs' proportionate shares of infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 463.736.
(4)(i) Using the methodology established under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, and taking into consideration the factors concerning individual partner programs listed in § 463.737(b)(2), the Governor must determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs, in accordance with § 463.737(b)(1), and
(ii) In accordance with § 463.730(c), in some instances, the Governor does not determine a partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funding costs, in which case it must be determined by the entities named in § 463.730(c)(1) and (2).
(5) The Governor must then calculate the statewide caps on the amounts that partner programs may be required to contribute toward infrastructure funding, according to the steps found at § 463.738(a)(1) through (4).
(6) The Governor must ensure that the aggregate total of the infrastructure contributions according to proportionate share required of all local partner programs in local areas under the State funding mechanism do not exceed the cap for that particular program, in accordance with § 463.738(b)(1). If the total does not exceed the cap, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the amount determined under § 463.737(a) toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center. If the total does exceed the cap, then to determine the amount to direct each one-stop program to pay, the Governor may:
(i) Ascertain, in accordance with § 463.738(b)(2)(i), whether the local partner or partners whose proportionate shares are calculated above the individual program caps are willing to voluntarily contribute above the capped amount to equal that program's proportionate share; or
(ii) Choose from the options provided in § 463.738(b)(2)(ii), including having the local area re-enter negotiations to reassess each one-stop partner's proportionate share and make adjustments or identify alternate sources
(7) If none of the solutions given in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section prove to be viable, the Governor must reassess the proportionate shares of each one-stop partner so that the aggregate amount attributable to the local partners for each program is less than that program's cap amount. Upon such reassessment, the Governor must direct each one-stop partner program to pay the reassessed amount toward the infrastructure funding costs of the one-stop center.
(a) Local WDBs must provide to the Governor appropriate and relevant materials and documents used in the negotiations under the local funding mechanism, including but not limited to: The local WIOA plan, the cost allocation method or methods proposed by the partners to be used in determining proportionate share, the proposed amounts or budget to fund infrastructure, the amount of total partner funds included, the type of funds or non-cash contributions, proposed one-stop center budgets, and any agreed upon or proposed MOUs.
(b)(1) If a local area has reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the local area, it must provide this budget to the Governor as required by paragraph (a) of this section. If, as a result of the agreed upon infrastructure budget, only the individual programmatic contributions to infrastructure funding based upon proportionate use of the one-stop centers and relative benefit received are at issue, the Governor may accept the budget, from which the Governor must calculate each partner's contribution consistent with the cost allocation methodologies contained in the Uniform Guidance found in 2 CFR part 200, as described in § 463.736.
(2) The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other element or product of the negotiating process provided to the Governor as required by paragraph (a) of this section.
(3) If a local area has not reached agreement as to the infrastructure budget for the one-stop centers in the local area, or if the Governor determines that the agreed upon budget does not adequately meet the needs of the local area or does not reasonably work within the confines of the local area's resources in accordance with the Governor's one-stop budget guidance (which is required to be issued by WIOA sec. 121(h)(1)(B) and under § 463.705), then, in accordance with § 463.745, the Governor must use the formula developed by the State WDB based on at least the factors required under § 463.745, and any associated weights to determine the local area budget.
Once the appropriate budget is determined for a local area through either method described in § 463.735 (by acceptance of a budget agreed upon in local negotiation or by the Governor applying the formula detailed in § 463.745), the Governor must determine the appropriate cost allocation methodology to be applied to the one-stop partners in such local area, consistent with the Federal cost principles permitted under 2 CFR part 200, to fund the infrastructure budget.
(a) The Governor must direct the one-stop partners in each local area that have not reached agreement under the local funding mechanism to pay what the Governor determines is each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure funds for that area, subject to the application of the caps described in § 463.738.
(b)(1) The Governor must use the cost allocation methodology—as determined under § 463.736—to determine each partner's proportionate share of the infrastructure costs under the State funding mechanism, subject to considering the factors described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) In determining each partner program's proportionate share of infrastructure costs, the Governor must take into account the costs of administration of the one-stop delivery system for purposes not related to one-stop centers for each partner (such as costs associated with maintaining the Local WDB or information technology systems), as well as the statutory requirements for each partner program, the partner program's ability to fulfill such requirements, and all other applicable legal requirements. The Governor may also take into consideration the extent to which the partners in the local area have agreed in determining the proportionate shares, including any agreements reached at the local level by one or more partners, as well as any other materials or documents of the negotiating process, which must be provided to the Governor by the Local WDB and described in § 463.735(a).
(a) The Governor must calculate the statewide cap on the contributions for one-stop infrastructure funding required to be provided by each one-stop partner program for those local areas that have not reached agreement. The cap is the amount determined under paragraph (a)(4) of this section, which the Governor derives by:
(1) First, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage for the corresponding one-stop partner program provided in paragraph (d) of this section to the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out the one-stop partner program in the State for the applicable fiscal year;
(2) Second, selecting a factor (or factors) that reasonably indicates the use of one-stop centers in the State, applying such factor(s) to all local areas in the State, and determining the percentage of such factor(s) applicable to the local areas that reached agreement under the local funding mechanism in the State;
(3) Third, determining the amount resulting from applying the percentage determined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the one-stop partner program; and
(4) Fourth, determining the amount that results from subtracting the amount determined under paragraph (a)(3) of this section from the amount determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The outcome of this final calculation results in the partner program's cap.
(b)(1) The Governor must ensure that the funds required to be contributed by each partner program in the local areas in the State under the State funding mechanism, in aggregate, do not exceed the statewide cap for each program as determined under paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) If the contributions initially determined under § 463.737 would exceed the applicable cap determined
(i) Ascertain if the one-stop partner whose contribution would otherwise exceed the cap determined under paragraph (a) of this section will voluntarily contribute above the capped amount, so that the total contributions equal that partner's proportionate share. The one-stop partner's contribution must still be consistent with the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements; or
(ii) Direct or allow the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners to: Re-enter negotiations, as necessary; reduce the infrastructure costs to reflect the amount of funds that are available for such costs without exceeding the cap levels; reassess the proportionate share of each one-stop partner; or identify alternative sources of financing for one-stop infrastructure funding, consistent with the requirement that each one-stop partner pay an amount that is consistent with the proportionate use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received by the partner, the program's authorizing laws and regulations, the Federal cost principles in 2 CFR part 200, and other applicable legal requirements.
(3) If applicable under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners, after renegotiation, may come to agreement, sign an MOU, and proceed under the local funding mechanism. Such actions do not require the redetermination of the applicable caps under paragraph (a) of this section.
(4) If, after renegotiation, agreement among partners still cannot be reached or alternate financing cannot be identified, the Governor may adjust the specified allocation, in accordance with the amounts available and the limitations described in paragraph (d) of this section. In determining these adjustments, the Governor may take into account information relating to the renegotiation as well as the information described in § 463.735(a).
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i) Within a State, for the entity or entities administering the programs described in WIOA sec. 121(b)(1)(B)(iv) and § 463.400, the allotment is based on the one State Federal fiscal year allotment, even in instances where that allotment is shared between two State agencies, and the cumulative portion of funds required to be contributed must not exceed—
(A) 0.75 percent of the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2016 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2017;
(B) 1.0 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2017 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2018;
(C) 1.25 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2018 for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2019;
(D) 1.5 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for Fiscal Year 2019 and following years for purposes of applicability of the State funding mechanism for PY 2020 and subsequent years.
(ii) The limitations set forth in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section for any given fiscal year must be based on the final VR allotment to the State in the applicable Federal fiscal year.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(d) For programs for which it is not otherwise feasible to determine the amount of Federal funding used by the program until the end of that program's operational year—because, for example, the funding available for education, employment, and training activities is included within funding for the program that may also be used for other unrelated activities—the determination of the Federal funds provided to carry out the program for a fiscal year under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be determined by:
(1) The percentage of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program that were used by the one-stop partner program for education, employment, and training activities in
(2) Applying the percentage determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the total amount of Federal funds available to the one-stop partner program for the fiscal year for which the determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section applies.
(a) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for WIOA title I programs, including Native American Programs described in 20 CFR part 684, may be paid using program funds, administrative funds, or both. Infrastructure costs for the Senior Community Service Employment Program under title V of the Older Americans Act (42 U.S.C. 3056
(b) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for other required one-stop partner programs (listed in §§ 463.400 through 463.410) are limited to the program's administrative funds, as appropriate.
(c) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the adult education program authorized by title II of WIOA must be paid from the funds that are available for local administration and may be paid from funds made available by the State or non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind, or third-party contributions.
(d) In the State funding mechanism, infrastructure costs for the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 must be paid from funds available for local administration of postsecondary level programs and activities to eligible recipients or consortia of eligible recipients and may be paid from funds made available by the State or non-Federal resources that are cash, in-kind, or third-party contributions.
The State WDB must develop a formula, as described in WIOA sec. 121(h)(3)(B), to be used by the Governor under § 463.735(b)(3) in determining the appropriate budget for the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in the local areas that do not reach agreement under the local funding mechanism and are, therefore, subject to the State funding mechanism. The formula identifies the factors and corresponding weights for each factor that the Governor must use, which must include: the number of one-stop centers in a local area; the population served by such centers; the services provided by such centers; and any factors relating to the operations of such centers in the local area that the State WDB determines are appropriate. As indicated in § 463.735(b)(1), if the local area has agreed on such a budget, the Governor may accept that budget in lieu of applying the formula factors.
(a) The Governor must establish a process, described under sec. 121(h)(2)(E) of WIOA, for a one-stop partner administering a program described in §§ 463.400 through 463.410 to appeal the Governor's determination regarding the one-stop partner's portion of funds to be provided for one-stop infrastructure costs. This appeal process must be described in the Unified State Plan.
(b) The appeal may be made on the ground that the Governor's determination is inconsistent with proportionate share requirements in § 463.735(a), the cost contribution limitations in § 463.735(b), the cost contribution caps in § 463.738, consistent with the process described in the State Plan.
(c) The process must ensure prompt resolution of the appeal in order to ensure the funds are distributed in a timely manner, consistent with the requirements of 20 CFR 683.630.
(d) The one-stop partner must submit an appeal in accordance with State's deadlines for appeals specified in the guidance issued under § 463.705(b)(3), or if the State has not set a deadline, within 21 days from the Governor's determination.
The MOU, fully described in § 463.500, must contain the following information whether the local areas use either the local one-stop or the State funding method:
(a) The period of time in which this infrastructure funding agreement is effective. This may be a different time period than the duration of the MOU.
(b) Identification of an infrastructure and shared services budget that will be periodically reconciled against actual costs incurred and adjusted accordingly to ensure that it reflects a cost allocation methodology that demonstrates how infrastructure costs are charged to each partner in proportion to its use of the one-stop center and relative benefit received, and that complies with 2 CFR part 200 (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling).
(c) Identification of all one-stop partners, chief elected officials, and Local WDB participating in the infrastructure funding arrangement.
(d) Steps the Local WDB, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners used to reach consensus or an assurance that the local area followed the guidance for the State funding process.
(e) Description of the process to be used among partners to resolve issues during the MOU duration period when consensus cannot be reached.
(f) Description of the periodic modification and review process to ensure equitable benefit among one-stop partners.
(a) In addition to jointly funding infrastructure costs, one-stop partners listed in §§ 463.400 through 463.410 must use a portion of funds made available under their programs' authorizing Federal law (or fairly evaluated in-kind contributions) to pay the additional costs relating to the operation of the one-stop delivery system. These other costs must include applicable career services and may include other costs, including shared services.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, shared services' costs may include the costs of shared services that are authorized for and may be commonly provided through the one-stop partner programs to any individual, such as initial intake, assessment of needs, appraisal of basic skills, identification of appropriate services to meet such needs, referrals to other one-stop partners, and business services. Shared operating costs may also include shared costs of the Local WDB's functions.
(c) Contributions to the additional costs related to operation of the one-stop delivery system may be cash, non-cash, or third-party in-kind contributions, consistent with how these are described in § 463.720(c).
(d) The shared costs described in paragraph (a) of this section must be allocated according to the proportion of benefit received by each of the partners, consistent with the Federal law authorizing the partner's program, and
(e) Any shared costs agreed upon by the one-stop partners must be included in the MOU.
(a) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must establish objective criteria and procedures for Local WDBs to use when certifying one-stop centers.
(1) The State WDB, in consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs, must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the review and modification of State Plans pursuant to § 463.135.
(2) The criteria must be consistent with the Governor's and State WDB's guidelines, guidance, and policies on infrastructure funding decisions, described in § 463.705. The criteria must evaluate the one-stop centers and one-stop delivery system for effectiveness, including customer satisfaction, physical and programmatic accessibility, and continuous improvement.
(3) When the Local WDB is the one-stop operator as described in 20 CFR 679.410, the State WDB must certify the one-stop center.
(b) Evaluations of effectiveness must include how well the one-stop center integrates available services for participants and businesses, meets the workforce development needs of participants and the employment needs of local employers, operates in a cost-efficient manner, coordinates services among the one-stop partner programs, and provides access to partner program services to the maximum extent practicable, including providing services outside of regular business hours where there is a workforce need, as identified by the Local WDB. These evaluations must take into account feedback from one-stop customers. They must also include evaluations of how well the one-stop center ensures equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities to participate in or benefit from one-stop center services. These evaluations must include criteria evaluating how well the centers and delivery systems take actions to comply with the disability-related regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188, set forth at 29 CFR part 38. Such actions include, but are not limited to:
(1) Providing reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities;
(2) Making reasonable modifications to policies, practices, and procedures where necessary to avoid discrimination against persons with disabilities;
(3) Administering programs in the most integrated setting appropriate;
(4) Communicating with persons with disabilities as effectively as with others;
(5) Providing appropriate auxiliary aids and services, including assistive technology devices and services, where necessary to afford individuals with disabilities an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, the program or activity; and
(6) Providing for the physical accessibility of the one-stop center to individuals with disabilities.
(c) Evaluations of continuous improvement must include how well the one-stop center supports the achievement of the negotiated local levels of performance for the indicators of performance for the local area described in sec. 116(b)(2) of WIOA and part 463. Other continuous improvement factors may include a regular process for identifying and responding to technical assistance needs, a regular system of continuing professional staff development, and having systems in place to capture and respond to specific customer feedback.
(d) Local WDBs must assess at least once every 3 years the effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility, and continuous improvement of one-stop centers and the one-stop delivery systems using the criteria and procedures developed by the State WDB. The Local WDB may establish additional criteria, or set higher standards for service coordination, than those set by the State criteria. Local WDBs must review and update the criteria every 2 years as part of the Local Plan update process described in § 463.580. Local WDBs must certify one-stop centers in order to be eligible to use infrastructure funds in the State funding mechanism described in § 463.730.
(e) All one-stop centers must comply with applicable physical and programmatic accessibility requirements, as set forth in 29 CFR part 38, the implementing regulations of WIOA sec. 188.
(a) The common one-stop delivery system identifier is “American Job Center.”
(b) As of November 17, 2016, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all primary electronic resources used by the one-stop delivery system, and on any newly printed, purchased, or created materials.
(c) As of July 1, 2017, each one-stop delivery system must include the “American Job Center” identifier or “a proud partner of the American Job Center network” on all products, programs, activities, services, electronic resources, facilities, and related property and new materials used in the one-stop delivery system.
(d) One-stop partners, States, or local areas may use additional identifiers on their products, programs, activities, services, facilities, and related property and materials.
Employment and Training Administration (ETA), Labor.
Final rule.
The Department of Labor (DOL or the Department) issues this Final Rule to implement titles I and III of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). Through these regulations, the Department reforms and modernizes our nation's workforce development system. This rule provides the framework for changes for statewide and local workforce development systems to increase the employment, retention, earnings, and occupational skill attainment of U.S. workers, particularly those individuals with barriers to employment, so they can move into good jobs and careers and provide businesses with the skilled workforce needed to make the United States more competitive in the 21st Century global economy.
This Final Rule is effective October 18, 2016.
Adele Gagliardi, Administrator, Office of Policy Development and Research (OPDR), U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room N-5641, Washington, DC 20210, Telephone: (202) 693-3700 (voice) (this is not a toll-free number). If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call 1-800-326-2577.
On July 22, 2014, President Obama signed the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (Pub. L. 113-128), comprehensive legislation that reforms and modernizes the public workforce system. WIOA reaffirms the role of the public workforce system, and brings together and enhances several key employment, education, and training programs. This new law provides resources, services, and leadership tools for the public workforce system to help individuals find good jobs and stay employed and improves employer prospects for success in the global marketplace. It ensures that the public workforce system operates as a comprehensive, integrated, and streamlined system to provide pathways to prosperity for those it serves and continuously improves the quality and performance of its services.
The Department is publishing this Final Rule to implement those provisions of WIOA that affect the core programs under title I, the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) program, as amended by WIOA title III (ES program), and the Job Corps and national programs authorized under title I which will be administered by the Department. In addition to this DOL WIOA Final Rule, the Departments of Education (ED) and Labor jointly are publishing a Final Rule to implement those provisions of WIOA that affect all of the WIOA core programs (titles I through IV) and which will have to be overseen and administered jointly by both Departments. Readers should note that in this DOL WIOA Final Rule there are a number of cross-references to the Joint WIOA Final Rule published by ED and DOL, including those provisions in the Joint WIOA Final Rule regarding performance reporting. In addition to the Joint WIOA Final Rule, ED and DOL are issuing separate final rules to implement program-specific requirements of WIOA that fall under each Department's purview. DOL is issuing this Final Rule governing program-specific requirements under WIOA title I and for the ES program, as amended by WIOA title III. ED is issuing three final rules: One implementing program-specific requirements of the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA), as reauthorized by title II of WIOA; and two final rules implementing all program-specific requirements for programs authorized under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by title IV of WIOA. The Joint WIOA Final Rule and other Department-specific final rules are published
WIOA seeks to deliver a broad array of integrated services to customers of the public workforce system, which include both individuals seeking jobs and skills training and employers seeking skilled workers. The law improves the public workforce system by more closely aligning it with regional economies and strengthening the network of about 2,500 one-stop centers. Customers must have access to a seamless system of high-quality services through coordination of programs, services, and governance structures. The Act builds closer ties among key workforce partners—business leaders, State and Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs), labor unions, community colleges, non-profit organizations, youth-serving organizations, and State and local officials—in striving for a more job-driven approach to training and skills development.
WIOA will help job seekers and workers access employment, education, training, and support services to succeed in the labor market and match employers with the skilled workers they need to compete in the global economy. The purposes of WIOA described in the statute include:
• Increasing access to and opportunities for the employment, education, training, and support services that individuals need, particularly those with barriers to employment.
• Supporting the alignment of workforce investment, education, and economic development systems, in support of a comprehensive, accessible, and high-quality workforce development system.
• Improving the quality and labor market relevance of workforce investment, education, and economic development efforts.
• Promoting improvement in the structure and delivery of services.
• Increasing the prosperity of workers and employers.
• Providing workforce development activities that increase employment, retention, and earnings of participants and that increase postsecondary credential attainment and as a result, improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, increase economic self-sufficiency, meet skill requirements of employers, and enhance productivity, and the competitiveness of our nation.
WIOA's passage and implementation builds upon the groundwork already laid by an Administration-wide review of employment, education, and training programs to ensure Federal agencies do everything possible to prepare ready-to-work-Americans with ready-to-be-filled jobs. That review identified several priorities for Federally supported training programs, including employer engagement; promoting work-based learning strategies, such as on-the job training and registered apprenticeships, career pathways, and regional collaboration; increasing access to training by breaking down barriers; and data-driven program management and evaluation.
As WIOA implementation progresses, success in accomplishing the purposes of WIOA at the State, local, and regional levels, will be determined by whether:
• One-stop centers are recognized as a valuable community resource and are known for high quality, comprehensive services for customers.
• The core programs and one-stop partners provide seamless, integrated customer service.
• Program performance, labor market, and related data drive policy and strategic decisions and inform customer choice.
• Youth programs reconnect out-of-school youth (OSY) to education and jobs.
• Job seekers access quality career services either online or in a one-stop center through a “common front door” that connects them to the right services.
• One-stop centers facilitate access to high quality, innovative education and training.
• Services to businesses are robust and effective, meeting businesses' workforce needs across the business lifecycle.
As noted throughout this Final Rule, the Department will be issuing guidance to help our regulated communities understand their rights and responsibilities under WIOA and these regulations. Consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act's exemption from its notice and comment requirement for general statements of policy, interpretations, and procedural instructions, this guidance will provide interpretations of many of the terms and provisions of these regulations and more detailed procedural instructions that would not be appropriate to set out in regulations. The Department also will be issuing guidance to provide information on current priorities and initiatives, suggested best practices, and in response to stakeholder questions.
To implement WIOA title I, the Department has added several new CFR parts to title 20, chapter V (ETA's regulations). In particular, because the WIA regulations will continue to be referenced in existing and historic documents for some time after the WIOA transition, the Department is creating entirely new programmatic regulations to reflect the requirements of WIOA, rather than amending the WIA title I regulations found at 20 CFR parts 660 through 672. Table 1 below presents a crosswalk for these new CFR parts to illustrate how they relate to the existing WIA regulations.
In addition, the Department is revising in this DOL WIOA Final Rule certain other CFR parts in accordance with WIOA, rather than creating entirely new parts, where it was not necessary to retain the WIA version of the regulation. For example, the Department retains the Wagner-Peyser Act implementing regulations in 20 CFR parts 651 through 658 and is revising in this Final Rule only those parts that are affected by WIOA,
The Department is amending its regulations at 20 CFR part 603 to help States comply with WIOA. WIOA requires that States use “quarterly wage records” in assessing the performance of certain Federally funded employment and training programs. In particular, this Final Rule amends part 603 to clarify and expand, in a limited fashion, those public officials with whom the State may share certain confidential information to carry out requirements under WIOA, including the use of wage records to meet performance reporting requirements and cooperation with certain DOL and ED evaluations. The Department is amending part 603 as proposed in the NPRM.
Part 675 discusses the purpose of title I of the WIOA, explains the format of the regulations governing title I, and provides additional definitions for terms used in the law.
The most notable changes to this part from the regulatory text proposed in the NPRM include the addition of a definition of “family” and strengthening the definition of “consultation.” The DOL WIOA Final Rule defines “family” in the same way as the WIA definition of “family,” except that instead of using the gender-specific “husband” and “wife” terms that were in WIA, it substitutes “a married couple.” This is intended to bring the definition into conformance with the recent Supreme Court decisions about marriage equality.
Regarding the revised definition of “consultation,” in response to public comments expressing concern that the proposed definition was not specific enough, the Final Rule definition better focuses on the public workforce system and is necessary to clarify that consultation constitutes a coming together of stakeholders, robust conversation, and opportunity for all parties to express thoughts and opinions.
The Department also changed the terms “workforce innovation and opportunity system,” and “workforce investment system” to “workforce development system” throughout this rule. This was done to enhance consistency across parts and avoid confusion, and to be emphasize the role of workforce development boards in this system.
Part 679 addresses the statewide and local governance provisions of the workforce development system under WIOA title I. This part includes provisions that govern the conditions under which the Governor must establish the State WDB (subpart A); the requirements for designation of regions and local areas under WIOA (subpart B); the role of Local WDBs, Local WDB membership, and the role of chief elected officials (CEOs) (subpart C); the requirements relating to regional and local plans (subpart D); the statutory and regulatory waiver authority provided by WIOA sec. 189(i), including the requirements for submitting a workforce flexibility plan under WIOA sec. 190 (subpart E).
As for notable changes to this part from the NPRM regulatory text, to address concerns about representation of core programs on the State WDB was raised by many commenters, the Department has revised the final regulations to clarify that, for the WIOA title I and ES programs, a single lead State official with primary responsibility for those programs may represent more than one of those programs. However, WIOA title II programs must have a single, unique representative, and the Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) program administered by ED and authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program), must have a single, unique representative.
Further, the Department clarified the regulatory text by providing details on the duration of initial local area designation and the timing of the first available opportunity for local area subsequent designation to occur. The Department revised the proposed requirement to clarify that initial designation is applicable only to Program Year (PY) 2016 and PY 2017. Noting the commenters' concerns regarding availability of WIOA performance data, which is required for the determination of designation, the Department added § 679.250(c) to clarify that no determination of subsequent designation may be made before the conclusion of PY 2017. The section-by-section discussion of part 679 below details other changes to the part 679 regulatory text, as well as Department responses to all substantive public comments.
In this part of the Final Rule, the Department describes requirements relating to the services that are available for adults and dislocated workers under WIOA title I. Under WIOA, adults and dislocated workers may access career services and training services. Training is provided through a robust eligible training provider and program list (ETPL), comprised of entities with a demonstrated capability of training
Some of the notable changes to this part from the NPRM regulatory text include that the Final Rule clarifies that the priority of service in the adult program for individuals who are public assistance recipients, other low-income individuals and for individuals who are basic skills deficient exists at all times, not just when funds are limited.
Regarding the role of registered apprenticeship programs, the Final Rule emphasizes the key role WIOA envisions for registered apprenticeship programs by highlighting these programs as a training service for both Individual Training Accounts (ITAs) and as OJT. The Final Rule allows apprenticeship programs that are not registered to go through the eligible training provider (ETP) process if they want to be on the ETP list; the rule does not provide apprenticeship programs that are not registered special access to the ETPL. The Department also clarifies in this Final Rule that registered apprenticeship programs are automatically eligible for the ETPL and the State is required to notify them of their automatic eligibility and allow the registered apprenticeship program an opportunity to consent to be on the State ETPL (
Part 681 describes requirements relating to the services that are available to youth under WIOA title I, subtitle B, as part 664 did for youth activities funded under WIA. The most significant change to the youth formula program under WIOA is the shift to focus resources primarily on OSY. WIOA increases the minimum percentage of program funds required to be spent on OSY from 30 to 75 percent. The Department plans to release subsequent guidance and technical assistance on how States and local areas can incorporate strategies for recruiting and serving more OSY.
In addition, WIOA includes a major focus on providing youth with work experience opportunities with a requirement that local areas must spend a minimum of 20 percent of local area funds on work experience. And although work experience becomes the most important of the program elements, WIOA also introduces 5 new program elements: Financial literacy; entrepreneurial skills training; services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupations available in the local areas; activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training; and education offered concurrently with and in the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster.
The most significant change between the NPRM and the Final Rule occurs in § 681.400. This section clarifies that youth activities may be conducted by the local grant recipient and that when the Local WDB chooses to award grants or contracts to youth service providers, such awards must be made using a competitive procurement process in accordance with WIOA sec. 123. The section-by-section discussion of part 681 below details other changes to the part 681 regulatory text, as well as Department responses to all substantive public comments.
WIOA provides a reservation of funds for statewide employment and training activities. These activities are undertaken by the States, rather than by Local WDBs; both the required and allowable activities are addressed by part 682. WIOA designates the percentage of funds that may be devoted to these activities from annual allotments to the States—up to 15 percent must be reserved from youth, adult, and dislocated worker funding streams, and up to an additional 25 percent of dislocated worker funds must be reserved for statewide rapid response activities.
Some of the notable changes to this part from the NPRM regulatory text include the specification that layoff aversion is a required rapid response activity, as applicable. Layoff aversion activities may include employer-focused activities such as providing assistance to employers in managing reductions in force, funding feasibility studies to determine if the employer's operation may be sustained through a buy-out, etc. Further, the DOL WIOA Final Rule specifies that a successful rapid response system includes comprehensive business engagement. Finally, the DOL WIOA Final Rule specifies that rapid response funds may be used to pay for incumbent worker training as long as it is part of a broader layoff aversion strategy. Incumbent worker training is also a valuable layoff aversion tool and, under WIA, many States requested a waiver to allow such training with rapid response funds. This Final Rule change recognizes the value of incumbent worker training for this purpose and includes it as allowable under rapid response within the context of layoff aversion activities.
Part 683 establishes the administrative provisions for the programs authorized under title I of WIOA. Some of the provisions are also applicable to grants provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as indicated in specific sections of the part. The remaining Wagner-Peyser Act administrative regulations are located in part 658. Additionally, please note that administrative provisions for Job Corps (subtitle C of title I of WIOA) contracts are addressed separately in part 686.
This DOL WIOA Final Rule adds a requirement that the Governor establish criteria or factors for approving Local WDB transfers of funds between the adult and dislocated worker programs and that these criteria must be in a written policy, such as the State Plan or other written policy.
Regarding Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, the final regulations made a change from the NPRM in that the Department has added a new section that maintained the requirement for a feasibility study prior to implementing a Pay-for-Performance contract strategy
Part 684 governs the Indian and Native American (INA) program authorized under WIOA sec. 166. WIOA and part 684 streamline the competitive process for awarding the INA program grants. Section 166 of WIOA requires both that grants be awarded through a competitive process and that grantees submit a 4-year plan (WIOA secs. 166(c) and 166(e)). These WIOA regulations streamline the grant award process to ease the administrative burdens. The Department will no longer designate grantees or require a notice of intent. Moreover, the part 684 WIOA regulations have incorporated the 4-year plan into the competitive grant award process. Because these changes will help streamline the process for awarding grants, these WIOA regulations should result in less of an administrative burden on both applicants and the Department.
Other than a few technical, non-substantive edits, the Department has made no changes to the regulatory text in part 684.
The purpose of part 685 is to implement WIOA sec. 167, which authorizes migrant and seasonal farmworker (MSFW) programs. In drafting these regulations, the Department consulted with States and MSFW groups during stakeholder consultation sessions conducted in August and September 2014, as required by WIOA sec. 167(f). MSFW programs include career services and training, housing assistance, youth services, and related assistance to eligible MSFWs.
The regulations in part 685 support strategic alignment across workforce development programs by: Aligning the definition of “farmwork” found in this part with that used in the ES program; adjusting the upper and lower age ranges of eligible MSFW youth to conform to those established in WIOA sec. 129 for OSY and ISY; and requiring that grantees coordinate services, particularly outreach to MSFWs, with the State Workforce Agency (SWA) in their service area and the State Monitor Advocate. These changes are intended to support coordination between MSFW programs and other workforce programs such as the ES program, and facilitate MSFW youth co-enrollments with other WIOA title I programs.
Part 685 includes language regarding training services that reinforces that training must be directly linked to an in-demand industry or occupation that leads to economic self-sufficiency and encourages the attainment of recognized postsecondary credentials when appropriate (
Part 685 also establishes that grantees funded under WIOA sec. 167 can serve eligible MSFW youth participants (
Based on the public comments received in response to the NPRM, the Department made the following significant changes to part 685 as proposed:
• The Final Rule permits a National Farmworker Jobs Program (NFJP) grantee some flexibility to increase the OJT reimbursement rate up to 75 percent of the wage rate of a participant, provided that such reimbursement rates are consistent with the rates set by the Governor in the State or Local WDB(s) in the local area(s) in which the grantee operates in accordance with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(H)(i);
• The Final Rule revises § 685.360(d) to clarify that NFJP-funded permanent housing development activities that benefit eligible MSFWs do not require individual eligibility determinations;
• The Final Rule clarifies in § 685.360 that development of on-farm housing located on property owned and operated by an agricultural employer is an allowable activity; and
• In response to commenters' concerns regarding the negative impact that would result on performance indicator calculations by including individuals who receive only certain minimal “related assistance” services, which do not require a significant investment of staff time and resources, the Department has added language to § 685.400 that puts the NFJP program in alignment with other WIOA authorized programs regarding performance accountability calculations.
This part establishes regulations for the Job Corps program, authorized in title I, subtitle C of WIOA. The regulations address the scope and purpose of the Job Corps program and provide requirements relating to site selection, protection, and maintenance of Job Corps facilities; funding and selection of center operators and service providers; recruitment, eligibility, screening, selection and assignment, and enrollment of Job Corps students; Job Corps program activities and center operations; student support; career transition services and graduate services; community connections; and administrative and management requirements. The regulations carry out Congressional direction on contracting and competition for centers and incorporate the requirements of title I, subtitle C of WIOA. Specifically, the regulations describe how the Job Corps program is operated in order to deliver relevant academic and career technical training (CTT) that leads to meaningful employment or postsecondary education and explain the requirements necessitated by the unique residential environment of a Job Corps center.
Although the Department received some public comments that opposed the proposed provision stating that the Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, may select an entity to operate a Civilian Conservation Center (CCC) or close low performing CCCs if the Secretary of Labor deems appropriate (§ 686.350(e) through (f)), the DOL WIOA Final Rule retains these paragraphs as proposed because the regulatory text mirrors the statutory requirements at WIOA sec. 159(f)(2). In addition, regarding concerns expressed by commenters that the proposed high-performing center criteria were too difficult to achieve, the Department is retaining § 686.320 as proposed because the language in the regulation mirrors that of WIOA and the Department does not have the discretion to loosen the criteria.
National Dislocated Worker Grants (DWGs) are discretionary awards that temporarily expand service capacity at the State and local levels through time-limited funding assistance in response to significant dislocation events. These grants are governed by sec. 170 of WIOA. The part 687 regulations set forth the key elements and requirements for DWGs. Additional guidance on DWGs and the application requirements for these grants was published separately by the Department in Training and Employment Guidance Letter (TEGL) No. 01-15, “
The part 687 regulations establish a framework that will enable eligible applicants to apply quickly for grants to relieve the impact of layoffs, emergencies, and disasters on employment in the impacted area and to meet the training and reemployment needs of affected workers and to enable them to obtain new jobs as quickly as possible. These regulations call for early assessment of the needs and interests of the affected workers, through either rapid response activities or other means, as well as an indication of the other resources available to meet these needs, to aid in the creation of a customer-centered service proposal. The early collection of information about affected workers will allow applicants to have an understanding of the needs and interests of the impacted workers to enable a prompt application for the appropriate level of DWG funds. Early collection of information also will facilitate the receipt of DWG funds when the Secretary determines that there are insufficient State and local formula funds available. Early intervention to assist workers being dislocated is critical to enable them to access work-based learning opportunities and other types of training that lead to industry-recognized credentials, as appropriate, to help them find new employment in in-demand industries and occupations as soon as possible after their dislocation occurs.
The Department has made several global changes and technical edits to the part 687 regulations proposed in the NPRM for clarity and technical accuracy. For example, “National Dislocated Worker Grants” will be referred to by the acronym “DWGs” in this part for simplicity. In addition, the Department has determined it is necessary to alter the labels of what the NPRM called “Regular” and “Disaster” DWGs to describe more accurately their purpose and intended use. “Regular” DWGs have been renamed “Employment Recovery” DWGs, and “Disaster” DWGs have been renamed “Disaster Recovery” DWGs. Further, the terms “career services” and “employment-related assistance” have been changed to “employment and training assistance” to clarify that the use of DWG funds is not limited to only career services. Training and supportive services also may be provided as appropriate and in accordance with the requirements of part 687. Finally, the term “temporary employment” has been replaced with the term “disaster relief employment” to better align the text of this part 687 with that of WIOA sec. 170. In addition, this DOL WIOA Final Rule clarifies that individuals who relocate to another State, tribal, or outlying area after a disaster may receive services in either the disaster area or the area to which they relocate. However, the Final Rule also includes a provision for the Secretary to allow, in certain circumstances, individuals to receive services in both the disaster and the relocation area. Other non-substantive changes and technical edits are described in detail in the section-by-section discussion of part 687 below.
The YouthBuild program authorizes grants for job training and educational activities for at-risk youth who, as part of their training, help construct or rehabilitate housing for homeless individuals and families and low-income families in their respective communities. Participants receive a combination of classroom training, job skills development, and on-site training in the construction trades. The Department wants to emphasize the connections across all of our youth-serving programs under WIOA, including the WIOA youth formula program and associated boards and youth committees, connections to pre-apprenticeship and registered apprenticeship programs, and Job Corps centers across the country. WIOA is an opportunity to align and coordinate service strategies for these ETA youth training programs, as well as to align with our Federal partners that serve these same customers. WIOA also ensures that these programs are using common performance indicators and standard definitions, which includes aligning the definitions for homeless youth, basic skills deficient, occupational skills training, and supportive services. Additionally, the YouthBuild regulation adopts the six new performance indicators that were codified across WIOA youth-serving programs and aligns YouthBuild with the WIOA youth formula program performance outcomes.
WIOA affirms the Department's commitment to providing high-quality education, training, and employment services for youth and young adults through YouthBuild grants by expanding the occupational skills training offered at local YouthBuild programs. YouthBuild programs can offer occupational skills training in in-demand occupations, such as health care, advanced manufacturing, and IT, as approved by the Secretary and based on the maturity of the program and local labor market information.
Other changes include revisions to the duration of the restrictive covenant clause, clarifying eligibility criteria for participation, and describing qualifying work sites and minimum criteria for successful exit from the YouthBuild program. Beyond these regulations, the Department will continue to develop guidance and technical assistance to help grantees and the workforce development community operate highly effective YouthBuild programs.
The Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933 established the ES program, which is a nationwide system of public employment offices that provide public labor exchange services. The ES program seeks to improve the functioning of the nation's labor markets by bringing together individuals seeking employment with employers seeking workers. In 1998, the ES program was amended to make it part of the one-stop delivery system established under WIA. The ES program has now been amended again under title III of WIOA.
WIOA expands upon the previous workforce reforms in the WIA and, among other provisions, identifies the ES as a core program in the one-stop delivery system, embeds ES State planning requirements into a unified planning approach, and requires the colocation of ES offices into the one-stop centers. The regulations in parts 651, 652, 653, 654, and 658 update the language and content of the regulations to implement amendments made by title III of WIOA to the Wagner-Peyser Act. In some areas, these regulations establish entirely new responsibilities and procedures. In other areas, the regulations clarify and update requirements already established. The regulations make important changes to the following components of the ES program: definitions, data submission, and increased collaboration requirements, among others.
Part 651 sets forth definitions for 20 CFR parts 652, 653, 654, and 658. The Department received several comments regarding these definitions and has eliminated, revised, and added definitions, as needed. Some commenters suggested new terms they would like to see defined in part 651, and other commenters expressed concerns or suggestions relating to specific proposed definitions. Additionally, the Department has made technical and clarifying changes to some of the definitions.
The regulations at 20 CFR part 652 set forth standards and procedures regarding the establishment and functioning of State ES operations. These regulations align part 652 with the WIOA amendments to the ES program, and with the WIOA reforms to the public workforce system that affect the ES program. The WIOA-amended Wagner-Peyser Act furthers longstanding goals of closer collaboration with other employment and training programs by mandating colocation of ES offices with one-stop centers; aligning service delivery in the one-stop delivery system; and ensuring alignment of State planning and performance indicators in the one-stop delivery system. Other new Wagner-Peyser Act provisions are consistent with long-term Departmental policies, including increased emphasis on reemployment services for UI claimants (sec. 7(a)); promoting robust Workforce Labor Market Information (WLMI); the development of national electronic tools for job seekers and businesses (sec. 3(e)); dissemination of information on best practices (sec. 3(c)(2)); and professional development for ES staff (secs. 3(c)(4) and 7(b)(3)).
Several public comments received in response to the NPRM prompted the Department to make minor changes to parts of the regulations in this section. For example, the Department agreed with comments regarding ensuring comprehensive front-line staff training; and direct language has been added to § 652.204 from sec. 3(c)(4) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (as amended by WIOA sec. 303(b)(4)) to indicate that professional development and career advancement can be supported by the Governor's Reserve. The Department agreed with the commenter-suggested benefits of aligning definitions across the core programs, and as a result, the terms “reportable individual” and “participant” have been revised to align with the performance accountability of the other core programs. The Department also agreed with commenters who suggested that career services under WIOA are not a substitute for Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 7(a) services; § 652.3(f) has been amended to reference sec. 7(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act. The Department continues to seek alignment of service delivery with WIOA core programs.
The Department received several varying comments regarding colocation. This part clarifies the intent of colocation; how ES-only affiliate sites do not meet the intent of WIOA; the Department's decision to broaden language in 20 CFR 678.315(b) to allow multiple programs to meet the more than 50 percent threshold by combining the time their staff members are physically present (
In regard to WLMI, some of the clarifications identified in this part include: There is a need to provide extensive education and technical assistance with regard to accessing wage record data; the Workforce Information Advisory Council (WIAC) will advise on WLMI and may consider what kind of information is needed for planning, but it will not be involved in developing State Plans; and the Departments of Labor and Education will issue joint guidance with regard to use of wage data for performance in the context of the confidentiality requirements for the use of UI wage record data and education data under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). The Department also made other clarifying changes to part 652, as discussed elsewhere in this Final Rule.
Part 653 sets forth standards and procedures for providing services to MSFWs and provides regulations governing the Agricultural Recruitment System (ARS), a system for interstate and intrastate agricultural job recruitment. In subparts B and F of part 653, the Department is implementing the WIOA title III amendments to the Wagner-Peyser Act, as well as streamlining and updating certain sections to eliminate duplicative and obsolete provisions. Despite these changes, part 653 remains consistent with the “Richey Order.”
Upon the consideration of comments suggesting that the Department require outreach workers to be trained on not only how to identify and refer possible incidents of sexual harassment, but also on similar issues such as sexual coercion, assault, and human trafficking, the Department has added such language to the regulatory text at § 653.107(b)(7). Training outreach workers in this way is key in helping to connect victims with appropriate resources and support networks.
In 1980, the Department published amended regulations at 20 CFR part 654, subpart E, providing agricultural housing standards for MSFWs. In the NPRM, the Department proposed to revise these agricultural housing regulations (hereinafter “ETA standards”) by updating outdated terminology and by establishing an expiration date for the ETA standards. This proposed expiration date was intended to transition housing currently governed by the ETA standards to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations governing temporary labor camps for agricultural workers as set forth at 29 CFR 1910.142. After considering the public comments received on this aspect of the proposal, the Department is rescinding its proposal to establish an expiration date for the ETA standards in order to transition housing currently governed by the ETA standards to the OSHA standards, as explained in further detail in this Final Rule.
Part 658 sets forth systems and procedures for complaints, monitoring for compliance assessment, enforcement, and sanctions for violations of the ES regulations and employment-related laws, including discontinuation of services to employers and decertification of SWAs. The Department's proposed changes to part 658 updated terminology and responsibilities and reorganized various regulations to increase the clarity and efficiency of the provisions involved. Additionally, headings were revised, when necessary, to reflect changes to the regulations, and language was added to permit, where relevant, the use of electronic mail and electronic signatures.
Overall, the Department received several comments seeking clarification on processing complaints and apparent violations, attempting informal
This Final Rule has been designated an “economically significant rule” under sec. 3(f)(4) of Executive Order (E.O.) 12866. Therefore, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has reviewed the Final Rule, and the Department has conducted a regulatory impact analysis to estimate the costs, benefits, and transfers associated with the Final Rule, which is detailed in full in section V.A of the Final Rule below. In total, the Department estimates that this Final Rule will have an average annual net benefit of $14,806,210 and a total 10-year net benefit of $95,836,706 (with 7-percent discounting).
The Department estimates that this Final Rule will have an average annual cost of $35,037,540 and a total 10-year cost of $278,750,652 (with 7-percent discounting). The largest contributor to the cost is the requirement related to the development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system, followed by the career pathways development and the colocation of ES services.
The Department quantified the expected incremental benefits associated with this Final Rule relative to the baseline of the current practice under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA), where possible. Specifically, the Department quantified the benefits expected to result from required competition for all one-stop operators. Competition for all one-stop operators will result in cost reductions for Local WDBs due to increases in efficiency, which are estimated to amount to approximately $49,843,750 per year and $374,587,357 over the 10-year period (with 7-percent discounting). This quantified benefit resulting from increased competition for all one-stop operators, however, does not account for several other important benefits to society that the Department was unable to quantify due to data limitations or lack of existing data or evaluation findings. Based on a review of empirical studies (primarily studies published in peer-reviewed academic publications and studies sponsored by the Department), however, the Department identified a variety of societal benefits: (1) Training services increase job placement rates; (2) participants in occupational training experience higher reemployment rates; (3) training is associated with higher earnings; and (4) State performance accountability measures, in combination with the board membership provision requiring employer/business representation, can be expected to improve the quality of the training and, ultimately, the number and caliber of job placements. The Department identified several channels through which these benefits might be achieved: (1) Better information about training providers will enable workers to make better informed choices about programs to pursue; (2) sanctions to under-performing States will serve as an incentive for both States and local entities to monitor performance more effectively and to intervene early; and (3) enhanced services for dislocated workers, self-employed individuals, and workers with disabilities will lead to the benefits discussed above.
In addition, the Final Rule will result in transfer payments,
The Department has determined that the Final Rule will have no cost impact on small entities and will not impose an unfunded mandate on Federal, State, local, or tribal governments as defined by the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
On July 22, 2014, President Obama signed WIOA, the first legislative reform of the public workforce system in more than 15 years, which passed Congress by a wide bipartisan majority. WIOA supersedes WIA and amends the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (AEFLA), the Wagner-Peyser Act, and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. WIOA presents an extraordinary opportunity for the public workforce system to accelerate its transformational efforts and demonstrate its ability to improve job and career options for our citizens through an integrated, job-driven public workforce system that links diverse talent to our nation's businesses. It supports the development of strong, vibrant regional economies where businesses thrive and people want to live and work.
WIOA reaffirms the role of the customer-focused one-stop delivery system, a cornerstone of the public workforce development system, and enhances and increases coordination among several key employment, education, and training programs. Most provisions in WIOA took effect on July 1, 2015, the first full program year after enactment, although the new statutory State Plans and performance accountability system requirements take effect July 1, 2016. Title IV of WIOA, however, took effect upon enactment.
WIOA is designed to help job seekers access employment, education, training, and support services to succeed in the labor market and to match employers with the skilled workers they need to compete in the global economy. WIOA has six main purposes: (1) Increasing access to and opportunities for the employment, education, training, and support services for individuals, particularly those with barriers to employment; (2) supporting the alignment of workforce investment, education, and economic development systems in support of a comprehensive, accessible, and high-quality workforce development system; (3) improving the quality and labor market relevance of workforce investment, education, and economic development efforts; (4) promoting improvement in the structure and delivery of services; (5) increasing the prosperity of workers and employers; and (6) providing workforce development activities that increase employment, retention, and earnings of participants and that increase
Beyond achieving the requirements of the new law, WIOA offers an opportunity to continue to modernize the public workforce system, and achieve key hallmarks of a customer centered public workforce system, where the needs of business and workers drive workforce solutions, where one-stop centers and partners provide excellent customer service to job seekers and businesses, where the public workforce system pursues continuous improvement through evaluation and data-driven policy, and where the public workforce system supports strong regional economies.
Regulations and guidance implementing WIOA titles I and III are issued by DOL, with the exception of the joint regulations issued by DOL and ED on the provisions in title I relating to unified and combined planning, performance, and the one-stop delivery system. Regulations and guidance on implementing titles II and IV of WIOA are issued by ED. The Joint WIOA Final Rule and the ED WIOA Final Rules are published elsewhere in this issue of the
WIOA retains much of the structure of WIA, but with critical changes to advance greater coordination and alignment. Under title I, subtitle A, each State will be required to develop a single, unified strategic plan that is applicable to six core workforce development programs. The core programs consist of the adult, dislocated worker, and youth formula programs administered by the Department under WIOA title I; the Adult Education and Family Literacy program administered by ED under WIOA title II; the ES program administered by the Department and authorized by the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA title III; and the VR program administered by ED and authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by WIOA title IV (VR program). In addition to core programs, WIOA provides States the opportunity to include other key one-stop partner programs such as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Unemployment Insurance (UI), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), and Perkins Career Technical Education in a Combined State Plan. The law also includes a common performance accountability system applicable to all of the core programs.
The remainder of WIOA title I authorizes the adult, dislocated worker, and youth formula programs; the State and local WDBs (formerly workforce investment boards or WIBs); the designation of regions and local areas; local plans; the one-stop delivery system; national programs, including Job Corps, YouthBuild, Indian and Native American (INA) programs, and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker (MSFW) programs; technical assistance and evaluations; and general administrative provisions currently authorized under title I of WIA. Title II retains and amends the Adult Education and Family Literacy Program currently authorized under title II of WIA. Title III contains amendments to the Wagner-Peyser Act relating to the ES and Workforce and Labor Market Information System (WLMIS), and requires the Secretary to establish a WIAC. Title IV contains amendments to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, which were also included under title IV of WIA; it also requires the Secretary of Labor to establish an Advisory Committee on Increasing Competitive Integrated Employment for Individuals with Disabilities. Finally, title V contains general provisions similar to the provisions applicable under title V of WIA as well as the effective dates and transition provisions.
This section contains a summary of the major changes from WIA. As indicated above, WIOA retains much of the structure of WIA. Major changes in WIOA are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Additionally, successful implementation of many of the approaches called for within WIOA, such as career pathways and sector strategies, require robust relationships across programs and with businesses, economic development, education and training institutions, including community colleges and career and technical education, local entities, and supportive services agencies.
Since the enactment of WIOA, the Department has used a variety of means to coordinate with other Federal agencies that have roles and responsibilities under the Act. The Department works closely with staff at ED and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) on all shared policy and implementation matters. Key areas of collaboration include the Unified State Plan, performance reporting, one-stop service delivery, and services to disconnected youth and to individuals with disabilities. WIOA created an opportunity to enhance coordination and collaboration across other Federal programs through the Combined State Plan and the Department meets with the other Federal agencies regarding those plans.
Before publishing the WIOA NPRM (80 FR 20690, Apr. 16, 2015), the Department solicited broad input through a variety of mechanisms including:
• Issued Training and Employment Notice (TEN) No. 05-14 to notify the public workforce system that WIOA was enacted, accompanied by a statutory implementation timeline, a fact sheet that identified key reforms to the public workforce system, and a list of frequently asked questions.
• Issued TEN No. 06-14 to announce a series of webinars to engage WIOA stakeholders in implementation of WIOA.
• Issued TEN No. 12-14 to provide guidance to States and other recipients of funds under title I of WIA on the use and reporting of PY 2014 funds for planning and implementation activities associated with the transition to WIOA.
• Established a WIOA Resource Page (
• Established a dedicated email address for the public workforce system and stakeholders to ask questions and offer ideas related to WIOA (
• Conducted, in conjunction with ED and HHS, outreach calls, webinars, and stakeholder and in-person town halls in each ETA region. The Department and its Federal partners hosted 10 town halls across the country, reaching over 2,000 system leaders and staff representing core programs and one-stop partners, employers, and performance staff. This included a town hall with INA leaders and membership organizations serving Indians and Native Americans, Hawaiians, and Alaskan Natives as well as a formal consultation with members of the Native American Employment and Training Advisory Council to the Secretary of Labor.
• Conducted readiness assessments to implement WIOA in all States and 70 local workforce areas to inform technical assistance.
Since the DOL WIOA NPRM was published, the Department has issued additional WIOA guidance using various mechanisms including the following:
• Issued numerous pieces of official guidance to the public workforce system on policies related to WIOA implementation (some jointly with ED), including “Vision for the One-Stop Delivery System under WIOA” (Aug. 13, 2015) and TEGL No. 14-15, “
• Provided on-going technical assistance to the public workforce system in the form of Frequently Asked Questions.
• Developed a network of peer learners titled the Innovation and Opportunity Network (ION) that is designed to help all levels of workforce development professionals, stakeholders, and partners connect with others throughout the public workforce system who are working to implement WIOA. ION's in-person collaboration is provided through the Department's regional Federal Project Officers, and regional meetings with State and local stakeholders. Regarding online collaboration, the ION Web site provides webinars, quick start action planners, podcasts from voices in the field describing their experiences in implementation, and other online resources.
• Conducted, in conjunction with ED and HHS, webinars for stakeholders on a variety of topics, including: Credentials that Count for Youth (Apr. 29, 2015); ION (May 13 and June 3, 2015); Firing Up Youth Standing Committees (May 27, 2015); Making the Shift—Successfully Leveraging In-School Youth (ISY) and OSY Resources and Services (June 24, 2015); WIOA Act Now Series: Partnerships in Action (July 1, 2015); Webinar Series Act Now: Governance, Leadership, and Building a Strategic Board (July 15, 2015); Collaborative Partnerships Serving Youth wish Disabilities (July 29, 2015); Customer-Centered Design Implementation WIOA (July 29, 2015); WIOA Eligible Training Provider Provisions: The First Year (Aug. 5, 2015); WIOA Performance Accountability Reporting Requirements—Overview of Layout and Templates (Aug. 12 and 13, 2015); Career Pathways for Youth (Aug. 26, 2015); Proposed Information Collection: Required Elements for Submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan Modifications Under WIOA (Aug. 27, 2015); Implementing WIOA in Rural Areas (Sept. 30, 2015); DEI Lessons Learned for WIA/WIOA: How Integrated Resource Teams Achieved WIA Outcomes for Populations that Experience Multiple Challenges to Employment and Implications for WIOA (Oct. 22, 2015); ApprenticeshipUSA Online Toolkit: A New Tool to Advance Apprenticeship Under WIOA (Oct. 26, 2015); Partnership Between WIOA and TANF to Serve Youth (Oct. 28, 2015).
There are two new Information Collection Requests (ICRs) and six existing OMB-approved information collections that are being revised as part of this DOL WIOA Final Rule. Section V.B of the NPRM (Paperwork Reduction Act) included descriptions of the new ICRs and how the proposal would change each of the existing information collections. Section VI.D of this Final Rule (Paperwork Reduction Act) provides summary information about the public comments received on these
Soon after publication of the DOL WIOA NPRM and the Joint WIOA NPRM, DOL and ED published a notice in the
On August 6, 2015, the U.S. Departments of Labor, Education, Health and Human Services, Agriculture, and Housing and Urban Development proposed a new information collection regarding required elements for submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan and Plan modifications under WIOA (hereinafter “WIOA State Plan ICR”) (80 FR 47003) (see
On July 22, 2014, the President signed WIOA (Pub. L. 113-128) into law. WIOA repeals WIA (29 U.S.C. 2801
The Department's NPRM to implement titles I and III of WIOA was published on April 16, 2015 (80 FR 20690). During the 60-day public comment period, the Department received a total of 767 public comments on the WIOA NPRM. In addition to these submissions, the Department also considered portions of 84 public comment submissions from the Joint WIOA NPRM docket that the Department determined related to the DOL WIOA NPRM. The Joint WIOA NPRM, which proposed regulations to implement jointly administered activities authorized under WIOA title I, was also published on April 16, 2015 (80 FR 20574).
The analysis in this section provides the Department's response to public comments received on the DOL WIOA NPRM. If a proposed CFR section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on the NPRM that were outside the scope of the proposed regulation and the Department offers no response to such comments. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
The disclosure of wage record data is governed by 20 CFR part 603, which establishes requirements for maintaining the confidentiality of unemployment compensation (UC) information along with standards for mandatory and permissive disclosure of such information. Part 603 permits State agencies to disclose confidential unemployment compensation information—including “wage information” (referred to in § 603.2(k))—to “public officials” (defined at § 603.2(d)) under limited circumstances (under § 603.5), and authorizes such public officials in turn to use the information to meet certain Federal requirements in the performance of their official duties.
The Department has decided to amend 20 CFR part 603 as proposed in the NPRM. These Final Rules amend current regulations to clarify and expand, in a limited fashion, those public officials with whom the State may share certain confidential information to carry out requirements under WIOA. The regulations enumerate certain additional public officials who may access confidential State wage records for the State's performance reporting. Ensuring such access to these State records will allow State agencies to manage better the information for the purpose of making Federally required reports on certain program outcomes, and to cooperate more effectively and be more informative with respect to Federal program evaluations.
WIOA sec. 116(i)(2) and 20 CFR 677.175(a) (
The regulation at 20 CFR 677.175(b) (
As explained in greater detail below, in the NPRM the Department proposed to change and expand § 603.2 (definition of “public official”) and change § 603.5 (governing disclosures to public officials) to help States comply with WIOA's performance requirements, including the performance reports of the States, local areas, and Eligible Training Providers (ETPs). In addition, the Department amended § 603.6 to add a provision requiring disclosure of confidential UC information to a Federal official (or an agent or contractor of a Federal official) requesting such information to meet the new statutory requirement on State cooperation with certain DOL and ED evaluations. These changes facilitate States' obligations to report on performance through the use of quarterly wage records, and to cooperate in DOL and ED evaluations.
The amendments to 20 CFR part 603 only relate to State agency disclosures necessary to comply with certain provisions of WIOA. Much of part 603 was left intact and was not considered for amendment in the NPRM, the purpose of which was to implement WIOA, not to otherwise impact partner programs. The Department invited comments on the proposed amendments to part 603, but did not consider comments on other portions of part 603 or other UC matters that are outside the scope of the proposed rulemaking.
The Department received 22 comments in response to the proposed changes to part 603. While normally the Department does not discuss comments that are outside the scope of the amendment, the Department notes that only the portions of part 603 that are being amended were part of the NPRM and open for comment. The existing data protections required under other portions of part 603 will continue and will be enforced. These required protections, laid out in §§ 603.8, 603.9, 603.10, and 603.12, ensure that confidential UC data are secure. These portions of part 603 were not considered for amendment and so were excluded from the NPRM.
The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 603 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted
(1) Public postsecondary educational institutions that are part of a State's executive branch,
(2) Public postsecondary educational institutions that are independent of the State's executive branch, which means those institutions whose directors derive their authority either directly from an elected official in the State other than the Governor or from an entity (again, a State WDB, commission, or other entity) in that line of authority. This covers any public postsecondary educational institution established and governed under State law, for example, a State Board of Regents (see § 603.2(d)(2)(ii));
(3) State technical colleges and community colleges, which may also be covered under (1) or (2) (see § 603.2(d)(2)(iii)).
Section 603.2(d)(5) permits disclosure to a public State educational authority, agency, or institution; the Department considers the heads of public institutions deriving their authority from a State educational authority or agency to be “public officials” for purposes of part 603.
These changes are designed to help States comply with WIOA's requirement to use wage records to measure performance (WIOA sec. 116(i)(2)) and to facilitate the performance reporting required for ETPs under secs. 116(d) and 122 of WIOA. As long as the recipients of the data adhere to all of the requirements in 20 CFR part 603, this section permits States to make these disclosures to comply with WIOA requirements for Federal, State, or local government reporting on program outcomes and for other specified purposes.
Section 603.6(b)(8) makes the disclosure of confidential UC information mandatory for certain Federal evaluations when the disclosure does not interfere with the efficient administration of State UC law. The addition of § 603.6(b)(8) implements the requirement that States cooperate in conducting evaluations under the authority of either the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under WIOA sec. 116(e)(4). This cooperation, defined in WIOA, must include “the provision of data (in accordance with appropriate privacy protections established by the Secretary of Labor)”; this includes 20 CFR part 603 and any other privacy protections the Secretary may establish. The final regulation requires disclosure of confidential UC information to Federal officials or their agents or contractors, requesting such information in the course of an evaluation covered by WIOA secs. 116(e)(4) and 116(e)(1) to the extent that such disclosure is “practicable.”
The Department interprets “to the extent practicable” to mean that the disclosure would not interfere with the efficient administration of State UC law. This interpretation is consistent with the application of regulations that apply to disclosures under § 603.5. The introductory language to § 603.5 provides that, in situations where the disclosure of confidential UC information is permitted, the State may make the disclosure only if doing so would not interfere with the efficient administration of State UC law. In effect, § 603.6(b)(8) requires that State UC agencies make disclosures to DOL and ED for the purposes of the Departments' conducting evaluations, when the disclosures do not interfere with the efficient administration of the State UC law. The Department expects this cooperation and related disclosures to include responding to surveys and allowing site visits, as well as disclosing confidential UC information needed for evaluations.
Part 675 discusses the purpose of title I of the WIOA, explains the format of the regulations governing title I, and provides additional definitions which are not found and defined in WIOA.
Section 675.100 describes the purposes of title I of WIOA.
Section 675.200 outlines the structure of the WIOA regulations.
Section 675.300 provides a list of definitions that are applicable across the WIOA regulations.
Included in this list of definitions, the Department includes the following relevant definitions from the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) “Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards” found at 2 CFR part 200: Contract, Contractor, Cooperative Agreement, Federal Award, Federal Financial Assistance, Grant Agreement, Non-Federal Entity, Obligations, Pass-Through Entity, Recipient, Subaward, Subrecipient, Unliquidated Obligations, and Unobligated Balance. All other definitions at 2 CFR part 200 apply to these regulations where relevant, but have not been included in this section.
In addition, the Department realized that the NPRM contained minor inconsistencies in how it defined “individual with a disability” across parts. The Department therefore edited such definitions using the statutory definition at WIOA sec. 3(25), which uses the definition from the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), to make them consistent with each other. The Department interprets all references to the ADA to include case law and interpretive guidance. The Department also changed the terms “workforce innovation and opportunity system,” and “workforce investment system” to “workforce development system” throughout this rule. This was done to enhance consistency across parts and avoid confusion, and to be emphasize the role of workforce development boards in this system.
20 CFR part 679 addresses the Statewide and Local Governance provisions of the Workforce Development System under title I of WIOA. This part includes provisions on the State WDB, the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Local Governance (Workforce Development Areas), Local WDBs, Regional and Local Plans, and Waivers/Workforce Flexibility Plans.
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed Statewide and Local Governance regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
Subpart A sets forth the conditions under which the Governor must establish the State WDB. 20 CFR 679.100(a) through (e) explain the purpose of the State WDB. The State WDB represents a wide variety of individuals, businesses, and organizations throughout the State. WIOA is designed to help job seekers and workers access employment, education, training, and support services needed to succeed in the labor market, and match employers with the skilled workers needed to compete in the global economy. The State WDB has the critical role of leading and guiding the State's implementation of WIOA, which requires aligning Federal investments in job training, integrating service delivery across programs, and ensuring that workforce investments are job-driven and match employers with skilled workers. The State WDB serves as a convener of State, regional, and local workforce system partners to enhance the capacity and performance of the workforce development system and align and improve employment, training, and education programs, and through these efforts, promote economic growth. The State WDB's role as a strategic convening place where key stakeholders and partnerships come together can be accomplished only if each State WDB member is an active participant in the business of the board. State WDB members must establish a platform in which all members actively participate and collaborate closely with the required partners of the workforce development system, and other stakeholders, including public and private organizations. This engagement is crucial in the State WDB's role to help integrate and align a more effective job-driven workforce development system that invests in the connection between education and career preparation.
WIOA sec. 107(e) requires Boards to operate in a transparent manner; §§ 679.140 and 679.390 set forth the parameters for State and Local WDBs to conduct business in an open and transparent manner. Transparency in operations also assures that all parties are held accountable to the public and can mitigate concerns of inappropriate influence. Transparency promotes
20 CFR 679.100 implements WIOA sec. 101 and outlines the purpose of the State WDB. A key goal of Federally-funded training programs is to get more U.S. workers jobs and marketable skills and support businesses to find workers with the skills that are needed. The State WDB is responsible for engaging employers, education providers, economic development, and other stakeholders to help the workforce development system achieve the purpose of WIOA and the State's strategic and operational vision and goals outlined in the State Plan.
The Department encourages the State to take a broad and strategic view when considering representatives of the State WDB, and also in establishing processes which it will use to include necessary perspectives in carrying out State WDB functions. For example, alignment of required one-stop partner investments is essential to achieving strategic and programmatic alignment at the State, regional, and local level. Further, States are encouraged to examine factors like the natural bounds of regional economies, commuting patterns, and how economic sectors impact the State, which may benefit from inputs either from formal members of the board, or through other engagement. Broad geographic representation as well as a reflection of diversity of populations within the State is critical.
These provisions are intended to ensure that all core programs have meaningful input on the State WDB, but neither WIOA nor the regulation requires that the adult education director be appointed to the State WDB. The regulation is not changed to require a specific title be named as representative; however, representatives must meet the requirement of primary responsibility.
The Department will issue guidance to support the implementation and maintenance of compliant State WDBs.
No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments, with the exception of revising § 679.110(b)(3)(ii)(B) to refer to apprenticeship as “registered apprenticeship.”
In addition to these representatives, WIOA sec. 101(b)(1)(C)(iii)(II) and § 679.110(b)(3)(iii)(B), give the Governor the flexibility to appoint “other representatives and officials as the Governor may designate.” This would allow the Governor to designate non-union employee organizations as additional members of the State WDB. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
Regarding the proposed § 679.110(b)(3)(i)(C) requirement that the Governor must appoint required representatives of businesses or organizations based on nominations from business organizations and trade associations in the State, a commenter asked what would qualify these organizations to submit such nominations and requested that the Department clarify the definition of these organizations.
Paragraph (c) of § 679.110 implements WIOA sec. 101(c) requiring the Governor to select a chairperson of the Board from among the business representatives on the Board who are the owner or chief executive officer for the business or organization, or a person who is an executive with the business or organization with optimum policy-making or hiring authority.
Paragraph (a) of § 679.120 defines the term “optimum policy-making authority” as an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action. This section retains the same requirements that were included in the WIA regulations at 20 CFR 661.203(a). Paragraph (b) of § 679.120 defines the term “demonstrated experience and expertise” as an individual who has documented leadership in developing or implementing workforce development, human resources, training and development, or a core program function.”
20 CFR 679.130 implements sec. 101(d) of WIOA and describes the role and functions of the State WDB. Paragraphs (a), (d) through (e), and (g) through (k) of § 679.130 reiterate the relevant statutory requirements at WIOA secs. 101(d)(1), (4) and (5), and (7) through (11). These functions are the primary functions of the State WDB.
WIOA sec. 101(d)(3)(B) outlines “the development of strategies to support the use of career pathways for the purpose of providing individuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabilities), with workforce investment activities, education” as a function of the State WDB and is described in § 679.130(c)(2). WIOA sec. 107(d) and § 679.300 extends the requirement to Local WDBs. WIOA sec. 3(7)(A) through (G) defines career pathways as a combination of rigorous and high-quality education, training, and other services that meet specified guidelines.
Paragraph (c)(4) of § 679.130 implements WIOA sec. 101(d)(3)(D) states that the roles and functions of the State WDB include the development and expansion of strategies to meet the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers particularly through industry or sector partnerships related to in-demand industry sectors and occupations.
Paragraph (e) of § 679.130 requires the Board to identify and disseminate best practices in a number of areas (paragraphs (e)(1) through (3)).
Paragraph (f) of § 679.130 requires the State WDB to develop and review statewide policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the State's one-stop delivery system which is to include developing objective criteria and procedures for the Local WDBs' use in assessing the physical and programmatic accessibility of one-stop centers.
Title 20 CFR 679.140 implements WIOA sec. 101(g) requiring the State WDB to conduct business in an open manner.
Title 20 CFR 679.150 implements WIOA sec. 101(e), which authorizes the use of alternative entities to the State WDB under the following conditions: The alternative entity was in existence on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998; is substantially similar to the WIOA State WDB; and includes representatives of business and labor organizations in the State. As outlined in § 679.150(c), if the alternative entity does not provide representatives for each of the categories required under WIOA sec. 101(b), the State Plan must explain the manner in which the State will ensure an ongoing role for any unrepresented membership group in the workforce development system. The State WDB must maintain an ongoing and meaningful role for an unrepresented membership group, including entities carrying out the core programs.
This subpart provides the requirements for identification of regions and designation of local areas under WIOA. WIOA envisions a workforce development system that is customer focused on both the job seeker and business, and is able to anticipate and respond to the needs of regional economies. It requires Workforce Development Boards and CEOs to design and govern the system regionally, aligning workforce policies and services with regional economies and supporting service delivery strategies tailored to these needs. To support this regional approach, this subpart requires States to identify intrastate or interstate regions. When the region contains more than one local area, the local areas are required to plan regionally. WIOA envisions a regional system where public workforce system leaders partner and provide leadership as part of a comprehensive, regional workforce and economic strategy. The majority of comments in this section pertained to the structure of regions, and initial and subsequent designation of workforce development areas.
Title 20 CFR 679.200 implements requirements found at both WIOA sec. 101(d)(3)(E), and WIOA sec. 106(a), which require the Governor to identify regions with consultation from the CEOs and Local WDBs in the affected region. The development of comprehensive regional partnerships facilitates alignment of workforce development activities with regional economic development activities, and better supports the execution and implementation of sector strategies and career pathways. Regional cooperation may also lower costs and increase the effectiveness of service delivery to businesses that span more than one local area within a region and to job seekers through coordination of shared
Title 20 CFR 679.210 addresses the requirements for identifying a region and requires a process that includes consultation with Local WDBs and CEOs.
Title 20 CFR 679.230 describes a general public comment process and the general procedural requirements for designation of local areas, which include consultation with the State WDB, chief elected officials and affected Local WDBs. The Governor has the discretion to establish the process and procedures to solicit comments that it determines appropriate. However, a
Title 20 CFR 679.240 implements WIOA sec. 101 and addresses the substantive requirements for designation of local areas that were not designated as local areas under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 and § 679.250 addresses subsequent eligibility of local areas.
Another commenter presented the same suggestion and recommended deleting language from the rule and preamble discussion that exclude rural CEPs from being eligible to apply as local workforce areas. Specifically, the commenter recommended deleting language from the regulatory text of § 679.250(g), and deleting language discussing CEPs in the preamble discussion for § 679.250(g), and the preamble discussion for § 679.290(a), and the commenter provided detailed rationale to support the deletion of all anti-CEP language.
Title 20 CFR 679.260 implements the WIOA sec. 106(e)(1) definition of performed successfully.
Title 20 CFR 679.270 implements WIOA secs. 106(d) and 107(c)(4)(A), which allow for single-area States so designated under WIA to continue, and requires the State WDB to carry out the functions of the Local WDB in a single-area State.
The Department encourages the Governor to ensure that State WDB members represent the diversity of job seekers and employers across the State, which includes ensuring adequate local elected official representation on the State WDB. Single-area States have the additional burden of representing local level interests and stakeholders.
Title 20 CFR 679.300 explains the purpose of the Local WDB. The Local WDB represents a wide variety of individuals, businesses, and organizations throughout the local area. The Local WDB serves as a strategic convener to promote and broker effective relationships between the CEOs and economic, education, and workforce partners. The Local WDB must develop a strategy to continuously improve and strengthen the workforce development system through innovation in, and alignment and improvement of, employment, training, and education programs to promote economic growth. Local WDB members must establish a platform in which all members actively participate and collaborate closely with the required and other partners of the workforce development system, including public and private organizations. This is crucial to the Local WDB's role to integrate and align a more effective, job-driven workforce investment system. In this part the Department addresses comments on the roles of the Local WDBs, Local WDB memberships, and the role of local elected officials.
Title 20 CFR 679.300 establishes the vision for and explains the purpose of the Local WDB.
Title 20 CFR 679.310 implements WIOA sec. 107 by defining the Local WDB and its functions.
Title 20 CFR 679.320 addresses the required members on the Local WDB in accordance with WIOA sec. 107.
Title 20 CFR 679.320(h) allows an individual to be appointed as a representative on the Local WDB for more than one entity if the individual meets all of the criteria for representation.
Paragraph (c) of § 679.320 requires that at least 20 percent of Local WDB membership must be workforce representatives to include representatives of labor organizations, and a joint labor-management registered apprenticeship program, or (if no such program exists in the area) a representative of a registered apprenticeship program in the area if such program exists.
Regarding the number of small business representation, paragraph (b) of § 679.320 implements WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(A)(ii), which describes Local WDB membership criteria and calls for members that “represent businesses, including small businesses.” The Department interprets WIOA's use of the word “businesses” to indicate that the Local WDB is required to have more than one member representing a small business.
Regarding the question of whether representatives from 4-H programs would qualify as members having experience with eligible youth, § 679.320 implements WIOA sec. 107(b) which outlines membership criteria for Local WDBs. As outlined in § 679.320(a), for each local area in the State, the members of the Local WDB must be selected by the CEO consistent with the criteria established under statute and criteria established by the Governor, and must meet the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(c)(2). CEOs are required to establish a formal nomination and appointment process (§ 679.320(g)), which should answer specific questions about local area membership requirements. Due to the number of factors involved, the Department is not able to comment on if a specific entity would meet the requirements set forth by the Governor as well as all of the statutory requirements but advises interested parties to review the CEO's process in their area.
WIOA sec. 107 and § 679.320 of this part outline the requirements for Local WDB membership.
Section 679.320 implements WIOA sec. 107(b) describing the required Local WDB membership.
Title 20 CFR 679.320 implements WIOA sec. 107 (b) which outlines Local WDB membership.
One commenter asked the Department if it thinks local administrators of State agencies meet the criteria for optimum policy-making authority or if it expects this regulation will require the nomination and appointment of State capital-based agency executives.
Regarding demonstrated experience and expertise, one commenter recommended that all staff working with job seekers and business customers should receive certification through programs like Certified Workforce Development Professional (CWDP) by the National Association of Workforce Development Professionals (NAWDP) to ensure they are qualified in their role.
Standing committees may be used to assist the Local WDB in carrying out its responsibilities as outlined in WIOA sec. 107.
Title 20 CFR 679.370 lists the functions of the Local WDBs as enumerated in WIOA sec. 107(d). Under WIOA, the Local WDB, in partnership with the CEO, must perform a variety of functions to support the local workforce system.
WIOA sec. 3(7)(A) through (G) defines career pathways as a combination of rigorous and high-quality education, training, and other services that meet specified guidelines. WIOA sec. 101(d)(3)(B) enumerates “the development of strategies to support the use of career pathways for the purpose of providing individuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabilities), with workforce investment activities, education” as a function of the State WDB and is described in § 679.130(c)(2). WIOA sec. 107(d) and § 679.300 extends the requirement to Local WDBs.
Paragraph (n) of § 679.370 reflects a number of new functions for the Local WDB related to coordination with adult education and literacy providers in the local area. This provision requires the Local WDB to review applications to provide adult education and literacy activities under title II to determine whether such applications are consistent with the local plan; the eligible agency retains approval authority. It also requires the Local WDB to make recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with the local plan.
Commenters expressed concerns that Local WDBs will not have the appropriate amount of time to review all adult education provider applications in a timely manner, particularly in large cities with many programs or for education programs serving jurisdictions with multiple Local WDBs. One commenter also expressed concern about the title II adult education provider application review process because Local WDBs do not understand enough about education programs and recommended that the regulations contain a clear conflict of interest policy as well as a process where the adult education stakeholders have the ability to help shape the local plan. One commenter suggested that the review and approval process outlined in § 679.370(n) for adult education providers should be applied to all core partner plans.
Title 20 CFR 679.370(k) requires that the Local WDB negotiate with the CEO and required partners on the methods for funding the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers.
Title 20 CFR 679.400 describes the Local WDB's authority to hire staff and the appropriate roles for Board staff as outlined in WIOA sec. 107(f).
Prior agreements are not automatically recognized. It is in the best interest of the public workforce system to ensure the director of the Local WDB is competent and experienced with workforce programs and service delivery. Paragraph (b) of § 679.400 requires the Local WDB to apply objective qualifications to the Board director, paragraph (d) limits the Local WDB staff's role to assisting the Board fulfill the functions at WIOA sec. 107(d) unless the entity selected to staff the Board enters into a written agreement with the Board and CEO as noted in § 679.400(e). Title 20 CFR 679.400 aligns with WIOA sec. 107(f) and no change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
Title 20 CFR 679.410 implements WIOA sec. 107(g) and explains the situations in which the Local WDB may directly act as a one-stop operator, a provider of career services, or training services provider.
The Department specified in § 679.410(b) that a Local WDB may act as a provider of career services only with the agreement of the CEO in the local area and the Governor.
WIOA sec. 107(g)(B) outlines a waiver process for Local WDBs to offer training services. Local WDBs wanting to offer training services, such as GED, are required to apply to the Governor for a waiver and meet the waiver restrictions outlined in WIOA sec. 107(g)(1) and § 679.410(c).
One commenter said that that the definition of fiscal agent conflicts with § 681.400.
Proposed 20 CFR 679.430 specified that a written agreement with the Local WDB and CEO is required when a single entity operates in more than one of the following roles: Local fiscal agent, Local WDB staff, one-stop operator, or direct provider of career services or training services.
Title 20 CFR 679.500 describes the purpose of the regional and local plans; WIOA provides designated regions and local workforce areas the responsibility and opportunity to develop employment and training systems tailored specifically to regional economies. These systems must meet the needs of the full range of learners and workers, including those with barriers to employment. The system must also address the specific needs of regional employers and the skills they require.
WIOA requires the Local WDB, in partnership with the CEO, to submit a local plan to the Governor. If the local area is part of a planning region, the Local WDB will submit its local plan as part of the regional plan and will not submit a separate local plan. The local or regional plan provides the framework for local areas to define how their workforce development systems will achieve the purposes of WIOA. The regional or local plans serve as 4-year action plans to develop, align, and integrate the region and local area's job driven workforce development systems, and provides the platform to achieve the local area's visions and strategic and operational goals. Since the local plan is only as effective as the partnerships that operationalize it, it must represent a collaborative process among local elected officials, boards, and required and other partners (including economic development, education, and private sector partners) to create a shared understanding of the local area's workforce investment needs, a shared vision of how the workforce development system can be designed to meet those needs, and agreement on the key strategies to realize this vision. The Department received comments on the purpose, the content, and the structure of regional and local plans. In this subpart the Department addresses comments regarding how regions can be aligned.
WIOA sec. 106(c) addresses regional coordination and regional plans are addressed in WIOA sec. 106(c)(2). In accordance with WIOA sec. 106(c), § 679.500 describes the purpose of the regional and local plans.
WIOA sec. 106(c) governs regional coordination and regional planning requirements, which are clarified in § 679.510.
Section 679.520 describes the regional plan approval process.
Title 20 CFR 679.530 describes when a regional plan must be modified and § 679.580 requires the Governor to establish procedures governing local plan review and modification to ensure that the biennial review and modification of local plans is conducted consistently throughout the State. The circumstances identified in § 679.530(b)(1) and (2) identify the significant changes that require modification but the Governor may require other factors. While sec. 106(c) of WIOA clearly describes the required contents of the regional plan, it provides less detail about the approval and modification process, saying only that officials in the planning region must “prepare, submit, and obtain approval” of the plan.
Title 20 CFR 679.540 outlines how local planning requirements are reflected in a regional plan. WIOA is silent on the coordination of the regional and local plan, noting only that the regional plan must “incorporate local plans for each of the local areas in the planning region.” The Department has determined that the most appropriate and least burdensome approach to implementing this provision is to include a copy of each local plan within the regional plan to accompany the plan's discussion of regional strategies. In this arrangement, the regional plan is completed in cooperation with the Local WDBs and CEOs in a planning region, per § 679.510(a). Each individual Local WDB and CEO will respond to the local planning requirements at § 679.560(b) through (e) individually. The Local WDBs and CEOs in a planning region must cooperate to develop a common response to the local planning requirements that discuss regional labor market information, as required by § 679.540(a), and any other appropriate requirements permitted by the Governor per § 679.540(b). When these activities are completed, the planning region submits one regional plan to the Governor that includes the common discussion of regional labor market information and other requirements as required by the Governor, as well as each local plan in a single document.
Title 20 CFR 679.550 explains the requirements for the development of the local plan. This section emphasizes the importance of collaboration and transparency in the development and submission of the local plan and subsequent modifications.
Title 20 CFR 679.560 is consistent with sec. 108(b) of WIOA and outlines the information that must be included in the local plan. These requirements set the foundation for WIOA principles, by fostering strategic alignment, improving service integration, and ensuring that the public workforce system is industry-relevant, responding to the economic needs of the local area and matching employers with skilled workers.
Title 20 CFR 679.560(b)(4) explains that the Local WDB must describe how it will coordinate local workforce investment activities with regional economic development activities that are carried out in the local area and promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services.
Title 20 CFR 679.560(b)(5) focuses on the delivery of services through the one-stop delivery system in the local area and requires descriptions regarding how the Local WDB will ensure the continuous improvement of eligible providers of services—see part 680, subpart D, for additional information on the requirements of the eligible training provider list.
Overarching Comments on the Approval of a Local Plan Timeline for Approval and Implementation
The Department recognizes that the development of the local plan is dependent on several other essential State and local WIOA implementation activities and that local areas may not be able to respond fully to each of the required elements of the local plan in the timeframe provided. The Department sought comment on the scope of the challenges local areas may face regarding regional and local planning and potential actions that the Department can take to help local areas address these challenges.
With Training and Employment Guidance Letter No. 14-15, “
Paragraph (b) of § 679.570 outlines the processes, roles, and responsibilities in the local plan process for situations in which the State is a single local area. Paragraph (b)(1) clarifies the State must incorporate the local plan in the State's Unified or Combined State Plan submitted to the Department. Paragraph (b)(2) states that the Secretary of Labor will perform the roles assigned to the Governor as they relate to local planning activities and § 679.570(b)(3) indicates the Secretary of Labor will issue planning guidance for single-area States.
Title 20 CFR 679.580 is consistent with WIOA sec. 108(a), which requires the Governor to establish procedures governing local plan review and modification to ensure that the biennial review and modification of local plans is conducted consistently throughout the State. Paragraph (b) of § 679.580 explains that the Local WDB and appropriate CEOs must review the local plan every 2 years and submit a modification as needed, based on significant changes in labor market and economic conditions and other factors including changes to local economic conditions, changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services, changes to the Local WDB structure, or a need to revise strategies to meet performance goals.
This subpart describes the statutory and regulatory waiver authority provided by WIOA sec. 189(i), and the requirements for submitting a Workforce Flexibility Plan under WIOA sec. 190. The Department addresses comments regarding the purpose of the waiver authority in WIOA, and the circumstances under which a waiver may apply.
WIOA provides States the flexibility to request a waiver of program requirements in order to implement new strategic goals for the improvement of the statewide workforce development system and to provide better customer service in exchange for accountability for expected programmatic outcomes. A Workforce Flexibility plan provides additional flexibility to the State. In general, a State with an approved Workforce Flexibility plan is given the authority to identify local level provisions to waive without further approval from the Secretary of Labor to achieve outcomes specified in the plan. A description of what provisions of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act may and may not be waived is included, along with an explanation of the procedures for requesting a waiver. The subpart also describes what may and may not be waived under a Workforce Flexibility Plan, and the procedures for obtaining approval of a plan. The WIOA requirements for obtaining approval for a waiver or Workforce Flexibility Plan are similar to those in WIA secs. 189(i) and 192, respectively; therefore, many of the proposed regulations are the same as the regulations implementing WIA. No changes have been made to regulatory text in response to these comments.
WIOA sec. 189(i)(3)(A)(i) establishes the limitations of the Secretary's general waiver authority for WIOA title I, subtitles A, B, and E. As described in the regulation, the Secretary is statutorily prohibited from waiving any provisions related to the following:
Title 20 CFR 679.620(a) through (f) implements WIOA sec. 189(i)(3) and describes the conditions under which a Governor may request, and the Secretary may approve a waiver of statutory or regulatory requirements. Title 20 CFR 679.620(a) explains that the Secretary will issue guidelines on waiving WIOA and Wagner-Peyser requirements. States will be required to follow the Secretary's guidelines, which supplement the requirements listed in 20 CFR 679.600 through 679.620.
To assist employers and job seekers best, one commenter requested that the Department offer waivers whenever possible. A State agency suggested that the Department add waiver provisions to the Final Rule regarding the application for continued eligibility of ETPs and to the internal control policy requirement provided that a written agreement pursuant to proposed § 679.430 is in place.
One commenter expressed its concern about the challenge of meeting all WIOA requirements by July 1, 2015, particularly considering the late issuance of the WIOA regulations.
The Department acknowledges the challenges inherent in implementing WIOA in the absence of a Final Rule. The Department issued Operating Guidance documents to inform the public workforce system how to comply with WIOA statutory requirements. The Operating Guidance provided a framework for program activities while regulations were finalized.
In this part of the Final Rule, the Department describes requirements relating to the services that are available for adults and dislocated workers under WIOA. Adult services are provided to help job seekers who are at least 18 years old succeed in the labor market. WIOA establishes a priority in the adult program for serving low-income individuals, recipients of public assistance, and individuals lacking basic work skills. Dislocated worker services are provided to workers who have lost their job, through no fault of their own. The goal of dislocated workers services is to help these individuals obtain quality employment in in-demand industries.
Under WIOA, adults and dislocated workers may access career services and training services. WIOA provides for a public workforce system that is universally accessible, customer centered, and training that is job-driven. In this part, the Department also discusses supportive services and needs-related payments that can be provided, based on customer needs, to enable them to participate in WIOA career and training services.
The Department generally received comments that were supportive about the delivery of career and training services. It also received comments about the implementation of the statutory priority for the WIOA adult program, and how various populations, including individuals with disabilities, are able to access WIOA title I adult and dislocated worker services, which the Department has sought to clarify. In addition, the Department received comments about some of the new work-based experience and training opportunities under WIOA, including how registered apprenticeship can be utilized by the one-stop delivery system, and clarifications on transitional jobs, on-the-job training, and incumbent worker training. These comments are discussed below, in the sections corresponding to subparts A-D and F-G. The Department also received a number of comments on the Eligible Training Provider (ETP) eligibility requirements, which are discussed below under subpart D. For the comments received that pertain to the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) ETP annual performance reports, those comments are discussed in the preamble discussion accompanying 20 CFR 677.230 (
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 680 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
This subpart discusses the role of WIOA adult and dislocated worker services delivered through the one-stop delivery system. The one-stop delivery system provides universal access to career services to meet the diverse needs of adults and dislocated workers. Adult and dislocated worker programs are required partners in the one-stop delivery system and as such, grant recipients are subject to the required partner responsibilities set forth in 20 CFR 678.415 (
Career and training services, tailored to the individual needs of job seekers, form the backbone of the one-stop delivery system. While some job seekers may only need self-service or other basic career services like job listings, labor market information, labor exchange services or information about other services, some job seekers will need services that are more comprehensive and tailored to their individual career needs. These services may include comprehensive skills assessments, career planning, and development of an individual employment plan that outlines the needs and goal of successful employment. Under WIA, career services were identified as core and intensive services and participants generally would follow through each level of service to receive training eventually. WIOA provides an individual receiving services in one-stop centers the opportunity to receive the service needed to help him/her meet his/her employment and career goals. WIOA clarifies that an individual does not need to follow a fixed sequence of services that may not be necessary to meet his or her needs.
Under WIOA, the Department classifies career services into two categories: Basic and individualized career services. This grouping is not designed to create barriers to training, but rather identifies the importance that these two types of career services can have in helping individuals obtain employment. Basic career services must be made available to all job seekers and include services such as labor exchange services, labor market information, job listings, and information on partner programs. Individualized career services identified in WIOA and described in these proposed regulations are to be provided by local areas as appropriate to help individuals to obtain or retain employment. Career and training
In contrast, several commenters disagreed with the proposed approach to describing participant or participation. A few commenters said that “participant” was described too narrowly, cautioning that the NPRM could lead to denial of services for individuals in need of assistance. Some commenters recommended revisions to § 680.110(a) to describe a “participant” by referencing 20 CFR 677.150 rather than limiting it to those individuals who receive staff-assisted services (
Additionally, several commenters recommended revisions to § 680.110(b) to allow for the provision of WIOA services to individuals who are not participants. In contrast, one commenter recommended that paragraph (b) more broadly define those individuals who are not required to register and be designated as participants to include individuals receiving referral services.
Another commenter requested clarification on the distinction between a “staff assisted WIOA service” and “self service and informational activities.” This commenter stated that WIA regulations with similar language had caused analogous confusion. A one-stop center asked whether a basic workshop would be considered “informational services” or a career service for purposes of performance accountability. A commenter asked if there was a distinction between basic and individual career services as it relates to participation. Noting that the NPRM explicitly specifies the activities that will not count towards participation but does not specify the activities that will count, a commenter asked whether it is up to the State to determine which career services will place the individual into participation or performance calculations. Expressing confusion over the meaning of participant, a commenter requested a definition of participant, including a clear indication of whether registration or utilization of services was necessary to be considered a participant, and asked the Department to identify the term for clients that are not registered and not participants.
Several commenters stated that clarification is needed on where and when assessments and information collection efforts relevant to identify self-service individuals, reportable individuals, and participants will occur. Some commenters recommended that the Department provide a framework for how the designation of enrollment intertwines with career and training services, allowing maximum flexibility for States to design their approaches for both in-person and online services. In contrast, a commenter encouraged the Department to create a clear system that ensures a consistent approach across the States. Similarly, another commenter encouraged the Department to provide more details on the level/type of information required to be collected by individual and by required program titles to ensure data system integrity for reporting purposes.
A commenter encouraged the Department to require enrollment in WIOA title I programs to occur when an individual employment plan (IEP) is developed. A commenter recommended the point at which funds must be dedicated to the client for their employment or training needs as the appropriate trigger for enrollment.
The distinction between reportable individual and participant is used for the purposes of reporting on performance, and does not have any impact on eligibility or service provision. Further information on performance is discussed in 20 CFR part 677 (
The Department notes that while an IEP will cause an individual to be considered a participant, there are other ways to qualify for participation because there is no sequence of services requirement in WIOA. An IEP is an individualized career service and can be provided under either title I of WIOA or under the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) (as amended by title III of WIOA). Individualized
The point at which an individual has indicated “interest” in WIOA title I services is within the grant recipient's discretion; however, the recipient's request for and receipt of information triggers the accompanying responsibility to collect EO data at the same time. The EO data must be maintained in a manner that allows the individuals from whom the data was collected to be identified, and that ensures confidentiality. This responsibility is separate from, and might not arise at the same point in the process as, the registration responsibility.
A commenter stated that the change from core and intensive services to career services as in proposed § 680.120 would place a burden on States and local areas to revise policy and procedures. This commenter also requested that the Department define “basic career services” and “individualized career services” and describe when participants get placed into training.
Individuals who are basic skills deficient are to be provided priority with funds for these adult services. Basic skills deficient is defined in WIOA sec. 3(5), and an individual who lacks a secondary education diploma or HSE may qualify based on this standard. Additionally, § 680.600 provides Governors and Local WDBs with the authority to designate other priority populations. Individuals who lack a secondary education diploma or HSE could be designated by a Governor or Local WDB under that authority.
Under WIA, priority with adult funds was to be provided in the event that funding was limited; that provision was removed from WIOA. Thus, priority and the policies and procedures for determining priority are statutory requirements for the WIOA title I adult program. The Department refers a commenter to 20 CFR 678.430 for definitions of “basic career services” and “individualized career services” (
In addition, when participants are to be placed into training is a decision that must be made consistent with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3) and § 680.210.
One commenter encouraged the removal of the “unlikely to return” to their previous industry/occupation criteria from the definition of dislocated worker, because it hinders the ability to serve individuals that have been laid off or terminated.
Further, a commenter stated that the process for determining eligibility as a dislocated worker through receipt of unemployment insurance or exhaustion of unemployment insurance currently is a cumbersome process. This commenter recommended that one-stop or the ES staff have real time access to the unemployment insurance database for verification of eligibility of dislocated workers.
The Department may utilize guidance and technical assistance to assist States and local areas in determining when an individual is “unlikely to return to a previous industry or occupation” or when an individual is “unemployed as a result of general economic conditions in the community in which the individual resides or because of natural disasters.” No other changes have been made to the regulatory text in response to the comments.
A couple of commenters encouraged the Department to mention bridge programs explicitly, which are programs that prepare individuals with limited academic or English skills to succeed in postsecondary education and training programs, as an acceptable activity under WIOA, and to encourage their use in the Final Rule. Another commenter recommended that referrals by one-stop centers to regionally accredited secondary-level educational programs providing entry-level workforce preparation and/or postsecondary education and training activities be included as a basic service and counseling service.
Regarding the reference to veterans' priority of service, the regulation at § 680.650 ensures priority of service for veterans in all Department-funded employment and training programs.
The Department notes bridge programs may be an appropriate activity for individuals to obtain meaningful employment; however, bridge programs are not discussed in WIOA and are not included in the regulatory text.
Several commenters recommended that to serve both job seekers and employers effectively, the role of business services outreach staff should, in addition to supporting the priorities of the Local WDB, be focused on the goals of the individual WIOA titles. One commenter sought clarification on whether custom training, on-the-job training (OJT), and incumbent worker training were acceptable services to be offered under the business services function. This commenter also urged the Department to clarify the regulations to make clear that the operation of business services by the Local WDB itself and its staff are acceptable.
A commenter encouraged the Department to define “employment generating activities,” which are prohibited by the proposed regulation.
The Department acknowledges the comments about defining “employment generating activities,” and has addressed them in § 683.245 of the preamble and regulations. The Department notes that employer services described in § 680.140(b)(2) must not be used to encourage business relocation to the local area from another State or local area.
Another commenter recommended that referrals to regionally accredited secondary-level educational programs providing entry-level workforce preparation and/or postsecondary education and training activities be included as part of basic services and counseling services. A commenter requested clarification regarding whether alternative secondary school (formerly General Education Diploma [GED]) preparation is considered a career service or a training service.
One commenter recommended that § 680.150(c) be revised to refer to activities provided for a “participant” and not a “registered participant” to avoid confusion resulting from “registrants” and “participants” being two separately defined terms. Another suggested that the Department revise the regulations to allow participants to opt out of follow-up services, as was allowed under the WIA regulations. A few commenters requested clarification on the meaning of “follow up services as appropriate.”
A commenter recommended that supportive services such as tools, uniforms, bus passes, or childcare, be allowed for up to 1 year after the exit date of adults or dislocated workers, saying some individuals may need a little additional help to keep a job that may not have been known when the individual initially took the job.
A commenter association recommended the addition of new paragraphs within § 680.150 to (1) specify that career services can be provided by any of the one-stop partners, as opposed to having to be provided by a WIOA title I partner; and (2) create a framework by which prior interviews, evaluations, and assessments of participants can be used for purposes of evaluating eligibility for career services.
Career services are defined in 20 CFR 678.430 (
The Department considers adult education and literacy activities (see WIOA sec. 3(3)) that lead to a secondary school diploma to be a training service. An entity that offers a program that leads to a secondary school diploma or its equivalent can be eligible as a State eligible training provider (ETP), see § 680.420. The Department notes, however, that if title I adult and dislocated worker funds are used for these activities, they must be done concurrently or in coordination with any training activities in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(D)(i)-(vii). The Department has added regulatory text to clarify this point at § 680.350.
The Department agrees with the suggestion that “registered participant” be changed to “participant” and has made this change in the regulatory text. The Department has added “as determined appropriate by the Local WDB” to proposed § 680.150(c) to clarify how the determination is made to provide follow-up services. This addition is consistent with the statutory text at section 134(c)(2)(xiii), which states that follow-up services are provided “as appropriate.”
The Department declines to make any change in regulatory text to allow the provision of supportive services for adult and dislocated workers for up to a year after exit; section 134(d)(2)(A) of WIOA requires that adults and dislocated workers must be participants to receive supportive services. The Department also declines to modify the regulatory text about the provision of career services. Career services are defined in 20 CFR 678.430, which is the one-stop section of the joint regulation, and they may be provided by any partner program. The Department has decided that the use of prior interviews, evaluations, and assessments of participants for the purpose of eligibility is to be determined by State and local policies.
A commenter recommended that, at a minimum, a waiver request should address: (1) Why the waiver is necessary, (2) how granting the waiver would provide service to the affected area superior to that which would have been provided as the result of a competitive process; (3) why the prospective designee is the best choice as the local one-stop operator or provider of career services; and (4) what process was used in making the determination (including the specific data that supports it).
The Department has moved the proposed § 680.180 to § 680.170, so that the work experience regulation that was proposed as § 680.170 can be renumbered as § 680.180, closer to the transitional jobs provision at § 680.190. In § 680.170, the regulation also replaces the words “case manager” with “career planner” to be more consistent with the nomenclature used in WIOA.
An IEP is an individualized career service and can be provided under either WIOA title I or the ES (as amended by WIOA title III and as described in § 652.206), which is decided locally and is a part of the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) governing the role of the ES in the one-stop delivery system.
The Department has moved this proposed § 680.170 to § 680.180, so that this work experience regulation is renumbered to be closer to the transitional jobs provision at § 680.190.
Another commenter expressed concern that the distinctions between transitional jobs and OJT contracts in the NPRM are not clear enough and recommended that the Department expand on the differences in the Final Rule several ways: (1) Unlike OJT, the program provider should act as employer of record and assume all responsibilities of the employer-employee relationship; (2) transitional jobs require a 100 percent wage subsidy, while OJT subsidize up to 75 percent of wages; (3) funds for transitional jobs support all components of the service strategy; (4) transitional jobs should be targeted at those job seekers most in need of intervention; and (5) transitional jobs may be structured as offsite placements with private-sector, public-sector, or nonprofit employers or as in-house social enterprise or work crew placements.
The Department agrees with the comments made about the OJT contracts,
Further, this commenter and others asserted that workers in transitional jobs should be classified as employees rather than contractors or trainees and should be subject to protections such as wage and hour laws, minimum wage laws, unemployment insurance, and workers compensation.
The suggestion that transitional jobs not count in the labor force participation rate that is captured by the Current Population Survey that the BLS administers is not germane to WIOA or these regulations.
Some commenters recommended that allowable use of funds should include: Wages paid to transitional jobs program participants during their subsidized job placement; funding for employment-related case management and support such as transportation vouchers and clothing allowances; funding for job retention services for no fewer than 6 months after placement in a subsidized job; supporting integration of literacy, adult basic education, training, and career advancement resources; and supporting program capacity-building needs, such as adding additional staff and/or infrastructure improvements as appropriate.
Allowable uses of transitional jobs funds include wages to the participant and supportive services such as transportation vouchers. The Department encourages local staff to align services and provide the appropriate mix of services to meet individuals' needs. Staff and infrastructure improvements are not allowable uses of transitional jobs funds.
Training services are discussed at §§ 680.200 through 680.230. WIOA is designed to increase participant access to training services. Training services are provided to equip individuals to enter the workforce and retain employment. Training services may include, for example, occupational skills training, OJT, registered apprenticeship (which incorporates both OJT and classroom training), incumbent worker training, pre-apprenticeship training, workplace training with related instruction, training programs operated by the private sector, skill upgrading and retraining, entrepreneurial training, and transitional jobs. Training services are available for individuals who, after interview, evaluation or assessment, and case management are determined to be unlikely or unable to obtain or retain employment that leads to self-sufficiency or higher wages than previous employment through career services alone. The participant must be determined to be in need of training services and possess the skills and qualifications to participate successfully in the selected program. It also must be determined that they are unlikely or unable to retain employment that leads to self-sufficiency or higher wages. Some participants may need additional services to assist their vocational training, such as job readiness training, literacy activities including English language training, and customized training.
One commenter requested clarification on the role of adult basic education.
A few commenters requested clarification on what constitutes entrepreneurial training as cited at sec. 134(c)(3)(D)(vii) of WIOA.
One commenter requested further guidance and direction on how Local WDBs should document the circumstances that justify determinations that training services should be provided.
Another commenter encouraged the addition of a provision that training for jobs that fall below economic self-sufficiency standards also must include ongoing training post-hire for career ladders within the industry and take into consideration other factors including benefits, retirement, vacation, and education that can mitigate and improve lower wage jobs.
Individual Training Accounts (ITAs) are key tools used in the delivery of many training services. The Department seeks to provide maximum flexibility to State and local programs in managing ITAs. These regulations do not establish the procedures for making payments, restrictions on the duration or amounts of the ITA, or policies regarding exceptions to the limits. The authority to make those decisions resides with the State or Local WDBs. The authority that States or Local WDBs may use to restrict the duration of ITAs or restrict funding amounts must not be used to establish limits that arbitrarily exclude eligible training providers.
Through the one-stop center, individuals will be provided with quality and performance information on providers of training and, with effective career services, case management, and career planning with the ITA as the payment mechanism. ITAs allow participants the opportunity to choose the training provider that best meets their needs. Under WIOA, ITAs can more easily support placing participants into registered apprenticeship programs.
Several commenters provided input on funding mechanisms for training for individuals with barriers to employment. One commenter expressed support for allowing local areas to contract directly with training providers to supply training that will effectively service individuals with barriers to employment, expanding innovative and effective models for helping participants obtain industry-recognized credentials. Another commenter recommended that the Department recognize the need for coordination with vocational rehabilitation programs when addressing services for individuals with disabilities to avoid duplication of effort.
In this section, a new paragraph (a) was created, and proposed paragraph (a) is now (a)(1). Similarly, proposed paragraph (b) is now (a)(2). Proposed paragraph (c) has been renumbered to (b), and the following proposed paragraphs (d) and (e) are now (c) and (d).
Some commenters stated that there should be no limitations placed on program service funding, including incumbent worker funding, which these commenters described as possibly the most appropriate funding to serve apprentices. In regard to incumbent worker funding, these commenters said that some companies may select current employees to upskill in a registered apprenticeship program given the length of the investment and the increased likelihood of the individual remaining engaged.
The Department refers to the regulatory text in §§ 680.700 through 680.750 and in particular § 680.710, which discusses the requirements for OJT contracts for employed workers. Incumbent worker training may be an appropriate service that would help an individual move up a career ladder within an apprenticeship program.
One commenter requested that the Department provide a definition for the term “cost of referral” as used in proposed § 680.340(d).
This subpart describes the process by which organizations qualify as eligible training providers of training services under WIOA. It also describes the roles and responsibilities of the State and Local WDBs in managing this process and disseminating the State Eligible Training Providers and Programs List (ETPL). Throughout the preamble, the Department refers to the State Eligible Training Providers and Programs List as the “State List,” the List, and the ETPL. The State ETPL and the related
The State plays a leadership role in ensuring the success of the eligible training provider system in partnership with Local WDBs, the one-stop delivery system, and the one-stop's partners. The Governor, in consultation with the State WDB, must establish eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for training providers and programs to receive funds under WIOA title I, subtitle B. In doing so, the Governor may establish minimum performance levels for initial and continued eligibility and the Department encourages Governors to do so. In establishing minimum performance levels for eligibility, the Governor should take into consideration the need to serve targeted populations. Except for with respect to registered apprenticeship programs, the Local WDB may establish higher performance levels or require additional information from State eligible training providers to receive funds through the local area Individual Training Accounts (ITAs).
The regulations in this subpart implement WIOA sec. 122 and refer to WIOA secs. 107, 116, and 134 where those sections affect program and provider eligibility, the ETPL, the use of ITAs, and the inclusion of registered apprenticeship programs on the ETPL. In § 680.410, the regulations clarify what entities can be eligible training providers. Section 680.470 provides that registered apprenticeship programs, which WIOA treats differently than other eligible training providers in some respects, are automatically eligible to be included on the ETPL. Finally, § 680.500 requires the Governor or State Workforce Agency (SWA) to disseminate the State ETPL with accompanying performance and cost information to Local WDBs in the State and to members of the public through specified means. The performance information must be presented in a way that is easily understood, in order to maximize informed consumer choice and serve all individuals seeking information on training outcomes, including WIOA participants and individuals with disabilities. Separately, 20 CFR 677.230 (
In response to concerns expressed by stakeholders that some providers of training would face difficulties in participating in this WIOA-revised system, the Department has clarified the interrelated eligibility requirements and explained that while WIOA places an emphasis on quality training as measured by performance criteria, State and Local WDBs and training providers must work together in achieving this goal. The regulations emphasize the Governor's role in offering financial or technical assistance to training providers where the information requirements of this section result in undue cost or burden. Making a wide variety of high-quality programs of training available to participants will increase customer choice and training providers may find performance information useful to improve their programs of study, which in turn will provide a direct benefit to participants. The Department also encourages the Governor to work with eligible training providers to return aggregate performance information to the providers in ways that will help the providers improve their program performance. The State and Local WDBs must work together to ensure sufficient numbers and types of training providers and programs to maximize customer choice while maintaining the quality and integrity of training services. In addition, the regulations explain that community-based organizations (CBOs) can be eligible training providers, provided they meet the requirements to become eligible training providers in WIOA sec. 122 and this subpart. Because of WIOA's emphasis on ensuring the provision of quality training, and the importance of using performance criteria to obtain such quality, the Department does not intend to waive the requirement to submit performance information at this time.
Throughout this subpart, the Department has changed references from the Eligible Training Provider List to the list of eligible training providers and programs to convey that the list is a compilation of the programs of training services for which ITAs can be used. The Department has also made revisions throughout this subpart for consistency in the use of the term “program of training services” and to incorporate the use of youth funds for ITAs for out-of-school youth (OSY) aged 16-24.
The Department received a number of comments that pertain to the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) ETP annual performance reports. The Department notes that submission of the ETP annual performance reports is required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) and comments and responses relating to this report are addressed in the Joint WIOA Final Rule preamble section for 20 CFR 677.230. This subpart D of part 680 addresses the ETP eligibility requirements.
Proposed § 680.400 explained the purpose of this subpart. It stated that the list must be accompanied by relevant performance and cost information and made publicly available online through Web sites and searchable databases as well as any other means the States use to disseminate information to consumers. The Department has made non-substantive corrections for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. Additionally, the Department has made substantive changes to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section which are described in detail below.
The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. Additionally, the Department has made significant substantive revisions to this section that are explained below.
The Department significantly revised this section to more clearly define the term “eligible training provider” (ETP) and changed the section's title to reflect this change. The Department made these changes to clarify which entities are considered ETPs, as many of the requirements of WIOA sec. 122 apply only to those entities that are considered ETPs under WIOA. This clarification responds to commenters' requests for clarification on which requirements of WIOA sec. 122 apply to which entities.
Section 680.410(a) through (c) lays out the defining characteristics of ETPs. Specifically, revised § 680.410(a) provides that ETPs are the only types of entities that can receive funding for training services through an ITA. This means that if an entity is not on the State ETPL, the entity may not receive ITA funds to pay for training services. Section 680.410(b) was revised to make clear that ETPs must be included on the State ETPL. The Department added new § 680.410(c) to provide that ETPs must provide a program of training services as that term is defined at § 680.420.
The Department also added new § 680.410(d) to describe the kinds of entities that can be ETPs. Eligible training providers can be institutions of higher education that provide a program which leads to a recognized postsecondary credential, entities that carry out programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act (29 U.S.C. 50
The Department deleted proposed paragraph (b) of § 680.410 to clarify that this subpart is focused on ETPs and the State list of ETPs. The requirements for individuals receiving training from entities other than ETPs are addressed in §§ 680.320 and 680.530. Further description of the training that can be provided to individuals through entities other than ETPs can be found in § 680.530.
Part of the reason for this revision to this section is to make it clear that only entities that have gone through the Governor's ETP eligibility procedures and registered apprenticeship programs are considered ETPs, are able to be on the State ETPL, and can receive funding through ITAs. Additionally, because only these entities are on the State ETPL, only these entities, except for registered apprenticeship programs, are required to provide information for the ETP annual eligible training provider performance report required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(4).
Another commenter encouraged the Department to expand the definition of eligibility for training providers to include platforms that work with accredited institutions of higher education to provide Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs). Several commenters encouraged the Department to revise § 680.410(a) to identify public television stations explicitly as an ETP with demonstrated expertise in developing and implementing evidence-based training services. Another commenter recommended that § 680.410 explicitly identify public libraries as potential providers, and particularly for enhanced digital literacy training and services. One commenter recommended that industry-based multi-employer training programs with a minimum of 50 percent employer representatives be eligible for inclusion on the ETPL to allow for training funds to be included as providers who would then be eligible for WIOA support. Another commenter urged the Department to consider integrating microenterprise development organizations, entities that help people in the very earliest stages of creating their own businesses, into the WIOA system. In addition, one commenter suggested a revision to paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of § 680.410 to include, as examples of eligible training providers of training services with WIOA adult funds under title I, public or private organizations that have demonstrated effectiveness in providing regionally accredited secondary-level educational programs that include entry-level workforce preparation and/or postsecondary education and training activities.
This section defines the term “program of training services” that is used throughout the regulations. The Department proposed to define the term as one or more courses or classes, or a structured regimen that leads to specified outcomes, including recognized postsecondary credentials, secondary school diplomas or their equivalent, employment, or measurable skill gains toward such credentials or employment. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. The Department also made substantive revisions to paragraphs (a) and (b) which are described in detail below.
In the NPRM preamble, the Department explained that the definition of a WIOA “program of training services” includes a structured regimen that leads to an industry-recognized credential. The NPRM preamble indicated that the outcomes in the definition of program of training services aligned with performance requirements in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A).
Section 3(52) of WIOA defines the term “recognized postsecondary credential,” which was used in the Department's proposed definition of a “program of training services.” The Department has revised § 680.420(a) to include all of the credentials, certificates, licenses, and degrees included in the WIOA definition of “recognized postsecondary credential.” However, the Department removed the term “recognized postsecondary credential” from the definition of “program of training services” in response to comments that this may be read as too limiting if it is interpreted to mean that these credentials can only be obtained by individuals who have a secondary degree, or a high school diploma or its recognized equivalent. The new definition of “program of training services” remains consistent with the program outcomes described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A) and 20 CFR part 677 (
The Department chose not to define the term “industry-recognized credential” in the subpart and used the term “industry-recognized certificate or certification” in the definition of “program of training services” in order to mirror the definition of “recognized postsecondary credential” under WIOA. The term “industry-recognized credential” is an evolving term and the Department determined that defining it in the regulation may limit future innovation around industry-relevant training.
The Department agrees that programs of training services should be inclusive of non-credentialed training, such as incumbent worker training, work-based learning opportunities, or single courses that fall within a career pathway. The introduction to § 680.420 emphasizes that training services that “lead to” any of the outcomes listed at § 680.420, which includes employment, is a program of training services. Therefore, programs that are components of such a regimen may be eligible programs.
In addition, as explained in §§ 680.410 and 680.350 and associated sections of the preamble, WIOA title I adult and dislocated worker funds may be used for programs of training services that provide adult education and literacy activities if they are provided concurrently or in combination with occupational skills training and training services specified in § 680.350. For example, English as a second language may be part of a program of training services that leads to measurable skill gains toward postsecondary credentials, industry-recognized credentials, or
Section 680.430 outlines the roles and responsibilities of the Governor, the State WDB, any designated State agencies, and Local WDBs in establishing and implementing criteria and procedures for determining the eligibility of training providers. The Department received several comments addressing § 680.430. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section and to this section's title. The Department also made substantive changes to paragraphs (a), (c)(3), and (d), and these changes are described in detail below.
The title to this section of the NPRM was “Who is responsible for managing the eligible provider process.” The Department is making a non-substantive edit and inserting the word “training” between “eligible” and “provider” for consistency.
The Department modified § 680.430(a) to clarify that the Governor, in consultation with the State WDB, establishes the criteria, information requirements, and procedures, including procedures identifying the roles of the State and local areas, governing eligibility of providers and programs of training services to receive funds for out-of-school youth as described in § 681.550.
The Department renumbered and re-arranged paragraph (d) and added paragraph (e) for consistency with other portions of this subpart, including §§ 680.450, 680.460, and 680.470, in regard to what is required for registered apprenticeship programs to be an eligible training provider. These provisions of the subpart make it clear that registered apprenticeship programs are not required to follow the Governor's eligibility procedures (initial or continued) in order to be eligible training providers. This is consistent with WIOA sec. 122(a)(3), which provides that registered apprenticeship programs are maintained on the State List for so long as the program is registered under the National Apprenticeship Act. Therefore, the Department modified this section to ensure that the registered apprenticeship programs are not subject to the additional standards that may be established by a local area.
Because registered apprenticeship programs are not subject to the Governor's criteria and information requirements or required to report on their levels of performance for eligibility, Local WDBs cannot establish additional criteria and information requirements or establish higher levels of performance for these entities to receive training services in the local area. Moreover, permitting the Local WDBs to establish additional criteria and performance standards for registered apprenticeship programs would be in tension with what the Department has determined is a key purpose of sec. 122(a)(3): Encouraging the integration of the registered apprenticeship program into the WIOA system. Section 680.430(d) provides that the Local WDB can make recommendations to the Governor on the procedure used in determining the eligibility of providers and programs. This is not a change from the NPRM.
The Department has added new § 680.430(e), which contains the provisions from proposed § 680.430(d)(2) and (3), but clarifies that the provisions do not apply with respect to registered apprenticeship programs. Except for registered apprenticeship programs, the Local WDB may establish higher performance levels or require additional information from State eligible training providers to receive funds through local area ITAs. Paragraph (e)(1) provides that the Local WDB can, except with respect to registered apprenticeship programs, require additional criteria and information from local programs to become or remain eligible, and paragraph (e)(2) states that the Local WDB can set higher levels of performance, except with respect to registered apprenticeship programs, than those required by the State for local programs to become or remain eligible. In paragraph (e)(2), the Department made a non-substantive edit changing the phrase “local providers” to “local programs” to clarify that eligibility is determined on a program-by-program basis and removed the word “particular” from this paragraph as unnecessary.
The NPRM included a proposed § 680.440 implementing WIOA sec. 122(c), which allowed the Governor to establish a transition procedure for training providers eligible under WIA to maintain their eligibility and the eligibility of their programs under WIOA until December 31, 2015. In this Final Rule, the Department has removed § 680.440 in its entirety because the time during which providers could retain their eligibility under WIA into WIOA has elapsed. Therefore, this provision is no longer necessary. Although this provision is not in the Final Rule, the Department received several comments on the proposed rule and is addressing them below.
A number of commenters requested that the Department allow States more time to implement the continued eligibility procedures. One commenter recommended that the Department extend the time allowed for transition of ETPs to meet the new requirements under WIOA until June 30, 2016. Another commenter recommended that the Department allow all ETPs to receive initial and/or subsequent eligibility under WIA regulations until the State publishes and implements its new eligibility procedures, no later than June 30, 2016, reasoning that this approach would be consistent with the Department's transition authority in sec. 503 of WIOA. One commenter cautioned that the procedures for initial and continued eligibility are lengthy and that there would not be enough time for implementation, then urged the Department to adopt more flexible procedures for easier implementation.
A few commenters recommended that a waiver provision be added in the WIOA Final Rule relating to the application for continued eligibility of ETPs. Another commenter recommended a longer period of transition (
One commenter recommended that States be allowed to use existing procedures for new providers and develop and implement new procedures by July 1, 2016, consistent with the start date of Unified State Plans. The commenter reasoned that this timeframe would allow States to identify best procedures and update software programming and user training and communicate these to potential providers. Other commenters recommended that the timeframe relevant in § 680.440 be determined by each individual State policy as determined by the Governor, without providing additional detail about the specific activities of concern. One commenter requested that continued eligibility be implemented as a phased transition.
WIOA sec. 122(b)(4)(B) requires providers not previously approved under WIA to complete the initial eligibility procedure. WIOA sec. 122(i) requires that the Governor and Local WDBs implement these requirements no later than 12 months after the date of enactment. Although States are required to implement new procedures for initial eligibility and continued eligibility, rather than using existing procedures, the regulation at § 680.460(f)(1)(v) allows the Governor to use alternate factors for performance until performance information is available to establish continued eligibility. The Department notes that the Governor has discretion to determine what the alternate factors for performance are; thus the Governor's procedure may take into account existing performance information. Moreover, the regulation at § 680.450(e)(2) requires the initial eligibility procedures to take into account “a factor related to” the indicators of performance which may take into account existing performance information.
It is unclear what the commenter is suggesting by a “phased transition.” The Department notes that the Governor's transition procedures could have been implemented in phases if the Governor chose to conduct the transition this way, as long as the continued eligibility procedures were implemented in a timely way to ensure that continued eligibility was established prior to the end of the transition period in that State, which, consistent with ETA guidance, could have extended no later than June 30, 2016.
The Department notes that it also received comments on this section related to the eligible training provider annual performance report required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(4). The Department addresses these comments and provides responses in the preamble to 20 CFR 677.230 (
Section 680.450 establishes the requirements for the initial eligibility procedures for new providers and programs. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. The Department also made substantive edits to paragraph (b), which are discussed in detail below.
The Department has made no change to the timeline for implementing initial eligibility procedures in order for new training providers and programs to be included on the State Eligible Training Provider and Programs List. The States must implement initial eligibility procedures within 1 year of WIOA's enactment as is required under WIOA sec. 122(c).
The Department corrected the reference to paragraph (d) in § 680.450(c) to paragraph (e).
Section 680.450(e)(2) requires the initial eligibility procedures to take into account “a factor related to the indicators of performance . . . .” This does not mandate a specific factor and it is at the Governor's discretion to determine what information to require for the applicant to meet this requirement. The Department has listed below the comments and responses received on the requirement at § 680.450(e)(2).
Finally, the Department notes that it revised § 680.450(e)(4) to clarify its implementation of WIOA sec. 122(b)(4)(E)(iii). This provision of WIOA permits the Governor to require other factors that indicate high-quality training services, including the factor described at WIOA sec. 122(b)(1)(H). WIOA sec. 122(b)(1)(H) requires an analysis of the quality of a program of training services, including programs of training services that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials. Therefore, the Department has made a minor revision to § 680.450(e)(4) to reflect that the Governor's criteria may require applicants to provide information demonstrating the program is a high quality program, which can include information related to training services that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials.
In meeting the requirement that the factor be “related” to the WIOA sec. 116 reporting requirements in § 680.450(e)(2), this factor need not be limited to WIOA participants, even though under sec. 116 the primary indicators of performance require reporting on WIOA participants. This is because programs of training applying for initial eligibility will be applying to serve WIOA participants for the first time and will not have results available for WIOA participants.
Although the Department determined no change to the regulation was necessary in response to those comments, the Department has made a revision to § 680.450(f) by inserting the word “performance” between “minimum standards” to clarify that the minimum standards a Governor may set refer to minimum performance standards. Additionally, in response to commenters who requested that initial
The Department has chosen not to regulate waiver policy in the Final Rule. The Department does not have authority under WIOA to provide States and local areas the ability to grant waivers. Therefore, the Department has not included such waiver provisions in the Final Rule for libraries. However, the Department notes that small CBOs, such as libraries, can provide programs of training services under contracts with local areas as described at §§ 680.530 and 680.320. Programs of training services provided under such contracts are not eligible training providers and are not included on the State ETPL. Thus, they are not required to comply with the requirements to be on and stay on the list. The Department additionally notes that because CBOs providing training services through a contract are not on the State ETPL, they are also not required to submit the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) ETP annual performance report.
The set-aside amount is determined by Congress as part of the annual appropriations process and is therefore outside the scope of this regulation.
The Governor's procedure for initial eligibility may require other information in order to demonstrate high quality training services and such information may include regional accreditation and the ability to serve students who wish to reengage the educational system. As described under § 680.420, a program of training services may lead to a secondary diploma or its equivalent, as long as this is consistent with § 680.350. No changes to the regulatory text were made in response to this comment.
However, the Department has made a change to the regulatory text at § 680.450(b) to align with changes made to § 680.470, providing that apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act are exempt from initial eligibility procedures and must be included and maintained on the State ETPL unless the program is removed from the list for the reasons in § 680.470. This change was made to conform with changes made to § 680.470, which are discussed in the preamble corresponding to that section. Although this is discussed more fully in the preamble to 20 CFR 677.230 (
Section 680.460 sets out the requirements for the application procedure for continued eligibility. The Department has made non-substantive edits to this section for consistency with how the Department uses terms throughout the regulation. The Department has also made substantive revisions to paragraphs (c), (f)(1) and (10), and (j). The Department made edits to (i) to clarify the requirements for biennial review of eligibility information. These changes are discussed in further detail below.
In response to commenters' concerns about the Governor setting up a timetable for consultation with the public, the Department notes that § 680.460(b)(3) requires the Governor to set up a time period for soliciting and considering recommendations from Local WDBs and providers and giving the public an opportunity for comment. However, this section of the regulation does not prescribe a specific time period. Therefore, the Governor has discretion to set up a timetable for considering recommendations and public comment. Per § 680.460(f)(4), the Governor must take into account the degree to which programs of training relate to in-demand industry sectors and occupations in the State. Further, as described in § 680.460(f)(11), the Governor may take into account other factors such as ensuring that one-stop centers are meeting the needs of local employers and participants. It is unclear what additional structure the commenter is recommending in order to gauge program quality by demanding standards of effective practice. WIOA performance accountability requirements, as addressed in the ETP performance reports in 20 CFR 677.230 (
The Department modified proposed § 680.460(c). In the NPRM, this paragraph required programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act (NAA) to be included and maintained on the list for as long as the program was registered and required the Governor's eligibility procedures to include a mechanism for registered apprenticeship programs to indicate interest in being on the list as described in § 680.470. The Department reorganized this paragraph for clarity, moving the sentence that procedures for including registered apprenticeship programs on the list are found in § 680.470 to the beginning of the paragraph, instead of the end of the paragraph, and made a substantive revision for consistency with § 680.470. This section now provides that programs registered under the NAA are automatically eligible to be on the State's list and must remain on the State's list unless they are removed from the list for the reasons set forth in § 680.470. This is a conforming edit to changes made in § 680.470 and more can be read about that change below. The Department also made a non-substantive edit to this section removing the word “corresponding” as it was unnecessary.
However, several commenters supported a requirement that performance reports include only WIOA-funded students. One commenter cautioned that the cost for reporting all students and not just WIOA-funded students by program could result in training providers not accepting WIOA-funded students to avoid the reporting burden. One commenter stated that in order to avoid revealing data on any individual, it would normally not be required to disclose performance information on any program with a small number of participants and that performance data would be relatively meaningless if too few individuals are in the performance cohort. This commenter recommended that the regulations specifically recognize that this information shouldn't be revealed for those programs with low participant numbers.
With respect to the minimum size of a data set that would ensure participant confidentiality and the reliability of outcomes data, the Department has determined that States will maintain confidentiality and reliability of data by complying with relevant State law and with WIOA itself. WIOA sec. 122(d)(3) states that the State List and accompanying information must be made available to such participants and to members of the public through the one-stop delivery system in the State in a manner that does not reveal PII about an individual participant. WIOA sec. 122 does not require that the performance information that accompanies the State List be statistically reliable in the same way that WIOA sec. 116(d)(6)(C) does for the annual performance reports. Therefore, the Department has not regulated this as a requirement.
In response to commenters suggesting that the Department require biannual reporting of all completers and placement numbers for the previous year utilizing a standardized template, the Department has chosen not to require a template for the State List of Eligible Training Providers. While a standardized template is required for the reporting of information in the ETP Performance Reports, as described in 20 CFR 677.230 (
In response to commenters that suggested that eligibility information include materials submitted to State agencies on Federal and State training
The Department again wishes to clarify that reporting on all participants is a requirement of the ETP performance reports described in 20 CFR 677.230. Suggestions that the ETP performance reports include WIOA-funded students only, and related comments citing potential concerns by training providers, are addressed in that section.
A few commenters responded to the requirement that the State criteria for continued eligibility take into account the timely and accurate submission of ETP performance reports. Several commenters commented on the ETP annual performance report requirements under WIOA sec. 116(d)(4). Comments related to this report are more fully addressed in the preamble to 20 CFR 677.230 (
One commenter, referring to § 680.460(l), questioned what qualifies as an “undue cost or burden” to remove a training provider from the performance requirement.
Additionally, the Department notes that the provision at § 680.460(l) does not allow a State to remove a training provider from this performance requirement based on undue cost or burden. Rather, this provision allows the Governor to establish procedures and timeframes for providing technical assistance to training providers that are failing to meet the criteria and information requirements due to undue cost or burden. The Governor's procedures determine what constitutes undue cost or burden. The Department has chosen not to regulate what constitutes “undue cost or burden” in order to provide Governors the flexibility needed to best address the particular needs of the ETPs in each State.
WIOA, not WIA, dictates the continued eligibility requirements and the Department declines to substitute WIA requirements for WIOA requirements. WIOA sets forth factors and the Governor's continued eligibility procedures determine how these WIOA-required factors are taken into account. WIOA and the regulations further provide that the Governor's criteria for eligibility and information requirements may include any appropriate additional information that the Governor may require. In addition, WIOA allows for WIA-eligible providers to remain eligible through December 31, 2015.
The Department modified § 680.460(j) on the biennial review to provide that, in addition to the verification of the registration status of registered apprenticeship programs, the biennial review also must include removal of any registered apprenticeship programs that are removed from the list under § 680.470. This change was made to conform with changes to § 680.470. More can be read about the Department's changes to proposed § 680.470 below.
Paragraph (f)(10) of § 680.460 proposed to require the Governor, in establishing the eligibility criteria for continued eligibility, to take into account whether providers timely and accurately submitted the information needed for the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) ETP report. The Department also revised this
In response to comments and to ensure that providers comply with the requirement to timely and accurately submit all of this information, the Department added § 680.460(l) to require that the Governor's procedure include what the Governor considers to be a substantial violation of § 680.460(f)(10). And § 680.460(l)(2) requires those providers that substantially violate this requirement be removed from the State list of eligible training providers and programs consistent with § 680.480(b).
These modifications were made for consistency with WIOA sec. 122(f)(1)(B), which requires programs be removed from the State list of eligible programs and providers when a provider substantially violates any of the requirements of title I of WIOA. Given WIOA's focus on performance accountability in WIOA sec. 116 and informed consumer choice in WIOA sec. 122, the Department has concluded that failure to timely and accurately submit the information required for the WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) ETP report and the initial and continued eligibility constitutes a substantial violation of WIOA title I requirements.
Because WIOA sec. 122(f)(1)(B) requires the determination of a substantial violation to be made by an individual or entity specified in the Governor's procedures, § 680.460(l) gives the Governor the discretion to determine what constitutes a substantial violation of the requirement to timely and accurately submit all of the required information. Therefore, the Governor has the flexibility to take into account the specific circumstances in the State that affect a provider's ability to submit the required information. Moreover, the Department notes that paragraph (l)(1) requires the Governor's determination of what constitutes a substantial violation of the requirement to timely and accurately submit all of this information to take into account exceptional circumstances beyond the provider's control, such as natural disasters, unexpected personnel transitions, and unexpected technology-related issues. The Department included this provision specifically to address instances in which, through no fault of its own, a provider may not be able to timely or accurately submit all of the information required. In those instances, the Governor may not determine that a substantial violation has occurred. Additionally, the Department notes that the list of the exceptional circumstances in this regulatory provision is not exhaustive and the Department encourages Governors to consider the particular needs of providers in the State in creating the policy and determining what constitutes exceptional circumstances beyond the provider's control.
The Department also has made a clarifying change to § 680.460(f)(10) adding the words “information required for completion of” between “submitted” and “eligible” to clarify that while the ETPs are required to provide accurate and timely information for purposes of completion of the ETP performance report required by WIOA sec. 116, an ETP will not have all of the information to complete that report.
Finally, the Department removed paragraph (k) because the authority for the Local WDBs to require higher levels of performance for local programs is already referenced in § 680.430(e). Therefore, this provision was unnecessary. The Department renumbered what was previously proposed paragraph (l) to paragraph (k) to conform to this change.
Section 680.470 described the process for including and maintaining registered apprenticeship programs on the ETPL. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. The Department also made substantive changes to § 680.470(a) and (b), and added new paragraphs (c) and (f). The Department received comments regarding § 680.470(d), which is now renumbered as (e).
Proposed § 680.470(a) provided that all registered apprenticeship programs would be automatically eligible to be included on a State Eligible Training Providers and Programs List and required the Governor to establish a mechanism by which registered apprenticeship programs may indicate whether they wish to be included on the State Eligible Training Providers and Programs List. The NPRM required registered apprenticeship programs to indicate interest to be included in the State Eligible Training Providers and Programs List. Due to concern that some registered apprenticeship programs may not wish to be on the State ETPL, proposed § 680.470(b) provided that registered apprenticeship programs will remain on the List until they are deregistered or have notified the State that they no longer wish to be included on the List. The proposed section was silent on whether a registered apprenticeship program could be subject to the provisions for removal from the ETPL under § 680.480, and § 680.480 did not provide an express exclusion from those procedures for registered apprenticeship programs. Proposed § 680.470(d) encouraged Governors to consult with State and Local WDBs and other entities to establish voluntary reporting of performance information for registered apprenticeship programs, because WIOA sec. 122(a)(3) specifically exempts registered apprenticeship programs from the criteria and information requirements and Governor-established procedures required for inclusion on the State ETPL, and therefore the NPRM did not require registered apprenticeship programs to provide performance information in order to be included on the ETPL. In addition, 20 CFR 677.230(b) of the Joint WIOA NPRM (regarding information required for the ETP performance report) exempted registered apprenticeship programs from reporting information for purposes of the ETP performance report required by WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) but specified that any such information submitted voluntarily to a State must be included by the State in the ETP annual performance report required by 20 CFR 677.230. A number of changes were made to this § 680.470 in response to comments received and for purposes of clarity.
One commenter stated that proposed § 680.480 was inconsistent with WIOA to the extent that it allows registered apprenticeship programs to be removed from the List for any reason other than deregistration because, in this commenter's view, the requirement in WIOA sec. 122(a)(3) that registered apprenticeship programs shall be included and maintained on the State ETPL for so long as the program is registered precludes removal for any reason other than deregistration. According to the commenter, the standards for deregistration under the National Apprenticeship Act are sufficient to trigger removal from the ETPL where appropriate, and application of the enforcement provisions in WIOA sec. 122(f) is inappropriate and unnecessary. The commenter states that regulations implementing the National Apprenticeship Act already include clearly-defined, qualitative standards governing when such a program can be deregistered. The commenter suggested a change to the enforcement section of the ETP requirements at proposed § 680.480 to affirm that registered apprenticeship programs are not subject to these enforcement provisions. The commenter suggested adding language to § 680.480(a) that states: “Except for a provider described in section 122(a)(3) of WIOA, a training provider may lose its eligibility pursuant to this section.”
While the NPRM provided that the Governor's mechanism “should” be developed based on guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor Office of Apprenticeship representative in the State or the assistance of the recognized State apprenticeship agency, § 680.470(a) now requires the procedures to be developed based on such guidance. This guidance includes how to ensure that national registered apprenticeship programs are included as eligible training providers. Finally, this paragraph has been amended to add a requirement that the Governor develop a process to impose only minimum burden on registered apprenticeship programs. In response to commenters' concerns that States with a history of being unfriendly or hostile to unions or of having significant bureaucratic inertia may use the requirement as an excuse to disfavor registered apprenticeship programs, these changes together with Departmental technical assistance and guidance ensures that States are inclusive of registered apprenticeship programs.
These revisions will provide registered apprenticeship programs the opportunity to consent to being included on the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs while minimizing the affirmative burden placed on them to do so. The Department has concluded that this type of process will increase the participation rate of registered apprenticeship programs on the ETPL and further the aims of the registered apprenticeship program by having such programs included on the State List as soon and as easily as possible. The Department chose not to revise the regulation to require registered apprenticeship programs be included on this List unless they choose to opt out, in order to reduce the potential confusion for participants utilizing the List. Allowing for registered apprenticeship programs to consent allows States to ensure that only providers that are willing to accept WIOA participants are included on the State List of ETPs.
The Department has also revised the regulation at § 680.470(b) and added a new § 680.470(c) to clarify that registered apprenticeship programs may be removed from the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs for violations of WIOA and that enforcement provisions may apply in such cases. The regulation now includes § 680.470(b)(3), which provides that a registered apprenticeship program may be removed from the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs for having intentionally supplied inaccurate information or substantially violated any provision of WIOA title I (
Section 680.470(c) provides that removal from the List for reasons under § 680.470(b)(3) will result in a termination of eligibility for the ETPL for not less than 2 years and liability to repay all training funds received during the period of noncompliance, consistent with the requirements under § 680.480 for all other ETPs. Section § 680.470(c) further provides that the Governor must specify in enforcement procedures
In addition, the Department disagrees that WIOA requires the Department to exclude registered apprenticeship programs from the enforcement provisions of WIOA sec. 122(f). WIOA sec. 122 contains express statutory exceptions for registered apprenticeship programs from providing performance information as a requirement for inclusion and maintenance on the State ETPL but WIOA sec. 122 contains no similar exception for registered apprenticeship programs from the enforcement provisions. In fact, WIOA sec. 122(h) contains express exemptions from the enforcement provisions for several types of providers, but does not include registered apprenticeship programs on that list of exempted entities. The Department interprets this silence to mean that the regular WIOA enforcement provisions apply to registered apprenticeship programs. Accordingly, the Final Rule now allows the State to take action as appropriate, in addition to the enforcement and deregistration process under the National Apprenticeship Act.
The Department has also revised the wording in the title of § 680.470 to reflect that this section addresses both inclusion and removal of registered apprenticeship programs from the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs.
Section 680.480 describes the enforcement provisions available to apply to training providers who are not in compliance with WIOA and WIOA regulations. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section. The Department also made substantive changes to paragraphs (b) and (c) which are further described below.
The Department made a clarifying edit to § 680.480(a). The Department is deleting the phrase “deliver results” and replacing it with language to clarify that this provision requires that training programs meet the Governor's eligibility requirements and that training providers provide accurate information.
The Department also made a clarifying edit to § 680.480(e) to clarify that if a training program is removed from the eligible training providers in a local area because the training program failed to meet the local area's higher performance standards, the training provider may appeal this eligibility denial under § 683.630(b). This provision no longer requires Local WDBs to create an appeals procedure for these purposes.
Proposed § 680.480(b) provided that providers whose eligibility is terminated under this section are liable to repay all adult and dislocated worker funds received during the period of non-compliance. The Department revised this paragraph for consistency with § 681.550 that permits youth funds to pay for training for out-of-school youth aged 16-24 and such funds are also subject to the requirement to repay funds received during non-compliance.
Regarding comments on which entity is responsible for monitoring ETPs, the Department notes that under WIOA sec. 122, States and local areas are responsible for monitoring eligible training providers and for determining how such monitoring is conducted. Per § 680.430(b)(2) and (c), the Governor or the Governor's designated SWA (or appropriate State entity) is responsible for ensuring that programs meet eligibility criteria and performance levels established by the State, including verifying the accuracy of the information, and the Local WDB must carry out procedures assigned to the Local WDB by the State.
Section 680.490 describes the information that training providers must submit to the State to meet initial and continued eligibility criteria for inclusion on the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs under § 680.460(h). Proposed § 680.490(d) required the Governor to establish a procedure and methods to assist training providers who demonstrate that providing the required information is unduly burdensome or costly. This section has been adopted as proposed, with revisions for clarity and consistency of terms and one substantive change at paragraph (c).
The Department revised proposed § 680.490(a) for clarity. Proposed § 680.490(a) provided that, in accordance with § 680.460(h), every 2 years training providers are required to submit appropriate, timely, and accurate performance and cost information. However, the Department changed the reference to § 680.460(h) in this paragraph to § 680.460(i) to clarify that eligible training providers, except registered apprenticeship programs, must submit this information at least every 2 years in accordance with the State's continued eligibility policy.
The Department also modified § 680.490(c) by adding that the Governor may require additional performance information if the Governor determines it is appropriate to better inform consumers. This paragraph originally provided that the Governor could add this information if the Governor determined it was appropriate for determining or maintaining eligibility. However, WIOA sec. 122(b)(1)(J)(iii) provides that the Governor's criteria and information requirements can include other factors the Governor determines are appropriate to ensure informed choice of participants among training service providers, and the modification to this section reflects this authority.
A few commenters stated that many of the requested reporting elements are not valuable to the consumer and asserted that local areas should determine if a provider should continue to be listed on the ETPL because local areas' performance is directly related to the quality of the training programs. One commenter suggested that for each program of study, the following information be collected: Number enrolled, number completed, number of completers employed at 90 and 180 days after exit, and wage at placement of those employed.
In addition, the Department made a revision to the title of § 680.490 to clarify that registered apprenticeship programs are not subject to these performance reporting requirements. As the Department explained in the preamble addressing § 680.470, WIOA exempts registered apprenticeship
Finally, as noted in the preamble to § 680.400, § 680.490(b) has been revised to require performance reporting on all WIOA participants enrolled in a program of training services and receiving funding through an ITA for the performance information on WIOA participants required by § 680.490(b). This includes OSY aged 16-24. As the Department is permitting youth program funds for OSY aged 16-24 to use ITAs, it is important that the performance information required encompass these WIOA participants. However, the ETPs will report based on the adult primary indicators of performance for these youth to provide comparability and to eliminate the burden that would be imposed if ETPs were required to report on separate performance indicators for adults and dislocated workers and for the subset of youth who may receive training through ITAs.
Section 680.500 describes the requirements for distributing the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs and accompanying cost and performance information to Local WDBs and to the general public. Other than non-substantive changes for consistency of terms, the Department has adopted this section as proposed.
The Department did not receive any comments addressing § 680.510 other than a general statement of support for the provision as drafted. The Department made non-substantive edits to the title of this section for uniformity in use of the term “State list.” The Department also modified § 680.510 to clarify that, as explained above, the Local WDB cannot supplement the criteria and information requirements established by the Governor for registered apprenticeship programs.
Section 680.520 governs when an individual can choose to attend a training program located outside of the local area or State. The Department has made non-substantive revisions to this section for consistency in the use of terms, and made revisions for clarity to this section.
Section 680.520(a) provides that individuals may choose training providers and programs outside of the local area provided that the training program is on the State List and it is consistent with local policies and procedures. For State ETPs that are outside of the local area or that do not meet the local area's criteria for eligibility, local policies and procedures determine whether participants in the local area may utilize ITAs for training. However, the local area may choose to make exceptions to its local eligibility criteria. The local policies and procedures must be consistent with State policies and procedures in order for the program to receive funds through an ITA.
Section 680.520(b) provides that individuals may choose eligible training providers and programs outside of the State consistent with State and local policies and procedures and that State policies and procedures may provide for reciprocal or other agreements established with another State to permit eligible training providers in a State to accept ITAs provided by the other State. The State policies and procedures may allow training providers or programs located outside of that State to receive funds through a participant's ITA within specific circumstances, or a State may enter into a broader agreement with another State to establish that ETPs in the other State are eligible in the “home” State. State policies may determine whether the training providers and programs in another State must meet any or all of the “home” State's eligibility criteria order to receive the ITA funds provided by the State. In either case, the local policies and procedures can have more stringent standards than the State policy, and therefore any use of ITAs for training providers and programs outside of the State must be consistent with both State and local policies and procedures.
One commenter urged the Department to work with inter-governmental organizations to develop guidance for the active inclusion of out-of-area and eLearning options into the training approaches of Local WDBs. This commenter stated that guidance would be preferable to reciprocity agreements to reduce the time required to understand and implement the specifics of interstate agreements.
Section 680.530 explains that providers of OJT, customized training, incumbent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience, or transitional jobs are not subject to the same WIOA eligibility requirements of sec. 122(a) through (f) that are established for providers listed on the State List of Eligible Training Providers and Programs. Section 680.530 requires local one-stop operators to collect any separate performance information required by the Governor and determine whether these providers meet the Governor's performance criteria. The Department made non-substantive edits for consistency in how the Department uses terms throughout this section and made substantive edits to the provision which are further explained below.
The Department reorganized this section for clarity by breaking what was one paragraph into several paragraphs. Paragraph (a) now provides that providers of OJT, customized training, incumbent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience, or transitional jobs are not subject to the requirements applicable to providers and programs which are included on the State ETPL. Paragraph (b) now provides that the Governor may establish performance criteria those providers must meet to receive funds through the adult or dislocated worker programs pursuant to a contract consistent with § 680.320. Thus, while these kinds of programs cannot be paid for with ITAs, Local WDBs may enter into a contract with these entities to provide these training services. More information can be read about this in § 680.320 and its accompanying preamble. Paragraph (c) provides that one-stop operators must
One commenter recommended that work experience programs be excluded from reporting. Another commenter suggested that the Department require the Governor's performance standards for these exceptions to be described in the State Plan. Some commenters recommended that these exceptions be subject to the same accountability, transparency, and monitoring standards that apply to all programs regulated by WIOA. One commenter recommended that where a Local WDB is using short-term and/or eLearning assisted “training,” these training services should be regarded as being provided by the Local WDB, and these approaches should be exempted from the ETP process. This commenter stated that these training programs should be subject to performance reporting. One commenter stated that OJT and customized training providers should not be included on the State ETPL because these should be matters of negotiation between Local WDBs and affected business entities. Finally, one commenter said that customized training, registered apprenticeship, or OJT are all work-relevant, but the section-by-section discussion in the regulation should clarify that these are examples and not an exhaustive list of the types of training that would have to be provided by a business. Such limitation could deem ineligible representatives of the business community who may successfully offer alternative types of training such as a non-registered apprenticeship.
Local WDBs may provide training services, including short-term and/or eLearning assisted training, if the Local WDB meets the conditions of WIOA sec. 107(g)(1), which includes the information required in a written waiver request to the Governor.
The revised regulatory text at § 680.530(d) clarifies that one-stop operators must disseminate information identifying providers and programs that have met the Governor's performance criteria and the relevant performance information as required by the Governor throughout the one-stop delivery system. Local WDBs are not required to concur with the Governor regarding the value of the performance information that the Governor chooses to require.
While States are not required in their State Plans to describe the State's performance standards for on-the-job training, incumbent worker training, transitional jobs, and customized training, the State is required to describe the State's strategies for how these exceptions ensure high quality training for both the participant and the employer. State Plan requirements are fully described in the WIOA State Plan ICR and 20 CFR part 676 (
The Department does not have the authority to require State or Local WDBs to review performance information by industry at quarterly meetings.
Further, the regulatory text has been modified to clarify that these other training providers are eligible to receive WIOA funding through a contract for services rather than through ITAs. The regulatory text was also edited to remove the statement that approved providers under this section are considered eligible training providers services, which could inappropriately suggest that these entities may serve as
The Department has also made a change to the terminology used in reference to transitional employment. For consistency with other areas of the WIOA Final Rule, the Department is using the term transitional jobs.
The services provided with adult funds can be a pathway to the middle class for low-income adults, public assistance recipients, and individuals who are basic skills deficient. The regulations implement the statutorily-required priority for the use of adult funds, and ensure any other priorities or designations are consistent with the statutory priority. This subpart contains regulations about how participants from certain populations are able to access adult and dislocated worker services, and regulations establishing priority access to these services. WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E) provides that priority for adult training services and certain career services must be given to recipients of public assistance, other low-income individuals, and individuals who are basic skills deficient. Under WIOA, priority access to services by members of this group is always in effect regardless of funding levels. Nonetheless, WIOA allows one-stop centers to provide individualized career services to individuals who are not members of these groups, if determined appropriate by the one-stop center.
The Department encourages close cooperation between WIOA-funded programs and other Federal and State sources of assistance for job seekers. Coordination between WIOA-funded programs and the TANF program is a crucial element in serving individuals who are on public assistance. TANF is a required partner in the one-stop delivery system. Through close cooperation, each program's participants will have access to a much broader range of services to promote employment retention and self-sufficiency than if they relied only on the services available under a single program.
In this subpart, the Department explains how displaced homemakers may be served with both adult and dislocated worker funds. Under WIOA, a displaced homemaker qualifies as an “individual with a barrier to employment” (see WIOA sec. 3(24)(A) and § 680.320(b)). Additionally, displaced homemakers meet the definition of a “dislocated worker,” as defined in WIOA sec. 3(15)(D). Displaced homemakers, whose work, albeit without a formal connection to the workforce, is recognized for its value, may need WIOA services to develop further work skills. WIOA also expands the definition of displaced homemakers to include dependent spouses of the Armed Forces on active duty to ensure they have access to WIOA title I services.
This subpart ensures that veterans and certain service members have access to adult and dislocated worker programs. Under WIOA, as was the case under WIA, veterans receive priority of service in all Department-funded employment and training programs. The regulations in this subpart describe what is meant by “priority of service.” The regulation is consistent with guidance it issued in TEGL No. 22-04 (“
A few commenters asserted that insufficient detail was provided in the regulations (
The non-discrimination provisions of WIOA sec. 188 do not provide for preference for services. They protect against discrimination in the provision of services and prevent individuals from being otherwise adversely affected because of their membership in a protected class. Therefore, the Department has declined to make changes in the regulatory text in response to this comment.
A few commenters cautioned against using a definition of basic skills deficient that considered how the individual's skill set would allow them to “function on the job.” These commenters reasoned that such a definition could create a loophole that might diminish the priority of service requirement by permitting services to otherwise non-low- income individuals who simply lack some skill needed to do a specific job. A few commenters recommended that the methodology for determining basic skills deficiency should be identified in State or local policy, rather than in regulation or Department policy.
Several commenters provided additional input on how to implement the priority of service requirements, including the following recommendations, building on the Department's use of veterans' priority of service, utilizing technical assistance and best practices, developing performance metrics and benchmarks, and coordination with immigration and refugee organizations and State Refugee Coordinators.
A few commenters described how U.S. Census data could be used to implement or verify the priority of service requirements. To verify that the priority of service has been properly implemented, two commenters recommended that the Department require that State and local planning efforts utilize the most current Census and administrative data available to develop estimates of each priority service population in their planning efforts and update these data year to year. Additionally, these commenters recommended that this data be used in Federal reviews of State Plans to ensure that system designs and projected investments are equitably targeted to service priority populations. The commenters also stated that this data should be used to benchmark system performance in actual implementation of the priority of service from year to year.
One commenter recommended that the Department seek out opportunities for increased alignment between WIOA common performance indicators and TANF. This commenter stated that one challenge is that TANF programs are not measured by the same accountability measures as the other core WIOA programs.
One commenter requested clarification on whether the provisions specifying the circumstances under which an individual with a disability may still qualify as a priority low-income adult, even when family income does not meet the low-income eligibility criteria, also apply to persons receiving Social Security Disability Insurance.
Another commenter recommended the Department clearly identify receipt of Social Security disability benefits as a barrier to employment.
Sections 680.700 through 680.850 are regulations for work-based training under WIOA. The regulations apply to (OJT) training, customized training, incumbent worker training, and transitional jobs. The regulations include specific information about general, contract, and employer payment requirements. Work-based training is employer-driven with the goal of unsubsidized employment after participation. Generally, work-based training involves a commitment by an employer or employers to employ successful participants fully after they have completed the program. Registered apprenticeship training is a type of work-based training that can be funded in the adult and dislocated worker programs; additionally pre-apprenticeships may be used to provide work experiences that can help participants obtain the skills needed to be placed into a registered apprenticeship.
Work-based training can be an effective training strategy that can provide additional opportunities for participants and employers in both finding high quality work and in developing a highly skilled workforce. Each of these work-based models can be effectively used to meet a variety of job seeker and employer needs. OJT is primarily designed to first hire the participant and provide them with the knowledge and skills necessary for the full performance of the job. Incumbent worker training is designed to ensure that employees of a company are able to acquire the skills necessary to retain employment and advance within the company or to provide the skills necessary to avert a layoff. Customized training is designed to provide local areas with flexibility to ensure that training meets the unique needs of the job seekers and employers or groups of employers.
Both training providers and employers providing OJT opportunities must be providing the highest quality training to participants. OJT contracts must be continually monitored so that WIOA funds provided through OJT contracts are providing participants the training to retain employment successfully. It is important that OJTs provide participants with relevant skills and opportunities for career advancement and provides employers with a skilled workforce.
Under WIOA, the statute enables a Governor or Local WDB to increase the reimbursement rate for OJT from 50 to 75 percent. This is designed to give States and Local WDBs additional flexibility in developing OJT opportunities that work best with the participating employers and in the local economy.
WIOA also explicitly allows for incumbent worker training at the local level. WIOA introduces incumbent worker training as an allowable type of training for a local area to provide. Incumbent worker training is designed to either assist workers in obtaining the skills necessary to retain employment or to avert layoffs and must increase both a participant's and a company's competitiveness. Local areas may use up to 20 percent of their local adult and dislocated worker funds for incumbent worker training. The Department seeks to ensure that incumbent worker training is targeted to improving the skills and competitiveness of the participant and increasing the competitiveness of the employer. The training should, wherever possible, allow the participant to gain industry-recognized training experience and ultimately should lead to an increase in wages. To receive incumbent worker funding under WIOA, an incumbent worker must have an employer-employee relationship, and an
This commenter also suggested that this new regulatory provision require the Governor to consider whether the OJT contracts are harmonized with registered apprenticeship programs such that no OJT contract operates to train in an apprenticeable occupation unless it is part of a registered apprenticeship program (or comparable program determined by the Secretary not to undermine registered apprenticeship programs) and that any contract for pre-apprenticeship is articulated with at least one registered apprenticeship programs.
One commenter recommended that “extraordinary costs” be defined according to the Association for Talent Development Guidelines, which divide expenses according to whether they are direct or indirect. The commenter suggested that at a minimum that the regulations provide explicit coverage of unrecoverable material expenses (
Two commenters recommended deleting proposed § 680.720(c), which specified that employers are not required to document the extraordinary costs associated with training OJT participants and replace it with a requirement that the Governor collect performance data regarding OJT to ensure that OJT contracts are fulfilling the purposes of WIOA.
Another commenter described its current waiver that allows for a graduated rate of OJT reimbursements based on the size of the company, which it asserted has helped small businesses gain funding and skilled employees.
Two commenters requested that the Department numerically clarify or define “small businesses” as it applies to the employer size factor under § 680.730(a)(2). Similarly, two commenters recommended that the Department clarify the meaning of “with an emphasis on small businesses” in § 680.730(a)(2). One commenter
Two commenters requested clarification regarding management of reimbursement to employers by the registered apprenticeship training program when relationships with multiple employers exist; for example, when registered apprenticeship participants work for multiple employers during an OJT to maintain full-time employment.
A commenter urged the Department to revise § 680.740 to provide that OJT contracts may be written with a registered apprenticeship program, an employer participating in a registered apprenticeship program, or both. This commenter stated that having registered apprenticeship programs as signatories to OJT contracts guards against OJT becoming an employer subsidy without advancing the worker's progress. Further, the commenter recommended that OJT funds initially be received by the apprenticeship program, then reimbursed to the participating employer for the “extraordinary costs.”
Several commenters said that States would benefit from guidance and technical assistance on facilitation and implementation of apprenticeships.
One commenter expressed concern that the self-sufficient wage requirement and the requirement for training to incorporate new technologies, processes, or procedures are too restrictive.
Incumbent worker training is designed to meet the workforce needs of an employer or group of employers. The employer must meet the eligibility criteria established in § 680.810. The incumbent worker must meet the requirements established in § 680.780 and the incumbent worker training requirements described in § 680.790, which discuss the requirements for incumbent worker training for individuals receiving training and the standard by which incumbent worker training should be provided. An incumbent worker does not have to meet the eligibility criteria for WIOA title I adult and dislocated worker programs. An employed worker must meet title I eligibility criteria for adult and dislocated worker programs in order to receive career services, and/or must meet the wage requirements of WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(A)(i) and § 680.210(a)(1) and (2) to receive training services while also being employed at the beginning of participation in career and training services. No changes have been made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
The Department does not consider incumbent worker training to be part of the occupational training for the position in which the new employee was hired. This type of training is most appropriate for an OJT or customized training. However, given that some incumbent worker training may be provided for a cohort of employees, the Department recognizes the concern about excluding certain members of a cohort based on this criterion and has added language into the regulatory text in § 680.780 to create an exception for cohort training, stating that a majority of the cohort must meet the 6-month requirement.
The Department made one final clarifying change at the end of § 680.780. The NPRM stated that an
Another commenter recommended that States be allowed to develop incumbent worker training policies while the Department provides technical assistance and guidance. This commenter urged against relying on layoff aversion and recommended using available labor market data and sector strategies to target occupations for training.
Some commenters urged the Department to omit layoff aversion as a criterion for incumbent worker training, asserting that it would have a chilling effect and would not be offered during healthy economic times. One commenter asserted that proposed § 680.790 is too restrictive in focusing only on averting layoffs or retaining employment. This commenter recommended that the Department add specific language allowing incumbent training “to promote the competitiveness of both the participant and the employer” and “to ensure an employee's skill set is advanced.”
One commenter stated that incumbent worker training should be used for individuals who are at a self-sufficient wage and require training that helps the employer stay competitive and retain a skilled workforce or avert a layoff.
Another commenter recommended measuring “competiveness of the employee” by documented wage increases; access to other documented benefits, bonuses, or commissions; obtaining industry-recognized certificates or credentials; or ascension of the worker into an advanced job classification or pay grade. This commenter stated that identifying opportunities for increased competitiveness of employers might require access to confidential business information.
One commenter recommended that the Department require the following to “increase the competitiveness of the employee and employer”: (1) Training takes place on company time and trainees are compensated at no less than their normal rate of pay while attending training; (2) training is short-term and ideally 6 months or less; (3) training focuses on occupational skills; and (4) businesses must demonstrate that the costs of training are reasonable.
The Department clarifies that, because of the unique nature of the Incumbent Worker Training Program, where the Local WDB only evaluates the employers for eligibility consistent with § 680.810, individuals receiving Incumbent Worker Training are not subject to the eligibility criteria that apply to participants in the adult or dislocated worker programs, unless they are also receiving other services under those programs. Therefore, individuals who only receive incumbent worker training and no other WIOA title I service do not fall within the definition of “participant” in 20 CFR 677.150(a) (
States and Local WDBs are, however, required to report on individuals who receive incumbent worker training, including employment status after training, wages after training, and credential attainment, the details of which are provided through the Department's ICR process and subsequent guidance. As part of future collections and guidance, the Department may seek to collect additional employer data, such as employer size, industry, and other information that may be used to evaluate the effectiveness of Incumbent Worker Training programs for both the employer and employee.
Regarding the development and provision of Incumbent Worker Training by States and local areas, the Department encourages States and local areas to cultivate opportunities and develop policies that can appropriately support employers in their efforts to develop a more competitive workforce or avert potential layoffs and that provide incumbent workers with opportunities for advancement and wage gains within their company. Incumbent Worker Training policies must be aligned with State and Local Plans, as well as with sector strategy approaches for in-demand occupations.
In addition to the required performance indicators, WIOA sec. 122(h)(2) says that the Governor may require and use performance information relating to incumbent worker training and other work-based training to determine whether providers meet such performance criteria as required by the Governor. More detailed information on performance definitions and metrics are in 20 CFR part 677 (
The Department declines to add specific language to the regulatory text addressing the concern about performance requirements. Specific definitions of metrics that will be used to evaluate performance are defined through the WIOA Joint Performance ICR. More detailed information on performance definitions and metrics are at 20 CFR part 677 (
The Department notes, as explained above, that it made a clarifying change to § 680.810 to replace the word “participant” with “individual” to reflect that incumbent worker training eligibility is decided at the employer level; individual workers participating in incumbent worker training are not considered “participants” under 20 CFR 677.150(a), unless they receive other adult or dislocated worker services (
This section defines the scope and purpose of supportive services and the requirements governing their disbursement. A key principle in WIOA is to provide local areas with the authority to make policy and administrative decisions and the flexibility to tailor the public workforce system to the needs of the local community. To ensure maximum flexibility, the regulations provide local areas the discretion to provide the supportive services they deem appropriate subject to the limited conditions prescribed by WIOA. Local WDBs must develop policies and procedures to ensure coordination with other entities to ensure non-duplication of resources and services and to
A commenter expressed support for the proposed regulations in subpart G.
Because access to many supportive services is an impediment to individuals with disabilities in entering or re-entering the workforce, one commenter recommended specific reference to this population in subpart G.
WIOA affirms the Department's commitment to providing high quality services for youth and young adults beginning with career exploration and guidance; continuing support for educational attainment, opportunities for skills training in in-demand industries and occupations; and culminating with a good job along a career pathway or enrollment in postsecondary education. All of the Department's youth-serving programs continue to promote evidence-based strategies that also meet the highest levels of performance, accountability, and quality in preparing young people for the workforce.
WIOA maintains WIA's focus on out-of-school youth (OSY) in Job Corps and YouthBuild, while greatly increasing the focus on OSY in the WIOA youth formula-funded program. The shift in policy to focus on those youth most in need is based on the current state of youth employment. In 2015, an estimated 5.5 million or 13.8 percent of 16 to 24 year olds in our country were not employed or in school. WIOA youth programs provide a continuum of services to help these young people acquire skills and pursue careers. The Department, working with its Department of Education and Health and Human Services partners, plan to provide intensive technical assistance around meeting the needs of this population.
WIOA calls for customer-focused services based on the needs of the individual participant. This includes the creation of career pathways for youth in all title I youth programs, including a connection to career pathways as part of a youth's individual service strategy (ISS) in the youth formula-funded program. The ISS must directly link to one or more of the performance indicators. WIOA also calls for participants to be intimately involved in the design and implementation of services so the youth voice is represented and their needs are being met.
This integrated vision also applies to the public workforce system's other shared customer—employers. Employers have the opportunity to build a pipeline of skilled workers: They are critical partners that provide meaningful growth opportunities for young people through work experiences that give them the opportunity to learn and apply skills in real-world settings and ultimately jobs.
WIOA includes a number of significant changes for the youth formula-funded program. WIOA shifts to focus resources primarily on OSY, increasing the minimum percentage of funds required to be spent on OSY from 30 to 75 percent. The Department recognized the transition to serve more OSY would take time to implement, and, as explained in WIOA operating guidance TEGL No. 23-14 (“
Under WIOA, work experience becomes the most critical of the program elements. WIOA also introduces 5 new program elements: Financial literacy; entrepreneurial skills training; services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupations available in the local areas; activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training; and education offered concurrently with and in the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster.
During the 60-day comment period for the NPRM, the Department received hundreds of comments that expressed general support for the proposed youth program regulations as well as some constructive feedback that made the Final Rule clearer.
The most significant change between the NPRM and the Final Rule occurs in § 681.400. This section clarifies that youth activities may be conducted by the local grant recipient and that only when the Local WDB chooses to award grants or contracts to youth service providers, such awards must be made using a competitive procurement process in accordance with WIOA sec. 123. While this revision represents a significant change in that it provides Local WBDs with flexibility in determining which WIOA youth services to procure, the Department expects Local WDBs to continue to
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 681 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
This section describes a standing youth committee. WIOA does not require Local WDBs to establish a youth council; however, the Local WDBs are encouraged to establish a standing youth committee to provide information and to assist with planning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth (WIOA sec. 107(b)(4)(A)(ii)). The Department received many comments on standing youth committees and in response to the comments made a small addition to the regulation text as explained here.
This section describes the members of a standing youth committee.
One respondent suggested that the Department provide more specific guidance on committee membership requirements. This commenter further recommended that the committee should include individuals from CBOs who serve youth with disabilities, as well as individuals from the local education system.
This section describes the duties of a standing youth committee. Commenters expressed support for the proposed roles of standing youth committees.
• Facilitate co-enrollment of individuals across core programs, especially for those individuals between the ages of 18 and 24 who could be served under WIOA titles I, II, and IV.
• Implement specific provisions related to career pathways requirements.
• Adapt the procurement and request for proposal processes, in order to encourage longer-term and more thorough services for OSY.
• Align Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) with WIOA youth programs, so that TANF recipients who are under 25 can benefit from OSY programs when appropriate.
This section describes how one meets the eligibility for an OSY for purposes of the title I WIOA youth program. OSY youth must not attend any school, be between the ages of 16 and 24 at time of enrollment, and meet one or more of a list of nine criteria. The section clarifies that age is based on time of enrollment and as long as the individual meets the age eligibility at time of enrollment he or she can continue to receive WIOA youth services beyond the age of 24. Low income is not a requirement to meet eligibility for most categories of OSY under WIOA. Low income is, however, a part of the criteria for youth who need additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment. Also, WIOA has made youth with a disability a separate eligibility criterion.
On the other hand, a number of commenters noted that the proposed regulations mark a substantial change in the delivery of services to youth, specifically shifting service priorities from ISY to OSY. These commenters stated that because of this significant change, Governors and Local WDBs should have jurisdiction over defining the eligibility requirements for OSY.
WIOA includes a new criterion for determining OSY eligibility: A youth who is within the age of compulsory school attendance, but has not attended school for at least the most recent school year calendar quarter. The school year quarter is based on how a local school district defines its school year quarters.
Another commenter requested clarification around the definition of OSY and a concern that youth with disabilities who are involved in remedial, non-credit coursework would be excluded from title I youth programs under WIOA. The commenter noted that non-credit education and remedial coursework often provide a vital opportunity to strengthen basic skills needed in order to enroll in credentialing programs and to maximize independence. The commenter suggested the Department include language creating an exception to ensure that students with disabilities in need of remedial coursework will remain eligible for title I youth programs under WIOA.
Another commenter noted that the OSY definition language includes “an individual that is not attending any school as defined under State law” and it creates inconsistency in the application of State regulations resulting in a different treatment of youth from one State to the next. The commenter proposed clarification to the regulation to include attendance at an alternative high school for eligibility in the OSY component, for all States.
Two other commenters suggested that individuals enrolled in a dropout re-engagement program also be classified as OSY under the proposed regulations. Specifically, a commenter recommended adding the following language, “. . . for purposes of WIOA, the Department does not consider providers of dropout re-engagement programs or providers of adult education . . . to be schools.” This commenter stated that this language would provide clarification that after an individual has dropped out of school, he or she can continue his or her education in an alternative form without being considered an ISY. Another commenter suggested that youth in these programs are not participating in traditional schools and therefore should not be classified as ISY.
Relating to the comment that individuals who stay in foster care until late adolescence may not technically “age out” of the system but remain disadvantaged, the Department agrees. The Department consulted with the Department of Health and Human Services John H. Chafee Foster Care Independence Program and added “or an individual who has attained 16 years of age and left foster care for kinship guardianship or adoption,” to the final regulation for §§ 681.210 and 681.220 to encompass this fragile population.
Further, to make the regulation easier to understand, the Department separated foster care youth and homeless and runaway youth into two separate eligibility categories. In addressing the comments around individuals involved in the juvenile justice system, WIOA uses slightly different wording between ISY and OSY eligibility criteria. For OSY eligibility WIOA at sec. 129(a)(1)(B)(iii)(IV) states,
This section describes how one meets the eligibility for an ISY for purposes of the WIOA title I youth program. ISY youth must be attending school, including secondary or postsecondary school, be between the ages of 14 and 21 at time of enrollment, be low-income, and meet one or more of a list of eight criteria. These are essentially the same criteria as under WIA but the disability criterion has been separated from the “needs additional assistance” criterion. The section clarifies that age is based on time of enrollment and as long as the individual meets the age eligibility at time of enrollment, he or she can continue to receive WIOA youth services beyond the age of 21. WIOA includes a youth as low-income if he or she receives or is eligible to receive a free or reduced-price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751,
Similar to the OSY criteria, the Department added language to clarify that for the ISY category, homeless individuals aged 14-21 qualify. Also similar to the OSY criteria, to make the regulation easier to understand, the Department separated foster care youth and homeless and runaway youth into two separate eligibility categories. This more accurately distinguishes between the types of barriers youth may experience.
The eligibility criteria for the WIOA title I youth program for out-of-school youth at WIOA sec. 129(a)(1)(B)(i) requires that the individual is “not attending any school (as defined in State law),” and for in-school youth, sec. 129(a)(1)(C)(i) requires that the individual is “attending school (as defined in State law).” The Department has changed the title of § 681.230 to clarify that the terms the section uses are from those eligibility criteria. The term “school” refers to both secondary and postsecondary school as defined by the applicable State law for secondary and postsecondary institutions. Section 681.230 provides that for purposes of title I of WIOA, the Department does not consider providers of adult education under title II of WIOA, YouthBuild programs, or Job Corps programs as schools. Therefore, if the only “school” the youth attends is adult education provided under title II of WIOA, YouthBuild, or Job Corps, the Department will consider the individual an OSY youth for purposes of title I of WIOA youth program eligibility.
This section provides that dropout status is determined at the time of enrollment for eligibility as an OSY and that once a youth is enrolled as an OSY, that status continues, for purposes of the minimum 75 percent OSY expenditure requirement, for the duration of the youth's enrollment, even if the youth later returns to a school.
This section discusses the low-income eligibility criteria for OSY and ISY. All ISY must be low-income with the exception that up to 5 percent of ISY youth who meet all the other eligibility requirements need not be low-income. The up to 5 percent is calculated based on all newly enrolled youth who would ordinarily be required to meet the low-income criteria in a given program year. For OSY, only those youth who are the recipient of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent and are either basic skills deficient or an English language learner and youth who require additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment must be low-income.
WIOA contains a new provision that allows for youth living in a high poverty area to meet automatically the low-income criterion that is one of the eligibility criteria for ISY and for some OSY.
However, another commenter wrote that the proposed 30 percent threshold would be unreasonable, and requested additional clarification regarding the calculation methods of contiguous tracts in determining high poverty areas. Specifically, this commenter asked the Department whether it would measure high poverty thresholds for a contiguous tract using an average of the contiguous tracts, or just whether a contiguous tract meets the threshold.
Citing data from the American Community Survey, another commenter suggested that there are actually few census tracts that would meet the 30 percent poverty threshold. This commenter further stated that census data, particularly for low-income neighborhoods, often includes a large margin of error. This commenter recommended that the Department modify the definition of high poverty area to reflect actual geographic concentrations of OSY better.
A few commenters suggested that the definition of high poverty area should not be higher than 20 percent of the population meeting the low-income threshold. Other commenters recommended that the proposed high poverty area definition be lowered from 30 percent of the population to 25 percent.
Citing statistics a commenter said that in Maine, there are no areas in which the 30 percent poverty threshold would be met, one commenter recommended that the Department lower the low-income threshold from 30 percent in order to accommodate more rural and less densely populated States.
One commenter recommended that the regulations be modified to state that if any measure of poverty in a census tract exceeds 30 percent, the census tract should be considered a high poverty census tract, stating that in some cases the overall high poverty may be under 30 percent but certain measures within the overall tract could be over 30 percent.
Two commenters recommended that the Department allow States to define their own poverty area thresholds between 20 and 40 percent that is consistent with the State's demographics. Another commenter recommended that the Department allow Local WDBs to determine the thresholds for poverty in their local areas.
Another commenter recommended that Local WDBs submit documentation to the Department concerning extenuating circumstances in their area that would cause them to need to lower their low-income threshold.
One commenter suggested that school district borders be used to define areas of high poverty instead of State or county borders, asserting that this would decrease economic disparity between communities.
Another commenter recommended that the Department use the most current data available to determine high poverty areas. This commenter suggested using data from other sources instead of solely relying on data from the American Community Survey, and recommended also using data from Empowerment Zones and other partner agency information systems.
This section explains that WIOA sec. 3(36) defines a low-income individual to include an individual who receives (or is eligible to receive) a free or reduced price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act.
One commenter asked the Department whether an OSY with a sibling receiving free or reduced lunches would be considered eligible under the proposed regulations. Similarly, another commenter requested clarification from the Department regarding whether an OSY high school graduate could use their family's participation in the National School Lunch Program as fulfillment of their low-income requirements. Yet another commenter recommended that a youth who lives in a household where his or her family
This section reiterates the WIOA provision that, for an ISY with a disability, income level for eligibility purposes is based on his/her own income rather than his/her family's income. For OSY with a disability, income is not an eligibility criterion.
Another commenter stated that there was an inconsistency between proposed §§ 681.250 and 681.280. Specifically, the commenter said that § 681.250 indicates that the low-income requirement would not apply to OSY with disabilities. However, § 681.280 states that for an individual with a disability, the income level for eligibility purposes would be based on the person's individual income as opposed to his or her family's income. This commenter recommended that the regulatory text be rewritten to clarify that the low-income requirement for individuals with disabilities would be applicable only to ISY and not OSY.
This section reiterates the basic skills deficient criterion that is part of the eligibility criteria for both OSY and ISY, for purposes of title I of WIOA. The section also provides that local programs must use valid and reliable assessment instruments and provide reasonable accommodations to youth with disabilities in the assessment process in making this determination.
The Department added this section in the Final Rule to be more clearly consistent with the “requires additional assistance” eligibility criteria in WIOA secs. 129(a)(1)(B)(iv)(VIII) (for OSY) and 129(a)(1)(C)(iv)(VII) (for ISY). The criterion is slightly different for ISY and OSY, in that the OSY section contains the phrase “to enter or complete an educational program” while the ISY language states “to complete an educational program.” Therefore, the Final Rule includes two separate sections for the ISY and OSY “requires additional assistance” criteria. The new § 681.300 is the OSY section, while proposed § 681.300 is now § 681.310, the ISY section. Proposed § 681.310 has also been renumbered to § 681.320.
This section allows States and/or local areas to define the “requires additional assistance . . .” criterion that is part of the ISY eligibility. It clarifies that if this criterion is not defined at the State level and a local area uses this criterion in its ISY eligibility, the local area must define this criterion in its local plan. The Department received comments on this section as discussed below.
Another commenter recommended that States and/or local areas should have an established definition for an “individual requiring additional assistance to complete an education program or to secure or hold employment” and include a student who is significantly over-aged and under-credited, (
This section clarifies that there is no self-service concept for the WIOA youth program and every individual receiving services under WIOA youth must meet ISY or OSY eligibility criteria and formally enroll in the program. It defines participation as an eligibility determination, the provision of an objective assessment, development of an individual service strategy, and participation in any 1 of the 14 program elements.
Several commenters expressed concern regarding the burden placed on individuals who have to demonstrate their eligibility through documentation. Some of these commenters requested that the Department clarify and make explicit that the “collection of information” associated with enrollment can be supported with self-attestation, in order to ensure upfront eligibility, especially for high-risk individuals. Although acknowledging the improvements in burden associated
A commenter recommended that the Department clarify that staff assisted activities such as assisting youth post-exit in transition, navigation, and support are encouraged and do not trigger enrollment for individuals in WIOA youth programs. Another commenter stated that the point at which the Department defines when an individual is enrolled is critical to data collection and validation. This commenter suggested that collecting an individual's data at the time of eligibility verification and at enrollment would be redundant and provide increased opportunity for inconsistent data reporting.
Another commented that the time of enrollment needs to be clarified, as they were concerned that the proposed regulations as they stand would allow the process of taking a WIOA application and determining its eligibility to be categorized as a “basic career service”, therefore, counting the individual as enrolled. This commenter recommended that the regulations be amended so that enrollment into WIOA title I services would be the first service provided, after eligibility has already been determined.
This section clarifies that youth activities may be conducted by the local grant recipient and that when the Local WDB chooses to award grants or contracts to youth service providers, such awards must be made using a competitive procurement process in accordance with WIOA sec. 123.
The Final Rule clarifies that the grant recipient/fiscal agent has the option to provide some or all of the youth workforce investment activities directly themselves rather than entering into a grant or contract to provide the activities. The competitive procurement provision discussed in WIOA sec. 123 is only applicable if the Local WDB chooses to award grants or contracts to youth service providers. The Department encourages Local WDBs to continue to award contracts to youth service providers when local areas have access to experienced and effective youth service providers. The revision also uses the terminology “youth service providers” consistently to refer to these providers. While this revision represents a significant change in that it provides Local WDBs with flexibility in determining which WIOA youth services to procure, the Department expects Local WDBs to continue to contract with youth service providers to provide the program elements which youth service providers are best positioned to offer. The intent of this flexibility is to allow for Local WDBs to directly provide the WIOA youth program elements that they can most efficiently and cost-effectively provide, such as labor market and employment information and framework services including assessment, intake, supportive services and follow-up services. The Department received a number of comments on this section as discussed below. Based on these comments, the Department has made a significant revision to this section in the Final Rule.
In addition, since the proposed regulation stated at § 681.400(b) that competitive selection requirements do not apply to “the design framework services when these services are more appropriately provided by the grant recipient/fiscal agent,” a couple of commenters asked the Department to clarify framework services. One of these commenters stated that framework services are described differently in the NPRM preamble discussion and the proposed regulatory text at §§ 681.400(b) and 681.420(a). One commenter asked the Department for clarification as to whether a county within a local area that is not a fiscal agent could perform framework activities, suggesting that disallowing this would not be cost effective.
This section describes the new requirement under WIOA that States and local areas must expend a minimum of 75 percent of youth funds on OSY. This section also clarifies the guidelines by which a State that receives a minimum allotment under WIOA sec. 127(b)(1) or under WIOA sec. 132(b)(1) may request an exception to decrease the minimum expenditure percentage to not less than 50 percent.
This section describes the framework for the WIOA youth program design. This section also describes the requirement that Local WDBs must link to youth-serving agencies and adds local human services agencies to the list that WIA required.
A number of commenters requested clarification from the Department about the activities that States and Local WDBs must carry out regarding career pathways, and whether they have to establish specific processes and policies concerning career pathways. Additionally, many of these commenters requested that the Department clarify whether Local WDBs must implement each element outlined in the WIOA definition and stated that WIOA does not indicate whether the identification of career pathways as part of the assessment and individual service strategy would create any additional requirements for local areas or youth service providers. Some of these commenters also recommended that the regulation clarify that the WIOA sec. 3(7)(C) requirement relating to counseling does not create an affirmative requirement for Local WDBs or youth service providers to provide counseling to every individual, but only to the extent that such counseling
One commenter agreed that Local WDBs should foster relationships with secondary and postsecondary education providers regarding the implementation of local career pathway strategies, stating that because of the shift in focus to OSY, Local WDBs should consult with experts that understand youth needs to design effective career pathway strategies.
This section provides that youth may participate in both the WIOA youth program and the adult program at the same time if they are eligible for both and it is appropriate. The section also provides that youth who are eligible under both programs may enroll concurrently in WIOA title I and II programs.
Some commenters also expressed their support of the proposed regulations' encouragement of co-enrollment, especially because of how it could extend more services to OSY. However, these commenters expressed concerns that potential disincentives for co-enrollment exist related to inconsistencies across funding streams in how enrollment, exit, and participation in activities are defined and how performance is measured in programs across the different titles.
The Department will provide additional technical assistance regarding partnering across the WIOA programs on an on-going basis, including services to eligible immigrants. No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
Individuals aged 18 to 24 are eligible for the WIOA adult and youth programs. This section provides that local youth program needs to determine whether to enroll an 18 to 24 year old in the youth program or adult program based on the individual's career readiness as determined through an assessment of his or her occupational skills, prior work experience, employability, and participant needs.
Another comment stated that determining in which program an 18 to 24 year old should enroll would impose a burden on local areas to establish processes to ensure that services are provided to an individual in the appropriate program.
A commenter suggested that, in cases of eligibility for co-enrollment in WIOA title I and II activities, it would not be suitable for an 18 to 24 year-old youth to be enrolled in the adult program without first undergoing an assessment to determine whether the adult program would be appropriate for meeting his or her needs.
Based upon the comments received, the Department updated the Final Rule and removed the word “objective” from in front of assessment to indicate that a formal evaluation is not needed and the Department removed the reference to WIOA sec. 129(c)(1)(A).
The Department has continually provided guidance and direction that youth programs serve participants for the amount of time necessary to ensure they are successfully prepared to enter postsecondary education and/or unsubsidized employment. While there is no minimum or maximum time a youth can participate in the WIOA youth program, programs must link program participation to a participant's ISS and not the timing of youth service provider contracts or program years.
A few of these commenters also stated, however, concerns about the use of the word “must.” These commenters recommended that the language be amended to say, “Local youth programs must provide service to a youth participating in their individual service strategy in good faith for the amount of time necessary to ensure successful preparation to enter postsecondary education, registered apprenticeships, and/or unsubsidized employment.”
In addition to allowing an individual to remain enrolled in WIOA youth services until he or she completes his or her plan of service, a commenter recommended that youth may remain enrolled in their services regardless of whether they are experiencing a period of inactivity in a program, as long as they are active in their career counseling services.
Another commenter stated that the proposed regulations would not allow individuals who do not abide by the rules of their program to discontinue services and re-enroll in the program as long as they were within the age requirement. This commenter recommended that the Department revise this regulation to focus on the needs of individuals who must temporarily suspend their services for legitimate reasons.
This section lists the 14 program elements, including 5 new youth program elements in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2) that were not included under WIA. These new elements are (1)
WIOA also combines the two WIA elements of summer youth employment programs and work experiences so that summer youth employment programs become one item in a list of work experiences and adds pre-apprenticeship programs to the list of work experiences. Finally, WIOA expands the description of the occupational skill training element to provide for priority consideration for training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials that are aligned with in-demand industry sectors or occupations if the programs meet WIOA's quality criteria. This change is consistent with WIOA's increased emphasis on credential attainment. The section clarifies that while local WIOA youth programs must make all 14 program elements available to WIOA youth participants, local programs have the discretion to determine which elements to provide to a participant based on the participant's assessment and ISS.
The Department received many comments, which are discussed below, on provisions within § 681.460.
Another commenter stated that local areas should be allowed to choose which of the 14 program elements to provide, reasoning that local areas will have the best insight into what is needed for the individuals in their particular area.
The Department acknowledges that in some areas mentoring is particularly challenging and has changed § 681.490 to allow case managers to serve as adult mentors.
This section clarifies that local WIOA youth programs must make all 14 program elements available to youth participants, but not all services must be funded with WIOA youth funds. Local programs may leverage partner resources to provide program elements that are available in the local area. If a local program does not fund an activity
A pre-apprenticeship is a program or set of strategies designed to prepare individuals to enter and succeed in a registered apprenticeship program and has a documented partnership with at least one, if not more, registered apprenticeship program(s).
This section describes the adult mentoring program element. The Department received many comments on proposed § 681.490 and made changes to the Final Rule as discussed below.
In addition, several commenters did not like the proposed minimum 12-month requirement for adult mentoring (proposed § 681.490(a)(1)), recommending that the length of mentoring should instead be evaluated and defined on a case-by-case basis and determined by the individual, his or her mentor, and his or her case manager. One commenter said that the timeframe for adult mentoring is better suited for local control to allow for direct assessment of participant needs. Another commenter stated that the language in this section should be no more prescriptive than the WIOA statute.
Citing their use of “advocates” in lieu of mentorship programs to engage with youth, one commenter recommended that the Department amend proposed § 681.490 to include that mentorship services may include activities such as providing transportation or transportation assistance, aid in attaining work experience opportunities, court advocacy, foster care support, tutoring help, fostering of community relationships, and engagement with family.
This section describes the financial literacy program element, new under WIOA. The Department received many comments on the new program element. Several of the comments described below resulted in changes to the Final Rule text.
Some commenters stated that as the proposed language as written, it appears as though all of the elements listed are requirements that must be present within the financial literacy program element itself. These commenters recommended that the § 681.500 introductory language be amended to State, “The financial literacy education program element may include activities which. . . .” Similarly, another commenter asked the Department to clarify that the list of activities for financial literacy education (proposed § 681.500) and entrepreneurial skills training (proposed § 681.560) are illustrative and that each individual topic is not required for every participant. Other commenters expressed their support for the proposed language's flexibility regarding the activities related to financial literacy education, and that the list included in the proposed regulations is not required, but provides guidance. Alternatively, one commenter recommended that the Department eliminate the requirements of proposed § 681.500(g) and (h), stating that these proposed requirements are overly prescriptive and limit flexibility.
Another commenter recommended that financial literacy education be implemented in an online or in-person classroom setting where retirement requirements, banking, debt, lease, and mortgage information are covered. This commenter also suggested that these programs must result in the issuance of certification of completion and should be developed by a recognized financial planning authority, but not an entity with investment products on the market.
Comprehensive guidance and counseling provides individualized counseling to participants. This includes drug and alcohol abuse counseling, mental health counseling, and referral to partner programs, as appropriate. (WIOA sec. 129(c)(2)(J).) When referring participants to necessary counseling that cannot be provided by the local youth program or its service providers, the local youth program must coordinate with the organization it refers to in order to ensure continuity of service.
While WIA included positive social behaviors as part of the description of leadership development opportunities, WIOA adds “civic behaviors” to the description of the leadership development program element. This section provides examples of positive social and civic behaviors.
This section provides a definition for the occupational skills training program element. WIOA sec. 129(c)(2)(D) further sharpens the focus on occupational skills training by requiring local areas to give priority consideration for training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials that align with in-demand industries or occupations in the local area.
This commenter also recommended that the implementation of these activities should result in collaboration between WIOA youth service providers, Local WDBs, and educational institutions.
This section allows ITAs for OSY aged 16 to 24.
The Department received a number of comments about ITAs that resulted in a final regulation change discussed below.
A commenter offered that ITAs be expanded to include OSY 16-24 instead of 18-24. This commenter said that individuals who drop out of high school at 16 and have received their high school equivalency, are left dislocated until they reach the age of 18 and can then pursue an ITA, on-the-job training, or a career; therefore this commenter said that lowering the age limit to 16 would allow these youth to remain engaged.
A commenter requested clarification from the Department regarding whether
Two commenters requested clarification from the Department regarding ITAs for OSY. A commenter stated that the proposed regulations indicate that only OSY would be allowed to use ITAs, but that the regulations also include occupational skills training as one of the 14 required youth program elements. This commenter asked the Department to explain what the difference would be in using an ITA or occupational skills services for an ISY who has graduated from high school and wants to pursue a postsecondary education. This commenter further requested guidance from the Department concerning how providers could provide occupational skills training service to all WIOA eligible youth, regardless of whether they are ISY or OSY.
Stating that ITAs can help to close the gap between Federal contracting requirements and individuals with disabilities, a commenter recommended that this section be modified to encourage State and Local WDBs to connect Federal contracts with youth with disabilities and use ITAs for meeting employer requirements.
The Department did not expand ITAs to ISY. However, ISY ages 18 or older may access ITAs through the adult program.
Finally, the Department did not change the regulatory text to encourage State and Local WDBs to connect Federal contracts with youth with disabilities because the request is outside the scope of ITAs. The Department will provide further guidance on youth ITAs and related topics.
This section discusses entrepreneurial skills training, a new program element under WIOA. The Department received a number of comments on the proposed entrepreneurial skills training regulation which resulted in a minor word change in the final regulation as explained below.
One commenter shared its support of the inclusion of entrepreneurial skills training, citing the programs it has created in its State and programs that engage with small business centers, suggesting that the Department should use such services and programs for teaching these skills. Another commenter recommended that the Department use Junior Achievement and other organizations in their entrepreneurial skills training services, and stated that the Department also should include presentations and training sessions from local entrepreneurs in their skills training programs.
Similarly, a commenter expressed their support of the inclusion of entrepreneurial skills training in the proposed regulations. This commenter further cited: Experiences that provide individuals with the knowledge of how to start their own business, the creation of a business plan, education on applying for loans and grants for business operations, and experiences related to running a business day-to-day, as potential activities used to teach individuals entrepreneurial skills.
A commenter recommended that healthy relationship skills classes be included in the entrepreneurial training program, stating that building strong and healthy relationships are a key component to being a successful entrepreneur.
In addition, a commenter recommended that Local WDBs use experiential learning programs to teach individuals entrepreneurial skills, stating that using hands-on experiences is most effective for training individuals. Further, this commenter specifically recommended that entrepreneurial skills training include the following: Education assessment and pathway identification; leadership development activities; and soft skills training based on industry demand.
A commenter expressed its support over the inclusion of these skills training, and recommended that it include the development of business plans and lessons on the various ways an entrepreneur can obtain start-up funding.
This section lists examples of supportive services for youth. The Department received a few comments on proposed §§ 681.570 and 680.900, which discusses supportive services in the context of adult programs. The Department chose to align these regulations which resulted in the addition of “Assistance with books, fees, school supplies, and other necessary items for students enrolled in postsecondary education classes”; and “Payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications,” to the regulation at § 681.570(k) through (l).
One commenter recommended that healthy relationship skills should be included in the workforce development training programs for disconnected youth, including supportive services. This commenter reasoned that relationship skills help participants build crucial interpersonal skills that are valued by employers and specifically mentioned skills including communications, problem solving, conflict resolution, reliability, and teamwork. The commenter also stated that learning healthy relationship skills can help participants prevent unplanned pregnancy and therefore avoid dropping out of school due to pregnancy. A commenter recommended that the Department align supportive services across the youth, adult, and dislocated worker programs. Another commenter strongly supported the inclusion of legal aid services in the Department's list of examples of supportive services in § 680.900, noting that legal aid can uniquely address certain barriers to employment, including access to driver's licenses, expunging criminal records, and resolving issues with debt, credit, and housing.
This proposed section discusses the importance of follow-up services and lists examples of follow-up services for youth.
The Department received a number of comments on this section as discussed below.
A couple of commenters expressed concern over the requirements for follow-up services, suggesting that often when youth no longer access services, they no longer communicate with their providers, regardless of the efforts of the case manager. Therefore, these commenters recommended that States' youth follow-up activities be evaluated on the quality of follow up services provided to engaged youth and not be viewed negatively when follow up does not happen. Further, these commenters recommended that States be allowed to establish policies that when a provider has exhausted all options in an attempt to engage a youth individual in follow-up services with no results, he or she may end follow-up activities. Likewise, one commenter recommended that in instances where the service provider attempts to reach the individual with no contact made for 90 days, he or she should be able to receive an exemption or waiver for needing to provide follow-up services for that individual.
A number of commenters expressed concern with the proposed regulations, suggesting that the language concerning follow-up services should give more flexibility and account for those individuals who have moved and provided no contact information. These commenters recommended that in situations such as those stated above, follow-up contact attempts should end, and the attempts to make contact should be documented. One of these commenters also suggested that if multiple attempts at contact are made with no response, the provider should not be punished for being unable to contact the individual. Further, some of these commenters recommended that the regulations be modified to reduce the 12-month minimum to 6 months. Another commenter stated that follow-up services should allow for decreasing
One commenter recommended that the language that states that follow-up services must be “provided” by youth programs should be amended to say that they must be “offered.” Finally, one commenter recommended that during the required 12-month follow-up period, multiple employees be allowed to administer follow-up services.
The section discusses the 20 percent minimum expenditure requirement on the work experience program element in WIOA sec. 129(c)(4) and how local WIOA youth programs track program funds spent on work experiences and report such expenditures as part of the local WIOA youth financial reporting.
The Department received a few comments on this section as discussed below.
Similarly, the Department received very few comments on § 681.610. One commenter noted that § 681.610 clearly states to not include administration in this calculation which should be made consistent with § 681.590 instead of in a separate section of the regulations. Another commenter recommended that the term “incentives payments” be added to this section in order to ensure consistency. Stating that in many cases local areas utilize funding from a variety of funding sources, a few commenters recommended that Local WDBs should be able to use these funds for the purpose of the costs included in work experiences such as wages for individuals and training, and that these funds should be included in the work experience minimum expenditure requirement.
The section defines the work experience program element and includes the four work experience categories listed in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2)(C). The Department received a few comments on this section as discussed below.
A number of commenters requested clarification from the Department concerning the requirement that work experiences have to include academic and occupational education experiences, whether those education experiences can be provided by the individual's employer, and whether the education experience has to be provided in the individual's workplace. One of these commenters further recommended that these experiences be allowed to take place outside of the traditional workplace and could be provided by an educational provider other than the employer. A few commenters recommended that the language stating, “Work experience must include academic and occupational education” be amended to state, “work experiences must not deter from a participant's academic and occupational education goals. Ensuring all youth receive academic and occupational education is at the forefront of the goals of WIOA,” suggesting that the current language's use of the words “and” and “must” may dissuade individuals from participating as they are at high risk and are concerned about feeding their families. A commenter requested clarification from the Department as to whom the occupational and academic training experiences must be provided by and recommended that the regulations allow for the employer to provide these training experiences. Further, this commenter recommended that if these training and educational experiences incur any costs, that they be included in the minimum 20 percent work experience expenditure requirement.
This section discusses that while summer employment opportunities are an allowable activity and a type of work experience that counts toward the work experience priority, they are not a required program element as they previously were under WIA. Note that this provision was proposed as § 681.620. However, as noted above, because the Department has incorporated the language from proposed § 681.610 into § 681.590, the Department deleted proposed § 681.610 and has renumbered proposed §§ 681.620 through 681.660 as §§ 681.610 through 681.650.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section. No changes were made to the regulatory text.
This section discusses how summer employment opportunities are administered. Note that this provision was proposed as § 681.630. However, as noted above, because the Department has incorporated the language from proposed § 681.610 into § 681.590, the Department deleted proposed § 681.610 and has renumbered proposed §§ 681.620 through 681.660 as §§ 681.610 through 681.650.
The Department received only one comment on this section. The commenter stated that in rural areas it would be more cost effective for a case manager to arrange work experiences for youth than for the provider to arrange a work experience through the procurement process. This commenter asked for further clarification from the Department regarding whether or not a case manager would arrange a work experience during the school year.
This section describes the new program element at WIOA sec. 129(c)(2)(E): “education offered concurrently and in the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster.” The Department notes that this provision was proposed as § 681.640. However, because the Department has incorporated the language from proposed § 681.610 into § 681.590, the Department deleted proposed § 681.610 and has renumbered proposed §§ 681.620 through 681.660 as §§ 681.610 through 681.650.
The Department received a few comments on this section as discussed below.
One commenter requested clarification from the Department regarding the definitional language in this section. This commenter further stated that the definitions for this program element and the work experience program element need to be amended to provide more distinction between the two if they are meant to be separate.
Another commenter recommended that the Department provide specific examples of “a high-quality, integrated education and training model that requires integrated education and training to occur concurrently and contextually with workforce preparation activities and workforce training.” This commenter further recommended a number of such examples. This commenter also suggested that the involvement of youth providers in these activities should help to create relationships between the providers and CBOs.
A commenter suggested the Department include a statement that these educational programs include entry-level workforce preparation and/or preparation for recognized postsecondary education and training activities.
This section clarifies that incentives under the WIOA youth program are permitted. The Department has included the reference to the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200 to emphasize that while incentive payments are allowable under WIOA, the incentives must be in compliance with the requirements in 2 CFR part 200. For example, Federal funds may not be spent on entertainment costs. Therefore, incentives may not include entertainment, such as movie or sporting event tickets or gift cards to movie theaters or other venues whose sole purpose is entertainment. Additionally, there are requirements related to internal controls to safeguard
One commenter requested clarification about whether incentive payments would be allowed for activities other than just training and work experiences, and for short-term youth programs. Further, this commenter recommended that the Department give local areas flexibility in the creation of their own policies for providing incentives to youth. Another commenter recommended that the Department allow incentive payments for youth engaging in the literacy and numeracy post-tests for Program Year 2015.
A commenter expressed support of the inclusion of incentive programs and support services for individuals in the WIOA youth program, stating that the eligibility determination process is often difficult for youth as they sometimes struggle to obtain documentation, especially those who have experienced loss or abuse of their identity documentation in the past. Therefore, this commenter recommended providing incentives to youth for maintaining their documentation or attempting to obtain their documentation. Further, this commenter suggested that the Department should provide incentives to youth for providing word-of-mouth marketing to their peers about the WIOA youth services available, as incentives for referrals and recruitments could be very beneficial to the Department's efforts to reach youth.
One commenter expressed concern with this section due to its allowance for incentive payments only under the circumstances of work experience and training activities. This commenter suggested that incentive payments should be granted for achievements such as employment placement and retention, or improvements marked by testing. This commenter recommended that the incentive payments should be granted in those circumstances and not on the basis of engaging in training activities and work experiences. Similarly, a couple of commenters expressed concern with the proposed regulation's allowance of incentives for activities only related to training and work experiences, and recommended that the language regarding incentive payments not be amended from its original form in WIA and suggesting that incentives are needed to reach and engage youth.
This section discusses the requirement in WIOA sec. 129(c)(3)(C) for the involvement of parents, participants, and community members in the design and implementation of the WIOA youth program and provides examples of the type of involvement that would be beneficial. The Department also has included in this proposed section the requirement in WIOA sec. 129(c)(8) that Local WDBs also must make opportunities available to successful participants to volunteer to help other participants as mentors or tutors, or in other activities. The Department notes that this provision was proposed as § 681.660. However, as noted above, because the Department has incorporated the language from proposed § 681.610 into § 681.590, the Department deleted proposed § 681.610 and has renumbered proposed §§ 681.620 through 681.660 as §§ 681.610 through 681.650.
One commenter suggested that making opportunities available to youth peer volunteers be removed, and be replaced with language that would make the service an option for Local WDBs to choose to make, suggesting that the supervision and background investigation needed for volunteers to provide services to youth would be potentially too costly for WDBs and therefore shouldn't be a requirement. Another commenter requested clarification from the Department
This section describes the WIOA youth program's required role in the one-stop delivery system, and includes examples of the connections between the youth program and the one-stop delivery system.
This section clarifies that Local WDBs may provide services to youth through one-stop centers even if the youth are not eligible for the WIOA youth program.
The Department received a few comments on this section as discussed below.
A few commenters requested clarification regarding whether WIOA youth program funding would be allowed to support these services at one-stop centers without enrollment and whether Local WDBs would provide youth services if they are ineligible for WIOA title I youth services, and if so, which program would be funded through the provision of those services. These commenters further recommended that the Department give States the authority to use WIOA funding for the purposes of supporting workforce market information and career awareness education to ISY, as is indicated in this section under the proposed regulations. Similarly, one commenter requested clarification from the Department about whether WIOA youth funds could be used to provide support for services if the support is for materials, general information, or relationships with local businesses. This commenter further recommended that the Department allow States to use WIOA youth funds to support general labor market information to promote career awareness for ISY, reasoning that providing this information would help to prepare these ISY for their transition out of school and into their career and/or postsecondary school.
WIOA provides a reservation of funds from the adult, dislocated worker and youth programs to be undertaken by States, for statewide activities. States have both required and allowable activities to be undertaken on a statewide basis for adults, dislocated workers and youth. These funds support States to innovate, continually improve their comprehensive workforce programs, oversee a public workforce system that meets the needs of job seekers, workers and employers, and contribute to building a body of evidence to improve the effectiveness of services under WIOA. WIOA designates the percentage of funds that may be devoted to these activities from annual allotments to the States—up to 15 percent must be reserved from youth, adult, and dislocated worker funding streams, and up to an additional 25 percent of dislocated worker funds must be reserved for statewide rapid response activities. The up to 15 percent funds from the 3 funding streams may be expended on employment and training activities without regard to the source of the funding. For example, funds reserved from the adult funding stream may be used to carry out statewide youth activities and vice versa.
This subpart describes what is encompassed by the term “statewide employment and training activities.” It explains that States have both required and allowable activities to be undertaken on a statewide basis for adults, dislocated workers and youth. States have significant flexibility in the development of policies and strategies for the use of their statewide funds.
The Governor has authority to use up to 15 percent of the adult, dislocated worker, and youth funds allocated to the State for statewide activities. The regulation provides that the adult, dislocated worker and youth 15 percent funds may be combined for use on required or allowed statewide activities regardless of the funding source. These activities are funded in the same manner as they were under WIA.
This subpart first discusses required statewide activities. WIOA continues the activities that were required under WIA, but adds several additional required activities, such as assistance to State entities and agencies described in the State Plan, alignment of data systems, regional planning, and implementation of industry or sector partnerships. Required statewide activities under WIA and continued under WIOA include: Dissemination of information regarding outreach to businesses, dissemination of information on the performance and cost of attendance for programs offered by ETPs, and conducting evaluations.
This subpart also discusses allowable statewide activities. The Department provides States with a significant amount of flexibility in how these funds may be used for statewide activities. States can test and develop promising strategies. The regulation at § 682.210 is not designed to be an exhaustive list, but more illustrative of the types of allowable statewide activities that may be provided with these funds.
In addition to the required statewide activities, States are provided with significant flexibility to innovate within the public workforce system with various allowable statewide employment and training activities. These allowable activities are vital to ensuring a high quality public workforce system, and can be used to ensure continuous improvement throughout the system. This regulation is not designed to be an exhaustive list, but more illustrative of the types of allowable statewide activities that may be provided with these funds. The Department has made a clarifying edit at the beginning of § 682.210.
Regarding States' conducting their own evaluations, commenters cited a lack of sufficient funds from the Governors' set-aside as well as a lack of staff capacity. One commenter stated that the requirement “ignores the funding reality” and, along with other commenters, emphasized the many competing requirements for which set-aside funds must be used—a problem noted to be particularly acute in States with a small amount of set-aside funds. The commenters also noted that many States lack staff with requisite knowledge and skills to conduct an evaluation and cannot afford to use consultants. Three commenters noted that, with the exception of evaluations conducted and published by a few States, there is no “established broad-based record of State knowledge of research principles sufficient to effectively manage an evaluation agenda under WIOA.” To remedy this situation, commenters suggested that States receive dedicated funding and Federal support to build their evaluation infrastructure and that the Department waive or suspend the requirement to conduct evaluations until States have sufficient funding and skills, and that the Department should assume primary responsibility for conducting evaluations. Another commenter suggested that conducting evaluations should be an allowable not a required statewide activity.
Given the problems identified by commenters, the Department sees the development of States' capacity to conduct evaluation projects as a long-range and iterative process, which the Department intends to aid through various forms of technical assistance and guidance. An initial, primary goal is to enhance capacity by building knowledge among State staff regarding various methodologies, approaches for enlisting expertise, and the potential role of evaluations and research in meeting State goals and priorities. Further, the regulations at § 682.220(e) and (f) identify areas for State discretion in the methodology, duration and funding of evaluations, all of which may assist States to target their investment in a manner appropriate to the funding available to the State. The paragraphs describe flexibilities that States may use to leverage other funding, and to conduct such evaluation over multiple program years.
Despite flexibilities as to the types of evaluation, methodologies, phases, duration, and funding sources, some States may still be unable to fulfill the requirement to conduct evaluations and seek a waiver. Such a waiver request, like others submitted to the Department in regard to statutory provisions of WIOA, will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, and will be subject to any appropriate conditions and limitations of the Secretary's waiver authority and procedures found at WIOA sec. 189(i)(3), and consistent with §§ 679.610 and 679.620. No changes have been made to the regulatory text as a result of these comments.
Further, the Department disagrees with the characterization of these
While the Department did not promulgate regulations for WIOA sec. 169, the Department is addressing comments relating to Departmental evaluation and other research activity, since it is similar to the evaluation functions required of States under WIOA sec. 116(e). There are no changes to the regulatory text as a result of these comments. The comments and the Department's response are as follows.
For the convenience of the reader in understanding the totality of the regulation at § 682.220 and the changes made in the section, each part is discussed sequentially below. The revisions entailed reorganizing portions of the section to clarify the requirements and flexibilities for States, all in response to comments and to ensure conformity with statute.
In particular, the revisions reflect the distinction between the requirement that States conduct
The Department made a number of revisions to the regulatory text to clearly identify certain options that States may, but are not required to, use in fulfilling the statutory requirement to conduct evaluations as a statewide activity. Some of these options were identified in the NPRM, while others have been developed in response to comments received. In order to distinguish between regulatory requirements and regulatory flexibilities, this section has been reorganized so that these options are now stated in revised § 682.220(e) and in the new § 682.220(f).
Section 682.220(a) describes the requirement under WIOA sec. 134(a)(2)(B)(vi) for States to use funds reserved by the Governor for statewide activities to conduct evaluations of activities under the WIOA title I core programs, according to the provisions of sec. 116(e). The paragraph has been revised to state that the purpose of evaluations is “to promote continuous improvement, research and test innovative services and strategies, and achieve high levels of performance and outcomes.” The first and third purposes—promoting continuous improvement, and achieving high levels of performance and outcomes—reflect the statutory requirement of WIOA sec. 116(e)(1). The second purpose, as proposed by the Department in the NPRM, was to test innovative services and strategies. It has been revised to reflect the reality that rigorous tests of such services and strategies often are preceded or accompanied by related forms of research. This section has also been renumbered from § 682.220(a)(1) to § 682.220(a).
The paragraph proposed as § 682.220(a)(2) has been deleted. This paragraph was deleted to avoid any confusion about research and demonstration projects conducted as an allowable statewide activity, to which the provisions of § 682.220 do not apply. Also, § 682.220(a)(3), regarding the use of funds other than the Governor's Reserve, has been revised and relocated to a new § 682.220(f), as discussed below.
The regulations under § 682.220(b) describe a number of requirements for evaluation under the State Set-aside. The language at § 682.220(b) was revised from that in the NPRM to remove the reference to “research projects” and thus to clarify that the requirements are statutorily required only for evaluations. In addition, the Department made a technical revision to replace the reference to evaluations “funded in whole or in part with WIOA title I funds” with a reference to evaluations “conducted under paragraph (a).” The language was revised to clarify that the requirements in paragraph (b) apply to evaluations conducted pursuant to paragraph (a).
Paragraph (b)(1) of this section implements the statutory requirement for States to coordinate and design evaluations in conjunction with State and Local WDBs and with other agencies responsible for core programs, as set forth in WIOA sec. 116(e)(2). Paragraph (b)(2) implements the requirement for States to include, where appropriate, analysis of customer feedback and outcome and process measures in the statewide workforce development system, as set forth in WIOA sec. 116(e)(2). Where the Department requires specific information related to these requirements, it will do so through the ICR process. Paragraph (b)(3) implements the requirement for States, in conducting evaluations, to use designs that employ the most rigorous analytical and statistical measures such as the use of control groups, as set forth in WIOA sec. 116(e)(2). The regulation clarifies that these approaches should be used when appropriate and feasible, thus indicating they are not intended as a “one-size-fits-all” checklist of requirements for every evaluation project. Paragraph (b)(4) implements the statutory requirement set forth in WIOA sec. 116(e)(1) for States, to the extent feasible, to coordinate the State's evaluations with those provided by the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education under the particular statutes as cited. These paragraphs are adopted as proposed.
Section 682.220(c) implements the statutory requirement for States to annually prepare, submit, and make available reports containing the results of the evaluations the States conduct, as set forth in WIOA sec. 116(e)(3). The Department has made two revisions to this section. First, as noted above, in response to comments received, the Departments has clarified that States must prepare, submit to the State and Local WDBs, and disseminate to the public results from these evaluations “as available.” The Department recognizes that when evaluations are conducted over multiple program years, as permitted in revised paragraph (e)(3), results may not be available in every program year. Evaluation reports must be made publically available during the program year the final report is finalized. In light of the options States have in terms of the components and time needed for evaluations as clarified in § 682.220(e)(3), evaluations may extend into multiple program years. Second, the Department has revised this section to remove any reference to “other research” to avoid any confusion with research as an allowable statewide activity, for which the reporting requirements are not statutorily required under WIOA. However, the Department, in recognition of the benefits of disseminating research, strongly encourages States to make publicly available the reports emanating from such other research that States conduct.
Section 682.220(d) implements the statutory requirement for States to cooperate, to the extent practicable, in evaluations and related research projects conducted by the Secretaries of Labor and Education. The Department has made minor revisions, for the sake of clarity, to three aspects of this section. First, the Department has removed the reference to the “agents” of the “Secretaries of Labor and Education” because a reference to the Secretaries always implicitly includes their agents, such as sub-agencies, contractors, or grantees. Second, the Department has replaced the reference to “sec. 116(e)(4) of WIOA” with a reference to the “laws cited in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.” This revision is non-substantive as the laws cited in paragraph (b)(4) of this section are those noted under sec. 116(e)(4) of WIOA, intended to simplify the language of the regulation.
Paragraph (d)(1) of this section describes the particular data, information, and assistance that States must timely provide in cooperation with evaluations and related research projects conducted by the Secretary of Labor and Secretary of Education. Paragraph (d)(2) describes the requirement for the States to encourage cooperation in data provision by one-stop partners at the local level. Paragraph (d)(3) describes the requirement for the Governor to provide written notification to the Secretary if it is not practicable for the State to timely provide the data described in paragraph (d)(1).
No comments were received regarding these paragraphs. However, paragraph (d)(2) has been revised to correct an erroneous reference to paragraph (f)(1)(a)-(c) to the appropriate citation to paragraphs (d)(1)(i)-(iv). These paragraphs are adopted as proposed, with the described revision.
Section 682.220(e) has been revised to identify allowable flexibilities in the types of studies, phases, and time frames that are available to States in fulfilling their obligation to conduct evaluations, all in response to the concerns expressed in the comments about this requirement.
Paragraph (e)(1) of § 682.220 clarifies that under WIOA sec. 116(e)(1) States, while required to use set-aside funds to evaluate activities under title I core programs, are permitted to conduct evaluations that jointly examine activities under title I and those under other core programs, so long as such evaluations are developed and designed in coordination with the relevant State agencies responsible for core programs under § 682.220(b)(1). Examples of evaluations of activities under multiple core programs include studies of referral processes, systems integration, or infrastructure cost sharing among the core programs.
Paragraph (e)(2) provides a new flexibility to permit States to conduct evaluations similar to those authorized for, or conducted by, the Departments of Labor and Education under the laws cited in § 682.220(b)(4), and cites as examples “process and outcome studies, pilot and demonstration projects that have an evaluative component, analyses of programmatic data, impact and benefit-cost analyses, and use of rigorous designs to test the efficacy of various interventions.”
Paragraph (e)(3) was added to clarify flexibilities for States to conduct evaluations over multiple program years, involving multiple phases “such as a literature or evidence review, feasibility study, planning, research, coordination, design, data collection, and analysis, and report preparation, clearance, and dissemination.” As noted above, the Department has added these flexibilities for States since, based on its own experiences in conducting evaluations, which have often entailed many such components and extended over multiple years.
Section 682.220(f) describes allowable flexibilities for the States in funding evaluations in the use of funds from sources other than the State set-aside. Section 682.220(f)(1) permits States to use funds from any WIOA title I through IV core program to conduct evaluations, as determined through the coordinative processes associated with paragraph (b)(1). This paragraph was, for the sake of clarity, relocated from § 682.220(a)(3) of the NPRM. Further, consistent with the decisions discussed above, the reference to “other research” was removed. The Department also revised the paragraph to clarify that States may use funds from any WIOA title I through IV core program (per WIOA sec. 116(e)(1)); the NPRM had referred to only title II through IV core programs. This revision clarifies that, while States must conduct evaluations using State set-aside funds under WIOA secs. 129(b)(1)(A) and 134(a)(2)(B)(vi)), they may additionally use available funds from other core programs for such evaluations. This flexibility may be of particular interest to States planning evaluations that jointly study WIOA title I core program and other core program activities (a flexibility identified in § 682.220(e)(1) above).
Section 682.220(f)(2) permits States to use or combine funds, consistent with Federal and State law, regulation and guidance, from other public or private sources, to conduct evaluations relating to activities under the WIOA title I through IV core programs. Such projects may include those funded by the Department of Labor and other Federal agencies, among other sources. This section was initially located at § 682.220(e) of the NPRM. In response to concerns expressed by commenters, the Department has revised this section slightly by adding language to clarify that these additional public or private funding sources can include Department of Labor or other Federal agencies' grants, cooperative agreements and contracts. The Department has also revised this section, consistent with the decisions discussed above, to remove the reference to “research, and other demonstration projects.”
This subpart discusses the important role that rapid response plays in providing customer-focused services to both dislocated workers and employers, ensuring immediate access to affected workers to help them quickly re-enter the workforce. The regulations reflect the lessons learned from the innovations by, and best practices of, various rapid response programs around the country in planning for and meeting the challenges posed by events precipitating substantial increases in the number of unemployed individuals in States, regions, and local areas. The regulations provide a comprehensive framework for operating successful rapid response programs in a way that promotes innovation and maintains flexibility to enable States to manage successfully economic transitions.
The Department is making a technical correction to § 682.300(a). Proposed § 682.300(a) made reference to rapid response being discussed in §§ 682.310 through 682.370. The reference to § 682.310 is corrected to reflect § 682.300. This technical correction makes it clear that the regulatory text in § 682.300 also is intended to be included in the description of rapid response.
The remaining analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 682 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
Section 682.300 describes rapid response, which promotes economic development and vitality and delivers critically important solutions to workers and businesses in transition.
This section explains the circumstances that trigger the delivery of rapid response.
As previously noted in the preamble discussion on § 682.300, the Department received comments that led the Department to add § 682.302 in order to clarify the circumstances under which rapid response must be delivered. Rapid Response must be provided when one or
(a) Announcement or notification of a permanent closure:
An announcement or notification of a permanent closure of a facility, store, enterprise, or plant, regardless of the number of workers affected;
(b) Announcement or notification of a mass layoff as defined in § 682.305 and discussed in that section of this preamble;
(c) A mass job dislocation resulting from a disaster:
Any natural or other disaster event, as defined by state or local emergency management policies, that results in job loss for a number of workers sufficient to meet a state's definition for mass layoff (see the discussion under number 4 below), or causing 50 or more workers to become dislocated. The Department encourages States to consider appropriate roles and responsibilities for rapid response activities following a natural or other disaster event and establish these roles and responsibilities as part of any emergency management plans that are developed;
(d) The filing of a TAA petition:
This is required in accordance with the requirement in sec. 221(a)(2)(A) of the Trade Act, which requires that the Governor ensure that rapid response services are delivered to all workers who are covered by the petition for TAA. Additionally, please see the discussion below in response to comments on § 682.330(i).
Although the regulatory text now reflects the circumstances that require delivery of Rapid Response and the Final Rule preamble clarifies the circumstances under which rapid response must be provided, the Department is not suggesting that these are the only instances for which States and local workforce areas may provide rapid response. Instead, the Department strongly encourages States or their designated entities to deliver rapid response services to as many workers and companies as possible and to adopt policies that maximize the opportunities for rapid response services to be provided in a manner that best supports the businesses and workers in their communities.
This section explains the definition of the term “mass layoff” for the purposes of rapid response.
As previously noted in the preamble discussion on § 682.300, the Department received comments that led the Department to define the term “mass layoff” for purposes of Rapid Response.
A mass layoff will have occurred for the purposes of rapid response when at least one of the following conditions have been met:
• A mass layoff, as defined by the State; however, under no circumstances may a State's definition of mass layoff exceed a minimum threshold of 50 workers. For example, in its definition, the State cannot set the minimum threshold of laid off workers at 75, but it can be set to as few as 1. The definition may be based upon factors such as the size of the company that is impacted, the percentage of workers impacted by a layoff, the income level of the employees, and other relevant factors;
• Where a State has not defined a minimum threshold for mass layoff, any layoff affecting 50 or more workers; or,
• Upon receipt of a WARN Act notice (see discussion in § 682.320 below in response to a comment on this subpart), regardless of the number of workers affected by the layoff announced.
Additionally, the Department notes that the definition of “mass layoff” discussed in this subpart and included in the new regulatory text at § 682.305, differs from the definition used in part 687, National Dislocated Worker Grants, which also refers to the term “mass layoff.” For Rapid Response, the Department allows States more flexibility in defining mass layoffs. Rapid Response services encompass strategies and activities that States can provide to assist workers affected by layoffs and closures as described at § 682.300 (including information about available employment and training programs), and the Department encourages States to do so, regardless of the number of workers affected. In contrast, the DWG program is aimed at significant events that cannot reasonably be expected to be accommodated within the ongoing operations of the formula-funded dislocated worker program. Accordingly, for the purposes of the DWG program, the Department separately defines “mass layoff” as those affecting 50 or more workers from one employer in the same area. Additional details can be found in part 687.
Section 682.310 clarifies that the State or an entity designated by the State is responsible for carrying out rapid response activities.
The Department would like to clarify the intent in § 682.310(a). The regulatory text indicates that rapid response must be carried out by the State or by another entity designated by the State. The State or entity designated by the State must coordinate, communicate, and work with Local WDBs, CEOs, and other stakeholders as appropriate. The Department included “other stakeholders” because it has determined that the intent of the law is to ensure coordination with all relevant parties so rapid response services can be delivered effectively. Paragraph (b) of § 682.310 reinforces the requirement that regardless of whether a State designates a non-State entity or entities to carry out rapid response, the State must establish and maintain a rapid response unit to oversee this program.
This section describes a comprehensive approach to layoff aversion, designed to prevent or minimize the duration of unemployment.
One commenter requested an addition to § 682.320(b)(2) to insert language that States should work with both business and labor organizations in those instances where a collective bargaining agreement is in place and consult with unions in cases where no such agreement exists. The commenter also requested that language on partnering or contracting with labor organizations be added to § 682.320(b)(7). Lastly, the commenter recommended an additional provision that included language about working with labor organizations.
In § 682.320(b)(4), incumbent worker training is identified as one of the allowable layoff aversion activities. Although no comments were received with regard to this text, the Department has determined that a correction to the regulatory text at § 682.320(b)(4) to insert the word “funding” is needed in order to align the regulatory text with another section of the regulations (§ 680.800(b)) and to clarify that the Department intended rapid response funds to be used to pay for this training to help ensure workers have the skills needed to conduct the work of the employer and that businesses are able to build a skilled workforce commensurate to their needs. An additional correction is made to the regulatory text to make it clear that any incumbent worker training program conducted with rapid response funding must be tied to a broader layoff aversion strategy or must be intended for the purpose of preventing workers from losing their jobs. Incumbent worker training is a critical layoff aversion approach and our intent is to allow rapid response funds to pay for these activities in order to help ensure that rapid response meets its primary goal, which is to prevent or minimize the duration of unemployment.
In order to demonstrate that the funds are being used as part of a layoff aversion strategy or activity, States must develop policies and procedures with respect to the use of rapid response funds for incumbent worker training, including the circumstances under which using rapid response funds for incumbent worker training would be applicable. As with all incumbent worker training funds, however, the use of rapid response resources to provide incumbent worker training as part of layoff aversion must be above and beyond the normal training offered by businesses to their employees. Rapid response resources must not supplant private funds in these situations.
This section describes the required rapid response activities.
One commenter opined that this level of detail should not be included as a requirement.
Regarding the requirement at § 682.330(j) to provide additional assistance to local areas, although no comments were received about this text, the Department wishes to clarify the connection between WIOA and the regulatory text. WIOA refers to events “that precipitate substantial increases in the number of unemployed individuals” as the trigger for potential additional assistance. In the regulatory text, the Department has interpreted this to mean that additional assistance may be provided “when such events exceed the capacity of the local area to respond with existing resources” to address situations such as significant increases in unemployment that have resulted in, or have the potential to cause, a significant impact on the local area's resources. Therefore, additional assistance also may be used to support responses to major dislocation events, to provide layoff aversion efforts, and other allowable activities when these activities exceed the capacity of a local area's formula resources.
Finally, the Department is making several corrections to the regulatory text that includes an edit to § 682.330(e), to delete the reference to WIOA secs. 101(38) and 134(a)(2)(A). Because the paragraph is specifically referencing national dislocated worker grants, it now cites only to the part governing those grants, to be more clear. Also, an edit to § 682.330(h) was made by inserting the word “and” between § 682.330(h)(1) and (2) to reflect that both are expected benefits of developing and maintaining partnerships described at § 682.330(h).
Section 682.360 requires the reporting of rapid response information on the WIOA individual record.
Section 682.370 describes the statewide activities for which rapid response funds that are unobligated after the first program year for which the funds were allotted may be used.
This part establishes the administrative provisions for the programs authorized under title I of WIOA. Some of the provisions are also applicable to grants provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as indicated in specific sections of this part. The remaining Wagner-Peyser Act administrative rules are located in 20 CFR part 658. The Department notes that administrative provisions for Job Corps (subtitle C of title I of WIOA) contracts are addressed separately in 20 CFR part 686. The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed regulations for Administrative Provisions Under Title I of WIOA. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. The Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below. Lastly, the terms “performance measure” and “performance accountability measure” have been replaced throughout with “performance indicator” and references to the
Section 683.100 describes the statutory requirements for the Department's release of formula funds under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act.
The Department also received comments concerning the required obligation rate of WIOA funds and the reallotment process. The Department addresses these comments in § 683.135.
No changes were made to regulatory text in response to these comments.
This section recognizes the use of the three funding instruments that conform with the Uniform Guidance: Grant agreements, cooperative agreements, and contracts.
Additionally, the Department clarified where the language in § 683.105 applies to grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements.
Aside from the changes discussed above, the Final Rule adopts the remainder of the section as proposed with a technical edit to § 683.105(e)(4) to correct language that was inadvertently retained from the WIA regulations and make this regulation more reflective of the statutory language at sec. 169(b)(6)(D) of WIOA, and additional technical edits for clarity to § 683.105(f).
This section describes the period of performance for different types of WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act grant awards.
The Department received no comments on the remaining provisions of § 683.110, and the Final Rule adopts the section as proposed with technical corrections. The Department has corrected the reference in § 683.110(c)(1)(ii) so that it refers to the provision governing the availability of funds used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, and it clarifies that this provision is referring specifically to WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, as defined in sec. 3 of WIOA and in subpart E of this part. The Department notes that the term “used” in § 683.110(c)(1)(ii) refers to the reservation and use of funds mentioned in WIOA secs. 129(c)(1)(D) and 134(d)(1)(A)(ii). Additionally, the Department has corrected § 683.110(f) so that it refers to award documents instead of terms and conditions of award.
This section describes the timeframe and formula factors a Governor must employ when allocating fund to local areas under secs.128 and 133. It also specifies the steps a Governor must take when issuing allocations, including consulting with Local WDBs and elected official prior to issuing the allocation.
This section addresses the minimum funding thresholds for States funded under title I, subtitle B of WIOA.
Two commenters stated that § 683.125(a) should take effect Oct. 1, 2015, for fiscal year (FY) 2016. These commenters stated that the proposed regulations are silent on whether § 683.125(a) refers to program year (PY) or FY, but that the Department through TEGL No. 29-14 (“
This section provides flexibility to local WDBs to provide services in the areas of greatest need by allowing fund transfers of up to 100 percent of a program year allocation between the local adult and the local dislocated worker allocations.
This section implements secs. 127(c) and 132(c) of WIOA, and explains the Department's process for recapture and reallotment of formula funds awarded to the States under title I.
The Department has simplified the language at § 683.135(c) so that it simply states that the “term `obligation' is defined at 2 CFR 200.71.” This change was made because comments revealed that the specific inclusion of the items in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the NPRM led readers to question why other obligations were not included in this list. This change is meant to clarify that everything that qualifies as an obligation under 2 CFR 200.71, including rapid response obligations under sec. 133(a)(2) of WIOA and the transfers and allocations referenced in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the proposed regulation, should be counted for the purposes of the reallotment calculation in § 683.135(a).
In addition to simplifying § 683.135(c), the Department added § 683.135(d), which states that obligations must be reported on Department financial forms unless otherwise noted in guidance. Evaluation of the proposed language done in response to questions about whether amounts allocated to local areas must be included on the ETA 9130 form revealed that not all obligations for the purposes of reallotment calculation in § 683.135(a) need to be reported on the 9130 form. The Department has clarified the regulation so that it says all obligations must be reported on Department financial forms unless subsequent guidance from the Department includes instructions to the contrary.
This section describes procedures for reallocating youth, adult, and dislocated worker funds among local areas in the State, in accordance with secs. 128(c) and 133(c) of WIOA.
Section 683.140(b) and (c) provide that the reallocation determination occurs for the prior program year after an evaluation of all local areas' obligation rates has occurred. However, there is no required timeframe for a Governor to make a decision as the regulation maintains the Governor's flexibility and responsibility to make reallocation decisions regarding the WIOA grant funds. No change was made to the regulatory text.
This section includes requirements mandated by the Uniform Guidance.
This section addresses closeout, which is an important component to complete the grant lifecycle. This section paraphrases the Uniform Administrative requirement sections on closeout and post-closeout adjustments (2 CFR 200.343 through 200.344).
This section describes the application of Uniform Guidance and the corresponding exceptions authorized by the Department at 2 CFR part 2900 for all grant recipients and sub recipients, including for-profit organizations and foreign entities.
The Buy-American requirements apply to funds made available under title I, title II, or under the Wagner-Peyser Act. However, § 683.200(f) only applies to funds authorized under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act; no change was made in the regulatory text in response to this comment.
This section specifies the statutory administrative cost limitations of title I grant funds.
This section defines the functions and activities that constitute administration in accordance with sec. 3(1) of WIOA, and therefore are subject to the administrative cost limitations discussed in § 683.205.
The Department received numerous and varied responses regarding its solicitation. The majority of the comments received concerned whether the regulation should use a static list to define administrative costs or whether the regulation should include a more flexible definition, with a majority of
This section describes the internal controls that recipients and subrecipients must install and have in place when expending WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act funds, and is based on 2 CFR 200.303.
The Department will provide additional guidance on this issue. No change was made to the regulatory text.
This section addresses the laws governing the determination of eligibility for veterans and their spouses for WIOA funded services with income qualification requirements.
The Department does not agree with the necessity of adding eligibility and income procedures to the regulation because their detailed and technical nature is better suited for guidance developed with the Assistant Secretary for VETS. The Department will consider the request future for training. No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
This section is based on the requirements in the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR 200.439(b)(3), and states that WIOA title I funds must not be spent on construction, purchase of facilities or buildings, or other capital expenditures for improvements to land or buildings except with prior approval of the Secretary.
The Department intended to provide the Secretary with the flexibility authorized under WIOA to use funds for construction in any situation where it might be necessary and has determined that it would not be prudent to limit this flexibility by imposing any requirements or exclusive lists of use of funds. No change is made in the regulatory text in response to these comments.
This section provides rules on State Employment Security Act (SESA) properties, Reed Act-funded properties, and JTPA-funded properties.
This section implements sec. 181(e) of WIOA, which restricts the use of WIOA funds for employment generating activities except where the activities are directly related to training for eligible individuals.
This section describes other activities that are expressly prohibited in title I of WIOA, including foreign travel paid for by WIOA formula funds (sec. 181(e) of WIOA), payment of wages of incumbent workers participating in economic development activities (sec. 181(b) of WIOA), contracts with persons falsely labeling products as made in America (sec. 502(c) of WIOA) and others.
No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
This section describes the prohibitions on the use of WIOA title I funds to encourage business relocation, including specific timeframes when entities can begin working with such businesses. This section also describes the States' obligation to develop procedures to implement these rules.
The Department has determined that it is not necessary to require that the pre-award criteria be explained in the State's unified or combined State plan because § 683.260 already requires the State to create a standardized procedure. The Department will provide additional guidance and technical assistance on this matter. No change was made to the regulatory text.
This section describes the wage and labor standards that apply to WIOA title I participants, including the requirements under the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) and State and local minimum wage laws.
Section 683.275(c) applies to work-based learning and employment under title I of WIOA. As described above, whether a particular job triggers these requirements and protections is a fact-specific enquiry. The Department has determined it would not be appropriate to analyze the application of this provision to the two types of jobs submitted by the commenter. Such analysis is better suited for guidance and technical assistance.
Section 683.275(d) applies to all allowances, earnings, and payments to individuals participating in programs under title I of WIOA. Because the application of this provision does not depend on the types of jobs involved, the Department has determined that this provision does not need additional clarification. Consequently, for the reasons described above, the Department adopts the provision as proposed.
The commenter should note that the Department previously issued guidance on the application of the FLSA to work-based training programs. In addition, the Department will provide additional guidance on this section.
No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
This section explains what health and safety standards and workers compensation laws apply to WIOA title I participants.
WIOA utilizes the word “participant” throughout the statute and specifically in sec. 181(b)(4). The term “participant” encompasses the student workers referred to by the commenter and the students are covered by health and safety laws to the extent that those laws cover students. Because whether students are covered by the protections at sec. 181(b)(4) and § 683.280 depends the applicable Federal and State laws and regulations and cannot be succinctly summarized, the Department has determined to retain the use of “participant” in this section. No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to this comment.
This section describes the nondiscrimination, equal opportunity, and religious activities requirements that, as defined in WIAO sec. 188 and at 29 CFR part 38, must adhere to when using WIOA title I funds.
WIOA sec. 188(a)(5) refers to immigrants authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. Pursuant to the Homeland Security Act of 2002, Pub. L. 107-296, that authority has been transferred to the Department of Homeland Security. Section 1517 of the Homeland Security Act (codified at 6 U.S.C. 557) provides that reference in any other Federal law to any function transferred by the Homeland Security Act “and exercised on or after the effective date of the Act” shall refer to the official to whom that function is transferred. Consequently, the Final Rule contains a reference to the Secretary of Homeland Security.
This section addresses earning profit under WIOA.
Section 683.300 specifies the reporting requirements for programs funded under WIOA and the deadlines for such reports.
This section defines the roles and areas in which oversight must be conducted by the recipients and subrecipients, including ensuring compliance with relevant rules and developing a monitoring system.
The Department is providing grant recipients the flexibility with designing the monitoring process and procedures to meet the requirements of § 683.410 and does not want to limit this flexibility by imposing a specific monitoring process. However, the Department will continue to provide technical assistance and guidance on this subject.
No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments. Additionally, the Department would like to note that although § 683.410(b)(2)(iii) requires States to have a monitoring system that enables Governors to determine if subrecipients and contractors have demonstrated substantial compliance with Wagner-Peyser Act requirements, violations of Wagner-Peyser Act requirements will be handled pursuant to the authority and processes in the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended, and the implementing regulations at 20 CFR part 658.
This section describes the components of a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy and describes WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract as a specific type of performance-based contract.
WIOA sec. 3 provides that the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy is a procurement strategy for funds allocated to local areas for the provision of adult, dislocated worker, or youth training services. WIOA limits the amount of local allocations available for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies to 10 percent of the local area's allocation available under secs. 128(b) and 133(b)(2)-(3) of WIOA. WIOA sec. 189(g)(2)(D) specifies that funds used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies shall remain available until expended.
The NPRM defined the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy as having four distinct characteristics, including in § 683.500(a)(2) a feasibility study to determine whether the proposed intervention is suitable for a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy. The Department required the feasibility study because it determined that, prior to beginning a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy, a local area needs to conduct an analysis to determine whether a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy is the right approach. Upon reviewing the comments, the Department retains its conclusion that the feasibility study is necessary. Consequently, the regulatory text retains the feasibility study requirement.
In analyzing the comments received and reviewing the proposed language, the Department concluded that the
To address this issue, the Department modified that language in § 683.500(a) and removed the feasibility study requirement from the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy definition. However, because the Department has determined that a feasibility study is necessary, the Department added a new paragraph (b) in § 683.500 that requires a local area to conduct a feasibility study prior to implementing a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy. Because the feasibility study is not included in the definition of “WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy” in the Final Rule, the feasibility study is not subject to the 10 percent limitation.
In addition, the Department decided against prescribing what should be included in a feasibility study in order to retain flexibility. The Department intends to provide local areas with flexibility authorized under WIOA needed to implement a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy that meets the needs and challenges in each local area. The Department does not want to limit this flexibility by imposing any other requirements or exclusive definitions for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies. However, the Department will provide additional guidance on this subject to address the scope and minimum requirements of the feasibility study.
The Department decided against prescribing whether local areas can use existing studies for the reasons described in the previous paragraph.
No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
This section defines the requirements associated with a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract, which would be awarded under a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy.
Several comments either equated the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies in WIOA to a Pay for Success financing strategy (sometimes referred to as social impact bonds) or inquired as to the allowability of a Pay for Success financing model in WIOA, specifically the allowability of social impact bonds. Other comments recommended that the Department specify in greater detail the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract requirements and that the Department issue requirements for applications.
This section restates the WIOA requirements that funds allocated under secs. 133(b)(2) and (3) of WIOA can be used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies providing adult and dislocated worker training, and funds allocated under sec. 128(b) of WIOA can be used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies providing youth activities.
One commenter requested clarification concerning the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy limits and performance-based contracting. This same commenter requested clarification of on what expenses are included in the 10 percent limit for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies.
Performance-based contracts are still an available option for local areas and there is no limit on the use of funds for typical performance-based contracts, as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR). Contracts that are not executed under the WIOA Pay-For-Performance contracting authority may continue to include performance incentives, either positive or negative or both, in compliance with the Federal Acquisition Regulations. However, funds used for performance-based contracts that do not qualify as Pay-For-Performance contracts do not remain available until expended under WIOA sec. 189(g)(2)(D). The Department does encourage local areas to refocus these traditional performance-based contracts to place an emphasis on the contractor achieving outcomes like participants obtaining and retaining good jobs, rather than outputs like the number of people served.
The Department has determined additional clarification on what is included in the 10 percent limit is not necessary because the regulation already contains this information. The 10 percent limit applies to WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, a term that is defined in § 683.500(a). Because the regulation already describes what expenses are included in the 10 percent limit, the Final Rule adopts the provision as proposed.
This section discusses how long funds used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies are available.
This section describes both allowable and required State activities related to WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies.
This part of the regulation does not limit the ability of the State to use the statewide reserve funds to carry out various kinds of performance-based contracts, as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR). Rather, this part of the regulation addresses how Governor's reserve funds may be used to support WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, a term defined in sec. 3(47) of WIOA and § 683.500. State and local funds may be used to support performance-based contracting, including projects that involve “core-end payments” so long as these funds are used consistently with any restrictions and requirements that might govern those funding sources. However, grantees should note that unlike the 10 percent of local funds identified in WIOA secs. 129(c)(1)(D) and 134(d)(1)(A)(iii) as being available for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, funds used for other types of performance-based contracting do not have the potential extended period of availability identified in WIOA sec. 189(g)(2)(D) as applying to the 10 percent of funds described in WIOA secs. 129(c)(1)(D) and 134(d)(1)(A)(iii).
In response to the issue of the use of Governor's Reserve funds to support WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, the Department has added a paragraph (a)(3) to clarify that the items listed in § 683.540(a) are not an exhaustive list of ways in which Governor's Reserve funds can be used to support WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies. As the addition explains, Governor's Reserve funds can be used for other activities supporting WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies if those uses otherwise comply with limitations that govern the use of those funds.
For example, as provided in § 683.540(a), Governors may provide technical assistance to local areas, including assistance with structuring WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, performance data collection, meeting performance data entry requirements, and identifying levels of performance. This technical assistance can help local areas move forward in using this contract strategy. Additionally, the State may either conduct evaluations of such strategies and/or provide technical assistance to locals regarding the importance of evaluation of WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies. The State and local areas may conduct their own evaluations of the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contracts, or procure an independent evaluator.
Governor's Reserve funds used to support Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, like Governor's Reserve funds used for other types of performance-based contracting, do not have the potential extended period of availability identified in WIOA sec. 189(g)(2)(D). The Department will issue additional guidance on how these funds may be used to support WIOA Pay-for-
This section requires local areas, States, outlying areas, and direct grant recipients of WIOA title I funds to establish and maintain a procedure for grievances and complaints, including appeals as appropriate, and describes what the procedure must include, as required by WIOA sec. 181(c)(1).
This section describes the procedures and circumstances under which the Department will impose sanctions or take corrective actions, as described in WIOA sec. 184(b) and (e), against States, local areas, and grant recipients and subrecipients.
This section identifies the recipient as the responsible party for title I and Wagner-Peyser Act funds.
This section requires the Governor to take corrective action and impose sanctions on a local area if it fails to comply with the requirements described in this section.
This section permits a recipient to request a waiver of liability, and describes the factors the Grant Officer will consider when determining whether to grant the request.
The Department received no comments on the remaining provisions in § 683.730, and has adopted each as proposed.
This part of the Final Rule governs the Indian and Native American Programs authorized under sec. 166 of WIOA. This Final Rule section-by-section discussion details the Department's responses to public comments on the proposed part 684 regulations. The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on proposed part 684 regulations. If a section is not addressed below, it is because the public comments submitted did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside of the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number on non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
In this part, one conforming edit was made throughout to replace the term, “performance measures” with the term “performance indicators.”
The Department seeks to hire competent individuals for all of its programs and has determined that it is not appropriate to include a competency requirement in regulation for just the INA program. No changes to the regulatory text were made in response to these comments.
Another commenter stated that ACS raises questions about the reliability of data for the Indian population, asserting that State Data Centers and Census Information Centers nationwide express concerns for the high margin of error in small populations and small geographic areas. Stating that changes were made in 2011 to improve the data and that the full effect of these improvements will not be known until 2017, this commenter urged the Department to allow tribes to use their own census statistics in the interim until reliable data are available.
Multiple commenters also proposed a different definition of “high-poverty area” that uses specific terms as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau: “a Census tract, a set of contiguous Census tracts, an American Indian Reservation, Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Area (as defined by the US Census Bureau), Alaska Native Village or Alaska Native Regional Corporation Area, Native Hawaiian Homeland Area or country.” In addition, these commenters recommended that in the Native American supplemental youth services program, the definition of “high-poverty area” should relate specifically to poverty rates for the Native American population as that is the target population for this program.
Regarding the remainder of the definition of “high-poverty area,” the Department agrees with the commenter and has adopted more precise U.S. Census Bureau language. The Department also has added language that permits the Secretary to identify other areas that an applicant can use to calculate the poverty rate, which allows flexibility in case the areas change for which ACS5-Year data are available.
The Department also agrees that INA program grantees should be able to look to the poverty rate of INA individuals when determining if an area is “high-poverty.” The Department recognizes that it is possible for the overall poverty rate in a census tract to be below the 25 percent poverty threshold for the general population while the poverty rate among the INA sub-population in that same census tract is greater than 25 percent. Consequently, the Department added language to the definition of high-poverty area permitting INA program grantees to claim “high-poverty” status for a particular area if the poverty rate of the INA population is at least 25 percent; however, the Department has retained language that allows an area to be considered high-poverty where 25 percent or more of the general population is in poverty. The Final Rule retains this language in order to allow INA program grantees the flexibility of selecting the methodology that is more advantageous for its participants. Therefore, grantees may calculate the poverty rate using the following two methodologies: (1) The number of low-income individuals in a census tract divided by the total number of individuals in the same census tract; or (2) the number of low-income INA individuals in a census tract divided by the total number INA individuals in the same census tract.
While no comments were received on this section about the 30 percent threshold used in determining high poverty, the Department received many comments about the 30 percent threshold in a similar section of the regulation (§ 681.260). As a result of the numerous comments on § 681.260 and the analysis of the comments, the Department determined that a poverty rate of at least 30 percent was too high, and the Final Rule requires a poverty rate of at least 25 percent. Consequently, the Department has changed the percentage requirement for this section to be consistent with § 681.260.
The Department also made clarifying edits to § 684.130 to the meaning of and Indian-Controlled Organization.
As for allowing tribes that participate in the Public Law 102-477 program to have a lower funding threshold than grants administered through the Department, the Department reached this decision because Public Law 102-477 allows for Federal employment and training related funds to be consolidated into one grant. This consolidation results in administrative savings that make smaller grant amounts administratively manageable. Therefore, while the WIOA portion of the consolidated grant can be as low as $20,000, all Federal resources combined under the plan must total at least $100,000. Because the Department has determined that § 684.200(a)(2) would not eliminate the 36 incumbent grantees and because tribes participating in Public Law 102-477 also have the same $100,000 Federal funding threshold under a consolidated grant, no changes have been made to regulatory text except for re-numbering and non-substantive edits to paragraphs (c), (d), and (g) for clarity.
Multiple commenters raised concerns about expense and feasibility of data collection for the performance indicators, particularly that the current performance reporting system used by INA program grantees (Bear Tracks) is not adequate for the proposed performance requirements and would be costly to upgrade. Specifically, a commenter asserted that the total update cost may exceed $1 million,
Multiple commenters stated that, given the disparity in funding between the INA youth grants and the State grants, it is not reasonable or practical to require the same level of service and effort in collecting performance data given the small median size of grants. A commenter stated that the INA youth program currently does not have the ability to do wage matching through the Wage Record Interchange System (WRIS). This commenter expressed concern regarding the burden on INA program staff over following up with participants to determine the “unsubsidized employment” aspect of certain performance indicators.
A commenter expressed concern that maintaining current regression models for the INA program grantees that factor in local economic conditions is an additional cost that must be considered.
A commenter said that such programs are not conducive to meeting several of the State performance indicators, stating that most INA program grantees only operate summer employment programs for high school-aged youth,. Because the INA program is not a core program, a commenter suggested that the “effectiveness in serving employers” performance indicator should not apply to INA programs, citing WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv).
A commenter proposed that the Department allow the INA program to modify the definitions for the indicators to better fit a summer employment program that primarily serves high school-aged youth that return to high school in the fall and that the regulations or ETA policy clarify that the indicators cannot be used to determine INA program grantee performance. This commenter suggested that while the Department develops performance indicators for the INA youth programs in consultation with the INA program grantee community and the NAETC, the Department should establish a waiver process under which INA program grantees would continue to use the current Tribal Supplemental Youth Services performance indicators and goals under WIA as part of the 4-year strategic plan.
Commenter concerns about other specific regulation language included: Multiple commenters asked for more specificity on what is considered an “education or training” activity and whether high school is considered an “education” activity. Another commenter expressed opposition to proposed § 684.460(b), which would require the Secretary, in consultation with the NAETC, to develop additional performance indicators (in addition to the primary indicators of performance). A commenter encouraged the expansion of the median earnings performance measure in § 684.460(a) to include consideration of a participant's economic self-sufficiency level or economic security level in addition to median earnings. Another commenter stated that the reference in § 684.620(a)(6) to WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv) is incorrect. Instead, the reference should be to sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(VI).
Because WIOA requires the use of the performance indicators at WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A) for the recipients of funds under WIOA sec. 166, including the youth performance indicators at 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), no changes have been made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.. However, the Department notes that recipients of youth funds under sec. 166 of WIOA may request a waiver of the youth indicators of performance pursuant to waiver procedures that will be established under sec. 166(i)(3) of WIOA. The waiver procedures established pursuant to sec. 166(i)(3) of WIOA generally will be consistent with, but not identical to, the waiver requirements under sec. 189(i)(3)(B) of WIOA. The Department will consult with the NAETC before developing guidance on the waiver process. The Department anticipates that this guidance will include youth performance indicators that may be substituted for the performance indicators identified at WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A). Finally, the Department also envisions that waivers to the youth performance indicators will be requested at the beginning of a 4-year grant award cycle, in the 4-year strategic plan and will waive youth performance indicators for the duration of the 4-year grant cycle plan. Through this process, the Department anticipates that recipients of youth INA funding can establish performance indicators that address both the grantees' feasibility and applicability concerns.
As for the concern about the applicability of the performance indicator regarding effectiveness of serving employers under § 684.460(a)(6), the Department has determined that WIOA sec. 166(h) requires the use of all performance indicators under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A), including the indicator on effectiveness in serving employers at sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(VI). That WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv) references the core programs does not limit the applicability of the indicator on the effectiveness in serving employers to the core programs. Because WIOA clearly requires the application of the indicator on effectiveness of serving employers for recipients of funds under sec. 166, no changes have been made to the regulatory text.
Regarding the incorrect reference in § 684.620(a)(6), the Department has examined the reference to sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv) in § 684.460(a)(6) and has determined that the reference is correct.
Concerning the opposition to § 684.460(b), which requires the development of performance indicators that are in addition to the primary indicators of performance, this is a statutory requirement and cannot be altered here.. However, as part of a waiver request, the Department envisions that these additional indicators which will be developed in consultation with the NAETC, may be used in lieu of the primary indicators of performance specified at §§ 684.460(a)(1)-(6) and 684.620(a)(1)-(6). Please see further discussion of the adult performance indicators in the preamble corresponding to § 684.620.
Another commenter expressed concerns that the proposed performance indicators would require a significant re-design (or replacement) of the current performance reporting system used by INA program grantees (Bear Tracks).
A commenter noted that more than one-third of the WIOA sec. 166 INA program grantees are allocated less than $100,000. The commenter expressed concerns that WIOA increases the reporting burden for WIOA sec. 166 programs by using a more complex set of indicators and expressed concern for the statistical regression model.
A commenter suggested that INA programs should have their own performance indicators that they help to develop and another commenter suggested that a waiver provision for performance is necessary.
Additionally, a commenter suggested that the Department may have violated E.O. 13175's requirements to consult with tribal officials in the development of Federal policy that has tribal implications. This commenter reasoned that the WIOA-mandated primary indicators of performance removes the step of consultation with WIOA sec. 166 INA programs and the NAETC to develop performance indicators in accordance with the purpose and intent of WIOA sec. 166.
A commenter also expressed concern that WIOA could be construed to require greater reporting requirement of INA program grantees than States and municipalities. This commenter requested that the regulations clarify that tribes and tribal organizations do not have any greater reporting requirements than States or local governments.
Finally, a commenter suggested that § 684.620(a)(6) contains an incorrect reference.
The performance indicators at § 684.620 implement six statutorily required performance indicators and also require the Department (in consultation with the NAETC) to develop an additional set of performance indicators and standards that are applicable to the INA program. To the extent that a commenter requested that the Department clarifies in the regulations that sec. 166 recipients do not have reporting requirements in addition to those of recipients of State adult, youth and dislocated worker funds, the Department notes that such a clarification would be contrary to the statutory language of WIOA. Section 166(h)(1)(A) of WIOA requires that a set of performance indicators be developed “in addition” to the performance indicators described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A). Therefore, WIOA requires that INA program grantees be subject to additional performance indicators.
However, to the extent that commenters are asking for the Department to waive performance indicators for the INA adult program, the Department recognizes that there are challenges in applying the indicators to the INA program. As discussed in the preamble to § 684.460, the Department is considering a waiver policy for the youth program for these indicators pursuant to the waiver process at § 684.910. The Department recognizes that WIOA provides broad waiver authority for the INA program; however, WIOA sought to hold programs accountable for performance by requiring common performance indicators to compare across programs. Any waivers for the adult program will be considered on a case-by-case basis to account for the needs and circumstances of individual grantees.
The Department also recognizes that updates will need to be made to the information collection and reporting software known as Bear Tracks and understands that an investment may need to be made in the software to move it from a Microsoft Access platform to a web-based platform. Training also will need to be provided to grantees on the new performance indicators and the new updates to the software. In addition, baseline data will need to be established before target levels for performance can be established. The Department is providing technical assistance and guidance to support grantees in transitioning to the new performance indicators under WIOA.
Additionally, as noted in the response to § 684.620, the Department has taken the commenters concerns about establishing a statistical regression model under consideration. As the Department continues to implement WIOA and refine the application of the model for sec. 166 grantees, the Department will provide additional information.
Additionally, a commenter proposed that § 684.620(a)(6) contains an incorrect reference. The Department has reviewed the provision and determined that the reference is correct.
The Department also will ensure compliance with the requirements of the Privacy Act. Because the Department is already bound by the requirements of the Privacy Act, the Department has
As for the comments on E.O. 13175, the Department notes that E.O. 13175 requires each Federal agency to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by tribal officials in the development of regulatory policies that have tribal implications. The primary indicators of performance are required by WIOA and are not the result of a policy or regulation implemented by the Department. Therefore, the Department did not violate E.O. 13175 or the consultation requirement at sec. 166(i)(2). Please see the DOL WIOA NPRM preamble and the introductory text at the beginning of the preambles for the Joint and DOL WIOA Final Rules for additional discussion of the steps taken to fulfill the Department's consultation requirements. In its implementation of the primary indicators of performance, the Department will continue to comply with the requirements of E.O. 13175 by ensuring input by tribal officials and the NAETC, which represents Indian tribes, tribal organizations, Alaska Native entities, Indian-controlled organizations serving Indians, and Native Hawaiian organizations.
No public comments were received for this section; however, the Department has made changes to this regulation in response to comments on §§ 684.460 and 684.620 to clarify that the requirements for submitting a waiver under sec. 166(i)(3) are not identical to the waiver requirements under sec. 189(i)(3)(B) of WIOA. Instead, they generally follow the requirements under sec. 189(i)(3)(B). The Department will address this issue further in overall guidance on the 4-year strategic plan.
Department Response: The Department plans to issue a Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA) in PY 2016 (beginning July 1, 2016) to award grant funding to entities in accordance with WIOA sec. 166(k). The Department will consider establishing a priority under advisement when creating the FOA.
The purpose of part 685 is to implement WIOA sec. 167, which authorizes migrant and seasonal farmworker (MSFW) programs. MSFW programs include career services and training, housing assistance, youth services, and related assistance to eligible MSFWs. In drafting these regulations, the Department consulted with States and MSFW groups during stakeholder consultation sessions conducted in August and September 2014, as required by WIOA sec. 167(f).
The Department received numerous comments on part 685. Many commenters supported the Department's focus on serving MSFW youth and the broad definition of “dependents,” who can be served through the program. General concerns raised regarding part 685 included how the Department treats the NFJP operationally and administratively compared to other WIOA programs, and the need for additional emphasis on co-enrollment opportunities for NFJP participants with other WIOA authorized programs, including the dislocated worker program.
Based on the comments received, the Department made the following significant changes to part 685 as proposed:
• The Final Rule permits an NFJP grantee some flexibility to increase the OJT reimbursement rate up to 75 percent of the wage rate of a participant, provided that such reimbursement rates are consistent with the rates set by the Governor in the State or Local WDB(s) in the Local Area(s) which the grantee operates in accordance with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(H)(i);
• The Final Rule revises § 685.360(d) to clarify that NFJP-funded permanent housing development activities that benefit eligible MSFWs do not require individual eligibility determinations;
• The Final Rule clarifies in § 685.360 that development of on-farm housing located on property owned and operated by an agricultural employer is an allowable activity; and
• In response to commenters' concerns regarding the negative impact that would result on performance indicator calculations by including individuals who receive only certain minimal “related assistance” services which do not require a significant investment of staff time and resources, the Department has added language to § 685.400 that puts the NFJP program in alignment with other WIOA authorized programs regarding performance accountability.
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed INA program regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
The Department received a number of comments on NFJP addressing the following issues: Administration of the NFJP, co-enrollment of participants, portable eligibility and a national records system, uniform program branding, treatment of NFJP as compared to other WIOA programs, and one-stop infrastructure payments.
Several commenters expressed concerns regarding the administration of the NFJP. One NFJP grantee commented on the lack of consistency it has experienced when interacting with
The Department has not revised part 685 in response to these comments. The Department is committed to ensuring that grantees are treated consistently across regions. The Department's national office coordinates with all Employment and Training Administration (ETA) regional offices to identify program issues and technical assistance needs, and coordinates guidance with Federal Project Officers (FPO) on a regular and ongoing basis. A regulatory fix is not required to ensure uniformity.
The regulations also established an integrated, individual record system.
The Department is continually looking to improve performance reporting policies and systems, and is interested in additional feedback on assistance the Department can provide for establishing mechanisms to track the eligible MSFWs they serve in the NFJP and reporting program outcomes.
Commenters suggested creating a uniform branding so that farmworkers can locate services in different States more easily.
This subpart describes the general purpose and definitions relevant to MSFW programs authorized under WIOA sec. 167, the role of the Department in providing technical assistance and training to grantees, and the regulations applicable to grantees.
Proposed § 685.110 provided definitions of terms relevant to the
The Department received comments on several definitions in this section and these comments are discussed below. All other definitions in § 685.110 did not receive substantive comments; therefore, they are not discussed below.
The definition of family included in § 685.110 did not receive any comments: However, it is important to note that this definition is specific to this part. The term is included for the sole purpose of reporting NFJP housing assistance grantee indicators of performance as described in § 685.400 (indicators of performance for the NFJP), and differs from the definition of
Additionally, the Department added the term “supportive services” as defined by WIOA sec. 3(59) to the list of defined terms provided in § 685.110 to clarify how the term is used in the preamble to part 685 and specifically in §§ 685.330, 685.420, 685.440, and 685.510.
Numerous commenters suggested that the definition of eligibility determination
One commenter asked the Department to provide a definition of chronic unemployment/underemployment as that term is used in the definition of “eligible seasonal farmworker.” This commenter also requested clarification as to whether the condition of chronic unemployment/underemployment applies to the individual or to an industry.
One commenter, while agreeing with the acceptance of self-certification, suggested that the Department reinforce self-certification rather than increase documentation standards when developing any TEGL on data validation.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section; however, because the list of applicable regulations is not meant to be exhaustive, and to avoid any inference otherwise, the Department revised § 685.140 in the Final Rule to make clear that the list is not all-encompassing.
This subpart describes the service delivery system for the MSFW programs authorized by WIOA sec. 167 including who is eligible to receive grants and the role of the NFJP in the one-stop delivery system. Termination of grantee designation is explained. This subpart also discusses the appropriation of WIOA sec. 167 funds and establishes that a percentage of the total funds appropriated each year for WIOA sec. 167 activities will be used for housing assistance grants.
Proposed § 685.200 set forth the three characteristics required of an entity in order to be eligible to receive NFJP grants. Paragraph (a) stated that an eligible entity must have an understanding of the problems of
Proposed § 685.210 described the process by which an entity may become a grantee under this part and explained that an applicant whose application for funding has been denied in whole or in part may request an administrative review per § 683.800 of this title.
Proposed § 685.220 described the role of the grantee in the one-stop delivery system and provided that in those Local WDBs where the grantee operates the NFJP, as described in its grant agreement, the grantee is a required one-stop partner, and is subject to the provisions relating to such partners described in 20 CFR part 678 (description of the one-stop delivery system under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) of this title (
Proposed § 685.230 explained that a grantee may be terminated for cause by the Department in emergency circumstances when such action is necessary to protect the integrity of Federal funds or ensure the proper operation of the program, or by the Department's Grant Officer, if the recipient materially fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the award.
Proposed § 685.240 established that in accordance with WIOA sec. 167(h), of the funds appropriated each year for MSFW programs, at least 99 percent must be allocated to service areas, based on the distribution of the eligible MSFW population determined under a formula established by the Secretary. This provision further provided that a percentage of funds allocated for State service areas would be set aside for housing grants and that up to 1 percent of the appropriated funds would be used for discretionary purposes, such as technical assistance to eligible entities and other activities prescribed by the Secretary.
This subpart describes the responsibilities of grantees, and workforce investment activities available to eligible MSFWs, including career services and training, housing assistance, youth services, and related assistance.
Proposed § 685.340 established in paragraph (a) that eligible MSFWs must be provided the career services described in WIOA secs. 167(d) and 134(c)(2), and 20 CFR part 680. Proposed paragraph (b) stated that the grantees must provide other career services identified in the grantee's approved program plan. The Department also included language in paragraph (c) to clarify that while career services must be made available through the one-stop delivery system, grantees also may provide these types of services through other sources outside the one-stop delivery system. Examples include non-profit organizations or educational institutions. Finally, paragraph (d) required that the delivery of career services to eligible MSFWs by the grantee and through the one-stop delivery system must be discussed in the required MOU between the Local Workforce Development Board and the grantee.
In addition, the Department has revised the title of this section and paragraphs (a) and (b) of § 685.340 in the Final Rule by replacing the term “must” with “may” to make the titles in §§ 685.340 through 685.380 consistent, and to clarify that the Department does not require NFJP grantees to make all the services described in this section available to participants. Rather, the 4-year program plan described in § 685.420 must indicate the specific career services that will be made available to all participants and provided based on the individual needs of each participant.
Proposed § 685.350 identified the training services that grantees provide to eligible MSFWs. Paragraph (a) established that the training activities provided by grantees are those in WIOA secs. 167(d) and 134(c)(3)(D), and 20 CFR part 680 (Adult and Dislocated Worker Activities Under Title I of WIOA). These activities include, but are not limited to, occupational-skills training and OJT. The Department also emphasized that eligible MSFWs are not required to receive career services prior to receiving training services, as described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(iii). This section also reinforced the intent of WIOA and stated in paragraph (b) that training services be directly linked to an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the service area, or in another area to which an eligible MSFW receiving such services is willing to relocate, consistent with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(G)(iii). The Department also established in paragraph (c) that training activities must encourage the attainment of recognized postsecondary credentials as defined in § 685.110 (which refers to WIOA sec. 3(52)), when appropriate for an eligible MSFW. This requirement is in alignment with WIOA secs. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(IV) and 116(b)(2)(A)(ii)(III), which include “the
NFJP grantees may determine that a sector or occupation is in-demand in the context of where the grantee operates its NFJP program, and this may be at the State, regional or local service area level. Additionally, activities designed to assist eligible MSFWs establish a work history, demonstrate success in the workplace, and develop the skills that lead to entry into and retention in unsubsidized employment do not need to be in an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the service area where the NFJP operates. Examples of these types of activities may include, but are not limited to, career services such as internships and work experiences and transitional jobs as defined in WIOA sec. 134(d)(5) which provide time-limited work experiences that are subsidized and are in the public, private, or nonprofit sectors.
In addition, the Department has revised the title of this section and § 685.350(a) in the Final Rule by replacing the term “must” with “may” to make the titles in §§ 685.340 through 685.380 consistent, and to clarify that the Department does not require NFJP grantees to make all the services described in this section available to participants. Rather, the 4-year program plan described in § 685.420 must indicate the specific training services that will be made available to all participants and provided based on the individual needs of each participant.
Proposed § 685.360 required in paragraph (a) that housing grantees must provide housing services to eligible MSFWs and in paragraph (b) that career services and training grantees may provide housing services to eligible MSFWs as described in their program plan. The proposed section established in paragraph (c) the definitions of permanent housing and temporary housing services that are available to eligible MSFWs and provided examples of each type of housing services in paragraphs (d) for permanent housing and (e) for temporary housing. In paragraph (f), the proposed section stated that housing services may be provided only when the services are required to meet the needs of eligible MSFWs to occupy a unit of housing for reasons related to seeking employment, retaining employment, or engaging in training.
Additionally, the Department has added paragraph (e) to clarify that except as provided in (f), NFJP funds used for housing assistance must ensure the provision of safe and sanitary, temporary and permanent housing that meets the Federal housing standards at 20 CFR part 654 (ETA housing for farmworkers) or 29 CFR 1910.10 (OSHA housing standards); and paragraph (f) which clarifies that when NFJP grantees provide temporary housing assistance
Proposed § 685.370 outlined the services grantees may provide to eligible MSFW youth. In paragraph (a), the proposed regulation described the services that grantees may provide to eligible MSFW youth participants aged 14-24 based on an evaluation and assessment of their needs. These services include the career and training services described in §§ 685.340 through 685.350; youth workforce investment activities specified in WIOA sec. 129; life skills activities that encourage development of self and interpersonal skills; and community service projects. Paragraph (b) provided that other activities that conform to the use of funds for youth activities described in 20 CFR part 681 (youth activities under title I of WIOA) may also be provided to eligible MSFW youth. Finally, in paragraph (c) the proposed regulation stated that grantees may provide these services to any eligible MSFW youth, regardless of the participant's eligibility for WIOA title I youth activities as described in WIOA sec. 129(a).
Proposed § 685.390 established that eligible MSFWs may receive related assistance services when the need for the related assistance is identified and documented by the grantee. A statement by the eligible MSFW may be included as documentation.
This subpart describes indicators of performance for grantees, required planning documents, and the information required in program plans required under WIOA sec. 167. The subpart also explains waiver provisions and clarifies how grant costs are classified under WIOA sec. 167.
Proposed § 685.400 described the indicators of performance that apply to grantees. Paragraph (a) stated that grantees providing career services and training are to use the indicators of performance common to the adult and youth programs, described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A), as required by WIOA sec. 167(c)(2)(C). In paragraph (b), the proposed regulation explained that for grantees providing career services and training, the Department will reach agreement on the levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A), taking into account economic conditions, characteristics of the individuals served, and other appropriate factors, and using, to the extent practicable, the statistical adjustment model under WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii). The levels agreed to will be the levels of performance incorporated in the program plan, as required in WIOA sec. 167(c)(3). As for grantees providing housing services only, proposed paragraph (c) required that such grantees are to use the total number of eligible MSFWs served and the total number of eligible MSFW families served as indicators of performance. In proposed paragraph (d) the regulation advised that the Department may develop additional performance indicators with appropriate levels of performance for evaluating programs that serve eligible MSFWs and which reflect the State service area economy, local demographics of eligible MSFWs, and other appropriate factors. Finally, proposed paragraph (e) permitted grantees to develop additional performance indicators and include them in the program plan or in periodic performance reports.
In order to clarify how individuals who only receive short term related assistance, such as emergency assistance, will be tracked and included in performance under WIOA, the Department has added the following language to § 685.400(b) clarifying that eligible MSFWs who receive any career services, youth services, training, or certain related assistance are considered participants as defined in 20 CFR 677.150 of this chapter and must be included in performance calculations for the indicators of performance described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A); and additionally, that eligible MSFWs who receive only those services identified in 20 CFR 677.150(a)(3)(ii) or (iii) of this chapter are not included in performance calculations for the indicators of performance. The Department uses the term “certain related assistance” to indicate that individuals that received forms of related assistance that require a more significant involvement by the grantees' staff, may be included in the performance metrics. In particular, as set forth in § 685.380, the related assistance includes those activities identified in WIOA sec. 167(d), which include school dropout prevention and recovery activities, self-employment and related business or micro-enterprise development or education, and customized occupational career and technical education. To the extent such forms of related assistance require a more significant involvement by the grantees' staff, and are forms of related assistance related to education, training, career, or employment outcomes, these forms of related assistance will be included in performance calculations for the indicators of performance. The Department provides specific directions regarding the forms of related assistance to be included in performance indicators through guidance. Including all NFJP participants who receive career services, youth services, training, or certain related assistance that involves a significant investment of a grantee's staff time in performance calculations also allows the Department to evaluate
Proposed § 685.460 described the regulatory and/or statutory waiver provisions that apply to NFJP Programs, WIOA sec. 167. Paragraph (a) stated that the statutory waiver provision at WIOA sec. 189(i) and discussed in § 679.600 (the general statutory and regulatory waiver authority in WIOA) does not apply to WIOA sec. 167. Paragraph (b) established that grantees may request a waiver of any regulatory provisions only when such regulatory provisions are (1) not required by WIOA; (2) not related to wage and labor standards, non-displacement protection, worker rights, participation and protection of workers and participants, and eligibility of participants, grievance procedures, judicial review, nondiscrimination, allocation of funds, procedures for review and approval of plans; and (3) not related to the basic purposes of WIOA, described in 20 CFR 675.100.
This subpart describes the purpose of supplemental youth workforce investment activity funding that may become available under WIOA sec. 127(a)(1). Included is a description of how the funds may become available, and what requirements apply to grants funded by WIOA sec. 127(a)(1).
Proposed § 685.500 described that if Congress appropriates more than $925 million for WIOA youth workforce investment activities in a fiscal year, 4 percent of the excess amount must be used to provide workforce investment activities for eligible MSFW youth under NFJP Programs, WIOA sec. 167.
This part establishes regulations for the Job Corps program, authorized in title I, subtitle C of WIOA. The regulations address the scope and purpose of the Job Corps program and provide requirements relating to site selection, protection, and maintenance of Job Corps facilities; funding and selection of center operators and service providers; recruitment, eligibility, screening, selection and assignment, and enrollment of Job Corps students; Job Corps program activities and center operations; student support; career transition services and graduate services; community connections; and administrative and management requirements. The regulations incorporate the requirements of title I, subtitle C of WIOA and describe how the Job Corps program is operated in order to deliver relevant academic and career technical training (CTT) that leads to meaningful employment or postsecondary education. The regulations also serve to explain clearly the requirements necessitated by the unique residential environment of a Job Corps center. The major changes from the existing regulations reflect WIOA's effort to enhance the Job Corps program, provide access to high quality training and education, create incentives for strong contractor performance, and promote accountability and transparency.
The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed Job Corps regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not address that specific section and the Department made no changes to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part which were outside the scope of the
This subpart contains regulatory provisions that describe the Job Corps program, its purpose, the role of its Director, and applicable definitions. All references in this part to the Secretary issuing guidelines, procedures or standards means that they will be issued by the National Job Corps Director. This subpart also describes the Policy and Requirements Handbook (PRH), which provides the operating policies and procedures governing day-to-day activities of the Job Corps program. The subpart describes the scope and purpose of the program, along with the responsibilities of its National Director. It promotes accountability and transparency by making readers aware of exactly what the Job Corps program plans to achieve and the procedures for doing so, as well as the role its leadership plays in its operation.
The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed Job Corps regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not address that specific section and no changes were made to the regulatory text.
This section generally describes the Job Corps program as administered by the Department.
This section explains the definitions applicable to this Final Rule. The Department received comments on several of the definitions.
Several commenters remarked that “participant” is appropriately defined as graduates, enrollees, and former enrollees who have completed the Career Preparation Period (CPP) or who have been on center for 60 days. These commenters also stated that Job Corps is likely to modify the requirements of the CPP to be more flexible as part of its modernization of the PRH and expressed concerns about creating incentives to extend CPP in order to prevent certain students from being included in the performance pools.
The same commenters noted that there is no mention of Zero Tolerance (ZT) Level 1 separations and whether these students will continue to be defined as participants or former enrollees following their mandatory dismissal from the program. These commenters stated that all ZT Level 1 separations, regardless of length of stay, should be excluded from the definition of participant because it is critical for Job Corps to maintain a safe environment for its students and staff. The commenters explained that counting Level 1 ZT separators as participants for performance measurement counterintuitively penalizes centers and the program for taking actions that are necessary and mandated by WIOA to ensure the safety of students and holds Job Corps to a different standard than other training programs, making it difficult to compare Job Corps' performance fairly to that of other programs.
This subpart
This subpart implements new requirements of WIOA with regard to the operators of high-performing centers, the length of contractual agreements to operate Job Corps centers, and how entities are selected to receive funding to operate Job Corps centers and to provide outreach, admissions, and career transition support services. In addition to adding to the list of considerations currently used in selecting Job Corps center operators and service providers, WIOA emphasizes competition to increase the performance and quality of the Job Corps program. WIOA also provides that an entity, in its role as incumbent operator of a center deemed to be high performing, may compete in any competitive selection process carried out for an award to operate that center, even in cases where the selection of the operator is set aside for small businesses as required by the Federal Acquisition Regulation. This serves to ensure continued access to high quality training and education for Job Corps students. WIOA also provides that a center operations contract cannot exceed 2 years, with three 1-year options to renew. This codifies current Job Corps practice. Furthermore, WIOA precludes the Secretary from exercising an option to renew a center operations contract for an additional 1-year period if certain criteria are not met, with limited exceptions. All of these new and expanded provisions follow WIOA's theme of enhancing the Job Corps program and providing access to high quality training and education by ensuring Job Corps centers are staffed with high quality service providers.
This section describes how entities are selected to receive funding to operate Job Corps centers. WIOA contains new provisions intended to strengthen the Job Corps contracting process by requiring specific criteria that emphasize quality, performance, and accountability to be addressed as part of the selection process for center operators. The Department invited comment on how to best embed this focus.
However, another commenter said that, as required by the FAR, the Department should operate within the law to promote participation by small
Multiple commenters suggested making all stakeholders involved in the procurement process, including procurement staff and decision-makers, accountable for student outcomes. These commenters noted that for the procurement process to be mission-focused, all procurement personnel must know and understand the Job Corps mission and its indicators of success.
Several commenters recommended that to assess and differentiate past performance in assisting at-risk youth to connect to the workforce, the Department should conduct a review of both the interim and final contract performance assessment reports (CPARs) of an entity, if available, or other comparable information. One commenter also recommended that technical assistance in the area of connecting at-risk youth to the workforce be required.
One commenter noted that the nature of the Job Corps program necessitates specialized experience that only can be obtained through experience in operating Job Corps or similar centers.
Another commenter stated that the Department should require and evaluate at least 3 years of third-party validated outcomes related to Job Corps' primary indicators of performance. The commenter noted that 3 years is suggested because 3 years of performance is used in this section of WIOA to evaluate and define high-performance among operators.
A commenter recommended that the regulations call for entities to provide reports from objective sources to demonstrate performance results. The commenter stated that data collected solely by the offeror that cannot be independently verified should never be accepted as evidence of performance ability. For offerors with previous Job Corps experience, the commenter recommended that sources including the OMS, OBS, Student Satisfaction Survey, and Management Performance Outcome (MPO) be used to demonstrate performance results; for those offerors with no direct Job Corps experience, documentation from the funder, Common Measures outcomes, or third-party reports of the entity's previous success in meeting its contractual obligations and achieving results should be submitted to support the entity's ability to operate the center.
This section describes the criteria that an incumbent operator must meet in order to be considered the operator of a high performing center. If an entity is deemed to be the operator of a high-performing center, the entity is permitted to compete in any competitive selection process carried out for an award to operate that center, including those set aside for small businesses as required by the FAR.
Relatedly, regarding the availability of information when there has been a change of center operators (§ 686.330(e)), several commenters expressed concern that 6 months is an inadequate amount of time to assume full responsibility for the performance of the previous operator if the center is a low performing center (bottom 20 percent). These commenters noted that in order to improve performance, new operators are required to install new leaders, set up a new management team and strategic plan, hire and train new employees, set up a new behavior management system, develop strong student leaders, establish a positive student culture, and undertake other time consuming tasks in order to successfully improve center performance. The commenters stated that the point at which the performance of the center reflects the performance of the current operator is contingent on vastly different conditions and deficiencies, and noted that if a calendar date must be used to reflect this, it should be no less than 2 years for the new operator of a low performing center and at least 1 year for other operators. One commenter noted that the point at which the performance of a center reflects the performance of the current operator will vary based on numerous conditions, including the shortcomings of the previous operator. As such, the commenter recommended that the length of time should be determined on a case-by-case basis.
Several commenters opposed § 686.350(f), which provides that the Secretary of Labor has the discretion to close CCCs if the Secretary determines it to be appropriate. Commenters stated that the CCC National Director, the Forest Service Chief, and Secretary of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) need to have control and the final say as to the performance and closure of any CCC, as opposed to closure being at the sole discretion of the Secretary of Labor. Some commenters stated that proposed § 686.350(f) gives authority to one person—the Secretary of Labor—to make a unilateral decision that would affect thousands of people. Commenters suggested that there should be a wider range of people involved and time to present a case against closure of any particular center, as the closure of centers have a devastating effect on surrounding communities. Other commenters expressed concern that this proposed regulation would give one agency the ability to make employment decisions about another agency's personnel and would take away the personnel's ability to appeal employment decisions within their own agency. One commenter stated that this proposed provision would damage morale and create uncertainty among the CCC workforce. Another commenter remarked that taxpaying residents of the community where the CCC is located should be involved and/or their opinions be taken into consideration when making decisions regarding CCCs. Still another commenter stated that the proposed language focuses solely on closure. The commenter noted that with no clearly defined, objective assessment system in place that includes obtainable benchmarks, the language in proposed § 686.350(f) would create an unaccountable system without hope for improvement. The commenter further noted that the valuations made on the data collected by the Department's systems use flawed assumptions within a system biased toward contractors. Some commenters suggested that instead of allowing the Department to close a CCC if it deems appropriate, the regulations should implement the text in WIOA regarding low performing CCCs exactly as written.
This subpart describes who is eligible for Job Corps under WIOA and provides additional factors that are considered in selecting eligible applicants for enrollment. It describes how applicants who meet eligibility and selection requirements are assigned to centers, reflecting WIOA's new requirements that the assignment plan consider the size and enrollment level of a center, including the education, training, and supportive services provided, and the performance of the Job Corps center related to the newly established expected levels of performance. WIOA also amended the assignment plan to provide for assignments at the center closest to home that offers the type of career and technical training selected by the individual rather than just the center closest to home, which improves access to high quality training for Job Corps students. These regulations serve to enhance the Job Corps program overall by ensuring that the individual training and education needs of applicants and enrollees are met in accordance with the requirements of WIOA. They also ensure that applicants and enrollees are provided accurate information about the standards and expectations of the Job Corps program and are fully prepared to be successful.
In addition to changes described below, in § 686.470 the Department has updated the citation to the regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA from 29 CFR part 37 to 29 CFR part 38.
They also suggested that in order to determine whether an applicant is likely to be successful in group situations, admissions counselors must have access to information about the applicant's past performance in schools or other group settings because, if the applicant has a history of fighting or disruptive behavior, it is likely that this behavior will be brought to Job Corps and be even more disruptive in a residential setting, impeding the safety of others. The commenters noted that admissions counselors need access to mental health reports in cases where significant behavior problems could preclude successful interactions in group settings, and need to be on the medical/mental “need to know” list so they can complete a thorough review of the additional factors in determining that Job Corps is the best fit for an applicant.
The commenters stated that clear standards and processes must be defined for assessments and determinations related to cases in which a background check reveals that an applicant is on probation, parole, under a suspended sentence, or under the supervision of any agency as a result of court action or institutionalization. The commenters also suggested that there should be a 6-month waiting period for an applicant after the individual is released from juvenile detention, drug rehab, or an adjudicated group home prior to being enrolled in the program in order to allow the individual to demonstrate successful engagement with the community at-large without court or other oversight and increase the likelihood that the individual can participate successfully in the program without jeopardizing the safety of other students.
One commenter was concerned that this provision would give Job Corps too much discretion with little or no guidance to aid in the decision to admit an individual with a criminal record, and suggested that the Department provide additional guidance to aid Job Corps in determining whether an individual with a criminal history that does not include one of the identified felonies is eligible for participation. Without such guidance, this commenter expressed concern that there would be considerable risk that some applicants would be the victims of unfairness, arbitrariness, and perhaps discrimination.
This section describes how applicants who meet eligibility requirements are assigned to centers. Paragraph (a)(4) of § 686.450 provides that the performance of a Job Corps center with respect to the expected levels of performance should be taken into account when assigning new students to centers.
This subpart describes the services and training that a Job Corps center must provide. Job Corps provides residential services in combination with hands-on training and experience aligned with industry standards. While education, training, and job placement are core components of what the program offers, this section of the regulations describes how Job Corps provides a comprehensive service model that also includes life skills, emotional development, personal management, and responsibility. New regulations addressing advanced career training programs are included; such programs provide broader opportunities for higher wages and career advancement.
This subpart also establishes the requirements for a student accountability system and behavior management system. Job Corps' policy for violence, drugs, and unauthorized goods is described. Requirements to ensure students are provided due process in disciplinary actions, to include center fact-finding and review board and appeal procedures are outlined. These systems and requirements serve to enhance the Job Corps program by ensuring that Job Corps centers are safe and secure environments that promote the education and training of students. Approved experimental, research and demonstration projects related to the Job Corps program are authorized in this subpart, which also serves to enhance the program.
In addition to changes described below, in § 686.560 the Department has updated the citations to the regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA from 29 CFR part 37 to 29 CFR part 38.
This section describes the training that Job Corps centers must provide to students. Commenters stated that Job Corps must continuously seek to improve student academic and technical credential attainment, workforce connectivity, and postsecondary attainment results to put graduates on the road to self-sufficiency.
Subpart F discusses the support services provided to Job Corps enrollees, including transportation to and from Job Corps centers, authorized student leave, allowances and performance bonuses, and student clothing. In addition to being eligible to receive transportation to and from Job Corps centers, students are eligible for other benefits, including basic living allowances to cover personal expenses, in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary. Students are also provided with a modest clothing allowance to enable them to purchase clothes that are appropriate for the classroom and the workplace. These proposed regulations will again work to strengthen the Job Corps program and provide access to high quality training by ensuring that Job Corps students are placed in the best possible position to prepare them for learning, and that they are rewarded for their success in the program.
No public comments were submitted in response to the NPRM for this subpart.
This subpart discusses career transition and graduate services for Job Corps enrollees. Job Corps focuses on placing program graduates in full time jobs, postsecondary education, advanced training programs, including registered apprenticeship programs, or the Armed Forces. In an effort to further integrate the Job Corps program with the greater public workforce system and align it with the core programs, § 686.820 specifically focuses on how Job Corps will coordinate with other agencies, where emphasis is placed on utilizing the one-stop delivery system to the maximum extent practicable. This subpart also outlines a center's responsibilities in preparing students for career transition services; the career transition services that are provided for enrollees; who may provide career transition and graduate services, in addition to one-stop centers; and services provided for graduates and former enrollees.
One commenter noted that all young people have access to the services available at one-stop centers and WIOA sponsored youth programs, and recommended that Job Corps' services to former enrollees be limited to documented referrals to one-stop centers or other WIOA programs. The commenter explained that this approach would allow Job Corps to focus resources on assisting committed graduates find employment or enroll in postsecondary or apprenticeship programs or the military. According to this commenter, such an approach also would increase the amount of time devoted to securing better housing, transportation, clothing, and other transition services that students need to attain self-sufficiency. The commenter proposed eliminating services for 90 days and only providing referrals to one-stop centers and other WIOA programs.
This subpart highlights WIOA's focus on community relationships and further integration with the public workforce system. In both the new contracting provisions in subpart C and in this subpart, there is more emphasis on connections with one-stop centers, Local WDBs, and State and local plans. While WIA's requirement for a Business and Community Liaison has been eliminated, the responsibility for establishing beneficial business and community relationships and networks now lies with the director of each Job Corps center. Moreover, WIOA contains a new requirement that in a single-State local area, a representative of the State WDB must be included on the workforce council. Section 686.810 also states, consistent with sec. 154(b)(2) of WIOA, that the workforce council may include employers from outside the local area that are likely to hire center graduates. The new requirements for the workforce council seek to provide greater access to high quality training for Job Corps students, in part by ensuring that Job Corps is providing training for in-demand industry sectors and occupations.
This section describes the Job Corps center responsibilities regarding the establishment and development of mutually beneficial business and community relationships and networks.
Another commenter made a similar statement, noting that while center directors are involved in the community and in establishing connections to the entities described § 686.800, without the assistance of a staff person such as a BCL, it will be difficult for a center director to personally maintain these beneficial community relationships and networks. The commenter proposed that the center director designate a staff member to coordinate these activities.
This subpart provides requirements relating to tort claims, Federal Employees Compensation Act (FECA) benefits for students, safety and health, and law enforcement jurisdiction on Job Corps center property. It also addresses whether Job Corp operators and service providers are authorized to pay State or local taxes on gross receipts, and details the financial management responsibilities of center operators and other service providers. The management of student records, as well as procedures applicable to the disclosure of information about Job Corps students and program activities are outlined. Finally, procedures available to resolve complaints and disputes and how Job Corps ensures that complaints or disputes are resolved in a timely fashion are addressed in this subpart. The entirety of this subpart addressing administrative and management principles that apply to the operation of the Job Corps program serves to promote its accountability and transparency.
No public comments were submitted in response to the NPRM for this subpart. However, in §§ 686.960 and 686.985 the Department has updated the citations to the regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA from 29 CFR part 37 to 29 CFR part 38.
This subpart incorporates WIOA-specific requirements related to performance assessment and accountability, as well as requirements for performance improvement plans for Job Corps center operators who fail to meet expected levels of performance. The Job Corps program is now required to report on the primary indicators of performance common to all WIOA programs that provide key outcome information on how many students attained employment or were placed in education or training, their median wages, whether they attained credentials, their measurable skill gains, and the effectiveness in serving employers. The entirety of this proposed subpart serves to promote the accountability, performance, and transparency of the Job Corps program.
Regarding how verification of high school diploma, high school equivalency, or postsecondary credential attainment will occur if the student achieves these outcomes after exiting from the center, the specific means by which this information will be collected is under development and may change over time and will not be prescribed by this regulation.
National Dislocated Worker Grants are discretionary awards that temporarily expand service capacity at the State and local levels through time-limited funding assistance in response to significant dislocation events. These grants are governed by sec. 170 of WIOA. The Department received comments in support of part 687 of the NPRM, as well as comments requesting clarification or revisions. Additionally, the Department has made technical and clarifying changes to some of the sections. All changes to the regulatory text, and the Department's responses to the comments received, are explained below.
The Department has made several global changes to this part for clarity and technical accuracy. First, “National Dislocated Worker Grants” will be referred to by the acronym “DWGs” in this part for simplicity.
Second, the Department has determined it is necessary to alter the labels of what the NPRM called “Regular” and “Disaster” DWGs to more accurately describe their purpose and intended use. “Regular” DWGs have been renamed “Employment Recovery” DWGs, and “Disaster” DWGs have been renamed “Disaster Recovery” DWGs.
Third, the term “career services” in § 687.100(a) and (b) is changed to “employment and training activities” to clarify that the use of DWG funds is not limited to only career services. Training and supportive services also may be provided as appropriate and in accordance with the requirements of this part. For the same reason, this change has also been made in other applicable sections in this part (§§ 687.170(a)(1) and (b)(2) and 687.180(b)(2) and (3)) where the NPRM referred to “career services” or “employment-related assistance.”
Fourth, the term “temporary employment” at § 687.100(b) has been replaced with the term “disaster relief employment” to better align the text of this part with that of sec. 170 of WIOA. This change also has been made to §§ 687.170(b)(2) and 687.180(b)(2).
Fifth, the Department removed the word “additional” from references to “additional guidance” in §§ 687.150, 687.160, and 687.200(b)(1). This word was unnecessary.
Finally, the Department has made a technical correction to §§ 687.180(b)(1) and 687.200(b)(2) by replacing the phrase “by the State” or “by the States” with a reference to § 687.120(b) to ensure consistency with that provision, which provides that Indian tribal governments and outlying areas are eligible entities for Disaster Recovery DWGs in addition to States.
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed
Four technical corrections have been made to the text of this regulation. First, the section heading is corrected from “National
Additionally, the Department notes that the definition of “mass layoffs” in part 687 differs from the definition used in part 682, subpart C, where the Department provides a definition of “mass layoff” for the purposes of Rapid Response activities. For Rapid Response, the Department allows States more flexibility in defining mass layoffs. Rapid Response services encompass strategies and activities that States can provide to assist workers affected by layoffs and closures as described at § 682.300 (including information about available employment and training programs), and the Department encourages States to do so regardless of the number of workers affected by the layoff.
In contrast, the DWG program is aimed at significant events that cannot reasonably be expected to be accommodated within the ongoing operations of the formula-funded dislocated worker program. Accordingly, for the purposes of the DWG program, the Department separately defines “mass layoff” as those affecting 50 or more workers from one employer in the same area. However, the Secretary may determine other events eligible for an Employment Recovery DWG under § 687.110(a)(5) for layoffs affecting fewer than 50 employees, such as those related to a separate and larger layoff of 50 or more employees. Department guidance provides policy for these circumstances.
Some commenters requested the Department be specific regarding what data it will accept for showing higher-than-average demand. The Department also received several comments on its proposal that it may use Unemployment Compensation for Ex-servicemembers (UCX) data for defining higher-than-average demand. Commenters were concerned the Department using UCX data would give areas with military bases an unfair advantage in competing for limited resources.
The Department has concluded that allowing UCX data to demonstrate higher-than-average demand does not provide an unfair advantage to areas with military bases. As stated above, grantees may use other administrative data sources for demonstrating higher-than-average demand. UCX data thus is not the only acceptable source or among a small, closed group of acceptable data sources the Department will use to determine higher-than-average demand for services. Furthermore, potential grantees may apply for a DWG once an eligible event or situation occurs in accordance with § 687.130 without having to compete against other entities for these funds. Most DWGs will be awarded on this basis; thus, the Department has determined its allowance of UCX as one of many administrative data sources that applicants may use to show higher-than-average demand does not create unfair competition for DWG funds. The Department has concluded no changes to the text of § 687.110(a)(4) are necessary in response to these comments.
Regarding spouses, as it stated in proposing § 687.110(a)(4), the Department has determined it will not require applicants to determine the specific subset of military spouses included in the higher-than-average demand for services in an area. Sec. 170(b)(1)(D)(i) of WIOA specifically limits the military spouses included in this analysis to “spouses described in sec. 3(15)(E) [of WIOA].” Under sec. 3(15)(E) of WIOA, these are spouses of members of the Armed Forces on active duty who are dislocated specifically because they have experienced a loss of employment as a direct result of relocation to accommodate a permanent change in duty station of the member of the military, or are unemployed or underemployed and experiencing difficulty in obtaining or upgrading employment. To avoid unnecessary burden on applicants, the Final Rule at § 687.110(a)(4) only requires applicants for these DWGs to assess whether military spouses dislocated under any of the factors in sec. 3(15) of WIOA contribute to the higher-than-average demand for services, specifying that these spouses must be spouses of Armed Forces members on active duty. As stated previously, the Department has determined that this implements the intent of the WIOA provision while avoiding unnecessary administrative hardship.
However, to clarify what disasters qualify for the purpose of applying for Disaster Recovery DWGs, the Department has altered § 687.110(b)(2) to require that any declarations or recognitions of disasters or emergencies be issued in writing. This change will allow the Department to verify independently the declaration relied upon by eligible entities to request Disaster Recovery DWG funds. The Department is not specifying the form of publication, which could include Web sites or other digital mediums. The regulatory text has been revised by adding “and issued in writing” to § 687.110(b)(2).
Additionally, WIOA sec. 170(a)(1)(A) and (B) authorizes DWG funds for disasters or emergencies declared by FEMA or other Federal agencies with jurisdiction over the response. There is no provision in the law for the funds to be provided for disasters or emergencies based on declarations by Governors. As a result, no change was made to the regulatory text in response to this comment.
Because WIOA incorporates the Stafford Act's above definition of “major disaster,” the Department has determined that, for § 687.110(b)(1), DWG funds may be used for disasters declared by FEMA that are either natural or man-made. The Department has concluded that for consistency, an emergency or disaster situation in § 687.110(b)(2) declared or recognized by Federal agencies with jurisdiction over the Federal response also may be either natural or man-made and this change is reflected in the regulatory text at § 687.110(b)(2).
Other textual and technical corrections, as discussed in the Introduction above, were made to § 687.110.
A technical correction was made to § 687.120(a)(3) to use the phrase “
The Department has adopted text that includes technical edits to § 687.140(a) in order to clarify what activities applicants are expected to conduct before submitting an Employment Recovery DWG application. As the Department stated in proposing the regulation, § 687.140(a) requires applicants to identify the needs of the affected workers and their interest in receiving services. Thus, the technical edits made to § 687.140(a)(2) clarify that agencies should use the information gathered through rapid response activities in § 687.140(a)(1) to provide available services as appropriate,—including other rapid response activities.
The Department understands that in the aftermath of significant disasters, acquiring data may be extraordinarily difficult. Still, the Department has determined it is necessary to require a reasonable assessment to ascertain the number of eligible workers available to conduct the planned work. It is critical that grantees make good-faith efforts to gather this data to provide the Department information it needs to ensure the proper amount of funding is awarded to assist the eligible areas.
However, to address the commenter's concern and reflect the Department's flexibility, the Department has removed the “put a mechanism in place” information from the Final Rule at § 687.140(b)(2). The Final Rule instructs awardees to “reasonably ascertain” that there are a sufficient number of eligible individuals available to conduct the work. The Department will take the particular circumstances of a disaster into account during the application review process.
No substantive comments were received on this section; however, the Department made changes to the Final Rule that provide clarity to allow the Department to appraise the variety of needs and services under the new statute and tailor application requirements accordingly. The Department has added a sentence to this section reflecting that the application requirements may vary based on the category of DWG. The Department also has qualified the requirement that a project implementation plan be submitted after receiving a DWG award by adding the phrase “unless otherwise specified.” The project implementation plan requirement may not apply to all DWGs at all times. Requirements will be noted in grant terms and conditions.
Regarding § 687.170(b)(2), the Department has made a technical correction to remove the words “humanitarian-related” to ensure that the Department does not restrict the disaster relief employment to only humanitarian-related employment and not allow for the possibility of clean-up and repair-related employment. Since it is likely that most individuals who relocate from a disaster area will move to an area that is
The Department has made several technical corrections to this section. First, in § 687.180(a)(1), the term, “employment and training activities” was changed to “employment and training assistance” for consistency with the wording at WIOA sec. 170(b)(1)(A). Second, § 687.180(a)(2) was revised to add “and the terms and conditions of the grant” to make it clear that supportive services, including needs-related payments, also are subject to any restrictions reflected in the terms and conditions of the grant. Third, § 687.180(a)(2)(ii) was revised by inserting the word “guidance” to clarify that the other circumstances would be specified in
Finally, the Department placed the proposed § 687.180(b)(4) into § 687.180(c) in the Final Rule. Unlike the other provisions of § 687.180(b), this provision does not describe Disaster Recovery DWG activities but instead the entities through which DWG funds may be expended to carry out these activities. The Department also simplified this provision by replacing the phrase “disaster relief, humanitarian assistance, and clean-up projects” with “activities” discussed in § 687.180(b).
For those applying for DWG funds, proposed § 687.190 stated that the application must describe the already-approved waivers the applicant wishes to apply to the project and that the Department will consider the request as part of the application review and decision process. Proposed § 687.190 required grantees seeking utilization of existing waivers to request a grant modification and include the provision to be waived, the operational barrier to be removed, and the effect on the outcome of the project.
In response to the comment, the Department has restructured and revised § 687.190 to clarify and better describe the waiver limitations, and to simplify the basic requirements for requesting to use waivers in DWG projects. The Final Rule at § 687.190(a) articulates that the requirements of WIOA title I, subtitle D cannot be waived, but that already-approved waivers of the requirements under subtitles A, B, and E may be utilized in DWG projects. The Final Rule revises § 687.190(b) to more clearly state that applicants with already-approved waivers under WIOA must describe the waiver in the application and request at the time of application that the specific waiver be applied to the DWG. The Department has simplified the requirements for requesting waiver utilization during the operation of the DWG in § 687.190(c). The grantee must describe the existing waiver in a grant modification and request that the waiver be applied to the project. This removes the proposed § 687.190(b)'s requirement that a grantee describe the provision to be waived, the operational barrier to be removed, and the effect on the outcome of the project. For added clarity, both § 687.190(b) and (c) state that applicants may not use this process to request new waivers. The Department will not consider requests for new waivers as part of the application or modification for a DWG.
One commenter expressed that the Rule was overly restrictive. The commenter remarked that there was no indication in WIOA's text that the subsequent disaster must occur during the same year of the award, and that the regulation should allow for more flexibility and permit these funds to be used beyond the program year. WIOA sec. 170(d)(4) allows the Secretary to set conditions under which these funds may be used, and the Department has concluded the program year restriction in the NPRM is the best method to help ensure the proper management and distribution of Disaster Recovery DWG funds. The Department made no changes to § 687.200(b)(2) in response to these comments.
The Department also encourages potential DWG recipients to review their cost per participant to ensure that it is reasonable or falls within normal limits based on the circumstances of the qualifying event and comparable grants that were previously awarded. If the cost per participant falls outside of normal limits, the grantee should submit a justification to explain the costs to reduce delays in the review process. The Department concluded there was no need to alter the text of § 687.200 for this policy.
The Department wants to emphasize the connections across all of our youth-serving programs under WIOA, including the WIOA youth formula program and associated boards and youth committees, connections to pre-apprenticeship and registered apprenticeship programs, and Job Corps centers across the country. WIOA is an opportunity to align and coordinate service strategies for these ETA youth training programs, as well as to align with our Federal partners that serve these same customers. WIOA also ensures that these programs are using common performance indicators and standard definitions, which includes aligning the definitions for homeless youth, basic skills deficient, occupational skills training, and supportive services. Additionally, the YouthBuild regulation adopts the six new performance indicators that apply to all youth-serving WIOA programs and aligns YouthBuild with the WIOA youth formula program.
WIOA affirms the Department's commitment to providing high-quality education, training, and employment services for youth and young adults through YouthBuild grants by expanding the occupational skills training offered at local YouthBuild programs. YouthBuild programs can offer occupational skills training in in-demand occupations, such as health care, advanced manufacturing, and IT, as approved by the Secretary and based on the maturity of the program and local labor market information.
In addition to the changes to the program required by WIOA, the Department makes several additional changes to the program, including revisions to the duration of the restrictive covenant clause (as detailed in the preamble at § 688.730), clarifying eligibility criteria for participation, and describing qualifying work sites and minimum criteria for successful exit from the YouthBuild program. Beyond these regulations, the Department will continue to develop guidance and technical assistance to help grantees and the workforce development community operate highly-effective YouthBuild programs. The Department received several comments that expressed general support for the proposed YouthBuild regulations. Comments on specific sections of the NPRM are described in each relevant section below.
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the part 688 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below analysis below.
This section describes the YouthBuild program. YouthBuild is a workforce development program that provides employment, education, leadership development, and training opportunities to disadvantaged youth. The program also benefits the larger community by providing new and rehabilitated affordable housing, thereby decreasing the incidence of homelessness in those communities. The program recruits youth between the ages of 16 and 24 who are school dropouts and are either: A member of a low-income family, a youth in foster care, a youth who is homeless, a youth offender, a youth who is an individual with a disability, a child of an incarcerated parent, or a migrant youth.
YouthBuild is a workforce development program that provides employment, education, leadership development, service to the community, and training opportunities for disadvantaged youth. The program benefits the larger community by decreasing the incidence of homelessness and addressing issues of disconnection, violence, and lack of opportunities in those communities. YouthBuild also increases the affordable housing stock in these communities.
Additionally, the YouthBuild program serves a wide variety of eligible youth, of which court-involved youth are just one population, and programs funded by the Department vary widely in the ratio of court-involved youth they serve. The Department supports the YouthBuild program model as one of several approaches that can provide positive change and expanded opportunity to disadvantaged youth; however, court-involved youth are not the sole population targeted by this program. Therefore, it is not accurate to focus on court-involved youth as a predominant population served. Aside from the addition of service to community as described above, no changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
One commenter recommended revising the numbering within the existing definition of “Adjusted income” as the commenter believed it could lead to confusion as numbered. The commenter further recommended the inclusion of the rationale for the exclusion of earned income, at the discretion of a Housing Development Agency, from adjusted income, as defined.
No comments were received regarding the definitions of “Homeless individual” and “Homeless child or youth;” however, these definitions were revised for added clarity to fit the Final Rule text as the definitions for these two terms come from existing legislation. Specifically, the definition of “Homeless individual” comes from sec. 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6)) and the definition of “Homeless child or youth” comes from sec. 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)).
However, the Department cannot broadly categorize YouthBuild programs as pre-apprenticeship programs beyond those funded under this part as the Department is not in a position to determine that programs not funded by the Department meet the requirements to be considered a pre-apprenticeship program. However, this does not preclude the Department from subsequently making such a determination on a case-by-case basis.
The
The Department received no comments on the definition of “youth in foster care,” but has revised the language in the regulatory text to be consistent with the definition in § 681.210.
• Energy-efficient improvements;
• The rehabilitation of housing that is in need of renovation for health and safety reasons.
While it may be allowable for programs to also provide more general rehabilitation work, such as deconstruction, landscaping, screen repair, fence building, etc., if a program offers training in these activities at a work site, the work site will not qualify under this section unless the program also includes experience in two or more modules within two or more skill areas. Any work site that does not include exposure to multiple modules and skill areas will not be considered a qualifying work site. Additional explanation and guidance regarding qualifying work sites is provided in TEGL No. 06-15.
Energy-efficient enhancements are described as part of the fifth YouthBuild goal as it relates to improving the energy efficiency specifically of community and non-profit and public facilities. The Department has concluded that this cannot be interpreted broadly to mean that all work sites must include energy-efficiency enhancements in order to qualify, nor can it interpret this to mean that all community and non-profit and public facilities must include energy-efficiency enhancements. Such enhancements are included as part of the allowable activities, as explained in § 688.320 above, but they are not required for all qualifying work sites, including community and non-profit and public facilities.
The Department defines the fields of deconstruction and environmental protection, such as radon testing and mitigation, as fields outside the immediate construction focus of YouthBuild. None of these fields directly supports the goal of increasing affordable housing so they are not stand-alone skill areas; however, as with landscaping or painting, these are areas in which youth can receive hands-on work experience as long as it is in conjunction with the broader requirement of qualifying work sites in which hands-on training and experience in two or more modules, each within a different skill area, in a construction skills training program that offers an industry-recognized credential is provided.
The commenters indicated that if this language is interpreted to mean that YouthBuild programs must pay into the one-stop delivery system, it would put an undue burden on small discretionary programs. At the same time, the commenters expressed support for the opportunity to partner with local one-stop programs, particularly around mutual referrals to services, but do not expect this to require a funding relationship.
One commenter expressed support for actively developing partnerships with the one-stop delivery system, which they consider critical for success and beneficial to streamlining services to youth. However, they recommended that the language related to this requirement be strengthened to ensure that both the one-stop operators and YouthBuild program administrators recognize it as a required partnership and meet to develop mutual parameters for the partnerships. Past experience of the commenter demonstrated that YouthBuild programs are sometimes rebuffed when seeking partnership with one-stop operators. The commenter stated that ensuring the requirement is mutual will lead to greater success.
One commenter expressed general concern over the requirement of social security numbers, which will negatively impact the serving of English language learners who will be able to access programs that could lead to citizenship and which further places nearly unattainable accountability and performance standards on adult education programs.
No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
While the
One commenter requested that the Department reconsider the YouthBuild Trainee Apprenticeship Program(YB-TAP), which was a formal certification of the YouthBuild program to allow participants to be designated as trainees, rather than employees, on any Davis-Bacon-related project. This designation as a Certified Training Program of the Department of Labor allowed YouthBuild participants to be paid the standard wages or stipends as established by their program during their time on Davis-Bacon work sites, rather than the required prevailing wage. This commenter suggested that, while the YB-TAP was not well-received by many areas of the construction industry, this sentiment may have changed since YB-TAP was dismantled as there is a greater need across the construction industry for qualified employees than previously existed.
One commenter expressed support for the continued recognition in the NPRM that YouthBuild programs are subject to
Determining exactly which units of a construction project may be funded with HUD assistance is quite complicated. It does not necessarily mean the construction itself is funded by a HUD project, but instead could mean rental assistance to residents is supplemented by HUD. Due to the complexity of determining the number of units on a construction site that are or are not funded with HUD assistance, the Department is unable to provide further guidance which could be misconstrued to provide approval for exempting YouthBuild participants from Davis-Bacon wage rules.
While the Department supports training YouthBuild participants on HUD-funded projects where viable, a determination of whether YouthBuild participants on such projects must be paid the relevant prevailing wage for that project cannot be made by the Employment and Training Administration (ETA). Rather, HUD consulted extensively with the Department's Wage and Hour Division on this topic so that HUD can address such inquiries. YouthBuild programs that are seeking assistance to determine whether there may be a viable Federally-funded work site on which participants may train without paying participants the prevailing wage under the Davis-Bacon Act should consult with HUD's Labor Standards and Enforcement Regional/Field staff. Contact information for this staff can be found here:
The YB-TAP was intended to support the training of YouthBuild participants on Federally-funded work sites, in order to provide greater opportunities for youth to work on low-income housing stock that was managed or owned by HUD. However, as discussed in the preamble to the 2012 YouthBuild Final Rule (77 FR 9112, 9126, Feb. 15, 2012), as a result of implementing YB-TAP, the Department found unintended consequences arose that were a concern for YouthBuild programs. Many of the organizations that YouthBuild seeks to partner with saw YB-TAP as being in direct competition because programs were allowed to pay their participants, as trainees, less than the prevailing wage rate. The lower ratio of journeyworkers to trainees approved in the YB-TAP program made it less expensive for a contractor to hire a YouthBuild-sponsored construction crew versus a journeyworker-staffed crew, and the YB-TAP standards, in effect, created a competing program approved by the Department. Accordingly, the Department dismantled YB-TAP. Therefore, while the provisions for trainees who may be paid less than Davis-Bacon journeyman wage rates remain in effect as part of the Davis-Bacon Act labor standards, they do not apply to a YouthBuild program because there is no YouthBuild program that is a training program approved by ETA for purposes of § 688.600(c) and 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(ii). No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
The Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933 established the Employment Service (ES), which is a nationwide public labor exchange that provides employment services. The ES seeks to improve the functioning of the nation's labor markets by bringing together individuals seeking employment with employers seeking workers. The Wagner-Peyser Act was amended in 1998 to make ES part of the one-stop delivery system under WIA and has undergone further changes to integrate services under WIOA.
Parts 651, 652, 653, 654, and 658 update the language and content of the regulations to implement amendments made by title III of WIOA to the Wagner-Peyser Act. In some areas, these regulations establish entirely new responsibilities and procedures, in other areas, the regulations clarify and update requirements already established. The regulations make important changes to definitions, data submission, and increased collaboration, among other requirements of WIOA.
These regulations also address the court order from
Title 20 CFR part 651 sets forth definitions for 20 CFR parts 652, 653, 654, and 658.
The Department received several comments regarding these definitions
At the beginning of part 651, the Department added clarifying text which states, “In addition to the definitions set forth in sec. 3 of WIOA, the following definitions apply to the regulations in 20 CFR parts 652, 653, 654, and 658.” This text is consistent with the discussion of proposed part 651 contained in the NPRM preamble. The Department added it to the regulatory text to ensure there is no confusion as to the application of these definitions and to make clear that the WIOA sec. 3 definitions also apply to these parts.
The Department added this term and its definition in response to commenters' concerns with the proposed definition of “employer.” The Department's rationale is described below, in the paragraph that responds to the comments on the term “employer.” This added definition of “agricultural employer” parallels that of the definition in the Agricultural Worker Protection Act.
The Department received no comments on this definition; however, it changed “U.S.-based workers” to “U.S. workers” for clarification and uniformity across the definitions in this part. See further clarification of the Department's interpretation of “U.S. workers” below, in the Department's response to comments regarding the Clearance System definition
The Department received no comments on this definition; however, it changed “U.S.-based workers” to “U.S. workers” for clarification and uniformity across the definitions in this part. See further clarification of the Department's interpretation of “U.S. workers” below, in the Department's response to comments regarding the Clearance System definition.
The Department received no comments on this definition, but the Final Rule includes a technical correction to ensure the definition refers to the correct section of WIOA.
The term, “U.S. job seekers” means a U.S. worker who is interested in obtaining a job. Therefore, a “U.S. worker” would not be a “job seeker” if that individual is not interested in obtaining a job. The change from “job seekers” to “U.S. job seekers” in this definition clarifies the intent of the clearance system, which is to recruit U.S. job seekers at the intrastate and interstate level when no U.S. job seekers were identified for an agricultural job order placed at the local level through the ARS.
In the NPRM, the Department added the definition of “Employment Service (ES) System.” The Department received no comments on this definition, but the DOL WIOA Final Rule makes a non-substantive change to include the complete term “Wagner-Peyser Employment Service (ES) also known as Employment Service (ES),” and other non-substantive editorial changes.
In the NPRM, the Department defined “Employment Service Office” as “a local office of a State Workforce Agency.” The Department received no comments on this definition, but the rule makes a clarifying change to enhance consistency with the regulations at §§ 652.215 and 678.305 through 315.
One commenter opposed the elimination of the NAICS codes from the proposed definition of farmwork, stating that the NAICS code is updated on a regular basis to address changes in work activities. This commenter further asserted that including the phrase “and any service or activity so identified through official Department guidance such as a Training and Employment Guidance Letter” in the farmwork definition would make the current definitional structure even more difficult to understand and follow.
The Department has determined that while the NAICS codes may be updated, the Department seeks to maintain consistency across its agencies. Aligning the definition at part 651 with the definition used at 29 CFR 500.20 and 655.103(c) is intended to help clarify and streamline the definition for practitioners who are otherwise forced to rely upon a variety of definitions depending on the program. The Department has determined it will be more beneficial for practitioners to draw upon a homogenous definition rather than to refer to a different and changing set of codes. Additionally, the Department acknowledges that issuing guidance to clarify or update aspects of the definition of farmwork is essential to maintain consistency with current practices and terminology that may change over time.
The definition of “farmworker” was proposed in the NPRM to replace the definition of “agricultural worker.”
The term “farmworker” is used throughout this regulation, except that the Department uses the term “agricultural worker” where discussing OSHA standards or provisions limited to H-2A workers or regulations in order to maintain consistency with OSHA and H-2A terminology.
One commenter asked for clarification of the following language in the proposed definition: “The monitor advocate or outreach personnel
The Department has changed the word “applicant” to “participant” in this definition in order to conform to the new definition of “participant” in this part, which replaced the term “applicant.” No other changes were made to this definition.
The Department received no comments on this definition, but the regulation changes the word “applicant” to “participant,” conforming to the new definition of “participant.”
The Department received no comments on this definition, however the regulation clarifies that the term one-stop center refers to the physical center described in sec. 121(e)(2)(A) of WIOA, in contrast with the broader definition of one-stop delivery system.
The Department received no comments on this definition; however, it changed “U.S.-based workers” to “U.S. workers” for clarification and uniformity across the definitions in this part. See further clarification of the Department's interpretation of “U.S. workers” under the Department's response to comments regarding the Clearance System definition above.
Other commenters recommended revising the definition to clarify what type of contacts would qualify as an outreach contact. One commenter stated the lack of reference to the quality or depth of follow-up and lack of specification regarding whether the contact needs to be made outside of the one-stop center makes the proposed definition overly broad. Another commenter asked the Department to allow for in-office activity to be included as an outreach contact when the follow-up activity is being conducted on an MSFW who was initially contacted while on outreach.
The Department also declines to add a definition of “nonprofit organization outreach worker.” As explained in the preceding paragraph, the regulation sets out requirements of outreach workers who are State agency employees. The Department does not have authority over the outreach workers employed by nonprofit organizations that do not receive funding from the Department, and including a definition of them would cause unnecessary confusion.
The Department received no comments on this definition, but the Final Rule adds the word “individual” to the definition of respondent. A respondent is not limited to an employer or a State agency; rather the respondent can be any individual (such as a field manager, a co-worker, or a labor contractor) who responds to a complaint filed pursuant to 20 CFR part 658, subpart E. The Department determined it prudent to add “individual” to the definition for clarification.
The Department received no comments on this definition; however, it changed “U.S.-based workers” to “U.S. workers” for clarification and uniformity across the definitions in this part.
While no comments were received regarding this definition, the Department has deleted this definition because it is redundant with the definition of Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES), above. Because ES is used throughout the chapter and USES is not, the Department has determined that the definition for USES is not necessary.
Another commenter recommended the Department consult the Workforce Information Advisory Council and develop guidelines by area of LMI regarding this balance of demand for detailed localized data and data quality.
The regulations at 20 CFR part 652 set forth standards and procedures regarding the establishment and functioning of State ES operations. These regulations align part 652 with the WIOA amendments to the ES program, and with the WIOA reforms to the public workforce system that affect the ES program. The WIOA-amended Wagner-Peyser Act furthers longstanding goals of closer collaboration with other employment and training programs by mandating colocation of ES offices within one-stop centers or affiliated sites; aligning service delivery in the one-stop delivery system; and ensuring alignment of State planning and performance indicators in the one-stop delivery system. Other new provisions are consistent with long-term Departmental policies, including increased emphasis on reemployment services for UI claimants (sec. 7(a)); promotion of robust Workforce and Labor Market Information (WLMI); the development of national electronic tools for job seekers and businesses (sec. 3(e)); dissemination of information on best practices (sec. 3(c)(2)); and professional development for ES staff (secs. 3(c)(4) and 7(b)(3)).
Inadvertently, the preamble explanation for § 652.215 was duplicated in the regulatory text. That has been removed and the intended regulatory language, which is the original language from the WIA regulations at § 652.215, has been added except for a nonsubstantive change to the last sentence. The WIOA regulatory text at § 652.215 is not substantively different from the language inadvertently used in the NPRM.
The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 652. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
The Department received several varying comments regarding colocation. This part clarifies the intent of colocation and how ES-only affiliate sites do not meet the intent of WIOA.
With regard to workforce labor market information, some of the clarifications identified in this part include: there is a need to provide extensive education and technical assistance with regard to accessing wage record data; the Workforce Information Advisory Council (WIAC) will advise on WLMI and may consider what kind of information is needed for planning, but it is not involved in developing State Plans; and the Departments of Labor and Education will issue joint guidance about use of wage data for performance in the context of the confidentiality requirements for the use UI wage record data and education data under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). In order to address concerns regarding “continuous improvement” as it pertains to the WLMI systems (WLMIS), § 652.300 was edited to reflect that the parameters for continuous improvement will be identified in consultation with the WIAC. Additionally, the edits to this section align with WIOA and reference the Secretary's responsibility to prepare a 2-year plan for WLMIS.
The Department also made one clarifying change throughout this part. Previously, the regulatory text in part 652 has used the words “the Act” to refer to the Wagner-Peyser Act. Because of the ES system's integration in the public workforce system, which is governed by a number of different Acts such as WIOA, this reference has caused some confusion. To make references to the Wagner-Peyser Act clear, the Department has replaced “the Act” with “the Wagner-Peyser Act” throughout the text of the regulations in this part. The definition of “the Act” in part 651 has also been amended to reflect this change. In the titles of the regulatory sections, “the Act” has been replaced with “the Wagner-Peyser Act.”
Front-line staff training is addressed in the Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 3(b)(4) (as amended by sec. 303(b)(4) of WIOA), which requires State agencies and their staff to assist in the planning and implementation of activities to enhance the professional development and career advancement opportunities of staff. The Department strongly encourages such training to include competencies related to serving populations with barriers to employment and to accessing services, including older workers. Additionally, the Department added direct language from the Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 3(b)(4) to § 652.204 to indicate that professional development and career advancement may be supported by the Governor's Reserve.
The Department simplified the language in § 652.8(j)(1) by removing “including laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age, race, sex, color, religion, national origin, disability, political affiliation or belief” because this is redundant with the phrase immediately preceding it, “any applicable nondiscrimination law.” Conforming edits were also made at §§ 653.501(c)(ii), 658.411(c)(1) and (2), and 658.420(b)(1).
The Department made a clarifying change to § 652.8(i) by removing the sentence “Similarly, all complaints involving such matters should also be reported to the Secretary directly and immediately” and changing the first sentence to read “Any persons having knowledge of fraud, criminal activity or other abuse must report such information directly and immediately to the Secretary, including all complaints involving such matters.” This clarifies that complaints related to fraud and abuse must be reported to the Secretary directly and immediately. The change reduces confusion about whether the requirement to report complaints is different from the requirement to report information to the Secretary; the requirement is the same for both.
However, several commenters recommended that the Department define the term “veteran” by specifying that, as provided in 38 U.S.C. 101, “the term veteran means a person who served in the active military, naval, or air service, and who was discharged or released therefrom under conditions other than dishonorable.” In addition to urging a definition of “veteran,” a commenter also recommended that the Department establish definitions for “eligible spouse,” “significant barriers to employment,” and “priority of service.” Additionally, this commenter recommended that the regulation state veteran referral qualifications to the Disabled Veterans Outreach Program (DVOP) because these referrals are Wagner-Peyser Act funded services and not charged to the Jobs for Veterans State Grants (JVSG).
A commenter recommended that the Department include an option for LWDBs to require that one-stop operators adhere to labor standards for staff that work in the one-stop delivery system.
In response to the commenters' suggestions to state veteran referral qualifications to DVOP, as well as define “eligible spouse,” “significant barriers to employment,” and “priority of service,” these concerns are already covered by joint guidance from the Veterans' Employment and Training Service and the Employment and Training Administration.
The Department's response to the recommendation for LWDBs to require that one-stop operators adhere to labor standards is addressed in the Joint WIOA Final Rule preamble discussion for 20 CFR part 678, subpart C.
One commenter explained that the WIOA NPRM's proposed requirements relating to colocation would do little to improve efficiencies and stabilization of facilities costs. For example, this commenter stated that adding one partner program staff to the ES office simply for complying with the NPRM against stand-alone ES offices (proposed at 20 CFR 678.315(b)) would be fairly simple to accomplish, but meaningless as far as the stated goals for improved service and coordination, less duplication, and greater access. This commenter stated that a requirement to colocate adult and dislocated worker with ES into full centers would likely be sufficient impetus over time to have the major core program partners concentrate on finding suitable facilities, although it would pose a difficult problem in many localities. This commenter and another stated that although proposed § 652.202 and related discussion in §§ 678.310 and 678.315 (
Additionally, § 678.315(b) (
Additionally, the Department has determined that requiring colocation of WIOA and ES program services in proportion to participants served would be too burdensome a requirement to impose on States.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section. No changes were made to this section of the regulatory text.
Expressing support for proposed § 652.204, one commenter urged the Department to promote the training of staff on how to assist older workers.
With regard to the suggestion to train front-line staff on assisting older workers, the Department expects that staff are trained and equipped with the knowledge, skills, and motivation to provide superior service to all job seekers, including older workers.
“Yes,
The Department has issued guidance with regard to the provision of career services under the ES program in TEGL No. 03-15 (“
Some of these commenters stated that the reemployment plan is a component of the Worker Profiling and Reemployment Services (WPRS) and Reemployment and Eligibility Assessment (REA) programs, and consists of an agreement between the claimant and the SWA that requires participation by claimants in selected reemployment services. Commenters observed that in those programs the failure of the claimant to agree to, attend, or satisfactorily complete a plan may result in the denial of benefits. A State agency asked for clarification regarding how the use of Wagner-Peyser Act funds to support reemployment and related services to UI claimants fits with the State's REA and Reemployment Services and Eligibility Assessments (RESEA) programs. In particular, this
Wagner-Peyser Act funds may be used to support reemployment services to UI claimants fits with the State's RESEA program, States have considerable flexibility to effectively leverage these two funding sources. The Department notes that not all States have RESEA programs and RESEA only serves a small percentage of UI claimants. Therefore, the Department expects that Wagner-Peyser Act funds will be used to serve all UI claimants more broadly.
States have flexibility under UI and ES to provide services through a comprehensive center. Two activities that can be funded with either funding source are conducting eligibility assessments and reviewing compliance with the State's work search requirements as a condition of UI eligibility.
Neither the RESEA program nor the WPRS program fully satisfies the requirement to provide reemployment services and other activities to UC claimants. The RESEA program is a relatively small temporary program that serves currently only a small percentage of UI claimants and is not operational in
The Department received only supportive comments on this section, so no changes were made to the regulatory text.
Section 652.215 Do any provisions in the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act change the requirement that State merit staff employees must deliver services provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act?
One commenter said that in some of the Massachusetts local areas, Wagner-Peyser Act services are provided by State employees (employed by the State university) and that the State university meets all the requirements of merit staff, although it is not part of the SWA. This commenter recommended that the Department allow any State employees currently providing Wagner-Peyser Act services whose employing agency meets the definition of merit staff (5 CFR part 900) to be able to continue providing those services. According to this commenter, allowing these employees to continue providing Wagner-Peyser Act services would meet all of the objectives associated with the Department's State merit staffing requirement.
Two commenters cited a Department comparative evaluation of the three merit staff exemption States that they asserted did not conclude that alternative delivery was improved, and suggested that, if one of the three demonstration States ceases using non-State government staff, the temporary demonstration authority should lapse and not be further authorized by the Department.
Several other commenters indicated that § 652.215 should re-affirm that no additional demonstrations of alternative delivery of Wagner-Peyser Act services by non-State government employees should be authorized. Another commenter requested that § 652.215 specify whether additional demonstrations would be authorized.
Some commenters urged the Department to remove the State merit staffing requirement from the Final Rule or, at a minimum, allow for a waiver whereby States can apply to “opt out” of the requirement. These commenters stated that given that the “core services” under WIA, the “career services” under WIOA and the “employment services” under the Wagner-Peyser Act are essentially the same services, there no policy or economic rationale for maintaining a State merit staff requirement in the ES program while city, county, and non-governmental employees simultaneously provide the same services in the WIOA programs. According to these commenters, the
Some commenters expressed concerns that a mandatory competitive process for choosing operators would increase the chance for private entities as operators overstepping their span of control over State agency staff from guidance to operational direction for ES programs. These commenters urged the Department to make clear in the regulations that the role of operators should not be management of other entity program staff and especially of processes operated by State merit staff.
Some commenters expressed support for this proposed section.
Regarding concern about the competitive process for choosing operators and its impact on guidance to and oversight of State merit staff, the Department reiterates that one-stop operators only may provide State merit staff employees guidance that is programmatic in nature regarding the provision of labor exchange services,
The WLMIS already includes or directs employers and job seekers to some job-posting tools, such as the National Labor Exchange (NLX), which allows employers to request that their job openings be posted nationwide.
The Departments of Labor and Education are issuing joint guidance with regard to use of wage data for performance in the context of the confidentiality requirements for the use UI wage record data and education data under FERPA.
With regard to the concern for the use of the FEIN, the commenter is correct that the FEIN is not necessary for performance purposes; it has the potential to be valuable in the context of creating labor market information. No changes were made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
This commenter also discussed how enhancement of wage records could involve considerable costs to update the systems, while one other commenter indicated that there could be efficiencies, costs savings, and reduction in reporting burden if systems used by States were standardized, rather than needing to contain customized elements for each State. Another commenter added that standard definitions would require changes to Federal law and/or regulations, which would likely necessitate changes to State laws and/or regulations.
Several commenters expressed contrasting views on the workload burden of wage record changes on both State workforce agencies and employers, some saying it would reduce the burden and others saying it would increase it and also inquiring on the source of funds for the costs incurred to make such changes.
When considering additional data elements, one commenter cautioned that the Department should examine whether certain data are already being provided in some other format (
Two commenters expressed concerns that more onerous reporting requirements would decrease timely filing compliance that could make it more difficult to set up timely and accurate initial monetary determinations, which could lead to an increase in improper payments.
One commenter asked for clarification regarding whether new data that might be added to wage record reports would be governed by different confidentiality standards (other than 20 CFR part 603).
Another commenter urged the Department to include all impacted stakeholders in the review of the costs and benefits of enhancing wage records. Similarly, one commenter encouraged the Department to seek employer input on any changes to the wage records process and to add employers to the list of stakeholders with which the Secretary is required to consult included in § 652.302(b).
The Department received only supportive comments on this section. No changes were made to the regulatory text in this section.
In subparts B and F, the Department is implementing the WIOA title III amendments to the Wagner-Peyser Act, as well as streamlining and updating certain sections to eliminate duplicative and obsolete provisions. The Department is also updating the regulations to maintain consistency with the Judge Richey Court Order (“Richey Order”),
The Department made several changes to § 653.102, including a requirement that State Workforce Agencies (SWAs) make job order information conspicuous and available to migrant and seasonal farmworkers (MSFWs) “. . . by all reasonable means
Furthermore, the provision of employment and training services to MSFWs is the responsibility of the SWA through its local one-stop centers, and is not exclusively the responsibility of the SMA or the outreach workers. This is made explicit through the mandates of the Richey Order, where it states, “The Federal and State monitoring system reviews on a continuous basis the services provided to MSFWs, as well as the benefits and protections to MSFWs, the functioning of the Complaint System, and the compliance of State ES offices with all applicable laws, regulations, and directives.”
Another commenter requested clarification regarding appropriate funding for year-round part-time staff and specifically whether Wagner-Peyser Act funds would pay for it under career services. This commenter also asked that the Department allow non-top 20 States to use discretion as to what times of year in their regions would be appropriate to hire outreach workers, if at all.
Section 653.107(a)(5) provides a requirement that a SWA must publicize the availability of ES “through such means as newspaper and electronic media publicity,” and one commenter recommended the Department add “social media” as another way to publicize because it is the widest possible method to distribute information. Another commenter asked
• Farmworkers in employer-controlled housing are uniquely vulnerable to exploitation and abuse.
• The law is unclear on the right of access by service providers
• Employers impede outreach workers' access to MSFWs, including via threats of violence, threats of arrest and prosecution and arrest.
• Ensuring nonprofit health, education, social, and legal service providers the right of access to MSFWs would directly further the central purposes of the Wagner-Peyser Act and WIOA.
In addition, based on the Department's justification of requiring “permission of the employer, owner, or farm labor contractor,” the commenter suggested that the Department should add the phrase “as applicable” after the first use of the word “without” in § 653.107(b)(2). Incorporating all of its comments discussed immediately above, the commenter recommended specific language for § 653.107(b)(2), which it asserted appropriately balances the rights and responsibilities of employers, property owners, farm labor contractors, and SWAs.
One commenter sought clarification on the § 653.108(g)(1) requirement whereby the SMA must conduct an “ongoing review” of the delivery of services and protections afforded by ES regulations to MSFWs by the SWA and local ES offices. Further, this commenter asked whether this requirement would apply to every State or to the top 20 designated States and whether the SMA must review each local ES office. Asking what “ongoing review” would specifically require, this commenter urged the Department to clarify which local offices must be reviewed annually, biannually, or less frequently.
Additionally, paragraph (1) has been changed to clarify the requirement to establish an MOU. It now makes clear that an MOU must be established between the SMA and the NFJP grantees, and the SMA may establish an MOU with the other organizations serving farmworkers.
The Department has also made a minor edit to § 653.109(b)(9), to add data on “apparent violations” to the list of data the SWA must collect. This is consistent with the data collection that the SWAs already perform. Additionally, the Department has added reference to the data required to be collected by the Combined Plans to § 653.109(d). The regulatory text already referenced the Unified Plans, and this change aligns the paragraph with the requirements of sec. 103 of WIOA.
The Department will address each of the commenter's requests for revisions as bulleted below.
• Include explicit language conferring a public right to obtain the records included in § 653.109.
• Revise § 653.110(a) to include all “records” as well as all “data,” possibly including reference to a well-established definition of records such as the Freedom of Information Act's definition at 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(4).
• Include a right to all records related to employer participation in the job service, rather than only the data specifically enumerated in § 653.109. Alternatively, the Department could revise § 653.109 to include a requirement that State agencies retain the records underlying the data that section already requires those agencies to keep.
• Add a provision in § 653.110 that explicitly preempts States from enacting laws that would categorically render employer records identified in § 653.109 undisclosable as privileged and confidential.
• Remove the language “or are otherwise privileged against disclosure” in § 653.110(d) that the Department proposed be added in the NPRM. The commenter stated that a court could construe this language to include State public records acts that render employer records privileged, confidential, or both.
Additionally, a SWA may utilize appropriate language from the Final Rule for the job postings.
Similarly, another commenter recommended the Department eliminate the ARS process because most States use Web-based, online job listing sites, which after 24 hours automatically upload job orders to the national level on two sites (US.jobs of the National Labor Exchange and JOBcentral). This commenter stated the ARS process is obsolete, outdated, burdensome, and time consuming. Further, the commenter suggested the ARS regulations need clarification if the ARS is to remain and recommended that, if retained, the ARS should be required only for significant MSFW States.
Another commenter suggested the Department update the part 653 ARS language to account for technological advancements in labor exchange systems.
Connecting employers with job seekers at the local level helps both parties, as there are fewer transportation and housing costs. This sequential process is particular for agricultural job orders and may not be appropriate for other employment sectors. Furthermore, agricultural work is typically rural and housing and transportation accommodations may be necessary to ensure the workers are able to access the appropriate worksite. For these reasons, the Department has determined job
In addition, the Department also deems it necessary for non-significant MSFW States to participate in ARS for three primary reasons: (1) Equality of opportunity: employers in non-significant States (just as significant States) must have the opportunity to hire U.S. workers through the ES system; (2) Uniformity of ES services: ARS is one of the many services offered through the ES system and should be offered to agricultural employers and individuals who seek agricultural employment in any State, regardless of its designation as a significant State; and (3) Requirement to maintain a system of clearing labor between the States: sec. 3(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act mandates the Department assist SWAs in maintaining a system of clearing labor between the States which provides workers maximum opportunity to have access to agricultural jobs.
To reconcile the need to test the local labor market and subsequently test the intrastate and interstate clearance systems when using the internet, the Department recommends ES offices suppress employer information. Suppressing employer information means that a job seeker will need to contact the ES office in order to receive all pertinent information regarding the job and the ES office then has the opportunity to gauge the level of interest in the job from U.S. job seekers. It also allows the ES office to provide the job seeker with not only the employment opportunity specifically sought, but also information on all other services and opportunities offered through the center.
The Richey Order mandates the Department “require each State ES agency to review and process all intrastate job orders in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in section I-D of [the] Order” and to review “all interstate job orders prior to approval for transmission and shall require all State and Federal offices processing such interstate job orders to comply with the following requirements.” The Department's step-by-step process in the regulations implements the mandates of the Order by ensuring job seekers and employers have access to ARS in a logical and organized manner.
Lastly, the Department agrees that the references to “State agencies” would be better clarified by the term, “State Workforce Agencies” or “SWAs.” As such, the Department will replace the terms throughout the Final Rule. The Department has also edited § 653.501(c)(1)(ii) to make the regulatory text consistent with 29 CFR part 38.
Further, the Department notes the ETA Form 790 is intended for the recruitment of domestic, U.S. workers and not for the recruitment of foreign workers. Instead, Form 9142A, H-2A Application for Temporary Employment Certification, addresses the requirement for employers seeking to hire foreign workers. The Department has determined the suggestion to include recruiter information for foreign workers would more appropriately be addressed through the PRA process for the Form 9142A. The Department welcomes such comments at that time.
While no comments were received regarding § 653.501(c)(3)(i), the Department revised the regulatory text to clarify that order-holding office notification must be in writing and that email notification may be acceptable. This revision does not substantively change the notification requirement but it clarifies the intent of the requirement to make notification verifiable. This is consistent with the Department's response to the comment received on § 653.501(c)(3)(iv), described in the following paragraph.
As discussed earlier in § 651.10, the Department has decided to revise the definition of migrant farmworkers. While the Department did not receive any comments specifically relating to § 653.501(c)(3)(vi), the Department received comments referring to the definition of migrant farmworkers who are “unable” versus “not reasonably able” to return to their permanent
One commenter suggested the Department revise the first sentence of § 653.501(d) to read, “This
The Department notes that all steps and requirements for processing clearance orders at §§ 653.500 through 653.503 are intended for the recruitment of U.S. workers. However, U.S. workers may continue to be recruited once a job order becomes part of the H-2A process pursuant to § 655.135(d). The Department will issue guidance on the Agricultural Recruitment Process.
One commenter stated the requirements of § 653.503(a) are contradictory to the WIOA structures for statewide activities and that completing mandatory field checks would cause a significant reduction in the time spent by the SWA in meeting WIOA's requirements.
To guarantee employers have been notified and have signed a document accepting field checks, the Department concurs that such notification may be provided through the attachment to the ETA Form 790. Including the notification in the ETA Form 790 would help ensure the employer has been notified and concurs with the requirement. The Department will propose the language be added to the attachment to the ETA Form 790 in the next Paperwork Reduction Act public notice for the Form.
• Prepared a job order form prior to referral, except in the case of a job development contact on behalf of a specific applicant;
• Made prior arrangements with the employer for the referral of an individual or individuals;
• Referred an individual who had not been specifically designated by the employer, except for referrals on agricultural job orders for a specific crew leader or worker;
• Verified from a reliable source, preferably the employer, that the individual had entered on a job; and
• Appropriately recorded the placement.
Attempting informal resolution at the local level is also intended to assist employers in remedying certain apparent violations that may resolve the issue and not necessitate the need for a referral to an enforcement agency.
Further, the Department disagrees with the commenter's suggestion that the required field checks are not authorized by the controlling statutes and that they do not provide sufficient certainty and regularity required to make “warrantless inspections constitutional.” Employers know of field checks, which are conducted with sufficient regularity due to the requirement at § 653.503(b) mandating field checks on certain percentages of placements depending on how many placements a State has made.
In the NPRM, the Department proposed to revise the ETA regulations governing housing for farmworkers at 20 CFR part 654, subpart E, issued under the authority of the 1933 Wagner-Peyser Act by updating outdated terminology and by establishing an expiration date for the ETA standards. This proposed expiration date was intended to transition housing currently governed by the ETA standards to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations governing temporary labor camps for agricultural workers as set forth at 29 CFR 1910.142. After considering the public comments received on this aspect of the proposal, the Department withdraws its proposal to establish an expiration date for the ETA standards in order to transition housing currently governed by the ETA standards to the OSHA standards, as explained in further detail below.
The analysis that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 684 regulations. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. Further, the Department received a number of comments on this part that were outside the scope of the regulation and the Department offers no response. Lastly, the Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below.
Several commenters expressed support for the proposed changes to subpart E of part 654 stating the housing standards would be strengthened, would increase safety and sanitation requirements, and would positively impact the overall health and quality of life for MSFWs. However, most commenters expressed concerns about the proposal and in many cases asked that the proposal be withdrawn.
Additionally, commenters raised the following reasons for not supporting the proposal: (1) The high cost of making the necessary changes; (2) insufficient economic analysis conducted by the Department; (3) lack of availability of funding assistance; (4) difficulty (or potential impossibility) in obtaining permits (including zoning permits); (5) lack of sufficient time to transition; (6) the difficulty or impossibility of complying with OSHA's requirement at 29 CFR 1910.142(a)(2), which states: “The principal camp area in which food
Many commenters also suggested that the impossibility of complying with the new standards would lead to a loss of available farmworker housing because existing housing would still be out of compliance. A few commenters stated the proposal would put some agricultural employers out of business. One commenter posited the NPRM did not provide evidence that employers, SWAs, Department personnel, employees, or anyone else is experiencing any “confusion” about how farmworker housing is inspected. This commenter also questioned whether the Department may legally expand the application of the OSHA housing standards it adopted under special procedures available for consensus standards to housing to which the OSHA standards never previously applied.
One commenter suggested the Department allow agricultural employers a variance for the OSHA requirement at 29 CFR 1910.142(a)(2), asserting it is not always possible or desirable to have at least 500 feet between the livestock and food processing/sleeping areas. In order to better understand the impact of the proposed regulations, the Department solicited the following information from the public through the NPRM: (1) The approximate number of agricultural housing units in the United States provided by agricultural employers for farmworkers; (2) the approximate percentage of the total farmworker housing units that currently fall under the ETA standards set forth in 20 CFR part 654; and (3) the estimated cost of bringing those housing units from the ETA standards into compliance with the OSHA standards. The Department received few responses. The limited feedback suggested it would cost individual employers between $15,000 and $300,000 to transition into the OSHA standards, with one commenter suggesting it would cost over $1 million for employers in one State. One commenter indicated that most of its housing inspections fell under the ETA standards. Several commenters also had specific questions for the Department.
While the Department withdraws
The Department will continue to require compliance with the regulations at 20 CFR part 654, subpart E, for farmworker housing built prior to April 3, 1980, or where prior to March 4, 1980, a contract for the construction of the specific housing was signed. However, subsequent housing must comply with OSHA temporary labor camp standards at 29 CFR 1910.142.
The provisions of § 654.403 have been relocated to 20 CFR 653.502 because they more directly relate to the governance and operation of the Agricultural Recruitment System (ARS) rather than the condition of worker housing.
Part 658 sets forth systems and procedures for complaints, monitoring for compliance assessment, enforcement, and sanctions for violations of the ES regulations and employment-related laws, including discontinuation of services to employers and decertification of State Workforce Agencies (SWAs).
The analyses that follows provides the Department's response to public comments received on the proposed part 658 regulations relating to administrative provisions governing the ES program. If a section is not addressed in the discussion below, it is because the public comments submitted in response to the NPRM did not substantively address that specific section and no changes have been made to the regulatory text. The Department has made a number of non-substantive changes to correct grammatical and typographical errors to improve the readability and conform the document stylistically that are not discussed in the analysis below. Lastly, the Department will issue guidance on the Complaint System, informal resolution, referring complaints and apparent violations, and on subpart F—Discontinuation of Services to Employers by the Employment Service.
This subpart covers the purpose and scope of the Complaint System, the requirements pertaining to complaints filed at the local and State level, and the requirements for when a complaint rises to the Federal level.
Regarding the commenter's assertion that because the current Complaint System does not ordinarily result in a formal finding regarding the worker's complaint, it rarely generates a result that provides the basis for discontinuation of services to an employer who has violated the rights of a farmworker referred through the ES, the Department clarifies that a formal finding (
No change to the regulatory text was made in response to these comments.
The Department made no changes to the regulatory text, except for the clarifying change to add “parts 651, 652, 653, 654, and” to the end of § 658.400(a). This change clarifies that the ES complaint system accepts complaints involving the failure to comply with the ES regulations under parts 651, 652, 653, 654, and part 658, not just part 658, as was proposed. This is consistent with the jurisdiction of the complaint system under the existing regulations.
The Department added two paragraphs to § 658.410, paragraphs (n) and (o), in response to comments received on proposed § 658.411. Those comments and additions are discussed below.
The Department concurs with the commenters that coordination of the activities of the Wage and Hour Division (WHD), within the former Employment Standards Administration, OSHA, and the Employment and Training Administration (ETA) relating to MSFWs is essential. The intention behind the proposed regulations at § 658.411 was to not limit coordination to only those agencies, but to expand it to all employment-related law enforcement agencies. No changes were made to the regulatory text. Still, the Department acknowledges the vital importance of Coordinated Enforcement at 29 CFR part 42 and will work to carry out such activities described at 29 CFR part 42 and also work to expand coordination with other enforcement agencies such as the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC).
The Department also agrees it would be beneficial for the ES office or the SWA to attempt to communicate with the MSFW in the manner most likely to reach him/her, particularly via telephone. The Department recommends that SWAs attempt communication via telephone with MSFWs; however, the requirement for written notification stands as the official means for notification because such correspondence helps both parties maintain records of the complaint status.
The Department further agrees with the commenter that, in cases where the
The Department does not agree that the requirement for complaints to be signed by the complainant be eliminated as a signature is helpful in processing complaints and referring complaints to the appropriate enforcement agencies. However, the Department agrees it would be helpful for MSFW complainants if a representative could file the complaint on behalf the MSFW. The Department added language to § 658.411(a)(3) allowing a MSFW or his/her representative to sign the complaint if the MSFW has designated a representative pursuant to § 658.410(o).
The Department clarifies that referring employment-related law complaints to the appropriate enforcement agency after 5 days if the complaint has not been resolved is required if the issue is not resolved within 5 business days. The Department further seeks to clarify that the statement, “the representative must determine
The Department has also edited § 658.411(c)(1) and (2) to make the regulatory text consistent with the anti-discrimination protections in 29 CFR part 38 and the role of the Department's Civil Rights Center.
Regarding the suggestion for the ES office to refer a complaint to the SMA if the complainant has not responded, the Department does not deem this necessary due to its change to the regulations at § 658.400(a) whereby the Complaint System now covers ES-related complaints made within 2 years of the alleged violation. Increasing the limitations period to 2 years will provide greater protections to those participating in the ES by accommodating those individuals who may not be able to file complaints within a year from the alleged occurrence. No change was made to the regulatory text in response to these comments.
In response to the suggestion to allow filing a complaint by email, the Department notes it proposed in the NPRM that a complaint could be filed by email and has made no change to the regulatory text at § 658.411(a)(4).
The Department made technical corrections to clarify in (d)(2)(i) that the complaint would be in regard to an “alleged” violation of the ES regulations and also that the appropriate ES office Complaint System representative must investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint immediately upon receipt if all necessary information has been submitted to the ES office pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)). The Department corrected the cross-references and corresponding language in the regulatory text at paragraphs (d)(2)(ii), (d)(3)(ii), and (d)(4)(ii).
While the Department did not receive comments regarding § 658.420, it changed the language in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) to make it consistent with current civil rights provisions in WIOA sec. 188 and the implementing regulations at 29 CFR part 38. It also added an exception in paragraph (c) to complaints filed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1) and (2), and added the following sentence, “The RMA must follow-up monthly on all complaints filed by MSFWs including complaints under (b)(1) and (b)(2).” These changes are consistent with current practice and were added for clarity.
Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 directs agencies, in deciding whether and how to regulate, to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, including the alternative of not regulating. E.O. 13563 is supplemental to and reaffirms E.O. 12866. It emphasizes the importance of quantifying current and future costs and benefits; directs that regulations be developed with public participation; and where relevant and feasible, directs that regulatory approaches be considered that reduce burdens, harmonize rules across agencies, and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public. Costs and benefits should include both quantifiable measures and qualitative assessments of possible impacts that are difficult to quantify. If regulation is necessary, agencies should select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) determines whether a regulatory action is significant and, therefore, is subject to review.
Section 3(f) of E.O. 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as any action that is likely to result in a rule that could:
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising from legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in E.O. 12866.
The Final Rule is not a significant regulatory action under sec. 3(f) of E.O. 12866. The economic effects of the costs and transfers (
Section V.A.1 describes the need for the DOL WIOA Final Rule, and section V.A.2 describes the alternatives that were considered in the DOL WIOA NPRM. Section V.A.3 summarizes the public comments received related to the NPRM, and provides the Department's
The Department provides the following summary of the Regulatory Impact Analysis:
(1) This Final Rule is not an “economically significant rule” under sec. 3(f)(4) of E.O. 12866.
(2) This Final Rule is not expected to have a significant cost impact on a substantial number of small entities.
(3) This Final Rule will not impose an unfunded mandate on Federal, State, local, or tribal governments as defined by the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
In total, the Department estimates that this Final Rule will generate costs and transfer payments. As shown in Exhibit 1, this Final Rule is estimated to have an average annual cost of $35.0 million and a total 10-year cost of $278.8 million (with 7-percent discounting). In addition, the Final Rule is estimated to result in annual transfer payments of $12.9 million and total 10-year transfer payments of $96.9 million (with 7-percent discounting).
The largest contributor to the total cost of this Final Rule is the requirement related to the development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system, followed by the Local WDBs career pathways development and the colocation of ES services. See the cost subsection of section V.A.6 (Subject-by-Subject Analysis) below for a detailed explanation.
The Department was unable to quantify several important benefits to society due to data limitations and a lack of existing data or evaluation findings. We describe qualitatively the benefits related to required competition for all one-stop operators. In addition, based on a review of empirical studies (primarily studies published in peer-reviewed academic publications and studies sponsored by the Department), the Department identified the following societal benefits: (1) Training services increase job placement rates; (2) participants in occupational training experience higher reemployment rates; (3) training is associated with higher earnings; and (4) State performance accountability measures, in combination with the Board membership provision requiring employer representation, is expected to improve the quality of the training and, ultimately, the number and caliber of job placements. The Department identified several channels through which these benefits might be achieved: (1) Better information about training providers enables workers to make more informed choices about programs to pursue; (2) sanctions on under-performing States serve as an incentive for both States and local entities to monitor performance more effectively and to intervene early; and (3) enhanced services for dislocated workers, self-employed individuals, and workers with disabilities lead to the benefits discussed above.
In addition, the Final Rule will result in transfer payments. The Department estimates that this Final Rule will result in annual average transfer payments of $12.9 million and a total 10-year transfer payment of $96.9 million (with 7-percent discounting). These transfers result from increased funding for targeting out-of-school youth (OSY). See the transfer subsection of the section V.A.6 (Subject-by-Subject Analysis) below for a detailed explanation.
Public Law 113-128, the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), enacted on July 22, 2014, statutorily requires publication of implementing regulations, if required, no later than 180 days after the date of enactment. The Department has determined that implementing regulations are necessary for the WIOA program to be operated efficiently and effectively and that such regulations shall provide Congress and others with uniform information necessary to evaluate the outcomes of the new workforce law.
OMB Circular A-4, which outlines best practices in regulatory analysis, directs agencies to analyze alternatives outside the scope of their current legal authority if such alternatives best satisfy the philosophy and principles of E.O. 12866. Although WIOA provides little regulatory discretion, the Department assessed, to the extent feasible, alternatives to the regulations.
In the NPRM, the Department considered significant alternatives to accomplish the stated objectives of WIOA, while also seeking to minimize any significant economic impact of the Final Rule on small entities. This analysis considered the extent to which WIOA's prescriptive language presented regulatory options that also will allow for achieving the Act's articulated program goals. The Department, in many instances, has reiterated the Act's language in the regulatory text, and has expanded some language to provide clarification and guidance to the regulated community. The additional regulatory guidance should result in more efficient administration of the program by reducing ambiguities and
In addition, the Departments considered the issuance of sub-regulatory guidance in lieu of additional regulations. This policy option has two primary benefits to the regulated community. First, sub-regulatory guidance will be issued following publication of the Final Rule, thereby allowing States and local areas additional time to adhere to additional guidance. Second, sub-regulatory guidance is more flexible, allowing for faster modifications and any subsequent issuances, as necessary.
The Department considered two possible alternatives in the NPRM:
(1) Implement the changes prescribed in WIOA, as noted in this Final Rule, thereby satisfying the statutory mandate; or
(2) Publish no regulations and rescind existing WIA final regulations, thereby ignoring the WIOA statutory requirement to publish implementing regulations, thus forcing the regulated community to follow statutory language for implementation and compliance purposes.
The Department considered these two options in accordance with the provisions of E.O. 12866 and chose to publish the WIOA Final Rule—that is, the first alternative. The Department considered the second alternative—retaining existing WIA regulations as the guide for WIOA implementation—but concluded that the requirements have changed substantially enough that new implementing regulations are necessary for the public workforce system to achieve program compliance. The Department considered, but rejected, the third alternative—not to publish an implementing regulation and rescind existing WIA final regulations—because the WIOA legislative language, inherently, does not provide sufficient detailed guidance to implement WIOA effectively; regulations are necessary to achieve program compliance.
In addition to the regulatory alternatives noted above, the Department also considered phasing in certain elements of WIOA over time (different compliance dates), thereby allowing States and localities more time for planning and successful implementation. As a policy option, this alternative appears appealing in a broad theoretical sense and, where feasible (
Furthermore, in assessing alternatives (
The Department's impact analysis has concluded that, by virtue of WIOA's prescriptive language, particularly the requirement to publish implementing regulations within 180 days, no available regulatory alternatives other than those discussed above are viable.
The Department received several public comment submissions that addressed the economic analysis in the NPRM. The Department considered the comments received. The significant comments and summaries of the Department's analyses and determinations are discussed below.
In the NPRM, after considering two possible alternatives: (1) Implement the changes prescribed in WIOA, or (2) not publish regulation and rescind existing WIA final regulations, the Department chose the first alternative.
In the NPRM, to contextualize the cost of the proposed rule, the Department expressed the annual cost of the NPRM as being between 1.1 and 1.2 percent of the average annual cost of WIA over fiscal year (FY) 2012 through FY 2014 (using 3-percent and 7-percent discounting, respectively). The average annual budget for WIA implementation from FY 2012 through FY 2014 for the Department was $2.8 billion.
In addition, one commenter stated that the Department did not provide its source of the average annual WIA budget estimate. The commenter cited DOL's Training and Employment Services budget as a proxy, which showed that the Department's funding decreased 1.8 percent from FY 2014 to FY 2015. This percentage is greater than the 1.1 to 1.2 percent of the estimated
U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. (2015) State Statutory Formula Funding. Retrieved from:
To estimate the cost of the requirements in the NPRM, the Department multiplied the amount of time required to perform an activity by workers' hourly mean wage rates for their occupational categories and the loaded wage factors to reflect total compensation, which includes non-wage factors such as health care and retirement benefits.
For the Final Rule, please refer to section V.A.4 (Analysis Considerations) for a description of the sources of the occupational categories and the loaded wage factor.
In the NPRM, the Department estimated that the rule would result in an undiscounted total 10-year cost of $384.4 million.
In the NPRM, the Department requested public comments on the challenges and benefits of requiring additional data elements in quarterly wage reports, including: (1) Program participants' social security numbers; (2) the wages program participants earn after exiting the program; and (3) the names, addresses, States, and (when known) the Employer Identification Numbers of the employers paying those wages.
Several commenters stated that WIOA's data collection requirements would require a large effort to track, record, validate, and report; the commenters also found some of the data to be questionable. The commenters stated that these proposed requirements would cause hardship for small States with limited funding.
In the NPRM, the Department estimated that most of the approximately 6,400 U.S. employers who hire foreign workers under the H-2A program and who already provide housing would not be affected by the NPRM because Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) housing standards apply more frequently than the ETA standards for housing investigations. Specifically, the Department estimated that every region, except the Northeast and Pacific Northwest, has agricultural housing that predominantly falls under the OSHA standards. Compliance, however, varies by State. For example, housing inspections in Colorado and Wyoming largely fall under ETA standards.
In the NPRM, the Department did not quantify the costs associated with the provision related to Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker (MSFW) housing. The Department asked the public to provide comments on: (1) The number of housing units farmworkers use, (2) the percentage of housing units that currently fall under the ETA standards, and (3) the cost to change from ETA to OSHA standards.
The Department estimated the additional costs and transfers associated with implementing this WIOA-required Final Rule from the existing program
The Department explains how the required actions of States, Local WDBs, employers and training entities, government agencies, and other related entities were linked to the expected costs, benefits, and transfers. We also consider, where appropriate, the unintended consequences introduced by this Final Rule. The Department has made every effort, where feasible, to quantify and monetize the costs, benefits, and transfers of this Final Rule. We are unable to quantify benefits associated with the Final Rule because of data limitations and a lack of operational data or evaluation findings on the provisions of the Final Rule or WIOA in general. Therefore, we describe some benefits qualitatively.
The Department has made every effort to quantify all incremental costs associated with the implementation of WIOA as distinct from those that already exist under WIA, WIOA's predecessor statute. Despite our best efforts, however, we might be double counting some activities that occur under WIA. Thus, the costs itemized below represent an upper bound for the potential burden of implementing WIOA.
In addition to this Final Rule, DOL and ED are publishing a Joint Final Rule to implement specific requirements of WIOA that fall under both Departments' purviews (Joint WIOA Final Rule). The Department acknowledges that these final rules and their associated impacts might not be fully independent from one another, but we are unaware of a reliable method to quantify this interdependence. Therefore, this analysis does not capture the correlated impacts of the costs, benefits, and transfers of this Final Rule and those associated with the Joint WIOA Final Rule.
In accordance with the regulatory analysis guidance articulated in Circular A-4 and consistent with the Department's practices in previous rulemakings, this regulatory analysis focuses on the likely consequences (
Exhibit 2 presents the number of entities expected to experience a change in level of effort (workload) due to the requirements included in this Final Rule. The Department provides these estimates and uses them extensively throughout this analysis to estimate the cost of each provision.
The Department
In the subject-by-subject analysis, the Department presents the additional labor and other costs associated with the implementation of each provision in this Final Rule. Exhibit 3 presents the compensation rates for the occupational categories expected to experience an increase in level of effort (workload) due to the Final Rule. We use the BLS mean hourly wage rate for State and local employees.
The Department uses the hourly compensation rates presented in Exhibit 3 throughout this analysis to estimate the labor costs for each provision.
At a minimum, all affected entities are currently required to comply with the 2000 WIA Final Rule (65 FR 49294, Aug. 11, 2000); however, some affected entities might already comply with some provisions of the Final Rule. This analysis estimates the incremental costs and transfers that affected entities that are not yet compliant with the Final Rule will incur. The equation below shows the method the Department uses to calculate the incremental total cost for each provision over the 10-year analysis period. The methodology used in estimating the quantifiable transfers is provided in the subject-by-subject analysis.
The total cost of each provision is calculated as the sum of the total labor cost and total non-labor cost incurred each year over the 10-year period (see Exhibit 28 for the average annual cost of the Final Rule by provision). The total labor cost is the sum of the labor costs
In addition, the Department provides an assessment of transfer payments associated with transitioning the Nation's public workforce system from the requirements of WIA to the new requirements of WIOA. In accordance with Circular A-4, we consider transfer payments as payments from one group to another that do not affect total resources available to society.
One example of transfer payments results from the expectation that available U.S. workers trained and hired who were previously unemployed will no longer seek new or continued unemployment insurance benefits. Assuming other factors remain constant, the Department expects State unemployment insurance expenditures to decline because of the hiring of U.S. workers following WIOA implementation. We, however, cannot quantify all transfer payments due to a lack of adequate data.
In total, the Department estimates that this Final Rule will generate costs over a 10-year period. The Final Rule is estimated to result in 10-year undiscounted costs of $350.4 million (in 2015 dollars). In the NPRM, the Department estimated that the proposed rule would result in $384.4 million in undiscounted costs (in 2013 dollars). The Final Rule also quantifies transfer payments of $128.9 million (in 2015 dollars). As discussed below, after reviewing public comments and with further consultation with program experts in the DOL program areas, we updated the cost and transfer analyses and made changes to specific provisions in the NPRM that affected costs and transfers. While the updates made to each provision (
In the Final Rule economic analysis, the Department updates all costs and transfers to 2015 dollars from 2013 dollars in the NPRM. This update increases the estimated costs and transfers of the Final Rule relative to the costs presented in the NPRM.
In addition, the Department has made several updates to labor costs. First, we use more specific occupational categories than those used in the NPRM (
Second, the Department has updated labor costs, including wage rates and loaded wage factors, to reflect 2015 BLS data. Furthermore, instead of using State government employee wage rates for workers at both the State level and local level as in the NPRM, we applied wage rates for State government employees and local government employees to workers at the State and local levels, respectively. Depending on the occupational category, the State-level wage rate could be higher or lower than the corresponding local-level wage rate; thus, determining whether this had a positive or negative effect on costs was not possible.
Third, based on further discussions with program experts, the Department has increased the overall number of States from 56 to 57 in the Final Rule because we concluded that the WIOA requirements also will affect the Republic of Palau.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (a) “New State Workforce Development Board Membership Requirements.” In this Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, costs related to this provision are found in provision (a) “New State WDB Membership Requirements.” The cost of this provision reflects the cost for States to establish State WDBs in accordance with the membership requirements. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $313,000 in the NPRM to $272,000 in the Final Rule.
At the State level for the DOL programs, the Department made the changes presented in Exhibit 4. We replaced the manager with the more precise occupational categories of chief executives and management occupations staff. We assumed that 25 percent of the effort would be the responsibility of a chief executive and 75 percent of a management occupations staff member. We also replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (b) “Development and Continuous Improvement of the Workforce Development System.” In the Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, this cost provision and provision (f) “Identification of Regions,” have been combined in the Final Rule to form provision (b) “Development and Continuous Improvement of the Workforce Development System.” This provision of the Final Rule estimates the cost for State WDBs to assist State Governors in: (1) The development and continuous improvement of the State's workforce development systems, and (2) the identification of regions, including planning regions, and the designation of local areas, after consultation with Local WDBs and chief elected officials (CEOs). The cost estimate for the first item was initially included in provision (b) of the NPRM along with a portion of the second item.
Exhibit 5 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (c) “Development of Statewide Policies Affecting the State's One-Stop System.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision, found in (d) “Development of Statewide Policies Affecting the State's One-Stop System,” reflect the efforts of State WDBs to help Governors develop and review statewide policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the States' one-stop delivery systems. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision increased from $1.2 million in the NPRM to $1.4 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 6 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the managers in our previous estimate with the more precise occupational categories of management occupations staff and social and community service managers. After consulting with program experts, we increased the level of effort for managerial staff from 40 hours to 60 hours to account for the effort related to developing policies governing service delivery to job seekers under WIOA. We estimated that 30 percent of the effort (18 hours) would be for a management occupations staff member and 75 percent (42 hours) for a social and community service manager. We also increased the level of effort for lawyers from 40 hours to 60 hours. In addition, we increased the number of technical staff from two to three and replaced them with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (d) “Development of Strategies for Technological Improvements.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (e) “Development of Strategies for Technological Improvements.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of State WDBs to help Governors develop strategies for technological improvements to facilitate access to and improve the quality of services and activities provided through the one-stop delivery system. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $2.3 million in the NPRM to $2.0 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 7 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of computer systems analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (e) “State Plan Modification.” After careful consideration, the Department has decided that incremental costs related to State Plan modifications are captured in the costs for Unified and Combined State Plan biennial modifications in the Joint WIOA Final Rule. See provision (b) “Unified or Combined State Plans: Expanded Content, Biennial Modification, and Submission Coordination Requirements” of the Joint WIOA Final Rule economic analysis. Therefore, the total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision of $135,000 in the NPRM was removed in the Final Rule. Exhibit 8 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (f) “Identification of Regions.” This provision and provision (b) “Development and Continuous Improvement of the Workforce Development System,” have been combined in the Final Rule to form provision (b) “Development and Continuous Improvement of the Workforce Development System.” It reflects the efforts of State WDBs to assist the Governor in: (1) Developing and continuously improving the State's workforce development system, and (2) identifying regions, including planning regions, and designating local areas, after consultation with Local WDBs and CEOs. A cost estimate for the second item only was initially included in provision (f) of the NPRM. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $1.1 million in the NPRM to $968,000 in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 9 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (g) “Appoint New Local Workforce Development Board and Appropriate Firewalls.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (f) “Appoint New Local WDB and Appropriate Firewalls.” It reflects the requirement to appoint new Local WDBs and establish sufficient firewalls and conflict-of-interest policies and procedures approved by the Governor when a Local WDB is selected as a one-stop operator through a sole-source procurement. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $4.6 million in the NPRM to $4.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 10 presents the updates to Local WDBs. In our estimates for appointing new Local WDBs, the Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst. In our estimates for appropriate firewalls, the Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of computer systems analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (h) “Career Pathways Development.” In the Final Rule's subject-by-subject analysis, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (g) “Local WDB Career Pathways Development.” The cost of this provision reflects the cost for Local WDBs, with representatives of secondary and postsecondary education programs, to lead efforts in developing and implementing career pathways in the local area by aligning the employment, training, education, and supportive services needed by adults and youth, particularly individuals with barriers to employment. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $70.7 million
Exhibit 11 presents the updates related to Local WDBs. The Department replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more precise occupational category of management analyst. All other aspects of the analysis, including the number of hours by occupational category, remain unchanged.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (i) “Development of Proven and Promising Practices.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (h) “Local WDB Development of Proven and Promising Practices.” It reflects the cost for Local WDBs to lead local efforts in identifying and promoting proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers (including individuals with barriers to employment). Examples include providing physical and programmatic accessibility to the one-stop delivery system and identifying and disseminating information on proven and promising practices conducted in other local areas for meeting such needs. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision increased from $2.9 million in the NPRM to $21.4 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 12 presents the updates to the local-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst and removed the counsel and administrative staff because they would not be involved in local efforts in identifying and promoting proven and promising strategies at the Local WDB level.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (j) “Technology.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (i) “Local WDB Development of Technology Strategies for Public Workforce System Accessibility and Effectiveness.” It reflects the efforts of Local WDBs to develop strategies for using technology to maximize the accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce development system for employers, workers, and job seekers. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $23.7 million in the NPRM to $21.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 13 presents the updates to the Local WDBs. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of computer systems analyst.
This section describes the updates made to the NPRM's provision (k) “Selection of the One-Stop Operator.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (j) “Competitive Process for Selection of the One-Stop Operator.” The cost of this provision reflects Local WDBs' selection of a one-stop operator through a competitive process. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $19.0 million in the NPRM to $14.2 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 14 presents the updates to Local WDBs. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of social worker.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (l) “Coordination with Education Providers.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (k) “Local WDB Coordination with Education Providers.” The cost of this provision reflects Local WDBs coordinating activities with education and training providers in the local area. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision increased from $3.2 million in the NPRM to $21.4 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 15 presents the updates to the local-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst. We removed the counsel and administrative staff because they would not be involved in this effort at the Local WDB level.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (m) “Regional Plans.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (l) “Regional Plans.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of Local WDBs and CEOs within a planning region to prepare, submit to the State, and obtain approval of a single regional plan that includes a description of the regional planning activities described in WIOA and incorporates local plans for each local area in the planning region. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $10.3 million in the NPRM to $9.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 16 presents the updates to Local WDBs. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (n) “Local and Regional Plan Modification.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (m) “Local and Regional Plan Modification.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of each Local WDB, in partnership with the CEO, to review the local plan every 2 years and submit a modification as needed, based on significant changes in labor market and economic conditions and other factors. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $4.1 million in the NPRM to $3.8 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 17 presents the updates to the Local WDBs for regional plans. For local and regional plan modification, the Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (o) “Improved Information about Potential Training Program Providers.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (n) “Improved Information about Eligible Training Program Providers.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of State-maintained Eligible Training Provider Lists (ETPLs) to provide information to the public on the effectiveness of Eligible Training Providers (ETPs) in achieving positive outcomes for WIOA training participants. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision increased from $5.5 million in the NPRM to $4.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 18 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (p) “Sanctions on Under-Performing States.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (o) “Sanctions on Under-Performing States.” It reflects the costs related to States that are sanctioned when they fail to meet the State-adjusted levels of performance for a program for a second consecutive program year or if they fail to submit a report for any program year. The total undiscounted 10-year cost related to this provision decreased from $5.2 million in the NPRM to $408,000 in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 19 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. In the NPRM, the Department accounted for the cost of each State to calculate the annual performance levels of its core programs to determine whether it is subject to sanctions. After consulting with our program experts, the Department acknowledges that the determination on whether States receive sanctions will be made at the Federal level using an objective statistical model. This cost is now accounted for in provision (c) of the Joint WIOA Final Rule economic analysis. In this DOL WIOA Final Rule, the Department is now accounting only for costs associated with receiving a sanction. We reduced the number of States from 56 to 5 because only five States, at most, are expected to receive a sanction each year. We replaced the technical staff in our previous estimate with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (q) “Colocation of Wagner-Peyser Services.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (p) “Colocation of ES Services.” The cost of this provision reflects the requirement for ES offices and one-stop centers to colocate. The total undiscounted 10-year cost for this provision decreased from $63.9 million in the NPRM to $57.9 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 20 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst. In addition, we inflated the consultant cost from $10,000 in 2013 dollars to $10,200 in 2015 dollars.
The Department calculated the inflation factor of 1.02 using data from Table 24. “Historical Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U): U.S. City Average, All Items.” To calculate the inflation factor, the Department divided the average annual CPI-U for 2015 by the average annual CPI-U for 2013 (=237.017/232.957).
Exhibit 21 presents the updates to the local-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (r) “Partners Required to Pay their Share for Proportionate Use of One-Stop Delivery System.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (q) “Partners Required to Pay their Share for Proportionate Use of One-Stop Delivery System.” It reflects the cost related to each one-stop partner contributing its proportional share to the funding of one-stop infrastructure costs. The total undiscounted 10-year cost decreased from $68.0 million in the NPRM to $45.6 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 22 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of social worker. All other aspects of the analysis, including the number of hours by occupational category, remain unchanged.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (s) “Establishing Training Provider Eligibility Procedures, Including Adding Registered Apprenticeship.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (r) “Establishing Training Provider Eligibility Procedures, Including Procedures for Adding Registered Apprenticeship Programs to the State Eligible Training Provider List.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of the Governor, after consultation with the State WDB, to establish criteria, information requirements, and procedures for the eligibility of providers of training services to receive funds under WIOA for the provision of training services in local areas in the State (
Exhibit 23 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. For establishing eligibility procedures for training providers, the Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst. We also added a
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (t) “Determining Eligibility of New and Previously Eligible Providers.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (s) “Determining Initial Eligibility of New and Previously Eligible Providers.” The costs reflect the efforts of the Governor, after consultation with the State WDB, to establish procedures for determining eligibility of providers and include application and renewal procedures, eligibility criteria, and information requirements. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $1.1 million in the NPRM to $879,000 in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 24 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (u) “Biennial Review of Eligibility.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (t) “Biennial Review of Training Provider Eligibility.” The cost of this provision reflects the costs of training providers to submit information for evaluation as specified in the Governor's eligibility criteria, information requirements, and procedures. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $2.7 million in the NPRM to $2.1 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 25 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (v) “Disseminating the Training Provider List with Accompanying Information.” In the Final Rule, costs related to this provision can be found in provision (u) “Disseminating the Training Provider List with Accompanying Information.” The cost of this provision reflects the efforts of the Governor or State agency to disseminate the State ETPL and accompanying performance and cost information to Local WDBs in the State and to members of the public. The total undiscounted 10-year cost of this provision decreased from $1.7 million in the NPRM to $1.5 million in the Final Rule.
Exhibit 26 presents the updates to the State-level DOL program. The Department replaced the technical staff with the more precise occupational category of management analyst.
This section describes the updates to the NPRM's provision (w) “Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker Housing.” The cost of this provision was not quantified in the NPRM because this this provision has been rescinded in the Final Rule.
In addition, the Department moved one provision that appeared in the Joint WIOA NPRM to this DOL WIOA Final Rule. The Department describes this provision below.
After careful consideration, the Department has concluded that the costs associated with provision (d) “Identification and Dissemination of Best Practices” in the Joint WIOA NPRM economic analysis are more appropriate for this Final Rule because the requirement affects State WDBs only. The costs of this provision reflect efforts by State WDBs to assist Governors in identifying and disseminating best practices. This provision results in a total undiscounted 10-year cost of $3.1 million.
This section describes the updates to the transfer payments analysis. In the NPRM, the Department described the transfer payments qualitatively due to data limitations and a lack of operational data or evaluation findings on the provisions of the NPRM or WIOA in general. In this DOL WIOA Final Rule, the Department was able to quantify the transfer payments related to youth funds targeting OSY. This accounts for transfers expected to result from decreases in burdens on taxpayers as more youth leave the youth programs and obtain employment. For transfers associated with youth funds targeting OSY, the quantified transfer payments increased from $0 in the NPRM to $128.9 million in the Final Rule.
The Department's analysis below covers the expected costs of the following 21 provisions of the WIOA Final Rule against the baseline of the current practice under WIA: (a) “New State WDB Membership Requirements;” (b) “Development and Continuous Improvement of the Workforce Development System;” (c) “Identification and Dissemination of Best Practices;” (d) “Development of Statewide Policies Affecting the State's One-Stop System;” (e) “Development of Strategies for Technological Improvements;” (f) “Appoint New Local WDB and Appropriate Firewalls;” (g) “Local WDB Career Pathways Development;” (h) “Local WDB Development of Proven and Promising Practices;” (i) “Local WDB Development of Technology Strategies for Public Workforce System Accessibility and Effectiveness;” (j) “Competitive Process for Selection of the One-Stop Operators;” (k) “Local WDB Coordination with Education Providers;” (l) “Regional Plans;” (m) “Local and Regional Plan Modification;” (n) “Improved Information about Eligible Training Program Providers;” (o) “Sanctions on Under-Performing States;” (p) “Colocation of ES Services;” (q) “Partners Required to Pay their Share for Proportionate Use of the One-Stop Delivery System;” (r) “Establishing Training Provider Eligibility Procedures, Including Procedures for Adding Registered Apprenticeship Programs to the State Eligible Training Provider List;” (s) “Determining Initial Eligibility of New and Previously Eligible Providers;” (t) “Biennial Review of Training Provider Eligibility;” and (u) “Disseminating the Training Provider List with Accompanying Information.”
In addition, the Department analyzed the expected transfers related to “Youth Funds Targeting Out-of-School Youth.”
The Department emphasizes that many of the provisions in this WIOA-required Final Rule also are existing requirements under WIA. For example, the requirement that States “prepare annual reports” is a current requirement under WIA that States routinely undertake. Accordingly, our regulatory analysis focuses on new costs and transfers that can be attributed exclusively to the enactment of WIOA, as addressed in this Final Rule. Much of WIA's infrastructure and operations are carried forward under WIOA and, therefore, are not considered “new” burdens resulting from this Final Rule.
The following sections describe the provisions that are expected to result in costs.
States must establish State WDBs in accordance with the membership requirements of WIOA sec. 101(b). Under WIOA sec. 101(b)(1)(C)(i), the majority of the State WDB representatives must be from businesses or organizations in the State. These representatives must be owners, chief executive officers, or chief operating officers of the businesses or executives with optimum policy-making or hiring authority. WIA did not include specific requirements for percentage of State WDB business members.
WIOA sec. 101(b)(1)(C)(ii) requires at least 20 percent of State WDB members to be representatives of labor organizations who have been nominated by State labor federations and at least one member to be a member of a labor organization or a training director from a joint labor-management apprenticeship program (if such program exists in the State). Members may include representatives of community-based organizations (CBOs) that have demonstrated expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment or eligible youth.
WIA sec. 111(b)(1)(C) required that State WDB members include representatives of labor organizations, representatives of organizations that have experience with respect to youth activities and expertise in the delivery of workforce investment activities, including chief executive officers of community colleges and CBOs. No minimum percentage requirement for this type of membership, however, was required. In accordance with WIOA sec. 101(b)(2), State WDB membership must represent the diverse geographic areas of the State. WIA did not include a requirement that State WDB representation cover the diverse geographic areas of the State.
To estimate State WDB costs (see Exhibit 4), the Department multiplied the estimated average number of chief executives per State (1) by the time required to adjust the State WDB membership (5 hours) and by the hourly
WIOA sec. 101(d)(3)(A) through (G) require the State WDB assist the Governor in developing and continuously improving the State's workforce development system, including identifying barriers and means for their removal to coordinate and align programs and activities better; developing career pathway strategies to support individuals in entering or retaining employment; developing customer outreach strategies; developing and expanding strategies to meet the need of employers, workers, and job seekers through industry or sector partnerships related to in-demand industry sectors and occupations; identifying regions, including planning regions, and designating local areas (after consultation with Local WDBs and CEOs);
WIA sec. 111(d)(2) also required the State WDB to assist the Governor in developing and continuously improving the statewide workforce development system; however, the list of included activities was limited to review of local plans and development of linkages to ensure coordination and non-duplication among the programs and activities of one-stop partners. Like WIOA, WIA required State WDBs to assist the Governor in designating local areas (WIA sec. 111(d)(4)). State WDBs, however, have significantly more explicit responsibilities in terms of developing strategies for workforce development systems in the State.
The Department estimated the State WDBs' annual labor costs for developing or expanding sector strategies (see Exhibit 5) by multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to review the workforce development system (300 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 1,260 hours each). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($135,235) and multiplied the result by the number of States that do not have extensive and systematic sector strategies (21). Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an estimated recurring annual cost of $2.8 million ($2,839,927), which is equal to a 10-year total cost of $28.4 million ($28,399,266).
Similarly, the Department estimated the State WDBs' annual labor cost for expanding career pathways strategies by multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to review the workforce development system (300 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 1,260 hours each). We summed the labor cost for the two occupational categories ($135,235) and multiplied the result by the number of States that do not have policies for career pathways (27).
The Department estimated the labor cost that State WDBs will incur to identify regions by multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to review the workforce development system (40 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 40 hours), management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 80 hours), and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $27.16/hour for 20 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four occupational categories ($9,448) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time labor cost of $538,559. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $53,856.
The Department estimated the labor cost for State WDBs (See Exhibit 9) by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to identify regions in the State (10 hours each) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff (2 managers at $65.39/hour for 40 hours each), management analysts (3 analysts at $45.88/hour for 15 hours each), and secretaries or administrative assistants (2 assistants at $27.16/hour for 10 hours each). We summed the labor costs for all four occupational categories ($8,494) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this cost as $484,147, occurring in 2017 and 2021 and resulting in an average annual cost of $96,829. This is equal to a total 10-year cost of $968,293.
The sum of these costs yields a total average annual cost of $6.6 million ($6,641,946) for individuals from the State level to review the workforce development system. This is equal to total 10-year cost of $66.4 million ($66,419,460).
Under WIOA sec. 101(d)(6), State WDBs must assist Governors in identifying and disseminating best practices, including practices for:
1. The effective operation of one-stop centers, relating to the use of business outreach, partnerships, and service delivery strategies, including strategies for serving individuals with barriers to employment.
2. The development of effective Local WDBs, which could include information on contributing factors to enable Local WDBs to exceed negotiated levels of performance, sustain fiscal integrity, and achieve other measures of effectiveness.
3. The development of effective training programs that support efficient placement of individuals into employment or career pathways and that respond to real-time labor market analysis; that effectively use direct assessment and prior learning assessment to measure an individual's prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and experiences; and that evaluate such skills and competencies for adaptability.
WIA did not include requirements relating to State WDBs supporting the
The Department estimated the labor cost that States would incur (see Exhibit 27) by multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to assist in the development of best practices (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 40 hours each) and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $27.16/hour for 20 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($5,521) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this annual labor cost at $314,720, which results in a 10-year cost of $3.1 million ($3,147,198).
Under WIOA sec. 101(d)(6), State WDBs must assist Governors in developing and reviewing statewide policies that affect the coordinated provision of services through the State's one-stop delivery system. These policies include those concerning objective criteria and procedures for Local WDBs to assess one-stop centers and guidance for the allocation of one-stop center infrastructure funds, and policies relating to the appropriate roles and contributions of one-stop partners within the one-stop delivery system, including approaches to facilitating equitable and efficient cost allocation.
WIA did not include requirements relating to State WDBs' support of the development of policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the State's one-stop delivery system.
The Department estimated the labor cost that State WDBs will incur (see Exhibit 6) by multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per State (1) by the time required to provide objective criteria and procedures (60 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management occupations staff (1 manager at $65.39/hour for 18 hours), social and community service managers (1 manager at $54.21/hour for 42 hours), and management analysts (3 analysts at $45.88/hour for 120 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all four occupational categories ($23,899) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate this one-time labor cost at $1.4 million ($1,362,268), which results in an average annual cost of $136,227.
Under WIOA sec. 101(d)(7), State WDBs must assist Governors in developing strategies for technological improvements to facilitate access to and improve the quality of services and activities provided through the one-stop delivery system. These strategies include improvements to enhance digital literacy skills, accelerate acquisition of skills and recognized postsecondary credentials by participants, strengthen professional development of providers and workforce professionals, and ensure technology is accessible to individuals with disabilities and individuals residing in remote areas.
WIA did not include requirements relating to State WDBs' support of the development of strategies for technological improvements to facilitate access to, and improve the quality of, one-stop delivery system services and activities.
The Department estimated the labor cost that State WDBs will incur (see Exhibit 7) by multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to develop strategies (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We repeated the calculation for the computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $56.17/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for both categories ($3,555) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $202,612, which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $2.0 million ($2,026,122).
The Local WDB is appointed by the CEOs in each local area in accordance with State criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b) and is certified by the Governor every 2 years, in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(2). The WIOA sec. 107(b)(2) membership criteria differ from the WIA sec. 117(b)(2) Local WDB membership criteria, and will result in a new one-time cost incurred by local CEOs in each local area because they will have to appoint a new Local WDB whose membership satisfies the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(b)(2). In particular, WIOA requires that a majority of Local WDB members be representatives of local area business (sec. 107(b)(2)(A)), whereas WIA required membership from local area business but did not include the requirement that such membership be a majority.
Additionally, WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(B) requires that at least 20 percent of Local WDB membership be representatives of labor organizations (including at least one member from a joint labor-management apprenticeship program, if one exists in the local area); CBOs (optional); and organizations with youth employment, training, or educational expertise (optional). WIA required Local WDB membership from representatives of labor organizations and CBOs, but did not include reference to apprenticeship programs or organizations with youth expertise, nor did WIA include the minimum 20-percent requirement.
Further, WIOA requires Local WDB membership to include a representative from an adult education provider and a representative of higher education providing workforce investment activities (including community colleges), while the WIA Local WDB membership requirements did not reference such membership representation.
Under § 679.410(a), a Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator through sole-source procurement or through successful competition, in accordance with part 678, subpart D (see Joint WIOA Final Rule). The procedures for sole-source selection of one-stop operators include requirements about maintaining written documentation and developing appropriate firewalls and conflict-of-interest policies. Therefore, when a Local WDB is selected as a one-stop operator through a sole-source procurement, it must establish sufficient firewalls and conflict-of-interest policies and procedures that the Governor approves. These requirements will result in one-time costs for the Local WDBs that will elect sole-source one-stop operator competition.
The Department estimated the labor costs incurred by Local WDBs (see Exhibit 10) by multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Board (1) by the time required to appoint a new Local WDB (15 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories:
In addition, the Department estimated the labor cost for Local WDBs to develop written agreements by multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to develop written agreements (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We repeated the calculation for the management occupations staff members (1 manager at $63.63/hour for 8 hours) and computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $60.76 for 20 hours). We summed the labor cost for the three occupational categories ($2,322) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate this one-time cost as $1.3 million ($1,347,038), which results in an average annual cost of $134,704.
In total, these calculations yield a one-time cost of $4.5 million ($4,481,532), which results in an average annual cost of $448,153 for individuals from the local level to appoint new Local WDBs and set administrative firewalls that avoid conflicts of interest.
Under WIOA sec. 107(d)(5), Local WDBs, with representatives of secondary and postsecondary education programs, must lead efforts to develop and implement career pathways within the local area by aligning the employment, training, education, and supportive services needed by adults and youth, particularly individuals with barriers to employment. WIA did not include requirements relating to Local WDBs developing or implementing career pathways.
The Department estimated the labor cost for Local WDBs (see Exhibit 11) by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to develop and implement career pathways (10 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff members (1 manager at $63.63/hour for 80 hours), management analysts (1 analyst at $60.60/hour for 80 hours), and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $29.30/hour for 20 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four occupational categories ($11,272) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $6.5 million ($6,537,876), which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $65.4 million ($65,378,760).
Under WIOA sec. 107(d)(6), Local WDBs must lead efforts in the local area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers (including individuals with barriers to employment), including providing physical and programmatic accessibility to the one-stop delivery system, in accordance with WIOA sec. 188 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, if applicable. This provision further requires Local WDBs to identify and disseminate information on proven and promising practices carried out in other local areas for meeting such needs. WIA did not include requirements for Local WDBs to identify or promote proven strategies for meeting the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers in the local workforce development system.
For Local WDBs (see Exhibit 12), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to identify and promote proven strategies (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analyst occupational category (1 analyst at $60.60/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for these two occupational categories ($3,697) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $2.1 million ($2,144,028), which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $21.4 million ($21,440,280).
Under WIOA sec. 107(d)(7), Local WDBs must develop strategies for using technology to maximize the accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce development system for employers, workers, and job seekers by facilitating connections among the case management information systems for the one-stop partner programs, facilitating access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system (including facilitating access in remote areas), identifying strategies for better meeting the needs of individuals with barriers to employment (such as improving digital literacy skills), and leveraging resources and capacity within the local workforce development system. WIA did not include requirements for Local WDBs to develop technology strategies for improving accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce development system.
The Department estimated the cost for Local WDBs (see Exhibit 13) by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per Local WDB (1) by the time required to develop technology strategies (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for the computer systems analysts (1 analyst at $60.76/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for these two occupational categories ($3,703) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $2.1 million ($2,147,740), which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $21.5 million ($21,477,400).
Under WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(A), Local WDBs must, consistent with WIOA sec. 121(d) and with the agreement of the CEO for the local area, designate or certify one-stop operators and may terminate for cause the eligibility of such operators. WIOA sec. 121(d)(2)(A) specifies that selection of a one-stop operator must be through a competitive process. WIA sec. 117(d)(2) also required Local WDBs to designate one-stop operators; however, WIA sec. 121(d)(2) allowed for designation of a one-stop operator through either a competitive process or in accordance with an agreement reached between the Local WDB and a consortium of entities that includes at least three one-stop partners. Therefore, WIOA requires a newly competitive procurement process for all Local WDB designations of one-stop operators. The one-stop competition regulations at part 678, subpart D (see Joint WIOA Final Rule), however, provide for sole-source procurement for one-stop operators under limited conditions. Nevertheless,
The Department estimated the cost for Local WDBs (see Exhibit 14) by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to designate one-stop operators (40 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff members (1 manager at $63.63/hour for 80 hours), social workers (2 workers at $40.46/hour for 120 hours each), and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $29.30/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor costs for these four occupational categories ($18,964) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs that will be newly selecting one-stop operators competitively (250) to estimate a cost of $4.7 million ($4,741,000) occurring in 2017, 2021, and 2025. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $1.4 million ($1,422,300), which is equal to a total cost of $14.2 million ($14,223,000).
Under WIOA sec. 107(d)(11), Local WDBs must coordinate activities with education and training providers in the local area, including providers of workforce investment activities, providers of adult education and literacy activities under title II of WIOA, certain providers of career and technical education, and local agencies administering certain plans under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. WIA did not include requirements relating to Local WDB coordination with education providers.
For Local WDBs, the Department estimated this labor cost (see Exhibit 15) by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to coordinate activities with local education and training providers (20 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($63.63/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analyst occupational category (1 analyst at $60.60/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for both occupational categories ($3,697) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $2.1 million ($2,144,028), which is equal to a 10-year total cost of $21.4 million ($21,440,280).
WIOA sec. 106(c)(2) requires Local WDBs and CEOs within a planning region to prepare, submit to the State, and obtain approval of a single regional plan that includes a description of the regional planning activities described in WIOA and incorporates local plans for each local area in the planning region. Specifically, WIOA sec. 106(c)(1) specifies that regional planning must include the following seven activities: (1) Establishment of regional service strategies, including use of cooperative service delivery alignment; (2) development and implementation of sector initiatives for in-demand industry sectors or occupations for the region; (3) collection and analysis of regional labor market data (in conjunction with the State); (4) establishment of administrative cost arrangements, including the pooling of funds for regional administrative costs, as appropriate; (5) coordination of transportation and other supportive services, as appropriate, for the region; (6) coordination of services with regional economic development services and providers; and (7) establishment of an agreement concerning how the planning region will negotiate collectively and reach agreement with the Governor on local levels of performance for, and report on, the performance accountability measures for local areas or the planning region. WIA did not include provisions relating to State WDB identification of regions or regional coordination.
For Local WDBs (see Exhibit 16), the Department estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to prepare, submit, and obtain approval of a single regional plan (8 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff members (2 managers at $63.63/hour for 20 hours each), management analysts (2 analysts at $60.60/hour for 40 hours each), and secretaries or administrative staff (1 staff member at $29.30/hour for 8 hours). We summed the labor cost for the four occupational categories ($8,226) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate this cost as $4.8 million ($4,770,987), which occurs in 2017 and 2021. This calculation results in an average annual cost of $954,197, which is equal to a total 10-year cost of $9.5 million ($9,541,974).
Under WIOA sec. 108(a), each Local WDB, in partnership with the CEO, must review the local plan every 2 years and submit a modification as needed, based on significant changes in labor market and economic conditions and other factors. These factors include changes to local economic conditions, changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services, changes to the Local WDB structure, and a need to revise strategies to meet performance goals. If the local area is part of a planning region, the Local WDB must comply with WIOA sec. 106(c) in the preparation and submission of a regional plan. WIA sec. 118 did not require local plan review and modification more frequently than the 5-year duration of a WIA local plan.
For Local WDBs (see Exhibit 17), the Department estimated the local plan modification cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per Local WDB (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: management occupations staff members (1 manager at $63.63/hour for 10 hours), management analysts (2 analysts at $60.60/hour for 10 hours each), and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $29.30/hour for 4 hours). We summed the labor cost for all four occupational categories ($2,265) and multiplied the result by the number of Local WDBs (580) to estimate this one-time cost of $1.3 million ($1,313,480), occurring in 2019. Over the 10-year period, this calculation yields an average annual cost of $131,348.
Similarly, the Department estimated the regional plan modification cost for Local WDBs by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per regional board (1) by the time required to review and modify the 4-year plan (4 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($74.78/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: management occupations staff members (2 managers at $63.63/hour for 10 hours
The sum of these costs yields a 10-year cost of $3.8 million ($3,798,812), which results in an average annual cost of $379,881 for individuals from the Local WDBs to review and modify the 4-year plan.
WIOA sec. 122 establishes requirements for State ETPLs to provide information to the public on the effectiveness of ETPs in achieving positive outcomes for WIOA training participants. The State-maintained ETPLs provide adults, dislocated workers, and other workers with better information about potential training program providers and enable them to make better-informed choices about programs to pursue. As explained in WIOA sec. 122, the required information for the State ETPL includes performance information on WIOA participants including percentage employed 2 and 4 quarters after program exit, median earnings 2 quarters after exit, and percentage obtaining a credential. Other reporting requirements for the State ETPLs include the cost of attendance for WIOA participants, credentialing program information, program completion rate, and additional information the State may require.
To be included on an ETPL, training providers must establish eligibility through an application procedure and then must maintain eligibility, including a biennial review by a State- appointed agency, according to a State Governor's procedure. Once it determines eligibility for ETPs, the State must make easily understood ETPLs publicly available, through electronic means and the one-stop delivery system. Finally, information analyzed and published by the Local WDBs about local labor markets also will help trainees and providers target their efforts and develop reasonable expectations about outcomes.
At the State level for DOL programs (see Exhibit 18), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1) by the time required to provide additional information about eligible training program providers (32 hours) and by the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 40 hours each), and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $27.16/hour for 80 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($7,936) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $452,334. This is equal to a 10-year total cost of $4.5 million ($4,523,338).
Section 116(f)(1)(B) of WIOA requires the Department to assess a sanction if a State fails to meet the State-adjusted levels for program performance for a second consecutive program year or if “a State fails to submit a report under subsection (d) for any program year.” Three reports are required under WIOA sec. 116(d): State annual performance reports, local area performance reports, and ETP performance reports. Of these, only the State annual performance report must be submitted by the State to the Secretary of Labor. Section 116(f)(1) of WIOA requires that sanctions for performance failure continue until such date the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education (as appropriate) determines that the State meets such State-adjusted levels of performance and has submitted such reports for the appropriate program years. Under WIA, the Department had discretion over whether to issue sanctions for underperformance or failure to submit a performance report.
At the State level (see Exhibit 19), the Department estimated the costs by first multiplying the estimated average number of chief executives per State (1), the time required to evaluate State performance (40 hours), and the hourly compensation rate ($85.19/hour). We performed the same calculation for management analysts (1 analyst at $45.88/hour for 80 hours) and secretaries or administrative assistants (1 assistant at $27.16/hour for 40 hours). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($8,164) and multiplied the result by the number of States receiving sanctions (5) to estimate a recurring annual cost of $40,822, which is equal to a 10-year total cost of $408,220.
WIOA sec. 121(e)(3) requires colocation of ES offices and one-stop centers established under title I of WIOA. Fulfilling this requirement could involve resolving real property issues, decisions on site locations, discussions with municipal or county governments, and development of agreements with partners to participate at both comprehensive and affiliated sites. Colocation is intended to improve service delivery, avoid duplication of services, and enhance coordination of services, including location of staff to ensure expanded access to services in underserved areas. WIA did not include requirements for collocation.
At the State level for DOL programs (see Exhibit 20), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of lawyers per State (10), the time required to colocate ES services (10 hours each), and the hourly compensation rate ($65.48/hour). We performed the same calculation for the following occupational categories: Management occupations staff members (10 managers at $65.39/hour for 40 hours each), management analysts (20 staff at $45.88/hour for 25 hours each), and secretaries or administrative assistants (10 assistants at $27.16/hour for 5 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all four occupational categories ($57,002) and multiplied the result by the number of States without colocated ES services (10) to estimate a one-time cost of $570,020, which results in an annual cost of $57,002.
At the State level, the Department estimated consultant costs for assisting with planning, property issues (
At the local level (see Exhibit 21), the Department estimated labor costs by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations
The sum of these costs yields a one-time cost of $57.9 million ($57,889,020), which results in an average annual cost of $5.8 million ($5,788,902) for individuals from the State and local levels to colocate ES services.
An important goal under both the local and State funding mechanisms is to ensure that each one-stop partner contributes its proportional share to the funding of one-stop infrastructure costs, consistent with Federal cost principles. Under WIOA sec. 121(h), in general, Governors must ensure that one-stop partners appropriately share costs. Contributions must be based on a proportional share of use and all funds must be spent solely for allowable purposes in a manner consistent with the applicable authorizing statute and all other applicable legal requirements, including Federal cost principles. WIOA sec. 121(h)(1) established two methods for funding the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers: A local funding mechanism and a State funding mechanism. Both methods use the funds provided to one-stop partners by their authorizing legislations; there is no separate funding source for one-stop infrastructure costs. WIA did not include directives relating to the funding of the one-stop infrastructure.
At the State level (see Exhibit 22), the Department estimated the costs related to this provision (
Under WIOA sec. 122(a)(1), the Governor, after consultation with the State WDB, must establish criteria, information requirements, and procedures regarding the eligibility of providers of training services to receive funds under WIOA for the provision of training services in local areas in the State (
In establishing the information requirements, the Governor must require that a training provider submit appropriate, accurate, and timely information to the State, which must include information on performance, recognized postsecondary credentials received by participants, cost of attendance, the program completion rate, and eligibility criteria established by the Governor (WIOA sec. 122(b)(2)).
As explained in § 680.410, training providers, including those operating under the individual training account exceptions, must qualify as ETPs, except for those engaged in on-the-job and customized training (for which the Governor should establish qualifying procedures as discussed in § 680.530). Registered apprenticeship programs are automatically eligible to be included in the ETPL, provided the program remains a registered apprenticeship program. All registered apprenticeship programs must be informed of their automatic eligibility to be included on the list, and must be provided an opportunity to consent to their inclusion, before being placed on the State list of eligible training providers and programs. The Governor must establish a mechanism for registered apprenticeship program sponsors in the State to be informed of their automatic eligibility and to indicate that the program sponsor wishes to be included on the State list of eligible training providers and programs. The regulation specifies that this mechanism must place minimal burden on registered apprenticeship program sponsors and must be developed in accordance with guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor Office of Apprenticeship representative in the State or with the assistance of the recognized State apprenticeship agency, as applicable.
Under WIA sec. 122(b)(2), the Governor had to establish a procedure for Local WDBs to use to determine initial eligibility. Other than requiring performance information, however, WIA did not prescribe requirements for what must be included in the Governor-established eligibility criteria, information requirements, and ETP procedures. Regarding apprenticeships, WIA sec. 122(b)(1) required such training programs to submit an ETP application to the relevant Local WDB to include such information as the Local WDB may require.
At the State level (see Exhibit 23), the Department estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated average
At the local level, the Department estimated this cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of database administrators per ETP (1); the time needed to establish criteria, information requirements, and procedures for training provider eligibility (3 hours); and the hourly compensation rate ($59.60/hour). We summed the labor cost ($179) and multiplied the result by the number of ETPs (11,400) to estimate a one-time cost of $2.0 million ($2,038,320), resulting in an annual cost of $203,832.
The sum of these amounts yields a one-time cost of $2.5 million ($2,471,269), which results in an average annual cost of $247,127 for individuals from the State and local levels to establish criteria, information requirements, and procedures for training provider eligibility.
Under the requirements of WIOA sec. 122, the Governor, after consultation with the State WDB, establishes the procedures for determining eligibility of training providers, which include application and renewal procedures, eligibility criteria, and information requirements. The Governor was permitted to establish a transition procedure under which WIA-ETPs could continue to be eligible through June 30, 2016 (or such earlier date determined appropriate by the Governor).
At the State level for DOL programs (see Exhibit 24), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1), the time needed to determine provider eligibility (40 hours), and the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 110 hours each) and secretaries or administrative assistants (2 assistants at $27.16/hour for 50 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($15,425) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate a one-time cost of $879,236, resulting in an annual cost of $87,924.
Under WIOA sec. 122(c)(2), the procedures established by the Governor must provide for biennial review and renewal of eligibility for providers of training services. Paragraph (h) of § 680.460 provides discretion for a State to establish eligibility criteria that require more frequent review but specifies that the review must be at least every 2 years. This biennial review process will require the submission of information from training providers and the evaluation of such information as specified in the Governor's eligibility criteria, information requirements, and procedures. Paragraph (j) of § 680.460 requires that the procedure for biennial review of training provider eligibility include verification of the registration status of registered apprenticeship programs.
WIA required training providers to submit performance information and meet performance levels annually to remain eligible (WIA sec. 122(c)(5) and § 663.530). The WIA regulations at § 663.540 required the annual submission of the following information to allow the Local WDB to determine subsequent eligibility of training providers: Program-specific performance information, information on program costs, and any additional verifiable performance information that the Governor determines to be appropriate for obtaining subsequent eligibility.
At the State level (see Exhibit 25), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1), the time needed to perform the eligibility review (30 hours), and the hourly compensation rate ($65.39/hour). We performed the same calculation for the management analysts (2 analysts at $45.88/hour for 60 hours each) and secretaries or administrative assistants (2 assistants at $27.16/hour for 30 hours each). We summed the labor cost for all three occupational categories ($9,097) and multiplied the result by the number of States (57) to estimate a cost of $518,523 that occurs four times over the 10-year analysis period (
To assist participants in choosing employment and training activities, the Governor or State agency must disseminate the State ETPL and accompanying performance and cost information to Local WDBs in the State and to members of the public online through Web sites and searchable databases and through whatever means the State uses to disseminate information to consumers, including the one-stop delivery system and its program partners throughout the State (WIOA sec. 122(d), § 680.500). WIA also required the designated State agency to disseminate the State ETPL and accompanying performance and cost information to the one-stop delivery systems within the State but did not include specific requirements that the State ETPL be made electronically available online (
At the State level (see Exhibit 26), the Department estimated this labor cost by first multiplying the estimated average number of management occupations staff members per State (1), the time needed to disseminate the ETPL with accompanying information (30 hours), and the hourly compensation rate
Relative to the baseline of current practice under WIA, the 21 provisions of the WIOA Final Rule described above are expected to result in costs of $350.4 million ($350,375,401) over the total 10-year period. This is equivalent to an average annual cost of $35.0 million ($35,037,540). See section V.A.7 (Summary of the Analysis) for a summary of these costs.
This section describes the quantifiable transfer payments expected to result from the Final Rule. Transfer payments, as defined by Circular A-4, are payments from one group to another that do not affect total resources available to society. Because of data limitations, the Department relied on expert judgement for some of the transfer estimates.
Under WIA, local areas were required to spend at least 30 percent of youth funds to assist eligible OSY. Under WIOA, States and local areas will be required to spend at least 75 percent of youth funds on OSY.
In addition to several benefits, discussed below in section V.A.7 (Summary of the Analysis), the Department's focus on OSY will result in transfers related to a larger tax base and reduced burdens on taxpayers. These programs are expected to help youth that are particularly vulnerable, such as those who are low-income, minorities, or high school dropouts. Unassisted OSY have a higher likelihood of imposing large costs on society. Based on the Current Population Survey (CPS) by the U.S. Census Bureau, there were 6 million “disconnected youth” between the ages of 16 and 24 (
Child Trends also found that due to their lack of education, youth without high school degrees are more likely to live in poverty and receive government assistance.
Wald and Martinez (2002) found that dropouts were in prison at rates 10 to 20 times higher than youth who graduated from high school.
Under WIOA, individuals exiting the youth program will have an increased likelihood of gaining employment. According to ETA program data from FY 2015, 102,723 youth exit the youth program each year. The Department assumes that the increase in funding will result in a 15-percent increase in youth exiting the program each year, resulting in 118,132 youth exiting per year. Of the 15,409 additional youth exiting the youth program under WIOA due to the increased funding targeting youth, the Department assumed that 20 percent will gain employment due to the expertise they gained from the youth program. According to the Young Invincibles' report,
The Department multiplied the number of youth that will gain employment due to WIOA (3,082) by the annual cost to taxpayers ($4,182) to estimate an annual benefit of $12.9 million ($12,887,628). Over the 10-year analysis period, this calculation results in a total benefit of $128.9 million ($128,876,276) to Federal and State governments.
Exhibit 28 summarizes the estimated average annual costs for each provision of the Final Rule. The exhibit also presents a high-level qualitative description of the benefits resulting from full WIOA implementation of each regulatory provision in this DOL WIOA Final Rule. These qualitative forecasts are predicated on program experience and are outcomes for which data will become available only after implementation. The Department estimates the average annual cost of the Final Rule over the 10-year analysis period at $35.0 million. The largest contributor to this cost is the provision related to the development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system, which is $6.6 million per year. The next largest cost results from the Local WDB career pathways development, which is an estimated $6.5 million per year, followed by the colocation of ES
Exhibit 29 summarizes the estimated transfers related to the Final Rule. The Department estimates the total average annual transfer of the Final Rule to be $12.9 million.
Exhibit 30 summarizes the estimated first-year costs for each provision of this Final Rule. The Department estimates the total first-year cost of this Final Rule to be $89.9 million. The largest contributor to the first-year cost is the provision related to the colocation of ES services at an estimated $57.9 million. The next largest first-year cost results from the development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system at an estimated $7.0 million, followed by the Local WDB career pathways development at an estimated $6.5 million.
Exhibit 31 summarizes the estimated first-year transfers of this Final Rule. The Department estimates the total first-year transfer of this Final Rule to be $12.9 million.
Exhibit 32 summarizes the estimated annual and total costs and transfers of this DOL WIOA Final Rule. The estimated total (undiscounted) cost of the rule sums to $350.4 million over the 10-year analysis period, which is equal to an average annual cost of $35.0 million per year. In total, the estimated 10-year discounted costs of the Final Rule range from $278.8 million to $314.9 million (with 7- and 3-percent discounting, respectively).
The estimated total (undiscounted) transfers of the rule sum to $128.9 million over the 10-year analysis period, for an average annual transfer of $12.9 million per year. In total, the estimated 10-year discounted transfers of the Final Rule range from $96.9 million to $113.2 million (with 7- and 3-percent discounting, respectively).
To contextualize the cost of the Final Rule, the Department's average annual budget for WIA over the FY 2012-2014 was $3.5 billion.
U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. (2015) State Statutory Formula Funding. Retrieved from:
The Department was unable to quantify the important benefits to society due to data limitations and a lack of existing data or evaluation findings on the particular items. These include benefits from increased competition for all one-stop operators, the increased employment opportunities for unemployed or underemployed U.S. workers, benefits of colocation of ES services, enhanced ETP process, regional planning, and evaluation of State programs. Below, the Department describes qualitatively these benefits in qualitative terms. These qualitative forecasts are predicated on program experience and are outcomes for which data will become available only after implementation. Although these studies are largely based on programs and their existing requirements under WIA, they capture the essence of the societal benefits that can be expected from this Final Rule.
Participants in occupational training had a 5 percentage points higher reemployment rate than those who received no training, and reemployment rates were highest among recipients of on-the-job training, a difference of 10 to 11 percentage points.
Another Department program, the Job Corps program for disadvantaged youth and young adults, produced sustained increases in earnings for participants in their early twenties. Students who completed Job Corps vocational training experienced average earnings increases by the fourth follow-up year over the comparison group, whereas those who did not complete training experienced no increase.
Those who completed training experienced a 15-percent increase in employment rates and an increase in hourly wages of $1.21 relative to participants without training.
The following are channels through which these benefits might be achieved:
Consumers of educational services, including disadvantaged and displaced workers, require reliable information on the value of different training options to make informed choices. Displaced workers tend to be farther removed from schooling and lack information about available courses and the fields with the highest economic return.
Evaluations of WIA indicate that sanctions have a larger influence on programs than incentives do. Two-thirds of local areas have indicated that the possibility of sanctions influenced their programs, whereas only slightly more than half indicated that incentives had an influence.
Implementation of follow-up measures, rather than termination-based measures, might improve long-term labor market outcomes, although some could divert resources from training activities.
Before-after earning metrics capture the contribution of training to earnings potential and minimize incentives to select only training participants with high initial earnings.
Pressure to meet performance levels could lead providers to focus on offering services to participants most likely to succeed. For example, current accountability measures might create incentives for training providers to screen participants for motivation, delay participation for those needing significant improvement, or discourage participation by those with high existing wages.
The following subsections present additional channels by which economic benefits might be associated with various aspects of the Final Rule:
In conclusion, after a review of the quantitative and qualitative analysis of the impacts of this Final Rule, the Department has determined that the societal benefits justify the anticipated costs.
In addition, there is an important transfer payment that the Department was unable to quantify. Below, the Department describes qualitatively the transfer payment that is expected to result from layoff aversion due to rapid response activities.
Although adding layoff aversion to a State's portfolio of rapid response services will not necessarily change the rapid response costs for States because States take resources from other rapid response activities to do so, layoff aversion is economically valuable in many ways. Saving jobs keeps people working and earning income to be spent in the economy and prevents the costs associated with unemployment, including unemployment insurance and retraining. Businesses sell goods and services, make profits, and pay taxes, while maintaining a skilled workforce. Communities thrive when residents are working and actively participating in the economy. Preventing job loss, and minimizing the duration of unemployment, ensures that the public workforce system is a critically important player in creating and maintaining a successful economy, and layoff aversion can deliver meaningful, positive benefits such as retaining wages, maintaining economic activity, expanding tax bases, minimizing the costs of retraining, and increasing employee morale.
This benefit is difficult to quantify because it is not possible to measure the number of individuals who would have been unemployed or the duration of their unemployment if layoff aversion services were not available.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 603, requires agencies to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis to determine whether a regulation will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule in lieu of preparing an analysis if the regulation is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Further, under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, 5 U.S.C. 801 (SBREFA), an agency is required to produce compliance guidance for small entities if the rule has a significant economic impact.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) defines a small business as one that is “independently owned and operated and which is not dominant in its field of operation.” The definition of small business varies from industry to industry to the extent necessary to reflect industry size differences properly. An agency must either use the SBA definition for a small entity or establish an alternative definition, in this instance, for the workforce industry. The Department has adopted the SBA definition for the purposes of this certification.
The Department has notified the Chief Counsel for Advocacy, SBA, under the RFA at 5 U.S.C. 605(b), and certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This finding is supported, in large measure, by the fact that small entities are already receiving financial assistance under the WIA program and will likely continue to do so under the WIOA program as articulated in this Final Rule.
This Final Rule can be expected to impact small one-stop center operators. One-stop operators can be a single entity (public, private, or nonprofit) or a consortium of entities. The types of entities that might be a one-stop operator include: (1) An institution of higher education; (2) an ES SWA established under the Wagner-Peyser Act; (3) a community-based organization, nonprofit organization, or workforce intermediary; (4) a private for-profit entity; (5) a government agency; (6) a Local WDB, with the approval of the local CEO and the Governor; or (7) another interested organization or entity that can carry out the duties of the one-stop operator. Examples include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
The Department indicates that transfer payments are a significant aspect of this analysis in that the majority of WIOA program cost burdens on State and Local WDBs will be fully financed through Federal transfer
The Department has determined that this Final Rule does not impose a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA; therefore, the Department is not required to produce any Compliance Guides for Small Entities as mandated by the SBREFA.
The purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, the Department conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and continuing collections of information in accordance with the PRA.
A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it is approved by OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB control number. The public is also not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person will be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently valid OMB control number (44 U.S.C. 3512).
In accordance with the PRA, the Department submitted a series of ICRs to OMB when the NPRM was published. The NPRM provided an opportunity for the public to comment on the information collections directly to the Department; commenters also were advised that comments under the PRA could be submitted directly to OMB. OMB issued a notice of action for each request asking the Department to resubmit the ICRs at the final rule stage and after considering public comments. Where information collection instruments were not ready at the time the NPRM published, the Department provided additional opportunities for the public to comment on the information collections through notices in the
It should be noted that the ICR review status reported in this section only relates to requests related directly to this Final Rule. Certain ICR packages that were previously approved are being updated to change references to those in the Final Rule. As has been the practice throughout WIOA implementation, the Department will continue to update stakeholders on the status of the ICRs through other means.
For some packages, substantive requirements were approved via a notice of action and as of the date of the drafting of this preamble, the information collection is being updated to reflect references in the WIOA Final Regulations. We note that the ETA Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Performance Accountability, Information, and Reporting System review is pending as of the date this preamble was drafted. The substantive requirements will be approved through a notice of action by OMB, and will take effect as of that date. The Department will announce this approval.
The information collections in this Final Rule are summarized as follows.
The Department received no comments concerning this information collection.
The Department received comments expressing concern that the proposed Participant Individual Record Layout (PIRL) did not identify which data elements are optional, required, or only required for a specific program or for specific participant characteristics. Similarly, four commenters requested that the final version of the PIRL contain information indicating which programs are required to report each data element and under which conditions each data element must be reported to help States determine how to modify their systems to capture the data properly. Two commenters assumed that, except where clearly indicated otherwise, all data elements are required for all participants, even those receiving minimal staff involvement, and commented that this would be a significant change from existing reporting requirements. One commenter requested that, if the intent is that all data elements before section E be gathered for all programs, the Department consider limiting the required data elements to those really needed for each program. Particularly for title III, this commenter expressed concern that participants would drop out if asked to provide large amounts of information not directly related to matching them with a job.
The Department has worked on an appropriate balance between stewardship of Federal funds through tracking and reporting outcomes and not over-burdening recipients of those Federal funds with excessive reporting and other administrative requirements. However, reporting is essential for tracking participant outcomes and the overall effectiveness of all programs, including the INA program. Although the performance indicators require additional follow-up and longer tracking periods for participants, the Department does not consider this to be a significant increase in reporting burden.
The Department concurs with the commenter on the need for training on the new performance indicators and reporting requirements and will provide on-going technical assistance to grantees as the system transitions to the new performance indicators and reporting requirements under WIOA. The Department also agrees with the commenter that it will require technical experts to develop a reporting system for INA program grantees and will be working in collaboration with the NAETC and with INA program grantees to develop a management information system that will allow grantees to track and report on INA participants. The Department will provide guidance and technical assistance at subsequent NAETC meetings to include the reporting process and system.
The Department will consider a transition period for grantees so that
The intent of this ICR is to streamline reporting across the Department's workforce programs, and this is reflected in the PIRL through the inclusion all data elements necessary for each of the programs included in the collection to meet their individual program reporting requirements. Programs are required only to collect and report on those elements that are statutorily required and/or necessary to determine performance outcomes for those individuals to whom they provide services. The Department has minimized, to the extent possible, the burden placed on customers and service providers through the implementation of this new reporting system and will provide further support to ease this transition through future guidance and technical assistance.
A commenter suggested there should be a minimum threshold of participation for a customer to reach (to be defined by Local WDBs) before that customer is counted towards this performance indicator (
The Department received no comments concerning this information collection.
ETA Forms 5148 and 8429 were updated to reflect the new requirements in the Wagner-Peyser Act regulations. Additionally, the Department modified Form 5148 by eliminating parts 3 and 4 and replacing part 3 with the Annual Summary that the SWAs will now need to submit at the end of the fourth quarter. Form 8429 was modified to include the submission of apparent violations.
The Department anticipates there will be no changes in the estimated total number of burden hours with the changes to these forms.
Commenters stated that, as WIOA requires wage records be used as a primary source of information for performance reporting, the proposal to continue relying on surveys through the Post Enrollment Data Collection System (PEDCS) is unnecessary and inefficient. The commenters recommended that the Department utilize UI wage data through the WRIS, and consider the use of State longitudinal data systems to augment credential attainment. One commenter, however, clearly pointed out the various limitations of the currently available administrative data.
Job Corps has revised the PEDCS to collect data and information about post-enrollment placements to align with specific WIOA reporting requirements. The revised PEDC will collect information to report on five of the six WIOA required primary performance indicators,
Ultimately, Job Corps intends to incorporate the use of administrative data (State wage records) to track student outcomes under WIOA. Adding administrative data to its current methods will allow Job Corps to correlate information in a more efficient, accurate, and repeatable manner. Enhanced data collection and reporting process will be highly useful for program operators and program leadership in understanding the outcomes of all youth who interact with the Job Corps program.
Changes in the time and burden were made from the NPRM to the Final Rule. There was a significant increase since this information collection package covers all of the grant programs that ETA administers and not simply WIOA ETA-9130 forms.
One commenter suggested breaking out the activities that make up statewide administrative funds and having a separate report for each. The same commenter requested viewing access to the e-Grants Federal Reporting System for entities to review the reports. The commenter described only having access to scans of the proposed submissions to review for approval.
Regarding the second comment, for internal control reasons, only one password and one PIN are assigned to each grantee. The password is needed to enter data into the e-Grants Federal Reporting System. The PIN takes the place of the authorized signature and is needed to certify data. Only one person can sign and submit financial reports. It is at the grantees' discretion which staff members are tasked with these responsibilities. Once the reporting quarter is locked from further modification, WIA/WIOA summary obligation and expenditure reports are published at
E.O. 13132 requires Federal agencies to ensure that the principles of Federalism established by the Framers of our Constitution guide the executive departments and agencies in the formulation and implementation of policies and to further the policies of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. Further, agencies must strictly adhere to constitutional principles. Agencies must closely examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policy-making discretion of the States and they must carefully assess the necessity for any such action. To the extent practicable, State and local officials must be consulted before any such action is implemented. Section 3(b) of the E.O. further provides that Federal agencies must implement regulations that have a substantial direct effect only if statutory authority permits the regulation and it is of national significance. The Department has reviewed this Final Rule in light of these requirements and has determined that, with the enactment of WIOA and its clear requirement to publish national implementing regulations, E.O. sec. 3(b) has been reviewed fully and its requirement satisfied.
Accordingly, the Department has reviewed this WIOA-required Final Rule and has determined that the rulemaking has no Federalism implications. The DOL WIOA Final Rule, as noted above, has no substantial direct effects on States, on the relationships between the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government as described by E.O. 13132. The Department has determined that this Final Rule does not have a sufficient Federalism implication to warrant the preparation of a summary impact statement.
This Act directs agencies to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector. A Federal mandate is any provision in a regulation that imposes an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments, or imposes a duty on the private sector that is not voluntary.
As noted above, under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, a Federal mandate is any provision in a regulation that imposes an enforceable duty upon State, local, or tribal governments, or imposes a duty upon the private sector that is not voluntary. WIOA contains specific language supporting employment and training activities for Indian, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiian individuals. These program requirements are supported, as is the WIOA workforce development system generally, by Federal formula grant funds, and, accordingly, are not considered unfunded mandates. Similarly, Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker activities are authorized and funded under the WIOA program as is currently done under the WIA program. The States are mandated to perform certain activities for the Federal government under WIOA and will be reimbursed (grant funding) for the resources required to perform those activities. The same process and grant relationship exists between States and Local WDBs under the WIA program and must continue under the WIOA program as identified in this NPRM.
WIOA contains language establishing procedures regarding the eligibility of training providers to receive funds under the WIOA program and contains clear State information collection requirements for eligible training providers (
Following consideration of these factors, the Department has determined that the DOL WIOA Final Rule contains no unfunded Federal mandates, which are defined in 2 U.S.C. 658(6) to include either a “Federal intergovernmental mandate” or a “Federal private sector mandate.”
E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563 require regulations to be written in a manner that is easy to understand.
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681) requires the assessment of the impact of this rule on family well-being. A rule that is determined to have a negative effect on families must be supported with an adequate rationale. The Department has assessed this Final Rule in light of this requirement and determined that the DOL WIOA Final Rule will not have a negative effect on families.
The Department reviewed this Final Rule under the terms of E.O. 13175 and the Department's Tribal Consultation Policy and has determined that the rule will have tribal implications as the final regulations have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, the relationship between the Federal government and Indian tribes, or the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian tribes. As described in the preamble to the NPRM, the Department carried out several consultations with tribal institutions, including tribal officials, that allowed the tribal officials to provide meaningful and timely input into the Department's proposal. Additionally, through the notice and comment rulemaking process, the Department received comments on the programs and provisions in WIOA that have tribal implications and we have responded to these comments in the section-by-section discussions in this Final Rule and in the Joint WIOA Final Rule.
In addition to the comments received through its notice and comment rulemaking process, the Department received feedback from the Indian and Native American (INA) community and the public prior to the publication of the NPRM. This feedback was summarized in the NPRM at 80 FR 20832-20833.
The Department has determined that this Final Rule is not subject to E.O. 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, because it does not involve implementation of a policy with takings implications.
This DOL WIOA Final Rule was drafted and reviewed in accordance with E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform, and the Department has determined that the Final Rule will not unduly burden the Federal court system. The WIOA regulations were written to minimize litigation and, to the extent feasible, provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct. In addition, the WIOA regulations have been reviewed carefully to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguities.
This DOL WIOA Final Rule was drafted and reviewed in accordance with E.O. 13211, Energy Supply. The Department has determined that this Final Rule will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy and is not subject to E.O. 13211.
Grant programs—labor, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Unemployment compensation, Wages.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Agriculture, Employment, Equal employment opportunity, Grant programs—labor, Migrant labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment, Government procurement, Housing standards, Manpower, Migrant labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Employment, Grant programs—labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Youth.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Indians, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Migrant labor, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Job Corps.
Employment, Grant programs—labor.
Employment, Grant programs—labor, Youth, YouthBuild.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, ETA amends title 20 CFR, chapter V, as follows:
Secs. 116, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014); 20 U.S.C 1232g.
(d)
(1) An official, agency, or public entity within the executive branch of Federal, State, or local government who (or which) has responsibility for administering or enforcing a law, or an elected official in the Federal, State, or local government.
(2) Public postsecondary educational institutions established and governed under the laws of the State. These include the following:
(i) Institutions that are part of the State's executive branch. This means the head of the institution must derive his or her authority from the Governor, either directly or through a State WDB, commission, or similar entity established in the executive branch under the laws of the State.
(ii) Institutions which are independent of the executive branch. This means the head of the institution derives his or her authority from the State's chief executive officer for the State education authority or agency when such officer is elected or appointed independently of the Governor.
(iii) Publicly governed, publicly funded community and technical colleges.
(3) Performance accountability and customer information agencies designated by the Governor of a State to be responsible for coordinating the assessment of State and local education or workforce training program performance and/or evaluating education or workforce training provider performance.
(4) The chief elected official of a local area as defined in WIOA sec. 3(9).
(5) A State educational authority, agency, or institution as those terms are used in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, to the extent they are public entities.
(e)
(1) “Performance of official duties” means administration or enforcement of law or the execution of the official responsibilities of a Federal, State, or local elected official. Administration of law includes research related to the law administered by the public official. Execution of official responsibilities does not include solicitation of contributions or expenditures to or on behalf of a candidate for public or political office or a political party.
(2) For purposes of § 603.2(d)(2) through (5), “performance of official duties” includes, in addition to the activities set out in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, use of the confidential UC information for the following limited purposes:
(i) State and local performance accountability under WIOA sec. 116, including eligible training provider performance accountability under WIOA secs. 116(d) and 122;
(ii) The requirements of discretionary Federal grants awarded under WIOA; or
(iii) As otherwise required for education or workforce training program performance accountability and reporting under Federal or State law.
(b) * * *
(8) To comply with WIOA sec. 116(e)(4), States must, to the extent practicable, cooperate in the conduct of evaluations (including related research projects) provided for by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under the provisions of Federal law identified in WIOA sec. 116(e)(1); WIOA secs. 169 and 242(c)(2)(D); sec. 12(a)(5), 14, and 107 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 709(a)(5), 711, 727) (applied with respect to programs carried out under title I of that Act (29 U.S.C. 720
29 U.S.C. 49a; 38 U.S.C. part III, 4101, 4211; Secs. 503, 3, 189, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
In addition to the definitions set forth in sec. 3 of WIOA, the following definitions apply to the regulations in parts 652, 653, 654, and 658 of this chapter:
(1) The act of bringing to the attention of an employer a participant or group of participants who are available for specific job openings or for a potential job; and
(2) The record of such referral. “Job referral” means the same as “referral to a job.”
(1) The following individuals are not Participants, subject to § 677.150(a)(3)(ii) and(iii) of this chapter:
(i) Individuals who only use the self-service system; and
(ii) Individuals who receive information-only services or activities.
(2) Wagner-Peyser Act participants must be included in the program's performance calculations
(1) Prepared a job order form prior to referral, except in the case of a job development contact on behalf of a specific participant;
(2) Made prior arrangements with the employer for the referral of an individual or individuals;
(3) Referred an individual who had not been specifically designated by the employer, except for referrals on agricultural job orders for a specific crew leader or worker;
(4) Verified from a reliable source, preferably the employer, that the individual had entered on a job; and
(5) Appropriately recorded the placement.
(1) Individuals who provide identifying information;
(2) Individuals who only use the self-service system; or
(3) Individuals who only receive information-only services or activities.
(1) At least 1city of 50,000 inhabitants or more; or
(2) Twin cities with a combined population of at least 50,000.
(1) Linkages to community services;
(2) Assistance with transportation;
(3) Assistance with child care and dependent care;
(4) Assistance with housing;
(5) Needs-related payments;
(6) Assistance with educational testing;
(7) Reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities;
(8) Referrals to health care;
(9) Assistance with uniforms or other appropriate work attire and work-related tools, including such items as eyeglasses and protective eye gear;
(10) Assistance with books, fees, school supplies, and other necessary items for students enrolled in postsecondary education classes; and
(11) Payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications.
(1) Title 41 CFR part 60-3, Uniform Guidelines on Employee Selection Procedures;
(2) Title 29 CFR part 1627, Records To Be Made or Kept Relating to Age; Notices To Be Posted; Administrative Exemptions; and
(3) The Department of Labor's regulations on Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Handicap in Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance, which have been published as 29 CFR part 32.
(1) Employment numbers by occupation and industry;
(2) Unemployment numbers and rates;
(3) Short- and long-term industry and occupational employment projections;
(4) Information on business employment dynamics, including the number and nature of business establishments, and share and location of industrial production;
(5) Local employment dynamics, including business turnover rates; new hires, job separations, net job losses;
(6) Job vacancy counts;
(7) Job seeker and job posting data from the public labor exchange system;
(8) Identification of high growth and high demand industries, occupations, and jobs;
(9) Information on employment and earnings for wage and salary workers and for the self-employed;
(10) Information on work hours, benefits, unionization, trade disputes, conditions of employment, and retirement;
(11) Information on occupation-specific requirements regarding education, training, skills, knowledge, and experience;
WLMI also may include, as either source data or as outputs of analysis of source data:
(12) Population and workforce growth and decline, classified by age, sex, race, and other demographic characteristics;
(13) Identification of emerging occupations and evolving skill demands;
(14) Business skill and hiring requirements;
(15) Workforce characteristics, which may include skills, experience, education, credential attainment, competencies, etc.;
(16) Workforce available in geographic areas;
(17) Information on regional and local economic development activity, including job creation through business start-ups and expansions;
(18) Enrollments in and completers from educational programs, training and registered apprenticeship;
(19) Trends in industrial and occupational restructuring;
(20) Shifts in consumer demands;
(21) Data contained in governmental or administrative reporting including wage records as identified in § 652.301 of this chapter;
(22) Labor market intelligence gained from interaction with businesses, industry or trade associations, education agencies, government entities, and the public; and
(23) Other economic factors.
29 U.S.C. 49l-2; Secs. 189 and 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
These regulations implement the provisions of the Wagner-Peyser Act, known hereafter as the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by title III of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), Public Law 113-128. The Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) is a core program under the WIOA, and an integral component of the one-stop delivery system. Congress intended that the States exercise broad authority in implementing provisions of the Wagner-Peyser Act.
The basic purpose of the ES is to improve the functioning of the nation's labor markets by bringing together individuals who are seeking employment and employers who are seeking workers.
At a minimum, each State must administer a labor exchange system which has the capacity, to:
(a) Assist job seekers in finding employment, including promoting their familiarity with the Department's electronic tools;
(b) Assist employers in filling jobs;
(c) Facilitate the match between job seekers and employers;
(d) Participate in a system for clearing labor among the States, including the use of standardized classification systems issued by the Secretary, under sec. 15 of the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(e) Meet the work test requirements of the State unemployment compensation system; and
(f) Provide labor exchange services as identified in § 678.430(a) of this chapter, sec. 7(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act, and sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(iv) of WIOA.
(a)
(b)
The funds allotted to each State under sec. 6 of the Wagner-Peyser Act must be expended consistent with an approved plan under §§ 676.100 through 676.145 of this chapter and § 652.211. At a minimum, each State must provide the minimum labor exchange elements listed at § 652.3.
(a)
(b)
(2) The financial management system and the program information system must provide Federally-required records and reports that are uniform in definition, accessible to authorized Federal and State staff, and verifiable for monitoring, reporting, audit and evaluation purposes. (sec. 10(c) of the Wagner-Peyser Act)
(c)
(2) The Secretary is authorized to monitor and investigate pursuant to sec. 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(d)
(2) Prior approval authority—as described in various sections of 29 CFR part 97, Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments, and Office of Management and Budget Circular A-87 (Revised)—is delegated to the State except that the Secretary reserves the right to require transfer of title on nonexpendable Automated Data Processing Equipment (ADPE), in accordance with provisions contained in 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900. The Secretary reserves the right to exercise prior approval authority in other areas, after providing advance notice to the State.
(3) Application for financial assistance and modification requirements must be as specified under this part.
(4) Cost of promotional and informational activities consistent with the provisions of the Wagner-Peyser Act, describing services offered by employment security agencies, job openings, labor market information, and similar items are allowable.
(5) Each State must retain basic documents for the minimum period specified below, consistent with 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900:
(i) Work application: 3 years.
(ii) Job order: 3 years.
(6) Payments from the State's Wagner-Peyser Act allotment made into a State's account in the Unemployment Trust Fund for the purpose of reducing charges against Reed Act funds (sec. 903(c) of the Social Security Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1103(c)) are allowable costs, provided that:
(i) The charges against Reed Act funds were for amounts appropriated, obligated, and expended for the acquisition of automatic data processing installations or for the acquisition or major renovation of State-owned office building; and
(ii) With respect to each acquisition of improvement of property pursuant to paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section, the payments are accounted for in the State's records as credits against equivalent amounts of Reed Act funds used for administrative expenditures.
(e)
(2) The information specified in sec. 3(b) and other sections of the Wagner-Peyser Act, also must be provided to officers or any employee of the Federal government or of a State government lawfully charged with administration of unemployment compensation laws, ES activities under the Wagner-Peyser Act or other related legislation, but only for purposes reasonably necessary for the proper administration of such laws.
(f)
(2) The Comptroller General and the Inspector General of the Department have the authority to conduct audits, evaluations or investigations necessary to meet their responsibilities under sec. 9(b)(1) and 9(b)(2), respectively, of the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(3) The audit, conducted pursuant to paragraph (f)(1) or (2) of this section, must be submitted to the Secretary who will follow the resolution process specified in §§ 683.420 through 683.440 of this chapter.
(g)
(i) Requiring repayment, for debts owed the government under the grant, from non-Federal funds;
(ii) Offsetting debts arising from the misexpenditure of grant funds, against amounts to which the State is or may be entitled under the Wagner-Peyser Act, provided that debts arising from gross negligence or willful misuse of funds may not be offset against future grants. When the Secretary reduces amounts allotted to the State by the amount of the misexpenditure, the debt must be fully satisfied;
(iii) Determining the amount of Federal cash maintained by the State or a subrecipient in excess of reasonable grant needs, establishing a debt for the amount of such excessive cash, and charging interest on that debt; and
(iv) Imposing other appropriate sanctions or corrective actions, except where specifically prohibited by the Wagner-Peyser Act or regulations.
(2) To impose a sanction or corrective action, the Secretary must utilize the initial and final determination procedures outlined in paragraph (f)(3) of this section and specified in the administrative provisions at §§ 683.420 through 683.440 of this chapter.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(1) Assure that no individual be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, subjected to discrimination under, or denied employment in the administration or in connection with any services or activities authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act in violation of any applicable nondiscrimination law. All complaints alleging discrimination must be filed and processed according to the procedures in the applicable Department of Labor nondiscrimination regulations.
(2) Assure that discriminatory job orders will not be accepted, except where the stated requirement is a bona fide occupational qualification (BFOQ). See, generally, 42 U.S.C. 2000(e)-2(e), 29 CFR parts 1604, 1606, and 1625.
(3) Assure that employers' valid affirmative action requests will be accepted and a significant number of qualified applicants from the target group(s) will be included to enable the employer to meet its affirmative action obligations.
(4) Assure that employment testing programs will comply with 41 CFR part 60-3 and 29 CFR part 32 and 29 CFR 1627.3(b)(1)(iv).
(5) Nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements and procedures, including complaint processing and compliance reviews, will be governed by the applicable Department of Labor nondiscrimination regulations.
(a) State agencies may not make a job referral on job orders which will aid directly or indirectly in the filling of a job opening which is vacant because the former occupant is on strike, or is being locked out in the course of a labor dispute, or the filling of which is otherwise an issue in a labor dispute involving a work stoppage.
(b) Written notification must be provided to all applicants referred to jobs not at issue in the labor dispute that a labor dispute exists in the employing establishment and that the job to which the applicant is being referred is not at issue in the dispute.
(c) When a job order is received from an employer reportedly involved in a labor dispute involving a work stoppage, State agencies must:
(1) Verify the existence of the labor dispute and determine its significance with respect to each vacancy involved in the job order; and
(2) Notify all potentially affected staff concerning the labor dispute.
(d) State agencies must resume full referral services when they have been notified of, and verified with the employer and workers' representative(s), that the labor dispute has been terminated.
(e) State agencies must notify the regional office in writing of the existence of labor disputes which:
(1) Result in a work stoppage at an establishment involving a significant number of workers; or
(2) Involve multi-establishment employers with other establishments outside the reporting State.
Veterans receive priority of service for all Department-funded employment and training programs as described in 20 CFR part 1010. The Department's Veterans' Employment and Training Service (VETS) administers the Jobs for Veterans State Grants (JVSG) program under chapter 41 of title 38 of the U.S. Code and other activities and training programs which provide services to specific populations of eligible veterans. VETS' general regulations are located in parts 1001, 1002, and 1010 of this title.
(a) This subpart provides guidance to States to implement the services provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by WIOA, in a one-stop delivery system environment.
(b) Except as otherwise provided, the definitions contained in part 651 of this chapter and sec. 2 of the Wagner-Peyser Act apply to this subpart.
(a) The role of the State Workforce Agency (SWA) in the one-stop delivery system is to ensure the delivery of services authorized under sec. 7(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act. The SWA is a required one-stop partner in each local one-stop delivery system and is subject to the provisions relating to such
(b) Consistent with those provisions, the State agency must:
(1) Participate in the one-stop delivery system in accordance with sec. 7(e) of the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(2) Be represented on the Workforce Development Boards (WDBs) that oversee the local and State one-stop delivery system and be a party to the Memorandum of Understanding, described at § 678.500 of this chapter, addressing the operation of the one-stop delivery system; and
(3) Provide these services as part of the one-stop delivery system.
No. Local ES offices may not exist outside of the one-stop service delivery system. A State must colocate ES, as provided in §§ 678.310 through 678.315 of this chapter.
The SWA retains responsibility for all funds authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act, including those funds authorized under sec. 7(a) required for providing the services and activities delivered as part of the one-stop delivery system.
No, sec. 7(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act provides that 10 percent of the State's allotment under the Wagner-Peyser Act is reserved for use by the Governor for performance incentives, supporting exemplary models of service delivery, professional development and career advancement of SWA staff, and services for groups with special needs. However, these funds may flow through the one-stop delivery system.
(a) Section 7(c) of the Wagner-Peyser Act enables States to use funds authorized under sec. 7(a) or 7(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act to supplement funding of any workforce activity carried out under WIOA.
(b) Funds authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act may be used under sec. 7(c) to provide additional funding to other activities authorized under WIOA if:
(1) The activity meets the requirements of the Wagner-Peyser Act, and its own requirements;
(2) The activity serves the same individuals as are served under the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(3) The activity provides services that are coordinated with services under the Wagner-Peyser Act; and
(4) The funds supplement, rather than supplant, funds provided from non-Federal sources.
Yes, funds authorized under sec. 7(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act must be used to provide basic career services as identified in § 678.430(a) of this chapter and secs. 134(c)(2)(A)(i)-(xi) of WIOA, and may be used to provide individualized career services as identified in § 678.430(b) of this chapter and sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xii) of WIOA. Funds authorized under sec. 7(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act may be used to provide career services. Career services must be provided consistent with the requirements of the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(a) A State has discretion in how it meets the requirement for universal access to services provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act. In exercising this discretion, a State must meet the Wagner-Peyser Act's requirements.
(b) These requirements are:
(1) Labor exchange services must be available to all employers and job seekers, including unemployment insurance (UI) claimants, veterans, migrant and seasonal farmworkers, and individuals with disabilities;
(2) The State must have the capacity to deliver labor exchange services to employers and job seekers, as described in the Wagner-Peyser Act, on a statewide basis through:
(i) Self-service, including virtual services;
(ii) Facilitated self-help service; and
(iii) Staff-assisted service;
(3) In each local area, in at least one comprehensive physical center, staff funded under the Wagner-Peyser Act must provide labor exchange services (including staff-assisted labor exchange services) and career services as described in § 652.206; and
(4) Those labor exchange services provided under the Wagner-Peyser Act in a local area must be described in the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) described in § 678.500 of this chapter.
Career services may be delivered through any of the applicable three methods of service delivery described in § 652.207(b)(2). These methods are:
(a) Self-service, including virtual services;
(b) Facilitated self-help service; and
(c) Staff-assisted service.
(a) In accordance with sec. 3(c)(3) of the Wagner-Peyser Act, the SWA, as part of the one-stop delivery system, must provide reemployment services to UI claimants for whom such services are required as a condition for receipt of UI benefits. Services must be appropriate to the needs of UI claimants who are referred to reemployment services under any Federal or State UI law.
(b) The SWA also must provide other activities, including:
(1) Coordination of labor exchange services with the provision of UI eligibility services as required by sec. 5(b)(2) of the Wagner-Peyser Act;
(2) Administration of the work test, conducting eligibility assessments, and registering UI claimants for employment services in accordance with a State's unemployment compensation law, and provision of job finding and placement services as required by sec. 3(c)(3) and described in sec. 7(a)(3)(F) of the Wagner-Peyser Act; and
(3) Referring UI claimants to, and providing application assistance for, training and education resources and programs, including Federal Pell grants and other student assistance under title IV of the Higher Education Act, the Montgomery GI Bill, Post-9/11 GI Bill, and other Veterans Educational Assistance, training provided for youth, and adult and dislocated workers, as well as other employment training programs under WIOA, and for Vocational Rehabilitation Services under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(a) State UI law or rules establish the requirements under which UI claimants must register and search for work in order to fulfill the UI work test requirements.
(b) Staff funded under the Wagner-Peyser Act must assure that:
(1) UI claimants receive the full range of labor exchange services available under the Wagner-Peyser Act that are necessary and appropriate to facilitate their earliest return to work, including career services specified in § 652.206 and listed in sec. 134(c)(2)A) of WIOA;
(2) UI claimants requiring assistance in seeking work receive the necessary guidance and counseling to ensure they make a meaningful and realistic work search; and
(3) ES staff will provide UI program staff with information about UI claimants' ability or availability for work, or the suitability of work offered to them.
The ES is a core program identified in WIOA and must be included as part of each State's Unified or Combined State Plans. See §§ 676.105 through 676.125 of this chapter for planning requirements for the core programs.
No, the Secretary requires that labor exchange services provided under the authority of the Wagner-Peyser Act, including services to veterans, be provided by State merit-staff employees. This interpretation is authorized by and consistent with the provisions in secs. 3(a) and 5(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act and the Intergovernmental Personnel Act (42 U.S.C 4701
Yes, the one-stop delivery system envisions a partnership in which Wagner-Peyser Act labor exchange services are coordinated with other activities provided by other partners in a one-stop setting. As part of the local Memorandum of Understanding described in § 678.500 of this chapter, the SWA, as a one-stop partner, may agree to have staff receive guidance from the one-stop operator regarding the provision of labor exchange services. Personnel matters, including compensation, personnel actions, terms and conditions of employment, performance appraisals, and accountability of State merit staff employees funded under the Wagner-Peyser Act, remain under the authority of the SWA. The guidance given to employees must be consistent with the provisions of the Wagner-Peyser Act, the local Memorandum of Understanding, and applicable collective bargaining agreements.
(a) The Secretary of Labor must oversee the development, maintenance, and continuous improvement of the workforce and labor market information system defined in Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15 and § 651.10 of this chapter. The Department also will identify parameters of continuous improvement. The Secretary will consult with the Workforce Information Advisory Council on these matters and consider the council's recommendations.
(b) With respect to data collection, analysis, and dissemination of workforce and labor market information as defined in Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15 and § 651.10 of this chapter, the Secretary must:
(1) Assign responsibilities within the Department of Labor for elements of the workforce and labor market information system described in sec. 15(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act to ensure that the statistical and administrative data collected are consistent with appropriate Bureau of Labor Statistics standards and definitions, and that the information is accessible and understandable to users of such data;
(2) Actively seek the cooperation of heads of other Federal agencies to establish and maintain mechanisms for ensuring complementarity and non-duplication in the development and operation of statistical and administrative data collection activities;
(3) Solicit, receive, and evaluate the recommendations of the Workforce Information Advisory Council established by Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15(d);
(4) Eliminate gaps and duplication in statistical undertakings;
(5) Through the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Employment and Training Administration, and in collaboration with States, develop and maintain the elements of the workforce and labor market information system, including the development of consistent procedures and definitions for use by States in collecting and reporting the workforce and labor market information data described in Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15 and defined in § 651.10 of this chapter;
(6) Establish procedures for the system to ensure that the data and information are timely, and paperwork and reporting for the system are reduced to a minimum; and
(7) Prepare a 2-year plan for the workforce and labor market information system, as described in the Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15(c), as amended by WIOA sec. 308(d).
Wage records, for purposes of the Wagner-Peyser Act, are records that contain “wage information” as defined in § 603.2(k) of this chapter. In this part, “State wage records” refers to wage records produced or maintained by a State.
(a) A significant portion of the workforce and labor market information—defined in § 651.10 of this chapter—are developed using State wage records.
(b) Based on the Secretary of Labor's responsibilities described in Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15 and § 652.300, the Secretary of Labor will, in consultation with Federal agencies, and States, and considering recommendations from the Workforce Information Advisory Council described in Wagner-Peyser Act sec. 15(d), develop:
(1) Standardized definitions for the data elements comprising “wage records” as defined in § 652.301; and
(2) Improved processes and systems for the collection and reporting of wage records.
(c) In carrying out these activities, the Secretary also may consult with other stakeholders, such as employers.
All information collected by the State in wage records referred to in § 652.302 is subject to the confidentiality regulations at part 603 of this chapter.
Secs. 167, 189, 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014); 29 U.S.C. chapter 4B; 38 U.S.C. part III, chapters 41 and 42.
(a) This subpart sets forth the principal regulations of the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) concerning the provision of services for MSFWs consistent with the requirement that all services of the workforce development system be available to all job seekers in an equitable fashion. This includes ensuring MSFWs have access to these services in a way that meets their unique needs. MSFWs must receive services on a basis which is qualitatively equivalent and quantitatively proportionate to services provided to non-MSFWs.
(b) This subpart contains requirements that State Workforce Agencies (SWAs) establish a system to monitor their own compliance with ES regulations governing services to MSFWs.
(c) Established under this subpart are special services to ensure MSFWs receive the full range of career services as defined in WIOA sec. 134(c)(2).
Each one-stop center must offer MSFWs the full range of career and supportive services, benefits and protections, and job and training referral services as are provided to non-MSFWs. In providing such services, the one-stop centers must consider and be sensitive to the preferences, needs, and skills of individual MSFWs and the availability of job and training opportunities.
All SWAs must make job order information conspicuous and available to MSFWs by all reasonable means. Such information must, at minimum, be available through internet labor exchange systems and through the one-stop centers. One-stop centers must provide adequate staff assistance to MSFWs to access job order information easily and efficiently. In designated significant MSFW multilingual offices, such assistance must be provided to MSFWs in their native language, whenever requested or necessary.
(a) Each one-stop center must determine whether participants are MSFWs as defined at § 651.10 of this chapter.
(b) All SWAs will ensure that MSFWs who are English Language Learners (ELLs) receive, free of charge, the language assistance necessary to afford them meaningful access to the programs, services, and information offered by the one-stop centers.
(c) One-stop center staff must provide MSFWs a list of available career and supportive services in their native language.
(d) One-stop center staff must refer and/or register MSFWs for services, as appropriate, if the MSFW is interested in obtaining such services.
(a)
(2) As part of their outreach, SWAs must:
(i) Communicate the full range of workforce development services to MSFWs.
(ii) Conduct thorough outreach efforts with extensive follow-up activities in supply States.
(3) For purposes of hiring and assigning staff to conduct outreach duties, and to maintain compliance with SWAs' Affirmative Action programs, SWAs must seek, through merit system procedures, qualified candidates who:
(i) Are from MSFW backgrounds;
(ii) Speak a language common among MSFWs in the State; or
(iii) Are racially or ethnically representative of the MSFWs in the service area.
(4) The 20 States with the highest estimated year-round MSFW activity, as identified in guidance issued by the Secretary, must assign, in accordance with State merit staff requirements, full-time, year-round staff to conduct outreach duties. The remainder of the States must hire year-round part-time outreach staff and, during periods of the highest MSFW activity must hire full-time outreach staff. All outreach staff must be multilingual if warranted by the characteristics of the MSFW population in the State, and must spend a majority of their time in the field.
(5) The SWA must publicize the availability of employment services through such means as newspaper and electronic media publicity. Contacts with public and private community agencies, employers and/or employer organizations, and MSFW groups also must be utilized to facilitate the widest possible distribution of information concerning employment services.
(b)
(1) Explaining to MSFWs at their working, living, or gathering areas (including day-haul sites), by means of written and oral presentations either spontaneous or recorded, in a language readily understood by them, the following:
(i) The services available at the local one-stop center (which includes the availability of referrals to training, supportive services, and career services, as well as specific employment opportunities), and other related services;
(ii) Information on the Employment Service and Employment-related Law Complaint System;
(iii) Information on the other organizations serving MSFWs in the area; and
(iv) A basic summary of farmworker rights, including farmworker rights with respect to the terms and conditions of employment.
(2) Outreach workers must not enter work areas to perform outreach duties described in this section on an employer's property without permission of the employer unless otherwise authorized to enter by law; must not enter workers' living areas without the permission of the workers; and must comply with appropriate State laws regarding access.
(3) After making the presentation, outreach workers must urge the MSFWs to go to the local one-stop center to obtain the full range of employment and training services.
(4) If an MSFW cannot or does not wish to visit the local one-stop center, the outreach worker must offer to provide on-site the following:
(i) Assistance in the preparation of applications for employment services;
(ii) Assistance in obtaining referral(s) to current and future employment opportunities;
(iii) Assistance in the preparation of either ES or employment-related law complaints;
(iv) Referral of complaints to the ES office Complaint Specialist or ES office manager;
(v) Referral to supportive services and/or career services in which the individual or a family member may be interested; and
(vi) As needed, assistance in making appointments and arranging transportation for individual MSFW(s) or members of his/her family to and from local one-stop centers or other appropriate agencies.
(5) Outreach workers must make follow-up contacts as necessary and appropriate to provide the assistance specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
(6) Outreach workers must be alert to observe the working and living conditions of MSFWs and, upon observation or upon receipt of information regarding a suspected violation of Federal or State employment-related law, document and refer information to the ES office manager for processing in accordance with § 658.411 of this chapter. Additionally, if an outreach worker observes or receives information about apparent violations (as described in § 658.419 of this chapter), the outreach worker must document and refer the information to the appropriate ES office manager.
(7) Outreach workers must be trained in local office procedures and in the services, benefits, and protections afforded MSFWs by the ES, including training on protecting farmworkers against sexual harassment. While sexual harassment is the primary requirement, training also may include similar issues such as sexual coercion, assault, and human trafficking. Such trainings are intended to help outreach workers identify when such issues may be occurring in the fields and how to document and refer the cases to the appropriate enforcement agencies. They also must be trained in the procedure for informal resolution of complaints. The program for such training must be formulated by the State Administrator, pursuant to uniform guidelines developed by the Employment and Training Administration (ETA). The SMA must be given an opportunity to review and comment on the State's program.
(8) Outreach workers must maintain complete records of their contacts with MSFWs and the services they perform. These records must include a daily log, a copy of which must be sent monthly to the ES office manager and maintained on file for at least 2 years. These records must include the number of contacts, the names of contacts (if available), and the services provided (
(9) Outreach workers must not engage in political, unionization, or anti-unionization activities during the performance of their duties.
(10) Outreach workers must be provided with, carry and display, upon request, identification cards or other material identifying them as employees of the SWA.
(11) Outreach workers in significant MSFW local offices must conduct especially vigorous outreach in their service areas.
(c)
(d)
(2) The AOP must:
(i) Provide an assessment of the unique needs of MSFWs in the area based on past and projected agricultural and MSFW activity in the State;
(ii) Provide an assessment of available resources for outreach;
(iii) Describe the SWA's proposed outreach activities including strategies on how to contact MSFWs who are not being reached by the normal intake activities conducted by the one-stop center;
(iv) Describe the activities planned for providing the full range of employment and training services to the agricultural community, including both MSFWs and agricultural employers, through the one-stop centers; and
(v) Provide an assurance that the SWA is complying with the requirements under § 653.111 if the State has significant MSFW one-stop centers.
(3) In developing the AOP, the SWA must solicit information and suggestions from WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program (NFJP) grantees, other appropriate MSFW groups, public agencies, agricultural employer organizations, and other interested organizations. In addition, at least 45 calendar days before submitting its final AOP to the Department, the SWA must provide the proposed AOP to NFJP grantees, public agencies, agricultural employer organizations, and other organizations expressing an interest and allow at least 30 calendar days for review and comment. The SWA must:
(i) Consider any comments received in formulating its final proposed AOP.
(ii) Inform all commenting parties in writing whether their comments have been incorporated and, if not, the reasons therefore.
(iii) Transmit the comments and recommendations received and its responses to the Department with the submission of the AOP. (If the comments are received after the submission of the AOP, they may be sent separately to the Department.)
(4) The AOP must be submitted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this
(5) The Annual Summaries required at § 653.108(s) must update the Department on the SWA's progress toward meetings its goals set forth in the AOP.
(a) State Administrators must ensure their SWAs monitor their own compliance with ES regulations in serving MSFWs on an ongoing basis. The State Administrator has overall responsibility for SWA self-monitoring.
(b) The State Administrator must appoint a State Monitor Advocate. The State Administrator must inform farmworker organizations and other organizations with expertise concerning MSFWs of the opening and encourage them to refer qualified applicants to apply through the State merit system prior to appointing a State Monitor Advocate. Among qualified candidates determined through State merit system procedures, the SWAs must seek persons:
(1) Who are from MSFW backgrounds; or
(2) Who speak Spanish or other languages of a significant proportion of the State MSFW population; or
(3) Who have substantial work experience in farmworker activities.
(c) The SMA must have direct, personal access, when necessary, to the State Administrator. The SMA must have status and compensation as approved by the civil service classification system and be comparable to other State positions assigned similar levels of tasks, complexity, and responsibility.
(d) The SMA must be assigned staff necessary to fulfill effectively all of the duties set forth in this subpart. The number of staff positions must be determined by reference to the number of MSFWs in the State, as measured at the time of the peak MSFW population, and the need for monitoring activity in the State. The SMA must devote full-time to Monitor Advocate functions. Any State that proposes less than full-time dedication must demonstrate to its Regional Administrator that the SMA function can be effectively performed with part-time staffing.
(e) All SMAs and their staff must attend, within the first 3 months of their tenure, a training session conducted by the Regional Monitor Advocate. They also must attend whatever additional training sessions are required by the Regional or National Monitor Advocate.
(f) The SMA must provide any relevant documentation requested from the SWA by the Regional Monitor Advocate or the National Monitor Advocate.
(g) The SMA must:
(1) Conduct an ongoing review of the delivery of services and protections afforded by the ES regulations to MSFWs by the SWA and ES offices (including progress made in achieving affirmative action staffing goals). The SMA, without delay, must advise the SWA and local offices of problems, deficiencies, or improper practices in the delivery of services and protections afforded by these regulations and may request a corrective action plan to address these deficiencies. The SMA must advise the SWA on means to improve the delivery of services.
(2) Participate in on-site reviews on a regular basis, using the following procedures:
(i) Before beginning an onsite review, the SMA or review staff must study:
(A) Program performance data;
(B) Reports of previous reviews;
(C) Corrective action plans developed as a result of previous reviews;
(D) Complaint logs; and
(E) Complaints elevated from the office or concerning the office.
(ii) Ensure that the onsite review format, developed by ETA, is used as a guideline for onsite reviews.
(iii) Upon completion of an onsite monitoring review, the SMA must hold one or more wrap-up sessions with the ES office manager and staff to discuss any findings and offer initial recommendations and appropriate technical assistance.
(iv) After each review the SMA must conduct an in-depth analysis of the review data. The conclusions and recommendations of the SMA must be put in writing and must be sent to the State Administrator, to the official of the SWA with authority over the ES office, and other appropriate SWA officials.
(v) If the review results in any findings of noncompliance with the regulations under this chapter, the ES office manager must develop and propose a written corrective action plan. The plan must be approved or revised by appropriate superior officials and the SMA. The plan must include actions required to correct or to take major steps to correct any compliance issues within 30 business days, and if the plan allows for more than 30 business days for full compliance, the length of, and the reasons for, the extended period must be specifically stated. SWAs are responsible for assuring and documenting that the ES office is in compliance within the time period designated in the plan.
(vi) SWAs must submit to the appropriate ETA regional office copies of the onsite review reports and corrective action plans for ES offices.
(vii) The SMA may recommend that the review described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section be delegated to a responsible, professional member of the administrative staff of the SWA, if and when the State Administrator finds such delegation necessary. In such event, the SMA is responsible for and must approve the written report of the review.
(3) Ensure all significant MSFW one-stop centers not reviewed onsite by Federal staff, are reviewed at least once per year by State staff, and that, if necessary, those ES offices in which significant problems are revealed by required reports, management information, the Complaint System, or other means are reviewed as soon as possible.
(4) Review and approve the SWA's Agricultural Outreach Plan (AOP).
(5) On a random basis, review outreach workers' daily logs and other reports including those showing or reflecting the workers' activities.
(6) Write and submit annual summaries to the State Administrator with a copy to the Regional Administrator as described in paragraph (s) of this section.
(h) The SMA must participate in Federal reviews conducted pursuant to part 658, subpart G, of this chapter.
(i) At the discretion of the State Administrator, the SMA may be assigned the responsibility as the Complaint Specialist. The SMA must participate in and monitor the performance of the Complaint System, as set forth at §§ 658.400 and 658.401 of this chapter. The SMA must review the ES office's informal resolution of complaints relating to MSFWs and must ensure that the ES office manager transmits copies of the Complaint System logs pursuant to part 658, subpart E, of this chapter to the SWA.
(j) The SMA must serve as an advocate to improve services for MSFWs.
(k) The SMA must establish an ongoing liaison with WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program (NFJP) grantees and other organizations serving farmworkers, employers, and employer organizations in the State.
(l) The SMA must meet (either in person or by alternative means), at minimum, quarterly, with representatives of the organizations pursuant to paragraph (k) of this section, to receive complaints, assist in referrals of alleged violations to enforcement agencies, receive input on improving coordination with ES offices or
(m) The SMA must conduct frequent field visits to the working, living, and gathering areas of MSFWs, and must discuss employment services and other employment-related programs with MSFWs, crew leaders, and employers. Records must be kept of each such field visit.
(n) The SMA must participate in the appropriate regional public meeting(s) held by the Department of Labor Regional Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee, other Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Wage and Hour Division task forces, and other committees as appropriate.
(o) The SMA must ensure that outreach efforts in all significant MSFW ES offices are reviewed at least yearly. This review will include accompanying at least one outreach worker from each significant MSFW ES office on field visits to MSFWs' working, living, and/or gathering areas. The SMA must review findings from these reviews with the ES office managers.
(p) The SMA must review on at least a quarterly basis all statistical and other MSFW-related data reported by ES offices in order:
(1) To determine the extent to which the SWA has complied with the ES regulations
(2) To identify the areas of non-compliance.
(q) The SMA must have full access to all statistical and other MSFW-related information gathered by SWAs and ES offices, and may interview SWA and ES office staff with respect to reporting methods. Subsequent to each review, the SMA must consult, as necessary, with the SWA and ES offices and provide technical assistance to ensure accurate reporting.
(r) The SMA must review and comment on proposed State ES directives, manuals, and operating instructions relating to MSFWs and must ensure:
(1) That they accurately reflect the requirements of the regulations; and
(2) That they are clear and workable. The SMA also must explain and make available at the requestor's cost, pertinent directives and procedures to employers, employer organizations, farmworkers, farmworker organizations, and other parties expressing an interest in a readily identifiable directive or procedure issued and receive suggestions on how these documents can be improved.
(s) The SMA must prepare for the State Administrator, the Regional Monitor Advocate, and the National Monitor Advocate an Annual Summary describing how the State provided employment services to MSFWs within the State based on statistical data, reviews, and other activities as required in this chapter. The summary must include:
(1) A description of the activities undertaken during the program year by the SMA pertaining to his/her responsibilities set forth in this section and other applicable regulations in this chapter.
(2) An assurance that the SMA has direct, personal access, whenever he/she finds it necessary, to the State Administrator and that the SMA has status and compensation approved by the civil service classification system, and is comparable to other State positions assigned similar levels of tasks, complexity, and responsibility.
(3) An assurance the SMA devotes all of his/her time to monitor advocate functions. Or, if the SWA proposed the SMA conducts his/her functions on a part-time basis, an explanation of how the SMA functions are effectively performed with part-time staffing.
(4) A summary of the monitoring reviews conducted by the SMA, including:
(i) A description of any problems, deficiencies, or improper practices the SMA identified in the delivery of services;
(ii) A summary of the actions taken by the SWA to resolve the problems, deficiencies, or improper practices described in its service delivery; and
(iii) A summary of any technical assistance the SMA provided for the SWA and the ES offices.
(5) A summary of the outreach efforts undertaken by all significant and non-significant MSFW ES offices.
(6) A summary of the State's actions taken under the Complaint System described in part 658, subpart E, of this chapter, identifying any challenges, complaint trends, findings from reviews of the Complaint System, trainings offered throughout the year, and steps taken to inform MSFWs and employers, and farmworker advocacy groups about the Complaint System.
(7) A summary of how the SMA is working with WIOA sec. 167 NFJP grantees and other organizations serving farmworkers, employers and employer organizations, in the State, and an assurance that the SMA is meeting at least quarterly with representatives of these organizations.
(8) A summary of the statistical and other MSFW-related data and reports gathered by SWAs and ES offices for the year, including an overview of the SMA's involvement in the SWA's reporting systems.
(9) A summary of the training conducted for SWA personnel, including ES office personnel, on techniques for accurately reporting data.
(10) A summary of activities related to the AOP and an explanation of how those activities helped the State reach the goals and objectives described in the AOP. At the end of the 4-year AOP cycle, the summary must include a synopsis of the SWA's achievements over the previous 4 years to accomplish the goals set forth in the AOP, and a description of the goals which were not achieved and the steps the SWA will take to address those deficiencies.
(11) For significant MSFW ES offices, a summary of the functioning of the State's affirmative action staffing program under § 653.111.
SWAs must:
(a) Collect career service indicator data for the career services specified in WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xii).
(b) Collect data, in accordance with applicable ETA Reports and Guidance, on:
(1) The number of MSFWs contacted through outreach activities;
(2) The number of MSFWs and non-MSFWs registered for career services;
(3) The number of MSFWs referred to and placed in agricultural jobs;
(4) The number of MSFWs referred to and placed in non-agricultural jobs;
(5) The percentage of MSFW program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(6) The median earnings of MSFW program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(7) The percentage of MSFW program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(8) The number of MSFWs served who identified themselves as male, female, Hispanic or Latino, Black or African-American, American Indian or Alaska Native, Asian, Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, or White;
(9) Agricultural clearance orders (including field checks), MSFW complaints and apparent violations, and monitoring activities; and
(10) Any other data required by the Department.
(c) Provide necessary training to SWA personnel, including ES office personnel, on techniques for accurately reporting data.
(d) Collect and submit data on MSFWs required by the Unified or Combined State Plan, as directed by the Department.
(e) Periodically verify data required to be collected under this section, take necessary steps to ensure its validity, and submit the data for verification to the Department, as directed by the Department.
(f) Submit additional reports to the Department as directed.
(g) Meet equity indicators that address ES controllable services and include, at a minimum, individuals referred to a job, receiving job development, and referred to supportive or career services.
(h) Meet minimum levels of service in significant MSFW States. That is, only significant MSFW SWAs will be required to meet minimum levels of service to MSFWs. Minimum level of service indicators must include, at a minimum, individuals placed in a job, individuals placed long-term (150 days or more) in a non-agricultural job, a review of significant MSFW ES offices, field checks conducted, outreach contacts per week, and processing of complaints. The determination of the minimum service levels required of significant MSFW States for each year must be based on the following:
(1) Past SWA performance in serving MSFWs, as reflected in on-site reviews and data collected under paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) The need for services to MSFWs in the upcoming year, comparing prior and projected levels of MSFW activity.
(a) SWAs must disclose to the public, on written request, in conformance with applicable State and Federal law, the data collected by SWAs and ES offices pursuant to § 653.109, if possible within 10 business days after receipt of the request.
(b) If a request for data held by a SWA is made to the ETA national or regional office, the ETA must forward the request to the SWA for response.
(c) If the SWA cannot supply the requested data within 10 business days after receipt of the request, the SWA must respond to the requestor in writing, giving the reason for the delay and specifying the date by which it expects to be able to comply.
(d) SWA intra-agency memoranda and reports (or parts thereof) and memoranda and reports (or parts thereof) between the SWA and the ETA, to the extent that they contain statements of opinion rather than facts, may be withheld from public disclosure provided the reason for withholding is given to the requestor in writing. Similarly, documents or parts thereof, which, if disclosed, would constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal or employer privacy, also may be withheld provided the reason is given to the requestor in writing.
(a) The SWA must implement and maintain an affirmative action program for staffing in significant MSFW one-stop centers, and must employ ES staff in a manner facilitating the delivery of employment services tailored to the special needs of MSFWs, including:
(1) The positioning of multilingual staff in offices serving a significant number of Spanish-speaking or ELL participants; and
(2) The hiring of staff members from the MSFW community or members of community-based migrant programs.
(b) The SWA must hire sufficient numbers of qualified, permanent minority staff in significant MSFW ES offices. SWAs will determine whether a “sufficient number” of staff have been hired by conducting a comparison between the characteristics of the staff and the workforce and determining if the composition of the local office staff(s) is representative of the racial and ethnic characteristics of the workforce in the ES office service area(s). SWAs with significant MSFW ES offices, must undertake special efforts to recruit MSFWs and persons from MSFW backgrounds for its staff.
(1) Where qualified minority applicants are not available to be hired as permanent staff, qualified minority part-time, provisional, or temporary staff must be hired in accordance with State merit system procedures, where applicable.
(2) If an ES office does not have a sufficient number of qualified minority staff, the SWA must establish a goal to achieve sufficient staffing at the ES office. The SWA also must establish a reasonable timetable for achieving the staffing goal by hiring or promoting available, qualified staff in the under-represented categories. In establishing timetables, the SWA must consider the vacancies anticipated through expansion, contraction, and turnover in the office(s) and available funds. All affirmative action programs must establish timetables that are designed to achieve the staffing goal no later than 1year after the submission of the Unified or Combined State Plan or Annual Summary, whichever is sooner. Once such goals have been achieved, the SWA must submit a State Plan modification request to the Department with the assurance that the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section have been achieved.
(3) The SMA, Regional Monitor Advocate, or the National Monitor Advocate, as part of his/her regular reviews of SWA compliance with these regulations, must monitor the extent to which the SWA has complied with its affirmative action program.
This subpart includes the requirements for the acceptance of intrastate and interstate job clearance orders which seek U.S. workers to perform farmwork on a temporary, less than year-round basis. Orders seeking workers to perform farmwork on a year-round basis are not subject to the requirements of this subpart. This subpart affects all job orders for workers who are recruited through the ES intrastate and interstate clearance systems for less than year-round farmwork, including both MSFWs and non-MSFW job seekers.
(a)
(1) The ES office and employer have attempted and have not been able to obtain sufficient workers within the local labor market area; or
(2) The ES office anticipates a shortage of local workers.
(b)
(2) All clearance orders must be posted in accordance with applicable ETA guidance. If the job order for the ES office incorporates offices beyond the local office commuting area, the ES office must suppress the employer information in order to facilitate the orderly movement of workers within the ES.
(3) ES staff must determine, through a preoccupancy housing inspection performed by ES staff or an appropriate public agency, that the housing assured
(c)
(i) Include the following language: “In view of the statutorily established basic function of the ES as a no-fee labor exchange, that is, as a forum for bringing together employers and job seekers, neither the ETA nor the SWAs are guarantors of the accuracy or truthfulness of information contained on job orders submitted by employers. Nor does any job order accepted or recruited upon by the ES constitute a contractual job offer to which the ETA or a SWA is in any way a party;”
(ii) Do not contain an unlawful discriminatory specification including, for beneficiaries (as defined in 29 CFR 38.4) only, on the basis of citizenship status or participant status;
(iii) Are signed by the employer; and
(iv) State all the material terms and conditions of the employment, including:
(A) The crop;
(B) The nature of the work;
(C) The anticipated period and hours of employment;
(D) The anticipated starting and ending date of employment and the anticipated number of days and hours per week for which work will be available;
(E) The hourly wage rate or the piece rate estimated in hourly wage rate equivalents for each activity and unit size;
(F) Any deductions to be made from wages;
(G) A specification of any non-monetary benefits to be provided by the employer;
(H) Any hours, days, or weeks for which work is guaranteed, and, for each guaranteed week of work except as provided in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, the exclusive manner in which the guarantee may be abated due to weather conditions or other acts of God beyond the employer's control; and
(I) Any bonus or work incentive payments or other expenses which will be paid by the employer in addition to the basic wage rate, including the anticipated time period(s) within which such payments will be made.
(2) SWAs must ensure:
(i) The wages and working conditions offered are not less than the prevailing wages and working conditions among similarly employed farmworkers in the area of intended employment or the applicable Federal or State minimum wage, whichever is higher. If the wages offered are expressed as piece rates or as base rates and bonuses, the employer must make the method of calculating the wage and supporting materials available to ES staff who must check if the employer's calculation of the estimated hourly wage rate is reasonably accurate and is not less than the prevailing wage rate or applicable Federal or State minimum wage, whichever is higher; and
(ii) The employer has agreed to provide or pay for the transportation of the workers and their families at or before the end of the period of employment specified in the job order on at least the same terms as transportation is commonly provided by employers in the area of intended employment to farmworkers and their families recruited from the same area of supply. Under no circumstances may the payment or provision of transportation occur later than the departure time needed to return home to begin the school year, in the case of any worker with children 18 years old or younger, or be conditioned on the farmworker performing work after the period of employment specified in the job order.
(3) SWAs must ensure the clearance order includes the following assurances:
(i) The employer will provide to workers referred through the clearance system the number of hours of work cited in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(D) of this section for the week beginning with the anticipated date of need, unless the employer has amended the date of need at least 10 business days prior to the original date of need (pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section) by so notifying the order-holding office in writing (email notification may be acceptable). The SWA must make a record of this notification and must attempt to inform referred workers of the change expeditiously.
(ii) No extension of employment beyond the period of employment specified in the clearance order may relieve the employer from paying the wages already earned, or if specified in the clearance order as a term of employment, providing transportation or paying transportation expenses to the worker's home.
(iii) The working conditions comply with applicable Federal and State minimum wage, child labor, social security, health and safety, farm labor contractor registration and other employment-related laws.
(iv) The employer will expeditiously notify the order-holding office or SWA by emailing and telephoning immediately upon learning that a crop is maturing earlier or later, or that weather conditions, over-recruitment or other factors have changed the terms and conditions of employment.
(v) The employer, if acting as a farm labor contractor (“FLC”) or farm labor contractor employee (“FLCE”) on the order, has a valid Federal FLC certificate or Federal FLCE identification card and when appropriate, any required State farm labor contractor certificate.
(vi) The availability of no cost or public housing which meets the Federal standards and which is sufficient to house the specified number of workers requested through the clearance system. This assurance must cover the availability of housing for only those workers, and when applicable, family members who are not reasonably able to return to their residence in the same day.
(vii) Outreach workers must have reasonable access to the workers in the conduct of outreach activities pursuant to § 653.107.
(viii) The job order contains all the material terms and conditions of the job. The employer must assure this by signing the following statement in the clearance order: “This clearance order describes the actual terms and conditions of the employment being offered by me and contains all the material terms and conditions of the job.”
(4) If a SWA discovers that an employer's clearance order contains a material misrepresentation, the SWA may initiate the Discontinuation of Services as set forth in part 658, subpart F of this chapter.
(5) If there is a change to the anticipated date of need and the employer fails to notify the order-holding office at least 10 business days prior to the original date of need the employer must pay eligible (pursuant to paragraph (d)(4) of this section) workers referred through the clearance system the specified hourly rate of pay, or if the pay is piece-rate, the higher of the Federal or State minimum wage for the first week starting with the originally anticipated date of need or provide alternative work if such alternative work is stated on the clearance order. If an employer fails to comply under this section the order holding office may notify the Department's Wage and Hour Division for possible enforcement.
(d)
(i) At least one copy of the clearance order must be sent to each of the SWAs selected for recruitment (areas of supply);
(ii) At least one copy of the clearance order must be sent to each applicant-holding ETA regional office;
(iii) At least one copy of the clearance order must be sent to the order-holding ETA regional office; and
(iv) At least one copy of the clearance order must be sent to the Regional Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee and/or other Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Wage and Hour Division regional agricultural coordinators, and/or other committees as appropriate in the area of employment.
(2) The ES office may place an intrastate or interstate order seeking workers to perform farmwork for a specific farm labor contractor or for a worker preferred by an employer provided the order meets ES nondiscrimination criteria. The order would not meet such criteria, for example, if it requested a “white male crew leader” or “any white male crew leader.”
(3) The approval process described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section does not apply to clearance orders that are attached to applications for foreign temporary agricultural workers pursuant to part 655, subpart B, of this chapter; such clearance orders must be sent to the processing center as directed by ETA in guidance. For non-criteria clearance orders (orders that are not attached to applications under part 655, subpart B, of this chapter), the ETA regional office must review and approve the order within 10 business days of its receipt of the order, and the Regional Administrator or his/her designee must approve the areas of supply to which the order will be extended. Any denial by the Regional Administrator or his/her designee must be in writing and state the reasons for the denial.
(4) The applicant holding office must notify all referred farmworkers, farm labor contractors on behalf of farmworkers, or family heads on behalf of farmworker family members, to contact an ES office, preferably the order-holding office, to verify the date of need cited in the clearance order between 9 and 5 business days prior to the original date of need cited in the clearance order; and that failure to do so will disqualify the referred farmworker from the first weeks' pay as described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section. The SWA must make a record of this notification.
(5) If the worker referred through the clearance system contacts an ES office (in any State) other than the order holding office, that ES office must assist the referred worker in contacting the order holding office on a timely basis. Such assistance must include, if necessary, contacting the order holding office by telephone or other timely means on behalf of the worker referred through the clearance system.
(6) ES office staff must assist all farmworkers, upon request in their native language, to understand the terms and conditions of employment set forth in intrastate and interstate clearance orders and must provide such workers with checklists in their native language showing wage payment schedules, working conditions, and other material specifications of the clearance order.
(7) If an order holding office learns that a crop is maturing earlier than expected or that other material factors, including weather conditions and recruitment levels have changed since the date the clearance order was accepted, the SWA must contact immediately the applicant holding office which must inform immediately crews and families scheduled to report to the job site of the changed circumstances and must adjust arrangements on behalf of such crews and families.
(8) When there is a delay in the date of need, SWAs must document notifications by employers and contacts by individual farmworkers or crew leaders on behalf of farmworkers or family heads on behalf of farmworker family members to verify the date of need.
(9) If weather conditions, over-recruitment, or other conditions have eliminated the scheduled job opportunities, the SWAs involved must make every effort to place the workers in alternate job opportunities as soon as possible, especially if the worker(s) is/(are) already en-route or at the job site. ES office staff must keep records of actions under this section.
(10) Applicant-holding offices must provide workers referred on clearance orders with a checklist summarizing wages, working conditions and other material specifications in the clearance order. Such checklists, where necessary, must be in the workers' native language. The checklist must include language notifying the worker that a copy of the original clearance order is available upon request. SWAs must use a standard checklist format provided by the Department (such as in Form WH516 or a successor form).
(11) The applicant-holding office must give each referred worker a copy of the list of worker's rights described in the Department's ARS Handbook.
(12) If the labor supply SWA accepts a clearance order, the SWA must actively recruit workers for referral. In the event a potential labor supply SWA rejects a clearance order, the reasons for rejection must be documented and submitted to the Regional Administrator having jurisdiction over the SWA. The Regional Administrator will examine the reasons for rejection, and, if the Regional Administrator agrees, will inform the Regional Administrator with jurisdiction over the order-holding SWA of the rejection and the reasons. If the Regional Administrator who receives the notification of rejection does not concur with the reasons for rejection, that Regional Administrator will inform the National Monitor Advocate, who, in consultation with the appropriate ETA higher authority, will make a final determination on the acceptance or rejection of the order.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(b)
(2)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) Notify the RA or the NPC designated by the Regional Administrator;
(2) Remove the employer's clearance orders from intrastate and interstate clearance; and
(3) If workers have been recruited against these orders, in cooperation with the ES agencies in other States, make every reasonable attempt to locate and notify the appropriate crew leaders or workers, and to find alternative and comparable employment for the workers.
(a) If a worker is placed on a clearance order, the SWA must notify the employer in writing that the SWA, through its ES offices, and/or Federal staff, must conduct random, unannounced field checks to determine and document whether wages, hours, and working and housing conditions are being provided as specified in the clearance order.
(b) Where the SWA has made placements on 10 or more agricultural clearance orders (pursuant to this subpart) during the quarter, the SWA must conduct field checks on at least 25 percent of the total of such orders. Where the SWA has made placements on nine or fewer job orders during the quarter (but at least one job order), the SWA must conduct field checks on 100 percent of all such orders. This requirement must be met on a quarterly basis.
(c) Field checks must include visit(s) to the worksite at a time when workers are present. When conducting field checks, ES staff must consult both the employees and the employer to ensure compliance with the full terms and conditions of employment.
(d) If SWA or Federal personnel observe or receive information, or otherwise have reason to believe that conditions are not as stated in the clearance order or that an employer is violating an employment-related law, the SWA must document the finding and attempt informal resolution where appropriate (for example, informal resolution must not be attempted in certain cases, such as E.O. related issues and others identified by the Department through guidance.) If the matter has not been resolved within 5 business days, the SWA must initiate the Discontinuation of Services as set forth at part 658, subpart F, of this chapter and must refer apparent violations of employment-related laws to appropriate enforcement agencies in writing.
(e) SWAs may enter into formal or informal arrangements with appropriate State and Federal enforcement agencies where the enforcement agency staff may conduct field checks instead of and on behalf of SWA personnel. The agreement may include the sharing of information and any actions taken regarding violations of the terms and conditions of the employment as stated in the clearance order and any other violations of employment-related laws. An enforcement agency field check must satisfy the requirement for SWA field checks where all aspects of wages, hours, working and housing conditions have been reviewed by the enforcement agency. The SWA must supplement enforcement agency efforts with field checks focusing on areas not addressed by enforcement agencies.
(f) ES staff must keep records of all field checks.
29 U.S.C. 49k; 8 U.S.C. 1188(c)(4); 41 Op.A.G. 406 (1959).
(a) This subpart sets forth the Department's Employment and Training Administration (ETA) standards for agricultural housing and variances. Local Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) offices, as part of the State ES agencies and in cooperation with the ES program, assist employers in recruiting farmworkers from places outside the area of intended employment. The experiences of the ES agencies indicate that employees so
(b) To implement this policy, § 653.501 of this chapter provides that recruitment services must be denied unless the employer has signed an assurance that if the workers are to be housed, a preoccupancy inspection has been conducted, and the ES staff has ascertained that, with respect to intrastate or interstate clearance orders, the employer's housing meets the full set of standards set forth at 29 CFR 1910.142 or this subpart, except that mobile range housing for sheepherders or goatherders must meet existing Departmental guidelines and/or applicable regulations.
(a) Employers whose housing was completed or under construction prior to April 3, 1980, or was under a signed contract for construction prior to March 4, 1980, may continue to follow the full set of the Department's ETA standards set forth in this subpart.
(b) The Department will consider agricultural housing which complies with ETA transitional standards set forth in this subpart also to comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) temporary labor camp standards at 29 CFR 1910.142.
(a) An employer may apply for a structural variance from a specific standard(s) in this subpart by filing a written application for such a variance with the local ES office serving the area in which the housing is located. This application must:
(1) Clearly specify the standard(s) from which the variance is desired;
(2) Adequately justify that the variance is necessary to obtain a beneficial use of an existing facility, and to prevent a practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship; and
(3) Clearly set forth the specific alternative measures which the employer has taken to protect the health and safety of workers and adequately show that such alternative measures have achieved the same result as the standard(s) from which the employer desires the variance.
(b) Upon receipt of a written request for a variance under paragraph (a) of this section, the local ES office must send the request to the State office which, in turn, must forward it to the ETA Regional Administrator (RA). The RA must review the matter and, after consultation with OSHA, must either grant or deny the request for a variance.
(c) The variance granted by the RA must be in writing, must state the particular standard(s) involved, and must state as conditions of the variance the specific alternative measures which have been taken to protect the health and safety of the workers. The RA must send the approved variance to the employer and must send copies to OSHA's Regional Administrator, the Regional Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division (WHD), and the appropriate State Workforce Agency (SWA) and the local ES office. The employer must submit and the local ES office must attach copies of the approved variance to each of the employer's job orders which is placed into intrastate or interstate clearance.
(d) If the RA denies the request for a variance, the RA must provide written notice stating the reasons for the denial to the employer, the appropriate SWA, and the local ES office. The notice also must offer the employer an opportunity to request a hearing before a Department of Labor Hearing Officer, provided the employer requests such a hearing from the RA within 30 calendar days of the date of the notice. The request for a hearing must be handled in accordance with the complaint procedures set forth at §§ 658.424 and 658.425 of this chapter.
(e) The procedures of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section only apply to an employer who has chosen, as evidenced by its written request for a variance, to comply with the ETA housing standards at §§ 654.404 through 654.417.
(a) Housing sites must be well drained and free from depressions in which water may stagnate. They must be located where the disposal of sewage is provided in a manner which neither creates nor is likely to create a nuisance, or a hazard to health.
(b) Housing must not be subject to, or in proximity to, conditions that create or are likely to create offensive odors, flies, noise, traffic, or any similar hazards.
(c) Grounds within the housing site must be free from debris, noxious plants (poison ivy, etc.) and uncontrolled weeds or brush.
(d) The housing site must provide a space for recreation reasonably related to the size of the facility and the type of occupancy.
(a) An adequate and convenient supply of water that meets the standards of the State health authority must be provided.
(b) A cold water tap must be available within 100 feet of each individual living unit when water is not provided in the unit. Adequate drainage facilities must be provided for overflow and spillage.
(c) Common drinking cups are not permitted.
(a) Facilities must be provided and maintained for effective disposal of excreta and liquid waste. Raw or treated liquid waste may not be discharged or allowed to accumulate on the ground surface.
(b) Where public sewer systems are available, all facilities for disposal of excreta and liquid wastes must be connected thereto.
(c) Where public sewers are not available, a subsurface septic tank-seepage system or other type of liquid waste treatment and disposal system, privies or portable toilets must be provided. Any requirements of the State health authority must be complied with.
(a) Housing must be structurally sound, in good repair, in a sanitary condition and must provide protection to the occupants against the elements.
(b) Housing must have flooring constructed of rigid materials, smooth finished, readily cleanable, and so located as to prevent the entrance of ground and surface water.
(c) The following space requirements must be provided:
(1) For sleeping purposes only in family units and in dormitory accommodations using single beds, not less than 50 square feet of floor space per occupant;
(2) For sleeping purposes in dormitory accommodations using double bunk beds only, not less than 40 square feet per occupant; and
(3) For combined cooking, eating, and sleeping purposes not less than 60 square feet of floor space per occupant.
(d) Housing used for families with one or more children over 6 years of age must have a room or partitioned sleeping area for the husband and wife. The partition must be of rigid materials and installed so as to provide reasonable privacy.
(e) Separate sleeping accommodations must be provided for each sex or each family.
(f) Adequate and separate arrangements for hanging clothing and storing personal effects for each person or family must be provided.
(g) At least one-half of the floor area in each living unit must have a minimum ceiling height of 7 feet. No floor space may be counted toward minimum requirements where the ceiling height is less than 5 feet.
(h) Each habitable room (not including partitioned areas) must have at least one window or skylight opening directly to the out-of-doors. The minimum total window or skylight area, including windows in doors, must equal at least 10 percent of the usable floor area. The total openable area must equal at least 45 percent of the minimum window or skylight area required, except where comparably adequate ventilation is supplied by mechanical or some other method.
(a) All outside openings must be protected with screening of not less than 16 mesh.
(b) All screen doors must be tight fitting, in good repair, and equipped with self-closing devices.
(a) All living quarters and service rooms must be provided with properly installed, operable heating equipment capable of maintaining a temperature of at least 68 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) if during the period of normal occupancy the temperature in such quarters falls below 68 °F.
(b) Any stoves or other sources of heat utilizing combustible fuel must be installed and vented in such a manner as to prevent fire hazards and a dangerous concentration of gases. No portable heaters other than those operated by electricity may be provided. If a solid or liquid fuel stove is used in a room with wooden or other combustible flooring, there must be a concrete slab, insulated metal sheet, or other fireproof material on the floor under each stove, extending at least 18 inches beyond the perimeter of the base of the stove.
(c) Any wall or ceiling within 18 inches of a solid or liquid fuel stove or a stovepipe must be of fireproof material. A vented metal collar must be installed around a stovepipe, or vent passing through a wall, ceiling, floor, or roof.
(d) When a heating system has automatic controls, the controls must be of the type which cut off the fuel supply upon the failure or interruption of the flame or ignition, or whenever a predetermined safe temperature or pressure is exceeded.
(a) All housing sites must be provided with electric service.
(b) Each habitable room and all common use rooms, and areas such as: laundry rooms, toilets, privies, hallways, stairways, etc., must contain adequate ceiling or wall-type light fixtures. At least one wall-type electrical convenience outlet must be provided in each individual living room.
(c) Adequate lighting must be provided for the yard area, and pathways to common use facilities.
(d) All wiring and lighting fixtures must be installed and maintained in a safe condition.
(a) Toilets must be constructed, located, and maintained so as to prevent any nuisance or public health hazard.
(b) Water closets or privy seats for each sex must be in the ratio of not less than one such unit for each 15 occupants, with a minimum of one unit for each sex in common use facilities.
(c) Urinals, constructed of nonabsorbent materials, may be substituted for men's toilet seats on the basis of one urinal or 24 inches of trough-type urinal for one toilet seat up to a maximum of one-third of the required toilet seats.
(d) Except in individual family units, separate toilet accommodations for men and women must be provided. If toilet facilities for men and women are in the same building, they must be separated by a solid wall from floor to roof or ceiling. Toilets must be distinctly marked “men” and “women” in English and in the native language of the persons expected to occupy the housing.
(e) Where common use toilet facilities are provided, an adequate and accessible supply of toilet tissue, with holders, must be furnished.
(f) Common use toilets and privies must be well lighted and ventilated and must be clean and sanitary.
(g) Toilet facilities must be located within 200 feet of each living unit.
(h) Privies may not be located closer than 50 feet from any living unit or any facility where food is prepared or served.
(i) Privy structures and pits must be fly-tight. Privy pits must have adequate capacity for the required seats.
(a) Bathing and hand washing facilities, supplied with hot and cold water under pressure, must be provided for the use of all occupants. These facilities must be clean and sanitary and located within 200 feet of each living unit.
(b) There must be a minimum of 1 showerhead per 15 persons. Showerheads must be spaced at least 3 feet apart, with a minimum of 9 square feet of floor space per unit. Adequate, dry dressing space must be provided in common use facilities. Shower floors must be constructed of nonabsorbent nonskid materials and sloped to properly constructed floor drains. Except in individual family units, separate shower facilities must be provided each sex. When common use shower facilities for both sexes are in the same building they must be separated by a solid nonabsorbent wall extending from the floor to ceiling, or roof, and must be plainly designated “men” or “women” in English and in the native language of the persons expected to occupy the housing.
(c) Lavatories or equivalent units must be provided in a ratio of 1 per 15 persons.
(d) Laundry facilities, supplied with hot and cold water under pressure, must be provided for the use of all occupants. Laundry trays or tubs must be provided in the ratio of 1 per 25 persons. Mechanical washers may be provided in the ratio of 1 per 50 persons in lieu of laundry trays, although a minimum of 1 laundry tray per 100 persons must be provided in addition to the mechanical washers.
(a) When workers or their families are permitted or required to cook in their individual unit, a space must be provided and equipped for cooking and eating. Such space must be provided with:
(1) A cookstove or hot plate with a minimum of two burners;
(2) Adequate food storage shelves and a counter for food preparation;
(3) Provisions for mechanical refrigeration of food at a temperature of not more than 45 °F;
(4) A table and chairs or equivalent seating and eating arrangements, all commensurate with the capacity of the unit; and
(5) Adequate lighting and ventilation.
(b) When workers or their families are permitted or required to cook and eat in a common facility, a room or building separate from the sleeping facilities must be provided for cooking and eating. Such room or building must be provided with:
(1) Stoves or hot plates, with a minimum equivalent of 2 burners, in a ratio of 1 stove or hot plate to 10
(2) Adequate food storage shelves and a counter for food preparation;
(3) Mechanical refrigeration for food at a temperature of not more than 45 °F;
(4) Tables and chairs or equivalent seating adequate for the intended use of the facility;
(5) Adequate sinks with hot and cold water under pressure;
(6) Adequate lighting and ventilation; and
(7) Floors must be of nonabsorbent, easily cleaned materials.
(c) When central mess facilities are provided, the kitchen and mess hall must be in proper proportion to the capacity of the housing and must be separate from the sleeping quarters. The physical facilities, equipment, and operation must be in accordance with provisions of applicable State codes.
(d) Wall surface adjacent to all food preparation and cooking areas must be of nonabsorbent, easily cleaned material. In addition, the wall surface adjacent to cooking areas must be of fire-resistant material.
(a) Durable, fly-tight, clean containers in good condition of a minimum capacity of 20 gallons, must be provided adjacent to each housing unit for the storage of garbage and other refuse. Such containers must be provided in a minimum ratio of 1 per 15 persons.
(b) Provisions must be made for collection of refuse at least twice a week, or more often if necessary. The disposal of refuse, which includes garbage, must be in accordance with State and local law.
Housing and facilities must be free of insects, rodents, and other vermin.
(a) Sleeping facilities must be provided for each person. Such facilities must consist of comfortable beds, cots, or bunks, provided with clean mattresses.
(b) Any bedding provided by the housing operator must be clean and sanitary.
(c) Triple deck bunks may not be provided.
(d) The clear space above the top of the lower mattress of a double deck bunk and the bottom of the upper bunk must be a minimum of 27 inches. The distance from the top of the upper mattress to the ceiling must be a minimum of 36 inches.
(e) Beds used for double occupancy may be provided only in family accommodations.
(a) All buildings in which people sleep or eat must be constructed and maintained in accordance with applicable State or local fire and safety laws.
(b) In family housing and housing units for less than 10 persons, of one story construction, two means of escape must be provided. One of the two required means of escape may be a readily accessible window with an openable space of not less than 24 × 24 inches.
(c) All sleeping quarters intended for use by 10 or more persons, central dining facilities, and common assembly rooms must have at least two doors remotely separated so as to provide alternate means of escape to the outside or to an interior hall.
(d) Sleeping quarters and common assembly rooms on the second story must have a stairway, and a permanent, affixed exterior ladder or a second stairway.
(e) Sleeping and common assembly rooms located above the second story must comply with the State and local fire and building codes relative to multiple story dwellings.
(f) Fire extinguishing equipment must be provided in a readily accessible place located not more than 100 feet from each housing unit. Such equipment must provide protection equal to a 2
(g) First aid facilities must be provided and readily accessible for use at all time. Such facilities must be equivalent to the 16 unit first aid kit recommended by the American Red Cross, and provided in a ratio of 1 per 50 persons.
(h) No flammable or volatile liquids or materials must be stored in or adjacent to rooms used for living purposes, except for those needed for current household use.
(i) Agricultural pesticides and toxic chemicals may not be stored in the housing area.
Secs. 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014); 29 U.S.C. chapter 4B.
(a) This subpart sets forth the regulations governing the Complaint System for the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service (ES) at the State and Federal levels. Specifically, the Complaint System handles complaints against an employer about the specific job to which the applicant was referred through the ES and complaints involving the failure to comply with the ES regulations under parts 651, 652, 653, and 654 of this chapter and this part. As noted in § 658.411(d)(6), this subpart only covers ES-related complaints made within 2 years of the alleged violation.
(b) Any complaints alleging violations under the Unemployment Insurance program, under Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) title I programs, or complaints by veterans alleging employer violations of the mandatory listing requirements under 38 U.S.C. 4212 are not covered by this subpart and must be referred to the appropriate administering agency which would follow the procedures set forth in the respective regulations.
(c) The Complaint System also accepts, refers, and, under certain circumstances, tracks complaints involving employment-related laws as defined in § 651.10 of this chapter.
(d) A complainant may designate an individual to act as his/her representative.
(a) Each State Workforce Agency (SWA) must establish and maintain a Complaint System pursuant to this subpart.
(b) The State Administrator must have overall responsibility for the operation of the Complaint System. At the ES office level the manager must be responsible for the operation of the Complaint System.
(c) SWAs must ensure centralized control procedures are established for the processing of complaints. The manager of the ES office and the SWA Administrator must ensure a central complaint log is maintained, listing all complaints taken by the ES office or the SWA, and specifying for each complaint:
(1) The name of the complainant;
(2) The name of the respondent (employer or State agency);
(3) The date the complaint is filed;
(4) Whether the complaint is by or on behalf of a migrant and seasonal farmworker (MSFW);
(5) Whether the complaint concerns an employment-related law or the ES regulations; and
(6) The action taken and whether the complaint has been resolved.
(d) State agencies must ensure information pertaining to the use of the Complaint System is publicized, which must include, but is not limited to, the prominent display of an Employment and Training Administration (ETA)-approved Complaint System poster in each one-stop center.
(e) Each one-stop center must ensure there is appropriate staff available during regular office hours to take complaints.
(f) Complaints may be accepted in any one-stop center, or by a State Workforce Agency, or elsewhere by an outreach worker.
(g) All complaints filed through the local ES office must be handled by a trained Complaint System representative.
(h) All complaints received by a SWA must be assigned to a State agency official designated by the State Administrator, provided that the State agency official designated to handle MSFW complaints must be the State Monitor Advocate (SMA).
(i) State agencies must ensure any action taken by the Complaint System representative, including referral on a complaint from an MSFW is fully documented containing all relevant information, including a notation of the type of each complaint pursuant to Department guidance, a copy of the original complaint form, a copy of any ES-related reports, any relevant correspondence, a list of actions taken, a record of pertinent telephone calls and all correspondence relating thereto.
(j) Within 1 month after the end of the calendar quarter, the ES office manager must transmit an electronic copy of the quarterly Complaint System log described in paragraph (c) of this section to the SMA. These logs must be made available to the Department upon request.
(k) The appropriate SWA or ES office representative handling a complaint must offer to assist the complainant through the provision of appropriate services.
(l) The State Administrator must establish a referral system for cases where a complaint is filed alleging a violation that occurred in the same State but through a different ES office.
(m) Follow-up on unresolved complaints. When a complaint is submitted or referred to a SWA, the Complaint System representative (where the complainant is an MSFW, the Complaint System representative will be the SMA), must follow-up monthly regarding MSFW complaints, and must inform the complainant of the status of the complaint. No follow-up with the complainant is required for non-MSFW complaints.
(n) When a complainant is an English Language Learner (ELL), all written correspondence with the complainant under part 658, subpart E must include a translation into the complainant's native language.
(o) A complainant may designate an individual to act as his/her representative throughout the filing and processing of a complaint.
(a)
(2) During the initial discussion with the complainant, the staff taking the complaint must:
(i) Make every effort to obtain all the information he/she perceives to be necessary to investigate the complaint;
(ii) Request that the complainant indicate all of the physical addresses, email, and telephone numbers through which he/she might be contacted during the investigation of the complaint; and
(iii) Request that the complainant contact the Complaint System representative before leaving the area if possible, and explain the need to maintain contact during the investigation.
(3) The staff must ensure the complainant (or his/her representative) submits the complaint on the Complaint/Referral Form or another complaint form prescribed or approved by the Department or submits complaint information which satisfies paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The Complaint/Referral Form must be used for all complaints, including complaints about unlawful discrimination, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The staff must offer to assist the complainant in filling out the form and submitting all necessary information, and must do so if the complainant desires such assistance. If the complainant also represents several other complainants, all such
(4) Any complaint in a reasonable form (letter or email) which is signed by the complainant, or his/her representative, and includes sufficient information to initiate an investigation must be treated as if it were a properly completed Complaint/Referral Form filed in person. A letter (via hard copy or email) confirming the complaint was received must be sent to the complainant and the document must be sent to the appropriate Complaint System representative. The Complaint System representative must request additional information from the complainant if the complainant has not provided sufficient information to investigate the matter expeditiously.
(b)
(i) If the complainant is a non-MSFW, the office must immediately refer the complainant to the appropriate enforcement agency, another public agency, a legal aid organization, and/or a consumer advocate organization, as appropriate, for assistance. Upon completing the referral the local or State representative is not required to follow-up with the complainant.
(ii) If the complainant is a MSFW, the ES office or SWA Complaint System representative must:
(A) Take from the MSFW or his/her representative, in writing (hard copy or electronic), the complaint(s) describing the alleged violation(s) of the employment-related law(s); and
(B) Attempt to resolve the issue informally at the local level, except in cases where the complaint was submitted to the SWA and the SMA determines that he/she must take immediate action and except in cases where informal resolution at the local level would be detrimental to the complainant(s). In cases where informal resolution at the local level would be detrimental to the complainant(s), the Complaint System Representative or SMA (depending on where the complaint was filed) must immediately refer the complaint to the appropriate enforcement agency. Concurrently, the Complaint System representative must offer to refer the MSFW to other employment services should the MSFW be interested.
(C) If the issue is not resolved within 5 business days, the Complaint System representative must refer the complaint to the appropriate enforcement agency (or another public agency, a legal aid organization, or a consumer advocate organization, as appropriate) for further assistance.
(D) If the ES office or SWA Complaint System representative determines that the complaint must be referred to a State or Federal agency, he/she must refer the complaint to the SMA who must immediately refer the complaint to the appropriate enforcement agency for prompt action.
(E) If the complaint was referred to the SMA under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(D) of this section, the representative must provide the SMA's contact information to the complainant. The SMA must notify the complainant of the enforcement agency to which the complaint was referred.
(2) If an enforcement agency makes a final determination that the employer violated an employment-related law and the complaint is connected to a job order, the SWA must initiate procedures for discontinuation of services immediately in accordance with subpart F of this part. If this occurs, the SWA must notify the complainant and the employer of this action.
(c)
(2) Any complaints received either at the local and State level or at the ETA regional office, that allege violations of civil rights laws and regulations such as those under title VI of the Civil Rights Act or sec. 188 of WIOA, including for beneficiaries (as defined in 29 CFR 38.4) only, on the basis of citizenship status or participant status, as well as reprisal for protected activity, must immediately be logged and directed or forwarded to the recipient's Equal Opportunity Officer or the CRC.
(d)
(i) When an ES complaint is filed against an employer, the proper office to handle the complaint is the ES office serving the area in which the employer is located.
(ii) When a complaint is against an employer in another State or against another SWA:
(A) The ES office or SWA receiving the complaint must send, after ensuring that the Complaint/Referral Form is adequately completed, a copy of the Complaint/Referral Form and copies of any relevant documents to the SWA in the other State. Copies of the referral letter must be sent to the complainant, and copies of the complaint and referral letter must be sent to the ETA Regional Office(s) with jurisdiction over the transferring and receiving State agencies. All such copies must be sent via hard copy or electronic mail.
(B) The SWA receiving the complaint must handle the complaint as if it had been initially filed with that SWA.
(C) The ETA regional office with jurisdiction over the receiving SWA must follow-up with it to ensure the complaint is handled in accordance with these regulations.
(D) If the complaint is against more than one SWA, the complaint must so clearly state. Additionally, the complaints must be processed as separate complaints and must be handled according to procedures in this paragraph (d).
(iii) When an ES complaint is filed against a ES office, the proper office to handle the complaint is the ES office serving the area in which the alleged violation occurred.
(iv) When an ES complaint is filed against more than one ES offices and is in regard to an alleged agency-wide violation the SWA representative or his/her designee must process the complaint.
(v) When a complaint is filed alleging a violation that occurred in the same State but through a different ES office, the ES office where the complaint is filed must ensure that the Complaint/Referral Form is adequately completed and send the form to the appropriate local ES office for tracking, further referral if necessary, and follow-up. A copy of the referral letter must be sent
(2)(i) If a complaint regarding an alleged violation of the ES regulations is filed in a ES office by either a non-MSFW or MSFW, or their representative(s) (or if all necessary information has been submitted to the office pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section), the appropriate ES office Complaint System representative must investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint immediately upon receipt.
(ii) If resolution has not been achieved to the satisfaction of the complainant within 15 working days after receipt of the complaint, or 5 working days with respect to complaints filed by or on behalf of MSFWs, (or after all necessary information has been submitted to the ES office pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section), the Complaint System representative must send the complaint to the SWA for resolution or further action.
(iii) The ES office must notify the complainant and the respondent, in writing (via hard copy or electronic mail), of the determination (pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section) of its investigation under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, or of the referral to the SWA (if referred).
(3) When a non-MSFW or his/her representative files a complaint regarding the ES regulations with a SWA, or when a non-MSFW complaint is referred from a ES office the following procedures apply:
(i) If the complaint is not transferred to an enforcement agency under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section the Complaint System representative must investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint immediately upon receipt.
(ii) If resolution at the SWA level has not been accomplished within 30 working days after the complaint was received by the SWA (or after all necessary information has been submitted to the SWA pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section), whether the complaint was received directly or from a ES office pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the SWA must make a written determination regarding the complaint and must send electronic copies to the complainant and the respondent. The determination must follow the procedures set forth in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
(4)(i) When a MSFW or his/her representative files a complaint regarding the ES regulations directly with a SWA, or when a MSFW complaint is referred from a ES office, the SMA must investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint immediately upon receipt and may, if necessary, conduct a further investigation.
(ii) If resolution at the SWA level has not been accomplished within 20 business days after the complaint was received by the SWA (or after all necessary information has been submitted to the SWA pursuant to paragraph (a)(4) of this section), the SMA must make a written determination regarding the complaint and must send electronic copies to the complainant and the respondent. The determination must follow the procedures set forth in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
(5)(i) All written determinations by ES or SWA officials on complaints under the ES regulations must be sent by certified mail (or another legally viable method) and a copy of the determination may be sent via electronic mail. The determination must include all of the following:
(A) The results of any SWA investigation;
(B) The conclusions reached on the allegations of the complaint;
(C) If a resolution was not reached, an explanation of why the complaint was not resolved; and
(D) If the complaint is against the SWA, an offer to the complainant of the opportunity to request, in writing, a hearing within 20 business days after the certified date of receipt of the notification.
(ii) If the SWA determines that the employer has not violated the ES regulations, the SWA must offer to the complainant the opportunity to request a hearing within 20 working days after the certified date of receipt of the notification.
(iii) If the SWA, within 20 business days from the certified date of receipt of the notification provided for in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, receives a written request (via hard copy or electronic mail) for a hearing, the SWA must refer the complaint to a State hearing official for hearing. The SWA must, in writing (via hard copy or electronic mail), notify the respective parties to whom the determination was sent that:
(A) The parties will be notified of the date, time, and place of the hearing;
(B) The parties may be represented at the hearing by an attorney or other representative;
(C) The parties may bring witnesses and/or documentary evidence to the hearing;
(D) The parties may cross-examine opposing witnesses at the hearing;
(E) The decision on the complaint will be based on the evidence presented at the hearing;
(F) The State hearing official may reschedule the hearing at the request of a party or its representative; and
(G) With the consent of the SWA's representative and of the State hearing official, the party who requested the hearing may withdraw the request for hearing in writing before the hearing.
(iv) If the State agency makes a final determination that the employer who has or is currently using the ES has violated the ES regulations, the determination, pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section, must state that the State will initiate procedures for discontinuation of services to the employer in accordance with subpart F of this part.
(6) A complaint regarding the ES regulations must be handled to resolution by these regulations only if it is made within 2 years of the alleged occurrence.
(e)
(1) The complainant indicates satisfaction with the outcome via written correspondence;
(2) The complainant chooses not to elevate the complaint to the next level of review;
(3) The complainant or the complainant's authorized representative fails to respond to a request for information under paragraph (a)(4) of this section within 20 working days or, in cases where the complainant is an MSFW, 40 working days of a written request by the appropriate ES office or State agency;
(4) The complainant exhausts all available options for review; or
(5) A final determination has been made by the enforcement agency to which the complaint was referred.
(f)
(a) The hearing described in § 658.411(d)(5) must be held by State hearing officials. A State hearing official may be any State official authorized to hold hearings under State law. Examples of hearing officials are referees in State unemployment compensation hearings and officials of the State agency authorized to preside at State administrative hearings.
(b) The State hearing official may decide to conduct hearings on more than one complaint concurrently if he/she determines that the issues are
(c) The State hearing official, upon the referral of a case for a hearing, must:
(1) Notify all involved parties of the date, time, and place of the hearing; and
(2) Reschedule the hearing, as appropriate.
(d) In conducting a hearing, the State hearing official must:
(1) Regulate the course of the hearing;
(2) Issue subpoenas if necessary, provided the official has the authority to do so under State law;
(3) Ensure that all relevant issues are considered;
(4) Rule on the introduction of evidence and testimony; and
(5) Take all actions necessary to ensure an orderly proceeding.
(e) All testimony at the hearing must be recorded and may be transcribed when appropriate.
(f) The parties must be afforded the opportunity to present, examine, and cross-examine witnesses.
(g) The State hearing official may elicit testimony from witnesses, but may not act as advocate for any party.
(h) The State hearing official must receive and include in the record, documentary evidence offered by any party and accepted at the hearing. Copies thereof must be made available by the party submitting the document to other parties to the hearing upon request.
(i) Federal and State rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to this section; however rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination, must be applied where reasonably necessary by the State hearing official. The State hearing official may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence.
(j) The case record, or any portion thereof, must be available for inspection and copying by any party at, prior to, or subsequent to the hearing upon request. Special procedures may be used for disclosure of medical and psychological records such as disclosure to a physician designated by the individual.
(k) The State hearing official must, if feasible, resolve the dispute at any time prior to the conclusion of the hearing.
(l) At the State hearing official's discretion, other appropriate individuals, organizations, or associations may be permitted to participate in the hearing as amicus curiae (friends of the court) with respect to any legal or factual issues relevant to the complaint. Any documents submitted by the amicus curiae must be included in the record.
(m) If the parties to the hearing are located in more than one State or are located in the same State but access to the hearing location is extremely inconvenient for one or more parties as determined by the State hearing official, the hearing official must:
(1) Whenever possible, hold a single hearing at a location convenient to all parties or their representatives wishing to appear and present evidence, with all such parties and/or their representatives present.
(2) If a hearing location cannot be established by the State hearing official under paragraph (m)(1) of this section, the State hearing official may conduct, with the consent of the parties, the hearing by a telephone conference call from a State agency office. If the hearing is conducted via telephone conference call the parties and their representatives must have the option to participate in person or via telephone.
(3) Where the State agency is not able, for any reason, to conduct a telephonic hearing under paragraph (m)(2) of this section, the State agencies in the States where the parties are located must take evidence and hold the hearing in the same manner as used for appealed interstate unemployment claims in those States, to the extent that such procedures are consistent with this section.
(a) The State hearing official may:
(1) Rule that it lacks jurisdiction over the case;
(2) Rule that the complaint has been withdrawn properly in writing;
(3) Rule that reasonable cause exists to believe that the request has been abandoned; or
(4) Render such other rulings as are appropriate to resolve the issues in question.
However, the State hearing official does not have authority or jurisdiction to consider the validity or constitutionality of the ES regulations or of the Federal statutes under which they are promulgated.
(b) Based on the entire record, including the investigations and determinations of the ES offices and State agencies and any evidence provided at the hearing, the State hearing official must prepare a written decision. The State hearing official must send a copy of the decision stating the findings of fact and conclusions of law, and the reasons therefor to the complainant, the respondent, entities serving as amicus capacity (if any), the State agency, the Regional Administrator, and the Solicitor of Labor, Attn: Associate Solicitor for Employment and Training Legal Services, Department of Labor, Room N2101, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210. The notification to the complainant and respondent must be sent by certified mail or by other legally viable means.
(c) All decisions of a State hearing official must be accompanied by a written notice informing the parties (not including the Regional Administrator, the Solicitor of Labor, or entities serving in an amicus capacity) that they may appeal the judge's decision within 20 working days of the certified date of receipt of the decision, and they may file an appeal in writing with the Regional Administrator. The notice must give the address of the Regional Administrator.
(a) If a SWA, ES office employee, or outreach worker, observes, has reason to believe, or is in receipt of information regarding a suspected violation of employment-related laws or ES regulations by an employer, except as provided at § 653.503 of this chapter (field checks) or § 658.411 (complaints), the employee must document the suspected violation and refer this information to the ES office manager.
(b) If the employer has filed a job order with the ES office within the past 12 months, the ES office must attempt informal resolution provided at § 658.411.
(c) If the employer has not filed a job order with the ES office during the past 12 months, the suspected violation of an employment-related law must be referred to the appropriate enforcement agency in writing.
(a) Each Regional Administrator must establish and maintain a Complaint System within each ETA regional office.
(b) The Regional Administrator must designate Department of Labor officials to handle ES regulation-related complaints as follows:
(1) Any complaints received either at the local and State level or at the ETA regional office, that allege violations of civil rights laws and regulations such as those under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act or sec. 188 of WIOA, including for beneficiaries (as defined in 29 CFR 38.4) only, on the basis of citizenship status or participant status, as well as reprisal
(2) All complaints alleging discrimination on the basis of genetic information must be assigned to a Regional Director for Equal Opportunity and Special Review and, where appropriate, handled in accordance with procedures Coordinated Enforcement at 29 CFR part 31.
(3) All complaints other than those described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, must be assigned to a regional office official designated by the Regional Administrator, provided that the regional office official designated to handle MSFW complaints must be the Regional Monitor Advocate (RMA).
(c) Except for those complaints under paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, the Regional Administrator must designate Department of Labor officials to handle employment-related law complaints in accordance with § 658.411, provided that the regional official designated to handle MSFW employment-related law complaints must be the RMA. The RMA must follow up monthly on all complaints filed by MSFWs including complaints under paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
(d) The Regional Administrator must ensure that all complaints and all related documents and correspondence are logged with a notation of the nature of each item.
(a)(1) Except as provided below in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, no complaint alleging a violation of the ES regulations may be handled at the ETA regional office level until the complainant has exhausted the SWA administrative remedies set forth at §§ 658.411 through 658.418. If the Regional Administrator determines that a complaint has been prematurely filed with an ETA regional office, the Regional Administrator must inform the complainant within 10 working days in writing that the complainant must first exhaust those remedies before the complaint may be filed in the regional office. A copy of this letter and a copy of the complaint also must be sent to the State Administrator.
(2) If a complaint is submitted directly to the Regional Administrator and if he/she determines that the nature and scope of a complaint described in paragraph (a) of this section is such that the time required to exhaust the administrative procedures at the SWA level would adversely affect a significant number of individuals, the RA must accept the complaint and take the following action:
(i) If the complaint is filed against an employer, the regional office must handle the complaint in a manner consistent with the requirements imposed upon State agencies by §§ 658.411 and 658.418. A hearing must be offered to the parties once the Regional Administrator makes a determination on the complaint.
(ii) If the complaint is filed against a SWA, the regional office must follow procedures established at § 658.411(d).
(b) The ETA regional office is responsible for handling appeals of determinations made on complaints at the SWA level. An appeal includes any letter or other writing which the Regional Administrator reasonably understands to be requesting review if it is received by the regional office and signed by a party to the complaint.
(c)(1) Once the Regional Administrator receives a timely appeal, he/she must request the complete SWA file, including the original Complaint/Referral Form from the appropriate SWA.
(2) The Regional Administrator must review the file in the case and must determine within 10 business days whether any further investigation or action is appropriate; however if the Regional Administrator determines that he/she needs to request legal advice from the Office of the Solicitor at the U.S. Department of Labor then the Regional Administrator is allowed 20 business days to make this determination.
(d) If the Regional Administrator determines that no further action is warranted, the Regional Administrator will send his/her determination in writing to the appellant within 5 days of the determination, with a notification that the appellant may request a hearing before a Department of Labor Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) by filing a hearing request in writing with the Regional Administrator within 20 working days of the appellant's receipt of the notification.
(e) If the Regional Administrator determines that further investigation or other action is warranted, the Regional Administrator must undertake such an investigation or other action necessary to resolve the complaint.
(f) After taking the actions described in paragraph (e) of this section, the Regional Administrator must either affirm, reverse, or modify the decision of the State hearing official, and must notify each party to the State hearing official's hearing or to whom the State office determination was sent, notice of the determination and notify the parties that they may appeal the determination to the Department of Labor's Office of Administrative Law Judges within 20 business days of the party's receipt of the notice.
(g) If the Regional Administrator finds reason to believe that a SWA or one of its ES offices has violated ES regulations, the Regional Administrator must follow the procedures set forth at subpart H of this part.
(a) This section applies to all complaints submitted directly to the Regional Administrator or his/her representative.
(b) Each complaint filed by an MSFW alleging violation(s) of employment-related laws must be taken in writing, logged, and referred to the appropriate enforcement agency for prompt action.
(c) Each complaint submitted by a non-MSFW alleging violation(s) of employment-related laws must be logged and referred to the appropriate enforcement agency for prompt action.
(d) Upon referring the complaint in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the regional official must inform the complainant of the enforcement agency (and individual, if known) to which the complaint was referred.
(a) If a party requests a hearing pursuant to § 658.421 or § 658.707, the Regional Administrator must:
(1) Send the party requesting the hearing, and all other parties to the prior State level hearing, a written notice (hard copy or electronic) that the matter will be referred to the Office of Administrative Law Judges for a hearing;
(2) Compile four hearing files (hard copy or electronic) containing copies of all documents relevant to the case, indexed and compiled chronologically; and
(3) Send simultaneously one hearing file to the Department of Labor Chief Administrative Law Judge, 800 K Street NW., Suite 400N, Washington, DC 20001-8002, one hearing file to the OWI Administrator, and one hearing file to the Solicitor of Labor, Attn: Associate Solicitor for Employment and Training Legal Services, and retain one hearing file.
(b) Proceedings under this section are governed by the rules of practice and procedure at subpart A of 29 CFR part
(c) Upon receipt of a hearing file, the ALJ designated to the case must notify the party requesting the hearing, all parties to the prior State hearing official hearing (if any), the State agency, the Regional Administrator, the OWI Administrator, and the Solicitor of Labor of the receipt of the case. After conferring all the parties, the ALJ may decide to make a determination on the record in lieu of scheduling a hearing.
(d) The ALJ may decide to consolidate cases and conduct hearings on more than one complaint concurrently if he/she determines that the issues are related or that the complaints will be handled more expeditiously.
(e) If the parties to the hearing are located in more than one State or are located in the same State but access to the hearing location is extremely inconvenient for one or more parties as determined by the ALJ, the ALJ must:
(1) Whenever possible, hold a single hearing, at a location convenient to all parties or their representatives wishing to appear and present evidence, with all such parties and/or their representatives present.
(2) If a hearing location cannot be established by the ALJ at a location pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the ALJ may conduct, with the consent of the parties, the hearing by a telephone conference call. If the hearing is conducted via telephone conference call the parties and their representatives must have the option to participate in person or via telephone.
(3) Where the ALJ is unable, for any reason, to conduct a telephonic hearing under paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the ALJ must confer with the parties on how to proceed.
(f) Upon deciding to hold a hearing, the ALJ must notify all involved parties of the date, time, and place of the hearing.
(g) The parties to the hearing must be afforded the opportunity to present, examine, and cross-examine witnesses. The ALJ may elicit testimony from witnesses, but may not act as advocate for any party. The ALJ has the authority to issue subpoenas.
(h) The ALJ must receive, and make part of the record, documentary evidence offered by any party and accepted at the hearing, provided that copies of such evidence is provided to the other parties to the proceeding prior to the hearing at the time required by the ALJ.
(i) Technical rules of evidence do not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to this part, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination must be applied where reasonably necessary by the ALJ conducting the hearing. The ALJ may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence.
(j) The case record, or any portion thereof, must be available for inspection and copying by any party to the hearing at, prior to, or subsequent to the hearing upon request. Special procedures may be used for disclosure of medical and psychological records such as disclosure to a physician designated by the individual concerned.
(k) The ALJ must, if feasible, encourage resolution of the dispute by conciliation at any time prior to the conclusion of the hearing.
(a) The ALJ may:
(1) Rule that he/she lacks jurisdiction over the case;
(2) Rule that the appeal has been withdrawn, with the written consent of all parties;
(3) Rule that reasonable cause exists to believe that the appeal has been abandoned; or
(4) Render such other rulings as are appropriate to the issues in question. However, the ALJ does not have jurisdiction to consider the validity or constitutionality of the ES regulations or of the Federal statutes under which they are promulgated.
(b) Based on the entire record, including any legal briefs, the record before the State agency, the investigation (if any) and determination of the Regional Administrator, and evidence provided at the hearing, the ALJ must prepare a written decision. The ALJ must send a copy of the decision stating the findings of fact and conclusions of law to the parties to the hearing, including the State agency, the Regional Administrator, the OWI Administrator, and the Solicitor, and to entities filing amicus briefs (if any).
(c) The decision of the ALJ serves as the final decision of the Secretary.
(a) Complaints alleging that an ETA regional office or the National Office has violated ES regulations must be mailed to the Assistant Secretary for Employment and Training, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. Such complaints must include:
(1) A specific allegation of the violation;
(2) The date of the incident;
(3) Location of the incident;
(4) The individual alleged to have committed the violation; and
(5) Any other relevant information available to the complainant.
(b) The Assistant Secretary or the Regional Administrator as designated must make a determination and respond to the complainant after investigation of the complaint.
This subpart contains the regulations governing the discontinuation of services provided pursuant part 653 of this chapter to employers by the ETA, including SWAs.
(a) The SWA must initiate procedures for discontinuation of services to employers who:
(1) Submit and refuse to alter or withdraw job orders containing specifications which are contrary to employment-related laws;
(2) Submit job orders and refuse to provide assurances, in accordance with the Agricultural Recruitment System for U.S. Workers at part 653, subpart F, of this chapter, that the jobs offered are in compliance with employment-related laws, or to withdraw such job orders;
(3) Are found through field checks or otherwise to have either misrepresented the terms or conditions of employment specified on job orders or failed to comply fully with assurances made on job orders;
(4) Are found by a final determination by an appropriate enforcement agency to have violated any employment-related laws and notification of this final determination has been provided to the Department or the SWA by that enforcement agency;
(5) Are found to have violated ES regulations pursuant to § 658.411;
(6) Refuse to accept qualified workers referred through the clearance system;
(7) Refuse to cooperate in the conduct of field checks conducted pursuant to § 653.503 of this chapter; or
(8) Repeatedly cause the initiation of the procedures for discontinuation of services pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section.
(b) The SWA may discontinue services immediately if, in the judgment of the State Administrator, exhaustion of the administrative procedures set
(c) If it comes to the attention of a ES office or SWA that an employer participating in the ES may not have complied with the terms of its temporary labor certification, under, for example the H-2A and H-2B visa programs, State agencies must engage in the procedures for discontinuation of services to employers pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section and simultaneously notify the Chicago National Processing Center (CNPC) of the alleged non-compliance for investigation and consideration of ineligibility pursuant to § 655.184 or § 655.73 of this chapter respectively for subsequent temporary labor certification.
(a) The SWA must notify the employer in writing that it intends to discontinue the provision of employment services pursuant to this part and parts 652, 653, and 654 of this chapter, and the reason therefore.
(1) Where the decision is based on submittal and refusal to alter or to withdraw job orders containing specifications contrary to employment-related laws, the SWA must specify the date the order was submitted, the job order involved, the specifications contrary to employment-related laws and the laws involved. The SWA must notify the employer in writing that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that the specifications are not contrary to employment-related laws; or
(ii) Withdraws the specifications and resubmits the job order in compliance with all employment-related laws; or
(iii) If the job is no longer available, makes assurances that all future job orders submitted will be in compliance with all employment-related laws; or
(iv) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(2) Where the decision is based on the employer's submittal of an order and refusal to provide assurances that the job is in compliance with employment-related laws or to withdraw the order, the SWA must specify the date the order was submitted, the job order involved, and the assurances involved. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated within 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Resubmits the order with the appropriate assurances; or
(ii) If the job is no longer available, make assurances that all future job orders submitted will contain all necessary assurances that the job offered is in compliance with employment-related laws; or
(iii) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(3) Where the decision is based on a finding that the employer has misrepresented the terms or conditions of employment specified on job orders or failed to comply fully with assurances made on job orders, the SWA must specify the basis for that determination. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that terms and conditions of employment were not misrepresented; or
(ii) Provides adequate evidence that there was full compliance with the assurances made on the job orders; or
(iii) Provides resolution of a complaint which is satisfactory to a complainant referred by the ES; and
(iv) Provides adequate assurance that specifications on future orders will accurately represent the terms and conditions of employment and that there will be full compliance with all job order assurances; or
(v) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(4) Where the decision is based on a final determination by an enforcement agency, the SWA must specify the enforcement agency's findings of facts and conclusions of law. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that the enforcement agency has reversed its ruling and that the employer did not violate employment-related laws; or
(ii) Provides adequate evidence that the appropriate fines have been paid and/or appropriate restitution has been made; and
(iii) Provides assurances that any policies, procedures, or conditions responsible for the violation have been corrected and the same or similar violations are not likely to occur in the future.
(5) Where the decision is based on a finding of a violation of ES regulations under § 658.411, the SWA must specify the finding. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that the employer did not violate ES regulations; or
(ii) Provides adequate evidence that appropriate restitution has been made or remedial action taken; and
(iii) Provides assurances that any policies, procedures, or conditions responsible for the violation have been corrected and the same or similar violations are not likely to occur in the future; or
(iv) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(6) Where the decision is based on an employer's failure to accept qualified workers referred through the clearance system, the SWA must specify the workers referred and not accepted. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that the workers were accepted; or
(ii) Provides adequate evidence that the workers were not available to accept the job; or
(iii) Provides adequate evidence that the workers were not qualified; and
(iv) Provides adequate assurances that qualified workers referred in the future will be accepted; or
(v) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(7) Where the decision is based on lack of cooperation in the conduct of field checks, the SWA must specify the lack of cooperation. The employer must be notified that all employment services will be terminated in 20 working days unless the employer within that time:
(i) Provides adequate evidence that he/she did cooperate; or
(ii) Cooperates immediately in the conduct of field checks; and
(iii) Provides assurances that he/she will cooperate in future field checks in further activity; or
(iv) Requests a hearing from the SWA pursuant to § 658.417.
(b) If the employer chooses to respond pursuant to this section by providing documentary evidence or assurances, he/she must at the same time request a hearing if such hearing is desired in the event that the SWA does not accept the documentary evidence or assurances as adequate.
(c) Where the decision is based on repeated initiation of procedures for discontinuation of services, the employer must be notified that services have been terminated.
(d) If the employer makes a timely request for a hearing, in accordance with this section, the SWA must follow procedures set forth at § 658.411 and notify the complainant whenever the
(a) If the employer does not provide a satisfactory response in accordance with § 658.502, within 20 working days, or has not requested a hearing, the SWA must immediately terminate services to the employer.
(b) If services are discontinued to an employer subject to Federal Contractor Job Listing Requirements, the SWA must notify the ETA regional office immediately.
(a) Services may be reinstated to an employer after discontinuation under § 658.503(a) and (b), if:
(1) The State is ordered to do so by a Federal ALJ Judge or Regional Administrator; or
(2)(i) The employer provides adequate evidence that any policies, procedures or conditions responsible for the previous discontinuation of services have been corrected and that the same or similar circumstances are not likely to occur in the future; and
(ii) The employer provides adequate evidence that he/she has responded adequately to any findings of an enforcement agency, SWA, or ETA, including restitution to the complainant and the payment of any fines, which were the basis of the discontinuation of services.
(b) The SWA must notify the employer requesting reinstatement within 20 working days whether his/her request has been granted. If the State denies the request for reinstatement, the basis for the denial must be specified and the employer must be notified that he/she may request a hearing within 20 working days.
(c) If the employer makes a timely request for a hearing, the SWA must follow the procedures set forth at § 658.417.
(d) The SWA must reinstate services to an employer if ordered to do so by a State hearing official, Regional Administrator, or Federal ALJ as a result of a hearing offered pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
This subpart sets forth the regulations governing review and assessment of State Workforce Agency (SWA) compliance with the ES regulations at this part and parts 651, 652, 653, and 654 of this chapter. All recordkeeping and reporting requirements contained in this part and part 653 of this chapter have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980.
(a) Each SWA must establish and maintain a self-appraisal system for ES operations to determine success in reaching goals and to correct deficiencies in performance. The self-appraisal system must include numerical (quantitative) appraisal and non-numerical (qualitative) appraisal.
(1) Numerical appraisal at the ES office level must be conducted as follows:
(i) Performance must be measured on a quarterly-basis against planned service levels as stated in the Unified or Combined State Plan (“State Plan”). The State Plan must be consistent with numerical goals contained in ES office plans.
(ii) To appraise numerical activities/indicators, actual results as shown on the Department's ETA 9002A report, or any successor report required by the Department must be compared to planned levels. Differences between achievement and plan levels must be identified.
(iii) When the numerical appraisal of required activities/indicators identifies significant differences from planned levels, additional analysis must be conducted to isolate possible contributing factors. This data analysis must include, as appropriate, comparisons to past performance, attainment of State Plan goals and consideration of pertinent non-numerical factors.
(iv) Results of ES office numerical reviews must be documented and significant deficiencies identified. A corrective action plan as described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section must be developed to address these deficiencies.
(v) The result of ES office appraisal, including corrective action plans, must be communicated in writing to the next higher level of authority for review. This review must cover adequacy of analysis, appropriateness of corrective actions, and need for higher level involvement. When this review is conducted at an area or district office, a report describing ES office performance within the area or district jurisdiction must be communicated to the SWA on a quarterly basis.
(2) Numerical appraisal at the SWA level must be conducted as follows:
(i) Performance must be measured on a quarterly basis against planned service levels as stated in the State Plan. The State Plan must be consistent with numerical goals contained in ES office plans.
(ii) To appraise these key numerical activities/indicators, actual results as shown on the ETA 9002A report, or any successor report required by the Department must be compared to planned levels. Differences between achievement and plan levels must be identified.
(iii) The SWA must review statewide data and performance against planned service levels as stated in the State Plan on at least a quarterly basis to identify significant statewide deficiencies and to determine the need for additional analysis, including identification of trends, comparisons to past performance, and attainment of State Plan goals.
(iv) Results of numerical reviews must be documented and significant deficiencies identified. A corrective action plan as described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section must be developed to address these deficiencies. These plans must be submitted to the ETA Regional Office as part of the periodic performance process described at § 658.603(d)(2).
(3) Non-numerical (qualitative) appraisal of ES office activities must be conducted at least annually as follows:
(i) Each ES office must assess the quality of its services to applicants, employers, and the community and its compliance with Federal regulations.
(ii) At a minimum, non-numerical review must include an assessment of the following factors:
(A) Appropriateness of services provided to participants and employers;
(B) Timely delivery of services to participants and employers;
(C) Staff responsiveness to individual participants and employer needs;
(D) Thoroughness and accuracy of documents prepared in the course of service delivery; and
(E) Effectiveness of ES interface with external organizations, such as other ETA-funded programs, community groups, etc.
(iii) Non-numerical review methods must include:
(A) Observation of processes;
(B) Review of documents used in service provisions; and
(C) Solicitation of input from applicants, employers, and the community.
(iv) The result of non-numerical reviews must be documented and deficiencies identified. A corrective action plan addressing these deficiencies as described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section must be developed.
(v) The result of ES office non-numerical appraisal, including corrective actions, must be communicated in writing to the next higher level of authority for review. This review must cover thoroughness and adequacy of ES office appraisal, appropriateness of corrective actions, and need for higher level involvement. When this review is conducted at an area or district level, a report summarizing local ES office performance within that jurisdiction must be communicated to the SWA on an annual basis.
(4) As part of its oversight responsibilities, the SWA must conduct onsite reviews in those ES offices which show continuing internal problems or deficiencies in performance as indicated by such sources as data analysis, non-numerical appraisal, or other sources of information.
(5) Non-numerical (qualitative) review of SWA ES activities must be conducted as follows:
(i) SWA operations must be assessed annually to determine compliance with Federal regulations.
(ii) Results of non-numerical reviews must be documented and deficiencies identified. A corrective action plan addressing these deficiencies must be developed.
(6) Corrective action plans developed to address deficiencies uncovered at any administrative level within the State as a result of the self-appraisal process must include:
(i) Specific descriptions of the type of action to be taken, the time frame involved, and the assignment of responsibility.
(ii) Provision for the delivery of technical assistance as needed.
(iii) A plan to conduct follow-up on a timely basis to determine if action taken to correct the deficiencies has been effective.
(7)(i) The provisions of the ES regulations which require numerical and non-numerical assessment of service to special applicant groups (
(ii) Each State Administrator and ES office manager must ensure their staff know and carry out ES regulations, including regulations on performance standards and program emphases, and any corrective action plans imposed by the SWA or by the Department.
(iii) Each State Administrator must ensure the SWA complies with its approved State Plan.
(iv) Each State Administrator must ensure to the maximum extent feasible the accuracy of data entered by the SWA into Department-required management information systems. Each SWA must establish and maintain a data validation system pursuant to Department instructions. The system must review every local ES office at least once every 4 years. The system must include the validation of time distribution reports and the review of data gathering procedures.
(b) [Reserved]
The ETA National Office must:
(a) Monitor ETA Regional Offices' operations under ES regulations;
(b) From time to time, conduct such special reviews and audits as necessary to monitor ETA regional office and SWA compliance with ES regulations;
(c) Offer technical assistance to the ETA regional offices and SWAs in carrying out ES regulations and programs;
(d) Have report validation surveys conducted in support of resource allocations; and
(e) Develop tools and techniques for reviewing and assessing SWA performance and compliance with ES regulations.
(f) ETA must appoint a National Monitor Advocate (NMA), who must devote full time to the duties set forth in this subpart. The NMA must:
(1) Review the effective functioning of the Regional Monitor Advocates (RMAs) and SMAs;
(2) Review the performance of SWAs in providing the full range of employment services to MSFWs;
(3) Take steps to resolve or refer ES-related problems of MSFWs which come to his/her attention;
(4) Take steps to refer non ES-related problems of MSFWs which come to his/her attention;
(5) Recommend to the Administrator changes in policy toward MSFWs; and
(6) Serve as an advocate to improve services for MSFWs within the ES system. The NMA must be a member of the National Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Staff Level Working Committee and other Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and Wage and Hour Division (WHD) task forces, and other committees as appropriate.
(g) The NMA must be appointed by the Office of Workforce Investment Administrator (Administrator) after informing farmworker organizations and other organizations with expertise concerning MSFWs of the opening and encouraging them to refer qualified applicants to apply through the Federal merit system. Among qualified candidates, determined through merit systems procedures, individuals must be sought who meet the criteria used in the selection of the SMAs, as provided in SWA self-monitoring requirements at § 653.108(b) of this chapter.
(h) The NMA must be assigned staff necessary to fulfill effectively all the responsibilities set forth in this subpart.
(i) The NMA must submit the Annual Report to the OWI Administrator, the ETA Assistant Secretary, and the National Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee covering the matters set forth in this subpart.
(j) The NMA must monitor and assess SWA compliance with ES regulations affecting MSFWs on a continuing basis. His/her assessment must consider:
(1) Information from RMAs and SMAs;
(2) Program performance data, including the service indicators;
(3) Periodic reports from regional offices;
(4) All Federal on-site reviews;
(5) Selected State on-site reviews;
(6) Other relevant reports prepared by the ES;
(7) Information received from farmworker organizations and employers; and
(8) His/her personal observations from visits to SWAs, ES offices, agricultural work sites, and migrant camps. In the Annual Report, the NMA must include both a quantitative and qualitative analysis of his/her findings and the implementation of his/her recommendations by State and Federal officials, and must address the information obtained from all of the foregoing sources.
(k) The NMA must review the activities of the State/Federal monitoring system as it applies to services to MSFWs and the Complaint System including the effectiveness of the regional monitoring function in each region and must recommend any appropriate changes in the operation of the system. The NMA's findings and recommendations must be fully set forth in the Annual Report.
(l) If the NMA finds the effectiveness of any RMA has been substantially impeded by the Regional Administrator or other regional office official, he/she must, if unable to resolve such problems informally, report and recommend appropriate actions directly to the OWI Administrator. If the NMA receives information that the effectiveness of any SMA has been substantially impeded by the State Administrator or other State or
(m) The NMA must be informed of all proposed changes in policy and practice within the ES, including ES regulations, which may affect the delivery of services to MSFWs. The NMA must advise the Administrator concerning all such proposed changes which may adversely affect MSFWs. The NMA must propose directly to the OWI Administrator changes in ES policy and administration which may substantially improve the delivery of services to MSFWs. He/she also must recommend changes in the funding of SWAs and/or adjustment or reallocation of the discretionary portions of funding formulae.
(n) The NMA must participate in the review and assessment activities required in this section and §§ 658.700 through 658.711. As part of such participation, the NMA, or if he/she is unable to participate, a RMA must accompany the National Office review team on National Office on-site reviews. The NMA must engage in the following activities in the course of each State on-site review:
(1) He/she must accompany selected outreach workers on their field visits.
(2) He/she must participate in a random field check(s) of migrant camps or work site(s) where MSFWs have been placed on inter or intrastate clearance orders.
(3) He/she must contact local WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program grantees or other farmworker organizations as part of the on-site review, and, discuss with representatives of these organizations current trends and any other pertinent information concerning MSFWs.
(4) He/she must meet with the SMA and discuss the full range of the employment services to MSFWs, including monitoring and the Complaint System.
(o) In addition to the duties specified in paragraph (f)(8) of this section, the NMA each year during the harvest season must visit the four States with the highest level of MSFW activity during the prior fiscal year, if they are not scheduled for a National Office on-site review during the current fiscal year, and must:
(1) Meet with the SMA and other SWA staff to discuss MSFW service delivery; and
(2) Contact representatives of MSFW organizations and interested employer organizations to obtain information concerning ES delivery and coordination with other agencies.
(p) The NMA must perform duties specified in §§ 658.700 through 765.711. As part of this function, he/she must monitor the performance of regional offices in imposing corrective action. The NMA must report any deficiencies in performance to the Administrator.
(q) The NMA must establish routine and regular contacts with WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program grantees, other farmworker organizations and agricultural employers and/or employer organizations. He/she must attend conferences or meetings of these groups wherever possible and must report to the Administrator and the National Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee on these contacts when appropriate. The NMA must include in the Annual Report recommendations about how the Department might better coordinate ES and WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program services as they pertain to MSFWs.
(r) In the event that any SMA or RMA, enforcement agency, or MSFW group refers a matter to the NMA which requires emergency action, he/she must assist them in obtaining action by appropriate agencies and staff, inform the originating party of the action taken, and, upon request, provide written confirmation.
(s) Through all the mechanisms provided in this subpart, the NMA must aggressively seek to ascertain and remedy, if possible, systemic deficiencies in the provisions of employment services and protections afforded by these regulations to MSFWs. The NMA must:
(1) Use the regular reports on complaints submitted by SWAs and ETA regional offices to assess the adequacy of these systems and to determine the existence of systemic deficiencies.
(2) Provide technical assistance to ETA regional office and State Workforce Agency staff for administering the Complaint System, and any other employment services as appropriate.
(3) Recommend to the Regional Administrator specific instructions for action by regional office staff to correct any ES-related systemic deficiencies. Prior to any ETA review of regional office operations concerning employment services to MSFWs, the NMA must provide to the Regional Administrator a brief summary of ES-related services to MSFWs in that region and his/her recommendations for incorporation in the regional review materials as the Regional Administrator and ETA reviewing organization deem appropriate.
(4) Recommend to the National Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee specific instructions for action by WHD and OSHA regional office staff to correct any non-ES-related systemic deficiencies of which he/she is aware.
(a) The Regional Administrator must have responsibility for the regular review and assessment of SWA performance and compliance with ES regulations.
(b) The Regional Administrator must participate with the National Office staff in reviewing and approving the State Plan for the SWAs within the region. In reviewing the State Plans the Regional Administrator and appropriate National Office staff must consider relevant factors including the following:
(1) State Workforce Agency compliance with ES regulations;
(2) State Workforce Agency performance against the goals and objectives established in the previous State Plan;
(3) The effect which economic conditions and other external factors considered by the ETA in the resource allocation process may have had or are expected to have on the SWA's performance;
(4) SWA adherence to national program emphasis; and
(5) The adequacy and appropriateness of the State Plan for carrying out ES programs.
(c) The Regional Administrator must assess the overall performance of SWAs on an ongoing basis through desk reviews and the use of required reporting systems and other available information.
(d) As appropriate, Regional Administrators must conduct or have conducted:
(1) Comprehensive on-site reviews of SWAs and their offices to review SWA organization, management, and program operations;
(2) Periodic performance reviews of SWA operation of ES programs to measure actual performance against the State Plan, past performance, the performance of other SWAs, etc.;
(3) Audits of SWA programs to review their program activity and to assess whether the expenditure of grant funds has been in accordance with the approved budget. Regional Administrators also may conduct audits through other agencies or organizations or may require the SWA to have audits conducted;
(4) Validations of data entered into management information systems to assess:
(i) The accuracy of data entered by the SWAs into the management information system;
(ii) Whether the SWAs' data validating and reviewing procedures conform to Department instructions; and
(iii) Whether SWAs have implemented any corrective action plans required by the Department to remedy deficiencies in their validation programs;
(5) Technical assistance programs to assist SWAs in carrying out ES regulations and programs;
(6) Reviews to assess whether the SWA has complied with corrective action plans imposed by the Department or by the SWA itself; and
(7) Random, unannounced field checks of a sample of agricultural work sites to which ES placements have been made through the clearance system to determine and document whether wages, hours, working and housing conditions are as specified on the job order. If regional office staff find reason to believe that conditions vary from job order specifications, findings must be documented on the Complaint/Apparent Violation Referral Form and provided to the State Workforce Agency to be handled as an apparent violation under § 658.419.
(e) The Regional Administrator must provide technical assistance to SWAs to assist them in carrying out ES regulations and programs.
(f) The Regional Administrator must appoint a RMA who must devote full time to the duties set forth in this subpart. The RMA must:
(1) Review the effective functioning of the SMAs in his/her region;
(2) Review the performance of SWAs in providing the full range of employment services to MSFWs;
(3) Take steps to resolve ES-related problems of MSFWs which come to his/her attention;
(4) Recommend to the Regional Administrator changes in policy towards MSFWs;
(5) Review the operation of the Complaint System; and
(6) Serve as an advocate to improve service for MSFWs within the ES. The RMA must be a member of the Regional Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee.
(g) The RMA must be appointed by the Regional Administrator after informing farmworker organizations and other organizations in the region with expertise concerning MSFWs of the opening and encouraging them to refer qualified applicants to apply through the Federal merit system. The RMA must have direct personal access to the Regional Administrator wherever he/she finds it necessary. Among qualified candidates, individuals must be sought who meet the criteria used in the selection of the SMAs, as provided in § 653.108(b) of this chapter.
(h) The Regional Administrator must ensure that staff necessary to fulfill effectively all the regional office responsibilities set forth in this section are assigned. The RMA must notify the Regional Administrator of any staffing deficiencies and the Regional Administrator must take appropriate action.
(i) The RMA within the first 3 months of his/her tenure must participate in a training session(s) approved by the National Office.
(j) At the regional level, the RMA must have primary responsibility for:
(1) Monitoring the effectiveness of the Complaint System set forth at subpart E of this part;
(2) Apprising appropriate State and ETA officials of deficiencies in the Complaint System; and
(3) Providing technical assistance to SMAs in the region.
(k) At the ETA regional level, the RMA must have primary responsibility for ensuring SWA compliance with ES regulations as it pertains to services to MSFWs is monitored by the regional office. He/she must independently assess on a continuing basis the provision of employment services to MSFWs, seeking out and using:
(1) Information from SMAs, including all reports and other documents;
(2) Program performance data;
(3) The periodic and other required reports from SWAs;
(4) Federal on-site reviews;
(5) Other reports prepared by the National Office;
(6) Information received from farmworker organizations and employers; and
(7) Any other pertinent information which comes to his/her attention from any possible source.
(8) In addition, the RMA must consider his/her personal observations from visits to ES offices, agricultural work sites, and migrant camps.
(l) The RMA must assist the Regional Administrator and other line officials in applying appropriate corrective and remedial actions to State agencies.
(m) The Regional Administrator's quarterly report to the National Office must include the RMA's summary of his/her independent assessment as required in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. The fourth quarter summary must include an annual summary from the region. The summary also must include both a quantitative and a qualitative analysis of his/her reviews and must address all the matters with respect to which he/she has responsibilities under these regulations.
(n) The RMA must review the activities and performance of the SMAs and the State monitoring system in the region, and must recommend any appropriate changes in the operation of the system to the Regional Administrator. The RMA's review must include a determination whether the SMA:
(1) Does not have adequate access to information;
(2) Is being impeded in fulfilling his/her duties; or
(3) Is making recommendations which are being consistently ignored by SWA officials. If the RMA believes that the effectiveness of any SMA has been substantially impeded by the State Administrator, other State agency officials, or any Federal officials, he/she must report and recommend appropriate actions to the Regional Administrator. Copies of the recommendations must be provided to the NMA electronically or in hard copy.
(o) The RMA must be informed of all proposed changes in policy and practice within the ES, including ES regulations, which may affect the delivery of services to MSFWs. He/she must advise the Regional Administrator on all such proposed changes which, in his/her opinion, may adversely affect MSFWs or which may substantially improve the delivery of services to MSFWs.
The RMA also may recommend changes in ES policy or regulations, as well as changes in the funding of State Workforce Agencies and/or adjustments of reallocation of the discretionary portions of funding formulae as they pertain to MSFWs.
(p) The RMA must participate in the review and assessment activities required in this section and §§ 658.700
(1) Accompany selected outreach workers on their field visits;
(2) Participate in a random field check of migrant camps or work sites where MSFWs have been placed on intrastate or interstate clearance orders;
(3) Contact local WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program grantees or other farmworker
(4) Meet with the SMA and discuss the full range of the employment services to MSFWs, including monitoring and the Complaint System.
(q) During the calendar quarter preceding the time of peak MSFW activity in each State, the RMA must meet with the SMA and must review in detail the State Workforce Agency's capability for providing the full range of services to MSFWs as required by ES regulations, during the upcoming harvest season. The RMA must offer technical assistance and recommend to the SWA and/or the Regional Administrator any changes in State policy or practice that he/she finds necessary.
(r) The RMA each year during the peak harvest season must visit each State in the region not scheduled for an on-site review during that fiscal year and must:
(1) Meet with the SMA and other SWA staff to discuss MSFW service delivery; and
(2) Contact representatives of MSFW organizations to obtain information concerning ES delivery and coordination with other agencies and interested employer organizations.
(s) The RMA must initiate and maintain regular and personal contacts, including informal contacts in addition to those specifically required by these regulations, with SMAs in the region. In addition, the RMA must have personal and regular contact with the NMA. The RMA also must establish routine and regular contacts with WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program grantees, other farmworker organizations and agricultural employers and/or employer organizations in his/her region. He/she must attend conferences or meetings of these groups wherever possible and must report to the Regional Administrator and the Regional Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee on these contacts when appropriate. He/she also must make recommendations as to how the Department might better coordinate ES and WIOA sec. 167 National Farmworker Jobs Program services to MSFWs.
(t) The RMA must attend MSFW-related public meeting(s) conducted in the region. Following such meetings or hearings, the RMA must take such steps or make such recommendations to the Regional Administrator, as he/she deems necessary to remedy problem(s) or condition(s) identified or described therein.
(u) The RMA must attempt to achieve regional solutions to any problems, deficiencies, or improper practices concerning services to MSFWs which are regional in scope. Further, he/she must recommend policies, offer technical assistance, or take any other necessary steps as he/she deems desirable or appropriate on a regional, rather than State-by-State basis, to promote region-wide improvement in the delivery of employment services to MSFWs. He/she must facilitate region-wide coordination and communication regarding provision of employment services to MSFWs among SMAs, State Administrators, and Federal ETA officials to the greatest extent possible. In the event that any SWA or other RMA, enforcement agency, or MSFW group refers a matter to the RMA which requires emergency action, he/she must assist them in obtaining action by appropriate agencies and staff, inform the originating party of the action taken, and, upon request, provide written confirmation.
(v) The RMA must initiate and maintain such contacts as he/she deems necessary with RMAs in other regions to seek to resolve problems concerning MSFWs who work, live, or travel through the region. He/she must recommend to the Regional Administrator and/or the National Office inter-regional cooperation on any particular matter, problem, or policy with respect to which inter-regional action is desirable.
(w) The RMA must establish regular contacts with the regional agricultural coordinators from WHD and OSHA and any other regional staff from other Federal enforcement agencies and must establish contacts with the staff of other Department agencies represented on the Regional Farm Labor Coordinated Enforcement Committee and to the extent necessary, on other pertinent task forces or committees.
(x) The RMA must participate in the regional reviews of the State Plans, and must comment to the Regional Administrator as to the SWA compliance with the ES regulations as they pertain to services to MSFWs, including the staffing of ES offices.
(a) State Workforce Agencies must compile program performance data required by the Department, including statistical information on program operations.
(b) The Department must use the program performance data in assessing and evaluating whether each SWA has complied with ES regulations and its State Plan.
(c) In assessing and evaluating program performance data, the Department must act in accordance with the following general principles:
(1) The fact that the program performance data from a SWA, whether overall or relative to a particular program activity, indicate poor program performance does not by itself constitute a violation of ES regulations or of the State Workforce Agency's responsibilities under its State Plan;
(2) Program performance data, however, may so strongly indicate that a SWA's performance is so poor that the data may raise a presumption (
(3) The Department must take into account that certain program performance data may measure items over which SWAs have direct or substantial control while other data may measure items over which the SWA has indirect or minimal control.
(i) Generally, for example, a SWA has direct and substantial control over the delivery of employment services such as referrals to jobs, job development contacts, counseling, referrals to career and supportive services, and the conduct of field checks.
(ii) State Workforce Agencies, however, have only indirect control over the outcome of services. For example, SWAs cannot guarantee that an employer will hire a referred applicant, nor can they guarantee that the terms and conditions of employment will be as stated on a job order.
(iii) Outside forces, such as a sudden heavy increase in unemployment rates, a strike by SWA employees, or a severe drought or flood, may skew the results measured by program performance data.
(4) The Department must consider a SWA's failure to keep accurate and complete program performance data required by ES regulations as a violation of the ES regulations.
(a) The Regional Administrator must inform SWAs in writing of the results of
(b) The ETA National Office must transmit the results of any review and assessment activities it conducted to the Regional Administrator who must send the information to the SWA.
(c) Whenever the review and assessment indicates a SWA violation of ES regulations or its State Plan, the Regional Administrator must follow the procedures set forth at subpart H of this part.
(d) Regional Administrators must follow-up any corrective action plan imposed on a SWA under subpart H of this part by further review and assessment of the State Workforce Agency pursuant to this subpart.
This subpart sets forth the procedures which the Department must follow upon either discovering independently or receiving from other(s) information indicating that SWAs may not be adhering to ES regulations.
(a) It is the policy of the Department to take all necessary action, including the imposition of the full range of sanctions set forth in this subpart, to ensure State Workforce Agencies comply with all requirements established by ES regulations.
(b) It is the policy of the Department to initiate decertification procedures against SWAs in instances of serious or continual violations of ES regulations if less stringent remedial actions taken in accordance with this subpart fail to resolve noncompliance.
(c) It is the policy of the Department to act on information concerning alleged violations by SWAs of the ES regulations received from any person or organization.
(a) The ETA Regional Administrator is responsible for ensuring that all SWAs in his/her region are in compliance with ES regulations.
(b) Wherever a Regional Administrator discovers or is apprised of possible SWA violations of ES regulations by the review and assessment activities under subpart G of this part, or through required reports or written complaints from individuals, organizations, or employers which are elevated to the Department after the exhaustion of SWA administrative remedies, the Regional Administrator must conduct an investigation. Within 10 business days after receipt of the report or other information, the Regional Administrator must make a determination whether there is probable cause to believe that a SWA has violated ES regulations.
(c) The Regional Administrator must accept complaints regarding possible SWA violations of ES regulations from employee organizations, employers or other groups, without exhaustion of the complaint process described at subpart E of this part, if the Regional Administrator determines that the nature and scope of the complaint are such that the time required to exhaust the administrative procedures at the State level would adversely affect a significant number of applicants. In such cases, the Regional Administrator must investigate the matter within 10 business days, may provide the SWA 10 business days for comment, and must make a determination within an additional 10 business days whether there is probable cause to believe that the SWA has violated ES regulations.
(d) If the Regional Administrator determines that there is no probable cause to believe that a SWA has violated ES regulations, he/she must retain all reports and supporting information in Department files. In all cases where the Regional Administrator has insufficient information to make a probable cause determination, he/she must so notify the Administrator in writing and the time for the investigation must be extended 20 additional business days.
(e) If the Regional Administrator determines there is probable cause to believe a SWA has violated ES regulations, he/she must issue a Notice of Initial Findings of Non-compliance by registered mail (or other legally viable means) to the offending SWA. The notice will specify the nature of the violation, cite the regulations involved, and indicate corrective action which may be imposed in accordance with paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section. If the non-compliance involves services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, a copy of said notice must be sent to the NMA.
(f)(1) The SWA may have 20 business days to comment on the findings, or up to 20 additional days, if the Regional Administrator determines a longer period is appropriate. The SWA's comments must include agreement or disagreement with the findings and suggested corrective actions, where appropriate.
(2) After the period elapses, the Regional Administrator must prepare within 20 business days, written final findings which specify whether the SWA has violated ES regulations. If in the final findings the Regional Administrator determines the SWA has not violated ES regulations, the Regional Administrator must notify the State Administrator of this finding and retain supporting documents in his/her files. If the final finding involves services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, the Regional Administrator also must notify the NMA. If the Regional Administrator determines a SWA has violated ES regulations, the Regional Administrator must prepare a Final Notice of Noncompliance which must specify the violation(s) and cite the regulations involved. The Final Notice of Noncompliance must be sent to the SWA by registered mail or other legally viable means. If the noncompliance involves services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, a copy of the Final Notice must be sent to the NMA.
(g) If the violation involves the misspending of grant funds, the Regional Administrator may order in the Final Notice of Noncompliance a disallowance of the expenditure and may either demand repayment or withhold future funds in the amount in question. If the Regional Administrator disallows costs, the Regional Administrator must give the reasons for the disallowance, inform the SWA that the disallowance is effective immediately and that no more funds may be spent in the disallowed manner, and offer the SWA the opportunity to request a hearing pursuant to § 658.707. The offer, or the acceptance of an offer of a hearing, however, does not stay the effectiveness of the disallowance. The Regional Administrator must keep complete records of the disallowance.
(h) If the violation does not involve misspending of grant funds or the Regional Administrator determines that the circumstances warrant other action:
(1) The Final Notice of Noncompliance must direct the SWA to implement a specific corrective action plan to correct all violations. If the SWA's comment demonstrates with supporting evidence (except where inappropriate) that all violations have already been corrected, the Regional Administrator need not impose a corrective action plan and instead may cite the violation(s) and accept the SWA's resolution, subject to follow-up review, if necessary. If the Regional Administrator determines that the violation(s) cited had been found previously and that the corrective action(s) taken had not corrected the
(2) The Final Notice of Noncompliance must specify the time by which each corrective action must be taken. This period may not exceed 40 business days unless the Regional Administrator determines that exceptional circumstances necessitate corrective actions requiring a longer time period. In such cases, and if the violations involve services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, the Regional Administrator must notify the Administrator in writing of the exceptional circumstances which necessitate more time, and must specify the additional time period. The specified time must commence with the date of signature on the registered mail receipt.
(3) When the time provided for in paragraph (h)(2) of this section elapses, Department staff must review the SWA's efforts as documented by the SWA to determine if the corrective action(s) has been taken and if the SWA has achieved compliance with ES regulations. If necessary, Department staff must conduct a follow-up visit as part of this review.
(4) If, as a result of this review, the Regional Administrator determines the SWA has corrected the violation(s), the Regional Administrator must record the basis for this determination, notify the SWA, send a copy to the Administrator, and retain a copy in Department files.
(5) If, as a result of this review, the Regional Administrator determines the SWA has taken corrective action but is unable to determine if the violation has been corrected due to seasonality or other factors, the Regional Administrator must notify in writing the SWA and the Administrator of his/her findings. The Regional Administrator must conduct further follow-up at an appropriate time to make a final determination if the violation has been corrected. If the Regional Administrator's follow-up reveals that violations have not been corrected, the Regional Administrator must apply remedial actions to the SWA pursuant to § 658.704.
(6) If, as a result of the review the Regional Administrator determines the SWA has not corrected the violations and has not made good faith efforts and adequate progress toward the correction of the violations, the Regional Administrator must apply remedial actions to the SWA pursuant to § 658.704.
(7) If, as a result of the review, the Regional Administrator determines the SWA has made good faith efforts and adequate progress toward the correction of the violation and it appears the violation will be fully corrected within a reasonable amount of time, the SWA must be advised by registered mail or other legally viable means (with a copy sent to the Administrator) of this conclusion, of remaining differences, of further needed corrective action, and that all deficiencies must be corrected within a specified time period. This period may not exceed 40 business days unless the Regional Administrator determines exceptional circumstances necessitate corrective action requiring more time. In such cases, the Regional Administrator must notify the Administrator in writing of the exceptional circumstances which necessitate more time, and must specify that time period. The specified time commences with the date of signature on the registered mail receipt.
(8)(i) If the SWA has been given additional time pursuant to paragraph (h)(7) of this section, Department staff must review the SWA's efforts as documented by the SWA at the end of the time period. If necessary, the Department must conduct a follow-up visit as part of this review.
(ii) If the SWA has corrected the violation(s), the Regional Administrator must document that finding, notify in writing the SWA and the Administrator, and retain supporting documents in Department files. If the SWA has not corrected the violation(s), the Regional Administrator must apply remedial actions pursuant to § 658.704.
In critical situations as determined by the Regional Administrator, where it is necessary to protect the integrity of the funds, or ensure the proper operation of the program, the Regional Administrator may impose immediate corrective action. Where immediate corrective action is imposed, the Regional Administrator must notify the SWA of the reason for imposing the emergency corrective action prior to providing the SWA an opportunity to comment.
(a) If a SWA fails to correct violations as determined pursuant to § 658.702, the Regional Administrator must apply one or more of the following remedial actions to the SWA:
(1) Imposition of special reporting requirements for a specified time;
(2) Restrictions of obligational authority within one or more expense classifications;
(3) Implementation of specific operating systems or procedures for a specified time;
(4) Requirement of special training for SWA personnel;
(5) With the approval of the Assistant Secretary and after affording the State Administrator the opportunity to request a conference with the Assistant Secretary, the elevation of specific decision-making functions from the State Administrator to the Regional Administrator;
(6) With the approval of the Assistant Secretary and after affording the State Administrator the opportunity to request a conference with the Assistant Secretary, the imposition of Federal staff in key SWA positions;
(7) With the approval of the Assistant Secretary and after affording the State Administrator the opportunity to request a conference with the Assistant Secretary, funding of the SWA on a short-term basis or partial withholding of funds for a specific function or for a specific geographical area;
(8) Holding of public hearings in the State on the SWA's deficiencies;
(9) Disallowance of funds pursuant to § 658.702(g); or
(10) If the matter involves a serious or continual violation, the initiation of decertification procedures against the State Workforce Agency, as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section.
(b) The Regional Administrator must send, by registered mail, a Notice of Remedial Action to the SWA. The Notice of Remedial Action must set forth the reasons for the remedial action. When such a notice is the result of violations of regulations governing services to MSFWs (§§ 653.100
(c) If the remedial action is other than decertification, the notice must state the remedial action must take effect immediately. The notice also must state the SWA may request a hearing pursuant to § 658.707 by filing a request in writing with the Regional Administrator pursuant to § 658.707 within 20 business days of the SWA's receipt of the notice. The offer of hearing, or the acceptance thereof, however, does not stay or otherwise delay the implementation of remedial action.
(d) Within 60 business days after the initial application of remedial action, the Regional Administrator must conduct a review of the SWA's compliance with ES regulations unless
(e) If, upon conducting the on-site review referred to in paragraph (c) of this section, the Regional Administrator finds the SWA remains in noncompliance, the Regional Administrator must continue the remedial action and/or impose different additional remedial actions. The Regional Administrator must fully document all such decisions and, when the case involves violations of regulations governing services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, must send copies to the Administrator, who must promptly publish the notice in the
(f)(1) If the SWA has not brought itself into compliance with ES regulations within 120 business days of the initial application of remedial action, the Regional Administrator must initiate decertification unless the Regional Administrator determines the circumstances necessitate continuing remedial action for more time. In such cases, the Regional Administrator must notify the Administrator in writing of the circumstances which necessitate the extended time, and specify the time period.
(2) The Regional Administrator must notify the SWA by registered mail or by other legally viable means of the decertification proceedings, and must state the reasons therefor. Whenever such a notice is sent to a SWA, the Regional Administrator must prepare five copies (hard copies or electronic copies) containing, in chronological order, all the documents pertinent to the case along with a request for decertification stating the grounds therefor. One copy must be retained. Two must be sent to the ETA National Office, one must be sent to the Solicitor of Labor, Attention: Associate Solicitor for Employment and Training, and, if the case involves violations of regulations governing services to MSFWs or the Complaint System, one copy must be sent to the NMA. All copies also must be sent electronically to each respective party. The notice sent by the Regional Administrator must be published promptly in the
(a) Within 30 business days of receiving a request for decertification, the ETA Assistant Secretary must review the case and must decide whether to proceed with decertification.
(b) The Assistant Secretary must grant the request for decertification unless he/she makes a finding that:
(1) The violations of ES regulations are neither serious nor continual;
(2) The SWA is in compliance; or
(3) The Assistant Secretary has reason to believe the SWA will achieve compliance within 80 business days unless exceptional circumstances necessitate more time, pursuant to the remedial action already applied or to be applied. (In the event the Assistant Secretary does not have sufficient information to act upon the request, he/she may postpone the determination for up to an additional 20 business days in order to obtain any available additional information.) In making a determination of whether violations are “serious” or “continual,” as required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Assistant Secretary must consider:
(i) Statewide or multiple deficiencies as shown by performance data and/or on-site reviews;
(ii) Recurrent violations, even if they do not persist over consecutive reporting periods, and
(iii) The good faith efforts of the State to achieve full compliance with ES regulations as shown by the record.
(c) If the Assistant Secretary denies a request for decertification, he/she must write a complete report documenting his/her findings and, if appropriate, instructing an alternate remedial action or actions be applied. Electronic copies of the report must be sent to the Regional Administrator. Notice of the Assistant Secretary's decision must be published promptly in the
(d) If the Assistant Secretary decides decertification is appropriate, he/she must submit the case to the Secretary providing written explanation for his/her recommendation of decertification.
(e) Within 30 business days after receiving the Assistant Secretary's report, the Secretary must determine whether to decertify the SWA. The Secretary must grant the request for decertification unless he/she makes one of the three findings set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. If the Secretary decides not to decertify, he/she must then instruct that remedial action be continued or that alternate actions be applied. The Secretary must write a report explaining his/her reasons for not decertifying the SWA and copies (hard copy and electronic) will be sent to the SWA. Notice of the Secretary's decision must be published promptly in the
(f) Where either the Assistant Secretary or the Secretary denies a request for decertification and orders further remedial action, the Regional Administrator must continue to monitor the SWA's compliance. If the SWA achieves compliance within the time established pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the Regional Administrator must terminate the remedial actions. If the SWA fails to achieve full compliance within that time period after the Secretary's decision not to decertify, the Regional Administrator must submit a report of his/her findings to the Assistant Secretary who must reconsider the request for decertification pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
If the Secretary decides to decertify a SWA, he/she must send a Notice of Decertification to the SWA stating the reasons for this action and providing a 10 business day period during which the SWA may request an administrative hearing in writing to the Secretary. The notice must be published promptly in the
(a) Any SWA which received a Notice of Decertification under § 658.706 or a notice of disallowance under § 658.702(g) may request a hearing on the issue by filing a written request for hearing with the Secretary within 10 business days of receipt of the notice. This request must state the reasons the SWA believes the basis of the decision to be wrong, and it must be signed by the State Administrator (electronic signatures may be accepted).
(b) When the Secretary receives a request for a hearing from a SWA, he/she must send copies of a file containing
(c) The Secretary must publish notice of hearing in the
(a) Upon receipt of a hearing file by the Chief Administrative Law Judge, the case must be docketed and notice sent by electronic mail, other means of electronic service, or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Solicitor of Labor, Attention: Associate Solicitor for Employment and Training, the Administrator, the Regional Administrator and the State Administrator. The notice must set a time, place, and date for a hearing on the matter and must advise the parties that:
(1) They may be represented at the hearing;
(2) They may present oral and documentary evidence at the hearing;
(3) They may cross-examine opposing witnesses at the hearing; and
(4) They may request rescheduling of the hearing if the time, place, or date set are inconvenient.
(b) The Solicitor of Labor or the Solicitor's designee will represent the Department at the hearing.
(a) Proceedings under this section are governed by secs. 5 through 8 of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 553
(b) Technical rules of evidence do not apply, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination, must be applied if necessary by the ALJ conducting the hearing. The ALJ may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record must be open to examination by the parties. Opportunity must be given to refute facts and arguments advanced on either side of the issue. A transcript must be made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record.
(c) Discovery may be conducted as provided in the rules of practice and procedure at 29 CFR 18.50 through 18.65.
(d) When a public officer is a respondent in a hearing in an official capacity and during its pendency dies, resigns, or otherwise ceases to hold office, the proceeding does not abate and the officer's successor is automatically substituted as a party. Proceedings following the substitution must be in the name of the substituted party, but any misnomer not affecting the substantive rights of the parties must be disregarded. An order of substitution may be entered at any time, but the omission to enter such an order may not affect the substitution.
(a) The ALJ has jurisdiction to decide all issues of fact and related issues of law and to grant or deny appropriate motions, but does not have jurisdiction to decide upon the validity of Federal statutes or regulations.
(b) The decision of the ALJ must be based on the hearing record, must be in writing, and must state the factual and legal basis of the decision. The ALJ's decision must be available for public inspection and copying.
(c) Except when the case involves the decertification of a SWA, the decision of the ALJ will be considered the final decision of the Secretary.
(d) If the case involves the decertification of an appeal to the SWA, the decision of the ALJ must contain a notice stating that, within 30 calendar days of the decision, the SWA or the Administrator may appeal to the Administrative Review Board, United States Department of Labor, by sending a written appeal to the Administrative Review Board.
(a) Upon the receipt of an appeal to the Administrative Review Board, United States Department of Labor, the ALJ must certify the record in the case to the Administrative Review Board, which must make a decision to decertify or not on the basis of the hearing record.
(b) The decision of the Administrative Review Board is the final decision of the Secretary on decertification appeals. It must be in writing, and must set forth the factual and legal basis for the decision. Notice of the Administrative Review Board's decision must be published in the
Secs. 2, 3, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
The purposes of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) include:
(a) Increasing access to, and opportunities for individuals to receive, the employment, education, training, and support services necessary to succeed in the labor market, with a particular focus on those individuals with disabilities or other barriers to employment including out of school youth with the goal of improving their outcomes;
(b) Enhancing the strategic role for States and elected officials, and Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs) in the public workforce system by increasing flexibility to tailor services to meet employer and worker needs at State, regional, and local levels;
(c) Streamlining service delivery across multiple programs by requiring colocation, coordination, and integration of activities and information to make the system understandable and accessible for individuals, including individuals with disabilities and those with other barriers to employment, and businesses.
(d) Supporting the alignment of the workforce investment, education, and economic development systems in support of a comprehensive, accessible, and high-quality workforce development system at the Federal, State, and local and regional levels;
(e) Improving the quality and labor market relevance of workforce investment, education, and economic development efforts by promoting the use of industry and sector partnerships,
(f) Promoting accountability using core indicators of performance measured across all WIOA authorized programs, sanctions, and high quality evaluations to improve the structure and delivery of services through the workforce development system to address and improve the employment and skill needs of workers, job seekers, and employers;
(g) Increasing the prosperity and economic growth of workers, employers, communities, regions, and States; and
(h) Providing workforce development activities through statewide and local workforce development systems to increase employment, retention and earnings of participants and to increase industry-recognized postsecondary credential attainment to improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, increase economic self-sufficiency, meet skill requirements of employers, and enhance productivity and competitiveness of the nation.
(a) The regulations found in parts 675 through 688 of this chapter set forth the regulatory requirements that are applicable to programs operated with funds provided under title I of WIOA. This part describes the purpose of that Act, explains the format of these regulations, and sets forth definitions for terms that apply to each part. Parts 676, 677 and 678 of this chapter contain regulations relating to Unified and Combined State Plans, performance accountability, and the one-stop delivery system and the roles of one-stop partners, respectively. Part 679 of this chapter contains regulations relating to statewide and local governance of the workforce development system. Part 680 of this chapter sets forth requirements applicable to WIOA title I programs serving adults and dislocated workers. Part 681 of this chapter sets forth requirements applicable to WIOA title I programs serving youth. Part 682 of this chapter contains regulations relating to statewide activities. Part 683 of this chapter sets forth the administrative requirements applicable to programs funded under WIOA title I. Parts 684 and 685 of this chapter contain the particular requirements applicable to programs serving Indians and Native Americans and Migrant and Seasonal Farmworkers, respectively. Parts 686 and 687 of this chapter describe the particular requirements applicable to the Job Corps and the national dislocated worker grant programs, respectively. Part 688 of this chapter contains the regulations governing the YouthBuild program. In addition, part 603 of this chapter provides the requirements regarding confidentiality and disclosure of State Unemployment Compensation program data under WIOA.
(b) Finally, parts 651 through 658 of this chapter address provisions for the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service, as amended by WIOA title III. Specifically, part 651 of this chapter contains general provisions and definitions of terms used in parts 651 through 658 of this chapter; part 652 of this chapter establishes the State Employment Service and describes its operation and services; part 653 of this chapter describes employment services to migrant and seasonal farmworkers and the role of the State Monitor Advocate; part 654 of this chapter addresses the special responsibilities of the Employment Service regarding housing for farmworkers; and part 658 of this chapter contains the administrative provisions that apply to the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service.
(c) Title 29 CFR part 38 contains the Department's nondiscrimination regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188.
In addition to the definitions set forth in WIOA and those set forth in specific parts of this chapter, the following definitions apply to the regulations in parts 675 through 688 of this chapter:
(1) Is used to enter into a relationship the principal purpose of which is to transfer anything of value from the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity to the non-Federal entity to carry out a public purpose authorized by a law of the United States (see 31 U.S.C. 6101(3)); and not to acquire property or services for the Federal government or pass-through entity's direct benefit or use;
(2) Is distinguished from a grant in that it provides for substantial involvement between the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity and the non-Federal entity in carrying out the activity contemplated by the Federal award.
(3) The term does not include:
(i) A cooperative research and development agreement as defined in 15 U.S.C. 3710a; or
(ii) An agreement that provides only:
(A) Direct United States Government cash assistance to an individual;
(B) A subsidy;
(C) A loan;
(D) A loan guarantee; or
(E) Insurance.
(1) A married couple and dependent children;
(2) A parent or guardian and dependent children; or
(3) A married couple.
(1) The Federal financial assistance that a non-Federal entity receives directly from a Federal awarding agency or indirectly from a pass-through entity, as described in 2 CFR 200.101 (Applicability);
(2) The cost-reimbursement contract under the Federal Acquisition Regulations that a non-Federal entity receives directly from a Federal awarding agency or indirectly from a pass-through entity, as described in 2 CFR 200.101 (Applicability); and
(3) The instrument setting forth the terms and conditions. The instrument is the grant agreement, cooperative agreement, other agreement for assistance covered in paragraph (b) of 2 CFR 200.40 (Federal financial assistance), or the cost-reimbursement contract awarded under the Federal Acquisition Regulations.
(4) Federal award does not include other contracts that a Federal agency uses to buy goods or services from a contractor or a contract to operate Federal government owned, contractor operated facilities (GOCOs).
(1) For grants and cooperative agreements, assistance in the form of:
(i) Grants;
(ii) Cooperative agreements;
(iii) Non-cash contributions or donations of property (including donated surplus property);
(iv) Direct appropriations;
(v) Food commodities; and
(vi) Other financial assistance, except assistance listed in paragraph (2) of this definition.
(2) For purposes of the audit requirements at 2 CFR part 200, subpart F, Federal financial assistance includes assistance that non-Federal entities receive or administer in the form of:
(i) Loans;
(ii) Loan Guarantees;
(iii) Interest subsidies; and
(iv) Insurance.
(3) Federal financial assistance does not include amounts received as reimbursement for services rendered to individuals as described in 2 CFR 200.502, which outlines the basis for determining Federal awards expended.
(1) Is used to enter into a relationship the principal purpose of which is to transfer anything of value from the Federal awarding agency to carry out a public purpose authorized by a law of the United States (see 31 U.S.C. 6101(3)); and not to acquire property or services for the Federal awarding agency's direct benefit or use;
(2) Is distinguished from a cooperative agreement in that it does not provide for substantial involvement between the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity and the non-Federal entity in carrying out the activity contemplated by the Federal award.
(3) Grant agreement does not include an agreement that provides only:
(i) Direct United States Government cash assistance to an individual;
(ii) A subsidy;
(iii) A loan;
(iv) A loan guarantee; or
(v) Insurance.
(1) The United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; and
(2) The Republic of Palau, except during a period that the Secretaries determine both that a Compact of Free Association is in effect and that the Compact contains provisions for training and education assistance prohibiting the assistance provided under WIOA.
Secs. 101, 106, 107, 108, 189, 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
The purpose of the State Workforce Development Board (WDB) is to convene State, regional, and local workforce system and partners, to—
(a) Enhance the capacity and performance of the workforce development system;
(b) Align and improve the outcomes and effectiveness of Federally-funded and other workforce programs and investments; and
(c) Through these efforts, promote economic growth.
(d) Engage public workforce system representatives, including businesses, education providers, economic development, labor representatives, and other stakeholders to help the workforce development system achieve the purpose of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA); and
(e) Assist to achieve the State's strategic and operational vision and goals as outlined in the State Plan.
(a) The State WDB is a board established by the Governor in accordance with the requirements of WIOA sec. 101 and this section.
(b) The membership of the State WDB must meet the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(b) and must represent diverse geographic areas of the State, including urban, rural, and suburban areas. The WDB membership must include:
(1) The Governor;
(2) A member of each chamber of the State legislature, appointed by the appropriate presiding officers of such chamber, as appropriate under State law; and
(3) Members appointed by the Governor, which must include:
(i) A majority of representatives of businesses or organizations in the State who:
(A) Are the owner or chief executive officer for the business or organization, or is an executive with the business or organization with optimum policy-making or hiring authority, and also may be members of a Local WDB as described in WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(A)(i);
(B) Represent businesses, or organizations that represent businesses described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, that, at a minimum, provide employment and training opportunities that include high-quality, work-relevant training and development in in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the State; and
(C) Are appointed from a list of potential members nominated by State business organizations and business trade associations; and
(D) At a minimum, one member representing small businesses as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration.
(ii) Not less than 20 percent who are representatives of the workforce within the State, which:
(A) Must include two or more representatives of labor organizations nominated by State labor federations;
(B) Must include one representative who must be a member of a labor organization or training director from a joint labor-management registered apprenticeship program, or, if no such joint program exists in the State, a member of a labor organization or training director who is a representative of an registered apprenticeship program;
(C) May include one or more representatives of community-based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organizations that serve veterans or provide or support competitive, integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; and
(D) May include one or more representatives of organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including representatives of organizations that serve out-of-school youth.
(iii) The balance of the members:
(A) Must include representatives of the Government including:
(
(
(
(
(
(
(B) May include other appropriate representatives and officials designated by the Governor, such as, but not limited to, State agency officials responsible for one-stop partner programs, economic development or juvenile justice programs in the State, individuals who represent an Indian tribe or tribal organization as defined in WIOA sec. 166(b), and State agency officials responsible for education programs in the State, including chief executive officers of community colleges and other institutions of higher education.
(c) The Governor must select a chairperson for the State WDB from the business representatives on the WDB described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section).
(d) The Governor must establish by-laws that at a minimum address:
(1) The nomination process used by the Governor to select the State WDB chair and members;
(2) The term limitations and how the term appointments will be staggered to ensure only a portion of membership expire in a given year;
(3) The process to notify the Governor of a WDB member vacancy to ensure a prompt nominee;
(4) The proxy and alternative designee process that will be used when a WDB member is unable to attend a meeting and assigns a designee as per the following requirements:
(i) If the alternative designee is a business representative, he or she must have optimum policy-making hiring authority.
(ii) Other alternative designees must have demonstrated experience and expertise and optimum policy-making authority.
(5) The use of technology, such as phone and Web-based meetings, that must be used to promote WDB member participation;
(6) The process to ensure members actively participate in convening the workforce development system's stakeholders, brokering relationships with a diverse range of employers, and leveraging support for workforce development activities; and
(7) Other conditions governing appointment or membership on the State WDB as deemed appropriate by the Governor.
(e) Members who represent organizations, agencies or other entities described in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) through (iii) of this section must be individuals who have optimum policy-making authority in the organization or for the core program that they represent.
(f)(1) A State WDB member may not represent more than one of the categories described in:
(i) Paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section (business representatives);
(ii) Paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section (workforce representatives); or
(iii) Paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section (government representatives).
(2) A State WDB member may not serve as a representative of more than one subcategory under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
(3) A State WDB member may not serve as a representative of more than one subcategory under paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section, except that where a single government agency is responsible for multiple required programs, the head of the agency may represent each of the required programs.
(g) All required WDB members must have voting privileges. The Governor also may convey voting privileges to non-required members.
For purposes of § 679.110:
(a) A representative with “optimum policy-making authority” is an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action.
(b) A representative with “demonstrated experience and expertise” means an individual with documented leadership in developing or implementing workforce development, human resources, training and development, or a core program function. Demonstrated experience and expertise may include individuals with experience in education or training of job seekers with barriers to employment as described in § 679.110(b)(3)(ii)(C) and (D).
Under WIOA sec. 101(d), the State WDB must assist the Governor in the:
(a) Development, implementation, and modification of the 4-year State Plan;
(b) Review of statewide policies, programs, and recommendations on actions that must be taken by the State to align workforce development programs to support a comprehensive and streamlined workforce development system. Such review of policies, programs, and recommendations must include a review and provision of comments on the State Plans, if any, for programs and activities of one-stop partners that are not core programs;
(c) Development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system, including—
(1) Identification of barriers and means for removing barriers to better coordinate, align, and avoid duplication among programs and activities;
(2) Development of strategies to support career pathways for the purpose of providing individuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, with workforce investment activities, education, and supportive services to enter or retain employment;
(3) Development of strategies to provide effective outreach to and improved access for individuals and employers who could benefit from workforce development system;
(4) Development and expansion of strategies to meet the needs of employers, workers, and job seekers particularly through industry or sector partnerships related to in-demand industry sectors and occupations;
(5) Identification of regions, including planning regions for the purposes of WIOA sec. 106(a), and the designation of local areas under WIOA sec. 106, after consultation with Local WDBs and chief elected officials;
(6) Development and continuous improvement of the one-stop delivery system in local areas, including providing assistance to Local WDBs, one-stop operators, one-stop partners, and providers. Such assistance includes assistance with planning and delivering services, including training and supportive services, to support effective delivery of services to workers, job seekers, and employers; and
(7) Development of strategies to support staff training and awareness across the workforce development system and its programs;
(d) Development and updating of comprehensive State performance and accountability measures to assess core program effectiveness under WIOA sec. 116(b);
(e) Identification and dissemination of information on best practices, including best practices for—
(1) The effective operation of one-stop centers, relating to the use of business outreach, partnerships, and service delivery strategies, including strategies for serving individuals with barriers to employment;
(2) The development of effective Local WDBs, which may include information on factors that contribute to enabling Local WDBs to exceed negotiated local levels of performance, sustain fiscal integrity, and achieve other measures of effectiveness; and
(3) Effective training programs that respond to real-time labor market analysis, that effectively use direct assessment and prior learning assessment to measure an individual's prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and experiences for adaptability, to support efficient placement into employment or career pathways;
(f) Development and review of statewide policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the State's one-stop delivery system described in WIOA sec. 121(e), including the development of—
(1) Objective criteria and procedures for use by Local WDBs in assessing the effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility and continuous improvement of one-stop centers. Where a Local WDB serves as the one-stop operator, the State WDB must use such criteria to assess and certify the one-stop center;
(2) Guidance for the allocation of one-stop center infrastructure funds under WIOA sec. 121(h); and
(3) Policies relating to the appropriate roles and contributions of entities carrying out one-stop partner programs within the one-stop delivery system, including approaches to facilitating equitable and efficient cost allocation in the system;
(g) Development of strategies for technological improvements to facilitate access to, and improve the quality of services and activities provided through the one-stop delivery system, including such improvements to—
(1) Enhance digital literacy skills (as defined in sec. 202 of the Museum and Library Service Act, 20 U.S.C. 9101);
(2) Accelerate acquisition of skills and recognized postsecondary credentials by participants;
(3) Strengthen professional development of providers and workforce professionals; and
(4) Ensure technology is accessible to individuals with disabilities and individuals residing in remote areas;
(h) Development of strategies for aligning technology and data systems across one-stop partner programs to enhance service delivery and improve efficiencies in reporting on performance accountability measures, including design implementation of common intake, data collection, case management information, and performance accountability measurement and reporting processes and the incorporation of local input into such design and implementation to improve coordination of services across one-stop partner programs;
(i) Development of allocation formulas for the distribution of funds for employment and training activities for adults and youth workforce investment activities, to local areas as permitted under WIOA secs. 128(b)(3) and 133(b)(3);
(j) Preparation of the annual reports described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of WIOA sec. 116(d);
(k) Development of the statewide workforce and labor market information system described in sec. 15(e) of the Wagner-Peyser Act; and
(l) Development of other policies as may promote statewide objectives for and enhance the performance of the workforce development system in the State.
(a) The State WDB must conduct business in an open manner as required by WIOA sec. 101(g).
(b) The State WDB must make available to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings, information about the activities and functions of the State WDB, including:
(1) The State Plan, or modification to the State Plan, prior to submission of the State Plan or modification of the State Plan;
(2) Information regarding membership;
(3) Minutes of formal meetings of the State WDB upon request;
(4) State WDB by-laws as described at § 679.110(d).
(a) The State may use any State entity that meets the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(e) to perform the functions of the State WDB. This may include:
(1) A State council;
(2) A State WDB within the meaning of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of WIOA; or
(3) A combination of regional WDBs or similar entity.
(b) If the State uses an alternative entity, the State Plan must demonstrate that the alternative entity meets all three of the requirements of WIOA sec. 101(e)(1):
(1) Was in existence on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA);
(2) Is substantially similar to the State WDB described in WIOA secs. 101(a)-(c) and § 679.110; and
(3) Includes representatives of business and labor organizations in the State.
(c) If the alternative entity does not provide representatives for each of the categories required under WIOA sec. 101(b), the State Plan must explain the manner in which the State will ensure an ongoing role for any unrepresented membership group in the workforce development system. The State WDB must maintain an ongoing and meaningful role for an unrepresented membership group, including entities carrying out the core programs, by such methods as:
(1) Regularly scheduled consultations with entities within the unrepresented membership groups;
(2) Providing an opportunity for input into the State Plan or other policy development by unrepresented membership groups; and
(3) Establishing an advisory committee of unrepresented membership groups.
(d) In parts 675 through 687 of this chapter, all references to the State WDB also apply to an alternative entity used by a State.
(a) The State WDB may hire a director and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions described in WIOA sec. 101(d) and § 679.130 using funds described in WIOA sec. 129(b)(3) or sec. 134(a)(3)(B)(i).
(b) The State WDB must establish and apply a set of objective qualifications for the position of director that ensures the individual selected has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in effectively carrying out the functions of the State WDB.
(c) The director and staff must be subject to the limitations on the payment of salary and bonuses described in WIOA sec. 194(15).
The purpose of identifying regions is to align workforce development activities and resources with larger regional economic development areas and available resources to provide coordinated and efficient services to both job seekers and employers.
(a) The Governor must assign local areas to a region prior to submission of the State Unified or Combined Plan, in order for the State to receive WIOA title I, subtitle B adult, dislocated worker, and youth allotments.
(b) The Governor must develop a policy and process for identifying regions. Such policy must include:
(1) Consultation with the Local WDBs and chief elected officials (CEOs) in the local area(s) as required in WIOA sec. 102(b)(2)(D)(i)(II) and WIOA sec. 106(a)(1); and
(2) Consideration of the extent to which the local areas in a proposed region:
(i) Share a single labor market;
(ii) Share a common economic development area; and
(iii) Possess the Federal and non-Federal resources, including appropriate education and training institutions, to administer activities under WIOA subtitle B.
(c) In addition to the required criteria described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, other factors the Governor also may consider include:
(1) Population centers;
(2) Commuting patterns;
(3) Land ownership;
(4) Industrial composition;
(5) Location quotients;
(6) Labor force conditions;
(7) Geographic boundaries; and
(8) Additional factors as determined by the Secretary.
(d) Regions must consist of:
(1) One local area;
(2) Two or more contiguous local areas in a single State; or
(3) Two or more contiguous local areas in two or more States.
(e) Planning regions are those regions described in paragraph (d)(2) or (3) of this section. Planning regions are subject to the regional planning requirements in § 679.510.
(a) The purpose of a local area is to serve as a jurisdiction for the administration of workforce development activities and execution of adult, dislocated worker, and youth funds allocated by the State. Such areas may be aligned with a region identified in WIOA sec. 106(a)(1) or may be components of a planning region, each with its own Local WDB. Also, significantly, local areas are the areas within which Local WDBs oversee their functions, including strategic planning, operational alignment and service delivery design, and a jurisdiction where partners align resources at a sub-State level to design and implement overall service delivery strategies.
(b) The Governor must designate local areas (local areas) in order for the State to receive adult, dislocated worker, and youth funding under title I, subtitle B of WIOA.
As part of the process of designating or redesignating a local area, the Governor must develop a policy for designation of local areas that must include:
(a) Consultation with the State WDB;
(b) Consultation with the chief elected officials and affected Local WDBs; and
(c) Consideration of comments received through a public comment process which must:
(1) Offer adequate time for public comment prior to designation of the local area; and
(2) Provide an opportunity for comment by representatives of Local WDBs, chief elected officials, businesses, institutions of higher education, labor organizations, other primary stakeholders, and the general public regarding the designation of the local area.
(a) Except as provided in § 679.250, the Governor may designate or redesignate a local area in accordance with policies and procedures developed by the Governor, which must include at a minimum consideration of the extent to which the proposed area:
(1) Is consistent with local labor market areas;
(2) Has a common economic development area; and
(3) Has the Federal and non-Federal resources, including appropriate education and training institutions, to administer activities under WIOA subtitle B.
(b) The Governor may approve a request at any time for designation as a workforce development area from any unit of general local government, including a combination of such units, if the State WDB determines that the area meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section and recommends designation.
(c) Regardless of whether a local area has been designated under this section or § 679.250, the Governor may redesignate a local area if the redesignation has been requested by a local area and the Governor approves the request.
(a) If the chief elected official and Local WDB in a local area submits a request for initial designation, the Governor must approve the request if, for the 2 program years preceding the date of enactment of WIOA, the following criteria are met:
(1) The local area was designated as a local area for purposes of WIA;
(2) The local area performed successfully; and
(3) The local area sustained fiscal integrity.
(b) Subject to paragraph (c) of this section, after the period of initial designation, if the chief elected official and Local WDB in a local area submits a request for subsequent designation, the Governor must approve the request if the following criteria are met for the 2 most recent program years of initial designation:
(1) The local area performed successfully;
(2) The local area sustained fiscal integrity; and
(3) In the case of a local area in a planning region, the local area met the regional planning requirements described in WIOA sec. 106(c)(1).
(c) No determination of subsequent eligibility may be made before the conclusion of Program Year (PY) 2017.
(d) The Governor:
(1) May review a local area designated under paragraph (b) of this section at any time to evaluate whether that the area continues to meet the requirements for subsequent designation under that paragraph; and
(2) Must review a local area designated under paragraph (b) of this section before submitting its State Plan during each 4-year State planning cycle to evaluate whether the area continues to meet the requirements for subsequent designation under that paragraph.
(e) For purposes of subsequent designation under paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, the local area and chief elected official must be considered to have requested continued designation unless the local area and chief elected official notify the Governor that they no longer seek designation.
(f) Local areas designated under § 679.240 or States designated as single-area States under § 679.270 are not subject to the requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section related to the subsequent designation of a local area.
(g) The Governor may approve, under paragraph (c) of this section, a request for designation as a local area from areas served by rural concentrated employment programs as described in WIOA sec. 107(c)(1)(C).
(a) For the purpose of initial local area designation, the term “performed successfully” means that the local area met or exceeded the levels of performance the Governor negotiated with the Local WDB and chief elected official under WIA sec. 136(c) for the last 2 full program years before the enactment of WIOA, and that the local area has not failed any individual measure for the last 2 consecutive program years before the enactment of WIOA.
(b) For the purpose of determining subsequent local area designation, the term “performed successfully” means that the local area met or exceeded the levels of performance the Governor negotiated with the Local WDB and chief elected official for core indicators of performance as provided in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section as appropriate, and that the local area has not failed any individual measure for the last 2 consecutive program years in accordance with a State-established definition, provided in the State Plan, of met or exceeded performance.
(1) For subsequent designation determinations made at the conclusion of PY 2017, a finding of whether a local area performed successfully must be limited to having met or exceeded the negotiated levels for the Employment Rate 2nd Quarter after Exit and the Median Earnings indicators of performance, as described at § 677.155(a)(1)(i) and (iii) of this chapter respectively, for PY 2016 and PY 2017.
(2) For subsequent designation determinations made at the conclusion of PY 2018, or at any point thereafter, a finding of whether a local area performed successfully must be based on all six of the WIOA indicators of performance as described at § 677.155(a)(1)(i) through (vi) of this chapter for the 2 most recently completed program years.
(c) For the purpose of determining initial and subsequent local area designation under § 679.250(a) and (b), the term “sustained fiscal integrity” means that the Secretary has not made a formal determination that either the grant recipient or the administrative entity of the area misexpended funds due to willful disregard of the requirements of the provision involved, gross negligence, or failure to comply with accepted standards of administration for the 2-year period preceding the determination.
(a) The Governor of any State that was a single-State local area under the WIA as in effect on July 1, 2013 may designate the State as a single-State local area under WIOA.
(b) The Governor of a State local area under paragraph (a) of this section who seeks to designate the State as a single-State local area under WIOA must:
(1) Identify the State as a single-area State in the Unified or Combined State Plan; and
(2) Include the local plan for approval as part of the Unified or Combined State Plan.
(c) The State WDB for a single-area State must act as the Local WDB and carry out the functions of the Local WDB in accordance with WIOA sec. 107 and § 679.370, except that the State is not required to meet and report on a set of local performance accountability measures.
(d) Single-area States must conduct the functions of the Local WDB as outlined in paragraph (c) of this section to achieve the incorporation of local interests but may do so in a manner that reduces unnecessary burden and duplication of processes.
(e) States must carry out the duties of State and Local WDBs in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary of Labor.
(a) When the chief elected officials and Local WDBs of each local area within a planning region make a request to the Governor to redesignate into a single local area, the State WDB must authorize statewide adult, dislocated worker, and youth program funds to facilitate such redesignation.
(b) When statewide funds are not available, the State may provide funds for redesignation in the next available program year.
(c) Redesignation activities that may be carried out by the local areas include:
(1) Convening sessions and conferences;
(2) Renegotiation of contracts and agreements; and
(3) Other activities directly associated with the redesignation as deemed appropriate by the State WDB.
(a) A unit of local government (or combination of units) or a local area which has requested but has been denied its request for designation as a workforce development area under § 679.250 may appeal the decision to the State WDB, in accordance with appeal procedures established in the State Plan and § 683.630(a) of this chapter.
(b) If a decision on the appeal is not rendered in a timely manner or if the appeal to the State WDB does not result in designation, the entity may request review by the Secretary of Labor, under the procedures set forth at § 683.640 of this chapter.
(a) The vision for the Local WDB is to serve as a strategic leader and convener of local workforce development system stakeholders. The Local WDB partners with employers and the workforce development system to develop policies and investments that support public workforce system strategies that support regional economies, the development of effective approaches including local and regional sector partnerships and career pathways, and high quality, customer centered service delivery and service delivery approaches;
(b) The purpose of the Local WDB is to—
(1) Provide strategic and operational oversight in collaboration with the required and additional partners and workforce stakeholders to help develop a comprehensive and high-quality workforce development system in the local area and larger planning region;
(2) Assist in the achievement of the State's strategic and operational vision and goals as outlined in the Unified State Plan or Combined State Plan; and
(3) Maximize and continue to improve the quality of services, customer satisfaction, effectiveness of the services provided.
(a) The Local WDB is appointed by the chief elected official(s) in each local area in accordance with State criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b), and is certified by the Governor every 2 years, in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(2).
(b) In partnership with the chief elected official(s), the Local WDB sets policy for the portion of the statewide workforce development system within the local area and consistent with State policies.
(c) The Local WDB and the chief elected official(s) may enter into an agreement that describes the respective roles and responsibilities of the parties.
(d) The Local WDB, in partnership with the chief elected official(s), develops the local plan and performs the functions described in WIOA sec. 107(d) and § 679.370.
(e) If a local area includes more than one unit of general local government in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(1)(B), the chief elected officials of such units may execute an agreement to describe their responsibilities for carrying out the roles and responsibilities. If the chief elected officials are unable to reach agreement after a reasonable effort, the Governor may appoint the members of the Local WDB from individuals nominated or recommended as specified in WIOA sec. 107(b).
(f) If the State Plan indicates that the State will be treated as a local area under WIOA, the State WDB must carry out the roles of the Local WDB in accordance with WIOA sec. 107, except that the State is not required to meet and report on a set of local performance accountability measures.
(g) The CEO must establish by-laws, consistent with State policy for Local WDB membership, that at a minimum address:
(1) The nomination process used by the CEO to select the Local WDB chair and members;
(2) The term limitations and how the term appointments will be staggered to ensure only a portion of membership expire in a given year;
(3) The process to notify the CEO of a WDB member vacancy to ensure a prompt nominee;
(4) The proxy and alternative designee process that will be used when a WDB member is unable to attend a meeting and assigns a designee as per the requirements at § 679.110(d)(4);
(5) The use of technology, such as phone and Web-based meetings, that will be used to promote WDB member participation;
(6) The process to ensure WDB members actively participate in convening the workforce development system's stakeholders, brokering relationships with a diverse range of employers, and leveraging support for workforce development activities; and
(7) A description of any other conditions governing appointment or membership on the Local WDB as deemed appropriate by the CEO.
(a) For each local area in the State, the members of Local WDB must be selected by the chief elected official consistent
(b) A majority of the members of the Local WDB must be representatives of business in the local area. At a minimum, two members must represent small business as defined by the U.S. Small Business Administration. Business representatives serving on Local WDBs also may serve on the State WDB. Each business representative must meet the following criteria:
(1) Be an owner, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, or other individual with optimum policy-making or hiring authority; and
(2) Provide employment opportunities in in-demand industry sectors or occupations, as those terms are defined in WIOA sec. 3(23).
(c) At least 20 percent of the members of the Local WDB must be workforce representatives. These representatives:
(1) Must include two or more representatives of labor organizations, where such organizations exist in the local area. Where labor organizations do not exist, representatives must be selected from other employee representatives;
(2) Must include one or more representatives of a joint labor-management, or union affiliated, registered apprenticeship program within the area who must be a training director or a member of a labor organization. If no union affiliated registered apprenticeship programs exist in the area, a representative of a registered apprenticeship program with no union affiliation must be appointed, if one exists;
(3) May include one or more representatives of community-based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organizations that serve veterans or provide or support competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; and
(4) May include one or more representatives of organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including representatives of organizations that serve out-of-school youth.
(d) The Local WDB also must include:
(1) At least one eligible training provider administering adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II;
(2) At least one representative from an institution of higher education providing workforce investment activities, including community colleges; and
(3) At least one representative from each of the following governmental and economic and community development entities:
(i) Economic and community development entities;
(ii) The State Employment Service office under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
(iii) The programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, other than sec. 112 or part C of that title;
(e) The membership of Local WDBs may include individuals or representatives of other appropriate entities in the local area, including:
(1) Entities administering education and training activities who represent local educational agencies or community-based organizations with demonstrated expertise in addressing the education or training needs for individuals with barriers to employment;
(2) Governmental and economic and community development entities who represent transportation, housing, and public assistance programs;
(3) Philanthropic organizations serving the local area; and
(4) Other appropriate individuals as determined by the chief elected official.
(f) Members must be individuals with optimum policy-making authority within the entities they represent.
(g) Chief elected officials must establish a formal nomination and appointment process, consistent with the criteria established by the Governor and State WDB under sec. 107(b)(1) of WIOA for appointment of members of the Local WDBs, that ensures:
(1) Business representatives are appointed from among individuals who are nominated by local business organizations and business trade associations;
(2) Labor representatives are appointed from among individuals who are nominated by local labor federations (or, for a local area in which no employees are represented by such organizations, other representatives of employees); and
(3) When there is more than one local area provider of adult education and literacy activities under title II, or multiple institutions of higher education providing workforce investment activities as described in WIOA sec. 107(b)(2)(C)(i) or (ii), nominations are solicited from those particular entities.
(h) An individual may be appointed as a representative of more than one entity if the individual meets all the criteria for representation, including the criteria described in paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section, for each entity.
(i) All required WDB members must have voting privilege. The chief elected official may convey voting privileges to non-required members.
The Local WDB must elect a chairperson from among the business representatives on the WDB.
For purposes of selecting representatives to Local WDBs:
(a) A representative with “optimum policy-making authority” is an individual who can reasonably be expected to speak affirmatively on behalf of the entity he or she represents and to commit that entity to a chosen course of action.
(b) A representative with “demonstrated experience and expertise” means an individual who:
(1) Is a workplace learning advisor as defined in WIOA sec. 3(70);
(2) Contributes to the field of workforce development, human resources, training and development, or a core program function; or
(3) The Local WDB recognizes for valuable contributions in education or workforce development related fields.
The Local WDB is appointed by the chief elected official(s) in the local area in accordance with State criteria established under WIOA sec. 107(b), and is certified by the Governor every 2 years, in accordance with WIOA sec. 107(c)(2).
(a) Standing committees may be established by the Local WDB to provide information and assist the Local WDB in carrying out its responsibilities under WIOA sec. 107. Standing committees must be chaired by a member of the Local WDB, may include other members of the Local WDB, and must include other individuals appointed by the Local WDB who are not members of the Local WDB and who have demonstrated experience and expertise in accordance with § 679.340(b) and as determined by the Local WDB. Standing committees may include each of the following:
(1) A standing committee to provide information and assist with operational and other issues relating to the one-stop delivery system, which may include representatives of the one-stop partners.
(2) A standing committee to provide information and to assist with planning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth, which must include community-based organizations with a demonstrated record of success in serving eligible youth.
(3) A standing committee to provide information and to assist with operational and other issues relating to the provision of services to individuals with disabilities, including issues relating to compliance with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101
(b) The Local WDB may designate other standing committees in addition to those specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Local WDBs may designate an entity in existence as of the date of the enactment of WIOA, such as an effective youth council, to serve as a standing committee as long as the entity meets the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(b)(4).
As provided in WIOA sec. 107(d), the Local WDB must:
(a) Develop and submit a 4-year local plan for the local area, in partnership with the chief elected official and consistent with WIOA sec. 108;
(b) If the local area is part of a planning region that includes other local areas, develop and submit a regional plan in collaboration with other local areas. If the local area is part of a planning region, the local plan must be submitted as a part of the regional plan;
(c) Conduct workforce research and regional labor market analysis to include:
(1) Analyses and regular updates of economic conditions, needed knowledge and skills, workforce, and workforce development (including education and training) activities to include an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses (including the capacity to provide) of such services to address the identified education and skill needs of the workforce and the employment needs of employers;
(2) Assistance to the Governor in developing the statewide workforce and labor market information system under the Wagner-Peyser Act for the region; and
(3) Other research, data collection, and analysis related to the workforce needs of the regional economy as the WDB, after receiving input from a wide array of stakeholders, determines to be necessary to carry out its functions;
(d) Convene local workforce development system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan under § 679.550 and in identifying non-Federal expertise and resources to leverage support for workforce development activities. Such stakeholders may assist the Local WDB and standing committees in carrying out convening, brokering, and leveraging functions at the direction of the Local WDB;
(e) Lead efforts to engage with a diverse range of employers and other entities in the region in order to:
(1) Promote business representation (particularly representatives with optimum policy-making or hiring authority from employers whose employment opportunities reflect existing and emerging employment opportunities in the region) on the Local WDB;
(2) Develop effective linkages (including the use of intermediaries) with employers in the region to support employer utilization of the local workforce development system and to support local workforce investment activities;
(3) Ensure that workforce investment activities meet the needs of employers and support economic growth in the region by enhancing communication, coordination, and collaboration among employers, economic development entities, and service providers; and
(4) Develop and implement proven or promising strategies for meeting the employment and skill needs of workers and employers (such as the establishment of industry and sector partnerships), that provide the skilled workforce needed by employers in the region, and that expand employment and career advancement opportunities for workforce development system participants in in-demand industry sectors or occupations;
(f) With representatives of secondary and postsecondary education programs, lead efforts to develop and implement career pathways within the local area by aligning the employment, training, education, and supportive services that are needed by adults and youth, particularly individuals with barriers to employment;
(g) Lead efforts in the local area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers, workers and job seekers, and identify and disseminate information on proven and promising practices carried out in other local areas for meeting such needs;
(h) Develop strategies for using technology to maximize the accessibility and effectiveness of the local workforce development system for employers, and workers and job seekers, by:
(1) Facilitating connections among the intake and case management information systems of the one-stop partner programs to support a comprehensive workforce development system in the local area;
(2) Facilitating access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system involved, including access in remote areas;
(3) Identifying strategies for better meeting the needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including strategies that augment traditional service delivery, and increase access to services and programs of the one-stop delivery system, such as improving digital literacy skills; and
(4) Leveraging resources and capacity within the local workforce development system, including resources and capacity for services for individuals with barriers to employment;
(i) In partnership with the chief elected official for the local area:
(1) Conduct oversight of youth workforce investment activities authorized under WIOA sec. 129(c), adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities under WIOA secs. 134(c) and (d), and the entire one-stop delivery system in the local area;
(2) Ensure the appropriate use and management of the funds provided under WIOA subtitle B for the youth, adult, and dislocated worker activities and one-stop delivery system in the local area; and
(3) Ensure the appropriate use management, and investment of funds to maximize performance outcomes under WIOA sec. 116;
(j) Negotiate and reach agreement on local performance indicators with the chief elected official and the Governor;
(k) Negotiate with CEO and required partners on the methods for funding the infrastructure costs of one-stop centers in the local area in accordance with § 678.715 of this chapter or must notify the Governor if they fail to reach agreement at the local level and will use
(l) Select the following providers in the local area, and where appropriate terminate such providers in accordance with 2 CFR part 200:
(1) Providers of youth workforce investment activities through competitive grants or contracts based on the recommendations of the youth standing committee (if such a committee is established); however, if the Local WDB determines there is an insufficient number of eligible training providers in a local area, the Local WDB may award contracts on a sole-source basis as per the provisions at WIOA sec. 123(b);
(2) Providers of training services consistent with the criteria and information requirements established by the Governor and WIOA sec. 122;
(3) Providers of career services through the award of contracts, if the one-stop operator does not provide such services; and
(4) One-stop operators in accordance with §§ 678.600 through 678.635 of this chapter;
(m) In accordance with WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(E) work with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of career services and training services serving the local area and providing the services in a manner that maximizes consumer choice, as well as providing opportunities that lead to competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities;
(n) Coordinate activities with education and training providers in the local area, including:
(1) Reviewing applications to provide adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II for the local area to determine whether such applications are consistent with the local plan;
(2) Making recommendations to the eligible agency to promote alignment with such plan; and
(3) Replicating and implementing cooperative agreements to enhance the provision of services to individuals with disabilities and other individuals, such as cross training of staff, technical assistance, use and sharing of information, cooperative efforts with employers, and other efforts at cooperation, collaboration, and coordination;
(o) Develop a budget for the activities of the Local WDB, with approval of the chief elected official and consistent with the local plan and the duties of the Local WDB;
(p) Assess, on an annual basis, the physical and programmatic accessibility of all one-stop centers in the local area, in accordance with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101
(q) Certification of one-stop centers in accordance with § 678.800 of this chapter.
(a) In accordance with WIOA sec. 122 and in working with the State, the Local WDB satisfies the consumer choice requirement for training services by:
(1) Determining the initial eligibility of entities providing a program of training services, renewing the eligibility of providers, and considering the possible termination of an eligible training provider due to the provider's submission of inaccurate eligibility and performance information or the provider's substantial violation of WIOA;
(2) Working with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services, including eligible training providers with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities and eligible training providers with expertise in assisting adults in need of adult education and literacy activities described under WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(E), serving the local area;
(3) Ensuring the dissemination and appropriate use of the State list through the local one-stop delivery system;
(4) Receiving performance and cost information from the State and disseminating this information through the one-stop delivery systems within the State; and
(5) Providing adequate access to services for individuals with disabilities.
(b) Working with the State, the Local WDB satisfies the consumer choice requirement for career services by:
(1) Determining the career services that are best performed by the one-stop operator consistent with §§ 678.620 and 678.625 of this chapter and career services that require contracting with a career service provider; and
(2) Identifying a wide-array of potential career service providers and awarding contracts where appropriate including to providers to ensure:
(i) Sufficient access to services for individuals with disabilities, including opportunities that lead to integrated, competitive employment for individuals with disabilities; and
(ii) Sufficient access for adult education and literacy activities.
The Local WDB must conduct its business in an open manner as required by WIOA sec. 107(e), by making available to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings, information about the activities of the Local WDB. This includes:
(a) Information about the Local Plan, or modification to the Local Plan, before submission of the plan;
(b) List and affiliation of Local WDB members;
(c) Selection of one-stop operators;
(d) Award of grants or contracts to eligible training providers of workforce investment activities including providers of youth workforce investment activities;
(e) Minutes of formal meetings of the Local WDB; and
(f) Local WDB by-laws, consistent with § 679.310(g).
(a) WIOA sec. 107(f) grants Local WDBs authority to hire a director and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions of the Local WDB.
(b) Local WDBs must establish and apply a set of qualifications for the position of director that ensures the individual selected has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in carrying out the functions of the Local WDB.
(c) The Local WDB director and staff must be subject to the limitations on the payment of salary and bonuses described in WIOA sec. 194(15).
(d) In general, Local WDB staff only may assist the Local WDB fulfill the required functions at WIOA sec. 107(d).
(e) Should the WDB select an entity to staff the WDB that provides additional workforce functions beyond the functions described at WIOA sec. 107(d), such an entity is required to enter into a written agreement with the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) to clarify their roles and responsibilities as required by § 679.430.
(a)(1) A Local WDB may be selected as a one-stop operator:
(i) Through sole source procurement in accordance with § 678.610 of this chapter; or
(ii) Through successful competition in accordance with § 678.615 of this chapter.
(2) The chief elected official in the local area and the Governor must agree to the selection described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(3) Where a Local WDB acts as a one-stop operator, the State must ensure certification of one-stop centers in accordance with § 678.800 of this chapter.
(b) A Local WDB may act as a provider of career services only with the agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor.
(c) A Local WDB is prohibited from providing training services, unless the Governor grants a waiver in accordance with the provisions in WIOA sec. 107(g)(1).
(1) The State must develop a procedure for approving waivers that includes the criteria at WIOA sec. 107(g)(1)(B)(i):
(i) Satisfactory evidence that there is an insufficient number of eligible training providers of such a program of training services to meet local demand in the local area;
(ii) Information demonstrating that the WDB meets the requirements for eligible training provider services under WIOA sec. 122; and
(iii) Information demonstrating that the program of training services prepares participants for an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the local area.
(2) The local area must make the proposed request for a waiver available to eligible training providers and other interested members of the public for a public comment period of not less than 30 days and includes any comments received during this time in the final request for the waiver.
(3) The waiver must not exceed the duration of the local plan and may be renewed by submitting a new waiver request consistent with paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section for additional periods, not to exceed the durations of such subsequent plans.
(4) The Governor may revoke the waiver if the Governor determines the waiver is no longer needed or that the Local WDB involved has engaged in a pattern of inappropriate referrals to training services operated by the Local WDB.
(d) The restrictions on the provision of career and training services by the Local WDB, as one-stop operator, also apply to staff of the Local WDB.
(a) In order to assist in administration of the grant funds, the chief elected official or the Governor, where the Governor serves as the local grant recipient for a local area, may designate an entity to serve as a local fiscal agent. Designation of a fiscal agent does not relieve the chief elected official or Governor of liability for the misuse of grant funds. If the CEO designates a fiscal agent, the CEO must ensure this agent has clearly defined roles and responsibilities.
(b) In general the fiscal agent is responsible for the following functions:
(1) Receive funds.
(2) Ensure sustained fiscal integrity and accountability for expenditures of funds in accordance with Office of Management and Budget circulars, WIOA and the corresponding Federal Regulations and State policies.
(3) Respond to audit financial findings.
(4) Maintain proper accounting records and adequate documentation.
(5) Prepare financial reports.
(6) Provide technical assistance to subrecipients regarding fiscal issues.
(c) At the direction of the Local WDB or the State WDB in single-area States, the fiscal agent may have the following additional functions:
(1) Procure contracts or obtain written agreements.
(2) Conduct financial monitoring of service providers.
(3) Ensure independent audit of all employment and training programs.
Local organizations often function simultaneously in a variety of roles, including local fiscal agent, Local WDB staff, one-stop operator, and direct provider of services. Any organization that has been selected or otherwise designated to perform more than one of these functions must develop a written agreement with the Local WDB and CEO to clarify how the organization will carry out its responsibilities while demonstrating compliance with WIOA and corresponding regulations, relevant Office of Management and Budget circulars, and the State's conflict of interest policy.
(a) The local plan serves as 4-year action plan to develop, align, and integrate service delivery strategies and to support the State's vision and strategic and operational goals. The local plan sets forth the strategy to:
(1) Direct investments in economic, education, and workforce training programs to focus on providing relevant education and training to ensure that individuals, including youth and individuals with barriers to employment, have the skills to compete in the job market and that employers have a ready supply of skilled workers;
(2) Apply job-driven strategies in the one-stop delivery system;
(3) Enable economic, education, and workforce partners to build a skilled workforce through innovation in, and alignment of, employment, training, and education programs; and
(4) Incorporate the local plan into the regional plan per § 679.540.
(b) In the case of planning regions, a regional plan is required to meet the purposes described in paragraph (a) of this section and to coordinate resources among multiple WDBs in a region.
(c) The Governor must establish and disseminate to Local WDBs and regional planning areas a policy for the submission of local and regional plans. The policy must set a deadline for the submission of the regional and local plans that accounts for the activities required in plan development outlined in §§ 679.510 and 679.550.
(a) Local WDBs and chief elected officials within an identified planning region (as defined in WIOA secs. 106(a)(2)(B)-(C) and § 679.200) must:
(1) Participate in a regional planning process that results in:
(i) The preparation of a regional plan, as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and consistent with any guidance issued by the Department;
(ii) The establishment of regional service strategies, including use of cooperative service delivery agreements;
(iii) The development and implementation of sector initiatives for in-demand industry sectors or occupations for the planning region;
(iv) The collection and analysis of regional labor market data (in conjunction with the State) which must include the local planning requirements at § 679.560(a)(1)(i) and (ii);
(v) The coordination of administrative cost arrangements, including the pooling of funds for administrative costs, as appropriate;
(vi) The coordination of transportation and other supportive services as appropriate;
(vii) The coordination of services with regional economic development services and providers; and
(viii) The establishment of an agreement concerning how the planning
(2) Prepare, submit, and obtain approval of a single regional plan that:
(i) Includes a description of the activities described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
(ii) Incorporates local plans for each of the local areas in the planning region, consistent with § 679.540(a).
(b) Consistent with § 679.550(b), the Local WDBs representing each local area in the planning region must provide an opportunity for public comment on the development of the regional plan or subsequent plan modifications before submitting the plan to the Governor. To provide adequate opportunity for public comment, the Local WDBs must:
(1) Make copies of the proposed regional plan available to the public through electronic and other means, such as public hearings and local news media;
(2) Include an opportunity for comment by members of the public, including representatives of business, labor organizations, and education;
(3) Provide no more than a 30-day period for comment on the plan before its submission to the Governor, beginning on the date on which the proposed plan is made available; and
(4) The Local WDBs must submit any comments that express disagreement with the plan to the Governor along with the plan.
(5) Consistent with WIOA sec. 107(e), the Local WDB must make information about the plan available to the public on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings.
(c) The State must provide technical assistance and labor market data, as requested by local areas, to assist with regional planning and subsequent service delivery efforts.
(d) As they relate to regional areas and regional plans, the terms local area and local plan are defined in WIOA secs. 106(c)(3)(A)-(B).
Consistent with the requirements of § 679.570, the Governor must review completed plans (including a modification to the plan). Such plans will be considered approved 90 days after receipt of the plan unless the Governor determines in writing that:
(a) There are deficiencies in workforce investment activities that have been identified through audits and the local area has not made acceptable progress in implementing plans to address deficiencies; or
(b) The plan does not comply with applicable provisions of WIOA and the WIOA regulations, including the required consultations and public comment provisions, and the nondiscrimination requirements of 29 CFR part 38.
(c) The plan does not align with the State Plan, including with regard to the alignment of the core programs to support the strategy identified in the State Plan in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(b)(1)(E) and § 676.105 of this chapter.
(a) Consistent with § 679.580, the Governor must establish procedures governing the modification of regional plans.
(b) At the end of the first 2-year period of the 4-year local plan, the Local WDBs within a planning region, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, must review the regional plan and prepare and submit modifications to the regional plan to reflect changes:
(1) In regional labor market and economic conditions; and
(2) Other factors affecting the implementation of the local plan, including but not limited to changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services.
(a) The regional plan must address the requirements at WIOA secs. 106(c)(1)(A)-(H), and incorporate the local planning requirements identified for local plans at WIOA secs. 108(b)(1)-(22).
(b) The Governor may issue regional planning guidance that allows Local WDBs and chief elected officials in a planning region to address any local plan requirements through the regional plan where there is a shared regional responsibility.
(a) Under WIOA sec. 108, each Local WDB must, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, develop and submit a comprehensive 4-year plan to the Governor.
(1) The plan must identify and describe the policies, procedures, and local activities that are carried out in the local area, consistent with the State Plan.
(2) If the local area is part of a planning region, the Local WDB must comply with WIOA sec. 106(c) and §§ 679.510 through 679.540 in the preparation and submission of a regional plan.
(b) Consistent with § 679.510(b), the Local WDB must provide an opportunity for public comment on the development of the local plan or subsequent plan modifications before submitting the plan to the Governor. To provide adequate opportunity for public comment, the Local WDB must:
(1) Make copies of the proposed local plan available to the public through electronic and other means, such as public hearings and local news media;
(2) Include an opportunity for comment by members of the public, including representatives of business, labor organizations, and education;
(3) Provide no more than a 30-day period for comment on the plan before its submission to the Governor, beginning on the date on which the proposed plan is made available, prior to its submission to the Governor; and
(4) The Local WDB must submit any comments that express disagreement with the plan to the Governor along with the plan.
(5) Consistent WIOA sec. 107(e), the Local WDB must make information about the plan available to the public on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings.
(a) The local workforce investment plan must describe strategic planning elements, including:
(1) A regional analysis of:
(i) Economic conditions including existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations; and
(ii) Employment needs of employers in existing and emerging in-demand industry sectors and occupations.
(iii) As appropriate, a local area may use an existing analysis, which is a timely current description of the regional economy, to meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section;
(2) Knowledge and skills needed to meet the employment needs of the employers in the region, including employment needs in in-demand industry sectors and occupations;
(3) An analysis of the regional workforce, including current labor force employment and unemployment data, information on labor market trends, and educational and skill levels of the workforce, including individuals with barriers to employment;
(4) An analysis of workforce development activities, including
(5) A description of the Local WDB's strategic vision to support regional economic growth and economic self-sufficiency. This must include goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce (including youth and individuals with barriers to employment), and goals relating to the performance accountability measures based on performance indicators described in § 677.155(a)(1) of this chapter; and
(6) Taking into account analyses described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section, a strategy to work with the entities that carry out the core programs and required partners to align resources available to the local area, to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
(b) The plan must include a description of the following requirements at WIOA secs. 108(b)(2)-(21):
(1) The workforce development system in the local area that identifies:
(i) The programs that are included in the system; and
(ii) How the Local WDB will support the strategy identified in the State Plan under § 676.105 of this chapter and work with the entities carrying out core programs and other workforce development programs, including programs of study authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
(2) How the Local WDB will work with entities carrying out core programs to:
(i) Expand access to employment, training, education, and supportive services for eligible individuals, particularly eligible individuals with barriers to employment;
(ii) Facilitate the development of career pathways and co-enrollment, as appropriate, in core programs; and
(iii) Improve access to activities leading to a recognized postsecondary credential (including a credential that is an industry-recognized certificate or certification, portable, and stackable);
(3) The strategies and services that will be used in the local area:
(i) To facilitate engagement of employers in workforce development programs, including small employers and employers in in-demand industry sectors and occupations;
(ii) To support a local workforce development system that meets the needs of businesses in the local area;
(iii) To better coordinate workforce development programs and economic development;
(iv) To strengthen linkages between the one-stop delivery system and unemployment insurance programs; and
(v) That may include the implementation of initiatives such as incumbent worker training programs, on-the-job training programs, customized training programs, industry and sector strategies, career pathways initiatives, utilization of effective business intermediaries, and other business services and strategies designed to meet the needs of regional employers. These initiatives must support the strategy described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;
(4) An examination of how the Local WDB will coordinate local workforce investment activities with regional economic development activities that are carried out in the local area and how the Local WDB will promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services;
(5) The one-stop delivery system in the local area, including:
(i) How the Local WDB will ensure the continuous improvement of eligible providers through the system and that such providers will meet the employment needs of local employers, workers, and job seekers;
(ii) How the Local WDB will facilitate access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system, including in remote areas, through the use of technology and other means;
(iii) How entities within the one-stop delivery system, including one-stop operators and the one-stop partners, will comply with WIOA sec. 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101
(iv) The roles and resource contributions of the one-stop partners;
(6) A description and assessment of the type and availability of adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities in the local area;
(7) A description of how the Local WDB will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out in the local area with statewide rapid response activities;
(8) A description and assessment of the type and availability of youth workforce investment activities in the local area including activities for youth who are individuals with disabilities, which must include an identification of successful models of such activities;
(9) How the Local WDB will coordinate relevant secondary and postsecondary education programs and activities with education and workforce investment activities to coordinate strategies, enhance services, and avoid duplication of services;
(10) How the Local WDB will coordinate WIOA title I workforce investment activities with the provision of transportation and other appropriate supportive services in the local area;
(11) Plans, assurances, and strategies for maximizing coordination, improving service delivery, and avoiding duplication of Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49
(12) How the Local WDB will coordinate WIOA title I workforce investment activities with adult education and literacy activities under WIOA title II. This description must include how the Local WDB will carry out the review of local applications submitted under title II consistent with WIOA secs. 107(d)(11)(A) and (B)(i) and WIOA sec. 232;
(13) Copies of executed cooperative agreements which define how all local service providers, including additional providers, will carry out the requirements for integration of and access to the entire set of services available in the local one-stop delivery system. This includes cooperative agreements (as defined in WIOA sec. 107(d)(11)) between the Local WDB or other local entities described in WIOA sec. 101(a)(11)(B) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 721(a)(11)(B)) and the local office of a designated State agency or designated State unit administering programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. 720
(14) An identification of the entity responsible for the disbursal of grant funds described in WIOA sec. 107(d)(12)(B)(i)(III), as determined by the chief elected official or the Governor under WIOA sec. 107(d)(12)(B)(i);
(15) The competitive process that will be used to award the subgrants and contracts for WIOA title I activities;
(16) The local levels of performance negotiated with the Governor and chief elected official consistent with WIOA sec. 116(c), to be used to measure the performance of the local area and to be used by the Local WDB for measuring the performance of the local fiscal agent (where appropriate), eligible providers under WIOA title I subtitle B, and the one-stop delivery system in the local area;
(17) The actions the Local WDB will take toward becoming or remaining a high-performing WDB, consistent with the factors developed by the State WDB;
(18) How training services outlined in WIOA sec. 134 will be provided through the use of individual training accounts, including, if contracts for training services will be used, how the use of such contracts will be coordinated with the use of individual training accounts under that chapter, and how the Local WDB will ensure informed customer choice in the selection of training programs regardless of how the training services are to be provided;
(19) The process used by the Local WDB, consistent with WIOA sec. 108(d), to provide a 30-day public comment period prior to submission of the plan, including an opportunity to have input into the development of the local plan, particularly for representatives of businesses, education, and labor organizations;
(20) How one-stop centers are implementing and transitioning to an integrated, technology-enabled intake and case management information system for programs carried out under WIOA and by one-stop partners; and
(21) The direction given by the Governor and the Local WDB to the one-stop operator to ensure priority for adult career and training services will be given to recipients of public assistance, other low-income individuals, and individuals who are basic skills deficient consistent with WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E) and § 680.600 of this chapter.
(c) The local plan must include any additional information required by the Governor.
(d) The local plan must identify the portions that the Governor has designated as appropriate for common response in the regional plan where there is a shared regional responsibility, as permitted by § 679.540(b).
(e) Comments submitted during the public comment period that represent disagreement with the plan must be submitted with the local plan.
(a) Consistent with the requirements at § 679.520 the Governor must review completed plans (including a modification to the plan). Such plans will be considered approved 90 days after the Governor receives the plan unless the Governor determines in writing that:
(1) There are deficiencies in workforce investment activities that have been identified through audits and the local area has not made acceptable progress in implementing plans to address deficiencies; or
(2) The plan does not comply with applicable provisions of WIOA and the WIOA regulations, including the required consultations and public comment provisions, and the nondiscrimination requirements of 29 CFR part 38.
(3) The plan does not align with the State Plan, including with regard to the alignment of the core programs to support the strategy identified in the State Plan in accordance with WIOA sec. 102(b)(1)(E) and § 676.105 of this chapter.
(b) In cases where the State is a single local area:
(1) The State must incorporate the local plan into the State's Unified or Combined State Plan and submit it to the U.S. Department of Labor in accordance with the procedures described in § 676.105 of this chapter.
(2) The Secretary of Labor performs the roles assigned to the Governor as they relate to local planning activities.
(3) The Secretary of Labor will issue planning guidance for such States.
(a) Consistent with the requirements at § 679.530, the Governor must establish procedures governing the modification of local plans.
(b) At the end of the first 2-year period of the 4-year local plan, each Local WDB, in partnership with the appropriate chief elected officials, must review the local plan and prepare and submit modifications to the local plan to reflect changes:
(1) In labor market and economic conditions; and
(2) Other factors affecting the implementation of the local plan, including but not limited to:
(i) Significant changes in local economic conditions;
(ii) Changes in the financing available to support WIOA title I and partner-provided WIOA services;
(iii) Changes to the Local WDB structure; and
(iv) The need to revise strategies to meet local performance goals.
(a) The purpose of the general statutory and regulatory waiver authority provided at sec. 189(i)(3) of the WIOA is to provide flexibility to States and local areas and enhance their ability to improve the statewide workforce development system to achieve the goals and purposes of WIOA.
(b) A waiver may be requested to address impediments to the implementation of a Unified or Combined State Plan, including the continuous improvement strategy, consistent with the purposes of title I of WIOA as identified in § 675.100 of this chapter.
(a) The Secretary may waive for a State, or local area in a State, any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of subtitles A, B and E of title I of WIOA, except for requirements relating to:
(1) Wage and labor standards;
(2) Non-displacement protections;
(3) Worker rights;
(4) Participation and protection of workers and participants;
(5) Grievance procedures and judicial review;
(6) Nondiscrimination;
(7) Allocation of funds to local areas;
(8) Eligibility of providers or participants;
(9) The establishment and functions of local areas and Local WDBs;
(10) Procedures for review and approval of State and Local plans;
(11) The funding of infrastructure costs for one-stop centers; and
(12) Other requirements relating to the basic purposes of title I of WIOA described in § 675.100 of this chapter.
(b) The Secretary may waive for a State, or local area in a State, any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g-49i) except for requirements relating to:
(1) The provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans; and
(2) Universal access to the basic labor exchange services without cost to job seekers.
(a) The Secretary will issue guidelines under which the States may request general waivers of WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act requirements.
(b) A Governor may request a general waiver in consultation with appropriate chief elected officials:
(1) By submitting a waiver plan which may accompany the State's WIOA 4-year Unified or Combined State Plan or 2-year modification; or
(2) After a State's WIOA Plan is approved, by separately submitting a waiver plan.
(c) A Governor's waiver request may seek waivers for the entire State or for one or more local areas within the State.
(d) A Governor requesting a general waiver must submit to the Secretary a plan to improve the statewide workforce development system that:
(1) Identifies the statutory or regulatory requirements for which a waiver is requested and the goals that the State or local area, as appropriate, intends to achieve as a result of the waiver and how those goals relate to the Unified or Combined State Plan;
(2) Describes the actions that the State or local area, as appropriate, has undertaken to remove State or local statutory or regulatory barriers;
(3) Describes the goals of the waiver and the expected programmatic outcomes if the request is granted;
(4) Describes how the waiver will align with the Department's policy priorities, such as:
(i) Supporting employer engagement;
(ii) Connecting education and training strategies;
(iii) Supporting work-based learning;
(iv) Improving job and career results; and
(v) Other priorities as articulated in guidance;
(5) Describes the individuals affected by the waiver, including how the waiver will impact services for disadvantaged populations or individuals with multiple barriers to employment; and
(6) Describes the processes used to:
(i) Monitor the progress in implementing the waiver;
(ii) Provide notice to any Local WDB affected by the waiver;
(iii) Provide any Local WDB affected by the waiver an opportunity to comment on the request;
(iv) Ensure meaningful public comment, including comment by business and organized labor, on the waiver; and
(v) Collect and report information about waiver outcomes in the State's WIOA Annual Report.
(7) The Secretary may require that States provide the most recent data available about the outcomes of the existing waiver in cases where the State seeks renewal of a previously approved waiver.
(e) The Secretary will issue a decision on a waiver request within 90 days after the receipt of the original waiver request.
(f) The Secretary will approve a waiver request if and only to the extent that:
(1) The Secretary determines that the requirements for which a waiver is requested impede the ability of either the State or local area to implement the State's Plan to improve the statewide workforce development system;
(2) The Secretary determines that the waiver plan meets all of the requirements of WIOA sec. 189(i)(3) and §§ 679.600 through 679.620; and
(3) The State has executed a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the Secretary requiring the State to meet, or ensure that the local area meets, agreed-upon outcomes and to implement other appropriate measures to ensure accountability.
(g) A waiver may be approved for as long as the Secretary determines appropriate, but for not longer than the duration of the State's existing Unified or Combined State Plan.
(h) The Secretary may revoke a waiver granted under this section if the Secretary determines that the State has failed to meet the agreed upon outcomes, measures, failed to comply with the terms and conditions in the MOU described in paragraph (f) of this section or any other document establishing the terms and conditions of the waiver, or if the waiver no longer meets the requirements of §§ 679.600 through 679.620.
(a) A State may submit to the Secretary, and the Secretary may approve, a workforce flexibility (workflex) plan under which the State is authorized to waive, in accordance with the plan:
(1) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements under title I of WIOA applicable to local areas, if the local area requests the waiver in a waiver application, except for:
(i) Requirements relating to the basic purposes of title I of WIOA described in § 675.100 of this chapter;
(ii) Wage and labor standards;
(iii) Grievance procedures and judicial review;
(iv) Nondiscrimination;
(v) Eligibility of participants;
(vi) Allocation of funds to local areas;
(vii) Establishment and functions of local areas and Local WDBs;
(viii) Procedures for review and approval of local plans; and
(ix) Worker rights, participation, and protection.
(2) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable to the State under secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g-49i), except for requirements relating to:
(i) The provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans; and
(ii) Universal access to basic labor exchange services without cost to job seekers.
(3) Any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable under the Older Americans Act of 1965 (OAA) (42 U.S.C. 3001
(i) The basic purposes of OAA;
(ii) Wage and labor standards;
(iii) Eligibility of participants in the activities; and
(iv) Standards for grant agreements.
(b) A workforce flexibility plan submitted under paragraph (a) of this section must include descriptions of:
(1) The process by which local areas in the State may submit and obtain State approval of applications for waivers of requirements under title I of WIOA;
(2) A description of the criteria the State will use to approve local area waiver requests and how such requests support implementation of the goals identified State Plan;
(3) The statutory and regulatory requirements of title I of WIOA that are likely to be waived by the State under the workforce flexibility plan;
(4) The statutory and regulatory requirements of secs. 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act that are proposed for waiver, if any;
(5) The statutory and regulatory requirements of the OAA that are proposed for waiver, if any;
(6) The outcomes to be achieved by the waivers described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section including, where appropriate, revisions
(7) The measures to be taken to ensure appropriate accountability for Federal funds in connection with the waivers.
(c) A State's workforce flexibility plan may accompany the State's Unified or Combined State Plan, 2-year modification, or may be submitted separately as a modification to that plan.
(d) The Secretary may approve a workforce flexibility plan consistent with the period of approval of the State's Unified or Combined State Plan, and not for more than 5 years.
(e) Before submitting a workforce flexibility plan to the Secretary for approval, the State must provide adequate notice and a reasonable opportunity for comment on the proposed waiver requests under the workforce flexibility plan to all interested parties and to the general public.
(f) The Secretary will issue guidelines under which States may request designation as a work-flex State. These guidelines may require a State to implement an evaluation of the impact of work-flex in the State.
(a)(1) Under work-flex waiver authority a State must not waive the WIOA, Wagner-Peyser Act or OAA requirements which are excepted from the work-flex waiver authority and described in § 679.630(a).
(2) Requests to waive statutory and regulatory requirements of title I of WIOA applicable at the State level may not be granted under work-flex waiver authority granted to a State. Such requests only may be granted by the Secretary under the general waiver authority described at §§ 679.610 through 679.620.
(b) As required in § 679.630(b)(6), States must address the outcomes to result from work-flex waivers as part of its workforce flexibility plan. The Secretary may terminate a State's work-flex designation if the State fails to meet agreed-upon outcomes or other terms and conditions contained in its workforce flexibility plan.
Secs. 122, 134, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The one-stop delivery system is the basic delivery system for adult and dislocated worker services. Through this system, adults and dislocated workers can access a continuum of services. The services are classified as career and training services.
(b) The chief elected official or his/her designee(s), as the local grant recipient(s) for the adult and dislocated worker programs, is a required one-stop partner and is subject to the provisions relating to such partners described in part 678 of this chapter. Consistent with those provisions:
(1) Career services for adults and dislocated workers must be made available in at least one one-stop center in each local area. Services also may be available elsewhere, either at affiliated sites or at specialized centers. For example, specialized centers may be established to serve workers being dislocated from a particular employer or industry, or to serve residents of public housing.
(2) Through the one-stop delivery system, adults and dislocated workers needing training are provided Individual Training Accounts (ITAs) and access to lists of eligible training providers and programs of training. These lists contain quality consumer information, including cost and performance information for each of the providers' programs, so that participants can make informed choices on where to use their ITAs. (ITAs are more fully discussed in subpart C of this part.)
(a) Registration is the process for collecting information to support a determination of eligibility. This information may be collected through methods that include electronic data transfer, personal interview, or an individual's application. Individuals are considered participants when they have received a Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) service other than self-service or information-only activities and have satisfied all applicable programmatic requirements for the provision of services, such as eligibility determination (
(b) Adults and dislocated workers who receive services funded under WIOA title I other than self-service or information-only activities must be registered and must be a participant.
(c) EO data, as defined in § 675.300 of this chapter, must be collected on every individual who is interested in being considered for WIOA title I financially assisted aid, benefits, services, or training by a recipient, and who has signified that interest by submitting personal information in response to a request from the grant recipient or designated service provider.
To be eligible to receive career services as an adult in the adult and dislocated worker programs, an individual must be 18 years of age or older. To be eligible for any dislocated worker programs, an eligible adult must meet the criteria of § 680.130. Eligibility criteria for training services are found at § 680.210.
(a) To be eligible to receive career services as a dislocated worker in the adult and dislocated worker programs, an individual must meet the definition of “dislocated worker” at WIOA sec. 3(15). Eligibility criteria for training services are found at § 680.210.
(b) Governors and Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs) may establish policies and procedures for one-stop centers to use in determining an individual's eligibility as a dislocated worker, consistent with the definition at WIOA sec. 3(15). These policies and procedures may address such conditions as:
(1) What constitutes a “general announcement” of plant closing under WIOA sec. 3(15)(B)(ii) or (iii);
(2) What constitutes “unemployed as a result of general economic conditions in the community in which the individual resides or because of natural disasters” for determining the eligibility of self-employed individuals, including family members and farm workers or ranch hands, under WIOA sec. 3(15)(C); and
(3) What constitutes “unlikely to return to a previous industry or occupation” under WIOA sec. 3(15)(A)(iii), consistent with § 680.660.
(a) WIOA title I formula funds allocated to local areas for adults and
(b) WIOA title I funds also may be used to provide the additional services described in WIOA sec. 134(d), including:
(1) Job seeker services, such as:
(i) Customer support to enable individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabilities) and veterans, to navigate among multiple services and activities;
(ii) Training programs for displaced homemakers and for individuals training for nontraditional employment (as defined in WIOA sec. 3(37) as occupations or fields of work in which individuals of one gender comprise less than 25 percent of the individuals so employed), in conjunction with programs operated in the local area;
(iii) Work support activities for low-wage workers, in coordination with one-stop partners, which will provide opportunities for these workers to retain or enhance employment. These activities may include any activities available under the WIOA adult and dislocated worker programs in coordination with activities and resources available through partner programs. These activities may be provided in a manner that enhances the worker's ability to participate, for example by providing them at nontraditional hours or providing on-site child care;
(iv) Supportive services, including needs-related payments, as described in subpart G of this part; and
(v) Transitional jobs, as described in § 680.190, to individuals with barriers to employment who are chronically unemployed or have an inconsistent work history;
(2) Employer services, such as:
(i) Customized screening and referral of qualified participants in training services to employers;
(ii) Customized employment-related services to employers, employer associations, or other such organization on a fee-for-service basis that are in addition to labor exchange services available to employers under the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service;
(iii) Activities to provide business services and strategies that meet the workforce investment needs of area employers, as determined by the Local WDB and consistent with the local plan (
(3) Coordination activities, such as:
(i) Employment and training activities in coordination with child support enforcement activities, as well as child support services and assistance activities, of the State and local agencies carrying out part D of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 651
(ii) Employment and training activities in coordination with cooperative extension programs carried out by the Department of Agriculture;
(iii) Employment and training activities in coordination with activities to facilitate remote access to services provided through a one-stop delivery system, including facilitating access through the use of technology;
(iv) Improving coordination between workforce investment activities and economic development activities carried out within the local area involved, and to promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services;
(v) Improving services and linkages between the local workforce development system (including the local one-stop delivery system) and employers, including small employers, in the local area;
(vi) Strengthening linkages between the one-stop delivery system and the unemployment insurance programs; and
(vii) Improving coordination between employment and training activities and programs carried out in the local area for individuals with disabilities, including programs carried out by State agencies relating to intellectual disabilities and developmental disabilities, activities carried out by Statewide Independent Living Councils established under sec. 705 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 796d), programs funded under part B of chapter 1 of title VII of such Act (29 U.S.C. 796e
(4) Implementing a Pay-for-Performance contract strategy for training services in accordance with §§ 683.500 through 683.530 of this chapter for which up to 10 percent of the Local WDB's total adult and dislocated worker funds may be used;
(5) Technical assistance for one-stop centers, partners, and eligible training providers (ETPs) on the provision of service to individuals with disabilities in local areas, including staff training and development, provision of outreach and intake assessments, service delivery, service coordination across providers and programs, and development of performance accountability measures;
(6) Activities to adjust the economic self-sufficiency standards referred to in WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(xii) for local factors or activities to adopt, calculate or commission for approval, economic self-sufficiency standards for the local areas that specify the income needs of families, by family size, the number and ages of children in the family, and sub-State geographical considerations;
(7) Implementing promising service to workers and businesses, which may include support for education, training, skill upgrading, and statewide networking for employees to become workplace learning advisors and maintain proficiency in carrying out the activities associated with such advising; and
(8) Incumbent worker training programs, as described in subpart F of this part.
(a) At a minimum, all of the basic career services described in WIOA secs. 134(c)(2)(A)(i)-(xi) and § 678.430(a) of this chapter must be provided in each local area through the one-stop delivery system.
(b) Individualized career services described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xii) and § 678.430(b) of this chapter must be made available, if determined appropriate in order for an individual to obtain or retain employment.
(c) Follow-up services, as described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xiii) and § 678.430(c) of this chapter, must be made available, as determined appropriate by the Local WDB, for a minimum of 12 months following the first day of employment, to participants who are placed in unsubsidized employment.
Career services must be provided through the one-stop delivery system. Career services may be provided directly by the one-stop operator or through contracts with service providers that are approved by the Local WDB. The Local WDB only may be a provider of career services when approved by the chief elected official and the Governor in accordance with the requirements of WIOA sec. 107(g)(2) and § 679.410 of this chapter.
The individual employment plan (IEP) is an individualized career service, under WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xii)(II),
For the purposes of WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(xii)(VII), an internship or work experience is a planned, structured learning experience that takes place in a workplace for a limited period of time. Internships and other work experience may be paid or unpaid, as appropriate and consistent with other laws, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. An internship or other work experience may be arranged within the private for profit sector, the non-profit sector, or the public sector. Labor standards apply in any work experience setting where an employee/employer relationship, as defined by the Fair Labor Standards Act, exists. Transitional jobs are a type of work experience, as described in §§ 680.190 and 680.195.
A transitional job is one that provides a time-limited work experience, that is wage-paid and subsidized, and is in the public, private, or non-profit sectors for those individuals with barriers to employment who are chronically unemployed or have inconsistent work history, as determined by the Local WDB. These jobs are designed to enable an individual to establish a work history, demonstrate work success in an employee-employer relationship, and develop the skills that lead to unsubsidized employment.
The local area may use up to 10 percent of their combined total of adult and dislocated worker allocations for transitional jobs as described in § 680.190. Transitional jobs must be combined with comprehensive career services (
Types of training services are listed in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(D) and in paragraphs (a) through (k) of this section. This list is not all-inclusive and additional training services may be provided.
(a) Occupational skills training, including training for nontraditional employment;
(b) On-the-job training (OJT) (
(c) Incumbent worker training, in accordance with WIOA sec. 134(d)(4) and §§ 680.780, 680.790, 680.800, 680.810, and 680.820;
(d) Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs;
(e) Training programs operated by the private sector;
(f) Skills upgrading and retraining;
(g) Entrepreneurial training;
(h) Transitional jobs in accordance with WIOA sec 134(d)(5) and §§ 680.190 and 680.195;
(i) Job readiness training provided in combination with services listed in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section;
(j) Adult education and literacy activities, including activities of English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs, provided concurrently or in combination with training services listed in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section; and
(k) Customized training conducted with a commitment by an employer or group of employers to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training (
Under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(A) training services may be made available to employed and unemployed adults and dislocated workers who:
(a) A one-stop center or one-stop partner determines, after an interview, evaluation, or assessment, and career planning, are:
(1) Unlikely or unable to obtain or retain employment that leads to economic self-sufficiency or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employment through career services;
(2) In need of training services to obtain or retain employment leading to economic self-sufficiency or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employment; and
(3) Have the skills and qualifications to participate successfully in training services;
(b) Select a program of training services that is directly linked to the employment opportunities in the local area or the planning region, or in another area to which the individuals are willing to commute or relocate;
(c) Are unable to obtain grant assistance from other sources to pay the costs of such training, including such sources as State-funded training funds, Trade Adjustment Assistance (TAA), and Federal Pell Grants established under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, or require WIOA assistance in addition to other sources of grant assistance, including Federal Pell Grants (provisions relating to fund coordination are found at § 680.230 and WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(B)); and
(d) If training services are provided through the adult funding stream, are determined eligible in accordance with the State and local priority system in effect for adults under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E) and § 680.600.
(a) Yes, except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, an individual must at a minimum receive either an interview, evaluation, or assessment, and career planning or any other method through which the one-stop center or partner can obtain enough information to make an eligibility determination to be determined eligible for training services under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(A)(i) and § 680.210. Where appropriate, a recent interview, evaluation, or assessment, may be used for the assessment purpose.
(b) The case file must contain a determination of need for training services under § 680.210 as determined through the interview, evaluation, or assessment, and career planning informed by local labor market information and training provider performance information, or through any other career service received. There is no requirement that career services be provided as a condition to receipt of training services; however, if career services are not provided before training, the Local WDB must document the circumstances that justified its determination to provide training without first providing the services described in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) There is no Federally required minimum time period for participation in career services before receiving training services.
(a) WIOA funding for training is limited to participants who:
(1) Are unable to obtain grant assistance from other sources to pay the costs of their training; or
(2) Require assistance beyond that available under grant assistance from other sources to pay the costs of such training. Programs and training providers must coordinate funds available to pay for training as described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. In making the determination under this paragraph (a), one-stop centers may take into account the full cost of participating in training services, including the cost of support services and other appropriate costs.
(b) One-stop centers must coordinate training funds available and make funding arrangements with one-stop partners and other entities to apply the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section. One-stop centers must consider the availability of other sources of grants to pay for training costs such as Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), State-funded training funds, and Federal Pell Grants, so that WIOA funds supplement other sources of training grants.
(c) A WIOA participant may enroll in WIOA-funded training while his/her application for a Pell Grant is pending as long as the one-stop center has made arrangements with the training provider and the WIOA participant regarding allocation of the Pell Grant, if it is subsequently awarded. In that case, the training provider must reimburse the one-stop center the WIOA funds used to underwrite the training for the amount the Pell Grant covers, including any education fees the training provider charges to attend training. Reimbursement is not required from the portion of Pell Grant assistance disbursed to the WIOA participant for education-related expenses.
Training services for eligible individuals are typically provided by training providers who receive payment for their services through an ITA. The ITA is a payment agreement established on behalf of a participant with a training provider. WIOA title I adult and dislocated workers purchase training services from State eligible training providers they select in consultation with the career planner, which includes discussion of program quality and performance information on the available eligible training providers. Payments from ITAs may be made in a variety of ways, including the electronic transfer of funds through financial institutions, vouchers, or other appropriate methods. Payments also may be made incrementally, for example, through payment of a portion of the costs at different points in the training course. Under limited conditions, as provided in § 680.320 and WIOA sec. 134(d)(3)(G), a Local WDB may contract for these services, rather than using an ITA for this purpose. In some limited circumstances, the Local WDB may itself provide the training services, but only if it obtains a waiver from the Governor for this purpose, and the Local WDB meets the other requirements of § 679.410 of this chapter and WIOA sec. 107(g)(1).
(a) Yes, the State or Local WDB may impose limits on ITAs, such as limitations on the dollar amount and/or duration.
(b) Limits to ITAs may be established in different ways:
(1) There may be a limit for an individual participant that is based on the needs identified in the IEP, such as the participant's occupational choice or goal and the level of training needed to succeed in that goal; or
(2) There may be a policy decision by the State WDB or Local WDB to establish a range of amounts and/or a maximum amount applicable to all ITAs.
(c) Limitations established by State or Local WDB policies must be described in the State or Local Plan, respectively, but must not be implemented in a manner that undermines WIOA's requirement that training services are provided in a manner that maximizes customer choice in the selection of an ETP. Exceptions to ITA limitations may be provided for individual cases and must be described in State or Local WDB policies.
(d) An individual may select training that costs more than the maximum amount available for ITAs under a State or local policy when other sources of funds are available to supplement the ITA. These other sources may include: Pell Grants; scholarships; severance pay; and other sources.
(a) Contracts for services may be used instead of ITAs only when one or more of the following five exceptions apply, and the local area has fulfilled the consumer choice requirements of § 680.340:
(1) When the services provided are on-the-job-training (OJT), customized training, incumbent worker training, or transitional jobs.
(2) When the Local WDB determines that there are an insufficient number of eligible training providers in the local area to accomplish the purpose of a system of ITAs. The determination process must include a public comment period for interested providers of at least 30 days, and be described in the Local Plan.
(3) When the Local WDB determines that there is a training services program of demonstrated effectiveness offered in the area by a community-based organization or another private organization to serve individuals with barriers to employment, as described in paragraph (b) of this section. The Local WDB must develop criteria to be used in determining demonstrated effectiveness, particularly as it applies to the individuals with barriers to employment to be served. The criteria may include:
(i) Financial stability of the organization;
(ii) Demonstrated performance in the delivery of services to individuals with barriers to employment through such means as program completion rate; attainment of the skills, certificates or degrees the program is designed to provide; placement after training in unsubsidized employment; and retention in employment; and
(iii) How the specific program relates to the workforce investment needs identified in the local plan.
(4) When the Local WDB determines that it would be most appropriate to contract with an institution of higher education (
(5) When the Local WDB is considering entering into a Pay-for-Performance contract, and the Local WDB ensures that the contract is consistent with § 683.510 of this chapter.
(b) Under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, individuals with barriers to
(1) Displaced homemakers;
(2) Low-income individuals;
(3) Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians;
(4) Individuals with disabilities;
(5) Older individuals,
(6) Ex-offenders;
(7) Homeless individuals;
(8) Youth who are in or have aged out of the foster care system;
(9) Individuals who are English language learners, individuals who have low levels of literacy, and individuals facing substantial cultural barriers;
(10) Eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, defined in WIOA sec. 167(i);
(11) Individuals within 2 years of exhausting lifetime eligibility under TANF (part A of title IV of the Social Security Act);
(12) Single-parents (including single pregnant women);
(13) Long-term unemployed individuals; or
(14) Other groups determined by the Governor to have barriers to employment.
(c) The Local Plan must describe the process to be used in selecting the providers under a contract for services.
Registered apprenticeships automatically qualify to be a on a State's eligible training provider list (ETPL) as described in § 680.470.
(a) ITAs can be used to support placing participants in registered apprenticeship through:
(1) Pre-apprenticeship training, as defined in § 681.480 of this chapter; and
(2) Training services provided under a registered apprenticeship program.
(b) Supportive services may be provided as described in §§ 680.900 and 680.910.
(c) Needs-related payments may be provided as described in §§ 680.930, 680.940, 680.950, 680.960, and 680.970.
(d) Work-based training options also may be used to support participants in registered apprenticeship programs (
(a) Training services, whether under ITAs or under contract, must be provided in a manner that maximizes informed consumer choice in selecting an eligible provider.
(b) Each Local WDB, through the one-stop center, must make available to customers the State list of eligible training providers required in WIOA sec. 122(d). The list includes a description of the programs through which the providers may offer the training services, and the performance and cost information about those providers described in WIOA sec. 122(d). Additionally, the Local WDB must make available information identifying eligible providers as may be required by the Governor under WIOA sec. 122(h) (where applicable).
(c) An individual who has been determined eligible for training services under § 680.210 may select a provider described in paragraph (b) of this section after consultation with a career planner. Unless the program has exhausted training funds for the program year, the one-stop center must refer the individual to the selected provider, and establish an ITA for the individual to pay for training. For purposes of this paragraph (c), a referral may be carried out by providing a voucher or certificate to the individual to obtain the training.
(d) The cost of referral of an individual with an ITA to a training provider is paid by the applicable adult or dislocated worker program under title I of WIOA.
(e) Each Local WDB, through the one-stop center, may coordinate funding for ITAs with funding from other Federal, State, local, or private job training programs or sources to assist the individual in obtaining training services.
(f) Consistent with paragraph (a) of this section, priority consideration must be given to programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials (defined at WIOA sec. 3(52)) that are aligned with in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area.
Yes, under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(D)(x), title I funds may provide adult education and literacy activities if they are provided concurrently or in combination with one or more of the following training services:
(a) Occupational skills training, including training for nontraditional employment;
(b) OJT;
(c) Incumbent worker training (as described in §§ 680.780, 680.790, 680.800, 680.810, and 680.820);
(d) Programs that combined workplace training and related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs;
(e) Training programs operated by the private sector;
(f) Skill upgrading and retraining; or
(g) Entrepreneurial training.
(a) This subpart describes the process for determining eligible training providers and programs for WIOA title I, subtitle B adult, dislocated worker, and out-of-school youth (OSY) aged 16-24 training participants and for publicly disseminating the list of these providers with relevant information about their programs. The workforce development system established under WIOA emphasizes informed consumer choice, job-driven training, provider performance, and continuous improvement. The quality and selection of providers and programs of training services is vital to achieving these core principles.
(b) The State list of eligible training providers and programs and the related eligibility procedures ensure the accountability, quality and labor-market relevance of programs of training services that receive funds through WIOA title I, subtitle B. The State list of eligible training providers and programs also is a means for ensuring informed customer choice for individuals eligible for training. In administering the eligible training provider eligibility process, States and local areas must work to ensure that qualified providers offering a wide variety of job-driven programs of training services are available. The State list of eligible training providers and programs is made publicly available online through Web sites and searchable databases as well as any other means the State uses to disseminate information to consumers, including formats accessible to individuals with disabilities. The list must be accompanied by relevant performance and cost information and must be presented in a way that is easily understood, in order to maximize informed consumer choice and serve all significant population groups, and also must be available in an electronic format. The State eligible training provider performance reports, as required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(4), are addressed separately in § 677.230 of this chapter.
An ETP:
(a) Is the only type of entity that receives funding for training services, as defined in § 680.200, through an individual training account;
(b) Must be included on the State list of eligible training providers and programs under this subpart;
(c) Must provide a program of training services; and
(d) Must be one of the following types of entities:
(1) Institutions of higher education that provide a program which leads to a recognized postsecondary credential;
(2) Entities that carry out programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act (29 U.S.C. 50
(3) Other public or private providers of training services, which may include:
(i) Community-based organizations;
(ii) Joint labor-management organizations; and
(iii) Eligible providers of adult education and literacy activities under title II of WIOA if such activities are provided in combination with training services described at § 680.350.
A program of training services is one or more courses or classes, or a structured regimen, that provides the services in § 680.200 and leads to:
(a) An industry-recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of a registered apprenticeship, a license recognized by the State involved or the Federal government, an associate or baccalaureate degree;
(b) Consistent with § 680.350, a secondary school diploma or its equivalent;
(c) Employment; or
(d) Measurable skill gains toward a credential described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section or employment.
(a) The Governor, in consultation with the State WDB, establishes the criteria, information requirements, and procedures, including procedures identifying the respective roles of the State and local areas, governing the eligibility of providers and programs of training services to receive funds through ITAs.
(b) The Governor may designate a State agency (or appropriate State entity) to assist in carrying out the process and procedures for determining the eligibility of training providers and programs of training services. The Governor or such agency (or appropriate State entity) is responsible for:
(1) Ensuring the development and maintenance of the State list of eligible training providers and programs, as described in §§ 680.450 (initial eligibility), 680.460 (continued eligibility), and 680.490 (performance and cost information reporting requirements);
(2) Ensuring that programs meet eligibility criteria and performance levels established by the State, including verifying the accuracy of the information;
(3) Removing programs that do not meet State-established program criteria or performance levels, as described in § 680.480(c);
(4) Taking appropriate enforcement actions against providers that intentionally provide inaccurate information, or that substantially violate the requirements of WIOA, as described in § 680.480(a) and (b); and
(5) Disseminating the State list of eligible training providers and programs, accompanied by performance and cost information relating to each program, to the public and the Local WDBs throughout the State, as further described in § 680.500.
(c) The Local WDB must:
(1) Carry out the procedures assigned to the Local WDB by the State, such as determining the initial eligibility of entities providing a program of training services, renewing the eligibility of providers and programs, and considering the possible termination of an eligible training provider due to the provider's submission of inaccurate eligibility and performance information or the provider's substantial violation of WIOA requirements;
(2) Work with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services, including eligible providers with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities and eligible providers with expertise in assisting adults in need of adult education and literacy activities described under WIOA sec. 107(d)(10)(E), serving the local area; and
(3) Ensure the dissemination and appropriate use of the State list of eligible training providers and programs through the local one-stop delivery system, including formats accessible to individuals with disabilities.
(d) The Local WDB may make recommendations to the Governor on the procedure used in determining eligibility of providers and programs.
(e) The Local WDB may, except with respect to registered apprenticeship programs:
(1) Require additional criteria and information from local providers as criteria to become or remain eligible in that local area; and
(2) Set higher levels of performance than those required by the State as criteria for local programs to become or remain eligible to provide services in that local area.
(a) All providers and programs that have not previously been eligible to provide training services under WIOA sec. 122 or WIA sec. 122, except for registered apprenticeship programs, must submit required information to be considered for initial eligibility in accordance with the Governor's procedures.
(b) Apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act are exempt from initial eligibility procedures. Registered apprenticeship programs must be included and maintained on the State list of eligible training providers and programs as long as the program remains registered, unless the registered apprenticeship program is removed from the list for a reason set forth in § 680.470. Procedures for registered apprenticeship programs to be included and maintained on the list are described in § 680.470.
(c) In establishing the State requirements described in paragraph (e) of this section, the Governor must, in consultation with the State WDB, develop a procedure for determining the eligibility of training providers and programs. This procedure, which must be described in the State Plan, must be developed after:
(1) Soliciting and taking into consideration recommendations from Local WDBs and providers of training services within the State;
(2) Providing an opportunity for interested members of the public, including representatives of business and labor organizations, to submit comments on the procedure; and
(3) Designating a specific time period for soliciting and considering the recommendations of Local WDBs and providers, and for providing an opportunity for public comment.
(d) For institutions of higher education that provide a program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential and for other public or private providers of programs of training services, including joint labor-management organizations, and providers of adult education and literacy activities, the Governor must establish criteria and State requirements
(e) The Governor must require providers and programs seeking initial eligibility to provide verifiable program specific performance information. At a minimum, these criteria must require applicant providers to:
(1) Describe each program of training services to be offered;
(2) Provide information addressing a factor related to the indicators of performance, as described in WIOA secs. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(I)-(IV) and § 680.460(g)(1) through (4) which include unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit, unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit, median earnings and credentials attainment;
(3) Describe whether the provider is in a partnership with a business;
(4) Provide other information the Governor may require in order to demonstrate high quality programs of training services, which may include information related to training services that lead to a recognized postsecondary credential; and
(5) Provide information that addresses alignment of the training services with in-demand industry sectors and occupations, to the extent possible.
(f) In establishing the initial eligibility procedures and criteria, the Governor may establish minimum performance standards, based on the performance information described in paragraph (e) of this section.
(g) Under WIOA sec. 122(b)(4)(B), eligible training providers receive initial eligibility for only 1 year for a particular program.
(h) After the initial eligibility expires, these initially eligible training providers are subject to the Governor's application procedures for continued eligibility, described at § 680.460, in order to remain eligible.
(a) The Governor must establish an application procedure for eligible training providers and programs to maintain their continued eligibility. The application procedure must take into account the program's prior eligibility status.
(1) Training providers and programs that were previously eligible under WIA will be subject to the application procedure for continued eligibility after the close of the Governor's transition period for implementation.
(2) Training providers and programs that were not previously eligible under WIA and have been determined to be initially eligible under WIOA, under the procedures described at § 680.450, will be subject to the application procedure for continued eligibility after their initial eligibility expires.
(b) The Governor must develop this procedure after:
(1) Soliciting and taking into consideration recommendations from Local WDBs and providers of training services within the State;
(2) Providing an opportunity for interested members of the public, including representatives of business and labor organizations, to submit comments on such procedure; and
(3) Designating a specific time period for soliciting and considering the recommendations of Local WDBs and providers, and for providing an opportunity for public comment.
(c) Procedures for registered apprenticeship programs to be included and maintained on the list are described in § 680.470. Apprenticeship programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act must be included and maintained on the State list of eligible training providers and programs as long as the program remains registered, unless the registered apprenticeship program is removed from the list for a reason set forth in § 680.470.
(d) The application procedure must describe the roles of the State and local areas in receiving and reviewing provider applications and in making eligibility determinations.
(e) The application procedure must be described in the State Plan.
(f) In establishing eligibility criteria, the Governor must take into account:
(1) The performance of the eligible training provider's program on:
(i) The performance accountability measures described in WIOA secs. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(I)-(IV) and the other matters required by WIOA sec. 122(b)(2);
(ii) Other appropriate measures of performance outcomes determined by the Governor for program participants receiving training services under WIOA title I, subtitle B, taking into consideration the characteristics of the population served and relevant economic conditions; and
(iii) Outcomes of the program for students in general with respect to employment and earnings as defined in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2).
(iv) All of these measures may include minimum performance standards.
(v) Until data from the conclusion of each performance indicator's first data cycle are available, the Governor may take into account alternate factors related to the measures described in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(2) Ensuring access to training services throughout the State, including in rural areas, and through the use of technology;
(3) Information reported to State agencies on Federal and State training programs other than programs within WIOA title I, subtitle B;
(4) The degree to which programs of training services relate to in-demand industry sectors and occupations in the State;
(5) State licensure requirements of training providers;
(6) Encouraging the use of industry-recognized certificates and credentials;
(7) The ability of providers to offer programs of training services that lead to postsecondary credentials;
(8) The quality of the program of training services including a program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential;
(9) The ability of the providers to provide training services to individuals who are employed and individuals with barriers to employment;
(10) Whether the providers timely and accurately submitted all of the information required for completion of eligible training provider performance reports required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) and all of the information required for initial and continued eligibility in this subpart; and
(11) Other factors that the Governor determines are appropriate in order to ensure: The accountability of providers; that one-stop centers in the State will meet the needs of local employers and participants; and, that participants will be given an informed choice among providers.
(g) The information requirements that the Governor establishes under paragraph (f)(1) of this section must require eligible training providers to submit appropriate, accurate, and timely information for participants receiving training under WIOA title I, subtitle B. That information must include:
(1) The percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) The percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) The median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its
(5) Information on recognized postsecondary credentials received by program participants;
(6) Information on cost of attendance, including costs of tuition and fees, for program participants;
(7) Information on the program completion rate for such participants.
(h) The eligibility criteria must require that:
(1) Providers submit performance and cost information as described in paragraph (g) of this section and in the Governor's procedures for each program of training services for which the provider has been determined to be eligible, in a timeframe and manner determined by the State, but at least every 2 years; and
(2) That the collection of information required to demonstrate compliance with the criteria is not unduly burdensome or costly to providers.
(i) The procedure for continued eligibility also must provide for the State biennially to review provider eligibility information to assess the renewal of training provider eligibility. Such procedures may establish minimum levels of training provider performance as criteria for continued eligibility.
(j) The procedure for biennial review of the provider eligibility must include verification of the registration status of registered apprenticeship programs and removal of any registered apprenticeship programs as described in § 680.470.
(k) The Governor may establish procedures and timeframes for providing technical assistance to eligible training providers who are not intentionally supplying inaccurate information or who have not substantially violated any of the requirements under this section but are failing to meet the criteria and information requirements due to undue cost or burden.
(l) The Governor's procedures must include what the Governor considers to be a substantial violation of the requirement to timely and accurately submit all of the information required for completion of the eligible training provider performance reports required under WIOA sec. 116(d)(4) and all of the information required for initial and continued eligibility in this subpart.
(1) The Governor's procedures on determining a substantial violation must take into account exceptional circumstances beyond the provider's control, such as natural disasters, unexpected personnel transitions, and unexpected technology-related issues.
(2) Providers who substantially violate the requirement in paragraph (g) of this section to timely and accurately submit all required information must be removed from the State list of eligible training providers and programs, as provided in § 680.480(b).
(a) All registered apprenticeship programs that are registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Apprenticeship, or a recognized State apprenticeship agency, are automatically eligible to be included in the State list of eligible training providers and programs. All registered apprenticeship programs must be informed of their automatic eligibility to be included on the list, and must be provided an opportunity to consent to their inclusion, before being placed on the State list of eligible training providers and programs. The Governor must establish a mechanism for registered apprenticeship program sponsors in the State to be informed of their automatic eligibility and to indicate that the program sponsor wishes to be included on the State list of eligible training providers and programs. This mechanism must place minimal burden on registered apprenticeship program sponsors and must be developed in accordance with guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor Office of Apprenticeship or with the assistance of the recognized State apprenticeship agency, as applicable.
(b) Once on the State list of eligible training providers and programs, registered apprenticeship programs will remain on the list:
(1) Until they are deregistered;
(2) Until the registered apprenticeship program notifies the State that it no longer wants to be included on the list; or
(3) Until the registered apprenticeship program is determined to have intentionally supplied inaccurate information or to have substantially violated any provision of title I of WIOA or the WIOA regulations, including 29 CFR part 38.
(c) A registered apprenticeship program whose eligibility is terminated under paragraph (b)(3) of this section must be terminated for not less than 2 years and is liable to repay all youth, adult, and dislocated worker training funds it received during the period of noncompliance. The Governor must specify in the procedures required by § 680.480 which individual or entity is responsible for making these determinations and the process by which the determination will be made, which must include an opportunity for a hearing that meets the requirements of § 683.630(b) of this chapter.
(d) Inclusion of a registered apprenticeship in the State list of eligible training providers and programs allows an individual who is eligible to use WIOA title I, subtitle B funds to use those funds toward registered apprenticeship training, consistent with their availability and limitations as prescribed by § 680.300. The use of ITAs and other WIOA title I, subtitle B funds toward registered apprenticeship training is further described in § 680.330.
(e) The Governor is encouraged to consult with the State and Local WDBs, ETA's Office of Apprenticeship, recognized State apprenticeship agencies (where they exist in the Governor's State) or other State agencies, to establish voluntary reporting of performance information.
(f) Pre-apprenticeship providers that wish to provide training services to participants using WIOA title I, subtitle B funds are subject to the eligibility procedures of this subpart.
(a) Yes. A training provider must meet the Governors requirements for eligibility and provide accurate information in order to retain its status as an eligible training provider.
(b) Providers determined to have intentionally supplied inaccurate information or to have substantially violated any provision of title I of WIOA or the WIOA regulations, including 29 CFR part 38, must be removed from the State list of eligible training providers and programs in accordance with the enforcement provisions of WIOA sec. 122(f). A provider whose eligibility is terminated under these conditions must be terminated for not less than 2 years and is liable to repay all youth, adult, and dislocated worker training funds it received during the period of noncompliance. The Governor must specify in the procedures which individual or entity is responsible for making these determinations and the process by which the determination will be made, which must include an opportunity for a hearing that meets the requirements of § 683.630(b) of this chapter.
(c) As a part of the biennial review of eligibility established by the Governor, the State must remove programs of training services that fail to meet criteria
(d) The Governor must establish an appeals procedure for providers of training services to appeal a denial of eligibility under this subpart that meets the requirements of § 683.630(b) of this chapter, which explains the appeals process for denial or termination of eligibility of a provider of training services.
(e) Where a Local WDB has established higher minimum performance standards, according to § 680.430(e), the Local WDB may remove a program of training services from the eligible programs in that local area for failure to meet those higher performance standards. Training providers may appeal a denial of eligibility under § 683.630(b) of this chapter.
(a) In accordance with the State procedure under § 680.460(i), eligible training providers, except registered apprenticeship programs, must submit, at least every 2 years, appropriate, timely, and accurate performance and cost information.
(b) Program-specific performance information must include:
(1) The information described in WIOA sec. 122(b)(2)(A) for individuals participating in the programs of training services who are receiving assistance under WIOA. This information includes indicators of performance as described in WIOA secs. 116(b)(2)(I)-(IV) and § 680.460(g)(1) through (4);
(2) Information identifying the recognized postsecondary credentials received by such participants in § 680.460(g)(5);
(3) Program cost information, including tuition and fees, for WIOA participants in the program in § 680.460(g)(6); and
(4) Information on the program completion rate for WIOA participants in § 680.460(g)(7).
(c) Governors may require any additional performance information (such as the information described at WIOA sec. 122(b)(1)) that the Governor determines to be appropriate to determine, maintain eligibility, or better to inform consumers.
(d) Governors must establish a procedure by which a provider can demonstrate that providing additional information required under this section would be unduly burdensome or costly. If the Governor determines that providers have demonstrated such extraordinary costs or undue burden:
(1) The Governor must provide access to cost-effective methods for the collection of the information;
(2) The Governor may provide additional resources to assist providers in the collection of the information from funds for statewide workforce investment activities reserved under WIOA secs. 128(a) and 133(a)(1); or
(3) The Governor may take other steps to assist eligible training providers in collecting and supplying required information such as offering technical assistance.
(a) In order to assist participants in choosing employment and training activities, the Governor or State agency must disseminate the State list of eligible training providers and programs and accompanying performance and cost information to Local WDBs in the State and to members of the public online, including through Web sites and searchable databases, and through whatever other means the State uses to disseminate information to consumers, including the one-stop delivery system and its program partners throughout the State.
(b) The State list of eligible training providers and programs and information must be updated regularly and provider and program eligibility must be reviewed biennially according to the procedures established by the Governor in § 680.460(i).
(c) In order to ensure informed consumer choice, the State list of eligible training providers and programs and accompanying information must be widely available to the public through electronic means, including Web sites and searchable databases, as well as through any other means the State uses to disseminate information to consumers. The list and accompanying information must be available through the one-stop delivery system and its partners including the State's secondary and postsecondary education systems. The list must be accessible to individuals seeking information on training outcomes, as well as participants in employment and training activities funded under WIOA, including those under § 680.210, and other programs. In accordance with WIOA sec. 188, the State list also must be accessible to individuals with disabilities.
(d) The State list of eligible training providers and programs must be accompanied by appropriate information to assist participants in choosing employment and programs of training services. Such information must include:
(1) Recognized postsecondary credential(s) offered;
(2) Provider information supplied to meet the Governor's eligibility procedure as described in §§ 680.450 and 680.460;
(3) Performance and cost information as described in § 680.490; and
(4) Additional information as the Governor determines appropriate.
(e) The State list of eligible training providers and programs and accompanying information must be made available in a manner that does not reveal personally identifiable information about an individual participant. In addition, in developing the information to accompany the State list described in § 680.490(b), disclosure of personally identifiable information from an education record must be carried out in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, including the circumstances relating to prior written consent.
(a) Local WDBs may supplement the criteria and information requirements established by the Governor in order to support informed consumer choice and the achievement of local performance indicators. However, the Local WDB may not do so for registered apprenticeship programs.
(b) This additional information may include:
(1) Information on programs of training services that are linked to occupations in demand in the local area;
(2) Performance and cost information, including program-specific performance and cost information, for the local outlet(s) of multi-site eligible training providers;
(3) Information that shows how programs are responsive to local requirements; and
(4) Other appropriate information related to the objectives of WIOA.
(a) An individual may choose training providers and programs outside of the local area provided the training program
(b) An individual may choose eligible training providers and programs outside of the State consistent with State and local policies and procedures. State policies and procedures may provide for reciprocal or other agreements established with another State to permit eligible training providers in a State to accept ITAs provided by the other State.
(a) Providers of on-the-job training, customized training, incumbent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience, or transitional jobs are not subject to the requirements applicable to entities listed on the eligible training provider list, and are not included on the State list of eligible training providers and programs.
(b) For providers of training described in paragraph (a) of this section, the Governor may establish performance criteria those providers must meet to receive funds under the adult or dislocated worker programs pursuant to a contract as provided in § 680.320.
(c) One-stop operators in a local area must collect such performance information as the Governor may require and determine whether the providers meet any performance criteria the Governor may establish under paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) One-stop operators must disseminate information identifying providers and programs that have met the Governor's performance criteria, along with the relevant performance information about them, through the one-stop delivery system.
(a) WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E) states that priority for individualized career services (
(b) States and local areas must establish criteria by which the one-stop center will apply the priority under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(E). Such criteria may include the availability of other funds for providing employment and training-related services in the local area, the needs of the specific groups within the local area, and other appropriate factors.
(c) The priority established under paragraph (a) of this section does not necessarily mean that these services only may be provided to recipients of public assistance, other low-income individuals, and individuals who are basic skills deficient. The Local WDB and the Governor may establish a process that also gives priority to other individuals eligible to receive such services, provided that it is consistent with priority of service for veterans (
No, the statutory priority only applies to adult funds and only applies to providing individualized career services, as described in § 680.150(b), and training services. Funds allocated for dislocated workers are not subject to this requirement.
The local TANF program is a required partner in the one-stop delivery system. Part 678 of this chapter describes the roles of such partners in the one-stop delivery system and it applies to the TANF program. TANF serves individuals who also may be served by the WIOA programs and, through appropriate linkages and referrals, these customers will have access to a broader range of services through the cooperation of the TANF program in the one-stop delivery system. TANF participants, who are determined to be WIOA eligible, and who need occupational skills training may be referred through the one-stop delivery system to receive WIOA training, when TANF grant and other grant funds are not available to the individual in accordance with § 680.230(a). WIOA participants who also are determined TANF eligible may be referred to the TANF program for assistance.
(a) Individuals who meet the definitions of a “displaced homemaker” (
(b) Displaced homemakers also may qualify for career and training services with adult funds under title I if the requirements of this part are met (
(c) Displaced homemakers also may be served in statewide employment and training projects conducted with reserve funds for innovative programs for displaced homemakers, as described in § 682.210(c) of this chapter.
(d) The definition of displaced homemaker includes the dependent spouse of a member of the Armed Forces on active duty (as defined in sec. 101(d)(1) of title 10, United States Code) and whose family income is significantly reduced because of a deployment, a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referred to in sec. 101(a)(13)(B) of title 10, United State Code, a permanent change of station, or the service-connected death or disability of the member.
Yes, even if the family of an individual with a disability does not meet the income eligibility criteria, the individual with a disability is to be considered a low-income individual if the individual's own income:
(a) Meets the income criteria established in WIOA sec. 3(36)(A)(vi); or
(b) Meets the income eligibility criteria for payments under any Federal, State or local public assistance program (see WIOA sec. 3(36)(A)(i)).
Yes, veterans, as defined under WIOA sec. 3(63)(A) and 38 U.S.C. 101, receive priority of service in all Department of Labor-funded training programs under 38 U.S.C. 4215 and described in 20 CFR part 1010. A veteran still must meet each program's eligibility criteria to receive services under the respective employment and training program. For income-based eligibility determinations, amounts paid while on active duty or paid by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) for vocational rehabilitation, disability payments, or related VA-funded programs are not to be considered as income, in accordance with 38 U.S.C. 4213 and § 683.230 of this chapter.
If the separating service member is separating from the Armed Forces with a discharge that is anything other than dishonorable, the separating service member qualifies for dislocated worker activities based on the following criteria:
(a) The separating service member has received a notice of separation, a DD-214 from the Department of Defense, or other documentation showing a separation or imminent separation from the Armed Forces to satisfy the termination or layoff part of the dislocated worker eligibility criteria in WIOA sec. 3(15)(A)(i);
(b) The separating service member qualifies for the dislocated worker eligibility criteria on eligibility for or exhaustion of unemployment compensation in WIOA sec. 3(15)(A)(ii)(I) or (II); and,
(c) As a separating service member, the individual meets the dislocated worker eligibility criteria that the individual is unlikely to return to a previous industry or occupation in WIOA sec. 3(15)(A)(iii).
(a) OJT is defined at WIOA sec. 3(44). OJT is provided under a contract with an employer or registered apprenticeship program sponsor in the public, private non-profit, or private sector. Through the OJT contract, occupational training is provided for the WIOA participant in exchange for the reimbursement, typically up to 50 percent of the wage rate of the participant, for the extraordinary costs of providing the training and supervision related to the training. In limited circumstances, as provided in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(h) and § 680.730, the reimbursement may be up to 75 percent of the wage rate of the participant.
(b) OJT contracts under WIOA title I, must not be entered into with an employer who has received payments under previous contracts under WIOA or WIA if the employer has exhibited a pattern of failing to provide OJT participants with continued long-term employment as regular employees with wages and employment benefits (including health benefits) and working conditions at the same level and to the same extent as other employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work.
(c) An OJT contract must be limited to the period of time required for a participant to become proficient in the occupation for which the training is being provided. In determining the appropriate length of the contract, consideration should be given to the skill requirements of the occupation, the academic and occupational skill level of the participant, prior work experience, and the participant's IEP.
OJT contracts may be written for eligible employed workers when:
(a) The employee is not earning a self-sufficient wage or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employment, as determined by Local WDB policy;
(b) The requirements in § 680.700 are met; and
(c) The OJT relates to the introduction of new technologies, introduction to new production or service procedures, upgrading to new jobs that require additional skills, workplace literacy, or other appropriate purposes identified by the Local WDB.
(a) OJT payments to employers are deemed to be compensation for the extraordinary costs associated with training participants and potentially lower productivity of the participants while in the OJT.
(b) Employers may be reimbursed up to 50 percent of the wage rate of an OJT participant, and up to 75 percent using the criteria in § 680.730, for the extraordinary costs of providing the training and additional supervision related to the OJT.
(c) Employers are not required to document such extraordinary costs.
(a) The Governor may increase the reimbursement rate for OJT contracts funded through the statewide employment and training activities described in § 682.210 of this chapter up to 75 percent, and the Local WDB also may increase the reimbursement rate for OJT contracts described in § 680.320(a)(1) up to 75 percent, when taking into account the following factors:
(1) The characteristics of the participants taking into consideration whether they are “individuals with barriers to employment,” as defined in WIOA sec. 3(24);
(2) The size of the employer, with an emphasis on small businesses;
(3) The quality of employer-provided training and advancement opportunities, for example if the OJT contract is for an in-demand occupation and will lead to an industry-recognized credential; and
(4) Other factors the Governor or Local WDB may determine to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating, wage and benefit levels of the employees (both at present and after completion), and relation of the training to the competitiveness of the participant.
(b) Governors or Local WDBs must document the factors used when deciding to increase the wage reimbursement levels above 50 percent up to 75 percent.
(a) OJT contracts may be entered into with registered apprenticeship program sponsors or participating employers in registered apprenticeship programs for the OJT portion of the registered apprenticeship program consistent with § 680.700. Depending on the length of the registered apprenticeship and State and local OJT policies, these funds may cover some or all of the registered apprenticeship training.
(b) If the apprentice is unemployed at the time of participation, the OJT must be conducted as described in § 680.700. If the apprentice is employed at the time of participation, the OJT must be conducted as described in § 680.710.
There is no Federal prohibition on using both ITA and OJT funds when placing participants into a registered apprenticeship program. See § 680.330 on using ITAs to support participants in registered apprenticeship.
Customized training is training:
(a) That is designed to meet the special requirements of an employer (including a group of employers);
(b) That is conducted with a commitment by the employer to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training; and
(c) For which the employer pays for a significant cost of the training, as determined by the Local WDB in
Customized training of an eligible employed individual may be provided for an employer or a group of employers when:
(a) The employee is not earning a self-sufficient wage or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employment, as determined by Local WDB policy;
(b) The requirements in § 680.760 are met; and
(c) The customized training relates to the purposes described in § 680.710(c) or other appropriate purposes identified by the Local WDB.
States and local areas must establish policies and definitions to determine which workers, or groups of workers, are eligible for incumbent worker services. To qualify as an incumbent worker, the incumbent worker needs to be employed, meet the Fair Labor Standards Act requirements for an employer-employee relationship, and have an established employment history with the employer for 6 months or more, with the following exception: In the event that the incumbent worker training is being provided to a cohort of employees, not every employee in the cohort must have an established employment history with the employer for 6 months or more as long as a majority of those employees being trained do meet the employment history requirement. An incumbent worker does not have to meet the eligibility requirements for career and training services for adults and dislocated workers under WIOA, unless they also are enrolled as a participant in the WIOA adult or dislocated worker program.
Incumbent worker training must satisfy the requirements in WIOA sec. 134(d)(4) and increase the competitiveness of the employee or employer. For purposes of WIOA sec. 134(d)(4)(B), incumbent worker training is training:
(a) Designed to meet the special requirements of an employer (including a group of employers) to retain a skilled workforce or avert the need to lay off employees by assisting the workers in obtaining the skills necessary to retain employment.
(b) Conducted with a commitment by the employer to retain or avert the layoffs of the incumbent worker(s) trained.
(a) The local area may reserve up to 20 percent of their combined total of adult and dislocated worker allocations for incumbent worker training as described in § 680.790;
(b) The State may use their statewide activities funds (per WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(i)) and Rapid Response funds for statewide incumbent worker training activities (
The Local WDB must consider under WIOA sec. 134(d)(4)(A)(ii):
(a) The characteristics of the individuals in the program;
(b) The relationship of the training to the competitiveness of an individual and the employer; and
(c) Other factors the Local WDB determines appropriate, including number of employees trained, wages and benefits including post training increases, and the existence of other training opportunities provided by the employer.
Yes. Under WIOA secs. 134(d)(4)(C) and 134(d)(4)(D)(i)-(iii), employers participating in incumbent worker training are required to pay the non-Federal share of the cost of providing training to their incumbent workers. The amount of the non-Federal share depends upon the limits established under WIOA secs. 134(d)(4)(ii)(C) and (D).
No. Funds provided to employers for work-based training, as described in this subpart, must not be used to directly or indirectly assist, promote, or deter union organizing.
No. Funds provided to employers for work-based training, as described in this subpart and in subpart A of this part, may not be used to directly or indirectly aid in the filling of a job opening which is vacant because the former occupant is on strike, or is being locked out in the course of a labor dispute, or the filling of which is otherwise an issue in a labor dispute involving a work stoppage.
Supportive services for adults and dislocated workers are defined at WIOA sec. 3(59) and secs. 134(d)(2) and (3). Local WDBs, in consultation with the one-stop partners and other community service providers, must develop a policy on supportive services that ensures resource and service coordination in the local area. The policy should address procedures for referral to such services, including how such services will be funded when they are not otherwise available from other sources. The provision of accurate information about the availability of supportive services in the local area, as well as referral to such activities, is one of the career services that must be available to adults and dislocated workers through the one-stop delivery system. (WIOA sec. 134(c)(2)(A)(ix) and § 678.430 of this chapter). Local WDBs must ensure that needs-related payments are made in a manner consistent with §§ 680.930, 680.940, 680.950, 680.960, and 680.970. Supportive services are services that are necessary to enable an individual to participate in activities authorized under WIOA sec. 134(c)(2) and (3). These services may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) Linkages to community services;
(b) Assistance with transportation;
(c) Assistance with child care and dependent care;
(d) Assistance with housing;
(e) Needs-related payments, as described at §§ 680.930, 680.940, 680.950, 680.960, and 680.970;
(f) Assistance with educational testing;
(g) Reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities;
(h) Legal aid services;
(i) Referrals to health care;
(j) Assistance with uniforms or other appropriate work attire and work-related tools, including such items as eyeglasses and protective eye gear;
(k) Assistance with books, fees, school supplies, and other necessary items for students enrolled in postsecondary education classes; and
(l) Payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications.
(a) Supportive services may only be provided to individuals who are:
(1) Participating in career or training services as defined in WIOA secs. 134(c)(2) and (3); and
(2) Unable to obtain supportive services through other programs providing such services.
(b) Supportive services only may be provided when they are necessary to enable individuals to participate in career service or training activities.
(a) Local WDBs may establish limits on the provision of supportive services or provide the one-stop center with the authority to establish such limits, including a maximum amount of funding and maximum length of time for supportive services to be available to participants.
(b) Procedures also may be established to allow one-stop centers to grant exceptions to the limits established under paragraph (a) of this section.
Needs-related payments provide financial assistance to participants for the purpose of enabling them to participate in training and are a supportive service authorized by WIOA sec. 134(d)(3). Unlike other supportive services, in order to qualify for needs-related payments a participant must be enrolled in training.
Adults must:
(a) Be unemployed;
(b) Not qualify for, or have ceased qualifying for, unemployment compensation; and
(c) Be enrolled in a program of training services under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3).
To receive needs-related payments, a dislocated worker must:
(a) Be unemployed, and:
(1) Have ceased to qualify for unemployment compensation or trade readjustment allowance under TAA; and
(2) Be enrolled in a program of training services under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3) by the end of the 13th week after the most recent layoff that resulted in a determination of the worker's eligibility as a dislocated worker, or, if later, by the end of the 8th week after the worker is informed that a short-term layoff will exceed 6 months; or
(b) Be unemployed and did not qualify for unemployment compensation or trade readjustment assistance under TAA and be enrolled in a program of training services under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3).
Yes, payments may be provided if the participant has been accepted in a training program that will begin within 30 calendar days. The Governor may authorize local areas to extend the 30-day period to address appropriate circumstances.
(a) The payment level for adults must be established by the Local WDB. For statewide projects, the payment level for adults must be established by the State WDB.
(b) For dislocated workers, payments must not exceed the greater of either of the following levels:
(1) The applicable weekly level of the unemployment compensation benefit, for participants who were eligible for unemployment compensation as a result of the qualifying dislocation; or
(2) The poverty level for an equivalent period, for participants who did not qualify for unemployment compensation as a result of the qualifying layoff. The weekly payment level must be adjusted to reflect changes in total family income, as determined by Local WDB policies.
Secs. 107, 121, 123, 129, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) eliminates the requirement for Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs) to establish a youth council. However, the Department encourages Local WDBs to establish a standing committee to provide information and to assist with planning, operational, oversight, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth. If the Local WDB does not designate a standing youth committee, it retains responsibility for all aspects of youth formula programs.
(a) If a Local WDB decides to form a standing youth committee, the committee must include a member of the Local WDB, who chairs the committee, members of community-based organizations with a demonstrated record of success in serving eligible youth, and other individuals with appropriate expertise and experience who are not members of the Local WDB.
(b) The committee must reflect the needs of the local area. The committee members appointed for their experience and expertise may bring their expertise to help the committee address the employment, training, education, human and supportive service needs of eligible youth including out-of-school youth (OSY). Members may represent agencies such as secondary and postsecondary education, training, health, disability, mental health, housing, public assistance, and justice, or be representatives of philanthropic or economic and community development organizations, and employers. The committee may also include parents, participants, and youth.
(c) A Local WDB may designate an existing entity such as an effective youth council as the standing youth committee if it fulfills the requirements above in paragraph (a) of this section.
Under the direction of the Local WDB, a standing youth committee may:
(a) Recommend policy direction to the Local WDB for the design, development, and implementation of programs that benefit all youth;
(b) Recommend the design of a comprehensive community workforce development system to ensure a full range of services and opportunities for all youth, including disconnected youth;
(c) Recommend ways to leverage resources and coordinate services among schools, public programs, and community-based organizations serving youth;
(d) Recommend ways to coordinate youth services and recommend eligible youth service providers;
(e) Provide on-going leadership and support for continuous quality improvement for local youth programs;
(f) Assist with planning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth; and
(g) If so delegated by the Local WDB after consultation with the chief elected official (CEO), oversee eligible youth providers, as well as other youth program oversight responsibilities.
Both in-school youth (ISY) and OSY are eligible for youth services.
An OSY is an individual who is:
(a) Not attending any school (as defined under State law);
(b) Not younger than age 16 or older than age 24 at time of enrollment. Because age eligibility is based on age at enrollment, participants may continue to receive services beyond the age of 24 once they are enrolled in the program; and
(c) One or more of the following:
(1) A school dropout;
(2) A youth who is within the age of compulsory school attendance, but has not attended school for at least the most recent complete school year calendar quarter. School year calendar quarter is based on how a local school district defines its school year quarters. In cases where schools do not use quarters, local programs must use calendar year quarters;
(3) A recipient of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent who is a low-income individual and is either basic skills deficient or an English language learner;
(4) An offender;
(5) A homeless individual aged 16 to 24 who meets the criteria defined in sec. 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6)), a homeless child or youth aged 16 to 24 who meets the criteria defined in sec. 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)) or a runaway;
(6) An individual in foster care or who has aged out of the foster care system or who has attained 16 years of age and left foster care for kinship guardianship or adoption, a child eligible for assistance under sec. 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677), or in an out-of-home placement;
(7) An individual who is pregnant or parenting;
(8) An individual with a disability; or
(9) A low-income individual who requires additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment.
An ISY is an individual who is:
(a) Attending school (as defined by State law), including secondary and postsecondary school;
(b) Not younger than age 14 or (unless an individual with a disability who is
(c) A low-income individual; and
(d) One or more of the following:
(1) Basic skills deficient;
(2) An English language learner;
(3) An offender;
(4) A homeless individual aged 14 to 21 who meets the criteria defined in sec. 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6)), a homeless child or youth aged 14 to 21 who meets the criteria defined in sec. 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)), or a runaway;
(5) An individual in foster care or who has aged out of the foster care system or who has attained 16 years of age and left foster care for kinship guardianship or adoption, a child eligible for assistance under sec. 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677), or in an out-of-home placement;
(6) An individual who is pregnant or parenting;
(7) An individual with a disability; or
(8) An individual who requires additional assistance to complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment.
In general, the applicable State law for secondary and postsecondary institutions defines “school.” However, for purposes of WIOA, the Department does not consider providers of adult education under title II of WIOA, YouthBuild programs, the Job Corps program, high school equivalency programs, or dropout re-engagement programs to be schools. Therefore, in all cases except the one provided below, WIOA youth programs may consider a youth to be an OSY for purposes of WIOA youth program eligibility if he or she attend adult education provided under title II of WIOA, YouthBuild, Job Corps, high school equivalency programs, or dropout re-engagement programs regardless of the funding source of those programs. Youth attending high school equivalency programs funded by the public K-12 school system who are classified by the school system as still enrolled in school are an exception; they are considered ISY.
Local WIOA youth programs must verify a youth's dropout status at the time of WIOA youth program enrollment. An individual who is out of school at the time of enrollment, and subsequently placed in any school, is an OSY for the purposes of the 75 percent expenditure requirement for OSY throughout his/her participation in the program.
(a) For OSY, only those youth who are the recipient of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent and are either basic skills deficient or an English language learner, and youth who require additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment, must be low-income. All other OSY meeting OSY eligibility under § 681.210(c)(1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), and (8) are not required to be low-income.
(b) All ISY must be low-income to meet the ISY eligibility criteria, except those that fall under the low-income exception.
(c) WIOA allows a low-income exception where five percent of WIOA youth may be participants who ordinarily would be required to be low-income for eligibility purposes and meet all other eligibility criteria for WIOA youth except the low-income criteria. A program must calculate the five percent based on the percent of newly enrolled youth in the local area's WIOA youth program in a given program year who would ordinarily be required to meet the low-income criteria.
(d) In addition to the criteria in the definition of “low-income individual” in WIOA sec. 3(36), a youth is low-income if he or she receives or is eligible to receive a free or reduced price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751
A youth who lives in a high poverty area is automatically considered to be a low-income individual. A high poverty area is a Census tract, a set of contiguous Census tracts, an American Indian Reservation, Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Area (as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau), Alaska Native Village Statistical Area or Alaska Native Regional Corporation Area, Native Hawaiian Homeland Area, or other tribal land as defined by the Secretary in guidance or county that has a poverty rate of at least 25 percent as set every 5 years using American Community Survey 5-Year data.
Yes, WIOA sec. 3(36) defines a low-income individual to include an individual who receives (or is eligible to receive) a free or reduced price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act.
Yes, for an individual with a disability, income level for eligibility purposes is based on the individual's own income rather than his or her family's income. WIOA sec. 3(36)(A)(vi) states that an individual with a disability whose own income meets the low-income definition in clause (ii) (income that does not exceed the higher of the poverty line or 70 percent of the lower living standard income level), but who is a member of a family whose income exceeds this income requirement is eligible for youth services. Furthermore, only ISY with a disability must be low income. OSY with a disability are not required to be low-income.
(a) As used in § 681.210(c)(3), a youth is “basic skills deficient” if he or she:
(1) Have English reading, writing, or computing skills at or below the 8th grade level on a generally accepted standardized test; or
(2) Are unable to compute or solve problems, or read, write, or speak English at a level necessary to function on the job, in the individual's family, or in society.
(b) The State or Local WDB must establish its policy on paragraph (a)(2) of this section in its respective State or local plan.
(c) In assessing basic skills, local programs must use assessment instruments that are valid and appropriate for the target population, and must provide reasonable accommodation in the assessment process, if necessary, for individuals with disabilities.
Either the State or the local level may establish definitions and eligibility documentation requirements for the “requires additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program, or to secure and hold employment” criterion of § 681.210(c)(9). In cases where the State WDB establishes State policy on this criterion, the State WDB must include the definition in the State Plan. In cases where the State WDB does not establish a policy, the Local WDB must establish a policy in its local plan if using this criterion.
(a) Either the State or the local level may establish definitions and eligibility documentation requirements for the “requires additional assistance to complete an educational program, or to secure and hold employment” criterion of § 681.220(d)(8). In cases where the State WDB establishes State policy on this criterion, the State WDB must include the definition in the State Plan. In cases where the State WDB does not establish a policy, the Local WDB must establish a policy in its local plan if using this criterion.
(b) In each local area, not more than five percent of the ISY newly enrolled in a given program year may be eligible based on the “requires additional assistance to complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment” criterion.
(a) Yes, to participate in youth programs, participants must enroll in the WIOA youth program.
(b) In order to be a participant in the WIOA youth program, all of the following must occur:
(1) An eligibility determination;
(2) The provision of an objective assessment;
(3) Development of an individual service strategy; and
(4) Participation in any of the 14 WIOA youth program elements.
(a) The grant recipient/fiscal agent has the option to provide directly some or all of the youth workforce investment activities.
(b) However, as provided in WIOA sec. 123, if a Local WDB chooses to award grants or contracts to youth service providers to carry out some or all of the youth workforce investment activities, the Local WDB must award such grants or contracts on a competitive basis, subject to the exception explained in paragraph (b)(4) of this section:
(1) The Local WDB must identify youth service providers based on criteria established in the State Plan (including such quality criteria established by the Governor for a training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential) and take into consideration the ability of the provider to meet performance accountability measures based on the primary indicators of performance for youth programs.
(2) The Local WDB must procure the youth service providers in accordance with the Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900, in addition to applicable State and local procurement laws.
(3) If the Local WDB establishes a standing youth committee under § 681.100 it may assign the committee the function of selecting of grants or contracts.
(4) Where the Local WDB determines there are an insufficient number of eligible youth providers in the local area, such as a rural area, the Local WDB may award grants or contracts on a sole source basis.
Yes. The 75 percent requirement applies to both statewide youth activities funds and local youth funds with 2 exceptions.
(a) Only statewide funds spent on direct services to youth are subject to the OSY expenditure requirement. Funds spent on statewide youth activities that do not provide direct services to youth, such as most of the required statewide youth activities listed in WIOA sec. 129(b)(1), are not subject to the OSY expenditure requirement. For example, administrative costs, monitoring, and technical assistance are not subject to OSY expenditure requirement; while funds spent on direct services to youth such as statewide demonstration projects, are subject to the OSY expenditure requirement.
(b) For a State that receives a small State minimum allotment under WIOA sec. 127(b)(1)(C)(iv)(II) for youth or WIOA sec. 132(b)(1)(B)(iv)(II) for adults, the State may submit a request to the Secretary to decrease the percentage to not less than 50 percent for a local area in the State, and the Secretary may approve such a request for that program year, if the State meets the following requirements:
(1) After an analysis of the ISY and OSY populations in the local area, the State determines that the local area will be unable to use at least 75 percent of the local area WIOA youth funds to serve OSY due to a low number of OSY; and
(2) The State submits to the Secretary, for the local area, a request including a proposed percentage decreased to not less than 50 percent to provide workforce investment activities for OSY.
(c) In the exercise of discretion afforded by WIOA sec. 129(a)(4), the Secretary has determined that requests to decrease the percentage of funds used to provide youth workforce investment activities for OSY will not be granted to States that received 90 percent of the allotment percentage for the past year. Therefore, when the Secretary receives such a request from a State, the request will be denied.
(d) For local area funds, the administrative costs of carrying out local workforce investment activities described in WIOA sec. 128(b)(4) are not subject to the OSY expenditure requirement. All other local area youth funds beyond the administrative costs are subject to the OSY expenditure requirement.
(a) The design framework services of local youth programs must:
(1) Provide for an objective assessment of each youth participant that meets the requirements of WIOA sec. 129(c)(1)(A), and includes a review of the academic and occupational skill levels, as well as the service needs and strengths, of each youth for the purpose of identifying appropriate services and career pathways for participants and informing the individual service strategy;
(2) Develop, and update as needed, an individual service strategy based on the needs of each youth participant that is directly linked to one or more indicators of performance described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), that identifies career pathways that include education and employment goals, that considers career planning and the results of the objective assessment and that prescribes
(3) Provide case management of youth participants, including follow-up services.
(b) The local plan must describe the design framework for youth programs in the local area, and how the 14 program elements required in § 681.460 are to be made available within that framework.
(c) Local WDBs must ensure appropriate links to entities that will foster the participation of eligible local area youth. Such links may include connections to:
(1) Local area justice and law enforcement officials;
(2) Local public housing authorities;
(3) Local education agencies;
(4) Local human service agencies;
(5) WIOA title II adult education providers;
(6) Local disability-serving agencies and providers and health and mental health providers;
(7) Job Corps representatives; and
(8) Representatives of other area youth initiatives, such as YouthBuild, and including those that serve homeless youth and other public and private youth initiatives.
(d) Local WDBs must ensure that WIOA youth service providers meet the referral requirements in WIOA sec. 129(c)(3)(A) for all youth participants, including:
(1) Providing these participants with information about the full array of applicable or appropriate services available through the Local WDBs or other eligible providers, or one-stop partners; and
(2) Referring these participants to appropriate training and educational programs that have the capacity to serve them either on a sequential or concurrent basis.
(e) If a youth applies for enrollment in a program of workforce investment activities and either does not meet the enrollment requirements for that program or cannot be served by that program, the eligible training provider of that program must ensure that the youth is referred for further assessment, if necessary, or referred to appropriate programs to meet the skills and training needs of the youth.
(f) In order to meet the basic skills and training needs of applicants who do not meet the eligibility requirements of a particular program or who cannot be served by the program, each youth provider must ensure that these youth are referred:
(1) For further assessment, as necessary; and
(2) To appropriate programs, in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(g) Local WDBs must ensure that parents, youth participants, and other members of the community with experience relating to youth programs are involved in both the design and implementation of its youth programs.
(h) The objective assessment required under paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the individual service strategy required under paragraph (a)(2) of this section is not required if the program provider determines that it is appropriate to use a recent objective assessment or individual service strategy that was developed under another education or training program.
(i) The Local WDBs may implement a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy for program elements described at § 681.460, for which the Local WDB may reserve and use not more than 10 percent of the total funds allocated to the local area under WIOA sec. 128(b). For additional regulations on WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, see § 683.500 of this chapter.
(a) Yes, individuals who meet the respective program eligibility requirements may participate in adult and youth programs concurrently. Such individuals must be eligible under the youth or adult eligibility criteria applicable to the services received. Local program operators may determine, for these individuals, the appropriate level and balance of services under the youth and adult programs.
(b) Local program operators must identify and track the funding streams which pay the costs of services provided to individuals who are participating in youth and adult programs concurrently, and ensure no duplication of services.
(c) Individuals who meet the respective program eligibility requirements for WIOA youth title I and title II may participate in title I youth and title II concurrently.
A local program must determine the appropriate program for the participant based on the service needs of the participant and if the participant is career-ready based on an assessment of their occupational skills, prior work experience, employability, and the participant's needs.
Local youth programs must provide service to a participant for the amount of time necessary to ensure successful preparation to enter postsecondary education and/or unsubsidized employment. While there is no minimum or maximum time a youth can participate in the WIOA youth program, programs must link participation to the individual service strategy and not the timing of youth service provider contracts or program years.
(a) Local programs must make each of the following 14 services available to youth participants:
(1) Tutoring, study skills training, instruction and evidence-based dropout prevention and recovery strategies that lead to completion of the requirements for a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (including a recognized certificate of attendance or similar document for individuals with disabilities) or for a recognized postsecondary credential;
(2) Alternative secondary school services, or dropout recovery services, as appropriate;
(3) Paid and unpaid work experiences that have academic and occupational education as a component of the work experience, which may include the following types of work experiences:
(i) Summer employment opportunities and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year;
(ii) Pre-apprenticeship programs;
(iii) Internships and job shadowing; and
(iv) On-the-job training opportunities;
(4) Occupational skill training, which includes priority consideration for training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials that align with in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area involved, if the Local WDB determines that the programs meet the quality criteria described in WIOA sec. 123;
(5) Education offered concurrently with and in the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster;
(6) Leadership development opportunities, including community service and peer-centered activities encouraging responsibility and other positive social and civic behaviors;
(7) Supportive services, including the services listed in § 681.570;
(8) Adult mentoring for a duration of at least 12 months, that may occur both during and after program participation;
(9) Follow-up services for not less than 12 months after the completion of participation, as provided in § 681.580;
(10) Comprehensive guidance and counseling, which may include drug and alcohol abuse counseling, as well as referrals to counseling, as appropriate to the needs of the individual youth;
(11) Financial literacy education;
(12) Entrepreneurial skills training;
(13) Services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupations available in the local area, such as career awareness, career counseling, and career exploration services; and
(14) Activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training.
(b) Local programs have the discretion to determine what specific program services a youth participant receives, based on each participant's objective assessment and individual service strategy. Local programs are not required to provide every program service to each participant.
(c) When available, the Department encourages local programs to partner with existing local, State, or national entities that can provide program element(s) at no cost to the local youth program.
No. The Department does not require local programs to use WIOA youth funds for each of the program elements. Local programs may leverage partner resources to provide some of the readily available program elements. However, the local area must ensure that if a program element is not funded with WIOA title I youth funds, the local program has an agreement in place with a partner organization to ensure that the program element will be offered. The Local WDB must ensure that the program element is closely connected and coordinated with the WIOA youth program.
A pre-apprenticeship is a program designed to prepare individuals to enter and succeed in an apprenticeship program registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the “National Apprenticeship Act”; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50
(a) Training and curriculum that aligns with the skill needs of employers in the economy of the State or region involved;
(b) Access to educational and career counseling and other supportive services, directly or indirectly;
(c) Hands-on, meaningful learning activities that are connected to education and training activities, such as exploring career options, and understanding how the skills acquired through coursework can be applied toward a future career;
(d) Opportunities to attain at least one industry-recognized credential; and
(e) A partnership with one or more registered apprenticeship programs that assists in placing individuals who complete the pre-apprenticeship program in a registered apprenticeship program.
(a) Adult mentoring for youth must:
(1) Last at least 12 months and may take place both during the program and following exit from the program;
(2) Be a formal relationship between a youth participant and an adult mentor that includes structured activities where the mentor offers guidance, support, and encouragement to develop the competence and character of the mentee; and
(3) While group mentoring activities and mentoring through electronic means are allowable as part of the mentoring activities, at a minimum, the local youth program must match the youth with an individual mentor with whom the youth interacts on a face-to-face basis.
(b) Mentoring may include workplace mentoring where the local program matches a youth participant with an employer or employee of a company.
The financial literacy education program element may include activities which:
(a) Support the ability of participants to create budgets, initiate checking and savings accounts at banks, and make informed financial decisions;
(b) Support participants in learning how to effectively manage spending, credit, and debt, including student loans, consumer credit, and credit cards;
(c) Teach participants about the significance of credit reports and credit scores; what their rights are regarding their credit and financial information; how to determine the accuracy of a credit report and how to correct inaccuracies; and how to improve or maintain good credit;
(d) Support a participant's ability to understand, evaluate, and compare financial products, services, and opportunities and to make informed financial decisions;
(e) Educate participants about identity theft, ways to protect themselves from identify theft, and how to resolve cases of identity theft and in other ways understand their rights and protections related to personal identity and financial data;
(f) Support activities that address the particular financial literacy needs of non-English speakers, including providing the support through the development and distribution of multilingual financial literacy and education materials;
(g) Support activities that address the particular financial literacy needs of youth with disabilities, including connecting them to benefits planning and work incentives counseling;
(h) Provide financial education that is age appropriate, timely, and provides opportunities to put lessons into practice, such as by access to safe and affordable financial products that enable money management and savings; and
(i) Implement other approaches to help participants gain the knowledge, skills, and confidence to make informed financial decisions that enable them to attain greater financial health and stability by using high quality, age-appropriate, and relevant strategies and channels, including, where possible, timely and customized information, guidance, tools, and instruction.
Comprehensive guidance and counseling provides individualized counseling to participants. This includes drug and alcohol abuse counseling, mental health counseling, and referral to partner programs, as appropriate. When referring participants to necessary counseling that cannot be provided by the local youth program or its service providers, the local youth program must coordinate with the organization it refers to in order to ensure continuity of service.
Leadership development opportunities are opportunities that encourage responsibility, confidence, employability, self-determination, and other positive social behaviors such as:
(a) Exposure to postsecondary educational possibilities;
(b) Community and service learning projects;
(c) Peer-centered activities, including peer mentoring and tutoring;
(d) Organizational and team work training, including team leadership training;
(e) Training in decision-making, including determining priorities and problem solving;
(f) Citizenship training, including life skills training such as parenting and work behavior training;
(g) Civic engagement activities which promote the quality of life in a community; and
(h) Other leadership activities that place youth in a leadership role such as serving on youth leadership committees, such as a Standing Youth Committee.
Positive social and civic behaviors are outcomes of leadership opportunities, which are incorporated by local programs as part of their menu of services. Positive social and civic behaviors focus on areas that may include the following:
(a) Positive attitudinal development;
(b) Self-esteem building;
(c) Openness to work with individuals from diverse backgrounds;
(d) Maintaining healthy lifestyles, including being alcohol- and drug-free;
(e) Maintaining positive social relationships with responsible adults and peers, and contributing to the well-being of one's community, including voting;
(f) Maintaining a commitment to learning and academic success;
(g) Avoiding delinquency; and
(h) Positive job attitudes and work skills.
(a) The Department defines occupational skills training as an organized program of study that provides specific vocational skills that lead to proficiency in performing actual tasks and technical functions required by certain occupational fields at entry, intermediate, or advanced levels. Local areas must give priority consideration to training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials that align with in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area. Such training must:
(1) Be outcome-oriented and focused on an occupational goal specified in the individual service strategy;
(2) Be of sufficient duration to impart the skills needed to meet the occupational goal; and
(3) Lead to the attainment of a recognized postsecondary credential.
(b) The chosen occupational skills training must meet the quality standards in WIOA sec. 123.
Yes. In order to enhance individual participant choice in their education and training plans and provide flexibility to service providers, the Department allows WIOA Individual Training Accounts (ITAs) for OSY, ages 16 to 24 using WIOA youth funds when appropriate.
Entrepreneurial skills training provides the basics of starting and operating a small business.
(a) Such training must develop the skills associated with entrepreneurship. Such skills may include, but are not limited to, the ability to:
(1) Take initiative;
(2) Creatively seek out and identify business opportunities;
(3) Develop budgets and forecast resource needs;
(4) Understand various options for acquiring capital and the trade-offs associated with each option; and
(5) Communicate effectively and market oneself and one's ideas.
(b) Approaches to teaching youth entrepreneurial skills include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1) Entrepreneurship education that provides an introduction to the values and basics of starting and running a business. Entrepreneurship education programs often guide youth through the development of a business plan and also may include simulations of business start-up and operation.
(2) Enterprise development which provides supports and services that incubate and help youth develop their own businesses. Enterprise development programs go beyond entrepreneurship education by helping youth access small loans or grants that are needed to begin business operation and by providing more individualized attention to the development of viable business ideas.
(3) Experiential programs that provide youth with experience in the day-to-day operation of a business. These programs may involve the development of a youth-run business that young people participating in the program work in and manage. Or, they may facilitate placement in apprentice or internship positions with adult entrepreneurs in the community.
Supportive services for youth, as defined in WIOA sec. 3(59), are services that enable an individual to participate in WIOA activities. These services include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) Linkages to community services;
(b) Assistance with transportation;
(c) Assistance with child care and dependent care;
(d) Assistance with housing;
(e) Needs-related payments;
(f) Assistance with educational testing;
(g) Reasonable accommodations for youth with disabilities;
(h) Legal aid services;
(i) Referrals to health care;
(j) Assistance with uniforms or other appropriate work attire and work-related tools, including such items as eyeglasses and protective eye gear;
(k) Assistance with books, fees, school supplies, and other necessary items for students enrolled in postsecondary education classes; and
(l) Payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications.
(a) Follow-up services are critical services provided following a youth's exit from the program to help ensure the youth is successful in employment and/or postsecondary education and training. Follow-up services may include regular contact with a youth participant's employer, including assistance in addressing work-related problems that arise.
(b) Follow-up services for youth also may include the following program elements:
(1) Supportive services;
(2) Adult mentoring;
(3) Financial literacy education;
(4) Services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupations available in the local area, such as career awareness, career counseling, and career exploration services; and
(5) Activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training.
(c) All youth participants must be offered an opportunity to receive follow-up services that align with their individual service strategies. Furthermore, follow-up services must be provided to all participants for a minimum of 12 months unless the participant declines to receive follow-up services or the participant cannot be located or contacted. Follow-up services
(a) Local youth programs must expend not less than 20 percent of the funds allocated to them to provide ISY and OSY with paid and unpaid work experiences that fall under the categories listed in § 681.460(a)(3) and further defined in § 681.600.
(b) Local WIOA youth programs must track program funds spent on paid and unpaid work experiences, including wages and staff costs for the development and management of work experiences, and report such expenditures as part of the local WIOA youth financial reporting. The percentage of funds spent on work experience is calculated based on the total local area youth funds expended for work experience rather than calculated separately for ISY and OSY. Local area administrative costs are not subject to the 20 percent minimum work experience expenditure requirement.
(a) Work experiences are a planned, structured learning experience that takes place in a workplace for a limited period of time. Work experience may be paid or unpaid, as appropriate. A work experience may take place in the private for-profit sector, the non-profit sector, or the public sector. Labor standards apply in any work experience where an employee/employer relationship, as defined by the Fair Labor Standards Act or applicable State law, exists. Consistent with § 680.840 of this chapter, funds provided for work experiences may not be used to directly or indirectly aid in the filling of a job opening that is vacant because the former occupant is on strike, or is being locked out in the course of a labor dispute, or the filling of which is otherwise an issue in a labor dispute involving a work stoppage. Work experiences provide the youth participant with opportunities for career exploration and skill development.
(b) Work experiences must include academic and occupational education. The educational component may occur concurrently or sequentially with the work experience. Further academic and occupational education may occur inside or outside the work site.
(c) The types of work experiences include the following categories:
(1) Summer employment opportunities and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year;
(2) Pre-apprenticeship programs;
(3) Internships and job shadowing; and
(4) On-the-job training (OJT) opportunities as defined in WIOA sec. 3(44) and in § 680.700 of this chapter.
No, WIOA does not require Local WDBs to offer summer youth employment opportunities as summer employment is no longer its own program element under WIOA. However, WIOA does require Local WDBs to offer work experience opportunities using at least 20 percent of their funding, which may include summer employment.
Summer employment opportunities are a component of the work experience program element. If youth service providers administer the work experience program element, they must be selected by the Local WDB according to the requirements of WIOA sec. 123 and § 681.400, based on criteria contained in the State Plan. However, the summer employment administrator does not need to select the employers who are providing the employment opportunities through a competitive process.
This program element reflects an integrated education and training model and describes how workforce preparation activities, basic academic skills, and hands-on occupational skills training are to be taught within the same time frame and connected to training in a specific occupation, occupational cluster, or career pathway.
Yes, incentive payments to youth participants are permitted for recognition and achievement directly tied to training activities and work experiences. The local program must have written policies and procedures in place governing the award of incentives and must ensure that such incentive payments are:
(a) Tied to the goals of the specific program;
(b) Outlined in writing before the commencement of the program that may provide incentive payments;
(c) Align with the local program's organizational policies; and
(d) Are in accordance with the requirements contained in 2 CFR part 200.
Local WDBs and programs must provide opportunities for parents, participants, and other members of the community with experience working with youth to be involved in the design and implementation of youth programs. Parents, youth participants, and other members of the community can get involved in a number of ways, including serving on youth standing committees, if they exist and they are appointed by the Local WDB. They also can get involved by serving as mentors, serving as tutors, and providing input into the design and implementation of other program design elements. Local WDBs also must make opportunities available to successful participants to volunteer to help participants as mentors, tutors, or in other activities.
(a) WIOA sec. 121(b)(1)(B)(i) requires that the youth program function as a required one-stop partner and fulfill the roles and responsibilities of a one-stop partner described in WIOA sec. 121(b)(1)(A).
(b) In addition to the provisions of part 678 of this chapter, connections between the youth program and the one-stop delivery system may include those that facilitate:
(1) The coordination and provision of youth activities;
(2) Linkages to the job market and employers;
(3) Access for eligible youth to the information and services required in § 681.460;
(4) Services for non-eligible youth such as basic labor exchange services, other self-service activities such as job searches, career exploration, use of one-
(5) Other activities described in WIOA sec. 129(b)-(c).
(c) Local WDBs must either colocate WIOA youth program staff at one-stop centers and/or ensure one-stop centers and staff are trained to serve youth and equipped to advise youth to increase youth access to services and connect youth to the program that best aligns with their needs.
Yes. However, Local WDBs must ensure one-stop centers fund services for non-eligible youth through programs authorized to provide services to such youth. For example, one-stop centers may provide basic labor exchange services under the Wagner-Peyser Act to any youth.
Secs. 129, 134, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
Statewide employment and training activities include those activities for adults and dislocated workers, as described in WIOA sec. 134(a), and statewide youth activities, as described in the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) sec. 129(b). They include both required and allowable activities. In accordance with the requirements of this subpart, the State may develop policies and strategies for use of statewide employment and training funds. Descriptions of these policies and strategies must be included in the State Plan.
(a) Except for the statewide rapid response activities described in paragraph (c) of this section, statewide employment and training activities are supported by funds reserved by the Governor under WIOA sec. 128(a).
(b) Funds reserved by the Governor for statewide workforce investment activities may be combined and used for any of the activities authorized in WIOA sec. 129(b), 134(a)(2)(B), or 134(a)(3)(A) (which are described in §§ 682.200 and 682.210), regardless of whether the funds were allotted through the youth, adult, or dislocated worker funding streams.
(c) Funds for statewide rapid response activities are reserved under WIOA sec.133(a)(2) and may be used to provide the activities authorized at WIOA sec. 134(a)(2)(A) (which are described in §§ 682.310 through 682.330).
Required statewide employment and training activities are:
(a) Required rapid response activities, as described in § 682.310;
(b) Disseminating by various means, as provided by WIOA sec. 134(a)(2)(B):
(1) The State list of eligible training providers (including those providing non-traditional training services), for adults and dislocated workers and eligible training providers of registered apprenticeship programs;
(2) Information identifying eligible providers of on-the-job training (OJT), customized training, incumbent worker training (see § 680.790 of this chapter), internships, paid or unpaid work experience opportunities (see § 680.180 of this chapter) and transitional jobs (see § 680.190 of this chapter);
(3) Information on effective outreach and partnerships with business;
(4) Information on effective service delivery strategies and promising practices to serve workers and job seekers;
(5) Performance information and information on the cost of attendance, including tuition and fees, consistent with the requirements of §§ 680.490 and 680.530 of this chapter;
(6) A list of eligible providers of youth activities as described in WIOA sec. 123; and
(7) Information of physical and programmatic accessibility for individuals with disabilities;
(c) States must assure that the information listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section is widely available;
(d) Conducting evaluations under WIOA sec. 116(e), consistent with the requirements found under § 682.220;
(e) Providing technical assistance to State entities and agencies, local areas, and one-stop partners in carrying out activities described in the State Plan, including coordination and alignment of data systems used to carry out the requirements of this Act;
(f) Assisting local areas, one-stop operators, one-stop partners, and eligible providers, including development of staff, including staff training to provide opportunities for individuals with barriers to employment to enter in-demand industry sectors or occupations and nontraditional occupations, and the development of exemplary program activities;
(g) Assisting local areas for carrying out the regional planning and service delivery efforts required under WIOA sec. 106(c);
(h) Assisting local areas by providing information on and support for the effective development, convening, and implementation of industry and sector partnerships;
(i) Providing technical assistance to local areas that fail to meet the adjusted
(j) Carrying out monitoring and oversight of activities for services to youth, adults, and dislocated workers under WIOA title I, and which may include a review comparing the services provided to male and female youth;
(k) Providing additional assistance to local areas that have a high concentration of eligible youth; and
(l) Operating a fiscal and management accountability information system, based on guidelines established by the Secretary.
Allowable statewide employment and training activities may include:
(a) State administration of the adult, dislocated worker and youth workforce investment activities, consistent with the five percent administrative cost limitation at WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(B) and § 683.205(a)(1) of this chapter;
(b) Developing and implementing innovative programs and strategies designed to meet the needs of all employers (including small employers) in the State, including the programs and strategies referenced in WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(i);
(c) Developing strategies for serving individuals with barriers to employment, and for coordinating programs and services among one-stop partners;
(d) Development or identification of education and training programs that have the characteristics referenced in WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(iii);
(e) Implementing programs to increase the number of individuals training for and placed in non-traditional employment;
(f) Conducting research and demonstrations related to meeting the employment and education needs of youth, adults and dislocated workers;
(g) Supporting the development of alternative, evidence-based programs, and other activities that enhance the choices available to eligible youth and which encourage youth to reenter and complete secondary education, enroll in postsecondary education and advanced training, progress through a career pathway, and enter into unsubsidized employment that leads to economic self-sufficiency;
(h) Supporting the provision of career services in the one-stop delivery system in the State as described in § 678.430 of this chapter and WIOA secs. 129(b)(2)(C) and 134(c)(2);
(i) Supporting financial literacy activities as described in § 681.500 of this chapter and WIOA sec. 129(b)(2)(D);
(j) Providing incentive grants to local areas for performance by the local areas on local performance accountability measures;
(k) Providing technical assistance to Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs), chief elected officials, one-stop operators, one-stop partners, and eligible providers in local areas on the development of exemplary program activities and on the provision of technology to facilitate remote access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system in the State;
(l) Providing technical assistance to local areas that are implementing WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies and conducting evaluations of such strategies. Technical assistance may include providing assistance with data collections, meeting data entry requirements, and identifying level of performance;
(m) Carrying out activities to facilitate remote access to training services provided through the one-stop delivery system;
(n) Activities that include:
(1) Activities to improve coordination of workforce investment activities, with economic development activities; and
(2) Activities to improve coordination of employment and training activities with child support services and activities, cooperative extension programs carried out by the Department of Agriculture, programs carried out by local areas for individuals with disabilities (including the programs identified in WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(viii)(II)(cc)), adult education and literacy activities including those provided by public libraries, activities in the correction systems to assist ex-offenders in reentering the workforce and financial literacy activities; and
(3) Developing and disseminating workforce and labor market information;
(o) Implementation of promising practices for workers and businesses as described in WIOA sec. 134(a)(3)(A)(x);
(p) Adopting, calculating, or commissioning for approval an economic self-sufficiency standard for the State that specifies the income needs of families, by family size, the number and ages of children in the family, and sub-State geographical considerations;
(q) Developing and disseminating common intake procedures and related items, including registration processes, across core and partner programs; and
(r) Coordinating activities with the child welfare system to facilitate provision of services for children and youth who are eligible for assistance under sec. 477 of the Social Security Act.
(a) As required by § 682.200(d), States must use funds reserved by the Governor for statewide activities to conduct evaluations of activities under the WIOA title I core programs in order to promote continuous improvement, research and test innovative services and strategies, and achieve high levels of performance and outcomes.
(b) Evaluations conducted under paragraph (a) of this section must:
(1) Be coordinated with and designed in conjunction with State and Local WDBs and with State agencies responsible for the administration of all core programs;
(2) When appropriate, include analysis of customer feedback and outcome and process measures in the statewide workforce development system;
(3) Use designs that employ the most rigorous analytical and statistical methods that are reasonably feasible, such as the use of control groups; and
(4) To the extent feasible, be coordinated with the evaluations provided for by the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education under WIOA sec. 169 (regarding title I programs and other employment-related programs), WIOA sec. 242(c)(2)(D) (regarding adult education), sec. 12(a)(5), 14, and 107 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 709(a)(5), 711, 727) (applied with respect to programs carried out under title I of that Act (29 U.S.C. 720
(c) States must annually prepare, submit to the State WDB and Local WDBs in the State, and make available to the public (including by electronic means) reports containing the results, as available, of the evaluations described in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) States must cooperate, to the extent practicable, in evaluations and related research projects conducted by the Secretaries of Labor and Education under the laws cited in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. Such cooperation must, at a minimum, meet the following requirements:
(1) The timely provision of:
(i) Data, in accordance with appropriate privacy protections established by the Secretary of Labor;
(ii) Responses to surveys;
(iii) Site visits; and
(iv) Data and survey responses from local subgrantees and State and Local WDBs, and assuring that subgrantees and WDBs allow timely site visits;
(2) Encouraging other one-stop partners at local level to cooperate in timely provision of data, survey responses and site visits as listed in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section; and
(3) If a State determines that timely cooperation in data provision as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section is not practicable, the Governor must inform the Secretary in writing and explain the reasons why it is not practicable. In such circumstances, the State must cooperate with the Department in developing a plan or strategy to mitigate or overcome the problems preventing timely provision of data, survey responses, and site visits.
(e) In fulfilling the requirements under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, States are permitted, but not required, to:
(1) Conduct evaluations that jointly examine title I core program activities and activities under other core programs in WIOA titles II-IV, as determined through the processes associated with paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(2) Conduct any type of evaluation similar to those authorized for, or conducted by, the Department of Labor or the Department of Education under the laws cited in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, including process and outcome studies, pilot and demonstration projects that have an evaluative component, analyses of administrative and programmatic data, impact and benefit-cost analyses, and use of rigorous designs to test the efficacy of various interventions; and
(3) Conduct evaluations over multiple program years, involving multiple phases and such tasks and activities as necessary for an evaluation, such as a literature or evidence review, feasibility study, planning, research, coordination, design, data collection, analysis, and report preparation, clearance, and dissemination.
(f) In funding evaluations conducted under paragraph (a) of this section, States are permitted, but not required to:
(1) Use funds from any WIOA title I-IV core program to conduct evaluations, as determined through the processes associated with paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
(2) Use or combine funds, consistent with Federal and State law, regulation and guidance, from other public or private sources, to conduct evaluations relating to activities under the WIOA title I-IV core programs. Such projects may include those funded by the Department of Labor and other Federal agencies, among other sources.
(a) Rapid response is described in §§ 682.300 through 682.370, and encompasses the strategies and activities necessary to:
(1) Plan for and respond to as quickly as possible following an event described in § 682.302; and
(2) Deliver services to enable dislocated workers to transition to new employment as quickly as possible.
(b) The purpose of rapid response is to promote economic recovery and vitality by developing an ongoing, comprehensive approach to identifying, planning for, responding to layoffs and dislocations, and preventing or minimizing their impacts on workers, businesses, and communities. A successful rapid response system includes:
(1) Informational and direct reemployment services for workers, including but not limited to information and support for filing unemployment insurance claims, information on the impacts of layoff on health coverage or other benefits, information on and referral to career services, reemployment-focused workshops and services, and training;
(2) Delivery of solutions to address the needs of businesses in transition, provided across the business lifecycle (expansion and contraction), including comprehensive business engagement and layoff aversion strategies and activities designed to prevent or minimize the duration of unemployment;
(3) Convening, brokering, and facilitating the connections, networks and partners to ensure the ability to provide assistance to dislocated workers and their families such as home heating assistance, legal aid, and financial advice; and
(4) Strategic planning, data gathering and analysis designed to anticipate, prepare for, and manage economic change.
Rapid response must be delivered when one or more of the following circumstances occur:
(a) Announcement or notification of a permanent closure, regardless of the number of workers affected;
(b) Announcement or notification of a mass layoff as defined in § 682.305;
(c) A mass job dislocation resulting from a natural or other disaster; or
(d) The filing of a Trade Adjustment Assistance (TAA) petition.
For the purposes of rapid response, the term “mass layoff” used throughout this subpart will have occurred when at least one of the following conditions have been met:
(a) A layoff meets the State's definition of mass layoff, as long as the definition does not exceed a minimum threshold of 50 affected workers;
(b) Where a State has not defined a minimum threshold for mass layoff meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, layoffs affecting 50 or more workers; or
(c) When a Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) Act notice has been filed, regardless of the number of workers affected by the layoff announced.
(a) Rapid response activities must be carried out by the State or an entity designated by the State, in conjunction with the Local WDBs, chief elected officials, and other stakeholders, as provided by WIOA secs. 133(a)(2) and 134(a)(2)(A).
(b) States must establish and maintain a rapid response unit to carry out statewide rapid response activities and to oversee rapid response activities undertaken by a designated State entity, Local WDB, or the chief elected officials for affected local areas, as provided under WIOA sec. 134(a)(2)(A)(i)(I).
(a) Layoff aversion consists of strategies and activities, including those provided in paragraph (b) of this section and §§ 682.330 and 682.340, to prevent or minimize the duration of unemployment resulting from layoffs.
(b) Layoff aversion activities may include:
(1) Providing assistance to employers in managing reductions in force, which may include early identification of firms at risk of layoffs, assessment of the needs of and options for at-risk firms, and the delivery of services to address these needs, as provided by WIOA sec. 134(d)(1)(A)(ix)(II)(cc);
(2) Ongoing engagement, partnership, and relationship-building activities with businesses in the community, in order to create an environment for successful layoff aversion efforts and to enable the provision of assistance to dislocated workers in obtaining reemployment as soon as possible;
(3) Funding feasibility studies to determine if a company's operations
(4) Developing, funding, and managing incumbent worker training programs or other worker upskilling approaches as part of a layoff aversion strategy or activity;
(5) Connecting companies to:
(i) Short-time compensation or other programs designed to prevent layoffs or to reemploy dislocated workers quickly, available under Unemployment Insurance programs;
(ii) Employer loan programs for employee skill upgrading; and
(iii) Other Federal, State, and local resources as necessary to address other business needs that cannot be funded with resources provided under this title;
(6) Establishing linkages with economic development activities at the Federal, State, and local levels, including Federal Department of Commerce programs and available State and local business retention and expansion activities;
(7) Partnering or contracting with business-focused organizations to assess risks to companies, propose strategies to address those risks, implement services, and measure impacts of services delivered;
(8) Conducting analyses of the suppliers of an affected company to assess their risks and vulnerabilities from a potential closing or shift in production of their major customer;
(9) Engaging in proactive measures to identify opportunities for potential economic transition and training needs in growing industry sectors or expanding businesses; and
(10) Connecting businesses and workers to short-term, on-the-job, or customized training programs and registered apprenticeships before or after layoff to help facilitate rapid reemployment.
Rapid response activities must include:
(a) Layoff aversion activities as described in § 682.320, as applicable.
(b) Immediate and on-site contact with the employer, representatives of the affected workers, and the local community, including an assessment of and plans to address the:
(1) Layoff plans and schedule of the employer;
(2) Background and probable assistance needs of the affected workers;
(3) Reemployment prospects for workers; and
(4) Available resources to meet the short and long-term assistance needs of the affected workers.
(c) The provision of information and access to unemployment compensation benefits and programs, such as Short-Time Compensation, comprehensive one-stop delivery system services, and employment and training activities, including information on the TAA program (19 U.S.C. 2271
(d) The delivery of other necessary services and resources including workshops and classes, use of worker transition centers, and job fairs, to support reemployment efforts for affected workers.
(e) Partnership with the Local WDB(s) and chief elected official(s) to ensure a coordinated response to the dislocation event and, as needed, obtain access to State or local economic development assistance. Such coordinated response may include the development of an application for a national dislocated worker grant as provided under part 687 of this chapter.
(f) The provision of emergency assistance adapted to the particular layoff or disaster.
(g) As appropriate, developing systems and processes for:
(1) Identifying and gathering information for early warning of potential layoffs or opportunities for layoff aversion;
(2) Analyzing, and acting upon, data and information on dislocations and other economic activity in the State, region, or local area; and
(3) Tracking outcome and performance data and information related to the activities of the rapid response program.
(h) Developing and maintaining partnerships with other appropriate Federal, State and local agencies and officials, employer associations, technical councils, other industry business councils, labor organizations, and other public and private organizations, as applicable, in order to:
(1) Conduct strategic planning activities to develop strategies for addressing dislocation events and ensuring timely access to a broad range of necessary assistance; and
(2) Develop mechanisms for gathering and exchanging information and data relating to potential dislocations, resources available, and the customization of layoff aversion or rapid response activities, to ensure the ability to provide rapid response services as early as possible.
(i) Delivery of services to worker groups for which a petition for Trade Adjustment Assistance has been filed.
(j) The provision of additional assistance, as described in § 682.350, to local areas that experience disasters, mass layoffs, or other dislocation events when such events exceed the capacity of the local area to respond with existing resources as provided under WIOA sec. 134(a)(2)(A)(i)(II).
(k) Provision of guidance and financial assistance as appropriate, in establishing a labor-management committee if voluntarily agreed to by the employee's bargaining representative and management. The committee may devise and oversee an implementation strategy that responds to the reemployment needs of the workers. The assistance to this committee may include:
(1) The provision of training and technical assistance to members of the committee; and
(2) Funding the operating costs of a committee to enable it to provide advice and assistance in carrying out rapid response activities and in the design and delivery of WIOA-authorized services to affected workers.
(a) Yes, in order to conduct layoff aversion activities, or to prepare for and respond to dislocation events, in addition to the activities required under § 682.330, a State or designated entity may devise rapid response strategies or conduct activities that are intended to minimize the negative impacts of dislocation on workers, businesses, and communities and ensure rapid reemployment for workers affected by layoffs.
(b) When circumstances allow, rapid response may provide guidance and/or financial assistance to establish community transition teams to assist the impacted community in organizing support for dislocated workers and in meeting the basic needs of their families, including heat, shelter, food, clothing and other necessities and services that are beyond the resources and ability of the one-stop delivery system to provide.
As stated in WIOA sec. 133(a)(2), a State may reserve up to 25 percent of its allotted dislocated worker funds for rapid response activities. Once the State has reserved adequate funds for rapid response activities, such as those described in §§ 682.310, 682.320, and 682.330, any of the remaining funds reserved may be provided to local areas that experience increases of unemployment due to natural disasters, mass layoffs or other events, for provision of direct career services to
(a) Where a WIOA individual record exists for an individual served under programs reporting through the WIOA individual record, States must report information regarding the receipt of services under this subpart for such an individual. This information must be reported in the WIOA individual record.
(b) States must comply with these requirements as explained in guidance issued by the Department of Labor.
Funds reserved by the Governor for rapid response activities that remain unobligated after the first program year for which such funds were allotted may be used by the Governor to carry out statewide activities under §§ 682.200 and 682.210. Statewide activities for which these funds may be used include prioritizing the planning for and delivery of activities designed to prevent job loss, increasing the rate of reemployment, building relationships with businesses and other stakeholders, building and maintaining early warning networks and systems, and otherwise supporting efforts to allow long-term unemployed workers to return to work.
Secs. 102, 116, 121, 127, 128, 132, 133, 147, 167, 169, 171, 181, 185, 189, 195, 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) WIOA
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(i) Evaluations;
(ii) Research;
(iii) Studies;
(iv) Multi-State projects; and
(v) Dislocated worker projects.
(2) Awards of grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section in amounts that exceed $100,000 will be awarded on a competitive basis, except that a noncompetitive award may be made in the case of a project that is funded jointly with other public or private sector entities that provide a substantial portion of the assistance under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for the project.
(3) Awards of grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements for carrying out projects in paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section may not be awarded to the same organization for more than 3 consecutive years unless:
(i) Such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is competitively reevaluated within such period;
(ii) The initial grant, contract, or cooperative agreement was issued on a non-competitive basis because it was for less than $100,000, and:
(A) The non-competitive continuation is for less than $100,000;
(B) The scope of work is essentially the same as the initial grant, contract, or cooperative agreement;
(C) Progress in meeting performance objectives is satisfactory; and
(D) Other terms and conditions established by the Department have been met; or
(iii) The initial grant, contract, or cooperative agreement was issued on a non-competitive basis because the project was funded jointly with other
(A) The non-competitive continuation maintains a substantial portion of joint funding;
(B) The scope of work is essentially the same as the initial grant, contract, or cooperative agreement;
(C) Progress in meeting performance objectives is satisfactory; and
(D) Other terms and conditions established by the Department have been met.
(4) Entities with recognized expertise in the methods, techniques, and knowledge of workforce investment activities will be provided priority in awarding funds for the projects under paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section. The duration of such projects will be specified in the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement.
(5) A peer review process will be used to review and evaluate projects under this paragraph (e) for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements that exceed $500,000, and to designate exemplary and promising programs.
(f)
(a) The statutory period of availability for expenditure for WIOA title I grants will be established as the period of performance for such grants unless otherwise provided in the grant agreement or cooperative agreement. All funds must be fully expended by the expiration of the period of performance or they risk losing their availability. Unless otherwise authorized in a grant or cooperative agreement or subsequent modification, recipients must expend funds with the shortest period of availability first.
(b)
(c)
(ii)
(2) Funds which are not expended by a local area(s) in the 2-year period described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, must be returned to the State. Funds so returned are available for expenditure by State and local recipients and subrecipients only during the third program year of availability in accordance with WIOA secs. 128(c) and 132(c). These funds are available for only the following purposes:
(i) For statewide projects; or
(ii) For distribution to local areas which had fully expended their allocation of funds for the same program year within the 2-year period.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Each State seeking financial assistance under subtitle B, chapter 2 (youth) or chapter 3 (adults and dislocated workers), of title I of WIOA, or under the Wagner-Peyser Act must submit a Unified State Plan under sec. 102 of WIOA or a Combined State Plan under WIOA sec. 103. The requirements for the plan content and the plan review process are described in secs. 102 and 103 of WIOA, sec. 8 of Wagner-Peyser Act, and §§ 676.100 through 676.145 of this chapter and §§ 652.211 through 652.214 of this chapter.
(a)
(1) State WDBs must assist Governors in the development of any youth or adult discretionary within-State allocation formulas.
(2) Within-State allocations must be made:
(i) In accordance with the allocation formulas contained in secs. 128(b) and 133(b) of WIOA and in the State Plan;
(ii) After consultation with chief elected officials and Local WDBs in each of the local areas; and
(iii) In accordance with sec. 182(e) of WIOA, available to local areas not later than 30 days after the date funds are made available to the State or 7 days after the date the local plan for the area is approved, whichever is later.
(b)
(c)
(i) 33
(ii) 33
(iii) 33
(2)
(i) Incorporates additional factors (other than the factors described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) relating to:
(A) Excess youth poverty in urban, rural and suburban local areas; and
(B) Excess unemployment above the State average in urban, rural and suburban local areas; and
(ii) Was developed by the State WDB and approved by the Secretary of Labor as part of the State Plan.
(d)
(i) 33
(ii) 33
(iii) 33
(2)
(i) Incorporates additional factors (other than the factors described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section) relating to:
(A) Excess poverty in urban, rural and suburban local areas; and
(B) Excess unemployment above the State average in urban, rural and suburban local areas; and
(ii) Was developed by the State WDB and approved by the Secretary of Labor as part of the State Plan.
(e)
(2) The Governor's dislocated worker formula must use the most appropriate information available to the Governor, including information on:
(i) Insured unemployment data;
(ii) Unemployment concentrations;
(iii) Plant closings and mass layoff data;
(iv) Declining industries data;
(v) Farmer-rancher economic hardship data; and
(vi) Long-term unemployment data.
(3) The Governor may not amend the dislocated worker formula more than once for any program year.
(f)
(2)
(g)
(a) For funding authorized by secs. 128(b)(2), 133(b)(2)(A), and 133(b)(2)(B) of WIOA, which are youth, adult, and dislocated worker funds, a local area must not receive an allocation percentage for a fiscal year that is less than 90 percent of the average allocation percentage of the local area for the 2 preceding fiscal years.
(b) The Department's annual fiscal year appropriation provides funding for programs and activities described in paragraph (a) of this section under separate appropriations with various periods of availability. These periods of availability are described in § 683.100 as a program year. A program year for funds allocated under secs. 133(b)(2)(A) and 133(b)(2)(B) of WIOA begins on July 1 in the fiscal year for which the appropriation is made and ends on June 30 of the following year. A program year for funds available under WIOA sec. 128(b)(2) is available from April 1 of the fiscal year in which the appropriation is made and ends on June 30 of the following year. Therefore, when grantees are calculating the minimum funding percentage they must do so on a program year basis.
(c) When a new local area is designated under sec. 106 of WIOA the State must develop a methodology to apply the minimum funding provision specified in paragraph (a) of this section to local area allocations of WIOA youth, adult, and dislocated worker funds.
(d) Amounts necessary to increase allocations to local areas to comply with paragraph (a) of this section must be obtained by ratably reducing the allocations to be made to other local areas.
(e) If the amounts of WIOA funds appropriated in a fiscal year are not sufficient to provide the amount specified in paragraph (a) of this section to all local areas, the amounts allocated to each local area must be ratably reduced.
(a) A Local WDB may transfer up to 100 percent of a program year allocation for adult employment and training activities, and up to 100 percent of a program year allocation for dislocated worker employment and training activities between the two programs.
(b) Local WDBs may not transfer funds to or from the youth program.
(c) Before making any transfer described in paragraph (a) of this section, a Local WDB must obtain the Governor's written approval. The Governor's written approval must be based on criteria or factors that the Governor must establish in a written policy, such as the State Unified or Combined Plan or other written policy.
(a) The Secretary determines, during the second quarter of each program year, whether a State has obligated its required level of at least 80 percent of the funds allotted under secs. 127 and 132 of WIOA for programs serving youth, adults, and dislocated workers for the prior program year, as separately determined for each of the three funding streams. The amount to be recaptured from each State for reallotment, if any, is based on State obligations of the funds allotted to each State under secs. 127 and 132 of WIOA for programs serving youth, adults, or dislocated workers, less any amount reserved (up to five percent at the State level) for the costs of administration. The recapture amount, if any, is separately determined for each funding stream.
(b) The Secretary reallots youth, adult and dislocated worker funds among eligible States in accordance with the provisions of secs. 127(c) and 132(c) of WIOA, respectively. To be eligible to receive a reallotment of youth, adult, or dislocated worker funds under the reallotment procedures, a State must have obligated at least 80 percent of the prior program year's allotment, less any amount reserved for the costs of administration at the State level of youth, adult, or dislocated worker funds. A State's eligibility to receive a reallotment is separately determined for each funding stream.
(c) The term “obligation” is defined at 2 CFR 200.71.
(d) Obligations must be reported on the required Department of Labor (the Department) financial form, such as the ETA-9130 form, unless otherwise noted in guidance.
(a) The Governor, after consultation with the State WDB, may reallocate youth, adult, and dislocated worker funds among local areas within the State in accordance with the provisions of secs. 128(c) and 133(c) of WIOA. If the Governor chooses to reallocate funds, the provisions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply.
(b) For the youth, adult and dislocated worker programs, the amount to be recaptured from each local area for purposes of reallocation, if any, must be based on the amount by which the prior year's unobligated balance of allocated funds exceeds 20 percent of that year's allocation for the program, less any amount reserved (up to 10 percent) for the costs of administration. Unobligated balances must be determined based on allocations adjusted for any allowable transfer between funding streams. The amount to be recaptured, if any, must be separately determined for each funding stream. The term “obligation” is defined at 2 CFR 200.71.
(c) To be eligible to receive youth, adult or dislocated worker funds under the reallocation procedures, a local area must have obligated at least 80 percent of the prior program year's allocation, less any amount reserved (up to 10 percent) for the costs of administration, for youth, adult, or dislocated worker activities, as separately determined. A local area's eligibility to receive a reallocation must be separately determined for each funding stream.
(a) For competitive awards, the Department will design and execute a merit review process for applications as prescribed under 2 CFR 200.204 when issuing Federal financial assistance awards made under WIOA title I, subtitle D. This process will be described in the applicable funding opportunity announcement.
(b) Prior to issuing a Federal financial assistance award under WIOA title I, subtitle D, the Department will conduct a risk assessment to assess the organization's overall ability to administer Federal funds as required under 2 CFR 200.205. As part of this assessment, the Department may consider any information that has come to its attention and will consider the organization's history with regard to the management of other grants, including Department of Labor grants.
(c) In evaluating risks posed by applicants, the Department will consider the following:
(1) Financial stability;
(2) Quality of management systems and ability to meet the management standards prescribed in this part;
(3) History of performance. The applicant's record in managing Federal awards, if it is a prior recipient of Federal awards, including timeliness of compliance with applicable reporting requirements, conformance to the terms and conditions of previous Federal awards, and if applicable, the extent to which any previously awarded amounts will be expended prior to future awards;
(4) Reports and findings from audits; and
(5) The applicant's ability to implement effectively statutory, regulatory, or other requirements imposed on non-Federal entities.
(a) After the expiration of the period of performance, the Department will closeout the Federal award when it determines that all applicable administrative actions and all required work of the Federal award have been completed by the grant recipient. This section specifies the actions the grant recipient and the Department must take to complete this process.
(1) The grant recipient must submit, no later than 90 calendar days after the end date of the period of performance, all financial, performance, and other reports as required by the terms and conditions of the Federal award.
(2) The Department may approve extensions when requested by the grant recipient.
(b) Unless otherwise noted in the terms and conditions of the award or an extension, grant recipients must comply with 2 CFR 200.343(b) and 2900.15 in regards to closeout.
(c) The Department must make prompt payments to the grant recipient for allowable reimbursable costs under the Federal award being closed out.
(d) The grant recipient must promptly refund any balances of unobligated cash that the Department paid in advance or paid and that is not authorized to be retained by the grant recipient. See
(e) Consistent with the terms and conditions of the Federal award, the Department must make a settlement for any upward or downward adjustments to the Federal share of costs after closeout reports are received.
(f) The grant recipient must account for any real and personal property acquired with Federal funds or received from the Federal government in accordance with 2 CFR 200.310 through 200.316, and 200.329.
(g) The Department should complete all closeout actions for Federal awards no later than 1 year after receipt and acceptance of all required final reports.
(h) The closeout of an award does not affect any of the following:
(1) The right of the Department to disallow costs and recover funds on the basis of a later audit or other review.
(2) The obligation of the grant recipient to return any funds due as a result of later refunds, corrections, or other transactions.
(3) Audit requirements as described in 2 CFR part 200, subpart F.
(4) Property management requirements in 2 CFR 200.310 through 200.316.
(5) Records retention as required in 2 CFR 200.333 through 200.337.
(i) After closeout of an award, a relationship created under the award may be modified or ended in whole or in part with the consent of the Department and the grant recipient, provided the responsibilities of the grant recipient referred to in 2 CFR 200.344(a) and 200.310 through 200.316 are considered, and provisions are made for continuing responsibilities of the grant recipient, as appropriate.
(j) Grant recipients that award WIOA funds to subrecipients must institute a timely closeout process after the end of performance to ensure a timely closeout in accordance with 2 CFR 200.343 and 200.344.
(a)
(1) Commercial organizations, for-profit entities, and foreign entities that are recipients and subrecipients of a Federal award must adhere to 2 CFR part 200, including any exceptions identified by the Department under 2 CFR part 2900;
(2) Commercial organizations, for-profit entities, and foreign entities that are contractors or subcontractors must adhere to the Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR), including 48 CFR part 31.
(b)
(2) Unless specified in the grant agreement, for those items requiring prior approval in the Uniform Guidance (
(3) Costs of workforce councils, advisory councils, Native American Employment and Training Councils, and Local WDB committees established under title I of WIOA are allowable.
(c)
(2) Unless otherwise specified in the grant agreement, expenditures must be reported on accrual basis.
(3) In accordance with the requirements at 2 CFR 200.400(g), subrecipients may not earn or keep any profit resulting from Federal financial assistance, unless expressly authorized by the terms and conditions of the Federal award.
(4) In addition to the requirements at 2 CFR 200.317 through 200.326 (as appropriate), all procurement contracts between Local WDBs and units of State or local governments must be conducted only on a cost reimbursement basis.
(5) In addition to the requirements at 2 CFR 200.318, which address codes of conduct and conflict of interest the following applies:
(i) A State WDB member, Local WDB member, or WDB standing committee member must neither cast a vote on, nor participate in any decision-making capacity, on the provision of services by such member (or any organization which that member directly represents), nor on any matter which would provide any direct financial benefit to that member or that member's immediate family.
(ii) Neither membership on the State WDB, the Local WDB, or a WDB standing committee, nor the receipt of WIOA funds to provide training and related services, by itself, violates these conflict of interest provisions.
(iii) In accordance with the requirements at 2 CFR 200.112, recipients of Federal awards must disclose in writing any potential conflict of interest to the Department. Subrecipients must disclose in writing any potential conflict of interest to the recipient of grant funds.
(6) The addition method, described at 2 CFR 200.307, must be used for all program income earned under title I of WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act grants. When the cost of generating program income has been charged to the program, the gross amount earned must be added to the program in which it was earned. However, the cost of generating program income must be subtracted from the amount earned to establish the net amount of program income available for use under the grants when these costs have not been charged to the program.
(7) Any excess of revenue over costs incurred for services provided by a governmental or non-profit entity must be included in program income.
(8) Interest income earned on funds received under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act must be included in program income.
(9) On a fee-for-service basis, employers may use local area services, facilities, or equipment funded under title I of WIOA to provide employment and training activities to incumbent workers:
(i) When the services, facilities, or equipment are not being used by eligible participants;
(ii) If their use does not affect the ability of eligible participants to use the services, facilities, or equipment; and
(iii) If the income generated from such fees is used to carry out programs authorized under this title.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2) To the extent that an applicable State or local legal requirement regarding nepotism is more restrictive than this provision, such State or local requirement must be followed.
(h)
(a)
(2) Local area expenditures for administrative purposes under WIOA formula grants are limited to no more than 10 percent of the amount allocated to the local area under secs. 128(b) and 133(b) of WIOA.
(3) The 5 percent reserved for statewide administrative costs and the 10 percent reserved for local administrative costs may be used for administrative costs for any of the statewide youth workforce investment activities or statewide employment and training activities under secs. 127(b)(1), 128(b), 132(b), and 133(b) of WIOA.
(4) In a one-stop environment, administrative costs borne by other sources of funds, such as the Wagner-Peyser Act, are not included in the administrative cost limit calculation. Each program's administrative activities are chargeable to its own grant and subject to its own administrative cost limitations.
(5) Costs of negotiating a MOU or infrastructure funding agreement under title I of WIOA are excluded from the administrative cost limitations.
(b)
All recipients of WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act funds that expend more than the minimum amounts specified in 2 CFR part 200, subpart F, in Federal awards during their fiscal year must have a program specific or single audit conducted in accordance with 2 CFR part 200, subpart F.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) The costs of administration are expenditures incurred by State and Local WDBs, Regions, direct grant recipients, including State grant recipients under subtitle B of title I of WIOA, and recipients of awards under subtitle D of title I, as well as local grant recipients, local grant subrecipients, local fiscal agents and one-stop operators that are associated with those specific functions identified in paragraph (b) of this section and which are not related to the direct provision of workforce investment services, including services to participants and employers. These costs can be both personnel and non-personnel and both direct and indirect.
(b) The costs of administration are the costs associated with performing the following functions:
(1) Performing the following overall general administrative functions and coordination of those functions under title I of WIOA:
(i) Accounting, budgeting, financial and cash management functions;
(ii) Procurement and purchasing functions;
(iii) Property management functions;
(iv) Personnel management functions;
(v) Payroll functions;
(vi) Coordinating the resolution of findings arising from audits, reviews, investigations and incident reports;
(vii) Audit functions;
(viii) General legal services functions;
(ix) Developing systems and procedures, including information systems, required for these administrative functions; and
(x) Fiscal agent responsibilities;
(2) Performing oversight and monitoring responsibilities related to WIOA administrative functions;
(3) Costs of goods and services required for administrative functions of the program, including goods and services such as rental or purchase of equipment, utilities, office supplies, postage, and rental and maintenance of office space;
(4) Travel costs incurred for official business in carrying out administrative activities; and
(5) Costs of information systems related to administrative functions (for example, personnel, procurement, purchasing, property management, accounting, and payroll systems) including the purchase, systems development and operating costs of such systems.
(c)(1) Awards to subrecipients or contractors that are solely for the performance of administrative functions are classified as administrative costs.
(2) Personnel and related non-personnel costs of staff that perform both administrative functions specified in paragraph (b) of this section and programmatic services or activities must be allocated as administrative or program costs to the benefitting cost objectives/categories.
(3) Specific costs charged to an overhead or indirect cost pool that can be identified directly as a program cost
(4) Except as provided at paragraph (c)(1) of this section, all costs incurred for functions and activities of subrecipients, other than those subrecipients listed in paragraph (a) of this section, and contractors are program costs.
(5) Continuous improvement activities are charged to administration or program category based on the purpose or nature of the activity to be improved. Documentation of such charges must be maintained.
(6) Costs of the following information systems including the purchase, systems development, and operational costs (
(i) Tracking or monitoring of participant and performance information;
(ii) Employment statistics information, including job listing information, job skills information, and demand occupation information;
(iii) Performance and program cost information on eligible training providers, youth activities, and appropriate education activities;
(iv) Local area performance information; and
(v) Information relating to supportive services and unemployment insurance claims for program participants.
(d) Where possible, entities identified in paragraph (a) of this section must make efforts to streamline the services in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section to reduce administrative costs by minimizing duplication and effectively using information technology to improve services.
(a) Recipients and subrecipients of WIOA title I and Wagner-Peyser Act funds must have an internal control structure and written policies in place that provide safeguards to protect personally identifiable information, records, contracts, grant funds, equipment, sensitive information, tangible items, and other information that is readily or easily exchanged in the open market, or that the Department or the recipient or subrecipient considers to be sensitive, consistent with applicable Federal, State and local privacy and confidentiality laws. Internal controls also must include reasonable assurance that the entity is:
(1) Managing the award in compliance with Federal statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions of the Federal award;
(2) Complying with Federal statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions of the Federal awards;
(3) Evaluating and monitoring the recipient's and subrecipient's compliance with WIOA, regulations and the terms and conditions of Federal awards; and
(4) Taking prompt action when instances of noncompliance are identified.
(b) Internal controls should be in compliance with the guidance in “Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government” issued by the Comptroller General of the United States and the “Internal Control Integrated Framework”, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). See 2 CFR 200.303.
The requirements relating to the enforcement of the Military Selective Service Act are found at WIOA sec. 189(h).
Yes, under 38 U.S.C. 4213, when past income is an eligibility determinant for Federal employment or training programs, any amounts received as military pay or allowances by any person who served on active duty, and certain other specified benefits must be disregarded for the veteran and for other individuals for whom those amounts would normally be applied in making an eligibility determination. This applies when determining if a person is a “low-income individual” for eligibility purposes (for example, in the WIOA youth, or NFJP programs). Also, it applies when income is used as a factor when a local area provides priority of service for “low-income individuals” with title I WIOA funds (
WIOA title I funds must not be spent on construction, purchase of facilities or buildings, or other capital expenditures for improvements to land or buildings, except with the prior written approval of the Secretary.
(a)
(1) The portion of any real property that is attributable to the Federal equity transferred under this section must be used to carry out activities authorized under WIOA, title III of the Social Security Act (Unemployment Compensation program), or the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(2) When such real property is no longer needed for the activities described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the States must request disposition instructions from the Grant Officer prior to disposition or sale of the property. The portion of the proceeds from the disposition of the real property that is attributable to the Federal equity transferred under this section must be used to carry out activities authorized under WIOA, title III of the Social Security Act, or the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(3) States must not use funds awarded under WIOA, title III of the Social Security Act, or the Wagner-Peyser Act to amortize the costs of real property that is purchased by any State on or after February 15, 2007, the date of enactment of the Revised Continuing Appropriations Resolution, 2007.
(4) Properties occupied by the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Service must be colocated with one-stop centers.
(b)
(c)
(a) Under sec. 181(e) of WIOA, title I funds must not be spent on employment generating activities, investment in revolving loan funds, capitalization of businesses, investment in contract bidding resource centers, economic development activities, or similar activities, unless they are directly related to training for eligible individuals. For purposes of this prohibition, employer outreach and job development activities are directly related to training for eligible individuals.
(b) These employer outreach and job development activities may include:
(1) Contacts with potential employers for the purpose of placement of WIOA participants;
(2) Participation in business associations (such as chambers of commerce); joint labor management committees, labor associations, and resource centers;
(3) WIOA staff participation on economic development boards and commissions, and work with economic development agencies to:
(i) Provide information about WIOA programs;
(ii) Coordinate activities in a region or local area to promote entrepreneurial training and microenterprise services;
(iii) Assist in making informed decisions about community job training needs; and
(iv) Promote the use of first source hiring agreements and enterprise zone vouchering services;
(4) Active participation in local business resource centers (incubators) to provide technical assistance to small businesses and new businesses to reduce the rate of business failure;
(5) Subscriptions to relevant publications;
(6) General dissemination of information on WIOA programs and activities;
(7) The conduct of labor market surveys;
(8) The development of on-the-job training opportunities; and
(9) Other allowable WIOA activities in the private sector.
(a) WIOA title I funds must not be spent on:
(1) The wages of incumbent employees during their participation in economic development activities provided through a statewide workforce development system.
(2) Public service employment, except as specifically authorized under title I of WIOA.
(3) Expenses prohibited under any other Federal, State or local law or regulation.
(4) Subawards or contracts with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal programs or activities.
(5) Contracts with persons falsely labeling products made in America.
(b) WIOA formula funds available to States and local areas under title I, subtitle B must not be used for foreign travel.
(a) Section 188(a)(3) of WIOA prohibits the use of funds to employ participants to carry out the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of any facility used for sectarian instruction or as a place for religious worship with the exception of maintenance of facilities that are not primarily used for instruction or worship and are operated by organizations providing services to WIOA participants.
(b) 29 CFR part 2, subpart D, governs the circumstances under which Department support, including WIOA title I financial assistance, may be used to employ or train participants in religious activities. Under that subpart, such assistance may be used for such employment or training only when the assistance is provided indirectly within the meaning of the Establishment Clause of the U.S. Constitution, and not when the assistance is provided directly. That subpart also contains requirements related to equal treatment in Department of Labor programs for religious organizations, and to protecting the religious liberty of Department of Labor social service providers and beneficiaries. (29 CFR part 2, subpart D—Equal Treatment in Department of Labor Programs for Religious Organizations, Protection of Religious Liberty of Department of Labor Social Service Providers and Beneficiaries).
(a)
(1) The encouragement or inducement of a business, or part of a business, to relocate from any location in the United States, if the relocation results in any employee losing his or her job at the original location;
(2) Customized training, skill training, on-the-job training, incumbent worker training, transitional employment, or company specific assessments of job applicants for or employees of any business or part of a business that has relocated from any location in the United States, until the company has operated at that location for 120 days, if the relocation has resulted in any employee losing his or her jobs at the original location.
(b)
(1) The review must include names under which the establishment does business, including predecessors and successors in interest; the name, title, and address of the company official certifying the information, and whether WIOA assistance is sought in connection with past or impending job losses at other facilities, including a review of whether WARN notices relating to the employer have been filed.
(2) The review may include consultations with labor organizations and others in the affected local area(s).
(a) The Grant Officer will promptly review and take appropriate action on alleged violations of the provisions relating to:
(1) Construction (§ 683.235);
(2) Employment generating activities (§ 683.245);
(3) Other prohibited activities (§ 683.250);
(4) The limitation related to religious activities (§ 683.255); and
(5) The use of WIOA title I funds to encourage business relocation (§ 683.260).
(b) Procedures for the investigation and resolution of the violations are provided under the Grant Officer's resolution process at § 683.440.
(c) Sanctions and remedies are provided for under sec. 184(c) of WIOA for violations of the provisions relating to:
(1) Construction (§ 683.235);
(2) Employment generating activities (§ 683.245);
(3) Other prohibited activities (§ 683.250); and
(4) The limitation related to religious activities (§ 683.255(b)).
(d) Sanctions and remedies are provided for in sec. 181(d)(3) of WIOA for violations of § 683.260, which addresses business relocation.
(e) Violations of § 683.255(a) will be handled in accordance with the Department's nondiscrimination regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA, codified at 29 CFR part 38.
(a) A participant in a program or activity authorized under title I of WIOA must not displace (including a partial displacement, such as a reduction in the hours of non-overtime work, wages, or employment benefits) any currently employed employee (as of the date of the participation).
(b) A program or activity authorized under title I of WIOA must not impair existing contracts for services or collective bargaining agreements. When a program or activity authorized under title I of WIOA would be inconsistent with a collective bargaining agreement, the appropriate labor organization and employer must provide written concurrence before the program or activity begins.
(c) A participant in a program or activity under title I of WIOA may not be employed in or assigned to a job if:
(1) Any other individual is on layoff from the same or any substantially equivalent job;
(2) The employer has terminated the employment of any regular, unsubsidized employee or otherwise caused an involuntary reduction in its workforce with the intention of filling the vacancy so created with the WIOA participant; or
(3) The job is created in a promotional line that infringes in any way on the promotional opportunities of currently employed workers as of the date of the participation.
(d) Regular employees and program participants alleging displacement may file a complaint under the applicable grievance procedures found at § 683.600.
(a) Individuals in on-the-job training or individuals employed in activities under title I of WIOA must be compensated at the same rates, including periodic increases, as trainees or employees who are similarly situated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills. Such rates must be in accordance with applicable law, but may not be less than the higher of the rate specified in sec. 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) or the applicable State or local minimum wage law.
(b) The reference in paragraph (a) of this section to sec. 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) is not applicable for individuals in territorial jurisdictions in which sec. 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) does not apply.
(c) Individuals in on-the-job training or individuals employed in programs and activities under title I of WIOA must be provided benefits and working conditions at the same level and to the same extent as other trainees or employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work.
(d) Allowances, earnings, and payments to individuals participating in programs under title I of WIOA are not considered as income for purposes of determining eligibility for and the amount of income transfer and in-kind aid furnished under any Federal or Federally-assisted program based on need, other than as provided under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301
(a) Health and safety standards established under Federal and State law otherwise applicable to working conditions of employees are equally applicable to working conditions of participants engaged in programs and activities under title I of WIOA.
(b)(1) To the extent that a State workers' compensation law applies, workers' compensation must be provided to participants in programs and activities under title I of WIOA on the same basis as the compensation is provided to other individuals in the State in similar employment.
(2) If a State workers' compensation law applies to a participant in work experience, workers' compensation benefits must be available for injuries suffered by the participant in such work experience. If a State workers' compensation law does not apply to a participant in work experience, insurance coverage must be secured for injuries suffered by the participant in the course of such work experience.
(a)(1) Recipients, as defined in 29 CFR 37.4, must comply with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of WIOA sec. 188 and its implementing regulations, codified at 29 CFR part 38. Under that definition, the term “recipients” includes State and Local WDBs, one-stop operators, service providers, Job Corps contractors, and subrecipients, as well as other types of individuals and entities.
(2) Nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements and procedures, including complaint processing and compliance reviews, are governed by the regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA, codified at 29 CFR part 38, and are administered and enforced by the Department of Labor Civil Rights Center.
(3) Financial assistance provided under title I of WIOA may be used to meet a recipient's obligation to provide physical and programmatic accessibility and reasonable accommodation/modification in regard to the WIOA program, as required by sec. 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; sec. 188 of WIOA; and the regulations implementing these statutory provisions.
(4) No person may discriminate against an individual who is a participant in a program or activity that receives funds under title I of WIOA, with respect to the terms and conditions affecting, or rights provided to, the individual, solely because of the status of the individual as a participant.
(5) Participation in programs and activities or receiving funds under title I of WIOA must be available to citizens and nationals of the United States, lawfully admitted permanent resident aliens, refugees, asylees, and parolees, and other immigrants authorized by the Secretary of Homeland Security or the Secretary's designee to work in the United States.
(b)(1) Title 29 CFR part 2, subpart D, governs the circumstances under which recipients may use Department support,
(2) Title 29 CFR part 2, subpart D, also contains requirements related to equal treatment of religious organizations in Department of Labor programs, and to protection of religious liberty for Department of Labor social service providers and beneficiaries. Limitations on the employment of participants under WIOA title I to carry out the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of any facility used or to be used for religious instruction or as a place of religious worship are described at 29 CFR 37.6(f)(2).
(a) No funds available under title I of WIOA or the Wagner-Peyser Act may be used by a recipient or subrecipient of such funds to pay the salary and bonuses of an individual, either as direct costs or indirect costs, at a rate in excess of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level II of the Executive Schedule under 5 U.S.C. 5313, which can be found at
(b) In instances where funds awarded under title I of WIOA or the Wagner-Peyser Act pay only a portion of the salary or bonus, the WIOA title I or Wagner-Peyser Act funds may only be charged for the share of the employee's salary or bonus attributable to the work performed on the WIOA title I or Wagner-Peyser Act grant. That portion cannot exceed the proportional Executive level II rate. The restriction applies to the sum of salaries and bonuses charged as either direct costs or indirect costs under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(c) The limitation described in paragraph (a) of this section will not apply to contractors (as defined in 2 CFR 200.23) providing goods and services. In accordance with 2 CFR 200.330, characteristics indicative of contractor are the following:
(1) Provides the goods and services within normal business operations;
(2) Provides similar goods or services to many different purchasers;
(3) Normally operates in a competitive environment;
(4) Provides goods or services that are ancillary to the operation of the Federal program; and
(5) Is not subject to compliance requirements of the Federal program as a result of the agreement, though similar requirements may apply for other reasons.
(d) If a State is a recipient of such funds, the State may establish a lower limit than is provided in paragraph (a) of this section for salaries and bonuses of those receiving salaries and bonuses from a subrecipient of such funds, taking into account factors including the relative cost of living in the State, the compensation levels for comparable State or local government employees, and the size of the organizations that administer the Federal programs involved.
(e) When an individual is working for the same recipient or subrecipient in multiple offices that are funded by title I of WIOA or the Wagner-Peyser Act, the recipient or subrecipient must ensure that the sum of the individual's salary and bonus does not exceed the prescribed limit in paragraph (a) of this section.
(a)(1) Under secs. 121(d), 122(a) and 134(b) of WIOA, for-profit entities are eligible to be one-stop operators, service providers, and eligible training providers.
(2) Where for-profit entities are one-stop operators, service providers, and eligible training providers, and those entities are recipients of Federal financial assistance, the recipient or subrecipient and the for-profit entity must follow 2 CFR 200.323.
(b) For programs authorized by other sections of WIOA, 2 CFR 200.400(g) prohibits earning and keeping of profit in Federal financial assistance unless expressly authorized by the terms and conditions of the Federal award.
(c) Income earned by a public or private nonprofit entity may be retained by such entity only if such income is used to continue to carry out the program.
(a)
(b)
(2) For financial reports and performance reports other than those described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a State or other grant recipient may impose different forms or formats, shorter due dates, and more frequent reporting requirements on subrecipients.
(3) If a State intends to impose different reporting requirements on subrecipients, it must describe those reporting requirements in its State WIOA Plan.
(c)
(2) Local WDBs will submit quarterly financial reports to the Governor.
(3) Each State will submit to the Secretary a summary of the reports submitted to the Governor pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(4) Reports must include cash on hand, obligations, expenditures, any income or profits earned, including such income or profits earned by subrecipients, indirect costs, recipient share of expenditures and any expenditures incurred (such as stand-in costs) by the recipient that are otherwise allowable except for funding limitations.
(5) Reported expenditures, matching funds, and program income, including any profits earned, must be reported on the accrual basis of accounting and cumulative by fiscal year of appropriation. If the recipient's accounting records are not normally kept on the accrual basis of accounting, the recipient must develop accrual
(d)
(2) For all programs authorized under subtitle D of WIOA, each grant recipient must complete reports on performance indicators or goals specified in its grant agreement.
(e)
(2) Financial reports and all performance and data reports not described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are due no later than 45 days after the end of each quarter unless otherwise specified in reporting instructions. Closeout financial reports are required no later than 90 calendar days after the expiration of a period of performance or period of fund availability (whichever comes first) and/or termination of the grant. If required by the terms and conditions of the grant, closeout performance reports are required no later than 90 calendar days after the expiration of a period of performance or period of fund availability (whichever comes first) and/or termination of the grant.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a) The Secretary is authorized to monitor all recipients and subrecipients of all Federal financial assistance awarded and funds expended under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act to determine compliance with these statutes and Department regulations, and may investigate any matter deemed necessary to determine such compliance. Federal oversight will be conducted primarily at the recipient level.
(b) As funds allow, in each fiscal year, the Secretary also will conduct in-depth reviews in several States, including financial and performance monitoring, to assure that funds are spent in accordance with WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(c)(1) Each recipient and subrecipient must monitor grant-supported activities in accordance with 2 CFR part 200.
(2) In the case of grants under secs. 128 and 133 of WIOA, the Governor must develop a State monitoring system that meets the requirements of § 683.410(b). The Governor must monitor Local WDBs and regions annually for compliance with applicable laws and regulations in accordance with the State monitoring system. Monitoring must include an annual review of each local area's compliance with 2 CFR part 200.
(d) Documentation of monitoring, including monitoring reports and audit work papers, conducted under paragraph (c) of this section, along with corrective action plans, must be made available for review upon request of the Secretary, Governor, or a representative of the Federal government authorized to request the information.
(a) Each recipient and subrecipient of funds under title I of WIOA and under the Wagner-Peyser Act must conduct regular oversight and monitoring of its WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act program(s) and those of its subrecipients and contractors as required under title I of WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act, as well as under 2 CFR part 200, including 2 CFR 200.327, 200.328, 200.330, 200.331, and Department exceptions at 2 CFR part 2900, in order to:
(1) Determine that expenditures have been made against the proper cost categories and within the cost limitations specified in WIOA and the regulations in this part;
(2) Determine whether there is compliance with other provisions of WIOA and the WIOA regulations and other applicable laws and regulations;
(3) Assure compliance with 2 CFR part 200; and
(4) Determine compliance with the nondiscrimination, disability, and equal opportunity requirements of sec. 188 of WIOA, including the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003).
(b) State roles and responsibilities for grants under secs. 128 and 133 of WIOA:
(1) The Governor is responsible for the development of the State monitoring system. The Governor must be able to demonstrate, through a monitoring plan or otherwise, that the State monitoring system meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) The State monitoring system must:
(i) Provide for annual on-site monitoring reviews of local areas' compliance with 2 CFR part 200, as required by sec. 184(a)(3) of WIOA;
(ii) Ensure that established policies to achieve program performance and outcomes meet the objectives of WIOA and the WIOA regulations;
(iii) Enable the Governor to determine if subrecipients and contractors have demonstrated substantial compliance with WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act requirements;
(iv) Enable the Governor to determine whether a local plan will be disapproved for failure to make acceptable progress in addressing deficiencies, as required in sec. 108(e) of WIOA; and
(v) Enable the Governor to ensure compliance with the nondiscrimination, disability, and equal opportunity requirements of sec. 188 of WIOA, including the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003).
(3) The State must conduct an annual on-site monitoring review of each local area's compliance with 2 CFR part 200, as required by sec. 184(a)(4) of WIOA.
(4) The Governor must require that prompt corrective action be taken if any substantial violation of standards identified in paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of this section is found.
(5) The Governor must impose the sanctions provided in secs. 184(b)-(c) of WIOA in the event of a subrecipient's failure to take required corrective action required under paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(6) The Governor may issue additional requirements and instructions to subrecipients on monitoring activities.
(7) The Governor must certify to the Secretary every 2 years that:
(i) The State has implemented 2 CFR part 200;
(ii) The State has monitored local areas to ensure compliance with 2 CFR part 200, including annual certifications and disclosures as outlined in 2 CFR 200.113, Mandatory Disclosures. Failure to do so may result in remedies described under 2 CFR 200.338, including suspension and debarment; and
(iii) The State has taken appropriate corrective action to secure such compliance.
(a)
(i) A State or direct grant recipient must utilize the written monitoring and audit resolution, debt collection and appeal procedures that it uses for other Federal grant programs.
(ii) If a State or direct grant recipient does not have such written procedures, it must prescribe standards and procedures to be used for this grant program.
(2) For subrecipients awarded funds through a recipient of grant funds under subtitle D of title I of WIOA, the direct recipient of the grant funds must have written monitoring and resolution procedures in place that are consistent with 2 CFR part 200.
(b)
(2) The Secretary will use the Department audit resolution process, consistent with 2 CFR part 200 (and Department modifications at 2 CFR part 2900), and Grant Officer Resolution provisions of § 683.440, as appropriate.
(3) A final determination issued by a Grant Officer under this process may be appealed to the Department of Labor Office of Administrative Law Judges under the procedures at § 683.800.
(c)
(a) As a result of an investigation, on-site visit, other monitoring, or an audit (
(1)
(2)
(b) Audits from 2 CFR part 200 will be resolved through the Grant Officer resolution process, as discussed in § 683.440.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) A final determination under this paragraph (d) must:
(i) Indicate whether efforts to resolve informally matters contained in the initial determination have been unsuccessful;
(ii) List those matters upon which the parties continue to disagree;
(iii) List any modifications to the factual findings and conclusions set forth in the initial determination and the rationale for such modifications;
(iv) Establish a debt, if appropriate;
(v) Require corrective action, when needed;
(vi) Determine liability, method of restitution of funds, and sanctions; and
(vii) Offer an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with § 683.800.
(3) Unless a hearing is requested, a final determination under this paragraph (d) is final agency action and is not subject to further review.
(a) A WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy is a specific type of performance-based contract strategy that has four distinct characteristics:
(1) It is a strategy to use WIOA Pay-for-Performance contracts as they are described in § 683.510;
(2) It must include the identification of the workforce development problem and target populations for which a local area will pursue a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy; the outcomes the local area would hope to achieve through a Pay-for-Performance contract relative to baseline performance; and the acceptable cost to government associated with achieving these outcomes;
(3) It must include a strategy for independently validating the performance outcomes achieved under each contract within the strategy prior to payment occurring; and
(4) It must include a description of how the State or local area will reallocate funds to other activities under the contract strategy in the event a service provider does not achieve performance benchmarks under a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract.
(b) Prior to the implementation of a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy, a local area must conduct a feasibility study to determine whether the intervention is suitable for a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy.
(c) The WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategy must be developed in accordance with guidance issued by the Secretary.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(a) For WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies providing adult and dislocated worker training services, funds allocated under secs. 133(b)(2)-(3) of WIOA can be used. For WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies providing youth activities, funds allocated under WIOA sec. 128(b) can be used.
(b) No more than 10 percent of the total local adult and dislocated worker allocations can be reserved and used on the implementation of WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies for adult training services described in sec. 134(c)(3) of WIOA. No more than 10 percent of the local youth allocation can be reserved and used on the implementation of WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies for youth training services and other activities described in secs. 129(c)(2) of WIOA.
Section 189(g)(2)(D) of WIOA authorizes funds used for WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies to be available until expended. Under WIOA sec. 3(47)(C), funds that are obligated but not expended due to a contractor not achieving the levels of performance specified in a WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract may be reallocated for further activities related to WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies only. The Secretary will issue additional guidance related to the funds availability and reallocation.
(a) Using funds from the Governor's Reserve the State may:
(1) Provide technical assistance to local areas including assistance with structuring WIOA Pay-for-Performance contracting strategies, performance data collection, meeting performance data entry requirements, and identifying levels of performance.
(2) Conduct evaluations of local WIOA Pay-for-Performance contracting strategies, if appropriate.
(3) Conduct other activities that comply with limitations on the use of the Governor's Reserve.
(b) Using non-Federal funds, Governors may establish incentives for Local WDBs to implement WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies as described in this subpart.
(c) In the case of a State in which local areas are implementing WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, the State must:
(1) Collect and report to the Department data on the performance of service providers entering into WIOA Pay-for-Performance contracts, measured against the levels of performance benchmarks specified in the contracts, pursuant to sec. 116(d)(2)(K) of WIOA and § 677.160 of this chapter and in accordance with any additional guidance issued by the Secretary.
(2) Collect and report to the Department State and/or local evaluations of the design and performance of the WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies, and, where possible, the level of satisfaction with the strategies among employers and participants benefitting from the
(3) Monitor local areas' use of WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies to ensure compliance with § 683.500 and the contract specifications in § 683.510, and State procurement policies.
(4) Monitor local areas' expenditures to ensure that no more than 10 percent of a local area's adult and dislocated worker allotments and no more than 10 percent of a local area's youth allotment is reserved and used on WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies.
(d) The Secretary will issue additional guidance on State roles in WIOA Pay-for-Performance contract strategies.
(a) Each local area, State, outlying area, and direct recipient of funds under title I of WIOA, except for Job Corps, must establish and maintain a procedure for participants and other interested parties to file grievances and complaints alleging violations of the requirements of title I of WIOA, according to the requirements of this section. The grievance procedure requirements applicable to Job Corps are set forth at §§ 686.960 and 686.965 of this chapter.
(b) Each local area, State, and direct recipient must:
(1) Provide information about the content of the grievance and complaint procedures required by this section to participants and other interested parties affected by the local workforce development system, including one-stop partners and service providers;
(2) Require that every entity to which it awards title I funds provide the information referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to participants receiving title I-funded services from such entities; and
(3) Must make reasonable efforts to assure that the information referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be understood by affected participants and other individuals, including youth and those who are limited-English speaking individuals. Such efforts must comply with the language requirements of 29 CFR 37.35 regarding the provision of services and information in languages other than English.
(c) Local area procedures must provide:
(1) A process for dealing with grievances and complaints from participants and other interested parties affected by the local workforce development system, including one-stop partners and service providers;
(2) An opportunity for an informal resolution and a hearing to be completed within 60 days of the filing of the grievance or complaint;
(3) A process which allows an individual alleging a labor standards violation to submit the grievance to a binding arbitration procedure, if a collective bargaining agreement covering the parties to the grievance so provides; and
(4) An opportunity for a local level appeal to a State entity when:
(i) No decision is reached within 60 days; or
(ii) Either party is dissatisfied with the local hearing decision.
(d) State procedures must provide:
(1) A process for dealing with grievances and complaints from participants and other interested parties affected by the statewide Workforce Investment programs;
(2) A process for resolving appeals made under paragraph (c)(4) of this section;
(3) A process for remanding grievances and complaints related to the local Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act programs to the local area grievance process; and
(4) An opportunity for an informal resolution and a hearing to be completed within 60 days of the filing of the grievance or complaint; and
(5) An opportunity for appeal to the Secretary under the circumstances described in § 683.610(a).
(e) Procedures of direct recipients must provide:
(1) A process for dealing with grievance and complaints from participants and other interested parties affected by the recipient's Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act programs; and
(2) An opportunity for an informal resolution and a hearing to be completed within 60 days of the filing of the grievance or complaint.
(f) The remedies that may be imposed under local, State, and direct recipient grievance procedures are enumerated at WIOA sec. 181(c)(3).
(g)(1) The provisions of this section on grievance procedures do not apply to discrimination complaints brought under WIOA sec. 188 and/or 29 CFR part 38. Such complaints must be handled in accordance with the procedures set forth in that regulatory part.
(2) Questions about or complaints alleging a violation of the nondiscrimination provisions of WIOA sec. 188 may be directed or mailed to the Director, Civil Rights Center, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N4123, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, for processing.
(h) Nothing in this subpart precludes a grievant or complainant from pursuing a remedy authorized under another Federal, State, or local law.
(a) The Secretary investigates allegations arising through the grievance procedures described in § 683.600 when:
(1) A decision on a grievance or complaint under § 683.600(d) has not been reached within 60 days of receipt of the grievance or complaint or within 60 days of receipt of the request for appeal of a local level grievance and either party appeals to the Secretary; or
(2) A decision on a grievance or complaint under § 683.600(d) has been reached and the party to which such decision is adverse appeals to the Secretary.
(b) The Secretary must make a final decision on an appeal under paragraph (a) of this section no later than 120 days after receiving the appeal.
(c) Appeals made under paragraph (a)(2) of this section must be filed within 60 days of the receipt of the decision being appealed. Appeals made under paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be filed within 120 days of the filing of the grievance with the State, or the filing of the appeal of a local grievance with the State. All appeals must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the appropriate ETA Regional Administrator and the opposing party.
(d) Except for complaints arising under WIOA sec. 184(f) or sec. 188, grievances or complaints made directly to the Secretary will be referred to the appropriate State or local area for resolution in accordance with this section, unless the Department notifies the parties that the Department of Labor will investigate the grievance under the procedures at § 683.430. Discrimination complaints brought under WIOA sec. 184(f) or sec. 188 or 29 CFR part 38 will be referred to the Director of the Civil Rights Center.
(e) Complaints and grievances from participants receiving services under the
(a) Information and complaints involving criminal fraud, waste, abuse or other criminal activity must be reported immediately through the Department's Incident Reporting System to the Department of Labor Office of Inspector General, Office of Investigations, Room S5514, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, or to the corresponding Regional Inspector General for Investigations, with a copy simultaneously provided to the Employment and Training Administration. The Hotline number is 1-800-347-3756. The Web site is
(b) Complaints of a non-criminal nature may be handled under the procedures set forth in § 683.600 or through the Department's Incident Reporting System.
(a) Non-designation of local areas:
(1) The State must establish, and include in its State Plan, due process procedures which provide expeditious appeal to the State WDB for a unit of general local government (including a combination of such units) or grant recipient that requests, but is not granted, initial or subsequent designation of an area as a local area under WIOA sec. 106(b)(2) or 106(b)(3) and § 679.250 of this chapter.
(2) These procedures must provide an opportunity for a hearing and prescribe appropriate time limits to ensure prompt resolution of the appeal.
(3) If the appeal to the State WDB does not result in designation, the appellant may request review by the Secretary under § 683.640.
(b) Denial or termination of eligibility as a training provider:
(1) A State must establish procedures which allow providers of training services the opportunity to appeal:
(i) Denial of eligibility by a Local WDB or the designated State agency under WIOA sec. 122(b), 122(c), or 122(d).
(ii) Termination of eligibility or other action by a Local WDB or State agency under WIOA sec. 122(f); or
(iii) Denial of eligibility as a provider of on-the-job training (OJT) or customized training by a one-stop operator under WIOA sec. 122(h).
(2) Such procedures must provide an opportunity for a hearing and prescribe appropriate time limits to ensure prompt resolution of the appeal.
(3) A decision under this State appeal process may not be appealed to the Secretary.
(c) Testing and sanctioning for use of controlled substances.
(1) A State must establish due process procedures, in accordance with WIOA sec. 181(f), which provide expeditious appeal for:
(i) Participants in programs under title I, subtitle B of WIOA subject to testing for use of controlled substances, imposed under a State policy established under WIOA sec. 181(f)(1); and
(ii) Participants in programs under title I, subtitle B of WIOA who are sanctioned, in accordance with WIOA sec. 181(f)(2), after testing positive for the use of controlled substances, under the policy described in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.
(2) A decision under this State appeal process may not be appealed to the Secretary.
(a) A unit of general local government (including a combination of such units) or grant recipient whose appeal of the denial of a request for initial or subsequent designation as a local area to the State WDB has not resulted in such designation, may appeal the State WDB's denial to the Secretary.
(b) Appeals made under paragraph (a) of this section must be filed no later than 30 days after receipt of written notification of the denial from the State WDB, and must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the State WDB.
(c) The appellant must establish that it was not accorded procedural rights under the appeal process set forth in the State Plan, or establish that it meets the requirements for designation in WIOA sec. 106(b)(2) or 106(b)(3) and § 679.250 of this chapter.
(d) If the Secretary determines that the appellant has met its burden of establishing that it was not accorded procedural rights under the appeal process set forth in the State Plan, or that it meets the requirements for designation in WIOA sec. 106(b)(2) or 106(b)(3) and § 679.250 of this chapter, the Secretary may require that the area be designated as a local area. In making this determination, the Secretary may consider any comments submitted by the State WDB in response to the appeal made under paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) The Secretary must issue a written decision to the Governor and the appellant.
(a) A local area which has been found in substantial violation of WIOA title I, and has received notice from the Governor that either all or part of the local plan will be revoked or that a reorganization will occur, may appeal such sanctions to the Secretary under WIOA sec. 184(b). The appeal must be filed no later than 30 days after receipt of written notification of the revoked plan or imposed reorganization.
(b) The sanctions described in paragraph (a) of this section do not become effective until:
(1) The time for appeal has expired; or
(2) The Secretary has issued the decision described in paragraph (e) of this section.
(c) A local area which has failed to meet local performance indicators for 3 consecutive program years, and has received the Governor's notice of intent to impose a reorganization plan, may appeal to the Governor to rescind or revise such plan, in accordance with § 677.225 of this chapter.
(d) Appeals to the Secretary made under paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210, Attention: ASET. A copy of the appeal must be simultaneously provided to the Governor.
(e) The Secretary will notify the Governor and the appellant in writing of the Secretary's decision under paragraph (a) of this section within 45 days after receipt of the appeal. In making this determination, the Secretary may consider any comments submitted by the Governor in response to the appeals.
(a)
(2) To impose a sanction or corrective action for a violation of WIOA sec. 188(a) the Department will use the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 38.
(3) To impose a sanction or corrective action for a violation of WIOA sec. 116 the Department will use the procedures set forth in part 677 of this chapter.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) The recipient of the funds is responsible for all funds under its grant(s) awarded under WIOA title I and the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(b)(1) The local government's chief elected official(s) in a local area is liable for any misuse of the WIOA grant funds allocated to the local area under WIOA secs. 128 and 133, unless the chief elected official(s) reaches an agreement with the Governor to bear such liability.
(2) When a local workforce area or region is composed of more than one unit of general local government, the liability of the individual jurisdictions must be specified in a written agreement between the chief elected officials.
(3) When there is a change in the chief elected official(s), the Local WDB is required to inform the new chief elected official(s), in a timely manner, of their responsibilities and liabilities as well as the need to review and update any written agreements among the chief elected official(s).
(4) The use of a fiscal agent does not relieve the chief elected official, or Governor if designated under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, of responsibility for any misuse of grant funds allocated to the local area under WIOA secs. 128 and 133.
(a) If, as part of the annual on-site monitoring of local areas, the Governor determines that a local area is not in compliance with 2 CFR part 200, including the failure to make the required disclosures in accordance with 2 CFR 200.113 or the failure to disclose all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity violations, the Governor must:
(1) Require corrective action to secure prompt compliance; and
(2) Impose the sanctions provided for at WIOA sec. 184(b) if the Governor finds that the local area has failed to take timely corrective action.
(b) An action by the Governor to impose a sanction against a local area, in accordance with this section, may be appealed to the Secretary in accordance with § 683.650.
(c)(1) If the Secretary finds that the Governor has failed to monitor and certify compliance of local areas with the administrative requirements under WIOA sec. 184(a), or that the Governor has failed to take the actions promptly required upon a determination under paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary must take the action described in § 683.700(b).
(2) If the Governor fails to take the corrective actions required by the Secretary under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the Secretary may immediately suspend or terminate financial assistance under WIOA sec. 184(e).
(a)(1) A recipient of title I funds may request that the Secretary waive the imposition of sanctions authorized under WIOA sec. 184.
(2) A Grant officer may approve the waiver described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section if the grant officer finds that the recipient has demonstrated substantial compliance with the requirements of WIOA sec. 184(d)(2).
(b)(1) When the debt for which a waiver request was established in a non-Federal resolution proceeding, the resolution report must accompany the waiver request.
(2) When the waiver request is made during the ETA Grant Officer resolution process, the request must be made during the informal resolution period described in § 683.440(c).
(c) A waiver of the recipient's liability must be considered by the Grant Officer only when:
(1) The misexpenditure of WIOA funds occurred at a subrecipient's level;
(2) The misexpenditure was not due to willful disregard of the requirements of title I of WIOA, gross negligence, failure to observe accepted standards of administration, and did not constitute fraud or failure to make the required disclosures in accordance with 2 CFR 200.113 addressing all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity violations (2 CFR part 180 and 31 U.S.C. 3321)
(3) If fraud did exist, was perpetrated against the recipient/subrecipients, and:
(i) The recipient/subrecipients discovered, investigated, reported, and cooperated in any prosecution of the perpetrator of the fraud; and
(ii) After aggressive debt collection action, it has been documented that further attempts at debt collection from the perpetrator of the fraud would be inappropriate or futile;
(4) The recipient has issued a final determination which disallows the misexpenditure, the recipient's appeal process has been exhausted, and a debt has been established; and
(5) The recipient provides documentation to demonstrate that it has substantially complied with the
(d) The recipient will not be released from liability for misspent funds under the determination required by WIOA sec. 184(d) unless the Grant Officer determines that further collection action, either by the recipient or subrecipient(s), would be inappropriate or would prove futile.
(a) The recipient may request advance approval from the Grant Officer for contemplated corrective actions, including debt collection actions, which the recipient plans to initiate or to forego. The recipient's request must include a description and an assessment of all actions taken to collect the misspent funds.
(b) Based on the recipient's request, the Grant Officer may determine that the recipient may forego certain debt collection actions against a subrecipient when:
(1) The subrecipient meets the criteria set forth in WIOA sec. 184(d)(2);
(2) The misexpenditure of funds:
(i) Was not made by that subrecipient but by an entity that received WIOA funds from that subrecipient;
(ii) Was not a violation of WIOA sec. 184(d)(1), did not constitute fraud, or failure to disclose, in a timely manner, all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award; or
(iii) If fraud did exist:
(A) It was perpetrated against the subrecipient;
(B) The subrecipient discovered, investigated, reported, and cooperated in any prosecution of the perpetrator of the fraud; and
(C) After aggressive debt collection action, it has been documented that further attempts at debt collection from the perpetrator of the fraud would be inappropriate or futile;
(3) A determination which disallows the misexpenditure and establishes a debt has been issued at the appropriate level; and,
(4) Further debt collection action by that subrecipient or the recipient would be either inappropriate or futile.
(a)(1) For misexpenditures by direct recipients of title I and Wagner-Peyser Act formula funds the Grant Officer may determine that a debt, or a portion thereof, may be offset against amounts that are allotted to the recipient. Recipients must submit a written request for an offset to the Grant Officer. Generally, the Grant Officer will apply the offset against amounts that are available at the recipient level for administrative costs.
(2) The Grant Officer may approve an offset request, under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the misexpenditures were not due to willful disregard of the requirements of WIOA and regulations, fraud, gross negligence, failure to observe accepted standards of administration or a pattern of misexpenditure.
(b) For subrecipient misexpenditures that were not due to willful disregard of the requirements of WIOA and regulations, fraud, gross negligence, failure to observe accepted standards of administration or a pattern of misexpenditure, if the Grant Officer has required the State to repay or offset such amount, the State may deduct an amount equal to the misexpenditure from the subrecipient's allocation of the program year after the determination was made. Deductions are to be made from funds reserved for the administrative costs of the local programs involved, as appropriate.
(c) If offset is granted, the debt will not be fully satisfied until the Grant Officer reduces amounts allotted to the recipient by the amount of the misexpenditure.
(d) For recipients of funds under title I and Wagner-Peyser Act funds, a direct recipient may not make a deduction under paragraph (b) of this section until the State has taken appropriate corrective action to ensure full compliance within the local area with regard to appropriate expenditure of WIOA funds.
(a) An applicant for financial assistance under title I of WIOA who is dissatisfied by a determination not to award Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to such applicant; or a recipient, subrecipient, or a contractor against which the Grant Officer has directly imposed a sanction or corrective action under sec. 184 of WIOA, including a sanction against a State under part 677 of this chapter, may appeal to the U.S. Department of Labor, Office of Administrative Law Judges (OALJ) within 21 days of receipt of the final determination.
(b) Failure to request a hearing within 21 days of receipt of the final determination constitutes a waiver of the right to a hearing.
(c) A request for a hearing under this subpart must specifically state those issues or findings in the final determination upon which review is requested. Issues or findings in the final determination not specified for review, or the entire final determination when no hearing has been requested within the 21 days, are considered resolved and not subject to further review. Only alleged violations of WIOA, its regulations, the grant or other agreement under WIOA raised in the final determination and the request for hearing are subject to review.
(d) A request for a hearing must be transmitted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. Department of Labor, Suite 400, 800 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20001, with one copy to the Departmental official who issued the determination.
(e) The procedures in this subpart apply in the case of a complainant who has engaged in the alternative dispute resolution process set forth in § 683.840, if neither a settlement was reached nor a decision issued within the 60 days, except that the request for hearing before the OALJ must be filed within 15 days of the conclusion of the 60-day period provided in § 683.840. In addition to including the final determination upon which review is requested, the complainant must include a copy of any Stipulation of Facts and a brief summary of proceedings.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) In ordering relief the ALJ has the full authority of the Secretary under WIOA, except as described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) In grant selection appeals of awards funded under WIOA title I, subtitle D:
(1) If the Administrative Law Judge rules, under § 683.800, that the appealing organization should have been selected for an award, the matter must be remanded to the Grant Officer. The Grant Officer must, within 10 working days, determine whether the organization continues to meet the requirements of the applicable solicitation, whether the funds which are the subject of the ALJ's decision will be awarded to the organization, and the timing of the award. In making this determination, the Grant Officer must take into account disruption to participants, disruption to grantees, and the operational needs of the program.
(2) If the Administrative Law Judge rules that additional application review is required, the Grant Officer must implement that review and, if a new organization is selected, follow the steps laid out in paragraph (b)(1) of this section to determine whether the grant funds will be awarded to that organization.
(3) In the event that the Grant Officer determines that the funds will not be awarded to the appealing organization for the reasons discussed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, an organization which does not have an approved Negotiated Indirect Cost Rate Agreement will be awarded its reasonable application preparation costs.
(4) If funds are awarded to the appealing organization, the Grant Officer will notify the current grantee within 10 days. In addition, the appealing organization is not entitled to the full grant amount but only will receive the funds remaining in the grant that have not been obligated by the current grantee through its operation of the grant and its subsequent closeout.
(5) In the event that an organization, other than the appealing organization, is adversely effected by the Grant Officer's determination upon completion of the additional application review under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, that organization may appeal that decision to the Office of Administrative Law Judges by following the procedures set forth in § 683.800.
(6) Any organization selected and/or funded under WIOA title I, subtitle D, is subject to having its award removed if an ALJ decision so orders. As part of this process, the Grant Officer will provide instructions on transition and closeout to both the newly selected grantee and to the grantee whose position is affected or which is being removed. All awardees must agree to the provisions of this paragraph (b) as a condition of accepting a grant award.
(a) The ALJ should render a written decision not later than 90 days after the closing of the record.
(b) The decision of the ALJ constitutes final agency action unless, within 20 days of the decision, a party dissatisfied with the ALJ's decision has filed a petition for review with the Administrative Review Board (ARB) (established under Secretary's Order No. 02-2012), specifically identifying the procedure, fact, law or policy to which exception is taken. Any exception not specifically raised in the petition is deemed to have been waived. A copy of the petition for review also must be sent to the opposing party and if an applicant or recipient, to the Grant Officer and the Grant Officer's Counsel at the time of filing. Unless the ARB, within 30 days of the filing of the petition for review, notifies the parties that the case has been accepted for review, the decision of the ALJ constitutes final agency action. Any case accepted by the ARB must be decided within 180 days of acceptance. If not so decided, the decision of the ALJ constitutes final agency action.
(a) The parties to a complaint which has been filed according to the requirements of § 683.800 may choose to waive their rights to an administrative hearing before the OALJ. Instead, they may choose to transfer the settlement of their dispute to an individual acceptable to all parties who will conduct an informal review of the stipulated facts and render a decision in accordance with applicable law. A written decision must be issued within 60 days after submission of the matter for informal review.
(b) The waiver of the right to request a hearing before the OALJ described in paragraph (a) of this section will automatically be revoked if a settlement has not been reached or a written decision has not been issued within the 60 days provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) The decision rendered under this informal review process will be treated as a final decision of an Administrative Law Judge under WIOA sec. 186(b).
(a) Any party to a proceeding which resulted in a Secretary's final order under WIOA sec. 186 in which the Secretary awards, declines to award, or only conditionally awards financial assistance or with respect to a corrective action or sanction imposed under WIOA sec. 184 may obtain a review in the United States Court of Appeals having jurisdiction over the applicant or recipient of funds involved, by filing a review petition within 30 days of the issuance of the Secretary's final order in accordance with WIOA sec. 187.
(b) The court has jurisdiction to make and enter a decree affirming, modifying, or setting aside the order of the Secretary, in whole or in part.
(c) No objection to the Secretary's order may be considered by the court unless the objection was specifically urged, in a timely manner, before the Secretary. The review is limited to questions of law, and the findings of fact of the Secretary are conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.
(d) The judgment of the court is final, subject to certiorari review by the United States Supreme Court.
Secs. 134, 166, 189, 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) The purpose of WIOA Indian and Native American (INA) programs in sec. 166 is to support employment and training activities for INAs in order to:
(1) Develop more fully the academic, occupational, and literacy skills of such individuals;
(2) Make such individuals more competitive in the workforce and to equip them with entrepreneurial skills necessary for successful self-employment; and
(3) Promote the economic and social development of INA communities in accordance with the goals and values of such communities.
(b) The principal means of accomplishing these purposes is to enable tribes and Native American organizations to provide employment
(a) INA programs will be administered to maximize the Federal commitment to support the growth and development of INAs and their communities as determined by representatives of such communities.
(b) In administering these programs, the Department will follow the Congressional declaration of policy set forth in the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, at 25 U.S.C. 450a, as well as the Department of Labor's “American Indian and Alaska Native Policies.”
(c) The regulations in this part are not intended to abrogate the trust responsibilities of the Federal government to Federally recognized tribes in any way.
(d) The Department will administer INA programs through a single organizational unit and consistent with the requirements in sec. 166(i) of WIOA. The Division of Indian and Native American Programs (DINAP) within the Employment and Training Administration (ETA) is designated as this single organizational unit as required by sec. 166(i)(1) of WIOA.
(e) The Department will establish and maintain administrative procedures for the selection, administration, monitoring, and evaluation of INA employment and training programs authorized under this Act.
The Department's primary consultation vehicle for INA programs is the Native American Employment and Training Council. In addition, the Department will consult with the INA program grantee community in developing policies for the INA programs, actively seeking and considering the views of INA program grantees prior to establishing INA program policies and regulations. The Department will follow the Department of Labor's tribal consultation policy and Executive Order 13175 of November 6, 2000.
In addition to the definitions found in secs. 3 and 166 of WIOA, and § 675.300 of this chapter, the following definitions apply:
(a) To be eligible to apply for a WIOA, sec. 166 grant, an entity must have legal status as a government or as an agency of a government, private non-profit corporation, or a consortium whose members all qualify as one of these entities.
(b) A new entity (which is not an incumbent grantee) must have a population within the designated geographic service area which would receive at least $100,000 under the funding formula found at § 684.270(b), including any amounts received for supplemental youth services under the funding formula at § 684.440(a).
(c) Incumbent grantees which do not meet this dollar threshold and were
(d) The Department will make an exception to the $100,000 minimum for applicants that apply for WIOA funding through Public Law 102-477, the Indian, Employment, Training, and Related Services demonstration program, if all resources to be consolidated under the Public Law 102-477 plan total at least $100,000, with at least $20,000 derived from sec. 166 funds. However, incumbent Public Law 102-477 grantees that were receiving INA funding of less than $20,000 as of October 18, 2016 will be grandfathered into the program and are eligible to be awarded less than $20,000 so long as the grantees have continuously received less than $20,000 since October 18, 2016.
(e) To be eligible to apply as a consortium, each member of the consortium must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and must:
(1) Be in close proximity to one another, but may operate in more than one State;
(2) Have an administrative unit legally authorized to run the program and to commit the other members to contracts, grants, and other legally-binding agreements; and
(3) Be jointly and individually responsible for the actions and obligations of the consortium, including debts.
(f) Entities eligible under paragraph (a)(1) of this section are:
(1) Federally recognized Indian tribes;
(2) Tribal organizations, as defined in 25 U.S.C. 450b;
(3) Alaska Native-controlled organizations;
(4) Native Hawaiian-controlled organizations;
(5) Indian-controlled organizations serving INAs; and
(6) A consortium of eligible entities which meets the legal requirements for a consortium described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(g) State-recognized tribal organizations that meet the definition of an Indian-controlled organization are eligible to apply for WIOA sec. 166 grant funds. State-recognized tribes that do not meet this definition but were grantees under WIA as of July 1, 2015 will be grandfathered into WIOA as Indian-controlled organizations provided they meet the definition of Indian-controlled organization in § 684.130.
(a) Federally recognized Indian tribes, Alaska Native entities, or a consortium of such entities will have priority to receive grants under this part for those geographic service areas in which they have legal jurisdiction, such as an Indian reservation, Oklahoma Tribal Service Area (OTSA), or Alaska Native Village Service Area (ANVSA).
(b) If the Department decides not to make an award to an Indian tribe or Alaska Native entity that has legal jurisdiction over a service area, it will consult with such tribe or Alaska Native entity that has jurisdiction before selecting another entity to provide services for such areas.
(c) The priority described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section does not apply to service areas outside the legal jurisdiction of an Indian tribe or Alaska Native entity.
(a) Entities seeking a WIOA sec. 166 grant, including incumbent grantees, will be provided an opportunity to apply for a WIOA sec. 166 grant every 4 years through a competitive grant process.
(b) As part of the competitive application process, applicants will be required to submit a 4-year plan as described at § 684.710. The requirement to submit a 4-year plan does not apply to entities that have been granted approval to transfer their WIOA funds to the Department of the Interior pursuant to Public Law 102-477.
Any entity that is denied a grant award for which it applied in whole or in part may appeal the denial to the Office of the Administrative Law Judges using the procedures at § 683.800 of this chapter or the alternative dispute resolution procedures at § 683.840 of this chapter. The Grant Officer will provide an entity whose request for a grant award was denied, in whole or in part, with a copy of the appeal procedures.
Yes. For areas that would otherwise go unserved, the Grant Officer may designate an entity, which has not submitted a competitive application, but which meets the qualifications for a grant award, to serve the particular geographic area. Under such circumstances, DINAP will seek the views of INA leaders in the community that would otherwise go unserved before making the decision to designate the entity that would serve the community. DINAP will inform the Grant Officer of the INA leaders' views. The Grant Officer will accommodate views of INA leaders in such areas to the extent possible.
(a) Yes, the Grant Officer can terminate a grantee's award for cause, or the Secretary or another Department of Labor official confirmed by the Senate can terminate a grantee's award in emergency circumstances where termination is necessary to protect the integrity of Federal funds or ensure the proper operation of the program under sec. 184(e) of WIOA.
(b) The Grant Officer may terminate a grantee's award for cause only if there is a substantial or persistent violation of the requirements in WIOA or the WIOA regulations. The grantee must be provided with written notice 60 days before termination, stating the specific reasons why termination is proposed. The appeal procedures at § 683.800 of this chapter apply.
No, if there are no entities meeting the requirements for a grant award in a particular area, or willing to serve that area, the Department will not award funds for that service area. The funds that otherwise would have been allocated to that area under § 684.270 will be distributed to other INA program grantees, or used for other program purposes such as technical assistance and training (TAT). Unawarded funds used for TAT are in addition to, and not subject to the limitations on, amounts reserved under § 684.270(e). Areas which are unserved by the INA program may be restored during a subsequent grant award cycle, when and if a current grantee or other eligible entity applies for a grant award to serve that area.
(a) Except for reserved funds described in paragraph (e) of this section and funds used for other program purposes under § 684.260, all funds available for WIOA sec. 166(d)(2)(A)(i) comprehensive
(b) Each INA program grantee will receive the sum of the funds calculated using the following formula:
(1) One-quarter of the funds available will be allocated on the basis of the number of unemployed American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian individuals in the grantee's geographic service area(s) compared to all such unemployed persons in the United States.
(2) Three-quarters of the funds available will be allocated on the basis of the number of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian individuals in poverty in the grantee's geographic service area(s) as compared to all such persons in poverty in the United States.
(3) The data and definitions used to implement these formulas are provided by the U.S. Bureau of the Census.
(c) In years immediately following the use of new data in the formula described in paragraph (b) of this section, based upon criteria to be described in the Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA), the Department may utilize a hold harmless factor to reduce the disruption in grantee services which would otherwise result from changes in funding levels. This factor will be determined in consultation with the grantee community and the Native American Employment and Training Council.
(d) The Department may reallocate funds from one INA program grantee to another if a grantee is unable to serve its area for any reason, such as audit or debt problems, criminal activity, internal (political) strife, failure to adhere to or meet grant terms and conditions, or lack of ability or interest. If a grantee has excess carry-in for a program year, the Department also may readjust the awards granted under the funding formula so that an amount that equals the previous program year's carry-in will be allocated to another INA program grantee(s).
(e) The Department may reserve up to one percent of the funds appropriated under WIOA sec. 166(d)(2)(A)(i) for any program year for TAT purposes. It will consult with the Native American Employment and Training Council in planning how the TAT funds will be used, designating activities to meet the unique needs of the INA communities served by the INA program. INA program grantees also will have access to resources available to other Department programs to the extent permitted under other law.
(a) A person is eligible to receive services under the INA program if that person is:
(1) An Indian, as determined by a policy of the INA program grantee. The grantee's definition must at least include anyone who is a member of a Federally-recognized tribe; or
(2) An Alaska Native, as defined in WIOA sec. 166(b)(1); or
(3) A Native Hawaiian, as defined in WIOA sec. 166(b)(3).
(b) The person also must be any one of the following:
(1) Unemployed; or
(2) Underemployed, as defined in § 684.130; or
(3) A low-income individual, as defined in sec. 3(36) of WIOA; or
(4) The recipient of a bona fide lay-off notice which has taken effect in the last 6 months or will take effect in the following 6-month period, who is unlikely to return to a previous industry or occupation, and who is in need of retraining for either employment with another employer or for job retention with the current employer; or
(5) An individual who is employed, but is determined by the grantee to be in need of employment and training services to obtain or retain employment that allows for self-sufficiency.
(c) If applicable, male applicants also must register or be registered for the Selective Service.
(a) Generally, INA program grantees must make efforts to provide employment and training opportunities to eligible individuals (as described in § 684.300) who can benefit from, and who are most in need of, such opportunities. In addition, INA program grantees must make efforts to develop programs that contribute to occupational development, upward mobility, development of new careers, and opportunities for nontraditional employment.
(b) Allowable activities for INA program grantees are any services consistent with the purposes of this part that are necessary to meet the needs of INAs preparing to enter, reenter, or retain unsubsidized employment leading to self-sufficiency.
(c) Examples of career services, which may be delivered in partnership with the one-stop delivery system, are described in sec. 134(c)(2) of WIOA and § 678.430 of this chapter.
(d) Follow-up services, including counseling and supportive services for up to 12 months after the date of exit to assist participants in obtaining and retaining employment.
(e) Training services include the activities described in WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(D).
(f) Allowable activities specifically designed for youth, as listed in sec. 129 of WIOA, include:
(1) Tutoring, study skills training, instruction, and evidence-based dropout prevention and recovery strategies that lead to completion of the requirements for a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (including a recognized certificate of attendance or similar document for individuals with disabilities) or for a recognized postsecondary credential;
(2) Alternative secondary school services, or dropout recovery services, as appropriate;
(3) Paid and unpaid work experiences that have as a component academic and occupational education, which may include:
(i) Summer employment opportunities and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year;
(ii) Pre-apprenticeship programs;
(iii) Internships and job shadowing; and
(iv) On-the-job training opportunities;
(4) Occupational skill training, which must include priority consideration for training programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials that are aligned with in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area involved;
(5) Education offered concurrently with and in the same context as workforce preparation activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster;
(6) Leadership development opportunities, which may include community service and peer-centered activities encouraging responsibility and other positive social and civic behaviors, as appropriate;
(7) Supportive services as defined in WIOA sec. 3(59);
(8) Adult mentoring for the period of participation and a subsequent period, for a total of not less than 12 months;
(9) Follow-up services for not less than 12 months after the completion of participation, as appropriate;
(10) Comprehensive guidance and counseling, which may include drug and alcohol abuse counseling and referral, as appropriate;
(11) Financial literacy education;
(12) Entrepreneurial skills training;
(13) Services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupations available in the local area, such as career awareness, career counseling, and career exploration services; and
(14) Activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training.
(g) In addition, allowable activities include job development and employment outreach, including:
(1) Support of the Tribal Employment Rights Office (TERO) program;
(2) Negotiation with employers to encourage them to train and hire participants;
(3) Establishment of linkages with other service providers to aid program participants;
(4) Establishment of management training programs to support tribal administration or enterprises; and
(5) Establishment of linkages with remedial education, such as adult basic education, basic literacy training, and training programs for limited English proficient (LEP) individuals, as necessary.
(h) Participants may be enrolled in more than one activity at a time and may be sequentially enrolled in multiple activities.
(i) Services may be provided to a participant in any sequence based on the particular needs of the participant.
(a) Training services must be directly linked to an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the service area, or in another area to which a participant receiving such services is willing to relocate.
(b) INA program grantees must provide on-the-job training (OJT) services consistent with the definition provided in WIOA sec. 3(44) and other limitations in WIOA. Individuals in OJT must:
(1) Be compensated at the same rates, including periodic increases, as trainees or employees who are similarly situated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
(2) Be provided benefits and working conditions at the same level and to the same extent as other trainees or employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work.
(c) In addition, OJT contracts under this title must not be entered into with employers who have:
(1) Received payments under previous contracts under WIOA or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 and have exhibited a pattern of failing to provide OJT participants with continued, long-term employment as regular employees with wages and employment benefits (including health benefits) and working conditions at the same level and to the same extent as other employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work; or
(2) Have exhibited a pattern of violating paragraphs (b)(1) and/or (2) of this section.
(d) INA program grantees are prohibited from using funds to encourage the relocation of a business, as described in WIOA sec. 181(d) and § 683.260 of this chapter.
(e) INA program grantees must only use WIOA funds for activities that are in addition to those that would otherwise be available to the INA population in the area in the absence of such funds.
(f) INA program grantees must not spend funds on activities that displace currently employed individuals, impair existing contracts for services, or in any way affect union organizing.
(g) Under § 683.255 of this chapter, sectarian activities involving WIOA financial assistance or participants are limited in accordance with the provisions of sec. 188(a)(3) of WIOA.
(a) In those local areas where an INA program grantee conducts field operations or provides substantial services, the INA program grantee is a required partner in the local one-stop delivery system and is subject to the provisions relating to such partners described in part 678 of this chapter. Consistent with those provisions, a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the INA program grantee and the Local Workforce Development Board (WDB) over the operation of the one-stop center(s) in the Local WDB's workforce development area also must be executed. Where the Local WDB is an alternative entity under § 679.150 of this chapter, the INA program grantee must negotiate with the alternative entity on the terms of its MOU and the scope of its on-going role in the local workforce development system, as specified in §§ 678.420 and 678.500 through 678.510 of this chapter. In local areas with a large concentration of potentially eligible INA participants, which are in an INA program grantee's service area but in which the grantee does not conduct operations or provide substantial services, the INA program grantee should encourage such individuals to participate in the one-stop delivery system in that area in order to receive WIOA services.
(b) At a minimum, the MOU must contain the provisions listed in WIOA sec. 121(c) and:
(1) The exchange of information on the services available and accessible through the one-stop delivery system and the INA program;
(2) As necessary to provide referrals and case management services, the exchange of information on INA participants in the one-stop delivery system and the INA program; and
(3) Arrangements for the funding of services provided by the one-stop(s), consistent with the requirements that no expenditures may be made with INA program funds for individuals who are not eligible or for services not authorized under this part.
(c) Where the INA program grantee has failed to enter into a MOU with the Local WDB, the INA program grantee must describe in its 4-year plan the good-faith efforts made in order to negotiate an MOU with the Local WDB.
(d) Pursuant to WIOA sec. 121(h)(2)(D)(iv), INA program grantees will not be subject to the funding of the one-stop infrastructure unless otherwise agreed upon in the MOU under subpart C of part 678 of this chapter.
(a) INA program grantees may pay training allowances or stipends to participants for their successful participation in and completion of education or training services (except such allowance may not be provided to participants in OJT). Allowances or stipends may not exceed the Federal or State minimum wage, whichever is higher.
(b) INA program grantees may not pay a participant in a training activity when the person fails to participate without good cause.
(c) If a participant in a WIOA-funded activity, including participants in OJT, is involved in an employer-employee relationship, that participant must be paid wages and fringe benefits at the same rates as trainees or employees who have similar training, experience and skills and which are not less than the higher of the applicable Federal, State, or local minimum wage.
(d) In accordance with the policy described in the 4-year plan submitted as part of the competitive process, INA program grantees may pay incentive bonuses to participants who meet or exceed individual employability or training goals established in writing in the individual employment plan.
(e) INA program grantees must comply with other restrictions listed in WIOA secs. 181 through 195, which apply to all programs funded under title I of WIOA, including the provisions on labor standards in WIOA sec. 181(b).
The Department will provide appropriate TAT, as necessary, to INA program grantees. This TAT will assist INA program grantees to improve program performance and improve the quality of services to the target population(s), as resources permit.
The purpose of this program is to provide supplemental employment and training and related services to low-income INA youth on or near Indian reservations and in Oklahoma, Alaska, or Hawaii.
Entities eligible to receive supplemental youth services funding are limited to: Those tribal, Alaska Native, Native Hawaiian and Oklahoma tribal grantees funded under WIOA sec. 166(d)(2)(A)(i) or other grantees serving those areas, and entities serving the populations specified in § 684.400 that received funding under sec. 166(d)(2)(A)(ii) of the Workforce Investment Act.
Applicants eligible to apply for supplemental youth funding must describe the supplemental youth services they intend to provide in the 4-year plan that they will submit as part of the competitive application process. The information on youth services will be incorporated into the overall 4-year plan, which is more fully described in §§ 684.700 and 684.710, and is required for both adult and youth funds. As indicated in § 684.710(c), additional planning information required for applicants requesting supplemental youth funding will be provided in the FOA. The Department envisions that the strategy for youth funds will not be extensive; however, grantees will be required to provide the number of youth it plans to serve and projected performance outcomes. The Department also supports youth activities that preserve INA culture and will support strategies that promote INA values.
(a) Participants in supplemental youth services activities must be:
(1) American Indian, Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian as determined by the INA program grantee according to § 684.300(a);
(2) Between the age of 14 and 24; and
(3) A low-income individual as defined at WIOA sec. 3(36) except up to five percent of the participants during a program year in an INA youth program may not be low-income individuals provided they meet the eligibility requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.
(b) For the purpose of this section, the term “low-income,” used with respect to an individual, also includes a youth living in a high-poverty area.
(a) Supplemental youth funding will be allocated to eligible INA program grantees on the basis of the relative number of INA youth between the ages of 14 and 24 living in poverty in the grantee's geographic service area compared to the number of INA youth between the ages of 14 and 24 living in poverty in all eligible geographic service areas. The Department reserves the right to redefine the supplemental youth funding stream in future program years, in consultation with the Native American Employment and Training Council, as program experience warrants and as appropriate data become available.
(b) The data used to implement this formula are provided by the U.S. Bureau of the Census.
(c) The hold harmless factor described in § 684.270(c) also applies to supplemental youth services funding. This factor also will be determined in consultation with the grantee community and the Native American Employment and Training Council.
(d) The reallocation provisions of § 684.270(d) also apply to supplemental youth services funding.
(e) Any supplemental youth services funds not allotted to a grantee or refused by a grantee may be used for the purposes outlined in § 684.270(e), as described in § 684.260. Any such funds are in addition to, and not subject to the limitations on, amounts reserved under § 684.270(e).
(a) INA program grantees may offer supplemental services to youth throughout the school year, during the summer vacation, and/or during other breaks during the school year at their discretion.
(b) The Department encourages INA program grantees to work with local educational agencies to provide academic credit for youth activities whenever possible.
(c) INA program grantees may provide participating youth with the activities referenced in § 684.310(e).
(a) Pursuant to WIOA secs. 166(e)(5) and 166(h), the performance indicators at WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) apply to the INA youth program, which must include:
(1) The percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) The percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) The median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (subject to WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iii)) during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program;
(5) The percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment; and
(6) The indicators of effectiveness in serving employers established under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv).
(b) In addition to the performance indicators in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section, the Secretary, in consultation with the Native American Employment and Training Council, must develop a set of performance indicators and standards that is in addition to the primary indicators of performance that are applicable to the INA program under this section.
(a) INA program grantees may provide a variety of services to employers in their areas. These services may include:
(1) Workforce planning which involves the recruitment of current or potential program participants, including job restructuring services;
(2) Recruitment and assessment of potential employees, with priority given to potential employees who are or who might become eligible for program services;
(3) Pre-employment training;
(4) Customized training;
(5) OJT;
(6) Post-employment services, including training and support services to encourage job retention and upgrading;
(7) Work experience for public or private sector work sites; and
(8) Other innovative forms of worksite training.
(b) In addition to the services listed in paragraph (a) of this section, other grantee-determined services (as described in the grantee's 4-year plan), which are intended to assist eligible participants to obtain or retain employment also may be provided to or for employers.
(a) INA program grantees may provide services to the INA communities in their service areas by engaging in program development and service delivery activities which:
(1) Strengthen the capacity of Indian-controlled institutions to provide education and work-based learning services to INA youth and adults, whether directly or through other INA institutions such as tribal colleges;
(2) Increase the community's capacity to deliver supportive services, such as child care, transportation, housing, health, and similar services needed by clients to obtain and retain employment;
(3) Use program participants engaged in education, training, work experience, or similar activities to further the economic and social development of INA communities in accordance with the goals and values of those communities; and
(4) Engage in other community-building activities described in the INA program grantee's 4-year plan.
(b) INA program grantees should develop their 4-year plan in conjunction with, and in support of, strategic tribal planning and community development goals.
Yes, INA program grantees must give as much preference as possible to Indian organizations and to Indian-owned economic enterprises, as defined in sec. 3 of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C. 1452), when awarding any contract or subgrant.
In general, INA program grantees must follow the rules of Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, & Audit Requirements for Federal Awards when awarding contracts and/or subgrants under WIOA sec. 166. These requirements are codified at 2 CFR part 200, subpart E (and Department modifications at 2 CFR part 2900), and covered in WIOA regulations at § 683.200 of this chapter. These rules do not apply to OJT contract awards.
(a) The INA program grantee is responsible to the INA community to be served by INA funds.
(b) The INA program grantee also is responsible to the Department of Labor, which is charged by law with ensuring that all WIOA funds are expended:
(1) According to applicable laws and regulations;
(2) For the benefit of the identified INA client group; and
(3) For the purposes approved in the grantee's plan and signed grant document.
(a) Each INA program grantee must establish its own internal policies and procedures to ensure accountability to the INA program grantee's governing body, as the representative of the INA community(ies) served by the INA program. At a minimum, these policies and procedures must provide a system for governing body review and oversight of program plans and measures and standards for program performance.
(b) Accountability to the Department is accomplished in part through on-site program reviews (monitoring), which strengthen the INA program grantee's capability to deliver effective services and protect the integrity of Federal funds.
(c) In addition to audit information, as described at § 684.860 and program reviews, accountability to the Department is documented and fulfilled by the submission of quarterly financial and program reports, and compliance with the terms and conditions of the grant award.
(a) Pursuant to WIOA secs. 166(e)(5) and 166(h), the performance indicators at WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i) apply to the INA program which must include:
(1) The percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(2) The percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(3) The median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(4) The percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (subject to WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iii)) during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program;
(5) The percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment; and
(6) The indicators of effectiveness in serving employers established under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv).
(b) In addition to the performance indicators at WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i), the Department, in consultation with the Native American Employment and Training Council, must develop a set of performance indicators and standards that are applicable to the INA program.
(a) INA program grantees must establish such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure the proper disbursal of, and accounting for, Federal funds. Such procedures must ensure that all
(b) Each INA program grantee must have rules to prevent conflict of interest by its governing body. These conflict of interest rules must include a rule prohibiting any member of any governing body or council associated with the INA program grantee from voting on any matter which would provide a direct financial benefit to that member, or to a member of his or her immediate family, in accordance with § 683.200(c)(5)(iii) of this chapter and 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900.
(c) Officers or agents of the INA program grantee must not solicit or personally accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from any actual or potential contractor, subgrantee, vendor, or participant. This rule also must apply to officers or agents of the grantee's contractors and/or subgrantees. This prohibition does not apply to:
(1) Any rebate, discount, or similar incentive provided by a vendor to its customers as a regular feature of its business; and
(2) Items of nominal monetary value distributed consistent with the cultural practices of the INA community served by the grantee.
(d) No person who selects program participants or authorizes the services provided to them may select or authorize services to any participant who is such a person's spouse, parent, sibling, or child unless:
(1)(i) The participant involved is a low-income individual; or
(ii) The community in which the participant resides has a population of less than 1,000 INAs combined; and
(2) The INA program grantee has adopted and implemented the policy described in the 4-year plan to prevent favoritism on behalf of such relatives.
(e) INA program grantees are subject to the provisions of 41 U.S.C. 8702 relating to kickbacks.
(f) No assistance provided under WIOA may involve political activities.
(g) INA program grantees must comply with the restrictions on lobbying activities pursuant to sec. 195 of WIOA and the restrictions on lobbying codified in the Department regulations at 29 CFR part 93.
(h) The provisions of 18 U.S.C. 665 and 666 prohibiting embezzlement apply to programs under WIOA.
(i) Recipients of financial assistance under WIOA sec. 166 are prohibited from discriminatory practices as outlined at WIOA sec. 188, and the regulations implementing WIA sec. 188, at 29 CFR part 38. However, this does not affect the legal requirement that all INA participants be INAs. Also, INA program grantees are not obligated to serve populations outside the geographic boundaries for which they receive funds. However, INA program grantees are not precluded from serving eligible individuals outside their geographic boundaries if the INA program grantee chooses to do so.
INA program grantees must establish grievance procedures consistent with the requirements of WIOA sec. 181(c) and § 683.600 of this chapter.
(a) No, INA program grantees cannot exclude segments of the eligible population except as otherwise provided in this part. INA program grantees must document in their 4-year plan that a system is in place to afford all members of the eligible population within the service area for which the grantee was designated an equitable opportunity to receive WIOA services and activities.
(b) Nothing in this section restricts the ability of INA program grantees to target subgroups of the eligible population (for example, the disabled, substance abusers, TANF recipients, or similar categories), as outlined in an approved 4-year plan. However, it is unlawful to target services to subgroups on grounds prohibited by WIOA sec. 188 and 29 CFR part 38, including tribal affiliation (which is considered national origin). Outreach efforts, on the other hand, may be targeted to any subgroups.
Every 4 years, INA program grantees must submit a 4-year strategy for meeting the needs of INAs in accordance with WIOA sec. 166(e). This plan will be part of, and incorporated with, the 4-year competitive process described in WIOA sec. 166(c) and § 684.220. Accordingly, specific requirements for the submission of a 4-year plan will be provided in a FOA and will include the information described at § 684.710.
(a) The 4-year plan, which will be submitted as part of the competitive process, must include the information required at WIOA secs. 166(e)(2)-(5) which are:
(1) The population to be served;
(2) The education and employment needs of the population to be served and the manner in which the activities to be provided will strengthen the ability of the individuals served to obtain or retain unsubsidized employment leading to self-sufficiency;
(3) A description of the activities to be provided and the manner in which such activities are to be integrated with other appropriate activities; and
(4) A description of the performance indicators and expected levels of performance.
(b) The 4-year plan also must include any additional information requested in the FOA.
(c) INA program grantees receiving supplemental youth funds will be required to provide additional information (at a minimum the number of youth it plans to serve and the projected performance outcomes) in the 4-year plan that describes a strategy for serving low-income, INA youth. Additional information required for supplemental youth funding will be identified in the FOA.
The 4-year plans will be submitted as part of the competitive FOA process described at § 684.220. Accordingly, the due date for the submission of the 4-year plan will be specified in the FOA.
(a) It is the Department's intent to approve a grantee's 4-year strategic plan before the date on which funds for the program become available unless:
(1) The planning documents do not contain the information specified in the regulations in this part and/or the FOA; or
(2) The services which the INA program grantee proposes are not permitted under WIOA or applicable regulations.
(b) After competitive grant selections have been made, the DINAP office will assist INA program grantees in resolving any outstanding issues with the 4-year plan. However, the Department may delay funding to grantees until all issues have been resolved. If the issues with the application of an incumbent grantee cannot be solved, the Department will
(c) The Department may approve a portion of the plan and disapprove other portions.
(d) The grantee also has the right to appeal a nonselection decision or a decision by the Department to deny or reallocate funds based on unresolved issues with the applicant's application or 4-year plan. Such an appeal would go to the Office of the Administrative Law Judges under procedures at § 683.800 or § 683.840 of this chapter in the case of a nonelection.
(a) The Department may unilaterally modify the INA program grantee's plan to add funds or, if required by Congressional action, to reduce the amount of funds available for expenditure.
(b) The INA program grantee may request approval to modify its plan to add, expand, delete, or diminish any service allowable under the regulations in this part. The INA program grantee may modify its plan without our approval, unless the modification reduces the total number of participants to be served annually under the grantee's program by a number which exceeds 25 percent of the participants previously proposed to be served, or by 25 participants, whichever is larger.
(a) Each INA program grantee must have a written system describing the procedures the grantee uses for:
(1) The hiring and management of personnel paid with program funds;
(2) The acquisition and management of property purchased with program funds;
(3) Financial management practices;
(4) A participant grievance system which meets the requirements in sec. 181(c) of WIOA and § 683.600 of this chapter; and
(5) A participant records system.
(b) Participant records systems must include:
(1) A written or computerized record containing all the information used to determine the person's eligibility to receive program services;
(2) The participant's signature certifying that all the eligibility information he or she provided is true to the best of his/her knowledge; and
(3) The information necessary to comply with all program reporting requirements.
Rules relating to allowable costs under WIOA are covered in §§ 683.200 through 683.215 of this chapter.
The definition and treatment of administrative costs are covered in §§ 683.205(b) and 683.215 of this chapter.
No, under § 683.205(b) of this chapter, limits on administrative costs for sec. 166 grants will be negotiated with the grantee and identified in the grant award document.
Cost classification is covered in the WIOA regulations at §§ 683.200 through 683.215 of this chapter. For purposes of the INA program, program costs also include costs associated with other activities such as TERO, and supportive services, as defined in WIOA sec. 3(59).
The cost principles at 2 CFR part 200, subpart E, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, & Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, and the Department's modifications to 2 CFR part 200, subpart E, at 2 CFR part 2900, apply to INA program grantees.
(a) WIOA sec. 166 grantees must follow the audit requirements at 2 CFR part 200, subpart F, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, & Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, and the Department's modifications to 2 CFR part 200 at 2 CFR part 2900.
(b) Grants made and contracts and cooperative agreements entered into under sec. 166 of WIOA are subject to the requirements of chapter 75 of subtitle V of title 31, United States Code, and charging of costs under this section are subject to appropriate circulars issued by the Office of Management and Budget and to 2 CFR part 200 and the Department's modifications to 2 CFR part 200 at 2 CFR part 2900.
(a) Program income is regulated by WIOA sec. 194(7)(A), §§ 683.200(c)(6) through (8) and 683.300(c)(5) of this chapter, and the applicable rules in 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900.
(b) For grants made under this part, program income does not include income generated by the work of a work experience participant in an enterprise, including an enterprise owned by an INA entity, whether in the public or private sector.
(c) Program income does not include income generated by the work of an OJT participant in an establishment under paragraph (b) of this section.
Yes, WIOA sec. 166(i)(3) permits waivers of any statutory or regulatory requirement of title I of WIOA that are inconsistent with the specific needs of the INA program grantee (except for the areas cited in § 684.920). Such waivers may include those necessary to facilitate WIOA support of long-term community development goals.
(a) To request a waiver, an INA program grantee must submit a waiver request indicating how the waiver will improve the grantee's WIOA program activities. The waiver process will be generally consistent with, but not identical to, the waiver requirements under sec. 189(i)(3)(B) of WIOA. INA program grantees may submit a waiver request as part of the 4-year strategic plan.
(b) A waiver may be requested at the beginning of a 4-year grant award cycle or anytime during a 4-year award cycle. However, all waivers expire at the end of the 4-year award cycle. INA program grantees seeking to continue an existing waiver in a new 4-year grant cycle must submit a new waiver request in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
Requirements relating to:
(a) Wage and labor standards;
(b) Worker rights;
(c) Participation and protection of workers and participants;
(d) Grievance procedures;
(e) Judicial review; and
(f) Non-discrimination may not be waived.
Yes. INA program grantees may consolidate their employment and training funds under WIOA with assistance received from related programs in accordance with the provisions of the Public Law 102-477, the Indian Employment, Training, and Related Services Demonstration Act of 1992, as amended by Public Law 106-568, the Omnibus Indian Advancement Act of 2000 (25 U.S.C. 3401
The Native American Employment and Training Council is a body composed of representatives of the grantee community which advises the Secretary on the operation and administration of the INA employment and training program. WIOA sec. 166(i)(4) continues the Council essentially as it is currently constituted. The Department continues to support the Council.
Yes. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competitive basis, to entities with demonstrated experience and expertise in developing and implementing programs for the unique populations who reside in Alaska or Hawaii, including public and private nonprofit organizations, tribal organizations, American Indian tribal colleges or universities, institutions of higher education, or consortia of such organizations or institutions, to improve job training and workforce investment activities for such unique populations.
Secs. 167, 189, 503, Public Law 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
The purpose of the NFJP and the other services and activities established under WIOA sec. 167 is to strengthen the ability of eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers (MSFWs) and their dependents to obtain or retain unsubsidized employment, stabilize their unsubsidized employment and achieve economic self-sufficiency, including upgraded employment in agriculture. This part provides the regulatory requirements applicable to the expenditure of WIOA secs. 167 and 127(a)(1) funds for such programs, services, and activities.
In addition to the definitions found in § 675.300 of this chapter, the following definitions apply to programs under this part:
(1) Was claimed as a dependent on the eligible MSFW's Federal income tax return for the previous year; or
(2) Is the spouse of the eligible MSFW; or
(3) If not claimed as a dependent for Federal income tax purposes, is able to establish:
(i) A relationship as the eligible MSFW's;
(A) Child, grandchild, great grandchild, including legally adopted children;
(B) Stepchild;
(C) Brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, stepbrother, or stepsister;
(D) Parent, grandparent, or other direct ancestor but not foster parent;
(E) Foster child;
(F) Stepfather or stepmother;
(G) Uncle or aunt;
(H) Niece or nephew;
(I) Father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law; or
(J) Daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law; and
(ii) The receipt of over half of his/her total support from the eligible MSFW's family during the eligibility determination period.
The Department's Employment and Training Administration (ETA) administers NFJP activities required under WIOA sec. 167 for eligible MSFWs. As described in § 685.210, the Department designates grantees using procedures consistent with standard Federal government competitive procedures.
The Department provides guidance, administrative support, technical assistance, and training to grantees for the purposes of program implementation, and program performance management to enhance services and promote continuous improvement in the employment outcomes of eligible MSFWs.
The regulations that apply to programs authorized under WIOA sec. 167 include but are not limited to:
(a) The regulations found in this part;
(b) The general administrative requirements found in part 683 of this chapter, including the regulations concerning Complaints, Investigations and Hearings found at part 683, subparts D through H, of this chapter, which cover programs under WIOA sec. 167;
(c) Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200 and the Department's exceptions at 2 CFR part 2900 pursuant to the effective dates in 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900;
(d) The regulations on partnership responsibilities contained in parts 679 (Statewide and Local Governance) and 678 (the One-Stop System) of this chapter; and
(e) The Department's regulations at 29 CFR part 38, which implement the nondiscrimination provisions of WIOA sec. 188.
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity must have:
(a) An understanding of the problems of eligible MSFWs;
(b) A familiarity with the agricultural industries and the labor market needs of the proposed service area; and
(c) The ability to demonstrate a capacity to administer and deliver effectively a diversified program of workforce investment activities, including youth workforce investment activities, and related assistance for eligible MSFWs.
To become a grantee and receive a grant under this subpart, an applicant must respond to a Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA). Under the FOA, grantees will be selected using standard Federal government competitive procedures. The entity's proposal must include a program plan, which is a 4-year strategy for meeting the needs of eligible MSFWs in the proposed service area, and a description of the entities experience working with the broader workforce delivery system. Unless specified otherwise in the FOA, grantees may serve eligible MSFWs, including eligible MSFW youth, under the grant. An applicant whose application for funding as a grantee under this section is denied in whole or in part may request an administrative review under § 683.800 of this chapter.
In those local areas where the grantee operates its NFJP as described in its grant agreement, the grantee is a required one-stop partner, and is subject to the provisions relating to such partners described in part 678 of this chapter. Consistent with those provisions, the grantee and Local Workforce Development Board (WDB) must develop and enter into an MOU which meets the requirements of § 678.500 of this chapter, and which sets forth their respective responsibilities for providing access to the full range of NFJP services through the one-stop delivery system to eligible MSFWs.
Yes, a grantee's designation may be terminated by the Department for cause:
(a) In emergency circumstances when such action is necessary to protect the integrity of Federal funds or to ensure the proper operation of the program. Any grantee so terminated will be provided with written notice and an opportunity for a hearing within 30 days after the termination; or
(b) By the Department's Grant Officer, if the recipient materially fails to comply with the terms and conditions of the award. In such a case, the Grant Officer will follow the administrative regulations at § 683.440 of this chapter.
At least 99 percent of the funds appropriated each year for WIOA sec. 167 activities must be allocated to service areas, based on the distribution of the eligible MSFW population determined under a formula established by the Secretary. The Department will award grants pursuant to § 685.210 for the provision of services to eligible MSFWs within each service area. The Department will use a percentage of the funds allocated for State service areas for housing grants, specified in a FOA issued by the Department. The Department will use up to one percent of the appropriated funds for discretionary purposes, such as technical assistance to eligible entities and other activities prescribed by the Secretary.
(a) The Department awards career services and training grants and housing grants through the FOA process described in § 685.210. Career services and training grantees are responsible for providing appropriate career services, training, and related assistance to eligible MSFWs. Housing grantees are responsible for providing housing assistance to eligible MSFWs.
(b) Grantees will provide these services in accordance with the service delivery strategy meeting the requirements of § 685.310 and as described in their approved program plan described in § 685.420. These services must reflect the needs of the MSFW population in the service area and include the services that are necessary to achieve each participant's employment goals or housing needs.
(c) Grantees are responsible for coordinating services, particularly outreach to MSFWs, with the State Workforce Agency as defined in § 651.10 of this chapter and the State's Monitor Advocate.
(d) Grantees are responsible for fulfilling the responsibilities of one-stop partners described in § 678.420 of this chapter.
The NFJP service delivery strategy must include:
(a) A customer-focused case management approach;
(b) The provision of workforce investment activities to eligible MSFWs which include career services and training, as described in WIOA secs. 167(d) and 134, and part 680 of this chapter;
(c) The provision of youth workforce investment activities described in WIOA sec. 129 and part 681 of this chapter may be provided to eligible MSFW youth;
(d) The arrangements under the MOUs with the applicable Local WDBs for the delivery of the services available through the one-stop delivery system to MSFWs; and
(e) Related assistance services.
Eligible migrant farmworkers (including eligible MSFW youth) and eligible seasonal farmworkers (including eligible MSFW youth) as defined in
To ensure that all services are focused on the customer's needs, services are provided through a case-management approach emphasizing customer choice and may include: Appropriate career services and training; related assistance, which includes emergency assistance; and supportive services, which includes allowance payments. The basic services and delivery of case-management activities are further described in §§ 685.340 through 685.390.
(a) Grantees may provide the career services described in WIOA secs. 167(d) and 134(c)(2), and part 680 of this chapter to eligible MSFWs.
(b) Grantees may provide other services identified in the approved program plan.
(c) The delivery of career services to eligible MSFWs by the grantee and through the one-stop delivery system must be discussed in the required MOU between the Local WDB and the grantee.
(a) Grantees may provide the training activities described in WIOA secs. 167(d) and 134(c)(3)(D), and part 680 of this chapter to eligible MSFWs. These activities include, but are not limited to, occupational-skills training and on-the-job training (OJT). Eligible MSFWs are not required to receive career services prior to receiving training services.
(1) When providing OJT services NFJP grantees may reimburse employers for the extraordinary costs of training by up to 50 percent of the wage rate of the participant for OJT.
(2) Grantees also may increase the OJT reimbursement rate up to 75 percent of the wage rate of a participant under certain conditions, provided that such reimbursement is being provided consistent with the reimbursement rates used under WIOA sec. 134(c)(3)(H)(i) for the local area(s) in which the grantee operates its program.
(b) Training services must be directly linked to an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the service area, or in another area to which an eligible MSFW receiving such services is willing to relocate.
(c) Training activities must encourage the attainment of recognized postsecondary credentials as defined in § 685.110 when appropriate for an eligible MSFW.
(a) Housing grantees must provide housing services to eligible MSFWs.
(b) Career services and training grantees may provide housing services to eligible MSFWs as described in their program plan.
(c) Housing services may include the following:
(1) Permanent housing that is owner-occupied, or occupied on a permanent, year-round basis (notwithstanding ownership) as the eligible MSFW's primary residence to which he/she returns at the end of the work or training day.
(i) Types of permanent housing may include rental units, single family homes, duplexes, and other multi-family structures, dormitories, group homes, and other housing types that provide short-term, seasonal, or year-round housing opportunities in permanent structures. Modular structures, manufactured housing, or mobile units placed on permanent foundations and supplied with appropriate utilities, and other infrastructure also are considered permanent housing.
(ii) Permanent housing services include but are not limited to: Investments in development services, project management, and resource development to secure acquisition, construction/renovation and operating funds, property management services, and program management. New construction, purchase of existing structures, and rehabilitation of existing structures, as well as the infrastructure, utilities, and other improvements necessary to complete or maintain those structures also may be considered part of managing permanent housing.
(2) Temporary housing that is not owner-occupied and is used by MSFWs whose employment requires occasional travel outside their normal commuting area.
(i) Types of temporary housing may include: Housing units intended for temporary occupancy located in permanent structures, such as rental units in an apartment complex or in mobile structures that provide short-term, seasonal housing opportunities; temporary structures that may be moved from site to site, dismantled and re-erected when needed for farmworker occupancy, closed during the off-season, or handled through other similar arrangements; off-farm housing operated independently of employer interest in, or control of, the housing; or on-farm housing located on property owned by an agricultural employer and operated by an entity such as an agricultural employer or a nonprofit organization; and other housing types that provide short-term, seasonal, or temporary housing opportunities in temporary structures.
(ii) Temporary housing services include but are not limited to: Managing temporary housing which may involve property management of temporary housing facilities, case management, and referral services, and emergency housing payments, including vouchers and cash payments for rent/lease and utilities.
(d) Permanent housing developed with NFJP funds must be promoted and made widely available to eligible MSFWs, but occupancy is not restricted to eligible MSFWs. Temporary housing services must only be provided to eligible MSFWs.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, NFJP funds used for housing assistance must ensure the provision of safe and sanitary temporary and permanent housing that meets the Federal housing standards at part 654 of this chapter (ETA housing for farmworkers) or 29 CFR 1910.10 (OSHA housing standards).
(f) When NFJP grantees provide temporary housing assistance that allows the participant to select the housing, including vouchers and cash payments for rent, lease, and utilities, NFJP grantees are not required to ensure that such housing meets the Federal housing standards at part 654 of this chapter or 29 CFR 1910.10.
(a) Based on an evaluation and assessment of the needs of eligible MSFW youth, grantees may provide activities and services that include but are not limited to:
(1) Career services and training as described in §§ 685.340 and 685.350;
(2) Youth workforce investment activities specified in WIOA sec. 129;
(3) Life skills activities which may include self- and interpersonal skills development;
(4) Community service projects; and
(5) Other activities and services that conform to the use of funds for youth activities described in part 681 of this chapter.
(b) Grantees may provide these services to any eligible MSFW youth, regardless of the participant's eligibility for WIOA title I youth activities as described in WIOA sec. 129(a).
Related assistance may include short-term direct services and activities. Examples include emergency assistance, as defined in § 685.110, and those activities identified in WIOA sec. 167(d), such as: English language and literacy instruction; pesticide and worker safety training; housing (including permanent housing), as described in § 685.360 and as provided in the approved program plan; and school dropout prevention and recovery activities. Related assistance may be provided to eligible MSFWs not enrolled in career services, youth services, or training services.
Eligible MSFWs may receive related assistance services when the grantee identifies and documents the need for the related assistance, which may include a statement by the eligible MSFW.
(a) For grantees providing career services and training, the Department will use the indicators of performance common to the adult and youth programs, described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A).
(b) For grantees providing career services and training, the Department will reach agreement with individual grantees on the levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance, taking into account economic conditions, characteristics of the individuals served, and other appropriate factors, and using, to the extent practicable, the statistical adjustment model under WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii). Once agreement on the levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance is reached with individual grantees, the Department will incorporate the adjusted levels of performance in the grant plan. For the purposes of performance reporting, eligible MSFWs who receive any career services, youth services, training, or certain related assistance are considered participants as defined in § 677.150 of this chapter and must be included in performance calculations for the indicators of performance. Eligible MSFWs who receive only those services identified in § 677.150(a)(3)(ii) or (iii) of this chapter are not included in performance calculations for the indicators of performance described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A).
(c) For grantees providing housing services only, grantees will use the total number of eligible MSFWs served and the total number of eligible MSFW families served as indicators of performance. Additionally, grantees providing permanent housing development activities will use the total number of individuals served and the total number of families served as indicators of performance.
(d) The Department may develop additional performance indicators with appropriate levels of performance for evaluating programs that serve eligible MSFWs and which reflect the State service area economy, local demographics of eligible MSFWs, and other appropriate factors. If additional performance indicators are developed, the levels of performance for these additional indicators must be negotiated with the grantee and included in the approved program plan.
(e) Grantees may develop additional performance indicators and include them in the program plan or in periodic performance reports.
Each grantee receiving WIOA sec. 167 program funds must submit to the Department a comprehensive program plan and a projection of participant services and expenditures in accordance with instructions issued by the Secretary.
A grantee's 4-year program plan must describe:
(a) The service area that the applicant proposes to serve;
(b) The population to be served and the education and employment needs of the MSFW population to be served;
(c) The manner in which proposed services to eligible MSFWs will strengthen their ability to obtain or retain unsubsidized employment or stabilize their unsubsidized employment, including upgraded employment in agriculture;
(d) The related assistance and supportive services to be provided and the manner in which such assistance and services are to be integrated and coordinated with other appropriate services;
(e) The performance accountability measures that will be used to assess the performance of the entity in carrying out the NFJP program activities, including the expected levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance described in § 685.400;
(f) The availability and accessibility of local resources, such as supportive services, services provided through one-stop delivery systems, and education and training activities, and how the resources can be made available to the population to be served;
(g) The plan for providing services including strategies and systems for outreach, career planning, assessment, and delivery through one-stop delivery systems;
(h) The methods the grantee will use to target its services on specific segments of the eligible population, as appropriate; and
(i) Such other information as required by the Secretary in instructions issued under § 685.410.
(a) Plans must be modified to reflect the funding level for each year of the grant. The Department will provide instructions annually on when to submit modifications for each year of funding, which will generally be no later than June 1 prior to the start of the subsequent year of the grant cycle.
(b) The grantee must submit a request to the Department for any proposed modifications to its plan to add, delete, expand, or reduce any part of the program plan or allowable activities. The Department will consider the cost principles, uniform administrative requirements, and terms and conditions of award when reviewing modifications to program plans.
(c) If the grantee is approved for a regulatory waiver under §§ 685.460 and 685.470, the grantee must submit a modification of its grant plan to reflect the effect of the waiver.
(a) Costs are classified as follows:
(1) Administrative costs, as defined in § 683.215 of this chapter; and
(2) Program costs, which are all other costs not defined as administrative.
(b) Program costs must be classified and reported in the following categories:
(1) Related assistance (including emergency assistance);
(2) Supportive services; and
(3) All other program services.
Under § 683.205(b) of this chapter, limits on administrative costs for
(a) The statutory waiver provision at WIOA sec. 189(i) and discussed in § 679.600 of this chapter does not apply to any NFJP grant under WIOA sec. 167.
(b) Grantees may request waiver of any regulatory provisions only when such regulatory provisions are:
(1) Not required by WIOA;
(2) Not related to wage and labor standards, non-displacement protection, worker rights, participation and protection of workers and participants, and eligibility of participants, grievance procedures, judicial review, nondiscrimination, allocation of funds, procedures for review and approval of plans; and
(3) Not related to the basic purposes of WIOA, described in § 675.100 of this chapter.
To request a waiver, a grantee must submit to the Department a waiver plan that:
(a) Describes the goals of the waiver, the expected programmatic outcomes, and how the waiver will improve the provision of program activities;
(b) Is consistent with any guidelines the Department establishes;
(c) Describes the data that will be collected to track the impact of the waiver; and
(d) Includes a modified program plan reflecting the effect of the requested waiver.
Pursuant to WIOA sec. 127(a)(1), if Congress appropriates more than $925 million for WIOA youth workforce investment activities in a fiscal year, 4 percent of the excess amount must be used by the Department to provide workforce investment activities for eligible MSFW youth under WIOA sec. 167.
The requirements in subparts A through D of this part apply to grants funded by WIOA sec. 127(a)(1), except that grants described in this subpart must be used only for workforce investment activities for eligible MSFW youth, as described in § 685.370 and WIOA sec. 167(d) (including related assistance and supportive services).
The Department will issue a separate FOA for grants funded by WIOA sec. 127(a)(1). The selection will be made in accordance with the procedures described in § 685.210, except that the Department reserves the right to provide priority to applicants that are WIOA sec. 167 grantees.
The required planning documents will be described in the FOA.
The allocation of funds will be based on the comparative merits of the applications, in accordance with criteria set forth in the FOA.
Eligible MSFW youth as defined in § 685.110 are eligible to receive services through grants funded by WIOA sec. 127(a)(1).
Secs. 142, 144, 146, 147, 159, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
The regulations in this part outline the requirements that apply to the Job Corps program. More detailed policies and procedures are contained in a Policy and Requirements Handbook issued by the Secretary. Throughout this part, “instructions (procedures) issued by the Secretary” and similar references refer to the Policy and Requirements Handbook and other Job Corps directives.
Job Corps is a national program that operates in partnership with States and communities, Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs), Youth Standing Committees where established, one-stop centers and partners, and other youth programs to provide academic, career and technical education, service-learning, and social opportunities primarily in a residential setting, for low-income young people. The objective of Job Corps is to support responsible citizenship and provide young people with the skills they need to lead to successful careers that will result in economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement in in-demand industry sectors or occupations or the Armed Forces, or to enrollment in postsecondary education.
The following definitions apply to this part:
(1) Works with a Job Corps center and provides information on local employment opportunities and the job skills and credentials needed to obtain the opportunities; and
(2) Serves communities in which the graduates of the Job Corps seek employment.
(1) Which increases the usefulness, productivity, or serviceable life of an
(2) Which is classified for accounting purposes as a “fixed asset;” and
(3) The cost of which increases the recorded value of the existing building, site, facility, structure, or major item of equipment and is subject to depreciation.
(1) Outreach and admissions services;
(2) Contracted career technical training and off-center training;
(3) Career transition services;
(4) Continued services for graduates;
(5) Certain health services; and
(6) Miscellaneous logistical and technical support.
(1) Firearms and ammunition;
(2) Explosives and incendiaries;
(3) Knives;
(4) Homemade weapons;
(5) All other weapons and instruments used primarily to inflict personal injury;
(6) Stolen property;
(7) Drugs, including alcohol, marijuana, depressants, stimulants, hallucinogens, tranquilizers, and drug paraphernalia except for drugs and/or paraphernalia that are prescribed for medical reasons; and
(8) Any other goods prohibited by the Secretary, center director, or center operator in a student handbook.
(a) The Secretary must approve the location and size of all Job Corps centers based on established criteria and procedures.
(b) The Secretary establishes procedures for making decisions concerning the establishment, relocation, expansion, or closing of contract centers.
The Secretary establishes procedures for requesting, approving, and initiating capital improvements and new construction on Job Corps centers.
(a) The Secretary establishes procedures for the protection and maintenance of contract center facilities owned or leased by the Department of Labor, that are consistent with the current Federal Property Management Regulations.
(b) The U.S. Department of Agriculture, when operating Civilian Conservation Centers (CCC) on public land, is responsible for the protection and maintenance of CCC facilities.
(c) The Secretary issues procedures for conducting periodic facility surveys of centers to determine their condition and to identify needs such as correction of safety and health deficiencies, rehabilitation, and/or new construction.
(a)
(1) Federal, State, and local agencies;
(2) Private organizations, including for-profit and non-profit corporations;
(3) Indian tribes and organizations; and
(4) Area career and technical education or residential career and technical schools.
(b)
(1) Applicable one-stop centers and partners;
(2) Organizations that have a demonstrated record of effectiveness in serving at-risk youth and placing them into employment, including community action agencies; business organizations, including private for-profit and non-profit corporations; and labor organizations; and
(3) Child welfare agencies that are responsible for children and youth eligible for benefits and services under sec. 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677).
(a) The Secretary selects eligible entities to operate contract centers on a competitive basis in accordance with applicable statutes and regulations. In selecting an entity, ETA issues requests for proposals (RFPs) for the operation of all contract centers according to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1) and Department of Labor Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 29). ETA develops RFPs for center operators in consultation with the Governor, the center workforce council (if established), and the Local WDB for the workforce development area in which the center is located.
(b) The RFP for each contract center describes uniform specifications and standards, as well as specifications and requirements that are unique to the operation of the specific center.
(c) The contracting officer selects and funds Job Corps contract center operators on the basis of an evaluation of the proposals received using criteria established by the Secretary, and set forth in the RFP. The criteria include the following:
(1) The offeror's ability to coordinate the activities carried out through the Job Corps center with activities carried out under the appropriate State and local workforce investment plans;
(2) The offeror's ability to offer career technical training that has been proposed by the workforce council and the degree to which the training reflects employment opportunities in the local areas in which most of the enrollees intend to seek employment;
(3) The degree to which the offeror demonstrates relationships with the surrounding communities, including employers, labor organizations, State WDBs, Local WDBs, applicable one-stop centers, and the State and region in which the center is located;
(4) The offeror's past performance, if any, relating to operating or providing activities to a Job Corps center, including information regarding the offeror in any reports developed by the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Labor and the offeror's demonstrated effectiveness in assisting individuals in achieving the indicators of performance for eligible youth described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA, listed in § 686.1010; and
(5) The offeror's ability to demonstrate a record of successfully assisting at-risk youth to connect to the workforce, including providing them with intensive academics and career technical training.
(d) In order to be eligible to operate a Job Corps center, the offeror also must submit the following information at such time and in such manner as required by the Secretary:
(1) A description of the program activities that will be offered at the center and how the academics and career technical training reflect State and local employment opportunities, including opportunities in in-demand industry sectors and occupations recommended by the workforce council;
(2) A description of the counseling, career transition, and support activities that will be offered at the center, including a description of the strategies and procedures the offeror will use to place graduates into unsubsidized employment or education leading to a recognized postsecondary credential upon completion of the program;
(3) A description of the offeror's demonstrated record of effectiveness in placing at-risk youth into employment and postsecondary education, including past performance of operating a Job Corps center and as appropriate, the entity's demonstrated effectiveness in assisting individuals in achieving the indicators of performance for eligible youth described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA, listed in § 686.1010;
(4) A description of the relationships that the offeror has developed with State WDBs, Local WDBs, applicable one-stop centers, employers, labor organizations, State and local educational agencies, and the surrounding communities in which the center is located;
(5) A description of the offeror's ability to coordinate the activities carried out through the Job Corps center with activities carried out under the appropriate State Plan and local plans;
(6) A description of the strong fiscal controls the offeror has in place to ensure proper accounting of Federal funds and compliance with the Financial Management Information System established by the Secretary under sec. 159(a) of WIOA;
(7) A description of the steps to be taken to control costs in accordance with the Financial Management Information System established by the Secretary;
(8) A detailed budget of the activities that will be supported using Federal funds provided under this part and non-Federal resources;
(9) An assurance the offeror is licensed to operate in the State in which the center is located;
(10) An assurance that the offeror will comply with basic health and safety codes, including required disciplinary measures and Job Corps' Zero Tolerance Policy; and
(11) Any other information on additional selection factors required by the Secretary.
(a) If an offeror meets the requirements as an operator of a high-performing center as applied to a particular Job Corps center, that operator will be allowed to compete in any competitive selection process carried out for an award to operate that center.
(b) An offeror is considered to be an operator of a high-performing center if the Job Corps center operated by the offeror:
(1) Is ranked among the top 20 percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year according to the rankings calculated under § 686.1060; and
(2) Meets the expected levels of performance established under § 686.1050 with respect to each of the primary indicators of performance for Job Corps centers:
(i) For the period of the most recent preceding 3 program years for which information is available at the time the determination is made, achieved an average of 100 percent, or higher, of the expected level of performance for the indicator; and
(ii) For the most recent preceding program year for which information is available at the time the determination is made, achieved 100 percent, or higher, of the expected level of performance established for the indicator.
(c) If any of the program years described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section precedes the implementation of the establishment of the expected levels of performance under § 686.1050 and the application of the primary indicators of performance for Job Corps centers identified in § 686.1010, an entity is considered an operator of a high-performing center during that period if the Job Corps center operated by the entity:
(1) Meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section with respect to such preceding program years using the performance of the Job Corps center regarding the national goals or targets established by the Office of the Job Corps under the previous performance accountability system for—
(i) The 6-month follow-up placement rate of graduates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(ii) The 12-month follow-up placement rate of graduates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(iii) The 6-month follow-up average weekly earnings of graduates;
(iv) The rate of attainment of secondary school diplomas or their recognized equivalent;
(v) The rate of attainment of completion certificates for career technical training;
(vi) Average literacy gains; and
(vii) Average numeracy gains; or
(2) Is ranked among the top five percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year according to the rankings calculated under § 686.1060.
(a) Agreements are for not more than a 2-year period. The Secretary may exercise any contractual option to renew the agreement in 1-year increments for not more than 3 additional years.
(b) The Secretary will establish procedures for evaluating the option to renew an agreement that includes: An assessment of the factors described in paragraph (c) of this section; a review of contract performance and financial reporting compliance; a review of the program management and performance data described in §§ 686.1000 and 686.1010; an assessment of whether the center is on a performance improvement plan as described § 686.1070 and if so, whether the center is making measureable progress in completing the actions described in the plan; and an evaluation of the factors described in paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) The Secretary only will renew the agreement of an entity to operate a Job Corps center if the entity:
(1) Has a satisfactory record of integrity and business ethics;
(2) Has adequate financial resources to perform the agreement;
(3) Has the necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, and technical skills; and
(4) Is otherwise qualified and eligible under applicable laws and regulations, including that the contractor is not under suspension or debarred from eligibility for Federal contractors.
(d) The Secretary will not renew an agreement for an entity to operate a Job Corps center for any additional 1-year period if, for both of the 2 most recent preceding program years for which information is available at the time the determination is made, or if a second program year is not available, the preceding year for which information is available, such center:
(1) Has been ranked in the lowest 10 percent of Job Corps centers according to the rankings calculated under § 686.1060; and
(2) Failed to achieve an average of 50 percent or higher of the expected level of performance established under § 686.1050 with respect to each of the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA, listed in § 686.1010.
(e)(1) Information will be considered to be available for a program year for purposes of paragraph (d) of this section if for each of the primary indicators of performance, all of the students included in the cohort being measured either began their participation under the current center operator or, if they began their participation under the previous center operator, were on center for at least 6 months under the current operator. If an operator assumes operation of a center that meets the criteria under paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section, the first contractual option year will not be denied based on the application of paragraph (d) of this section provided that the operator otherwise meets the requirements for renewal described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
(2) If complete information for any of the indicators of performance described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section is not available for either of the 2 program years described in paragraph (d) of this section, the Secretary will review partial program year data from the most recent program year for those indicators, if at least two quarters of data are available, when making the determination required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(f) If any of the program years described in paragraph (d) of this section precede the implementation of the establishment of the expected levels of performance under § 686.1050 and the application of the primary indicators of performance for Job Corps centers described in § 686.1010, the evaluation described in paragraph (d) of this section will be based on whether in its operation of the center the entity:
(1) Is ranked among the lowest 10 percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year according to the ranking calculated under § 686.1060; and
(2) Meets the requirement of paragraph (d)(2) of this section with respect to such preceding program years using the performance of the Job Corps center regarding the national goals or targets established by the Office of the Job Corps under the previous performance accountability system for—
(i) The 6-month follow-up placement rate of graduates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(ii) The 12-month follow-up placement rate of graduates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(iii) The 6-month follow-up average weekly earnings of graduates;
(iv) The rate of attainment of secondary school diplomas or their recognized equivalent;
(v) The rate of attainment of completion certificates for career technical training;
(vi) Average literacy gains; and
(vii) Average numeracy gains.
(g) The Secretary can exercise an option to renew the agreement with an entity notwithstanding the requirements in paragraph (d) of this section for no more than 2 additional years if the Secretary determines that a renewal would be in the best interest of the Job Corps program, taking into account factors including:
(1) Significant improvements in program performance in carrying out a performance improvement plan;
(2) That the performance is due to circumstances beyond the control of the entity, such as an emergency or disaster;
(3) A significant disruption in the operations of the center, including in the ability to continue to provide services to students, or significant increase in the cost of such operations; or
(4) A significant disruption in the procurement process with respect to carrying out a competition for the selection of a center operator.
(h) If the Secretary does make an exception and exercises the option to renew per paragraph (g) of this section, the Secretary will provide a detailed explanation of the rationale for exercising the option to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
(a) The Secretary selects eligible entities to provide outreach and admission, career transition, and operational services on a competitive basis in accordance with applicable statutes and regulations. In selecting an entity, ETA issues requests for proposals (RFP) for operational support services according to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1) and Department of Labor Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 29). ETA develops RFPs for operational support services in consultation with the Governor, the center workforce council (if established), and the Local WDB for the workforce development area in which the center is located.
(b) The RFP for each support service contract describes uniform specifications and standards, as well as specifications and requirements that are unique to the specific required operational support services.
(c) The contracting officer selects and funds operational support service contracts on the basis of an evaluation of the proposals received using criteria established by the Secretary and set forth in the RFP. The criteria may include the following, as applicable:
(1) The ability of the offeror to coordinate the activities carried out in relation to the Job Corps center with related activities carried out under the appropriate State Plan and local plans;
(2) The ability of the entity to offer career technical training that has been proposed by the workforce council and the degree to which the training reflects employment opportunities in the local areas in which most of the students intend to seek employment;
(3) The degree to which the offeror demonstrates relationships with the surrounding communities, including employers, labor organizations, State WDBs, Local WDBs, applicable one-stop centers, and the State and region in which the services are provided;
(4) The offeror's past performance, if any, relating to providing services to a Job Corps center, including information regarding the offeror in any reports developed by the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Labor and the offeror's demonstrated effectiveness in assisting individuals in achieving the indicators of performance for eligible youth described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA, listed in § 686.1010;
(5) The offeror's ability to demonstrate a record of successfully assisting at-risk youth to connect to the workforce; and
(6) Any other information on additional selection factors required by the Secretary.
(a) The Secretary of Labor may enter into an agreement with the Secretary of Agriculture to operate Job Corps centers located on public land, which are called Civilian Conservation Centers (CCCs). Located primarily in rural areas, in addition to academics, career technical training, and workforce preparation skills training, CCCs provide programs of work experience to conserve, develop, or manage public natural resources or public recreational areas or to develop community projects in the public interest.
(b) When the Secretary of Labor enters into an agreement with the Secretary of Agriculture for the funding, establishment, and operation of CCCs, provisions are included to ensure that the Department of Agriculture complies with the regulations under this part.
(c) Enrollees in CCCs may provide assistance in addressing national, State, and local disasters, consistent with current child labor laws. The Secretary of Agriculture must ensure that enrollees are properly trained, equipped, supervised, and dispatched consistent with the standards for the conservation and rehabilitation of wildlife established under the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C. 661
(d) The Secretary of Agriculture must designate a Job Corps National Liaison to support the agreement between the Departments of Labor and Agriculture to operate CCCs.
(e) The Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, may select an entity to operate a CCC in accordance with the requirements of § 686.310 if the Secretary of Labor determines appropriate.
(f) The Secretary of Labor has the discretion to close CCCs if the Secretary determines appropriate.
(a) The requirements of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended; the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act of 1977; the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 1); and the Department of Labor Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR chapter 29) apply to the award of contracts and to payments to Federal agencies.
(b) Job Corps funding of Federal agencies that operate CCCs are made by a transfer of obligational authority from the Department to the respective operating agency.
(a) To be eligible to participate in the Job Corps, an individual must be:
(1) At least 16 and not more than 24 years of age at the time of enrollment, except that:
(i) The Job Corps Director may waive the maximum age limitation described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and
(ii) Not more than 20 percent of individuals enrolled nationwide may be individuals who are aged 22 to 24 years old;
(2) A low-income individual;
(3) An individual who is facing one or more of the following barriers to education and employment:
(i) Is basic skills deficient, as defined in WIOA sec. 3;
(ii) Is a school dropout;
(iii) Is homeless as defined in sec. 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e-2(6)); is a homeless child or youth, as defined in sec. 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)); or is a runaway, an individual in foster care; or an individual who was in foster care and has aged out of the foster care system.
(iv) Is a parent; or
(v) Requires additional education, career technical training, or workforce preparation skills in order to obtain and retain employment that leads to economic self-sufficiency; and
(4) Meets the requirements of § 686.420, if applicable.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a veteran is eligible to become an enrollee if the individual:
(1) Meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (3) of this section; and
(2) Does not meet the requirement of paragraph (a)(2) of this section because the military income earned by the individual within the 6-month period prior to the individual's application for Job Corps prevents the individual from meeting that requirement.
Yes, in accordance with procedures issued by the Secretary, an eligible applicant may be selected for enrollment only if:
(a) A determination is made, based on information relating to the background, needs, and interests of the applicant, that the applicant's educational and career and technical needs can best be met through the Job Corps program;
(b) A determination is made that there is a reasonable expectation the applicant can participate successfully in group situations and activities, and is not likely to engage in actions that would potentially:
(1) Prevent other students from receiving the benefit of the program;
(2) Be incompatible with the maintenance of sound discipline; or
(3) Impede satisfactory relationships between the center to which the student is assigned and surrounding local communities;
(c) The applicant is made aware of the center's rules, what the consequences are for failure to observe the rules, and agrees to comply with such rules, as described in procedures issued by the Secretary;
(d) The applicant has not been convicted of a felony consisting of murder, child abuse, or a crime involving rape or sexual assault. Other than these felony convictions, no one will be denied enrollment in Job Corps solely on the basis of contact with the criminal justice system. All applicants must submit to a background check conducted according to procedures established by the Secretary and in accordance with applicable State and local laws. If the background check finds that the applicant is on probation, parole, under a suspended sentence, or under the supervision of any agency as a result of court action or institutionalization, the court or appropriate supervising agency may certify in writing that it will approve of the applicant's participation in Job Corps, and provide full release from its supervision, and that the applicant's participation and release does not violate applicable laws and regulations; and
(e) Suitable arrangements are made for the care of any dependent children for the proposed period of enrollment.
(a) Yes, each male applicant 18 years of age or older must present evidence that he has complied with sec. 3 of the Military Selective Service Act (50 U.S.C. App. 451
(b) When a male student turns 18 years of age, he must submit evidence to the center that he has complied with the requirements of the Military Selective Service Act (50 U.S.C. App. 451
The Secretary makes arrangements with outreach and admissions providers to perform Job Corps recruitment, screening and admissions functions according to standards and procedures issued by the Secretary. Entities eligible to receive funds to provide outreach and admissions services are identified in § 686.300.
(a) Outreach and admissions agencies are responsible for:
(1) Developing outreach and referral sources;
(2) Actively seeking out potential applicants;
(3) Conducting personal interviews with all applicants to identify their needs and eligibility status; and
(4) Identifying youth who are interested and likely Job Corps participants.
(b) Outreach and admissions providers are responsible for completing all Job Corps application forms and determining whether applicants meet the eligibility and selection criteria for participation in Job Corps as provided in §§ 686.400 and 686.410.
(c) The Secretary may decide that determinations with regard to one or more of the eligibility criteria will be made by the National Director or his or her designee.
(a) Each applicant who meets the application and selection requirements of §§ 686.400 and 686.410 is assigned to a center based on an assignment plan developed by the Secretary in consultation with the operators of Job Corps centers. The assignment plan identifies a target for the maximum percentage of students at each center who come from the State or region nearest the center, and the regions surrounding the center. The assignment plan is based on an analysis of the following non-exclusive list of factors that will be analyzed in consultation with center operators:
(1) The number of eligible individuals in the State and region where the center is located and the regions surrounding where the center is located;
(2) The demand for enrollment in Job Corps in the State and region where the center is located and in surrounding regions;
(3) The size and enrollment level of the center, including the education, training, and supportive services provided through the center; and
(4) The performance of the Job Corps center relating to the expected levels of performance for indicators described in WIOA sec. 159(c)(1), and whether any actions have been taken with respect to the center under secs. 159(f)(2) and 159(f)(3) of WIOA.
(b) Eligible applicants are assigned to the center that offers the type of career technical training selected by the individual, and among the centers that
(1) The enrollee would be unduly delayed in participating in the Job Corps program because the closest center is operating at full capacity; or
(2) The parent or guardian of the enrollee requests assignment of the enrollee to another Job Corps center due to circumstances in the community that would impair prospects for successful completion by the enrollee.
(c) If a parent or guardian objects to the assignment of a student under the age of 18 to a center other than the center closest to home that offers the desired career technical training, the Secretary must not make such an assignment.
No more than 20 percent of students enrolled in Job Corps nationwide may be nonresidential students.
(a) A person who is determined to be ineligible to participate in Job Corps under § 686.400 or a person who is not selected for enrollment under § 686.410 may appeal the determination to the outreach and admissions agency within 60 days of the determination. The appeal will be resolved according to the procedures in §§ 686.960 and 686.965. If the appeal is denied by the outreach/admissions contractor or the center, the person may appeal the decision in writing to the Regional Director within 60 days of the date of the denial. The Regional Director will decide within 60 days whether to reverse or approve the appealed decision. The decision by the Regional Director is the Department's final decision.
(b) If an applicant believes that he or she has been determined ineligible or not selected for enrollment based upon a factor prohibited by sec. 188 of WIOA, the individual may proceed under the applicable Department nondiscrimination regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188 at 29 CFR part 38.
(c) An applicant who is determined to be ineligible or a person who is denied enrollment must be referred to the appropriate one-stop center or other local service provider.
(a) To be considered enrolled as a Job Corps student, an applicant selected for enrollment must physically arrive at the assigned Job Corps center on the appointed date. However, applicants selected for enrollment who arrive at their assigned centers by government furnished transportation are considered to be enrolled on their dates of departure by such transportation.
(b) Center operators must document the enrollment of new students according to procedures issued by the Secretary.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a student may remain enrolled in Job Corps for no more than 2 years.
(b)(1) An extension of a student's enrollment may be authorized in special cases according to procedures issued by the Secretary;
(2) A student's enrollment in an advanced career training program may be extended in order to complete the program for a period not to exceed 1 year;
(3) An extension of a student's enrollment may be authorized in the case of a student with a disability who would reasonably be expected to meet the standards for a Job Corps graduate if allowed to participate in the Job Corps for not more than 1 additional year; and
(4) An enrollment extension may be granted to a student who participates in national service, as authorized by a Civilian Conservation Center, for the amount of time equal to the period of national service.
(a) Job Corps centers must provide an intensive, well-organized, and fully supervised program including:
(1) Educational activities, including:
(i) Career technical training;
(ii) Academic instruction;
(iii) Employability and skills training; and
(iv) Independent learning and living skills development.
(2) Work-based learning and experience;
(3) Residential support services; and
(4) Other services as required by the Secretary.
(b) In addition, centers must provide students with access to the career services described in secs. 134(c)(2)(A)(i)-(xi) of WIOA.
(a) Job Corps centers must provide students with a career technical training program that is:
(1) Aligned with industry-recognized standards and credentials and with program guidance; and
(2) Linked to employment opportunities in in-demand industry sectors and occupations both in the area in which the center is located and, if practicable, in the area the student plans to reside after graduation.
(b) Each center must provide education programs, including: An English language acquisition program, high school diploma or high school equivalency certification program, and academic skills training necessary for students to master skills in their chosen career technical training programs.
(c) Each center must provide programs for students to learn and practice employability and independent learning and living skills including: job search and career development, interpersonal relations, driver's education, study and critical thinking skills, financial literacy and other skills specified in program guidance.
(d) All Job Corps training programs must be based on industry and academic skills standards leading to recognized industry and academic credentials, applying evidence-based instructional approaches, and resulting in:
(1) Students' employment in unsubsidized, in-demand jobs with the potential for advancement opportunities;
(2) Enrollment in advanced education and training programs or apprenticeships, including registered apprenticeship; or
(3) Enlistment in the Armed Services.
(e) Specific career technical training programs offered by individual centers must be approved by the Regional Director according to policies issued by the Secretary.
(f) Center workforce councils described in § 686.810 must review appropriate labor market information, identify in-demand industry sectors and employment opportunities in local areas where students will look for employment, determine the skills and education necessary for those jobs, and as appropriate, recommend changes in the center's career technical training program to the Secretary.
(g) Each center must implement a system to evaluate and track the progress and achievements of each student at regular intervals.
(h) Each center must develop a training plan that must be available for
(a) The Secretary may arrange for the career technical and academic education of Job Corps students through local public or private educational agencies, career and technical educational institutions or technical institutes, or other providers such as business, union or union-affiliated organizations with demonstrated effectiveness, as long as the entity can provide education and training substantially equivalent in cost and quality to that which the Secretary could provide through other means.
(b) Entities providing these services will be selected in accordance with the requirements of § 686.310.
(a) The Secretary may arrange for programs of advanced career training (ACT) for selected students, which may be provided through the eligible training providers identified in WIOA sec. 122 in which the students continue to participate in the Job Corps program for a period not to exceed 1 year in addition to the period of participation to which these students would otherwise be limited.
(b) Students participating in an ACT program are eligible to receive:
(1) All of the benefits provided to a residential Job Corps student; or
(2) A monthly stipend equal to the average value of the benefits described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) Any operator may enroll more students than otherwise authorized by the Secretary in an ACT program if, in accordance with standards developed by the Secretary, the operator demonstrates:
(1) Participants in such a program have achieved a satisfactory rate of completion and placement in training-related jobs; and
(2) For the most recently preceding 2 program years, the operator has, on average, met or exceeded the expected levels of performance under WIOA sec. 159(c)(1) for each of the primary indicators described in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), listed in § 686.1010.
(a) The center operator must emphasize and implement work-based learning programs for students through center program activities, including career and technical skills training, and through arrangements with employers. Work-based learning must be under actual working conditions and must be designed to enhance the employability, responsibility, and confidence of the students. Work-based learning usually occurs in tandem with students' career technical training.
(b) The center operator must ensure that students are assigned only to workplaces that meet the safety standards described in § 686.920.
Yes, a center operator may authorize a student to participate in gainful leisure time employment, as long as the employment does not interfere with required scheduled activities.
Job Corps center operators must provide the following services according to procedures issued by the Secretary:
(a) A center-wide quality living and learning environment that supports the overall training program and includes a safe, secure, clean and attractive physical and social environment, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day;
(b) An ongoing, structured personal counseling program for students provided by qualified staff;
(c) A quality, safe and clean food service, to provide nutritious meals for students;
(d) Medical services, through provision or coordination of a wellness program which includes access to basic medical, dental and mental health services, as described in the Policy and Requirements Handbook, for all students from the date of enrollment until separation from the Job Corps program;
(e) A recreation/avocational program that meets the needs of all students;
(f) A student leadership program and an elected student government; and
(g) A student welfare association for the benefit of all students that is funded by non-appropriated funds that come from sources such as snack bars, vending machines, disciplinary fines, donations, and other fundraising activities, and is run by an elected student government, with the help of a staff advisor.
Yes, each Job Corps center must establish and implement an effective system to account for and document the daily whereabouts, participation, and status of students during their Job Corps enrollment. The system must enable center staff to detect and respond to instances of unauthorized or unexplained student absence. Each center must operate its student accountability system according to requirements and procedures issued by the Secretary.
(a) Yes, each Job Corps center must establish and maintain its own student incentives system to encourage and reward students' accomplishments.
(b) The Job Corps center must establish and maintain a behavior management system, based on a behavior management plan, according to standards of conduct and procedures established by the Secretary. The behavior management plan must be approved by the Job Corps regional office and reviewed annually. The behavior management system must include a zero tolerance policy for violence and drugs as described in § 686.545. All criminal incidents will be promptly reported to local law enforcement.
(a) All center operators must comply with Job Corps' zero tolerance policy as established by the Secretary. Job Corps has a zero tolerance policy for infractions including but not limited to:
(1) Acts of violence, as defined by the Secretary;
(2) Use, sale, or possession of a controlled substance, as defined at 21 U.S.C. 802;
(3) Abuse of alcohol;
(4) Possession of unauthorized goods; or
(5) Other illegal or disruptive activity.
(b) As part of this policy, all students must be tested for drugs as a condition of participation.
(c) The zero tolerance policy specifies the offenses that result in the separation of students from the Job Corps. The center director is expressly responsible for determining when there is a violation of this policy.
The center operator must ensure that all students receive due process in disciplinary proceedings according to procedures developed by the Secretary. These procedures must include center fact-finding and behavior review boards, a code of sanctions under which the penalty of separation from Job Corps
(a) Job Corps centers are responsible for coordinating with outreach and admissions agencies to assist applicants, whenever feasible, with making arrangements for child care. Prior to enrollment, a program applicant with dependent children who provides primary or custodial care must certify that suitable arrangements for child care have been established for the proposed period of enrollment.
(b) Child development programs may be located at Job Corps centers with the approval of the Secretary.
(a) Centers must ensure that a student has the right to worship or not worship as he or she chooses.
(b) Students who believe their religious rights have been violated may file complaints under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 38.
(c) Requirements related to equal treatment of religious organizations in Department of Labor programs, and to protection of religious liberty of Department of Labor social service providers and beneficiaries, are found at subpart D of 29 CFR part 2.
Yes, the Secretary may undertake experimental, research and demonstration projects related to the Job Corps program according to WIOA sec. 156(a), provided that such projects are developed, approved, and conducted in accordance with policies and procedures developed by the Secretary.
Yes, Job Corps provides for the transportation of students between their homes and centers as described in policies and procedures issued by the Secretary.
(a) Job Corps students are eligible for annual leaves, emergency leaves and other types of leaves of absence from their assigned centers according to criteria and requirements issued by the Secretary. Additionally, enrollees in Civilian Conservation Centers may take leave to provide assistance in addressing national, State, and local disasters, consistent with current laws and regulations, including child labor laws and regulations.
(b) Center operators and other service providers must account for student leave according to procedures issued by the Secretary.
(a) Yes, according to criteria and rates established by the Secretary, Job Corps students receive cash living allowances, performance bonuses, and allotments for care of dependents. Graduates receive post-separation transition allowances according to § 686.750.
(b) In the event of a student's death, any amount due under this section is paid according to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5582 governing issues such as designation of beneficiary, order of precedence, and related matters.
Yes, Job Corps student allowances are subject to Federal payroll tax withholding and social security taxes. Job Corps students are considered to be Federal employees for purposes of Federal payroll taxes.
Yes, Job Corps students are provided cash clothing allowances and/or articles of clothing, including safety clothing, when needed for their participation in Job Corps and their successful entry into the work force. Center operators and other service providers must issue clothing and clothing assistance to students according to rates, criteria, and procedures issued by the Secretary.
Job Corps centers must assess and counsel students to determine their competencies, capabilities, and readiness for career transition services.
Job Corps career transition services focus on placing program graduates in:
(a) Full-time jobs that are related to their career technical training and career pathway that lead to economic self-sufficiency;
(b) Postsecondary education;
(c) Advanced training programs, including registered apprenticeship programs; or
(d) The Armed Forces.
The one-stop delivery system must be used to the maximum extent practicable in placing graduates and former enrollees in jobs. Multiple other resources also may provide post-program services, including but not limited to Job Corps career transition service providers under a contract or other agreement with the Department of Labor, and State vocational rehabilitation agencies for individuals with disabilities.
(a) Career transition service providers are responsible for:
(1) Contacting graduates;
(2) Assisting them in improving skills in resume preparation, interviewing techniques and job search strategies;
(3) Identifying job leads or educational and training opportunities through coordination with Local WDBs, one-stop operators and partners, employers, unions and industry organizations;
(4) Placing graduates in jobs, registered apprenticeship, the Armed Forces, or postsecondary education or training, or referring former students for additional services in their local communities as appropriate; and
(5) Providing placement services for former enrollees according to procedures issued by the Secretary.
(b) Career transition service providers must record and submit all Job Corps placement information according to procedures established by the Secretary.
According to procedures issued by the Secretary, career transition and support services must be provided to program graduates for up to 12 months after graduation.
Yes, graduates receive post-separation transition allowances according to policies and procedures established by
(a) Up to 3 months of employment services, including career services offered through a one-stop center, may be provided to former enrollees.
(b) According to procedures issued by the Secretary, other career transition services as determined appropriate may be provided to former enrollees.
(a) The director of each Job Corps center must ensure the establishment and development of mutually beneficial business and community relationships and networks. Establishing and developing networks includes relationships with:
(1) Local and distant employers;
(2) Applicable one-stop centers and Local WDBs:
(3) Entities offering apprenticeship opportunities, including registered apprenticeships, and youth programs;
(4) Labor-management organizations and local labor organizations;
(5) Employers and contractors that support national training programs and initiatives; and
(6) Community-based organizations, non-profit organizations, and intermediaries providing workforce development-related services.
(b) Each Job Corps center also must establish and develop relationships with members of the community in which it is located. Members of the community must be informed of the projects of the Job Corps center and changes in the rules, procedures, or activities of the center that may affect the community. Events of mutual interest to the community and the Job Corps center must be planned to create and maintain community relations and community support.
(a) Each Job Corps center must establish a workforce council, according to procedures established by the Secretary. The workforce council must include:
(1) Non-governmental and private sector employers;
(2) Representatives of labor organizations (where present) and of employees;
(3) Job Corps enrollees and graduates; and
(4) In the case of a single-State local area, the workforce council must include a representative of the State WDB constituted under § 679.110 of this chapter.
(b) A majority of the council members must be business owners, chief executives or chief operating officers of nongovernmental employers or other private sector employers, or their designees, who have substantial management, hiring or policy responsibility and who represent businesses with employment opportunities in the local area and the areas in which students will seek employment.
(c) The workforce council may include, or otherwise provide for consultation with, employers from outside the local area who are likely to hire a significant number of enrollees from the Job Corps center.
(d) The workforce council must:
(1) Work with all applicable Local WDBs and review labor market information to determine and provide recommendations to the Secretary regarding the center's career technical training offerings, including identification of emerging occupations suitable for training;
(2) Review all relevant labor market information, including related information in the State Plan or the local plan, to:
(i) Recommend in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the area in which the center operates;
(ii) Determine employment opportunities in the areas in which enrollees intend to seek employment;
(iii) Determine the skills and education necessary to obtain the identified employment; and
(iv) Recommend to the Secretary the type of career technical training that must be implemented at the center to enable enrollees to obtain the employment opportunities identified; and
(3) Meet at least once every 6 months to reevaluate the labor market information, and other relevant information, to determine and recommend to the Secretary any necessary changes in the career technical training provided at the center.
(a) The Secretary issues guidelines for the national office, regional offices, Job Corps centers and operational support providers to use in developing and maintaining cooperative relationships with other agencies and institutions, including law enforcement, educational institutions, communities, and other employment and training programs and agencies.
(b) The Secretary develops polices and requirements to ensure linkages with the one-stop delivery system to the greatest extent practicable, as well as with other Federal, State, and local programs, and youth programs funded under title I of WIOA. These linkages enhance services to youth who face multiple barriers to employment and must include, where appropriate:
(1) Referrals of applicants and students;
(2) Participant assessment;
(3) Pre-employment and work maturity skills training;
(4) Work-based learning;
(5) Job search, occupational, and basic skills training; and
(6) Provision of continued services for graduates.
(c) Job Corps is identified as a required one-stop partner. Wherever practicable, Job Corps centers and operational support contractors must establish cooperative relationships and partnerships with one-stop centers and other one-stop partners, Local WDBs, and other programs for youth.
Yes, students are considered Federal employees for purposes of the FTCA. (28 U.S.C. 2671
Yes, the Job Corps may pay students for valid claims under the procedures found in 29 CFR part 15, subpart D.
(a) Job Corps students are considered Federal employees for purposes of the Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA) as specified in sec. 157(a)(3) of WIOA. (29 U.S.C. 2897(a)(3))
(b) Job Corps students may be entitled to benefits under FECA as provided by
(c) Job Corps students must meet the same eligibility tests for FECA benefits that apply to all other Federal employees. The requirements for FECA benefits may be found at 5 U.S.C. 8101,
(d) Whenever a student is injured, develops an occupationally related illness, or dies while in the performance of duty, the procedures of the OWCP, at part 10 of this title, must be followed. To assist OWCP in determining FECA eligibility, a thorough investigation of the circumstances and a medical evaluation must be completed and required forms must be timely filed by the center operator with the Department's OWCP. Additional information regarding Job Corps FECA claims may be found in OWCP's regulations and procedures available on the Department's Web site located at
(a) Performance of duty is a determination that must be made by the OWCP under FECA, and is based on the individual circumstances in each claim.
(b) In general, residential students may be considered to be in the “performance of duty” when:
(1) They are on center under the supervision and control of Job Corps officials;
(2) They are engaged in any authorized Job Corps activity;
(3) They are in authorized travel status; or
(4) They are engaged in any authorized offsite activity.
(c) Non-resident students are generally considered to be “in performance of duty” as Federal employees when they are engaged in any authorized Job Corps activity, from the time they arrive at any scheduled center activity until they leave the activity. The standard rules governing coverage of Federal employees during travel to and from work apply. These rules are described in guidance issued by the Secretary.
(d) Students are generally considered to be not in the performance of duty when:
(1) They are Absent Without Leave (AWOL);
(2) They are at home, whether on pass or on leave;
(3) They are engaged in an unauthorized offsite activity; or
(4) They are injured or ill due to their own willful misconduct, intent to cause injury or death to oneself or another, or through intoxication or illegal use of drugs.
(a) The Secretary establishes procedures to ensure that students are not required or permitted to work, be trained, reside in, or receive services in buildings or surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary or hazardous. Whenever students are employed or in training for jobs, they must be assigned only to jobs or training which observe applicable Federal, State and local health and safety standards.
(b) The Secretary develops procedures to ensure compliance with applicable Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations and Wage and Hour Division regulations.
(a) All Job Corps property which would otherwise be under exclusive Federal legislative jurisdiction is considered under concurrent jurisdiction with the appropriate State and locality with respect to criminal law enforcement. Concurrent jurisdiction extends to all portions of the property, including housing and recreational facilities, in addition to the portions of the property used for education and training activities.
(b) Centers located on property under concurrent Federal-State jurisdiction must establish agreements with Federal, State and local law enforcement agencies to enforce criminal laws.
(c) The Secretary develops procedures to ensure that any searches of a student's person, personal area, or belongings for unauthorized goods follow applicable right-to-privacy laws.
(a) A private for-profit or a non-profit Job Corps service provider is not liable, directly or indirectly, to any State or subdivision for any gross receipts taxes, business privilege taxes measured by gross receipts, or any similar taxes in connection with any payments made to or by such service provider for operating a center or other Job Corps program or activity. The service provider is not liable to any State or subdivision to collect or pay any sales, excise, use, or similar tax imposed upon the sale to or use by such deliverer of any property, service, or other item in connection with the operation of a center or other Job Corps program or activity.
(b) If a State or local authority compels a center operator or other service provider to pay such taxes, the center operator or service provider may pay the taxes with Federal funds, but must document and report the State or local requirement according to procedures issued by the Secretary.
(a) Center operators and other service providers must manage Job Corps funds using financial management information systems that meet the specifications and requirements of the Secretary.
(b) These financial management systems must:
(1) Provide accurate, complete, and current disclosures of the costs of their Job Corps activities;
(2) Ensure that expenditures of funds are necessary, reasonable, allocable, and allowable in accordance with applicable cost principles;
(3) Use account structures specified by the Secretary;
(4) Ensure the ability to comply with cost reporting requirements and procedures issued by the Secretary; and
(5) Maintain sufficient cost data for effective planning, monitoring, and evaluation of program activities and for determining the allowability of reported costs.
(a) Yes, Center operators and service providers are subject to Federal audits.
(b) The Secretary arranges for the survey, audit, or evaluation of each Job Corps center and service provider at least once every 3 years, by Federal auditors or independent public accountants. The Secretary may arrange for more frequent audits.
(c) Center operators and other service providers are responsible for giving full cooperation and access to books, documents, papers and records to duly appointed Federal auditors and evaluators.
The Secretary issues guidelines for a system for maintaining records for each student during enrollment and for disposition of such records after separation.
(a) The Secretary develops procedures to respond to requests for information or records or other necessary disclosures pertaining to students.
(b) Department disclosure of Job Corps information must be handled according to the Freedom of Information Act and according to Department regulations at 29 CFR part 70.
(c) Job Corps contractors are not “agencies” for Freedom of Information Act purposes. Therefore, their records are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act or 29 CFR part 70.
(d) The regulations at 29 CFR part 71 apply to a system of records covered by the Privacy Act of 1974 maintained by the Department or to a similar system maintained by a contractor, such as a screening agency, contract center operator, or career transition service provider on behalf of the Job Corps.
The Secretary establishes procedures to ensure the timely and complete reporting of necessary financial and program information to maintain accountability. Center operators and operational support service providers are responsible for the accuracy and integrity of all reports and data they provide.
(a) Each Job Corps center operator and service provider must establish and maintain a grievance procedure for filing complaints and resolving disputes from applicants, students and/or other interested parties about its programs and activities. A hearing on each complaint or dispute must be conducted within 30 days of the filing of the complaint or dispute. A decision on the complaint must be made by the center operator or service provider, as appropriate, within 60 days after the filing of the complaint, and a copy of the decision must be immediately served, by first-class mail, on the complainant and any other party to the complaint. Except for complaints under § 686.470 or complaints alleging fraud or other criminal activity, complaints may be filed within 1 year of the occurrence that led to the complaint.
(b) The procedure established under paragraph (a) of this section must include procedures to process complaints alleging violations of sec. 188 of WIOA, consistent with Department nondiscrimination regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA at 29 CFR part 38 and § 686.985.
(a) If a complaint is not resolved by the center operator or service provider in the time frames described in § 686.960, the person making the complaint may request that the Regional Director determine whether reasonable cause exists to believe that WIOA or regulations for this part of WIOA have been violated. The request must be filed with the Regional Director within 60 days from the date that the center operator or service provider should have issued the decision.
(b) Following the receipt of a request for review under paragraph (a) of this section, the Regional Director must determine within 60 days whether there has been a violation of WIOA or the WIOA regulations. If the Regional Director determines that there has been a violation of WIOA or WIOA regulations, (s)he may direct the operator or service provider to remedy the violation or direct the service provider to issue a decision to resolve the dispute according to the service provider's grievance procedures. If the service provider does not comply with the Regional Director's decision within 30 days, the Regional Director may impose a sanction on the center operator or service provider for violating WIOA or WIOA regulations, and/or for failing to issue a decision. Decisions imposing sanctions upon a center operator or service provider may be appealed to the Department of Labor Office of Administrative Law Judges under § 683.800 or § 683.840 of this chapter.
(a) If the Department receives a complaint or has reason to believe that a center or other service provider is failing to comply with the requirements of WIOA or WIOA regulations, the Regional Director must investigate the allegation and determine within 90 days after receiving the complaint or otherwise learning of the alleged violation, whether such allegation or complaint is true.
(b) As a result of such a determination, the Regional Director may:
(1) Direct the center operator or service provider to handle a complaint through the grievance procedures established under § 686.960; or
(2) Investigate and determine whether the center operator or service provider is in compliance with WIOA and WIOA regulations. If the Regional Director determines that the center or service provider is not in compliance with WIOA or WIOA regulations, the Regional Director may take action to resolve the complaint under § 686.965(b), or will report the incident to the Department of Labor Office of the Inspector General, as described in § 683.620 of this chapter.
A dispute between the Department and a Job Corps contractor will be handled according to the Contract Disputes Act and applicable regulations.
Disputes between the U.S. Department of Labor and the U.S. Department of Agriculture regarding operating a center will be handled according to the interagency agreement between the two agencies.
Nondiscrimination requirements, procedures, complaint processing, and compliance reviews are governed by, as applicable, provisions of the following Department of Labor regulations:
(a) Regulations implementing sec. 188 of WIOA for programs receiving Federal financial assistance under WIOA found at 29 CFR part 38;
(b) Title 29 CFR part 33 for programs conducted by the Department of Labor; and
(c) Title 41 CFR chapter 60 for entities that have a Federal government contract.
(a) The performance of the Job Corps program as a whole, and the performance of individual centers, outreach and admissions providers, and career transition service providers, is assessed in accordance with the regulations in this part and procedures and standards issued by the Secretary, through a national performance management system, including the Outcome Measurement System (OMS).
(b) The national performance management system will include measures that reflect the primary
(c) Annual performance assessments based on the measures described in paragraph (b) of this section are done for each center operator and other service providers, including outreach and admissions providers and career transition providers.
The primary indicators of performance for eligible youth are described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii) of WIOA. They are:
(a) The percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(b) The percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(c) The median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(d) The percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent during participation in or within 1 year after exit from the program. Program participants who obtain a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent will be included in the percentage only if they also have obtained or retained employment, or are in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential, within 1 year after exit from the program;
(e) The percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment; and
(f) The indicators of effectiveness in serving employers established by the Secretaries of Education and Labor, pursuant to sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(iv) of WIOA.
The Secretary establishes performance indicators for outreach and admission service providers serving the Job Corps program. They include, but are not limited to:
(a) The number of enrollees recruited, compared to the established goals for such recruitment, and the number of enrollees who remain committed to the program for 90 days after enrollment;
(b) The percentage and number of former enrollees, including the number dismissed under the zero tolerance policy described in sec. 152(b) of WIOA and § 686.545;
(c) The maximum attainable percent of enrollees at the Job Corps center that reside in the State in which the center is located, and the maximum attainable percentage of enrollees at the Job Corps center that reside in the State in which the center is located and in surrounding regions, as compared to the percentage targets established by the Secretary for the center for each of those measures;
(d) The cost per enrollee, calculated by comparing the number of enrollees at the center in a program year to the total budget for such center in the same program year; and
(e) Additional indicators of performance, as necessary.
The Secretary establishes performance indicators for career transition service providers serving the Job Corps program. These include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) The primary indicators of performance for eligible youth in WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), as listed in § 686.1010;
(b) The number of graduates who entered the Armed Forces;
(c) The number of graduates who entered registered apprenticeship programs;
(d) The number of graduates who entered unsubsidized employment related to the career technical training received through the Job Corps program;
(e) The number of graduates who entered unsubsidized employment not related to the education and training received through the Job Corps program;
(f) The percentage and number of graduates who enter postsecondary education;
(g) The average wage of graduates who entered unsubsidized employment:
(1) On the first day of such employment; and
(2) On the day that is 6 months after such first day; and
(h) Additional indicators of performance, as necessary.
The Secretary will collect and submit in the Annual Report described in sec. 159(c)(4) of WIOA, which will include the following information on each Job Corps center, and the Job Corps program as a whole:
(a) Information on the performance, based on the performance indicators described § 686.1010, as compared to the expected level of performance established under § 686.1050 for each performance indicator;
(b) Information on the performance of outreach service providers and career transition service providers on the performance indicators established under §§ 686.1020 and 686.1030, as compared to the expected levels of performance established under § 686.1050 for each of those indicators;
(c) The number of enrollees served;
(d) Demographic information on the enrollees served, including age, race, gender, and education and income level;
(e) The number of graduates of a Job Corps center;
(f) The number of graduates who entered the Armed Forces;
(g) The number of graduates who entered registered apprenticeship programs;
(h) The number of graduates who received a regular secondary school diploma;
(i) The number of graduates who received a State recognized equivalent of a secondary school diploma;
(j) The number of graduates who entered unsubsidized employment related to the career technical training received through the Job Corps program and the number who entered unsubsidized employment not related to the education and training received;
(k) The percentage and number of former enrollees, including the number dismissed under the zero tolerance policy described in § 686.545;
(l) The percentage and number of graduates who enter postsecondary education;
(m) The average wage of graduates who enter unsubsidized employment:
(1) On the first day of such employment; and
(2) On the day that is 6 months after such first day;
(n) The maximum attainable percent of enrollees at a Job Corps center that reside in the State in which the center is located, and the maximum attainable percentage of enrollees at a Job Corps center that reside in the State in which the center is located and in surrounding
(o) The cost per enrollee, which is calculated by comparing the number of enrollees at the center in a program year to the total budget for such center in the same program year;
(p) The cost per graduate, which is calculated by comparing the number of graduates of the center in a program year compared to the total budget for such center in the same program year;
(q) Information regarding the state of Job Corps buildings and facilities, including a review of requested construction, rehabilitation, and acquisition projects, by each Job Corps center, and a review of new facilities under construction;
(r) Available information regarding the national and community service activities of enrollees, particularly those enrollees at Civilian Conservation Centers; and
(s) Any additional information required by the Secretary.
(a) The Secretary establishes expected levels of performance for Job Corps centers, outreach and admissions providers and career transition service providers and the Job Corps program relating to each of the primary indicators of performance described in §§ 686.1010, 686.1020, and 686.1030.
(b) As described in § 686.1000, the Secretary will issue annual guidance describing the national performance management system and outcomes measurement system, which will communicate the expected levels of performance for each primary indicator of performance for each center, and each indicator of performance for each outreach and admission provider, and for each career transition service provider. Such guidance also will describe how the expected levels of performance were calculated.
(a) The Secretary calculates annual rankings of center performance based on the performance management system described in § 686.1000 as part of the annual performance assessment described in § 686.1000(c).
(b) The Secretary will issue annual guidance that communicates the methodology for calculating the performance rankings for the year.
(a) The Secretary establishes standards and procedures for developing and implementing performance improvement plans.
(1) The Secretary will develop and implement a performance improvement plan for a center when that center fails to meet the expected levels of performance described in § 686.1050.
(i) The Secretary will consider a center to have failed to meet the expected level of performance if the center:
(A) Is ranked among the lowest 10 percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year according to the rankings calculated under § 686.1060; and
(B) The center fails to achieve an average of 90 percent of the expected level of performance for all of the primary indicators.
(ii) For any program year that precedes the implementation of the establishment of the expected levels of performance under § 686.1050 and the application of the primary indicators of performance for Job Corps centers identified in § 686.1010, the Secretary will consider a center to have failed to meet the expected levels of performance if the center:
(A) Is ranked among the lowest 10 percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year according to the rankings calculated under § 686.1060; and
(B) The center's composite OMS score for the program year is 88 percent or less of the year's OMS national average.
(2) The Secretary also may develop and implement additional performance improvement plans, which will require improvements for a Job Corps center that fails to meet criteria established by the Secretary other than the expected levels of performance.
(b) A performance improvement plan will require action be taken to correct identified performance issues within 1 year of the implementation of the plan, and it will identify criteria that must be met for the center to complete the performance improvement plan.
(1) The center operator must implement the actions outlined in the performance improvement plan.
(2) If the center fails to take the steps outlined in the performance improvement plan or fails to meet the criteria established to complete the performance improvement plan after 1 year, the center will be considered to have failed to improve performance under a performance improvement plan detailed in paragraph (a) of this section.
(i) Such a center will remain on a performance improvement plan and the Secretary will take action as described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(ii) If a Civilian Conservation Center fails to meet expected levels of performance relating to the primary indicators of performance specified in § 686.1010, or fails to improve performance under a performance improvement plan detailed in paragraph (a) of this section after 3 program years, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, must select an entity to operate the Civilian Conservation Center on a competitive basis, in accordance with the requirements of § 686.310.
(c) Under a performance improvement plan, the Secretary may take the following actions, as necessary:
(1) Providing technical assistance to the center;
(2) Changing the management staff of a center;
(3) Changing the career technical training offered at the center;
(4) Replacing the operator of the center;
(5) Reducing the capacity of the center;
(6) Relocating the center; or
(7) Closing the center in accordance with the criteria established under § 686.200(b).
Secs. 170, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
There are two types and purposes of National Dislocated Worker Grants (DWGs) under sec. 170 of WIOA: Employment Recovery DWGs and Disaster Recovery DWGs.
(a) Employment Recovery DWGs provide employment and training activities for dislocated workers and other eligible populations. They are intended to expand service capacity temporarily at the State and local levels, by providing time-limited funding assistance in response to major economic dislocations or other events that affect the U.S. workforce that cannot be accommodated with WIOA formula funds or other relevant existing resources.
(b) Disaster Recovery DWGs allow for the creation of disaster relief employment to assist with clean-up and recovery efforts from emergencies or major disasters and the provision of employment and training activities, in accordance with § 687.180(b).
(a) Qualifying events for Employment Recovery DWGs include:
(1) Plant closures or mass layoffs affecting 50 or more workers from one employer in the same area;
(2) Closures and realignments of military installations;
(3) Plant closures or layoffs that have significantly increased the total number of unemployed individuals in a community;
(4) Situations where higher-than-average demand for employment and training activities for dislocated members of the Armed Forces, dislocated spouses of members of the Armed Forces on active duty (as defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1)), or members of the Armed Forces described in § 687.170(a)(1)(iii), exceeds State and local resources for providing such activities; and
(5) Other events, as determined by the Secretary.
(b) Qualifying events for Disaster Recovery DWGs include:
(1) Emergencies or major disasters, as defined in paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively, of sec. 102 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5122(1) and (2)) which have been declared eligible for public assistance by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA);
(2) An emergency or disaster situation of national significance, natural or man-made, that could result in a potentially large loss of employment, as declared or otherwise recognized and issued in writing by the chief official of a Federal Agency with jurisdiction over the Federal response to the emergency or disaster situation; and
(3) Situations where a substantial number of workers from a State, tribal area, or outlying area in which an emergency or disaster has occurred relocate to another State, tribal area, or outlying area.
(a) For Employment Recovery DWGs, the following entities are eligible to apply:
(1) States or outlying areas, or a consortium of States;
(2) Local Workforce Development Boards (WDBs), or a consortium of WDBs;
(3) An entity described in sec. 166(c) of WIOA (relating to Indian and Native American programs);
(4) Other entities determined to be appropriate by the Governor of the State or outlying area involved; and
(5) Other entities that demonstrate to the Secretary the capability to respond effectively to circumstances relating to particular dislocations.
(b) For Disaster Recovery DWGs, the following entities are eligible to apply:
(1) States;
(2) Outlying areas; and
(3) Indian tribal governments as defined by the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5122(6)).
(a) Applications for Employment Recovery DWGs may be submitted at any time during the year and must be submitted to respond to eligible events as soon as possible when:
(1) The applicant receives a notification of a mass layoff or a closure as a result of a Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) Act notice, a general announcement, or some other means, or in the case of applications to address situations described in § 687.110(a)(4), when higher-than-average demand for employment and training activities for those members of the Armed Forces and military spouses exceeds State and local resources for providing such activities;
(2) Worker need and interest in services has been determined through Rapid Response, or other means, and is sufficient to justify the need for a DWG; and
(3) A determination has been made, in collaboration with the applicable local area, that State and local formula funds are inadequate to provide the level of services needed by the affected workers.
(b) Applications for Disaster Recovery DWGs to respond to an emergency or major disaster must be submitted as soon as possible when:
(1) As described in § 687.110(b)(1), FEMA has declared that the affected area is eligible for public assistance;
(2) A situation as described in § 687.110(b)(2) occurs. The applications must indicate the applicable Federal agency declaration, describe the impact on the local and/or State economy, and describe the proposed activities; or
(3) A situation as described in § 687.110(b)(3) occurs, and interest in services has been determined and is sufficient to justify the need for a DWG.
Prior to submitting an application for DWG funds, applicants must:
(a) For Employment Recovery DWGs:
(1) Collect information to identify the needs and interests of the affected workers through rapid response activities (described in § 682.330 of this chapter), or other means;
(2) Provide appropriate services to eligible workers including other rapid response activities, based on information gathered as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and
(3) Coordinate with the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) of the local area(s) in which the proposed DWG project is to operate.
(b) For Disaster DWGs:
(1) Conduct a preliminary assessment of the clean-up and humanitarian needs of the affected areas;
(2) Reasonably ascertain that there is a sufficient population of eligible individuals to conduct the planned work; and
(3) Coordinate with the Local WDB and chief elected official(s) of the local area(s) in which the proposed project is to operate.
The Department will publish guidance on the requirements for submitting applications for DWGs.
The Department will issue a final decision on a DWG application within 45 calendar days of receipt of an application that meets the requirements of this part. Applicants are encouraged to review their DWG application submissions carefully and consult with the appropriate Employment and Training Administration Regional Office to ensure their applications meet the requirements established in this part and those that may be set forth in guidance.
(a) For Employment Recovery DWGs:
(1) In order to receive employment and training activities, an individual must be:
(i) A dislocated worker within the meaning of sec. 3(15) of WIOA;
(ii) A person who is either:
(A) A civilian employee of the Department of Defense or the Department of Energy employed at a military installation that is being closed or will undergo realignment within 24 months after the date of determination of eligibility; or
(B) An individual employed in a non-managerial position with a Department of Defense contractor determined by the Secretary of Defense to be at risk of termination from employment as a result of reductions in defense expenditures and whose employer is converting from defense to non-defense applications in order to prevent worker layoffs; or
(iii) A member of the Armed Forces who:
(A) Was on active duty or full-time National Guard duty;
(B) Is involuntarily separated from active duty or full-time National Guard duty (as defined in 10 U.S.C. 1141), or is separated from active duty or full-time National Guard duty pursuant to a special separation benefits program under 10 U.S.C. 1174a, or the voluntary separation incentive program under 10 U.S.C. 1175;
(C) Is not entitled to retired or retained pay incident to the separation described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B) of this section; and
(D) Applies for employment and training assistance under this part before the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date of the separation described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B) of this section.
(iv) For Employment Recovery DWGs awarded for situations described in § 687.110(a)(4), a person who is:
(A) A dislocated member of the Armed Forces or member of the Armed Forces described in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section; or
(B) The dislocated spouse of a member of the Armed Forces on active duty (as defined in 10 U.S.C. 101(d)(1)).
(2) [Reserved]
(b) For Disaster Recovery DWGs:
(1) In order to be eligible to receive disaster relief employment under sec. 170(b)(1)(B)(i) of WIOA, an individual must be:
(i) A dislocated worker;
(ii) A long-term unemployed individual;
(iii) An individual who is temporarily or permanently laid off as a consequence of the emergency or disaster; or
(iv) An individual who is self-employed and becomes unemployed or significantly underemployed as a result of the emergency or disaster.
(2) In order to be eligible to receive employment and training activities and in rare instances, disaster relief employment under sec. 170(b)(1)(B)(ii) of WIOA, an individual must have relocated or evacuated from an area as a result of a disaster that has been declared or otherwise recognized, and be:
(i) A dislocated worker;
(ii) A long-term unemployed individual;
(iii) An individual who is temporarily or permanently laid off as a consequence of the emergency or disaster; or
(iv) An individual who is self-employed and becomes unemployed or significantly underemployed as a result of the emergency or disaster.
(c) For Disaster Recovery DWG funds, individuals described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are eligible to receive services provided with DWG funds in the State, tribal area, or outlying area in which the disaster occurred or the State, tribal area, or outlying area to which they have relocated. In certain cases determined by the Secretary, individuals described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are eligible to receive services in both the State, tribal area, or outlying area in which the disaster occurred and the State, tribal area, or outlying area to which they have relocated.
(a) For Employment Recovery DWGs:
(1) Employment and training assistance, including those activities authorized at secs. 134(c) through (d) and 170(b)(1) of WIOA. The services to be provided in a particular project are negotiated between the Department and the grantee, taking into account the needs of the target population covered by the grant, and may be changed through grant modifications, if necessary.
(2) DWGs may provide for supportive services, including needs-related payments (subject to the restrictions in sec. 134(d)(3) of WIOA, where applicable, and the terms and conditions of the grant) to help workers who require such assistance to participate in the activities provided for in the grant. Generally, the terms of a grant must be consistent with local policies governing such financial assistance under its formula funds (including the payment levels and duration of payments). The terms of the grant agreement may diverge from established local policies, in the following instances:
(i) If unemployed dislocated workers served by the project are not able to meet the 13 or 8 weeks enrollment in training requirement established by sec. 134(d)(3)(B) of WIOA because of the lack of formula or DWG funds in the State or local area at the time of the dislocation, such individuals may be eligible for needs-related payments if they are enrolled in training by the end of the 6th week following the date of the DWG award; or
(ii) Under other circumstances as specified in guidance governing DWG application requirements.
(b) For Disaster DWGs: Funds provided under sec. 170(b)(1)(B) of WIOA can support a different array of activities, depending on the circumstances surrounding the situation for which the grant was awarded:
(1) For DWGs serving individuals in an emergency or disaster area declared eligible for public assistance by FEMA, disaster relief employment is authorized to support projects that provide food, clothing, shelter, and other humanitarian assistance for emergency and disaster victims, and projects regarding demolition, cleaning, repair, renovation, and reconstruction of damaged and destroyed structures, facilities, and lands located within the disaster area and in offshore areas related to the emergency or disaster in coordination with the Administrator of FEMA. Employment and training activities also may be provided, as appropriate. An individual's disaster relief employment is limited to 12 months or less for work related to
(2) For DWGs serving individuals who have relocated from an emergency or disaster area, only employment and training activities will be authorized, except where disaster relief employment is appropriate.
(3) For DWGs awarded to States for events that have designations from Federal agencies (other than FEMA) that recognize an emergency or disaster situation as one of national significance that could result in a potentially large loss of employment, disaster relief employment and/or employment and training activities may be authorized, depending on the circumstances associated with the specific event.
(c) Disaster Recovery DWG funds may be expended through public and private agencies and organizations engaged in the activities described in this paragraph (b) of this section.
(a) For DWGs, utilization of statutory or regulatory waivers is limited to waivers already approved by the Department under sec. 189(i) of WIOA, separate from the DWG process. WIOA sec. 189(i) gives the Department the authority to waive provisions under subtitles A, B, and/or E of WIOA; requirements of DWGs in WIOA subtitle D cannot and will not be waived.
(b) A grant application must include a description of the approved waiver and request that the waiver be applied to the DWG. The Department will consider such requests as part of the overall DWG application review and decision process; however, applicants may not use this process to request new waivers.
(c) If during the operation of a DWG, the grantee wishes to utilize a statutory or regulatory waiver that the Department has already approved under sec. 189(i), but it was not included in the grantee's original DWG application, the grantee must submit a grant modification that describes the waiver and requests application of the waiver to the DWG. Grantees may not use this process to request new waivers.
(a) Unless otherwise authorized in a DWG agreement, the financial and administrative rules contained in part 683 of this chapter apply to awards under this part.
(b) Exceptions include:
(1) Funds provided in response to a disaster may be used for temporary job creation in areas declared eligible for public assistance by FEMA, and, in some instances, areas impacted by an emergency or disaster situation of national significance, as provided in § 687.110(b)(2), and subject to the limitations of sec. 170(d) of WIOA, this part, and any guidance issued by the Department;
(2) Per sec. 170(d)(4) of WIOA, in extremely limited instances, as determined by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee, any Disaster Recovery DWG funds that are available for expenditure under any grant awarded under this part may be used for additional disasters or situations of national significance experienced by an entity described in § 687.120(b) in the same program year the funds were awarded;
(3) DWG funds may be used to pay an appropriate level of administrative costs based on the design and complexity of the project. The Department will negotiate administrative costs with the applicant as part of the application review and grant award and modification processes. Administrative cost limits will be calculated against the amount of the grant awarded;
(4) The period of availability for expenditure of funds under a DWG is specified in the grant agreement;
(5) The Department may establish supplemental reporting, monitoring, and oversight requirements for DWGs. The requirements will be identified in the grant application instructions or the grant document; and
(6) The Department may negotiate and fund projects under terms other than those specified in this part where it can be clearly demonstrated that such adjustments will achieve a greater positive benefit for the workers and/or communities being assisted.
Secs. 171, 189, 503, Pub. L. 113-128, 128 Stat. 1425 (Jul. 22, 2014).
(a) YouthBuild is a workforce development program that provides employment, education, leadership development, and training opportunities to disadvantaged and low-income youth between the ages of 16 and 24, most of whom are secondary school drop outs and are either a member of a low-income family, a foster care youth, a youth who is homeless, an offender, a youth with a disability, a child of an incarcerated parent, or a migrant youth.
(b) Program participants receive education services that may lead to either a high school diploma or its State-recognized equivalent. Further, they receive occupational skills training and are encouraged to pursue postsecondary education or additional training, including registered apprenticeship and pre-apprenticeship programs. The program is designed to create a skilled workforce either in the construction industry, through the rehabilitation and construction of housing for homeless and low-income individuals and families, as well as public facilities, or in other in-demand industries or occupations. The program also benefits the larger community because it provides increased access to affordable housing.
The overarching goal of the YouthBuild program is to provide disadvantaged and low-income youth the opportunity to obtain education and employment skills in local in-demand jobs to achieve economic self-sufficiency. Additionally, the YouthBuild program has as goals to:
(a) Enable disadvantaged youth to obtain the education and employment skills necessary to achieve economic self-sufficiency through employment in in-demand occupations and pursuit of postsecondary education and training opportunities;
(b) Provide disadvantaged youth with opportunities for meaningful work and service to their communities;
(c) Foster the development of employment and leadership skills and commitment to community development among youth in low-income communities;
(d) Expand the supply of permanent affordable housing for homeless individuals and families, homeless youth, and low-income families by utilizing the talents of disadvantaged youth. The program seeks to increase the number of affordable and transitional housing units available to decrease the rate of homelessness in communities with YouthBuild programs; and
(e) Improve the quality and energy efficiency of community and other non-profit and public facilities, including those that are used to serve homeless and low-income families.
In addition to the definitions at sec. 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) and § 675.300 of this chapter, the following definitions apply:
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(A) Unreimbursed medical expenses of any elderly family or disabled family;
(B) Unreimbursed medical expenses of any family that is not covered under paragraph (1)(ii)(A) of this definition, except that this paragraph (1)(ii)(B) only applies to the extent approved in appropriation Acts; and
(C) Unreimbursed reasonable attendant care and auxiliary apparatus expenses for each handicapped member of the family, to the extent necessary to enable any member of such family (including such handicapped member) to be employed.
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(A) 18 years of age or older; and
(B) The head of the household (or the spouse of the head of the household).
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(A) All earned income of the family,
(B) The amount earned by particular members of the family;
(C) The amount earned by families having certain characteristics; or
(D) The amount earned by families or members during certain periods or from certain sources.
(iii)
(1) Who is a youth, and who has English reading, writing, or computing skills at or below the eighth grade level on a generally accepted standardized test; or
(2) Who is a youth or adult, and who is unable to compute or solve problems, or read, write, or speak English, at a level necessary to function on the job, in the individual's family, or in society.
(1) A community-based organization;
(2) A faith-based organization;
(3) An entity carrying out activities under this title, such as a Local Workforce Development Board (WDB);
(4) A community action agency;
(5) A State or local Housing Development Agency;
(6) An Indian tribe or other agency primarily serving Indians;
(7) A community development corporation;
(8) A State or local youth service or conservation corps; and
(9) Any other entity eligible to provide education or employment training under a Federal program (other than the program carried out under this section).
(1) Whose native language is a language other than English; or
(2) Who lives in a family or community environment where a language other than English is the dominant language.
(1) The leadership development and supportive service activities listed in §§ 681.520 and 681.570 of this chapter;
(2) Regular contact with a youth participant's employer, including assistance in addressing work-related problems that arise;
(3) Assistance in securing better paying jobs, career development, and further education;
(4) Work-related peer support groups;
(5) Adult mentoring; and
(6) Services necessary to ensure the success of youth participants in employment and/or postsecondary education.
(1) Is sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason;
(2) Is living in a motel, hotel, trailer park, or campground due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
(3) Is living in an emergency or transitional shelter, is abandoned in a hospital, or is awaiting foster care placement;
(4) Has a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
(5) Is living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; or
(6) Is a migratory child living in circumstances described in this definition.
(1) Is sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or similar reason;
(2) Is living in a motel, hotel, trailer park, or campground due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
(3) Is living in an emergency or transitional shelter;
(4) Is abandoned in a hospital, or is awaiting foster care placement;
(5) Has a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as regular sleeping accommodation for human beings; or
(6) Is a migratory child living in circumstances described in this definition.
(1) An industry sector that has a substantial current or potential impact (including through jobs that lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement) on the State, regional, or local economy, as appropriate, and that contributes to the growth or stability of other supporting business, or the growth of other industry sectors; or
(2) An occupation that currently has or is projected to have a number of positions (including positions that lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement) in an industry sector so as to have a significant impact on the State, regional, or local economy, as appropriate.
(1) Worked at least 25 days in agricultural labor that is characterized
(2) Made at least $800 from agricultural labor that is characterized by chronic unemployment or underemployment, if at least 50 percent of his or her income came from such agricultural labor;
(3) Was employed at least 50 percent of his or her total employment in agricultural labor that is characterized by chronic unemployment or underemployment; or
(4) Was employed in agricultural labor that requires travel to a jobsite such that the farmworker is unable to return to a permanent place of residence within the same day.
(1) Be outcome-oriented and focused on an occupational goal specified in the individual service strategy;
(2) Be of sufficient duration to impart the skills needed to meet the occupational goal; and
(3) Result in attainment of a recognized postsecondary credential.
(1) Is or has been subject to any stage of the criminal justice process, and who may benefit from WIOA services; or
(2) Requires assistance in overcoming artificial barriers to employment resulting from a record of arrest or conviction.
(1) Training and curriculum that aligns with the skill needs of employers in the economy of the State or region involved;
(2) Access to educational and career counseling and other supportive services, directly or indirectly;
(3) Hands-on, meaningful learning activities that are connected to education and training activities, such as exploring career options, and understanding how the skills acquired through coursework can be applied toward a future career;
(4) Opportunities to attain at least one industry-recognized credential; and
(5) A partnership with one or more registered apprenticeship programs that assists in placing individuals who complete the pre-apprenticeship program in a registered apprenticeship program.
(6) YouthBuild programs that receive funding under this part are considered pre-apprenticeship programs under this definition.
(1) Is registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the “National Apprenticeship Act” (50 Stat. 664; 20 U.S.C. 50
(2) Meets such other criteria as the Secretary may establish.
(1) Linkages to community services;
(2) Assistance with transportation;
(3) Assistance with child care and dependent care;
(4) Referrals to child support;
(5) Assistance with housing;
(6) Needs-related payments;
(7) Assistance with educational testing;
(8) Reasonable accommodations for youth with disabilities;
(9) Referrals to health care;
(10) Assistance with uniforms or other appropriate work attire and work-related tools, including such items as eyeglasses and protective eye gear;
(11) Assistance with books, fees, school supplies, and other necessary items for students enrolled in postsecondary education classes; and
(12) Payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications.
The Secretary uses funds authorized for appropriation under WIOA sec. 171(i) to administer YouthBuild as a national program under title I, subtitle D of WIOA. YouthBuild grants are awarded to eligible entities, as defined in § 688.120, through the competitive selection process described in § 688.210.
The Secretary announces the availability of grant funds through a
In order to receive funds under the YouthBuild program, an eligible entity must meet selection criteria established by the Secretary which include:
(a) The qualifications or potential capabilities of an applicant;
(b) An applicant's potential to develop a successful YouthBuild program;
(c) The need for an applicant's proposed program, as determined by the degree of economic distress of the community from which participants would be recruited (measured by indicators such as poverty, youth unemployment, and the number of individuals who have dropped out of secondary school) and of the community in which the housing and community and public facilities proposed to be rehabilitated or constructed are located (measured by indicators such as incidence of homelessness, shortage of affordable housing, and poverty);
(d) The commitment of an applicant to provide skills training, leadership development, counseling and case management, and education to participants;
(e) The focus of a proposed program on preparing youth for local in-demand sectors or occupations, or postsecondary education and training opportunities;
(f) The extent of an applicant's coordination of activities to be carried out through the proposed program with:
(1) Local WDBs, one-stop center operators, and one-stop partners participating in the operation of the one-stop delivery system involved, or the extent of the applicant's good faith efforts, as determined by the Secretary, in achieving such coordination;
(2) Public education, criminal justice, housing and community development, national service, or postsecondary education or other systems that relate to the goals of the proposed program; and
(3) Employers in the local area;
(g) The extent to which a proposed program provides for inclusion of tenants who were previously homeless individuals or families in the rental of housing provided through the program;
(h) The commitment of additional resources to the proposed program (in addition to the funds made available through the grant) by:
(1) An applicant;
(2) Recipients of other Federal, State, or local housing and community development assistance who will sponsor any part of the rehabilitation, construction, operation and maintenance, or other housing and community development activities undertaken as part of the proposed program; or
(3) Entities carrying out other Federal, State, or local activities or activities conducted by Indian tribes, including vocational education programs, adult and language instruction educational programs, and job training using funds provided under WIOA;
(i) An applicant's ability to enter partnerships with:
(1) Education and training providers including:
(i) The kindergarten through twelfth grade educational system;
(ii) Adult education programs;
(iii) Community and technical colleges;
(iv) Four-year colleges and universities;
(v) Registered apprenticeship programs; and
(vi) Other training entities;
(2) Employers, including professional organizations and associations. An applicant will be evaluated on the extent to which employers participate in:
(i) Defining the program strategy and goals;
(ii) Identifying needed skills and competencies;
(iii) Designing training approaches and curricula;
(iv) Contributing financial support; and
(v) Hiring qualified YouthBuild graduates;
(3) The workforce development system which may include:
(i) State and Local WDBs;
(ii) State workforce agencies; and
(iii) One-stop centers and their partner programs;
(4) The juvenile and adult justice systems, and the extent to which they provide:
(i) Support and guidance for YouthBuild participants with court involvement;
(ii) Assistance in the reporting of recidivism rates among YouthBuild participants; and
(iii) Referrals of eligible participants through diversion or reentry from incarceration;
(5) Faith-based and community organizations, and the extent to which they provide a variety of grant services such as:
(i) Case management;
(ii) Mentoring;
(iii) English as a Second Language courses; and
(iv) Other comprehensive supportive services, when appropriate;
(j) The applicant's potential to serve different regions, including rural areas and States that may not have previously received grants for YouthBuild programs; and
(k) Such other factors as the Secretary determines to be appropriate for purposes of evaluating an applicant's potential to carry out the proposed program in an effective and efficient manner.
(l) The weight to be given to these factors will be described in a FOA issued under § 688.210.
At minimum, applications for YouthBuild funds must include the following elements:
(a) Labor market information for the relevant labor market area, including both current data (as of the date of submission of the application) and projections on career opportunities in construction and in-demand industry sectors or occupations;
(b) A request for the grant, specifying the amount of the grant requested and its proposed uses;
(c) A description of the applicant and a statement of its qualifications, including a description of the applicant's relationship with Local WDBs, one-stop operators, employers, local unions, entities carrying out registered apprenticeship programs, other community groups, and the applicant's past experience with rehabilitation or construction of housing or public facilities (including experience with programs through the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under sec. 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C. 1701u)), and with youth education and employment training programs);
(d) A description of the proposed site for the proposed program;
(e) A description of the educational and job training activities, work opportunities, postsecondary education and training opportunities, and other services that will be provided to participants, and how those activities, opportunities, and services will prepare youth for employment in in-demand
(1) A description of the proposed activities to be undertaken under the grant related to rehabilitation or construction, and, in the case of an applicant requesting approval from the Secretary to carry out additional activities related to in-demand industry sectors or occupations, a description of such additional activities.
(2) The anticipated schedule for carrying out all activities proposed under paragraph (f) of this section;
(f) A description of the manner in which eligible youth will be recruited and selected as participants, including a description of arrangements that will be made with Local WDBs, one-stop operators, faith and community-based organizations, State education agencies or local education agencies (including agencies of Indian tribes), public assistance agencies, the courts of jurisdictions, agencies that serve youth who are homeless individuals (including those that operate shelters), foster care agencies, and other appropriate public and private agencies;
(g) A description of the special outreach efforts that will be undertaken to recruit eligible young women (including young women with dependent children) as participants;
(h) A description of the specific role of employers in the proposed program, such as their role in developing the proposed program and assisting in service provision and placement activities;
(i) A description of how the proposed program will be coordinated with other Federal, State, and local activities conducted by Indian tribes, such as workforce investment activities, career and technical education and training programs, adult and language instruction educational programs, activities conducted by public schools, activities conducted by community colleges, national service programs, and other job training provided with funds available under WIOA, in particular how programs will coordinate with local Workforce Development funds outlined in WIOA sec. 129(c)(2);
(j) Assurances that there will be a sufficient number of adequately trained supervisory personnel in the proposed program;
(k) A description of the level of performance to be achieved with respect to primary indicators of performance for eligible youth as described in § 688.410;
(l) The organization's past performance under a grant issued by the Secretary to operate a YouthBuild program;
(m) A description of the applicant's relationship with local building trade unions regarding their involvement in training to be provided through the proposed program, the relationship of the proposed program to established registered apprenticeship programs and employers, the ability of the applicant to grant an industry-recognized certificate or certification through the program, and the quality of the program leading to the certificate or certification;
(n) A description of activities that will be undertaken to develop leadership skills of participants;
(o) A detailed budget and description of the system of fiscal controls, and auditing and accounting procedures, that will be used to ensure fiscal soundness for the proposed program;
(p) A description of the commitments for any additional resources (in addition to funds made available through the grant) to be made available to the proposed program from:
(1) The applicant;
(2) Recipients of other Federal, State, or local housing and community development assistance that will sponsor any part of the rehabilitation or construction, operation or maintenance, or other housing and community development activities undertaken as part of the proposed program; or
(3) Entities carrying out other Federal, State or local activities conducted by Indian tribes, including career and technical education and training programs, and job training provided with funds under WIOA;
(q) Information identifying and describing of, the financing proposed for any:
(1) Rehabilitation of the property involved;
(2) Acquisition of the property; or
(3) Construction of the property;
(r) Information identifying and describing of, the entity that will manage and operate the property;
(s) Information identifying and describing of, the data collection systems to be used;
(t) A certification, by a public official responsible for the housing strategy for the State or unit of general local government within which the proposed program is located, that the proposed program is consistent with the housing strategy;
(u) A certification that the applicant will comply with requirements of the Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. 3601
(v) Any additional requirements that the Secretary determines are appropriate.
The Secretary will, to the extent practicable, notify each eligible entity applying for funds no later than 5 months from the date the application is received, whether the application is approved or disapproved. In the event additional funds become available, the Employment and Training Administration (ETA) reserves the right to use such funds to select additional grantees from applications submitted in response to a FOA.
(a)
(1) Not less than age 16 and not more than age 24 on the date of enrollment;
(2) A school dropout or an individual who has dropped out of school and has subsequently reenrolled; and
(3) Is one or more of the following:
(i) A member of a low-income family;
(ii) A youth in foster care;
(iii) An offender;
(iv) A youth who is an individual with a disability;
(v) The child of a current or formerly incarcerated parent; or
(vi) A migrant youth.
(b)
(1) Are basic skills deficient, as defined in § 688.120, despite attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized State equivalent (including recognized certificates of attendance or similar documents for individuals with disabilities); or
(2) Have been referred by a local secondary school for participation in a YouthBuild program leading to the attainment of a secondary school diploma if such referral is to a YouthBuild program offering a secondary school diploma.
Special rules for determining income for veterans are found in § 683.230 of this chapter and for the priority of service provisions for qualified persons are found in 20 CFR part 1010. Those special rules apply to covered persons who are eligible to participate in the YouthBuild program.
Grantees may provide one or more of the following education and workforce investment and other activities to YouthBuild participants:
(a) Eligible education and workforce activities including:
(1) Work experience and skills training (coordinated, to the maximum extent feasible, with registered apprenticeship programs), including:
(i) Supervision and training for participants in the rehabilitation or construction of housing, including residential housing for homeless individuals or low-income families, or transitional housing for homeless individuals and in additional in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the region in which the program operates (as approved by the Secretary);
(ii) Supervision and training for participants in the rehabilitation or construction of community and other public facilities, except that not more than 15 percent of grant funds-appropriated to carry out this section may be used for this activity; and
(iii) Supervision and training for participants in in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the region in which the program operates, if such activity is approved by the Secretary;
(2) Occupational skills training;
(3) Other paid and unpaid work experiences, including internships and job shadowing;
(4) Services and activities designed to meet the educational needs of participants, including:
(i) Basic skills instruction and remedial education;
(ii) Language instruction educational programs for participants who are English language learners;
(iii) Secondary education services and activities, including tutoring, study skills training, and school dropout prevention and recovery activities, designed to lead to the attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (including recognized certificates of attendance or similar documents for individuals with disabilities);
(iv) Counseling and assistance in obtaining postsecondary education and required financial aid; and
(v) Alternative secondary school services;
(5) Counseling services and related activities, such as comprehensive guidance and counseling on drug and alcohol abuse, referrals to mental health services, and referrals to victim services;
(6) Activities designed to develop employment and leadership skills, which may include community service and peer-centered activities encouraging responsibility, interpersonal skills, and other positive social behaviors, and activities related to youth policy committees that participate in decision-making related to the program;
(7)(i) Supportive services and needs-based payments necessary to enable individuals to participate in the program and to assist individuals, for a period of time not to exceed 12 months after the completion of training, in obtaining or retaining employment or applying for and transitioning to postsecondary education or training;
(ii) To provide needs-based payments, a grantee must have a written policy which:
(A) Establishes participant eligibility for such payments;
(B) Establishes the amounts to be provided;
(C) Describes the required documentation and criteria for payments; and
(D) Applies consistently to all program participants; and
(8) Job search and assistance;
(b) Payment of the administrative costs of the applicant, including recruitment and selection of participants, except that not more than 10 percent of the amount awarded under § 688.210 may be used for such costs;
(c) Adult mentoring;
(d) Provision of wages, stipends, or benefits to participants in the program;
(e) Ongoing training and technical assistance that is related to developing and carrying out the program; and
(f) Follow-up services.
At a minimum, in order to qualify as a work site for the purposes of the YouthBuild program, a work site must:
(a) Provide participants with the opportunity to have hands-on training and experience in two or more modules, each within a different skill area, in a construction skills training program that offers an industry-recognized credential;
(b) Be built or renovated for low-income individuals or families;
(c) Have a restrictive covenant in place that only allows for rental or resale to low-income participants as required by § 688.730; and
(d) Adhere to the allowable construction and other capital asset costs applicable to the YouthBuild program.
An eligible individual selected for participation in the program must be offered full-time participation in the program for not less than 6 months and not more than 24 months.
YouthBuild grantees must structure programs so that participants in the program are offered:
(a) Education and related services and activities designed to meet educational needs, such as those specified in § 688.320(a)(4) through (7), during at least 50 percent of the time during which they participate in the program; and
(b) Workforce and skills development activities, such as those specified in § 688.320(a)(1) through (3), during at least 40 percent of the time during which they participate in the program.
(c) The remaining 10 percent of the time of participation may be used for the activities described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section and/or for leadership development and community service activities.
Grantees must provide follow-up services to all YouthBuild participants for a period of 12 months after a participant successfully exits a YouthBuild program.
At a minimum, to be a successful exit, the Department of Labor requires that:
(a) Participants receive hands-on construction training or hands-on training in another industry or occupation, in the case of Construction Plus grantees; and
(b) Participants meet the exit policies established by the grantee.
(1) Such policies must describe the program outcomes and/or individual goals that must be met by each participant in order to successfully complete the program; and
(2) Grantees must apply the policies consistently to determine when a successful exit has occurred.
In those local areas where the grantee operates its YouthBuild program, the grantee is a required partner of the local one-stop delivery system and is subject to the provisions relating to such partners described in part 678 of this chapter.
The performance indicators for YouthBuild grants include:
(a) The percentage of program participants who are in education and training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(b) The percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(c) The median earnings of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(d) The percentage of program participants who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential or secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (and for those achieving the secondary diploma or its recognized equivalent, such participants also have obtained or retained employment or are in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within 1 year after exit from the program);
(e) The percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education and training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment;
(f) The indicator of effectiveness in serving employers described at § 677.155(c)(6) of this chapter; and
(g) Other indicators of performance as may be required by the Secretary.
(a) The Secretary must annually establish expected levels of performance for YouthBuild programs relating to each of the primary indicators of performance. The expected levels of performance for each of the performance indicators are national standards that are provided in separately issued guidance. Short-term or other performance indicators will be provided in separately issued guidance or as part of the FOA or grant agreement. Performance level expectations will be based on available YouthBuild data and data from similar WIOA youth programs and may change from one grant competition to another. The expected national levels of performance will take into account the extent to which the levels promote continuous improvement in performance.
(b) The levels of performance established will at a minimum:
(1) Be expressed in an objective, quantifiable, and measurable form; and
(2) Indicate continuous improvement in performance.
Each grantee must provide such reports as are required by the Secretary in separately issued guidance, including:
(a) The quarterly performance report;
(b) The quarterly narrative progress report;
(c) The financial report; and
(d) Such other reports as may be required by the grant agreement.
(a) Quarterly reports are due no later than 45 days after the end of the reporting quarter, unless otherwise specified in the reporting guidance issued under § 688.420; and
(b) A final financial report is required 90 days after the expiration of a funding period or the termination of grant support.
Each YouthBuild grantee must comply with the following:
(a) The regulations found in this part;
(b) The general administrative requirements found in part 683 of this chapter, except those that apply only to the WIOA title I, subtitle B program and those that have been modified by this section;
(c) The Department's regulations on government-wide requirements, which include:
(1) The regulations codifying the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) government-wide grants requirements at 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900, as applicable;
(2) The Department's regulations at 29 CFR part 38, which implement the nondiscrimination provisions of WIOA sec. 188;
(3) The Department's regulations at 29 CFR parts 93, 94, and 98 relating to restrictions on lobbying, drug free workplace, and debarment and suspension; and
(4) The audit requirements of the Office of Management and Budget at 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900, as applicable; and
(d) Relevant State and local educational standards.
Each recipient of a grant under the YouthBuild program may provide the services and activities described in these regulations either directly or through subgrants, contracts, or other arrangements with local educational agencies, postsecondary educational institutions, State or local housing development agencies, other public agencies, including agencies of Indian tribes, or private organizations.
(a) Administrative costs for programs operated under YouthBuild are limited to 10 percent of the grant award. The definition of administrative costs can be found in § 683.215 of this chapter.
(b) The cost of supervision and training for participants involved in the rehabilitation or construction of community and other public facilities is limited to no more than 15 percent of the grant award.
(a) In addition to the rules described in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, the cost-sharing or matching requirements applicable to a YouthBuild grant will be addressed in the grant agreement.
(b) The value of construction materials used in the YouthBuild program is an allowable cost for the purposes of the required non-Federal share or match.
(c) The value of land acquired for the YouthBuild program is not an allowable cost-sharing or match.
(d) Federal funds may not be used as cost-sharing or match resources except as provided by Federal law.
(e) The value of buildings acquired for the YouthBuild program is an allowable match, provided that the following conditions apply:
(1) The purchase cost of buildings used solely for training purposes is allowable; and
(2) For buildings used for training and other purposes, the allowable amount is determined based on the proportionate share of the purchase price related to direct training activities.
(f) Grantees must follow the requirements of Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900 in the accounting, valuation, and reporting of the required non-Federal share.
(a) Leveraged funds may be used to support allowable YouthBuild program
(1) Costs which meet the criteria for cost-sharing or match in § 688.530 and are in excess of the amount of cost-sharing or match resources required;
(2) Costs which would meet the criteria in § 688.530 except that they are paid for with other Federal resources; and
(3) Costs which benefit the grant program and are otherwise allowable under the cost principles but are not allowable under the grant because of some statutory, regulatory, or grant provision, whether paid for with Federal or non-Federal resources.
(b) The use of leveraged funds must be reported in accordance with Departmental instructions.
(a) As provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the costs of the following activities associated with real property are allowable solely for the purpose of training YouthBuild participants:
(1) Rehabilitation of existing structures for use by homeless individuals and families or low-income families or for use as transitional housing;
(2) Construction of buildings for use by homeless individuals and families or low-income families or for use as transitional housing; and
(3) Construction or rehabilitation of community or other public facilities, except, as provided in § 688.520(b), only 15 percent of the grant award is allowable for such construction and rehabilitation.
(b) The costs for acquisition of buildings that are used for activities described in paragraph (a) of this section are allowable with prior grant officer approval and only under the following conditions:
(1) The purchase cost of buildings used solely for training purposes is allowable; and
(2) For buildings used for training and other purposes, the allowable amount is determined based on the proportionate share of the purchase cost related to direct training.
(c) The following costs are allowable to the extent allocable to training YouthBuild participants in the construction and rehabilitation activities specified in paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) Trainees' tools and clothing including personal protective equipment (PPE);
(2) On-site trainee supervisors;
(3) Construction management;
(4) Relocation of buildings; and
(5) Clearance and demolition.
(d) Architectural fees, or a proportionate share thereof, are allowable when such fees can be related to items such as architectural plans or blueprints on which participants will be trained.
(e) The following costs are unallowable:
(1) The costs of acquisition of land; and
(2) Brokerage fees.
Allowable participant costs include:
(a) The costs of payments to participants engaged in eligible work-related YouthBuild activities;
(b) The costs of payments provided to participants engaged in non-work-related YouthBuild activities;
(c) The costs of needs-based payments;
(d) The costs of supportive services; and
(e) The costs of providing additional benefits to participants or individuals who have exited the program and are receiving follow-up services, which may include:
(1) Tuition assistance for obtaining college education credits;
(2) Scholarships to a registered apprenticeship or technical education program; and
(3) Employer- or Government-sponsored health programs.
(a) Grantees are permitted to provide incentive payments to youth participants for recognition and achievement directly tied to training activities and work experiences. Grantees must tie the incentive payments to the goals of the specific grant program and outline such goals in writing prior to starting the program that makes incentive payments.
(b) Prior to providing incentive payments, the organization must have written policies and procedures in place governing the awarding of incentives, and the incentives provided under the grant must align with these organizational policies.
(c) All incentive payments must comply with the requirements in Uniform Guidance at 2 CFR part 200.
Under § 683.275(d) of this chapter, the Department does not consider allowances, earnings, and payments to individuals participating in programs under title I of WIOA as income for purposes of determining eligibility for and the amount of income transfer and in-kind aid furnished under any Federal or Federally-assisted program based on need other than as provided under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301).
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, program income requirements, as specified in the applicable Uniform Administrative Requirements at 2 CFR parts 200 and 2900, apply to YouthBuild grants.
(b) Revenue from the sale of buildings rehabilitated or constructed under the YouthBuild program to homeless individuals and families and low-income families is not considered program income. Grantees are encouraged to use that revenue for the long-term sustainability of the YouthBuild program.
(a) YouthBuild programs and grantees are subject to Davis-Bacon labor standards requirements under the circumstances set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. In those instances where a grantee is subject to Davis-Bacon requirements, the grantee must follow applicable requirements in the Department's regulations at 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5, including the requirements contained in the Davis-Bacon contract provisions set forth in 29 CFR 5.5.
(b) YouthBuild participants are subject to Davis-Bacon Act labor standards when they perform Davis-Bacon-covered laborer or mechanic work, defined at 29 CFR 5.2(m), on Federal or Federally-assisted projects that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act labor standards. The Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements apply to hours worked on the site of the work.
(c) YouthBuild participants who are not registered and participating in a training program approved by the ETA must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed.
(a) Grantees must follow the recordkeeping requirements specified in the Uniform Administrative Requirements, at 29 CFR 95.53 and 97.42, as appropriate.
(b) Grantees must maintain such additional records related to the use of buildings constructed or rehabilitated with YouthBuild funds as specified in the grant agreement or in the Department's guidance.
(a) YouthBuild Grantees must comply with § 683.280 of this chapter, which applies Federal and State health and safety standards to the working conditions under WIOA-funded projects and programs. These health and safety standards include “hazardous orders” governing child labor at 29 CFR part 570.
(b) YouthBuild grantees are required to:
(1) Provide comprehensive safety training for youth working on YouthBuild construction projects;
(2) Have written, jobsite-specific safety plans overseen by an on-site supervisor with authority to enforce safety procedures;
(3) Provide necessary personal protective equipment to youth working on YouthBuild projects; and
(4) Submit required injury incident reports.
YouthBuild grantees must ensure that YouthBuild program sites comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) reporting requirements in 29 CFR part 1904. A YouthBuild grantee is responsible for sending a copy of OSHA's injury incident report form to the ETA within 7 days of any reportable injury suffered by a YouthBuild participant. The injury incident report form is available from OSHA and can be downloaded at
YouthBuild program grantees are required, where applicable, to comply with all environmental protection statutes and regulations.
(a) YouthBuild grantees must ensure that all residential housing units which are constructed or rehabilitated using YouthBuild funds must be available solely for:
(1) Sale to homeless individuals and families or low-income families;
(2) Rental by homeless individuals and families or low-income families;
(3) Use as transitional or permanent housing for the purpose of assisting in the movement of homeless individuals and families to independent living. In the case of transitional housing, the unit(s) must be occupied no more than 24 months by the same individual(s); or
(4) Rehabilitation of homes for low-income homeowners.
(b) For rentals of residential units located on the property which are constructed or rehabilitated using YouthBuild funds:
(1) The property must maintain at least a 90 percent level of occupancy for low-income families. The income test will be conducted only at the time of entry for each available unit or rehabilitation of occupant-owned home. If the grantee cannot find a qualifying tenant to lease the unit, the unit may be leased to a family whose income is above the income threshold to qualify as a low-income family but below the median income for the area. Leases for tenants with higher incomes will be limited to not more than 2 years. The leases provided to tenants with higher incomes are not subject to the termination clause that is described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) The property owner must not terminate the tenancy or refuse to renew the lease of a tenant occupying a residential rental housing unit constructed or rehabilitated using YouthBuild funds except for serious or repeated violations of the terms and conditions of the lease, for violation of applicable Federal, State, or local laws, or for good cause. Any termination or refusal to renew the lease must be preceded by not less than a 30-day written notice to the tenant specifying the grounds for the action. The property owner may waive the written notice requirement for termination in dangerous or egregious situations involving the tenant.
(c) All transitional or permanent housing for homeless individuals or families or low-income families must be safe and sanitary. The housing must meet all applicable State and local housing codes and licensing requirements in the jurisdiction in which the housing is located.
(d) For sales or rentals of residential housing units constructed or rehabilitated using YouthBuild funds, YouthBuild grantees must ensure that owners of the property record a restrictive covenant at the time that an occupancy permit is issued against such property which includes the use restrictions set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section and incorporates the following definitions at § 688.120: Homeless individual, Low-income family, and Transitional housing. The term of the restrictive covenant must be at least 5 years from the time of the issuance of the occupancy permit, unless a time period of more than 5 years has been established by the grantee. The Department advises that any additional stipulations imposed by a grantee or property owner be clearly stated in the covenant.
(e) Any conveyance document prepared in the 5-year period of the restrictive covenant must inform the buyer of the property that all residential housing units constructed or rehabilitated using YouthBuild funds are subject to the restrictions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |